=f anwsry 17. 1808,

4 ae Sat

“Repo on ha, Additions w the Society & evapo in Drone ye02 é a

see, ous. * Fenibiged. “of, rice satenpks: <apert “the” “silt ote ann.

r to, be mehybrid: between oe Base and the Hartebeost «.....

PS “¥

a Me. Qidbata 7 bane Pxhipation: of, and’ sea upon; thee” esis of ie

emery, Beans erat erase eae See De 8

< Ay Selar Classification of the ‘emmintdes with » ie Ros inion of ou Dever

uA ae es Somes Masirig Balt Corps, sb esi aa Pie Le :

z Decor ition oftiew 7 Species of {8 Taco ot so Oa #) 8 in ye

gfe British Museuig, witli Notes on Species deseribed ee fo Francis?

.Part..T. Racers: and Beacuronsn. eet Ey De Ausnan,

British ete, (Plates IV. € ao : ‘

S ‘On “ter “pew iieciesoF- Capapods fronds Zaoaitas. . a

pO VED, sec tit sates omens a t S ar

a, Soop ;

of Be ing ot eed

¥ Mactss “ona rare. Sa rcenidao: Bird Kenop

tis albnacla” By L: Scnamane, !

Avg ae ¥, Gor, eores to the © Sey (Plate VIE)

-4 ’ if A 3 3

he. Reoweliy. “Report, on the Aliidongto th je mat

a, : a 9 Sh Bie ta

= Prof=6: B. Howes, F.Z.8,: Bxhibition of, snd reniar

tis gate, rapineaeeegnes Gogh os

ran oe rent!

sont ,

AZ s ¢ Set ae : $ oe eS

a Doe “T, Jefleny Parken D. Sai ERA” “abstract. of ‘a Mounier kee td

3 sme end Phylogeny of the Seow. fu a8 rae: Bie Se

= coats Condooidal Wlomantt Sp Aa Adulé Slots; with "Rams

ta al 3, Avbaxxr, BAG Pa,Be get re ae oes erie

07. geoph. 4Jo¥

- be

Tor Aatee ?

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

1 cee b

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL,

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1893.

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 28, 1893.)

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Se.D., F.R.S., President.

Wurm Baruson, Esq., M.A.

Wim T. Branrorp, Esq.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. Boutencer, Esq.

Henry EK. Dresser, Esq.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., Trea-

surer.

Joun P. Gasstor, Esq.

F. Du Cayz Gopmay, Esq.,F.B.S.,

Vice-President.

Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwi-Avsren,

F.R.S.

Dr. Aubert GintHer, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Dr. Epwarp Haminron, Vice-

President.

Prorrssor Grorce B. Howss.

Lr.-Cot. Leonarp H. Irsy.

Tus Lorp Mepway.

Dr. Sr. Gzorez: Mrvart, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

OsBert Satvry, Esq., F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Howarp Saunvers, Esq.

Paine Luriry Scrater, Esq.,

M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Heyry Srszonm, Esq.

‘| Dr. P. H. Pyz-Surra, F.R.S.

JosepH Travers Surru, Esq.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. L. Sctarer, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Frank E. Brpparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.

Mr. A. D. Barrrerr, Superintendent of the Gardens.

Mr. F. H. Warernovusz, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. J. Wirxiams, Chief Clerk.

LIST

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page

Austen, E. E., Zoological Department, British Museum.

Descriptions of new Species of Dipterous Insects of the

Family Syrphide in the Collection of the British Museum,

with Notes on Species described by the late Francis

Walker.—Part I. Baccnryi and Bracuyorrnt. (Plates IV.

ON) Ee ae TERS ge ee 7 ERS 132

Austen, Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin. See Gopwry-AvsreEn,

Lt.-Col. H. H.

Bateson, WiiiiaM, M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s

College, Cambridge.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an abnormal foot of

SRAM cia at ia yo weap ehetete Nos RE ele wd ss py sepnle gS 530

BepparD, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

On the Brain of the African Elephant. (Plates XXII.

OI Ue i.” eI Fete cer ere ey 311

On the Atrium and Prostate in the Oligocheta........ 475

On the Geographical Distribution of Earthworms...... 733

Page

Bepparp, Franx E., M.A., F.R.S., &c., and Parsons, F. G.,

F.R.C.S.

On certain Points in the Anatomy of Parrots bearing on

their Classification. (Plate XL.) ..........-2-+20--0: 507

Bett, F. Jurrrey, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of

Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London.

On Odontaster and its Allied or Synonymous Genera of

Asteroid Echinoderms .............0.000sseesecoenes 259

Betuune-Baxker, G. T., F.L.S., and Drucs, Hamintron H.,

E.ZS.

A Monograph of the Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis.

Pele eR Vc BVT). ya's wo 0 oes oa 536

Buaavw, F. E., C.M.ZS8.

Letter from, containing remarks upon the breeding of

the Ypecaha Rail and Darwin’s Rhea in confinement .... 531

BuanForD, W. T., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

On the Scientific Name of a Himalayan Cuckoo ...... 315

On a Stag, Cervus thoroldi, from Tibet, and on the

Mammals of the Tibetan Plateau. (Plate XXXIV.) .... 444

Bovtencnr, Grorce ALBERT, F.Z.S.

Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians obtained

in Borneo by Mr. A. Everett and Mr. C. Hose. (Plates

bi Vi . -01 DF) ea emma aM MES 888.02 25 SRS 522

On a little-known European Viper, Vipera wursinii,

Bonnps, “(Blabe Wi1.) sic a3¢.0.4'2) on/adsiela ae ee eae 596

Abstract of a Memoir on a Nothosaurian Reptile from

the Trias of Lombardy, apparently referable to Lariosaurus. 616

On Vipera renardi, Christoph. (Plate LXIV.)........ 757

Bourne, Grpert C., M.A.

On two new Species of Copepoda from Zanzibar.

BI el ee ie Ra ene

Burizr, Artuur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On two Collections of Lepidoptera sent by H. H. John-

ston, Esq., C.B., from British Central Africa. (Plate

PRN archi SURI EE Ra ents ft cia co Ae oe ee RY Ee

Drvucz, Hamitton H., F.Z.S., and Burnune-Baxer, G. T.,

F.L.S.

A Monograph of the Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis.

Belson eI Caw IN PERRI Cita cates doa s.s 5 cate ae

Drvcn, Hursert, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera

from Central and South America. (Plates XIX.-XXI.)..

Etwes, Henry J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., and Warren, W.,

M.A. ‘

On new Genera and Species of Moths of the Family

Geometride from India, in the Collection of H. J. Elwes.

(Plates 20k ARR TL rs ae Gileats sp onrdds<«

Everrerr, Atrrep Hast, C.M.Z.S.

A Nominal List of the Mammals inhabiting the Bornean

Group of Islands ........'«.. SEL a series

Forsrs, Hunry O., F.Z.S., F.R.GS.

Observations on the Development of the Rostrum in the

Cetacean Genus Mesoplodon, with Remarks on some of the

Rpiseies ss: CEushOS) ONL IK Wey es cade bse eels als art wales

Gaway, C. J., M.A.

On a Collection of Coleoptera sent by Mr. H. H. John-

ston, C.B., from British Central Africa ................

Page

164

643

536

280

341

492

Gopwin-Avsten, Lt.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.

On some new Species of the Land-Molluscan Genus

Alyceus from the Khasi and Naga Hill Country, Assam,

Manipur, and the Ruby Mine District, Upper Burmah;

and on one Species from the Nicobars ........-...-+--

GoruamM, Rey. H.S8., F.ES., F.Z.8., &c.

A List of the Coleoptera of the Family Cleride collected

by Mr. Doherty in Burmah and Northern India, with

Descriptions of new Species; and of some Species from

Borneo, Perak, &c., from the Collection of Alexander Fry,

Acai fisis «cia s-a's) orgies! sa iata aietcigte «9s in oq nigh teeth aay aie

Ginrner, Auprrt C. L. G., M.A., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Second Report on the Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes

transmitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, O.B., from British

Central Africa. (Plates LITI.—LVII.) ................

Descriptions of the Reptiles and Fishes collected by

Mr. E. Coode-Hore on Lake Tanganyika. (Plate LVIII.).

Howrs, G. B., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant Professor, Royal

College of Science, London.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an abnormal sternum

of the/Common Marmoseti) 0... 28 2 ietecereinslate eo sleet

Notes on Variation and Development of the Vertebral

and Limb-Skeleton of the Amphibia ..............++5-

On the Coracoid of the Terrestrial Vertebrata ........

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of

abnormal Marsipobranch Fishes .............eeeees0e.

Horton, Captain F. W., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S8., Curator of the

Canterbury Museum, New Zealand.

On a Collection of Petrels from the Kermadec Islands.

CP abe FE RaID Si ciayts. cies asclasanoun'e Ov. 0 7 ok eA

Page

592

566

616

628

168

268

585

730

749

Vii

Page

Jounson, G. Linpsay, M.D., F.Z.S.

Observations on the Refraction and Vision of the Seal’s

Ao te ul eis See tier re ah ak s.s c's wee ee ep Pepe if)

LypExknr, Ricard, B.A., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Note on the Coracoidal Element in Adult Sloths, with

Remarks on. its Homolopy, 32.00 aves de oP odiewetvanu <a xe 172

On some Bird-bones from the Miocene of Grive-St.-

Alban, Department of Isére, France. (Plate XLI.) .... 517

Mackay, J. 8.

Letter from, containing remarks upon a youug Snow-

PORTED go's aut he ate Biren cena Sa deus sepa eth sins sacl SE: 692

Masor, Dr. C. I. Forsyru, C.M.Z.S.

On some Miocene Squirrels, with Remarks on the Den-

tition and Classification of the Sciurine. (Plates VIII.—

ATC) POSE IS aie Pala ea ale Saiet «ik WI Shoe bia» 1d 179

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a tooth of an Ant-bear

(Orycteropus) from the Upper Miocene of Maragha (Persia). 239

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a subfossil Lemuroid

slooll front) Madapaecan ii taie im mdb sigle- ste ieco pedicles a eo 06 532

Micnast, A. D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., P.R.M.S., &e.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of a Tick of

the Genus Jwodes, received from Antigua .............. 177

On a new Genus and Species of Acari found in Cornwall.

Eee CDM arora a dcitncaie/g. Fo wis © fap sie, «ies seltele ace. oa 0 262

Mittais, J. G., F.Z.S.

Letter from, containing remarks upon his endeavours to

obtain a White Rhinoceros in Mashonaland ............ 614

Mitnn-Epwarps, AtpHonss, F'.M.Z.S.

Extract of a letter from, concerning the female of Lemur

. . lod

AA CMTAICIL Rien lace rales aCoh 101 ara ni sh,o( 0s sy0) sta ksuee tele nd s) mir fe eh nin eh 177

Vill

Newron, Atrrep, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., Professor

of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University

of Cambridge

On anew Species of Drepanis discovered by Mr. R. ©. L.

Retr yy i wee omen ds 10s RS eee

Nicuoxrson, General Sir Loruian, K.C.B.

Letter from, concerning the present condition of the

Barbary Apes on the Rock of Gibraltar............-+--

Parker, Prof. T. Jurrery, D.Sc., F.R.S.

Abstract of a Memoir on the Cranial Osteology, Classifi-

cation, and Phylogeny of the Dinornithide ............

Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., and Bepparp, Frank E., M.A.,

F.RS.

On certain Points in the Anatomy of Parrots bearing on

their Classification. (Plate XL.) ........6+.s.eseeens

Proxuam, G. W., and Peckuam, E. G.

On the Spiders of the Family Attide of the Island of

St. Vincent: (Plates LXI. & LXIL) ~.......5... ose

Ravppg, Dr. Gustav, C.M.Z.S.

On the present Range of the European Bison in the

SO RMCRSEH Hoes coos. < ss sa ietaeie aint eles Sales Slee ee eee

Resp, Epwyn C., C.M.Z.S.

On the Chilian Hymenoptera of the Family Odyneride .

Roruscutip, The Hon. Wattsr, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the egg of the Duck-

bill, the leg-bones of a large species of pyornis, an

Page

690

325

170

507

692

175

685

enlarged photograph of a colony of Albatrosses on Laysan

Island, a series of Lepidoptera from Jamaica, and another

series from the Bolivian Andes

Exhibition of a series of the Parrots of the Genus Cyano-

rhamphus and description of a new Species

SanyaL, Bapu Ram Bramua, C.M.ZS.

Letter from, containing remarks upon a hybrid Monkey

between Semnopithecus phayrei and S. cristatus

SaunpErs, Howangp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

Exhibition of a specimen of the American Stint, 7'’ringa

minutilla, shot in North Devon

eae Ss ow ele a ee 6 00 Ue wie eo

Scrater, Purmre Luriry, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

December 1892

<0) Ate wh ale aie Sle wiele. 28 618. GS. 6.018) Bae 9) quale es a eo

Remarks on a rare Argentine Bird, Xenopsaris albinucha.

(Plate VII.)

ae o 6) ule) Si risial hele die edie 0.6 @.6)R ws «ee, 6 a 6 66 #1 ¢ Chee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

January 1893

S26» Bw UG 6 © eee gia) 6 & Om 40's 6 6.0'e + ogs) 63.5 0

Exhibition of and remarks, on behalf of Mr. R. M. Bar-

rington, upon an example of the Antarctic Sheathbill,

Chionis alba, killed on the Coast of Ireland

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

February 1893

On a new African Monkey of the Genus Cercopithecus,

with a List of the known Species. (Plates XVI. & XVII.)

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

March 1895 os «0.0 ste nd oe

eee eee eee eee ee oe eee ese ne

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a variety of

the Pig-tailed Monkey, Macacus nemestrinus

)

Page

178

168

178

237

Page

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

CRU Renee rie ase vfawairs si taloel Yuin Oe s..ica cee ON ROM 435

Remarks on the protrusion of a fleshy mass from the

Cloaca occasionally exhibited by the Greater Vasa Parrot.. 435

List of the dates of receipt from the Printers of the

sheets of the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ from 1831 to 1859

PREM ae psaienst sore See wala CAME E's % alle osu, 2twlo ape 435

Additional Notes on the Monkeys of the Genus Cerco-

eenemué. Chelate XXXII.) ccs cas os Odgiel oe ae ee 441

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

May, P898),: (Plate: XXX UR.) A oss ats siding alk oes chara 505

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some skins of Mam-

mals from the Shiré Highlands, British Central African

IPRGLCCLOLBEG wants Sie tte ie elsottale de ai 6 Rieu cee 506

On some Horns belonging, apparently, to a new form of

Atrios Rhinoceros. i100 3dihe bss: hi de dele ae o14

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two eggs of the Cape

Coly (Colius capensis) laid in the Society’s Gardens ...... 528

Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in

June, July, August, and September, 1893.............. 612

Remarks on the Zoological Gardens of Stuttgart, Frank-

fortsand Cologne~....:0 cide ooh Suid Sh Seats Carenaemenen 613

Remarks upon the breeding of Monkeys, during the last

ten years, in the Society’s Gardens ..............+-.06- 615

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

ROCEOROE USO D i. oiiiae. oo o's wise dw. org a sacle eninge e 691

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted specimen of

Cercopithecus albigularis from the Leyden Museum ...... 691

On some Specimens of Mammals from Lake Mweru,

British Central Africa, transmitted by Vice-Consul Alfred

PSEA cies cB, Pe TITS P05 oe we af te Ae ee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

DT OVGUSDGR Sait alg e.cis Ss piece avin» sis pa aie See 729

Page

Sonater, Witi1am Luriery, M.A., F.ZS.

Remarks upon the Zoological Gardens of Antwerp and

Pe mniacemsl 0.2/5 Verh ae te Wrnls WR a ielp s cam Fate ie, eee te 326

Setous, Frepprick Courrenny, C.M.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of an Ante-

lope, believed to be a hybrid between the Sassaby and the

Meare Decale. is 6 liaeages ov Laken ied wail aes We eles so « HN 1

SHarpn, Eminy Mary.

Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies from the

Island of St. Thomas, West Africa...............--+.. 500

Suurporn, C, Davies, and Woopwarp, B. B.

On the Dates of the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique’ (Zoo-

DN cyte aie peace IMAM eS a Secale wats ach «ab» 1.0 6.3.0%s 582

SurpLey, Arruur E., M.A., Fellow and Lecturer of Christ’s

College and Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in

the University of Cambridge.

Notes on the Genus Sipunculus. (Plates XXV.-XXVII.) 326

SmirH, Ep@ar A.

On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells trans-

mitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., from British Central

Afriea. © (Plate TDK.) aie). sd \eiciwicieye dhinaieis be oiahat os;s) nim niet 632

Descriptions of two new Species of Shells of the Genus

ETIEEM Es Seka a: harden Sal bade ae eg ese pic: 2 we ow NMS Keene 642

Sonsino, Prospuro, M.D., Pisa.

iIBrrefoNotestonrblukespeeiineies: ses ose ess were sete 496

Sowsrgy, Gzoren Brerrinenay, F.L.S., F.Z.8.

Descriptions of Fifteen new Species of Shells of the

- Family Pleurotomide. (Plate XXXVIIL.) .........--. 487

xii

Page

Srirtinc, Epwarp Cuaruss, C.M.G., M.A., F.RB.S., C.M.ZS.

Extract from a letter concerning the discovery of Dipro-

todon and other Mammalian Remains in South Australia .. 473

TrHeErTMEIER, W. B., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a mounted specimen of a hybrid Grouse.. 616

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some hybrid Pheasants 692

Troms, OLDFIELD, F.Z.S., British Museum (Natural History).

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, three specimens of the

Bornean Monkey, recently described as Semnopithecus

OLE Tg BOIS Ore Ee ere ie ican 5 3

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Nano-

tragus livingstonianus from Northern Zululand .......... 237

Suggestions for the more definite use of the word

“Type” and its compounds, as denoting Specimens of a

greater or less degree of Authenticity ..............- 241

On some Mammals from Central Peru. (Plates XXVIII.

pS Oe ee ae eee Se 333

On a Second Collection of Mammals sent by Mr. H. H.

Johnston, C.B., from Nyasaland... . . 0. 2s. dis <qieepee 500

THomson, AnrHur, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.

Report on the Insect-house for 1892 ................ 278

Unter, P. R.

A List of the Hemiptera~Heteroptera collected in the

Island of St. Vincent by Mr. Herbert H. Smith; with

Descriptions of new Genera and Species ............-- 705

Warp, Rowranp, F.Z.8.

Exhibition of a skin of Grévy’s Zebra (Equus grevyi)

from Somalisland (022 670620 2 58) 3 iste ee 473

xiii

Page

Warren, W., M.A., and Exwes, Henry J., F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.

On new Genera and Species of Moths of the Family

Geometride from India, in the Collection of H. J. Elwes.

“SIT @ @ 9 2.5.29 | Re eee eee erat Ae 341

Warson, Lieut. E. Y., Madras Staff Corps, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

A proposed Classification of the Hespertide, with a

Revision of the Genera. (Plates I-III.) .............. 3

WartrenwyL, C. BRUNNER V.

On the Orthoptera of the Island of Grenada, West

facies. (Ulnte LO pores rere wane ea hs eee dane + Viet 599

‘Woopwarp, A. Smiru, F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural

History).

On the Dentition of a Gigantic Extinct Species of Mylio-

batis from the Lower Tertiary Formation of Egypt. (Plate

MOUNVRUE Yi a tarchin a deaiatann cta dane ee Cos edn eon Win oe 558

On the Cranial Osteology of the Mesozoic Ganoid Fishes,

Lepidotus and Dapedius. (Plates XLIX.& L.).......... 559

Woorwarp, B. B., and Suurzorn, C. Davis.

On the Dates of the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique ’ (Zoo-

Wepre stays cies coasts miata a= ad shay ae x wl <'e'e citi = a hn a ino 582

Woopwarp, M. F., Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College

of Science, London.

Further Observations on Variations in the Genitalia of

British Earthworms. (Plate XXIV.) .........-..---- 319

Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition.—

Part I. On the Development of the Teeth of the Macro-

podide. (Plates KXXXV.-XXXVIL.) ........-...--. 450

cA eee rT. 2s = ee eee

LIST OF PLATES.

1893.

Plate r Page

1 | Strut GIST CIPO rA aa a NE sees ode a 3

HT,

ely Meow. Dprons Easels 5), Wyre duet oes saa 2s 3 OS 152

VI. New Copepoda from Zanzibar .................... 164

WL RENO SOLES BUTIUCHIL. sic Rove ale joie akc, ot hassishace sue Oa oh 166

VUL.

= Miocene and recent Sciurid@............. cc cesenee 179

rab

XII.

XI. 216

XIV Structure ol Mecopladen, vate yee. ela ci hawt yee 216

XV.

VTS CELCOUMMNECUS SCRINIGI «0 o> pieces sic,a)> .ceas uids 243

eV Wg” CERCOPSMNCCUS MOLONEYT— 6 inc vdntde sds i-garviacscs

PE VIDLE, » Denttingulea GIGsDOTGU ep co's cccin a 16 e.0i0. #5 0 bd bee Oe 262

XIX.

xx New South-American Heterocera.................. 280

XXII.

XXII. : :

XXL Brain of Atrican, Ble phants £45. xo 9 troche ve bo aena.o.aices 311

XXIV. Genital Glands of AUolobophora longa .............. 319

AV.

XXVE | SERMCHINS Of MEMUMCHIUA a 3 5 ola ois + -loiescstsiecelnep es 326

XXVIL

EM VITL, Tchthyomiyes stolemanmt 2... 2000.00 e ence cas nens

Figs. 1-6. Ichthyomys stolzemanni ..........4++- 298

XXIX. { Figs. 7-9. Artibeus glaucus .........6..00000 ee. frie

Fig. 10. Nyctinomus kalinowskii ............. se

XXX,

XXXI. New Indian Moths of the Family Geometride ...... B41

XXXII.

DENCE Cercopithecus Orage... 61s ols vv mele on den beans 44]

OMI VC OPeMIR THOT DIET. 6 0.22 o. uae oop csuultthed oka eas ee 444

xvi

Plate Page

XXXV.

XXXVI. } The Dentition of the Macropodide ..........+++++. 450

XXXVII.

XXXVII. New Species of Pleurotomid@ .......-0++s0eeeeeee 487

XXXIX. Female Water-buck and Young (1893) ............ 505

XL. Syringes of Psittact «1.06... eee eee eee rece ee ees 507

XLI. Bird-bones from Grive-St.-Alban............+++--- 517

XLII. Fig. 1. Draco maximus; Fig. 2. D. microlepis ....

XLII. Figs. 1, 2. Rana cavitympanum; Fig. 3. Rana lato-( p59

palmata; Fig. 4. Rana whiteheadi ............

XLIV. Rhacophorus otilophus........ 6 cece e eee e eee eee

XLV.

XLVI. } Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis .......-+..++.4+- 536

XLVII.

XLVI. Myliobatis pentoni ....... 0 cee ce cree e ete e ene 558

aie Mesozoic Ganoid Fishes ..2......-ese+ere+sseers 559

Wile | Vaper a Urstntt 252 eo ae wie 0 oe ole nog ole ialnie os =o iaisi 596

LI. Orthoptera of Grenada ............ceeee se ceaccn 599

PD AOhromis SqUamipennis <1. sfarsysie)- eve) tel eteis) ete eke rel=r= )

LIV. Fig. A. Chromis johnstoni: Fig. B. C. subocularis ; |

Fig. C. C. tetrastigma ......00. es cevceevenes H

LV. Fig. A. Chromis lethrinus; Fig. B. C. callipterus.. > 616

LVI. Fig. A. Chromis kirkii; Fig. B. Hemichromis living- H

stonit; Fig. C. Chromis williamst.......+++++..

LVI. Fig. A. Hemichromis modestus; Fig. B. H. afer .. J

LVIII. Fig. A. Chromis horei; Fig. B. C. diagramma ;

BSR Ce, COURT sw aisieie toys viele = (eee ee 628° |

LIX. Shells from British Central Africa ................ 632

LX. New Butterflies from British Central Africa ........ 643

oe Spiders of the Family Attide from St. Vincent ...... 692

LXE: Gstrelata lencophrys sci. cc cen civ tle vin cvaie 9 = = aleinynlns 749

WOXTV Vipera venardt sss. aeteaies o eeeeie eeae 757

ee a

LIST OF WOODCUTS.

1893.

Page

Head of supposed hybrid Antelope between Bubalis lunata and

TERETE io ly Oe AP A PV a da 2

Sternum of Hapale jacchus, viewed from the inner (dorsal) aspect.

Bie: 1 Normal,:2) Almormial t 4. .0ctectiieec sexes. i ae ater 169

The right side of the pectoral girdle of Bradypus, Dicynodon, and

SETAMATB ON? cc. lake Vat oleh sins ais tamer ida avials iW» «9:0 okies a age 173

Upper surface of the cranium of a very young specimen of Mesoplodon

Mperefe CIMA ME ee weir erc ae Or aRe Sy area w ns alice yk a detae, BOE

Transverse sections of the rostrum of Mesoplodon layardi, Gray .... 228

Head of Nanotragus livingstonianus.......0. 000s eevee eccecccees 23:

Lower molar of Oryeteropus gaudryi ooo. scc ecco cuvececaccees 23

PCH OL COMCHPWNCCUS OF GEEZ ys «can aon ainsi vandsise i decievccacanss 255

Wertebral colamm of Rana esculenta .. 0.5 .0cc cs ceccacccvccovcees 269

So-called atlas of Rana and of Siredon ............ecueaeee 270, 273

' Pelobates fuscus, coccygeal portion of developing vertebral column.. 275

Hind limbs of Salamandra maculosa, adult G ..... eee ee eee 277

RECECUPMCHCCURDOULOUTURNAE © ¢ oo sso < eialv sik wake uct gien 0 s's ond filac ses 442

Ree COREE ENOT ONG ie selkntrein/s.# aie lassie icVabelos atepsidis aide a8 e-Sinty 0 445

Spermiducal glands of various Oligocheta ..........00c0cccceeee 479

Front horns of Holmwood’s Rhinoceros ..............000e00eees 515

Skull of fossil Lemuroid. Upper view ..............00eceeeeee 533

fai) of fossil: Lemuroid. Side view .....02+-02++acecedacenes 534

Skull of fossil Lemuroid. Lower view .............ceceeeeeees 530

Head-bones of Lepidotus latifrons; Oxford Clay, Peterborough .... 561

SR ODS AC ONLOAD AA TTIS Sais o ateatel lls. gtejesaeca(als.ncpyelia’ o's a agetal@ie'ere 589

The blade-bone of Cyclotwrus didactylus 6.0.0.0 c0cecccccecuucces 591

Cercopithecus lalandii (mother and young) ......-....0.e00ee0eee 615

Misp of Southern Nyasaland... 2.2.3 hase cenns otc s estes ecieue sie 617

LAG TALL DESY ESOL LACE Me HOE Ee Te Oe eee 627

Bore RG HeppiON CHA CHCOLOT ov. ls oa) a. 0s aie! «i nceye:Re ssbsate. ssa g BW aote wea ave 629

LSESTEEATEE 0 EA SARS gh NR 631

Ennea (Ptychotrema) bassamensis ......00. 0c ccccccccccuvees 642

Enea (Edentula) longula .. 2.0.5. ccccccccceccenes Sebeters ietstste's 643

Transverse section of the Seal’s eye ...........cccesecececescecs 721

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893. b

_- ‘The Seal’s iris ....... Sess vl SR RRR SP 722,

Skull and horns of Cobus crawshayi ........+ PRE re os - Wet

CUP CAUCASICE 6.06 ee cee cee eee eee e eee en teen neeneenes 730

Fig. La. Petromyzon fluviatilis, 25°5 centim. total length, showing

t vestigial first gill on left side. Fig. 1. The same, dissected

? from beneath. Fig. 2a. P. fluviatilis, 23°5 centim., showing

i absence externally of first gill onright side. Fig. 2. The same,

dissected from beneath ..........0+.-seseccecececcceceess 731 5: 3

Fig. 3. Myzxine glutinosa, dissection from beneath of a specimen a

possessed of a supernumerary gill on the left side ........ puta

731

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS.

1893.

Page Page

Ablepsis (Lep.).......-..........060 36 Hyantiyal (LOD) s<c-.00sssscaccess) =< 415

Actenochroma (Lep.) ..........-- 350 Eubyjodonta (Lep.)............... 416

PACHIMOL) (MEDs)| tacaenaslesscnees sacar 108 Eurypeplodes (Lep.) ............ 382

FAMONIA| (TO), ))a.+ssaveceaanneenesea 12 Eurytaphria (Lep.) ............... 409

Amorphozancle (Lep.) ......... 408

Anoka (Arachn.) .......0....00. 701 Gagitodes (Lep.) ............0.+0 381

Anonychia (Lep.) .........-..0++0 412 Gehenna (Lep.) ............0.0008 108

Aplochlora (Lep.) ..........00+6+ 386 Gelasma (Lep.) ..........s0cse0e 352

Apophyga (Lep.)........0+2+: cess 418 Glypholyeus (Reptilia) ......... 629

PAE ATIS (LOf.) ave ceerssicndsadescats 13 Grynopsis (Lep.)..........000+-++ 42

Argopteron (Lep.) .......+.+++0+ 88

PArriotta (LGD) ancs.ccacs>ovenconvar 81 Hemistola (Lep.) .........s0ss00.+ 353

Anutallacta (Lep.).........02.se+00 365 Heteromiza (Lep.) ..........+.0+ 405

Auzeodes (Lep.) .......:csceseeeee 404 Heterostegania (Lep.)............ 415

Hololoma (Lep.), ...2..s22:<200<00. 395

Bathydema (Rhynch.) ......... 709 Hypoeryptothrix (Lep.) ......... 22

Bungalotis (Lep.) ...-.......00+ 28

Tambrix/(liap,)-n<-cse-cesssereerss 76

Chalyboclydon (Lep.)............ 366 Ichthyomys (Mamm,)............ 337

Chlorodontopera (Lep.) ......... 301 Tsolopar(Whep:)i..csesc<s-st-e<es5<- 345

Chrysoplectrum (Lep.) ......... 24

Cryptoloba (Lep.) ...........+++ 343 Jemadia (Lep.) ...2...2..0.se00e 14

Cybele (Arachn.)............+-000 695

Cydonia (Arachn.) .............. 700 Katreus (Lep.)......22..2..02s00006 115

Cylloceps (Rhynch.) ............ 711 Kedestes (Lep.) .......2....-2200 96

Cyrene (Arachn.)...........-...6++ 698 Koruthaialos (Lep.) .....-....+. 76

Darmistidus (Rhynch.) ......... 706 Lentungula (Arachn.)............ 264

Deinotrichia (Lep.)............... 419 Leptomiza (Lep.).........2...-0006 406

Drephalys (Lep.)............0+006+ 34 Leptostichia (Lep.) .........2...+ 397

Dysethia (Lep.) ......-seeeseeeeee 347 Lipomelia (Lep.) ...........0...00- 359

Lobogonia (Lep.) ........-...0+ 345

Emesopsis (Rhynch.) ............ 718 Lophoides (Lep.) .......20.....600 84

Engraulicypris (Pisces) ......... 626 Loxaspilates (Lep.) .......2...0666 413

Page

PMI UGtIS (AEDs) serena ¥easahantat-<- 13

Microceris (Lep.)........-...+..0+ 15

Microloxia (Lep.) ............++- 304

Motasingha (Lep.) .............+- 73

Murgaria (Lep.) ......000.....-++ 37

Myostoma (Lep.).......000..+000+ 346

Myrioblephara (Lep.) ...........- 428

ihjetowt | (103) 0) Feetnaeeereeeeeeeeeee 12

Nascus (Lep.) ........ .e-0.- esses 28

Neolaurona (Lep.) ............... 292

Neonoma (Lep.) .......--2+-0++0+ 44

Neozatrephes (Lep.) ............ 286

Gchydrus (Lep.)......2..2..00s00 35

Onryza (Lep.)) 6.20501 2.6. 00dc00s 112

Osmodes (Lep.) ...-..ses0ese0ee0 78

Oxypalpus (Lep.)...........s00006 78

Waradros (Tep.) ~......-00-.0n+0- 39

Paralophia (Lep.) ...........+++ 371

Parasynegia (Lep,) .....-...---++- 413

Paricterndes (Lep.) ...........2++- 389

Patlasingha (Lep.) ............... 74

Pedestes (Lep.)..0......-sceeseeeee- 81

Perissolophia (Lep.) ............ 300

Pheenicops (Lep.)...........sseee0- 30

Peecilalcis (Lep.) .............2-000 27

Polythrix: (ep:) 40. 004.2202.34502 19

Porphyrogenes (Lep.)............ 35

Page

Potamanax (Lep.) ...........++.- 5d

Prionodonta (Lep.) ............+6+ 401

Prorhinia’ (Lop.),5-5.-22 c.ce st. 430

Protacanthus (Rhynch.)......... 707

Rsilalcis' (ep:):..--cescetensensccae 430

Psilonaxa (Lep.) .....2.2-.s0.0ss- 343

‘Pteroteinon (ep), <-cuestepestee 124

Pteroxys (ep:)) .:---seeseee- ease

Sarbia (ep:)s.22-2c io eveseronaee 13

Sebastonyma (Lep.)..............- 81

Spheerobius (Rhynch.) ......... 710

Sphagnodela (Lep.)............... 351

Spilopera.(Lep.)). .......0sses+0: 402

Staphylinochrous (Lep.)......... 67

Tanaotrichia (Lep.)..............- 360

Tarsoctenus (Lep.) ............. 21

Teinorhinus (Lep.) ............... 78

Tomopelta (Rhynch.) ............ 708

Typonotus (Rhynch.) ............ 716

Uliocnemis (Lep.)..........2.-0.+0- 355

Xenographia (Lep.) .............. 404

Xenozancla (Lep.) ............... 342

Yanguna(eps) c-ecseac sess 12

Zographetus (Lep.)..... ......... 84

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

Tus Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir

Humeury Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarrzus, and other eminent

individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,

and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal

Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829,

Patroness.

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

Wice-Patron.

HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, K.G.

COUNCIL.

SIR W. H. FLOWER, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., President,

Witt Bateson, Ese., M.A.

Wits T. Branrorp, Ese.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. Boutencsr, Ese.

Henry E. Dresser, Ese.

Caartes Drumawonp, Esa,

Treasurer.

Joun P. Gassrot, Hse.

F, DuCanz Gopmay, Esa., F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Lr.-Con. H. H. Gopwin-Avsten,

F.R.S.

Dr. Atsert GinrHer, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Dr. Epwarp Hamitron, Vice-

President.

Proressor Grorer B. Howzs.

Ly.-Cou, Leonarp H. Irpy.

Tur Lorp Mrepway.

Dr. Sr. Georcr Mivarz, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Ossert Satviy, Ese, F.RS.,

Vice-President.

Howarp Saunpers, Esa.

Pure Lourtey Scrarer, Ksa.,

M.A., Px.D., F.B.S., Secre-

tary.

Henry SeEsoum, Esa.

Dr. P. H. Pyz-Smrra, F.R.S.

JosrpH Travers Smiru, Ese.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.

till Sunset.

The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications

should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-

days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.

The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of

Mr. F. H. Warernouss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M. ;

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the

Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every

month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice

a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and

October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £35,

Fextows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for

the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two

Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the

entrance gate.

Fettows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of

Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on

each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the

Saturday Orders are not available if the Frtxow uses his privilege

of personally introducing two companions on the same day.

Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday

Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of

issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a

similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only

one person, whether child or adult.

Fettows also receive Twenty Free Tickets (Green), each valid

for the admission of one adult any day of the week including

Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of Green

Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one Adult's.

These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available

for following years,

The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Fetiows

who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the 1st

of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this

purpose are supplied on application.

The Wire of a Frettow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence.

Fettows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications

on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every

year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must

be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which

the privilege lapses. Frttows are likewise entitled to purchase the

Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.

less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of

25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Fetiows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the

Ist July in each year, but this privilege only holds good if the

subscription is paid before the 1st of December following.

FrELLows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,

an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-

diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens

with One Companion daily.

They may also obtain a TransFeRABLE Ivory Ticker admitting

Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Fertxow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the

“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to

withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested

to communicate with the undersigned.

PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, London, W..,

April \st, 1894.

MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.

(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

1894.

1804.

Turspay, Aprin .. 3 and 17 Turspay, Junk .... 5 and 19

a May... .—1

The Chair will be taken at half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening

precisely.

novsE, Librarian) is open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturdays to

2r.m. It is closed in the month of September.

LIST OF INSTITUTIONS

. TO WHICIL

COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.

AFRICA.

The South-African Museum, Cape Town.

AMERICA, SOUTH.

The Museum of Natural History, Buenos Ayres.

The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.

The Museum of La Plata, La Plata.

AUSTRALASIA.

The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.

The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne.

The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.

AUSTRIA.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.

The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.

BELGIUM.

The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.

The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.

BRITISH INDIA.

The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.

The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.

The Indian Museum, Calcutta.

CANADA (DOMINION OF).

The McGill College, Montreal.

The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.

The University of Toronto, Toronto.

CHINA.

The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.

EAST INDIES.

The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.

FRANCE.

The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.

The Agricultural Society, Lyons.

The Entomological Society of France, Paris.

The Museum of Natural History, Paris.

The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.

GERMANY.

The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.

The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.

The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.

The Senkenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The Zoologischer Garten (Direction of), Frankfort-on-Main.

The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.

The Natural-History Society, Halle.

The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.

The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.

The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.

The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, Belfast.

The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.

The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.

The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.

The Geological Society, Dublin.

The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.

The Royal Society, Edinburgh.

The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.

The Atheneum Club, London.

The British Museum of Natural History, London.

The Entomological Society, London.

The Geological Society, ondon.

The King’s College Library, London.

The Linnean Society, London.

The London Institution.

The Royal College of Physicians, London.

The Royal College of Surgeons, London.

The Royal Geographical Society, London.

The Royal Institution, London.

The Royal Society, London.

The University College, London.

The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.

The Owens College, Manchester.

The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History

Society, Plymouth.

The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth,

The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.

HOLLAND.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.

The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.

The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.

The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.

The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.

ITALY.

The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.

The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.

The Zoological Station, Naples.

The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.

RUSSIA.

The Natural-History Society, Dorpat.

The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.

The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.

The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.

SCANDINAVIA.

The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.

The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.

SPAIN.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.

SWITZERLAND.

The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.

The Canton de Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne.

The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.

The Natural-History Society, Zurich.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.

The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.

The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.

The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.

The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.

The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.

The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as

soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-

knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,

in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.

Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed

to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be

sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission

through booksellers and in other ways.

By order of the Council,

P. L. SCLATER,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Sevuare, Lonpon, W.,

April, 1894.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society's Menagerie during the month of December 1892 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of December was 43, of which 18 were

_ by presentation, 23 by purchase, and 2 on deposit. The total

number of departures during the same period, by death and removals,

was 140.

Mr. F. C. Selous, C.M.Z.S., exhibited the skull of an Antelope

believed to be a hybrid between the Sassaby (Bubalis lunata)

and the Hartebeest (B. caama), which he had transmitted to the

British Museum in 1890, and read the following letter which he

had addressed to Dr. Giinther on the subject, dated Tati River,

Matabeleland, March 23rd, 1890 :—

“T am sending you the skull of a very curious animal which

would puzzle you immensely if I did not tell you what it was. It

is the skull of a male cross-bred animal, between a Tsessebe Antelope

(Bubals lunata) and a Hartebeest (B. cwama), the father probably

being one of the former Antelopes and the mother one of the

latter. This animal was shot a few miles from here, between the

Tati and Shashi rivers, by my old friend Cornelius van Rooyen, the

well-known Boer hunter. You will see that the skull of this animal

closely resembles that of a Hartebeest, whilst the horns are neither

like those of a Hartebeest nor those of a Tsessebe, but partake of

the characters of both, standing nearly straight up from the skull

Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1893, No. I. 1

2 MR. F.C. SELOUS ON A HYBRID ANTELOPE. _[Jan. 17,

as in the Hartebeest, but yet being slightly lunate in form and

ringed as in the Tsessebe. As regards the animal itself, van Rooyen

tells me that the colour of its skin on the body, head, and legs was

precisely the same as in an ordinary Tsessebe, but that it had the

Head of supposed hybrid Antelope between Bubalis lunata and B. caama,

comparatively large bushy tail of a Hartebeest. When it ran, it ran

with its tail held out as Hartebeests do, and with the light springy

gallop of those animals. There can,.I think, be no doubt in the

mind of any rational being that this curious animal is a cross

between the Hartebeest and Tsessebe Antelopes. ... . se

“ P.S.—You will notice that the prominent rings on the horns

Tam sending you agree with those which are present just at the

backward turn of the horns of a Hartebeest.”

fi. ————_ -—

PZ.8.1893. Plate I.

West, Newman rnp.

Hight del.et hth.

tructure of the Hespertnde.

. a

i 5 43

F 3 sae

™ = + ms

* apes Sie

* a . ~

| +z ‘4 ete = 5s

St 7 a

| ; *: Ss

a i

Loy

° : AS

HKmight del.et hth. West, Newman inzp

Structure of the Hesperude.

PZS$1893:Plate HT.

roe

25.6

H Knight del.et lith. West, Newman imp.

Structure of the Hesperide.

1893.) MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, 3

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited three adult specimens, a male and

two females, of the Bornean Monkey recently described by him

under the name of Semnopithecus cruciger’. These specimens

showed that this Monkey was atter all fully as large as S. chryso-

melas and S. hosei, the adult male having a body 520 mm. and a

tail 700 mm. in length; so that the typical skin must have been

decidedly immature. In the male specimen the coloration was

almost exactly similar to that of the type, but in the two females

the broad black dorsal line was interrupted just below the level

of the shoulders for a distance of two or three inches, the hairs

being here red as on the flanks, but still intermixed with black.

In all three also there was a blackish patch on the postero-internal

side of the lower leg, but this patch varied in its intensity, and

was not visible in the type. The crest in these specimens was

much more developed than in the younger example, the hairs on

the occiput attaining a length of nearly three inches, and being

mixed black and red, owing to the red crown hairs mingling with

the black ones of the anterior end of the dorsal black line.

These specimens had been taken on the Batang Hupar River,

Western Sarawak, in August 1892, by one of Mr. Hose’s collectors ;

and Mr. D. J. 8. Baily, a resident in the neighbourhood, had

informed Mr. Hose that he had often seen black and red Monkeys,

presumably of this form, in the forests of the district.

In spite of the confirmation given by these facts, Mr. Hose

himself was inclined to think that S. eruciger might be only a red

form or “ erythrism ” of S. chrysomelas, the common black and white

Monkey of Sarawak, in the company of which he believed he had

seen the specimen first described by Mr. Thomas. Mr. Hose

pledged himself specially to investigate this most interesting

question on his return to Borneo.

The following papers were read :—

1. A proposed Classification of the Hesperiide, with a

Revision of the Genera. By Lieut. E, Y. Warson,

Madras Staff Corps, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

[Received October 27, 1892.]

(Plates I.-III.)

The arrangement here proposed is based entirely upon the

collection of the British Museum; therefore only the species repre-

sented in the National Collection are referred to their respective

genera, those species of which the types are in the collection being

marked with an asterisk.

As the time at my disposal has been strictly limited, only such

new genera have been described as differ very markedly from those

1 Ann, Mag. N. H. (6) x. p. 475 (1892).

4 MR. EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

already established ; so that it will be found that there are many

species noted below for which new genera have not been erected,

but which have been placed in that genus to which they seem most

elosely allied. In addition to the collection of the British Museum,

free access has been afforded me to the valuable collection of

Messrs. Godman and Salvin, to whom my best thanks are due for

their courtesy and kind assistance.

The system of numbering the veins has been adopted in the

descriptions for brevity and clearness, and, as this system is not in

universal use, the veins in the first figure of neuration have been

numbered to exemplify the method.

Before 1874 no serious attempt had been made to arrange the

genera of the Hesperiide in natural groups, but since that time

several arrangements, though in most cases only relating to a limited

fauna, have been proposed.

The only suggested arrangement which seems to be perfectly

natural is that proposed by Scudder in the Bulletin of the Buffalo

Society of Natural Science ', and afterwards worked out more com-

pletely in his ‘ Butterflies of New England.’ Though it is only for

the Hesperiide of New England that this arrangement is fully

worked out, yet, on examination, it has been found, with certain

modifications, applicable to the Hesperiid genera of the world, and

has accordingly been adopted in this paper. In this arrangement

Seudder divides the genera of New England Hesperiide into two

groups, which he names respectively Hesperidi and Pamphilidi.

These two divisions are based to a very large extent on the secondary

sexual characters of the male imago, the egg, larva, and pupa supply-

ing subsidiary characters; these latter, however, are, as pointed out,

of a slight and ill-defined character, and would be inapplicable

generally, since, in the great majority of the genera, little or nothing

is known of the earlier stages. The male characters are, however,

sufficient in themselves to enable the majority of the genera to be

readily assigned to the respective groups, and where no secondary

male characters exist the neuration or habits supply the necessary

indication.

Mabille has further amplified this arrangement of Scudder’s in a

paper* on the Hesperiide in the Brussels Museum, wherein he

further subdivides the main divisions and assigns additional genera

to their respective groups. These further subdivisions have unfor-

tunately been only very partially characterized, owing, as M. Mabille

himself states, to his investigations not being completed.

In the allocation of many genera I have found it necessary to

entirely differ from M. Mabille’s conclusions; for instance, nearly

all those genera which Mabille includes under his subdivisions

“Ismenini” and ‘‘ Tagiadini,” and assigns to the Astyci=s Pamphilidi

(Scudder), should, in my opinion, be transferred to the Hesperidi

(Scudder), with which their habits and neuration better agree, and

Mabille’s “tribe” Pyrrhopygini be erected into a group of equal

Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Se. vol. i. pp. 195-196 (1874).

? Ann, Soc, Ent. Belge, vol, xxi. p. 12 e¢ seg. (1878).

1893.) MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID. 5

importance to Scudder’s Hesperidi and Pamphilidi, this latter being

an alteration already suggested by Scudder himself.

Passing by the arrangement of Plotz, which, being based largely

on the pattern of the wings, has been found quite unworkable, and

that of Distant, which was a tentative one only intended to be applied

to the fauna then under consideration, we come to a valuable paper '

by Speyer on the “Genera of the Hesperiide of the European

Fauna.” In this paper he makes a suggestion which has been found

of the very greatest importance in the classification of the genera ;

this suggestion was to the effect that the position of vein 5 of the

fore wing in relation with veins 6 and 4 would probably prove a

character of value. This surmise has proved to be correct, and the

position of vein 5 has been found of great use in the arrangement of

the Hesperiidee, as it has already proved to be for the division of

the Heterocera into two large groups of families.

In the following arrangement it has been attempted to make

mention of every generic name published prior to 1892, and to point

out its type species, though, where this species has not been acces-

sible, it has not been possible in most cases to assign the genus to

its correct position. This is in great part owing to the very super-

ficial manner in which some, even recent, authors characterize their

genera, in many cases doing no more than specifying the species

they propose as their type, so that when one is not in possession of

that particular species the genus is quite unrecognizable.

' Whenever no particular species has been designated by the author

of a genus as his type of that genus, it has been found most satis-

factory to follow Seudder’s ‘ Historical Sketch of the Genera of

Butterflies,’ published in 1875, as in that work he has investigated

the history of the genera from the earliest authors, and has fixed

the types in accordance with the strictest rules of priority, and there-

fore in the opinion of the writer his decisions should be accepted by

all subsequent authors, who will thus have a sound basis to start

from, and a uniform system would result instead of the chaos which

is caused by each author arbitrarily fixing the type of the genera of

earlier anthors on a system of his own.

The decisions of Mr. Scudder have therefore been accepted for

all genera included in the above-quoted work; while for those

genera which have been described subsequently, when no type has

been specified, that species has been taken which best agrees with the

diagnosis of the genus. In the great majority of genera it has been

found practicable to clear the wings of a specimen of the typical

species, whereby its diagnosis has been considerably facilitated.

In all, 234 generic names have been dealt with, of which 49 are

sunk as synonyms, while 45 new genera have been described, and

at least as many more await description in British collections

alone.

As in the British Museum collection the two genera Megathym-

nus and Afgiale are arranged in the Heterocera, they are not in-

cluded below, though some authors consider they should be treated

1 Stett. ent, Zeit. vol. xl. p, 477 e¢ seg. (1879),

6 MR, BE. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERTIDA. [Jan. 17,

as Hesperiide ; the Australian genus Euschemon, which is furnished

with a frenulum, one of the most distinctive characters of the

Heterocera, has also been omitted; should subsequent authors

consider these three genera are more naturally placed in the

Hesperiidee, it will be necessary to establish two additional sub-

families for their reception.

With regard to the vexed question of the generic importance of

male secondary sexual characters, the conclusion which has been

forced upon me is that, in any particular genus in which male

secondary characters are found, the particular male character (be it

costal fold, discal stigma, or tuft of hairs) may be either present or

absent in different species of that same genus, but is never replaced

by a character of different structure. Of the inconstancy of the

male character in the same genus the following are examples :—

Eudamus, Thorybes, Hesperia, Urbanus, Ismene, Hasora, Kerana,

Padraona, Varactrocera, Chapra, Baoris, Halpe, and many others

might be brought forward; but on the other hand it is difficult to

quote a single genus in which the male character is replaced by

another of similar character, and in a few cases where this is appa-

rently the case in the following paper, it is owing to new genera not

having been erected for the aberrant forms though manifestly

distinct, time not allowing of the critical examination necessary.

On every other occasion when the male secondary character differs

in structure, an accompanying difference will be found in the neura-

tion, antennee, or other point of structure.

The above being the case, the costal fold, discal stigma, or other

structural peculiarity of the male insect, though frequently not a

generic character, is yet of the greatest importance in the formation

of groups or subfamilies, and, as has already been pointed out by

Scudder, all those species which are provided with a costal fold

belong to the Hesperiine, and all those provided with a discal stigma

to the Pamphiline.

Though the above conclusion is not in accordance with the theory

of many authors, yet it will be found that no author can be quoted

who does not adinit it in practice; for instance, Scudder places

bathyllus and pylades in the same genus Thorybes, though the

former is without a costal fold and the latter is provided with one;

Mabille, in his paper above quoted, includes in the genera Thymele,

Eudamus, Aithilla, Ismene, Pamphila, and others species both pro-

vided with and devoid of male secondary characters ; Moore, who is

one of the strongest advocates for the generic importance of male

characters, yet, under the same generic name T'hanaos, describes

indistincta and stigmata, the former of which lacks the discal stigma

of the latter, includes in his own genus Halpe the species radians,

though without the discal band characteristic of the genus, describes

atkinsont, subtestaceus, nilgiriana, and vindhiana, all as belonging

to the genus Isoteinon, though the two former possess a tuft of hairs

on the fore wing which is wanting in the latter, and acts similarly

on several other occasions; while Distant and Trimen in their re-

spective works allow to male characters no generic importance

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. y

whatever. Mr. de Nicéville also informs me that though he would

attach more importance to the male-marks in Hesperiide and

Lyczenide than in other families, yet he considers that each case must

be judged on its merits.

While referring to this subject, it seems worth calling attention

to the very few Old World genera which are provided with a costal

fold on the fore wing, those provided with a discal streak or other

character largely predominating, while in the New World the

numbers of each group seem fairly equal.

The characters which have been found of the greatest value in

dividing the family into groups or subfamilies are (the Pyrrhopygine

being first excluded on their abnormal antennz) firstly the position

of vein 5 of the fore wing, taken in conjunction with the length of

the cell, this vein in the Hesperiine being invariably nearer to 6

than to 4 when the cell of the fore wing is less than two-thirds the

length of costa, and only nearer to 4 when the cell is more than

two-thirds the length of costa; while in the Pamphiline vein 5 of the

fore wing is never nearer to 6 than to 4 except in a few aberrant

Australian genera, and usually is very much nearer to 4, ina few

eases only being practically equidistant between the two veins,

while on the other hand the cell of the fore wing never exceeds two-

thirds of the length of the costa, except in one or two Asiatic genera

of the Ismene group, which are readily distinguished from all

Hesperiine by their peculiar palpi and antenne.

The presence or absence of vein 5 of the hind wing has been

found of no importance as a character for groups of genera, as it

occurs in all stages of development in closely allied genera; it has,

therefore, only been treated as present when it has been fully deve-

loped into a tubular veiu, and in all other cases has been treated as

absent, though it is usually just traceable as a fold or weak vein,

being only absolutely invisible in some genera of Panphzline, chietly

those in which vein 5 of the fore wing is very close to the bottom of

the cell. It is noteworthy that there is no genus of Pamphiline or

the Hesperiine occurring in the New World in which vein 5 of the

hind wing is fully developed into a tubular vein, the only New

World genera in which this vein is developed being the Pyrrhopygine

genera Amenis and Ardaris, the former of which would appear to

be in a transitional state, the development of the vein varying

individually in the same species.

The presence or absence of the tibial epiphysis on the fore legs has

only been found of secondary importance, varying in some cases in

different species of the same genus, and apparently being present

or entirely wanting in different individuals of Abantis tettensis,

Hopff.

On the hind tibiee both terminal and medial pairs of spurs are

almost invariably present, and the absence of the middle pair is

usually of generic importance, though in the genera Cyclopides,

Heteropterus, and Pythonides the absence of this pair of spurs is

only of specific value.

Another character of the greatest importance is the position

8 MR. BE, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

assumed by the species when in a state of complete repose; and it

will be found that all those species which are known to rest with

their wings expanded fall naturally into the Pyrrhopygine or Hes-

periine, and in no single instance into the Pamphiline, and only in

very few instances are species of these two subfamilies known to rest

with their wings raised over their backs.

The only other character which has been found of importance is

the description of secondary male characters found on the upper

side of the fore wing, and this is limited in its value by there being

in many genera no secondary male characters on the fore wing. How-

ever, the costal fold is never found except among the Hesperiine, and

the discal stigma of whatever form never except among the Pam-

philine ; other male characters, such as tufts and patches of modified

scales on the underside of the fore wing, either side of the hind

wing, or on the legs, appear to be shared in common by both

Hesperiine and Pamphiline.

There is little doubt that when more is known of the earlier

stages of the family other characters will be found, but at present it

is quite impracticable to generalize from the few facts known. A

little has been done in this direction by Scudder in the ‘ Butterflies

of New England,’ but only very few genera are referred to, and the

characteristics there given as peculiar to the Hesperiine and Pam-

philine do not seem to hold when applied to the few Old World

species of which it has been found practicable to examine the earlier

stages ; no mention of these stages has therefore been made in the

present paper, pending fuller investigations.

The terms used in the descriptions are as follows :—the antenne

are called ‘ hooked” when the terminal portion of the club is bent

to less than a right angle with the remaining portion of the club,

and “‘sickle-shaped ” when the whole of the club is evenly curved

and not abruptly angled; when the club is abruptly angled but not

“hooked” it is spoken of as simply ‘‘bent.” The palpi are termed

“ porrect” when the third joint is extended horizontally in front of

the face in continuation of the axis of the body, “erect”? when the

third joint is extended perpendicularly in front of the face at right

angles to the axis of the body—in this case the third joint frequently

curves back over the vertex—and “ suberect” when the third joint

of the palpi lies at less than a right angle with the axis of the body.

These terms are only used when the third joint is more or less con-

spicuous and its direction obvious; in the majority of genera the

third joint is very short and inconspicuous, and in describing these

no mention is made of its direction, which is in many cases difficult

to definitely point out, and would render the diagnosis liable to

misconception. In comparing the length of the cell with the length

of the costal margin, the latter is measured in a straight line from

the base of the wing to the apex, and the former from the base of

the wing to the upper angle of the cell. The length of the inner

margin is measured in a straight line from the base of the wing to

the outer angle, and the outer margin in a straight line from the

outer angle to the apex of the wing. The veins are treated as

1893, ] MR. EB, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID2. 9

arising at where they bifureate from the main trunks: 7. e. veins 1

and 12 of the fore wing, and la@ and 14 of the hind wing, are

treated as arising from the base of the wing; veins 2 and 3 of both

wings as arising from their bifurcation with the median; veins 7, 8,

9, 10, 11 of the fore wing and 7 and 8 of the hind wing as arising

from their bifurcation with the subcostal ; veins 6 and 4 of both

wings as arising at the points where they are met by the middle

and lower discocellulars respectively ; and, lastly, vein 5 of both wings

as arising at the junction of the middle and lower discocellulars.

The median from the base of the wing to the lower angle of the

cell is termed the “lower margin of the cell,” and the subcostal

from the base of the wing to the upper angle of the cell the “ upper

margin of the cell.”

In the generic keys to the several sections the more superficial

and readily recognizable characters have been constantly employed ;

the male secondary sexual characters, though used frequently, being

taken only where the same character is found throughout the whole

genus,

It has been found impracticable to arrange the genera in their

natural order in the keys, so the genera of each section are numbered

in the order which seems most natural, and the descriptions are

arranged to accord with these numbers.

The following three subfamilies have been adopted in this arrange-

ment, detailed descriptions of which will be found in the text, while

they may be briefly compared as follows :—

PyrruoryGin&.—This is a well-marked group of closely allied

genera confined entirely to the New World, which can be readily

recognized by the large blunt club to the antenne, which is a con-

stant character. The cell of the fore wing is also invariably very

long, being more than two-thirds the length of the costa. Vein 5

of the fore wing is usually nearer to 4 than to 6. When at rest

they extend all their wings horizontally.

Hespertin&.—This group includes all species with a costal fold in

the male, all species in which vein 5 of the fore wing is nearer to 6

than to 4, and all species which rest with their wings extended hori-

zontally. Some few species rest with their wings raised above the

back, but these are very few and can invariably be recognized by

the costal fold or some other character; also, in a considerable

number of genera in which the cell is more than two-thirds the

length of the costa, vein 5 is usually slightly nearer to 4 than to6;

this is occasioned by the upper angle of the cell being produced, and

the middle discocellular consequently elongated. ‘These genera,

however, are readily recognized by the length of the cell, as in the

Pamphiline, where it is only in a very few well-marked genera that

the cell exceeds two-thirds of the costa.

The antennz, almost without exception, end in a fine point, and

in the few genera in which this is not the case the cell is invariably

short.

PamPHILINa&.—This group includes all species with a discal band

on the fore wing of the male, and all species in which vein 5 of the

10 MR. E. ¥Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

fore wing is nearer to 4 than to 6, with the exception of those noted

above. When ina complete state of repose all the species of this

group rest with their wings raised above their backs; but when only

sunning themselves, in many species the fore wings are elevated

and the hind wings depressed. The cell of the fore wing is almost

invariably less than two-thirds the length of the costa, and the

antennze almost invariably end in a fine point.

Subfamily I. PyRRHOPYGINA.

Antenne: club very thick, ending in a blunt point, usually more

or less bent into a hook. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, closely

pressed against the face; third joint naked, minute. Cell of fore

wing always more than two-thirds the length of costa. No costal

fold or other secondary sexual characters on fore wing of male.

Vein 5 of fore wing nearer to 4 than to 6. Vein 5 of hind wing

usually wanting. Hind tibiz usually with two pairs of spurs.

The thick blunt club to the antennz will at once distinguish this

subfamily : a few of the lower genera of Hesperiine and some Aus-

tralian Pamphiling have a somewbat similar club; but in them the

cell of fore wing is invariably less than two-thirds the length of

costa.

This subfamily exactly coincides with the Pyrrhopygini of

Mabille, which he places as a section of his Hesperidi ; however,

its characteristics are so well marked that it has here been treated

as a subfamily of equal value with the Hesperiine and Pamphiline.

Little or nothing is known of the early stages of this subfamily,

but the perfect insect seems in many ways to have affinities to both

Hesperiine and Pamphiline, and its correct position is a matter of

some doubt. According to Westwood and Hewitson, the perfect

insect rests with its wings extended horizontally.

The whole group would also appear to be protected, as a large

number of the species are mimicked very markedly by Hrycides and

its allies and also by some species of Pamphiline.

This subfamily is confined entirely to South and Central America.

Synopsis of Genera of PYRRHOPYGIN.

A. Middle and lower discocellulars of fore wing very oblique.

a. Club of antennze much thickened.

at, Vein 5 of hind wing wanting.

a*, Vein 3 of fore wing less than twice as far from 2 as from 4,

a®, Vein 5 of hind wing from before end of cell.

Pyrruoryce, Hb. Type, hyperici, Hb. (1)

4°. Vein 3 of hind wing from beyond end of cell.

Mysonia, g.n. Type, acastus, Cramer. (2)

}?, Vein 3 of fore wing more than twice as far from 2 as from 4.

a*. Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.

Yanouna, g. nu. Type, spatiosa, Hew. (4)

b*, Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.

a‘, Cell of hind wing short, not reaching half across wing.

Mimoniaves, Hb. Type, iphinous, Latr. (9)

1893.] MR. B, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDR. 1k

5+, Cell of hind wing long, reaching more than half across wing.

Amenis Tt, g.n. Type, pionia, Hew. (3)

c*, Vein 3 of hind wing from beyond end of cell.

Sarsi, g.n. Type, wanthippe, Latr. (6)

c?, Vein 3 of fore wing more than three times as far from 2 as from 4.

a’, Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.

Manortis, g.n. Type, nurscia, Swains. (5)

b®. Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.

JEMADIA, g.n. Type, patrobas, Hew. (8)

b, Vein 5 of hind wing well developed.

Arparis, g.n. Type, evimia, Hew. (7)

4. Club of antennss comparatively slender.

a. Veins 7 and 8 of fore wing anastomosing shortly.

Microceris, g.n. ‘ype, variicolor, Mén. (11)

b, Veins 7 and 8 of fore wing free.

Myscuius, Hb. Type, zodilis, Cram. (12)

B. Middle and lower discocellulars of fore wing almost erect.

Oxynetra, Feld, Type, semihyalina, Feld. (10)

1. Genus PyrruopyGe. (Plates I. fig. 2; III. figs. 1a, b.)

Pyrrhopyge, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 103 (1816).

Type, hyperici, Hibn.

Tamyris, Swainson, Zool, Ill. i. t. 33 (1820-21).

Type, zeleucus, Fabr.

Pachyrhopala, Wallengr. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xv. 81 (1858).

Type, phidias, Linn.

Club of antenne ovoid, very much thickened, bluntly pointed,

usually bent into a hook. Fore wing: no costal fold in male but

costa much thickened ; cell rather more than two-thirds length of

costa; vein 10 nearer to 11 than to 9; veins 6 and 7 from upper

angle of cell ; vein 8 from just before it; upper discocellular minute,

middle one about half as long again as lower; middle and lower

discocellulars inwardly oblique, the middle slightly more oblique

than the lower and rather better developed; vein 5 nearer to

4 than to 6; vein 3 about half as far again from 2 as from end of

cell. Hind wing: cell not reaching to the middle of the wing;

vein 7 well before upper end of cell, about three times as far from

base as from end of cell, rather more remote from base than 2;

discocellulars almost erect, slightly concave outwardly; vein 5

wanting; vein 3 from just before end of cell; vein 2 almost

equidistant from base of wing and from end of cell. Hind wing:

outer margin even or slightly crenulated, produced more or less into

an anal lobe, which in some species is well marked though small.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs, the upper pair minute.

hyperici, Hiibn. ...... if | * gazera, Hew. ......... 6.

* arethyrea, Hew. ... 2. papius, Hopff. ..... 6a.

= Oziz0; HOW. “coscances 3h * charybdis, Westw.... 7.

* goratd, Hew. ......... 4, | seylla, Mén. ........- 8.

sergius, Hopff. ...... sy) menecrates, Mab. ... 9.

+ In Amenis vein 5 of the hind wing is sometimes well developed, but the genus

can be readily separated from Ardaris by the hind tibize being provided with two

pairs of spurs, the terminal pair only being present in Ardaris,

12 MR, B. Y. WATSON ON THE HUSPERIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

zeleucus, Faby. ...... 10. hygieia, Hew. ...... 20,

phidias, Linn. ........ 1. *amrda, Hew. ...0... 21.

ee Fabr. | Josepha, Plota ...... 21a.

* latifascia, Butl. ...... 12. amyclas, Oram. ...... 22.

* fluminis, Butl. ...... 13. * phylleia, Hew. ...... 25.

* passova, Hew........ 14. * hadassa, Hew. ...... 24,

* gortyna, Hew. ...... 15. * telassa, Hew. ......... 25.

jonas, Feld. ...:s0. 16, * martena, Hew. ...... 26.

| eydonia, Druce. | ereond, Druce ...... Die

* 2eredd, TOW. ...cas+ss ie | * galgala, Hew. ...... 28.

chalybed, Be. ......05 18. * maculosa, Hew. ...... 29.

{ esculapius, Staud.... 19. | * araxes, Hew. ......... 30.

| variegaticeps, G. & 8, | * Kelita, Hew. «......+ Si

And three unidentified species.

2. Genns Mysorta, nov.

Type, acastus, Cramer.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing much more elongate ;

costa more than half as long again as inner margin ; cell almost

three-fourths the length of costa. Vein 3 only slightly nearer to

end of-cell than to vein 2; the rest of the neuration much as in

Pyrrhopyge. Wind wing: cell very short; vein 3 well beyond end

of cell, as far beyond as 2 is before it; vein 7 well before end of

cell, slightly longer than vein 2. Hind tibiee with two pairs of

spurs.

acastus, Cramer ......... Ls

venezuele, Scudder ...... 2.

{ barcastus, Sepp. .....+.+. De

| *verbena, Butler.

thasus, Cramer .......,- 4.

3. Genus AMENIS, noy.

Type, pionia, Hew.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: as in Pyrrhopyge, but

vein 3 given out much nearer the end of the cell, more than twice

as far from 2 as from 4. Hind wing: cell reaching rather beyond

the middle of the wing; vein 3 from end of cell, not before it ;

vein 7 just before end of cell. Hind tibize with two psirs of spurs.

ms pionia, Hewiiertoatincs ss le

poninad, T.-B. vies. .0ee 2.

In this genus vein 5 of the hind wing is more or less developed,

and seems to vary individually ; in the single female that I have seen

it was practically absent.

4. Genus YANGUNA, nov.

Type, spatiosa, Hewitson.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: vein 3 more than twice

as far from 2 as from 4, Hind wing: cell not reaching middle of

wing ; vein 7 rather more than twice as far from base as from end

of cell; vein 3 from before end of cell; vein 2 less than twice as

1893.] MR, EB. Y, WATSON ON THE HUSPHRILD A. 13

far from base as from end of cell. Hind tibiee with two pairs of

spurs.

* spatiosa, Hew. ...... i: | { rubricollis,Sepp ... 3.

cometes, Cram. ... 2. | * hadora, Hew.

* thelersa, Hew. | { avinas, cen. ry 4,

* 4 ,,

pedaia, Hew.

5. Genus Maworis, nov.

Type, nurscia, Swainson.

Antennz as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: veins 6, 7, and 8 from

upper angle of cell; middle discocellular very oblique, lower disco-

cellular slightly arched; vein 3 three times as far from 2 as from 4.

Hind wing: cell reaching slightly beyond the middle of the wing ;

vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars distinct ; veiu 5 wanting ;

vein 3 from end of cell; vein 7 shorter than 2. Hind tibiee with

only the terminal pair of spurs.

nurscia, Swainson .,,... lf

CRIAG, TOW: Ws. fuer castes ot 2.

6. Genus SARBIA, nov.

Type, xanthippe, Latreille.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge; palpi also similar, but the third joint

even less prominent than in that genus, being almost entirely con-

cealed by the scales of the second joint. Fore wing: much as in

Pyrrhopyge, but vein 3 more than twice as far from 2 as from 4.

Hind wing: cell very short, reaching to considerably less than half

across wing ; vein 3 far beyond end of cell, only about half as long

as vein 2; vein 2 almost equidistant from base of wing and end of

cell; vein 7 well before end of cell, more than three times as far

from base of wing as from vein 6. Hind tibiz with two pairs of

spurs.

avanthippe, Lat. |

SHIT, PLGA) “secrcasse nee la

antias, Feld, - .....0.0..-- 2

FOneki OW youu swedeaas ;

And one unidentified species.

7. Genus ArpAris, noy. (Plate I. fig. 1.)

Type, extmia, Hew.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: middle and lower disco-

cellulars subequal, inwardly oblique and in the same straight line;

vein 2 remote from base of wing, about equidistant from vein 3 and

base of wing; vein 3 twice as far from 2 as from end of cell. Hind

wing: vein 7 well before end of cell ; discocellulars distinct ; vein 5

from their middle; vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 rather nearer to

end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibia with only the terminal

pair of spurs.

* eximia, Hew. 11.0005. rors

14 MR. B, ¥Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. [Jan. 17,

8. Genus JeMADIA, nov.

Type, Aospita, Butler.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: vein 3 more than three

times as far from 2 as from end of cell, rest of neuration as in

Pyrrhopyge. ind wing: cell reaching beyond the middle of the

wing; vein 7 about three times as far from base as from end of

cell; vein 3 before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base as

from vein 3. Hind wing produced into a distinct lobe at submedian.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

* hospita, Butl. ......... ile * maseas, Hew. .:..22:.: 6.

{ gnetus, Fabr. ......... 2: f jamina, Butl. ......... Fe

| vuleanus, Cramer. { * ztmra, Hew.

* hewitsonii, Mab. ...... 3%. * \ahira: Hew... svs0.<<+co~ 8.

* patrobas, Hew. ..... 4. | * zonara, Hew. ......s6- jh

TP ALELA, AGW. .sscavs st ses D.

9, Genus Mimoniapves.

Mimoniades, Hibn. Zutr. ii. 27 (1823). Type, iphinous, Latreille.

Antennee and palpi as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: vein 2 from

close to base of wings; vein 3 rather more than twice as far from

2 as from end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin slightly crenulate ;

vein 7 just before end of cell; discocellulars outwardly concave ;

vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 nearer end of cell than base of wing.

Hind tibicze with two pairs of spurs.

[ iphinous, Latr. ......... is minthe, G. & S. sesees 5.

1 ocyalus, Hiitbn. eiseld, (Pew. cae cae teee 6.

{ versicolor, Latr. ...... 2, * periphema, Hew. ...... a

| muleifer, Hiibn. *onerid, How: ect. 8.

eupheme, G. & 8. ...... 3. * machaon, Hew. ...... 9.

* pityusd, Hew. ....0.++ de

The last two species are probably not congeneric with iphinous

nor even with each other, but seem less out of place here than in

any other described genus.

10. Genus OxyNETRA.

Oxynetra, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 179 (1862).

Type, semihyalina, Felder.

? Dis, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vol. ix. p. elxxxiv (1889).

Type, annulatus, Mabille.

- Club of antennz more pointed than in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing :

middle and lower discocellulars almost erect, the middle one the

longer; vein 5 slightly nearer 4 than to 6 ; vein 2 twice as far from

3 as from base of wing; vein 3 only slightly further from 2 than

from end of cell. Hind wing: cell reaching to two-thirds length of

wing ; vein 7 well before end of cell, nearer to margin than to base

of wing ; vein 5 wanting ; vein 3 from beyond end of cell; vein 2

from well before end of cell, considerably nearer to margin than to

base of wing.

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 15

Male with a tuft of hairs on upperside of hind wing at base of

submedian nervure.

semihyalina, Felder ...++6....2.05 1

felderi, Pho pies) fais. asedaeese cece 2.

Messrs. Godman and Salvin consider the annulatus of Mabille to

be in all probability the female of a species of Oxynetra.

11. Genus Microceris, noy. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

Type, variicolor, Mén.

Antenne: club rather more pointed than in Pyrrhopyge. Palpi

as in Pyrrhopyge. Middle and lower discocellulars subequal, in-

wardly oblique; veins 7 and 8 stalked, 7. e. anastomosing, for a

short portion of their length; vein 3 about twice as far from 2 as

from 4. Hind wing: outer margin crenulated; vein 7 just before

end of cell; vein 5 wanting ; vein 3 from end of cell ; vein 2 consider-

ably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Fore tibize very

short. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs.

varticolor, MEN, ..i..cecdeccctcvecses i

12. Genus Mysce.us.

Myscelus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 110 (1816).

Type, nobilis, Cramer.

Antenne hooked, ending in a blunt point; club comparatively

slender, only about twice as thick as shaft. Outer margin slightly

longer than inner margin. Cell reaching to more than two-thirds

the length of costa. Discocellulars very oblique in the same straight

line. Vein 5 nearer to 4 than to 6, Vein 3 from just before end

of cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from end of cell. Hind

wing very crenulate, rather squared at anal angle, Hind tibize with

two pairs of spurs, both tibize and femora being densely fringed on

their inner edge.

nobilis, Cramer..........+. il epimachia, H.-S. ......... 5.

*amystis, Hew, ......0.0+ 2. § santhilarius, Laty. ...... 6.

*ethrus, Hew........0.0s000. 3. pardalina, Feld. ......... ise

*phoronis, Hew,.........++ 4, assaricus, Cram. ......... 8

Subfamily II]. Hesperiin x,

Section A.

Antenne : club usually bent into a hook, but sometimes sickle-

shaped, always terminating in a fine point. Third joint of palpi

either minute, or else porrected horizontally in front of the face, as

in section C of the Pamphiline, never curving over the vertex.

Cell of fore wing always more than two thirds the length of costa,

Discocellulars generally very oblique. Vein 5 slightly nearer either

to 4 or to 6, never conspicuously close to either. Hind wing

frequently with a tail or tooth at submedian. Vein 5 never fully

developed except in a few Old-World genera.

The length of the cell of the fore wing will serve to separate this

section.

16 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPHRIID A. (Jan. 17,

Little is known of the habits of this section, and, of those of which

there is any record, some seem to rest with their wings over their

backs, and some with them extended flat.

This section is confined almost entirely to the New World; only

seven of the genera oecur in the Old World, and these are only

represented by one or two species each.

The male is usually provided with a costal fold on the fore wing

and never with a discal stigma, occasionally with a tuft on one of

the wings, and very frequeutly with a tuft of long hairs attached to

the hind tibiee, which are usually, but not invariably, furnished

with two pairs of spurs. The epiphysis on the fore tibiz is invari-

ably present.

Section B.

Antennze seldom hooked, occasionally bluntly pointed. Palpi,

third joint either minute or porrected in front of the face, in the

latter case stout, and not slender as in the Entheus group in Section

A; palpi never curving over the vertex.

Fore wing: cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5

invariably nearer to 6 than to 4. Hind wing frequently lobate, but

never with a distinct tail or tooth at the submedian; vein 5 never

fully developed.

This section can be readily separated by the position of vein 5 of

the fore wing together with the short cell.

All the species of this group of which there is any record (with

the exception of a few species of Hesperia) rest with their wings

extended flat when in a state of complete repose, frequently settling

on the underside of a leaf.

This section occurs throughout both-the New and the Old Worlds,

some of the genera having a very wide range. Most of the New-

World forms and a few of the Old-World ones are provided in the

male with a costal fold on the fore wing, and never with a discal

stigma. <A very large number of the genera are also provided in

the male with a tuft of long hairs attached to the hind tibize or fore

coxe. There are invariably two pairs of spurs on the hind tibiz,

and the epiphysis of the fore tibiee is invariably present, with the

doubtful exception of some individuals of Abantis tettensis.

Synopsis of Genera of HusPERIIN2.

Section A.

a. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs (except in Zarsoctenus * and

Casyapau*).

@, Third joint of palpi minute, bluntly conical.

a, Hind wing conspicuously tailed at vein 1 0.

a, Male with a tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing.

Potyrurix, g.n. Type, mectallescens, Mab. (1)

b°, No tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing in male.

Evpamus, Swains. ‘Type, proteus, Linn. (2)

* The form of the antenn# alone will readily distinguish these two genera

from the remaining genera in this section which have only one pair of spurs on

the hind tibia.

1893.] MR. EB. Y, WATSON ON THH HESPERIID H, 17

4°, Hind wing with no tail, but with a projecting tooth at vein 1 4.

a*, Antenne sickle-shaped, Purusr1a, Mab, Type, staudingeri, Mab. (4)

4°, Antenne more or less hooked (except in some species of Hete-

ropa).

a‘. Hind tibize with only terminal pair of spurs,

Tarsocrunvs, g.n. Type, plutia, Hew. (5)

6", Hind tibize with both pairs of spurs.

@. Lower discocellular of fore wing strongly arched.

Puocipxs, Hiibn, Type, palemon, Cram. (6)

8°. Lower discocellular of fore wing straight.

a, Male with a tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing.

Hyrocryrtorurix,g.n. Type, feutas, Hew. (7)

b°, No tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing in male,

a". No tuft of hairs on upperside of hind wing in male.

a°, Apex of fore wing truncate, the outer margin angled

at vein 5.

a, Male with a costal fold on fore wing.

a'°, Vein 3 of hind wing immediately before the

end of cell.

Sparuiurrs, Butl. Type, clonius, Cram, (9)

6°, Vein 3 of hind wing well before end of cell.

Hrareyruvs, Hiibn. Type, tityrus, Fabr. (10)

6°. No costal fold on fore wing of male.

Protnwus, Hiibn. Type, idas, Cram. (11)

6°, The apex of fore wing not truncate, outer margin

not angled at vein 5.

a°®, Hind tarsi set below with two series of very

conspicuous closely set spines.

CurysopLectrum, g.n. ‘Type, otviades, Hew. (12)

6°, No conspicuous rows of spines on hind tarsi,

a‘, No costal fold on fore wing of male.

a, Vein 2 of fore wing almost equidistant from

3 and from the base of wing.

Hereropris, g.u. Type, imitatrix, Mab. (8)

6, Vein 2 of fore wing twice as far from 3 as

from base of wing.

a’*, Antenne: club abruptly robust, crook

very slender, considerably shorter than

rest of club.

Acorastrus, Se. Type, savignyi, Laty. (18)

6, Antenne: club very gradually thickened

and gradually tapering, crook as long as

or longer than the rest of the club.

Tubrconus, Hiibn. Type, anaphus, Cram, (14)

61°, Male with a costal fold on fore wing.

a}, Vein 2 of hind wing far before end of cell.

@*, Terminal portion of club of antenne only

slightly or not at all longer than rest

of club,

a8, Outer margin of fore wing in male only

slightly or not at all longer than inner

margin.

w4, Third joint of palpi horizontal.

a, Vein 3 of hind wing from before

end of cell.

@*, Tooth on hind wing very con-

spicuous.

Gonturvs, Hiibu. Type, celus, Cram. (3)

416, Tooth on hind wing inconspi-

cuous.

Tuymntn, Fabr. Type, mercatus, Fabr. (15)

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. II. 2

18 MR. E. ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID A. (Jan. 17,

b4, Vein 3 of hind wing from end of

cell.

Truemrapes, Hiibn. Type, avitus, Cram. (16)

b4, Third joint of palpi erect.

Dyscoruvs, Burm. ‘Type, sebaldus, Oram. (17)

b13, Outer margin of fore wing in male very

much longer than inner margin.

Nascus, g.n. Type, phocus, Oram. (18)

+2, Terminal portion of club of antennz more

than twice the length of remainder of

club.

Buneatoris, g.n. Type, midas, Cram. (19)

b\, Vein 2 of hind wing close to end of cell.

Drepua ys, g.n. ‘Type, helivus, Hew. (32)

67, Male with a tuft of hairs on upperside of hind wing.

a8, Apex of fore wing acute.

a, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.

TypnepAnus, Butl. Type, zephus, Butl. (33)

2°. Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.

PorPHyroGEnes, g.n. Type, omphale, Butl. (35)

4°, Apex of fore wing truncate.

(cnyprvs, g.n. Type, chersis, H.-S. (54)

ce’, No tail or projecting tooth on hind wing at vein 1 3.

a3, Vein 5 of hind wing fully developed.

a‘, Male with a costal fold on fore wing.

a>, Hind tibie with one pair of spurs.

Casyara, Kirby. Type, corvus, Feld. (21)

b°, Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Preroxys, g.n. Type, phaneus, Hew. (20)

b+, No costal fold on fore wing of male.

a5, Antennal club very robust.

Puentcors, g.n. Type, beata, Hew. (22)

45, Antennal club comparatively slender.

a®, Male: outer margin of fore wing longer than inner

margin. ...... Oarita, Moore. Type, jayadeva, Moore. (28)

B®, Male: inner margin of fore wing longer than outer

margin.

a’, Male with a tuft of hairs on hind tibiz.

Caxurana, Moore. Type, pieridoides, Moore. (24)

b”, No tuft of hairs on hind tibie e the male.

Pisota, Moore. ‘Type, zennara, Moore. (25)

4°, Vein 5 of hind wing wanting (i.e, not developed into a tubular

vein).

a‘, Antennal club more or less hooked.

a°, No tuft of hairs on hind tibie of the male.

a®, Vein 3 of hind wing from the end of cell,

Cxcrortervs, H.-S. Type, zwrex, Hiibn. (26)

28, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.

a, Hind wing rounded.

a®, Male with a tuft of radiating hairs on upperside of

hind wing. _Coe1a, Butler. Type, Zassan, Butl. (27

5, No -tuft of radiating hairs on upperside of hind

wing in the male.

a, Middle and lower discocellulars of fore wing sub-

erect. Epnyrrapes, Hiibn. Type, ofrews, Cram. (28)

b°, Middle and lower discocellulars of fore wing

oblique.

a, Hind wing produced in the subcostal area,

distance from origin of vein 8 to extremity of

vein 6 greater than the length of vein 1 0.

‘Tnorvsss, Sc. Type, bathyllus, Sm.-Abb. (29)

1893.} MR. B. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDS. 19

5°, Hind wing produced in the submedian area.

Vein 14 longer than the distance from the

origin of vein 8 to the extremity of vein 6.

a, Male with a costal fold on fore wing.

Acuaarus, Se. Type, lycidas, Sm.-Abb. (80)

51, No costal fold on fore wing of male.

Ruasporpes, Se. Type, ce//us, Boisd. (31)

'. Hind wing elongate.

Moreanria, g.n. Type, albociliatus, Mab. (39)

5°, Male with a tuft of hairs on hind tibiz.

a°, Vein 3 of hind wing well before end of cell.

‘Erna, Hew. Type, eleusinia, Hew. (40)

5°. Vein 3 of hind wing immediately before end of cell.

Hanrana, Moore. Type, infernus, Feld. (88)

6*. Club of antenne sickle-shaped.

a°, Male with a costal fold on fore wing, and a tuft of hairs

near base of hind wing on upperside.

Cxcins, Hew. Type, calathana, Hew. (36)

4°, Male with no costal fold on fore wing, but with a tuft of

hair at base of abdominal fold on underside of hind wing.

Axtursis, g.n. Type, vulpinus, Hiibn. (37)

e', Antennal club angled, not hooked or sickle-shaped.

Ancistrocampra, Feld. Type, hiarbas, Cram. (41)

b'. Palpi porrect, divergent ; third joint long, slender, naked.

a*, Outer margin of hind wing crenulated.

Hypravnomts, Butl. Type, ore¢nus, Feld. (42)

*,.Outer margin of hind wing even.

@, Hind wing much elongated.

Parabros, g.n. Type, phenice, Hew. (43

6°, Hind wing not elongated, but with a distinct anal lobe.

a, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.

Lieyostoia, Mab. Type, pemphigargyra, Mab. (44)

b*. Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.

Puanus, Hiibn. Type, vitreus, Cram. (45)

b, Hind tibiz only with terminal pair of spurs.

@, Palpi porrect, divergent ; third joint long, slender, naked.

a, Male with a costal fold on fore wing.

Hyatotuyrvus, Mab. Type, nitocris, Oram. (46)

6°. No costal fold on fore wing of male.

Enxtuevs, Hitbn, Type, pelews, Linn. (47)

b. Palpi, third joint minute, bluntly conical.

a, Hind wing not elongated.

Cazirvs, Hiibn. Type, julettus, Stoll. (48)

6°. Hind wing very conspicuously elongated.

Grynopsis, g.n. Type, cwleste, Westw. (49)

1. Genus Potyrurix, nov.

Type, metallescens, Mabille.

Neuration and antenne as in Hudamus. Differs in having in the

male a tuft of hair at the base of the submedian on the underside

of the fore wing, and in the costa of the hind wing being strongly

arched at base.

metallescens, Mab. .......2...- itp

The characters separating this genus from Zudamus being entirely

of a sexual character, it would probably be more correct to regard it

as a subgenus of Zudamus.

South American only.

20 MR. EB, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID2, (Jan. 17,

2. Genus Evpamus. (Plate III. fig. 3.)

Eudamus, Swainson, Ill. ii. p. 48 (1832-33).

Type, proteus, Linnzus,.

Antenne: club bent into a hook just beyond the thickest part and

tapering to a fine point.

Male with a costal fold except in ewrycles and orion.

Cell of fore wing very long; discocellulars inwardly oblique and

in the same straight line, upper discocellulars reduced to a point ;

vein 9 equidistant from 8 and 10; vein 5 rather nearer to 4 than

to 6: vein 2 from near base of wing; vein 3 more than twice as

far from 2 as from 4; lower branch of veinlet in cell just before

vein 4. Hind wing produced into a tail of varying length; vein

5 wanting; discocellulars hardly traceable; vein 3 just before end

of cell; vein 2 nearer to 3 than to 1; vein 7 well before end

of cell.

proteus, Linn, ......... L; virescens, Mab. ........ fe

*esmeraldus, Butl. ...... 2; Ort0N, OVAM. cssesccseces 18.

santiago, Luc. .....+..+ oe brachius, Hiibn. ......... 19.

Kamisus, Hew. ....001.++0s 4. chalco, Hiibn. ............ 20.

dorantes, Stoll ......... ss) metophis, Latv. ......04. 21.

*yndulatus, Hew. ...... 6. ? hirteus, Butl. c.cccccocese 22.

*aminias, Hew. ......05+ tf Fasine, Hew. ......s.e000 23.

catillus, Cram. ........5 8. ganna, Mosch. .......+. 24,

jethira, Hew. ............ 9; *auginus, Hew. ......+0s 25.

*albofasciatus, Hew. ... 10. nicasius, Pl6tz ......60s 26.

Pulpa, Bt \ecrceneeaieees ll. larius; PlOW scores eased 27.

*alcaus, Hew. ......000++- 12. * corydon, Butl.

simplicius, Stoll ......... 13: trebia, Mosch. .......45 28.

eurycles, Latr, ......... 14. evenus, MEN. ........s00« 29.

latipennis, Mab. ...... 15. ‘ octomaculata, Sepp ... 30.

carmelita, H.-S. ......... 16. A ccieanes, Mab.

And eight unidentified species.

Habitat. Tropical America.

3. Genus GONIURUS.

Goniurus, Hiibner, Verz. p. 104 (1816). Type, cedus, Cramer.

Antenne: club rather slender, bent into a hook, the terminal

portion about as long as rest of club. Palpi: second joint densely

sealed ; third joint short, porrect, obtusely conical. Fore wing :

inner and outer margins subequal; male with a costal fold; cell

more than two-thirds the length of costa; discocellulars very

oblique, the middle one slightly the longer ; vein 3 shortly before the

end of cell; vein 2 close to base of wing. Hind wing with a very

conspicuous tooth or short tail at vein 1 4; vein 7 shortly before the

end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3

immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of

cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie fringed, and with two pairs of

spurs. ;

celus, Cram.

*aurunce, Hew.

Habitat. South America.

1893.] MR, E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 21

4, Genus Puestia. (Plate III. fig. 4.)

Plestia, Mabille, Le Naturaliste, p. 146 (1888).

Type, staudingeri, Mab-

Antenne: club rather flattened, sickle-shaped, the thickening

and tapering very gradual, terminating in a fine joint. Fore wing:

male with a costal fold; cell more than two thirds length of fore

wing ; upper discocellular minute; middle and lower discocellulars

inwardly oblique, the middle the longer ; vein 9 equidistant from 8

and 10; vein 2 from near base of wing; vein 3 about four times as

far from 2 as from 4; vein 5 nearer 6 than 4. Hind wing pro-

duced into a short tail; vein 5 wanting; discocellulars barely

traceable ; vein 3 from just before end of cell; vein 2 rather nearer

to 3 than to base of wing.

dorus, Edwards ......... ihe

Habitat. The Mexican subregion.

5. Genus TarsocTenvs, nov. (Plates I. fig. 6; IIL. fig. 13.)

Type, plutiu, Hewitson.

Allied to Phocides.

Antenne: club moderate, with a slender terminal hook. Palpi:

second joint densely scaled ; third joint naked, more prominent than

in Phocides. Fore wing: male with costal fold; cell considerably

more than two-thirds length of costa ; discocellulars slightly oblique,

middle slightly longer than lower; upper discocellular very short ;

vein 3 about half as far again from 2 as from 4; vein 2 nearer to

base of wing than to vein 3. Hind wing with a distinct lobe at end

of vein 1 4; vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars very faint,

slightly outwardly oblique; vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 rather

nearer to end of cell than to vein 2; vein 2 almost equidistant from

base of wing and from end of cell. Hind tibiz in both sexes very short,

with only a terminal pair of spurs. In the male one of these spurs

is much produced, and the proximal end of the tarsus bears beneath

on either side a comb of yellowish bristles which, when the tarsus is

straightened out, enclose the lengthened spur. This character is

less developed in papias than in the other species of the genus.

¥ plutid, HOW, ses<-.000 lp

Be se Cram........+ 2.

pyramus, Cram.

* precia, Hew. ....0.006 3.

* papias, Hew. ...ses00 4,

One species, gaudialis, Hew., also belongs to this genus, but it

is not in the British Museum.

Confined to tropical America.

6. Genus Puocipzs. (Plates I. fig. 5; III. fig, 2.)

Phocides, Hiibn Verz. p. 103 (1816). Type, palemon, Cramer.

Erycides, Hiibn. Verz. p. 110 (1816). Type, pigmalion, Cramer.

Dysenius, Sc. Syst. Rev. p. 46 (1872). Type, albicilla, H.-S.

Antennee: club rather robust, extremity very fine, forming a hook

22 MR. BD, Y. WALSON ON THE WHSPERILD A, (Jan. 17,

with remainder of club. Palpi well separated, thickly scaled,

forming two square projections in front of the face; third joint

hardly visible. Fore wing: male with a costal fold; cell more than

two-thirds length of costa; discocellulars very oblique, middle one

straight, lower strongly arched and much the longer; vein 3 just

before end of cell; vein 2 about twice as far from 3 as from base of

wing. Hind wing much elongated; vein 3 immediately before end

of cell; vein 5 wanting. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs.

This genus is readily recognized by the unique character of the

lower discocellular of the fore wing.

pigmalion, Cram. ...... 1. yokhara, Butl. ........... if.

batabano, Luc. — ......ase 2. lili, WRORK. cepcs tases ones 8.

* uwrania, Westw. .....-... Bi socius, Butl.

¥ A TOW s. = secsseuceees 4. albicilla, H.-S. :

* charonotis, Hew. .....+... D: palemon, Cram. ......05 sy

* oreades, Hew. ............ 6. | cruentus, Hiibn.

Found throughout tropical America.

7. Genus HypocryrToTHRIx, nov.

Type, teutas, Hew.

Antennz: club moderately robust, bent into a hook. Fore wing:

male with a costal fold ; cell slightly more than two-thirds length of

costa; upper discocellular very short, lower and middle disco-

cellulars inwardly oblique, subequal; veinlet in cell at vein 4; vein

3 close to end of cell, about four times as far from 2 as from 4.

Hind wing slightly lobate; vein 8 arched at base, then bent

abruptly, smuated for its terminal three fourths, and approaching

very close to vein 7; vein 7 from close to the base of wing; disco-

cellulars very faint, strongly outwardly oblique; vein 5 wanting;

vein 3 from end of cell ; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs.

Male with a tuft of hair on underside of fore wing at base of sub-

median. Allied to Tarsoctenus.

* teutas, Hew. ...0s0.0: ile

Confined to tropical South America.

8. Genus Hretreropta.

Heteropia, Mabille, Le Naturaliste, p. 68 (1889).

Type, imitatriz, Mabille.

Antenne: club moderate, gradually thickened and gradually

tapering to a fine point, bent intoa hook. Palpi as in Thymele.

Fore wing: cell just two-thirds length of costa; veinlet in cell at

vein 4; no costal fold in male; upper discocellular very short, mid-

dle and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique, subequal; vein 3 close

to end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 well removed

from base of wing, only slightly nearer to base than to vein 3.

Hind wing slightly angled at vein 14; cell moderate, vein 7 more

than twice as far from base as from end of cell; vein 3 from end of

1893. ] MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA, 23

cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

tmalena, Butl. ....... 1.

imitatrix, Mab.

* bryaris, HOW. .c0re.+0 2.

And two unidentified species. i

Confined to Central and South America.

9. Genus SPATHILEPIA.

Spathilepia, Butler, Ent. Mon. Mag. vii. p. 57 (1870).

Type, clonius, Crainer.

Antenne: club moderate, very gradually thickened, bent into a

hook, the terminal portion not quite as long as rest of club. Palpi

porrect, second joint densely scaled, third joint short. Fore wing :

outer margin longer than inner margin; outer margin angled at vein

5, the upper portion almost at right angles to costa, the lower portion

running obliquely to outer angle ; male with a costal fold ; cell more

than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before

end of cell; upper discocellular minute ; middle and lower disco-

cellulars inwardly oblique, the middle one about twice as long as lower

one; vein 3 three times as far from base as from end of cell; vein 2

three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind

wing toothed at vein 1 4; vein 7 three times as far from 8 as from

6; discocellulars faint, almost erect; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 just

before end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than to

base of wing. Hind tibie thickly fringed and with two pairs of

spurs.

clonius, Oram. ....0000 A

Inhabits Central and South America.

10. Genus Eparcyreus. (Plate I. fig. 4.)

Epargyreus, Hiibuer, Verz. p. 105 (1816). Type, tityrus, Fabr.

Epargijreus, Scudder, Butt. N. Engl. vol. i. p. 1399 (1889).

Type, tityrus, Fabr.

Antenne: rather more robust than in Thymele, otherwise very

similar. Palpi densely scaled, third joint almost entirely concealed

by the scales of the second joint. Fore wing: male with a costal

fold ; cell more than two-thirds length of costa; veinlet in cell from

just behind vein 3; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell ;

upper discocellular minute, middle and lower discocellulars inwardly

oblique and in the same straight line; vein 3 less than twice as far

from 2 as from end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from 3 as

from base of wing. Hind wing prominently toothed at vein 14;

vein 7 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell ;

discocellulars hardly traceable, slightly outwardly oblique; vein 5

wanting ; vein 3 well before end of cell, about twice as far from 2 as

from 4; vein 2 slightly further from end of cell than from base of

wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

This genus is closely allied to Proteides, from which it differs

24 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, [Jan. 17,

chiefly in the less truncate apex to the fore wing, and the slightly

different relative positions of the median branches. The male also

is provided with a costal fold, which is wanting in Proteides.

VAY TUS, MAD. .2..c0cereee if exadeus, Cram. ........- 6.

{ clarus, Cram. * qsander, Hew. — ...seses- (i

pseudexadeus, Westw.... 2 * Enispe,, LLGW,) ieesneeeenons 8.

eons, Hubns i.sh2es..32- a: ZE8tO8, TA WD aod eehdesee 9.

* barisses, Hew. .......-++0- 4. talus, OTA. ve csscescene 10,

* antaus, Hew. i......0... 5.

And two unidentified species.

American and West Indian.

11. Genus ProreIpEs.

Proteides, Hiibner, Verz. p. 105 (1816). Type, tdas, Cramer.

Dicranaspis, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, xxi. p. 24 (1878).

Type, tdas, Cramer.

Antenne: club abruptly thickened, very robust, bent into a

hook, terminal portion short and gradually tapering. Fore wing:

no costal fold in male; cell very long, almost three-fourths length

of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell; vein 10

nearer to 9 than to 11; vein 9 nearer to 8 than to 10; upper disco-

cellular minute, middle and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique ;

vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 slightly nearer

to end of cell than to vein 2; vein 2 less than twice as far from

vein 3 as from base of wing. Fore wing much produced at apex,

costa about one and a half times the length of inner margin; outer

margin at almost a right angle with costa from apex to vein 5, then

very oblique to outer angle. Hind wing prominently toothed at

submedian ; cell moderate; vein 7 well before end of cell; disco- -

cellulars very faint; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 well before end of cell ;

vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing, and twice as far

from 3 as 3 is from 4. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs.

tdas, Cramer ...ss.ee00s 1.

And two unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America and the West Indies.

12, Genus CurysopLectrum, nov. (Plate II. fig. 15.)

Type, otriades, Hewitson.

Antenne: club moderate, bent into a hook, terminal portion very

slender, rather more than half as long as remainder of club. Termi-

nal joint of palpi minute, obtusely conical. Fore wing: outer

margin considerably longer than inner margin; male with a costal

fold; cell scarcely two-thirds length of costa; vein 12 reaching

costa before the end of cell; upper discocellular minute, middle dis-

cocellular inwardly oblique, lower almost erect, the middle one the

longer ; vein 3 more than three times as far from base of wing as

from end of cell, twice as far from vein 2 as from 4; veinlet in cell

from just before vein 4, Hind wing strongly arched at base, rather

1893.) MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 95

elongated ; outer margin almost straight in male, slightly more con-

vex in female; a tooth-like lobe at anal angle; vein 7 more than

twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars erect ; vein 3 from

end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of wing as from end of

cell. Hind tibize with a long fringe and two pairs of spurs, the ter-

minal pair very long. On the hind tarsi of the male below there are

two series of densely set golden spines.

*otriades, Hew. ......... Us

And two unnamed species.

Confined to South America.

13. Genus Acoxastus.

Polygonus, Hiibner, Exot. Schmett. ii. (1822).

Type, amyntas, Fabr. (nom. preoce.).

Acolastus, Scudder, Syst. Rev. p. 50(1872). Type, savignyi, Latr.

Antennze: club moderate, bent mto a hook, terminal portion very

slender, rather more than half as long as remainder of club ; ter-

minal joint of palpi minute, conical. Fore wing: outer and inner

margins subequal, no costal fold in male; cell considerably more

than two-thirds length of costa ; upper discocellular short ; middle

and lower discocellulars subequal, inwardly oblique, and in the same

straight line ; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell;

vein 3 remote from end of cell, twice as far from base of wing as

from end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from end of cell as

from base of wing; veinlet beyond vein 3, median slightly angled

where it meets it. Hind wing: costa strongly arched at base, outer

margin rounded, a conspicuous tooth-like lobe at anal angle; vein 7

twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars almost erect; vein 5

wanting ; veins 3 and 2 both from shortly before end of cell; vein

3 nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2 considerably further from base of

wing than from end of cell. Hind tibize fringed, and with two pairs

of spurs.

lividus, Hiibn.

CMY MEAS, HADI wn voce since ke

savignyt, Laty.

This genus appears to be closely allied to Proteides.

Habitat. South America and West Indies.

14. Genus TeELEGoNUs.

Telegonus, Hiibner. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 104 (1816).

: Type, anaphus, Cramer.

Antenne: thickening of club slight and very gradual; club bent

usually at about a right angle, occasionally to less, the terminal

portion about as long as rest of club. Palpi: second joint densely

scaled, third joint minute. Fore wing: outer margin much longer

than inner margin; cell just over two-thirds the length of costa ;

no costal fold in male; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of

26 MR, BE, Y. WALSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

cell; upper discocellular minute, middle and lower discocellulars

oblique in the same straight line, the upper slightly the longer ;

vein 3 rather more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of

cell; vein 2 about three times as far from end of cell as from base of

wing ; veinlet in cell shortly before vein 4. Hind wing produced

into a lobe at anal angle, outer margin evenly rounded ; vein 7 well

before end of cell, slightly nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars very

faint, almost erect ; vein 5 wanting ; vein 3 just before end of cell ;

vein 2 rather nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind

tibie fringed, and with two pairs of spurs.

Closely allied to Thymele, differs from it slightly in neuration and

in the absence of the costal fold on the fore wing of the male.

apastus, Cram. ......4.. i: { creteus, Cram. «.........0 6.

anaphus, Oram, ......... 2. parmenides, Cram.

alardus, Stoll ...........- ot * meretriz, Hew. ......-.. 7.

RGEANA, LUG)» vrscsi50's<o0 4, * centrites, Hew. .......-.1++ 8.

* elorus, Hew. ..scccssseee 5D.

And four unidentified species.

Yonfined to tropical America.

15. Genus THYMELE.

Thymele, Fabr. Ill. Mag. vi. p. 287(1807). Type, mereatus, Fabr.

Astraptes, Hiibuer, Verz. p. 103 (1816). Type, aulestes, Cramer.

Euthymele, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, xxi. p. 24 (1878).

Type not specified.

Antenne; club slender, gradually thickened and gradually taper-

ing to afine point, abruptly bent into a hook just beyond its thickest

portion. Palpi well separated, third joint minute. Fore wing : male

with a costal fold; cell two-thirds length of costa ; veinlet in cell

just before vein 4; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell ;

upper discocellular minute, lower and middle discocellulars sub-

equal, inwardly oblique, and in the same straight line; vein 3

rather more than twice as far from 2 as from end of cell; vein 2

about one and a half times as far from 3 as from base of wing.

Hind wing much produced in submedian area and slightly toothed

at submedian nervule; cell short, not reaching half across wing ;

vein 4 much longer than the lower margin of the cell; vein 7 rather

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing; discocellulars barely

traceable, almost erect; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 from immediately

before end of cell ; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.

Hind tibie thickly fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

Of the four species included by M. Mabille in his genus Huthy-

mele, two belong to Thymele and two to Telegonus.

fulgerator, Walch. ...... 1. | COLOSSUS HRS. isc. cioaleomes 4.

{ mercatus, Faby. egregius, Butl. ......... 5.

*G00S, TON," aesuntestans ps enotrus, Cram. .iseseves 6.

aulestes, Oram. 11.00.45. 3. *halesius, Hew. ...... Bande te

Confined to tropical America,

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THN HESPERIIDA. 20

16. Genus TELEMIADES.

Telemiades, Hiibner, Verz. p. 106 (1816). Type, avitus, Cramer.

Antenne: club moderate, strongly hooked, terminal portion very

slender and slightly shorter than remainder of the club. Palpi:

second joint densely scaled, third joint short and obtuse. Fore wing:

inner and outer margins subequal; male with a costal fold; cell

two-thirds length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of

cell; upper discocellular minute; middle and lower discocellular

inwardly oblique, the lower the longer ; vein 3 close to end of cell,

three times as far from base of wing as from end of cell; vein 2

nearer to base of wing than to vein 3. Hind wing evenly rounded,

rather produced at anal angle; vein 7 about three times as far

from base of wing as from end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5

barely traceable ; vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 about twice as far

from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs

of spurs, upper pair minute.

GUUS) OLAMEN fon susvina sac eece lhe

* DRABIAS; LOW. fovnaceses vices 2.

Kpenidas, HOW. ...csesesesseee 3.

PO2INES; HOWik Sauseoaerncncses 4.

amphion, Hiibn. ...cceeeeene 5.

Confined to South America.

17. Genus Dyscornus. (Plate III. fig. 8.)

Dyscophus, Burmeister, Descr. Rep. Arg. v. p. 291 (1878).

Type, sebaldus, Cramer.

Antenne: club moderate, hooked, terminal portion very fine, as

long as rest of club. Fore wing: male with a costal fold; cell

more than two-thirds length of costa; outer margin longer than

inner margin ; outer end of cell oval ; upper discocellular short but

distinct, outwardly oblique; middle discocellular erect ; lower disco-

cellular inwardly oblique, longer than the middle one; veinlet just

before vein 4; vein 4 opposite vein 8; vein 12 reaching costa before

end of cell; vein 3 about half as far again from 2 as from 4; vein

2 nearer to base of wing than to vein 3. Hind wing produced in

submedian area; outer margin angled at vein 2 and again at vein

16; vein 7 well before end of cell, more than twice as far from

vein 8 as from 6; upper discocellular straight, lower slightly

outwardly oblique; vein 5 wanting ; vein 3 just before end of cell ;

vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of

cell. Hind tibize densely fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

fi sebaldus, Cram, ws... is

| cerameri, Latr.

{ *doriscus, Hew. .... scene 2,

| cecutiens, H.-S.

Confined to South America.

28 MR. DB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPHRIIDH, (Jan. 17,

18. Genus Nascus, noy.

Type, phocus, Cramer.

Antenne: club rather robust, bent into a hook, terminal portion

very slender and rather longer than rest of club. Palpi upturned,

third joint almost concealed. Fore wing: outer margin very

much longer than inner margin, the apex being very conspicuously

produced ; cell more than two-thirds the length of costa; male with

a costal fold; discocellulars very oblique, the lower one slightly the

longer; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 close to base of

wing. Hind wing anally produced, and with an inconspicuous tooth

at vein 14; vein 7 close to end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5

barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before the end of the cell ;

vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind

tibize with a long fringe of coarse hairs and with two pairs of spurs,

[ phocus, Oram. © «........ ik

| *pherenice, Hew. 2.

broteas, Cram. 9 ......... 2.

( euribates, Oram. Q ...... 3.

nicias, Fabr. ¢.

| *hesus, Westw. o.

_*etias, Hew. 9.

*eriopis, Hew. G .......-. 4.

cepio, H.-S. OQ... 5.

cephise, H.-S, § QD ...... 6.

And three unidentified species.

Confined to South America.

19. Genus Buneatoris, nov. (Plate III. fig. 7.)

Type, midas, Cramer.

Antenne: club very gradually thickened and tapering to a fine

point, bent at about a right angle; terminal portion very long, about

twice as long as remainder of club, and about one-fourth of the

whole antenna. Palpi: third joint entirely concealed by the scales of

the second joint. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer

margin, cell more than two-thirds the length of costa; male with a

very prominent costal fold; discocellulars almost erect, subequal ;

vein 3 more than three times as far from base of wing as from end

of cell; vein 2 less than three times as far from end of cell as from

base of wing. Hind wing produced at anal angle, but with no con-

spicuous lobe; vein 7 well before end of cell, less than twice as far

from 8 as from 6 ; discocellulars slightly outwardly oblique ; vein 3

before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from 3 as 3 is from 4, and

twice as far from base of wing asfrom 3. Hind tibize with a rather

loug fringe and two pairs of spurs. The costa of the hind wing in

the male of the type species is black with bluish reflections, a

character which is probably sexual.

midas, Cramer. ¢ ...... 1. | erythus, Cramer. 9 ...... 6.

astylos, Cramer. 9...... 2. *nicephorus, Hew. ¢ ... 7.

*phaselis, Hew. g Q...... 3. | sebrus, Feld. GO ..:...... 8.

poligius, Latr. 2 ......... 4, *pelignus, Hew. ¢.

{ ramusis,Oramer. 9 ... 5, | *gonatus, Hew. Q.

| *astrapeus, Hew. 9. heras, Mab. 6 Qiiscceeee 9,

Confined to South America.

1893. ] MR, FH. ¥. WALSON ON THD HESPERIIDA, 99

20. Genus PreRoxys, nov.

Type, phaneus, Hewitson.

Antenne: club short, rather abruptly thickened and tapering to

a fine point, bent at about a right angle at its thickest part, the

terminal portion longer than the rest of the club; second joint

of palpi densely scaled; the third joint almost entirely concealed.

Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; male with a costal

fold; cell of fore wing three-fifths length of fore wing; vein 12

reaching costa just before end of cell; vein 6 well below end of

cell; upper discocellular short but distinct ; middle and lower disco-

cellulars slightly oblique, the lower rather the longer ; vein 3 shortly

before end of cell, about four times as far from vein 4 as from base

of wing; vein 2 less than twice as far from end of cell as from base

of wing. Hind wing: vein 7 about three times as far from base of

wing as from end of cell; middle discocellular erect, lower outwardly

concave, the lower much the longer ; vein 5 from their angle; vein 3

from end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base as from end of cell ;

outer margin even, lobe inconspicuous. Hind tibiz with two pairs

of spurs and a long tuft of hair from proximal end.

Kphane@us, How. srsessesssrsese 1

*lidderdali, Hlwes ............ 2.

Confined to the Oriental region.

, 21, Genus Casyapa.

Casypa, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn, Lep. p. 576 (1871).

Type, corvus, Felder.

Chetocneme, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss., math.-nat. Cl. vol. xl.

p- 460 (1860) (nom. preoce.).

Antenne long: club moderate, gradually thickened, tapering to a

fine point ; terminal portion bent but not hooked. Tore wing: male

with a costal fold; inner and outer margins subequal ; cell just two-

thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of

cell; vein 8 from upper angle of cell; vein 7 below angle; upper

discocellular short, distinct, almost erect ; middle and lower disco-

cellulars subequal, erect, and in the same straight line; vein 5 equi-

distant from 4 and 6; vein 3 well before end of cell, rather more

than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell; vein 2

three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind

wing evenly rounded, not produced into a lobe; cell long, extending

more than half across wing ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell, three

times as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars faint, nearly erect ;

vein 5 wanting; vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 three times

as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize densely

fringed and with only the terminal pair of spurs.

corvus, Felder ..........0+ Ue

~ erttomedia, Guér, ....0+0 2.

odix, Boisd.

*caristus, Hew.

Confined to the East Indies.

30 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. [Jan. 17,

22. Genus PHa@nicoprs, noy. (Plate IIT. fig. 6.)

Type, beata, Hew.

Antenne: club moderate, gradually thickened and gradually

tapering to a point, bent into a crescent, and not abruptly angled.

Palpi porrect; third joint minute, entirely concealed by scales of

second joint. Fore wing: outer margin longer than inner margin,

and more or less angled at vein 5; no costal fold on fore wing in

male; cell two-thirds length of costa; upper discocellular short,

middle discocellular almost erect, lower more oblique and slightly

longer; veinlet in cell from just above vein 4; vein 3 close to end

of cell, quite five times as far from base of wing as from end of cell :

vein 2 rather more than twice as far from end of cell as from base of

wing. Hind wing: no anal lobe, outer margin more or less angled at

vein 3; vein 7 more than twice as far from 8 as from 6; upper

discocellular short, erect, lower longer, outwardly concave; vein 5

present; veiulet in cell clearly traceable, the two branches meeting

the upper and lower discocellulars respectively ; vein 3 just before

end of cell; vein 2 almost three times as far from base of wing as

from end of cell. Hind tibiz with only the terminal pair of spurs,

and in the male with a complete fringe of very long hairs.

MGCQLG; TIGWe. wus civ snvceacetse' ile

¥demitzd, Hews vccveccscessees 2.

Confined to the Australian region.

23. Genus CapiLa.

Capila, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 785. Type, yayadeva, Moore.

Antenne: club only slightly thicker than shaft, very gradually

thickening and as gradually tapering to a fine point, evenly curved

into a hook. Palpi: second joint clothed with longish hairs ; third

joint short, porrect. Fore wing: no costal fold in male ; cell three-

fifths of costa; outer margin longer than inner margin; vein 12

reaching costa opposite end of cell ; vein 11 nearly opposite vein 3 ;

vein 10 equidistant from 9 and 11; end of cell broadly truncate ;

upper discocellular minute, middle and lower discocellulars almost

erect and in the same straight line, the lower the longer; veinlet

beyond vein 4; vein 3 about twice as far from 2 as from end of

cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to vein 3. Hind

wing evenly rounded; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; middle

discocellular almost erect, lower angled, the upper part inwardly

oblique, the lower part outwardly oblique ; vein 5 well developed ;

vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 close to end of cell, more than

three times as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind

tibiee with two pairs of spurs, and with a tuft of hairs longer than

the tibia attached to it near its proximal end.

Closely allied to Pisola.

*jayadevd, MOOVe veecerrecers 1,

Confined to the Indian subregion.

1893. | MR, E. Y. WALSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 31

24. Genus CaLLIANA.

Calliana, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 686. Type, piertdoides, Moore.

[Antenne wanting. |

Palpi almost erect, second joint thickly scaled, third joint minute.

Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin; no costal fold

in male; vein 12 reaching costa opposite end of cell; cell two-

thirds length of costa; upper angle of cell rounded; upper disco-

cellular short, outwardly oblique ; middle and lower discocellulars

almost erect, the lower the longer ; vein 3 about twice as far from

2 asfrom end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to

3: veinlet in cell at just before vein 4. Hind wing evenly rounded ;

cell moderate, about half the length of costa; vein 7 shortly before

end of cell, more than four times as far from base as from end of

cell; middle discocellulars slightly outwardly oblique, lower slightly

inwardly oblique, the lower about half as long again as the middle

one ; vein 5 well developed, much nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 just

before end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base as from

end of cell. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs, and also with a

tuft of hair longer than the tibia attached to it near its proximal

end.

The sole species of this genus is péeridoides, Moore, which is not

in the British Museum. The above diagnosis is from the type

specimen kindly lent me for that purpose by Mr. Moore.

Confined to the Oriental region.

25. Genus Pisoxa.

Pisola, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 785. Type, zennara, Moore.

Antenne and palpi much asin Capi/a. Fore wing: inner margin

considerably longer than outer margin; neuration as in Calliana,

from which it differs only in having no tuft on the hind tibie in

the male.

Lemnara, Moore ......versererr L

cerinthus, Felder ...........- 2.

Confined to Asia.

26. Genus CeCROPTERUS.

Cecropterus, Herr.-Schaff. Prodr. Syst. Lep. iii. p. 45 (1869).

Type, zarex, Hiibn.

Antennz: club moderate, bent into a hook, the terminal portion

equal to remainder of club. Palpi porrect, second joint densely

scaled, third joint small. Fore wing: outer margin longer than

inner margin; no costal fold in male; cell long, more than two-

thirds length of fore wing; vein 12 reaching costa before end of

cell; upper discocellular minute, middle discocellular inwardly

oblique, lower more erect; vein 5 nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3

more than four times as far from base of wing as from end of cell;

vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind

wing much produced in submedian area, but with no distinct lobe

32 MR. B. ¥, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. (Jan. 17,

or tail; vein 7 more than twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocel-

lulars very faint, outwardly concave ; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 at end

of cell; vein 2 less than twice as far from base of wing as from end

of cell, nearer to base of wing than vein 7. Hind tibize fringed and

with two pairs of spurs.

Pare’, Tubs so. sdesisest lL. Mets TITIDN, cs..feneeseetes 5.

* GUNS, BADE. Wy Srcseacres 2. cineta, ToS. Vavssecerses 6.

bipunctatus, Gmel. ...... 3. *phrynicus, Hew. ......... ide

tiylus, Hiibn. «........+. 4,

And three unidentified species.

27. Genus Coaia.

Cogia, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 508 (1870).

Type, Aassan, Butler.

Antenne: club moderate, bent at about a right angle, tapering to

a fine point. Third joint of palpi slightly projecting from the

clothing of second joint. Fore wing: outer margin longer than

inner margin; no costal fold in male; cell more than three-fifths

the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of the

cell; middle and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique and in the

same straight line, the middle the longer; vein 3 twice as far from

2 as from end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from end of

cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: vein 7 only slightly further

from base of wing than from end of cell; discocellulars erect, faint ;

vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 rather

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.

Male with an erectile tuft of hairs on upperside of hind wing,

attached immediately below the origin of the median nervule.

hassany Butler, ccsesesvadees if

{ calchas,HHBicic cuss ween 2.

| terranea, Butl,

And one unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America.

28. Genus EpHyRiADEs.

Ephyriades, Hiibn. Verz. p. 111 (1816). Type, o¢reus, Cramer.

Oileides, Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. ii. (1822-26).

Type, zephodes, Hiibn.

Antenne as in Cogia. Palpi more widely separated, porrect ;

third joint rather conspicuous. Fore wing: inner and outer margins

subequal, or the inner slightly the longer; no costal fold in male ;

cell just over two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching

costa almost opposite to the end of cell; middle and lower disco-

cellulars almost erect, subequal; vein 5 slightly nearer to 6 than

to 4; vein 3 very shortly before end of cell, more than three times

as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 more than twice as far from base

of wing as from end of cell. Hind wing: vein 7 close to end of cell,

remote from base of wing; discocellulars faint; vein 5 barely

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID ®, 33

traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 con-

siderably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiz

with two pairs of spurs.

Male with the abdominal fold clothed with long hair-like scales.

otreus, Cram, ...... is

| clericus, Fabr.

zephodes, Hibn.

*pekahia, Hew. ... 2s

And five unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America.

29. Genus THORYBES.

Thorybes, Scudder, Syst. Rev. Am. Butt. p. 50 (1872).

Type, bathyllus, Smith-Abb.

Thorybes, Scudder, Butt. East. Un. States, vol. ii. p. 1423 (1889).

Lintneria, Butler, Trans, Ent. Soc. p. 57 (1877) (nom. preoce.),

Type, daunus, Cramer.

Antenne and palpi as in Achalarus. Fore wing: inner and outer

margins subequal ; cell more than two-thirds length of fore wing ;

vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; upper discocellular

minute, middle and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique and in the

same straight line, the lower the longer; vein 3 more than three

times as far from base of wing as from end of cell; vein 2 about

three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing; veinlet

in cell at vein 4. Hind wing: vein 7 about twice as far from 8 as

from 6; discocellulars faint, slightly concave outwardly; vein 3

from end of cell; vein 2 rather nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing, nearer to base of wing than vein 7; outer margin evenly

rounded, slightly angled at vein | 6. Hind tibize with two pairs of

spurs.

In this genus the type species, bathyllus, is without a costal fold

in the male, while the second species, pylades, is provided with a fold.

daunus, Cram. ......... 1,

{ bathyllus, Sva.-Abb.

DYNES; BOX Savcncexacas 2.

Confined to America.

30. Genus ACHALARUS.

Achalarus, Scudder, Syst. Rev. Am. Butt. p. 50 (1872).

Type, lycidas, Smith-Abb.

Achalarus, Scudder, Butt. East. Un. States, vol. ii. p. 1412 (1889),

Lobocla, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 51 (1884).

Type, Liliana, Atkinson.

Antennz : club moderate, bent into a hook, the terminal portion

about as long as rest of club. Palpi porrect, second joint densely

sealed, third joint short. Fore wing: inner and outer margins sub-

equal; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; male with a costal

fold ; cell long, more than two-thirds length of costa; upper disco-

cellular minute, middle and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique in

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. ITI.

34 MR. BE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID E. (Jan. 17,

the same straight line, the lower the longer ; veinlet at vein 4; vein 3

more than four times as far from base of wing as from end of cell;

vein 2 about three times as far from end of cell as from base of

wing. Hind wing slightly lobed at anal angle; discocellulars faint,

erect ; vein 5 present, but very faint ; vein 7 three times as far from

8 as from 6; vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 almost twice as

far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibie with two

pairs of spurs. :

lycidas, 8m.-Abb. ......+++ ife CUsyapad, MOOVE .s.csseceeee 3.

Liliana, Moore ............+6. 2. bifasciata, Brem.

American and Asian.

31. Genus RHABDOIDES.

Rhabdoides, Scudder, Butt. East. Un. States, vol. iii. p. 1854 (1889).

Type, cellus, Boisduval.

Antenne, palpi, neuration, and legs as in Achalarus, from which

it differs only in the absence of the costal fold in the male.

cellus, Boisd.

And one unidentified species.

Confined to America.

32. Genus DREPHALYsS, nov.

Type, helizus, Hew.

Antenne and palpi as in Typhedanus. Fore wing : outer margin

slightly longer than inner margin; male with a costal fold; cell of

fore wing more than three-fifths the length of costa; vein 12 reaching

costa almost opposite end of cell; discocellulars nearly erect ; vein 3

well before end of cell, considerably nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2

close to base of wing, about three times as far from end of cell as

from base of wing. Hind wing much produced, but not to a point.

Neuration as in 7’yphedanus.

* helivus, Hew.

33. Genus TyPHEDANUs.

Typhedanus, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. p. 497 (1870).

Type, zephus, Butler.

Antennz: club moderate, bent inte a hook, the terminal portion

very slender, about half the length of remainder of club. Palpi:

third joint minute, hardly projecting from clothing of second joint.

Fore wing much produced apically, outer margin considerably longer

than inner margin; cell of fore wing more than two-thirds the

length of costa; no costal fold in male; vein 12 reaching costa well

before the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, subequal ;

vein 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell,

about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 twice as far from end

of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing produced to a point at the

anal angle: outer margin very oblique, slightly coucave; vein 7

1893.] MR. H. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERTIDA, 35

well before end of cell, almost equidistant from veins 8 and 6; disco-

cellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 well before end of

cell, equidistant from 2 and 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of

cell than to base of wing. Male with a tuft of long recumbent hairs

lying along the outer edge of the abdominal fold on the upperside of

the hind wing and attached along vein 1 6 near its origin. Hind

tibize with two pairs of spurs.

zephus, Butler.

Inhabits tropical South America,

34. Genus Gicuyprus, nov.

Type, chersis, H.-S.

Autenne: club rather robust, bent into a hook. Palpi porrect ;

second joint long, densely clothed ; third joint short, obtusely conical,

almost concealed. Fore wing: apex very truncate, much as in

Spathilepia ; outer margin considerably longer than inner margin ;

cell two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost

opposite the end of cell; discocellulars slightly inwardly oblique ;

vein 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 immediately before the end of

cell; vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as trom base of wing.

Hind wing much produced; vein 7 well before end of cell ; disco-

cellulars distinct ; vein 5 very faint ; vein 3 immediately before the

end of cell; vein 2 about three times as far from base of wing as

from end of cell. Hind tibize fringed and with two pairs of spurs,

Male with an erectile tuft of hairs at base of abdominal folds, much

as in Cogia.

{ chersis, H.-8, ... 1.

| evelinda, Butler.

* aziris, Hew. ...... 2.

Confined to tropical America.

35. Genus PORPHYROGENES, nov.

Type, omphale, Butler.

Antenne: club very slender, sickle-shaped, terminating in a fine

point. Palpi: third joint bluntly conical, slightly projecting from

the clothing of the second joint. Fore wing: inner and outer mar-

gins subequal; male with a costal fold; vein 12 reaching costa well

before the end of cell; cell very long, almost three quarters the

length of costa; discocellulars inwardly oblique, the middle slightly

the longer; lower margin of cell between veins 3 and 4 arched

upwards ; vein 3 well before the end of the cell, only slightly farther

from 2 than from 4 ; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to

vein 3. Hind wing: vein 7 shortly before end of cell; disco-

cellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 from end of cell ; vein 2

more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind

tibiz fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

In the male the inner margin of the fore wing is strongly arched ;

there is a tuft of short hairs on a silvery patch on the upperside of

the hind wing at the origin of vein 8, there being a corresponding

36 MR. DB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

silvery patch on the underside of the fore wing, and the abdominal

fold of the hind wing is densely clothed with long hair-like scales.

omphale, Butler ......... Le O[ 7 pausias, Hew. )s.scccecesss 2.

Confined to South America.

36. Genus Cacina.

Cecina, Hewitson, Desc. Hesp. p. 55 (1868).

Type, calathana, Hewitson.

Antennz: club moderate, gradually thickening and gradually

tapering to a point, evenly curved, not abruptly bent. Palpi: second

joint densely scaled; third joint short, porrect, bluntly pointed.

Fore wing: inner margin sinuate, rather longer than outer margin ;

cell two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end

of cell; upper discocellular very short; middle and lower disco-

cellulars subequal, inwardly oblique in the same straight line; vein 3

more than three times as far from base of wing as from end of cell ;

vein 2 about twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.

Hind wing: lobe inconspicuous; vein 7 very shortly before end of

cell ; discocellulars faint, outwardly oblique ; vein 5 wanting ; vein 3

just before end of cell ; vein 2 hardly twice as far from base of wing

as from end of cell. Hind tibize almost naked, with two pairs of

spurs.

The male has a patch of hairs on the upperside of the hind wing,

extending along the upper edge of the subcostal vein from the

divarication of the costal to the forking of the subcostal branch, the

hairs being flattened on the wing and pointing towards the costa.

* calathana, Hew. .......+ Fries * compusd, Hew. «--+ee0e 2.

Confined to tropical America.

37. Genus ABLEPSIS, nov.

Type, vulpinus, Hiibn.

Antenne: club moderate, rather flattened, sickle-shaped. Palpi

suberect ; second joint pressed close against face, third joint minute.

Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; no costal fold in

male; cell of fore wing more than two-thirds the length of costa;

discocellulars inwardly oblique, the lower the longer ; veinlet in cell

immediately before vein 4; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2

about three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing;

lower margin of cell bent upwards at origin of vein 3. Hind wing

evenly rounded ; vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars and

vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 from end of cell ; vein 2 twice as far

from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibie thickly fringed

and with two pairs of spurs.

In the male there is a tuft of long hair-like scales attached to the

submedian at the base of the abdominal fold on the underside.

vulpinus, Hibn,

And one unidentified species.

Confined to South America.

1893.] MR. E, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID#, 37

38. Genus Hantana.

Hantana, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 179 (1881).

Type, infernus, Felder.

Antenne: club rather robust, bent at about a right angle. Palpi

suberect ; second joint pressed close against the face, third joint

minute. Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; cell more

than two-thirds the length of costa; no costal fold in male; vein 12

reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly

oblique, the lower the longer ; lower branch of veiulet in cell just

before vein 4; upper branch at vein 5; vein 3 shortly before end

of cell; vein 2 about three times as far from end of cell as from

base of wing. Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7 well before the

end of cell; discocellulars distinct, vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3

immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of

wing as from end of cell. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs, and

in the male with a long tuft of hairs attached near the proximal end.

infernus, Felder.

Hahitat, Ceylon.

39. Genus MurGari, nov.

Type, albociliatus, Mab.

Antennz : club gradually thickened and tapering to a fine point,

bent into a hook just beyond the thickest part. Palpi: second joint

densely scaled, slightly inclined forward ; third joint short, porrect.

Fore wing: outer margin slightly longer than inner margiu; male

with a costal fold; cell more than two-thirds length of costa;

vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell; vein 10 equidistant

from 9 and 11 ; upper discocellular minute ; middle and lower disco-

cellulars inwardly oblique, in the same straight line, the middle one

the longer; vein 3 twice as far from 2 as from 4, more than three

times as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind wing in-

conspicuously lobed ; vein 7 more than twice as far from 8 as from 6;

discocellulars erect ; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 immediately before end

of cell; vein 2 about equidistant from end of cell and base of wing.

Hind tibize very slightly fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

albociliatus, Mab. ......00. 1.

And an unidentified species.

Tropical America.

40. Genus Hruiuta. (Plates II. fig. 16; III. fig. 5.)

Aithilla, Hewitson, Desc. Hesp. p. 55 (1868).

Type, eleusinia, Hewitson.

? Hurypterus, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 162 (1877).

Type, gigas, Mabille.

Antenne: club hardly at all thickened, bent at about a right

angle ; terminal portion long. Palpi: second joint thickly scaled,

hird joint minute. Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal ;

cell two-thirds length of costa; no costal fold in male; vein 12

eaching costa just opposite end of cell; vein 11 opposite vein 3 ;

38 MR. E, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERILDE, (Jan. 17,

vein 9 remote from 10, close to end of cell; vein 6 from upper

angle of cell; upper discocellular minute; middle discocellular

erect, lower slightly inwardly oblique, the lower rather the longer ;

vein 3 well before end of cell, about equidistant from 2 and 4, and

twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind wing

triangular, hardly lobed at anal angle; vein 7 three times as far

from 8 as from 6; discocellulars faint, erect; vein 3 well before

end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 slightly nearer to

end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs

and with a long tuft of coarse hairs attached near the proximal end.

E. gigas, Mab., the type of Lurypterus, is not in B. M., but as

the other two species, viz. Javochrea, Butler, and coracina, Butler,

which M. Mabille puts into his genus, are congeneric with eleusinia,

Hewitson, the type of AHthilla, therefore gigas also is presumably

an Aithilla.

* cleusinia, Hew. ......+.000 ul F CORINA, IEW .incabes = 0 sce 4.

coracina, Butl. ............ 2. lavochrea, Butl. ........00. 5,

¥ Gpicra, Hows fiscisowecse-.c 3.

And an unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America.

41. Genus ANCISTROCAMPTA.

Ancistrocampta, Feld, Wien. ent. Monat. vi. p. 183 (1862).

Type, hiarbas, Cramer.

Antenne: club very slightly thickened, bent at more than a

right angle, tapering to a fine point, the front edge of club fringed

with short widely set bristles. Palpi: third joint almost invisible.

Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; no costal fold in

male; cell well over two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect ;

vein 5 slightly nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 well before end of cell,

more than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 remote from 3,

twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing:

vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars very faint, slightly

inwardly concave; vein 5 just traceable, nearer to 6 than to 4;

vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 only slightly nearer to

end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs,

the upper pair minute, and with a tuft of hairs attached near the

proximal end.

hiarbas, Oram, .......+. te

* suthina, Hew. ......... 2.

Confined to tropical South America.

42. Genus Hypr#nomia.

Hydrenomia, Butler, Ent. Mon. Mag. vii. p. 99 (1870).

Type, orcinus, Felder.

Antennz: club modérate, bent into a hook, terminal portion

short. Palpi porreet, divergent ; third joint slender, naked, rather

short. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin, the

1893. ] MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, 39

latter excavated from vein 2 to the outer angle ; cell two-thirds the

length of costa; male with a costal fold; vein 12 reaching costa

well before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect ; vein 5 nearer

to 6 than to 4; vein 3 shortly before end of cell, more than twice

as far from 2 as from 4; vein 3 more than twice as far from end of

cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin crenulated ;

vein 7 well before the end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely

traceable ; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 only slightly

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie slightly

fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

orcinus, Felder.

Confined to tropical South America.

43. Genus PARADROS, nov.

Type, phenice, Hew.

Nearest to Lignyostola, Mab., with which it agrees in neuration,

except that the veinlet in the cell terminates only just beyond vein 3,

and that vein 2 of the fore wing is considerably nearer to the base

of the wing. The antenne are longer and have the club more bent

round. The palpi are similar. The hind wing is quite a different

shape, being much produced in the submedian area, while in Ligny-

ostola it is much produced in the subcostal.area. ‘The anal lobe is

also comparatively inconspicuous, the outer margin not being excised

just before it.

* phenice, Hew. ....+.++ ile alemon, Oram, ......04 3.

FICOUS; MEL OWs “oaecosesoSavose 2.

Confined to South America.

44. Genus Lignyosrora.

Lignyostola, Mabille, Le Naturaliste, p. 221 (1888).

Type, pemphigargyra, Mab.

Antennze: club moderate, bent into an even curve, tapering to a

fine point. Palpi porrect, divergent, third joint slender and naked.

Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; cell more than two

thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the

end of cell; veinlet in cell just before vein 5; discocellulars in-

wardly oblique, subequal, the middle one slightly convex; vein 3

shortly before end of cell, about three times as far from 2 as from

4; vein 3 twiceas far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind

wing distinctly lobed ; vein 7 well before end of cell, twice as far

from 8 as from 6 ; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3

immediately before end of cell ; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of

cell than to base of wing. ’

Male with a costal fold. Hind tibia densely fringed, and with

two pairs of spurs, the upper pair short.

{ lacydus, Druce 1 despecta, Butler .......-.... 3.

| pemphigargyra, Mab. } at formosus, Felder ........-..- An

CHYDISUS | OLATR. | Ween tach enens 2. |

And two unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America.

40 MR. E. ¥Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

45. Genus Puanus. (Plate I. fig. 7.)

Phanus, Hiibner, Verz. p. 114 (1816). Type, vitreus, Cramer.

Antenne: club very gradually curved into a crescent, short,

rather flattened, considerably thicker than shaft, tapering to a fine

point. Palpi: second joint upturned, densely scaled ; third joint

naked, rather conspicuous. Fore wing: inner and outer margins

subequal ; male with a costal fold; cell more than two-thirds the

length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; upper

discocellular short but distinct, outwardly oblique ; middle and lower

discocellulars almost erect, the middle the longer ; vein 3 rather more

than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell; vein 2

rather more than twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.

Hind wing prominently lobed at vein] }; vein 7 rather more than

twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars very faint, erect ; vein 5

wanting; vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far

from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize fringed and with

two pairs of spurs.

ViErEUS, OVA. ...cccreceeeees 1

momus, Fabr.

marshalli, Kirby ........2++. 2,

And one unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America.

46. Genus HyaLoruyrus.

Hyalothyrus, Mabille, Ann. Ent. Belg. vol. xxi. p. 23 (1878).

Type, nitocris, Cramer.

Antennze rather long ; club very slender, hardly thicker than shaft,

bent into a slight curve. Palpi porrect, divergent ; third joint

long, slender, and naked. Fore wing: inner and outer margins sub-

equal ; male with a costal fold ; cell more than two-thirds the length

of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of the cell; disco-

cellulars inwardly oblique, subequal ; vein 3 shortly before the end

of cell, about three times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 three times

as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing well before

the end of cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3

immediately before end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of

cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with only a terminal pair of

spurs and without a brush. Closely allied to Hntheus.

infernalis, Mosch, ......... ie

MELEUS, WATT meres sicasiadas + ane 2.

priscus, Feld.

Confined to South America.

47. Genus Enrurus. (Plate III. fig. 9.)

Entheus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 114 (1816). Type, peleus, Lian.

Phareas, Westw. Gen. D. L. p. 515 (1852). Types, gentius, Cr.,

and peleus, Linn.

Antenne: club slender, evenly curved into a crescent. Palpi

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THH HESPERIIDZ, 41

porrect, divergent ; third joint long and slender. Fore wing: inner

margin longer than outer margin ; no costal fold in male ; cell two-

thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the

end of cell ; discocellulars suberect; vein 5 slightly nearer to 6 than

to 4; vein 3shortly before end of cell, more than three times as far

from 2 as from 4; vein 2 rather more than twice as far from end of

cell as from base of wing Hind wing: vein 7 shortly before end

of cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 hardly traceable ; vein 3 just before

eud of cell; vein 2 about equidistant from base of wing and end of

cell. Hind tibize very short, only with terminal pair of spurs,which

are very long.

In the male there is a tuft of hairs attached to the proximal end

of the tibiz, much exceeding the tibie in length, and fitting into a

groove behind the first joint of the tarsi, which is much elongated

and slightly swollen. In the female the hind tibiz are longer than

in the male, and the terminal spurs are shorter.

TOUQUSS ANN yh We sideawages « ks lemma, Bowler c..cc.ce0e. 2.

peleus, Linn. 2. *berytus, Hew. 2.

| GentqUs, Cram. ..cceeceercasve Ge

Confined to South America.

48. Genus Caprrus.

Cabirus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 102 (1816). Type, julettus, Stoll.

Brontiades, Hiibn, Verz. p. 113 (1816). Type, procas, Cram.

Antenne: club very slender, almost filiform, almost straight.

Third joint of palpi short, conical, projecting slightly from the

clothing of the second joint. Fore wing: inner margin slightly

longer than outer margin; no costal fold in male; cell more than

three-fifths the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost

opposite to end of cell; discocellulars almost erect, subequal ; vein 5

slightly nearer to 6 than to 4 ; vein 3 well before end of cell, less than

twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 remote from 3, more than

twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing:

vein 7 well before end of cell ; discocellulars erect, very faint ; vein 5

barely traceable, nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 just before the end

of the cell, nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2 about equidistant from

base of wing and end of cell. Hind tibie with only a single pair

of spurs.

Male with a tuft of hairs affixed at the proximal end of the hind

tibia.

This genus is closely allied to Entheus,

PROCAS ACTA) weesnseoee ssc ie

gulettus, Stoll oi seccoesse.e0e 2.

These two species are almost certainly sexes, procas being the

male.

Confined to tropical South America.

42 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, (Jan. 17,

49. Genus GrRYNOPSIS, nov.

Type, celeste, Westwood.

Antenne rather long ; club slender, hardly thicker than the shaft,

the front edge of shaft fringed with short widely-set bristles. Third

joint of palpi entirely concealed in the clothing of the second joint.

Fore wing: outer margin almost half as long again as inner margin ;

male with acostal fold; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of

cell ; cell very long, considerably more than two-thirds the length of

costa; discocellulars very oblique, subequal; vein 5 slightly nearer

to 4 than to 6; the lower margin of the cell is bent up between

veins 3 and 4, lying almost in the same straight line as the disco-

cellulars; vein 3 well before the end of the cell; vein 2 remote from

3, as far from base of wing as 3 is from end of cell. Hind wing

produced into a broad lobe, extending from vein 3 to the anal angle ;

vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars very faint ; vein 5 barely

traceable, much nearer to vein 4 than to 6; vein 3 from end of cell;

vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. [ind

tibise only with terminal pair of spurs.

Male with the abdominal margin clothed with long hair-like

scales.

caleste, Westwood ......... 1.

Inhabits tropical South America.

Synopsis of Genera of HESPERIINE.

Section B.

a, Antenne: tip acuminate.

a Apex of fore wing not truncate.

v2, Outer margin of both wings even or only slightly sinuate (den-

tate in Hvrites).

u®, Apex of fore wing not faleate.

a‘, Third joint of palpi short and inconspicuous.

a°, Hind wing conspicuously elongated.

a°, Third joint of palpi sharply conical.

Neonoma,g.u. Type, platon, Feld, (1)

b°. Third joint of palpi bluntly conical.

a’, Male with a large patch of sexual scales on outer half

of hind wing on upperside.

Arrrurorsa, Butl., Druce. Type, tractipennis, Butl., Dr. (2)

27, No sexual patch of scales on upperside of hind wing in

male.

a>, Vein 2 of hind wing almost equidistant from base of

wing and end of cell.

Sorursra, Plotz. Type, aristoteles, Westw. (5)

b°. Vein 2, hind wing, twice as far from base of wing as

from end of cell.

Sararura, Moore. ‘Type, gopala, Moore, (4)

}°, Hind wing not at all or only slightly elongated. ‘

a®, No costal fold on fore wing of male.

a’, Lower margin of cell of fore wing not strongly arched

between origin of veins 2 and 3.

a>. No patch of sexual scales on upperside of hind wing

in male.

a’, Hind wing: outer margin sinuate.

a, Third joint of palpi porrected horizontally.

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID A, 43

a'', Vein 7 of hind wing as long as or longer

than vein 2,

Danio, Murr. Type, ‘ethys, Mén. (5)

5, Vein 7 of hind wing shorter than vein 2.

a’*, Outer margin of hind wing rather dentate,

the deepest excision being at vein 5.

Errres, Mab. ‘Type, me/ania, Mab. (6)

b'°, Outer margin of hind wing only slightly

sinuate.

a, Lower margin of cell of fore wing be-

tween veins 2 and 3 slightly arched.

SarancEsa, Moore. ype. purendra, Moore. (7)

5, Lower margin of cell of fore wing be-

tween veins 2 and 3 straight.

CorapEntA, Moore. ‘Type, indvani, Moore. (8)

}'°, Third joint of palpi suberect.

CrLenorruines, Hiibn. Type, e/ivivs, Oram. (9)

b°, Hind wing: outer margin even.

a, Vein 7 of hind wing hardly nearer to 6 than

to 8.

Opina, Mab. Type, chrysomelena, Mab. (10)

4", Vein7 of hind wing considerably near to 6 than

to 8.

a'', Vein 3 of fore wing well before the end of

cell,

a*, Fore wing comparatively elongate.

Paramimvus, Hibn. Type, scurra, Hiibn. (11)

b'*. Fore wing not elongate.

a’°, Inner margin of fore wing considerably

longer than outer margin,

* Pyruonipes, Hiibn. Type, cerialis, Cram. (12)

* Nisonraves, Hiibn. Type, dromius, Stoll. (13)

6°, Inner and outer margins of fore wing

subequal.

* CycuosmmtA, Mab. Type, herennius, Cram. (14)

b', Vein 3 of fore wing immediately before end

of cell.

Acunyopus, Hiibn. Type, /redericus, Hitbn. (15)

b*, Male with a large patch of sexual scales on upper-

side of hind wing.

Tricnosemera, Holl. Type, subolivescens, Holl. (16)

b°. Lower margin of cell of fore wing strongly arched be-

tween origins of veins 2 and 3.

Taciapes, Hiibn. Type, japetus, Cram. (17)

b°. Male with a costal fold.

a. Costal fold large ; apex of fore wing hardly produced,

rounded, Eaaris, Guenée. Type, sabadius, Gray. (18)

b’. Costal fold slight ; apex of fore wing more produced,

acute. Awnasrrus, Hiibn. Type, obscurus, Hiibn. (19)

6‘. Third joint of palpi porrect, conspicuous.

a’. Male with a costal fold, costa of fore wing angled at about

its centre.

CampropLeura, Mab. Type, theramenes, Mab. (20)

2°. No costal fold in male, costa of fore wing not angled.

a®, Antennal club evenly curyed.

PoramAnax, g.n. Type, flavofasciuta, Hew. (21)

* The slight differences in shape of wing between the type species of Pytho-

nides and Nisoniades cannot be expressed in a key. Most probably these two

genera, as well as Cyclosemia, are not really sufliciently distinct to be kept

separate, and it would be more correct to include all three genera under Niso-

niades.

44 MR. E, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, [Jan. 17,

b°, Antennal club hooked.

a, Vein 7 of hind wing nearer to 8 than to 6.

Mycreris, Mab. Type, cerzla, Mab. (22)

b7. Vein 7 of hind wing close to 6.

Penuicia, H.-S. Type, dimidiata, H.-S. (23)

2°. Apex of fore wing faleate. Eanris, Boisd. Type, dusiris, Cram. (24)

}*, Outer margin of hind wing with a conspicuous projecting tooth at

vein 7. Anriconus, Hiibn. ‘Type, nearchus, Latr. (25)

c*, Outer margin of hind wing very dentate.

Darra, Moore. Type, anria, Moore. (26)

i', Apex of fore wing broadly truncate (except in Tapena agni),

u*, Male with a tuft of hairs on hind tibiz.

a®, Outer margin of hind wing not angled.

a, Third joint of palpi inconspicuous.

Spronaprs, Hiibn. Type, artenides, Cram. (27)

}*, Third joint of palpi conspicuous.

Anisocuorta, Mab. Type, polysticta, Mab. (28)

Procampra, Holl. Type, vara, Holl. (29)

2®, Outer margin of hind wing angled at veins 7 and 4.

Crexortitum, de N. Type, vasava, Moore. (80)

c*, Outer margin of hind wing angled at vein 3 (except agnz).

Tarena, Moore. Type, thwaitesi, Moore. (31)

6?, No tuft of hair on hind tibize of male.

Nerrocoryne, Feld. Type, repanda, Feld. (82)

b, Antenne, tip blunt.

a‘, Fore wing, apex truncate.

a*, Male with a recumbent tuft of hair on fore coxe.

Oponrortitum, de N. Type, swra, Moore. (33)

6*, Male with a radiating tuft of hair on fore coxe.

Carrona, Wallgr. Type, pillaana, Wallgr. (34)

b+, Fore wing, apex acute.

a. Male with a radiating tuft of hair on fore coxe.

Levucocurtonna, Waller. Type, levubu, Wallgr. (35)

2°, No tuft of hair on fore coxz of male.

a*, Vein 2 of hind wing considerably nearer to end of cell than to

base of wing. Axantis, Hopff. Type. fe‘tensis, Hopff. (56)

b*, Vein 2 of hind wing hardly, if at all, nearer to end of cell than

to base of wing.

a‘, Vein 2 of fore wing considerably nearer to base of wing than

to vein 5.

a’. Fore wing comparatively short and broad.

Puortsora, Se. Type, catullus, Faby. (41)

b°, Fore wing comparatively elongate.

Heviorerss, Billb. Type, arsalte, Linn. (37)

b*. Vein 2 of fore wing hardly nearer to base than to vein 3.

a’. Outer margin of hind wing even.

a°, Antennal club straight.

Gomata, Moore. Type, albofasciata, Moore. (39)

b°, Antenne, club curved.

a*. Club robust. | Hzespnria, Fabr. Type, malve, Linn. (38)

7, Club comparatively slender.

Tuanaos, Boisd. Type, tages, Linn. (42)

+°. Outer margin of hind wing crenulated.

Carcnaropus, Hbn. Type, lavatere, Esp. (40)

1, Genus NEONoMA, nom. nov.

Conognathus, Felder, Wien. ent. Monat. vi. p. 181 (1862), preoe.

Type, platon, Feld.

Antennz: club rather robust, bent into a hook, terminal portion

short. Palpi widely separated, porrect ; third joiut sharply conical,

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID %. 45

Fore wing: outer margin longer than inner margin; no costal

fold in male; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein

12 reaching costa shortly before the end of cell; discocellulars

suberect ; vein 5 nearer 6 than 4 ; veinlet from lower discocellular ;

vein 3 well before end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2

twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing much

produced ; vein 7 nearer to base of wing than to end of cell; disco-

cellulars and vein 5 very faint; vein 3 immediately before end of

cell ; vein 2 three times as far from base of wing as from end of

cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

platon, Fabr.

Confined to tropical America.

The genus Garga of Mabille (‘ Le Naturaliste,’ p. 216, 1889),

described for the species olena, is apparently congeneric with cono-

gnathus, and olena is probably identical with platon.

2. Genus ARTEUROTIA.

Arteurotia, Butler & Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 112 (1872).

Type, ¢ractipennis, Butler, Druce.

Antenne: club rather robust, hooked, terminal portion short,

less than half the length of club. Palpi porrect, widely separated ;

third joint obtusely conical. Fore wing: outer margin rather longer

than inner margin ; inner margin convex in its outer half; cell of

fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa ; vein 12 reaching

costa opposite end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the lower the

longer ; veiu 3 shortly before end of cell, twice as far from 2 as

from 4; vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.

Hind wing elongate, outer margin straight ; discocellulars distinct ;

vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell ;

vein 2 hardly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing, Hind

tibize with two pairs of spurs.

The male is without a costal fold, but is provided with a large

silky patch of appressed scales, occupying the apical half of the hind

wing on the upperside.

tractipennis, Butl., Druce.

Confined to tropical America.

3. Genus SopuHisTa.

Sophista, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xl. p. 176 (1879).

Type, avistoteles, Westw.

Antenne: club moderate, bent into a hook, terminal portion very

slender, less than half the length of remainder of club. Palpi

porrect, widely separated ; third joint obtusely conical. Fore wing :

inner and outer margins subequal ; cell of fore wing less than two-

thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite

the end of cell ; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer ; vein 3

shortly before the end of cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from

4; vein 2 more than twice as far from end of cell as from base of

46 MR, B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. [Jan. 17,

wing. Hind wing rather elongate, outer margin slightly crenulate ;

discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 immediately before

the end of ceil; vein 2 hardly nearer to the end of cell than to the

base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

There is no costal fold in the male of aristoteles, and a hardly

perceptible one in the male of calendris.

* apistoteles, WestWe ......1..0++ ite

* calendris, Hew. ..1.sscssse0es 2.

Confined to tropical South America.

4, Genus SATARUPA.

Satarupa, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 780. Type, gopala, Moore.

Antennze: club slender, bent into a hook, terminal portion long.

Palpi porrect ; third joint short, bluutly conical. Fore wing: outer

margin strongly oblique, inner and outer margins subequal ; cell

less than two-thirds the length of costa; discocellulars inwardly

oblique; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell ; vein 3 shortly

before end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 twice as

far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing much elongated,

outer margin sinuate; vein 7 well before end of cell, twice as far

from 8 as from 6; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2

twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell.

In the type species vein 5 of the hind wing is well developed, but

it is barely traceable in the other species of the genus.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. In the male the hind tibie

are fringed along their upper edge, and the inner side of the tibize is

clothed with long coarse recumbent hairs.

Closely allied to Daimio, from which it may be separated by the

shape of the wings, especially of the hind wing, by the much greater

length and more decided hook in the terminal portion of the antennal

club, and by the scaling of the hind tibize of the male.

A synopsis of species is appended.

A large transparent spot in cell of fore wing............++: gopala, Moore. 16

No transparent spot in cell of fore wing.

Underside: base of hind wing brown; abdomen

banded with white, extremity brown ..............+ sambara, Moore. 2.

Underside: base of hind wing white; abdomen

entirely White.......:.cssccosscessaccsecesesecenerecenesen *dohertyi, sp. 1. 3.

Underside: base of hind wing white; abdomen

entirely black, occ. sscisccsseectssvencosesenesarscrenscenss affinis, Druce. 4.

Entirely confined to Asia.

SATARUPA DOHERTYI, sp. Noy.

Upperside dark brown. Fore wing with a series of seven trans-

parent spots, three subapical and minute, the remainder in pairs in

echelon to the submedian, there followed by an opaque white streak

on inner margin. Hind wing with a broad white central band,

outwardly bordered by a series of black spots; cilia chequered.

Underside as above, but paler; the white band on hind wing of

much greater extent, occupying the whole of the wing, with the

1893.] MR. DB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPDRIID ®. 47

exception of a marginal band and a short costal streak ; a series of

black spots inside marginal band, and an isolated black spot at costal

bifurcation. Abdomen above entirely white, beneath greyish white.

Palpi dark above, grey below; legs grey.

Hab. Kumaon. Expanse 52 millim.

Closely allied to S. sambara and S. affinis. From the former it

differs in its larger size (52 to 46 millim.), wholly white abdomen,

and white base to hind wing on underside ; from the latter it differs

in the colour of the abdomen and in the lower spot of the central

pair on the disk being nearer than the upper spot to the base of the

wing, while in afinis the lower spot is nearer to the outer margin.

This is probably the species recorded from Kumaon by Mr. Do-

herty, after whom I have much pleasure in naming it.

5. Genus Darmio.

Daimio, Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. vol. xi. p. 171 (1875).

Type, tethys, Men.

Antennee: club moderate, terminal crook bent at about right

angles. Palpi porrect ; third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore

wing: outer margin slightly oblique; inner margin longer than

outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect ; vein

3 close to end of cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from 4 ; vein

2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing

hardly elongated, outer margin sinuate; vein 7 shortly before end

of cell, more than twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars very

faint, almost erect; vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 shortly before

end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of wing as from end of

cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Male without costal fold, but with a tuft of hairs attached to the

proximal end of hind tibiz.

A synopsis of the species is given below.

Upperside of hind wing with no discal pale band.......... tethys, Mén. if

Bre sie Garett pot tell of tore a

1 a lar, r aren 1 ing. .

Cilia of hind aie whit 2 a eee at, { wevaer? it ae

Cilia of hind wing dark. ? :

Band on underside of hind wing of large extent,

reaching up to or beyond the costal nervure.

Black spots on upperside of hind wing pro-

TUNG Mea eet aak setae de centescepeaee ease esos nes bhagava, Moore. 3,

Black spots on upperside of hind wing merged

in the marginal band ..........:..0..--000e0 sinica, Felder. 4,

Band on underside of hind wing much restricted, { celebica, Felder. 5

not extending beyond the upper angle of cell. { *permend, Hew.

With a small transparent spot in cell of fore wing,

sometimes absent.

A large transparent spot below cell, below which

are two opaque ones reaching to inner margin.

Band on hind wing broad ............:..0sceeceee narada, Moore. 6,

A large transparent spot below cell, with no opaque

spots below it. Band on hind wing narrow... _phisara, Moore.

Confined to Asia.

48 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THH HESPERIIDX. (Jan. 17,

6. Genus Erires.

Erites, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. Belge, p. Ixxi (1891).

Type, melania, Mab.

Very close to Sarangesa, from which it may be separated by the

more dentate margin to the hind wing, and by the lower margin of

the cell between veins 2 and 3 being straight.

djelele, Wig.

And one unidentified species.

A species closely allied to motozi, Wllgr., had been wrongly

identified as djelele in the British Museum collection. Therefore

all Mr. Butler’s records of delele really apply to this other species,

which is apparently unnamed, and which is in the British Museum

from Aden, Wadelai, Somali, and Abyssinia, the true djelele being

represented only from British Caffraria, Cape of Good Hope,

Transvaal, and Natal.

7. Genus SARANGESA.

Sarangesa, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 176 (1881).

Type, purendra, Moore.

Hyda, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr, (6) ix. p. clxxxiii (1889).

Type, micacea, Mab.

Sape, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belge, p. Ixvii (1891).

Type, lucidella, Mab.

Antenne: club moderate, slightly recurved. Palpi porrect ; third

joint short, bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer than

outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa well before end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the

lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2

nearly three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing; the

lower margin of cell slightly arched between the origins of veins

2and 3. Hind wing: outer margin slightly sinuate; vein 7 very

shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ;

vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 hardly nearer to end

of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs in

some species, with a tuft of hairs attached to the proximal end.

*purendra, Moore fcvgrtsea, ° ELOW.scsse.sseesvnsemes 5.

sati, de Nicéyille ... { micacea, Mab,

dasahara, Moore ... : motozt, WI gr. ......crseovvee 6.

albicilia, Moore ............ : Kobela, Trimen> ........0000 %

| phyllophyla, Trimen ...... 8.

And seven unidentified species.

The genus Sape has been erected by Mabille for motozi and its allies,

but these species all fall into the genus Sarangesa. The species

micacea is one of the many species described by Hewitson which

have been redescribed by Mabille.

Asiatic and African.

1893.] MR. E, ¥, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 49

8. Genus CoLADENIA.

Coladenia, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 180 (1881).

Type, indrani, Moore.

Antenne: club rather robust, recurved at tip. Palpi porrect ;

third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore wing: inner and outer

margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ;

vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars

suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell ;

vein 2 more than twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.

Hind wing: outer margin sinuate ; vein 7 very close to end of cell;

discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before

end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs, and in the male with a

very long tuft of hair attached to the proximal end.

indrani, Moore .........44 1 | GON, ADT. ~ cerssevceeee vas 4,

itssa, Moore .....-.00..0.«: 2. } *kehelatha, Hew. ......+-- 5.

meh ACOA, ceeds elie sot « 3.

And one unidentified species.

Asiatic and African.

9. Genus CELZNORRHINUS.

Celenorrhinus, Hibn. Verz. p. 106 (1816). Type, eligivs, Cramer.

Gehlota, Doherty, J. As. Soc. Beng. vol. lviii. pt. 2, p. 131 (1889).

Type, sumitra, Moore.

Antenne: club moderate, recurved at apex. Palpi suberect,

terminal joint minute, second joint pressed close against the face.

Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; cell less than two

thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite

the end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein

3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from

end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin sinuate;

vein 7 well before the end of cell, about twice as far from vein 8 as

from 6; discocellulars faint, erect; vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3

immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of

wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs, and

in the male with a tuft of hairs attached near the proximal end.

eligius, Cramer ......... iF pero, de Nicéyille ......... 14.

*astrigera, Butler ......... 2. | *pulomaya, Moore ......... 15.

Xcynapes, Hew. ....:++.+68 3. pyrrha, de Nicéyille ...... 16.

AQMD, LOW. Yoo008 3.200 oe0 4. maculosa, Felder ......... 17.

SONG TOW? 20.120. vocset co 5). / *biseriata, Butler ... ..... 18.

¥simula, Hew. ........205+ 6. | *maculata, Hampson ...... 19:

spilothyrus, Feld. ......... hs | *meditrina, Hewitson ..... 20.

*fusca, Hampson ......... 8. galenus, Faby. ........--+- 2A

chamunda, Moore ...... 9. *boadicea, Hew. ....01-+-+0. 22.

ambareesa, Moore ...... 10. lugens, Mab. ........+....-- 23.

sumitra, Moore ..........+- oe | proxima, Mab, .......000+- 24

putra, Moore ............ 12. cacus, de Nicéyille ...... 25.

leucocera, Kollar ......... 13. | *asmara, Butler ............ 26.

munda, Moore. { consertus, de Nicéville.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. IV. 4

50 MR. E. ¥. WATSON ON THD HESPERIID ©. (Jan. 17,

GPOD PGE — Secvecsves mchiee 27. | *aurivittata, Moore ...... 29.

dhanada, Moore ........ 28. | mokeezi, Wilgr. ..s0.-+0 30.

This is a cosmopolitan genus, species belonging to it occurring in

Asia, Africa, and South America.

10. Genus OpINA.

Odina, Mabille, C. R. Ent. Soc. Belg. p. exiii (1891).

Type, chrysomelena, Mab.

Antennze moderate, with a slender recurved crook. Palpi: third

joint stout, porrect, rather conspicuous, Fore wing: inner margin

longer than outer margin; cell Jess than two-thirds the length of

costa; vein 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 close to the end of cell;

vein 2 from close to base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even ;

vein 7 well before end of cell, only slightly nearer to 6 than to 8;

vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 nearer to base of

wing than to end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. No

secondary sexual characters on wings.

| hieroglyphica, Butl. ......... 1.

chrysomelena, Mab,

*decoratus, Hew. ......20006 2s

Confined to the Indian and Malay regions.

The type of this genus is one of the many well-known species

recently redescribed by M. Mabille.

11. Genus PARAMIMUS.

Paramimus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 115 (1816). Type, seurra, Hiibn.

Antenne: club slight, evenly curved. Palpi porrect, widely

separated ; third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore wing very

elongated ; inner margin very much longer than outer margin ; cell

of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; discocellulars erect,

the lower the longer ; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell, more

than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 twice as far from end of

cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded ;

vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely

traceable ; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 only slightly

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie with two

pairs of spurs, the upper pair minute. No costal fold in male, but

a tuft of hairs attached to the proximal end of hind tibie.

scwrra, FRU. Seesescessncves Fs Stigma, Beld. ....0.0sss0.eae 4,

hemes, Oramas vcccsate scares 2. *empoleus, Westw. ssceeee 5.

Klucarid, HOW. Sescuvseveseroe 3.

And two unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America

1893.} MR. E, ¥Y. WATSON ON "HE HESPERTID®. 51

12. Genus PyrHoniprs.

Pythonides, Hiibn. Verz. p. 111 (1816). Type, cerialis, Cram.

Antenne: club moderate, more or less curved, but not hooked.

Palpi porrect ; third joint short, bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner

margin considerably longer than outer margin ; costa in some species

very strongly arched ; outer margin slightly excavated just above

outer angle; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars erect, the lower

the longer ; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2 hardly

nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing: outer

margin evenly rounded ; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ;

vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from

base of wing as from end of cell. No costal fold in male.

This genus can be divided into two groups on the characters of

the hind tibiz.

A. Two pairs of spurs on hind tibie, no tuft of hairs in male.

certdlis,, Cram. secersvesese ie geometrina, Feld. ......... iP

ee Fabr. { hadina, Butl. -s.......00: 8.

ONGUS, ELMONG as ssa0chtroeea dhs fiend, ows: Lice. lois: g

festivus, Erich. .....,...0.. 3. | govianus, Hiibn.

*lucuiled, Hew. .......0000 4. satyrind, Feld. .........66 10.

cromion, Feld. © .....:...00. Ds satyrus, Held. .......00066 rt

scintillans, Mab. ...........- 6.

And three unidentified species.

B. Only terminal pair of spurs on hind tibize; male with a tuft

of hairs affixed near proximal end of tibia.

RUCRUNG STEOW.\ 2stvssescsces IF f Jovianus, Cram. .......0.06 6.

LGGEG, TOW) icerabsssahatyee yf pscudojovianus, West.

herennius, Hibn. ......... 3. | pluvius, H.-S.

gladiatus, Butl. .......0.05- 4, { fabric, Kirby ............ it

¥omus, Hew: ....c.c.00ss00- De | jovianus, Fabr.

pyralina, Mosch.

And five unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America.

13. Genus NisonrIADES.

Nisoniades, Hiibn. Verz. p. 108 (1816). Type, dromius, Stoll.

Antenne: club slender, evenly curved. Third joint of palpi

minute, bluntly conical. Fore wing: costa straight, apex rather

acute ; inner margin considerably longer than outer margin ; cell of

fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching

costa almost opposite the end of cell; discocellulars slightly

inwardly oblique; vein 3 shortly before end of cell, more than

three times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 more than twice as

far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing evenly

rounded; vein 7 close to end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5

barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2

slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie

fringed, and with two pairs of spurs.

52 MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, [Jan. 17,

This genus appears always to have an ocellated spot at the end

of the cell in fore wing, a character which is more developed in

Cyclosemia.

bromius, Stoll.

And two unidentified species.

Confined to tropical South America.

14. Genus CycLos2MIA.

Cyclosemia, Mab. Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 222 (1878).

Type, herennius, Cramer.

Antenne : club slender, evenly curved. Palpi porrect, third joint

short, bluntly conical. Fore wing short and broad, costa slightly

convex, apex rounded, outer margin very convex; inner and outer

margins subequal ; cell less than two thirds the length of costa;

vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; discocel-

lulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein 1 shortly before end of

cell. more than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 less than

twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind wing

evenly rounded ; vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars and

vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein

2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiz with two

pairs of spurs, and fringed with exceptionally long hairs.

herennius, Cram. ......... 1. { fissimacula, Mab. ...... 6.

anastomosis, Mab. ...... 2. | *falisca, Hew.

*iyrea@a, Wows!) ...stiyesves 3. Kearind, HOw: + .seceee.css fe

Relelea, Hew. devas «ésass 4. albata, Mab. cath eaie: 8.

*lathea, Hew. ...0.:...0+ b:

And two unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America.

15. Genus ACHLYODES.

Achlyodes, Hiibner, Verz. 107 (1816). Type, fredericus, Hibn.

Antenne: club moderate, slightly bent, tapering to a fine point.

Palpi porrect ; terminal joint minute. Fore wing: inner margin

considerably longer than outer margin ; no costal fold on fore wing ;

cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the

lower the longer: vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2

less than twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind

wing evenly rounded ; vein 7 shortly before the end of cell ; disco-

cellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 hardly

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiee with two

pairs of spurs.

Sredericus, Hiibn.

And four unnamed species.

Confined to tropical America.

1893. | MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 53

16. Genus TRICHOSEMEIA.

Trichosemeia, Holland, Aun. Nat. Hist. (6) x. p. 294 (1892).

Type, swbolivescens, Holland.

Antennz: club moderate, evenly curved. Palpi porrect ; third

joint short, obtusely conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer than

outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ; vein 12

reaching costa almost opposite end of cell; discocellulars slightly

inwardly oblique, the lower the longer ; vein 3 shortly before end

of cell; vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.

Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7 very close to end of cell ; disco-

cellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 2 immediately before

end of cell; vein 3 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base

of wing.

Male: no costal fold on fore wing, but with a large patch of

appressed scales on the upperside of the hind wing, occupying the

basal half of the wing from the costa to the middle of cell. The

inner margin of the fore wing on the underside is also clothed with

modified scales, presenting a silky appearance, and bearing a tuft

of hairs attached to the submedian near the base. The hind tibice

are flattened, and bear a tuft of hairs attached along their inner

surface.

There are three species of this genus in the British Museum from

W. Africa, two being unidentified, and the third being pu/vina,

Plétz. All these three species present slight modifications in the

extent of the sexual patches on both wings, and in pulvina the hind

tibize are only fringed, and exhibit no trace of the tibial tuft.

17. Genus Tacrapes. (Plates I. fig. 9; III. fig. 11.)

Tagiades, Hiibner, Verz. p. 108 (1816). Type, japetus Cram.

Pterygospidea, Wallgr. Rhop. Caffr. p. 53 (1857).;

Type, flesus, Fabr.

Antennz: club slender, bent at about a right angle, terminal

portion rather long. Palpi porrect, third joint minute. Fore

wing: inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds

the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell ;

discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before

end of cell, three times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 almost

twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing; lower margin of

cell between origins of veins 2 and 3 strongly arched. Hind wing

evenly rounded ; vein 7 well before the end of cell, about twice as

far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint ; vein 3

shortly before end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2

considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize

fringed, and with two pairs of spurs.

It is quite impracticable to separate Pterygospidea from Tagiades,

the only difference being that in flesus the outer margin of the

fore wing is slightly excavated just above the outer angle, which is

not the case in japetus ; when, however, one tries to apply this

54 MR. BH, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

difference to other species it is found to be a vanishing quantity, and

quite valueless as a generic character.

Gos. ADEs. \stsese.cceer ils * clericus, Butler ......... ll.

{ ophion, Drury. * presbyter, Butler .. .....- 12.

insularis, Mab, ......+.- 2. atticus, Moore ......+..++. 13.

PAY, MOOLO «5. 001.%0s0+02° 3 caligana, Distant ......... 14.

khasiana, Moore ......... 4, * menaka, Moore .......+. 15;

*meetand, Moore ......... 5. * pinwilli, Butler ......... 16.

Japetus, Cramer ......... 6 *tabrica, Hew. .....:...+6 7 :

alicd, Moore ......+..005++ 7 pralaya, Moore ........- 18.

obscurus, Mab, ........0++- 8. trichoneura, Felder ...... 19.

distans, Moore ............ Y- * Tavata, Butler .........4. 20.

gand, Moore .........+++++ 10.

And ten unidentified species. There is no doubt that several of the

above species will be found to be identical when better series are

brought together.

Asiatic and African.

18. Genus Eaaris.

Eagris, Guenée, in Maill. Réun. ii. Lép. p. 19 (1863).

Type, sabadius, Gray.

Palpi and neuration of fore wing as in Tagiades. Antenne: club

more robust and terminal portion shorter. Hind wing: vein 7

nearer to end of cell, and vein 2 nearer to base of wing.

Male with a costal fold on fore wing, and with a tuft of hair

attached near the proximal end of hind tibie.

sabadius, Gray ......... Ibs

nottoana, Wallgy. ...... 2.

Confined to Africa.

19. Genus ANASTRUS.

Anastrus, Hbn. Ex. Schmett. ii. 1822-26. Type, obscurus, Hbn.

Antenne: club rather slender, very gradually thickened, bent

into an even curve, tip acuminate. Palpi porrect ; second joint as

seen from above broad, rectangular, closely scaled ; third joint

minute, bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner and outer margin sub-

equal ; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa ;

discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer ; vein 3 well before the

end of cell, three times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 more than

twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing

evenly rounded, slightly lobate; vein 7 shortly before end of cell ;

discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3-immediately before end of

cell ; vein 2 twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Male with a very slight costal fold, and with a tuft of hair near

the proximal end of hind tibiz.

obscurus, Hiibn. ......... is

petius, Mosch.......... 2.

simplicia, Mosch. ...... 3

And four unidentified species. Corbulo, Cram., has been considered

1893.] MR. BE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 55

by authors identical with odseurus, Hiibn., but the former is described

and figured with two transparent apical spots, which are wanting in

obscurus.

Confined to tropical America.

20. Genus CampropLeuRaA. (Plate III. fig. 12.)

Camptopleura, Mab. Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 166 (1877).

Type, theramenes, Mab.

Antenne: club moderate, evenly curved, finely pointed. Palpi

porrect, conspicuous ; third joint stout, bluntly conical. Fore wing:

male with a costal fold; costa angled just beyond the fold; cell

less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa

well before the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, the

lower the longer; vein 3 very close to end of cell; vein 2 twice as

far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing evenly

rounded ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein

5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2

considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind

tibice with two pairs of spurs, and in the male with a tuft of hairs

attached near the proximal end of the hind tibiz.

theramenes, Mab, ...... if

iphicrates, Mab. ......... 2.

ebenus, Mab. .......004.- 3.

thrasybulus, Faby. ...... 4,

Aud two unidentified species, one of which is Butler’s female type

of Achlyodes nyctineme, his male type of which is a female of the

genus Pellicia.

Confined to tropical South America.

21. Genus PoTAMANAX, nov.

Type; flavofasciata, Hew.

Antenne: club rather robust, slightly flattened, evenly curved.

Palpi porrect, divergent ; third joint rather prominent. Fore wing :

costa much arched, inner margin longer than outer margin; cell of

fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching

costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars erect, the lower the

longer ; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2 hardly nearer

to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing evenly rounded ;

vein 7 very close to end of cell ; discocellulars erect and in the same

straight line; vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before

end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as

from end of cell. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs ; no secondary

sexual characters in male.

* flavofasciata, Hew. ... 1.

* thestid, Hew. «.--..00..-- 2.

TE LGLFEQMIAGW. “acct n sea se. 2.

Pui ORMOELOWe | as) eseskees 4,

unifasciata, Feld. ...... 5.

Confined to tropical South America.

56 MR. EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

22. Genus Mycreris. (Plate III. fig. 13.)

Mycteris, Mab. Pet. Nouv. p. 114 (1877). Type, cerula, Mab.

Antenne: club moderate, hooked, terminal portion very short.

Palpi very prominent, porrect ; second and third joint taken together

forming an elongated triangle; third joint rapidly tapering, tip

blunt. Fore wing produced at apex; inner and outer margins

subequal ; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa ;

vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; vein 3

shortly before the end of cell; vein 2 very close to base of wing ;

discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer. Hind wing evenly

rounded; vein 7 nearer to 8 than to 6; discocellulars and vein 5

faint ; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end

of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs ;

on costal fold in male, but a short tuft of erectile hairs on upper-

side of hind wing, attached along vein 8; at the bifurcation of

vein 7 the veins at the fork are conspicuously dilated. The position

of vein 7 seems quite unique among the Hesperiid genera.

c@rula, Mab. .....ss.0000006 is

* cambyses, Hew. .......0.08- 2.

And two unnamed species.

Confined to tropical South America.

23. Genus Pewuictra.

Pellicia (Plotz, MS.), H.-S. Corresp.-Bl. zool.-mm. Verein.

Regens. xxiv. p. 159 (1870). Type, dimidiata, H.-S.

Antenne: club moderate, bent into a hook, terminal portion

slender. Palpi porrect ; third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore

wing : inner margin shorter than outer margin; no costal fold in

male; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reach-

ing costa almost opposite the end of cell; discocellulars slightly

inwardly oblique, the lower the longer ; vein 3 close to end of cell ;

vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind

wing slightly elongated, outer margin inconspicuously sinuated ;

cell very short, extending less than half across the wing; vein 7

shortly before the end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein

3 from end of cell; vein 2 about equidistant from base of wing and

from end of cell. Hind tibiz fringed, and with two pairs of spurs.

Male with a tuft of hairs on upperside of hind wing, attached along

vein 8, and pointing downwards; at the bifurcation of vein 7 that

vein and the upper margin of the cell are distinctly swollen for a

short distance. This character of the swollen veins was pointed out

to me by Mr. Salvin, to whom I am indebted for many valuable

suggestions ; it also obtains in the genus Mycteris, which, however,

can be separated readily by the form of the palpi.

* nyctineme, Butl. ......06 1;

*castolus, Hew. — sacivceesoee 2

dthrana, Butl, .........00% 3.

And three unnamed species.

In spite of its very different colouring, ithrana appears to be quite

1893. ] MR. E. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®, 57

inseparable in structure from nyctineme, and the prehensores of both

species are very similar.

Butler’s male type of nyctineme is a female, his female type being

an unidentified species of the genus Camptopleura ; the true male of

nyctineme does not differ appreciably in markings from the female,

though it differs of course in the secondary sexual characters of the

genus, and also slightly in shape of wings, as in other species of the

genus.

Confined to tropical America.

24. Genus Eantis. (Plates I. fig. 10; II. fig. 14; III. fig. 17.)

Eantis, Boisd. Spec. Gén. pl. 9B (1836). Type, dusiris, Cram.

Antennee: club very slender, hardly thicker than shaft, evenly

curved, terminating in a fine point. Palpi as in Anastrus. Fore

wing: apex conspicuously faleate, outer margin very convex ; inner

margin slightly longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds

the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa at about half its length,

considerably before the end of cell; middle discocellular erect,

lower discocellular inwardly oblique, the lower the longer; vein 3

well before end of cell, less than twice as far from vein 2 as from 4;

vein 2 nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing

much produced in median area, giving a very square appearance to

the wing; cell short; vein 7 shortly before the end of cell; disco-

cellulars barely traceable ; vein 5 almost invisible; vein 3 shortly

before the end of cell, slightly nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2 nearer

to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of

spurs, and in the male with a tuft of hairs attached near the proximal

end.

In the male of dusiris there is also a tuft of short hairs on a black

silky patch of closely appressed scales at the extreme base of the

costal margin on upperside of hind wing, and a precisely similar

patch on underside of fore wing at origin of vein 1. This sexual

character is not found in any other species of the genus.

Gusiris: Cram, ..sccssno ses ile . [ pallida, Felder ............ is

sebaldus, Fabr. | ozotes, Butler.

Ghraso, Edbw. 5.2 <.se0ss- 2. mexicana, Felder ......... 6.

papinianus, Poey......... 3. mithridates, Faby. ..... auiitiie

rossiné, Butler ............

And one unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America.

25. Genus ANTIGONUS.

Antigonus, Hiibn. Verz, p. 108 (1816). Type, nearchus, Latr.

Chetoneura, Feld. Wien. ent. Monat. vi. p. 185 (1862).

Type, nearchus, Latr.

Antenne: club moderate, more or less bent into a curve, some-

times hooked. Palpi asin Anastrus. Fore wing: inner margin very

concave; outer angle produced into a lobe; outer margin longer

than inner margin ; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length

58 MR. BE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID 2. (Jan. 17,

of costa; vein 12 terminating well before end of cell; vein 10 re-

mote from 9; veins 7, 8, 9 all from the same spot; discocellulars

suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before end of cell;

vein 2 close to base of wing. Hind wing produced into a tooth at end

of vein 7; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 imme-

diately before end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell

than to base of wing. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs, upper

pair short.

Male with a costal fold, and with a tuft of hair attached near

proximal end of hind tibiz.

f nearchus, Lat. ...... l.

4 ustus, Hiibn.

| hippalus, Feld.

f ervosus, Hiibn. ......... ia

| westermanni, Latr.

Confined to tropical America.

26. Genus DaRPa.

Darpa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 781 (1865).

Type, hanria, Moore.

Antenne: club moderate, rather elongate, with a short terminal

crook; tip sharp. Palpi porrect, third joint almost entirely con-

cealed in clothing of second joint. Fore wing: outer margin very

dentate ; inner margin longer than outer margin; no costal fold in

male; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa;

vein 12 terminating well before the end of cell; discocellulars in-

wardly oblique, the lower much the longer; vein 3 shortly before

end of cell; vein 2 very close to base of wing, quite three times as

far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing slightly

elongate, outer margin strongly dentate; vein 7 very close to end

of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 traceable, but not fully developed ;

vein 3 immediately before end of cell ; vein 2 considerably nearer to

end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Hind tibize and femora with very long fringes.

hanria, Moore.

Confined to the Oriental region.

27.

Spionades, Hiibn. Verz. p. 114 (1816). Type, artemides, Cramer.

Antenne : club moderate, crook short, bent at about a right angle;

tip acuminate. Palpi porrect, terminal joint almost entirely con-

cealed in the clothing of the second joint. Fore wing: costa

strongly arched, apex broadly truncate ; inner margin slightly longer

than outer margin ; no costal fold in male; cell of fore wing less

than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well

before the end of cell ; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer ;

vein 3 very close to end of cell ; vein 2 more than twice as far from

end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing elongated; vein 7

well before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ;

Genus SPIONADES.

1893. ] MR, EB, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 59

vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 considerably

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two

pairs of long spurs, and in the male with a tuft of erect hairs

attached near the proximal end.

In the female the fore wing is much more truncate, and the hind

wing is broader, and therefore appears less elongated.

artemides, Cramer.

And an unidentified species. Allied to the Asiatic genus Darpa.

Habitat, Tropical South America.

28. Genus AnisocHortia. (Plates I. fig. 8; III. fig. 10.)

Anisochoria, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) vi. p. 200 (1876).

Type, polysticta, Mab.

Antenne rather short, less than half the length of fore wing ;

club robust, flattened, curved, terminating in a fine point. Palpi

very conspicuous, porrect ; second joint long, densely clothed ; ter-

minal joint short, obtusely conical. Fore wing: costa convex at

middle, and slightly concave before apex ; apex truncate and slightly

excised ; inner margin concave ; cell less than two-thirds the length

of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell; disco-

cellulars slightly inwardly oblique, the lower the longer; vein 3

immediately before end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from 3

and from base of wing. Hind wing: outer marginevenly rounded ;

discocellulars very faint ; vein 5 invisible ; vein 3 immediately before

end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Male with a slight costal fold.

albiplaga, Feld. ......... ilk f pedaliodina, Butl. ...... 4,

palpalis, Latr. ........0+.- 2 | polysticta, Mab.

J lemaur, Mésch. ............ 3.

| sublimbata, Mab.

Confined to tropical South America.

29. Genus PRocAMPrTaA.

Procampta, Holland, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) x. p. 293 (1892).

Type, rara, Holland.

“ Allied to Anisoechoria, Mab. Body slender. Palpi moderately

long, slender, porrect, appressed, with the second article heavily

clothed with hairs, and the terminal article slender. Fore wing

rounded at base, convex on middle of costa, and slightly concave

before apex; apex truncate, outer margin straight ; outer angle not

rounded, inner margin straight. Posterior wing subpyriform, and

yery convex on outer margin.” (Holland, |. c.)

This genus agrees exactly with Anisochoria in shape of wings and

form of palpi; the neuration I have had no opportunity to compare.

The two genera are hardly likely to be identical, as one is found

only in South America and the other in Africa,

60 MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID2Z. (Jan. 17,

30. Genus CreNopTiILuM.

Ctenoptilum, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. v.

p- 220 (1890). Type, vasava, Moore,

Antenne : club rather robust, gradually thickened, recurved, finely

pointed. Palpi very conspicuous, porrect ; third joint fairly robust,

long, slightly curving downwards, bluntly pointed. Fore wing:

costa straight, apex “proadly truncate; inner and outer margins

subequal ; “cell almost two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa far before the end of cell; vein 8 usually given

out beyond the end of cell—that i is, veins 7 and § anastomose for a

portion of their basal length (this i is not an invariable character ; the

length of the anastomosis varies in different specimens, and occa-

sionally, though very rarely, veins 7 and 8 are free for their entire

length) ; discocellulars taken together forming a curve, the lower

fee longer; vein 3 shortly behine the end of cell; vein 2 con-

siderably nearer to vein 3 than to base of wing. Hind wing: outer

margin ‘with a tooth-like projection at vein 7 and a second more

prominent one at vein 4; from this latter projection to the anal

angle the margin is perfectly straight, thus giving the wing a

very squared appearance. Neuration of hind wing much as in

Odontoptilum. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs, the upper pair

minute. Male with a long tuft of hair attached to the proximal

end of hind tibiz.

VASUVA, MOOLVE ........ee2eeeeeee Us

multigquttata, de Nicéy. ...... 2.

This genus is closely allied to Caprona and Odontoptilum ; the

sharply pointed antennze, however, will at once separate it.

Confined to Asia.

31. Genus TAPENA.

Tapena, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 181 (1881).

Type, thwaitesi, Moore.

Antenne: club moderate, hooked, tip acuminate. Palpi con-

spicuous, porrect ; third joint, short, obtusely conical. Fore wing:

apex broadly truncate; inner and outer margins subequal ; no costal

fold in male; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the

lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2

about twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind

wing: outer margin sinuate, produced at vein 3, giving the wing a

squared appearance; vein 7 well before the end of cell; disco-

cellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 immediately before end of cell ;

vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. Male with a tuft of long hair-

like seales attached along the inner side of the hind tibiz.

The species agni differs from the type in the outer margins of

both wings being even, os agrees with it in all other respects.

1893. | MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 61

This genus appears to be closely allied to the Australian genus

Netrocoryne.

Confined to the Oriental region.

32. Genus NETROCORYNE.

Netrocoryne, Felder, Reise Novara, p. 507 (1867).

Type, repanda, Felder.

Antenne : club rather robust, with a short terminal crook bent at

about right angles, tip acuminate. Palpi porrect, rather conspicuous ;

second joint long, third joint short, bluntly pointed. Fore wing:

apex truncate ; outer margin sinuate, almost half as long again as

inner margin; male with a costal fold; cell less than two-thirds

the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end

of cell ; discocellulars inwardly oblique and in the same straight line,

the lower considerably the longer; vein 3 well before the end of

cell; vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.

Hind wing: outer margin sinuate, produced at vein 3, giving a

squared appearance to the wing; vein 7 shortly before end of cell ;

discocellulars and vein 5 traceable but not developed; vein 3

immediately before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of

wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize with a long fringe and with

two pairs of spurs, the upper pair minute.

repanda, Felder.

According to the description and figure in Scott’s ‘ Australian

Lepidoptera’ (vol. ii. pt. 2, 1891), there is a long tuft of hairs

attached to the proximal end of the hind tibize, which are otherwise

almost naked ; this, however, is certainly not the case in some seven

males in the collection of the British Museum, in which there is

no tuft on the hind tibize, but they are clothed with a long fringe

for their entire length; there is, however, a short tuft of hair

attached to the proximal end of the hind femora.

This genus is confined to Australia.

33. Genus ODONTOPTILUM.

Odontoptilum, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. v.

p: 217 (1890). ; Type, sura, Moore.

Antennee less than half the length of costa; club rather robust,

bent at about right angles, tip blunt. Palpi porrect; third joint

short, obtusely conical. Fore wing: costa much arched; apex

truncate ; inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds

the length of costa; no costal fold in male ; vein 12 reaching costa

well before the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, in the

same straight line, the lower the longer ; vein 3 well before end of

cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to vein 3. Hind

wing : outer margin with a tooth-like projection between veins 6 and

7; vein 7 well before end of cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 distinctly

traceable but not fully developed ; vein 3 immediately before end of

62 MR. EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HUSPHRIID 2. (Jan. 17,

cell; vein 2 only slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. Male with a dense recumbent

tuft of hairs attached to the proximal end of the fore coxee.

The species pygela differs from the type in having a second tooth-

like projection at the extremity of vein 4.

f angulata, Felder ... 1.

| swra, Moore.

helias, Felder ......... 2.

*pygela, Hew. ........- 3.

*leptogramma, Hew. . 4.

L 3

Helias, Felder, is a quite distinct species from sua, with which it

has been confused. This genus has little in common with either

Achlyodes or Antigonus, with which it has been associated.

Confined to Asia.

34. Genus Caprona. (Plates I. fig. 12; III. fig. 15.)

Caprona, Wallgr. Rhop. Caffr. p. 51 (1857).

Type, pillaana, Wallgr.

Abaratha, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 181 (1881).

Type, ransonnetii, Moore.

Antenne less than half the length of costa; club rather robust,

abruptly thickened, and bent at about a right angle, tip blunt.

Palpi porrect ; second joint thickly scaled, third joint short ; almost

concealed. Fore wing: apex slightly truncate; cell less than two-

thirds the length of costa; discocellulars inwardly oblique, the

lower the longer, more oblique, and slightly arched; vein 3 shortly

before end of cell; vein 2 only slightly nearer to base of the wing

than to 8. Hind wing: outer margin sinuate, produced at vein 2,

giving the wing a squared appearance; discocellulars and vein 5

barely traceable; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 much

further from base of wing than from end of cell. Hind tibize with

two pairs of spurs. Male with a radiating tuft of hairs attached to

fore coxe.

The species canopus differs considerably from the type, the cell of

fore wing being broader, the discocellulars less oblique, the apex very

truncate, and the outer margin of hind wing much more irregular.

The male also wants the tuft of hair on the fore cox. The Asiatic

species, however, agree entirely with the type.

The genus Abaratha must sink as a synonym of Caprona, there

being no perceptible structural differences between the types.

pillaana, Wallgr. ...... 1. saraya, Doherty ......... 4.

canopus, Trim. ........, Da erosula, Felder .......0e 5.

ransonnetit, Moore ...... 3. syrichthus, Felder ...... 6.

| *potiphera, Hew. |

| taylorti, de Nicéy.

And one unidentified species.

This genus is closely allied to Odontoptilum.

Asiatic and African.

1893. | MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 63

35. Genus LrucocuiTonega.

Leucochitonea, Wallgr. Rhop. Caffr. p. 52 (1857).

Type, levubu, Wallgr.

Antenne less than half the length of costa; club moderate, less

robust than in Adanéis, recurved, tip blunt. Palpi porrect; second

joint short ; third joint long, slender, bluntly pointed. Fore wing:

inner and outer margins subequal ; no costal fold in male; cell less

than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well

before the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, the lower the

longer; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 only slightly

nearer to base of wing than to vein 3; lower margin of cell arched

between veins 2 and 3. Hind wing not conspicuously elongated ;

outer margin slightly sinuate ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell;

discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 immediately before

end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs, the terminal pair con-

siderably the longer. In the male there is a conspicuous tuft of

radiating hairs affixed to the fore coxee. Female with a dense tuft

of closely set hairs at extremity of abdomen.

Trimen considers this genus identical with Aduntis, and that the

differences between the two genera pointed out by him are not

sufficient for generic separation. The type is the only known species

of the genus; the numerous New-World species put in the genus

by various authors in no way belong to it.

levubu, Waller.

Confined to Africa.

36. Genus ABantis. (Plate IIL. fig. 16.)

Abantis, Hopff. Verh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. p. 643 (1835).

Type, tettensis, Hopf.

Sapea, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. vol. xl. p. 177 (1879).

Type, bicolor, Trim.

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club robust,

sharply recurved, tip blunt. Palpi porrect ; third joint short, obtusely

conical. Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; no costal

fold in male ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa well before the end of cell ; discocellulars strongly in-

wardly oblique, the lower the longer ; vein 3 immediately before end

of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell.

Hind wing rather elongated, less conspicuously in the female ; outer

margin slightly excavated at vein 5; vein 7 shortly before end of

cell; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein 5 traceable but not

fully developed; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie fringed and

with two pairs of spurs, the upper pair minute.

tetiensis, Hopft. ...........006+ He

Rcolors Grim: shoe ctscecct 2.

paradised, Butl, ........00c000s 3

Trimen notes that the epiphysis on the fore tibize appears to be

64 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HOSPERIID 2. (Jan. 17,

occasionally wanting in ¢ettensis. In the only two specimens (both

males) in the British Museum the epiphysis is very small, if not

absent, but it is impossible to say with certainty without “ clearing ”

the fore leg.

Confined to Africa.

37. Genus HELIoperes.

Heliopetes, Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 81 (1820). Type, arsalte, Linn,

Leucoscirtes, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 52 (1872).

Type, ericetorum, Boisd.

Antenne: club moderate, blunt, slightly curved. Palpi porrect ;

second joint laxly clothed with long scales; third joint slender,

bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal ; cell

of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect,

the lower the longer; vein 3 close to end of cell, more than three

times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 three times as far from end of

cell as from base of wing. Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7

shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint ; vein

3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to base of wing

than to end of cell.

Male with a costal fold and with a tuft of hairs attached near

proximal end of hind tibie.

domicella, Erich. ......... if Jigara, Butler ..........4 {©

*locutia, Hew. <.......006. 2. fe Soenrasy lubes, ceeeness oe 8.

*iaviana, Hew. ........... 3. | | *laginia, Hew.

ericetorum, Boisd. ...... 4, *leucola, Wew , .«cses<ccr 9,

omrina, Butl. ............ i: alamd, Reak.~ ........0+0- 10.

fiarsadcey Ennion soceseene sce 6.

| niveus, Cram.

And three unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America.

38. Genus Hesperia. (Plates I. fig. 11; III. fig. 19.)

Hesperia, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. vol. i. p. 258 (1793).

Type, malve, Linn.

Pyrgus, Hibn. Verz. p. 109 (1816). Type, syrichtus, Fabr.

Scelothriz, Ramb, Cat. Lép. Andal. i. p. 63 (1858).

Type, carthami, Hiibn.

Syrichtus, Boisd. Icones, p. 230 (1832-33). Name sinks, being

derived from species in genus.

Antenne: club robust, arcuate, blunt at the tip, no terminal crook.

Palpi suberect ; second joint laxly clothed with longish scales ; third

joint slender, blunt, almost concealed in scaling of second joint.

Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-

thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the

end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3

shortly before end of cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from 4;

vein 2 nearer base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing usually

evenly rounded, occasionally slightly crenulate; vein 7 very shortly

before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint; vein 3

1893. ] MR, EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID 2. 65

immediately before end of cell; vein 2 nearly equidistant from base

of wing and end of cell. Hind tibiew with two pairs of spurs.

This genus may be conveniently divided into groups on the male

secondary sexual characters.

Section A.—Male without costal fold and without tuft of

hairs on hind tibiz.

spto, Linneus ..........0 IF asterodia, Trim, .....0... 7.

sataspes, Trimen ......... 2. } dromus, PlOtz ...,..ceere- 8.

f *zebra, Butler ........... 3. vindex, Oram. ...seerec- 9.

|. hellas, de Nicéville. transvaalie, Trim. ...... 10.

fegalba.Babr. /ic.c.cecccs<s0 4, orbifer, Latr. ....s.c00e0 1

| *swperna, Moore. | f{sao, Bergsty. ...seccceeee 12.

etree a IBUBLOR ar souce 5. | var. therapne, Rbr.

*var, adenensis, Butler, phlomides, H.-S. ......006 13.

diomus, Hopff............. 6. } NGCTOM, Te BP. oocscorercesoee 14.

The above group includes all the African, most of the Asiatic, and

a few of the European species of the genus, and is not found in the

New World.

Section B.—Male with a costal fold; no tuft of hairs on the hind

tibiae, but with these tibize furnished with numerous short spines.

cribrellwm, Evers. ...csscseeee evigdeseane 15.

Section C.—Male with a costal fold, but with no tuft of hairs

on hind tibize.

tessellum, Hitbn. .....064 16, | syrichtus, Faby. ......00+. 22.

GUUS, BLOM, .esssereceseeee Lif. | i. Cram.

MOVIE: GCs -ieccotecausinaes 18. | montivagus, Reak, ...... 23,

Pogger, Wied. ......csecasee. 19, | } tessellata, Seud.

PRGtOy TOSWe ese secueceees: 20. communis, Grote.

americanus, Blanch, ... 21.

This group is confined to the New World, Europe, and Central

Asia. There is a single male of H. poggei in the British Museum

obtained by the writer at Quetta, Biluchistan ; but this is the only

species which ranges into the Indian region. The specimen above

referred to, though agreeing best with poggei on the upperside,

appears nearer to proto in size and in the markings of the underside.

Section D.—Male with a costal fold and with a tuft of hairs

on hind tibiee.

cashmirensis, Moore...... 24, malve, Linn. ......e0000- 3l.

cacali@, Ramb. ........... 25. { ab. taras, Meig.

serratul@, Ramb. ......... 26. cynare, Ramb. .........++- 32.

{ var. cecus, Freyer. carthami, Hiibn. ......++ ou.

alveus, Hiibn. ..........4. 27. yar. meschlert, H.-S.

| yar. onopordi, Ramb. Sty EBPs caneeoueseeerehe-- ot.

yar. carling, Ramb, antonia, Spey. ...s.0seeee 30.

[ yar, ci7sii, Ramb. | *simicus, Butl, ......s0css-e 36.

andromeda, Wallgr....... 28. maculatus, Brem.......... 37.

f centawree, Ramb)......... 29. *bocchoris, Hew. ......+.+++ 38.

| wyandot, Edw. *fulvovittatus, Butl. ...... 39,

hypoleucos, ued. ....+42 30. trisignatus, Mab, ......++. 40.

asychis, Godt, ..... sees 41.

This group occurs in Europe, Asia, and the New World.

Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1893, No. V. 5

66 MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

All the species of this genus in which the male has a tuft of hairs

on the hind tibize also are provided with a ‘‘ pair of scabbard-shaped

scaly and hairy appendages, springing posteriorly from the breast at

the base of the hind legs and about one third the length of the

abdomen.” These appendages will be found to be present in the

males of all genera which are provided with tufts on the hind tibize,

and when the hind legs are drawn up the tuft is inserted between

the appendage and the base of the abdomen.

This is a genus which needs splitting up ; but a further knowledge

of the earlier stages is necessary to do it satisfactorily.

HESPERIA GERON, Sp. nov.

Upperside dark brown, almost black, spotted with white. Fore

wing with a few grey scales at base of wing and along inner margin ;

a longitudinal white spot at base of cell, a broad square spot extending

across the centre of cell, and a crescent-shaped spot closing cell ; an

oval spot on submedian ; a submarginal row of eight white spots

across wing beyond cell, the upper four coalescing, the first three

large, the fourth small, the fifth triangular, equal in size to and

immediately below the fourth, the sixth square, twice the size of the

fifth, nearer the base of the wing, the seventh and eighth rectangular,

almost equal in size, larger and nearer to the base of the wing than

the sixth, the eighth placed immediately below the seventh, which

is immediately below the crescent-shaped spot closing cell; a mar-

ginal row of eight white dots. Hind wing with a large rounded

spot closing cell and three more spots coalescing with it and with

each other extending towards the inner margin as far as the sub-

median ; a small spot at base of cell and a marginal row of six white

dots ; inner margin clothed with long whitish hairs; all above spots

white. Cilia of both wings chequered. Underside: fore wing as

above, the costal margin and apex suffused with greenish white ;

hind wing: ground-colour ochraceous yellow ; spots as above, but

with an additional large spot in the marginal row, situated at the

apex of the wing, and an extra spot in the discal row situated between

the costal and subcostal nervures just above the subcostal bifurcation.

Thorax and abdomen above black ; last few segments of abdomen

whitish. Palpi and abdomen beneath greyish white. Antenne:

shaft grey above, white beneath; club black, tip white.

Expanse 31 millim.

Nearest to H. phlomidis, H.-S., from which it differs in its smaller

size, more extended white markings on the fore wing above, but

chiefly in the colour and markings on the underside of the hind

wing ; in phlomidis the ground-colour is sap-green, in geron ochraceous

yellow: in the former the large spot above the subcostal bifurcation

unites with the discal row and also is broadly diffused above the

costal nervure along the costa to the base; in the latter the large

spot above the subcostal bifurcation is well separated from the spot

at end of cell and does not extend above the costal nervure.

Described from six specimens collected by me at Quetta, Biluch-

istan, in June., There is also a single specimen in the collection

1893.] MR. H, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. 67

of the British Museum from Shahrud, Persia, labelled with the

manuscript name of geron, Zeller, which name I have therefore

adopted.

39. Genus GoMALIA.

Gomalia, Moore, P. Z.S. 1879, p. 114.

Type, albofasciata, Moore.

Antenne and palpi as in Hesperia, except that the club of antennze

is slender and straight. Male with a costal fold. Differs from

Hesperia in neuration only in vein 2 being slightly nearer the base

of the fore wing. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs ; but with no

tuft in the male.

albofasciata, Moore.

{ *Titoralis, Swinhoe.

elma, Trimen.

And one unnamed species. Elma is very close to albofasciata; but

the series in the British Museum is not sufficient to decide whether

they are identical.

Asiatic and African.

40. Genus CARCHARODUS.

[Uréanus, Hiibner, Tentamen, p. | (1806).]

Type, alcece, Esp.

Carcharodus, Hiibner, Verz. p. 110 (1816).

Type, /avatere, Esp.

Spilothyrus, Dup. Pap. France, Diurn. Suppl. p. 415 (1832).

Type, alcee, Esp.

Antenne: club rather robust, straight, with an extremely minute

blunt crook. Palpi suberect ; third joint rather prominent ; second

joint rather laxly scaled. Fore wing: inner and outer margins sub-

equal ; male with a costal fold; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds

the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of

cell; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3 shortly

before the end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 twice as

far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin

crenulate ; vein 7 more than twice as far from 8 as from 6; disco-

cellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 well before end of cell; vein 2

distinctly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind tibie

fringed, and with two pairs of spines, the upper pair minute.

This genus can be conveniently divided into two groups, in one of

which the male has a tuft of hairs on the underside of the fore wing

which is wanting in the other.

Section A.—No tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing in male,

lavater@, Esp. ...recsceseeeee ibs | *alcee, var. nostras, Zell. . 2 a.

alcee, Esp. ..... NS Re Pe 2. *alcee, var. australis, Zell. 2 b.

malvarum, Hotfm. Fswimhoet, SP. We ...ceseeseee 3.

malve, Hufn.

malve, Hiibn,

63 MR. EB. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPHRIID E. (Jan. 17,

Section B.—Male with a tuft of hairs at base of fore wing

on underside.

fialihed, AMON, %.:-a2.s.000.00- 4, f althee, vax. beticus, Rbr.. 4a,

| gemina, Led. | althee, var. marrubii, Rbr.

dravira, Moore .........0. 5.

As the publication of the ‘'Tentamen’ is more than doubtful, the

generic name Urbanus is ignored.

Range. Europe, Asia, and Africa.

CARCHARODUS SWINHOKI, sp. nov.

Closely allied to alcee, Esp., of which it is probably a local

race. On the upperside it differs in its much more olive-green

tone, being entirely without the red suffusion which is invariably

present in alcee and its two varieties australis, Zeller, and nostras,

Zeller. On the fore wing the transparent spots are much more

conspicuous, and on the hind wing the pale markings of the under-

side show through much more conspicuously. The dark markings

of the fore wing also show up much less conspicuously, the whole

being more uniform in colour. On the underside the colouring is

considerably colder in tone, lacking the warm-brown suffusion of

alcee and its varieties, being irrorated instead with greenish grey.

Expanse 28 millim.

There are numerous specimens of this species in the British

Museu from Biluchistan, Afghanistan, and Thundiani, N.W. India.

This species has hitherto been identified as althee, Ramb., var.

marvubu, Ramb., which, however, belongs to a different section of

the genus, in which the male is furnished with a tuft of hairs on the

underside of the fore wing. The only other species of the genus

vecurring within Indian Sores is dravira, Moore, which belongs to

the althec group of the genus.

41. Genus PHouisora.

Pholisora, Scudder, Syst. Rey. Am. Butt. p. 51 (1872).

Type, catullus, Fabr.

Pholisora, Scudder, Butt. New England, p. 1514 (1889).

Antenne: club very gradually fect bent at a little more

than a right angle, tip blunt. Palpi porrect ; second joint loosely

scaled; third joint slender, rather conspicuous, bluntly conical.

Fore wing: inner margin considerably longer than outer margin ;

cell less than two-thirds the length of fore wing; male with a costal

fold; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3 imme-

diately before the end of cell, many times further from 2 than from

4; vein 2 close to base of wing. Hind wing: vein 7 shortly before

end of cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint ; vein 3 immediately

before the end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than

to end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Catlins, Bar sc rereenpetne ik velasguez, LUC. ......e0000s 3:

hayhurstit, Wdw. ......... 2. chlorocephala, Latr. ...... 4.

And seven unidentified species.

Confined to America.

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 69

42. Genus THanaos.

Thanaos, Boisd. Icones, 240 (1832-1833). Type, tages, Linn.

Antenne: club moderate, more or less bent into a curve, bluntly

pointed. Palpi porrect; second joint laxly clothed; third joint

almost concealed, bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer

than outer margin; male with a costal fold; cell of fore wing less

than two-thirds the length of costa; discocellulars slightly inwardly

oblique, the lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before the end of

cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell.

Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded ; vein 7 very close to end

of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 immediately before

end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from end of cell and base of

wing. Hind tibiee fringed and with two pairs of spines, the upper

pair minute.

This genus as it stands at present includes many species which

are certainly not congeneric. The above description is taken from

the type species.

{ CAGES, WANS aso: csastcgasenees iff | Juvenalis, Fabr. ......... t.

yar. cervantes, Grasl. | fumeralis, Sc. ...cccssesee 8.

Wwetiius, TAN, ...0..d5+++-00 2. Noe ROI a ace eee saei<! oO;

DELBUUS SOS" vndeccsvescecesas (Os nevius; Lint, .......2+00. 10.

MATTIAS, BC. pasverccoseses 4, DTOPETUUUB, SC, c..04.+0-006 Nie

RCCIUS: NNN, pscsaccessctass Os montana, Brem. ......... 12.

iiz0, OIRO, Seeveaseveass sk = 6. emia Butl.

Found in Europe and North America.

Subfamily II]. PamMpHILiIn”.

Section A.

Antenne very varied, never much hooked, and usually sharply

pointed. In all the genera in which the tip of the antennee is blunt

the epiphysis on the fore tibia is wanting, excepting in one or two

Australian forms.

Palpi: third joint usually short and inconspicuous, in some few

genera long and slender ; in these it is also always erect and never

porrected horizontally in front of the face.

Fore wing: cell always less than two-thirds the length of costa ;

vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6, except in some aberrant Aus~-

tralian forms, in which it is slightly nearer to 6. Hind wing never

with a conspicuous tail or tooth, though frequently more or less

lobate ; vein 5 never well developed.

Male never with a costal fold and only comparatively seldom with

a discal stigma on the fore wing; frequently with glandular patches

and tufts of hair on the wings ; never with a tuft on the hind tibiee.

The epiphysis on the fore tibize and the medial pair of spurs on

the hind tibiee are occasionally wanting.

Confined almost entirely to the Old World. As far as is known

the species of this group rest with their wings raised over their backs,

assuming that position immediately on settling.

70 MR. EB, ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, [Jan. 17,

Section B.

Antennee very varied, but never hooked ; the club either entirely

without, or with a crook of varying length. Palpi: third joint in

several genera long, slender, and curving over the vertex, a character

never found in the Hesperiine ; in most of the other genera the third

joint is minute, only very rarely being horizontally porrected, and

when this is the case it is always stout.

Fore wing: cell invariably less than two-thirds the length of costa ;

vein 5 curves downwards at its base and consequently arises con-

siderably nearer to 4 than to 6; the middle discocellular being con-

siderably longer than the lower one, frequently more than twice as

long as it. Hind wing usually rather elongate, but never with a

conspicuous tail or tooth; vein 5 very rarely developed.

The male is frequently furnished with a discal stigma on the fore

wing and never with a costal fold. Both pairs of spurs are invariably

present on the hind tibiz, and there is never a tuft of hair on the

tibie in the male. The epiphysis on the fore tibie is invariably

present.

This group is of world-wide distribution ; the South-American

forms, however, are comparatively few.

The majority of the species when sunning on a leaf depress their

hind wings and elevate their fore wings, an attitude peculiar to this

section. When in a complete state of repose both the wings are

raised till they meet over their backs.

Section C.

Antenne: club of varying robustness, always tapering to a fine

point ; occasionally hooked, in which case the terminal portion is

always more than half the length of remainder of club. Palpi:

second joint upturned, pressed closely against the face ; third joint

long, slender, naked, porrect, projecting horizontally in front of the

face. Cell of fore wing ranging from just over one-half to just over

two-thirds the length of costa. Hind wing more or less lobate;

vein 5 of hind wing usually well developed; vein 5 of fore wing

equidistant from 4 and 6 or slightly nearer to 6.

Male never with a costal fold on fore wing, but with various other

secondary sexual characters, both on wings and legs.

As far as is known, all the species rest with their wings raised

above their backs, frequently settling on the underside of leaves.

They are. remarkably crepuscular in their habits, being specially

active only in the very early morning and at dusk. The section is

confined entirely to the Old World.

The palpi of this section are very distinct, and readily separate

them from nearly all other genera. The few genera of Hesperiine

(Phanus, Entheus, and allies) which have somewhat similar palpi

differ in the entirely different form of antenne, in the constant

absence of vein 5 of the hind wing, and in some cases by the presence

of the costal fold of the fore wing.

—— es ee ee

‘Ve

1893. ] MR. E, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 71

Synopsis of Genera of PAMPHILINE.

Section A.

%q, Vein 5 of fore wing slightly nearer to 6 than to 4.

@. Tip of antennz blunt. Morastneua, g.n. Type, dirphia, Hew. (1)

61, Tip of antennz acuminate.

a”. Club of antenne arcuate, with no distinct terminal crook.

Trrxsto, Boisd. Type, perroniz, Latr. (2)

62, Club of antennz with a distinct terminal crook.

a’, Male with a discal stigma on fore wing.

Hesprritia, Hew. Type, ornata, Leach. (3)

23, No discal stigma on fore wing of male.

a‘, Antennal crook short. Ms

PATLASINGHA, g. n. e, phigalia, Hew. (4

4, Antennal crook long. 2 oe 7 oi

Trapezites, Hiibn. Type, symmonus, Hibn. (5)

b. Vein 5 of fore wing not nearer to 6 than to 4, usually distinctly nearer

to 4 than to 6.

@-, Epiphysis on fore tibise present.

a*, Third joint of palpi long, slender, erect, curving over the vertex.

a®, Vein 2 of hind wing considerably nearer to end of cell than to

base of wing.

a‘. Vein 11 of fore wing not touching vein 12.

a’, Vein 3 of fore wing well before the end of cell, and vein 5

of hind wing from before end of cell.

a°, Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to base of wing than to end

of cell. Svastus, Moore. Type, gremius, Fabr. (6)

b°, Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing. Acumros, Mab. Type, leucopyga, Mab. (7)

b°,. Vein 3 of fore wing immediately before end of cell and

vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.

Iamprix, g.n. Type, sa/sala, Moore. (8)

i*, Vein 11 of fore wing touching vein 12 for a portion of its

length. Korvurnatraos, g.n. Type, hector, sp. n. (9)

28, Vein 2 of hind wing not nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing.

a‘, Fore wing produced apically.

Oxypatrts, g.n. Type, ignita, Mab. (10)

6*. Fore wing not produced apically.

Terroruinus, g.n. Type, watsoni, Holl. (11)

47. Terminal joint of palpi short and inconspicuous.

a®. Vein 11 of fore wing free.

a, Veins 2 and 8 of hind wing not swollen in the male.

a>, Male with an oval glandular patch on upperside of hind

wing. Osmopzs, g.n, Type, laronia, Hew. (12)

b°. No glandular patch on upperside of hind wing in the male.

a®. Costa of fore wing straight, slightly excised before apex.

a”, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.

Butimeta, Kirby. Type, exornatus, Feld. (18)

7, Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.

Ampryscirtss, Se. Type, vialis, Edw. (14)

b°. Costa of fore wing not excised before apex.

a’, Vein 2 of fore wing considerably nearer to end of cell

than to base of wing.

a. Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.

a®. No tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing in male.

Arromacuus, de Nicé. Type, stigmata, Moore. (15)

6°, Male with a tuft of hairs on underside of fore

wing. Szpasronyma, g.n. Type, dolopia, Hew. (16)

6°. Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.

PeprstEs, g.n. Type, maswriensis, Moore. (17)

* This group is confined entirely to the Australian region.

ie MR. B, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

bo", Vein 2 of fore wing not at all or or only slightly

_ nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.

a°, Small forms. Vein 7 of hind wing considerably

nearer to 6 than to 8.

a, No discal stigma on fore wing of male.

a’, No glandular streaks on upperside of fore

wing in male, and cilia at anal angle of hind

wing of normal length. Antenns moderate.

«'', Fore wing apically produced in male, outer

margin yery oblique, almost equal to inner

margin.

@?, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end

of cell.

a, Third joint of palpi horizontal.

Arnurta,g.n. Type, atkinsoni, Moore. (18)

+, Third joint of palpi erect.

Hyarorts, Moore. Type, adrastus, Cram. (19)

4. Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.

Hyrorzucis, Mab. Type, tripuncta, Mab. (20)

4. Fore wing not produced apically, outer

margin hardly oblique, considerably shorter

than inner margin.

a, Third joint of palpi erect.

Isornrnon, Felder. Type, /amprospilus, Feld. (21)

8°, Third joint of palpi horizontal.

Isma, Distant. Type, obscura, Dist. (22)

b'°, No glandular streaks on upperside of fore

wing in male, but cilia at anal angle of hind

wing very much elongated. Antenne excep-

tionally long.

Loruormns, g.n. Type, iapis, de Nicé. (28)

. Male with two puirs of glandular streaks along

veins at base of fore wing on upperside.

ZoGRAPHETus, g.n. Type, satwa, de Nicé. (24)

b°. Male with a linear discal stigma on fore wing.

Marara, Moore. Type, aria, Moore, (25)

b°, Large forms.. Vein 7 of hind wing almost equi-

distant from 6 and 8.

Erronora, Mab. Type, thrax, Linn. (27)

*, Veins 2 and 3 of the hind wing much swollen in the male.

«a. No discal patch of specialized scales on upperside of fore

wing in male. Ganeara, Moore. Type, thyrsis, Fabr. (28)

°, Male with a discal patch of specialized scales on upper-

side of fore wing. Papua, Dist. Type, /ebadea, Hew. (26)

78. Vein 11 of fore wing touching 12 for a portion of its length,

Sancus, de Nicé. Type, subfasciatus, Moore. (29)

i, No epiphysis on fore tibize.

a’, Antennx moderate, more than half the length of costa.

AncorrEron, g.n. Type, aureipennis, Blanch. (31)

?, Antenne short, less than half the length of costa.

a, Vein 11 of fore wing free.

a‘, Club of antenne arcuate, tip acuminate.

Evnusra, Feld. Type, semiargentea, Feld. (30)

>*. Club of antenne straight, tip blunt.

a. Vein 3 of fore wing well before end of cell, vein 2 nearer

to base of wing than to end of cell.

Hurmrorrervs, Dum. Type, morpheus, Pall. (32)

b°, Vein 3 of fore wing immediately before the end of cell,

vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.

Pampnita, Fabr. Type, palemon, Pall. (83)

4°, Vein 11 of fore wing running into 12.

Cycroriwzs, Hiibn. Type, metis, Linn, (34)

elo

1893. | MR. E. ¥, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID. 73

1. Genus Morastncua, noy. (Plate III. fig. 23.)

Type, dirphia, Hew.

Antenne: club very robust, bent at right angles with shaft, tip

blunt. Palpi as in Telesto. Fore wing: inner margin slightly

longer than outer margin; cell Jess than two-thirds the length of

costa; vein 12 reaching costa shortly before the end of cell; upper

discocellular short but distinct, outwardly oblique, middle and lower

discocellulars inwardly oblique, the former very faint, the latter

well developed; vein 5 slightly nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 well

before the end of cell, about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2

slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing

slightly elongated, outer margin even ; vein 7 far before the end of

cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint; veins 1, 2, 3, and 4 all

close together, vein 3 nearer to 4 than to 2; lower margin of cell

angled slightly at vein 2 and more abruptly at vein 3. Hind tibie

with two pair of spurs. The female does not differ from the male

in neuration.

Male with a linear discal stigma lying almost at right angles to the

inner margin, extending from just beyond the lower angle of cell

and just below vein 1.

*dirphia, Hew.

trimaculata, Tepper. ¢.

| quadrimaculata, Tepper. Q.

Confined to Australia,

2. Genus Texesro. (Plates II. fig. 7; III. fig. 22.)

Telesto, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. 164 (1832). Type, perronii, Latr.

Antenne: club rather robust, arcuate, with no terminal crook,

tip acuminate. Palpi porrect; third joint short, obtusely conical.

Fore wing rather pointed at apex; outer margin nearly straight ;

inner margin slightly longer than outer margin; cell less than two-

thirds the length of costa ; discocellulars inwardly oblique, subequal ;

vein 5 almost equidistant from 4 and 6, slightly nearer to 6; vein

3 well before end of cell, slightly further from 2 than from 4 ; vein 2

almost equidistant from end of cell and base of wing. Hind wing

slightly elongated, outer margin even; vein 7 equidistant from 6

and 8; discocellulars faint; veins 2, 3, and 4 all close together ;

vein 3 nearer to 4 than to 2; lower margin of cell bent abruptly

upwards at vein 3. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs.

Male with an oblique linear streak on fore wing, extending from just

beyond the lower cell almost to the inner margin. The female

does not differ perceptibly from the male in neuration.

kochii, Feld,

perronii, Latr,

doclea, Hew.

Confined to Australia.

74 MR. EB, ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERILDE. [Jan. 17,

The following Australian species belong to undescribed genera

closely allied to Telesto :—

*flammeata, Butl. Q. ismene, Newm.

*ecclipsis, Butl. ¢. compacta, Butl.

atromacula, Miskin. <Q. *argenteo-ornatus, Hew.

doubledayii, Felder.

There is absolutely no doubt that the flammeata of Butler is the

female of the species described by him as ecelipsis, though the

former has been identified by Miskin as identical with donnysa, Hew.,

a quite distinct species belonging to a different though closely allied

genus.

3. Genus HrspErRiLua.

Hesperilla, Hewitson, Hundred Hesp. p. 37 (1868).

Type, ornata, Leach.

Antenne: club slender, at an angle with the shaft, usually bent

to less than a right angle, tip acuminate. Palpi as in Telesto.

Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ; cell less than

two-thirds the length of costa; discocellulars inwardly oblique ;

vein 5 equidistant from 4 and 6 or slightly nearer to 6 ; vein 3

shortly before end of cell, about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein

2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind

wing rather elongate in the male, more rounded in the female ;

vein 7 well before the end of cell; discocellulars faint; vein 5 not

traceable ; veins 2, 3, 4 all close together from end of cell; vein 3

twice as far from 2 as from 4; lower margin of cell slightly angled

at vein 2, abruptly at vein 3. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs,

upper pair minute.

Male with a linear discal stigma on the fore wing, lying almost

at right angles to the inner margin, extending from just beyond the

lower angle of cell as far as but not below vein 1.

ornata, Leach...........+. 1.

picid, Teach........0+0+9» 2,

Confined to Australia.

The following Australian species belong to undescribed genera

closely allied to Hesperilla :—

*donnysa, Hew.

*halyzia, Hew.

4. Genus PATLASINGHA, nov.

Type, phigalia, Hew.

Antenne: club rather robust, with a short terminal crook ; tip

acuminate. Palpi as in Telesto. Fore wing: inner margin longer

than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa;

vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars slightly

inwardly oblique ; vein 5 practically equidistant from 4 and 6; vein

3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from base of

wing and end of cell. Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7 well

before the end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint; veins

1893.] MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THD HESPERTIDZ. 75

2, 3, and 4 all close together; vein 3 equidistant from 2 and 4;

ower margin of cel] abruptly bent upwards at vein 13. Hind tibize

with two pairs of spurs.

No secondary sexual characters on wings of male.

*phigalia, Hew. ......... ile

*petalia, Hew. ....----- 2.

lutea, Trepper ....:.... 3.

*scepticalis, Rosen. ...... 4.

*maheta, Hew. ........- 5.

Miskin has sunk maheta as a synonym of iacchus, Fabr., a quite

distinct species belonging to a different genus; he has also sunk

lutea as a synonym of petalia, though the two species seem quite

distinct ; and he has further sunk scepficalis as a synonym of com-

pacta, Butl., though it would be difficult to imagine two species

more dissimilar. This genus is confined to Australia.

5. Genus TRAPEZITES.

Trapezites, Hiibn. Verz. p. 112 (1816). Type, symmonus, Hiibn.

Antenne: club robust, elongate, with along slender terminal crook.

Palpi: second joint densely scaled, third joint minute. Fore wing:

inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds length

of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars

slightly inwardly oblique ; vein 5 almost equidistant from 4 and 6;

vein 3 well before the end of cell ; vein 2 more than twice as far from

end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even ;

vein 7 well before end of cell, almost equidistant from 6 and 8;

discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; veins 2, 3, and 4 all close

together, vein 3 almost equidistant from 2 and 4; lower margin of

hind wing bent upwards at vein 2.

symmonus, Hiibn. ...... i

{ zacchus, Fabr. .........

*eliena, Hew.

Confined to Australia.

6. Genus Suastus.

Suastus, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 168 (1881).

Type, gremius, Fabr.

Antenne: club moderate, elongate, with a short recurved crook ;

tip acuminate. Palpi erect; third joint long, slender, acuminate,

curving backwards, reaching well above the vertex. Fore wing:

inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds the

length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell ;

discocellulars subequal, the middle one a little the longer; vein 5

slightly nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6; vein 3 well before the end

of cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably

nearer to base of wing than to end of cell, in female almost equi-

distant from end of cell and from base of wing. Hind wing: outer

margin evenly rounded; vein 7 shortly before the end of cell

discocellulars very faint ; vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 shortly before

end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base

76 MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. (Jan. 17,

of wing; lower margin of cell not angled at veins 2 or 3. Hind

tibize with two pairs of spurs.

f gremius, Faby. ......... 1. ( swerga, de Nicéy. .... 4.

divodasa, Moore, molleri, Moore.

| subgrisea, Moore. | minuta, Moore ......... 5d.

SHIA, TLONY:: sess ecscagesees 2. | bipunctus, Swinh. ...... 6.

aditus, Moore — ...s...0- 3 |

The male of gremius has been redescribed by Moore as subgrisea.

Confined to Southern Asia.

7. Genus AcLEROs.

Acleros, Mab. Lep. Mad. i. p. 347 (1887).

Type, leucopyga, Mab.

Closely allied to Suastus, with which it agrees in antennee and

palpi; it differs, however, considerably in neuration, vein 2 of the

fore wing being nearer to the end of the cell than to the base of the

wing. In the hind wing also the cell is longer, and vein 3 is well

before the end of the cell instead of immediately before, as in Suastus.

No secondary sexual characters in the male.

Two unidentified species from West Africa.

8. Genus IAmBrrx, noy. (Plate III. fig. 25.)

Type, salsala, Moore.

Antenne rather short; club moderate, gradually thickened, bent

at rather more than a right angle; terminal portion short. Palpi:

second joint densely clothed ; third joint long, naked, slender, and

erect. Wings short and broad; cellshort; middle and lower disco-

cellulars in the same straight line; vein 5 only slightly nearer to 4

than to 6 ; vein3 very close to end of cell ; vein 2 nearer to end of cell

than to base of wing. Hind wing: vein 3 from end of cell; vein 7

from before end of cell ; vein 5 wanting; discocellulars barely trace-

able. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

No secondary sexual! characters in male.

salsala, Moore ......... ile

*stellifer, Butler ......... 2.

sindu, Felder ............ 3

Stellifer is quite distinct from salsala, with which it has been said

to be synonymous. It is smaller and darker, and is entirely without

the golden yellow scales on the upperside which are characteristic

of salsala.

It is apparently confined to Malacca and Burmah, the specimens

recorded from various parts of India being an unmarked and not

uncommon variety of salsala.

Confined to Southern Asia,

9. Genus KoruTnatAos, noy. (Plate II. fig. 8.)

Type, hector, Watson.

Antenne moderate, club hardly thicker than shaft. Palpi similar

1893. } MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDD. Ch

to those of Iambriz, but the third joint is shorter. Shape of wings

much as in Jambrix, but the costa of fore wing is more arched ;

vein 3 well before end of cell; vein 2 about equidistant from end of

cell and base of wing; vein 5 about equidistant from 4 and 6; upper

discocellular minute; vein 11 starting about halfway between base

of wing and end of cell, almost exactly opposite vein 2, strongly

deflected upwards soon after its origin, and touching vein 12 for a

short distance. Hind wing: vein 3 immediately before end of cell ;

vein 2 about twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell ;

vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars oarely traceable ;

vein 5 wanting.

Male with a bristly tuft of hairs, springing from the base of the

costa of the hind wing; there being also a distinct groove on the

underside of the fore wing helow the subcostal nervure to receive

the tuft of hairs when the wings are closed.

This genus is closely allied to Astictopterus, Iambrix, and Sancus,

in the last of which vein 11 also touches vein 12 for a short distance ;

the only other genus in which at all a similar character obtains is

Cyclopides, but in this genus veins |] and 12 altogether anastomose

and run confluent for the rest of their course.

RECCOR. AMNeirestaasiceavesageseancuccssecccuctss* Le

TOMES BUEN: veces nassocesstsavates toasts 2

butler, Wood-Mason and de Nicéyille ... 3.

And two unnamed species.

Confined to Southern Asia.

KORUTHAIALOS HECTOR, sp. Nov.

Astictopterus xanites auctorum, nec Butler.

Above dark fuscous. Fore wing with an orange-red fascia crossing

the wing at the end of the cell, not reaching either the costal or

inner margins. Hind wing without markings. Wings beneath as

above ; the fascia on the fore wings being broader than above, and

extending from close to the costa up to or slightly beyond the first

median branch.

The fascia on the fore wing varies considerably in extent, especially

on the upperside, but on the underside never reaches the submedian

and is never diffused along the inner margin as in ranites.

Expanse 35 millim. (wanites expands 41 millim.).

Occurs throughout Burmah and Malacca, and also in Java.

This species has hitherto been confused with wxanites, Butler; but

the latter differs considerably on the underside of the fore wing,

the orange fascia extending broadly as far as the outer angle and

spreading along the outer half of the inner margin. Xanites appears

to be a rare species, the only specimens I have seen being the

type from Borneo and a single specimen from Malacca; this is

apparently the species figured by Distant * as gemmifer, the gem-like

spots of the true gemmifer (which is a Kerana) being omitted both

from his figure and description. ‘he species figured by Distant as

wanites is the species here described as hector.

* Rhop. Mal. pl. xxxiv.

io.)

MR. DB. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

10. Genus OxyPALPUS, nov.

Type, ignita, Mab.

Antennee: club moderate, elongate, with a short terminal crook.

Palpi widely separated, third joint very long and slender, erect,

curving over the vertex ; tip acuminate. Fore wing: costa straight ;

apex slightly acute; inner and outer margins subequal; cell less

than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 only slightly nearer to

4 than to 6; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 almost

equidistant from end of cell and base of wing. Hind wing evenly

rounded ; discocellulars and vein 5 not traceable; vein 7 close to end

of cell. In the male vein 3 is given off far beyond the end of cell,

there being a glandular thickening of the median just before the

origin of vein 3; the glandular opening being on the upperside,

where it is partially concealed by a tuft of hairs, attached to the

upper margin of cell and directed outwards; vein 2 almost equi-

distant from base of wing and vein 3. In the female vein 3 of the

hind wing is given out immediately before the end of the cell.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

ignita, Mab. oC.

{ gisgon, Mab, &.

And two unidentified species.

Confined to the African region.

11. Genus TEINORHINUS, nov.

Type, watsoni, Holland.

Antenne : club slender; apical crook short ; tip acuminate. Palpi

widely separated ; third joint very long and slender, erect, curving

over the vertex. Fore wing short and broad; costa convex; outer

margin convex; apex rounded; cell less than two-thirds length of

costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell; vein 2

almost equidistant from vein 3 and base of wing. Hind wing:

outer margin even; vein 7 shortly before the end of cell; disco-

cellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 immediately before the

end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from end of cell and base of

wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

No sexual characters on wings of male.

watsoni, Holland.

Confined to the African region.

12. Genus OsMopEs, nov.

Type, laronia, Hew.

Antenne: club elongate, with a short terminal crook. Palpi:

second joint densely clothed, third joint minute. Fore wing slightly

produced apically ; inner and outer margins subequal, inner margin

very convex in the male, straight in the female ; cell less than two-

thirds the length of costa; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6;

1893.] MR, B, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERTIDM. 79

vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant

from vein 3 and base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even ;

vein 7 well before the end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very

faint ; vein 3 shortly before end of cell, about twice as far from 2 as

from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing. In the male there is a conspicuous oval glandular patch on

the disk of the hind wing on the upperside, and there is also a tuft

of hairs on the underside of the fore wing, attached to the basal half

of the inner margin.

laronia, Hew. ........+++- ie

Chora; PIO sisdecccttecese 2.

And two unidentified species.

Confined to Africa.

13. Genus Butueria. (Plate III. fig. 21.)

Butleria, Kirby, Syn. Cat. 624 (1871). Type, valdivianus, Phil.

Antenne: club rather robust, arcuate, tip acuminate. Palpi

porrect ; second joint long, densely clothed ; third joint slender, naked,

obtusely conical. Fore wing; costa arched at base, then straight

to apex, having the appearance of being slightly excised ; inner

margin longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds length

of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of. cell; disco-

cellulars suberect ; vein 6 almost equidistant from 4 and 6; vein 3

well before the end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing

than to end of cell. Hind wing; outer margin even; vein 7 well

before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 shortly

before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of wing as from end

of cell. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs (except in sofot and

philippit).

dimidiatus, Feld. ...... 1. { cypselus, Feld. ...........- 17.

¥caicus, Hew. .......0.00 2: *canides, Hew. .......s0+6+ 18.

gelskyt, Ersch .......... 3. bissexguttatus, Phil. ... 19.

Keryonas, Hew. ........00 4. | { valdivianus, Phil. ...... 20.

*diraspes, Hew. ....0..0- 5. exornatus, Feld.

*oxaites, Hew. .........00 6, { flavomaculatus, Blanch. . 21.

Fovages, Hew. .:..s0..c00- 7. polyspilus, Feld

hesperioides, Feld. ...... 8. paniscoides, Blanch. ... 22.

*caracates, Hew. ........- 9. Ce pe tates Reed.

Keburones, Hew. ...seecceees 10. ¥*yicind, Reed .....-..see00» 20e

MUnOrG, Bulbh,, note seeedte iam *fructicolens, Butl. ...... 24.

agathocles, Feld. ......... 12. | srr tractipennis, Butl.

Karsines, Hew. ....0+. +00. 13. *var, quadrinotatus, Butl,

polycrates, Feld. .......4. 14, | *var. pulcher, Butl.

hilina, Butl. ............. 15. *philippii, Butl. ....004 25.

epiphaneus, Feld. ....... 16. FSOCOL, RCH cesacueseoiaccsir 26.

The last two species have only terminal spurs on the hind tibia.

This is a very large genus, confined to the tropical regions of the

New World; it includes forms of which the extremes are very

dissimilar. in coloration, but which grade one into another imper-

ceptibly.

80 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HHSPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

14. Genus AMBLYSCIRTES.

Amblyscirtes, Sc. Syst. Rev. p. 54 (1872). Type, vialis, Edw.

Stomyles, Se. Syst. Rev. p. 55 (1872). Type, teator, Hiibn.

Amblyscirtes, Sc. Butt. New England, vol. ii. p. 1575 (1889).

Antenne rather short; club moderate, with a short terminal

crook. Palpi: second joint densely scaled ; third joint erect, short,

bluntly conical. Fore wing: costa straight, slightly excised before

apex; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 almost

equidistant from 4 and 6; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2

slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing:

outer margin even; vein 7 close to end of cell; discocellulars and

vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 considerably

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiz with two

pairs of spurs.

vialis, Hdw. ... 1. comus, Edw. ... 3.

cos, Hdw. — ...... 2. textor, Hiibn. ... 4.

I am unable to point out any structural differences between

vialis and textor, the types of Amblyscirtes and Stomyles respectively.

The generic characters of Stomyles have never been particularized.

Confined to North America.

15. Genus AEROMACHUS.

Aeromachus, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v.p. 214

(1890). Type, stigmata, Moore.

Antenne: club rather robust, with a short terminal crook, tip

acuminate. Palpi: second joint pressed close against face ; third

joint porrect, short, obtusely conical. Fore wing: inner margin

longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of

costa ; vein 5 almost equidistant from 4 and 6. In the male of the type

species vein 3 is well before end of cell, vein 2 very close to 3,

lower margin of cell bent upwards at vein 3. In the other species

of the genus, vein 3 is immediately before the end of the cell,

and vein 2 well before the end, but considerably nearer to it than to

base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even; vein 7 well before

the end of cell, both veins at its bifurcation curved outwards in

the male of the type species, but meeting at an acute angle in the

other species of the genus, vein 7 also arising near the end of cell;

discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately

before the end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end. of cell than to base

of wing. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs: Male in the type

species with a short discal stigma on the upperside of the fore wing,

extending from the origin of vein 3 and just below vein 1. There

are no secondary sexual characters on the wings of the other

species.

stigmata, Moore .....+.. if Jhora, de Nicéville ...... 3.

indistincta, Moore ...... 2. kali, de Nicéyille ...... 4

Confined to Southern Asia.

1893.] MR. BE. Y, WATSON ON THD HESPERIID 2. 81

16. Genus SEBASTONYMA, nov.

Type, dolopia, Hew.

Antennee : club elongate, with a short apical crook, tip acuminate.

Palpi: third joint minute, obtusely conical. Fore wing: inner mar-

gin longer than outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of

costa; middle discocellular slightly longer than lower one; vein 5

slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 immediately before end of

cell; vein 2 close to end of cell, twice as far from base of wing as

from end of cell. Hind wing not at all elongated, outer margin

even ; costa strongly arched at base; vein 7 shortly before end of

cell ; discocellulars faint, vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 immediately

before end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to

base of wing ; lower margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2, Hind

tibize naked and with two pairs of spurs.

Male with a tuft of hairs affixed at base of the inner margin on

underside of fore wing and pointing upwards.

*dolopia, Hew.

Confined to the Indian region.

17. Genus PEDESTEs, nov.

Type, masuriensis, Moore.

Antenne short ; club robust, areuate with no distinet terminal

crook, tip acuminate. Palpi: third joint entirely concealed in the

clothing of the second joint. Fore wing: inner margin longer than

outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa almost opposite end of cell; discocellulars suberect ;

vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to6; vein 3 close to end of cell,

rather more than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 nearer to

end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing not elongate; outer

margin even, inconspicuously excavated at vein 2; vein 7 shortly

before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint; vein 3 from

end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from

end of cell. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs. No secondary

sexual characters on wings of male.

masuriensis, Moore ... 1.

pandita, de Nicéville... 2.

This genus is confined to the Indian region.

18. Genus ARNETTA, nov.

Type, atkinsont, Moore.

Antenne : club slender, elongate, with a short terminal crook, tip

acuminate. Palpi porrect ; second joint densely scaled ; third joint

projecting horizontally in front of the face, short, obtusely conical.

Fore wing rather produced apically, less so in female; inner and

outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ;

vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; discocellulars

Suberect ; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 close to end

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. VI. 6

82 MR. E. Y. WADSON ON THD HESPERILDE. (Jan. 17,

of cell, about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 almost equidis-

tant from end of cell and from base of wing. Hind wing evenly

rounded ; vein 7 shortly before eud of cell; discocellulars and vein

5 very indistinct ; vein 3 shortly before end of cell, about twice as

far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than

to base of wing. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs.

atkinsoni, Moore ......

*subtestaceus, Moore

vindhiana, Moore ......

nilgiriana, Moore ......

ecole

In the males of atkinsoni and subtestaceus there is attached along

the basal half of the inner margin of the fore wing a tuft of longish

hairs which are turned up and spread out fanwise over the under-

side of the hind wing.

“‘ Tsoteinon’”’ khasianus, Moore, modesta, Moore, and microstictum,

W.-M. and de Nicév., also probably belong to this genus, but there are

no specimens available for examination.

Confined to the Oriental region.

19. Genus Hyaroris.

Hyarotis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 174 (1881).

Type, adrastus, Cramer.

Antenne long; club moderate, elongate, with a short recurved

crook, tip acuminate. Palpi erect ; third jot obtusely conical, short,

almost entirely concealed in the clothing of the second joint. Fore

wing ; inner and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds

the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell;

diseccellulars inwardly oblique, the middle one the longer; vein 5

nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 very close to end of cell; vein 2

slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing rather

elongate in male, more rounded in female, outer margin even; vein

7 well before the end of cell, only slightly nearer to 6 than to 8;

discocellulars faint, outwardly coneave ; vein 5 not traceable; vein 3

immediately before end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of

cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

| adrastus, Cram.

praba, Moore.

| *phenicis, Hew.

Allied to Isoteinon.

Confined to Southern Asia.

20. Genus Hyro.eveis.

Hypoleucis, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. lxix (1891).

Type, tripunctata, Mab.

Antenne : club slender, with a short terminal crook. Palpi: second

joint densely scaled; third joint minute, obtusely conical. Fore

wing : inner and outer margins ,subequal ; cell less than two-thirds

the length of costa; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3

immediately before end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from end

1893.) MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THA HESPERIID#E. 83

of cell and base of wing, slightly nearer to base of wing. Hind wing:

outer margin even; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; vein 3 from

end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from

end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

*ophiusa, Hew.

The above diagnosis is taken from ophiusa, Hew., which Mabille

includes in his genus Hypoleucis.

Confined to Africa.

21. Genus Isoreinon.

Isoteinon, Felder, Wien. ent. Monat. vi. p. 30 (1862).

Type, lamprospilus, Felder.

Antenne: club moderate, elongated, terminal crook short, tip

acuminate. Palpi: second joint densely clothed with short scales ; third

joint erect, reaching well above the vertex of the head, slender,

obtusely conical. Fore wing : inner margin considerably longer than

outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; disco-

cellulars erect ; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein3 close to

end of cell ; vein 2 about equidistant from end of cell and base of wing

in the male, considerably nearer to base of wing in the female. Hind

wing narrow ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and

vein 5 faint, but distinctly traceable; vein 3 immediately before end

of cell. Hind tibize sparsely clothed with hairs and with two pairs

of spurs. No secondary sexual characters on the wings.

{ lamprospilus, Feld.

vitred, Murray,

Many Indian species have been put into this genus ; none of those,

however, which I have been able to examine belong to it, the

direction of the third joint of the palpi alone readily distinguishing

them. ‘This genus appears to be allied to Hyarotis, Moore.

Habitat. China and Japan.

22. Genus Isma.

Isma, Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 386 (1886).

Type, obscura, Dist.

Antenne: club slender, elongate, with a short terminal crook, tip

acuminate. Palpi porrect; third joint slender, almost concealed,

.bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer

margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect ;

vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before end of

cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from vein 3 and base of wing.

Hind wing: not at all elongated, outer margin even, inconspicuously

excised as vein 2; vein 7 immediately before end of cell, very re-

mote from base of wing; discocellulars faint, strongly outwardly

oblique; vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 close to end of cell; vein 2

more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell; lower

84 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. (Jan. 17,

margin of cell not angulated at vein 2 or 3. Hind tibie naked and

with two pairs of spurs. No sexual characters on wings.

MC CUNMLIG. PLB Wa rises casteveseb sass Le

¥ GOnOnU, FLOW: | igiviccecuses esse 2.

“ Hesperia!” cephaloides, de Nicéville, also probably belongs to

this genus.

There is no doubt that cephala and bononia are congeneric, and

Distant puts the latter into his genus Jsma, though, judging from

the plate, the type species obscura appears to differ from bononia

considerably.

Confined to Burma and Malaysia.

23. Genus LorHoIDEs, nov.

Type, iapis, de Nicéville.

Antenne long; club slender, elongated, with a short terminal

crook. Fore wing produced at apex, inner margin slightly longer

than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds length of costa ;

vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars

suberect ; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly

before the end of cell; vein 2 from close to base of wing (in the

female vein 2 will probably be found to be further removed from

the base). Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded; vein 7 well

before the end of cell; discocellulars faint ; vein 5 not traceable ;

vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than

to base of wing. Hind tibize naked and with two pairs of spurs.

Male with an oval glandular patch at extreme base of fore wing,

more conspicuous on the underside, with a tuft of longish hairs,

directed upwards, affixed to the inner margin of the fore wing on

the underside, with a similar tuft of laxly set hairs on the upper-

side of the hind wing near the base of the costal margin, and with a

fringe of long hairs at the anal angle of hind wing.

iapis, de N,

Habitat, Burma.

24. Genus ZoGRAPHETUs, noy.

Type, satwa, de Nicéville.

Antenne: club elongate, witha short apical crook, tip acuminate.

Palpi: third joint minute, obtusely conical. Fore wing: apically

rather produced ; inner margin longer than outer margin; cell less

than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before

the end of cell; discoceliulars suberect, the middle one slightly

longer than the lower; veiu 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6;

vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 very close to base of wing

(in the female vein 2 is about equidistant from base of wing aad

vein 3). Hind wing: outer margin slightly excavated at vein 2 ;

vein 7 well before the end of cell, arising at an acute angle; vein 3

immediately before end of cell; vein 2 very close to vein 3, more

than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell; lower

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 85

margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2. Hind tibixe with two pairs

of spurs.

Male with two pairs of linear glandular streaks on the upperside

of the fore wing, the upper pair on either side of vein 2 at its bifur-

cation, the lower two immediately beneath these on either side of

vein 1. These glandular streaks are most developed in satwa, and

least in ogygia.

satwa, de Nicéville ........s0es00e ul

flavipennis, de Nicéville ......... 2,

*ogygid, Hewit8on ....s.csesesrseers 3.

Confined to Southern Asia.

25. Genus Marapa.

Matapa, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 163 (1881).

Type, aria, Moore,

Antenne: club robust, elongate, terminal crook moderate. Palpi:

second joint very densely scaled, third joint entirely concealed.

Fore wing: rather produced at apex, inner and outer margins sub-

equal; cell less than two-thirds length of costa; discocellulars

strongly inwardly oblique; vein 5 only slightly nearer to 4 than to

6; vein 3 well before the end of cell, slightly nearer to 4 than to 2;

vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell; lower

margin of cell angled at vein 3. Hind wing: outer margin even,

slightly excised between veins 3 and 14; vein 7 well before the end

of cell; discocellulars faint; vein 5 obsolete; vein 3 from end of

cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end

of cell. Hind tibiz fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

Male with an oblique linear glandular streak on the upperside of

the fore wing, extending from vein 3 as far as vein 1.

aria, Moore ...ce0re008 Se coaxs tanto iV

GRU, WNOOLE sac saccoseseer curses tes 2

sasivarnd, MOOYVE .........seese000+ 3.

shalgrama, de Nicéville ......... 4.

Yonfined to Southern Asia.

26. Genus PAapDUKA.

Paduka, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 375 (1886).

Type, lebadea, Hewitson (=glandulosa, Dist.).

Antenne and palpi much as in Lrionota. Fore wing: cell less

than two-thirds length of costa; inner margin longer than outer

margin; vein 12 terminating before end of cell; vein 7 before end

of cell; upper discocellular short but distinct, almost parallel with

the costa; middle and lower discocellulars almost erect in the same

straight line, the middle the longer; vein 3 four times as far from

base of wing as from end of cell, and more than twice as far from

2 as from 4; vein 2 almost equidistant from 3, and base of wing

ather nearer the latter. Hind wing: outer margin sinuated ;

ein 7 almost eqnidistant from 8 and 6; discocellulars outwardly

86 MR. EB. ¥, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

oblique ; radial wanting; median bent upwards at vein 2; vein 3

equidistant from 2 and 4 ; vein 2 close to end of cell, very remote

from base of wing. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs, the upper

pair minute.

The above description is from a female of the type species. In

the male vein 3 of the fore wing is further from the end of the cell,

and there are the following secondary sexual characters :—a discal

patch of silky hairs on the upperside of fore wing, a long tuft of

hairs on underside of fore wing at base of submedian, and two

glandular streaks situated on veins 2 and 3 of the hind wing.

Closely allied to Gangara.

“*lehadea, Hew.

\ glandulosa, Dist.

| subfasciata, Moore.

Confined to Southern Asia.

27. Genus Ertonota.

Erivnota, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxi. p. 34 (1878).

Type, thrax, Linn.

Antenne not hooked; club moderate, gradually thickened, ter-

minal portion bent at more than a right angle, and gradually

tapering to a point. Palpi: second joint pressed close against

the face, densely scaled; the third joint entirely concealed. Fore

wing: inner and outer margins subequal ; cell considerably less

than two-thirds length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before

the end of cell; upper angle of cell acute; upper discocellular

minute, middle and lower discocellulars slightly oblique, the middle

one the longer; vein 5 nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 hardly twice

as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 almost equidistant from vein 3 and

base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin sinuate, slightly lobed

towards anal angle ; vein 7 nearly equidistant from 6 and 8 ; middle

discocellular erect, lower strongly outwardly oblique; vein 5 want-

ing; vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far

from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibiz fringed, but not

densely, and with two pairs of spurs.

Closely allied to Gangara.

HRT A DT hy eRe a PR Pe EM REEES ite

acroleuca, Wood-Mason, de Nicéyville. 2.

4 hiraco, Moore.

| lava, Swinhoe.

28. Genus GANGARA.

Gangara, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 164 (1881).

Type, ¢hyrsis, Fabr.

Antenne and palpi as in Hrionota. Fore wing: inner margin

longer than outer margin; cell not much more than half the

length of costa; vein 12 terminating before the end of cell;

outer end of cell oval; upper discocellular very short, middle and

lower diseocellulars almost erect and in the same straight line, the

ahaa oe

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 87

middle one the longer; vein 3 more than twice as far from 2 as

from 4 ; vein 2 considerably nearer to base of wing than to vein 3,

and about twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind

wing: outer margin sinuate ; middle discocellular very faint, almost

erect, lower well developed, outwardly oblique; vein 5 wanting ;

vein 7 considerably nearer to 6 than to 8; vein 3 just before end of

cell; vein 2 nearer to base of wing than to vein 3. Hind tibie

slightly fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

In the male there is on the fore wing a linear glandular streak

lying above the central portion of vein 1, and a second double streak

lying on both sides of the basal half of vein 2; on the hind wing

the basal half of veins 2 and 3 and the portion of the lower margin

of the cell lying between them are much swollen. On the under-

side of the fore wing also there is a patch of erect hairs extending

from vein 1 to the inner margin, and the hind wing above is thickly

clothed from its base with long hairs which conceal the swollen

veins. Abdomen conspicuously tufted above.

[ighaprses, SHAD. Wess cniverseces's = sees Is

| pandia, Moore.

Confined to Southern Asia.

29. Genus Sancus. (Plate II. fig. 9.)

Sancus, de Nicéville, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Bombay, vol. vi.

no. 3, p. 395 (1891). Type, subfasciatus, Moore.

? Psolos, Mabille, MS. ? Type, pulligo, Mabille.

Antenne : club elongate, tip acuminate, recurved. Palpi: second

joint densely scaled, third joint almost concealed. Palpi and

antenne as in Kerana. Fore wing much elongated. ‘‘ Male with

a curious impressed elongated oval brand placed so immediately

behind as to touch the median nervure.’’ Vein 11 of the fore wing

strongly deflected upwards soon after its origin and touching the

costal nervure for a short distance; vein 5 nearer to 4 than to 6;

middle discocellular longer than lower one.

Allied to Kerana, Astictopterus, [ambrix, and Koruthaialos.

From the three former it may be distinguished by the confluence of

veins 11 and 12, and from the latter by the differently formed

palpi.

f pulligo, Mabille ............0:00 1,

\ subfasciatus, Moore.

ulunda, Platz.

leas TICLE. cve-hessaee ewes 2.

celunda, Staud.

There has been some doubt about the correct synonymy of the

species of this genus, chiefly owing to Heer Snellen having stated

that the characteristic “ male mark” of the genus is wanting in

fuseula. The courtesy of the Hon. Walter Rothschild has, how-

ever, enabled me to examine four males and one female of undoubted

fuscula, collected in S.W. Celebes by Mr. Doherty, and I find that

the males have the “ male mark” as in pulligo, though it is much

88 MR. EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. (Jan. 17,

less conspicuous, being hardly visible on the upperside, but appear-

ing below as a pale oval streak. This inconspicuous nature of the

male mark in fuscula would doubtless account for its being over-

looked by Heer Snellen, especially if the specimens he examined

were at all worn. This species can be separated from pulligo by

having the underside of the hind wing entirely unmarked, and by

the beautiful plum-like bloom of the upperside. This last character

is only apparent in fresh specimens, those in the Hewitson collection

in the British Museum having faded to a dull brown. Fuseula

seems to be confined to Celebes, while pudligo ranges from Assam

throughout Burma, Malacca, Java, Borneo, Sulu, and Palawan, and

also occurs in Southern India.

30. Genus Eumrsta.

Eumesia, Felder, Reise Novara, p. 504 (1867).

Type, semiargentea, Feld.

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club stout,

arcuate, tip acuminate. Palpi porrect; third joint very slender,

bluntly pointed. Fore wing: inner margin considerably longer

than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ;

vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; vein 4

slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 well before end of cell, much

curved in its course; vein 3 slightly nearer to base of wing than to

end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded; vein 7

shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable :

vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 3 nearer to end of cell

than to base of wing. No epiphysis on fore tibie. Hind tibize with

terminal pair of spurs only, but beset with numerous short spines

on the lower surface.

semiargentea, Feld.

Confined to tropical South America.

31. Genus ARGOPTERON, nov.

Type, auretpennis, Blanch.

Antenne more than half the length of costa; club moderate,

straight, elongate, tip blunt. Palpi porrect ;second and third joints

slender, clothed to the tip with laxly set scales. Fore wing: costa

very straight, inner margin considerably longer than outer margin ;

cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa

before the end of cell; upper discocellular slightly longer than

lower; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before

the end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from end of cell as

from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin rounded; vein 7

close to end of cell; vein 5 well developed, slightly nearer to 6 than

to 4; vein 3 close to end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of

wing than to end of cell. Fore tibi very long, without epiphysis.

Hind tibie with only terminal pair of spurs. Abdomen reaching

well beyond the anal angle of the hind wings.

aureipennis, Blanch. ...... 1. | puelme, Oaly. ...... 2.

~Ss S

——_— ee ee

, a a ———)

1893.) MR, B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 89

Mabille has recently redescribed what is accepted as the female

of aureipennis under the name Steropes tripunctatus.

Confined to South America.

32. Genus HETEROPTERUS.

Heteropterus, Dum. Zool. Anal. p. 271 (1806).

Type, morpheus, Pall.

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa ; club moderate,

straight, elongated, blunt. Palpi porrect, densely clothed with

laxly set scales, almost concealing the third joint, which is short,

slender, and bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer than

outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa before the end of cell; upper discocellular short but

distinct ; middle discocellular longer than lower; vein 5 slightly

nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2

more than twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.

Hind wing: outer margin even; vein 7 well before end of cell;

discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 well before end of

cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 nearer to base

of wing than to end of cell. No epiphysis on fore tibie. Hind

tibize almost naked; in morpheus with two pairs of spurs, in ornatus

only with terminal pair. Abdomen reaching beyond the anal angle

of hind wings.

( monpheus, Pall, ......000..4s0000s ile

| speculum, Rott.

4 steropes, Wien. Verz.

| avacinthus, Faby.

| speculifer, Fourcy.

OPTS, LEM... \cseuguedssunscssne 2.

Morpheus is a European and ornatus a Japanese species.

33. Genus PAMPHILA.

Pamphila, Fabr. Il. Mag. vi. p. 287 (1807).

Type, palemon, Pall,

Steropes, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. p. 167 (1832). Nom. preoc.

Carterocephalus, Wed. Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, ii.

pp. 26, 49. Type, palemon, Pall.

Antenne short, not half the length of costa; club stout, elongate,

blunt. Palpi porrect, densely clothed with laxly set scales almost

concealing the third joint, which is short, slender, and bluntly

conical. Fore wing: inner margin considerably longer than outer

margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa before the end of cell; upper discocellular short but

distinct, outwardly oblique; middle discocellular slightly longer

than lower; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 very

close to end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from base of wing

and end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even; cell very long,

reaching more than half across wing; vein 7 shortly before end of

cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 immediately

before end of cell ; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to

90 MR. BE, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERTIDA, (Jan. 17,

base of wing. No epiphysis on fore tibie, Hind tibie slightly

fringed and with only terminal pair of spurs.

palemon, Pall. .....10+ ile MCSUPANO, SC. s.seeeeee oe

paniscus, Fabr. { sylvius, Knoch ......... 4,

brontes, Wien. Verz. sylvicola, Meig.

mandan, Edw. ......++. 2. argyrostigma, Eversm. 5,

Some 600 or 700 species have been described in this genus,

though the above five probably represent all the species which cor-

rectly belong to it. The remainder include species belonging to

almost every described genus.

Distribution. Holaretic.

34. Genus Cyciorrpes. (Plates II. fig. 10; III. fig. 14.)

Cyclopides, Hiibn. Verz. p. 111 (1816). Type, metis, Linn.

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club blunt,

oval, without terminal crook. Palpi porrect ; second joint thickly

clothed with lax scales, almost concealing the third joint, which is

slender and obtusely conical. Fore wing short and broad, outer

margin convex, considerably shorter than inner margin; cell less

than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well

before the end of cell; vein 11 very short, running at once into 12;

discocellulars suberect ; vein 5 almost equidistant from 4 and 6,

slightly nearer to 4; vein 3 close to end of cell; vein 2 equidistant

from base of wing and vein 3. Hind wing evenly rounded; disco-

cellulars and vein 5 hardly traceable; vein 2 nearer to 3 than to

base of wing. No epiphysis on fore tibiee, Hind tibize with two

pairs of spurs, except in willemi, in which the upper pair are wanting ;

both pairs are distinct in the other five species here quoted except

in meninaz, in which the upper pair are minute.

UH, LUN age Rosen panne ite ( willemi, Waller. ..........6 4,

J malgacha, Boisd. ............ 2: | *cheles, Hew.

| limpopona, Walley. i mening, Trim: .........06.66. Ds

CUA, NIM. etic thecnesees Oe { argenteostriatus, Plotz,

And one unnamed species.

Yonfined to Africa.

Synopsis of Genera of PAMPHILINE.

Section B.

a. Tip of antennes blunt.

a. Club of antenne forming a hollowed disk.

Taracrrocnra, Butler, Type, m@vius, Fabr, (1)

b', Olub of antennz elongate.

a>, Third joint of palpi horizontal.

a>. Apex of fore wing not produced.

AmprttA, Moore. Type, mazo, Faby, (2)

°, Apex of fore wing produced.

Krpnsrns, g.n. Type, /epenula, Wallgr. (3)

i’, Third joint of palpi erect.

a’, Fore wing very elongate.

Apavstus, Hbn. Type, menes, Cram, (4)

1893. ] MR. E, Y, WATSON ON THD HESPERIIDA. 91

6°, Fore wing not elongate.

a‘, Fore wing: costa evenly arched, making the wing appear

broader. AncytoxyrnA, Feld. Type, numita, Fabr. (5)

*, Fore wing, costa slightly concave.

a. Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing. Cormopns, Speyer. Type, procris, Felder. (6)

°. Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to base of wing than to end of

cell. Avopma, Billb, Type, thawmas, Hufn, (7)

6. Tip of antennx acuminate.

a, Soe crook of antenng minute, never as long as the width of the

club.

a’, Antenne about twice as long as the breadth of thorax, but less

than half as long as the costa.

a*, Vein 3 of fore wing immediately before the end of cell.

a‘. Discal stigma on fore wing of male continuous, followed

beneath by an inconspicuous field of erect scales.

Eryynis, Schrank. Type, comma, Linn. (8)

AnriomMAstER, Se. Type, /eonardus, Harr. (9)

*, Discal stigma on fore wing of male bordered on either side

by a streak of specialized scales, but with no field of erect

scales beneath. Ocntopas, Se. Type, xemorw, Boisd, (10)

ce, Discal stigma of male discontinuous, followed beneath by a

more or Jess conspicuous field of specialized scales. Hind tarsi

longer than middle tarsi.

Tnymeticus, Hbn. Type, vider, Hbn. (11)

d', Discal stigma of male discontinuous, followed beneath by a

very conspicuous field of specialized scales. Hind tarsi not

longer than middle tarsi.

Aratornpus, Se. Type, duron, Edw. (12)

b*, Vein 3 of fore wing well before the end of cell.

Ponires, Se. Type, peckius, Kirby. (15)

}?, Antenne very short, hardly longer than the breadth of the thorax.

a*, Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to baso of wing than to end of cell.

Hyurrna, Billb. Type, phyleus, Drury. (14)

°, Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.

GuoEnus, Hbn. Type, pygmeus, Hbn. (1%)

6, Terminal crook of antennz short, as long as or slightly longer than

the width of the club.

a*, Club of antennss short and stout.

a®, Vein 2 of fore wing hardly nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing, Canropns, Hbn. ‘Type, ethlius, Oram. (20)

°, Vein 2 of fore wing considerably nearer to end of cell than to

base of wing. Parnara, Moore. Type, guttatus, Brem. (21)

4°, Club of antennz comparatively elongate.

a’. Fore wing: outer margin hardly, if at all, longer than inner

margin.

a‘, Antennse of moderate length.

@, Vein 11 of fore wing not approximating to 12.

a®, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.

a’, Vein 2 of fore wing in the male nearer to end of cell

than to base of wing.

a*, Male, vein 3 of fore wing immediately before end

of cell. ;

a”, No discal stigma in male.

a’, Vein 3 of fore wing hardly twice as far from

2 as from 4.

Baorts, Moore. Type, occia, Hew. (22

'°, Vein 3 of fore wing many times further from

2 than from 4.

a, Outer margin of fore wing longer than inner

margin,

Lerope, Se. Type, ewfala, Smith-Abb. (23)

92 MR. FE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERTID®, (Jan. 17,

$4, Inner margin of fore wing longer than outer

margin.

Papraona, Moore. Type, mesa, Moore. (15)

°, Male with a discal stigma on fore wing.

PurusopEs, Hbn. Type, pertinar, Cram, (80)

28. Male, vein 3 of fore wing well before the end of cell,

a®, Male with a discal stigma on fore wing.

Trricota, Moore. pe, augias, Linn, (16)

b", No discal stigma on fore wing of male.

OnryzA, g.n. Type, methtila, de N. (85)

7, Vein 2 of fore wing in both sexes nearer to base of wing

than to end of cell.

a*, Male with a circular glandular patch on hind wing

at origin of vein 3.

CurituA, Moore. ‘Type, tympanifera, Moore. (84)

b°. Male with a linear discal stigma on upperside of

fore wing.

a", Hind and middle tibix conspicuously spined.

Limocnorns, 8c. Type, manataagua, Se. (24)

i°, Hind and middle tibiz not spined.

a'°, Vein 3 of hind wing shortly before end of cell,

almost twice as far from 2 as from 4.

Hurnyns, Se. Type, metacome/, Harris. (25)

}!°, Vein 3 of hind wing immediately before end of

cell, many times further from 2 than from 4.

Aversaprs, Hbn. Type, sy/vanus, Esp. (17)

ce, Male with two glandular streaks and a tuft of hair

on underside of fore wing.

Gunenna, g.n. Type, abima, Hew. (27)

d*, No secondary sexual characters on the wings,

a, Club of antenne apart from terminal crook

straight.

a’. Vein 7 of hind wing less than twice as far from

8 as from 6.

a, Vein 2 of hind wing less than twice as far

from base of wing as from end of cell.

Pummiapes, Hbn. Type, phineus, Cram. (18)

), Vein 2 of hind wing more than twice as far

from base of wing as from end of cell.

OxreorrA, Se. Type, maculata, Edw. (26)

b'°, Vein 7 of hind wing more than twice as far

from 8 as from 6,

a1, Vein 2 of hind wing twice as far from base

of wing as from end of cell.

Acrinor, g.n. Type, radians, Moore. (28)

4, Vein 2 of hind wing not twice as far from

base of wing as from end of cell.

ul*, Hind wing produced in the median area,

the distance from base of wing to extremity

of vein 4 considerably greater than the

distance from extremity of vein 8 to

extremity of vein | a.

Upasrgs, Moore. Type, fodus, Cram, (37)

bl, Hind wing not produced in the median

area, the distance from base of wing to

extremity of vein 4 less than the distance

from extremity of yein 8 to extremity of

vein 1 a.

Norocryrra, de N. Type, curvifascia, Feld. (86)

o°, Club of antennee apart from terminal crook

arcuate. Poanus, Se. Type, massasoit, Sc. (31)

1893. ] ME. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA, 93

6°, Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.

a. Fore wing short and broad, not apically produced.

Puycanassa, Se. Type, viator, Edw. (32)

67, Fore wing produced apically,

a, Vein 3 of fore wing nearer end of cell than base

of wing. Hatrs, Moore. ‘Type, betwria, Hew. (29)

5°, Vein 3 of fore wing nearer base of wing than end

of cell. Arrytonn, Se. Type, iowa, Se. (88)

6°, Vein 11 of fore wing running very close to 12,

a®, Palpi conspicuous.

Baracus, Moore. Type, vitéatus, Feld. (38)

6°, Palpi inconspicuous.

Asticroprurus, Feld. Type, jama, Feld. (39)

++, Antennz exceptionally long.

a’. Vein 3 of hind wing well before end of cell.

Karan, Dist. Type, armatus, Druce. (40)

4°, Vein 5 of hind wing immediately before end of cell.

a’, Hind tibix thickly set with short spines and with only

terminal pair of spurs.

Karruvs, g.n. Type, johnstonii, Butler. (41)

6°, Hind tibiz not spined and with two pairs of spurs.

a’. Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to base of wing than to

end of cell.

«*, Vein 2 of hind wing almost equidistant from end of

cell and base of wing.

Ancisrroipes, Butl. Type, longicornis, Butl. (42)

6°, Vein 2 of hind wing more than twice as far from

base of wing as from end of cell.

Prrvana, Dist. Type, hyela, Hew. (43)

6’, Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to end of cell than to base

of wing.

a®, Vein 11 of fore wing running very close to 12.

Parpatuopns, Butl. Type, edipus, Crain. (44)

4°, Vein 11 of fore wing not approximating to 12.

Crrarricnra, Butl, Type, nothuvs, Fabr. (45)

6°, Fore wing, outer margin considerably longer than inner margin.

a‘. No secondary sexual characters on fore wing of male,

Puasiinera, Butl. Type, flavescens, Feld. (46)

6, Male with a linear discal stigma on fore wing.

Lurema, Se. Type, accivs, Smith-Abb. (47)

e', Terminal crook of antenne Jong, about twice as long as the breadth

of the club.

a>, Male with a tuft of hairs at base of fore coxx.

Pirmaurta, Moore. Type, inwrdava, Moore. (48)

b*, No tuft of hair on fore cox of male.

a. Hind wing conspicuously elongated, anal angle pointed.

NicontApus, Hbn. ‘Type, wanthaphes, Hbn. (49)

5°, Hind wing only slightly elongate, anal angle rounded.

a*, Vein 3 of fore wing immediately before end of cell, more than

three times as far from 2 as from 4,

a, No discal stigma on fore wing of male,

a°, Kore wing not apically produced, apex not truncate.

a*, Oosta of fore wing evenly arched from base to apex.

Cosauus, Hbn. Type, virbius, Oram. (50)

6". Costa arched at base, then straight to apex.

Lycunucuvus, Hbn. Type, olenus, Hbn. (51)

6°, Kore wing apically produced, apex truncate.

Oarysrus, Hbn. Type, jolus, Cram. (52)

c®, Fore wing apically produced, apex not truncate.

Loronevs, Dist. Type, calathus, Hew. (53)

94 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. (Jan. 17,

b>, Male with a discal stigma on fore wing.

a°. Fore wing apically produced, apex slightly truncate;

discal stigma of male faint.

Turaciwes, Hbn. Type, phidon, Cram. (54)

6°, Fore wing not produced apically, outer margin evenly

convex ; discal stigma of male conspicuous.

Tauipes, Hbn. Type, sergestus, Cram. (55)

b‘. Vein 3 of fore wing well before end of cell, less than twice as

far from 2 as from 4.

a’. Male with a discal stigma on fore wing.

Puricuars, Sc. Type, corydon, Fabr. (56)

°, No discal stigma on fore wing of male.

a°, Vein 5 of hind wing wanting.

a’. Vein 2 of fore wing almost equidistant from end of cell

and base of wing.

Unkana, Dist. Type, batara, Dist. (57)

5°. Vein 2 of fore wing almost equidistant from vein 3 and

base of wing. Hiparr, Dist. Type, irava, Moore. (58)

b°. Vein 5 of hind wing well developed,

Prenoretnon, g.n, Type, laufella, Hew. (59)

1. Genus Taractrocera. (Plate III. fig. 20.)

Taractrocera, Butler, Cat. Lep. Fabr. p. 279 (1869).

Type, mevius, Fabr.

Antenne short; club forming a flattened disk, conspicuously

hollowed out, tip blunt. Palpi: second joint densely scaled ; third

joint long, slender, erect, reaching above the vertex, tip acuminate.

Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin; cell less than

two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching’ costa well before

the end of cell; middle discocellular considerably longer than

lower one; vein 5 close to bottom of cell; vein 3 well before end of

cell, about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 slightly nearer to

end of cel] than to base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even;

vein 7 very close to end of cell; discocellulars faint; vein 5 not

traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far

from base of wings as from end of cell. Hind tibiee with two pairs

of spurs.

The only species of those mentioned below in which there is a

stigma in the male is papyria, Boisd., in which there is an ex-

ceptionally long, slightly oblique stigma on the fore wing, extending

from vein 5 as far as vein 1, meeting the latter considerably nearer

the margin than the base of wing.

( mevius, Faby. .....-.00sse00. At | Alavovittata, Latr. .......4. Ds

flaceus, Faby. | papyria, Boisd. ............ 6.

sagara, Moore. nigrolimbatus, Snell. ...... is

col@end.. GOSS co ecateke oak ae's 2, } *nicémilei, BP Ts <seeccvenens 8.

*ardonia, Hew. ..-....00000--- 8 | — *eeramas, Hews .ssrescoeceeees 9.

¥danna, Moore .......0s.<+es- 4, {

And seven unidentified species. The “Pamphila” avonti of de

Nicéville also probably belongs to this genus.

This is a genus of very numerous species, which ranges from India

through the Malay Archipelago to Australia, appearing to reach

a ror? a,

1893. MR. B, ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA, * 95

its greatest development in the islands of the Archipelago; the

peculiar form of the anteunal club readily distinguishes it.

TARACTROCERA NICEVILLEI, Sp. nov.

Above dark brown, spotted with yellow. Fore wing with a lunate

spot at end of cell; a subapical spot divided into three by veins, a

spot below this and close to the outer margin divided into two, and

a triple spot extending from the upper median branch to as far as

the submedian parallel to the outer margin, but further removed

from it than the double spot above mentioned ; these three spots

form a sort of submarginal band from the costa to the inner

margin, though not reaching either, the middle spot bemg much

nearer the margin than the other two. Hind wing: a lunate spot

at end of cell, and a submarginal series of three spots, the first

small, the second out of line, being nearer the margin of the wing,

and the third double.

Underside markings as above, the whole of the hind wing and

the apex and costa of the fore wing washed with yellow. Cilia above

and below pale yellow.

Expanse 24 millim.

In the British Museum, from Bombay.

This is the species which has been recorded from India by

Col. Swinhoe as coras of Cramer. The true coras of Cramer is,

however, an American species and is the type of the genus Polites,

Scudder.

Nearest allied to 7’. ceramas, Hew., from which it differs in the

much greater prominence of all the yellow markings.

2. Genus AMPITTIA.

Ampittia, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 171 (1881).

Type, maro, Fabr.

Antenne short ; club moderate, straight, tip blunt. Palpi: second

jomt densely clothed with laxly set scales; third joint porrect,

conspicuous, slender, tip bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin

longer than outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of

costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell; middle

discocellular longer than lower one; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than

to 6; vein 3 in the male of the type species well before the end of

cell, nearer to 2 than to 4; vein 3 in the female immediately before

the end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing ;

lower margin of cell curved upwards from base to vein 2, and angled

at vein 3, Hind wing evenly rounded ; vein 7 shortly before end

of cell, curving upwards from its origin, the upper margin of cell

curving downwards, the angle therefore being rounded like a tuning-

fork and not acute; discocellulars very faint ; vein 5 not traceable ;

vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 shortly before end of cell, con-

siderably more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of

cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Male in the type species with a short glandular streak on the

96 MR, HD, Y. WATSON ON HH HESPERIIDS. (Jan. 17

upperside of fore wing, situated immediately below the origin of vein

2, but not touching either vein 2 or vein 1. This streak is wanting

in the other species of the genus.

anana, Rabree dicsucstsrases see L. rhadama, Boisd. ......0..06 3.

| umes Moore. inornatus, Trim. .......e000- 4.

? dioscorides, Fabr. | pardalina, Butl. ....0.00.+ Db.

MCARIMIE ALOW 2. titicdncusiseene 2. > |

To this genus would also appear to belong mirza, Mab., bernieri,

Boisd., and dispar, Mab. There seems little doubt that the species

described by Fabricius from Tranquebar as dioscorides is the female

of maro; the latter name, however, being so well known has not

been supplanted, as without examination of the type it is impos-

sible to be quite certain that the two species are identical.

This genus appears to be confined to the Asiatic and African

regions.

3. Genus KrpEsTEs, nov.

Type, lepenula, Wallgr.

Thymelicus, Trimen (nec Hiibn), 8. Afric. Butt. vol. iii. p. 299

(1889).

Antenne rather short; club straight, tip blunt. Palpi porreet,

third joint very slender. Fore wing: apex rather pointed, costa

straight, outer margin longer than inner margin ; cell less than two-

thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end

of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, the middle the longer ;

vein 5 nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 well before the end of cell,

about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 almost equidistant from

end of cell and base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even; vein

7 well before the end of cell; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein

5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein

2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing, Hind tibiee with two

pairs of spurs.

No sexual characters on wings except in capenas, in which there

is a short discal stigma on fore wing of male, running from origin

of vein 2 to about the centre of vein 1; vein 2 also arises slightly

nearer to end of cell in the male of this species ; in the female the

neuration is as in the other species of the genus.

lepenula, Wallgr. ...... 1. CHUCK, PLEIN,» aecees tects 4.

okeean Hew. tucusd, Trim. ......s00000 5.

macomo, Trim. ......46 2. mohozutea, Wall. ...... 6.

*capenas, Hew. © .....000 ay callicles, Hew. — sss.ocees lis

U*derbice, Hew.

This genus is confined to the African region.

4, Genus ApAustus. (Plate ILI. fig. 26.)

Apaustus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 113 (1816). Type, menes, Cramer.

Antenne: club moderate, straight, tip blunt. Palpi: third joint

long, slender, naked, erect, reaching considerably higher than the vertex

of the head. Fore wing elongate, inner margin considerably longer

than outer margin; cell short, hardly more than half the length of

iol

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID ©. 97

costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell; upper disco-

cellular short but distinct, almost at right angles with upper margin

of cell; middle discocellular long, inwardly oblique, lower disco-

cellular short, lower margin of cell bent abruptly upwards at vein 3,

the portion between veins 3 and 4 being in the same straight line as

the lower discocellular ; vein 2 close to 3, many times further from

base of wing than from vein 3. Hind wing very narrow, the abdo-

men extending far beyond the anal angle ; outer margineven; vein

7 shortly before the end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint ;

vein 3 shortly before the end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4;

vein 2 almost equidistant from end of cell and base of wings. Hind

tibize with two pairs of spurs.

- menes, Cram. ...... if

gracilis, Feld. ... 2.

Confined to tropical South America.

5. Genus ANCYLOXYPHA.

Ancyloxypha, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xii. p. 477

(1862). Type, numitor, Fabr.

Antenne very short; club moderate, straight, bluntly pointed.

Palpi asin Adopea. Fore wing not apically produced, costa and

outer margin convex, inner margin longer than outer margin; cell

less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein t2 very short, reach-

ing costa before the centre; middle discocellular. considerably

longer than lower; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6;

lower margin of cell bent sharply upwards at vein 3, the portion

between veins 3 and 4 lying in the same straight line as the lower

discocellular ; vein 3 consequently from lower angle of cell, about

twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 many times further from base

of wing than from vein 3. Hind wing, outer margin even. Hind

wing: vein 7 immediately before the end of cell; discocellulars

sharply angled, the middle one being erect and the lower outwardly

oblique; vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell,

nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than to

base of wings. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. No sexual

characters on wings.

{ numitor, Fabr.

puer, Wiibn,

Habitat. North America.

The Asiatic species “‘ Cyclopides” subvittatus, Moore, also appears

to belong either to this genus or to one closely allied to it, but the

only specimens I have been able to examine have been without

antennz and palpi ; at any rate it does not belong to Cyclopides, from

which the neuration at once separates it.

6. Genus Copzop:s.

Copeodes, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1878, p. 183.

Type, procris, Felder.

Antenne very short ; club robust, straight, apex rounded. Palpi

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. VIL.

98 MR. B. Y, WATSON ON THH HESPHRILDE, (Jan. 17,

as in Adopea. Fore wing: costa straight, outer margin rather

excised for the lower half; inner margin longer than outer margin ;

cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching

costa before end of cell; middle discocellular more than twice

the length of lower; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell; vein 3

well before end of cell in male, shortly before in female ; vein 2

considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing :

outer margin even; vein 7 well before end of cell, only slightly

nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ;

vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as

far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibiee with two

pairs of spurs. Abdomen slender, extending beyond the anal angle

of hind wings.

Male with a linear stigma, parallel to the costa, running along

the basal third of vein 3 and continued for a short distance imme-

diately below the lower margin of cell; the terminal two-thirds of

vein 3 is much attenuated, the male mark apparently arresting its

full development.

{ *aurantiaca, Hew. .....- ils

procris, Felder.

MOUDUS, EE ADs acats odeaseeye + 2.

Confined to Northern and Central America.

7. Genus Apop#a. (Plate III. fig. 27.)

Adopea, Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 81 (1820). Type, thaumas, Hufn.

Pelion, Kirby, List Brit. Rhop. (1858). | Type, thaumas, Hufn.

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club elongate,

straight or slightly arcuate, tip blunt. Palpi: second joint clothed

with laxly-set scales; third joint long, slender, suberect. Fore

wing: inner margin longer than outer margin; cell less than two-

thirds the length of costa; middle discocellular more than twice as

long as lower ; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 close to

end of cell; vein 2 (in both sexes) slightly nearer to base of wing

than to end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even, slightly excised

at vein 2; vein 7 well before end of cell, only slightly nearer to 6 than

to 8; discocellulars very faint, vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 imme-

diately before end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base

of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Abdomen slender, extending beyond anal angle of hind wings.

Male with a linear discal stigma on the fore wing, in two portions—

the upper portion long, lying below the inner margin of cell, from

the origin of vein 3 to as far as vein 2; the lower portion short, in

continuation of the upper portion, from below vein 2 to not quite as

far as vein 1. ©

‘ thawmas, Wufn. ......... 3 hyrax, Led. .....:-..ss000 3.

linea, Wien. Verz. | act@on, Hsp. .srcerereees 4,

venula, Hiibn. | hylax, Bab. ......0seceeee 5.

lineola, Ochs, © .........60 2. *boeta, Hew. .. ....sseeeeee 6.

\eeegull Hiibn. | wrightti, HAW. ....00.s000 7.

The species wrightii and boeta differ from the type in the more

1393. | MR. BU. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, 99

knobbed antennze, while hylaz differs in the shape of the wings and in

wanting the discal stigma in the male.

Distribution. Holarctic.

8. Genus ErRYNNIS.

Erynnis, Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii. 1, p- 157 (1801).

Type, comma, Linn.

Ocytes, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 55 (1872). Type, metea, Scudd.

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club short,

robust, terminal crook exceedingly minute. Palpi as in Hylephila.

Neuration as in Hylephila except that vein 2 of the fore wing is

much nearer to the base of the wing in the male, and vein 7 of the

hind wing is slightly nearer the base of the wing in both sexes; the

stigma on the fore wing is very similar to that of Hylephila, except

that it entirely fills the angle at the bifurcation of vein 2, while in

Beatle the discal stigma crosses the interspace beyond the origin

of vein 2.

comma, Linn. ......+..... ie DUELEL SCs 1. cc carcop er snes «at 4.

colarado, Sc. ....ccecasse 2. *florinda, Bute .........0+ ‘ap

manitoba, Sc. ..s.cccceece 3.

Distribution. Holarctic.

9. Genus ANTHOMASTER.

Anthomaster, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 57 (1872).

Type, /eonardus, Harr.

This genus does not differ appreciably from Zrynnis in neuration

or the stigma of the male, while the sexual organs show a remark-

able similarity. The differences given by Scudder are very slight,

and as far as the antennz are concerned are absolutely imperceptible,

and if it had not been separated by the greatest living authority

on this group, it would have been unhesitatingly sunk in this paper

as identical with Hrynnis.

leonardus, Harris.

Confined to North America.

10. Genus OcHLopEs.

Ochlodes, Scudd. Syst. Rey. p. 57 (1872). Type, nemorum, Boisd.

Antenne short; club stout, rather elongate, with a minute ter-

minal crook. Palpi as in Hylephila.

Neuration as in Hylephila, except that vein 7 of the hind wing is

nearer to the base of the wing.

Male with a linear discal streak on fore wing, bordered on both

sides with differently formed, loosely compacted scales.

nemorum, Boisd, ......+0+0.. 1.

SOBOUA NOR atndidoss occa esos 2.

agricola, Boisd. ............ 3

Confined to North America.

haa

100 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THD HESPERIIDE. (Jan. 17,

11. Genus TayMeticvs.

Thymelicus, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 113 (1816).

Type, vibew, Hibn.

Hedone, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 58 (1872). Type, drettus, Hiibn.

Pyrrhosidia, Scudd. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 346 (1874).

Type, mystic, Seudd.

Antennze less than half the length of costa; club very robust,

short, crook very short. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, third

joint bluntly conical, almost concealed.

Neuration of the fore wing as in Hylephila, aud of the hind wing

very similar except that vein 7 is slightly nearer the end of cell, and

vein 2 rather more remote from end of cell. ‘ Discal stigma of

male unusually variable, but consisting in the main of two separated

slender strigze of dead black scales, that in the middle median inter-

space linear and arcuate, that in the lower subcircular or short

linear, both surrounded and sometimes almost or quite concealed by

overhanging, large and broad, somewhat loosely compacted scales,

and followed beyond by a field of varying size, but generally narrow,

of loosely compacted, erect, dusky, reflecting scales.” (Scudder,

Butt. New Engl. p. 1690.)

wiber, TEAMS! secccsesss0e iL

[-brefits: BOBO. seccssecsees 2.

| wingina, Se.

mystic, Se.

Confined to North America.

12. Genus ATALOPEDEs.

Atalopedes, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 57 (1872).

Type, huron, Edw.

Pansydia, Scudd. Syst. Butt. p. 60 (1872).

Type, cunaxa, Hew.

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club short,

robust, terminal crook very short. Palpi as in Hylephila.

Neuration as in Hylephila. “ Discal stigma in male consisting of,

first, a longitudinal streak at base of middle median interspace, of

shining, black, recurved rods; second, of a semilunar field of dead

black erect rods in the lowest median interspace, overhung above

by long curving scales ; followed below by a short, small striga of

shining black scales, and outside by a large field of erect loosely

compacted seales.”” (Scudder, Butt. New Engl. p. 1657.)

(apron Mpg, aeeensues ssc tes- ifs

mesogramma, Latr. J ......++- 2.

*cunara, Hew. 2

I am unable to point out the slightest structural difference between

huron and mesogramma.

Confined to North America.

1893, ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®, 101

13. Genus Pouires.

Polites, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 57 (1872). Type, peckius, Kirby.

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club short,

robust, terminal crook minute. Palpi as in Hylephila.

Neuration as in Hylephila except that on the fore wing vein 3 is

further from end of cell, being almost equidistant from 2 and 4;

and on the hind wing, that vein 2 is nearer to the end of the cell,

vein 3 being only slightly nearer to 4 than to 2.‘ Discal stigma of

male consisting of an interrupted, gently arcuate or sinuate streak of

dead black retrorse scales or rods edged below, especially in the

middle, with a border of similar but dust-coloured erect rods and

followed beneath by an inconspicuous large area of loosely com-

pacted, erect, dusky scales.” (Scudder, Butt. New Engl. p. 1679.)

f coras, Cram. 9.

peckius, Kirby, 2.

| wamsutta, Harris. o¢.

Confined to North America.

14. Genus HyLepui.a.

Hylephila, Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 81 (1820).

Type, phyleus, Drury.

Luthymus, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 56 (1872).

Type, phyleus, Drury.

Antenne very short, hardly one third the length of costa ; club

short, robust, terminal crook exceedingly minute. Palpi: second

joint densely scaled, third joint minute, suberect, bluntly conical.

Fore wing: inner margin slightly longer than outer margin. Cell

less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to

bottom of cell ; vein 3 very close to end of cell ; vein 2 considerably

nearer to base of wing than to end of cell, in the female this vein is

slightly more remote from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin

even, slightly excised between veins 3 and 10; vein 7 well before

end of cell, almost equidistant from 6 and 8; discocellulars faint ;

vein 5 not traceable; veins 2, 3, and 4 all close together, 3 about’

twice as far from 2 as from 4. Hind tibice with two pairs of spurs.

Male with a linear discal stigma on fore wing, extending from origin

of vein 3 as far as vein 1, and edged exteriorly with an outwardly

diffused streak of raised scales.

phyleus, Drury ...1..00. 1.

Fasciolata, Blanch. ... 2.

fulva, Blanch. ......... 3.

Confined to America.

15. Genus Papraona.

Padraona, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 170 (1881).

Type, mesa, Moore.

Antenne: club moderate, elongate, with a short terminal crook.

Palpi: second joint densely scaled; third joint short, slender, sub-

erect, obtusely conical,

102 MR. BE, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ; cell less than

two-thirds the length of costa; middle discocellular about twice as

long as lower; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3

immediately before end of cell ; vein 2 almost equidistant from end

of cell and base of wing, slightly nearer to end of cell. Hind wing:

outer margin even, slightly excised between veins 2 and 16; vein7

well before the end of cell ; discocellulars very faint, vein 5 wanting ;

vein 3 close to end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2

considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. In the

males of some of the species there is a short and very inconspicuous

glandular streak, situated immediately above the centre of vein 1 on

the upperside of the fore wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

goloides, Moore ............ ils | flava, Murvay...........-+++ lic

OLE MMGONG |. seccsceceescv 2. angustula, H.-S. ......... 8.

{dara, Kollar ..............- De coroller, Boisd ....0:00s+-- Ss}

| mesa, Moore. epictetus, Faby. «...- 2... 10.

pseudomesa, Moore ....... 4. palmarum, Moore ......... ULE

*mesoides, Butler ............ 5. | - prustas, Belden 7. .s..corecs 12,

sunias, Felder ............-.- 6.

And twelve unidentified species.

This genus is apparently confined to the Asiatic and Australian

regions, with the exception of coroller from Madagascar, and

epictetus from tropical America ; these two species are possibly not

correctly assigned to Padraona, though I am unable to point out

how they can be separated from it.

There is an Australian genus closely allied to Padraona which is

represented in the British Museum collection by marnas, Felder,

lascivia, Rosenstock, and four unidentified species. This genus

differs from Padraona in its much broader wings, slightly different

neuration, and in the male in some species being provided with a

linear discal stigma on the fore wing.

16. Genus Texicora.

Astycus, Catal. Frank. p. 185 (1825). Type, augias, Linn.

Telicota, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p- 169 (1881).

Type, augias, Linn.

Antenne: club stout, elongate, terminal crook short. Palpi:

second joint laxly sealed, third joint suberect, bluntly conical. Fore

wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ; cell less than two-

thirds the length of costa; vein 5 close to bottom of cell. In the

male; vein 3 is well before the end of cell, considerably nearer to vein

2 than to 4, and vein 2 is nearer to the end of the cell than to the

base of the wing. In the female vein 3 is immediately before the

end of the cell, and vein 2 is nearer to the base of the wing than to

the end of the cell. Hind wing: vein 7 well before the end of cell,

the upper margin of cell being bent downwards at its origin ; disco-

cellulars faint; vein 5 not traceable; veins 2, 3, and 4 all close

together ; vein 3 about twice as far from 2 as from 4. Hind tibize

with two pairs of spurs. Male with a linear discal stigma on the

1893. ] MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDS, 103

upperside of the fore wing, extending from the base of vein 4 to as

far as the submedian, being twice interrupted at veins 2 and 3.

GUGiAS, VAN. <..2.2cer.--+00 i

bambuse, Moore ......... 2,

augiades, Felder ......... 3.

eurotas, Felder ........+.+ 4.

*moseleyt, Butl, .......- was He

And three unnamed species.

Scott, in his ‘ Australian Lepidoptera,’ has figured what he

identifies as the two sexes of phineus, Cramer; the male figured is

the female of augiades, and the female appears to be a bad figure

of Padraona prusias, Felder. The true phineus, described from

Surinam, is in the British Museum from Ecuador and Bolivia, and

is the type of a distinct genus. Mr. Butler has also wrongly

identified phineus and records it from Amboina.

Hiibner’s name Astycus has not been adopted for this genus, as it

has never been characterized, and was only published in a sale-list

of Frank’s collection ; the twenty-two species enumerated under it

belong to at least thirteen different genera.

This genus ranges from India to Australia.

17. Genus Averapes. (Plate II. fig. 6.)

Augiades, Hiibn. Verz. 112 (1816). Type, sylvanus, Esper.

Antenne: club robust, elongate, terminal crook short. Palpi:

second joint laxly scaled, third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore

wing: inner margin slightly longer than outer margin ; cell less than

two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell;

vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2, in male consider-

ably, in female slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell.

Hind wing: vein 7 well before the end of cell ; discocellulars faint ;

vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 immediately before the end of cell,

many times farther from 2 than from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer

to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with a long fringe

and with two pairs of spurs. Male with a linear discal stigma on

fore wing extending from origin of vein 3 to as far as vein |.

sylvanus, Esper .....s sess 1.

herculea, Butler ...........- 2.

venata, Bremer ....c.s.0.0e 3.

And one unidentified species.

18. Genus PHEMIADEs.

Phemiades, Hiibn. Verz. p. 112 (1816). Type, phinews, Cramer.

Antenne rather long ; club slender, elongated, with a short terminal

erook. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, third joint minute.

Fore wing very little produced at apex; inner and outer margins

subequal ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa. Fore wing:

vein 5 close to bottom of cell; vein 3 immediately before end of

cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to base of wing than to end of cell,

104 MR. BE, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPPRIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

Hind wing broadly rounded; outer margin very slightly excised

at vein 2; vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars faint ;

vein 5 hardly traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell;

vein 2 well before end of cell, nearer to end of cell than to base

of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs and with a long fringe

of coarse hairs. No secondary sexual characters on wings.

phineus, Oramer ......... 1/2

Wats ELCWa t eresesvonede ces 2.

And an unidentified species.

Confined to tropical South America and the West Indies.

19. Genus Gecenes. (Plate III. fig. 30.)

Gegenes, Hiibn. Verz. p. 107 (1816). ‘Type, pygmeus, Hibn.

Philoodus, Ramb. Faune Ent. Andal. ii. p. 308 (1840).

Type, nostrodamus, Fabr.

Antenne very short, hardly a third the length of costa; club

robust, short, terminal crook minute. Palpi: third joint hardly

visible. Fore wing: outer margin longer than inner margin ; cell

less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to bottom

of cell; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to

end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing rather ejongated ;

outer margin even, slightly excised between veins 2 and 1 6; vein 7

well before the end of cell; discocellulars faint ; vein 5 not trace-

able; veins 2, 3, and 4 very close together; vein 3 about twice as

far from 2 as from 4 ; lower margin of cell angled at vein 2. Hind

tibize with two pairs of spurs. No secondary sexual characters on the

wings of the male except in a single specimen of an unidentified

species in the British Museum from Victoria Nyanza, in which

there is a large ill-defined rounded spot of appressed scales on the

upperside of the fore wing below end of cell.

nostrodamus, Faby. ...... al karsana, Moore ......... 2.

pygmeus, Hiibn. (nec Fabr.). { hottentota, Latr. .........

pumilio, Hoffm. | letterstedti, Waller.

lefebrit, Ramb.

}

And one unidentified species.

Ranges over the Mediterranean region, India, and Africa.

20. Genus CaLropes.

Calpodes, Hiibn. Verz. p. 107 (1816). Type, ethlius, Cram.

Antenne: club stout ; terminal crook rather long, about half the

length of the rest of club. Palpi: second joint densely scaled,

pressed close against the face ; third joint almost entirely concealed.

Fore wing: costa nearly straight; inner margin slightly longer

than outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa;

vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell; middle disco-

cellular inwardly oblique, considerably longer than lower one ; vein

5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before end

1893. ] MR, EB. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 105

of cell, curved strongly downwards ; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of

cell than to base of wing. Hind wing conspicuously lobate ; vein 7

well before end of cell; discocellulars outwardly oblique; veins

2, 3, and 4 all close together ; vein 3 nearer to 4 than to 2; lower

margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2, more conspicuously at vein

3. Hind tibice with two pairs of spurs. No secondary sexual charac-

ters on fore wing of male.

ethitus, Oram, .....6.0000. 1. brino, Cram. ..ssecsseee te

Mor, WADI sacdeveasevcees 2. eptius, OFAN. 2 ......0600- 8.

CUA, HANGS ccs sc cenaroe cca oe evadnes, Cram... 9.

nyctelius, Latr, ......+5 4, | @gita, Hew. ..:.000..0. 10.

OPER; WOIMOY: icy cere iss cua 5. Hupetid, ELGWs “soecsavens i ie

ochramus, Oram. ......... 6,

And four unidentified species.

Tropical American.

21. Genus Parnara. (Plate III. fig. 29.)

Parnara, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 166 (1881).

Type, guttatus, Brem.

Chapra, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 169 (1881).

Type, mathias, Fabr.

Antenne: club short and stout, terminal crook very short, tip

acuminate. Palpiasin Baoris, Fore wing: inner margin longer than

outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa well before end of cell; upper discocellular minute,

middle very long, lower very short; vein 5 from close to bottom of

cell; neuration entirely as in Baoris. Hind tibix with two pairs of

spurs. Male in some species with a linear discal streak on the fore

wing, situated obliquely between veins 2 and 1.

Section A.—Male with a discal stigma.

{ mathias, Faby, ......... ie / prominens, Moore ...... 3

mohopaani, Wlgy. j mencia, Moore .........45. 4,

[ *agna, Moore ............ 2,

{ *chaya, Moore.

Section B.—No discal stigma in male.

borbonica, Boisd. ......... 5. bada, Moore ..........0..++ 9,

marchalit, Boisd.......... 6. guittatus, Brem. ......... 10,

poutiert, Boisd,...0.....4.. dis | *mangala, Moore.

* flecilis, Swinhoe ......... 8,

The sole difference between the two genera Chapra and Parnara

is the presence or absence of the sexual streak of the fore wing, a

character which is certainly of no value in this genus, as it would

assign two such closely allied species as borbonica and mathias to

two separate genera. =

This genus is closely allied to Baoris, from which it may be sepa-

rated by the shape of the antennal club.

African and Asiatic,

106 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®, (Jan, 17,

22. Genus Baorts. (Plate III. fig. 28.)

Baoris, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 165 (1881).

Type, oceia, Hewitson.

Parnara auctorum (part.).

Antenne: club moderate, elongate, with a short terminal crook ;

tip acuminate. Palpi: second joint densely sealed, third joint almost

entirely concealed. Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal ;

cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa

well before the end of cell; upper discocellular minute, middle

discocellular very long, lower very short; vein 5 from close to

bottom of cell; vein 3 slightly curved at its base, close to end of

cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to

end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing elongated; outer

margin even; vein 7 well before end of cell ; discocellulars outwardly

oblique; vein 5 not traceable; veins 2, 3, and 4 all very close

together ; vein 3 twice as far from 2 as from 4; the lower margin

of cell bent upwards at vein 2. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Male in the type species with a tuft of long hairs on the upperside

of the hind wing, attached along the upper margin of the cell and

directed downwards across the cell. This character is not found in

any other species of the genus.

(*Koceia, Hew. Go vescecsssaee Il pagana, de Nicéyille ...... 10.

sikkima, Swinhoe. ¢ 2. toond, Moore ........++ road A

y scopulifera, Moore. ¢&. *cltala, WOW.) s.tsansessoaanes se 12.

| unicolor, Moore. 3 2. inconspicud, Bert. .......4. 15.

| penicillata, Moore. cf. * jansonensis, Bert. ...10+0+- 14.

| farri, Moore. 9. pellucida, Murray ......... 15.

* kumara, Moore ......:.... 2 * marsend, Hew. ........05++ 16,

* soriatd, MOOT ......6..0+2.6 ny wma, de Nicéville ......... 17.

* moolata, Moore ............ 4, * copmassd, Hew. ....ccseses: 18.

austent, Moore ............ ”. { colaca, Moore ............++- 19.

Fatuellus, Hopft. ............ 6. | ein galensis, Moore.

assamensis, \Wood-Mason, * bevani, Moore’ z.csaceeeesone 20,

de Nicéyille ............... ( wellert, Ved? cee wesasccyesk 21.

narood, Moore............++ 8. * wmbrata, Butl. — ......06606 22,

contigua, Mab. ..............- 9.

African and Asiatic.

23. Genus Leropea.

Lerodea, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 59 (1872). Type, eufala, Edw.

Antenne: club robust, slightly elongate; antennal crook short.

Palpi: second joint densely scaled ; third joint erect, minute, bluntly

conical. Fore wing: outer margin longer than inner margin ; cell

less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to bottom

of cell; vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 almost

equidistant from end of cell and base of wing. Hind wing: vein 7

shortly before the end of cell; discocellulars faint; vein 5 not

traceable ; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 well before

end of cell, but considerably nearer to it than to the base of the

wing. No secondary sexual characters on fore wing of male. Hind

tibia with two pairs of spurs.

Cufald, WAWs waster eneeeeen:- 1. | /fusea, Grote & Robinson... 2.

Confined to North America.

1893. | MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERTIDE, 107

24. Genus LimMocHoREs.

Limochores, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 59 (1872).

Type, manataaqua, Scudd.

Antenne: club robust, rather elongate; terminal crook short.

Palpi: third joint erect, short, bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner

and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds the length of

costa; vein 5 close to bottom of cell; vein 3 immediately before end

of cell; vein 2 nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind

wing: vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars faint ; vein 5

not traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2

well before end of cell, but considerably nearer to it than to base of

wing. Hind tibise with two pairs of spurs, and both middle and hind

tibize conspicuously spined. .

Male with a linear discal stigma on upperside of fore wing from

origin of vein 3 to as far as vein 1.

MANATAAGUA, SC. ...cevree ils { bimacula, Grote & Rob. 4.

cernes, Harris. | acanootus, Se.

OPONONBC. asafacsesccnece oes 2. GPPQ, BOWE? <,.26. 002010000 4,

Confined to North America.

25. Genus Evpnyns.

Euphyes, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 69 (1872).

Type, metacomet, Harris.

Antennze: club stout, elongate, with a short terminal crook.

Palpi: second joint clothed with laxly-set scales ; third joint slender,

obtusely conical, projecting well beyond the clothing of the second

joint. Fore wing: costa straight; apex rather produced; inner

margin considerably longer than outer margin; cell less than two-

thirds the length of costa; vein 5 close to bottom of cell; vein 3

shortly before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to base of wing than to end

of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even; vein 7 well before end

of cell; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 considerably

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiee with two pairs

of spurs. Male witha linear glandular streak on fore wing extending

from base of vein 3 to as far as vein 1.

metacomet, Harris.

Confined to North America.

26. Genus OLicoRIA.

Oligoria, Seudd. Syst. Rev. p. 61 (1872). Type, maculata, Edw.

Antenne: club robust, elongate, with a short terminal crook.

Palpi: third joint minute, obtusely conical, almost entirely concealed.

Fore wing hardly produced at apex ; inner and outer margins sub-

equal ; cell less than two-thirds length of costa; vein 5 from close

to bottom of cell ; vein 3 very close to end of cell; vein 2 nearer to

base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even,

very slightly excised at vein 2; vein 7 well before end of cell, only

slightly nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars and vein 5 barely

traceable ; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 more

108 MR. BE, Y, WATSON ON LHE HESPERIID®, (Jan. 17,

than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibiee

with two pairs of spurs, No sexual characters on the wings.

maculata, Hdw.

Habitat. Southern U.S.

27. Genus GEHENNA, nov.

Type, abima, Hew.

Antenne and palpi as in Halpe. Fore wing: inner and outer

margins subequal, rather produced at apex ; cell less than two-thirds

the length of costa ; middle discocellular more than twice the length

of lower one; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 well

before end of cell; vein 2 close to base of wing. Hind wing slightly

elongated ; outer margin even; costa very prominently arched at

base ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars faint ; vein 5

not traceable; vein 3 close to end of cell, twice as far from 2 as

from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing ; lower margin of cell not angled at veins 3 or 2. Hind tibiz

with a long fringe and with two pairs of spurs.

Male with two glandular streaks on the underside of fore wing,

the lower along vein 2 at its origin and the upper immediately above

it on the lower margin of cell, and there is alsoa tuft of hairs affixed

to the inner margin at extreme base of the wing and directed upwards.

* abima, Hew.

Habitat. Macassar.

28. Genus ACTINOR, nov.

Type, radians, Moore.

Antenne and palpi as in Halpe. Fore wing: shape and neura-

tion as in Halpe, except that vein 2 of the fore wing is very remote

from 3, being nearer to the base of wing than to the end of cell,

while in Halpe it is considerably nearer the end of cell. Hind

wing: cell extending more than half across wing; vein 7 close to

end of cell, arising at an acute angle; discocellulars faint ; vein 5

distinctly traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2

considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. No secondary

sexual characters on wings; lower margin of cell not angled at

veins 2 or 3.

radians, Moore.

The type came from N.W. Himalayas.

29. Genus Harpe. (Plate II. figs. 3, 4.)

Halpe, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1878, p. 689. Type, beturia, Hew.

Antenne : club moderate, elongate, with a short apical crook, tip

acuminate. Palpi porrect ; third joint minute, obtusely conical.

Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin; cell of fore

wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching

costa before the end of cell; upper discocellular about twice the

length of lower; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein

1893. | MR. DB. ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. 109

3 well before end of cell, about equidistant from 2 and from 4;

vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing

evenly rounded; cell very short; vein 7 well before end of cell,

at its origin vein 7 is sharply bent upwards, and the upper margin

of the cell is bent downwards so that the angle is shaped like a

tuning-fork ; discocellulars faint ; vein 5 not traceable ; vein 3 from

end of cell; vein 2 very much nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing ; lower margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2. The above

is the neuration of the male ; in the female vein 3 of the fore wing

is slightly nearer to end of cell, and on the hind wing vein 7 arises

at an acute angle with the upper margin of eell. Hind tibiz slightly

fringed and with two pairs of spurs. In most species the male is

provided with a linear discal stigma on the fore wing, running

obliquely from the origin of vein 3 almost to the inner margin, In

those species in which there is no discal stigma, the neuration of

both wings of the male agrees with that of the female.

*heturia, Hew. ..ss.eree ils gupta, TON. sseseess 8.

FOOTE, BP. NT. ....eeeee 2. OMA, TOW. cccecesceses 9,

*homolea, Hew. ......... 3. brunnea, Moore......... 10.

{ sikkima, Moore. astigmata, Swinhoe ... 11,

*cerata, Hew. .s.....0.00 4. honoret, de N. ......... 12.

varia, Murray ......... 5; | decorata, Moore ...... a

Sitala, do N. ........000- 6. | *masoni, Moore .......+- 14.

ceylonica, Moore ...... fF

Of the above species, astigmata, honorei, and masoni are without

the discal stigma, and it is very short and inconspicuous in decorata.

Similar differences in the neuration of the male and the female

are found in the Asiatic genera Pithauria and Aéromachus, in

both of which the male when it has no discal stigma agrees with

the female in neuration, but when provided with a discal stigma

differs from the female in the position of vein 3 of the fore wing

and in the distortion of the bifurcation of vein 7 of the hind wing.

Confined to Southern Asia and Japan.

HALPE MOORET, sp. nov.

A, beturia auctorum, nec Hewitson.

Above dark brown. Fore wing: male with seven transparent white

spots—two in cell, sometimes united, three subapical, and two on

disk ; the female has an additional opaque white spot at the centre of

submedian. Hind wing with the disk suffused with paler yellowish.

Cilia: fore wing grey, chequered with brown at end of veins; hind

wing uniform greyish. Underside: fore wing with spots as above

and with an additional row of six or seven submarginal greyish-

white spots between the veins, running parallel to the outer margin ;

costa, apex, and greater part of outer margin suffused with yellowish

scales, Hind wing with a conspicuous transverse white band of

spots extending across wing just beyond cell from outer angle as

far as submedian, the spot immediately outside cell considerably the

largest ; a small whitish spot at end of cell, an incomplete sub-

marginal row of whitish spots from anal angle, the two inner ones

110 MR. E. Ye WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. (Jan. 17,

prominent, remainder minute. The whole wing more or less dusted

with yellowish scales. Tip of antenne orange-yellow; club and

shaft black above, yellowish beneath; palpi dark above, greyish

white below.

Expanse, ¢ 34mm., 2 36 mm.

Habitat. India, Burma, Andamans.

This is the species which usually stands in Indian collections as

beturia, Hew. Hewitson, however, included two distinct species

under the name éeturia, one from Celebes and the other from the

Nilgiris ; as the former is the one that agrees with his description, it

must be taken as the typical one.

The true befuria differs from moorei in having only four spots

on the upperside in the male, two discal and two subapical, and the

fringe is unicolorous throughout ; in what appears to be the female

there is an additional minute subapical spot, a minute indistinct

spot at upper angle of cell, and the usual spot peculiar to the female

on the submedian. On the underside of the hind wing all the spots

are much diffused and irrorated with yellow. It is also a considerably

larger insect, the male expanding 42 mm., and the female 43 mm.

I have much pleasure in naming this species after Mr. Moore,

from whom I have received much assistance in the loan of types

and other specimens.

30. Genus PHLEBODES.

Phlebodes, Hiibn. Verz. p. 107 (1816). | Type, pertinax, Cram.

Antennz: club slender, elongated, terminal crook short. Palpi:

second joint densely scaled ; third joint minute, bluntly conical.

Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-

thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell;

vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer

to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing: vein 7 shortly

before end of cell; discocellulars faint; vein 5 not traceable;

veins 2, 3, 4 all close together ; vein 3 about twice as far from 2 as

from 4. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. Male with a linear

glandular streak on upperside of fore wing.

pertinax, Cram.

Confined to South America.

31. Genus Poanes.

Poanes, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 55 (1872).

Poanes, Scudd. Butl. New Engl. vol. ii. p. 1592 (1889).

Type, massasoit, Scudd.

Antenne rather short; club robust, arcuate, tip acuminate.

Palpi: second joint clothed with long laxly-set scales ; third joint

slender, cylindrical, short, bluntly pointed. Fore wing: costa

nearly straight, outer margin convex, slightly shorter than inner

margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa well before end of cell; middle discocellular con-

siderably longer than lower one; vein 5 considerably nearer to

1893. | MR, E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID 2, 111

4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before end of cell ; vein 2 almost equi-

distant from end of cell and base of wing. Hind wing: outer

margin even; vein 7 very close to end of cell; discocellulars faint ;

vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell:

vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie with

two pairs of rather long spurs. No secondary sexual characters on

wings of male.

massasoit, Se.

32. Genus PHYCANASSA.

Phycanassa, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 56 (1872).

Phycanassa, Scudd. Butl. New Engl. vol. ii. p. 1600 (1889).

Type, viator, Edw.

Antenne short; club straight, with a short terminal crook.

Palpi much as in Poanes, comparatively longer. Neuration of fore

wing as in Poanes, except that vein 2 is perceptibly nearer to base

of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin slightly

excised between veins 3 and 14; vein 7 well before end of cell;

vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell

than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of rather long spurs.

viator, Edw.

Confined to North America.

33. Genus ATRYTONE.

Atrytone, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 56 (1872). Type, iowa, Scudd.

Antenne: club robust, rather elongate, terminal crook short.

Palpi: second joint laxly scaled ; third joint minute, bluntly conical.

Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ; cell less than

two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to bottom of

the cell; vein 3 very close to end of cell; vein 2 considerably

nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing evenly

rounded; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars faint ;

vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 from end of cell ; vein 2 nearer to end

of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs.

No sexual characters on wings.

COWS SCs. Sepa ace cuss on ite | { var. pocahontas, Se.

eae Boisd. ...... 2. | | quadaguina, Se.

hobomok, Monrr. { logan, Hdw, .......-.++ oe

| | delaware, Edw.

And two unidentified species.

Confined to Ametica.

34. Genus CupirHa.

Cupitha, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. pt. ii. 1884, p. 47.

Type, tympanifera, Moore.

Antenne : club moderate, straight, with a short terminal crook, tip

acuminate. Palpi: second joint densely scaled ; third joint minute,

obtusely conical. Fore wing: inner margin [in ¢ | convex towards

112 MR. B, ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. (Jan. 17,

the base, subequal to outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the

length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell ;

middle discocellular considerably longer than lower one; vein 5

considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 well before end of cell ;

vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind

wing: outer margin even; vein 7 immediately before end of

cell ; discocellulars faint ; vein 5 not traceable. Female: veins 2, 3,

and 4 all close together; vein 3 about equidistant from 2 and 4;

vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell.

Male: with a circular glandular patch on hind wing at origin of

vein 2, distorting the lower margin of cell, and altering the relative

positions of veins 2, 3, and 4. The male is also furnished with a

short tuft of hair attached to the underside of the fore wing close

to the origin of vein 1.

{ purveea, Moore.

| tympanifera, Moore.

These two forms occur together in Burma, Sikhim, and the

Nilgiris, and the differences between them appear too slight to

justify their separation.

35. Genus Onryza, nov. (Plate II. fig. 5.)

Type, meiktila, de N.

Antenne and palpi as in Halpe. Fore wing: inner margin con-

siderably longer than outer.margin; cell less than two-thirds the

length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell ; middle

discocellular considerably longer than lower one; vein 5 nearer to

bottom of cell than to vein 6; vein 3 well before end of cell, about

equidistant from 2 and 4; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base

of wing. Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded; vein 7 well

before end of cell, straight, upper margin of cell curving downwards

at the bifurcation; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein 5 not

traceable; veins 2, 3 and 4 all close together, lower margin of cell

bent upwards at vein 2. Hind tibis with two pairs of spurs, the

upper pair minute. Male with a patch of long recumbent hairs on

the upperside of the hind wing, attached along vein 8 from close to

the base of the wing.

° meiktila, de N.

Habitat. Burma.

36. Genus Norocryrta.

Notocrypta, de Nicéville, Jouru. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. iv. p. 188

(1889). Type, curvifascia, Felder.

Plesioneura,Felder, Wien. ent. Monat. vi. p. 29 (1862), nom. preeoe.

Type, curvifascia, Felder.

Antennz: club moderate, with a short terminal crook. Palpi:

second joint densely scaled; third joint almost concealed, bluntly

conical. Fore wing : inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than

two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite

+f ip + aS ips y

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, 113

end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the middle one considerably

the longer ; vein 5 much nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 close to end

of cell ; vein 2 considerably nearer to base of wing than to end of

cell. Hind wing: outer margin even; vein 7 close to end of cell,

more than twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars and vein 5

very faint ; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to

end of cell than to base of wing ; lower margin of cell inconspicuously

angled at vein 2. Hind tibice with two pairs of long spurs.

curvifascia, Felder ...... 1. * albifascia, Moore......... 4.

restricta, Moore ......... 2. * insulata, Butler ......... Sh

feisthamelii, Boisd. ...... 3. * proserpina, Butler ...... 6.

Fagen. Moore. basiflava, de Nicéville... 7.

And two unidentified species.

The curvifascia of Felder has been identified by some authors as

identical with alysos, Moore ; however, this does not seem to be the

case, as in alysos there is an opaque white spot above the transparent

white band on the underside of the fore wing, which is wanting in

typical Chinese specimens of curvifascia. This latter species is

therefore nearer to restricta, Moore, from which it may be distin-

guished by the lowest spot of the discal band being much indented ;

this, however, may be simply varietal, as the true restricta also

oceurs in China, and the spot above referred to is frequently slightly

indented in Indian specimens of that species.

Alysos, Moore, must sink as a synonym of feisthamelii, Boisd.,

of which there are typical specimens in the British Museum which

are absolutely inseparable from Indian specimens of alysos; this

species can be readily identified by the costal opaque spot on the

underside of the fore wing.

, Ficulnea, Hew.=signata, Druce, and tola, Hew., are superficially

very like species of Notocrypta, but their neuration is entirely dif-

ferent, and, as already suggested by Mr. de Nicéville, they require a

separate genus.

Notocrypta is confined to Southern Asia.

37. Genus Upaspss.

Udaspes, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 177 (1881).

Type, folus, Cram.

Antennz: club moderate, with a short terminal crook. Palpi:

second and third joints porrect ; third joint minute, bluntly conical.

Fore wing: inner margin slightly longer than outer margin; cell

less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa

just before end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the middle one

considerably the longer ; vein 5 much nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3

close to end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to base of wing than

to end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even ; vein 7 immediately

before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint; vein 3

immediately before end of cell; vein 2 about twice as far from base

of wing as from end of cell; lower margin of cell inconspicuously

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1893, No. VIII.

1i4 MR, B, Y, WATSON ON THD HESPERILIDE. (Jan. 17,

angled at vein 2. Hind tibize almost naked, with two pairs of spurs.

No secondary sexual characters on wings.

{ folus, Oram,

\ cicero, Faby.

Confined to Southern Asia.

38. Genus Baracus.

Baracus, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 162 (1881).

Type, vitattus, Felder.

Antenne: club moderate, tip recurved, acuminate. Palpi porrect,

conspicuous ; second joint laxly clothed with long scales ; third joint

prominent, acuminate. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer

margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12

reaching costa before end of cell; vein 11 curving upwards and

running very close to, though not quite touching, vein 12; middle

discocellular considerably longer than lower one ; vein 5 much nearer

to 4 than to 6, but not from bottom of cell; vein 3 close to end of

cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 twice as far from base of

wing as from 3, nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind

wing evenly rounded ; vein 7 immediately before end of cell ; vein 5

not traceable ; discocellulars faint ; vein 3 immediately before end of

cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of

cell. Hind tibize fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

vittatus, Felder ......... llr | lepeletiert, Lat. ......00 4,

subditus, Moore ......... 2, tsttd; Trimncses.secet este 44 5.

septentrionum, \Vood- tnornatus, Trim. ....s006 6.

Mason, de Nicéyille... 5.

And four unnamed species.

Trimen puts /epeletieri and its allies into Cyclopides, from which,

however, they may be readily distinguished by veins 11 and 12 of

the fore wing not anastomosing, and by several minor points of

neuration, and also by the formation of their antenne and palpi.

Confined to Africa and the Oriental region.

39. Genus AsricrorreRus.

Astictopterus, Felder, Wien. ent. Monat. iv. p. 401 (1860).

Type, ama, Felder.

Antenne : club slender, tip recurved, acuminate. Palpi perreet ;

third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore wing : iuner margin longer

than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ;

vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell ; vein 11 curving upwards

shortly after its origin and running close to, but not touching,

vein 12; middle discocellular considerably longer than lower

one; vein 5 much nearer to 4 than to 6, but not from close to

bottom of cell; vein 3 well before end of cell, more than twice as

far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 slightly nearer to 3 than to base of

wing. Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7 shortly before end of

cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint ; vein 3 shortly before end

of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 nearer to end of cell

The

“J edt

1893.] MR, EB, ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 115

than to base of wing. Hind tibiee naked and with two pairs of long

spurs.

jamd, Felder ........+++ ue

olivascens, Moore ...... 2.

nubilus, Mab, .........+6 3.

And one unidentified species.

A very heterogeneous collection of species have been described as

belonging to this genus, most of which belong to the genera Kerana,

Sancus, Koruthaialos, Iambrix, and Baracus. Of the remainder,

argenteo-ornatus, Hew., croites, Hew., and eynone, Hew., belong to

Hesperilla or a closely allied genus; dhanada, Moore, aurivittata,

Moore, and Jadana, Butler, belong to Celenorrhinus ; while ornatus,

Brem., and wnicolor, Brem., belong to Heteropterus.

Confined to Southern Asia.

40. Genus Kerana.

Kerana, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 402 (1886). Type, armatus, Druce.

Antenne long; club moderate, recurved at tip. Palpi: second

joint densely scaled ; third joint almost entirely concealed. Fore

wing: inner margin longer than outer; cell less than two-thirds

the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell;

middle discocellular quite twice the length of lower one ; vein 5 from

close to bottom of cell ; vein 3 well before end of cell ; vein 2 almost

equidistant from vein 3 and base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin

evenly rounded; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars

and vein 5 faint, but not fully developed ; vein 5 nearer to 4 than to

6; vein 3 well before end of cell, nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiz clothed with

short recumbent scales and with two pairs of spurs.

The male of the type species differs from the other species of the

genus in being provided with a patch of appressed scales occupying

the entire cell of the bind wing on the upperside, and giving it a

velvety appearance, and with a similar ill-defined patch towards the

base of the hind wing on the underside. A somewhat similar male

character is found in the genus Trichosemeia, Holland. The other

species of the genus are without secondary male characters.

armatus, Druce ......45. ik

*gemmifer, Butler ...... 2.

diocles, Moore .......+. 3.

The “ Astictopterus” inornatus of Butler also apparently belongs

to this genus, but the type is in too bad condition to enable the point

to be decided.

Confined to Southern Asia.

41. Genus KatTreus, nov.

Type, johnstonii, Butler.

Antenne very long; club slender, recurved, apex acuminate.

Palpi as in Kerana. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer

margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ; ia = reaching

116 MR. HB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. [Jan. 17,

costa before end of cell; upper margin of cell sharply bent

downwards at vein 8; veins 7 and 6 well below the angle; upper

discocellular considerably longer than lower; vein 5 much nearer

4 than 6, but not from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 well before

end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 about equidistant

from vein 3 and base of wing. Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7

well before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3

immediately before end of cell ; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of

cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize in the male only with terminal

spurs, the ventral surface thickly set with short spines; the dorsal

surface with a long fringe and also a long tuft of hairs attached near

the proximal end.

* johnstonii, Butler.

Allied to Kerana.

Confined to Africa.

42. Genus ANCISTROIDES.

Aneistroides, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 436.

Type, longicornis, Butler.

Antenne very long; club slender, recurved, tip acuminate. Palpi

as in Kerana. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ;

cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa

before end of cell; middle discocellular quite twice as long as

lower one; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 shortly

before end of cell; vein 2 much nearer to base of wing than to vein

3. Hind wing evenly rounded ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell ;

discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 immediately before

end of cell, many times farther from 2 than from 4; veia 2

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie with two

pairs of spurs and slightly clothed with short recumbent scales.

longicornis, Butler ...... Te

* othonias, Hew. 2.

This genus is nearest allied to Aerana, but differs from it

markedly in the position of the median branches of both wings.

Longicornis is from Timor and othonias from Borneo.

43. Genus PrrpDANA.

Pirdana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 376 (1886).

Type, hyela, Hewitson.

Antenne long; club slender, tip recurved, acuminate. Palpi:

second joint densely scaled, third joint minute. Fore wing: inner

and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two thirds the length of

costa: vein 12 reaching costa well before end of ceil ; upper disco-

cellular minute, lower and middle discocellular inwardly oblique, the

middle one considerably the longer; vein 3 very close to end of cell ;

veinlet in cell just beyond vein 3; vein 2 less than twice as far

from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin

even, lobe inconspicuous ; cell short, not reaching half across wing;

vein 7 just before end of cell, more than three times as far from 8 as

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. gL Lyi

from 6; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein 5 wanting; vein 3

just before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from bas? of wing as from

end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

*e LUCLA: PLO Wa fur<steseasdejacsae's> if

WSeMe. HOG, cscecccesscasaaens 2.

Confined to Southern Asia.

44, Genus PARDALEODEs.

Pardaleodes, Butl. Ent. Month]. Mag. vii. p. 96 (1870).

Type, edipus, Cram.

Antennee rather long ; club slender, elongate, with a short recurved

crook. Palpi: second joint densely sealed, third joint suberect, short,

bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ;

cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa

almost opposite the end of cell; vein 11 running very close to but

not actually touching vein 12 for a portion of its length; middle

discocellular half as long again as lower one; vein 5 considerably

nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before end of cell, about twice

as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than

to base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded; vein

7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint ;

vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base

of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

No secondary sexual characters on the wings.

edipus, Cram. ........++ i esti MAD eee. ..2a05 a5 a,

* sator, Doubl., Hew. ... 2. coanza, Platz

Confined to Africa.

45. Genus Ceratricuta. (Plate IIT. fig. 24.)

Ceratrichia, Butler, Cat. Fabr. Lep. p. 274 (1869).

Type, nothus, Fabr.

Antenne very long and slender, almost as long as the body; club

slender, elongate, with a short terminal crook, tip acuminate. Palpi:

third joint concealed in the clothing of second joint. Fore wing:

inner margin longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds

the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end

of cell; middle discocellular about twice the length of lower one;

vein 5 considerably nearer to4 than to 6; vein 3immediately before

end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.

Hind wing: outer margin even; vein 7 shortly before end of cell;

discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately

before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of wing as from

end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. No secondary

sexual characters on wings of male.

nothus, Faby. ...... 1. phocion, Fabr. ..... 4,

* aretina, Hew. ...... 2. * flava, Hew. «....0.0 5.

argyrosticta, Plitz. 3. |

And two unidentified species.

This genus is confined to the African region.

118 MR. B. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID2. (Jan. 17,

46. Genus PLASTINGIA.

Plastingia, Butler, Ent. Mon. Mag. vol. vii. p. 95 (1870).

Type, flavescens, Felder.

Antenne long; club slender, with a recurved terminal crook, tip

acuminate. Palpi well separated, second joint densely scaled,

third joint minute, obtusely conical. Fore wing: outer margin

considerably longer than inner margin; cell less than two-thirds

length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell;

discocellulars inwardly oblique; middle one considerably longer

than lower ; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 well

before end of cell; vein 2 close to base of wing, more than twice

as far from end of cell as from base of wing; lower margin of

cell slightly arched between veins 2 and 3. Hind wing slightly

elongate, outer margin even; vein 7 well before end of cell, only -

slightly nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars faint; vein 5 not

traceable; vein 3 well before end of cell, almost equidistant from

2 and 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base

of wing ; lower margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2. Hind tibixe

with two pairs of spurs. No secondary sexual characters on wings

of male.

flavescens, Felder ...... ite *litrunia, Hew. ...sereee 4,

{ callineura, Felder ...... 2. *vermiculata, Hew. ...... 5.

*latoia, Hew. | *tessellata, Hew. ......++- 6.

helena, Butler ............ 3. | naga, de N.

And one unnamed species. essellata differs considerably in

neuration from the type and only doubtfully belongs to this genus.

Other species of the genus are margherita, Doherty, and noemi,

de Nicéville.

This genus is confined to Southern Asia.

47. Genus LEREMA.

Lerema, Scudd, Syst. Rev. p. 61 (1872).

Type, aceius, Smith-Abb.

Antenne: club robust, elongate, with a short terminal crook ;

second joint of palpi densely scaled; third joint erect, short, obtusely

conical. Fore wing: outer margin considerably longer than inner

margin ; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa ;

vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; middle

discocellular more than twice as long as lower discocellular ; vein 5

from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 well before end of cell, about

three times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to

base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing rather elongate,

outer margin even; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars

very faint; vein 5 not traceable; veins 2, 3, and 4 all close

together; vein 3 about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2

considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing; lower

margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2. Hind tibiz with two pairs

of spurs.

1893. ] MR. B, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID 2. 119

Male with a linear glandular streak on upperside of fore wing

extending from the base of vein 3 as far as vein 1,

accius, Sm. Abb.

hianna, Scudd. 2;

Confined to North America.

48. Genus Pirgauria.

Pithauria, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p.689. Type, murdava, Moore.

Pithauriopsis, W.-Mason & de Nicéville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

1886, p. 387. Type, aitchisoni, W. M. & de N.

Antenne: club slender, elongate, with a rather long and very

slender terminal crook. Palpi: second joint pressed close against

face, third joint minute. Fore wing rather produced at apex,

inner and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds the

length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell;

upper discocellular minute, middle very long, lower very short ; vein

5 from very close to bottom of cell; vein 3 equidistant from 2 and

4; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind

wing elongated, outer margin even; cell short, not reaching half

across wing ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell, both veins curved at

the bifurcation; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein 5 not

traceable; veins 2, 3, and 4 all very close together, the lower

margin of the cell bent upwards at origin of vein 2. Hind tibie

with two pairs of spurs.

In the male the fore cox are conspicuously tufted. The only

differences between Pithauria and Pithauriopsis are that in the

latter the male is furnished with a pair of glandular spots on the

upperside of the fore wing between veins | and 2, and that at the

bifurcation of vein 7 of the hind wing the veins composing the fork

are more curved; this, however, is a character which for some un-

known reason appears to occur in correlation with glandular patches

or streaks on the fore wing. The female of aitchisoni has not been

described, but will almost certainly be found to have the veins at the

origin of vein 7 of the hind wing straight, so that vein 7 would

arise at an acute angle.

MMT AOUG MOONEE jeocscasacas iconcteet ween tedden >= if

stramineipennis, Wood-Mason, de Nicéyille ...... an

aitchisoni, Wood-Mason, de Nicéville

Confined to the Oriental region.

49. Genus NICONIADES.

Niconiades, Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. ii. (1816

—21). Type, vanthaphes,

Goniloba, Westw. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 512. Hiibn.

(1852).

Antenne rather long; club slender, elongated, with a slender

elongated crook. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, pressed close

against the face, third joint erect, minute, bluntly pointed. Fore

120 MR. B. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

wing: outer margin longer than inner margin; cell less than two-

thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite

the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, middle one very

much longer than the lower one; vein 5 very close to bottom of

cell; vein 8 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer

to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing very elongate ;

vein 7 shortly before end of cell; vein 3 shortly before end

of cell, about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably

nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two

pairs of spurs.

In the male there are three short longitudinal glandular streaks

on the upperside of the fore wing, one in the fork of vein 2, the

second immediately below vein 2, and the third immediately above

vein |.

wanthaphes, Hiibn. ...... Tk

MOY OIG, TOW: ...c0ss0.eeo0n 2,

Confined to tropical America.

50. Genus CoBauus.

Cobalus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 115 (1816). Type, virbius, Cram.

Antenne: club moderate, with a long slender terminal crook.

Palpi: second joint very densely scaled, pressed close against the

face, third joint minute, obtusely conical. Fore wing : inner margin

longer than outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of

costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; middle disco-

cellular inwardly oblique, many times longer than the lower one;

vein 5 close to bottom of cell; vein 3 shortly before end of

cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from end of cell and base of wing.

Hind wing rather produced on subcostal area; outer margin

excised between veins 3 and 10; vein 7 well before end of cell ;

veins 2, 3, and 4 all close together, vein 3 about twice as far from

2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base

of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

No secondary sexual characters on wings of male.

virbius, Cram. .....065- Ile

*physcelia, Hew, ........ 2.

And an unidentified species.

Confined to South America.

51. Genus Lycunucavus.

Lychnuchus, Hubner, Zutr. iii. p. 24 (1825). Type, olenus, Hiibn.

Antenne: club moderate, elongate, terminal crook rather long

and slender. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, pressed close

against the face, the third joint entirely concealed. Fore wing:

costa slightly arched at base, then straight to apex; inner and

outer margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds the length of

costa; vein 12 reaching costa shortly before end of cell; middle

discocellular considerably longer than lower one; vein 5 from close

to bottom of cell; vein 3 well before end of cell; vein 2 more

Bian

1893.] MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA, 121

than twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing in the male

of the type species, rather farther removed from base in the female

of the type and in both sexes of the other species. Hind wing: outer

margin excised between veins 3 and 16; vein 7 well before end of

cell, only slightly nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars faint ; vein 5

wanting ; vein 3 close to end of cell, about twice as far from 2 as

from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing ; lower margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2, more con-

spicuously at vein 3. In the male of the type species there are two

linear streaks of modified scales on the upperside of the fore wing

at the origin of vein 2, running for a short distance along vein 2 and

the lower margin of the cell respectively.

olenus, Hiibn, ...... Ns

*ozias, HOW, ....c0e.00s- 2.

The olenus of Hiibner appears to be identical with celsus, Fabr.

Confined to South America.

52. Genus CarysTUus.

Carystus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 114 (1816). Type, jolus, Cram.

Antenne rather short ; club robust, elongate, with a long terminal

crook. Palpi: third joint almost entirely concealed in the clothing

of the second joint. Fore wing produced at apex, inner margin

longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of

costa; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly

before end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even, excised

between veins 3 and 14; vein 7 well before end of cell; disco-

cellulars faint, vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 from end of cell ;

vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

POUUSKOVAM: 60000 eke: its | *marpesia, Hew. ..... 4,

claudianus, Latr. ... 2. *bursa, Hew. — .....000- 5,

phorcus, Cram. ...... 3. |

And three unidentified species.

Yonfined to Central and South America.

53. Genus Loroneus.

Lotongus, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 371 (1886). Type, calathus, Hew.

Antenne of moderate length, with a long terminal crook. Fore

wing: inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds

the length of costa; middle discocellular considerably longer than

lower one; vein 3 close to end of cell; vein 2 nearer to base of

wing than to end of cell, almost equidistant from vein 3 and base of

wing. Hind wing:. outer margin even; vein 7 well before end

of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 immediately before

end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base

of wing. Hind tibice with two pairs of spurs.

*calathus, Hew.

Habitat. Sumatra.

122 MR. EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID ®, [Jan. 17,

54, Genus THRACIDES.

Thracides, Hiibn. Verz. p. 105 (1816). Type, phidon, Cram.

Antenne: club elongate, with a long slender terminal crook.

Palpi: second joint densely sealed, pressed close against the face ;

third joint almost entirely concealed, bluntly conical. Fore wing:

inner margin longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds

the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite end

of cell; middle discocellular very oblique, lower very short ; vein 5

from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 shortly before end of cell ;

vein 2 almost equidistant from base of wing and end of cell. Hind

wing rather elongate, anal angle slightly lobate ; vein 7 well before

end of cell; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein 3 close to end

of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to

end of cell than to base of wing; upper margin of cell bent down-

wards at vein 7; lower margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2,

more conspicuously at vein 3. Hind tibize with a dense fringe and

two pairs of spurs.

Male with a very inconspicuous linear discal stigma on the upper-

side of fore wing, from just before origin of vein 3 to as far as the

submedian, usually more or less incomplete.

phidon, Cramer ...... Alp *cincia, Hew. ......s-.0. 4.

*cilissa, Hew. .....0++. 2, *bresia, HOW. © ..6...0s-000 bi

*nanea, Hew. ......... 3

There is an undescribed genus closely allied to Thracides, in-

cluding telmela, Hew., cloanthus, Latr., and others, which appear to

mimic species of Pyrrhopyge.

Confined to tropical America.

55. Genus Tauripes.

Talides, Hiibn. Verz. p. 106 (1816). Type, sergestus, Cram.

Antenne and palpi as in Perichares. ..Fore wing differs from

Perichares in not being so much produced apically, in the onter

and inner margins being subequal, and in vein 3 being very much

nearer to the end of the cell. Hind wing as in Perichares but

less elongate, being more produced in the subcostal area. Hind

tibiz and femora less densely fringed than in Perichares, and the

upper pair of spurs are very short. Linear stigma on fore wing of

male as in Perichares.

sergestus, Cram. ...... b | *chiomara, Hew. ...... 4.

sinon, Oram. ......... 2. | *cerymica, Hew. ...... 5.

*eudeqa, Hew. ......... 3.

Confined to tropical America.

56. Genus PerICHAREs.

Perichares, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 60 (1872). Type, corydon, Fabr.

Antenne: club robust, elongated, with a long terminal crook ;

second joint of palpi very densely scaled, the third joint almost

entirely concealed. Fore wing produced at apex, outer margin

very much longer than inner margin; cell less than two-thirds the

a Paes 8 ieee ome ae ree

1893. | MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 123

length of costa; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3

well before end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from vein 3 and

base of wing. Hind wing elongate, outer margin even; vein 7

well before end of cell; discocellulars faint, vein 5 not traceable ;

vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base

of wing as from end of cell; lower margin of cell angled at vein 2.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. There is a very dense fringe

on the hind tibize and femora and also on the middle femora.

Male with a linear discal stigma extending from the base of vein

3 to as far as vein 1.

COPY MON, MADE: exisen ta0escens- iL.

JSulvimargo, Butler............ Ze

Confined to tropical America.

57. Genus UNKANa.

Unkana, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 369 (1886). Type, batara, Dist.

Antenne long; club moderate, elongated, with a long terminal

crook. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, third joint almost

concealed. Fore wing produced at apex, outer margin considerably

longer than inner margin; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the

length of costa; discocellulars inwardly oblique ; vein 5 considerably

nearer to 4 than to 6, but not from close to bottom of cell (except

in elia) ; vein 3 well before end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant

from vein 3 and base of wing. Hind wing produced in the sub-

costal area, outer margin even, conspicuously excised between veins

3 and 10; vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars and vein

5 very faint ; vein 3 well before end of cell, about twice as far from

2 as from 4 ; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base

of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

batara, Dist. .......<. uF semamora, Moore ... 4.

*attina, Hew. .....+... 2. watsonit, de Nicéy. ... 5.

MEL PELOWs, zetoes secu 3.

It seems very doubtful if all the above are congeneric. There

are no sexual characters on the wings of batara, attina, or watsonii.

In the male of elia there is a short discal stigma on the upperside

of the fore wing extending from the base of vein 3 to just beyond

vein 2, and there is also a tuft of hairs on the underside of the fore

wing at the origin of vein 1; in semamora there is no discal stigma

but there is a tuft of hairs similarly situated to that of elia. Sema-

mora, watsonii, and elia all differ slightly in neuration from batara,

and the two former also differ in the crook to the antennz being

very short. All these species, however, seem to be conveniently

included under Unkana for the present.

Is Gatara identical with eruda, H.-S.?

Confined to the Oriental region.

i 58. Genus Hrpart.

Hidari, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 395 (1886). ‘Type, trava, Moore.

Antenne long ; club robust, elongated, with a long terminal crook.

Palpi: second joint very densely scaled, third joint almost entirely

124 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THD HESPERIID®. (Jan. 17,

concealed. Fore wing: outer margin longer than inner margin;

cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ; discocellulars inwardly

oblique; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 well before

end of cell ; vein 2 almost equidistant from end of cell and base of

wing. Hind wing slightly lobate, outer margin even; vein 7 well

before end of cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 faint ; veins 2, 3, and

4 all close together ; vein 3 almost equidistant from 2 and 4; vein

2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs, the upper pair short.

trava, Moore.

*hypepa, Hew.

Confined to the Oriental region.

59. Genus PrrEROTEINON, noy.

Tanyptera, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, p. 260 (1877),

nom. przoc. Type, laufella, Hewitson.

Antennze: club rather robust, about one-third the length of

shaft, bent at about a right angle, terminal portion short, about

half the length of remainder of club. Palpi: second joint thickly

sealed, third joint minute. Fore wing: outer margin longer than

inner margin; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; veins 6

and 7 from upper end of cell; upper discocellular non-existent ;

middle discocellular inwardly oblique, angled at its lower end ; lower

discocellular very short, about half the length of middle one; vein 3

near end of cell, about five times as far from base of wing as from

end of cell; vein 2 equidistant from base of wing and from vein 3;

veinlet in cell just before vein 4. Hind wing: lobe inconspicuous ;

vein 7 twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell; disco-

cellulars outwardly oblique; vein 5 well developed; vein 3 just

before end of cell; vein 2 three times as far from base of wing as

from end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs, and with a

double fringe of densely set sete.

*laufella, Hew.

Confined to Africa.

Synopsis of Genera of PAMPHILINA.

Section C,

a, Vein 5 of hind wing well developed.

a', Vein 3 of hind wing immediately before end of cell.

a*, Club of antenne longer than shaft.

IsmEenz, Swainson. Type, adipodea, Swains. (1)

}?, Shaft of antennee longer than club.

a, Vein 1 of fore wing distorted downwards near base,

Hasora, Moore. Type, badra, Moore. (2)

°, Vein | of fore wing not distorted near base. .

Brnasts, Moore. Type, sera, Moore. (8

b'. Vein 3 of hind wing well before end of cell.

BapamiA, Moore. ‘Type, eaclamationis, Fabr. (4)

b, Vein 5 of hind wing wanting.

: Ruoratocampra, Wallgr, Type, forestan, Cram. (5)

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 125

1. Genus IsMENE.

(Plates I. figs. 14, 15, 16; II. figs. 11, 12; III. fig. 18.)

Ismene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. vol. i. pl. 16 (1820-21).

Type, edipodea, Swainson.

Antennz: club very robust, about twice as long as shaft, ter-

minal portion tapering to a fine point and curved into a crescent,

never bent into a hook. Palpi as already characterized. Fore

wing: inner and outer margins subequal ; cell slightly more than

half the length of costa; vein’12 reaching costa almost opposite

end of cell; vein 5 equidistant from 4 and 6; upper discocellular

minute, middle and lower discocellulars subequal, almost erect ; vein

3 three times as far from base of wing as from end of cell; vein 2

three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing:

cell very short, only reaching about one-third across wing; vein 7

twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars very faint, slightly

outwardly oblique; vein 5 well developed; vein 3 just before end

of cell; outer margin sinuate but not distinctly lobed. Hind tibize

slightly fringed, and with two pairs of spurs. The above diagnosis

is from a Javan female of typical edipodea, and applies to the females

of all other species of the genus.

In the males of all the species the hind tibize are much swollen,

and have a long tuft of hairs affixed near the proximal end on the

upperside, beneath which, along their outer edge, they are clothed

with large rounded scales. This character is most fully developed

in mahintha, and least of all in harisa, the other species showing a

gradual transition between the two.

In typical adipodea the male has a very prominent rounded patch

of appressed scales on the upperside of the fore wing, owing to which

the lower margin of the cell is strongly curved upwards, and vein 3

arises near the base of the wing and very close to vein 2. On the

hind wing vein 8 is very short, and runs upwards to the costa at a

short distance from the base, and, just beyond it, the costal margin

is folded over on the upperside. Vein 7 is much as in the female,

but vein 6 is strongly curved downwards. The folding over of the

costal margin on the upperside gives the wing, as seen from beneath,

the appearance of being strongly arched at base and then cut away

obliquely to just beyond vein 7.

The above characters occur only in males of typical cedipodea from

Java and Borneo. In the Indian species, which has hitherto been

considered to be identical with edipodea and which I propose to

rename ataphus, the veins of the fore wing are distorted as in

cedipodea; but the costa of the hind wing is not folded over, and

the neuration of that wing is much as in the female.

The other species of the genus vary considerably in the male

mark of the fore wing, which is sometimes very prominent and some-

times entirely absent, and there is also considerable variation in the

distortion of the veins of the fore wing. However, the character

of the swollen hind tibie is invariably present and the females are

inseparable, so I have considered it very unadvisable to form new

126 MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. (Jan. 17,

genera on the male characteristics alone, and subjoin a key to the

species of the genus in the collection of the British Museum.

A. Male, costa of hind wing folded over.

a. Male, conspicuous rounded patch of andro-

conia on the fore wing; vein 3 of fore

wing close to base of cell .........006 +000

B. Male, costa of hind wing not folded over.

a. Male, vein 3 of fore wing close to base of

adipodea, Swains. ...... 1.

cell.

a’, Male, conspicuous rounded patch of an-

droconia on fore wing ......++++ Wecawnene *ataphus, 0. 8p. os... 2.

b'. Male, inconspicuous rounded patch of

androconia on fore Wing .......eeeeeeeeee *amara, Moore ........- 6.

. Male, vein 3 of fore wing about equidistant

from end and base of cell.

a’, Male, with a rounded patch of andro-

CONIA OD FOL WING .--.00 0s senseseeeneenes Jaina, Moore ........- o:

fergusonti,deNicéville. 4.

6’, Male, with linear streaks of androconia

along median branches of fore wing ... *striata, Hew. ......... ite

. Male, vein 5 of fore wing close to end of cell.

a'. Male, rounded patch of androconia on

POPC WATE nea Bare tessachss dar aadvetasedsenc-oss *ilusha, Hew. © ....-..0 5.

b'. Male, linear streaks of androconia on

POLO WINES csccieisemecsvas stenedqecneattee == =< mahintha, Moore ...... 8.

e', Male, no patch or streaks of androconia

ONMOLASWID Pere cap ev storseps ekaccarey » Wee *etellia, FLOW. ..s.cssesee 9.

*yasutand, Moore ...... 10.

anadi, de Nicéville ... 11.

harisa, Moore .......+- 12.

gomata, Moore ......... 13.

f aquilina, Speyer ...... 14,

jankowskii, Oberthiir.

| *chryseglia, Butler.

The species are numbered in what would appear to be their most

natural order. The females of all the species have vein 3 of the

fore wing close to the end of the cell, as in the last group of the

males.

This genus is confined to the Oriental region, China and Japan.

IsMENE ATAPHUS, Ni. Sp.

Ismene eedipodea, Moore (nec Swainson), Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 158,

pl. 64. figs. 2, 2a, 26 (1881).

This species is the Indian representative of the Sumatran edipodea,

with which it has hitherto been confounded. The male differs

from that of ceedipodea in the costal margin of the hind wing being

normal, whereas in edipodea the costal margin is folded over and

the costal vein is correlatively distorted. The female has a costal

red streak on the upperside of the fore wing which is entirely absent

in the female of wdipodea. Furthermore, in both sexes of edipodea

the thorax and base of wings are conspicuously clothed with long

silvery greenish-blue scales; in ataphus this clothing is of a duller

green and of less extent, especially on the wings. The cilia of the

hind wings are also much longer and redder in ataphus than in

cedipodea.

rae aaa”

1893.] 3 MR. B, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID. 127

The present species is represented in the British Museum from

Ceylon and Silhet, and it also occurs in Hong Kong.

Gédipodea is in the British Museum from Java, Borneo, and

Macassar.

2. Genus Hasora. (Plate II. figs. 1, 2.)

Hasora, Moore, Lep. Cey). vol. i. p. 159 (1881).

Type, badra, Moore.

Parata, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 160 (1881).

Type, chromus, Moore.

Antenne: club thickening rather abruptly and gradually tapering

to a fine point, bent beyond the thickest portion, usually at about a

right angle, but sometimes almost into a hook ; the terminal portion

not quite so long as the remainder of the club. Fore wing: inner

and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds the length of

costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite upper angle of cell

vein 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; upper discocellular minnte; middle

and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique and in the same straight

line; vein 3 almost equidistant from base of wing and from end of

cell; vein 2 nearer to base of wing than to vein 3; vein 1 distorted

downwards near base. Hind wing produced into a lobe; vein 7

slightly nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars very faint, outwardly

oblique ; vein 5 well developed, much nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3

from just before end of cell; vein 2 about equidistant from base of

wing and from end of cell. Hind tibiz not very densely fringed,

and with two pairs of spurs.

The female differs in vein 3 of the fore wing being three times as

far from base of wing as from end of cell.

The type-species of Parata differs from the type-species of Hasora

in being provided in the male with an oblique discal stigma on the

fore wing, and also in some slight differences in the outline of the

wings. ‘These two characters, however, exist together only in the

type-species of Parata, and we find other species with the discal

streak of Parata and the outline of Hasora, or vice versd, while the

streak itself appears in every degree of intensity, being sometimes

very prominent and at other times barely traceable or altogether

absent, the females in all the species being structurally inseparable.

The species represented in the British Museum are divided below

into two groups, based on the degree of prominence of the sexual

streak, and are numbered in what appears to be their most natural

order, which it will be seen does not agree at all with the divisions

founded on their sexual brand.

Of atrox, bilunata, and lugubris there are only females in the

British Museum; of these the two former probably have a discal

stigma in the male, and the last seems very possibly to be the female

of celenus.

Other species of the genus are anura, de Nicéville, and hadria,

de Nicéville, both from India, and there are five unidentified species

in the British Museum, most of which are probably undescribed.

128 MR. BE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

This genus is represented in the British Museum from throughout

India, Malaysia, the Philippines, Fiji, New Guinea, and Australia.

A. Male with sexual streak inconspicuous or absent.

badra, Moore ............ I. discolor, Feld. ...........: ll.

thridas, Boisd. ......... 3: doleschallia, Feld. ...... 14.

WHT DOGS si seeeocr es son 6. | “ITO, TACWe | jensqunesaese 18.

coulteri, de Nicév. ...... i

B. Male with sexual streak conspicuous.

RAPPORT, sins oa se cesses 2. celenus, Cram. .....-... 12.

chromus, Cram. .....-+0 4, lugubris, Boisd. ......... 13.

WUESIR MADE sien scsesss 5: *chuza, Hew. «...--.....: 15.

malayana, Feld. ......... 8. schenherri, Lair. ...... 16.

*bilunata, Butl. .......5. 9. { gentiana, Feld. ......... lf

hurana, Butl. ............ 10. *saida, Hew.

3. Genus Brsasts.

Bibasis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 160 (1881).

Type, sena, Moore.

Antennz much as in Hasora, but the terminal portion of club

usually much more hooked. Fore wing: male without costal fold

or discal stigma; outer margin longer than inner margin ; cell only

slightly more than half the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa

almost opposite upper angle of cell; vein 5 slightly nearer to 6 than

to 4; upper discocellular minute; middle and lower discocellulars

subequal, almost erect, and in the same straight line; vein 3 three

times as far from base of wing as from end of cell, more than twice

as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 three times as far from end of cell

as from base of wing. Hind wing not so broad as in Hasora;

lobe less conspicuous; vein 7 nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars

faint, slightly outwardly oblique, the lower the longer; vein 5 well

developed; vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end of

cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie not fringed but thickly

sealed above, and with two pairs of spurs.

There is only one described species in this genus, which is recorded

from India, Ceylon, and Java.

*sena, Moore.

4. Genus Bapamia.

Badamia, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 156 (1881).

Type, exclamationis, Fabr.

Antenne short, hardly half the length of costa; club moderate,

usually bent into a hook, sometimes only at right angles, tapering to

a point. Fore wing without discal stigma; outer and inner margins

subequal; cell very long and narrow, more than two-thirds the

length of costa; vein 12 reaching the costa before end of cell;

vein 5 equidistant from 4 and 6; upper discocellular minute, lower

hee

bene Ww

1893.] MR. BE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 129

and middle discocellulars subequal, inwardly oblique, and in the

same straight line; vein 3 three times as far from base of wing

as from end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from 3 as from base of wing.

Hind wing excavated at vein 2 and produced into a prominent

lobe; vein 7 nearer to 6 than to 8; middle discocellular slightly

outwardly oblique, and lower slightly inwardly oblique; vein 5 well

developed ; vein 3 well before end of cell; vein 2 abont equidistant

from end of cell and base of wing. Hind tibize fringed, and with

two pairs of spurs.

The type species, which is the sole representative of the genus, is

of very wide distribution, the series in the British Museum being

from localities ranging from Australia to the N.W. Himalayas.

5. Genus Ruopatocampera. (Plate I. fig. 13.)

Rhopalocampta, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr. p. 47 (1857).

Type, forestan, Cram.

Choaspes, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 158 (1881).

Type, benjamini, Guérin.

Antennz: club moderate, about as long as shaft, crescent-shaped,

not bent into a hook, very similar to those of Ismene, but less robust

and with a longer shaft. Fore wing: no discal brand in male;

inner and outer margins subequal; cell just more than two-thirds

the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; vein

5 nearer to 6 than to 4; upper discocellular minute; lower and

middle discocellulars almost erect and in the same straight line, the

lower the longer; vein 3 three times as far from base of wing as

from end of cell. Hind wing produced into a lobe; vein 7 twice as

far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars very faint, almost erect; vein

5 wanting ; vein 3 from just before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to

base of wing than to end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs,

and furnished in the male with a long tuft of hairs attached close to

the proximal end, and reaching well beyond the distal end of the

tibia.

This genus is confined almost entirely to Africa and the Malay

Archipelago, benjamini alone being found in India, China, and Japan,

while the range of anchises extends to Aden.

benjamini, Guérin ...... ile pisistratus, Fabr. ...... 10.

{ japonica, Murray. { valmaran, Wallgr.

subcaudata, Felder ...... 2 *fervida, Butl. ........0..- 11.

ramanatek, Boisd. ...... 3. keithloa, Wallgr. ...... 12.

libeon, Druce ..........45 4. {seus Trim.

*jucunda, Butler ......... 5. ratek, Boisd. ..........+ 13.

Mpansad, WOW. ...:--.<cecc0s 6 Bigie, UNNI es. sacs deeee 14,

anchises, Gerst, ......... Ze chalybe, West. ......... 15.

borate, Hew. GUO, PIGEZ 152. sd01-adecb os 16.

forestan, Cram. ......... 8. ass Drury) <3 5-.4.709- 17.

- arbagastes, Guén, ...... 9. jupiter, Fabr.

{ *margarita, Butl. hanno, Plota ......0s000 18,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No, IX. 9

130 MR. B, Y. WATSON ON THD HESPERIID A. (Jan. 17,

The following genera, of which the types are not in the British

Museum, I have been unable to identify :—

Airuetus, Hbn. Verz. 109 (1816) .. Type, archytas, Stoll.

Ares, Billb. Enum. Ins. 81 (1820). Type, epitus, Cram.

Avera, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.

fruxiv, (ISOL)s si bemaes. yo gile Type, furcata, Mab.

Caturmormus, Sc. Syst. Rev. 53

(DSR poait Jese5 DAL... oe EIN Type, juventus, Se.

Cuorantuus, Sc. Syst. Rev. 58

GRAY Dye os eee Ui ide le Type, radians, Lef.

CuorisToNEuRA, Mab. Bull. Soc.

Ent. Fr. (6) ix. p. clvi (1889).... Type, apicalis, Mab.

Caiapes, Hbn. Verz. 106 (1816).. Type, dubius, Cram.

Coroner, Mab. Pet. Nouv. p. 205

Cons ia Sere oe 3 Type, ismenoides, Mab.

Cymanes, Sc. Syst. Rev. 61 (1872). Type, tripuncta, H.-S.

Enosts, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6)

WEES GISGO) oe yn cu ome os gate Type, dognini, Mab.

Exometzca, Meyr. P. Linn. Soe.

N. 8S. W. (2) ii. p. 833 ........ Type, nycteris, Meyr.

Garca, Mab. Le Nat. i. p. 216

RESO ae oe wae wk ok aebaige es os Type, olena, Mab.

Hemirteris, Mab. Le Nat. ii. p.

Tay uly ice be) dee tae Sieg OR morse ees Type, fumida, Mab.

Narca, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.

Me eH OUL) wa yt co cee ree ce np Type, chiriquensis, Mab.

Nervuta, Mab. Le Nat. ii. p. 255

CPC GS ye oa rcs see sin rhe ple, Maen PeN una

Nycrus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.

PROTO VODA) «. cmine re Smige «ase Type, crinitus, Mab.

OarisMA, Sc. Syst. Rev. p. 54 (1872) Type, poweshiek, Pack.

Praxis, Mab. Le Nat. ii. p. 25

(Uo oo) Lege aS rere ier gee .... Type, quadrata, Mab.

Pacuyneuria, Mab. Le Nat. ii. p.

Bf POOR) ie a aye eS vie sale bee 3 e Type, obscura, Mab.

Piestocera, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent.

Beles previ (1690) oe Type, filipalpis, Mab.

Proerzia, Saal. Mill. Le. Mad. i.

p- 115 (1884) .... Type, amygdalis, Mab.

Sysroue, Mab. Lép. Mad. i. Dp. "330

(1885) “en. - Type, amygdalis, Mab.

Porantuus, Se. Syst. Rev. 54 (1872) Type, omaha, Edw.

Prenes, Sc. Syst. Rev. 60 (1872) .. Type, panoquin, Sc.

SretHotrix, Mab. -Bull. Soc. Ent.

Fr. (6) ix. p. elxxxiv (1889) .... Type, heterogyna, Mab.

Toxrp1, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.

ieee Sle) Ses. ae ae Type, thyrrhus, Mab.

Zea, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 377 (1886). Type, mytheca, Hew.

The genus Helias, subsequently renamed Achna, has not been

included above, as its type species is unknown.

1893,]

Fig.

so or

. Tarsoctenus corytas, ¢ (hind leg x

. Kantis busiris, 3 (hind leg x 2), p

x Chrysoplectrum otriades, 3 (bind te X 2), p

. Aithilla eleusinia, g (hind leg X 2), p. 37.

MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puatz I,

. Ardaris eximia (showing veins numbered), p. 13.

. Pyrrhopyge charybdis, p. 11.

. Microceris variicolor, p. 15.

Epargyreus tityrus, p. 23.

. Phocides pigmalion, p. 21.

. Tarsoctenus papias, p. 21.

. Phanus vitreus, p. 40.

. Anisochoria albiplaga, p. 59.

. Tagiades flesus, p. 53.

. Eantis busiris, p. 57.

. Hesperia malve, p. 64.

. Caprona ransonnetii, p. 62.

. Rhopalocampta forestan, p. 129.

. Ismene wdipodea, 3, p.

. Ismene ataphus, 3, p

. Ismene ataphus, 2, p. 125.

125,

. 125,

% Padeenias qigores a p- 108.

. Onryza meiktila, 3; p. 112.

. Augiades sylvanus, 2, p. 103.

. Telesto perronii, 3, p. 73.

. Koruthaialos hector, p. 76.

. Sancus pulligo, 3, p. 87.

. Cyclopides metis, p. 90.

. Ismene mahintha, 6 (hind leg x 2), p. 125.

. Ismene edipodea, do (hind leg x 2), op 125.

2), p.

. oT.

21.

Puate III,

Fig. z % b. Purrhopyge charybdis (antenna and palpi x 2), p

Phocides pigmalion (antenna and palpi X 2), p. of

ELudamus proteus (antenna and palpi X 2), p 20.

Plestia dorus (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 21.

Aithilla eleusinia (antenna and palpi x 2), B. ae

Phenicops beata (antenna and palpi X 2), p

Bungalotis midas (antenna and palpi * 13 5 2

Dyscophus sebaldus (antenna and palpi x 2) p- a7

9a,b. Entheus talaus (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 40

10a, 6. Anisochoria albiplaga (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 59.

Tagiades flesus (antenna and palpi x 2),

12a,6. Camptopleura theramenes (antenna and pa ue 3 2), p. 55.

134,6. Mycteris cerula (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 56.

Cyclopides metis (antenna and palpi x 2), p. YO.

Caprona pillaana (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 62.

Abantis tettensis (antenna and palpi X 2), p. (13.

17.a,b. Eantis busiris (antenna and palpi x 2), p. "BT.

18a,6. Ismene edipodea (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 125.

Hesperia malve (anteona and palpi X 38), p. 64.

Taractrocera mevius (antenna and palpi X 3), p. 94.

Butleria dimidiatus (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 79...

132

MR. E. BE. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTHROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

Fig. 22. Telesto perronii (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 73

23. Motasingha dirphia (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 73.

24. Ceratrichia phocion (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 117.

25 a,b. Iambrix salsala (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 76.

26 a,b. Apaustus menes (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 96.

27 a,b. Adopea thaumas (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 98.

28. Baoris oceia (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 106.

29. Parnara mathias (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 105.

30. Gegenes nostrodamus (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 104.

2. Descriptions of New Species of Dipterous Insects of the

Family Syrphide in the Collection of the British

Museum, with Notes on Species described by the

late Francis Walker.—Part I. Baccuin1 and Bracuyo-

pint. By E.E. Austen, Zoological Department, British

Museum.

[Received December 2, 1892.]

(Plates IV. & V.)

The following is intended to be the first of a series of papers on

the Syrphide in the Collection of Diptera in the British Museum.

For some time past I have been engaged in working on these

Insects, and it was my original intention not to publish anything

upon the subject until the re-arrangement of the Family had been

completed. But since it has been urged upon me that a saving

of time is effected by writing about a group while it is fresh in

one’s memory, I have decided to begin the preparation of these

papers at once. This is the reason why I have commenced in the

middle of the Family.

Appended is a list of the species now to be described, with their

habitats.

Ethiopian Region.

Rhingia semi-ce@ruled, Pp. 162 wrecrsersevecreeeeersere Sierra Leone.

Oriental Region.

Baccha nibilipennis, p. 186 .....ccccveeeeseeseneeneees Ceylon.

».. entgnguliferd, p. 138 ....c......cecensccn cone a

| pulchrifrons, P.1d9 ........-...200-.esecoeeons ‘

fe fea ml Ao ere aaee os nsetek tsecessuecescese 4

», amphithoe, p. 142, W1k. (re-described) ... Mulmein, Sarawak,

Ceylon.

Australian Region.

Bacohabicolor yp. VOT evotdsn--cccecconseoosccasssoe Mysol.

5! | TEPUGENS, Ps VOSM ce .sccevscnscenovecosccssscose Bouru.

3) (CURIA, Dele ea enn vne cast voceacessasrevadoeve Sula Is.

P.Z.5.1893. Plate IV.

Berjean. & Highley del et ith. West, Newman imp.

New Species of Syrphidze.

oe,

Je -

~ =

* Me

‘ =

~ 5

. :

‘ 7

as? iF

~ \

» Re

P.Z.9.1893.Plate V.

Berjeau & Highley del. et Lith. West,Newmanimp.

New Species of Syrphidee.

1893.] MR. E. E. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 133

Neotropical Region.

CUEING s Gy-Ten ye Neti sonusesess te --n4iveso2-4 <a Weace scenes on eeces Jamaica.

IE GCLID SUGT LET SPAR ceencdeat con ncb ssdcbedaa<reoannocet>aesss 7

SHITE) CTS Ae dred ier cet eccnce sets <2 coxasavae-ore Brazil.

» levissima, p. 146 ........... ellen et Re ot ee ee bE “a

yh PPICMCOMIEDLO IT: WEP het. cet adigcccancdsatentqddedusaconscwassss Ae

Fe PLGA ee ES a oe ceoertber Gar Ot Pod pre no CEO 4

PI NELLCEO™ NO a erence nae nae yee eanadae- case aasnc e

Be men CIOLUR COLCA Lie) Meera vans dectaies ctpiaatev ws aanaracanspedasasate=e's =F

PN EQUC TIS, Gl Cri taeee onsen eh Vaile cienescnveds tanexascaaensnuses 2

NTU Pk eets cas ecenensaaesetcancdestotecestsase scene a teee a

GF MER CTOCOV SD UII a, Seer te ar ericsde) <atdde= wiasstaeesastves a

pent CLOCE Ws Neill cedenes cvs cqetcenesd <tébvenwse sec saasdaed 55

Fate LGU ADS LOSE sercas cept donaazesdaasce=satda sence iadees iA

Salpingogaster virgata, Pp. 159....cc0.-secceeeeeseceececeeeeecees is

a TUTEOT Yee i linetenndes aes ceenveneadce seca causesa5< a

Baccutint, Williston.

Synopsis N. Amer. Syrphide, Bull. 31, U.S. Nat. Mus. p. xv.

Ocyrramus, Macq.

OcyYPTAMUS IRIS, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 1, 2.)

Q. Length 73 mm.

Face and cheeks pale yellow ; face with a sharply defined metallic

bronze median stripe, reaching to the oral margin; vertex bluish

purple, front metallic greenish black, pollinose on the sides and in

the middle; pile black. Antenniferous projection yellow in front,

below. Antenne orange-yellow, brown above; third joint oval.

Thorax dull purplish black on the dorsum, steely blue on the sides

and pleure ; scutellum metallic, bluish in front, bronze-green

behind. Abdomen metallic iridescent, with dull velvety black

markings ; first segment magenta, brilliant steel-blue on the sides ;

second segment magenta in front, merging into purplish golden

behind, with a reniform velvety black transverse patch in the

middle, not reaching to the sides; lateral margin of the segment

blue; third segment a mixture of magenta and bronze, with a

quadrate velvety spot on each side in the middle; fourth segment

somewhat darker, golden bronze in front, greenish in the midde,

magenta on the posterior angles, with a quadrate velvety spot on

each side in the middle, more widely separated one from the other

than the previous pair ; fifth segment prune-purple, bluish on the

anterior angles: the sides of the abdomen are fringed with short

pale hairs, the posterior angles of the fifth segment with black

hairs, which project backwards. Legs yellow; posterior tibie

brownish on the inner side; the last four joints of the tarsi

brownish. Wings hyaline, with a conspicuous brown blotch at

the tip, above the third vein; subcostal cell pale yellowish brown ;

third longitudinal vein straight: alule rudimentary.

Cinchona, Jamaica; June: one specimen, collected and pre-

sented by W. Fawcett, Esq.

This species is allied to Ocyptamus (Baccha) coeruleus, Will.

134 MR, E, B, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPrEROUS INsECTS. [Jan. 17,

(Biol. Centr.-Amer., Diptera, iii. 38), from Mexico, and Ocyptamus

(Pipiza) costalis, Walker (Linn. Trans. xvii. 342, 31) from 8.

America; it is, however, distinguished from both by its yellow

face and legs, and by the colour of its abdomen, as also by its

abdomen not being clothed with white, short, curved hairs, by the

wings being without a brown fore-border, by the third longitudinal

vein being straight, and by its smaller size.

Pipiza costalis, Walker, Linn. Trans. xvii. 342, from 8. America,

is an Ocyptamus, allied to O. cwruleus (Baccha cerulea), Will.,

Biol. Centr.-Amer., Diptera, vol. iii. p. 38.

Pipiza pica, W1k., Tr. Ent. Soc. n. ser. iv. 156, from the Valley

of the Amazon, = Ocyptamus (Syrphus) trigonus, Wied.

Pipiza dolosa, Wik., loc. cit., from the Valley of the Amazon, =

Ocyptamus dimidiatus, F'. (3).

Pipiza divisa, Wlk., loc. cit., from Vera Cruz, = Ocyptamus

dimidiatus, F.(@).

Syrphus stolo, Wlk., Dipt. Saunders. 241, from Brazil, is an

Ocyptamus. The type is headless. The wings are apparently

precisely similar to those of the ¢ of O. dimidiatus, F.; but the

specimen is distinguished from this species by the yellowish

markings on the sides of the abdominal segments, as well as by the

yellower colour of the first two pairs of legs.

Syrphus antiphates, W1k., List Dipt. ii. 589, is an Ocyptamus,

Syrphus peas, Wlk., loc. cit. 590, from ? = Ocyptamus

fuscipennis, Say.—The head of Walker’s type, as described by him,

has been stuck on, and does not belong to it.

Syrphus amissas, Wlk., List Dipt. ii. 589, from Georgia, =

Ocyptamus fuscipennis, Say. Syrphus radaca, W1k., List Dipt. iii.

590, from Florida, = Ocyptamus fuscipennis, Say, var. fascipennis,

Macq. Walker's description is drawn from two 9 specimens, and

not froma ¢, as stated by him.

The synonymy of the two last-mentioned species has already

been recognized by Williston, Synopsis, &c., p. 119.

Syrphus tridipennis, Wk. Linn. Trans. xvii. 345, from S§.

America, is an Ocyptamus, closely allied to Ocyptamus funebris,

Macq. It may, indeed, be only a variety of the latter species,

though the semi-hyaline space beneath the apex of the wing in the

latter is much more indistinct in Walker’s species, in which, again,

there is a semi-hyaline streak in the middle of the submarginal,

first posterior, and discal cells. The wings of Walker's type are,

moreover, slightly narrower than those of specimens of O. funebris,

Macq., in the collection.

Syrphus tarsalis, W1k., Linn, Trans. xvii. 345, from S. America,

is an Ocyptamus. There is a narrow pale yellow stripe on each

side of the third abdominal segment, starting from the anterior

angle and extending a little more than half the length of the

segment, and a mark of the same colour shaped like an isosceles

triangle on each side of the fourth segment, extending from the

auterior angle not quite to the middle of the segment. The

1893.] MR. B. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 135

apical fourth of the first joint of the posterior tarsi is yellowish

white like the remaining joints of this pair of tarsi.

Baccua, F.

The genus Baccha seems to me at present to include at Jeast

three distinct groups of species. Of Group I. the European

B. elongata, F., may be taken as a type ; the members of this group,

which are found in both the Old and New Worlds, are species

with pedunculate abdomens, more or less dark in colour, usually

varied with yellow markings, and hyaline or infuscated wings :

the alule may or may not be rudimentary.

Group II. is composed exclusively of Neotropical forms, in

which the abdomen is of a more or less ferruginous or ochra-

ceous colour, marked with a series of continuous longitudinal stripes

of a lighter tint, spatulate posteriorly and more or less contracted

at the base; the dorsum of the thorax is usually covered with

ochraceous pollen, and marked with stripes; the front bears a

pronounced antenniferous projection, marked with a round black

dot; the wings generally have an ochraceous infuscation, and the

alule are of the full size: of this group B. livida, Schin., may be

taken as typical; B. conjuncta, Wied., is an aberrant form.

Group ILI. at present also consists entirely of Neotropical

species, the characteristics of which are a broad, flat abdomen,

which is not contracted basally, but expands regularly to the end of

the fourth segment, and is of a more or less ferruginous or yellowish

colour, which is divided up by brown bands, &c., into broad and

generally notched markings; infuscated wings, with the third

longitudinal vein straight, or somewhat concave posteriorly, and

rudimentary alule ; there is also a small antenniferous process,

marked with a round black dot: the shape and colour of the

abdomen are thus the most striking features of this group, of which

the species described below as Baccha crocata may be taken as a

type. The only previously described species which I can assign to

this group is B. luctuosa, Bigot (Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1883, p. 334),

from Mexico.

Of the species here described, all those from the Oriental and

Australian Regions, as well as B. signifera, levissima, mcompta,

and pumila, from Brazil, and B. sagittifera, from Jamaica, belong

to Group I. B. amphithoe, W1k., from the Oriental Region, and

B. bigoti (nom. nov.), from Brazil, also belong here.

Of Group II. the only species here described is B. silacea, from

Brazil. Specimens of several other species, which are doubtless

new and certainly belong to this group, are in the Collection,

but are not in a sufficiently good condition to describe.

To Group III. belong B. cultrata, flavens, gilva, crocata, and

crocea. B. fervida also belongs here, but has full-sized alule.

I think there is no doubt that the genus Baccha as it pow exists

ought to be split up ; and, while I do not venture to undertake the

task myself at present, I have endeavoured to indicate a way in

which perhaps it might be done. It seems inconsistent to place

186 MR, B, B, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS insEcts. [Jan.17,

species like B. rubricosa, Wied., and B. conjuncta, Wied., in the

same genus as B. elongata, Fab., when, for instance, what Fallén

called Sceva hyalinata is distinguished generically from Syrphus

ribesii, Linn., or when Ocyptamus, Macq., is allowed to retain its

independence.

Group I.

BACCHA NUBILIPENNIS, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs 7,9, ¢ 2, and

Plate V. fig. 14, head of 3.)

3 9. Length: g 123 to 144 mm., 2 122 to 133 mm.

Fuce and cheeks yellow, with yellow pollen and pale yellow pile.

Cheeks in ¢ sometimes narrowly blackish immediately below the

eyes. A prominent, rounded, and sharply-defined facial tubercle,

commencing halfway down the face; sometimes an indistinct

brown stripe between it and theantenne. Antenne orange ; third

joint large, ovate, larger in the Q than in the g. A very pro-

nounced antenniferous process, shining black above, and orange-

yellow immediately above the base of the antenne; the orange-

yellow area is larger in the 9 ; the projection is truncate and

flattened in front, and pilose on the sides only. Front in g

greenish black, with yellow pollen, and vertical triangle black; in

@ shining black, with a narrow triangular area on each side in

front yellow pollinose. Pile on front blackish in ¢, yellowish in

@ , shorter in the latter than in the former. Occiput with a fringe

of pale yellow hairs. Zhorawx shining black; the collar of hair in

front pale yellow; elsewhere nearly bare. Humeri and postalar

callosities brownish ; plewrc with a broad vertical stripe of golden

pollen in front of the suture; the stripe has a reddish ground ;

pleure behind the wings silvery pollinose. Scutellum polished

dark brown on the disc, more or less yellowish, semi-translucent,

behind. General colour of the abdomen metallic black (browner in

2), sometimes with a distinct bluish sheen; the abdomen is

broadest in the fourth segment. The first segment has outstanding

pale yellow hairs on each side ; elsewhere the abdomen is clothed

with very short appressed black pile. First segment black,

browner and with an edging of yellow in the @ ; second segment

with a yellow basal band, notched in the median line behind, and

with an interrupted brownish-yellow band near the tip, the latter

often scarzely visible in the ¢; third seyment with a conspicuous

transverse yellow band, occupying about the middle third of the

segment, but slightly nearer the base; the remaining segments

wholly metallic black ; male genitalia small and concealed. Legs

orange-yellow ; posterior femora slightly darker, dark brown above

and below on the distal half, but orange at the tips ; posterior tibiz

reddish on basal third, then dark brown ; posterior tarsi dark brown

on basal two-thirds of first joint, then whitish yellow. Wings

infuscated, dark brown in the middle, and usually darker in the ¢

than in the 2 ; inthe Q the wings show a faint secondary infusca-

tion at the tips, above the third vein ; an area at the base on the

1893. ] MR. E. BE. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS, 137

inner side nearly hyaline ; third vein gently curved above the base of

the first posterior cell; in the ¢ the wings are narrower and less

rounded at the tips, while the terminal section of the fourth

posterior vein, closing the first posterior cell, is less sinuate and

more oblique than in the 2 : alule long, narrow, posterior margin

straight.

Ceylon (Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury). The typical specimens are

from Kandy (circa 1800 ft.), the ¢ collected June 28, 1892, the

Q May 25, 1892. Common in the Central Province; one speci-

men from Baddegama, in the neighbourhood of Galle.

This species is distinguished from any other known to me from

the Oriental Region, by the marking of the abdomen, and the

sharply-defined facial and antenniferous tubercles when viewed in

profile.

BaccHa BICOLOR, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 6, ¢.)

3. Length 13 mm.

Face and cheeks pale yellow, clothed with yellow pollen; a

small, round, bare, sharply-defined tubercle slightly below the

middle of the face. Antenne yellow. Front brownish, yellowish

pollinose on the sides, clothed with pale yellow pile. Vertical

triangle black. Thorax dull brown, faintly pollinose on the dor-

sum; shoulders and pleure in front pale yellow; a conspicuous

vertical stripe on the pleure below the transverse suture yellowish

white, pollinose ; a similar, but somewhat duller, spot behind and

below the base of the wings. Scwtellwm reddish brown. Abdomen:

first segment vellow, blackish on the sides ; second segment yellow,

brownish in the middle, and brown on the distal fifth; third seg-

ment yellow for rather more than half its length, then metallic

brownish black, with a somewhat V-shaped transverse brown

mark on the yellow portion near the base of the segment, the

apex of the VY being directed forwards and the arms widely

divergent ; the remainder of the abdomen metallic prune-purple ;

external genitalia yellow, not projecting beyond the tifth segment.

The abdomen is spatulate from the commencement of the third

segment, and on the dark portion is clothed with sparse and very

short appressed black pile ; elsewhere the body of this species is

practically bare. The first two pairs of legs yellow ; the posterior

legs, except rather more than the basal half of the femora, which

is yellow, pale brown; on the posterior femora a narrow band at

the commencement of the dark portion is darker brown than the

remainder, and the posterior tibie have the tips and an ill-defined

band in the middle yellowish. Wings brown, paler at the tips,

and with a small area at the base on the inner side nearly hyaline ;

the wings are rounded at the tip and show no angle at the

junction of the costal vein with the hind margin; the second

longitudinal vein bends downwards before joining the costa, so

that the end of the marginal cell is blunt, while the third longi-

tudinal vein bends slightly upwards at its termination, and the

terminal portion of the fourth longitudinal vein is very oblique,

138 MR. E. BE, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INsEcrs. [Jan. 17,

so that the outer extremity of the first posterior cell is wide:

alule rudimentary.

Mysol Is., Malay Archipelago ( Wallace): one specimen.

The type of this species was described by Walker (Journ. Linn.

Soe. vii. p. 212) as being possibly the male of his species Baccha

purpuricola, the type of which isa female. The yellow face and

variegated abdomen of the present species, however, render its

identity with B. purpuricola absolutely impossible. This species

is clearly allied to Baccha moluccana, Doleschall (Natuurk. Tijdschr.

Ned. Ind. xiy. p. 412, tab. iii. fig. 2), from Amboina, the abdomen

of which, as figured by Doleschall, is strikingly similar to that of

the present species; the face of Doleschall’s species is, however,

black in the middle and yellow on the sides, and he expressly states

that the scutellum is black.

BaccHA REFULGENS, sp. nu. (Plate LV. fig. 4, 2.)

2. Length 13 mm.

Front, face, and cheeks metallic dark purple, thinly clothed with

pale pile; facial tubercle not sharply defined. Antenne orange-

yellow ; third joint oval. Thorax and scutellum metallic purplish

violet, nearly bare; postalar callosities brownish. The abdomen

spatulate from the commencement of the third segment, thinly

clothed with short blackish pile; the first two segments metallic

blackish, the remainder brilliant metallic pansy-purple. Legs yellow;

posterior femora with a faint indication of a narrow brownish ring

beyond the middle; distal third of posterior tibiz and posterior

tarsi brown. Wings hyaline, with the costal border to the tip of

the third vein (including the costal, subcostal, and marginal cells)

and a central area, which includes the basal cells, rather less than

the basal half of the submarginal cell, rather less than the basal

third of the first posterior cell and the basal two-thirds of the

discal cell, and faintly extends to the posterior margin at the tip

of the anal cell, brown: alule of full size.

Bouru Is., Malay Archipelago ( Wallace): one specimen.

This species is allied to Baccha purpuricola, Walker (Journ. Linn.

Soe. iii. [iv.] p. 129), from Key Is., but is distinguished at once by

the colour of its thorax.

BAcCHA TRIANGULIFERA, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 5, 3.)

6 2. Length 13 mm. (9 123 mm.).

Front, face, and cheeks yellow, with short pale yellow pile; a

narrow dark brown median stripe extending a little more than

halfway down the face from the antenne. Vertical triangle in

¢ shining black, very long and narrow, extending more than one-

third of the distance between the occiput and antenne. Front of

very narrow above, metallic black, with parallel sides for one half

its length from the occiput. Occiput dull black, pollinose, with a

fringe of glistening whitish hairs. Antenne orange, third joint

1893.] MR. E, E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTHROUS INSECTS, 139

bluntly oval; arista brown, except the base. Thoraa metallic black,

finely punctate, with very short, silky, yellowish pile; humeri, a

stripe trom them to the suture, a vertical stripe on the pleure in

front of the suture, a large rounded spot below this stripe, an

oblique elongated spot behind the base of the wings, and the

anterior margin of the scutellum pale yellow. Scutellum, except

anterior margin, blackish brown, punctate. Abdomen cylindrical

and very narrow from posterior half of first segment to middle of

third, expanding and spatulate from thence to the tip; general

colour reddish brown, clothed with short, appressed, blackish pile ;

second segment with fine, whitish, erect pile on the sides; @ very

conspicuous translucent yellow spot, occupying distal third (rather

more in 2) of the third segment, and shaped like an equilateral

triangle ; first segment yellow, brown at the tip; second segment

reddish brown, darker at the tip, before which is a narrow indistinct

lighter band ; base of third segment yellowish, posterior margin

brown ; fourth segment polished dark brown, steely on posterior

margin in 6; fifth segment polished dark brown, with a steely

sheen ; external genitals reddish in both sexes, rather prominent

in ¢. Legs luteous, coxe blackish brown ; posterior femora reddish

brown, yellowish at the base ; posterior tibiz pale yellow on basal

third, then dark brown ; first joint of posterior tarsi dark brown,

except at the tip; this and the remaining joints dull yellow.

Wings hyaline, with a brownish tinge along the posterior margin ;

subcostal cell dark brown, and a brownish patch at the distal extre-

mity of the marginal and submarginal cells, terminating sharply

at the third vein; the latter straight; veins dark brown: alule

almost absent.

In the shape of the profile of the face and in the venation of

the wing, this species resembles B. pedicellata, Dol. (according to

Doleschall’s figure), from Java; but the sharply-defined yellow

triangle on the third abdominal segment distinguishes the species

from any other known to me.

Huldamulla, Ceylon; circa 4000 ft. (Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury).

A pair taken in copuld, June 10, 1892.

Baccus PULCHRIFRONS, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. 10,10%,11, ¢ 2.)

$2. Length: g 10 to 113 mm., 9 93 to 103 mm.

In 6, front, upper part of the face immediately below the an-

tenne, and a broad facial stripe reaching to the oral margin steely.

In 9, front, including whole circumference of antenniferous pro-

jection and a facial stripe, narrower than in the ¢, but reaching

to the oral margin, metallic black, sometimes steely ; sides of face

yellowish pollinose ; cheeks orange-yellow, with a blackish-brown

spot in front, more or less distinctly connected with the facial

stripe, sometimes indistinct in the 9. Front (including vertical

triangle in the ¢ ) and face clothed with pale yellow pile. Frontal

triangle in ¢ dusted with yellowish pollen above; frontin 2, a

little below the middle, with a triangular patch of pale yellow pollen

on each side, the apices of the triangles meeting or narrowly

140 MR. E, E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTHROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

separated in the median line. A distinct facial tubercle and

antenniferous process, the latter somewhat more pronounced in

the 2 thanin the ¢. A lunate spot on each side of the antenni-

ferous process metallic violet. Antenne orange-yellow ; third joint

oval; arista brown, yellow at the base. Occiput black, whitish

pollinose, with a fringe of pale hairs. Zhoraw and scutellum: in

¢ metallic bronze-black, clothed with golden pile; in 2 metallic

blue-black, clothed with shorter whitish-yellow pile; in the 3 a

sometimes obscure yellowish vertical stripe on the pleure beneath

the suture; in the 2, humeri and a similar vertical stripe on the

pleure light yellow, the stripe with whitish pile. General colour

of the abdomen bronze-black, with yellow markings ; clothed with

erect and rather long yellowish pile on the sides of the first three

segments, and elsewhere with appressed pile, black on the black

and whitish ou the yellow portions: the sides of the third and

fourth segments in the ¢ areso curled round ventrally as to make

the abdomen at the tip appear not more than double the width of

the second segment at the base; distal half of the abdomen of the

Q spatulate ; first segment reddish yellow, brown on the hind

margin, sometimes wholly brown or bronze-black in the ¢ ; second

segment bronze in the g, sometimes reddish on each side at the

base, with a more or less distinct reddish-yellow transverse band

on the second sixth from the hind margin ; in some specimens the

second segment is wholly bronze-black in the g, except the pos-

terior fifth, which is dull black; second segment in the 2 metallic

black, with a reddish-yellow band on the second fifth from the

hind margin, and sometimes reddish yellow at the base; third

segment in the ¢ bronze on the basal and dull black on the apical

third, with a quadrate yellow spot on each side in the middle ;

third segment in the 2 metallic black, with a yellow, somewhat

triangular spot on each side in the middle, the apices directed out-

wards, and the bases inclined one towards another and sometimes

narrowly meeting in the middle line in front; the posterior side

of each triangle concave; fourth segment in the ¢ bronze-black,

with a quadrate yellow spot on each side at the base, occasionally

somewhat obscure, but when distinct deeply emarginate posteriorly,

so that each spot shows a sharp angle projecting backwards on

each side of the median line; fourth segment in the 2 metallic

black, with a yellow longitudinal stripe on each side of the median

line, starting from the base and running the whole length of the

segment, and a broader yellow elongated spot starting from the

base of the yellow stripe on each side and running obliquely out-

wards, so as almost to cut off a basal angle; in some specimens

the yellow longitudinal stripes become obsolete before reaching the

hind margin of the segment, and in others apparently do not run

more than halfway; fifth segment in the ¢ wholly metallic black ;

genitalia small, metallic black ; fifth segment in the ? metallic

black, with a somewhat confused repetition in miniature of the

yellow markings on the fourth segment. Legs yellow; coxe

blackish brown, and a band on the outer half of the posterior

1893.1 MR. E. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 141

femora, not reaching to the tips, and the distal third of the posterior

tibie brown; there is sometimes an indication of an incomplete

brownish ring round the middle of the posterior tibiae. Wings in

the g sharper at the tip, and with the terminal portion of the

fourth longitudinal vein, closing first posterior cell, more oblique

than in the 9; suffused with brown, usually lighter at the base

on the inner side, darker in the costal and subcostal cells and in the

middle, and with the stigma and an elongated and not sharply-

defined spot at the tip, above the third vein, dark brown; wings

in the 9 hyaline, the subcostal cell brown, and the stigma and an

elongated spot at the tip above the third vein, as in the ¢, dark

brown ; third longitudinal vein gently curved: alule of full size.

Ceylon (Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury): twelve specimens. The types

are from the Hot Wells at Trincomali, the ¢ collected on Nov. 2,

1890, and the 2 on March 13, 1892; very common on the Trin-

comali side. Other specimens from Kandy (whence also the

Museum collection contains two collected by Mr. E. E. Green),

Heneratagoda, and Bentota. Apparently the commonest species

of Baccha in Ceylon.

This species is very closely allied to Baccha apicalis, Lw. (Wien.

ent. Monatschr. Bd. 2, p. 106), from Japan, and may, indeed, be

identical with it. Since, however, Loew describes a 2 only, of

which the head was destroyed, and considering the great difference

in the locality of the specimens, it is impossible to be certain of

the identity without comparing Loew’s type, and I have therefore

ventured to consider the present specimens as distinct. In the

markings of the third and fourth segments of the abdomen, B.

pulchrifrons resembles B. dispar, Walker (Journ. Linn. Soe. iii.

[iv.] p. 121), from Macassar, Celebes. The latter species, however,

is at once distinguished by its much greater size and by the brown

band across the centre of the wing.

Besides the specimens mentioned above, Colonel Yerbury obtained

two others, which he bred from an Aphis-infested leaf of the

*“Cambuk” tree, found at Nilavelli on Noy. 16,1890. The flies,

which are ¢ and 9, emerged on Noy. 29 and 30, 1890. The

specimens are somewhat smaller than the majority of those of

B. pulchrifrons (the 2 measures 92 mm. in length; the head of

the ¢ is unfortunately missing), but resemble them in their general

habitus, with the following differences:—the thorax of the ¢ is

more greenish black and less bronze; the yellow markings of the

abdomen in both sexes are much more distinct, sharper, and more

opaque-looking ; those on the third and fourth segments of the

abdomen of the ¢ are larger thanin B. pulchrifrons, and the inner

longitudinal stripes on the fourth segment in the 2 are broader,

and expanded on the hind margin of the segment ; the wings, with

the exception of the subcostal cell, which is brown, are hyaline in

both seaes, with a very faint infuscation at the tip above the third

vein; there is an indication of the metallic violet spot on each

side of the base of the antenniferous process in the 9. As these

specimens are not in a good state of preservation, it is impossible

142 MR. H, H, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

to decide whether they really belong to a new species; I therefore

regard them provisionally as a variety of B. pulchrifrons.

BaccHA FALLAX, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 12, ¢.)

3. Length 11 mm.; wing, length 83? mm, width across the

centre 2? mm. Very closely resembling B. pulchrifrons ; differing

as follows :—front, and broad median facial stripe reaching to the

oral margin, metallic black, not steely ; sides of the face, including

upper portion, and cheeks deep yellow; antenniferous process

considerably smaller, when viewed from above, and no trace of

metallic violet spot on the side ; thoraw and scutellum more bronzed ;

pleural stripe orange, much more conspicuous, and rising higher on

the sides of the dorsum; first segment of the abdomen pure yellow ;

second segment considerably narrower, longer, and wholly bronze-

black, except the basal angles, which are yellow; the yellow markings

on the third and fourth segments entirely resembling those on the

corresponding segments in the 2 of B. pulchrifrons, and not as in

the g of that species; wings longer and narrower; except at the

base, uniformly suffused with brown, not darker in the middle ;

apical spot above the third vein reduced to a mere line, so as to

appear as a simple continuation of the stigma: alule long and

rather narrow, with a straight posterior edge.

Ceylon (Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury): two specimens, both males,

The type was collected at Haycock Hill, near Galle, April 27,

1892; the second individual at Kandy, May 30, 1892.

Owing to the deceptive similarity between the markings on the

abdomen of this species and those on the abdomen of B. pulchri-

frons 2, these specimens would certainly be regarded as males of

the latter if regard were not paid to the differences enumerated

above,

BaccHa AMPHITHOE, Walker, List. Dipt. iii. 549. (Plate IV.

fig. 2, 2.)

Walker’s type is from the “East Indies,” 7. e. Mulmein,

according to the Museum register, coll. Archdeacon Clerk. The

Museum collection also contains another specimen from Sarawak,

collected by Wallace (Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. i. 125). Walker’s

type, however, is a mere fragment, the sex of which itis impossible

to determine, and was minus its head when Walker described it.

I therefore avail myself of the opportunity presented by the

acquisition of three specimens from Ceylon, contained in a collection

of Diptera recently brought home by Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury, to

re-describe this species. The specimens from which this re-

description is drawn will be marked and placed in the Museum

collection.

3 @. Length: ¢ 10mm., 2 10tollmm. Fuce and cheeks

yellow. A sharply-defined black median stripe on the face, from

antenne to mouth, becoming somewhat indistinct before reaching

the mouth in the 9; sometimes with a metallic bluish sheen. A

low facial tubercle. Front metallic black in both sexes, and yellow

1893.] | MR. E. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 143

on each side below; yellowish pollinose above in ¢, and witha

triangular patch of yellow pollen on each side in the middle in the

2 , scarcely separated by an indistinct black median line. Antenne

orange-yellow ; third joint oval. Front and face in both sexes

clothed with very short pale yellow pile. Occiput yellowish

pollinose, with a fringe of silvery yellow hair, Thoraa metallic

black, clothed on dorsum with very short appressed golden pile.

Humeri, an elongated spot from thence to the suture, a vertical

stripe and rounded spot below the sutural end of this, and two

oblique elongated spots below the base of the wing, and separated

by a fine line, yellow. Post-alar callosities reddish brown, some-

times darker. Sceutellum wholly yellow, but sometimes semi-trans-

lucent behind, or more or less distinctly brownish on the dise.

Abdomen cylindrical at the base, expanding rapidly and spatulate

(especially in the 9 ) from the base of the third segment: general

colour reddish yellow, polished, with very short pile; third and

fourth segments with conspicuous black hind margins ; first segment

reddish yellow, with erect pale yellow pile on each side; second

segment cylindrical, reddish brown, darker at the distal end, with

a yellowish band occupying the second fifth of its length from the

hind margin ; third segment yellowish at the immediate base, with

a reddish-brown triangular patch on each side (especially distinct

in the @ ) narrowly reaching the hind margin, then yellow, except

the hind margin, which has a sharply defined black band; the

yellow area of the segment is consequently triangular, with its

apex directed forwards; fourth segment yellow, the basal angles,

sides, and a large somewhat triangular area on the hind margin

with its apex directed forwards, black (the sides of this and the

previous segment in the ¢ are usually curled round ventrally, and

to be seen must be looked at from beneath) ; fifth segment yellow,

with a blackish median basal spot, indistinct in the ¢: ¢ genitalia

reddish yellow, projecting. Legs yellow ; coxe blackish at the base;

an ill-defined band on the distal half of the posterior femora, not

reaching to the tip; distal half of the posterior tibia, and base of

first joint of the posterior tarsi, brown. Wings suffused with

brownish ; costal border to the termination of the third vein brown,

darkest in the outer portion of the subcostal cell and at the tip:

alule of about half the normal size.

Ceylon, neighbourhood of Trincomali (Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury) ;

Mulmein (type); Sarawak (Wallace), Colonel Yerbury obtained

five specimens, three of which he has presented to the Museum.

He states that the species is rare. The ¢ which I have described

was taken at Kanthalai, March 8, 1892; the 9 at Kottawa, April

24, 1892: the third specimen presented is a g, also from

Kanthalai, Jan. 31, 1891; the other two individuals obtained

are a ¢ and 9, the former from Bentota, June 6, 1890, and the

latter from Huldamulla, June 10, 1892.

Baccha gratiosa, Big., from Sarawak, and B. vespeformis, Dol.

(Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xiv. p. 411, pl. i. fig. 1), from

Amboina, are allied to this species. The latter resembles it very

144 MR. E. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. ([Jan. 17,

closely, and may be identical, but Doleschall does not mention

the black stripe on the face, while he states that the abdomen of

his species has ¢hree transverse black bands.

BacoHa sunica, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 3, 2.)

Q. Length 9 mm.

Face and cheeks pale yellow pollinose, with a small but sharply-

defined facial tubercle. Front metallic blue, with a pollinose

stripe on each side on the lower two-thirds. Antenne yellow ;

first two joints very small, third joint ovate, large. Thorax

dark brown on the disc and below the base of the wings;

pale yellow on the sides in front, and with a pale yellow

pollinose vertical stripe on the pleure below the suture, and a

similar spot behind the base of the wings. Scutellum yellow.

Abdomen spatulate, but not excessively attenuate at the base:

first segment yellow ; second segment yellow, brown on the distal

fifth and indistinctly brownish in the middle; third segment

yellow for rather more than half its length, then metallic purplish

dark brown, a transverse brown band on the yellow portion ; the

remainder of the abdomen metallic purplish dark brown. With the

exception of a few outstanding pale yellow hairs on each side of

the first abdominal segment, the body of this species is nearly bare.

Legs pale yellow, the posterior tibie and tarsi brownish, and a

narrow brown band on the distal half of the posterior femora,

not reaching to the tips. Wings with a brownish tinge; the sub-

costal cell, from the junction of the auxiliary vein with the costa,

ale brown: the wings are blunt at the tips: alule rudimentary.

Sula Is., Malay Archipelago ( Wallace) : one specimen ; a second

specimen is from Mysol ( Wallace).

In the markings of the abdomen this species somewhat resembles

Baccha moluccana, Doleschall (Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xiv.

p- 412, pl. iii. fig. 2), from Amboina, which, however, is at once

distinguished by its black scutellum, as well as by its greater

size.

I found the type of this species labelled “ sulica” in Walker’s

handwriting, but I cannot discover that it has ever been described.

BACCHA SAGITTIFERA, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 14, 9.)

@. Length 83 mm.

Purplish black, nearly bare, pleure and abdominal markings

yellow ; those on the fourth abdominal segment sagittate. Abdomen

spatulate posteriorly, cylindrical, but stout, to end of third segment.

Wings suffused with brown at the tips ; alule apparently wanting.

Face and cheeks pale opalescent yellow; oral margin brighter

yellow ; a well-marked facial tubercle, below which the face recedes.

Front yellow, with a black median stripe extending from the vertex

to the base of the low antenniferous projection ; the latter brassy,

with a shining black dot in the median line immediately above the

antenne ; antenne orange, very small, short, third joint oval,

darker above. Post-alar callosities pale yellow, pleure brassy

1393.] - MB. BE. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECYS. 145

yellow, pectus and metanotum metallic black. Seutellwm brownish

yellow. Abdomen: the anterior margin and sides of the first

segment pale yellow ; on the second segment a narrow transverse

band, slightly notched in the median line behind and situated just

beyond the middle of the segment; third segment with a cres-

centic band in the middle, narrowly interrupted in the median line,

concave posteriorly, and nearly three times as broad as the band

on the second segment; the sagittate markings are situate on the

anterior half of the fourth segment, and directed anteriorly, they

are narrowly separated in the median line and are truncated in

front by the hind margin of the preceding segment; on the fifth

segment the yellow markings consist of deeply notched bases of

arrow-heads, situated one on each side of the anterior half of the

segment, the whole of the remainder of the arrow-heads being, as

it were, hidden beneath the fourth segment ; the inner angles of

the bases of the arrow-beads are longer than the outer, and the

notches are very much larger than in the case of the arrow-heads

on the previous segment; sixth segment wholly purplish black :

the markings on the fourth and fifth segments are of a deeper

yellow than the others. Legs yellow; the posterior femora and

tibia each with two brown bands, the band near the base of the

femur being more diffuse and less distinct than the others ; similar

bands are faintly indicated on the middle legs. Wings with a

brownish tinge, which becomes concentrated at the tips; distal

half of subcostal cell brown; third longitudinal vein straight ;

distal portion of fourth vein, closing first posterior cell, short,

upright.

Cinchona, Jamaica; June (W. Fawoett, Esq.) : one specimen.

This species of Baccha is distinguished from any other known

. to me, by the shape of the conspicuous yellow markings of the

abdomen.

BAccHA SIGNIFERA, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 8, ¢.)

3. Length 113 mm.

Face and cheeks metallic blue-black, with black pile; face

narrowly shimmering white on the sides above ; facial tubercle

sharply defined, conical; front (including the large antenni-

ferous projection) metallic black, with a dull black quadrate

median area behind. The first two joints of the antenne

black ; the third brown; the arista brown. Thoraa dull velvety

black on the dorsum, with three stripes on each side of the median

line metallic black; the innermost stripe on each side is very

narrow and tapering, and does not reach much more than half-

way ; the intermediate stripe is broader, and also tapers, but fuses

posteriorly with the lateral stripe, which is very broad indeed, and

extends to the scutellum; the two outside stripes are divided by

the transverse suture; the lateral stripe includes the post-alar

callosity ; plewre metallic bronze-black. Scutellum metallic

black; thorax and scutellum clothed with short black pile.

Abdomen dull velvety black, with yellow dots and metallic bands ;

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. X. 10

146 MR, HE. E, AUSLEN ON NEW DIPTHROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

first segment steely, with a tuft of black hairs projecting from the

anterior angles, behind which is a tuft of yellow hairs ; second

segment steely on the anterior third above, on the sides for more

than halfway, and on the hind margin, the remainder of the

segment dull black, with a yellow dot on each side ; third segment

steely on the lateral margins, and with a narrow transverse steely

band in front and behind, elsewhere dull black, with four oval

yellow dots arranged in the form of a quadrilateral, the anterior

pair twice as far apart as the posterior ; fourth and fifth segments

steely on the lateral and postevior margins, elsewhere dull black,

and each with four oval yellow dots arranged as on the third seg-

ment; genitalia small, concealed: the abdomen is broadly spatu-

late, expanding from the base of the third segment to the posterior

margin of the fourth, and contracting thence to the tip; the

second segment is stout and cylindrical, with a fringe of hairs on

each side, yellow in front and black behind; the remainder of the

abdomen is sparsely clothed with short appressed black pile. Legs

black, with short, close-fitting black pile; the tarsi flattened.

Wings suffused with brown, with a darker area at the base, which

is paler towards the posterior margin, and extends a little beyond

the anterior cross-vein on the costal side : alulw well-developed.

Ega, Brazil (Bates): one specimen.

This species is allied to Baccha adspersa, Fab., but is at once

distinguished by the infuscation of the entire wing. The terminal

section of the fourth vein is also much more oblique in this species

than in B. adspersa.

__Baccwa tevissima, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 15, 3.)

3d. Length 104 to 113 mm.; length of wing 63 to 7 mm.

Metallic bronze-black, with dead-black markings on the abdomen ; .

the latter greatly attenuated : wings very short, infuscated ; alule

rudimentary.

Face and cheeks metallic steely black, clothed (except on the

tubercle) with cinereous pollen; facial tubercle prominent. Front

with a pentagonal dead-black patch in the angle of the eyes, on

each side of which, when viewed from behind, is a shimmering

white dot ; front elsewhere and antenniferous process metallic

black, the latter with a flattened rugose area above. Vertical

triangle black; the short pile on the front and vertical triangle

black. Antenne small; the first two joints black, the third

brown, oval; arista blackish brown. Occiput black, with silvery

pollen, and fringed with short whitish hairs. Thorax rather dull,

metallic bronze-black on the dorsum, shining metallic greenish

black on the pleure ; a narrow dead-black median stripe on the

anterior part of the dorsum, not extending beyond the region of

the transverse suture: on either side of this stripe the dorsum in

front is brownish pollinose, when viewed from behind or from

the side. Scutellum metallic black; scutellum and dorsum finely

‘punctate, almost bare. Abdomen: first segment metallic steely ;

second segment steely, with a broad dead-black transverse band,

vA) on

1893.] MR. E, E. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 147

concave posteriorly, on the hinder half of the segment, widely

separated, however, from the posterior margin ; in front of the

black band is a small elongate and somewhat oblique yellow mark

on each side, between which a narrow median dead-black stripe runs

forwards from the cross-band, and bifurcates anteriorly ; third

segment similar to the second, except that the lateral yellow

dots are more quadrate and less oblique, and that the median dead-

black stripe does not bifurcate in front, but has a club-shaped

head, which touches or is narrowly separated from the an-

terior margin of the segment; the fourth segment is shorter

and broader than the third, but is similar to it, except that the

yellow marks, which are duller and not so sharply defined, and

sometimes indistinct, are considerably larger and elongated longi-

tudinally ; fifth segment wholly metallic black; genitalia metallic

bluish black, small. The abdomen is sparsely clothed with very

short black pile. Legs: anterior pair brown, darkest on the tarsi,

which are flattened ; the femora at the extreme base and at the

tip, the tibie at the base and at the extreme tip, yellow; the

femora are also yellowish in the middle on the inside; second and

third pairs of legs blackish brown, the tips of the femora, bases of

the tibize, and extreme tips of the middle tibiz, yellow: the middle

femora have a fringe of dark hairs, the posterior coxe a fringe of

pale yellow hairs beneath. Wings uniformly pale brown, except

the subcostal cell, which is dark brown. Halteres orange.

Brazil, region of the Amazon (Bates): three males.

This species is allied to Baccha brevipennis and B. rugosifrons of

Schiner (Reise ‘Novara’: Diptera, 341) and to B. stenogaster,

Williston (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. 266); it is, however, distin-

guished at once from the two first mentioned by the yellow spots on

the abdomen and by the infuscated wings, as well as by its dark

legs in the case of rugosifrons, and from stenogaster by its infuscated

wings and dark legs.

BaccHA BIGOTI, nom. nov.

Syn. Baccha apicalis, Bigot (nec Loew). Bigot’s species was

described from Brazil (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 6 sér., t. ili. p. 334,

1883); Loew’s from Japan (Wien. ent. Monatschr. Bd. 2,

p- 106, 1858).

The alule are about half the normal size, with a straight pos-

terior edge.

Baccwa incompra, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 13, ¢.)

3. Length 10 mm.

Metallic dark brown, nearly bare: wings hyaline, the costal

and subcostal cells, a somewhat zigzag mark from the first to the

fifth longitudinal veins, crossing the origin of the third vein and

involving the cross-veins at the tip of the posterior basal cell, and a

blotch at the tip of the submarginal cell, slightly overflowing into

the marginal, brown ; alule of the full size.

Face and cheeks metallic steely blue; the former without a

148 MR. E. B, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPreEROvs INsEcTs. [Jan. 17,

vestige of a tubercle, clothed with pale whitish pile, and cinereous

pollinose on the sides. /ront metallic blue at the sides, bronze-

black in the middle, clothed with blackish pile; the apex of the

angle of the eyes and a narrow margin on each side cinereous

pollinose : antenniferous process not prominent. Antenne yellow,

small; third joint somewhat oblong in shape, rounded at the tip,

which, with a rather broad upper margin, is brown. Occiput

cinereous, fringed with silvery hairs. Thorav and _ scutellum

metallic bronze-brown, the latter steely on the hind margin;

pleure bronze anteriorly, pale metallic bluish white behind the

base of the wings; post-alar callosities reddish: thorax sparsely

clothed with very short dark pile, the scutellum with longer

pale pile. Abdomen slender, spatulate, steely on first segment,

elsewhere brown ; the typical specimen has a narrow transverse

faint yellow band, widely divided in the middle, at the base of

the fourth segment; genitalia small, concealed: a tuft of whitish

hairs on each side of the first segment, and the second and third

segments with a fringe of shorter pale hairs on each side; the

abdomen elsewhere nearly bare. Anterior legs yellow, the third

and fourth joints of the tarsi, and the outer side of the femora

towards the base, brownish; second and third pairs of legs brown,

the bases and tips of the femora, the basal third of the posterior

tibie, the whole of the middle tibie, the first two joints of the

middle tarsi, the tip of the first and the whole of the second joint

of the posterior tarsi, pale yellow: the middle femora with a

fringe of rather long pale hairs behind ; the posterior femora with

a similar but shorter fringe of hair on the outer and inner side.

Third longitudinal vein of the wing straight.

Brazil, region of the Amazon (Bates): two specimens, both

males.

This species is not closely allied to any other known to me; in

the markings of the wings it resembles B. bigoti, which, however,

distinguishes itself at once by the reddish colour of the basal half

of the abdomen, as also by the rudimentary condition of its alule.

BaccHA PUMILA, sp.n, (Plate V. fig. 12, g.)

3 Q. Length 63 mm.

Yellow, shining: centre of dorsum of the thorax shining black,

with three cinercous pollinose stripes; abdomen contracted, but yet

stout, at the base, then spatulate; with dark brown cross-bands and

lineate markings. Legs yellow ; posterior femora in the g with

the basal third and a band near the tip, posterior tibia with a fainter

hand near the base, brown; these markings are much fainter in the

2. and in another g the extreme base of the posterior femora is

yellow. Wings hyaline ; subcostal cell brown; alule rudimentary.

Face and cheeks pale opalescent yellow, a narrow shimmering

white border next the eyes, when the face is viewed from above ;

facial tubercle relatively large, at least in the ¢, rounded; in the

¢, frontal triangle and antenniferous projection pale shining

yellow with a black dot above the base of the antenna; vertical

1893.] MR. B. E. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 149

triangle long, narrow, cinereous pollinose. /ront inthe 2, except

the posterior third, which is cinereous pollinose, pale shining yel-

low, with a blackish-brown dot in the centre line above the base

of the antenne, from which a narrow brown median stripe runs

back to the pollinose portion: ocelli remote from the vertex in

both sexes. Antenne yellow, third joint rounded at the tip; arista

black. Occiput cinereous pollinose. The median cinereous polli-

nose stripe on the thorax is much narrower, and also somewhat

longer, than the lateral ones, but all the stripes terminate at a

considerable distance from the scutellum: front portion of the

pleure metallic yellow; pectus, posterior portion of the pleura,

and metanotum steely black. Seutellum yellow; a narrow stripe

along the anterior margin, tapering towards the sides, which it

does not quite reach, black. First segment of the abdomen with a

dark brown posterior border, the lateral protuberances with a tuft

of yellow pile; second segment with the anterior and posterior

thirds (in the typical g rather more than the anterior third) dark

brown, so that the yellow ground-colour is restricted to a band

across the middle; this may appear to be narrowly divided in the

median line; third and fourth segments with the hind margin,

the median third of which is expanded (considerably so in the

typical ¢’), a quadrate area occupying each posterior angle, a some-

what clavate mark projecting inwards and forwards from these, and

a median narrow stripe dark brown ; in the typical 2 the median

stripe does not quite reach the anterior margin of the segment,

while the “ clavate” markings are narrower and less clavate than

in the ¢: ina second ¢ in the collection the median stripe is

much broader, and also does not quite reach the anterior margin ;

on the fifth segment the markings are precisely similar, except

that the brown posterior margin and the quadrate areas in the

posterior angles are almost obsolete, and that (in the typical speci-

mens at least) the median stripe reaches the anterior margin of the

segment in both sexes: sixth segment yellow. Third longitudinal

vein of the wings somewhat sinuate, convex forwards above the

distal half of the first posterior cell; terminal portion of fourth

vein bounding the first posterior cell only slightly oblique ; pos-

terior cross-vein straight.

Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates); three specimens.

This species is distinguished by its size and markings from any

other known to me.

Group II.

BaccHA SILACEA, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 13, ¢.)

6. Length 10 mm.

Thorax dull, clothed with dense pollen of pale sienna colour, with

narrow leaden stripes ; a somewhat sharply defined median pyriform

area on the pectus greenish bronze ; abdomen flattened, but little con-

tracted basally, rufous ochraceous, with orange-ochraceous stripes ;

front with an obtuse antenniferous projection, marked with a round

black spot: alule of full size,

150 MR. E, B, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

Facial tubercle and oral margin pale orange, the remainder of

the face and cheeks pale yellow, opalescent. ont clothed with

short dark pile, tawny pollinose, anterior face of antenniferous

projection shining; a smaller and fainter black spot in the median

line posteriorly, near the apex of the angle formed by the eyes ;

ocelligerous tubercle black, clothed with short and rather stout

black hairs, which curve forwards. Antenne orange, short, third

joint blunt. Sides of the thorav orange, dull, but becoming brassy

below ; two of the narrow leaden stripes are approximated in the

median line in front, and do not reach more than halfway ; the

other two stripes, which are slightly broader, are lateral in position,

one on each side, and extend almost to the hinder margin ; besides

these there is a faint indication of a fifth stripe, median in position,

starting from between the ends of the median stripes, and running

to the hind margin of the dorsum ; metanotum greenish bronze ;

post-alar callosities orange, shining: the dorsum of the thorax

in front and the anterior portion of the pleure are thinly

clothed with yellow pile, which becomes more orange near the

base of the wings; the dorsum near the transverse suture with

short brown pile. Scutellum ochraceous, with yellow pile below, and

dark brown pile round the margin. First segment of the abdomen

yellowish ochraceous, tumid and pale yellow atthe sides ; the re-

mainder of the abdomen rufous ochraceous, with orange-ochraceous

markings; on the second segment these markings consist of a

narrow and ill-defined transverse band close to the hind margin,

and of a crescent-shaped band on the posterior half of the segment,

conyex anteriorly, widely separated in the middle line, and taper-

ing towards the posterior angles ; the third and following segments

are marked by five continuous longitudinal stripes, of which that

in the median line is very narrow and not sharply defined, while

the intermediate ones are much the broadest and most sharply

defined ; the stripes formed by the ground-colour on each side of

the median line are slightly broader than the intermediate orange-

ochraceous stripes, while those between the latter and the lateral

stripes are much broader than any of the light-coloured stripes ;

on the fifth segment the stripes converge posteriorly. Genitalia

small, concealed. Legs yellow, a band on the distal half of the pos-

terior femora, not reaching to the tip, and the distal half of the pos-

terior tibiz pale brown. Wings uniformly suffused with pale sienna

colour ; the auxiliary and first longitudinal veins, and the bases of

the following veins as far as the fifth, pale orange: third longitu-

dinal vein rather abruptly convex forwards above the distal half

of the first posterior cell.

Brazil, region of the Amazon (Bates): one specimen.

This species is apparently closely allied to Baccha notata, Lw.

(Dipt. Amer. Septent,,Cent. vii. 65), from Cuba, and belongs to the

group of which Baccha livida, Schin. (Reise ‘ Novara,’ 343), Baccha

(Syrphus) flavipennis, Wied. (Auss. zw. Ins. ii. 123), and Baecha

lineata, Macq. (Dipt. Exot. i, Suppl. 139, t. 20. fig. 5), are also

members,

1893.] _ MR. DB, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 151

Group ILI.

BaccHA CULTRATA, sp.n. (Plate V. figs. 8, 9, d 9.)

2. Length 123 mm.; width of second abdominal segment

21 mm., of fourth abdominal segment 3 mm., across the posterior

margin in each case.

Head and thorax yellow, central portion of dorsum of thorax dark

greenish bronze, with three cinercous pollinose stripes ; abdomen very

broad and flat, not contracted basally, but expanding regularly to

beyond the middle of the fourth segment, chestnut coloured, with

ochraceous bands and other markings, a posterior band on the second

to the fourth segments shining burnt-sienna coloured ; first and second

pairs of legs wholly ochraceous ; posterior pair ochraceous rufous, with

an incomplete and ill-defined brownish band near the tips of the

femora, the tibice, except the base and tips, dark brown, and the tarst

whitish yellow. Wings large, broad, strongly suffused with ochraceous,

darkest along the fore-border above and immediately below the second

longitudinal vein, and in the distal third of the submarginal cell

there is also a less dark area on each side of the siwth longitudinal

vein ; second longitudinal vein considerably convea forwards in the

central portion of its course ; third longitudinal vein nearly straight,

terminal portion of fourth vein closing first posterior cell deeply

sinuate, but not very oblique: alule about half the full size, with a

straight posterior edge: knobs of halteres ferruginous.

Face and cheel’s shining opalescent yellow; facial tubercle low,

ochreous. Front orange-ochraceous, dull, the posterior fourth dark

olivaceous; antenniferous tubercle shining yellow on the sides,

with a large quadrate shining black spot above the base of the

antenne; from the ocelli, which are remote from the vertex, a

narrow dark median stripe runs forwards, but becomes faint and

nearly obliterated before reaching the supra-antennal spot. An-

tenne missing ; occiput yellowish pollinose, with a fringe of pale

yellow hairs. Of the three cinereous pollinose stripes on the

thorax, one, which is very narrow, is in the median line, and is

separated by two narrow dark stripes from the other two cinereous

stripes, which are broader; outside these is a very broad dark

bronze stripe on each side, which is divided by the transverse

suture ; the cinereous stripes are abbreviated at about two-thirds

the length of the thorax, leaving the bronze colour to extend to the

scutellum; sides of the dorsum and pleure metallic yellow, the

posterior portion of the pleurse more steely; metanotum shining

bronze. Scutellwm raw-sienna coloured, yellower along the anterior

margin, moderately shining. Abdomen: first segment yellow on

the sides, orange-ochraceous in the centre, with the central portion

of the posterior border dark brown; second segment reddish

ochraceous at the base, and with a narrow and considerably curved

(posteriorly concave) ochraceous band across the middle; this may

appear to be narrowly interrupted in the median line; third seg-

ment narrowly ochreous at the extreme base, and with a broad,

slightly curved (posteriorly concave) ochraceous transverse band,

152 MR. E. E., AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

tapering somewhat towards the sides and narrowly divided in the

median line ; in the median line the band is about three times as

far from the posterior margin of the segment as from the anterior,

and it may appear not quite to reach the lateral margins; on the

fourth segment the ochraceous markings take the shape of a some-

what lunate mark projecting backwards from the anterior margin

on each side of the median line, with a narrow piece projecting

obliquely from the base of each mark towards the lateral margin

on each side; the inner margin of the “‘lunate” marks is convex,

they extend about two-thirds the length of the segment, and are

obliquely truncated anteriorly and posteriorly; the extreme base

of the segment is narrowly ochraceous from each “ lunate ” mark

to the side; on the fifth segment the ochraceous marks are re-

presented by a stripe on each side of the median line, starting

from the anterior and reaching to the posterior margin, with the

inner side of each slanting outwards posteriorly, so that the ground-

colour between them constitutes a small triangle, which is con-

tinued as a narrow median stripe to the anterior margin; the ends

of the two ochraceous stripes are connected by a narrow and

indistinctly defined band near the posterior margin; in addition

to this there is a small ochraceous triangle projecting from the

anterior margin of the segment on each side, between the stripe

and lateral margin, with its base connected with the stripe and its

apex situated at rather more than one-third of the length of the

segment; sixth segment with the median two-fourths of its hinder

margin occupied by a yellowish band, each end of which is

connected with the anterior margin by a short ochraceous stripe.

The lateral prominences of the first abdominal segment bear a tuft

of ochraceous pile, mingled with blackish pile posteriorly ; the

remaining segments are sparsely clothed with very short black pile,

which becomes somewhat longer on the sides, especially in the

case of the fifth segment.

Brazil, Santarem (Bates): one specimen.

There are also two males in the collection which I consider

to belong to this species; but since they are in poor condition, I

have described the 2 at greater length.

6. Length 123 mm.

Leesembling the 2, but differing as follows :—the most striking

difference is presented by the coloration of the wings; these are

uniformly suffused with pale brown, which, though stronger in the

costal and darkest in the subcostal cell, shows only the very faintest

trace of concentration at the tip of the submarginal cell (none at

all in the second specimen in the collection, in which the tint of

the wings is considerably lighter); the wings, therefore, do not

present a blotched appearance; the wings are also considerably

narrower, the second longitudinal vein is straighter, and the

terminal portion of the fourth vein, closing the first posterior cell,

much more oblique: the dark stripe on the thorax, on each side of

the narrow median cinereous one, is broader: the abdomen is

browner, the markings yellower; second segment yellower at the

1893.] MR. E. BE, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 153

base, and with the band across the middle about twice as broad ;

third segment with a distinct narrow ochreous band across the

base, widest in the middle and notched in the median line, tapering

towards the sides (in the second specimen in the collection this

band is merely represented by a faint line, but the specimen may

have been captured very soon after it emerged), and with the main

transverse band much broader ; fourth segment with the “ lunate ”

marks represented by two stripes running straight from the front

to the hind margin ; each of these sends off a narrow oblique mark

from near its base towards the lateral margin, as do the corre-

sponding marks in the 9, and from its extreme base a narrow

line runs to the lateral margin, along the base of the segment ;

fifth segment with a straight stripe running from the front to the

hind margin on each side of the median line, and connected

together posteriorly, but apparently with no trace of the small

basal triangles: the legs are paler yellow, but the brown markings

on the posterior pair and the posterior tarsi just as in the 9.

The antenne are orange, short, the third joint rounded, and the

second and third joints and the tip of the first narrowly dark

brown above ; the arista dark brown; the shining black spot above

the antenne narrower than in the ; the front is clothed with

short dark pile. The alule and the shape of the abdomen as in the

2 ; genitalia ochraceous.

Brazil, Villa Nova and Santarem (Bates): two specimens.

BaccHa FLAVENS, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 10, 2.)

2. Length 124 mm.

Yellow, nearly bare ; dorsum of the thorax, except the sides, shining

orange-rufous, with two abbreviated pale yellow stripes, which are

clothed with shimmering whitish pollen: abdomen deep chrome-yellow,

with narrow shining brown transverse bands and lineate markings ;

broad, flat, not contracted basally, but expanding regularly to the end

of the fourth segment. Legs wholly yellow. Wings with an ochra-

ceous tinge, strongest towards the anterior margin: alule rudimentary.

Face and cheeks pale yellow, shining, except the facial tubercle,

which is dull. Front somewhat deeper yellow, dull, the posterior

fifth dark olivaceous ; the slight antenniferous projection shining,

pale yellow on the sides; a conspicuous shining black dot above

the base of the antennz ; above this is a small brown blotch, from

which a faint rufous median stripe runs back to the vertex. First

two joints of the antenne ochreous; the third is missing. The

yellowish shimmering pollinose stripes of the dorsum of the thorax

only extend about two-thirds of its length, and divide the orange-

rufous area into a median and two lateral stripes, which are all of

equal breadth and coalesce posteriorly ; the sides of the dorsum,

pleure, pectus, and metanotum metallic yellow: scwtellum dull,

tawny ochraceous, orange-ochraceous at the base. Abdomen: first

segment pale yellow, shining, with a narrow faint brownish band

occupying the median two-fourths of the hind border ; second seg-

ment with a straight brown transverse band occupying about the

154 MR. E, H, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS tNsEcrs. [Jan. 17,

posterior fifth; third segment with a similar brown transverse

posterior band, which, however, is concave anteriorly for about a

fourth of the width of the segment on each side of the median

line ; in the median line it is produced into a small angle, from

which a faint brown median stripe extends forwards to within

about one-seventh of the length of the segment from the anterior

margin; fourth segment with the extreme hind margin and three

triangles brown ; two of the triangles are lateral in position, one

in each posterior angle, and extend forwards and inwards to about

the middle of the segment; the third is median, and narrower

than the other two, and is prolonged as a median stripe to the

anterior margin, before reaching which, however, it becomes faint ;

the markings on the fifth segment are similar to those on the

fourth, but narrower, and the lateral triangles are so prolonged

that they are only narrowly separated from the anterior margin ;

the median triangle, too, is here represented by a stripe, which,

while expanding slightly posteriorly, is only about half the width

of the median stripe on the preceding segment, and (in the typical

specimen at least) is separated by about one-eighth of the length

of the segment from the anterior margin; on the short sixth seg-

ment the lateral triangles (here almost reduced to stripes) reach

the anterior margin without becoming indistinct, while the median

triangle is represented by a small, but sharply defined, triangular

spot, with its base in the centre of the anterior margin and its apex

in the middle of the segment. The third longitudinal vein of the

wings is nearly straight, and only slightly concave posteriorly ;

distal half of subcostal cell dark ochraceous; knobs of halteres

ferruginous.

Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates): one specimen.

In the markings of the abdomen this species somewhat resembles

B. gilva, but is at once distinguished by the colour of the dorsum

of the thorax, as well as by the deeper colour of the scutellum and

abdomen, and by its larger size.

BaccHa Ginva, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 7, 3.)

3. Length 9} mm.

Pale yellow: thorax metallic brown in centre of dorsum, abdomen

with brown transverse bands and other markings ; the abdomen is flat,

broad, not contracted at the base, but expanding regularly to the hind

margin of the fourth segment. Wings with a yellowish tinge, especially

towards the base ; veins yellow, the auxiliary and first longitudinal

veins orange: alule rudimentary.

Face and cheeks pale yellow, shining, the low facial tubercle dull,

the face receding. /ront yellow, with a black dot on the anterior

face of the antenniferous projection ; the front clothed with brown

pile, the upper part of the face below the antenne also with

darkish pile ; vertical triangle elongated, though not very narrow,

cinereous pollinose, the ocelli remote from the vertex; occiput

fringed at the sides with golden yellow hairs. Antenne orange,

third joint rounded ; arista brown, yellow at the base. Thorax

1893.] MR. B, E. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 155

metallic yellow on the sides of the dorsum and on the pleure,

metanotum and a faint patch on each side above the middle cox

brown. Seutellwm dull yellow. Abdomen: second segment with a

narrow, posteriorly concave, pale brown transverse band near the

hind margin ; third segment with a brown transverse band which

is very narrow and close to the hind margin in the middle, but at

the sides is broader, reaches to the hind margin, and has a ragged

anterior edge ; fourth segment with the extreme hind margin, a

small median posterior triangle prolonged into a faint median line

which almost reaches to the anterior margin of the segment, and a

quadrate area in each posterior angle, occupying about one-third of

the length of the segment, brown ; the inner anterior angles of the

quadrate areas are considerably prolonged, so that they run like a

sharp thorn into the yellow portion of the segment cn each side ;

fifth segment nearly wholly yellow, a narrow median stripe starting

from the anterior margin of the segment, but becoming obsolete

about halfway, and an ill-defined patch in each posterior angle,

from which a faint and almost obsolete streak runs forwards and

slightly inwards, faintly brown; genitalia brown at the tip: the

abdomen is clothed with very short and sparse appressed black

pile ; the thorax and sentellum almost bare. Legs uniformly pale

yellow ; first joint of posterior tarsi slightly swollen. Wings

rather narrow ; third longitudinal vein concave posteriorly ; sub-

costal cell orange.

Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates): one specimen.

Bacowa crocara, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 5, 9 .)

2. Length 73 to 93 mm.

Saffron-yellow ; abdomen with brown bands and indentations,

centre of dorsum of thorax shining brown, with yellowish cinercous

pollinose stripes: wings suffused with saffron-yellow, somewhat

darker on the basal half along the costal side ; alule rudimentary :

legs wholly yellow ; the posterior femora of the smallest specimen have

a narrow incomplete faint brownish band towards the tip.

Face and cheeks pale opalescent yellow, clothed with short pale

pile; face tuberculate, receding. Front saffron-yellow, pollinose,

rather more than the posterior third cinereous-bronze pollinose,

from which a sharply defined brown median stripe runs to the

base of the antenniferous projection ; ina smaller specimen (74 mm.

in length) this stripe is broader and runs right over the anten-

niferous projection to the base of the antenne; immediately

above the antenne is a round black dot. Antenne orange, short,

third joint rounded, arista brown, yellow at the base ; ocelli remote

from the vertex. Occiput fringed with golden-yellow hairs. The

pollinose stripes of the dorsum of the thorax consist of a very fine

median one, and a much broader stripe on either side of this ;

all three are abbreviated before reaching the scutellum, but the

median one is somewhat the longer ; the brown stripe outside each

lateral pollinose one is the broadest and darkest of all, and is

divided by the transverse suture; the sides of the dorsum and

156 MR. E, E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

the pleure are shining metallic; above the middle coxe a faint

brownish opalescent stripe extends upwards and backwards to

the metanotum, which is dark metallic. Scutellwm wholly saffron-

yellow. Abdomen flat, broad, not contracted at the base, but

expanding regularly to the end of the fourth segment; like the

thorax, it is almost bare; first segment pale yellow, with a tuft

of yellow hairs on each side: second segment with rather more

than the basal third brown, narrowly yellowish at the extreme

base, and with a shining reddish-brown band on the hind margin,

in front of which is a narrow dark brown transverse band,

which is slightly concave posteriorly; the yellow area of the

segment therefore takes the shape of a fairly broad transverse

band; the brown basal area is sometimes fainter, and the seg-

ment then appears yellowish at the base also; third segment

shining reddish brown on the posterior margin, in front of which

is a narrow transverse brown band, which projects on each side

into a small angle at about a fifth of the width of the segment

from the lateral margin; from the anterior margin a brown spot

shaped like a spear-head projects backwards in the median line,

and is narrowly connected by an almost obsolete median stripe

with the posterior transverse band ; from the anterior third of the

lateral margin a tongue-shaped brown mark projects inwards on

each side, leaving the actual anterior margin of the segment

yellow ; on the fourth segment the markings are a modified repre-

sentation of those on the third; there is a narrow shining brown

posterior border, which expands into a dull brown quadrate area

on each side, from which a greatly prolonged acute angle projects

forwards and slightly inwards, extending to within one-fourth of

the length of the segment frem the anterior margin; the median

line is occupied by a fairly broad and sharply defined stripe, which

expands at each end, but the tongue-shaped mark which is seen

projecting inwards on each side of the preceding segment in front

is here much reduced and sometimes almost obsolete ; the width

of the yellow marks on this segment varies in different specimens,

and in the typical individual those on either side of the median

stripe extend to the hind margin; the markings on the fifth

segment are arrived at by a still further modification of the fore-

going ; in this case the brown marks take the form of a median

stripe, expanded towards each end, and of a curving piece pro-

jecting forwards from each posterior angle and nearly reaching to

the anterior margin; the lateral margins of the segment are also

narrowly brown; the sixth segment, which is very small, is

brownish on each side, and has a narrow median stripe extending

almost to the hind margin; the brown marks are, however, not

visible in the typical specimen. Third longitudinal vein of the

wings straight, curving downwards at the tip.

Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates): two specimens.

In addition to the above, there is also in the collection a small

male, which I regard as belonging to this species ; it is, however,

too much damaged to describe, and I have therefore made a fem ale

1893.] MR. E. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 157

the type of the species: the specimen in question is about 8 mm.

in length, and resembles the female in general appearance ; the

face and cheeks are, however, saffron-yellow, instead of pale yellow ;

the frontal triangle has a brownish median stripe extending from

the antenniferous projection nearly to the angle of the eyes: the

abdomen is narrower, and somewhat contracted and cylindrical at

the base ; the first segment is brownish in the centre ; the third

segment has a fairly broad posterior brown band, with the lateral

angles only faintly indicated ; the median brown mark projecting

from the anterior margin is oval in shape, and does not extend

further than one-fifth the length of the segment; the wings are

somewhat browner, and less yellow, but this is also the case in the

smaller of the two females mentioned above; the posterior femora

have a narrow incomplete brownish band beyond the middle.

This specimen is likewise from the region of the Amazons (Bates).

BaccuHa crocus, sp. nu. (Plate V. fig. 6, 3.)

d. Length 8} to 9 mm.

Closely allied to B. crocata ; saffron-yellow ; thorax metallic, very

shining, brown in the centre of the dorsum, with two narrow abbre-

viated yellow stripes; abdomen narrow at the base, but expanding

regularly to the end of the fourth segment, with brown bands and

indentations, but the third segment with no brown at the basal angles ;

wings suffused with pale brown, alule rudimentary ; legs yellow,

posterior femora with a narrow but distinct brownish band beyond

the middle, darkest on the outer side.

The chief differences between this species and crocata appear tn

the front, thorax, and third segment of the abdomen ; the front is

shining yellow, instead of dull orange (the black dot above the

base of the antennz is present); the thorav is very shining, and

the narrow yellow stripes which are situated on either side of the

median line are due to the ground-colour, and not to pollen;

the metanotum is brownish, but there is no dark stripe extending

backwards to it from above the middle coxz ; the first abdominal

segment is brown in the centre, as is the case in the specimen

which I have considered as a male of crocata, but the absence of

brown from the basal angles of the third segment gives that

segment quite a different appearance; there is likewise no brown

in the basal angles of the fourth segment, but this, so far as its

damaged condition permits me to judge, is likewise the case in the

specimen I consider to be a male of crocata ; in other respects the

brown markings of the abdomen are almost precisely similar to

those seen in crocata; the median brown stripe on the fourth

segment stops short of the anterior margin in the typical specimen,

but reaches it in the other example in the collection; the wings

are less infuscated than in the supposed male of crocata, and are

somewhat narrower and longer; the third longitudinal vein is

straighter, and the terminal portion of the fourth vein, closing

the first posterior cell, less sinuate.

Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates): two specimens.

158 MR, H, D. AUSPEN ON NEW DIPLEROUS rNsucrs. |Jan. 17,

BaccHA FERVIDA, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 11, ¢.)

3. Length 10 mm.

General colour orange; abdomen deep dull orange, with metallic

brown posterior borders to the segments, flut, not contracted basally,

but expanding regularly to the end of the fourth segment: wings

suffused with brown, slightly paler towards the tips; alule of

full size.

Face and cheeks pale yellow, thinly clothed with pale yellow

pile; the face receding, with a very small tubercle. Front orange

pollinose, with a brown median stripe from the angle of the eyes

to the upper margin of the very slight antenniferous projection ;

the latter pale orange in front, shining, with a black dot above

the antennz ; the front clothed with brown pile. Antenne orange,

short, third joint rounded at the tip, with the upper margin brown ;

arista brown, yellowish at the base; vertical triangle bronze, black

at the apex, long, narrow ; ocelli remote from the vertex. Dorsum

of thorav metallic orange, somewhat iridescent, not pollinose,

with three narrow faint brown stripes (one median and one

on either side of it), which do not reach more than halfway :

pleure metallic yellow; scutel/um dull saffron-yellow. Abdomen:

first segment brownish orange; second segment with a metallic

transverse band on the anterior as well as the posterior fourth ;

this segment is somewhat shining, especially in the median

line; on the third segment the metallic brown transverse band

on the posterior fourth expands somewhat towards the sides, and

there is a semi-obsolete faint brown median stripe, extending

from the anterior margin to the posterior border; on the fourth

segment the posterior band is only about half the width of

that on the third, but it expands into a median triangle, which

is connected by a faint brown stripe with the anterior margin,

and also into a quadrate area on each side, which occupies rather

more than half the length of the segment; the median stripe is

somewhat clavate at its anterior extremity, and this is also the

case with the similar stripe on the third segment; the fifth segment

is wholly shining, and the brown portion is about equal to

the orange in area; the posterior border is, however, much

narrower, While the median stripe is broader and more sharply

defined than on the previous segments, and that which corresponds

to the brown lateral quadrate areas on the fourth segment is here

represented by an ovate mark on each side, extending nearly to

the anterior margin and situated nearer the middle line, so that

the lateral margin of the segment as far as the posterior border is

orange; the orange portion of the fifth segment on each side of

the median stripe is therefore deeply indented by a brown notch ;

genitalia brown at the tip: with the exception of a tuft of pale

yellow hairs on each side of the first segment, the pile on the

abdomen is black, appressed, and very short and sparse, though it

is somewhat longer on the fifth segment. Legs yellow ; posterior

pair deeper orange, but without bands. Third longitudinal vein

1893.) - MR. B, BE, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTHROUS INSUCIS. 159

straight ; terminal section of fourth vein, closing first posterior cell,

very upright.

Santarem, R. Tapajos, Brazil (Bates): one specimen.

Ascia striata, Wik., Dipt. Saund. 221, from Brazil, is not an

Ascia: it must be placed in a new genus closely allied to Baccha,

which it resembles in every particular except the terminal section

of the fourth vein, closing the first posterior cell, which is straight

and perpendicular.

Baccha tripartita was described by Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe.

y. 285, from Batchian, the typical specimen being a ¢. Subse-

quently (Journ. Liun. Soc. vii. 212) Walker mentioned a second

specimen from Mysol. There is only one specimen in the

collection, a ¢ from Mysol. This is labelled “ tripartita” in

Walker’s handwriting, and may really be the type, as the Mysol

label may have been attached in mistake for a Batchian one. The

specimen agrees with the description.

Baccha dispar, Wk., Journ. Linn. Soe. ii. 121, from Macassar,

Celebes ; length of the type (a ¢) 123 mm.

Baccha basalis, Wik., Journ. Linn, Soe. y. 239, from Dorey,

New Guinea: Walker writes “hind tibie with a piceous sub-

apical band ; ” there is only the faintest trace of such a band on the

tibiez, but a well-marked one on the hind femora, which are

probably what Walker was looking at.

Baccha purpuricola, W1k., Journ. Linn. Soe. iv. 129, from Key L.,

Aru Is.: length of body 6 lines (not 53 as stated by Walker) ; length

of each wing 5 lines.

Syrphus subchalybeus, Wik., Tr. Ent. Soe. n. ser. iv. 157, from

the Valley of the Amazon, is a Baccha belonging to Group II.

Paragus? scutellaris, Wik., Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii. 342, from

Sao Paulo, Brazil; Baccha babista, W1k., List. Dipt. iii. 549, from

Georgia ; and Baccha varia, Wlk., List. Dipt. i, 548, from

are all synonyms of Baccha clavata, F.

SALPINGOGASTER, Schin.

SALPINGOGASTER VIRGATA, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 3, 3.)

$ 2. Length 143-174 mm.

Thoraw pale yellow; the dorsum, except the lateral margins,

dark brownish, with a cinereous pollinose stripe on each side of

the median line, and a faint bronze stripe close to the yellow

margin on each side; the pleurwe with a narrow brown stripe running

from the base of the wing to the middle coxa, and a sometimes

broader but interrupted and abbreviated stripe on each side of the

metanotum; metanotum metallic dark brown; seutellum yellow,

with a sharply defined central area dark brown; abdomen ferru-

ginous, that of the g ending in a minute spine, and with processes

beneath the fourth segment; wings with a faint ochraceous tinge,

darker along the fore-border; alule rudimentary ; legs ochre-

yellow, the distal portion of the posterior femora, a fainter and

narrower band on the middle of the posterior tibie, and the

160 MR. EB, B. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

posterior tarsi ochraceous rufous; the femora are grooved below

towards the tips, and the middle ones bear a small angular process

on the posterior side of the groove at the tip; there is a similar

but smaller process on the front femora, which, however, is scarcely

visible in the 9; the middle as well as the posterior femora bear

small spines below; in the case of the middle femora these are

chiefly confined to a line extending backwards on each side of the

groove, but on the posterior pair they are scattered about on the

middle portion of the underside, as well as running along the

ridges bordering the groove.

Face and cheeks pale yellow in the ¢, somewhat deeper yellow

in the 9, the facial tubercle small; front yellow, the vertical

triangle in the ¢ and the posterior portion as far as the ocelli in

the 2 black; the antenniferous process small, but prominent, a

shining black spot above the base of the antenne, and the median

portion of the antenniferous process above black; in the case of

the 2, the front with a median black stripe extending forwards

from the ocelli rather more than two-thirds of the distance

between them and the base of the antenniferous process, expanding

towards and forked at the tip: antenne ochraceous, third joint

rounded at the tip; arista dark brown, pale yellow at the base.

The cinereous pollinose stripe on each side of the median line of the

thorax is very conspicuous; the stripes are only narrowly separated

in front and fuse together posteriorly ; they almost reach the

scutellum ; outside these is a dark brown stripe on each side, and

then comes a pale greenish-bronze stripe, outside which, again, is

a very narrow brown stripe; this is joined behind the transverse

suture by the pleural stripe, which runs to and extends down

the middle coxz ; the stripes outside the cinereous pollinose ones are

divided by the transverse suture; the cinereous pollinose stripes

are carried forward to the anterior margin of the thorax, with a

narrow dark brown border on each side; the remaining stripes

are abbreviated in front. Abdomen: the first segment with a

conspicuous posterior border dark brown, not quite reaching to

the sides ; the remainder of the segment yellow; second segment

yellow in the extreme basal angles, and also with an indistinctly

defined yellowish blotch on each side in the middle ; the posterior

border of the second segment may be narrowly brown; in three

of the specimens in the collection there is an indication of a pale

yellowish mark on each side near the base of the third segment ;

the posterior margin on the underside of the fourth segment of

the ¢ is raised and excavated, and bears two somewhat hammer-

shaped processes, and the anterior margin of the segment on the

underside is also excavated; the sixth segment in the ¢, which

ends in the small spine, is globate; in two specimens in the

collection the abdomen is of a chestnut colour, and blackish towards

the tip, but this is probably due to drying. In the wings the sub-

costal cell is dark tawny, and the infuscation of the fore-border

includes the distal third of the submarginal cell; the central

portion of the marginal cell is more ochreous, and the basal

1893.] MR, BE. B. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 161

portion of the spurious vein is bright ochreous, tinging the ad-

joining portion of the wing; the kink in the third vein is angular,

and situated slightly before the middie of the first posterior cell.

Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates): five specimens.

This species is closely allied to Salpingogaster pygophora, Schin.,

but differs from it in the colour of the sides of the thorax and in

that of the scutellum. In the colour of the scutellum and the

markings of the dorsum of the thorax it agrees with Salpingo-

gaster nigra, Schin., but differs from that species in the face being

wholly yellow, as also in the colour of the sides of the thorax, of

the femora, and of the tibiw, and in the peculiar shape of the

external genitalia of the g, in which it agrees with S. pygophora.

SALPINGOGASTER MINOR, sp. n. (Plate V. fig. 4, 2.)

2. Length 12 mm.

Thorax ochraceous above, dull, with three dull black stripes ;

pleure shining ochre-yellow, «@ narrow brown stripe running From

the base of the wings to the middle cove, and an indication of a

broader and darker but shorter one on each side of the meta-

notum; the metanotum not infuscated ; scutellum yellow, the disc

brown ; abdomen ochraceous, base of first segment yellow; second

segment with a faint reddish-brown band on the basal third; the

central portion of the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments, aud

of the posterior half of the third, dark brown; the darker area is,

however, not sharply defined, and may be due to drying or to

matter contained in the abdomen. Wings with an ochraceous

tinge, which is deeper in the costal cell; subcostal cell tawny,

the marginal cell, the distal third of the submarginal, the space

between the kink in the third vein and the terminal portion

of the fourth vein closing the first posterior cell, as well as the

space outside this and outside the discal cell, brownish ; the basal

half of the spurious vein ochre-yellow, tinging the adjoining por-

tion of the wing; the kink in the third vein rounder than in S,

virgata, and situated slightly beyond the middle of the first posterior

cell; the posterior cross-vein nearly straight: alule rudimentary.

Legs pale yellow, the posterior femora and tarsi ochraceous ; none

of the femora are grooved beneath, but the posterior pair have a

double row of short thin spines underneath towards the tips ; the

middle femora have no angular process at the typ beneath.

The head is considerably flattened antero-posteriorly ; face and

cheeks wholly pale yellow, shining, facial tubercle small, sharp ;

proboscis ochraceous; antenniferous projection well-marked, shining

black on the sides and above; the posterior third of the front,

including the ocelli, which are remote from the vertex, shining

black; the antenniferous process is connected with this by a

triangular patch, the base of which, resting on the antenniferous

process, as well as a narrow median line, is metallic black, the rest

dead black ; on each side of the front below the ocelli is a narrow

yellow stripe, running into the yellow of the face ; antenne ochra-

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. XI. 11

162 MR. B, EB. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS insects. [Jan.17,

ceous rufous, third joint rather broad (actually larger than in

S. virgata, although the insect itself is smaller), rounded at the tip ;

arista dark brown; the black stripes on the dorsum of the thorax

consist of a very narrow median one, and a broader one on each

side of it; the stripes converge posteriorly, and apparently fuse a

short distance before the scutellum, which they do not reach ;

each of the broader black stripes is separated from the narrow

median one by a stripe of the ground-colour rather broader than

itself ; there is an indication of a faint brown stripe on each side

of the dorsum, with a conspicuous dark brown spot behind the

suture, where it is joined by the brown stripe of the pleure, which

curves round the front of the base of the wing; there is also a

dark brown spot beneath the shiming yellow post-alar callosities.

Brazil, Para (Bates): one specimen.

This species is distinguished, by the markings of the dorsum of the

thorax, from any other Salpingogaster yet described.

BRACHYOPINI, Williston.

Synopsis N. Amer. Syrphide, Bull. 31, U.S. Nat. Mus, p. xxii.

Rutvetra, Scop.

RHINGIA SEMI-CERULEA, sp. n. (Plate V. figs. 1, 2, ¢.)

3. Length 113 mm.

Dorsum of thorax deep metallic blue round the sides, greenish bronze

on the central area ; scutellum metallic blue, darkish bronze at the

base in the centre ; pectus and pleure metallic plum-purple, some of

the divisions with ochraceous undertints ; abdomen brassy ochraceous,

pale yellowish at the base, hind margins of the segments narrowly

black ; wings with a very faint ochreous tinge, nearly hyaline, the

subcostal cell not darker; halteres yellow ; legs yellow, the last four

joints of the posterior tarsi brown.

Face, epistoma, and frontal triangle shining ferruginous ; vertical

triangle dark blue; antenne ferruginous, rather more than the

basal half of the arista yellow, the rest brown ; thoraa and scutellum

finely punctate, clothed with short dark pile; post-alar tubercles

ochraceous rufous, with a purplish blotch on the outside. Abdo-

men: first segment pale yellowish, with the black hind-margin

confined to a very narrow streak on each side of the median line,

‘not reaching to the sides; second segment yellowish on the basal

two-thirds, then brassy ochraceous, like the remainder of the

abdomen ; the shining black hind-margins of this and the two

following segments are very sharply defined ; the second segment

has a fringe of pale yellow pile on each side, longer towards the

base ; third and fourth segments thinly clothed with pale yellow

pile, which is longer on the fourth segment.

Sierra Leone (Fowcroft): one specimen.

This species is allied to Rh. cerulescens, Lw. (‘ Dipterenfauna

Siidafrika’s,’ p. 302 [374], from Caffraria, but is distinguished at

once by the colour of the thorax and abdomen.

1893. ] MR. EB, E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 163

Since Loew’s memoir no addition has been made to the extra-

European species of Zhingia mentioned by him (loc. cit.): these

are Lh. nasica, Say (J. Acad. Phil. iii. 94; Compl. Wr. ii. 81;

Wiedemann, Auss. zw. Ins. ii. 115; Williston, Synopsis N. Amer.

Syrphide, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 31, p. 130), from North

America; Lh. nigra, Macq. (Dipt. Exot. i. Suppl. p. 133, t. 11.

fig. 10), from Colombia; and Rh. laevigata, Lw. (Wien. ent.

Monatschr. Bd. ii. p. 107), from Japan.

From specimens in the Museum Collection I am able to state

that Lycastrirhyncha nitens, Bigot (Plate V. figs. 15, 16) (Rev.

et Mag. Zool. 1859, p. 307), from the Amazons, which Bigot

afterwards (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 6° série, t. i. 1881, p. 373)

thought to be a Rhingia, and identical with Fh. nigra, Macgq., has

nothing whatever to do with Rhingia, but is one of the Lristalini.

The genus Lycastrirhyncha is a perfectly good and very remark-

able one, which is characterized by possessing the body, wings, and

legs of an Eristalis and the head of a Rhingia, with a somewhat

elongated epistoma. ‘he position of the anterior cross-vein of the

wings and the thickened posterior femora are in themselves sufti-

cient to dispose of all doubt as to the true affinities of the genus.

The genus Lycastris of Walker (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser.

vol. iv. p. 155,—founded for a species from India), which Bigot

likewise proposes (loc. cit.) to sink in favour of Rhingia, is allied to

Criorhina! wm clr

Brachyopa rufo-cyanca, Wik. (Ent. Mag. ii. 472), from New

Holland, is a Cyphipelta, Bigot (Rev. et Mag. Zool]. 1859, p. 307),

and = C. conifrons, Bigot, loc. cit. (= Hristalis vesicularis, Erichs.,

—Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1842, 272), which is the type of the genus.

Walker’s species was published in 1834, and therefore his name

has the priority. This species is the only one of the genus hitherto

described. Bigot stated that the genus is most closely allied to

Volucella, but it has been shown by von Réder (Wien. ent. Z. i.

61), who re-described the genus, that its proper position is nearest

Rhingia.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate IV.

Fig. 1. Ocyptamus iris, sp. n., 2, p. 133.

2. Baccha amphithoe, Wik., 2 , p. 142.

3. sulica, sp. n., 9, p. 144.

4. refulgens, sp. n., 2, p. 138.

as triangulifera, sp.n., 3, p. 138.

6. bicolor, sp.n., 3, p. 137.

he nubilipennis, sp. n., 5, p. 136.

8. signiferd, sp. p., d, p. 145.

9. nubilipennis, sp.n., 2, p. 136.

10. pulchrifrons, sp.n., 3, p. 139.

10%. Head of ditto from above, enlarged.

11. Baccha pulchrifrons, G, p. 139.

12. fallax, sp.n., 3, p- 142.

13. —— incompta, sp. un., 3, p. 147.

14. sagittifera, sp. n., 9, p. 144.

}5. levissima, sp. n., 3, p- 146.

11*

164 MR. G. 0. BOURNE ON NEW COPEPODA. [Jan. 17,

Prater V.

Fig. 1. Rhingia semi-cerulea, sp. n., 3, p. 162.

2, —— , head in profile, p. 162.

3. Salpingogaster virgata, sp.n., 3S, p. 159.

4. minor, sp.u-, 2, p. 161.

5. Baccha crocata, sp.n., 2, p. 155.

6. crocea, sp.n., 6, p. 157.

7. —— gilva, sp.n., db, p. 154.

8. —— cultrata, sp.u., g, p. 152.

9. —— SDL.

10. —— flavens, sp.n., 2, p. 153.

11 fervida, sp.n., 3, p. 158

12 pumila, sp.n., 5, p. 148.

13. —— silacea, sp.u., g, p. 149.

14, —— nubilipennis, sp.n., 3, head in profile, p. 136.

15. Lycastrirhyncha nitens, Big., 9, p. 163.

, head in profile, p. 163.

3. On two new Species of Copepoda from Zanzibar.

By Gixpert C. Bourne, M.A.

[Received December 13, 1892.]

(Plate VI.)

So little is known of the Entomostraca of Africa, that I gladly

availed myself of the opportunity of examining a portion of sandy

mud, brought by Mr. Finn, of Brasenose College, Oxford, from the

neighbourhood of Zanzibar, which was kindly supplied to me by

Mr. F. E. Beddard.

The result of my search was rather disappointing, as I only

succeeded in finding a few minute Copepoda, belonging to two

species, which I now describe. Of these one is doubtfully a

new species, being closely allied to Cyclops orientalis, Uljanin,

from Turkestan. The other is a well-marked species of Can-

thocamptus.

In publishing a description of these two forms, I may take the

opportunity of pointing out how much may be done by travellers

and explorers in Africa in the matter of collecting freshwater

Crustacea. These forms are easily collected and preserved, and

from their generally minute size are easily carried. It is probable

that the great lakes of the interior have a peculiar and interesting

Crustacean fauna which would well repay collection. Those who

have read Weismann’s charming essay, ‘Das Thierleben im

Bodensee,’ will recognize what a wide field of study is here open

to the traveller and collector.

Fam. Harpactipz.

CANTHOCAMPTUS FINNI, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 1-7.)

Anterior antenna 9-jointéd, the last joint very small; fourth

joint bearing one long and one modified seta. Inner branch of

2nd antenna well developed, 1-jointed, bearing two terminal and two

Pe Zoe loom enna:

KASS

Mintern Bros . imp.

J, Smit lith.,

NEW COPEPODA FROM ZANZIBAR.

1893. | MR. G. C, BOURNE ON NEW COPEPODA. 165

lateral sete. Mandible stout, the palp well developed, the basal

joint produced in a sharp process, the outer joint bearing three

terminal and one lateral seta. First pair of feet having the inner

branch 3-jointed, the proximal and distal joints subequal in length,

the middle joint rather more than half the length of the other two ;

all three joints denticulate on their outer margins. The outer

branch reaches as far as the first third of the distal joint of the

inner branch, and is provided with two terminal geniculate sete and

a stout external spine on each joint. Inner branch of the 2nd,

ard, and 4th swimming-feet 2-jointed, the proximal joint minute ;

outer branch 3-jointed, each joint denticulate along its outer

margin aud bearing a powerful spine. Basal joint of the fifth pair

of feet broad, the inner segment bearing four stout plumose setz.

The second joint ovate, somewhat elongate, bearing three plumose

terminal sete and three external marginal spines, of which the

middle is twice the length of the other two. Posterior margin of

the first abdominal segment strongly denticulate dorsally, the two

succeeding segments denticulate ventrally. Furea short; caudal

set minutely aculeate and half as long as the whole body.

This is a well-marked species, agreeing with C. northwmbricus

and C. trispinosus in the characters of the 2nd, 8rd, and 4th

swimming-feet, which are two-jointed, and in the nine-jointed

first antenne ; but differing from both in the form of the mandible-

palp, in the inner branch of the second antenne, in the proportions

of the first pair of swimming-feet, and in the characters of the

fifth pair of feet of the female.

Fam. Cycnopip2.

CYCLOPS AFRICANUS, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 8-11.)

Cephalothorax ovate, evenly rounded in front. The first and

second free thoracic segments of equal length, the third about two-

thirds the length of the two preceding segments. Abdomen long

and narrow, its length, not including the furca, equal to the

four free thoracic segments. The first abdominal segment in the

female long, equal in length to the three succeeding segments.

The last abdominal segment finely denticulate on its posterior

margin. Furcal segment equal in length to last two abdominal

segments. Of the caudal sete the two outermost are short, the

internal median seta very long, equal in length to the whole

abdomen and the last two thoracic segments.

The first antenne of the female 12-jointed, rather shorter

than the first jot of the cephalothorax. First antenne of the

male 14-jointed, the basal joint equal in length to the next six

joints. Hinge-joints between the 7th and 8th and 12th and 13th

joints; the 9th to the 11th joints inclusive swollen. Mandible-

palp consisting of a well-developed basal piece bearing two long

and one short seta. Maxille, maxillipeds, and swimming-feet as

in C. orientalis. Fifth pair of feet rudimentary, resembling those

of C. orientalis.

166 MR, P. L. SCLATER ON A RARE ARGENTINE BIRD. [Jan. 17,

I have much hesitation in separating this species from C.

orientalis, Uljanin, from which it differs chiefly in the proportions

of the abdominal segments, in the size of the third free thoracie

segment, which is larger than in @. orientalis, and in the size of the

fused head and first thoracic segment, which in C. orientalis is

equal in length to the four free thoracic segments and the first

abdominal segment, while in C. africanus it is much shorter. I

have not been able to find a female carrying ova, but the specimen

from which the description is taken had its ovaries full of ripe ova.

The single male specimen I found was apparently mature. It

differs markedly in the jointing and in the proportions of the

antenne from Uljanin’s figure, which is very probably taken from

an immature speeimen.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Canthocamptus finni, p. 164.

. Lateral view of female.

. First antenna of female.

. Second antenna.

Mandible.

.. First swimming-foot.

Fourth swimming-foot.

. Fifth foot of female.

Fig.

TIS Se

Cyclops africanus, p. 165.

Fig. 8. Female, viewed from above.

9. First antenna of female.

10. First antenna of male.

11. Fifth foot.

4. Remarks on a rare Argentine Bird, Xenopsaris albinucha.

By P. L. Sctater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

[Received December 22, 1892.}

(Plate VIL)

In 1868 ovr late distinguished Foreign Member, Dr. H. Bur-

meister, of Buenos Ayres, described, in a communication to this

Society on additions to the Argentine Avifauna, a smal! Passerine

bird of which he had obtained specimens in the sedge of the shores

of the Rio de la Plata, near Buenos Ayres, under the name of

Pachyrhamphus albinucha. No specimen accompanied this com-

munication, and the subject appears to have been until quite recently

overlooked by subsequent writers. Although the title of the paper

was given by Mr. Hudson and myself in the Appendix to our

‘Argentine Ornithology’ (op. cit. ii. p. 222), and it is there re-

corded that Pachyrhamphus albinucha was described as new, the

species was unfortunately forgotten in the body of that work. The

same was the ease, I regret to say, in the fourteenth volume of the

J.G Keulemans del.ct lith Mintern Bros . imp.

XENOPSARIS ALBINUCHA.

1893.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A RARD ARGENTINE BIRD. 167

‘Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum,’ in which all reference

to Pachyrhamphus albinucha was unaccountably omitted.

In 1891 Mr. Ridgway discovered a specimen of Pachyrhamphus

albinucha, received from Dr. Burmeister himself, among the trea-

suies of the U.S. National Museum, where it had lain unnoticed for

17 years, and gave an excellent account of it in the ‘ Proceedings

of the U.S. National Museum,’ no. 870, which, according to the list

of the “dates of publication” printed along with the “Contents,”

was published on Oct. 22nd of that year. Mr. Ridgway pointed

out that the bird is not a true Pachyrhamphus, and instituted a

new genus, ‘‘ Xenopsaris,” for its reception, referring it to the

subfamily Lipaugine of the Cotingide.

At about the same date as the rediscovery of this little bird at

Washington, an example of it, transmitted by Herr Fritz Schulz,

appears to have reached another centre of ornithological work,

Berlin, and to have attracted Dr. Cabanis’s attention. Dr. Cabanis

also recognized the necessity of separating this form from Pachy-

rhamphus, and referred it to a new genus of Tyrannide, “ Pros-

potetus,” to be placed near Serphophaga.

On reading these two notices, and knowing that there was no

specimen of this peculiar bird in this country, I wrote to Dr. Carlos

Berg, who had succeeded Dr. Burmeister in the Directorship of

the National Museum of Buenos Ayres, and asked him to procure

me some examples of it. This, in reply, he kindly promised to do

if possible, and in the meantime sends for examination one of the

typical specimens belonging to the Museum of Buenos Ayres, which

I have now the pleasure of exhibiting. As regards the systematic

position of this form I agree very nearly with Mr. Ridgway, and,

in order to render the subject complete, [ append to these remarks

his generic and specific characters of this little-known bird very

slightly moditied.

Genus XENOPSARIS.

Xenopsaris, Ridgway, Bull. U.S. N. Mus. xiv. p. 479 (Oct. 1891).

Prospoietus, Cab. Bericht orn. Gesellsch. Berlin, ix. p. 4 (Nov.

1891).

Char. gen. Similar to Casiornis, Bp., but bill very much smaller,

narrower, and more elevated at the base, with culmen gradually

curved throughout its length; nasal and rictal bristles much less

developed ; tail nearly as long as the wing, emarginate and rounded

(7. e. double-rounded), the feathers rather narrow ; primaries

exceeding secondaries by more than length of bill; the second,

third, and fourth quills nearly equal and longest; first primary

equal to sixth; tarsus about equal to length of bill measured from

the rictus; middle toe considerably shorter than tarsus (slightly

less than exposed culmen); feathers of pileum lengthened and

broad, forming, when erected, a full rounded crest; along each

side of the lower back and rump a conspicuous tuft of pure white

cottony feathers. Colour (both sexes) greyish above, with glossy

168 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON HAPALE JACCHUS. (Feb. 14,

black full-crested pileum, the lower parts, sides of head (below

eyes), nuchal collar, lores, and frontlet white.

XENOPSARIS ALBINUCHA. (Plate VII.)

Pachyrhamphus albinucha, Burm. P.Z.S. 1868, p. 635; Scl. et

Huds. Arg. Orn. ii. p. 222.

Xenopsaris albinucha, Ridgw. Bull. U.S. N. Mus. xiv. p. 479

(Oct. 22, 1891).

Prospoietus albinuchus, Cab. Bericht orn. Gesellsch. Berlin,

Bericht ix. p. 4 (Noy. 30, 1891); id. J. f. O. 1892, p. 126.

Entire pileum (except narrow frontal band) down to the middle

of the eyes glossy black, with a slight bluish lustre ; narrow frontal

band (including nasal tufts), lores, suborbital region, ear-coverts,

and entire under portion of head, neck, and body, white; a rather

narrow greyish-white nuchal collar (immediately below the black

pileum); hind neck and back uniform ash-grey; the secondaries

and rump similar, but browner; wings, tail, and upper tail-coverts

greyish brown, the wing-coverts narrowly and indistinctly margined

with whitish, the tertials distinctly edged with white; tail darker

than wings, especially towards the end, the shafts pale brown

basally ; outer tail-feather broadly edged and margined round end

with white. Upper mandible black, lower greyish; feet dusky

in dried skin.

Whole length 5:0 inches, wing 2°4, tail 2°3, tarsus 0°5.

Hab. Sedge-beds on the shores of the Rio de Ja Plata, near Buenos

Ayres (Burm.).

February 14, 1893.

OsBerr Sanvin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1893 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of January was 104, of which 31

were by presentation, 3 by exchange, 62 by purchase, 3 by birth,

and 5 on deposit. The total number of departures during the

same period, by death and removals, was 122.

Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., exhibited an abnormal sternum of the

Commen Marmoset (Hapale jacchus), and made the following

remarks thereon :—The specimen was obtained from one of six

adult skeletons’ recently macerated. The mesosternum consisted

of five pairs of ossific elements, the anterior four of which were

repetitionally symmetrical, but disposed alternately, instead of side

by side as is most generally the case with the Mammalia. The

fifth pair were comparatively insignificant and altogether invisible

? All epiphyses united.

1893. ] PROF. G. B. HOWES ON HAPALE JACCHUS. 169

from the ventral aspect owing to the approximation in the ventral

middle line of their parent (seventh pair of) ribs, in the manner

customary for other Mammals. Variability in ossification of the

fully formed mesosternal segments of Mammalia, such as may

bring about irregularities of the sternebre with a more or less

alternate disposition of the lower ends of the opposite sternal ribs,

is no uncommon phenomenon, especially among the Primates ;

but it rarely affects the presternum*. In the case under con-

sideration, the base of that segment was correspondingly asym-

metrical, repeating, in relation to the first mesosternal seginent,

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Sternum of Hapale jacchus, viewed from the inner (dorsal) aspect. 1. Normal.

2. Abnormal. Adults, nat. size.

st’. Presternum. st’. Mesosternum, sé'”’, Post- or xiphisternum.

the relations of this to its fellow next in order of succession

behind. The mesosternum, while retaining, in respect to the inde-

pendence of its constituents, a persistently embryonic condition,

bad so far increased in width during growth that the transverse

diameter of each succeeding sternebra exceeded, at its narrowest

point, that of the expanded base of its normal counterpart.

Comparison with the normal adult (fig. 1) showed that the sternum,

as a whole, had undergone an increase in breadth proportionate

to reduction in length, due allowance being made for the occasional

presence of but four distinct mesosternal segments*, When

viewed from the inner aspect (fig. 2), the extreme regularity of

1 See the skeletons of the Gibbon in the Museum of Natural History, and of

the Orang in the Teaching Collection R. College of Science, South Kensington.

2 Mivart, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 568.

170 PROF. 1, J. PARKER ON THE CRANIAL [Feb. 14,

recurrence of the parts gave the impression that the conditions

met with might have been due to increased tension on the right

side during growth. This was favoured by the fact that the right

tibia and fibula, which were abnormal and angulated, bore traces

of early fracture with subsequent synostosis, and by that of the

non-distortion of the left anterior half of the presternum. It was,

however, rendered the less likely by the fact that the xiphisternum,

together with the posterior (fifth) mesosternal rudiment‘, was but

feebly ossitied ; and by the fact that the former (fig. 1, st’), instead

of being posteriorly expanded as is most frequently the case with

normal adults, was displaced to the left side, keeled along its

left-hand border, and downwardly rotated. Although the depar-

tures from the normal met with in the sternum under consideration

may conceivably have been due to purely mechanical causes, con-

sequent upon the non-union of parts, they suggest the well-

known characteristics * of that of the Anthropomorpha, among

Primates ; and, whatever their determining causes, the regularly

recurring alternation of the mesosternal elements of opposite sides

is especially interesting in this conjunction, as that has been in-

dependently recorded by Parker* and Flower‘ for the (apparently

normal) developing sternum of the Orang.

Prof. T. Jeffery Parker, D.Sc., F.R.S., read a Memoir on the

Cranial Osteology, Classification, and Phylogeny of the Dinornithide,

of which the following is an abstract :—

The author begins by giving a brief account of his material,

amounting altogether to about 120 skulls, most of them in the

Otago University Museum, Dunedin, Canterbury College, Christ-

church, New Zealand, and the British Museum (Natural History).

Two specimens, one of Hmeus, sp. a, in the Dunedin Museum,

and one of Mesopteryx, species /3, in the Wellington Museum, are

quite perfect.

Many of the skulls examined could not be assigned with certainty

to any known species, having been found quite apart from the rest

of the skeletons; they are distinguished in the paper by Greek

letters in order to avoid confusion with certain species designated

by English letters by Mr. Lydekker. Several species are known

only by the crania, and in these cases the determination of the

genus is to some extent conjectural, since the premaxilla and man-

dible afford the most striking and reliable generic characters.

A detailed description of the cranial osteology is given, the

various genera and species being compared point by point. By the

* The investigations of Ruge and Burne forbid our regarding the reduction

of this as necessarily indicative of a persistently embryonic state (cf. Burne,

P. Z.8. 1891, p. 159).

* Viz., increase in breadth, with diminution of length and reduction of the

ensiform process.

° Ray Soc. Monograpk on the Development of the Shoulder-girdle aud

Sternum, pl. xxx. fig. 16,

* Osteology of the Mammalia, ed. 8, p. 93, fig. 32.

1893.] OSTEOLOGY BIC. OF THE DINORNITHIDE. 71

examination of numerous immature specimens the ossification

has been determined, and outline figures are given showing the

boundaries of all the bones and their share in the various ridges,

processes &c., the special characters of which are of classificatory

importance.

Next follows a detailed comparison of the skulls of the Moas

with those of the other Ratite, this section ending with a summary

of cranial characters in the whole subclass.

A table of measurements is then given showing the chief dimen-

sions, in millimetres, of the skull in the more important species

of Dinornithide and in the other genera of Ratite. Care is taken

to define as exactly as possible the precise way in which the

measurements are made. A second table gives the leading

measurements expressed as percentages of the length of the basis

cranii, a series of indices being thus obtained which are frequently

of use in the definition of genera and species.

The author next discusses the bearing of these facts upon the

question of the division of the Dinornithide into genera. He finds

that—judging from the skull alone and taking no cognizance of

the rest of the skeleton—five genera can be distinguished, viz.

Dinornis, Pachyornis, Mesopterya, Anomalopteryx, and Emeus’.

Moreover, Pachyornis, Mesopteryx, and Anomelopteryx are found to

present many points of resemblance with one another, of which the

most obvious is the narrow, pointed beak. ‘The two broad-beaked

genera Dinornisand Emeus, on the other hand, differ strikingly both

from one another and from the narrow-beaked forms. Relying on

cranial characters only, the Dinornithidw may therefore be divided

into three subfamilies as follows :—

Subfamily a. DinorNiTHIn ©,

Genus Dinornis.

Subfamily 6. ANOMALOPTORYGINE.

Genera Pachyornis, Mesopteryx, and Anomaloptery.

Subfamily c. EMEIN 2.

Genus Lmeus.

This section of the paper ends with a summary of the cranial

characters of the subfamilies and genera.

Lastly, the phylogeny of the group is discussed. Mesopteryw is

considered to be the most generalized form, while Dinorms and

Emeus are both highly specialized but in opposite directions. Of

the other Ratite, Apterya comes nearest to the Moas in the struc-

ture of its skull, and strong affinities are shown by both Casuarius

and Dromeus to the New Zealand genera. Struthio and thea, on

the other hand, show no special affinities, as far as the skull is

concerned, either to the Australian forms or to one another.

' No account is taken of Megalapteryx, which is included by Lydekker

among the Dinornithide, as nothing is at present known of its skull.

172 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE CORACOIDAL [Feb. 14,

_ The author’s views as to the phylogeny of the Ratit are shown

in the following diagram :—

DINORNIS

PACHYORNIS ANOMALOPTERYX

\__mesoprervss EMEuS

APTERYX

CASUARIUS.

DROMAUS

STRUTHIO

RHEA »

This Memoir will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Trans-

actions,’ ——

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on the Coracoidal Element in Adult Sloths, with

Remarks on its Homology. By R. Lyprxxer, B.A.,

F.Z.S.

[Received December 28, 1892.]

It has been ascertained by the late Professor Parker that the

coracoidal element in the pectoral girdle of the Sloths ossifies inde-

pendently from the scapula; but I have not seen it recorded that

the division between the two elements can be observed in the

adult condition. That such, however, is sometimes the case is

proved by a mounted skeleton of Bradypus in the Natural History

Museum, of which the right half of the pectoral girdle (exclusive

of the clavicle) is represented in the drawing now exhibited (see

woodcut, p. 173, fig. 1). The suture, although anchylosed, is dis-

tinctly visible, and shows that the coracoidal element forms a small

moiety of the glenoid cavity ; the suture passing from the latter to

the upper border of the coraco-scapular foramen, and being con-

tinued from the lower edge of the latter to the free lower margin

of the compound bone. I have also observed the coracoidal element

perfectly distinct in the skeleton of an immature Sloth in the

Museum.

The large size and the distinctness of the coracoidal element in

the pectoral girdle of the Sloth appear to me to afford consider-

able support to the view that the Edentates form a group of equal

value with the typical Eutheria.

1893.] ELEMENT IN ADULT SLOTHS. 173

The interest of the specimen does not, however, cease here. If the

The right side of the pectoral girdle of Bradypus (1), Dicynodon (2), and

Echidna (8).

sc, scapula; a, acromion of do. ; ¢, coracoid; mc, metacoracoid ; /, coraco-

scapular foramen ; g/, glenoid cavity.

figure of the pectoral girdle of the Sloth be compared with that of the

reptilian Dicynodon (fig. 2), it will be apparent that the elements

174 ON THE CORACOIDAL ELEMENT IN ADULT sLorus. [Feb. 14,

marked ¢ in both are homologous; each articulating with the

lower border of the front of the scapula, from which they are

partially separated by a foramen (f), and each entering into the

formation of the glenoid cavity. Now in the Dicynodont the bone

marked ¢ has usually been identified with the precoracoid. Ac-

cording, however, to Professor Howes’ the latter term should be re-

stricted to a portion of the clavicular arch, and the name epicoracoid

applied to the element under consideration. This emendation, if

properly authenticated, I should of course have been willing to

accept, had it not been for another consideration. Apart from

that consideration, we must call the coracoidal element in the

shoulder-girdle of the Sloth the epicoracoid. This is in harmony

with the conclusion of Professor Howes, who in the paper cited

(p. 404) observes that “the coracoid process of the Marsupialia

and Placentalia is the homologue of the Monotreme’s epicoracoid.”

When, however, he proceeds to add that the exclusion of this

epicoracoid from the glenoid cavity is one of its most charac-

teristic features, I must take leave to differ from him. Itis true that

in the Monotremes (as shown in fig. 3 of the drawing) the so-called

epicoracoid (c)—which all are agreed as representing the epicora-

coid of the Dicynodont—is excluded from the glenoid cavity ;

but this appears to me to be due to its having been pushed for-

wards and bent downwards into the ventral plane of the body.

Both the Dicynodont (in spite of what is urged by Professor

Howes) and the Bradypodine so-called epicoracoid enter to a small

extent into the formation of the glenoid cavity *.

We have it, then, that the human coracoid process is homolo-

gous with the so-called epicoracoid of Bradypus, Dicynodon, and

Echidna ; while the element termed coracoid in the two latter, as

articulating with the sternum, represents the element so named

in the Sauropsida. Here, however, as has been pointed out to me

by my friend Mr. Thomas, a new difficulty arises. The coracoid

element was first named from the coracoid process of man, and

therefore, undoubtedly, the bone which we have called epicoracoid

is the true coracoid; while the element to which the latter term

is applied in the Monotremes and Sauropsida is properly a meta-

coracoid. In spite of the difficulty which will probably arise in

obtaining the adoption of the latter term for the posterior ventral

moiety of the Sauropsidan pectoral girdle, I therefore suggest

that we must for the future term that element the metacoracoid,

and restrict the term coracoid to the coracoid process of the higher

Mammals and the bone which has been termed epicoracoid in

Monotremes and Dicynodonts’.

1 Journ, Anat. Phys. vol. xxvi. p. 403 (1893).

? IT may mention that I am indebted to Professor Howes for pointing out

that I have incorrectly identified the acromion in the scapula of Dieynodon,

the true acromion being the one lettered @ in the accompanying figure.

3 Professor Howes has been good enough to point out to me that Sabatier

has identified a rudiment of the metacoracoid in the human scapula (see

Howes, op. cit. vol. xxi. p. 190).

1893. ] ON THE RANGE OF THE EUROPEAN BISON. 17:

2. On the present Range of the European Bison in the

Caucasus. By Dr. G. Rappe, C.M.Z.S.

[Received January 2, 1893.]

I have just received correct information as to the range of the

European Bison (Bos bonasus) in the Caucasus. This animal is at

present confined to the district around the sources of the Laba and

Bjellaja on the north side of the Caucasus, and extends east-

wards from the former locality to the springs of the Selentschiik.

The Bison is scarce everywhere, and generally seen in twos and

threes ; only once have the tracks of seven together been noticed,

though occasionally as many as five have been observed. Evidently

the Bison has discontinued its settled habits, and has taken to wan-

dering about in this, its last refuge. Through the ever increasing

encroachments of the settlers, and the consequent dispersal of the

wild animals, and also, in many places, owing to the new supervision

of the forests, the Bison is driven more and more towards the

higher ridges of the mountains, and wanders about in the thick

forests which border the lower portion of the alpine pasturages.

These forests in the lower lying districts are chiefly composed

of Carpinus betulus and Fagus, above which stand lofty Abies

nordmanniana and A, orientalis ; the pine is less plentiful.

The most likely places to find this animal are at present near

the sources of the Little Laba, and especially on its western con-

fluent, the Uruschtem. This river is joined by a small stream,

the Alaus, in the valley of which the Bison is often met with.

It is found from 7000 to 8000 feet above the sea-level. Formerly,

30 or 40 years ago, it was met with much lower down, about 5000

feet, and it was also more common. That the Bison has now

passed over the mountain-range and is wandering southwards is

pretty certain. There was an instance of this in 1874: in that

year an example was killed not far from Romanowskoje, about a

day’s journey from Sotschi (on the coast); the skin of this animal

was sold in Kutais.

Just as the Bison is preserved in the forests of the Government

of Grodno’, so it is under Imperial protection in the Caucasus:

the Grand-Duke Michael Nikolajawitsch gave the necessary

orders in 1860. Nevertheless it is very difficult to keep guard

over these last remaining animals satisfactorily. The whole dis-

trict in which this animal occurs, and where, in the high moun-

tains, the Chamois and Capra caucasica abound, has been for

several years rented by the young Grand-Dukes George and

Sergius Michaelowitsch: it comprises an area of 477,300 des-

jatines*. In the Staniza of Psebai lives Herr Noska, who performs

the functions of Head-keeper. But the task of watching for

1 See P.Z.S. 1848, p. 16.

acres. rds. poles.

? A desjatirne (Russian measure) = 2 2 32

176 ON THE RANGE OF THE EUROPEAN BISON. [Feb. 14,

poachers is a very difficult one for him and his mounted under-

keepers, and one which has not been attended with much success :

one is always hearing the news that individuals of the few re-

maining herds of the Bison have been killed.

As the extirpation of the Bison here in its last retreat in

the Caucasus will undoubtedly soon take place, I had already,

nearly 10 years ago, drawn out a plan, which would not only enable

me to shoot one or two specimens ( d, 2 ), but also to thoroughly

describe the animal both externally and internally, and to record

everything of anatomical importance by illustration and description.

I should also like to add to this an account of its habits, the places

it frequents, discuss the hunting of it, and give all available infor-

mation on the Caucasian Bison. It would likewise be necessary

to compare it with a specimen from Grodno. The skeletons and

skins should be preserved and mounted. Such a monograph as

this would be of great value to the next generation, when the

Bison will be numbered with the extinct animals.

To accomplish this thoroughly an anatomist, with a knowledge

of the construction of the animal, must come and stay on the spot,

as well as a photographer and an artist.

The carrying out of this good idea has unfortunately been put

off from year to year; however, it is probable that in 1893 it

will be accomplished. It is necessary to be on the spot by the

end of August, for in September the animal ascends the mountains

to from 7000 to 8000 feet high, and it being very cold then, there

would be no fear of the flesh decomposing quickly. The anato-

mist should remain on the spot until the animal is dissected, and

everything measured, noted, figured, and observed. The smaller

soft parts could be put in spirit or preserved with salt. When

the work has been so far advanced, it would be advisable to make

a stay in Psebai with the materials. The rough skeleton and skin

could be prepared here and packed ready for transport.

Such an affair as this to be properly managed could not be

undertaken in Tiflis, but only at St. Petersburg. Here, as in

many other things, we are deficient in literature as well as in

material for comparison.

All that is known of the Caucasian Bison previous to 1867 will

be found recorded in a small work of my late father-in-law, Dr. J.

F. Brandt: it was published in Band ii. (Ser. 2) of the ‘ Verhand-

lungen der russisch-kaiserlichen mineralogischen Gesellschaft zu

St. Petersb.’ pp. 101-152, under the heading of ** Dombe-Adombe.”

There is also another article by the same author in the ‘ Bulletin

de la Soc. Imp. d. Nat. de Moscou,’ 1866, No. 1, in which he com-

pares, as far as possible, the Caucasian Bison with that of Grodno.

The example of the Bison which is mounted in our Museum

was presented in 1868 by Count Sumarakow Elston, at that time

Governor of the district of Kuban; there was, however, a young

specimen in the Museum in 1867, but this was very much damaged

and was disposed of after the reception of the secondexample. The

Tiflis specimen is an old bull: it has a very poor mane and the

1893.) MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE GENUS IXODES, 1i7

beard is short, but the hair on the head and between the horns is

thick. There are in the Museum, besides the perfect animal, two

imperfect skulls; in one of them the whole forehead and con-

spicuous frontal bones are missing, and in the other the lower

jaw is absent. In the beginning of 1873 a Bison-calf was sent

alive from the Caucasus to the Zoological Garden at Moscow, but

it soon died. There are also reports of other cases of the capture

of Bisons, upon which I can give you no certain particulars ;

but I have heard that the celebrated hunter Mr. St. George

Littledale killed a Bison in 1887 whilst on a hunting expedition,

in summer, in the above mentioned-district, in pursuit of Capra

caucasica’.

February 28, 1893,

Sir Wiriiam H,. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in

the Chair.

Mr. A. D. Michael, I'.Z.8., exhibited specimens of a Tick of the

genus Jodes, known locally as the “ St. Kitt’s ” or “ Gold Tick,”

received from Mr. C. A. Barber, of the Agricultural Department,

Antigua. These Ticks had become a serious pest in the Leeward

Islands, and there was a tradition there that they had been intro-

duced about 30 years ago from St. Kitt’s along with some Senegal

Cattle. They were unknown in the Leeward Islands up to that

date, and were now unknown in St. Kitt’s. The specimens had

been forwarded to Mr. Michael in order to ascertain whether the

species could be identified, and, if so, whether there was any reason

to suppose that it was of African origin. Mr. Michael observed

that this species was a very well-marked and unmistakable one,

described in 1844 by C. L. Koch, of Regensburg, from a male speci-

men received from Senegal. Koch had named it Amblyomma

venustum, stating that it was one of the most beautiful of all

the Ticks. According to modern classification it would be called

Hyalomma venustum,

An adult female which Mr. Barber had kept in confinement had

laid over 20,000 eggs, most of which were hatched; and Prof.

Leidy, in America, had found that adult female Ticks sometimes

weighed more than a hundred times as much when fully fed than

when fasting.

The following extract from a letter from M. A. Milne-Edwards,

F.M.ZS., to Mr. Sclater, dated Museum d’Histoire Naturelle,

Feb. 18, 1893, was read :—

“Vous avez décrit en 1880, sous le nom de Lemur nigerrimus,

' [Pwo fine specimens (¢ and 2) of the Caucasian Bison, presented by Mr.

Littledale, are to be seen mounted in the gallery of the British Museum. —Ep.]

* [See P. Z.S. 1880, p. 451. The specimen in question, purchased Nov. 5,

1878, died June 18, 1882. A similar specimen, received Oct. 16, 1883, died

April 4, 1885. Both specimens were sent to M. Milne-Edwards for exami-

nation.—Eb. |

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. XII, 12

173 - MR. P, L. SCLAPER ON AN ANTARCTIC SHEATHBILL. [Feb. 28,

une nouvelle espéce de Maki, remarquable par son pélage entitre-

ment noir et l’absence de pinceaux aux oreilles. J’ai pu constater

que la femelle du Lemur nigerrimus est dune couleur brune ; cette

forme a été décrite par Gray en 1871" sous le nom de Prosimia

rufipes. Il est intéressant de retrouver pour cette espéce des

différences sexuelles comparables a celles que présente le LZ. macaco, ~

dont le male est noir et la femelle brune (Z. leucomystax). Le

couleur des yeux du Lemur nigerrimus et de sa femelle L. rufipes

est caractéristique : au lieu d’étre d’un brun-jaunatre, iris est d’un

bleu tirant sur le vert. Je yous en envoie un croquis qui intéres-

sera peut-ctre les membres de la Socicté Zoologique. Ces Makis

viennent du Cap d’Ambre au Nord de Madagascar.”

The coloured sketch spoken of in this communication was

exhibited.

Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the

American Stint, Vringa minutilla, Vieillot, shot by Mr. Broughton

Hawley on 22nd August, 1892, at Northam Burrows, North Devon;

being the second example obtained in that locality, and the third

that had occurred in England. (Cf. ‘ Zoologist,’ 1892, p. 411.)

Mr. Sclater placed on the table for inspection, on behalf of

Mr. Richard M. Barrington, the example of the Antarctie Sheath-

bill killed at Carlingford Lighthouse, Co. Down, on the coast of

Treland, in December last, as recorded by Mr. Barrington (see

‘Field, vol. Ixxxi., January 7, 1893, p- 15; ‘ Zoologist, vol. xvi.

drd ser. January 1893, p. 28).

Mr. Sclater observed that from the nearly perfect condition of

the wings and tail it was evident that this bird had not been in

captivity, or .t any rate not within several months from the

date preceding that at which it was shot. It was an undoubted

example of the Yellow-billed Sheathbill (Chionis alba), of which the

nearest previously known localities were the Falkland Islands

(Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 154; Scl. P.Z.S. 1860, p. 386), South

Georgia (Pagenstecher, Ber. Nat. Mus. Hamburg, 1884, p. 12),

and the adjoining Antarctic Seas (Oustalet, Miss. d. Cap Horn,

Zool. vi. p. 288).

As would be seen by reference to the List of Vertebrates,

1883, p. 528, as many as nine specimens of this bird had been

exhibited in the Society’s Gardens between 1865 and 1882.

The following papers were read :—

1 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vii. p. 339.

“epytInto us092 v

‘Tur we MMe 389), pl log 4 » sUVIIOIW

UTLW' PP PremMpoom WD? OM

pom Sead "pu iS ‘TZ

rent

pau et

uted CI

usa °Z en

aul

Te)

aa ip

HIST Fie SSL S Ze

‘Lut Weumayy'ysay

“HpPlINi9Gg JUSSI w VUSdOTW

pu te:

TALI TP PreMpooy W'D2'O' A.

—

Bee “EL

“se ptaniog ZUuUs00L2 0 SUIIOTIW

dar wermayy 4s 94 TETAS APP SKpOC NS ei et

ee Tele Cee L eel

: “Se ptdntoc JUuUs0eL QUIDOL

duit WEUIMS fy SOM ig ; S) 2 IN L “YUVtL Ie PP PSP tty 20 H

IX 9#"1d 68t'S'Z d

1893.) DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 179

1. On some Miocene Squirrels, with Remarks on the Den-

tition and Classification of the Sciwrine. By Dr. C. J.

ForsytuH Masor, C.M.Z.S.

[Received February 14, 1893.]

(Plates VIII.-XI.)

I, Introduction, p. 179.

II. On the Dentition of the Sciuvrine, p. 179.

III. Remarks on the Classification of the Sciuridx, p. 186.

IV. Description of the Fossil Species, p. 190.

V. On the primitive Type of the Sciurine Molar, and of the

Eutherian Molar in general, p. 196.

VI. Explanation of the Plates, p. 214.

I. Introduction.

In order to determine some remains of Squirrels, collected by

myself in the Middle-Miocene deposits of La Grive-Saint-Alban

(Isére), it was necessary to compare them with their actual con-

geners. I have to thank both Dr. A. Giinther and Mr. Oldfield

Thomas for the kindness shown to me in permitting a close exami-

uation of the rich collection of Sciurine skulls in the Zoological

Department of the British Museum ; and I am besides under great

obligations to Mr. Thomas, who is so thoroughly acquainted not

only with every species, but indeed with every specimen of the

collection under his charge, for haying liberally favoured me with

his experience and advice, especially in regard to intricate ques-

tions of synonymy and specific determination.

The investigation of living forms has led me somewhat farther

than I had anticipated; so that before treating of the few fossil

remains, it will be necessary to pass in review the numerous, and,

in several instances, very unexpected forms of Sciurine dentition,

as well as to present some remarks on their classification.

The brachydont teeth of Sciurine presenting a very primitive

type of Rodent molars, I was naturally led to consider them in

the light of the prevailing theory, the so-called tritubercularity,

the rodent molars having been traced, as those of other orders, to a

trituberculate type. This forms the subject of the last part of my

communication.

Il. On the Dentition of the Sciurine.

It is a well-known fact that in various families of the Rodentia

tubercular molars—which as a rule are brachydont—and laminated

molars—which as a rule are hypsodont or rootless—are met

with side by side in closely allied genera and in existing species,

whilst in some other Orders we have to look among fossils for

ne more or less brachydont precursors of the living hypsodont

orms.

It is equally well known, though not always a. to mind,

180 Dk, C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [ Feb. 28,

that the laminated hypsodont molars generally begin tuber-

cular, and the tubercular brachydont molars, when worn, become

laminated. For instance: the unworn upper and lower molars

of Castor fiber show us a somewhat tuberculate crown, in which

at first sight it is not easy to recognize the well-known lami-

nated pattern of the worn tooth of the Beaver; likewise, a much-

worn molar of the brachydont Cricetus presents enamel-folds

and islets, though, owing to the shallower and wider valleys, they

appear less distinct than in the hypsodont molars, whose valleys

are reduced to narrow but deep fissures; so that there is only a

gradational difference between tubercular and laminated teeth.

The molar teeth of Sciuride are generally represented as tuber-

cular. But, in surveying all the known forms, even restricting

ourselves to the subfamily Sciwrine, we meet with all possible

intermediate stages between the decidedly hypsodont molars of

Eupetaurus described by Thomas’ and the utmost degree of

brachydontism as shown by the molars of the Bornean Rhi-

throsciurus or the Myoxine-like teeth of the group of pigmy

Squirrels.

First, as to Brachydontism and Hypsodontism.

The species of Pteromys, in a restricted sense, are on their way

to become hypsodont ; they lead over on the one side to Eupetaurus,

and on the other to the more or less brachydont Seiwropteri

(including Pteromys tephromelas, Giinth., and P. pheomelas, Giinth.,

whose molars are quite similar to each other and agree more with

the Sciuropteri than with Pteromys).

The African Ground-Squirrels (Xervs), as well as the Oriental

Seiurus berdmorei, Bly., present a curious form of semi-hypso-

dontism, inasmuch as the internal moiety of the upperand more

or less the external moiety of the lower molars are more elevated

vertically than the external moiety above and the internal below.

Corresponding to the hypsodont part of the molar, we find on

the inner side of superior molars a stout and elongate root, on

the outer side two smaller and shorter roots.

A small group of Ethiopian Squirrels included in the genus

Sciurus (Sc. palliatus, cepapi, pyrropus, congicus, &e.) present a

similar semi-hypsodonty, whilst the Moroccan Xerus getulus is ina

lesser degree semi-hypsodont.

This greater vertical elevation of the inner side of the crown

in superior, and of the outer side in inferior molars, though more

evident in semi-hypsodont teeth, is, however, by no means

limited to them; we meet with it, although in a lesser degree,

in Sciurus vulgaris and its allies, and even in the still more

brachydont Rhithrosciurus. Ornithorhynchus itself, as shown by

one of the figures published by Stewart*, has the inner side

of the superior teeth more elongate than the outer. This cir-

1 Oldfield Thomas, “On Eupefaurus, a new form of Flying-Squirrel from

Kashmir,” Journ, As. Soc. Bengal, yol. lvii. ii. no, 3, 1888, pp. 256-260.

2 Ch. Stewart, “On a specimen of the true teeth of Ornithorhynchus,” Mier.

Journ. vol. xxxiii, n.s. 1891, pl. viii. @

1893.] DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 181

cumstance is of no small importance, as I shall have to point

out later on.

The Common Squirrel, and many Oriental members of the genus,

as well as some Ethiopian Squirrels (Sc. rufobrachiatus, Waterh.,

annulatus, Desm., shirensis, Gray, punctatus, Temm.), show rela-

tively prominent cusps, and present a transitional stage between

semi-hypsodontism and brachydontism. Still more brachydont are

two other groups which have little affinity with each other—-the

African Se. stangeri, Waterh., Sc. ebi7, Temm., Se. aubinnii, Gr., and

the Oriental Giant Squirrels (Se. bicolor, indicus, macrurus, &c.).

The Oriental Pigmy Squirrels (Sc. eailis, Mill., Sc. melanotis,

Mill. & Schl., Sc. concinnus, Thos. (Plate X. fig. 10, Plate XI.

fig. 7), Se. whiteheadi, Thos.), as well as the pigmy Ethiopian

Se. minutus, Du Chaillu (Plate XI. fig. 6), show a low, oval-shaped

and nearly horizontal crown, slightly concave in the middle, with

transverse ridges. On the whole, their dentition has scarcely any-

thing to do with the Sciuromorphous type of molars, and can only

be compared with that of the Myoxide, Liomys and Graphiurus.

Next we have to consider the pattern of the molars in Sciwrine.

The numerous modifications—almost every species presents some

peculiarity—may be arranged under three heads :—

1. The first type is represented by the most brachydont forms :

some Eocene Squirrels, as Sc. spectabilis, Maj., from Egerkingen,

the Bornean Jthithrosciurus (Plate LX. fig. 2), the Oriental Giant

Squirrels (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 1), the Ethiopian Se. stangert

(Plate VIII. fig. 7, Plate LX. fig. 7) and its allies, Sc. ebii and

Se. aubinnii (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 8).

2. The second type is represented by Se. vulgaris and its ally

Se. syriacus (1 have had no opportunity of examining the dentition

of the Japanese Se. lis), by most of the Oriental middle-sized

Squirrels (Se. prevosti (Plate VIII. fig. 2), Sc. lokroides (Plates

VIII. and IX. fig. 3), &e.), by a small Ethiopian group (Se.

shirensis, Sc. annulatus, Sc. punctatus, Sc. rufobrachiatus), and by

most of the American Squirrels.

3. The third type is represented by several groups of Ethiopian

Squirrels: Xerws (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 10), including the

Moroccan X. getulus (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 9), by Se. cepapi

(Plate VIII. fig. 22, Plate IX. fig. 23), Se. palliatus, Sc. pyrropus

(Plate VIII. figs. 15, 23, Plate IX. figs. 15, 22), Sc. congicus,

Se. lemniscatus, Sc. isabella (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 24), Se.

boehmii ; as well as by some Oriental forms, Se. berdmorei (Plates

VIII. and IX. figs. 16-18), Gray’s genus Rhinosciurus (Plates

VIII. and IX. figs. 11, 12), &e.

I do not consider for the present the African and Oriental

Pigmy Squirrels, as the characters of their dentition depart entirely

from the Sciuromorphan type as a whole.

Brachydontism in itself is quite generally admitted to be the

most generalized condition, and the teeth point in the same

direction as do those of other Orders, viz., towards a still more

primitive type. Besides, we are able to show that the two other

182. DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

types before mentioned—the Sciurus vulgaris and the Xerus types,

as we may call them—are each of them derived from a brachydont

type.

1. Therefore, beginning with the type of the most brachydont

Sciurine molar, as being the most generalized, the various forms

belonging to it have a very flat elongate crown, the inner and outer

sides of which have an almost equal longitudinal extension ; and

a minimum of transverse arrangement of their cusps, which show

a tendency towards a longitudinal disposition.

2. In the upper molars of the Sc.-vulgaris-type a transverse

arrangement is already conspicuous. The cusps have partly

united to form transverse ridges, so that we see here the beginning

of a transition from bunodontism into lophodontism: four more

or less transverse ridges, the two median being the stoutest, with

three intervening valleys. On the outer side are three prominent

cusps, corresponding to the three anterior ridges. A characteristic

feature on the inner side of the upper molars is an apparently

single cusp, which fits into the eup- or basin-shaped hollow of the

inferior molar, somewhat like a pestle ina mortar. In examining,

however, quite unworn teeth (of Sc. vulgaris, e. g.), the inner side of

the upper molar presents itself more elongate and shows a tri-

partite division, the median cusp being the stoutest. Still more

is this seen in the upper molars of most of the middle-sized

Oriental Squirrels, which in other characters (of the skull &e.)

as well as in the dentition approach Se. vulgaris. The molars,

however, are somewhat stouter, and the cusps and ridges more

prominent. In unworn teeth of Oriental forms, e.g. of Se. pre-

vostt (Plate VIII. fig. 2) or Sc. lokroides (Plate VIII. fig. 3),

the inner margin is rather elongate, and shows more distinctly

than does Se. vulgaris the tripartite division with a prominent

medial cusp. When the teeth have become somewhat worn, these

divisions tend to disappear; so that the usual aspect of worn

upper teeth in these Oriental Squirrels is that presented by the

somewhat worn teeth of Sc. vulgaris, viz.,a single broad internal

cusp. The shortening, or, as one might say, the reduction and

simplification of the inner side of the upper molars compared to

the outer side (and, as may be added, of the outer side of inferior

molars compared to their inner side) appears to be a general and

primitive tendency of molar teeth; in fact, we meet with it already

among Cretaceous Mammalia, as well as in the recent Ovnitho-

rhynchus. As to its meaning, we shall have to consider it

afterwards.

In lower molars of the Sciwrus-vulgaris-type, two cusps, the

antero-external and the antero-internal, show a tendency to unite

transversely. Anteriorly to these we have a small transverse

valley, bordered in front by a transverse ridge, which is more

rarely (Sc. palmarum) raised in two cusps. In the premolar there

is generally one cusp only in front.

The hinder part of inferior molars is shaped into a sort of cup,

to receive, as above mentioned, the internal tubercle of the upper

1893.] DR. C, J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENT SQUIRRELS, 183

molars. This is a common form of inferior sciuromorph molar, as

we meet with it, not only amongst most of the species of Seiurus,

but as well in Tamias, Spermophilus, and Arctomys. The cup is

bordered by the two anterior cusps, by two posterior cusps, of

which the internal is generally less developed or suppressed, by a

posterior heel, and sometimes by two secondary cusps between the

two pairs of principal cusps. Sometimes the basin-shaped appear-

ance becomes more evident still by the coalescing of all these cusps,

so that already in quite unworn teeth, e. y. of the interesting Se.

everetti, Thomas (Plate IX. fig. +), the rounded margin of the basin

appears perfectly even.

In the Seiwrus-vulgaris-type, the upper molars also present a

sort of basin, in order to receive the postero-external cusp of the

lower molars. This is the median valley, closed internally by the

largely developed internal cusp, and whose formation appears to

be due to the partial atrophy of a transverse series of cusps, there

having remained only the internal one greatly developed, and

often, as in Se. vulgaris, a very small median cusp on the outer

side. In the Xerus-type, to be mentioned hereafter, we frequently

have the space of this median valley occupied by a transverse ridge,

which brings up to five the number of these transverse ridges in

the upper molars, with, between them, four narrow transverse

depressions instead of three, as is generally the case.

The Sciwropteri come near to the same type, presenting on the

whole a transitional stage between bunodontism and lophodontism,

with the cup-like shape of lower molars, to which corresponds the

formation of a median valley in the upper molars. In these last

we find, moreover, the anterior valley of the crown more fully

developed, than is the case in the members of the Seiwrus-vulgaris-

type, and thus the molars of Sciwroptert often present a more

elongate form. A characteristic feature of Sciuropterine molars is

a delicate wrinkling of the enamel of the valleys, and this, ac-

cording to the different species, extends more or less to the

cusps or crests, which thus appear crenate.

Lower basin-shaped molars are met with as far back as the

Cernaysian fauna of Reims, the lowest known Eocene deposit in

Europe!. This is one of the reasons which makes me agree with

Schlosser? in considering the fossils (Plesiadapis and Protoadapis),

described as Lemurids, to be Rodentia. The same conclusions,

and for the same reason, apply to Plesiesthonyx from the “ Faune

Agéienne” of Reims’, and to some specimens from the Eocene of

Egerkingen, doubtfully referred by Riitimeyer to Plesiadapis *.

1 Lemoine, ‘‘Etude d’ensemble sur les dents des Mammifeéres fossiles des

Nee de Reims,” Bull, Soc. géol, de France, t. xix. 1891, pl. x. figs. 64-68,

76-78.

2 M. Schlosser, “ Ueber die systematische Stellung der Gattungen Plesiadapis,

Protoadapis, Pleuraspidotherium, and Orthaspidotherium,” Neu. Jahrb. fiir

Mineralogie, Geologie und Palxontologie, 1892, Bd. ii. pp. 238-240,

3 Lemoine, /. c. pl. x. fig. 32.

4 LL. Riitimeyer, “Die Eocine Saugethierwelt von Egerkingen,” Abh, d,

schweiz. paliontol. Ges, vol, xviii. 1891, pp. 121-125, pl. viti. figs. 16, 17.

184 DR. C.J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

3. To the Xerus-type belong most of the semi-hypsodont

Sciurine teeth of the groups already mentioned. It is dis-

tinguished from the Setwrus-vulgaris-type by a more complete

lophodontism, the crests running in a transverse direction, and

the valleys being reduced to narrow but deep fissures. The main

difference from Ungulate lophodont molars consists in their having

not two, but four or even five crests, the anterior and posterior

margin of the molar being as much or almost as much raised as

the two medial crests. So that the Xerus-type presents in upper

as well as in lower molars three transverse depressions or fissure-

like valleys (and four in superior molars where there are five

crests). This type forms on the whole a very striking approach

to the hystricomorphan molar.

Twenty years ago I pointed out that two African Squirrels,

Se. congicus and Sc. leucostigma (this last being now considered as

a variety of Sc. pyrropus), approach the Hystricomorpha in a

further development of the characters in which the Ethiopian

Xerus departs from the Sciwrus-vulgaris-type. Again, the Eocene

Sciuroides was shown to resemble in its molars those of the

Hystricomorpha Cercolabes and Lrethizon, whilst, on the other

hand, the Eocene hystricomorphan Trechomys was shown to

approach Sciwroides *.

Twelve years later, Schlosser, working on fossil forms, with

much richer material at his command, confirmed these observations,

showing that a group of Tertiary Rodentia showed characters

intermediate between the Sciuromorpha and Hystricomorpha *.

It is of no little interest that actually living Sciuromorpha show

in their dentition, as well as in the characters of their skull, that

the distinction between Sciuromorpha and Hystricomorpha is less

sharp than is generally admitted. Schlosser seems not to have

examined any recent Ethiopian Squirrels, as he does not mention

the important characters they present. Nor has any other author,

with the exception of Alph. Milne-Edwards, who incidentally

mentions Sciurus pyrropus, F. Cuv., saying that ‘les molaires

offrent une apparence toute particuli¢re, due 4 existence de replis

d’émail qui s’enfoncent profondément dans la dentine, constituant

ainsi de véritables rubans. Je ne connais que cette espcce sur

laquelle on observe ces particularités ; cependant, chez certains

NXerus, on en voit des indications ”*.

The fact is that the majority of Ethiopian Squirrels depart from

the Sciurine type both in their superior and inferior molars,

approaching towards hystricine lophodonty by the uniting of their

cusps in a transverse direction, so that the characteristic cup-like

1 ©. J. Forsyth Major, ‘‘ Nageriiberreste aus Bohnerzen Siiddeutschlands und

der Schweiz. Nebst Beitriigen zu einer vergleichenden Odontographie von

Ungulaten und Unguiculaten,” Palzeontographica, Bd. xxii. 1875, pp. 75-150.

2 “Max Schlosser, “Die Nager des Europiischen Tertiirs ete.,” Palxonto-

graphica, xxxi. 1885, pp. 19-162.

° H. et Alph. Milne-Edwards, “ Recherches pour seryira I’Tistoire Naturelle

des Mammiféres, ete.” (Paris, 1868-1874), p. 166,

1893.] DR. C.J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 185

shape of inferior molars tends to disappear. The species which

present in a greater or lesser degree this conformation are, besides

NXerus (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 10), including X. getulus, Gesn.

(Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 9), Se. palliatus, Pet., Se. cepapi, Smith

(Plate VIII. fig. 22, Plate IX. fig. 23), Se. pyrropus, F. Cuv.

(Plate VIII. figs. 15, 23, Plate IX. figs. 15, 22), Se. congicus, Kuhl,

Se. lemniscatus, Le Conte, Se. isabella, Gr. (Plates VIIT. and IX.

fie. 24), and Se. boehimi, Reich. At the same time they present in

their skull some resemblance to the Hystricomorpha. They also

approach Anomalurus (Plates VIII. and IX. figs. 18, 14), the

various hystricomorphine characters of which have long ago been

noted, but have, I think, rather been underrated by Alston’.

It thus would appear that we have here a group of Sciuromorpha,

somewhat specialized in the direction of Hystricomorpha, as we

find, too, in several Eocene Rodentia.

But this is not all. The molars of Se. berdmorei, Bly. (Plates

VIII. and IX. figs. 16-18), an Oriental Squirrel, and those of the

Bornean “ Rhinosciurus, Gr.” (Plates VIII. and IX. figs. 11, 12),

agree with those of Yerus and the above-named Ethiopian Squirrels,

not only in their semi-hypsodontism, but likewise in their lopho-

dontism, whilst the less semi-hypsodont Oriental Se. tristriatus,

Waterh., and Se. palmarum, L., tend to connect the Xerus-type with

the Se.-vulgaris-type, in approaching the form of molar of most

of the “ middle-sized” Oriental Squirrels. Two other Oriental

species, Sc. insignis, F. Cuv. (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 6), and

Sc. hosei, Thos.’ (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 5), from Borneo,

though semi-hypsodont, and in other characters agreeing with

the members of the Yervs-group, show a remarkable modification

in the pattern of the molars, the valleys being reduced to mere

superficial cracks, which disappear very early by wear. I think

that we have in the molars of these two forms examples of that

kind of retrogressive evolution of the molars to which attention

has been lately drawn in an important paper by Leche *, who

attributes it to the modification of food. The Macroglossi, Pteropus

scapulatus, and the Epomophori, differing in this respect from

other Pteropi, feed on juicy fruits, whose contents need not be

chewed. Likewise Chiromys madagascariensis, the molars of

which present a similar kind of retrogressive evolution, is known

to feed principally on succulent juices, especially of the sugar-

cane, as well as on wood-boring caterpillars. It now is very

suggestive that Sciwrus insignis, according to Miller and Schlegel *,

is especially fond of juicy and aromatic fruits of different species

1 Edward R. Alston, “On Anomalurus, its structure and position” (Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 94).

? Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. for Sept. 1892, pp. 215, 216.

3 W. Leche, “Studien iiber die Entwicklung des Zahnsystems bei den

Saugethieren,” Morpholog. Jahrbuch, xix. 1892, pp. 543, 544.

+ Sal. Miller & Herm. Schlegel, “Over de tot heden bekende Eekhorens

(Sciwrus) van den Indischen Archipel,” Verhandelingen over de Naturlijke

Seceiedans der Nederlandsche overzeesche Bezittingen,” Leiden, 1839-44,

p- 99.

186 DR, C. J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, [Feb. 28,

of Elettaria (E. mollis, speciosa, and coccinea), as well as of some

kinds of beetles and all sorts of caterpillars. A very similar

food will in all likelihood hereafter prove to be preferred by

Se. hosei’.

The molars of the semi-hypsodont Pteromys (Plates VIII. and

TX. fig. 19) bear the same relation to those of Sciwropterus as the

molars of the Xerus-type do to those of the Sciurus-vulgaris-type.

In both, the valleys appear deepened and narrowed, but in Pteromys

the narrowing is effected by the vertical increase of the wrinkles

referred to in Sciwrepterus molars (Plates VIII. and IX. figs. 20,

21, Plate IX. figs. 2, 5),—the result of which is that the eup of an

inferior molar is filled up by these ramifications of the enamel, and

the crown of both upper and lower molars becomes almost plane.

The Eocene Atluravus from Egerkingen (Switzerland) *, which I

consider to be a Rodent, is in this respect somewhat intermediate

between Pteromys and Sciuropterus.

I have called the Yerus-type of molar a somewhat specialized

one, and am justified in doing so,as the teeth presenting it are

no more brachydont—brachydontism being the primitive con-

dition. The brachydont crown of Sciuromorpha is at the same

time bunodont ; whereas the semi-hy psodont teeth are more or

less, and the hypsodont teeth are completely, lophodont.

Another small group of Ethiopian Squirrels—Sc. stangeri (Plates

VIII. and IX. fig. 7), Sc. ebii, and Se. aubinnii (Plates VIII. and

IX. fig. 8}—deserves the name of brachydont Yeri, as it shows from

what form of brachydont molar the Xerws-type may have origi-

nated. Other characters of this same small group to be mentioned

presently likewise point towards the Hystricomorpha, notwith-

standing their perfect brachydontism.

In concluding these general remarks on the form of the Sciurine

molar, I repeat what has already been stated, viz., that in perfectly

brachydont Sciurine teeth the cusps tend towards a longitudinal

arrangement—two marginal series in the lower molars; two

marginal and one or more, more or less complete, intermediate

series in the upper molars. This circumstance is of importance,

as pointing towards the primitive arrangement of the molar cusps,

and we shall have to revert to it when treating of the original

type of molar.

Ill. Remarks on the Classification of the ScruR1Dz.

We have now to consider some of the bearings of the foregoing

remarks on Sciurine molars on Classification.

Classification was not my original purpose; but some of the

results arrived at seem to me of some interest in this respect too,

so that I think they may be worth mentioning. Nor do I see why

1 Mr. Hose informs me that Sc. hosed is a ground-squirrel like Sc. insignis ;

this fact goes far to strengthen the supposition that the food of both is similar,

2 LL, Riitimeyer, /, ¢, pl. vii. figs. 18, 19,

1893.] DR. 0. J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, 187

systematic Zoology should not take into consideration, more than

has been the case hitherto, the characters of the skull and dentition

of Sciuromorpha, which characters have been of such excellent

service for Myomorpha.

My arrangement of the Sciuridew (see the table, p. 189) contains

three subfamilies ;—

1, Seiwrine, including the genera of the subfamily Seiwrine of

authors (with the exception of the Flying-Squirrels and

some pigmy forms), as well as the members of the sub-

family Arctomyine (Cynomys, Arctomys, Spermophilus).

2. Pteromyine, including all the Flying-Squirrels (Sciwropterus,

Pteromys, Eupetaurus).

3. Mannosciwrine, the Oriental Pigmy Squirrels Se. evilis, S.

Miill., Se. melanotis, Miill. & Schleg., Se. concinnus, Thos. *,

Se, whiteheadi, Thos.*, as well as the Ethiopian Pigmy

Squirrel, Sc. minutus, Du Chaillu.

I shall say a few words on the Pteromyine when dealing with

the fossil forms.

As to my subfamily Seiwrine, the inclusion,of the Arctomyine in

the subfamily Sciwrine, which appears at first sight to be a radical

change, will, | am sure, meet with the least opposition. The close

relationships of Spermophilus to Tamias and Sciwrus are generally

recognized ; and my scheme is further justified by the consideration

that several North-American species of the heterogeneous genus

Spermophilus show in their skull and dentition a striking analogy

with Yerus, a circumstance which has been generally overlooked.

Besides, the dentition of the Arctomyine is so decidedly Sciurine

that I do not see why we should any longer keep <Arctomys and

Spermophilus artificially separated from Xerus and Sciurus, for no

other reason than convenience.

As to the minor divisions, it results from the preceding remarks

on the dentition of Sciwine that the Ethiopian Xerus occupies,

with its three species,a much less isolated position than has

hitherto been admitted, inasmuch as numerous species of Ethiopian

Squirrels, as well as some Oriental forms, included in the genus

Sciurus, have close relations to Xerus in characters, which at the

same time approach it to the Hystricomorpha. The characters of

the skull of Xerus and its congeners point in the same direction,

and consist, to express it briefly, in the elongate form of the

cranium in general and the frontals particularly, coupled with the

shortening of the postorbital processes; whereas the remnant of

Sciurine are, on the contrary, characteristic for their broad frontals

and the long postorbital processes. Moreover, a small group of

Ethiopian Squirrels, related to Xerus (Se. stanyeri, Se. ebii, Se.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Noy. 1888, pp. 407,408. Hub. Isabella, Basilan,

Philippines.

* Ann, Mag. Nat, Hist. (5) 1887, xx. p. 127; P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 231. Had,

Borneo.

188 DR. C.J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. ([Feb. 28,

aubinnii), presents a closer approximation towards the hystricine

type in the relatively large infraorbital opening '*.

Again, another group of Ethiopian Squirrels (Sc. rufobrachiatus,

Se. annulatus, Se. punctatus, Sc. shirensis), belonging to the Sciurus-

vulgaris-type by the characters of their dentition, show in the

conformation of their skull some approach towards Nerus; whilst,

on the other hand, a few species, which from the form of their

skull cannot be separated from the Xerus-group, tend by the cha-

racters of their molars somewhat towards the Sciwrus-vulgaris-

type, as, for example, amongst Oriental Squirrels the Sc. tristriatus

and Se. palmarwn.

Lf we try to express by a systematic arrangement these various

relations, two courses appear open to us: either to unite Xerus

with Sciwrus, or to create separate genera for those groups of

species which depart from Sciwrus in approaching Xerus. However,

neither of these two suggestions seems satisfactory. By uniting

Xerus with Sciwrus this last genus would become still more

heterogeneous than it is already—Nerus, sensu stricto, having

besides near relationships with Spermophilus. By splitting up

Sciurus in various genera, the relationships of these last to Xerus

would not be seen in their true light. So that it appeared to me

more rational to adopt a middle course, viz., to detach from Seiurus

a certain number of species, which in their skull and dentition

show Xeroine affinities, and to unite them with Xerus, which last

genus would thus become composed of five subgenera (see the

table on the opposite page).

The genus Sciwrus, distinguished from Xerus by characters

of the skull as well as of the dentition, is divided into three

subgenera, each of which is characterized by cranial and dental

peculiarities.

Subgen. a, Hosciwrus, contains the Oriental Giant Squirrels, which

by all authors on the subject, with the exception of Anderson,

have been recognized to be a distinct group; in 1842 P. Gervais *

pointed out the characters of the skull. As I have already

stated more than once, the molars are perfectly brachydont, with

delicate rugosities of the enamel-covering. Only one superior

premolar.

In the subgenus 6. Sciwrus we have four divisions :—(«) A small

group of Ethiopian Squirrels, characterized by the absence of the

minute superior premolar, and, as a compensation, a very elongate

posterior premolar. On the rest, the dentition is similar to that of

Sciurus vulgaris. I have before described the slight differences in

the molar pattern of division 3, containing the majority of so-called

' Their skull in general, and most of all that of Sc. ebii, is so strikingly

Aerus-like, with the only exception of the jugalia not being depressed, that it

seems not possible to maintain them in the genus Sciwrus if Xerus be

maintained as such.

* P. Gervais, “ Description de l’Ecureuil Delessert, accompagnée de quelques

remar ques sur la famille des Rongeurs sciuriens,” Magasin de Zoologie, 2. iy.

1842, p. 4.

DR, U. J, FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, 189

1893. ]

Fam. SCIURID_A.

I. Subfam, SOLURIN A. II. Subfam. PTEROMYIN A. IIT, Subfam. NANNOSCIURIN AE,

1. Genus Rurruroscrurvs. 1. Genus Scruroprnrvs. 1. Genus Nannoscrurus.

Rh. macrotis, Gr. 2. Genus Prnromys. N, evilis, S. Mill; ™.

Genus Xnrus 3. Genus Euprraurus. melanotis, S. Mill. &

a, Subgen. Protowerus. Schleg. ; VV. concinnus,

. stangeri, Waterh. ; X, ebti, Temm. ; X. aubinnii, Gr. Thos.; WV. whiteheadt,

b. Subgen. Xerws. Thos.; N. minutus,

X, rutilus, Cretazschm. ; X. erythopus, Bt, Geoffr. ; X. capensis, Kerr, Du Chaillu.

ce, Subgen. Atlantoxerus.

X. getulus (Gesn.).

d, Subgen. Paraxerus.

X. cepapi, Smith; X. palliatus, Pet.; X. pyrropus, F. Cuv. ;

X. congicus, Kuhl ; ; YX. lemniscatus, Le Conte; X. isabella, Gr. ;

X. bochmi, Reich.

e. Subgen. Howerus.

X, (Rhinoseiurus) laticaudatus, Mill. & Schl. ; X. berdmorei, Bly. ;

X, tristriatus, Charlesw.; X. palmarum, L.; X. insignis, Desm. ;

X. hosei Thos.

3. Genus Sonate’

a. Subgen. Hosciwrws.

Se. indicus, Hrs. ; Sc. bicolor, Sparrm.; Sc. albiceps, Desm.; Se.

macrurus, Penn.

b. Subgen. Seirus.

a, Sc. rufobrachiatus, Waterh. ;

Desm. ; Se. punctatus, Temm.

B. Se. erythraeus, Pall, ; Sc. brookei, Thos. ; ; Se. tenuis, Horsf.; Sc.

atrodorsalis, Gy. ; Sc. rosenbergi, Jent.; Se. caniceps, Gr.; Se.

ferrugineus, F. Cuv.; Sc. lokroides, Hodgs.; Se. prevosti, Desm. ;

Se. stcerei, Giinth.; Sc. jentinki, Thos.; Sc. notatus, Bodd. ;

everetti, Thos., dc.

y. Se. vulgaris, L.; Se. syriacus, Bhy.

6. Se. carolinensis, Gmel. ; Se. griscoflavus, Gr.; Sc. griseogenys, Gr. ;

Se. estuans, L.; Se. deppet, Pet. ; Se. aberti, Woodh., Fe.

c, Subgen. Tamias.

4. Genus Spurmoruinus.

5. Genus Arcroarys.

6, Genus Cynomys.

. shirensis, Gr.; Sc. annulatus,

190 DR. C, Js FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. | Feb, 28,

* middle-sized ” Oriental Squirrels. Division y, with Se. vulgaris

and Se. syriacus, distinguished from each other by slight characters

of the first superior premolar (p'). Division 6 contains most of

the American Squirrels.

The third subgenus c. is Tamias, which I cannot separate from

the genus Sciurus.

The skull of the Pigmy Squirrels is very remarkable, a fact to

which attention has been drawn by Miiller and Schlegel, as well as

by O. Thomas. The anterior zygomatic root is a perfectly vertical

narrow septum, and is placed so much backwards (above the second

molar) that the facial part of the cranium appears very elongate,

whilst the frontal region is broader relatively than in any other

Sciuromorpha. The orbita is formed by an almost circular bony

ring.

The dentition, of which I give the figures (Plate X. fig. 10,

Plate XI. figs. 6, 7) is unique amongst Sciuromorpha, and can, as

I have said before, be compared only with that of some Myowi.

In the upper jaw there are either one or two premolars, and one

in the lower jaw. The posterior upper premolar (p') and the

lower premolar (p,) are of minute size as compared to the homo-

logous teeth in other Sciuromorpha, sometimes scarcely one-third

of the size of the molars. This is another feature they have in

common with certain of the Myoai. The pattern of the crown

differs from that found in the Sciuromorpha generally, in pre-

senting only three complete transverse crests in the upper molars

instead of four, and three in the lower molars. The third crest,

counting from front to back, of Sciuromorphous molars is very

reduced in these pigmy Squirrels, sometimes scarcely more than a

minute cusp. A further peculiarity of these molars is the large

development of the anterior transverse valley of both superior and

inferior molars, as compared to the usual Sciuromorphous type,

sometimes almost equalling that of the posterior valley. This last,

owing to the partial suppression of the third crest (Riitimeyer’s

Nachjoch), occupies the area of the median as well as that of the

posterior transverse valley in the tooth of Sciuromorpha.

These characters of the teeth and the skull of the Pigmy

Squirrels sufficiently justify the creation of a separate subfamily for

them.

IV. Description of the Fossil Species.

The remains of two species of Squirrels are representatives, the

one (1) Sevurus spermophilinus, Dep.’, of the Sciwrus vulgaris-type,

the other (2) Xerus grwensis, n. sp., of the Xerus-type, which both

types have been so fully discussed before, that I need scarcely

enter into further details.

1 Ch. Depéret, “Recherches sur la succession des Faunes de Vertébrés

miocénes de la Vallée du Rhone,” Arch. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. de Lyon, t. v.

4 (Lyon, 1887), pp. 108-110, Ee xiii, figs. 14, 14a.

Id., ‘‘ La Faune de Mammiféres miocénes de la Grive-Saint-Alban (Isére), ete.,”

Aveh, Mus. d’Hist. Nat. de Lyon, t. vy. (Lyon, 1892), pp. 48-50, pl. i. figs. 26-27,

1893.) DR, C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, 191

Sc. spermophilinus is represented by a fragment of the left

maxilla (Plate X. fig. 4), carrying the posterior premolar and the

two anterior molars, and by several mandibular rami (Plate X.

figs. 6-9). A minute alveolus for p, is visible in front of the

posterior upper premolar. The inferior molars show the cup- or

basin-shaped conformation, the cusps being arranged laterally.

Depéret is of opinion that the molars of Se. spermophilinus

differ from Sc. vulgaris only in small particulars. I find more

resemblance to some Oriental members of the subgenus Sctwrus ;

the antero-internal cusp of the lower molars being extremely

elevated, whilst the postero-internal cusp is almost suppressed

(Plate X. fig. 9). We meet with exactly the same pattern in the

Oriental Sc. atrodorsalis, Gr., Sc. rosenbergi, Jent., Sc. caniceps, Gr.,

Se. brookei, Thos., and others. The third lower molar is more

elongate than in Sc. vulgaris; this, too, is a character of the

Oriental group of Squirrels mentioned. Besides, both upper and

lower incisors are yertically striated by ridges (Plate X. fig. 5).

Amongst recent Sciurine, only Rhithrosciurus, whose molars, how-

ever, are very different from those of the fossil, presents this

character. It occurs also on lower incisors of some species of

Sciuroides from Cailux, in the British Museum. As the same

striation of incisors is found in the Tillodont Calamodon of the

Lower American’ and Swiss* Eocene, it may prove to be an

inherited character.

Length of m,, m,, p, sup., 6 millim.; length of m,, m,, m,, p.

inf., 7°5 millim.

Xerus grivensis, n. sp. (Plate X. figs. 2, 3)—A left mandibular

ramus, showing the three molars and the alveolus of the pre-

molar. Length of the three molars 6 millim. Incisor without

vertical ridges. The molars present a more advanced stage of

lophodontism than those of Sc. spermophilinus, not only the

anterior cusps uniting transversely, but the postero-external and

postero-internal cusp—the latter more fully developed than in

Se. spermophilinus—showing the same tendency. So that we

have three, instead of two, transverse valleys, the median and

posterior valley being incompletely divided. I could not better

characterize the molars of this fossil than by calling them a

minute and somewhat less semi-hypsodont form of X. berdmorei,

Bly., from Martaban, Tenasserim, Cambodja, and Cochin-China.

Sciuropterus albanensis, n. sp.—The third fossil, a left ramus of

the lower jaw (Plate X. fig. 1, Plate XI. figs. 3-5), is strikingly

similar in the character of the molars and the ramus to some of

the larger species of Sciuropterus, and especially to Pteromys tephro-

melas, Giinth.’ (Plate XI. figs. 1, 2), and Pter. phwomelas, Giinth.,

1 EB. D. Cope, “The Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the West,”

Book I. 1883 (Rep. Un. States Geol. Surv. of the Territ. vol. iii., Washington,

1884) pp. 188-192, pl. xxiv. c. fig. 1 0.

2 L, Riitimeyer, “ Die Hocine Saugethierwelt von Egerkingen ” (Ziirich, 1891),

pl. viii. figs. 25-27, p. 126.

3 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 413, 1886, p. 53.

192 DR, GC. J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCEND squinnucs, [Feb, 28,

from the Malay region and Borneo, which are both, from the

conformation of their molars, not to be distinguished from

Sciuropteri. I present an enlarged sketch of the fossil molars,

together with the first molar of Sc. tephromelas. The few small

differences shown by the comparison of the fossil with the recent

Species consist in a somewhat larger development of the anterior

valley, and some minor details in the rugosities of the enamel.

The cusps also, bordering the basin-shaped crown, are somewhat

stouter in the fossil.

Length of the four grinders :--m, 4, m, 3°5, m, 3, p, 2°56 millim.

This is the first fossil of Sciwropterus recorded. However, I

am of opinion that Sciurus sansaniensis, Lart., from the Middle

Miocene of Sansan, is but a smaller species of Sciuropterus, judging,

at least, from an enlarged figure of a molar published by Filhol’.

Depéret has described and figured as a species of Sciwroides an

inferior molar from the Lower Pliocene of Roussillon *, which so

much agrees with the homologous molar in some Seiwropteri (cf.

Sc. volans), that I think I am right in considering the Roussillon

tooth a third fossil form of Setwropterus.

But this is not all: under the name of Allomys (Meniscomys),

Marsh * and Cope* have made known remains of Rodentia from

the Miocene of Oregon. Marsh considers them as ‘“ probably

related to the Flying-Squirrels,” adding that the teeth are some-

what like those of Ungulates.

Cope states’ that “the characters of the dentition of this

genus (i.e, Meniscomys) resemble those of the genus Pteromys.”

The figures given by Cope are insufficient for close comparison,

as has already been pointed out by Schlosser: but it would

appear from the description that one of the species, JZ. cavatus,

approaches Sciwropterus and especially Se. pearsoni. The crowns

ot the inferior molars are described as basin-shaped; *“ and

although the enamel is wrinkled in a complicated manner, the

wrinkles are not elevated as in the other species of the genus.

Thus the inferior molars more nearly resemble those of ordinary

Sciuride than do those of the other species of Meniscomys’’*, In

the characters mentioned, these other species would form some

approach to Pteromys.

When comparing the upper teeth of his Allomys nitens with those

of Ungulates, Marsh doubtless refers to the angulate conformation

1 H. Filhol, ‘ Etudes sur les Mammiféres fossiles de Sansan’ (Paris, 1891),

pp. 36, 37, pl. i. fig. 3.

2 Ch. Depéret, “‘ Les animaux pliocénes de Roussillon,” Mém, Soe. Géol. de

France, Paléontologie, t. i. (Paris, 1890), p. 49, pl. vii. figs. 39, 39a, t. iii, 1892,

p- 121, pl. xii. fig. 14, (The text quoted in the last instance refers to an upper

molar figured, but there is no fig. 14 on pl. xii.)

3 0, O, Marsh, ‘‘ Notice of some new Vertebrate Fossils” (Amer. Journ, of

Science and Arts, vol. xiv. 1877, p. 253).

+ E. D. Cope, “The Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the West,”

Book I. 1883 (Rep. Un. States Geol. Survey of the Territ. vol. iii, Washington,

84),

1895.] DR. C, J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 193

of the outer cusps. A similar shape is shown by the outer cusps

of Sciuropterus pearsoni, and by those of Pseudosciurus, which I

have long ago’ described at length, in drawing the attention to

their various analogies with Ungulates. These analogies are so

deceiving, that the discoverer of Pseudosciwrus, having but isolated

teeth at his command, considered them to be from an Ungulate.

Two lower molars of a Rodent from the Phosphorites of

Mouillac have been described by Schlosser under the name of

Sciurodon*. He compares them with Pteromys, and suggests that

they are nearly related to, and perhaps identical with, the Oregon

Meniscomys *.

In the British Museum are preserved several unpublished isolated

molars of a minute-sized Rodent from the Oligocene Bembridge

Limestone of the Isle of Wight, some of which, likewise, can only

be approximated to Sciwropterus ora nearly related genus. Similar

remarks apply to a molar from the Swiss Eocene of Egerkingen,

lately published by Riitimeyer under the name of Adluravus*, which,

however, is undoubtedly a lower molar of a Rodent, and agrees

most with those of the larger species of Sciwropterus, although, as

stated above, it is somewhat intermediate between Pteromys and

Sciuropterus. Adluravus haying relations to one of the species of

Plesiadapis (Pl. gervaisii, Lem.), from the Lower Eocene of Reims *,

it results that Sciuwropterus-like Rodentia were very abundantly

represented and widely spread during the Tertiary.

I shall hereafter point out more fully the resemblance between

two recent species of Sciwropteri, Sc. horsfieldi and Sc. pearsoni,

with the two Eocene genera Sciwroides and Pseudosciurus.

After this brief reference to fossils showing close analogy with

recent Flying-Squirrels, it remains for me to justify my arranging

these last in a distinct subfamily, the Pteromyine.

Taking the genus Pteromys in a restricted sense, it is a very

homogeneous one, in its dentition as well as in the characters of

the skull. The Sciwropteri, on the contrary—with which I

propose to unite Pteromys tephromelas, Giinth., and Pt. pheomelas,

Gimth.—show on closer examination such a variety in the shape

of their molars, that, if found in a fossil condition, they would

without hesitation have been assigned to four or five genera. All

of them are more or less brachydont, with the exception of

Sciuropterus volans, Li. sp., which leans towards hypsodontism; all

have in common an elegant sculpturing of the enamel, which gives

often a crenate appearance to the cusps orcrests. But, apart from

this, almost every species possesses a peculiar pattern of its molars.

1 «Nageriiberreste aus Bohnerzen Siiddeutschlands und der Schweiz,’ 1873.

* M. Schlosser, ‘Die Nager des europiischen Tertiars,” /.c. pp. 91(73)-

93(75), pl. vii. (ii.) figs. 3, 10.

5 L.c. pp. 91, 146, 154.

+ L. Ritimeyer, “Die EHocine Saugethierwelt yon Egerkingen” (Ziirich,

1891), pp. 94-98, pl. vii. figs. 18, 19.

5 Lemoine, ‘Etude d’ensemble sur les dents des Mammiféres fossiles des

environs de Reims,” Bull. Soc. Géol. France, t. xix. 1891, pl. x. fig. 65,

Proc. Zoo. Soc.--1893, No. XIII. 13

194 DR. C. J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

Similar remarks apply to the skull. As to molar-forms, I draw

attention to two of the most curious in this respect, those of

Sciuropterus horsfieldi, Waterh. (Plates VIII. and LX. fig. 21), and

Sciuropt. pearsoni, Gray (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 20). The upper

molars of both of these show, on the inner side, two crescents

or cusps, with an intervening depression—a conformation which

in recent adult Sciuromorpha is quite unique, but is met with in

the Eocene genera Sciwroides, Ischyromys, Pseudosciurus. Pseudo-

sciurus, moreover, though being somewhat more brachydont than

Sciuropt. pearsoni, has in common with it the sculpturing of the

enamel, as well as the pattern of the crown in general, there being

six cusps in the upper molars, which in the living species show a

tendency to form crests. Sciwropterus horsfieldi shows other

relations to Sciwroides, besides those already mentioned.

Now, how are we to account for this astonishing variety of

forms, which show this group in a new and unexpected light?

The brachydontism for one thing proves that the Sciwropteri are old

forms, and we have seen that they made their appearance certainly

in the Middle Miocene in a form which has undergone very little

change up to the present day, and that nearly related forms

appear inthe Oligocene of France and England, and in the Miocene

of Oregon. Moreover, the nearest related fossil forms, of two of

the species at least,are Eocene. In stating this, I do not pretend

to say that Sciwroides and Pseudosciurus were Flying-Squirrels,

but only that there is a near relationship between them and the

two Sciwroptert mentioned.

Now, as to the genetic relation of the flying to the ordinary

Squirrels, there are three suppositions possible :—

(1) The most obvious would be to admit that the Flying-

Squirrels have evolved from various species of non-flying Sciuro-

morpha. In favour of this supposition it could be said that,

considering Flying-Squirrels to be more specialized, they have

apparently evolved from less specialized forms, and that the more

favourable conditions in escaping their enemies might account for

the survival of such forms as Sciwropt. horsfieldi and Sc. pearson,

whose nearest relations were largely represented in the older

Tertiaries. In support of a supposed independent evolution of

the species of Sciwropteri from several species of Sciuri, the fact

night be adduced that there exists some similarity in the dentition

of an Oriental Sctwropterus (Sc. jfimbriatus, Gr.) with several

Oriental Sciwri (Se. prevosti, e.g.) ; and the same might be said

with regard to the Nearctie Sciwropterus volucella, Pall. sp., as

compared with several Nearctie Sciw.

(2) A second possible supposition would be the reverse of the

first. For one reason or other, a patagium might have proved

disadvantageous, and the Sc. hudsonius might be the descendant of

such a form as Sciwropt. volucella, as Sciwrus prevosti and other

Oriental Sciwrit might have sprung from some Sciuropterus fimbri-

atus. In favour of this supposition, the fact might be adduced

that the species of Sciwropterit and Pteromys, taken together, are

1893.] DR. C. 5. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MLOCENE SQUIRRELS, 195

inferior in number to the non-flying Sciuromorpha, and have, to all

appearances, greatly diminished from Tertiary times up to the

present, so that their special means of locomotion do not seem to

have proved of more value in the struggle for existence to those

of the non-flying.

(3) One may thirdly suppose that there is no direct connexion

whatever between the Sciwroptert and recent Sciw or Sciuride.

From Tertiary times up to the present, the species of Flying-

Squirrels have been gradually diminishing in number, their

characters having proved inadaptive, whilst the species of Sciuride

have been increasing. The points of similarity in the grinding-

teeth of Sviwrus prevosti and Sciuropterus fimbriatus, on the whole,

are very slight (and so are those between Sciwropterus volucella

and Sciurus hudsonius); with a little practice it is at once possible

to distinguish an isolated tooth of the one from that of the

other. Their skulls, moreover, are very different.

For my part, I rather incline towards the third supposition,

although admitting that the grounds on which it is based may

not be convincing. At any rate, the characters of the cranium as

well as those of the dentition, though greatly varying, give on the

whole a family likeness to all the Flying-Squirrels, so that 1 cannot

but separate them into a distinct subfamily from the Sciurine.

The Pteromys, sensu, strictissimo, have probably evolved from a

single Sciwropterus-like form, and Hupetaurus is apparently the

more specialized descendant of some Pteromys.

The really important characters in which some Seiwri and

Spermophili approach the Sciwroptert, as in the restricted

interorbital region of Colobotis, the general elongation of the

frontals of various Sciuride, the general shape of the grinding-

teeth in Hosciwrus, and in the stronger development of the first

ridge in the upper molars of the Otospermophili, are all such that

they may be considered as ancient inheritances.

Therefore we need not admit any recent connexion between the

Sciuropteri and the above-mentioned members of Sciuride.

Anatomical characters and paleontological evidence point in the

same direction, viz. that the Sciwropteri are the little modified

remnants of a very old and once widely spread group. There is

not sufficient evidence for admitting that they have evolved from

forms of non-flying Squirrels identical with, or very closely allied

to, those actually living; their power of flying may not be a com-

paratively recent character. They are specialized, no doubt,

compared to the remnant of Sciuride ; but the ancestral non-flying

types may neither have been Sciuride nor even Sciuromorpha.

It would be more consistent with these views to place the Flying-

Squirrels in a distinct family ; but for this it will be time enough

when their recent as well as their fossil forms are better known

than is the case at present’.

‘ The present paper was completely finished when I first became partially

acquainted with H. Winge’s “Jordfundne og nulevende Gnavere (Rodentia)

13*

196 = DR. C, J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

V. On the primitive Type of the Sciurine Molar, and of the

Eutherian Molar in general.

In surveying the various modifications of the Sciurine molar-

type, I refrained from entering into the question as to their relation

to the prevailing theory of trituberculism. I proceed now to this

last part of my paper.

The tritubercular theory has been worked out with admirable

acumen by Cope, Osborn, Schlosser, and lastly by Riitimeyer and

Scott, and is so well known that I need not even give a summary

of it. However, as I have to refer in the sequel to some less recent

papers bearing on the argument, I may be allowed to mention

them here as briefly as possible.

In a Memoir, which may be regarded to contain the foundations

of a real comparative Odontography, Riitimeyer was led to consider

as fundamental type of the Ungulate molar the zygodont form, viz.

the upper molars formed by two transverse ridges, parting under

right angles from an outer wall (‘‘ Aussenwand”), with a transverse

valley dividing them, and two simple transverse ridges in the lower

molars’,

fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien. Med Udsigt over Gnavernes ind-

byrtes Slaegtskab” (Aftryk af “EH Museo Lundii,” Kjobenhayn, 1887). I

regret not to have known this important publication before, but shall be obliged

to take it into full consideration on the first opportunity if I succeed in over-

coming the difficulties presented by the language. Meanwhile, at the risk of

not haying in every instance completely grasped the author’s meaning, I cannot

refrain here from a few observations. Winge presents (p. 110) the following

genealogical tree of the Rodentia :—

Myoxide. Muridx.

Bate Pll yf

Dipodide. Hystricid. Saccomyide.

Anomaluride. Sciurida.

Ss as

Haplodontide.

Ischyromyide,

Leporide.

Pseudosciurus and Sciwroides ave included as a distinct subfamily under the

Anomaluride, which last contain, moreover, besides Anomalurus (subf. Anoma-

lurini), the Tertiary Trechomys (Trechomyini), Theridomys, Issiodoromys, Ar-

cheomys (Theridomyini), and the recent Pedetes (Pedetini). Ido not in the

least deny the importance assigned to the masseter (in its relation to the

mechanical action of the teeth), and, as a consequence, to the shape of the

infraorbital foramen. However, the agreement in the molars of Sciwroides with

those of Sciwropterus horsfieldi on the one side, and of Pseudosciwrus with

those of Seiwrepterus pearsoni (and to a lesser extent of Al/omys) on the other,

is such that I do not think it justified to separate so widely these fossil forms

from the Pteromyine. Besides, amongst Sciwrine proper, Pretoxerus, my first

subgenus of Xerus, still presents, in the conformation of the infraorbital

foramen, some approach to the primitive condition.

’ L, Rittimeyer, ‘‘Beitrage zur Kenntniss der fossilen Pferde und zur ver-

gleichenden Odontographie der Hufthiere iiberhaupt,” Verh. d. naturf. Ges. in

Basel, iii. 1868, p. 558, ge.

1893.] DR. C, J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, 197

Riitimeyer starts from the assumption that the primitive type

of Mammalian molars had a conical or cylindrical shape (“ home-

odont” type), which simple form became complex in course of

time, so that we must expect to find a more simple type of molars

the more we recede in time. Riitimeyer’s views were supported

by the fact that, in several of the oldest deposits then known, of

Tertiary Mammalia were met with abundantly the Lophiodontide,

showing the zygodont molar in its typical form.

Kowaleysky’ held the same views as Riitimeyer and pointed

out, besides, that a less simply constructed form of molars is met

with in the older Tertiary, especially amongst “primitive Ungulates”’

(e.g. “ Microcherus”)*. But whilst he did not enter upon the

possible relations between such complex sextubercular forms and

the zygodont or lophodont type (as it was called later), Cope had

urged already, in 1874, that a bunodont tooth was the ancestral

form of the modern placental molar, thus tacitly admitting that

the zygodont molar is a secondary, a derived form’. The various

modifications of ungulate molars were traced back by Cope to a

quadritubercular type, and somewhat later he traced the sectorial

type of inferior molars to a quinquetubercular or tuberculosectorial

type*.

The discovery of the Puerco, the oldest known Tertiary Mam-

malian fauna of America, gave opportunity for the recognition

by Cope of a still more primitive type of superior molar, the

tritubercular type, the great majority of the Puerco Mammals

having, according to Cope, their superior molars constructed after

this type*. In the latest review of the Puerco fauna it is stated

that almost all the Placentalia show the tritubercular type in

their superior molars, as, out of 82 Placentalia, only four are

quadrituberculate. The quinquetuberculate or tuberculosectorial

type of inferior molars is equally widely spread, although less

generally so, 64 out of 82 Placentalia possessing it’.

The farther development of the tritubercular theory in these

last years is treated of at length in all the recent Manuals, as the

whole phylogeny of the Mammalia is directly connected with the

question.

Not one paleontologist who has dealt with the argument has

1 \W. Kowalevsky, “Monographie der Gattung Anthracotherium, Cuv.,”

Palexontographica, xxii. 1873, 1874, pp. 210, 268, 264.

2 “Je tiefer wir in die Schichten dringen, je altere Formen wir finden, desto

complicirtere Gestalten tauchen immer auf, .. . ; also kann das als ein Wink

dienen, wie weit wir noch yon der primitiven Form des Zahnes sind” (J. ¢.

p- 280, note 1).

* E. D. Cope, ‘On the Homologies and Origin of the Types of Molar Teeth

of Mammalia Educabilia,” Journal Academy Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia,

new series, vol. viii. part 1 (Philadelphia, April 1874), pp. 71-89.

+ Z.c. and E. D. bine, “On the Trituberculate Type of Molar Tooth in the

Mammalia,” Pal. Bulletin, no. 97, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Dec. 7, 1883 (publ.

Jan. 2, 1884), p. 326.

> “On the Trituberculate Type &e.,” /. c.

® BH. D. Cope, “Synopsis of the Vertebrate Fauna of the Puerco Series,”

Transact. American Philos, Soc., Aug. 1888, p. 299.

198 DR. C.J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCHNH SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

pronounced unfavourably on the theory since it was first brought

forth, and the same is the case, so far as | am aware, with biologists

in general.

The cardinal point established, to use Osborn’s words, is that

“ the antero-external cusp in the lower molars and the antero-internal

cusp in the upper molars of the Mammalia are homologous with the

reptilian cone and with each other”.

Trituberculism, or, as we rather ought to call it, the reptilian-

cone theory, is no more a theory, but has become a dogma. I am

a heretic, and may say that I opposed the theory already in

1873, viz. before it was invented’; since that time I have kept

silent for various reasons.

My intention is not to deal fully with the subject on this

occasion; [ wish only to present a few general remarks on what I

consider to be weak points of the theory, and then to enter on

more particulars so far as the Sciurine type of molars is con-

cerned.

It is but fair to begin with the Puerco fauna, the stronghold of

trituberculism, from the discovery of which dates the establishment

of the theory. In this fauna we have 106 species of Vertebrates’,

the most numerous being the Condylarthra with 23, and the

Creodonta with 50 species’. 1 have already stated that, according

to Cope, amongst 82 Puerco Mammalia only four are quadrituber-

culate, all the rest being trituberculate.

Now it appears to me that the Puerco fauna, as at present

known, does not give us an adequate idea of what must have been

the Mammalian life of that period, the proportion of carnivorous

Mammalia being far too large to be a real one. So that we meet

here with exactly the same mode of argument which years before

had been resorted to with regard to the zygodont type. In the

oldest (then well-known) Tertiary Mammalian faunas the Lophio-

dontide, showing a relatively simple type of molar, were richly

represented ; hence it was concluded that this was the primitive

type of the ungulate molar. Riitimeyer has recently strongly

insisted upon the fact that the Carnivorous Mammalia of the

Egerkingen fauna, the same which has yielded numerous remains

of Lophiodontide, are exceedingly poorly represented, the remains

of Ungulata being more than twenty times in excess of those of

Carnivora’. In the Puerco, on the other hand, where we have

an analogy to the Egerkingen® fauna in regard to primitive types,

1 Osborn and Wortman, “ Fossil Mammals of the Wahsatch and Wind River

Beds, Collection of 1891,” Extr. from Bulletin of the American Museum of

Nat. Hist. iv. no. 1, Oct. 1892, p. 85.

2 Forsyth Major, “ Nageriiberreste aus Bohnerzen Siiddeutschlands und der

Schweiz. Nebst Beitriigen zu einer vergleichenden Odontographie von Ungu-

laten und Unguiculaten,” 1873. Palaontographica, xxii.

% Cope, ‘Synopsis Puerco Fauna,’ p. 300.

4 Td. ib. pp. 504, 305,

5 L. Riitimeyer, “Die Hocine Saugethierwelt von Egerkingen,” Abhand-

lungen d. schweiz. paliontol, Ges. vol. xviii. 1891, p. 93,

® Riitimeyer, 7,

1893.] DR. 0. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 199

the proportion is reversed. The Creodonta, with, on the whole,

a simple type of molars, prevailing in the Puerco fauna, this fact

has been considered as conclusive for Cope’s theory, that the

Mammalian molar is derived from a tritubercular type.

Secondly, I cannot acknowledge that many of the Puerco molars

said to be trituberculate, are really such; several species of JJt0-

clenus, for example, showing a rather complex type.

Now, considering the fact that we meet amongst the so-called

trituberculate types with molars which really are septem-, octo-, and

novem-tuberculate, it would have been more correct to speak of a

triangular type, this shape of the outline being the only thing the

molars in question have generally in common. But they are not

all even triangular forms, as those presented by ‘“ Conoryctes”

ditrigonus!, or Periptichus rhabdodon*, show on either side of the

principal inner cusp two secondary cusps, and Riitimeyer has

recorded similar types from Egerkingen.

Moreover, Cope is not consistent with his own theory when he

expounds his views as to the mutual relations of Creodonta®, The

genus Mioclenus, from which all the other Creodonta are said to

be derived, possesses the most complex structure of molar of them

all; whilst Mesonya, whose upper molars present a simple tri-

tubercular type, is placed at the end of a series instead of the

beginning, as the theory would require.

I further find inconsistencies in his diagram showing “ the facts

and hypotheses as to the phylogeny of the Mammalia”’. Here

the Creodonta and Carnivora, as well as all the other placental

Mammalia, with the exception of the Cetacea, are traced back

by Cope to the Condylarthra. The latter, together with the Mar-

supialia, are derived from the Monotremata. This derivation

implies that in the opinion of Prof. Cope the Monotrematous teeth

must have been constructed on a trituberculate or a still more

simple plan; and it may be remembered that when the first figures

of worn teeth of Ornithorhynchus were published, they were pro-

claimed to support the tritubercular theory. But they are now

known to be multituberculate; so I suppose that this being the

case, the argument will probably be considered of no value, the

Ornithorhynchus being an aberrant Protothere. But still the fact

remains, and we must deal with it, that the only prototherian

teeth known to this day are multituberculate to the extreme.

Tf Iam not mistaken, the above views of Cope as to the mutual

relations of the different orders of Mammals,—views which are in

opposition with trituberculism,—show that their author is on his

way, unconsciously perhaps for the present, to become a partisan of

the multitubercular origin of Mammalian teeth, so that support

1 E. D. Cope, ‘The Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the West.—I.,’

1883, pl. xxiv. d. figs. 2, 4

? Ib. pl. lvii. fig. 1a.

8 ‘Synopsis Puerco Fauna,’ p. 309.

+ B. D. Cope, “ On the Evolution of the Vertebrates, progressive and retro-

gressive,” Amer. Naturalist, February, March, April, 1885 (printed April 13,

1884), p.. 347, f

200 ~=—s DR. ©. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

seems to be coming to me from the very side from which it was

least expected.

Schlosser in his turn has, in his elaborate and valuable Mono-

graphs’, taken trituberculism as his guide for tracing the phylogeny

of various orders of Mammalia. He states his ground to be as

follows :—‘ We have but to start from the perfectly recognized

primitive type and to trace the modifications which it has under-

gone”’*. This perfectly recognized primitive type is, according to

Schlosser, the tritubercular type of upper molars, and the tuber-

culo-sectorial type of lower molars. Accordingly, in the diagram

placed by him at the head of the Monograph of Carnivora’, this form

of molar type is attributed to the supposed first true Carnivore.

In accordance with the theory, Schlosser considers Mesony«

or Sarcothraustes to be the primitive type of Carnivora’. With the

same inexorable logic all Ungulates are derived from carnivorous

Mammalia; the Condylarthra being considered as intermediate

between the Ungulata and Creodonta’.

I have not to deal with Carnivora on this occasion, so that I will

only mention incidentally that, in my eyes, amongst recent Car-

nivora, the Subursi (and, so far as the form of molars is concerned,

Ailurus) approach nearest to the primitive carnivorous Mammalia,

whilst some of the Arctocyonide are the most primitive of Creo-

donta.

Further objections may be made when Schlosser considers with

Cope a rather complicated form of inferior molar—the tuberculo-

sectorial type—to be a primitive form, and when it is assumed that,

whilst the upper molars become further modified by addition, the

lower molars from quinquetubercular become quadritubercular in

progress of time, by the loss of an anterior cusp, the paraconid.

The tuberculosectorial type is, in its turn, derived from a simpler

1 M. Schlosser, “ Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Stammesgeschichte der Huf

thiere und Versuch einer Systematik der Paar- und Unpaarhufer,” Morpholog.

Jahrbuch, xii. 1887, pp. 1-186 ;—id. “Die Affen, Lemuren, Chiropteren, Insecti-

voren, Marsupialier, Creodonten und Carnivoren des europaischen Tertiars

und deren Beziehungen zu ihren lebenden und fossilen aussereuropaischen

Verwandten,” I.-III., Wien, 1887-1890 (Beitrage z. Palaontologie Oesterreich-

Ungarns, Bd. vi.-viii.) ;—id. “ Ueber die Beziehungen der ausgestorbenen Sauge-

thierfaunen und ihr Verhaltniss zur Saugethierfauna der Gegenwart,” Biolog-

- isches Centralblatt, Bd. viii. no. 19, Dec. 1888, pp. 582-631.

2 « Bs handelt sich nur darum, yon dem wohlerkannten Grundtypus auszu-

gehen und alle Veranderungen zu verfolgen, welcher derselbe fahig ist,” Die

Affen, &e. ii. p. 9 (233).

3 Id. ib. p. 4 (228).

' «Wenn wir yon der Voraussetzung ausgehen—und hiezu sind wir auch

vollauf berechtigt— dass der Oberkiefer-Molar der Creodonta urspriinglich den

Trituberculartypus in vollster Reinheit gezeigt habe, so miissen wir Mesonyr

oder Sarcothraustes unbedingt als den Urtypus betrachten, wenigstens fiir jene

Formen, deren obere Molaren mit rundlichen Hockern yersehen sind. Hs

schliessen sich diese Typen mehr an die Raubbeutler als an Didelphiys an,”

Die Affen, Lemuren, ete. i. p. 161.

5 « . . es kann keinem Zweifel unterliegen, dass alle Hufthiere von Fleisch-

fressern abstammen, wobei eben die Condylarthren das Zwischenstadium

reprasentiren ’—M, Schlosser, Ausgestorbene Siiugethierformen, /. c. p. 585,

1893.] DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, 201

form by the addition of the so-called heel or talon to the original

trigon.

The name of heel or talon is borrowed from the teeth of Car-

niyora, where this part, as the name implies, generally appears

in a reduced form compared with the rest of the tooth. In

other orders the so-called talon is, as a rule, a well-developed

part of the inferior molar, so that it seems « priori highly improb-

able to consider as a later development that part which, in the

majority of Mammalia, constitutes the whole posterior moiety

of the lower molars. What we at present know of the oldest

forms of Perissodactyla, Condylarthra, Rodentia, and even of some

forms of Creodonta, as revealed especially by the Cernaysian fauna

of Reims’, does not in the least justify a similar assumption. On

the contrary, the “talon,” far from showing a tendency to dis-

appear, is in several of these archaic Hutheria very prominent, and

even more distinctly developed than in any later form, not only

in longitudinal extension, but partly even in the elevation of the

cusps, as compared with those of the anterior moiety.

The question of the heel leads us to an objection made by

Fleischmann, who on the whole accepts the tritubercular theory,

but maintains that the cusps of upper molars are not directly

homologous to those of the lower molars; or, in other words, that

not only does the internal side of upper molars correspond to the

external side of lower molars, as admitted by Cope and Osborn,

but that, besides, the anterior part of upper corresponds to the

posterior part of lower molars °.

In reply to Fleischmann, Osborn states that “this objection

would be fatal to a uniform system of nomenclature for the upper

and lower cusps if it could be sustained,” but that it is disproved by

a comprehensive survey of the Mesozoic trituberculates, especially

of the Amblotheriide and Spalacotheriide ’*. Neither Osborn nor

Fleischmann seem to be aware that, if the latter is right, his

objection will be fatal not only tothe homology of upper and lower

cusps, but also to the theory, for the primitive trigon which in-

cludes the protoconid, the supposed homologue of the reptilian cone,

would in that case be found to be formed for the greater part by

the very heel which the theory considers to be a late addition.

There can be no doubt as to the correctness of Fleischmann’s

statement, which is easy to verify. A left upper anterior milk-

tooth of Didelphys, for instance, is at first sight very difficult to

distinguish from one of the right lower series. Even in such

specialized molars as those of modern Ruminants, in holding side

by side a right upper and a left lower molar, or vice versa, what

appear to be the mutual homologies are to be traced out even to

1 Lemoine, “Etude d’ensemble sur les dents des Mamuniféres fossiles des

environs de Reims,” Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, iii® série, t. xix. 1891, pp.

263-289, pls. x., xi.

2 A. Fleischmann, “ Die Grundform der Backziihne bei Siugethieren und die

Homologie der einzelnen Hicker” (Sitzungsber. d. k, Preuss. Akad. d. Wiss.

Berlin, 1891).

% Osborn and Wortman, /. c, pp. 84. 85.

202 DR, C.J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCEND SQuIRRELS. — [ Feb. 28,

very small details. The only inference I wish for the present * to

draw from this fact and its consequences is, that Prof. Fleischmann,

too, is on his way to become an opponent of trituberculism.

It would appear that the Allotheria, the Multituberculata

kar’ é&oxnv, ought to have been a stumbling-block for the theory.

But this is not the case; they have been simply pushed aside on

account of being an aberrant order. Nevertheless, I shall refer to

them later on.

The dentition of Rodentia has as yet not much been dealt with

in relation to the tritubercular theory. Scott was the first to

touch upon the question, when describing the Plesiarctomys sciu-

roides, S. & O., from the Uinta formation’, considered by him to be

*“ one of the oldest, if not the very oldest known form of rodent.”

Owing to the importance which for this reason is attributed to the

fossil, I must dwell upon the subject at some length. Scott has

shown to his own satisfaction and to that of others that the

superior molars of Plesiarctomys sciuroides “ are plainly of the tritu-

bercular pattern,” and that “the inferior molars show the anterior

triangle of three cusps with a talon behind, or what Cope has termed

the tuberculo-sectorial molar.” It might be questioned at once

whether this specimen, the teeth of which are much worn according

to the author’s own assertion * and according to what appears from

the diagram ‘and the figures °, is a proper object from which to draw

such important inferences. I fail to see in its molars anything

else than the usual Sciuromorphine type, which I agree with

Scott in considering as a very old one. I have myself pointed

this out twenty years ago in some fossils (Sciwrus spectabilis) from

the Eocene of Egerkingen °, which are rather older than the Uinta

formation. The Uinta beds are considered by Zittel? to be Lower

Oliogocene, whilst the Bohnerz of Egerkingen has important rela-

tions with the oldest Eocene of Europe (Reims) and America

(Puerco)*. On the other hand, this type is still in existence, and

widely spread among living Sciuromorpha.

1 think that Scott is mistaken in what he considers to be the

homologies, in the lower molars of Plesiarctomys, of the anterior

triangle of Ungulates, Creodonts, and Lemuroids. This anterior

triangle is formed, as clearly shown by unworn molars of most of

the Sciuromorpha, by the antero-external and antero-internal

cusp (the protoconid and metaconid according to Osborn’s no-

1 See also W. B. Scott, ‘‘ The Evolution of the Premolar Teeth in the Mam-

mals” (Proce. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1892, p. 410).

* William B. Scott and Henry Fairfield Osborn, “The Mammalia of the

Uinta Formation” (Trans, Amer, Philos. Soc. n. s. vol. xvi. pt. iii, Aug. 20,

1889, pp. 476-478).

3°. p. 417.

> Plexi le, 1d.

° Forsyth Major, “ Nageriiberreste aus Bohnerzen Siiddeutschlands und der

Schweiz.”

7 «Handbuch der Palaontologie, I. Paliozoologie,’ IV. Band, 1892, p. 66.

* L, Rutimeyer, ‘‘Die Hocine Siugethierwelt von Egerkingen,” Abhandl.

schweiz. palaont, Ges. xviii. 1891.

1893.] DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRETS. 208

menclature)' more or less transversely united, together with

Osborn’s paraconid °, and include between them what I have called

the anterior transverse valley. Owing to the much-worn con-

dition and partly too, perhaps, to the feeble development of this

anterior part—as found in some recent Sciwri and in Arctomys—the

anterior valley has vanished in the fossil molars, though I think that

some traces of it are still visible in the first and third molar of

Scott’s figures °, so that, in order to find out the typical triangle,

Scott has encroached on what trituberculism declares to be a late

addition to the inferior molars, for he considers, as it were, the

postero-internal cusp, Osborn’s evtoconid, of the “ heel” to be the

postero-internal part of the typical triangle. What he calls the

talon behind, is but the median cusp (hypoconulid) of Osborn’s

talon. This hypoconulid is in fact the real “talon,” yiz. that part

which is so generally well developed on the posterior side of third

lower molars, but which in many Sciuromorpha can be distinctly

made out in the anterior molars too, as well as in milk-teeth of

Lepus and Myolagus, and both in milk-teeth and permanent molars

of Lagodus and Titanomys'’.

The conclusions to be drawn from the foregoing analysis are,

lam glad to state, the very same at which Scott has arrived, as

they tend to show, even more unmistakably, “that the Rodents are to

be derived from the same generalized group of primitive placental

Mammals, the Bunotheria, to which we refer the origin of the

Ungulates, Creodonts, and Lemuroids”’. In respect to what Scott

considers plainly to be ‘the tritubercular pattern” of superior molars,

it cannot be denied that there appear three principal cusps, two

external and one internal one, in the upper molars of Plesiarctomys

sciuroides ; but there are other parts to be seen, even in these much-

worn molars, and I have already pointed out that it is dangerous

to draw inferences from worn teeth.

Very similar remarks apply to two papers by Schlosser °, in which

this author endeavours to refer the molars of Rodentia to trituber-

culism. I therefore refrain from discussing them at length, and I

wish only to remark upon the second of the papers quoted. Schlosser

asserts in the most positive manner, what at first sight appears to be

a startling fact, that Plesiadapis and Protoadapis, from the Lower

Eocene of Reims, are Rodentia. Plesiadapis had previously been

1 Cf, e. g., H. F. Osborn and J. L. Wortman, “ Fossil Mammals of the

Wahsatch and Wind River Beds.” Collection of 1891. JL. c. p. 86, figs. 1 & 2.

2 Ib

3 L.c. p. 476, and pl. xi. fig. 1d.

+ See also the inferior molars of “ Plesiadapis” in Lemoine, “ Etude d’en-

semble sur les dents des Mammiféres fossiles des environs de Reims” (Bull, Soc,

Géol. de France, trois. série, t. xix. Mai 1891, pl. x. fig. 65 ¢), and of Decticu-

dapis, ibid. pl. xi, fig. 146 ¢, 146 ss,

' > Scott, Zc. p. 478.

® Max Schlosser, “Die Differenzirung des Siugethiergebisses’’ (Biol. Centra-

blatt, Band x. Nos.8 & 9, Erlangen, 1 & 15 June 1890, pp. 250, 251).—Jd. “ Ueber

die systematische Stellung der Gattungen Plesiadapis, Protoadapis, Pleuraspido-

theritum und Orthaspidotheriwm” (Neues Jahrb. f. Mineralogie, Geologie und

Palaontologie, Jahrgang 1892, Band ii. pp. 259, 240),

204 DR. C, J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

considered by Schlosser himself to be a Lemurid+, and Osborn? had

placed both of them amongst the Pseudolemuride. Whilst fully

agreeing with Schlosser in his main conclusions, for reasons which

I shall discuss elsewhere, I am again at a loss to see what trituber-

culism has to do with the matter *, and would put but one question:

How comes it that both Protoadapis and Plesiadapis, which are

indeed the most ancient types of Rodents hitherto known, show

the so-called heel of inferior molars in such a perfect condition * in

spite of trituberculism, which considers these parts as alate addition

to the original triangle of inferior molars ?

I have declared myself opposed to the tritubercular theory, but

have limited my remarks hitherto merely to criticism, though

occasionally I offered some positive argument in favour of an

hypothesis which is in many points the very reverse of the pre-

vailing theory. It remains now for me to justify the position I

have taken with regard to it; what 1 am going to say is partly a

summing up of preceding remarks, and partly embraces a far wider

field, and will, 1 have no doubt, meet with some opposition.

No better starting-point could be chosen than the “ Sciuride,”

amongst which we meet with the most primitive form of molars of

this low order of Mammalia.

‘ The adherents of trituberculism assert that they have proved

the Mammalian molar to be traced back to a more and more simple

form. I have tried to show that they have failed to do so, and in

my turn assert that the molar of Placentalia can be traced toa

polybunous form, and that the real tritubercular pattern is a more

specialized secondary stage. So that, as a matter of course, the

cardinal point to be established is to show, that the more complex

forms, which in the Lower Eocene as well as in the recent period

are found side by side with the simpler forms, trituberculate or

otherwise, are indeed the primitive, the more generalized type.

To prove my assertion, | start from five assumptions :—

1. Brachydonty is the more primitive, the more generalized condition

of molar form, and so is

2. Bunodonty, as opposed to Lophodonty (or Zygodonty, which is

the same thing).

. The more brachydout a molar is, the more multitubercular it is,

or, let us say, polybunous.

. Lhe transformation, viz., the reduction and simplification, pro-

1 M. Schlosser, “ Die Affen, Lemuren, Chiropteren, Insectivoren etc. des euro-

piischen Tertiars, ete.” Pt. I. Wien, 1887, p. 47.

* Henry Fairfield Osborn, “‘ A Review of the Cernaysian Mammalia ” (Proce,

Phil. Acad, Nat. Sci., May 6th, 1890, pp. 55, 56).

* “ Dass aber dieser Typus (7. ¢. Trituberculartypus) auch den Ausgangspunkt

fiir die oberen Molaren der Nager darstellt, ersehen wir daraus, dass er sich bei

Sciurus sogar noch bis in die Gegenwart ziemlich rein erhalten hat.” (LZ. e,

p. 240.)

* Lemoine, /, ¢. pl. x.

1893,] DR. C.J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCEND SQUIRRELS, 205

ceeds from the inner side outwards in superior, and from the

outer side inwards in inferior molars,

5. The now prevalent transverse arrangement of cusps or lobes is

not the primitive condition, but a specialized pattern of the

crown.

The first two points need no discussion, as no biologist of the

present day denies them. I thirdly maintain that the more brachy-

dont a molar is, the more polybunous tt is; so that change, which in

our case means reduction, simplification, of the molar-crown ele-

ments, goes hand in hand with the gradual progress from brachy-

donty towards hypsodonty.

In the general survey of Sciurine teeth, it has already been shown

that the more the molars are brachydont, the more they are poly-

bunous, so that by this statement alone polybuny is proved to be

the primitive condition.

If we examine the outer parts of upper and the inner parts

of lower molars, we see that they present much less variation

in Brachydontia as compared to Hypsodontia, and in the various

stages of Hypsodontia compared together, than does the rest

of the crown, especially the inner side in upper and the outer

side in lower molars. It therefore at once strikes us, that

the outer side of upper and the inner side of lower molars (viz.,

those parts which, when the jaws are at rest, are protruding

over the corresponding parts of the opposite jaw) have undergone

the least modifications, that they are the more stable elements of

molars. These same sides being generally more complex than the

inner side aboye and the outer below, we may infer from it that

the complex condition is the primary one, and that the reduced,

simplified state of the inner side above and the outer side below is

a specialized condition, the beginning of which we see already in

molars of Cretaceous Mammalia and in those of Ornithorhynchus,

The extreme of this specialized condition is what has been called

trituberculism, and considered to be a primitive pattern of Euthe-

rian molars. It is not more primitive in Ungulata, Condylarthra,

Creodonta, and Lemuroidea than in Sciwrine, the species of which,

when there is only one cusp on the inner side of upper molars,

present an approach to trituberculism.

Now, what is the meaning of this reduction on the inner side

of superior, and the outer side of inferior molars ?

We have seen that in perfectly brachydont teeth the outer

and inner sides of the molars present the least difference from

each other in longitudinal extension, as well as in the number

of their cusps; and that the superior molar becomes shortened

on its inner side, as well as the inferior on its outer side, by the

excessive development of some cusps (generally either one or

three, rarely two, in Sciwrine) at the expense of others, which

are present in such perfectly brachydont teeth as those of Hosciwri

or Rhithrosciurus. The meaning of this process of reduction be-

comes obvious, when we consider that the internal cusps of superior,

206 DR. C. J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQuirRuLs. [Feb. 28,

and the external cusps of inferior, molars have to fit into the

hollows or valleys of the opposing teeth. When there is only one

cusp exclusively or prominently developed on the inner side of a

superior molar, as in the so-called tritubercular, or at a lesser

degree in the trigonodont type, this single cusp fits in the more

or less cup-like depression of the posterior moiety of the corre-

sponding inferior molar ; in other words, the protocone,—viz., the

oldest element of upper molars, according to the tritubercular

theory—fits in what the theorists consider to be the most modern

part of inferior molars. And, vice versa, the postero-evternal cusp of

inferior molars, that is the hypoconid of the “heel,” has to fit in the

median valley of superior molars, formed essentially by the three

cusps of what trituberculism considers to be the primitive trigon

of upper molars.

The special development of two inner cusps in superior molars

has been shown to be so yery rare an occurrence in Sciwrine, that

up to the present day it was known only in some fossil forms (Sciu-

roides, Pseudosciurus, Ischyromys), whereas it is the predominant

feature amongst Ungulata. To these two inner cusps correspond

two hollows or valleys of the inferior tooth. The relative develop-

ment of the anterior valley, formed by the so-called primitive trigon

of inferior molars, corresponds to that of the postero-internal

cusp of superior molars,—the hypocone, a later addition according to

the tritubercular theory: when the hypocone is suppressed, as in

the pure tritubercular type, or feebly developed, as in the trigon-

odont type, the anterior valley in the lower molars is atrophied or

insignificant. It is well developed, to receive the hypocone as a

pestle, when this last has the same or almost the same size as the

protocone.

Fourthly, we are able to state that the transformation, viz. the

reduction and simplification, proceeds from the inner side outwards

wn supervor, aud from the outer side mwards in inferior molars.

Here I have to repeat what I said with regard to semi-hypsodont

teeth, viz., that the vertical elevation of the crown, the first stage

towards hypsodonty, always has its starting-point from the inner

side of upper molars. A farther stage of semi-hypsodontism, as

presented by the rooted molars of Miocene Lagomorpha (Lagodus),

shows how hypsodontism gradually extends towards the outer

side, accompanied by a gradual and essential change of the pattern

of the crown. In the same way the inner root, which ultimately

will remain open, gradually extends outwards, increasing in size,

and receives a coating of enamel. This process is so slow, that for

a long time the outer side retains a brachydont as well as a

complex conformation.

The fifth point advanced was stated as follows :—The now pre-

valent transverse arrangement of cusps or lobes is not the primitive

condition, but a specialized pattern of the crown. What, then, was

the primitive condition? The primitive generalized pattern was

the exact reverse, viz., the arrangement of cusps in longitudinal

‘series, separated by longitudinal grooves or valleys. This is, indeed,

1893.) DR. C. J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 207

a cardinal point and will, when once generally recognized, appear

to be a simple truth.

Bunodonty, as opposed to lophodonty, is the first step from a

transverse arrangement towards the longitudinal one, and is not

always to be distinguished at once from the second step I am

speaking of, though this last is often characterized by a sort of

asymmetry, or confusion, in a way, as is usually the case in

transitional stages.

First, as to Sciurine. As has already been said, transverse

crests are to be found only in semi-hypsodont types, many of which

tend towards the Hystricomorpha, which for their lack of brachy-

dont molars at once show themselves to be more specialized forms.

With the exception of Myoxine types—and this exception is only

an apparent one—we may say that the more the molars tend

towards brachydonty, the more the crests are broken up into cusps.

Of these cusps there are generally five on the outer side of upper

molars, two or three of which have been prominently developed.

In the middle two intermediate, and on the inner side in the same

manner as on the other side, originally a longitudinal series of

cusps were developed, which very soon, viz., when the tooth ceases

to be perfectly brachydont (as well as in somewhat worn semi-

hypsodont or hypsodont teeth), are reduced in number and tend to

become coalesced, a middle cusp appearing the most developed.

This middle cusp seems to be for the greater part the remnant of

a fifth series which have become partially atrophied, in order to give

place for the median transverse valley; and it is in consequence

of the formation of this valley that the cusps appear arranged

in transverse series, even before being connected as ridges or

crests.

In superior and inferior molars, the most brachydont members

of the family are at the same time those which show a tendency

towards a longitudinal alignment of their cusps. The difference

between superior and inferior molars consisting in the presence in

upper molars of intermediate cusps, in more specialized, viz. less

* brachydont forms, generally reduced to two, as before stated, but

which, as shown by the most brachydont forms, are the remnants

of one or more longitudinal series of cusps or tubercles, inter-

mediate between the outer and the inner series.

The cup- or basin-like shape of inferior Sciuromorphine molars

is but a slight specialization of a primitive type, a disposition of

_ the cusps on the outer and inner margin, with an intervening

longitudinal depression. The slight specialization consists in the

beginning of a transverse arrangement. In the Bornean Lhitho-

sciurus (Plate LX. fig. 2), the whole of the very brachydont inferior

molars consists mainly of two series of marginal cusps, none

specially developed, and with a spacious longitudinal groove dividing

the outer from the inner series; thus pointing significantly to-

wards some primitive mammalian molars remote in time (Micro-

lestes). And so the curious Pseudosciurus, from the Upper Eocene

of Southern Germany, shows the tendency towards, or, as we rathe

208 DR. C. J, FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

should say, the traces of, a primitive arrangement of its tubercles

of upper molars in three longitudinal series, there being two rows

in the lower molars.

This paper does not pretend to enter into details as to other

families and orders. But I think it important to state in a few

words that this tendency of older forms towards a longitudinal

arrangement is quite general in Rodents as well as in Creodonts,

Lemuroids, and Ungulates. In Sciuride we have very primitive

forms still existing side by side with those more specialized, so

that the transverse arrangement does not at first sight appear to

be a later transformation. The Lagomorpha are in this respect,

as in others, highly instructive, the molars of the living members

being very specialized. I hope to show fully on another occasion

that the structure of the molar form of Lagomorpha is to be traced

back from the perfect transverse direction presented by their

enamel-ridges to a pelycodoid type of molar, that means, to a

molar approaching closely to those of Pelycodvs, a mammal from

the Lower Eocene of North America and Egerkingen in Switzerland,

which has hitherto been considered to be a Lemuroid. In a some-

what lesser degree, the Lagomorphan molar tends towards Estho-

nya, considered by Cope * to be one of the progenitors of Rodentia.

The intermediate stages are the unworn milk-teeth, premolars

and molars, of young Lepus, the Miocene Palwolagus, Lagomys, the

Pleistocene, Pliocene, and Miocene Myolagus, and the Miocene

Lagodus. The anterior upper and lower premolar of ZLepus, the

second superior and the anterior inferior premolar of Lagomys, the

superior premolars and more or less all the superior molars of

Myolagus, as well as the inferior anterior premolar of the latter,

show, even in adult specimens, a conformation which points

unmistakably towards a longitudinal arrangement of partially

sharp-edged cusps—these cusps being three longitudinal series

separated by two longitudinal grooves in the upper teeth, and two

series with one intermediate longitudinal groove in the lower

molars. The difference between the first lower premolar and the

other grinding-teeth is very striking, especially in Myolagus, for

which I refer to a figure from Filhol’s memoir on the Sansan

fauna”.

As to other Orders, I must be satisfied to give a few instances.

Amongst recent Carnivora, the Subursi, especially Ai/urus, and

partially the Urside themselves, show unmistakably the longitu-

dinal arrangement of their molar cusps. In the same direction

the milk-teeth of several Orders point significantly, even those of

modern Ruminants.

In the Lower Eocene many molars of various Orders tell the

same tale as to their origin, often ina distinct manner. In favour

of my view I refer to the following figures :—First, from Cope’s

| B. D. Cope, “'Lhe Mechanical Causes of the Development of the Hard Parts

of the Mammalia” (Journal of Morphology, vol. iii. Boston, U.S.A. 1889,

p. 268).

2 «Htudes sur les Mammiféres fossiles de Sansan’ (Paris, 1891), pl. i. fig. 8.

1893.] DR. 0. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 209

Tertiary Vertebrata: Calamodon'*, Anisonchus*, Ectocium*, Pertpty-

chus carinidens*, ditrigonus®, and rhabdodon*, Palceosyops levidens’,

Phenacodus*, Protogonia®. Secondly, from Lemoine’s ‘ Etude

d’ensemble sur les dents des Mammiféres des environs de Reims’ "*:

Hyenodictis", Dissacus™, Arctocyon™, Lophiodocherus™, Pleura-

spidotherium™, Pachynolophus maldani™, Protodichobune owenit".

Thirdly, from Riitimeyer’s ‘ Eocine Siiugethierwelt von Eger-

kingen’*: Ailuravus™, Pelycodus helveticus*, Hyopsodus™, ** Plesi-

adapis?”*, Acotherulum™, Cebocherus™, Lophiodon parisiense ae

Paloplotherium magnum* ; the last two only so far as their milk-

teeth are concerned.

I wish to answer in advance an objection which will certainly

have occurred to the reader. The extreme of complication is met

with in such highly specialized recent forms as Hydrochwrus,

Phacocherus, and Elephas, and to a lesser extent in semi-rooted

molars, especially amongst Rodentia. As to the supposed more

complex form of these last, it is only apparent. A worn molar

of Hystrix, for instance, seems rather more complex than the rooted

molar of Erethizon, but on examining unworn grinding-teeth of

Hystrix, even the seemingly very complex milk-tooth only presents

five more or less transverse enamel-folds.

The worn molars show a large quantity of enamel-islets, and

thus have a very complex appearance; but this is not the conse-

quence of an augmentation of enamel substance, or additional

cusps, but, on the contrary, of diminution of the enamel, which

diminishes in the proportion that the worn surfaces approach the

roots.

Besides, I have always maintained that in progress of time a

new addition may occasionally have occurred in molars ; but it

would appear that in one instance at least I was mistaken. Con-

trary to Owen”, and all later paleontologists, with the only

1 «The Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the West,’ pl. xxiv. e. fig. 22.

2 L. c. pl. xxiv. g. fig. 6.

3 L. e. pl. xxv. e. fig. 12.

4 L. c. pl xxiii. d. figs. 14, 15, pl. xxiv. g. fig. 5.

> L. c. pl. xxiii. g. fig. 12, pl. xxix, d. fig. 2-4.

6 L. c¢. pl. lvi. f. figs. 1 a, 2.4.

Gres U. fo. 3:

8 L. ¢. lvii. b. fig. 1.

® L.c. pl. xxv. e. fig. 13, pl. xxix. f. fig. 1 a, pl. lvii. f. fig. 8.

OST Sut.

i f. ¢. pl. x. fig. 4. 12 Tc, pl. x. fig. 2

13 [.c¢, pl. x. figs. 14, 18, 20, 22, &c. “4 Tc, pl. xi. fig. 129,

15 [. ¢, pl. xi. fig. 87. 16 Tc, pl. xi. figs. 117, 118.

W I. e. pl. xi. fig. 132. LERRESHC:

19 Lc. pl. vii. figs. 18, 19. 20 Lc. pl. viii. fig. 1 (partim).

21 Lc. pl. viii. figs. 7, 8 22 [. c. pl. viii. figs. 16, 17, 21.

23 TL. ¢. pl. iv. figs. 22, 24. % Tc. pl. iv. fig. 30.

2 Lc. pl. i. fig. 8 (d, sup.). 2 Tc. pl. i. fig. 1 (d sup.).

27 Rich. Owen, “ Description of the Cavern of Bruniquel and its Organic Con-

tents. Part II. Equine remains” (Phil. Trans. vol. 159, London, 1870, p. 537).

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1893, No. XIV.

210 DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

exception of Kowalevsky, who, in the same 22nd volume of the

‘ Paleontographica,’ had expressed an identical view, I had supposed

that the two inner lobes of upper equine molars are not homo-

logous with those of Anchithertwm, but are a more modern addition

to the tooth. Now ontogeny, according to Klever’, suggests that

Kowalevsky and myself are wrong.

As to the molars of Hydrocherus, Phacocherus, and Elephas, I

leave them to ontogenists ; and, if I am not mistaken, there is

every appearance that we shall not have to wait very long for an

answer.

It may be asked whether the pattern of molars towards which

the types of almost all the Orders of Mammalia represented in

the Lower Eocene tend is nowhere realized.

When I first saw the plates of Marsh’s * Discovery of Cretaceous

Mammalia,” my impression was that the molars figured on plate ii.*

constitute one of the most important discoveries as regards the

ancestry of Placentalia, inasmuch as these figures correspond to

what I considered, and have been expounding just now, to approach

the presumed ancestral torin of Mammalian molars. In going over

the text, I found that Marsh collocates all these multitubercular

teeth in the “ aberrant” Order of Allotheria, and states expressly,

that ‘‘ Carnivores, Rodents, and Ungulates appear to be entirely

wanting in this unique fauna,” and that ‘a still more surprising

fact is the absence of their probable ancestors, unless, indeed, the

insectivorous forms are entitled to this important position: many

known facts point in this direction” *. In Part ILI. of “‘ Discovery

of Cretaceous Mammalia” Marsh again states: ‘These remains are

not transitional between Mesozoic and Tertiary forms, but their

affinities are with the former beyond a doubt ” *.

To me it appears, from what we now know of those important

fossils called Allotheria, we are not entitled to consider the whole

Order as an aberrant one, though there may be, and certainly are,

aberrant genera. But, on the whole, the Allotheria are not more

aberrant than the Myomorpha, for instance.

The discovery of the Laramie mammals led to a controversy

between their discoverer and another eminent American palzonto-

logist ; but this side of the question has not been taken into

consideration, both disputants being agreed in assuming that the

multitubercular teeth in question belong to an aberrant group.

This aprioristic assumption may have prejudiced the impartial

investigation of facts. I cannot enter fully into the question,

especially as it would be rash to pronounce too positively on an

1 Ernst Klever, “Zur Kenntniss der Morphogenese des Equidengebisses ”

(Morphol. Jabrb. xv. 1889, Leipzig, pls. xi—xiii.).

2 QO. C. Marsh, “ Discovery of Cretaceous Mammalia,” American Journal of

Science, vol. xxxvili. July 1889, plate ii.

3 L.c. p. 83.

* “Discovery of Cretaceous Mammalia.-—Part III.,” 7. ¢. vol. xlii. March

1892, p. 250.

1893.] DR. 0. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 211

examination of the figures and descriptions without having seen

the originals ; but I wish to offer a few remarks.

Marsh has considered a certain number of isolated molars,

possessing three longitudinal pairs of elevations, to be upper molars,

although the type of Dipriodon robustus, the only molar which is

undoubtedly from the upper jaw, left side, ‘its position being

decided by a portion of the maxillary attached to it,”* appa-

rently has only two longitudinal rows. This circumstance has

given origin to part of Osborn’s criticisms*. The type of Zripri-

odon celatus*, considered by Marsh * as the first upper molar of the

left side, as well as the type of Selenacodon fragilis’, also stated to

be an upper molar (both having three longitudinal rows of cusps),

are declared by Osborn to be respectively a last lower molar of

Meniscoessus, and an anterior lower molar of the same®. In a

subsequent note* Osborn writes as follows :—‘ It remains for the

author to show specifically that the types of Selenacodon and

Tripriodon are maxillary teeth,” adding: “I should myself have

considered them as such but for the fact that the type of Dipriodon

robustus, with two rows of tubercles, was described as a maxillary

tooth, and figured with a supposed fragment of the zygomatic

arch attached to the alveolar border.” With regard to the upper

molars, Marsh asserts, in his latest paper on the subject, that he

has the means of showing what Osborn has objected to: ‘* Although

not found in position in any one specimen, so many have been

secured with portions of the jaw attached, that their place in the

dental series has been ascertained in several forms ;” and he goes

on to state, “‘ that the upper molar teeth may be separated into two

series, the first having three longitudinal rows of elevations on the

crown, and the second series but two rows”*. With the caution

imposed by the fact that I am judging only from the published

figures, I venture to suggest that the type of Dipriodon robustus,

which has the undoubted fragment of the zygomatic arch attached

to the alveolar border, had originally three longitudinal rows of

cusps, the middle one being worn off. Marsh himself states that

its “‘ points are somewhat worn”, and this appears to me clearly

shown in his figure”. If we now assume that where there are

three rows of tubercles above and two below, “ the cusps of the

lower rows fit into the valleys of the upper teeth” (which in my

1 Marsh, /.c. part I. p. 895, pl. ii. figs. 13-15.

2 As stated by Osborn himself in “ A Reply to Professor O. C. Marsh’s ‘ Note

on Mesozoic Mammalia.’” Reprinted with slight alterations from the ‘American

Naturalist,’ September 1891, p. 782.

3 Marsh, l.c. part I. pl. ii. figs. 19-21.

ElieGp: SO.

> Marsh, /. ec. part I. pl. ii. figs. 22-24, p. 86.

8 H. Fairfield Osborn, “A Review of the Cretaceous Mammalia” (Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, 1891, p. 128).

7 A Reply to Professor O. C. Marsh’s Note, &c., p. 782.

8 Part ILI. p. 253.

® Part I. p. 85.

0 Lc. pl. ii. figs. 13, 14.

1. Osborn, “ A Review of the Cretaceous Mammalia.”

14*

212 =~ DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

opinion allows only for a movement in the longitudinal direction),

this mechanical action of the jaw would be followed by the wearing

away first of all of the middle row of the upper molars, which rubs

against the inner and outer side respectively of the outer and inner

row of the opposing tooth. Compared with the types of “ Zr

priodon celatus”* and “ caperatus”*, Dipriodon robustus shows its

inner cusps unproportionally extending outwards, and this would

justify the supposition that the remnants of two cusps of the

middle row have united with what remains of the enamel-folds of the

two inner cusps, a mode of coalescence which we often see realized

in worn molars. I therefore fail to find in Marsh’s previous publi-

cations the proofs of the statement made by him ® that one series

of upper molar teeth of Cretaceous Allotheria has but two rows;

although from certain analogies—with the molars of Mus on the

one side, those of Cricetodon on the other—analogies which may

hereafter turn out to be homologies, I am quite willing to admit

that Prof. Marsh may have in his hands the means for proving it.

I cannot admit Osborn to have satisfactorily shown that in this

group of Cretaceous Allotheria there are lower molars with three

rows of cusps. If there were three rows of cusps with two longi-

tudinal grooves in the lower molars, we would have to urge four

rows of cusps with three longitudinal grooves in the upper molars ;

these have not been forthcoming up to the present date. Thus there

seems to be no reason for denying Marsh’s statement that “the lower

molars .... although differing widely in the form and structure

of their crowns, have only two parallel series of crescents or

tubercles, an outer and inner row, with a groove or valley between

them” *.

For my present purpose it may be sufficient to point out, that

both authors agree in stating that there are several forms with

upper molars composed of three longitudinal rows of cusps with

two grooves between them, to which correspond two longitudinal

rows with one groove in the lower molars ; but, as stated before,

they have not furnished sufficient proof for their opinion that

these molars belong to an aberrant Order of Mammalia. In

comparing the teeth in question with those of the Muride and

more particularly of Mus, it becomes evident that the main

differences between them consist in this, that whilst in the

Cretaceous molars the prevailing division is effected by longi-

tudinal grooves, in Mus, on the contrary, the molars are deeply

divided by transverse grooves: the longitudinal grooves in this

genus, of which there are two in the upper, and one in the

lower molars, being relatively shallow. or further particulars on

this argument, as far as it relates to Muride, I refer the reader to

a paper by Hensel on Mus orthodon from the Ossiferous Breccias

1 L.c. part I. pl. ii. figs. 19, 20.

2 L.c. part III. pl. v. fig. 2.

3 L.c. part ITI. p. 253.

* Tb. p. 253.

1893.] DR. C.J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 213

of Sardinia’, and to a subsequent paper by myself on the same

subject *.

Marsh has recently made the following statement :—*“ One fact is

becoming more and more evident, the near affinity of the early

Primates, Carnivores, Ungulates, and Rodents, with each other

and with the Insectivores, and more remotely with Marsupials.

The key to the mystery lies concealed in the great break between

the Lower Wahsatch, at the base of the Eocene as now known, and

the Laramie beds of the Cretaceous. In the latter, none of the

above placental mammals have been found, but in the early Eocene

occur, side by side, Carnivores, Rodents, and Ungulates ...”*

I have endeavoured to show that the key to the mystery actually

lies for the chief part in Prof. Marsh’s own hand, and I trust that he

himself will before long furnish us with the full proofs that several

at least of the Cretaceous Allotheria, so called, are in the direct

ancestral line of Eutheria.

And, in the meanwhile, I confidently state as follows my

conclusions as to the primitive type of the Eutherian molar :—

(1) The primitive condition of the Eutherian molar is that of

polybuny.

(2) The single tubercles or cusps were arranged in longitudinal

series (Zinotaais), divided by longitudinal grooves or valleys, there

being generally three rows with two grooves in the upper, and two

rows with one groove in the lower molars.

(3) Microlestes nay prove to be a remote ancester of the

Eutheria.

1 R. Hensel, “ Beitriige zur Kenntniss fossiler Siugethiere.—II. Ueberreste

von Mus in der Breccie von Cagliari,” Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geolog. Gesellschaft,

viii. Band, 1856, p. 281. The conformation of the first upper molar of Mus

is described by Hensel as follows :—“ Seine Krone zerfallt durch zwei fast bis

auf den Grund der Krone eindringende Querfurchen in drei Querleisten, yon

welchen die beiden ersten nach vorn convex, nach hinten zu concay erscheinen . .,

Zwei verhaltnissmiissig seichte Liangsfurchen zertheilen wiederum jede Quer-

leiste in drei mehr oder weniger deutliche Hocker ... Das Schema fiir die Back-

euzahne des Unterkiefers (Fig. 114) ist ein wesentlich anderes. Zwar sind

auch hier die Kronen durch zwei Querfurchen in drei Querleisten getheilt.

Allein statt zweier Langsfurcben findet sick nur eine, so dass jede Querleiste in

zwei Hocker, die ganze Zahnkrone also in sechs derselben zerfalJt.” (L. c. p. 282.)

? Forsyth Major, ‘‘ Sulla conformazione dei Molari nel Genere Mus, e sul

Mus meridionalis e Mus orthodon, Hensel,’ Atti Soc. Tose. Sc. Nat. Proc. Verb.

1888, pp. 129-145.—Mr. Oldfield Thomas has lately drawn my attention to his

** Description of a new Genus and Species of Rat from New Guinea,” the Chiru-

romys forbest (Proc. Zool. Soc., April 17, 1888, pp. 237-240, fig. 2, p. 239). In

this paper it is stated that the teeth of Chiruromys “are remarkably compli-

cated, and show a hich degree of specialization, far more than is found in any

other genus at all allied to the present one,” and that “this extreme speciali-

zation both of teeth and tail is especially remarkable in an animal inhabiting

such a refuge for old and little-modified forms as New Guinea.” From what I

have been saying, it is to be inferred, that the teeth in question, far from

showing a high degree of specialization, are, on the contrary, of a very

generalized type, precisely such as we might articipate to meet with in a refuge

for old and little-modified forms.

3 O. C. Marsh, “ A new Order of extinct Eocene Mammals (Mesodactyla),” in

American Journal of Science, yol. xlii. May, 1892, p. 449.

214 =DR.C. 5. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

(4) From the polybunous molar, as characterized before, have

been derived the other types of Placental molars, by a gradual

transformation of the longitudinal arrangement of cusps into a

transverse one (Chiastotaavis), and by a prevailing development of

a few cusps—a sort of Oligarchy—as well as by the fusion and

suppression of others, several of which are, however, maintained

with great persistency in a secondary condition.

(5) In the upper molars two outer cusps and one or two inner

cusps are usually the most developed.

(6) The truly tritubercular molar is but a very specialized stage,

which is often preceded, not followed, by Riitimeyer’s trigonodont

type.

7) The supposition that the so-called heel or talon of inferior

molars is a later development, is an arbitrary one, disproved by

facts.

(8) Which of all the cusps of the primitive polybunous molar

or its derivatives may be “ homologous with the reptilian cone,”

I do not know.

VI. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate VIII.

Right superior molars, much magnified, of :—

. Sciurus (Eosciurus) indicus, Erxl. m,. (B.M. 12034.)

. Se. prevosti, Desm. m,. (B.M. 5836.)

. Se. lokroides, Hodgs. m,. (B.M. 1868/4. 4.3.)

. Se. everetti, Thos. m,. (B.M. 1892/9 . 6.8.)

. Xerus (Hoxerus) hosei, Vhos. p,. (B.M. 1892/7 . 19.2.)

. Xerus (Koxerus) insignis, Fr. Cuy. m,. (B.M. 68 ce.

. Xerus (Protoxerus) stangeri, Waterh. m,. (B.M. 515C.)

. Xerus (Protoxerus) aubinnii, Gr. m,. (B.M. 1875/4. 30.4.)

. Aerus (Atlantoxerus) getuius, Gesn. m,.

. Xerus erythopus, Geoff, m,. (B.M. 1888/11 . 4.4.)

. Xerus (Hoxerus) laticaudatus, Gr. m,. (B.M. 1885/8. 1.272.)

Fig.

12 ” ” Pi: ”

13. Anomalurus fraseri, Waterh. p,. (B.M. 555.)

14. Anomalurus beecrofti, Fras. m,. (B.M. 10666. 1886/1. 5.1.)

15. Xerus (Paraxerus) pyrropus, Fr. Cuy.. m,. (B.M. 897 a.)

16. Xerus (EHoxerus) berdmorei, Bly. (juv.) m,. (B.M. 1878/6 . 17.51.)

We, + 3 (middle age). m,. (B.M. 1878/6. 17.38.)

18. ae 3 (old). m,. (B.M. 1861/4. 12.13.)

19. Pteromys leucogenys, Temm. m,. (B.M. 556 0.)

20. Sciuropterus pearsoni, Gr. m,. (B.M. 1883.)

21. Sciwropterus horsfieldi, Waterh., type. m,. (B.M. 1855/12 . 24.102.)

22. Xerus (Paraxerus) cepapi, Smith. m,. (B.M. 1885/12. 8.2.)

23. Xerus (Paraxerus) pyrropus anerythrus, Thos. m,. . (B.M. 1890/6.

24. Xerus (Parawerus) isabella, Gr. m,. (B,M. 1862/5.9.3.) Cameroons.

Puarte IX.

Right inferior molars, much magnified, of :—

Fig. 1. Sciwrus (Eosctwrus) indicus, Erxl, m,.

2. Rhithrosciurus macrotis, Gr. m,. (B.M, 1888/8 . 13.7.)

. Sciurus lokroides, Hodgs. my.

. Sciwrus everetti, Thos. m,.

1893.]

Hie.6

BOW SOMNISE

OD M9 NW Rohe

—

DR. CO. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 215

. Aerus (Hoxerus) hosei, Thos. p,.

. Aerus (Hexerus) insignis, Fr. Cuy. ™,.

. Xerus (Protoxerus) stangert, Waterh. mm).

. Xerus (Protoxerus) aubinnii, Gr. ,.

. Xerus (Atlantoxerus) getulus, Gesn. ™,.

. Xerus erythopus, Geoff, m,.

. Xerus (Hoxerus) laticaudatus, Grrepy.

m).

; Anomalurus fraseri, Waterh. Pi

. Anomalurus beecrofti, Fras. m,.

. Xerus (Paraxerus) pyrropus, Fr. Cuy. m,.

. Xerus (Hoxerus) berdmorei, Bly., Juv. m,.

” ” middle age. m,.

” old. m,.

”

. Pteromys leucogenys,Temm. m4.

. Sciuropterus pearsoni, Gr. mW,.

. Seturopterus horsfieldi, Waterh. . type. m,.

2. Xerus (Paraxerus) pyrropus anerythrus, Thos. m,.

. Xerus (Paraxerus) cepapi, Smith. mj.

. Aerus (Paraxerus) isabella, Gr. my.

Pirate X.

. Sciuropterus ease n.sp. (Middle Miocene of Grive-Saint-Alban.)

Upper incisor. a, from the outer, 4, from the inner, ¢, from the

anterior side.

. Xerus (Eowerus) grivensis, n. sp. (Middle Miocene of Grive-Saint-

Alban.) Left mandibular ramus, nat size.

m,, M,, M,, of the same; magn. ¢

, Sciurus spermophilinus, Dep. p,, M,, Mg sup. sin.; magn. ¢

i Sy Anterior view of inf. incisor ; magn.

i fe Left mandibular ramus, inner view, nat,

size.

% z Left mandibular ramus, outer view, nat,

size.

3 3 Diy ay, a m,, inf. sin., upper view ;

magn. §.

The same as fig. 8, inner view; magn, §.

| Nannosciurus concinnus, Thos, (Isabella, Basilan, Philippines), type.

(B.M. 1940 a, 187 6/10. 4.7.) dj), ™M,, M9, m,, inf. sin.; magn. ¢.

Puate XI.

. Sciuropterus tephromelas, Gimth. Malay Peninsula. (B.M. 1885/8.

1.126.) Left mandibular ramus. Nat. size. From the inner side.

. The same. m,; magn. }.

. Sciuropterus albanensis, n. sp. (Middle Miocene of Grive-Saint-Alban.)

Left mandibular ramus, from the inner side; nat. size.

. The same from the outer side ; nat. size.

The grinding-teeth of the same, upper view; magn. §.

Nannosciurus minutus, Du Chaillu. W. Africa. (B.M, 1794 a.

1861/7 . 29.19.) Superior grinding-teeth of the right side (p,, m,, mg,

m,); magn. §.

Nannosciurus concinnus, Thos., juy. Superior grinding-teeth of the right

side (d,, m,,m,,m,); magn. §.

216 MR. H. 0. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

2. Observations on the Development of the Rostrum in the

Cetacean Genus Mesoplodon, with Remarks on some of

the Species. By Henry O. Forsss, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.

[Received January 17, 1893.]

(Plates XIL.—XYV.)

In the course of my duties as Curator of the Canterbury

Museum, Christchurch, N. Z., I had occasion to study the Cetacea

in that collection. In my determination of the species of Meso-

plodon I was necessarily guided by the authoritative papers on this

group by Sir William Flower in the ‘ Transactions’ of this Society,

and by Sir William Turner in his Report on the Cetacea of the

‘Challenger’ Expedition. In his paper in volume x. of our ‘ Trans-

actions, page 422, Sir William Flower observes, in speaking

of a form near to Mesoplodon grayi, Haast :—‘* Making every

allowance for individual variation, it scarcely seems possible that

a rostrum such as that shown in figure 2 [1.e. Mesoplodon grayi:

Plate XIV. fig. 3] could change in the course of growth to that

in figure 3 [i. e. Mesoplodon haasti, Flower: Plate XII. fig. 2}.

If so, most of the determinations of the fossil species based solely

on the form of the rostrum are quite valueless.” The same author,

on an earlier page (page 420) of the same paper, remarks :—

“There is still much to be learned with regard to the mode of

ossification of this cartilage. All the specimens which I have had

an opportunity of examining are either so young that ossification

has not commenced, and the trough of the vomer in the rostrum

proper is completely empty in the dried skull, or so old that the

consolidation of the cartilage and its union with the surrounding

bone has been completed.” In having lived for some time in the

region in which this genus is not uncommon, I have been fortunate

in having had an opportunity of examining several immature crauia

in which the relations of the bones which constitute the rostrum

were such as to enable me to trace some unobserved stages in their

development. These observations I have thought of sufficient

interest to lay before the Society, especially as they bear on some

of the characters by which the various forms of Mesoplodon and

Ziphius, both recent and fossil, have been separated from each

other.

The deductions I have arrived at in this paper are based on a

personal examination and comparison of the following specimens :—

A. A very young (and, according to Haast, a male) skull, with

its mandible,—one of three specimens sent from the Chatham

Islands to Sir Julius von Haast in 1875. It is a co-type of Meso-

plodon (Oulodon) grayi, Haast, described in vol. ix. of the ‘ Transac-

tions’ of the N.Z. Institute. In this specimen the vomerine

trough is quiteempty. It forms part of the collection in the Otago

Museum, Dunedin, N.Z.

Aa. A young specimen in the Otago Museum, Dunedin, in

, Ni

i .

H.OF & 5. Smit del. J. Smit lth.

PMw.s ~-------/

\ : K\-- Sei Cire

" \

i ~ piu is

at,

eae ye

Wartern Bros. imp.

STRUCTURE OF MESOPLODON.

laine) suoteoy) Jedi. MAllilil.

{ INES ihe

prue.s. ee | en 1)

} <== - - pia.

-\--=--pmar,

ae l

1% CL i

H.C.¥F. &J. Smit. del. J. Smit lith. Mintern Bros

SINGS A GjSUs, (ONS MIB SOlS1b (OND IOMN

. imp.

Fae GeS ols) dell poGhvs

HOF del. J. Smit kth.

STRUCTURE OF MESOPLODON.

peel euve

Ps Act ISOS

Se --pnie oO

oO-

__- pu.

Mes

eae ee LL

ois

-V

Mintern Bros . imp.

J Smit del.et lith.

STRUCTURE OF MESOPLODON.

1893. | CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 217

which the first appearance of change in the mesorostral groove is

visible.

B. A damaged cranium, without its mandible, received from the

Chatham Islands, and now exhibited; of unknown sex, and of a

more advanced age than A. The vomerine trough is still empty

and perfectly smooth. It would appear to be about the same age,

being apparently about the same stage of development, as Meso-

plodon grayi, Haast, figured by Van Beneden and Gervais in their

‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés.’

C. Askeleton in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons —

that described and figured by Sir W. Flower as M. grayi, Haast,

in his paper already cited. This is the second of the two Salt

Water Creek skeletons prepared by Sir J. von Haast, and deter-

mined by him to be Oulodon grayi. Its sex is doubtful; but it is

still quite young, as the interior of the vomerine spout (so far as

unconcealed by the rostral integument on the anterior part of the

snout and of the dried cartilage in the canal) is still smooth and

free from ossification.

D. The rostrum of a specimen obtained for me from the

Chatham Islands, and now exhibited. I have no doubt it belongs

to the species Wesoplodon grayi, Haast. Its sex is unknown, but

its age is somewhat greater than any of those already mentioned.

The vomerine trough is partially filled with osseous tissue.

E. The rostrum of a third specimen from the Chatham Islands,

and now on the table, of unknown sex and of astill more advanced

age, but still immature. This specimen, along with B, D, and G,

will be presented to the British Museum.

F. A skull, with its mandible, of an immature (according to

Haast, female) specimen of Mesoplodon (Oulodon) grayi, Haast.

This is the second of the three skulls described by him in the ninth

volume of the ‘ Transactions’ of the New Zealand Institute from the

Chatham Islands, and now in the Otago Museum, Dunedin, N. Z.

It is also a co-type of the genus and species Oulodon grayi.

G. The rostrum of a cranium obtained for me from the Chatham

Islands. It is still immature, as the mesorostral furrow, though

nearly full of ossified tissue, is not yet quite filled up, and the

whole of the bones are still spongy. It belongs undoubtedly to

the species grayi, Haast, of this genus.

H. A complete female skeleton of Mesoplodon (Oulodon) grayi,

Haast, one of four individuals that in December 1876 ran on the

beach near Salt Water Creek, north of Banks Peninsula, N.Z. It

was identified and described as the co-type of Oulodon grayi by

Sir J. von Haast. Of these four specimens two skeletons were

prepared—one (C) being sent to the Royal College of Surgeons,

London, and the present specimen retained in the Canterbury

Museum, where it is now. Though described by Sir J. von Haast

as “a full-grown animal,” it still bears marks of immaturity in its

incompletely filled-up vomerine spout and in the rostral bones

exhibiting none of that petrosal density so characteristic of fully

adult Mesoplodonta.

218 MR. H. O, FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

I. An aged skull, without the mandible (probably a male),

from Kaiapoi beach, Canterbury, N. Z., labelled, under direction

evidently of Sir J. von Haast, as Mesoplodon knowi, Hector, and by

another hand changed into Mesoplodon hectori, Gray. This is the

specimen referred to by Sir James Hector, in the ‘Transactions’

of the N. Zealand Institute, vol. v. page 168, as being in the

Canterbury Museum from Kaiapoi “ without the lower jaw,” which

he considered the adult form of his young Mesoplodon knowi. It

appears also, with little doubt, to be the same specimen of

which Sir J. von Haast, in volume ix. of the same publication,

page 455, makes the following observation, which in the absence

of the mandible I am at a loss to understand, as it seems to be and

to have been, the only specimen from Kaiapoi, or of M. hectori, in

the Museum :—‘‘I wish to add that a comparison of these three

skulls of Oulodon [A, F, I] with the skull of Mesoplodon hectori,

Gray [= MM. knowi, Hector] in the Canterbury Museum, and

which is derived from an aged specimen, shows at a glance the

distinct specific character [7. ¢. teeth at the symphysis of the

mandible}, besides being much smaller in all its proportions.”

The Canterbury Museum specimen, as will be seen from fig. 1,

Plate XIII., differs from Mesoplodon hectori, Gray, as figured in

Sir W. Flower’s paper (Tr. Z. 8. vol. x. pl. lxxi. fig. 4).

J. The skeleton of an adult from Lyall Bay, N. Z., in the

British Museum, described and figured by Sir W. Flower, in

volume x. of the Society’s ‘Transactions,’ as Mesoplodon australis.

It is probably of the male sex.

K. A mutilated skull, with its mandible, of an aged male

Mesoplodon (Oulodon) grayi, Haast. This is the remaining one of

the three Chatham Island crania referred to under specimen A.

It is the type specimen of the genus and species, and is the

individual figured by Von Haast in the ‘ Transactions ’ of the N. Z.

Institute, vol. ix. plate xxvi. fig. 3 (not fig. 1, as erroneously marked

on that plate). Along with its two companions (A and F) it had

remained in the same condition as found and figured in 1875,

enveloped in its integuments, till all three were partly dissected

and partly macerated out by me in July 1890.

L. The specimen described and figured by Sir William Flower

in the paper so often referred to, under the name of Mesoplodon

haasti. This isan old—even aged—individual, nearly of the same

age, in my opinion, as K. It is undoubtedly a male, and is now in

the collection of the Royal College of Surgeons, London.

With these specimens I have compared the published descrip-

tions of Mesoplodon (Oulodon) grayi, Haast, given by Van Beneden

and Gervais on plate Ixii. of their ‘ Ostéographie.’

All the above 13 specimens belong without any doubt to M!eso-

plodon grayi, Haast; indeed no fewer than six of them were recog-

nized by Sir Julius von Haast as belonging to the species which he

had himself established.

M. The skeleton of an aged male of Mesoplodon layardi in the

Canterbury Museum, N. Z.—labelled M. flowert, Haast.

1893. ] CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 219

N. A cranium of an immature example of M. layardi in the

Wellington Museum, N. Z.; sex unknown.

O. A cranium of a young individual of M. layardi, in the Napier

Atheneum, N. Z., in which the vomerine trough is quite empty

and smooth ; sex unknown.

P. A cranium of an aged individual in the British Museum,

evidently a male.

Q. For purposes of comparison with the species of Mesoplodon,

I have examined the skeletons of Ziphius cavirostris (= Hpiodon

chathamensis) in the Canterbury Museum, N. Z.

R. A cranium of a very young individual of Zphius cavirostris,

collected by myself in the Chatham Islands in January last (1892),

and now in the Canterbury Museum, in which the vomerine spout

is quite empty and smooth, except on the bottom of the trough,

where there is a small upgrowth.

S. A skeleton of Ziphius (Epiodon) chathamensis (= Z. cavirostris)

in the British Museum collection.

{T. A cranium of Ziphius cavirostris (the type) in the British

Museum.

U. A younger cranium than T, of Ziphius cavirostris, in the same

collection.

Vy. A skeleton and two crania of Berardius arnuxii, in the

Canterbury Museum, N. Z.

With these I have also compared the various fossil species in

the Geological Department of the British Museum, Mesoplodon

angustus, M. gibbus, Choneziphius planirostris, and C. planus.

For the opportunity of examining one or more of the above

enumerated specimens I am greatly indebted to the kindness of

Dr. Giinther, F.R.S., and Dr. Woodward, F.R.S., of the British

Museum ; to Professor Stewart, P.L.S., Royal College of Surgeons,

Prof. T. J. Parker, F.R.S., Dunedin, N. Z., Sir James Hector,

F.R.S., Wellington, N. Z., and to the authorities of the Hawke’s

Bay Philosophical Society in Napier, N. Z.

From an examination of these specimens I have come to the

conclusion that the species of MMesoplodon, and certainly some of

Ziphius, change very greatly in regard to the form of their rostra

with age and sex ; and from the transverse sections of various rostra

that I exhibit it will be apparent that the contour of each varies

with the amount of ossification and consolidation of the rostral

bones in different sexes at different ages. It will then be seen, I

think, that the species designated Mesoplodon hectori, Gray, by

Hector and Haast, and Mesoplodon australis and Mesoplodon haasti

by Sir W. Flower, are really more or less aged forms of Mesoplodon

grayi, Haast. In his paper in the ‘Transactions’ of the Zoolo-

gical Society already referred to, Sir W. Flower has been careful

to remark :—‘ Under the circumstances it is somewhat difficult to

know what course to pursue with reference to the names by which

these specimens are to be respectively distinguished; but on the

whole it will lead to less confusion if I designate them, provi-

sionally at least, by specific appellations, bearing in mind that it

220 MR. H. 0, FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

is quite possible that further information and more abundant

materials may cause a modification of this view” *.

Sir William Turner, in his paper on Ziphius cavirostris and Meso-

plodon sowerbyi, in the Trans. R. S. Edinburgh, vol. xxvi. p. 768,

says :—“ In my description I have named the dense solid bar in

the middle of the beak the mesorostral bone. This bar corresponds

with the ‘ vomer’ of Cuvier, Gervais, and Gray, with the ‘ anterior

tuberosity of the vomer’ of Fischer, with the ‘continuation of the

pre-frontals forward to near the end of the premaxillaries’ of

Owen, and with the ‘anterior prolongation of the ethmoid’ of

Flower. Whatever name be applied to it, there can be no doubt

that it is an ossification of the anterior end of the long cartila-

ginous bar, which in the Cetacea is prolonged forwards to the

end of the beak, and in relation to the sides and lower surface

of which the spout-like vomer is formed.” And Sir William Flower,

in the paper I have already quoted from, continues :—‘ But

it must be observed that, although the cartilage appears to be

nothing more than a continuation forwards of the ordinary

mesethmoid lamina or septum of the nose, the ossification is

not a simple extension forwards of that which occurs in all

Cetacea (in all Mammalia, in fact) in the hinder or internarial portion

of the septum, but appears to be an independent production,

peculiar to the genera Mesoplodon, Ziphius, and certain allied extinct

forms. It is separated by an interval (which appears to diminish

with age, but of which traces can be seen on the upper surface of

the rostrum near its base) from the true mesethmoid ossification.

It differs from the latter in being intensely hard and compact,

whereas the mesethmoid is, especially at its anterior part, some-

what spongy in texture. It differs also in showing strong

indications of being formed by a pair of lateral ossifications, united

in the middle line, as the upper surface in many parts and the

anterior apex show a marked median groove. I think it will be

well therefore to adopt Prof. Turner’s name of ‘mesorostral’

bone for this solid bar forming the centre of the rostrum, restrict-

ing mesethmoid to the part lying between the nares and a short

distance in front of them, which is ossified in the young animal

aud in all other species of Cetacea”*.

An examination of the sections of young specimens of Meso-

- plodon grayi and M. layardi in the light of what takes place

in Ziphius cavirostris, Berardius arnuxii, and Clymenia, and per-

haps in the fossil genus Choneziphius, will, I think, show satis-

factorily that the mesorostral consolidation is not an ossification

of the mesorhinal or mesorostral cartilage, but is an upgrowth

in the rostral trough, formed by a proliferation of the osseous

tissue of that part of the vomer itself, and perhaps partly of the

premaxillaries, at all events not an ossification of the mesorostral

cartilage pure and simple, as occurs in Clymenia and Berardius.

Before discussing the question of species, I shall trace from

1 Tr. Z. 8. vol. x. p. 419. 2 Tr. Z.S. vol. x. p. 420.

1893. | CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 221

S.0C,.

Upper surface (one fourth the natural size) of the cranium of a very young

specimen (A in the list, p. 216) of Mesoplodon grayi, Haast.

Sections of this rostrum at a and 4 are represented on Plate XIV. figs. 2a, 2

respectively.

maf. and pmxf., the maxillary and premaxillary foramina; gib., gibbosity

of the premaxillaries ; s.oc., supraoccipital; majfl., maxillary flange ;

meth., mesethmoid ; mx., maxillary bone.

222 MR. H, 0. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

their earliest appearance the changes that take place in the rostral

bones.

Commencing with the youngest specimen I have yet examined, that

lettered A above(see fig. 1, p. 221), sections of the rostrum taken at11,

63, and 53 inches from its apex show the following appearances :—

The vomer appears in the most posterior section (7. e. in that at

11 inches) as a more or less uniform semicylindric spout, with a thick

rounded keel, whose sides thin upwards and articulate with a diver-

ticulum of the maxillary (as seen in Clymenia, and more markedly in

Physeter) and the sides of the premaxillaries. The premaxillaries

are roughly rectangular plates dropped into the maxillaries, and they

partly roof-in the trough, their sides entering into the formation

of the rostral groove. In the middle section the upward arms

of the vomer become smaller; the spout is still floored by the

vomer, but its wings are very thin and their walls blend to form a”

continuous smooth surface with those of the premaxillaries, whose

sides also are very thin and stand somewhat more erect (Plate XIV.

fig. 25). On the outside the premaxillaries articulate with the

maxillaries. Still more anteriorly (Plate XIV. fig. 2a) there is a

slight change in the form of the vomerine keel, and the premaxil-

laries appear on the palatal surface, and prevent any articulation

between the maxillaries and the vomer. The vomerine trough in

the macerated skeleton is quite empty and very smooth, and in the

recent state it is filled with cartilage. The mesethmoid only just

enters the posterior end of the groove, between the wings of the

vomer.

The next older specimen (B) I take to be of greater age than that

of the skeleton inthe Royal College of Surgeons, figured by Sir

William Flower, and about equal (judging alone by the figure, plate

Ixii., in his ‘Ostéographie ’) to that of Van Beneden’s specimen. Its

examination showed how much the premaxillaries, and especially the

maxillaries and the vomer in its basal region, had grown in massive-

ness,and with this growth the form of the vomerine canal had become

narrowed. I have unfortunately seen only one specimen of Meso-

plodon (a specimen in the Otago Museum, Aa) in which the very

beginnings of the change are present. In this young specimen

there was an elevation in the mid-line of the bottom of the groove,

but the vomerine trough was otherwise in no way different in

shape and smoothness from that of the young forms already

described. The form and thickness of the premaxillaries and their

general contour were characteristic of the undeformed ziphioid

snout. In a specimen of a very young cranium of Ziphius caviros-

tris (Epiodon chathamensis, Hector), which I was fortunate enough,

during my visit to the Chatham Islands, to examine, changes had

occurred in the rostrum very similar to those which take place in

the genus Mesoplodon, but of a more pronounced character. If we

follow the changes in Ziphius they will, I think, help to explain those

that occur in Mesoplodon. The section (Plate XIV. fig. 1) taken

from the specimen in the Canterbury Museum, “‘a very old female”

according to Von Haast (Tr. N.Z.1. vol. ix. p. 480), will show

1893. ] CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 223

more clearly than words that there has taken place a very great

increase in the maxillaries and in the premaxillaries, which latter

also (as in the young M. grayi just alluded to) come down and

appear on the palatal surface of the rostrum, intervening between

the vomer and the maxillaries. The vomer, it will be seen, has

lost all its usual form by being squeezed; the trough is only

indicated by a small depression between its two thickened arms

(Plate XIV. fig. 1, v.tr). In the British Museum specimen of

the same species, of which there is a complete skeleton, the

vomer is in its upper aspect a sharp, triangular, ridged bar,

very like that in Mesoplodon angulatus, one of the fossil forms

from the Red Crag. There is an enormous thickening of the

premaxillaries, as well as of the vomer. In the older specimens

in which the great prenasal fossa is seen, the vomer forms the

bottom of the fossa and the mesethmoid disappears. Into how

extraordinary a feature this eventually grows up in the aged indi-

vidual is well illustrated by the two crania in the British Museum

collection. The species originally described by Sir James Hector

as Epiodon chathamensis has now been united by Sir W. Turner

to Z. cavirostris, a determination acquiesced in by Hector. The

differences exhibited by the Chatham Island specimen and the

other two crania in the British Museum are so very marked that

it appears difficult for me to conceive how one form can ever grow

into the other. If the identification be correct. and I have no

reason to question it, it will be found that only in the one sex—

probably the male—does this enormous development of the vomer

take place, accompanied or preceded by the formation of the great

prenasal cavity, from which the species derives its name. In

New Zealand both forms occur; and I have examined specimens

in which this prenasal cavity was already deep, but which were

younger (cf. Tr. N. Z. I. vol. v. pl. iv.) than either of the specimens

in the British or the Canterbury Museums, as indicated by the less

advanced stage of the vomerine upgrowth. Sir W. Turner has

remarked on the abrupt manner in which the posterior end of

the mesorostral bone terminates and on the smoothness of the

cavity. This is observable in all the New Zealand forms, and

the appearance suggests that, through some cause or other, absorp-

tion takes place, or disease attacks these bones in the male and

not in the female.

It is to be noted that in many of the specimens of this species the

accretion of materialand the change of form are confined to the vomer,

as is seen in the Canterbury Museum specimen and in that figured

by Van Beneden—at least for some considerable time there is no

deposit of osseous tissue in the premaxillary portion of the spout, to

which the cartilage also extends. If the filling-up of this trough

were the result of ossification alone of the rostral cartilage, it would

proceed, it seems to me, uniformly over the whole surface of the

trough. If we examine also, in connection with this, the anterior

prolongation of the ethmoid as it occurs in Berardius arnuwii,

it may be observed that the ossification proceeds in quite a different

224 MR. H. 0. FORBES ON THB [Feb. 28,

manner; it takes place inside the cartilage, and must, if it were to

coalesce with the vomer and premaxillaries, grow downwards. In

Clymenia the ossification in the ethmoidal cartilage takes place

in the same way, from above downwards, so that it is apparent

that in Mesoplodon the ossification of the rostral elements pro-

ceeds differently. They may obtain material from the mesorostral

cartilage for a time, but at all events when the vomerine ele-

ment has extended above the level of the premaxillaries the

cartilage must have become too attenuated to be able to provide

any longer the material necessary for such a mass of bone as

is developed in the British Museum specimen of Z. cavirostris, in

which the resulting mesorostral bone is far greater in all dimen-

sions than the original cartilage. Sir W. Flower remarks’ that this

* ossification has not hitherto been found wanting in any thoroughly

adult example of any species of Mesoplodon or Ziphius; on the

other hand, it appears never to occur either in Hyperoodon or

Berardius.” This I have found to be true, for in the Berardius

arnuait which I brought from the Chatham Islands there is an

unusually Jong mesorostral ossification extending to nearly three

fourths of the length of the snout; but it is not an ossification ° of

the same character as that in Mesoplodon, though Mesoplodon and

Berardius have such close affinities. The fossilization of such a

specimen of Berardius as this might perhaps result in a form like

Choneziphius *, in which the ossification has apparently proceeded,

as in Berardius, from above downwards.

To return to Mesoplodon gray?, it will be seen from the sections

(Plate XV. figs. 1, 2, 4, v) that the premaxillaries, by growing in

upon the keel of the vomer, have induced a considerable thickening in

that region. It is not improbable that this pressure is the cause of

the proliferation of the osseous tissue in other parts of the vomer.

In some cases the maxillary ingrowth also in this region actually cuts

the bone into two parts, leaving its lower portion,—that emerging

as a bar on the palatal surface between the pterygoids,—as a loose

fragment kept in place by the maxillaries (Plate XV. fig. 5, mai

& V).

In the section it may be seen how shallow and compressed the

outline of the original trough has become; that the sides of the

premaxillaries are no longer horizontal, but perpendicular. The

fragment (meth) seen in Plate XV. fig. 5, fitting into a depres-

sion in the vomerine groove, is exceedingly interesting. It repre-

sents the ossified anterior prolongation of the mesethmoid. It

is complete in its anterior termination, it has never extended

1 L.c. p. 419.

2 It is an ossification of the ethmoidal cartilage.

3 In describing Choneziphius packardi (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxvi. (1870)

p- 503), Prof. Ray Lankester says :—‘‘ Below and posteriorly to this most anterior

part of the rostrum is a cavity } of an inch in diameter, extending axially to

the rostrum (pl. xxxiii. figs. ] & 3, v. c.), the remains of the primitive trough-

like cavity of the vomer, as Prof. Huxley calls it in describing Belemnoziphius,”

This appears to me to imply that the ossification had been proceeding from

above downwards at the time of the death of C. packardi.

1893. ] CELACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 225

further, and moreover it is not ossified to the other bones, and, as

a matter of fact, it remains for a long time separate. It may

become one with the mesorostral bone in very aged animals; even

then the suture remains generally very distinct, wedged in between

the upgrowths of the mesorostral.

A section of the same snout (Plate XV. fig. 3) taken more

anteriorly is also of great interest, for there the thickening and

ingrowth of the premaxillary bones are seen to bisect the vomer

into two parts just below the spout; the growth of premaxillary

ossifications (pm.o) on both sides has compressed and folded to-

gether in the middle the vomerine walls, thickened already by

proliferation of their tissue, the point of union being with some

care observable in the median line.

In a still more anterior section (Plate XV. fig. 4,v) the keel

portion of the vomer below the bisection has increased in growth

and appears as a round rod, part of which shows on the palatal

surface, and has begun to become implicated in the ivory-like ossifi-

cation which has commenced.

In the Chatham Island specimen and in that in the Otago

Museum (G and F respectively in above list) much the same

changes occur. In some cases, as, for instance, in the female speci-

men (H in the above list) in the Canterbury Museum, the filling-

up of the vomerine spout has proceeded more symmetrically, and

we have then greater regularity in the form of the section of the

snout (Plate XIV. fig. 4,a). Fig. 16, Plate XII., represents a

section through the middle of the snout of the type (male) speci-

men of M. grayi in the Canterbury Museum, and how widely it

differs from that of the female of the same species in the same

Museum (Plate XIV. fig. 4«) or of M. australis in the British

Museum (Plate XIII. fig. 2) is at once apparent—yet not greater

than the difference between the three forms of Mesoplodon layardi

shown in the sections a, 6, ¢, fig. 2, p. 228. Fig. 2, Plate XIL., is a

reproduction of the section of M. haasti from Sir W. Flower’s paper

in the Trans. Zool. Soc., so often referred to, and which, as he has

pointed out, differs so much from the section of any other he has

examined that he could not include it in any known species; while

fig. 1a, Plate XIT., is a section made by me of the type specimen of

M. grayi in the Canterbury Museum, somewhat more anterior than

fig. 16, but still in the region where the vomer appears on the

palatal surface, and their similarity will be at once admitted.

I have already quoted Sir W. Flower’s remark that if so great a

change can take place, due to individual variation, as exists between

M. grayi and M., haasti, then most of the fossil species based solely

on the form of the rostrum are quite valueless. If we take, for

instance, the two forms M, angulatus and M. medilineatus, there

exists far less difference between them than between some of the

forms of M. grayi or of M. layardi.

The median lines or sutures on the surface of the mesorostral

bone, which vary so mach, and also the gibbosities of the pre-

maxillaries, are, after studying the sections of immature forms,

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1893, No. XV. 15

226 MR. H. O. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

easy of explanation. The gibbosities, it will be observed, occur

n the rostrum over those regions where the vomer does not

reach the palatal surface. The removal of the wedge gives more

space beneath, causing the premaxillaries to gape, while more

anteriorly, in front of the place where the vomer vanishes, the

premaxillaries stand still more apart. In the regions where the

edges of the premaxillaries are closest the vomer is wedged in on the

palatal surface between the bases of the maxillaries, and there the

rostral bone, as a rule, grows densest and protrudes furthest above

the level of the premaxillaries, and just there often shows no median

line or suture. In the male Z. cavirostris the greatest growth of the

mesorostral occurs where not only the vomer, but also the lower

edges of the premaxillaries, protrude on the palatal surface.

The lines or sutures on the surface of the mesorostral are pro-

duced by various causes, sometimes (as in the specimen, Plate

XIII. figs. 1, 1a, v.s) by the two wings of the vomer meeting in the

centre *, when the suture may persist or may become lost, according

to the amount of squeezing the mesorostral undergoes. Then on

each side of the solidified vomer may appear the sutures of the

premaxillaries (Plate XIII. fig. 1a, pma.s), and very often the

thickenings of the interior surface of the premaxillaries (pmz.o)

grow up between and shoot above the original petrous walls of

these bones, forming another suture, so that there may be as many

as five lines traceable on the surface. There may be more if, as

sometimes occurs, one of these segments becomes crumpled (Plate

XIII. fig. 1, Plate X1V. fig. 5, mr.cr) in the general squeeze of the

parts. Hence, as diagnostic characters (cf. M. medilineatus), the

lines on the mesorostral bone are also quite valueless. In the

most anterior part of the rostrum there is only one median suture

(pmex.s), often very well marked, especially in old individuals, where

the osseous growths on the interior surfaces of the premaxillaries

meet. As has been pointed out both by Sir W. Flower and Sir W.

Turner, a suture, or often a deep depression, between the meseth-

moid and the mesorostral is generally visible (Plate XII. fig. 1,

Plate XIII. fig. 1, meth.s).

On comparing the different specimens which I have had an

opportunity of examining personally, or by their various published

descriptions, the species of the genus Mesoplodon seem to me

to be reducible tc six :—

1. MrEsopLopon BIDENS (Sowerby).

Cf. Flower, Trans. Zool. Soc. x. p. 415 (1878).

2. MusopLopon EUVROPXUS (Gervais).

Cf. Flower, Trans. Zool. Soc. x. p. 416 (1878).

1 “Tt seems probable (as Duvernoy has already pointed out) that the ‘central

area’ indicates the upper extent of the vomer, the only remains of the

primitive trough-like cavity being the median slit above and the large fossa

behind.”—Hualey, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. p. 394 (1864).

1893. } CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON, 227.

3. MEsSopLopon HECTORI (Gray).

Berardius arnuxti, Hector, Trans. N. Z. 1. ii. p. 27 (1870).

Smaller Ziphioid Whale, Knox & Hector, Trans. N. Z. I. iii. p. 125,

pls. xilii_xv. (1871).

Berardius hectori, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. viii.

ip 1171871).

Mesoplodon knoai, Hector, Trans. N. Z. I. vol. vy. p. 167 (1873).

Mesoplodon hectori, Turner, Trans. R. Soc. Edin. vol. xxvi. p. 778

(1872); Flower, Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. x. p. 416 (1878).

Since Sir William Flower’s memoir on the genus Mesoplodon, no

further information has been obtained as to this species, which

differs so markedly from the others occurring in the same region,

in the absence of a basirostral groove and in the position and form

of its mandibular tooth.

The Kaiapoi specimen (Lin the list, p. 218) (Plate XIII. fig. 1) in

the Canterbury Museum, which bears the MS. name of I. hectori

(and has been referred to by Hector as M. hector’), is undoubtedly at

once distinguishable from this species by the presence of a most

distinct basirostral groove. In this paper therefore I have placed

it under M. grayi. It is just possible that the cranium and the

mandible of M. hectori, Gray, figured by Sir W. Flower, may not

belong to each other.

4, MEsoPLODON LAYARDI (Gray).

Ziphius layardi, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 358; Owen, Crag Cet.

p- 12, pl. i. (1870).

Ziphius (Dolichodon) layardi, Gray, Cat. Seals & Whales B. M.

p. 353 (1866).

Dolichodon layardii, Hector, Trans. N. Z. 1. vol. y. p. 166, pl. iii.

(1872).

Mesoplodon longirostris, Krefft, MS.; I. guentheri, Krefft, MS.

Calhodon quentheri, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vii.

p- 368 (1871).

Dolichodon traversii, Gray, Trans. N. Z. I. vol. vi. p. 96 (1874).

Mesoplodon floweri, Haast, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 478; id. Trans. N.

Z. I. vol. ix. p. 442 (1877).

Mesoplodon giintherit, Turner, Trans. R. Soc. Edin. vol. xxvi.

p. 718.

I exhibit a figure of the transverse section ¢ (see fig. 2, p. 228)

of a specimen in the Wellington Museum, N.Z., whose age was not

quite mature (its rostrum, from the maxillary foramen, measured

2 feet 33 inches), in comparison with an example (fig. 16) in the

Canterbury Museum, and another (fig. 1 a) figured in the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ Reports by Sir W. Turner. The Wellington specimen

was in rather a poor condition, being considerably water-worn,

and having lost by accident part of the mesorostral ossification.

The anterior part of the rostral trough was still empty, though

presenting a slight increase in the floor of the premaxillaries ;

‘Coyvmmvaderp <Yysys) ZN ‘UOJTarTJa AA ‘WMosnY [eLUo[OH oy ut ofdurexe 4[npe oyMb you w uO; ‘9 puw f°*7 "NY ‘UUMESN TA,

Lanqaojuvg oyy ur uowpoods ope ev woay ‘9 ¢, UoNtpadxgy , caduaTPeYO , oY} JO BaovzeD YY UO ylodoy,, SI UI LoUANT, “AA AIG Aq oandy v soyye ‘v

“keg ‘ypiohin) uopopdosayy JO wins}s0.1 oy} JO (poonped) SuOTjoes osToASUBAT,

(Feb. 28,

FORBES ON THE

. H. 0.

228

1893. | CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 229

the premaxillary thickening was very strongly marked more

posteriorly, and the vomerine upgrowth, it could be seen, had

lain between them and had evidently been squeezed into a very

narrow plate in the centre. It is apparent that the basirostral

groove here was better developed than in more aged individuals.

It commenced posteriorly, as in M. grayi, in a deep blind pit

under the maxillary tubercle and ran forward, well marked, on

the strongly-developed buttress already formed by the pterygoids,

palatines, and maxillaries. It gradually vanished as the maxillary

descended from the upper face of the rostrum. In this indi-

vidual the palatines extended forward for a long way beyond

the extremity of the pterygoids, as well as appeared on their

inner side to within halt an inch of their apices, during which

short space only the pterygoids lay on the maxillaries. In Van

Beneden’s figure, however, in his ‘ Ostéographie,’ the palatines

do not extend forward beyond the extremity of the pterygoids ;

while in the Canterbury Museum specimen, and in the young

example figured by Sir W. Turner, they protrude for 13 inch in

front, as well as extend beyond them all round. It is evident

that in Mesoplodon the relations of the pterygoid and palatine bones

are not so constant as in the Delphinide, and can, therefore, be of

little value as a character for differentiating the species. The an-

terior end of the fossa of the pterygoid in the ‘ Challenger ’ and

British Museum examples, just referred to, extends far forward of

the line through the anterior edge of the maxillary tubercles—a

constant character apparently in M. layardi.

The centre of the tooth in the mandible of the specimen in the

Colonial Museum, Wellington, was situated 2°3 inches anterior to

the posterior edge of the symphysis.

5. MESoPLODON DENSIROSTRIS (Blainville).

Delphinus densirostris, Blainy. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. éd. 2,

t. ix. p. 178 (1817).

Mesodiodon densirostris, Duvern. Ann. des Sc. Nat. sér. 3, t. xy.

p. 59 (1851).

Ziphius sechellensis, Gray, Zool. E. & T. p. 28 (1846).

Ziphius sechellensis, Krefit, P. Z.8. 1870, p. 426.

Diplodon densirostris, Gervais, Zool. et Pal. francaises, éd. 1,

t. ii. expl. no. 40 (1850); Ann. des Sc. Nat. sér. 3, t. xiv. p. 16

(1850).

6. MEsoPLopON GRayi (Haast).

Oulodon grayi, Haast, P. Z. 8S. 1876, pp. 7 & 457.

Mesoplodon knowi, juv., Hector, Tr. N.

Z. 168 (1873).

Mesoplodon hectori, Gray, Haast, Tr. N. Z.

IN:

v. Pp.

ix. p. 455 (1877).

19 (1878).

Mesoplodon australis, Flower, Tr. Z. S8. 419

I. vi. p. 86 (1874);

Mesoplodon hectori, Gray, Hector, Tr.

vii. p. 362 (1875).

P-

230 MR. H. 0, FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

Mesoplodon haasti, Flower, Tr. Z. 8. x. p. 419 (1878).

Oulodon grayi, Haast, Van Beneden & Gervais, Ostéog. des Cét.

p- 516, pl. lxii.

In examining the list of specimens of this species which I have

enumerated above, they fall into three groups :—(1) The young

forms in which the mesorostral groove is empty (A, Aa, B); (2)

those in which the groove is solidly filled up with porcellaneous

ossification (I, J, K, L); and (3) the intermediate forms, in which

what will become the mesorostral bone of Turner is in younger or

more advanced stages of growth (C, D, E, F, G, H),—of these G

and H are approaching maturity.

The table on the opposite page gives the principal dimensions of

all the more complete specimens measured by me which I attribute

to Mesoplodon grayi, Haast.

On comparing these measurements and the photographs of the

erania which I exhibit, it is impossible not to be struck with the

similarity of their general outlines—Mesoplodon haasti (L) with the

type (K); I. australis (Flower) (J) with the Kaiapoi skull (1);

and the skull from the skeleton of the co-type in the Canterbury

Museum (H) with Van Beneden’s figure of MW. grayi, Haast. The

skull of the younger Otago Museum specimen (A) graduates

through the Chatham Island form (D) to the somewhat older

representative in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons (C).

The known female forms have more gracefully attenuated rostra,

the males wanting in this respect somewhat owing to a greater

development of the buttress formed by the maxillaries, palatines,

and pterygoids. The female rostra are also longer than those of

the males, as the measurements show where the sexes have been

determined.

Seen from above.

The form of the rostrum may be observed (fig. 1, p. 221) in the

younger specimens to be wider at the base and less slender

throughout its length than in individuals of greater age. The

maxillary tubercle has a more sloping and less acute-angled

shoulder, and the maxillary bones (mx) are wider, and form, as

they emerge on the rostrum, a more prominent flange (or upper

border) to the basirostral groove on each side, than in older speci-

mens. They run forward on the sides of the rostrum (well seen

in Van Beneden’s figure of M. gray) along the premaxillaries as

broad bands, one on each side, narrowing and descending towards

the inferior surface as they proceed, while with the increasing age

of the animal they become narrower and shorter on the sides of

the rostrum, thus reducing the length and prominence of the basi-

rostral grooves through the disappearance of their superior flanges.

The inferior flanges of the groove are more prominent than the

superior, extending in A for 13 inch more anteriorly than the

superior. In the younger forms the supraoccipital (s.oc) is wide

aud flat behind, and its apex in the vertex expands more ante-

CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON.

care

ne)

for)

ea)

Extreme length of cranium........

Length of rostrum from apex of pre-

maxilla to middle of a line drawn

between anteorbital notches

From middle of hinder edge of pa-

late (formed by pterygoids) to apex

of rostrum

Greatest height of cranium from ver-

tex to plerygoids nog Seite aa

Breadth of cranium across middle of

superior margin of orbits .........

Breadth of cranium between zygo-

inatic processes of squamosals ...

Breadth of cranium between ante-

orbital notches .......

see eeeenes seen e ween eene

Breadth of middle of rostrum ......

Fr occipital condyles .........

Premaxille, greatest width’ behind

anterior nares

Premaxille, least width opposite

anterior nares

Premaxille, greatest width in front

of anterior nares

Width through maxillary foramina.

Width of narrowest part of crest ...

From crest of occipital to anterior

end of pmx. crest .....

Width of anterior nares .. “

Length of tympanic bone ............

Greatest breadth of tympanic bone...

Mandible, length of ramus.....

”

length of symphysis ......

greatest vertical height of

One eee e ee ewer ee ee neers ensenees

”

ramus

Centre of tooth from apex of man-

GUD ei irescuewaceusudeste voce tienacmaees

Mesoplodon | M. grayi,

grayi, Haast.| Haast.

Otago Mus, | Paris Mus.

(A). o. | (Van Ben.)

Sex?

[18:60"] 26°60

12°75 17°20

13°75 19:20

8°90 10:00

8:45 9:00

8:95 10:40

5°75 7:00

1-75 1:20-1:40

soso 3°30

4°20 5:00

3°65 3:80

3°90 4:20

5:25 6:00

2°00 1:30

2°05 ence

1-70 1:80

2°00 2:10

1:25 110

18:66 23:80

4°55 8:20

3°55 4:00

4:55 8:20

1 Calculated.

M. grayi,

Haast

R. Coll. Surg.

(C).

Sex ?

30°30

20°20

24°50

10:40

10°50

11-10

7-20

160

3°70

5°10

4:00

4-40

6:80

1:22

2/60

2°10

2:00

1-40

26°00

8-40

4°10

760

[35-4044

M. grayi,

Haast.

Otago Mus.

(F). 9

(Haast).

24-70

26°30

?10:252

11:25

11:85

7:00

165-175

515

4:35

4:50

6°85

140

3°00

1°95

2:05

1:30

30°80

11°30

4:40

10°50

2 Slightly broken.

M. grayi,

Haast.

Cantb Mus.

(H). @.

86°25

26°85

?10°75

11°75

12:00

7°50

1:90-2°50

4°10

5°95

4:45

4:80

7:10

2°25

3.00

2°10

530

13:00

5°10

10:90

3 Apex of tooth eccentric.

M. grayi,

Haast.

Cantb. Mus.

(K). ¢.

(Type.)

[34-001]

23:05

23:40

11:10

11:2

12:00

7-50

1:90

4:75

4:20

4:80

6°60

175

2°95

2:10

2°75

1:30

29°75

10:25

4:35

10:20°

M. grayi,

Haast.

australis, F).

sees

M. grayi,

Haast.

Cantb. Mus.

(Deo.

———————

30°30

20°45

21:00

?10°75?

11:26

12:00

7-40

1:95

4:35

5°15

4:55

4°75

6:50

1:50

3°30

2:00

M. grayi,

Haast.

haasti, Fl.

R. Coll. Surg.

(Dy. oe

23°10

11:20

750

180-1:20

6°80

9:60

232 MR. H. 0. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

riorly. In A a line drawn through the meatus auditorius at right

angles to the length of the rostrum transects it posteriorly to its

crest, while in older specimens such a line falls anterior to the

supraoccipito-frontal suture. The crest of the vertex is wider,

and the bones which meet there (the nasals, frontals, supraocci-

pitals, maxillaries, and premaxillaries) articulate very loosely with

each other. In the youngest form I have examined the nasals lie

vertically between the ends of the premaxillaries, the right nasal

being on, and the left beneath their level in the vertex ; but as these

whales advance in age the nasals sjnk more deeply between the

erest of the premaxillaries, and with the frontals are tightly

squeezed together between the premaxillary, maxillary, and supra-

occipital bones. The nasal ends of the premaxillaries are less

vertical, lower and less everted, and the asymmetry between their

right and left portions in the younger individuals is but slightly

marked, the right side, however, being always a little larger than the

left. The inner borders of the maxillaries are parallel, presenting

a gibbosity (cf. fig. 1, gib) opposite and extending anteriorly to the

maxillary foramina. These gibbosities, which become more marked

with age, are but slightly observable in Van Beneden’s figure and

in A, are already more prominent in the Royal College of Surgeons

example, and still more so in the intermediate specimens. As I

have remarked above, they occur over the intervals in which the

vomer does not show on the palatal surface. The premaxillary

foramina lie behind those of the maxillary, as usual in this species,

and are situated—the right 3 inch and the left 4 of an inch—

anterior to a line joining the anteorbital notches, and also anterior

to the forward termination of the ethmoid bone. A line drawn

thus in the Kaiapoi specimen (1) runs obliquely between the two

pairs of foramina, but nearer to the premaxillary foramina than in

the type. In the Canterbury Museum example (H) it touches the

posterior margins of the right maxillary foramen, and the two

pairs are situated nearer than in the type (which closely resembles

Flower’s haasti in this respect) or in the Kaiapoi specimen, being

in the case of the nearest ‘25 inch distant (as they are unsym-

metrical, the right one of the two is slightly farther apart); in the

type they are 1:90 and in the Kaiapoi specimen 1-25 inch apart.

In the Royal College of Surgeons example of M. gra yt such a line

passes midway between the pairs, while in Flower’s M. australis it

traverses the left premaxillary foramen and comes very near the

anterior margin of the right. In the older Otago Museum speci-

men (F) the right maxillary foramen is ;\; inch more — to

the line than the left, and the pairs are oe the right 1,8, inch

and the left 13 inch. It is evident, therefore, that during cowl

there is a movement of the maxillaries and premaxillaries upon

each other, which may not improbably have something to do with

originating the proliferation of osseous tissue in the premaxillaries

and vomer. In full-grown specimens these foramina are posterior

to such a line and are more nearly opposite the anterior termi-

nation of the mesethmoid. The floor and sides of the mesorostral

1893. ] CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON, 233

groove in the three specimens of the younger group are in their

greater extent formed by the spout-shaped vomer, by a diverticulum

of the maxillary bone (which appears superiorly for a short distance

opposite the premaxillary foramina between the vomer and the

premaxillary lamine), and by the premaxillaries. As the vomer

terminates at 3 inches from the tip of the rostrum, the anterior

portion of the spout is entirely formed by the premaxillaries. The

empty vomerine trough (in the macerated skeleton) shows no signs

of the cartilage, which occupied it in the living state, having been

attached at any point to any of the bones, except the anterior

termination of the ethmoid, which is rough as is usual.

In the previous part of this paper I have shown by sections

what takes place in group 2; how, probably by the vigorous growth

of the maxillary and premaxillary bones surrounding the vomer, a

slight upgrowth, as a ridge-like elevation, appears in the bottom of

the vomerine trough, and a thickening of the sides of the interior

walls of the premaxillaries takes place, which gradually increases

and eventually fills up the mesorostral groove. Where the gibbo-

sities occur, over the regions where the vomer does not protrude on

the palatal surface, this growth has more space and _ better resists

the pressure, while in those parts where the premaxillaries approach

closer together, the increasing vomerine growth indicates by its

varied contortions the effect of the strains to which it has been

subjected. The form, therefore, that the rostrum may eventually

assume in the mature animal varies with the difference in the

strains it undergoes, through the different rate of growth in the

surrounding bones, and in the individual’s vitality, sex, and age.

The various sutures and lines which are seen on the surface of the

solidified rostrum of aged crania have already also been explained.

In none of the three specimens of group 1 has the buttress

(formed by tne maxillaries, palatines, and pterygoids) extended

sufficiently far forward or become prominent enough to appear

externally to the flanges of the basirostral groove. In the oldest

specimen I have examined, that from Kaiapoi (I) (Plate XIU,

fig. 1), the buttress and the lower margin of the basirostral groove

are very prominent, and resemble closely M. australis of Flower,

which is also an adolescent individual. On comparing the whole

series, it is to be seen that the younger the age, the less anteriorly

does the buttress extend, and the less prominent are both it and

the inferior flange of the basirostral groove.

Seen from the side.

The boundaries of the basimaxillary groove are formed by flanges

of the maxillary. Their disposition as seen from the upperside has

uready been described. In the young specimen (A) (fig. 1, p. 221)

in the Otago Museum and in Van Beneden’s figure, the maxillaries

run along the side of the rostrum, in the former to within 2-5

inches, and in the latter to within 3-5 inches of the apex; indeed,

in the latter it appears to be, at 7 inches from the tip, still } of an

Proc, Zoor. Soc.—1893, No. XVI.

234 . MR. H. 0. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

inch wide (measured on the upper surface). In the older specimen

(F) in the Otago Museum the maxillary ceases at 7-65 inches,

and in the type (K) at 9} inches from the apex of the rostrum,

so that the groove practically ceases there. The lower flange

of this groove is generally traceable on the side of the rostrum

much more clearly than the upper, and in older specimens is very

pronounced at the base of the rostrum, decreasing in prominence

as it runs forward, especially in the Kaiapoi specimen (I) and in

M. australis, Flower. The depth of the groove and of its subtu-

bercular pit, and the divergence of its flanges, appear to vary with

age and sex, and would seem to be dependent on the individual

growth of the bones in the neighbourhood, especially the increase

forward of the palatines and pterygoids. In those forms in which

the buttress is strongly developed, a shallow depression or groove

separates the lower fiange from the maxillo-pterygoid swelling.

Szen from the palatal surface.

From this aspect the relations of the palatine and pterygoid bones

in the two Otago Museum specimens (A, F), in the three Canterbury

Museum examples (H, L, K), and in M. grayi of Flower’s paper

in the Society’s Transactions are identically the same. The pala-

tines lie on the outside of the pterygoids, reaching forward as far

as but not extending beyond their pointed ends; the pterygoids,

therefore, articulate directly with the maxillaries. In the V.(Oulo-

don) grayi figured by Van Beneden the palatine bones completely

surround the anterior ends of the pterygoids and extend anteriorly

to them, preventing their coming into contact with the manillaries.

The same differences exist between the specimen in the Canterbury

Museum of Ziphius cavirostris.in which the palatine bones sur-

round the pterygoids, and the figure on plate xxi. bis in the

‘ Ostéographie’ of Van Beneden, in which they do not. The same

differences were also pointed out above in my remarks on specimens

of M. layardi, and are therefore due solely to individual variation.

The relations of the premanillaries, maxillaries, and vomer on

this aspect of the cranium are the same in all these specimens,

the amount which each contributes varying with the age, sex, or

individual.

The number of teeth in the gum of the upper jaw in the examples

I macerated, in one case exceeded by one, in the second case was

less by one, and in the third equalled that given by Sir Julius von

Haast in describing the type species.

The triangular pterygoid im all these examples has the usual

everted lower border and deep fossa, as also the deep notch at the

base of the pterygoid plate, and presents no essential feature by

which the species can be separated one fromanother. The pterygoid

fosse in the three specimens I dissected contained each a large

air-sac opening into the ear-cavity, and communicating with the

mouth by the Eustachian passage. In M. grayi the pterygoid fossa

neyer extends anterior to the level of the maxillary tubercle.

1893. ] CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON, 235

In the youngest Otago specimen the tympanic bone was 12 inch

in length and 1 inch in breadth at its posterior end, and the older

138 inch in length by 13 in width, where it is divided by a deep

groove, as in the species of M. grayi described by Sir W. Flower

and Sir J. von Haast. Except for a slight difference in size these

bones are almost indistinguishable in the different specimens in

which they are present.

Mandible.

The table of measurements, p. 231, gives the data by which the

mandible of the specimen A (the young Otago specimen) may be

compared with that in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons

specimen and with Van Beneden’s figure—all immature ; with that

of F, the older example in the Otago Museum, H, the Canterbury

Museum female, and the type K and other fully adult specimens.

The teeth in the mandible of A are half opposite, half behind the

posterior end of the symphysis. In the specimen H, the centre of

the teeth is 2-1 inches anterior to the hinder end of the symphysis ;

in F it is 10°4 inches from the tip of the mandible, and ‘80 inch in

front of the hinder end of the symphysis, while their posterior

margins are well anterior to the same point. The teeth are erect,

equiangular, and slope outward, with the apex slightly incurved.

The socket is large enough to allow of a slight play of the tooth in it.

The dentary groove bulges out on both sides opposite the tooth

from j,-11 inch. In the type K the centres of the teeth are

opposite to the posterior end of the symphysis.

Summary.

The above observations have, I think, shown that in the genus

Mesoplodon the mesorostral bone is formed, not at all events by the

sole and direct ossification of the mesorostral cartilage, but in

great part by a proliferation of the osseous tissue in the floor and

sides of the vomer, and in the walls of the premaxillaries, caused

probably by the compression of these bones, as a result of the

vigorous growth that seems to arise at an early age in the maxillary

and premaxillary bones surrounding them, and originated perhaps

also by the movement upon each other of the maxillaries and pre-

maxillaries; that the form assumed by the rostrum when viewed

in section varies very greatly with the age and sex of the individual ;

and that the outline of a transverse section of the rostrum can no

longer be considered as a character for separating the species of

the genus. It becomes necessary also to unite, ss I have done in

this paper, the forms described under the names of Mesoplodon

australis, Flower, M. haasti, Flower, M. hectori, Gray (of Hector,

but not of Flower), under the same species Mf. gray:, Haast. It

follows also that a great number of the Crag fossils of the genus

Mesoplodon must be united together as forms of one species, of

different sexes and ages.

236 ON THE CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON, [Feb. 28,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XII.

Fig. 1. Upper surface of cranium of Mesoplodon grayi, Haast, type, } nat. size.

1a&1b. Transverse sections of the rostrum of the same at a and d respec-

tively, nat. size.

2. Outline transverse section of M. haasti, Flower, after Flower, for com-

parison with the sections 1a and 14, nat. size,

Puare XIII.

Fig. 1. Upper surface of cranium of Mesoplodon grayi, Haast—the Kaiapoi

skull (I), } nat. size.

la&1b. Transverse sections of the rostrum of the same at a and 6 respec-

tively, nat. size.

2. Outline transverse section of WM. australis, Flower, after Flower, for

comparison with the sections 1a and 14, nat. size.

Puate XIV.

Fig. 1. Transverse section of rostrum of Ziphius cavirostris, 2.

2a & 2b. Transverse sections of the rostrum of a young individual of

Mesoplodon grayi, Haast. Cf. fig. 1, page 221.

3. Outline transverse section of the rostrum of M. grayi, Haast, in the

R. Coll. Surgeons, after Flower.

4a-&4b. Transverse sections of the rostrum of I. grayi, Haast, 9, in

Canterbury Mus., Christchurch, N.Z.

5. Transverse section of the rostrum of M. grayi, Haast, 9, in the Otago

Uniy. Museum, N.Z.

Fig. 1 is 2 nat. size; figs. 2-5 nat. size.

Puate XV.

Figs. 1, 2. Transverse sections of Mesoplodon grayi, Haast—Specimen E in

list above, from the Chatham Islands, nat. size.

3-5. Transverse sections of M. grayi, Haast—G in the list above, from

the Chatham Islands ; fig, 4 is the most anterior and 5 the most pos-

terior section, and all are of the nat, size.

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS.

br.g. Basirostral groove.

butt. Maxillary buttress.

gib. Gibbosity.

mr. Mesorostral bone.

mrs. “ suture.

mr.cr. # crease.

mx. Maxillary bone.

mx.f. 2 foramen.

Mx. x ingrowth.

meth. Mesethmoid bone.

meth.s, Anterior termination of mesethmoid bone.

pmex. Premaxillary bone.

PMZ.s. ay suture.

PMx.0. 3 ossification,

pma.f. #3 foramen.

s.oc. Supraoccipital bone.

v. Vomer.

v.s. Vomerine suture.

v.tr, + trough.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

TuE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo

form, and ‘‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the ‘‘ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the ‘‘ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of

the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals described in them. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,

on the first of the months of June, August, October, and

April, the part published in April completing the volume for

the preceding year.

The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise

entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per

cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A

further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of

Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of

five pounds.

The following is a complete list of the publications of

the Society already issued. They may be obtained at

the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.

Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),

or through any bookseller.

[June, 1893. ]

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

4to. 12 vols. and 6 Parts.

Vol I., containing 59 Plates....

” IL, ” 71 ” es

9 IIL, ? 63 »

” IV., ” 77 ”

” V., ” 67

” \ i ” 92 be

” VIL, ” 73 ”

” ue x $i) »

” ce) ” ‘= ”

Index, = ols, L xX.

Vol. XI,

’ = 9

NOUOE ela

Pt. 2

Pi3

Pt. 4

Pt. 5

Pt. 6

PROCEEDINGS

containing a Plates...

(1833-35) ....

(1886-41), oe sk

, (1842-49) ....

(1851-62) ....

7) (1862-66) 5.

1866269) 1

* (1869-72) 1...

(IBID 74). ose

1 SET Ty

se MISRTERD), Fo

eee 79). wae

(1880-85) ....

.. (1886-90) ....

aidan SO). ot.

ECAP DN SON) i

ea (Octeg SQ )e =.

.. (Apr.1892)

.. (Feb. 1893)....

. (June 1893)

Price to

Fellows.

Hee |

OR POON DANNTORPOrKOFNW OO

THE COMMITTEE OF

Price to the

Public.

Pee OF BS P.O Oe ee

eccoocoocoococoeooecoa

SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols.

Part 21,

”

1830-381,

II. 1882.

1 vol. 8yo.

”

Price to

Fellows.

Price to the

ublie.

6s.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. and Index.

Price to Price to the

(First Series.)

Price to Price tothe

Fellows. Public. Fellows, Public.

Part I. 1833.1 vol. Svo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.+ | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.+

5 LE les. “ 4s. Gd. .. Gs. yy X. 1842. 1; 4s, 6d. .. 6s.

» AIL. 1835. “6 As! Gilsee.. 108. ” XI. 1843. 3 4s. 6d. .. Gs.

» IV. 1836. a As. 6d. #0 (G8 Flee, 1844) > 4s. Gd. .. 6s.

re V. 1837. 7 As) Otljatesu OS. » XIII. 1845. nf 4s. Gd. .. 6s.

» VI. 1838. = AMO aie: ie » ATV. 1846. 4s. Gd, .. 68.4

» VIL. 1839. 4 4s. 6d. .. 638.4 XV. 1847. ” 4s. Gd. .. 6s.F

» VIII. 1840. 5 4s. Gd. .. 6s.F Index 1830-1847, 5 As. Gd. .. 6s.

8vo. 13 vols. ‘ana Tndex.

Letterpress only.

(Second Series.)

With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public, Fellows. Public.

8s d. Ses: ~ a.

Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. Ohep epee S's LOSS ez 6F

3 XVI. 1849 ee ed. ee ee. 2s 108 1 7 6+

» XAVIIT. 1850. 3 4s. Gd. Geis) wakes 18 6 118 OF

yy SRIEX, 1861: yee 6. Ca a 015 9 Lol OF

% XX.1852. .,. 48. 6d. = epee eas 015 9 1 1 Of

9). SRD EDS, ee een Gn eae 018 0 1 4 OF

6 | XT 195) wor: Gp. SAP, XA 019 6 1 6 OF

oy. ERTTL-1855.° -/. 2) awe Oe, Gate Raitt 18 6 118 Of

MRIV: 1866. 1 a gherrtde 6a. ee oe 10 8 1 7 6+

EC /b. SRV SISR I RUAN ase Gok ihe Beirne page LS 1 7 6

pe MABKVILAIS5B: * » ph oda Oa. a. tee 1ll 6 2 2 OF

» XVII. 1859. - 4s. 6d. Gao esas terehe 1 LEG 2 2 OF

XXVIII. 1860. ES As. Gd. G8, — Aticmereens 1 11 ‘6™.... 2° 2s

Index 1848-1860. Ae Bi Gs,

* No perfect copies in stock.

t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public, Fellows, Public, Fellows. Public,

Serer. 49. Gd. 1501 O85 ae eee 9s. Be lt, ye aN ee eee 33s. 9d. .... 45s.

LSC Ve 0 Ro SEE lke orn ats om Oma. - Abas

Renae AR OGe is Sere OS) eo ected 9s. Sretars is Leta ree atiniey OSs: OMS ..1. 0 cx ADS

Series 485 Gi. sles OSE 60's OR: praee ea oee eet es, One. Ads

1865 AB Whe. tl Osa, garth as 9s al a a ae 308. 9d. .... 45s.

1866 Hi Noe 9°7 aes re C3 9s BEA WANG ect ited te Sos. Gal... 458.

Lisi) << Sta forsee Pepa ae 9s. pocee Ae Ses Seen Oe Od ek ADs:

Set hist cess caer Ns tas 9s. pees aes Weise SMGOSILOGI. oc, Ane

EGER Be sidhe's Sle tkarciecs F08 93. Semin Use ee ea te Oe 0. 4582

SAD nS Ha 5 tas ise ch Melee hele de 9s. Added Last ea DOS MOMS. .4: 0 458:

Index, 1861-18708 5 ous deen. cee Ays Gas i... 68:

EMM a So dabis a slteiiee s daccyauers 2 9s. peels nated Gas .:., 45s

EPS ras) ana Sls oxo ase; Stace cre eC a « 9s py Se 30s, Od. .... 458.T

MESHES sore e's shy o ona as doc a 9s 1 gos; Od... 453:

PL laedniaisae erie eke So oa coe 9s ied) ba ye 36s A48s.+

ESO Aes ee toad waves é bo ves 9s shel ee 368 48s

Lisl (2 6 ee ReRE AIR Pe CReee cena aries 9s. Fp le 36s 48s

Miah s 2h cer fel aw wewenee 9s she. 36s 48s

LiBZS). rise ’n BSE eee POI OEE 9s eens bt 368 48s

Wer MMA si cleus race ett cia a ig 9s Bh bee ee 36s. 48s

ESE IS OAR ol dispar oe acs euave.s 9s ls. . 36s, 48s

irnidex, 1871=1880 605 258 es Bek Ga EE 5 5633

| OSE TENG Re EEO ee 9s 5, 12s . 36s, . 48s

MMe ard orace pia thet ie rales s Sure 9s 3s Ds = Oe . 48s

LS | AEE See tee eee 9s nt EL Ge 36s . 48s

SEM ere aloia.a ciFe Glob pata c.0 eine 9s . 12s 3 . 48s.

PARE Sct A rt aiticanaeda eis store plcie 9s. , 2a 36s . 48s.

SSeS ge st tee we re cs oe 9s . 128. 36s . 48s

1 3.7) iP oe C5: ce Ge A roa Sa 9s 5, 2s. 36s . 48s

Liss Sk 28 Me ee oe 9s « 128, 36s . 48s

1933.20 Aes Eee Ser ee 9s. oe eta Eich - BOR . 48s.

LEE). Betas ga een eee 9s. ace Sal 7h en 36s. . 48s,

Index, 1881-1890 ............ 4S. (Gd dliss- 0 OF:

* No perfect copies in stock, + Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or rue GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or tat ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

ee SS Garo oe See OE LRSET GP Tre hee Tae ene ee SOB. ha rereee 48s.

LISS: SENGio a Giclesc-c Lo DESPRE CRCSRICA Ct cy COPE te San a OOS. nas cae 48s

Peel eparimlea( Sano PED ine ache tick a defen rices « wivrcns Os, eee 12s

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)

8vo. 1872. Price 2s.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,

containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vyo.

1875. Price 1s.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-

taining Additions received in1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) Cloth,

8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.

Tuer ZootocicaL REcoRD.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two

volumes, Price £5 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1887 ; being Volume the Twenty-fourth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. Price10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth

of the Record of Zoological ‘Literature. Edited by Franx E,

Brepparp, M.A., F ZS:,: Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-sixth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-seventh

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1891 ; being Volume the Twenty-eighth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Srarp,

Esq., M.D., F.R.8., F.Z.S. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London,

(F ourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrmry’s Orrice

(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,

E.C.), or through any bookseller.

ade,

Contents (continued).

Perera February 28, 1893.

Page

D. Michael, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of a Tick of the

ie Genus Ixodes, received from Antigua ......+... Sis miaeetes re athe -phred OSsin ewes 17

: “M. A. Milne-Edwards, F M.Z.S. Extract of a letter from, on the female of Lemur niger -

- ee MUINUR Aeron et eN W's lois Ghee Mine Kah deen Wowie hota pia ele Val C aett date wies Towa ee wear o 8 177

Exhibition of a specimen of the American Stint, Tringa

ee i er

Z Mr.-Howard- Saunders, F-.Z:S.

—.-minutilla, shot'in North Devon ...+...s45 .

~ Mr. Sclater.. Exhibition of and remarks on behalf of Mr. R. M. Barrington, upon an

Bs example of the Antarctic Sheathbill, Chzonis alba, killed on the Coast of Ireland .... 178

ee On some Miocene Squirrels, with Remarks on the Dentition and Classification of the

Seiurine. By Dr. O. J. Forsyru Masor, C.M.Z.S. (Plates VIII.-X1.) .... 0.0... 179

be? 2. Observations on the Development of the Rostrum in the Cetacean Genus Mesoplodon,

: marks on some of the Species. By Henry O, Forses, F.Z.S., FR.GS.

. 216

pe with

CPI RILOKV DS fcc oR huss s =

187. OF PLATES Sea.

1893.

PART. I.

Plate Page

I. . : :

II. } Structure of Hesperiidae 2,-2.6. p cece eee te eeee see dnetes gee

Ii, : eae

N 2 ,

Vv } New Dipterous Insects ........+..... Seer hateueone theese aco Low

VI: -New Copepoda from Zanzibar sc a2 os, sere «ses wae ta ee Hs the 164

VE. Xenopsaris albinucha:.\. 3. 00. 600k ace weds once deers et ems 166-0

VIIt. Reha

RR DA Tas oS 3 . ’ : at

x Miocene and recent Sciuridz .......... 0.5. cde cece ecse es 179 :

XI.

XII. .

a Structure oe Mesoplodon ~....-+.. 0... ++eeeees seen teeeee glee a6 *

XY. 3

Plates IV. and V. will be issued with Part TT. “g

; a

oes ag

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ are i in four parts, as follows:—

Part I. containing papers read in January nit Feria, on June lst. cn. >

II. 5 ey _,,. Mareh and April, on August Ist. a

Iii. “ Se », May and June, on October Ist. =

Ty. Fe ia ;, November and December, on April Ist.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1893.

PART IT,

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

eo ey

RAL oes 9

AUGUST ist, 1893.

. _. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

cs eee AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND C0.

PATERNOSTER-ROW.

ae [Price Twelve Shillings. |

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART IL—1893.

March 14, 1893.

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in February 1893 .... 237

Mr. Oldfield Thomas. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Nanotragus ving:

stonianus from Northern Zululand - 237

re ee ee ey

Dr. C. J. Forsyth Major. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a tooth of an Ant bene

(Orycteropus) from the Upper Miocene of Maraglia (Persia)....+...++.. ++ s0sees + 239

1. Suggestions for the more definite use of the word “ Type ” and its compounds, as denoting

Specimens of a greater or less degree of Authenticity. By Orprienp THomas, F.Z.8. 241

2, On a new African Monkey of the Genus Cercopithecus, with a List of the known Species.

By P.L. Ropanen M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plates XVI..&

VIL) esses tates Ris eeiatiese Lek ROS oo en ie a telat es wa bho ate Ape ie Saas Tt +... 243

. On Odontaster and its Allied or Synonymous Genera of Asteroid Echinoderms. By

F, Jerrrey Bei, M.A., Sec. R.M.S.

4, On a new Genus and Species of Acari found in Cornwall. aes A. D. Micuast, F.LS.,

E.ZS., P.BMS., &e, (Plate XVIII.) -.........0-..

ee eC ey i ie ad

5. Notes on Variation and Development of the Vertebral and Limb-Skeleton of the Amphibia.

By G. B. Howss, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Assistant-Professor of Zoology, R. Coll. Sci. Lond. . 268

March 28, 1893.

Mr. Arthur Thomson. Report on the Insect-house for 1892 ......e+sseeeeeseeeseeeees 278 |

1. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera from Central and South America.

By Hersert Drvcez, F.LS., F.Z.8., &c. (Plates XIX.—XX1.)

. On the Brain of the African Elephant. By Franx E. Bupparp, M.A,, F.B.S., Prosector

to the Society. (Plates XXII. & XXTIT-) ..-... eee eee ee, SA sais starter

3. On the Scientific Name of a Himalayan Cuckoo. By W. BP. Branrorp, F.R.S. ........ 315

4. Further Observations on Variations in the Genitalia of British Earthworms. By M. F:

Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal re ee of sess es ee Ie (Con bm

municated by Prof. G. B. Howns.) (Plate XXIV.) . 2 Sertly olen . 31 9

Contents continued on page 38 of Wrapper. j 4

1893.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON NANOTRAGUS LIVINGSTONIANUS. 237

March 14, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1893 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of February was 73, of which 43 were by

presentation, 6 by birth, 10 by purchase, 10 received in exchange,

and 4 on deposit. The total number of departures during the

same period, by death and removals, was 91.

Amongst the additions attention may be called to two Terrapins

procured at Okinawa Shima, or Great Loochoo Island, by Mr. P.

A. Holst, and kindly presented by that gentleman. Mr. Holst

writes that Dr. L. Déderlein has stated in a paper read before the

Asiatic Society that he could find no Tortoises whatever on the

Loochoo Islands. Mr. Holst has therefore forwarded these speci-

mens in order to show that Tortoises are certainly found there.

Mr. Boulenger has kindly determined these Tortoises as being

Spengler’s Terrapin, Nicoria spengleri (Boul., Cat. of Chelonians,

1889, p. 120).

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited a specimen of what he believed

to be Nanotragus lwingstonianus, Kirk, which had been obtained

by Mr. A. H. Neumann in Northern Zululandin April 1892. The

species had only previously been known from a very imperfect

scalp and skull obtained by Sir John Kirk at Shupanga on the

Zambesi and described by him in the Proceedings of the Society’.

Although the horns of this Zululand specimen, and also those of

a second example which Mr. Neumann had generously presented

to the National Collection, were stouter and heavier, without being

longer, than those of the type, Mr. Thomas had little hesitation

in referring them to the same spécies, the difference appearing to

be merely one of age.

N. livingstonianus, as evidenced by Mr. Neumann’s two perfect

specimens, differed from its near ally, VV. moschatus, Von Dib.,

the Zanzibar Antelope, in its decidedly larger size and thicker

horns, also in the much greater extension of the bony palate poste-

riorly behind the molars, and in its much brighter and more rufous

colour. In this last respect there was a considerable difference

between the two, the general colour above of IV. moschatus being

dull fawn-grey, while in JW. livingstonianus it was rich rufous

verging on chestnut; the flanks and legs also were far brighter

and more rufous. In the length of the ears and their coloration,

and in the general distribution of the body and limb colours, there

appeared to be a close agreement between the two species ; the

tail of VV. ivingstonianus was, however, much more decidedly black

above than that of NV. moschatus.

1 PZ. 8. 1864, p. 657.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. X VIL. ats

238 MR. 0. THOMAS ON NANOTRAGUS LIVINGSTONIANUS. [Mar. 14,

The dimensions of Mr. Neumann’s specimen, taken on the stuffed

animal, a fully adult male, were as follows :—

Height at withers 348 mm. (=13°75 inches). Length of head

and body round curves, 596 ; ears from notch, 93; hind foot, with-

out hoof, 170; tail, 76. Length of body (chest to rump in a straight

line), 419.

Skull—basal length, 111 ; greatest length, 124; greatest breadth,

59; gnathion to orbit, 60; muzzle in front of teeth, 32; length of

tooth-series, 38°5; palate, length, 71.

Horns, length 87, circumference at base 50.

Head of Nanotragqus livingstonianus.

In the ‘ Field’ for September last year’ Mr. Neumann had

written an account of the distribution and habits of this Antelope,

and had there stated that its native Zulu name was “ Inhlengane,”

that its ordinary habitat was the bushy parts of the low country

between the coast and the Bombo range, and that the present

specimen, which had been killed on the Umkuzi River, represented

the extreme southerly limit of its range. ‘Further north he had

heard of it in the neighbourhood of the Lower Limpopo and

Komati rivers ; and Mr. Thoinas’s present identification of it with

1 ‘Field, Ixxx. p. 368, Sept. 1892.

1893.] DR. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE TOOTH OF AN ANT-BEAR. 239

NV. lwingstonianus carried its northern range onwards to the

Zambesi.

Mr. Neumann stated that the species had a very strong musky

odour, which presumably came from the suborbital glands, and

also that there were in this species very well marked interdigital

pits.

Dr. C. J. Forsyth Major exhibited a tooth of an Ant-bear

(Orycteropus) from the Upper Miocene of Maragha (Persia), and

made the following remarks :—

“The tooth, of which I present a sketch (see woodcut), forms

part of a small collection of Mammalian remains from Maragha

(Persia), sent to the British Museum, together with remains of

several other interesting Mammals from the same deposit, by

M. R. Damon’.

“As to its belonging to Orycteropus—of which it is apparently an

antepenultimate right lower molar—there cannot be the least doubt,

there being no other Mammal that presents this general form, as

well as the minute structure, which was compared by Cuvier with

the section of a cane, and is produced by the polygonal prisms

of dentine, each of which has a tubular pulp-cavity in its centre.

ao)

3S)

))

eh)

ele

NOOSA

eer

Lower molar of Orycteropus gaudryi.

a. Top view; 5. Side view; ¢, Part of lower surface, much magnified.

“‘ With regard to the specific determination, up to the present

date only one fossil form of this genus is known, namely Oryec-

teropus gaudryt, Major, from the Upper Miocene of the isle of

Samos. The size of the Maragha tooth is that of the Samos form,

viz. about one fifth smaller than that of the living species. As

the present known fauna of Maragha, which is not numerous, has

not less than 13 species in common with Samos, I feel myself

fairly entitled to apply the same specific name to the fossil from

Maragha.

“ Apart from the size, there are but small differences between the

fossil and the recent species of Orycteropus. The upper profile of

the skull is more horizontal in the fossil form. The lachrymal is

more elongate and absolutely longer in the snialler Miocene form,

the relative proportion in the length of the two being as 23:21°5

millim.; in the recent species this bone is almost square.

1 See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. for May 1886, pp. eee

240 DR. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE TOOTH OF AN ANT-BEAR. [Mar. 14,

«The anterior teeth, which O. Thomas‘ has shown to be pre-

molars, are stouter and more numerous in the fossil than in the

adult recent species, there heing four premolars above and below,

and, moreover, in the mandibula an eighth tooth, which, as to its

position and shape, may be considered to be the homologue of a

canine. In the upper jaw the anterior part of the snout is broken,

but there must doubtless have existed a canine too.

“The bones of the pes present no differences from those of the

now living forms, with the exception of the first and fifth meta-

tarsals, which are somewhat stouter in the fossil, a fact which

leads to the supposition that there is in the recent Orycteropus

a tendency towards the reduction of the digits.

“Thus, on the whole, the fossil approaches closely its African

congeners, and gives us no clue as to what might have been the

ancestral form of the genus, which we place amongst the Eden-

tates, there being no suitable place for it anywhere else.

“There was a time when Marsupials, Edentates, Lemuroids, and

Ratite were considered as proofs of the former existence of

an Antarctic continent, from which, their original home, they were

believed to have spread northwards, peopling the various Conti-

nents in which they actually exist. Of late years, however, one

after the other of these groups have been discovered in the Tertiary

deposits of the Northern Hemispheres, in Europe and America.

As regards the Struthionide, I have found in Samos a femur which

can scarcely be distinguished from the same bone of the African

Struthio. Remains of Struthio have, as is well known, likewise

been stated, by A. Milne Edwards and Lydekker, to form part of

the Siwalik fauna; and an egg of Struthio has been found in

Southern Russia (Gouvernement Cherson)*. Therefore a more

natural explanation of the present distribution of the groups above

mentioned is to consider the southern points of the present con-

tinental masses as their last refuges, to which they have been

driven by later invaders from the North *.

“The presence of Orycteropus in the Ethiopian fauna had re-

mained unexplained. The facts adduced this evening show that

during the Upper Miocene representatives of this genus existed as

far north and eastwards as the isle of Samos and Eastern Persia.”

The following papers were read :—

1 Oldfield Thomas, “On the Milk Dentition in Orycteropus,” Proc. Roy.

Soc. London, vol. xlvii. 1890, pp. 246-248.

2 Struthiolithus chersonensis, Brandt.

3 Of, Haacke (Biolog. Centralblatt, vi. p. 363).

1893. ] MR. O. THOMAS ON THE WORD “ TYPE,” 241

1. Suggestions for the more definite use of the word

“Type ” and its compounds, as denoting Specimens of

a greater or less degree of Authenticity. By Ouprieip

Tuomas, F.Z.S.

[Received February 14, 1893.]

As systematic zoology becomes more and more exact and detailed,

the great value of the actual specimens to which specific names

have been applied, 7. ¢. the ‘types,’ has been more and more

appreciated, bat at the same time the word itself has been

applied by different authors so loosely and to specimens of such

very varied degrees of authenticity, that it seems as though an

exact definition of the term were somewhat of a desideratum, and

that at the same time it would be of great convenience to have by

means of compounds of the word ‘‘type” aset of names each applying

definitely to some particular class of specimens. The word “ type”

itself when first introduced was meant to refer to the particular speci-

men (in the singular) originally described, but it soon was naturally

applied to any individual of the original series, if more than one

specimen was examined by the describer. In this there was little

cause for confusion, but more recently it has been applied to any

individual from the collection of the original author, obtained

no matter how much later, and often not even determined by him as

belonging to his species. Of late a still further cause of confusion

has been introduced by certain authors who, obtaining specimens

from the typical locality, have spoken of them as “ typical speci-

mens,” a method of reference which, although due to a praise-

worthy regard for geographical exactness, is yet certainly liable to

give rise to inconvenience and confusion.

But it will be readily admitted that these various classes of

specimens have each a certain value in relation to their respective

species, and, as the best means of obviating the confusion above

referred to, it appears advisable that they should have definite

names showing their greater or less degree of closeness to the true

original type.

Already, as a step towards this end, the word “co-type” has

been introduced’ for any specimen which was one of several

forming the basis of the original description; but, like “ type,” it

has become loosely and vaguely used for different sorts and classes

of specimens, and equally needs definition and pinning down to

one particular class, for which alone it should be used.

So far as regards their original material, species may be described

in one or other of the three following ways :—

I. On a single specimen, no others being seen.

II. On two or more specimens, no one of them being selected as

the “ type.”

11. On a specimen selected out of a series of two or more, and

specially mentioned at the time as the “ type.”

1 Thelieve in the first case by my colleague Mr. C. O. Waterhouse.

242 MR. 0, THOMAS ON THE WORD “ TYPE.” [ Mar. 14,

As to category I. there is or ought to be no confusion whatever.

The one specimen, and that alone, is the “ type,” no matter how

many specimens the original collector may afterwards send home,

or the original author afterwards determine.

In the case of category IL., all the specimens on which the author

based his species, be they many or few (but no specimens received or

named afterwards), would be “ co-types,” there being then no single

“type ” of the species at all, as all the co-types may be supposed

together to form the type. ;

In the case of category IIT., as the author has selected his type,

that, and that alone, would remain as such, but since the other speci-

mens mentioned or enumerated by him in the original description

are of unquestionably great value in a typical sense, they ought also

to have a name and might be called “ para-types ” (or side-types).

Next, to meet the case of specimens collected afterwards at the

same place as the originals, and having thus at least a local claim

to authenticity, the word topo-type (or place-type) might be

suggested, but it should, so far as possible, be restricted to

specimens collected within, say, a few miles of the original typical

locality.

In addition, it may be thought that specimens received from the-

original locality after the first description is published, but verified

as belonging to his own species by the describer of it himself,

should havea peculiar name, and for such there might be suggested

the name “ meta-type” (or after-type). As, however, we know

from experience that it is by no means impossible for the author

of a name to apply it wrongly, such meta-types would be of but

little more value than simple topo-types, especially if determined

long after the first description of the species.

The following are, then, the definitions now suggested for the

different terms :—

A Type is a single specimen either unaccompanied by others at

the time of description, or else deliberately selected as such by the

author out of a series.

A Co-type is one of two or more specimens together forming

the basis of a species, no type having been selected. No species

would have both type and co-types, but either the former, or two

or more of the latter.

A Para-type is a specimen belonging to the original series, but

not the type, in cases where the author has himself selected a type.

It should, however, be one of the specimens mentioned or enume-

rated in the original description.

A Topo-type is a specimen simply collected at the exact locality

where the original type was obtained.

A Meta-type is a specimen received from the original locality

after the description has been published, but determined as be-

longing to his own species by the original describer himself.

N c

J. Smit del.et lith.. Mintern Bros. imp.

CERCOPITHECUS SCHMIDTI.

Virtern Bros . imp.

AxToIMm a

CERCOPITHECUS MOLONEYI.

1893.] ON THE MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 243

2. On a new African Monkey of the Genus Cercopithecus,

with a List of the known Species. By P. L. Scuatzr,

-M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

[Received March 8, 1893.]

(Plates XVI. & XVII.)

Since the Monkeys of the characteristic AZthiopian genus Cerco-

pithecus were reviewed by Martin', Geoffroy St.-Hilaire*, Wagner’,

Gray *, and Schlegel’, many additions have been made to the

series. Having had occasion to look up the recent contribu-

tions to our knowledge of this subject, I have thought that it

might save future workers some trouble if I ask the Society to

accept for publication a new list of the described species, drawn up

while I have been endeavouring to find names for some East-

African members of this group which have lately come under my

notice.

The species of Cercopithecus® are obviously very local in their

distribution, and in many cases apparently confined to narrowly

restricted areas. I have therefore added under the head of each

species a short record of the positively ascertained localities in

which it has been procured. I have also indicated the species of

which we have received living examples in the Society’s Gardens.

I have not included Myopithecus (with the last inferior molar

with three tubercles only) and Cercocebus (with the last inferior

molar with five tubercles) in my list, but only the typical Cerco-

pitheci (with the last inferior molar with four tubercles).

Of this genus as limited by Geoffroy St.-Hilaire some 45 species

have -been described. I will divide these into two categories :—

those of which I have personally examined specimens, and those

which I know only from their published descriptions.

The 31 species known to me may be divided for convenience of

treatment into six sections as follows :—

Species.

Sect. A. Rhinosticti.

With a distinct nose-spot, white, blue, or red... 1-9

1 Martin, ‘General Introduction to the Natural History of Mammiferous

Animals.’ London, 1841.

2 Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, in d’Orb. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 296 (1848).

3 Wagner, Saugeth. v. p. 38 (1855).

4 Gray, Catalogue of Monkeys, &c. p. 20 (1870).

® Schlegel, Mus. d. Pays-Bas, Simie, p. 68 (1876).

8 The generic name Cercopithecus, though used by Ray, Klein, and Brisson,

and in a binomial sense by Erxleben, appears to have been first restricted to

the African group of Monkeys to which itis now universally applied by Martin

in his ‘ Natural History of Mammiferous Animals’ (1841). Cercopithecus is a

good classical term. Martial says (Epigr. xiv. 202) :—

‘Callidus emissas eludere Simius hastas,

“ Si mihi cauda foret, Cercopithecus eram.”

244 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

Species.

Sect. B. Chloronoti.

Above olive-green ; beneath white .......... 10-15

Sect. C. Erythronoti.

Above rufous; beneath white .............. 16, 17

Sect. D. Melanochiri.

Arms, hands, and feet black ..............-- 18-26

Sect. E. Auriculati.

Pars with tome futts eke sis) a5.b pen 27-29

Sect. F. Barbati.

With a long pointed white beard ............ 30, 31

Sect. A. Cercopitheci rhinosticti.

The nine species of the ‘ spot-nosed ” group with which I am

acquainted may be diagnosed as follows :—

A. Naso piloso, albo.

a. Pectore albo,

a'. Cauda non rufescente.

a". Brachiis cinereis.

a'". Genis albis.

Capite/mi proycinctomse- c.c.ee0 xs -<ee dads. Stee ees 1. petaurista,

{ Capite pest. inICOlore) <s-eccecseaccoueddeesbesooe 2. buettikoferi.

Oil, Gonis OlVACIS: vaccrsucee: Soeen= sgaeerct a esseose cance 3. martini.

Bie WTACHUNUPTIN “savs steerer eendene eter ac meertasscasee 4. ludio.

b'. Cauda rufescente.

{ Gens anguste mi griseccassc.-)ostatl- « sendesatesensenae 5. melanogenys.

Gouis Jae nipris\iscccs ses cpcstetececoete beokes abcess 6. schmidti.

Be PECLORCICINCLED 'vavsgceue ceseetere eater coats ttaeeeee cease 7. nictitans.

IB NABODULOSO,ERDIO scrsee, sete cate elec ear eso satie oho eee 8. erythrotis,

O. Naso semi-nudo, cxruleo ........c...0ccc0sccnssaceseces sessece 9. cephus.

1. CBERCOPITHECUS PETAURISTA.

Simia petaurista, Schreb. Siiug. i. p. 103, t. xix. B (1775).

Cercopithecus petaurista, Erxl. Syst. Reg. An. p. 35 (1777);

Martin, M. An. p. 539; Geoffr. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p- 301;

Wagn, Siug. Suppl. vy. p. 50 (1855); Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 182;

id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 20 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vi. p- 86

(1876); Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 13.

Ascagne (Cerc. ascanius), ¥. Cuv. Mamm. i. pl. 18 (?).

Hab. Gold Coast (Mus. Lugd.).

This is one of the commonest of the Cercopitheci in captivity.

We have always examples of it living in the Gardens. The black

line which passes above the ears and borders the crown behind

serves to distinguish this species from all its allies. The sharply

defined white of the lower surface of the tail is another peculiar

character of C. petaurista.

2, CERCOPITHECUS BUETTIKOFERI.

Cercopithecus buttikofert, Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. viii. p. 56

(1886).

Hab. Liberia (Biittikofer).

This species, described from specimens in the Leyden Museum,

«4

1893. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 245

is closely allied to C. petawrista, but has no black band round the

back of the head. There are two skins, received from Leyden, in

the British Museum.

3. CERCOPITHECUS MARTINI.

Cercopithecus martinii, Waterh. P.Z.S. 1838, p. 58, et 1841,

p- 71; Martin, M. An. p. 542; Wagn. Siug. Suppl. v. p. 50

(1855) (footnote); Gray, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk.

B. M. p. 21 (1870); Sel. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 176, pl. xiv.

Hab. Fernando Po or adjacent coast.

This Monkey is easily distinguishable from C. petaurista by its

greenish cheeks, without any white stripe beneath the ears, the

bluish skin on the face, the greenish colour of the tail above, and the

black hands and feet. We havea fine living specimen (received

Feb. 19, 1884) now in the Society’s Menagerie.

4, CERCOPITHECUS LUDIO.

Cercopithecus ludio, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 8, pl. ix. fig. 1, et

1862, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 21 (1870); Wagn. Siug.

Suppl. v. p. 51 (1855); Sel. List Vert. (1883) p. 13.

Hab. West Africa: Deita of Niger (Baikie); Cameroons

(Crossley).

I have examined the specimens of this species in the British

Museum, including the type which is badly figured (7. s.c.). I

believe it to be a good species, characterized by its black limbs and

rufous rump.

We had a specimen of this Monkey living in the Gardens in

1871, of which there is a coloured sketch by Smit in the Library.

We have since received other individuals, but have not always

distinguished them from the allied species.

5. CERCOPITHECUS MELANOGENYS.

Cercopithecus melanogenys, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvi. p. 212

(1845) ; id. P. Z.S. 1849, p. 7, pl. ix. fig. 2, et 1868, p. 182; id.

Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 21 (1870); Wagner, Siug. Suppl. v. p. 50

(1855); Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 246 ; Monteiro, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 112;

Jent. Notes L. M. x. p. 11 (correct descr.),

Hab. Angola (Monteiro).

The type of this species (badly figured 7. s.c.) is inthe British

Museum. It has the lower cheeks black, a spot between the eye

and ear whitish, and the tail-end rufous.

6. CERCOPITHECUS ScHMIDTI. (Plate XVI.)

Cercopithecus ascanias (?), Scl. P. Z.S. 1887, p. 502.

Cercopithecus schmidti, Matschie, Zool. Anz. p. 161 (1892).

Hab. Int. Eastern Africa; Manyuema, west of Tanganyika

(Schmidt) ; Uganda (Stuhlmann),

A skin of this species has been lately received at the British

246 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THD [Mar. 14,

Museum from Berlin. It is closely allied to C. melanogenys, but

differs in having only a very narrow black streak beneath the con-

spicuous white cheeks, the fur above more punctulated, and a

much brighter rufous tail.

There can be no doubt that the Monkey which I described in

1887 from a specimen formerly living in the Society’s Menagerie,

and referred doubtfully to C. ascanias, belonged to C. schmidti.

I now exhibit a coloured sketch of this individual (Plate X V1.)

taken by Mr. Smit in 1884. This specimen, presented by the

Rey. W. C. Willoughby in December 1883, was originally obtained

in Manyuema. It died in November 1886.

7. CERCOPITHECUS NICTITANS.

Simia nictitans, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 40 (1766).

Cercopithecus nictitans, Erxl. Syst. Regn. An. p. 35 (1777);

Martin, Monk. p. 536; Geoffr. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 301 ;

Waen. Siiug. Suppl. p. 50 (1855); Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 182;

id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 21 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 89

(1876); Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 12.

Hocheur (Cercopithecus nictitans), FX. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. i.

pl. 17 (1825).

Hab. West Africa.

This Monkey is distinguished from all the other species of the

section known to me by the absence of black stripes on the face,

by the grey under surface, and by the peculiar shape of the white

nose-spot, which is narrowed above and broadened below.

It is not uncommon in captivity, and we have had some 10 or 12

specimens of it during the past thirty years, but I know of no

anthentic record of the exact district of West Africa in which it is

found wild.

8. CERCOPITHECUS ERYTHROTIS.

Cercopithecus erythrotis, Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1838, p. 59, et 1841,

p- 71; Martin, M. An. p. 535; Fraser, Zool. Typ. pl. iv. (1848) ;

Wagn. Siug. Suppl. v. p. 49 (1855); Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 182;

id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 21 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 70

(1876); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 176.

Hab. Fernando Po (Fraser).

This species is quite unmistakable from its red nose (of which

the upper portion is sparingly covered with red hairs), reddish

ears, and bright ferruginous red tail. We first received a living

specimen of it in 1884, and another in 1885, The former lived

until January 1888. I exhibit its skin.

9, CERCOPITHECUS CHEPHUS.

Simia cephus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 39 (1766).

Moustac (Cercopithecus cephus), I’. Cuy. Hist. Nat. Mamm. i.

pl. 19 (1821).

Cercopithecus cephus, Martin, M. An. p. 532; Wagn. Siiug. Suppl

1893. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 247

v. p. 49 (1855); Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk.

B. M. p. 20 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 91 (1876).

Hab. Gaboon and Congo (Mus. Lugd.); Cabonda (Monteiro).

The Moustache Monkey is also readily distinguishable by its

naked blue nose and yellowish cheek-tufts. It is often brought

alive to Europe, and we have had many specimens of it living in

the Monkey-house. Schlegel gives Gaboon and Congoland for

its localities; we have received living examples procured by

Monteiro in Cabonda, just north of the Congo.

Sect. B. Cercopithect chloronoti.

The Green Monkeys known to me are six in number. They

are all more or less of an olivaceous green above and white

beneath. Their arms and legs are greyish, not black. They may

be shortly diagnosed as follows :—

PAE HACIOLCATNOAN accsastoesbacadttatenetatettoboe. sees ts vakecee se 10. cynosurus.

B. Facie nigra.

a. Frontis fascia alba.

a', Ano concolore.

praca elongatis albis : scroto ceruleo... 11. griseo-viridis.

Mystacibus modicis flavidis: seroto viridi .... 12. callitrichus.

b'. Ano rufescente.

OTR ONOMVECOO setae caceeue eta tceee saan omceae oes 13. lalandit.

Dorso flavicanti-olivaceo.........cecsecseceeseeeees 14. pygerythrus.

Op brontisitascia alba nialla— ...0..ccte:s--<0sea-aeerqpest ater 15. erythrarchus.

10. CrRcoPirHEcUs CYNOSURUS.

Simia cynosuros, Scop. Delic. Flor. Faun. Insubr. i. p. 44, t. xix.

(1786).

Malbrouck (Cercopithecus cynosurus), F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm.

i. pl. 24 (1819).

Cercopithecus cynosurus, Martin, M. An. p. 515; Geoffr. Dict.

univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 306; Wagn. Siug. Suppl. v. p. 88 (1855) ;

Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 72 (1876) ; Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 5.

Chlorocebus cynosurus, Gray, Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 26 (1870).

Hab. West Africa: Senegambia? (Schlegel).

The Malbrouck is one of the commonest of this genus of Monkeys

in captivity. During the past ten years we have had at least 25

specimens of it. It is at once recognizable, when alive, by its pale

flesh-coloured face, and the blue scrotum of the male.

Schlegel believes that Senegambia is its true patria, but this is

a point upon which further information is required. I find it

included in Rochebrune’s list (‘ Faune de la Sénégambie,’ Mamm.

p- 33), but I fear his authority is hardly reliable.

11. CurcorrrHEcus GRISEO-VIRIDIS.

Simia sabea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 38 (1766)?

Cercopithecus sabeus, Geoffr. Cat. Prim. p. 22; Schleg. Mus.

P.-B. vii. p. 74 (1876).

Chlorocebus engythithia, Gray, Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 26 (1870).

248 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

Cercopithecus griseo-viridis, Desm. Mamm. p. 61 (1820) ; Martin,

M. An. p. 518; Blanford, Zool. Abyss. Exp. p. 224; Scl. List

Vert. (1883) p. 6.

Grivet (Cerc. griseus), F. Cuv. Mamm. i. pl. 22 (1819).

Hab, East Africa: Abyssinia (Riippell and Blanford); Sennaar

(Clot-Bey).

There is a great difference of opinion as to what the Simia sabea

of Linneus refers to. It is therefore better to reject the name

altogether, and to call this species griseo-viridis. The ‘‘ Grivet” is

also pretty common in captivity, but not so frequently imported as

the Vervet and Green Monkey. Its long white whiskers and the

blue scrotum of the male distinguish it from C. callitrichus, its

West-African representative.

12. CERCOPITHECUS CALLITRICHUS.

Cercopithecus callitrichus, Geofir. Cat. p. 23; Schl. Mus. P.-B.

Simie, p. 73; Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 7.

Callitriche (Cerc. sabeus), F. Cuv. Mamm. i. pl. 21.

Cercopithecus sabeus, Wagn. Siiug. v. p. 40; Martin, M. An.

. 519.

‘i Chlorocebus sabeus, Gray, Cat. Monk. p. 25.

Hab, Senegambia (Mus. Lugd.); Liberia (scarce, Biittikofer).

The Green Monkey is, I think, the commonest of this section in

captivity next, perhaps, to the Vervet. We have generally a good

supply of specimens of both these species, which do well in our

Gardens. The yellow-tinged and shorter whiskers and the green

scrotum of the male distinguish the Green Monkey from the

Grivet.

The Green Monkey has been introduced in some of the West-

Indian islands, and has become an indigenous species there. See

my notes on this subject, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 79. It is said also to

have been introduced into St. Iago—one of the Cape Verd group

(Schl. Mus. P.-B. Simic, p. 74).

13. CERCOPITHECUS LALANDII.

Cercopithecus lalandii, Geoffr. Dict. univ. d’ Hist. nat. iii. p. 305 ;

id. Cat. Prim. p. 21; Wagner, Siiug. v. p. 39 ; Sel. List Vert. (1883)

HG:

: Cercopithecus pygerythrus, Martin, M. An. p. 521; Schl. Mus.

P.-B. Simie, p. 76.

Hab. South Africa, Cape Colony.

“The Vervet is closely allied to the Malbrouck and Grivet, so

that a little care and attention are necessary to enable the observer

to discriminate between them. It differs, however, from both in

having the fur long, and rather coarse, and of a much greyer tint,

the wash of olive being less decided, in the tail being black, nearly

throughout its whole length; and in the superciliary bristles

being very conspicuous. From the Malbrouck it may be distin-

guished by the muzzle being less thick and heavy, and from the

1893. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 249

Grivet by the rust-red hairs on the space below the root of the

tail.” (Martin, op. cit.)

The Vervet is one of the commonest species of this genus

brought to Europe alive.

14. CERCOPITHECUS PYGERYTHRUS.

Vervet (Simia pygerythra), F.Cuy. Mamm. i. pl. 23 (1821).

Cercopithecus pygerythrus, Desm. Mamm. Suppl. p. 534 (1820) ;

Geoffr. Cat. Prim. p. 21; Wagn. Siug. v. p. 39; Peters, Reise

n. Moss., Saug. p. 4 (Zambesia); Thomas, P. Z. 8S. 1885, p. 219

(Kilimanjaro).

Cercopithecus rufo-viridis, Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 8; id. P.Z.S.

1860, p. 420.

Hab. East Africa, from Mozambique to Kilimanjaro.

If I am correct in identifying this species with the true C.

pygerythrus it is a very close ally of the Vervet (C. lalandii), and

differs mainly in its yellowish-green colour above. I have until

recently called this species C. rufo-viridis, and am not now quite

clear that it is C. pygerythrus; but I am inclined to think so from

what Wagner says (J. s. c.).

15. CERCOPITHECUS ERYTHRARCHUS.

Cercopithecus erythrarchus, Peters, Reise n. Moas., Siug. p. 1,

pl. 1; Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Sim. p. 77 ; Kirk, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 649

(Zambesi) ; Reuvens, Zool. Gart. xxx. p. 207 (Zambesi) ; Oudemans,

Zooi. Gart. xxxi. p. 267.

Hab. Mozambique (Peters) ; Lower Zambesi (Kirk).

Apparently quite distinct from the preceding species, being

without any white frontal band and having the lower rump

rufous. We have a young living specimen now “ on deposit” in

the Monkey-house which, I suspect, belongs to this species. It

is said to have been obtained on the Congo.

Sect. C. Cercopitheci erythronoti.

Of this section, which is at once recognizable by members of it

being bright rufous above and white beneath, only two species are

known to me, which may be discriminated as follows :-—

A. Supra ruber flavido mixtus; naso nigro ............... 16. patas.

B. Supra ruberrimus; naso albo ..........sseseeeeeeeseee 17. pyrrhonotus.

16. CERCOPITHECUS PATAS.

Simia patas, Schreb. Saug. t. xvi. (1774).

Cercopithecus patas, Erxl. Syst. R. An. p. 34; Schleg. Mus.

P.-B. vii. p. 84 (1876); Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 8.

Simia rubra, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 34 (1788).

Cercopithecus ruber, Geofir. Ann. d. Mus. xix. p. 96 (1812); id.

Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 307; Martin, M. An. p. 509;

Wagn. Saug. Suppl. v. p. 42 (1855); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 664;

id. List Vert. (1883) p. 8.

250 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

Patas (Simia rubra), F, Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. i. pl. 25

(1820).

Chlorocebus ruber, Gray, Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 25 (1870).

Hab. West Africa: Senegal (Mus. Lugd.).

The Patas is subject to a certain amount of individual variation,

and I was at one time of opinion that it might be possible to

distinguish two forms of this species (cf. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 664).

It is much more common in captivity than the Nisnas.

17. CERCOPITHECUS PYRRHONOTUS.

Cercopithecus pyrrhonotus, Hempr. et Ehr. Symb. Phys. pl. x.;

Geoftr. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 307; Wagn. Siiug. v. p. 42;

Sel. P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 623; id. List Vert. (1883) p. 8; Schleg.

Mus. P.-B. Sim. p. 84.

Cercopithecus ruber, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. p. 8.

Nisnas, F. Cuy. Hist. Nat. Mamm. i. pl. 27 (1830).

Hab. Kordofan and Darfour (Riippell) ; Somaliland (Soc. Zool.

Viv.).

We have received altogether seven examples of the Nisnas,

which is quite distinct from the Patas when seen alive. A fine

male, presented Sept. 29th, 1882, by Mrs. I’. Dixon, was stated to

have been brought from Somaliland.

Sect. D. Cercopithect melanochiri.

The nine species referred to this section, all of which have

the arms and legs black or dark cinereous, may be diagnosed as

follows :—

A. Pectore albo.

d.getrigamtemoraly alba; asesan.stpa-we-sesemess-hasessce eos vers =n 18. mona.

6, Striga femorali nulla.

Dorso toto concolore; ano rufo ...........2.0eceeeeee es 19. albiqularis.

pass POSHCO CUI ANNO THPTO! J. ste. .ces-nassccnen scenes 20. campbelli.

B. Pectore cinereo.

ec. Maculis auricularibus nullis.

WDOTHOCONCOLONG ccosacvepascosss=s hoe seornsi we. 21. samango.

Dorso postico brunneo .........:....06665 ... 22. moloneyt.

d. Macula utrinque ad aures rubra .-. 23, stairsi.

OdsRechorommbrotwaredeenuseieeseecsec. foie sctk ata. oon. <alioace cee 24. erythrogaster.

D. Pectore nigro.

Striga femorali alba; fronte nigro ..........0...seeeseceee 25. neglectus,

Striga femorali nulla; fronte albo cincta ............... 26. leucampyx.

18. CERCOPITHECUS MONA.

Simia mona, Schreb. Siug. i. p. 97, t. xv. (1775).

Cercopithecus mona, Erxl. Syst. Reg. An. p. 32 (1777); Martin,

M. An. p. 527; Wagn. Saug. Suppl. v. p.47 (1855); Gray, P. Z.8.

1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 22 (1870); Scl. List Vert.

(1883) p. 9; Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 80 (1876).

Mone (Cercopithecus mona), F. Cuy. Hist. Nat. Mamm. i. pl. 15

(1819).

Hab. West Africa: Cameroons (Mus. Lugd.).

The Mona is easily recognized by the white patch on the thighs,

on each side of the tail, and the white band on the forehead. It

1893. MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 251

is not uncommon in captivity ; we have had some 25 specimens of

it since 1860.

19. CERCOPITHECUS ALBIGULARIS.

Semnopithecus? albogularis, Sykes, P. Z.S. 1831, p. 106.

Cercopithecus albogularis, Sykes, P.Z.S. 1832, p. 18; Martin,

M. An. p. 512; Fraser, Zool. Typ. pl. ii. (1848); Wagn. Siug.

Suppl. v. p. 45 (1855); Gray, P.Z.S. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat.

Monk. B.M. p. 24 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 79 (1876);

Scl. List Vert. (1883) p.9; True, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xv. p. 448

(Kilimanjaro).

Hab. East Africa, Kilimanjaro (Abbott): Gold Coast (Pel).

Sykes’s. Monkey, as this species is commonly called, is also fre-

quently brought alive to this country. We have had some 25

specimens in the Menagerie during the past thirty years.

It belongs to the Mona group, but has no white thigh-patches,

and the rump is more or less rufous.

Schlegel gives the locality of this species as Gold Coast (Pel) ;

but it appears certainly to occur in East Africa, and it would be

desirable that specimens from these countries should be compared.

20. CERCOPITHECUS CAMPBELL.

Cercopithecus campbelli, Waterh. P. Z.S. 1838, p. 61; Fraser,

Zool. Typ. pl. iii. (1848); Martin, M. An. p. 544; Wagn. Siug.

Suppl. v. p. 47 (1855); Gray, P. Z.8. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk.

B. M. p. 24 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 81 (1876); Sel.

List Vert. (1883) p. 11; Jent. Notes L. M. x. p. 9 (Liberia).

Cercopithecus burnetti, Gray, Ann. N. H. x. p. 256 (1842),

Hab. West Africa: Gold Coast (Pel); Liberia (Bittik.), common.

Campbell’s Monkey is by no means so common in captivity as

the two preceding species. We have had, so far as our modern

registers go, only eight examples of it.

It is easily distinguishable from C. albogularis by the black rump

and outer surface of the thighs. It has a frontal band like the

Mona, but tinged with rufous.

21. CERCOPITHECUS SAMANGO.

Cercopithecus samango, Sundev. Ofvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. i.

p. 160 (1844); Wagn. Siug. v. p. 44(1855); Peters, P. Z. 8. 1865,

p- 400 (Angola); id. Reise n. Moss., Siiug. p. 4 (Inhambane) ;

Gray, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 24 (1870);

Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vi. p. 79 (1876); Scl. P. Z.S. 1888, p. 564.

Hab. Natal (Wahlberg); Mozambique (Peters); Angola (Wel-

witsch).

A single example of this scarce Monkey was acquired by the

Society in 1888 (see P.Z.8./.s.¢.). It died June 4th, 1890. I

now exhibit its skin.

Schlegel has united to this species C. Jabiatus, Geoffr., but I can

see no traces of the white lips in our specimen, and am doubtful

about the identification.

252 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

The Samango Monkey has the whole back of a nearly uniform

colour, the hairs being yellowish olive, annellated with black ;

the lower surface of the base of the tail is dirty white, which colour

extends round the sides of the tail, leaving a broad line on the

upper median surface blackish; the tail-end is black. The outer

surface of the arms is black. The outer surface of the legs is grey ;

the feet are black.

22. CERCOPITHECUS MOLONEYI, sp. nov. (Plate XVII.)

Supraolivaceus,nigricante annellatus, in capiteobscurior; dorso medio

Ferrugineo nigro annellato ; brachiis et manibus nigris ; crwribus

cinereis nigro mixtis ; cauda, nisi ad ipsam basim, nigerrima ;

corpore subtus pallide fulvo nigricante punctulato : long. corp. 28

poll., caude 26 poll.

Hab. British Central Africa, north of Lake Nyasa.

I base this apparently new and distinct species upon a skin

brought home and presented to me by Dr. J. A. Moloney, one of

the surviving members of Stairs’s Expedition to Katanga, to whom

we are also indebted for our living specimen of Cercopithecus stairst.

Dr. Moloney obtained this specimen from Mr. Whyte at the African

Lakes Company’s Station of Karonga, at the north end of Lake

Nyasa, in April 1892. Dr. Moloney informs me that it was pro-

cured by the natives of the surrounding district, which is named

Nkonde’, the people themselves being called the Wa-Nkonde.

The specimen appears to me to indicate, without doubt, a new

species remarkable for its large size, long hairs, and the character-

istic ferruginous broad band which covers the lower back. So

far as I can tell from the single skin, from which the whole of the

bones have been removed, Cercopithecus moloneyi appears to belong

to the group of C. samango and the allied species, amongst which

its large size and red back render it easily distinguishable.

23. CERCOPITHECUS STAIRSI.

Cercopithecus stairsi, Scl. P. Z.S. 1892, p. 580, pl. xl.

Hab. Lower Zambesi.

Stairs’s Monkey, which I place here for the present, is at once

distinguishable from all its allies by the red patches in front of

the ears.

94, CERCOPITHECUS ERYTHROGASTER.

Cercopithecus erythrogaster, Gray, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 169, pl. xvi.,

et 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 128 (1870); Maurie,

P. Z. S. 1866, p. 380 (anatomy); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 69.

Hab. West Africa.

We have never been so fortunate as to receive a second speci-

men of this remarkable Monkey, which may be at once known

from its congeners by its red chest, white beard and whiskers, and

black frontal band.

1 See ‘ With Captain Stairs to Katanga,’ by J. A. Moloney, p. 264.

1893. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS, 253

There is a single specimen of the same species in the Leyden

Museum, which was formerly living in the Zoological Garden of

Rotterdam.

25. CERCOPITHECUS NEGLECTUS.

Cercopithecus leucocampyx, Gray, Cat. Monk. p. 22.

Cercopithecus neglectus, Schleg. Mus. P.-B, Sim. p. 70.

Hab, White Nile (Petherick).

This is a very distinct species, founded by Schlegel on a single

flat skin in the British Museum from the White Nile, which was

wrongly referred by Gray to C. leucampyx. It is grizzly grey

above, and has the haunch banded something like it is in C. diana,

26. CERCOPITHECUS LEUCAMPYX,

Diane femelle (Cercopithecus diana), F. Cuv. Mamm. i, pl. 16.

Simia leucampyx, Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 20 (1829).

Cercopithecus pluto, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 56, pl. iii., et 1868,

p- 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 23 (1870); Wagn. Siug. Suppl.

v. p. 48; Scl. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 670, 1871, p. 36, et 1892, p. 97

(Nyasaland).

Cercopithecus diadematus, Geoffr. in Bélang. Voy., Zool. p. 51

1834).

; Cercopithecus leucampyx, Martin, M. An. p. 529; Geoffr. Dict,

uniy. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 304; Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 83 (1876) ;

Wagen. Siiug. v. p. 48.

Hab. Angola and Congo (Mus. Lugd.) ; Nyassaland (Sharpe).

We have hitherto been in the habit of calling this well-marked

species of Monkey Cercopithecus pluto. But, as pointed out by

Schlegel, it is certainly entitled to bear the name leucampyx of

Fischer, which was bestowed upon it twenty years previously.

The Pluto or Diadem Monkey is certainly a rare species, although

since 1870, when our first specimen was received, we have had

altogether eight specimens in the Gardens. In October 1887 three

Pluto Monkeys arrived in the Gardens together, along with a

Gorilla, deposited by Cross of Liverpool.

The Pluto Monkey is at once recognizable by its conspicuous

white frontal band; the rest of the head and the whole of the

limbs and tail are black. It is rather difficult to understand how

this very distinct species could ever have been mistaken for the

female of the Diana Monkey.

Sect. E. Cercopithect auriculati,

Of this section of the genus Cercopithecus, which is distinguished

by its long yellowish ear-tufts and the three black lines on the

head, three species, or what may be possibly only local subspecies.

are distinguishable as follows :—

PAP OLEOCOMCGIOTE) |. swat catenuestsccetcoonesecteeaseccecesst 27. eralebeni.

B. Dorso postico nigro.

tae fascia angustiore, definita ...............++. 28. pogonias,

Dorsi fascia latiore, confluente ............s0008 29, nigripes,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893. No. XVIII. 18

254 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

27. CERCOPITHECUS ERXLEBENI,

Cercopithecus erxlebenii, Puch. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1856, p. 96 ;

Dahlb. Zooclog. Stud. p. 109, t. v. (1856); Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868,

p- 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 23 (part.); Scl. P. ZS. 1871,

p- 36; id. List Vert. (1883) p. 10.

Hab. West Africa: Congo (Monteiro).

We received our first specimen of this beautiful species in 1870,

since which date six others have arrived in the Society’s

Menagerie. It is possible, however, that some of these last may

have been referable to two succeeding forms. But the three skins

which I exhibit (received 5/9/82, 17/7/85, and 13/10/87) all belong

to what I call true erxlebeni, which is without the black stripe on

the lower back.

28. CERCOPITHECUS POGONIAS.

Cercopithecus pogonias, Benn. P. Z. 8. 1833, p. 67 ; Wagn. Siiug.

Suppl. v. p. 43 (1855); Gray, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat.

Monk. B. M. p. 23 (1870).

Hab. Fernando Po (Knapp, Thomson, Fraser).

United by Schlegel to C. erxlebeni, but apparently quite distinct,

and at once known by the well-defined black dorsal stripe. Type

and three other specimens in the British Museum.

29, CERCOPITHECUS NIGRIPES.

Cercopithecus nigripes, Du Chaillu, Proc. Bost. N. H. Soe. vii.

p. 360 (1860); Gray, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 182.

Cercopithecus pogonias, Schl. Mus. P.-B. Simie, p. 82.

Hab. Gaboon (Du Chaillu).

Like C. pogonias but darker, and the black dorsal stripe much

broader and less well defined (Mus. Brit.).

Sect. F. Cercopitheci barbati.

This section, the members of which are at once recognizable by

the long beard on the chin, contains only the well-known Diana

Monkey and the recently described C. brazze, which may be dis-

tinguished as follows :—

Nose naked ; frontal crest black and white ... 30. diana.

Nose hairy ; frontal crest red ................0000- 3l. brazze.

30. CERCOPITHECUS DIANA.

Simia diana, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 38 (1766).

Cercopithecus diana, Erxleb. Syst. Regn. An. p. 30 (1777);

Martin, M. An. p. 523; Geoffr. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 304;

Wagn. Siiug. Suppl. vy. p. 48 (1855) ; Gray, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 182;

id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 22 (1870); Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 10;

Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 92 (1876); Jentink, Notes L. M. x.

p. 12 (Liberia).

Hab. Delta of Niger (Fraser); Gold Coast (Pel); Niger

(fraser) ; Liberia (Buttikofer).

1893. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 255

The Diana Monkey is by no means scarce in captivity, and

during the past thirty years we have had at least 25 specimens of

it living in the Society's Monkey-house.

In Gray’s Catalogue of Monkeys (p. 22) a “ var. ignita” of this

species is constituted, as having “ the back edge and inner side of

the thighs bright red-bay.” On May 31st, 1889, we received, as a

present, from Col. Wethered of Great Marlow, a female Monkey

of this form, of which I now exhibit the skin. Besides the

difference above referred to, it will be observed that the white

frontal band is not so well marked in this specimen, and that the

black of the chin is carried down over the upper part of the beard,

which is shorter than in C. diana typicus. I propose to designate

this subspecies C. diana ignitus. Col. Wethered kindly informs

me that the specimen in question was brought from the Congo by

Capt. Moore-Harper in 1886, so that C. diana ignitus is probably

a southern form of C. d. typicus.

31. CERCOPITHECUS BRAZZH.

Cercopithecus brazze, Milne-Edw. Rey. Se. sér. 3, xii. p. 15

(1886).

Hab. French Congoland (Brazza),

I have to thank our Foreign Member M. Alphonse Milne-

Edwards for kindly sending me a stuffed head of this Monkey for

Head of Cercopithecus brazze.

exhibition. It is certainly most remarkable for its elevated red

frontal band, which is composed of short erect hairs. This is

bordered behind by a broad black band, which extends to the ears

on both sides, and in front by a narrow black stripe over each eye.

The upper portion of the nose is black, the lower portion, together

with the cheeks and lips, is covered with short white hairs. The

beard on the chin and throat is long and abundant, formed of white

hairs.

This peculiar Monkey was discovered by M. J acne de Brazza,

256 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

who in 1883 was sent out to French Congo on a special mission

to explore the Natural Products of the new French territory

between Gaboon and the river Congo.

Apprnpix.—Indew specierum mihi nondum obviarum.*

1, CERCOPITHECUS BOUTOURLINI.

Cercopithecus boutourlinii, Giglioli, Zool. Anz. x. p. 510 (1887).

Cercopithecus albigularis, Giglioli, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2,

vi. p. 8 (1888).

Hab. Central Africa.

This species was based on a specimen transmitted to the Florence

Museum from Kaffa, N.E. Africa, by Dr. Traversi. It has been

subsequently united to C. albogularis.

2. CERCOPITHECUS FLAVIDUS.

Cercopithecus flavidus, Peters, Reise n. Moss., Siug. p. 3, t. 1. b.

Hab. Mozambique.

“ Allied to C. rufo-viridis and C. albogularis.”—Peters,

3. CERCOPITHECUS GRAYI,

Cercopithecus grayi, Fraser, Cat. Knowsl. Coll. p. 8 (1850);

Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 22 (1870).

Hab. West Africa (Knowsley Coll.).

This is said to be very closely allied to C. mona, but to differ in

having a yellowish-white spot over each eye, and a black stripe on

each side of the head from eye to ear; up the centre of the

forehead runs a darkish stripe, each hair being annulated with

black and greenish yellow. There are no white spots on the

crupper.

4, CERCOPITHECUS LABIATUS,

Cercopithecus labiatus, Geoffr. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. xv.

p- 1038 (1842) ; id. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 302 ; id. Archiv.

du Mus. ii. p. 555.

Hab. West Africa?

Sometimes considered to be the same as C.samango. Based on

a single menagerie specimen.

5. CERCOPITHECUS MONOIDES.

Cercopithecus monoides, Geoffr. C. R. xv. p. 1038 (1842; deser,

* The following species is no doubt a Cercocebus, allied to C. albigena:—

CERCOPITHECUS ATERRIMUS.

Cercopithecus aterrimus, Oudemans, Zool. Gart. xxxi. p. 267 (1890),

Hab, Central Africa: Stanley Falls on the Congo,

1893.] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 257

nulla); id. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 303 (1843); id. Arch. du

Mus. ii. p. 558, pl. 31.

Hab. Africa.

Described from a menagerie specimen. Allied to C. mona,

perhaps the same as C. albogularis.

6. CERCOPITHECUS PALATINUS,

Cercopithecus roloway, Erxl. Syst. p. 42 (1777); Geoffr. Dict.

uniy. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 304; id. Arch. d. M. ii. p. 558.

Cercopithecus palatinus, Wagn, Siiug. v. p. 47.

Hab. Guinea.

Like C. diana, but with the belly white and the lower back very

dark, nearly black.

7. CERCOPITHECUS PICTURATUS.

Cercopithecus picturatus, Santos, Jorn. Sci. Lisboa, xi. p. 98

(1886).

Hab. West Africa.

This species was based on an individual living in the Zoological

Gardens, Lisbon. It belongs to the Spot-nosed section, and is

allied to C. petaurista, but has the terminal four-fifths of the tail

“ copper-reddish.” It is perhaps=C. melanogenys.

8. CERCOPITHECUS SIGNATUS.

Cercopithecus signatus, Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. viii. p. 55

(1886).

Hab. West Africa ?

This species is based on a specimen formerly living in the

Zoological Garden, Rotterdam. It belongs to the Spot-nosed

group, and is allied to C. petaurista and C. melanogenys.

9, CERCOPITHECUS STAMPFLII,

Cercopithecus melanogenys, Schl. Mus. P.-B. Sim. p. 90 (nec

Gray).

Cercopithecus stampfli, Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. x. p. 10

(1888).

Hab. Liberia.

This species was established on a specimen procured in Liberia

by Biittikofer and Stampfli. It belongs to the White-nosed section,

allied to C. nictitans, but differs from that species in haying the

underparts white.

10. CERCOPITHECUS OCHRACEUS.

Cercopithecus ochraceus, Peters, Reise n. Moss., Siug. p. 2,

t. 1. a.

Hab. Querimba, Mozambique.

Allied to C. ruber and C. pyrrhonotus, but body above yellowish.

258 ON MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. [Mar. 14;

11. CERCOPITHECUS RUFO-VIRIDIS.

Cercopithecus rufo-viridis, Geoffr. Compt. Rend. xv. p. 1038

(1842); id. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 8307 (1843); id. Arch.

du Mus. ii. p. 564, t. xxxii.; Wagn. Siug. Suppl. v. p. 40 (1855);

Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 78.

Chlorocebus rufo-viridis, Gray, Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 25 (1870).

Described from a menagerie specimen, of which the locality

was not known; perhaps=C. erythrarchus,

12. CERCOPITHECUS TANTALUS.

Cercopithecus tantalus, Ogilby, P. Z.8. 1841, p. 33.

Hab. Africa, loc. wn.

Founded on a specimen formerly living in this Society’s Gardens.

“ Most nearly related to C. sabeus and C. pygerythrus.”

13. CERCOPITHECUS TEMMINCEI.

Cercopithecus temmincki, Ogilby, Library of Entertaining Knowl.,

Menageries, p. 345 (1838); Martin, M. An. p. 530.

Hab. Guinea.

This species was based by Ogilby on a specimen formerly in the

Leyden Museum. Dr. Jentink, the present Director of that

Institution, is not able to give me any information about it, stating

that he does not believe that it could have been in that collection

in 1853, when Temminck published his ‘ Esquisses Zoologiques sur

la céte de Guinée,’ as Temminck made no mention of it.

14. CERCOPITHECUS WERNERI.

Cercopithecus wernert, Geoffr. C. R. xxxi. p. 874 (1850); id.

Cat. Prim. p. 23; id. Arch. d. Mus. v. p. 539, pl. xxvii.; Wagn.

Siug. v. p. 42.

Described from living specimens in the Jardin des Plantes. It

belongs to the section of Green Monkeys, but is uniform fulvous

above and white beneath, with a black face and golden-red tail-end.

15. CERCOPITHECUS WOLFI.

Cercopithecus wolfi, Meyer, Notes Leyd. Mus. xii. p. 63 (1891).

Hab. Central West Africa.

Described from a living specimen in the Zoological Garden of

Dresden. It belongs to the “mona” division of Schlegel, but is

distinguished from all the other species by its ferruginous hind

legs, and by the light patches on the inner side of the thighs and

arms.

1893.] PROF. BELL ON ODONTASTER AND THE ALLIED GENERA, 259

3. On Odontaster and the Allied or Synonymous Genera

of Asteroid Echinoderms. By F. Jerrrey Betu, M.A.,

Sec.R.M.S.

[Received February 27, 1893.]

Although I have no intention of pursuing as far as I logically

should an investigation which would carry one deep into the per-

plexities of the classification of the Asteroidea, it seems advisable

to say a few words as to Odontaster.

As defined by Prof. Verrill in 1880*, the characters of this

genus are, perhaps, a little obscure ; Mr. Sladen®* says of it:—‘ I

have great hesitation in placing Odontaster with the Archasteride ;

it may possibly prove to be more closely allied to the Pentagon-

asteridz ; in any case it appears to be an annectant genus between

the two groups.”

An important character in Odontaster is the possession of a

“large, strong, sharp, erect or everted tooth.”

Among the new genera of Pentagonasteride described in the

‘Challenger’ Report, one, Gnathaster, has the ‘ mouth-plates

with a prominent keel, developed aborally into a hyaline spiniform

prolongation ;” but no ground is given for suspecting that there

is any relationship to Odontaster.

In his interesting and instructive Report on the Starfishes of the

Mission to Cape Horn, Prof. Perrier diagnoses a new genus, which

he calls Asterodon ; the “ pieces dentaires ” in species of this genus

carry “chacune un grand piquant vitreux réfléchi en dehors ” or

support “ ensemble un piquant impair, unique, vitreux, interradial”

(op. cit. p. K. 132). This genus, though “with an apparent

resemblance to the Pentagonasteridz, is regarded as, on the whole,

having more affinity with the Archasteride, and reference is made,

on the page cited, to Verrill’s Odontaster. On p. K. 188 of the

same memoir, Prof. Perrier makes some remarks on the genus

Gnathaster, which he finds to be synonymous with, and to have

priority as a name over, Asterodon—unless, he adds, “/les Odontaster

de M. Verrill ne soient des formes génériques identiques, ce qui

parait vraisemblable.”

More fortunate than either Prof. Perrier or Mr. Sladen, I have

been able to make a study of specimens of Odontaster hispidus,

presented to the Trustees of the British Museum by the United

States National Museum and authenticated by its authority. It

soon became obvious that M. Perrier’s supposition was correct,

and the three names, therefore, are synonyms, Odontaster haying

a priority of nine years.

Like the English observer, the French one remarks that the

forms of this genus are “ manifestement des formes de passage.”

But while the former places his genus with the Pentagonasteride,

the latter assigns his to the Archasteride.

1 Amer. Journ. Sci. xx. (1880) p. 402. 7 Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxix.

260 PROF. F. J. BELL ON [Mar. 14,

How is one less qualified than either of these two observers to

settle a question on which they, with their ample knowledge, are

divided? I, at any rate, pretend to no right or authority, but,

as I have to assign the specimens to a systematic place in a list of

Asteroidea which I am now preparing, it may be permitted to say

why they are to be found with the Archasteride.

If we take the definitions offered us in the Introduction to the

Report on the ‘ Challenger’ collection of Starfishes, we find we

might place Odontaster almost indifferently with either Archasteridz

or Pentagonasteride, though there is a slight balance in favour of

the former. If we take M. Perrier’s latest revision of his scheme

of classification, there can be no doubt that the definition of the

order Paxillose* (op. cit. p. K.71) applies to Odontaster very much

better than does the definition of the Valvulate ; and the Pentagon-

asteride belong to the latter, the Archasteride to the former of

these two orders.

But at this point I must stop or I shall be drawn into a discus-

sion as to the classification of the subdivisions of Asteroids, which

would be far too lengthy for me just now. Only let me point the

moral that the present state of the classification of Asteroids is not

as satisfactory as one would hope to find it after the labours of two

industrious zoologists for five or more years, and that Odontaster

is sufficient to prove that no classification can be satisfactory which

allows of a wide gap between the Archasteride and the Pentagon-

asteridee.

A list of the species of Odontaster with the synonyms may be

useful.

ODONTASTER.

Odontaster, Verrill, Am. J. Sci. xx. (1880) p. 402.

Gnathaster, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 285.

Asterodon, Perrier, Miss. Cap Horn, Echinodermes (1891),

p- K. 132.

1. ODONTASTER BELLI.

Pentagonaster belli, Studer, Anhang zu Abh. k. Akad. Wiss.

Berlin, 1884 (1885), p. 31.

Prof. Perrier thinks this may be a synonym of Odontaster singu-

laris, but the ventral plates of that species are in no way paxilli-

form; the adambulacral spine of 0. belli appears to be specially

modified, and in the distal fourth of the arm the intermediate

actinal plates are wanting, For these reasons separation appears

to be, at present, the safe course.

2. ODONTASTER DILATATUS.

Pentagonaster dilatatus, Perrier, Arch. Zool. expér. v. (1876)

p. 33.

Gnathaster dilatatus, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 750.

1 May I take this opportunity of remarking that “paxilli,” and not “ paxille,”

is the correct form of the name of these plates ?

1893.] ODONTASTER AND THE ALLIED GENERA. 261

3. ODONTASTER BLONGATUS.

Gnathaster elongatus, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 288.

4, ODONTASTER GRANULOSUS.

Asterodon granulosus, Perrier, Miss. Cap Horn (1890), p. K. 132.

But for its pedicellarie this species is very close to O. singu-

laris.

5. ODONTASTER GRAYI.

Calliderma grayt, Bell, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 95.

Pentagonaster paxillosus, id. (not Gray) t. c. p. 95.

Gnathaster grayt, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 750.

Asterodon pedicellaris (pars), Perrier, Echinod. Miss. Cap Horn

(1891), p. K. 135.

Asterodon gray, id. t.c. p. K. 138.

After a very careful and detailed examination of the descriptions

and the specimens at my disposal, I have come to the conclusion

that :—

(1) What in 1881 I called the young of Pentagonaster pazillosus,

Gray, is not so, for P. paxillosus has two long (? glassy) spines at

each oral angle, while the Magellan specimen has but one.

(2) P. paxillosus, Bell (1881), is clearly the same as those speci-

mens of Asterodon pedicellaris which have not the remarkable “ pedi-

cellarize ” said by M. Perrier to be found in some members of that

species, with regard to which I should be glad of more detailed

examination; and I give, therefore, the synonymy as above.

(3) M. Perrier’s account of his example of “ Calliderma grayi,”

which is larger than the two small specimens in the British Museum,

is sufficient to assure me that we have here to do with one species

under three specific and three generic names !

(4) A comparison of the original of Mr. Edgar Smith’s Penta-

gonaster meridionalis with M. Perrier’s descriptions shows that

there is no reason whatever for regarding it as synonymous with

A. pediellaris. The last-named species appears to me to be

divisible into two; so far as I can forma mental picture of the

“ pedicellariz ” described by Prof. Perrier, their presence or absence

is a point of sufficient importance to justify specific distinction.

With regard to O. meridionalis, Mr. Smith is not affected by the

complaint of M. Perrier that he “ne signale pas” the remarkable

pedicellariz, for they are not present on the specimen which formed

the basis of his description. On the other hand, Mr. Sladen is

quite correct in pointing out that there are no pedicellari# on the

upper surface of the same specimen.

6. ODONTASTER HISPIDUS.

Odontaster hispidus, Verrill, Am. J. Sci. xx. (1880) p. 402.

7. ODONTASTER MERIDIONALIS.

Astrogonium meridionale, E, A. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

xvii. (1876) p. 109,

262 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON A NEW [Mar. 14,

Pentagonaster meridionalis, id. Phil. Trans. 168. (1879) p. 276.

Gnathaster meridionalis, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 287.

Gnathaster pilulatus, id. t. c. p. 292.

8. ODONTASTER MILIARIS.

Astrogonium miliare, Gray, P.Z.S. 1847, p. 79.

Gnathaster miliaris, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 750.

I include this species on Mr. Sladen’s authority ; the only speci-

men of it that I have seen, that described by Dr. Gray, has the

mouth-parts so poorly preserved that I cannot say whether or no

it had the spines which are characteristic of this genus.

9. ODONTASTER PAXILLOSUS.

Astrogonium paxillosum, Gray, P.Z.S. 1847, p. 79.

Gnathaster paxillosus, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 750.

10. ODONTASTER PEDICELLARIS.

Asterodon pedicellaris, Perrier, Miss. Cap Horn (1891), p. K. 135.

For the limits of this species, see the remarks under 0. grayi.

11. ODONTASTER SINGULARIS.

Goniodiscus singularis, M. Tr., Arch. f. Nat. 1843, p. 116.

Pentagonaster singularis, Perrier, Arch. Zool. expér. v. (1876)

p- 38.

Gnathaster singularis, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 750.

Asterodon singularis, Perrier, Miss. Cap Horn (1891), p. K. 134.

Mr. Sladen includes Goniodiscus verrucosus, Phil., under Gnathaster

with a sign of doubt.

4, On a new Genus and Species of Acarz found in

Cornwall. By A. D. Micnazt, F.LS., F.ZS.,

P.R.M.S., &e.

[Received March 11, 1893.]

(Plate XVIII.)

In November 1892 I was staying near the Land’s End, Cornwall:

in one of the small rocky bays which are found along this granite

coast a little stream of fresh water comes down from the cliffs

in the middle of the bay; at the edge of the stream, where it only

trickled, aud near enough to the sea to be within the influence of

wind-carried spray, some considerable patches of the small green

water-weed Cladophora fracta were growing. Amongst this weed I

found examples of several species of Acarina, and was taking the

i ao

? WY

: ue

)

Mietern Bros . Chromo lth.

a or

\ ° = » at ee Se

SF SE Sa

— ae \ tc St @ Wee Sf

WS <i ~ mms © ) Be

AD Michael adnat del. J. Smit ith.

ied

Oo.

LENTUNGULA ALGIVORANS. WV.

1893. | ACARUS FOUND IN CORNWALL. 263

opportunity of studying the anatomy of two of these species. For

this purpose I required frequent fresh supplies of the creatures, but,

unfortunately, before I had completed my investigations, a two

days’ storm of violent rain and wind came, and when [I revisited

the stream I found almost all the alga washed away and not an

Acarus left in what remained. Under these circumstances I began

to search for other patches of the Cladophora, and found a largish

quantity growing cn the face of the cliff near the horn of the bay,

in a place somewhat difficult of access, nearer to the sea than the

other, but higher up the cliff; a very thin thread of fresh water

trickled down the cliff here, keeping the alga moist, and the spray

of the sea would dash there in rough weather, and probably more

or less would be carried there whenever the wind was from the

sea, its most frequent direction. It was a warm corner facing

south. The weed was abundant and in good condition, having

been protected from the storm; but, to my surprise, I did not

find in it a single specimen of either of the species which [

was looking for, but, on the other hand, I did find examples of

two other totally distinct species which I had not ever before

found in the Cladophora either at the stream in the middle of the

bay orelsewhere. The first was in great numbers and in all stages ;

it was one of the Halicaride.

More careful examination with a microscope disclosed that there

was also a second and much smaller species present in considerable

numbers ; it is, I believe, unknown, and the object of this paper is

torecord it. The creature, in spite of its minute size, has structural

peculiarities which seem to me to render it particularly interesting.

It belongs to the family Tyroglyphide. I thought at first that I

had a new species of the genus Hericia, and that genus is certainly

its nearest ally ; but it is not possible to include it in that or any

other existing genus. The great and singular difference of the

two front pairs of tarsi and claws, the different position of the

anus, and the absence of the strong sexual dimorphism found in

Hericia, besides other points, distinguish it from that genus.

There is only one recorded species of Hericia, viz. H. robini

(Canestrini ex Robin), a very singular creature of a flattened

diamond-shape (the male especially) which wades in the sap which

exudes from elm-trees where the bark has split. The present

species shares the flattened diamond-shape and the wading habits of

H, robini, although the habitat is so very different.

The great peculiarity and interest of the present species consists

in the tarsi and claws. The Tyroglyphide usually have rather

slender tarsi and from the actual end of each tarsus springs a

single claw either with or without a caruncle : where the caruncle is

present the claw is usually small; where it is absent, as in the

genus Hericia, the claw is usually larger and more powerful.

The claw generally consists of hard colourless chitin, and is a

strongly curved hook with a very short, straight, hard, and solid

peduncle, at the proximal end of which a small ball-like swelling

serves to give attachment to tendons. Hook, peduncle, and ball

264 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON A NEW [ Mar. 14

are all in one piece and quite hard and stiff; all the claws of

Hericia are of this nature. The two hind pairs of legs of the

present species have tarsi and claws fairly similar to those of

Hericia, except that the shaft is a little more bulbous ; the claws

are large, of the ordinary type, and spring from the ends of the tarsi.

The two front pairs of legs have an entirely different termination ;

the tarsi are very powerful, strongly curved downward, particu-

larly at the distal end, and formed of stronger and denser chitin

than the rest of the legs; they end in blunt points, and have the

appearance of the dactylopodite in some Crustaceans. They

form efficient climbing-organs, and the Acarus practically climbs

entirely by their aid. I watched it climbing some dozens of times;

it got the curved ends of its tarsi on to or over the edges of small

pieces of stone or weed, and clinging to these slowly dragged itself

up. From the side, not the end, of each tarsus springs a long,

hyaline, slender peduncle, which projects considerably beyond the

tarsus ; this peduncle is flexible in all directions—not in the sense

that it yields when it touches anything, for in effect it seldom does

touch anything except very lightly, but in the sense that it has

special motion of its own and can be flexed and turned in any

direction at the will of the creature; indeed, it is almost constantly

in motion. The distal end of this peduncle swells suddenly and

forms a bulb, at the end of which is a very minute claw; the bulb

can be turned upward and downward, carrying the claw, but the

claw has not any motion separate from the bulb. This claw and

peduncle are not used in clinging or walking at all; they seem

to have become wholly tactile organs; the creature clings with the

tarsus and then appears to feel about with the claw by turning

and bending its flexible peduncle in all directions until it finds a

suitable place to put the tarsus for the next step, then it moves

the tarsus and the process recommences, being of course done

by opposite legs alternately. I am not aware of anything at

all similar in the structure and habits of any of the Acarina.

I propose calling the genus ‘“ Lentungula,” and the species

L. algworans.

Genus LEntTUNGULA’.

Tyroglyphide without marked sexual dimorphism; with the

body flattened dorso-ventrally ; with the tarsi of the two front

pairs of legs strongly curved, gradually diminished, ending in

points, and used as climbing-organs. The claws of the same pairs

of legs minute and mounted on long flexible peduncles springing

from the sides of the tarsi and capable of being flexed at the will

of the creature. Tarsi of two hind pairs of legs of the ordinary

type, ending in large single claws without caruncles. With terminal

anus formed of two upright plates lying against each other.

Genital aperture in both sexes near the middle of the body

between the coxe of the fourth pair of legs.

1 Lentus, flexible; wngula, a little claw.

1893. ] ACARUS FOUND IN CORNWALL, 265

LENTUNGULA ALGIVORANS. (Plate XVIII.)

Average length without mandible about °38 mm.

Greatest breadth about -20 mm.

Length of legs 1st pair about :13 mm.

” ” 2nd ” ” ‘14 mm.

3 ” ord ” ” *15 mm.

” ” 4th ” ” ‘15 mm.

Oolour.—The actual colour of the creature, if it had been fasting

for a long time, would probably be almost entirely light yellowish,

but as ordinarily seen it is dark olive-brown with very numerous

light yellowish spots and markings. The yellowish colour is chiefly

in spots and spaces surrounded with the olive, but the spots are not

arranged in any definite pattern; although a few spots on the

cephalothorax have a tendency to be permanent, the whole of the

markings are most irregular and varying. The olive-brown colour

greatly predominates, and some specimens are almost wholly of that

tint. Thecolour apparently arises from the diffusion of food material

or products, itis not pigment in the cuticle; this can be demon-

strated by placing a dark specimen in a drop of water ona glass slip

under the microscope and placing a cover-glass over it ; as the water

evaporates the cover will be slowly drawn down, producing

pressure upon the creature; the result of this will be that what

appears like the whole contents of the body are gradually dis-

charged from the anus, and the opaque dark creature becomes

yellowish white and transparent. During life the brown colour

does not, however, look like food-contents, it has every appearance

of being the true colour of the greater part of the body. The

rostrum and legs are always pale pinkish yellow.

Texture polished.

Shape.—This also depends considerably upon whether the creature

‘is fully fed; when it is so the distinctive form is lost, and the

Acarus becomes almost a rell with little shape in it, but when not

quite so fully fed the form is rather striking. The cephalothorax

is slightly broader than the abdomen, but much thinner dorso-

ventrally, so that. where the two join the dorsum of the abdomen

stands high above the cephalothorax. There is a sharp indentation

in the lateral edge of the creature, where cephalothorax and

abdomen join; behind this the abdomen of the female is almost

sack-shaped ; that of the male narrows a little more posteriorly ;

in both sexes the hind margin is indented in the middle, so that

each side forms a rounded lobe.

Cephalothorax.—The rostrum is a smooth tube or collar, long for

the family ; the strong chelate mandibles project considerably ;

each arm of the chela is tridentate (fig. 7). The five-jointed palpi

(fig. 8), of the ordinary type, are adherent to the membranous

maxillary lip, in the centre of and below which is a chitinous

triangular sclerite which might possibly be considered to represent

alabium. The central portion of the cephalothorax, behind the

rostral tube, forms a large, rounded, fleshy lobe which overhangs the

266 MR, A. D. MICHAEL ON A NEW [Mar. 14,

rostrum. The hinder part of the cephalothorax widens greatly,

its edge being the double curve known as the line of beauty.

This edge is formed by a large raised roll; the median portion

of the cephalothorax is also raised, but between the two, in

the hinder part of the cephalothorax, is a large, shallow depres-

sion or dimple. There are a pair of hairs close together near the

anterior edge of the rostral tube. On each side there is a very

long hair near the edge of the body a little in front of the first

leg, a similar hair near the posterior corner of the cephalothorax,

and a shorter one about midway between them, also one pair on

the dorsum of the cephalothorax ; these, and all other hairs on the

creature are simple and setiform.

Abdomen.—The anterior edge (progaster) has a somewhat

exceptional form; the central portion (about half the width)

projects boldly into the cephalothorax, is concave anteriorly, and

runs out laterally so as to form a short horn or point. From the

central projection the line on each side of the body runs back at

an angle, but this portion also is concave anteriorly; it forms a

raised roll with a large shallow depression or dimple behind it

like that on the cephalothorax. When the creature is very fully

fed all these depressions vanish, they also disappear after death.

There are two pairs of hairs on the central projection of the

progaster, the inner pair are the longer. There are also two other

pairs of hairs on the notogaster (the hinder the longer), and two

hairs on each lateral edge (the hinder the longer). The anus

forms a short, median, posterior projecting point when seen from

above, but a long slit when seen from the ventral surface ; it is

formed of two thin blades on edge lying close against each other,

but capable of being separated widely posteriorly.

Underside (figs. 2 and 3).—The sternum is a triangular plate

sending out band-like projections on each side parallel to the edge

of the rostral collar, and a similar but straight piece posteriorly in

the median line; this is longer in the male than the female. The

epimera of the first pair of legs are formed by the lateral pro-

jections of the sternum and a branch arising from the sternum and

passing behind the legs. Those of the second pair of legs are

somewhat Y-shaped sclerites, which in the male are joined at their

posterior ends to the posterior end of the sternum by short cross

pieces. In the female they are wider apart and not attached.

‘The epimera of the third and fourth legs are short right-angled

pieces in the male. The vulva is between the two posterior pairs

of legs ; but advances more forward than the insertion of the legs ;

it is protected anteriorly by a large semi-annular sternite, and has

well-marked chitinous labia. The male organ (fig. 9) lies rather

further back ; it is protected by a slightly elliptical (almost circular)

plate, slightly truncated behind. This plate covers the longish

curved penis (fig. 10) and the somewhat elaborate skeleton which

supports it (fig. 9). This consists of a horseshoe-shaped sclerite

with thick projecting posterior ends joined by a broad band, from

a central projection of which the penis arises; the anterior end of

1893.] ACARUS FOUND IN CORNWALL. - 267

the organ, when at rest, is supported in a notch formed by two

short rods attached to triangular blade-like sclerites on edge.

The legs are short, the posterior pairs not reaching the hind

margin of the body; the two front pairs are almost blade-like, so

that when seen on edge they appear almost linear, but they are

rarely seen in this position; they are usually turned at an angle

so that the side is partly seen, and thus they look very broad; they

are much curved. The only remarkable feature is the tarsus (fig. 5),

which in these two pairs is strongly curved and bluntly pointed,

so that the whole joint forms a great claw, and it is by this that

the creature climbs. It, however, is not the true claw, that

exists in addition ; from the side, not the end, of the claw-like

tarsus springs a fine transparent, flexible tube which projects

considerably beyond the tarsus ; this tube ends distally in a small

hollow ball, from which the very minute, but perfectly distinct,

real claw arises. The tube can be flexed in almost any direction

at the will of the creature; the ball also is capable of separate

articulate motion upon the tube, but the claw does not seem

capable of movement separately from the ball. I have not seen

this apparatus used in clinging, but it is in continual special

movement as the creature moves or feels about. It would seem

to have become a tactile organ or one for collecting food. here

is a short curved spine on the underside of the tarsus, a strong

spike on the underside of the tibia, and some hairs, the

arrangement of which may be seen from the drawings. The two

posterior pairs of legs are quite different from the anterior: they

are ordinary rounded legs, rather small, without any special

feature ; the tarsi are of the ordinary nature, and are terminated

by large, single, curved claws (fig. 6).

Habitat. I found numerous specimens in a patch of green alga

(Cladophora fracta) growing where the fresh water of a small

stream trickled over the face of the granite cliffs within reach of

the spray of the sea, near the Land’s End, Cornwall. I have not

found it elsewhere.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

All the figures represent Lentungula algivorans.

Fig. 1. Adult 2 seen from above, x 150.

2. Adult 2 seen from below, x 150.

3. Adult $ seen from below, x 150.

4. Second left leg (drawn from the 4’, but similar in both sexes), side

view, X 320.

5. Tarsus of Ist left leg, x 320.

6. Claw of 4th leg (drawn from 4, but sexes similar), x 320.

7. Left mandible of 2 seen from the inner side, «320.

8. Maxillary lip, palpi, and (?) labium seen from below, x 320.

9. Penis and penial skeleton and sclerites seen from below, x 820.

10. Penis seen from the side, x 320.

268 PROF. G,B. HOWES ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE [ Mar. 14,

5. Notes on Variation and Development of the Vertebral

and Limb-Skeleton of the Amphibia. By G. B. Howszs,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant-Professor of Zoology, R. Coll.

Sci. Lond.

{Received March 14, 1893.]

Vertebral Column.—Numerical variation of the vertebre of

Amphibia has been from time to time recorded by various authors,

and in dealing with the living Anura, Adolphi, as the result of a

recent extensive enquiry’, has been enabled to classify the types

of variation met with into three orders, as chiefly determined by

the fusion of adjacent vertebre throughout this or that definitely

restricted region. There has recently come into my possession

the skeleton of an edible Frog (Rana esculenta) in which (fig. 1 a)

the eighth and ninth vertebre were immovably united; and

although this union is in itself an apparently trivial matter, the fact

that Adolphi found but one such case in 212 individuals of the

Toad (Bufo var.) specially examined *, is sufficient testimony to the

rareness of the occurrence to warrant its being placed on record,

So far as I am aware, Adolphi’s example and those herein recorded

are the only ones in which this particular fusion has been yet

described, the majority of recorded variations having chiefly

involved the head of the urostyle and sacrum. Rare as the

fusion of the terminal vertebre of the living Anura would thus

appear to be, it is a remarkable circumstance that Walterstorff,

who has shown * the Tertiary genus Palawobatrachus to be possessed

of a compound sacrum of usually three vertebra, regards the

fusion of these as normal and characteristic of the genus.

On general morphological grounds there is good reason, as need

hardly be pointed out, for associating the compound sacrum and

the fusion of the sacral vertebre together ; and it might therefore

reasonably be expected that in the Frog herein described (figs. 1 a,

15) a second sacral transverse process should appear on one or both

sides. Such, however, was not the case; for the transverse pro-

cesses of the last two vertebre were in no way exceptional either

in disposition or relationship. This is the more remarkable, as

the 8th vertebra of this animal is known to occasionally enter into

the composition of the sacrum on one or both sides, while still

free and independent. In the Toad described by Adolphi*, the

Palzobatrachoid condition was much more nearly realized, as the

fusion had involved the transverse processes of the 8th and 9th

1 Morpholg. Jahrb. Bd. xix. pp. 331-375. As this author's list of refer-

ences is incomplete, the contributions of Sasserno and others having been

apparently overlooked, I am compelled to refer the reader to an earlier paper

of my own (Journ, Anat. & Phys. vol. 24. p. xvi app.) for a full record up to

the time of writing.

2 Loe. cit. p. 351.

8 Jahrb. naturwiss. Vereins, Magdeburg, 1885-86.

* Loc. cit. p. 866, pl. xii. fig. 4.

1893.] VERTEBRAL AND LIMB-SKELETON OF THE AMPHIBIA, 269

vertebre on the right side. On searching through an accumulation

of Frogs’ bones in my possession, I found a specimen (fig. 2 b)

which, except for certain subtle and altogether unimportant

differences of an adaptive nature, closely parallels Adolphi’s Toad ;

and I am indebted to my demonstrator, Mr. M. F. Woodward,

for a backbone in which the opposite (left) side, instead of the

er. \X ot

Vertebral column of Rana esculenta.

Fig. 1 a. The vertebral column of an individual in which the last two vertebra

had completely united, ventral aspect. Fig. 1%. The united 8th and 9th

vertebra of the same, dorsal aspect. Fig. 1c. The same, lateral aspect.

Fig. 2a. The correspondingly united 8th and 9th vertebre of another

individual, haying a compound sacrum on the left side. Fig. 25. A

similar case to 2a, but with the compound sacrum on the opposite

side. 2a and 2b, dorsal aspect. All 14 nat. size. RY

J, furrow, denoting the point of fusion of adjacent parts; iv, inter-

vertebral foramen ; #7, transverse process ; x, eminence at the point of

fusion of adjacent vertebral bodies.

right, was similarly modified (fig. 2a). Inhis specimen the 9th trans-

verse process furnished the sacral articulation on the non-affected

side, as with Adolphi’s Toad ; while in my own (fig. 26) the eighth

fulfilled that function.

Except for a relative diminution in the length of its urostyle,

and for the fusion of parts already referred to, the Frog’s backbone

first described (fig. 1 «) was in no respect structurally abnormal.

Its anterior three vertebre were, however, far less freely movable

than is normally the case ; and in this they anticipate as it were the

greater fusion of these bodies so frequently met with in Ceratophrys

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1893, No. XIX. 19

270 PROF, G. B. HOWES ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE [ Mar. 14,

and certain other genera, and the more regular if not diagnostic

ankylosis of the first two vertebre of the living Pipa, Xenopus,

Pelobates, and others, and of the extinct Paleobatrachus *. The

fact that Ceratophrys and Pelobates, in which this tendency towards

a greater fusion is well marked, are possessed of a relatively short

So-called atlas of Rana and Siredon.

Fig. 3. The so-called atlas of Rana macrodon, exceptional. Fig. 4. The so-called

atlas of Rana esculenta: a, normal; , exceptional. Fig. 5. The same in

Rana catesbiana: a, normal; 8, exceptional. Fig. 6. The same in

the Mexican Axolotl, Siredon pisciformis. All from the ventral aspect.

Figs. 3, 4, and 6 enlarged.

m, nerve-aperture for exit of trans-atlantal nerve ; ¢r, transverse pro-

cess; 7, eminence at point of fusion of adjacent vertebral bodies.

urostyle, invests the aforenamed anticipation with an amount of

interest, by way of suggesting that the reduction in length of

the urostyle and the vertebral ankylosis may be associated modi-

fications.

In the majority of Anuran skeletons that I have examined, in

which co-ossification of adjacent vertebre had been effected, all

traces of their original lines of demarcation were Jost on the ventral

surface, the centra passing insensibly into one another. In the

Frog first described this was otherwise, for its vertebral column

when viewed from beneath (fig. 1a) or from the side (fig. 1 ¢),

revealed a couple of eminences (w) at the point of fusion of the

two terminal vertebre.

There is no variation to which the Amphibian vertebral column

1 Gf, Hoffmann, in Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnung. d. Thier-Reichs, ‘‘ Amphi-

bien,” (Bd. vi.) p. 57.

2 Gf. Walterstorff, op. cit., and Adolphi, los, cit. p. 362. I have observed

a similar fusion of the first two vertebre in individuals of Rana guppyi and

R. catesbiana,

1893.] VERTEBRAL AND LIMB-SKELETON OF THE AMPHIBIA, 271

is liable at all approximate in interest to that of the occasional

appearance of transverse processes on the first vertebra; but,

with the exception of a casual mention of a case in Rana

esculenta by A. G. Bourne’, it has remained unnoticed. His

Specimen was very abnormal in other respects; but I am in

possession of two backbones of the same species in which, while

the last eight vertebre were perfectly normal, the first one or

“atlas ” bore transverse processes, and, in addition (fig. 46), a

pair of lateral perforations (n of figs. 4b, 10, & 11) disposed

serially with the intervertebral foramina. These specimens reached

me in the dried state; but careful examination of the remains of

the soft parts which lay about one of them revealed the presence

of nerve-fibres within one of the perforations in question, and

thus proved it to have transmitted a nerve.

On seeking for further light upon this variation, I have dis-

sected certain of the larger Ranoids* in vain; but my friend

Prof. Chas. Stewart, of the Royal College of Surgeons, has called

my attention to the existence of the nerve-exits in the only

specimens of Rana catesbiana and R. macrodon which his Museum

possesses (cf. figs. 5b & 9, & 3 & 8), and of powerful transverse

processes in the first species named. Strangely enough, neither the

skeletons in the Natural History Museum, nor the carcases of

these species therein preserved which I have had the opportunity

of dissecting *, reveal the remotest traces of either the one or the

other.

Hyrtl called attention twenty-eight years ago, in his celebrated

Monograph on the Japanese Salaniander (Megalobatrachus [ Crypto-

branchus| japonicus), to the existence of a spinal nerve which per-

forated the arch of the “atlas;” and Humphry, six years later,

described the nerve wore fully * as the “ sub-occipital,”’ tracing it

to a distribution to the “foremost portion of the sub-vertebral

rectus” muscle. Fischer had (in 1864) already described a similar

nerve’ in Menobranchus, believing it to be peculiar to that animal

among Urodeles; and it is interesting to note that he traced it

to a distribution in the “ occipitalis minor” muscle. Hyrtl, in

accordance with the facts of the case, was led to regard the so-

called ‘‘ atlas” of the Amphibia as a product of fusion of the “ atlas

and epistropheus ” of the higher Vertebrata ; but this revolutionary

conception has been almost lost sight of, except for its acceptation by

Hoffmann * and so far as the work of Albrecht’ and Stéhr®, alluded

to below, may bear upon it. Neither it nor any facts concerning

? Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xxiv. p. 86.

* Calyptocephalus grayi, Leptodactylus pentadactylus, and Rana guppyi.

° For permission to do this my best thanks are tendered to Dr, A. Ginther,

F.B.S., and my friend Mr. G. A. Boulenger.

* Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. vi. p. 48 (1870).

° ‘Anat. Abhandlg. u. d. Perennibranchiaten und Derotremen,’ Hft. i. p. 158

(Hamburg, 1864).

® Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. vi. p. 54.

* Zool. Anz. 1880, p. 477.

* Zeitschr. f, wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxiii. p. 477, and Bd. xxxvi. p. 68.

19*

272 PROF, G. B. HOWES ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE [ Mar. 14,

it are alluded to in Cope’s recent ‘ Batrachia of North America’’,

except that he refers to the odontoid process of the Urodela

(p. 29) as the “ body of the pro-atlas;” Adolphi is silent on the

topic, assuming the “ sub-occipital” nerve to be absent in all

Anura’*; while Fiirbringer, in a laborious investigation into the

comparative anatomy of the shoulder-muscles, has recorded * his

inability to find a nerve either passing between the skull and the

first vertebra or perforating the arch of the latter, in any Anuran

which he dissected (Pipa excepted).

Not the least interesting feature in the transverse-process

bearing “atlas” of Rana catesbiana (fig. 5b) and R. esculenta

(fig. 4 6) is the presence on the under surface of each of a couple of

eminences, well-nigh indistinguishable from those present in the

specimen herein described (fig. 1 a) at the point of fusion of the

8th and 9th vertebre (w). Rana macrodon reveals no such pecu-

liarity (fig. 3), but in the Axolotl,in which also I find a “sub-

occipital” nerve may be present, a deep lyriform depression occurs

at the corresponding point (a, fig. 6), bounded in front by a

median tuberosity. While, on exclusively anatomical grounds, these

points of similarity support the principle of Hyrtl’s conclusion,

the facts of comparative morphology * that have in recent years

shown the hypoglossus nerve-bearing region to be incorporated

in the occiput of the Amniota, together with those which are

rendering it more and more clear that the os odontoideum of these

animals is a true centrum, and the so-called ‘“‘ body” of their atlas

an intercentrum °, forbid further comparison between the “ atlas ”

of the Amphibia and either the atlas or epistropheus of the higher

Vertebrata.

The nerve passing through the arch of the “atlas” in some

Urodela conforms, so far as is known, to the characters of a true

spinal nerve; as described by Humphry in Megalobatrachus, it has

the relations rather of a ventral than a dorsal ramus of a typical

nerve of the trunk ; while, as described by Fischer for Menobranchus,

the reverse would appear to hold good. Prof. Stewart informs me

that in Rana cateshiana (the “atlas” of which is herein figured)

he traced it to the muscles of the hyoid region.

Stohr has recently shown® that the odontoid process of the

Amphibian (Triton) is a primarily independent derivative of the

cranial notochord; and he lays much stress” upon the conclusion

that the homologues of the hypoglossus and accessorius nerves

of the higher Vertebrata are to be sought in the anterior spinal

nerves of the lower ones. If this be accepted, the known

1 Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 34 (1889).

* Loe. cit. p. 316.

3 Jenaische Zeitschr. Bd. vii. p. 286 (1873), and Bd. viii. p. 180 (cf. v. Ihering,

infra, p. 278).

* For a résumé of these see P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 358.

° Cf. especially Baur, Biolog. Centralbl. Bd. vi. p. 359, and Boulenger, Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ui. p. 140.

6 Zeitschr. f, wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxvi. p. 99.

7 Ibid, Bd. xxxiii. p. 518.

1893.] VERTEBRAL AND LIMB-SKELETON OF THE AMPHIBIA, 273

facts of morphology of the occipital and anterior-vertebral regions

of the vertebrate body raise the question whether in the so-called

“atlas” of Amphibians we may not be dealing with the variously

modified homologues of at least a couple of vertebre, the formative

blastema of which has in the Amniota become merged in the

occiput.

Von Ihering has adduced * reason for believing that the nume-

rical reduction of the vertebrae of Pipa to 8 is due to “ excalation ”

of the second vertebra, as normally enumerated in other forms ;

and the facts recorded by Portis* for certain of the Tertiary

Anura go far towards proving that the near ancestors of the

2. Lr

ai 9

So-called atlas of Siredon and Rana.

Fig. 7. The so-called atlas of the Mexican Axolotl, Siredon pisciformis, from

the side. Fig. 8. The same in Rana macrodon, exceptional. Fig. 9.

The same in Rana catesbiana, exceptional. Figs. 10 & 11. The same

in Rana esculenta, showing degrees in the occlusion of the foramen of

exit of the trans-atlantal nerve. Fig. 12. The same in R. esculenta,

normal, Figs. 7, 8, 10-12 enlarged.

References as for figs. 3 to 6,

living Anura possessed more than nine free vertebre. While

in one of the two transverse-process bearing Frogs’ atlases herein

described the nerve foramina (n, fig. 10) were, like those of Prof.

Stewart’s Rana catesbiana (n, fig. 9), widely open, in the other

(fig. 11) they were, as in his &. macrodon (fig. 8), minute and re-

duced almost to occlusion. The differences between the first and

last named and the atlas of the normal or dominant type met with

among Anura (ex. fig. 12) are precisely those which would be

realized during the stages in suppression by fusion of a vertebral

segment; and, in consideration more especially of the greater

1 Morpholog. Jahrb. Bd. vi. p. 297 (1880) ; of, however, Adolphi, Joe. cit,

p- 315.

2 Atti Accad. del. Sci. Torino, yol. xx. p. 1173 (1885).

274 PROF. G. B, HOWES ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE [Mar. 14,

and more regular development of the trans-atlantal or ‘“ sub-

occipital ” nerve in the Urodela, the facts point most markedly to

the conclusion that the numerical reduction of the vertebre of the

Anura has been effected by something more than a mere shortening

up from behind, as is customarily supposed *.

The only alternative is a belief in a secondary origin of the

occasionally transverse-process bearing half of the so-called “atlas,”

by subdivision of that vertebra; and, in view of Baur’s recent

argument” in favour of an intercalary origin of supernumerary

vertebra, it might be asked whether the extra atlantal vertebra

occasionally present in the Anura might not represent this, in a

completely dismembered form. The difficulties which beset this

belief are so great, and the facts, at any rate in the case before

us, point so very strongly in the opposite direction, that further

discussion would be futile, until we know more than at present of

the detailed nerve-relationships of such exceptional individuals as

are herein dealt with.

The entire question of morphology of the Amphibian “atlas ”

needs to be worked over afresh, in both its anatomical and develop-

mental aspects. As ‘the case now stands, it suggests that that

structure is a compound of at least two vertebra, whose outstanding

processes have disappeared under changes which have effected the

loss of the so-called ‘‘ sub-occipital” nerve and the occlusion of its

exits.

The Urostyle—Some months ago, while dissecting the remains of

an Anuran Tadpole (? Pelobotes), which I acquired from the effects

of the late Prof. W. K. Parker, my attention became arrested by

the detailed relationships of a median rod-like bony centre, lying

within the sheath of the developing urostyle, at a point approxi-

mate to the last two ossifying vertebre (cf. figs. 13 and 14, cc).

The accepted views of the morphology of the Amphibian urostyle

are based upon the researches of Dugés* and Gegenbaur*. These

authors, together with Goette’, have figured and described its

leading developmental stages; and Dugés, referring to the rod

in question as “une épine cylindroide, d’abord cartilagineuse,”

1 Schmidt's recent discovery (Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. liv. p. 748) of

rudimentary arches to the caudal “ pleurocentra” (Baur’s “ centra”) of Amia

appears to me to suggest that the remarkable condition of the vertebral skeleton

of that animal, and certain Elasmobranchs (cf. Goette, loc. cit. p. 418, and

Balfour, Comp. Emb, vol. ii. p. 553) among living fishes, is indicative of abbre-

viation and simplification, by reduction of alternate vertebrae with fusion of

the skeletal parts remaining, akin to but more extensive than that which I

herein claim for the Anurous Amphibia.

2 Journal of Morph. vol. iv. p. 331; cf. also Parker, Phil. Trans. vol. 167.

part 2, p. 575 footnote.

3 *Rech. sur l’Ostéoiogie et la Myologie d. Batraciens.’ Paris, 1834.

4 «Untersuchung. z. vergleichend. Anat. d. Wirbelsiule b. Amphibien und

Reptilien.’ Leipzig, 1862.

‘Die Entwickelungsgesch. d. Unke.’ Leipzig, 1875.

1893.] VERTEBRAL AND LIMB-SKELETON OF THE AMPHIBIA. 275

has long ago worked out’ its fundamental relationships during

development to the remaining osseous elements entering into the

composition of the adult urostyle.

Pelobates fuscus, coceygeal portion of developing vertebral column.

Fig. 13 in a Tadpole of 92 millim., from beneath.

Fig. 14 in an older Tadpole of 112 millim., from the side.

ce, urostyle; nc, notochord ; v.a. 1x—x1, vertebral arches. 24 times nat. size.

In view of this, and of my tadpole proving to be a Pelobatoid, I

eagerly availed myself of the beautiful preparations of) the larval

skeleton of Pelobates fuscus placed upon the market by Fritsch of

Prague. Great was my delight to find that two of the three

individuals purchased from him showed the ossification in question.

This and certain other genera of living Anura are somewhat

remarkable for the detailed mode of development of their vertebral

bodies ? and especially for the late appearance of their centra, those

structures not being developed until the arches are in an advanced

and directly articulated state. The rod above referred to (cc,

fig. 14), which beyond doubt gives rise to at any rate the main

portion of that which Goette calls* the periosteal component of

the urostyle, arises in the interval of time between the formation

of the ossific neural arches and their corresponding bony centra.

The figures sufficiently show that it first appears beneath the

10th pair of arches as ordinarily enumerated (v.a. x), and that it

elongates in a backward direction with the superaddition of the

11th pair (v.a. x1). There is thus recognizable at this period of

growth a provisional inversion of the order of development of the

parts—the ossific neural arches appearing before their correspond-

ing centra and the ossific body of the urostyle arising prior to the

first deposition of the last (11th) pair of arches, with which it sub-

sequently first unites. In consideration of the conflicting opinions

concerning the morphology of the ‘ hypochordal” constituent of

the urostyle*, and especially of Goette’s refusal to admit this

homologous either with entire vertebre or vertebral bodies ’, this

1 Loe. cit. pp. 108-111.

2 Gf. Balfour's‘ Embryology,’ vol. ii. p. 556.

3 Loe. cit. p. 933, and pl. xi. fig. 196.

* Cf. Gegenbaur, loc. cit. pp. 22-33. 5 Loe. eit. p. 893.

276 ~=PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE [ Mar. 14,

inversion in growth is interesting, as it tends to bring the Am-

phibian “ coccyx” into closer harmony with that of the Mammal,

in which (Homo)* ossification of the vertebral arches, unlike that

which obtains in the pre-sacral region, is effected subsequently to

that of their overlying centra *.

It may be of interest here to recall the similarity in numerical

reduction of the free vertebre met with in the Anurous Amphibia

(Pipa to 7) and the Teleostean Fishes (Ostracion to 14)*. In its

occasionally rod-like character, the Teleostean “ terminal vertebra ”

may so closely approximate to the condition of the Amphibian

urostyle (ex. Molva) as to merit that title; and the enclosure

within it of a cartilaginous urochord (ex. Osmerus) indicates a close

parallelism of modification between the two great groups of Ver-

tebrates, which calls for further investigation.

Cartier has directed attention’ to an apparent similarity in the

primary mode of origin of the vertebral bodies of Urodeles and

Teleosteans ; and the interest of the foregoing consideration is

enhanced by the discovery by Emery ° and Albrecht ° of an odon-

toid vertebra of the Amphibian type in Fierasfer, Pelamys, and

certain other bony fishes’, and by the tendency towards a common

type of fusion of vertebra in the two great groups *.

Pedal Skeleton.—An adult male of the Spotted Salamander

(S. maculosa) has recently come into my hands in which the hind

limb was exceptionally modified (figs. 15 & 16); and as it is the

only one possessed of a reduced pedal skeleton out of some hundreds

which have from time to time come under my notice, I conclude

that the variation of the same is, in this animal, very rare.

The left hind limb (fig. 15) was in every respect normal; but

the right one (fig. 16), when viewed externally, appeared to be

tridactyle. The apparent three digits were less completely dis-

tinct from each other and less freely movable than those of the

normal limb, and the presumed inner one (J, II), which was very

short, and in transverse diameter equal to the other two combined,

was more rigid than the rest of the limb and apparently of little

service in progression. When the limb was brought to the ground,

1 Especially when regarding as coecygeal those so-called sacral vertebr

which take no share in the formation of the iliac articulation.

2 Of. Quain’s ‘ Anatomy,’ ed. 9, pp. 20-22.

3 Ginther, ‘ Introd to Study of Fishes,’ p. 686.

4 Zeitschr, f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxv. (Sup.) p. 73; cf. also Goette, loc. cit.

. 415.

ee Fauna u. Flora d. Golfes von Neapel, Monogr. ii. p. 26 (1880).

8 Loc, cit. p. 472.

7 The analogy, if worth anything, certainly does not bear out Jordan’s recent

suggestion (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. xiv. p. 107) that this numerical reduc-

tion and its associated “ ichthyization,” as he somewhat fantastically terms it,

take place in degree approximate to the approach to the equator.

8 Cf. Schmidt, loc. cit. p. 757.

1893.] VERTEBRAL AND LIMB-SKELETON OF THE AMPHIBIA, 277

it was only possible for this to act as a support under undue

extension of the two remaining digits.

On laying bare the enclosed skeleton, it was observed that mus-

cular elements were largely wanting in relation to this presumed

inner digit, and that that really represented the first and second

digits, bound up in a kind of syndactyly. The second one

(II, fig. 16) was abnormally bent upon itself in an inward direction,

and its terminal phalanx was firmly united to the single one of the

first digit by a powerful ligament (/7) which rendered independent

movement of the parts impossible.

On turning to the rest of the limb-skeleton, the tibia and fibula

Hind limbs of Salamandra maculosa, adult 2.

Fig. 15, Skeleton of left hind limb, ventral aspect. Fig. 16. The same, right

hind limb, dorsal aspect, for comparison with its fellow. The contour-

lines of the undissected limbs are indicated, and the darker areas delineate

centres and degrees of ossification. 3 times nat. size.

ce, centrale; f, fibula; fd, fibulare; 2, intermedium ; /g, ligamentous

fibres; z, tibia; 7b, tibiale; ¢s1-v, tarsalia; I—V, digits.

(t, f) and the metatarsals and phalanges of the three innermost

digits were all normal in their relative sizes and degrees of ossifi-

cation. The fourth digit, however, although possessed of its full

complement of phalanges, instead of being the longest of the series,

as is most generally the case in this species, had undergone an

arrest of growth, whereby it remained much shorter than the

third. The latter digit had, in fact, usurped its function ; and com-

parison of the figures will show that the proportionate relation-

ships between the 3rd and 4th digits of the reduced limb (fig. 16)

were approximately those of the 4th and 5th of the normal one

(fig. 15). There was no trace either of a fifth digit or of its related

tarsale. The tarsal elements of the reduced limb, while fully

represented for the digits present, were remarkable for the complete

co-ossification of the 3rd and 4th tarsalia (ts 111, Iv, fig. 16). On

further comparison with the normal tarsus, it was seen that all

278 MR. A, THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [ Mar. 28,

the elements not directly related to the two digits (III & IV) which

were alone normally functional were in a backwardly developed

state, as though they had been subjected to an arrest in growth.

This was especially the case with the intermedium (7) and centrale

(c). That the departures from the normal here met with admit of

ready explanation on purely physiological grounds is sufficiently

clear ; but the case is none the less interesting morphologically,

as in those Urodeles possessed of numerically reduced digits

both the reduction and fusion of all parts involved are invariably

effected in a progressive manner from the post-axial or outer

side inwards * and accompanied by a diminution in length of the

outermost digit.

Numerical variation of the digits is most marked among the

Amphiumide of all living Urodeles, the individual variations being

such as to have led Cope to the conclusion* that Amphiuma tridactyla

is but a variety of A. means, the digits of the species ranging from

1 to 3 in number in both fore and hind limbs. These facts, taken

in conjunction with the recent discovery of a fleeting vestige of the

pelvic member in one alone among a series of larve of Ichthyophis

glutinosa examined by the cousins Sarasin *, show that individual

variations of the kind herein recorded may realize (admittedly in a

perhaps distorted form at times) the steps by which the reduction

and loss of limbs have been effected in allied genera and species.

March 28, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Head Keeper, exhibited a series of

Insects reared in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens during

the past year, and read the following Report on the subject:—

Report on the Insect-house for 1892.

Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited

in the Insect-house during the past season :—

Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies.

Indian.

Attacus atlas. Antherea mylitta.

cynthia. Actias selene.

pernyt. Cricula trifenestrata.

royler.

1 Gf. Baur, ‘ Beitr. z. Morphogenie d. Carpus und Tarsus.’ Th. I. Batrachia.

Jena, 1888.

2 Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1886, p. 526. Cf. also Hay, Amer. Nat. 1888,

p. 815; and Cope, Batrachia of N. America, p. 218.

3 Ergebnisse Naturwiss. Forschung. auf Ceylon, Bd. ii. Hft. 2, p. 22. Wies-

baden, 1887

1893.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 279

Japanese.

* Caligula japonica.

Australian.

* Caligula eucalypti.

American.

Samia cecropia. Telea angulifera.

Telea polyphemus. Hypochera io.

promethea. Actias luna.

Diurnal Lepidoptera.

European.

Papilio podalirius. Vanessa atalanta,

machaon. 10.

alexanor. cardut.

Thais polyxena. Argynnis aglaia.

Parnassius apollo, Colias edusa.

Lyceena corydon. Melanargia galathea.

Vanessa levana.

American.

Papilio ajax. Papilio philenor.

asterias. Limenitis disippus.

Nocturnal Lepidoptera.

Smerinthus ocellatus. Cherocampa elpenor.

populi. Macroglossa fuciformis.

* Deidamia inseripta. Saturnia pyri.

*Triptogon modesta. carpini.

* Cressonia juglandis. Eacles regalis.

* Paonias excecatus. imperial.

* Sphinx eremita. * Anisota rubicunda.

ligustri. Clostera anachoreta.

Deilephila euphorbie. Diphthera orion.

galii.

* Exhibited for the first time.

Of the insects which I have the honour to place before the

Meeting this evening the following are exhibited for the first

time, viz.:— Caligula japonica, Caligula eucalypti, Deidamia inseripta,

Triptogon modesta, Cressonia juglandis, Paonias exceecatus, Sphine

erenvita, and Anisota rubicunda.

The cocoons of Caligula eucalypti were sent from Australia

by Mr. Le Souef, of the Zoological Gardens, Melbourne, and I hope

to be able to get more, and to obtain the larve of this beautiful

species.

POF the five species of American Sphingide exhibited for the first

time, the specimens of Triptogon modesta are worthy of notice.

280 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

I exhibit this evening a fine male specimen of Actias mimose.

This specimen emerged from one of three cocoons, deposited this

year (1893) by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S., and, although

{ have had the cocoons on one occasion before, this is the first

perfect specimen obtained.

The following papers were read :—

1. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera

from Central and South America. By Hersert

Druce, F.L.S., F.Z.S8., &c.

[Received March 28, 1893.]

(Plates XIX.—XX1T.)

The following descriptions of ninety-eight new species of

Heterocera from tropical America represent twelve families, four

subfamilies, and forty genera, two of which are new.

Many of the species of the Dioptide are of considerable interest,

as they very closely resemble some of the butterflies belonging to

the family Danaine from the same localities. All the types are

in my own collection.

Fam. A GERIID &,

ANGERIA, Fabr.

JEGERIA (?) CERAOA, Sp. n.

Primaries dark purplish brown, a streak from the base to the

end of the cell hyaline, beyond the end of the cell a large golden

yellow spot; the fringe dark brown. Secondaries hyaline, with

the veins, outer margin, and fringe dark purplish black. Head

and palpi black, the front of the head white, collar steel-blue ;

thorax dark brown ; abdomen bright orange ; the two anal segments

and the tuft dark blackish brown ; legs bluish black.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River ( Whitely, Mus. Druce).

A fine distinct species quite unlike any other known tome. I

have placed it in the genus @yeria with considerable doubt.

Fam. CASTNIIDA.

CastntA, Fabr.

CASTNIA ENDELECHIA, sp. 0.

Primaries pale brown, almost white along the inner margin, a

short white streak near the base, and a white band crossing the

wing beyond the middle, from the costal to the outer margin ; the

fringe pale brown. Secondaries pure white, the veins near the

outer margin edged with bright red, a lunular-shaped black mark

W Parlass lith . Hanhart imp.

NEW SOUTH AMERICAN HETEROCERA .

P25). 1893 Pea:

20 27 Be,

W.Purkiss lth Hanhart imp

NEW SOUTH AMERICAN HETEROCERA |

1893. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 281

at the end of the cell, thickly irrorated with red on the inner side,

a round black spot near the apex, and a submarginal row of elongated

spots edged with red on the inner edge; the outer margin and the

veins black; the fringe pale brown. Underside similar to the

upperside, but paler in colour and entirely without any red round

the black markings. Head, thorax, and legs pale brown ; abdomen

greyish white. Antennz wanting.

Expanse 33 inches.

Hab. Argentine Republic, Corrientes (Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to C. eudesmia, Gray.

Fam. ZYG £NID &.

Avtocutoris, Hiibn.

AUTOCHLORIS ORATHA, sp. n.

Primaries deep black, the basal half of the wing hyaline, beyond

which are square hyaline spots, the first close to the costal margin,

the second below and nearer the anal angle. Secondaries black,

with a round hyaline spot about the middle, and an oval hyaline

spot on the inner margin close to the base. Underside the same

as above, but paler in colour and with the costal margin of the

secondaries from the base to near the apex bright metallic green.

Antenne and palpi black, front of head white. Head, thorax, and

abdomen aboye deep black, the underside of the abdomen white.

Tegule with a bright red spot at the base, and a bright red spot on

each side of the abdomen close to the base.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River (Whitely, Mus. D.).

This species is allied to Autochloris varipes, Walker, but can at

once be distinguished from that species by its larger size, more

hyaline wings, entirely black abdomen, red spots on the tegule

and at the base of the abdomen.

Agyrta, Hiibn.

AGYRTA CHENA, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries hyaline, the costal margin, apex, and inner

margin broadly bordered with deep black, an oval white spot near

the apex; a pale bluish-white streak extends along the inner

margin from the base to the anal angle; the fringe black.

Secondaries hyaline, the costal apex and outer margin broadly

bordered with black, the inner margin bluish white. Underside

very similar to the upperside, but without the bluish-white streak

on the primaries. Antenne and palpi black, front of the head,

underside of the thorax, and abdomen white; legs greyish white

on the upperside ; back of the head and collar bright red ; tegul

black, edged with bluish white; thorax and abdomen dark blue,

with a white line down the middle.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Upper Amazons (Mus. D.).

282 MR, H, DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

AGYRTA PANDEMIA, sp, n.

Male. Primaries black, the veins shot with bright blue near the

base; a wide white band partly crosses the wing beyond the

middle, from the costal margin to near the apex, but not reaching

it. Secondaries hyaline; the costal margin, apex, and outer

margin black shot with blue, the inner margin deep blue. The

underside very similar to the upperside, but paler in colour. The

head, antennz, palpi, and thorax black; abdomen blue-black, the

underside greyish white.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Lower Amazons, Para (Mus. D.).

AGYRTA PHYLLA, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries hyaline; the veins black.

Primaries crossed beyond the middle from the costal margin to the

outer margin, above the anal angle, by a wide black band; the

costal margin, apex, outer and inner margins bordered with black,

shot with dark blue. Secondaries bordered with black on the

costal margin, apex, and outer margin ; the fringes of both wings

black. Underside very similar to the upperside, with the costal

margin of both wings edged with white. Antenne black; palpi

black, white on the underside ; front of the head white, the under-

side of the head bright red; thorax and tegule black; abdomen

dark blue, with a narrow white line extending from the base to the

anus; underside of the abdomen and the legs white.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Santa Lucia ( Wolf, Mus. D.).

Allied to A. micilia, Cram., but very distinct.

IcHortA, Butl.

IcHORIA CHALCOMEDUSA, sp. 0.

Primaries deep’ black, slightly shot with green at the base.

Secondaries hyaline; the apex and outer margin edged with black,

the fringes of both wings black. Palpi, thorax, and legs black.

The head and a large spot at the base of the thorax bright metallic

blue. The abdomen greenish black. Antennz black, tipped with

white.

Expanse 1,4; inch.

Hab. 8. Brazil, Porto Real (Mus. D.).

Allied to Ichoria tricincta, H.-S., but very distinct.

ARGYROEIDES, Butl.

ARGYROEIDES (?) ORTONA, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries whitish hyaline; the veins brownish

black, excepting at the base of the primaries, where they are pale

yellow. Primaries: the apex, outer and inner margins, bordered

with brownish black, widest at the apex. Secondaries with only

the marginal line black; the fringes of both wings black, the

1893.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA, 283

underside of the secondaries whitish at the base. Head, antenna,

palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the underside of the

abdomen white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

I provisionally place this insect in the genus Argyroeides, Butler,

from which it differs in having rather longer and wider primaries

and longer secondaries; the antenne are also slightly more deeply

pectinated.

Syyrricnura, Butl.

SYNTRICHURA CERES, sp. n.

Male. Primaries hyaline white ; the veins, apex, outer and inner

margins black. Secondaries hyaline, the apex broadly bordered with

black. The head and thorax black, front of head and the collar

white. Antenne and legs black. Abdomen above dark bluish

black, with a row of white spots down the middle from the base to

the anus. The underside of the thorax and abdomen greyish

white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, not nearly allied to those already

described.

Fam. AROTIID&.

Subfam. CHARIDEIN#.

Cuarippa, Dalm.

CHARIDEA ORBONA, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries deep black. Primaries streaked

with blue on the costal margin, close to the base. A wide orange

band crosses the wing beyond the middle from the costal margin

to the outer margin above the anal angle. Underside very similar

to the upperside, but the secondaries are shot with dark blue at

the base and on the costal margin ; the fringes of both wings black.

Head, thorax, abdomen, antennz, and legs black. Collar, tegule,

and a narrow line down the middle of the abdomen bright blue.

Female identical with the male.

Expanse, ¢ 9, 12 inch.

Hab. 8.E. Brazil, Santa Catharina (Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to Charidea jynx, Hiibn., from

which it is at once distinguished by entirely wanting the broad

yellow band on the inner margins of the primaries.

AnprocHarmTa, Feld.

ANDROCHARTA LEECHI, sp. n.

Male. Primaries dark brown, with two small metallic blue spots

at the base, a round spot in the cell nearest the costal margin,

284 MR, H., DRUCH ON NEW [Mar. 28,

a spot below the cell, and three spots beyond the end of the

cell all creamy white. Secondaries creamy white, clouded

with brown at the base and partly along the costal margin.

The head, antenne, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark brown ;

the back of the head and the collar metallic blue; the base of the

tegule creamy white; the three basal segments of the abdomen

above bright red, edged with metallic blue. Underside very similar

to the upperside, but secondaries are dark brown, with only a small

creamy white spot in the middle.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Brazil, Ceard (Leech, Mus. D.).

I am indebted to Mr. Leech for an example of this fine species,

which I have much pleasure in naming after him ; it was captured

by Mr. Leech at Ceara in August 1884,

Subfam. CrenucHin &.

Evaera, Walk.

EUAGRA CERYMICA, sp. 0.

Primaries black, shot with bright blue from the base along the

costal and inner margin; a hyaline spot similar to that in Zuagra

angelica, Butler, but shorter and broader, not reaching almost to

the base of the wing as in that species. Secondaries hyaline;

the costal margin and apex broadly black; the inner margin and

anal angle bright blue. Underside as above, but with no blue on

the wings. Antenne, palpi, and legs black. Head bright red;

abdomen dark blue.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Panama (Boucard, Mus. D.).

This species is allied to Euagra angelica, Butl., from which it is

at once distinguished by the bright red head and much shorter and

wider hyaline spot on the secondaries.

Subfam. ParicoPrn mz.

Moerastatta, Butl.

METASTATIA PAMPA, Sp. n.

Sexes alike. Primaries black, hyaline at the base and a wide

band crossing the wing beyond the middle from the costal margin

to the anal angle ; the costal and inner margin dark bright blue

from the base to about the middle. Secondaries hyaline; the

costal apex and outer margin black; the inner margin deep blue,

Underside similar to the upperside, but paler in colour and without

any blue shade. Antenne, palpi, and legs black; thorax and

abdomen above dark bright blue, on the underside black; the anus

yellowish white.

Expanse 1,3; inch.

Hab. Eeuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to Metastatia saphira, Staudinger.

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 285

MBrTAsTATIA OSSA, Sp. 0.

Sexes alike. Primaries hyaline, the veins black. Costal apex,

outer and inner margin, and a wide band crossing the wing about

the middle black, with a rich blue gloss. Secondaries hyaline ; the

apex and outer margin black, glossed with dark blue. Underside

as above, but without the blue gloss. Antenna, palpi, and legs

black ; the head, thorax, and abdomen deep blue; the underside

of the abdomen greyish white.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Colombia, interior (Wheeler, Mus. D.).

A very beautiful species, allied to W. pampa, Druce.

METASTATIA CHELIDON, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 3.)

Primaries black, with a rather wide hyaline band crossing the

wing beyond the middle ; the costal margin, the outer edge of the

white band, and the inner margin bright dark blue; the apex

tipped with white, Secondaries hyaline; the costal apex, outer

and inner margins bright dark blue. Underside similar to the

upperside, but browner in colour and with the base of both wings

shot with blue. Antenne, palpi, and legs black; head, thorax,

and abdomen dark blue ; tegule black, edged with blue ; abdomen

with a white line down the middle; underside of the abdomen

white, with a black line down the middle.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Colombia, interior ; Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, not closely allied to any known to me.

Merastatia (?) PALES, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 4.)

Male. Primaries black, shot with blue at the base, a short streak

close to the base, a wide band crossing the wing about the middle

from near the costal margin to the anal angle, which it does not

quite reach, and a small, apical, oval spot all hyaline. Secondaries

hyaline ; the costal apex and outer margin blue-black; the veins

black. Underside: both wings very similar to the upperside, but

without any blue gloss. Head,antennz, and thorax black. Abdomen

dark blue; the anal segment edged with white; a white line on

each side of the abdomen and one down the middle; the underside

of the abdomen white, of the head and front of the thorax orange-

yellow; legs black, white on the upperside.

Female very similar to the male, but has the hyaline markings

on the primaries rather larger.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, not closely allied to any other known

to me.

Eucyann, Hiibn.

EUCYANE POLIANA, sp. n.

Female. Primaries deep black, crossed beyond the middle from

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XX. 20

286 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [ Mar. 28

the costal margin to the anal angle by a wide white band. Second-

aries brownish black, with a dark blue shade at the base; the

fringes of both wings black. The head, palpi, antenne, thorax,

legs, and underside of the abdomen black; the upperside of the

abdomen blue-black.

Expanse 27 inches.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River (Whitely, Mus. D.).

Not closely allied to any species known to me.

EUCYANE ORTROPHA, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries deep black. Primaries crossed beyond

the middle from the costal margin to the anal angle by a narrow

dark chrome-yellow band, deeply dentated on the outer edge ; the

fringes of both wings black. Underside very similar to the upper-

side, but the yellow band is slightly wider. Head, antenne, thorax,

abdomen, and legs deep black; palpi above black, on the underside

yellow.

Expanse 23 inches.

Hab. Colombia, interior ( Wheeler, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to Z. chislon, Druce.

EvcyANE PHILOMELA, Sp. 0D.

Primaries black, shot with rich dark blue; the cell hyaline; a

wide hyaline band crosses the wing beyond the middle, from the

costal margin almost to the anal angle, beyond which, nearer the

apex, isa small hyaline band; the inner margin, from the base

almost to the anal angle, broadly streaked with bright pale blue;

the fringe black. Secondaries hyaline, shot with dark blue; the

veins, costal, outer and inner margins broadly bordered with black ;

a light blue line extends from the base along the inner margin

almost to the anal angle, but does not quite reach it; the fringe

white. Underside very similar to the upperside, but slightly paler

in colour. Antenne, palpi, head, tegul, and legs black; thorax

and abdomen dark bluish black; a bright blue line extends down

the middle of the abdomen from the base to the anus; the under-

side of the abdomen white.

Expanse 27 inches.

Hab. Interior of Colombia (Mus. D.).

A distinct and beautiful species, somewhat resembling Phanoptis

cyanomelas, Felder, which is wrongly placed in the genus Isostola

by Kirby in his catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera.

Subfam. PH@GoPpreRIn2.

NEOZATREPHES, gen. nov.

Male. Antenne long, finely pectinated. Palpi short, hairy,

the third joint very minute; thorax and abdomen stout, legs thick.

Primaries long and narrow; the costal margin slightly convex ;

the apex slightly rounded ; the inner margin straight ; the cell very

short, not more than one-third the length of the wing. Secondaries

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA, HETEROCERA. 287

long, the cell short, the costal margin convex, the apex pointed,

the anal angle rounded.

Type: Neozatrephes telesilla.

NEOZATREPHES TELESILLA, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 5.)

Male. Primaries pale semihyaline brown, crossed from the costal

to the inner margin by five indistinct bands of orange-yellow spots,

the fourth and fifth very indistinct ; a white line extends from the

apex to the anal angle and then along the inner margin to the base

of the wing; the fringe brown. Secondaries semihyaline pinkish

white, darkest along the costal margin. Head and antenne orange ;

thorax brown. Abdomen on the upperside red, underside yellow,

with the three anal segments white ; anal tuft orange; legs reddish

orange.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

This species is quite distinct from any known to me; the ex-

ceedingly short cell of the primaries at once separates it from all

allied forms.

Evcrrron, Hiibn.

EUCEREON CHALCODON, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 6.)

Primaries dark brown; the veins and several fine lines crossing

the wing from the costal to the inner margin pale fawn-colour,

the first line zigzag near the base, the second about the middle of

the cell, the third beyond, but joining the second line below the

cell and then extending to the inner margin, forming a large brown

spot about the middle of the wing; a marginal row of pale ring-

shaped markings extending from apex to the anal angle ; the

fringe brown and fawn-coloured. Underside dark brown, with a

spot about the middle of the costal margin and a narrow band near

the apex greyish white. Secondaries semihyaline white, with the

apex, outer margin, and anal angle clouded with brown. The head,

thorax, collar, tegulz, and base of the abdomen dark brown; a

large white spot on the base of the thorax; the abdomen bright

red, above the underside and the anal segment brownish black ;

the antenne and fore legs pale greyish fawn-colour ; the hind legs

dark brown.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. S.E. Brazil, Petropolis (Mus. D.).

Iam indebted to the kindness of Lord Walsingham for the

pleasure of describing this distinct species and for adding the

specimen to my collection.

THYSANOPRYMNA, Butl.

THYSANOPRYMNA CEPIANA, Sp. 0.

Primaries greyish brown, crossed from the costal to the inner

margin by three darker brown bands, the first near the base, the

second, the widest, about the middle, the third submarginal.

Secondaries hyaline, the veins and the outer cea blackish

288 MR, He DRUCEH ON NEW [Mar. 28,

brown. Underside similar to the upperside, but the primaries

without the bands crossing the wing; the fringes of both wings

black. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and abdomen black ; abdo-

men with a row of bright red spots on each side the anal tuft, and

a large spot at the base of the abdomen on the underside orange ;

the underside of the thorax red.

Expanse 2 inches. f

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (Mus. D.).

A fine and distinct species, allied to Thysanoprymna pyrrhopyga,

Walker, from Brazil.

Hatisrpora, Hiibn.

HAtiIsIpOTA LAROIPA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries pale fawn-colour, crossed from the costal to the

inner margin with fine zigzag dark brown lines; two spots on the

costal margin, one at the end of the cell, and two on the outer

margin dark brown; the fringe alternately fawn-colour and dark

brown. Secondaries pale yellowish white. Head, antenne, thorax,

abdomen, and legs yellowish fawn-colour.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.); S.E. Brazil

(Mus. D.).

A common species in Ecuador.

HaxistDoTA PANDAMA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 8.)

Female. Primaries citron-yellow, spotted with brown; at the

base a band of brown spots crosses the wing at the end of the cell,

from the costal to the inner margin, beyond which, near the apex,

are several large elongated brown spots; the veins edged with

brown on each side along the outer margin; the fringe yellow.

Secondaries pale yellowish white, clouded with brown on the outer

margin. The head, thorax, and tegule citron-yellow; the collar

and tegul with brown spots ; abdomen above dark yellow, white on

the underside ; antenne brown ; legs brownish white.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Malo (Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to H. sesia, Sepp.

Puaeorrera, Boisd.

PH@GOPTERA CHIMERA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries deep black. Secondaries white, broadly bordered

with black from the apex to the anal angle. Antenne, palpi,

thorax, abdomen, and legs black; two spots on the back of the

head, and one on each tegulz, orange-yellow ; abdomen with a

row of orange-yellow spots on each side, and with the four anal

segments banded with yellow.

Expanse 2? inches.

Hab. Paraguay (Mus. D.).

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 289

A fine species allied to P. umber, Cram., and P. almopia, Druce,

from both of which it is at once distinguished by the white second-

aries,

Fam. MnpLAMERID &

Fravinta, Walk.

FLAVINIA (?) CHOANA, sp. n.

Primaries black, with a wide chrome-yellow band, extending

from the base along the inner half of the wing, nearly to the anal

angle, and a wide chrome-yellow band crosses the wing near the

apex, from the costal to the outer margin; the fringe black.

Secondaries black, the inner margin and an oval spot, about the

middle of the outer margin, chrome-yellow; the fringe black.

Underside very similar to the upperside, but with the costal

margin of the secondaries bordered with chrome-yellow. An-

tenn, palpi, head, thorax, and tegule black; tegule edged with

chrome-yellow ; abdomen above black, with a wide chrome-yellow

band on each side; the underside white; legs black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab, East Peru (Mus. D.).

This insect is quite unlike any other species known to me.

Drvara, Walk.

DEvVARA CHARISIA, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 7.)

Male. Primaries black, with a white spot at the end of the cell,

extending downwards to near the anal angle ; fringe greyish black.

Secondaries white, bordered with black from the apex to the anal

angle ; the fringe greyish. Underside: both wings very similar to

the upperside, but greyer in colour. Antenne, palpi, head, and

thorax black; abdomen above black on the underside, and the

legs greyish white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to D. subsericea, Feld.

DrvaRa PALLOR, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 9.)

Male. Primaries black, the basal half and oval spot beyond

hyaline white. Secondaries hyaline white, bordered with black

from the apex to the anal angle; the inner margin edged with

black ; the fringes black. Underside like the upperside, excepting

that the costal margin of the secondaries is black. Antenne, head,

thorax, and abdomen above black; the underside of the thorax

yellow, of the abdomen white; the legs greyish black. Female

similar to the male.

Expanse 154, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to D. charisia, Druce.

290 MR, H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

DEVARA CHEPTA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 10.)

Male. Primaries deep black, with a small white streak extending

from the base, about halfway across the wing. Secondaries white,

very broadly bordered with black from the apex to the anal angle ;

the fringes of both wings black. Head, antenna, and palpi black ;

collar white ; abdomen black, spotted with white on each side;

legs greyish black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. D.).

Allied to D. charisia, Druce, and D. subsericea, Keld., but differs

greatly from either of them. c

Neto, Walk.

NELO TOXIORATA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. figs. 11, 12.)

Male. Upperside similar to V. philodamea, Druce, but rather

brighter in colour; on the underside it differs from that species in

having a large orange-yellow spot on the primaries, beyond the

middle ; in all other respects the two species are almost iden-

tical.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Peru (Mus. D.).

Fam. DIOPTIDA.

Lavron, Walk.

LAURON CHOMA, sp. n.

Female. Primaries black, hyaline from the base to about the

middle; the costal margin yellowish at the base; the inner margin

orange-yellow from the base to the anal angle; and two spots on

the outer margin orange-yellow, joining a narrow white band that

crosses the wing from the costal to the outer margin. Secondaries

hyaline ; the veins all black; the apex bordered with black; the

outer margin broadly banded with orange-yellow. The fringes of

both wings greyish black; the underside similar to the upperside,

but without the orange-yellow on the inner margin of the primaries.

Head, palpi, and antenne black; thorax orange-yellow ; abdomen

brownish black, with a bluish-white line down the middle; the

underside greyish white; the legs black.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A distinct species, not closely allied to any known to me.

LAURON OSIBA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 13.)

Male. Primaries black; a wide streak extending from the base

to beyond the middle, whitish hyaline; the costal streaked with

orange-yellow from the base nearly to the apex; part of the inner

margin and the anal angle bordered with orange-yellow; a

narrow white band crosses the wing near the apex, but does not

touch either margin. Secondaries whitish hyaline; the apex and

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 291

outer margin bordered with black. Underside very similar to the

upperside. Head, antenne, palpi, and thorax black; abdomen

greyish blue; legs black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Lavron PapDuA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 16.)

Primaries brownish black, with a large central whitish hyaline

space in the middle of the wing; the veins black; the costal

margin and a wide submarginal band, which extends from the

costal margin to the anal angle, brownish yellow. Secondaries

whitish hyaline; the outer margin bordered with black, with a

rather wide brownish-yellow line extending from the apex to the anal

angle. Underside the same as above. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax,

and abdomen black; abdomen with two bluish-white lines extend-

ing from the base to the anus; the underside of the abdomen

white, with a black line down the middle; the legs black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, very distinct from any other known to me;

it has a great resemblance to Jthomia corena, Hew., from the Ama-

zons and Ecuador.

LAURON BATESI, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 15.)

Male. Primaries black, with two white spots, one at the end of

the cell, and a round one below ; the costal margin streaked with

yellow at the base ; a wide submarginal orange-yellow band crosses

the wing from the costal margin to the anal angle. Secondaries

whitish hyaline ; the outer margin broadly banded with black, and

with a narrow orange-yellow line extending from the apex to the

anal angle. Underside the same as above. Head, antennz, palpi,

thorax, and underside of the abdomen white ; legs black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Amazons, Sao Paulo (Bates, Mus. D.).

A fine species, allied to LZ. padua, Druce.

LavRON (?) CHARIATA, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 14.)

Male. Primaries whitish hyaline, the costal margin, the apical

portion of the wing, and the anal angle chrome-yellow; the inner

margin and inner and outer margins of the chrome-yellow edged

with dark brown, the veins on the hyaline part of the wing black.

Secondaries hyaline white, edged with chrome-yellow from the

apex to the anal angle; the costal margin dark brown ; the fringes

of both wings brown. Underside as above. The head, antenne,

palpi,- thorax, abdomen, and legs black. Abdomen on the upperside

with two white lines extending from the base to the anus; the

underside white ; tegule chrome-yellow.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, not closely allied to any other known to me.

292 MR, H, DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

NEOLAURONA, gen. nov.

Male. Antenne rather long, deeply pectinated. Palpi, the third

joint long. Head small; thorax and abdomen stout, the abdomen

extending beyond the wings ; legs long, slender ; hind tibia with

two pairs of small spurs. Primaries long, narrow; the costal

margin straight; apex rounded. Secondaries long, rounded at the

apex and anal angle.

Female. Antenne simple.

Type: Pericopis hazara, Butl.

This genus is allied to Lauron.

NEOLAURONA OVIA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 17.)

Female. Primaries black, crossed from the costal margin by two

wide cream-coloured bands ; the costal and inner margin near the

base, and two small spots near the anal angle, cream-colour.

Secondaries cream-colour, the veins black; the costal margin, apex,

and outer margin broadly bordered with black; a large cream-

coloured spot close to the apex. Underside the same as the upper-

side, but paler in colour. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and

upperside of the abdomen black ; underside of the abdomen cream-

colour; tegule black, edged with cream-colour ; legs black, greyish

on the underside.

Male. Unknown.

Expanse, 2, 24 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, quite unlike any other known to me.

Diortis, Hiibn.

Diopris CHARILA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 1.)

Male. Primaries black, hyaline at the base and partly along the

inner margin ; a whitish hyaline band crosses the wing beyond the

middle nearest the apex. Secondaries hyaline ; the veins black ; the

costal and outer margins broadly bordered with black. Underside

very similar to the upperside, but the costal margin of both wings

near the base greyish white. Head, antenna, palpi, thorax, and

abdomen black ; the underside of the abdomen, thorax, and legs

greyish white ; the collar yellow.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to D. onega, Bates.

DIopris RORAIMA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 2.)

Male. Primaries hyaline; the costal margin, apex, outer and

inner margin black ; the anal angle and part of the outer margin

streaked with orange-yellow ; a rather large whitish band close to

the apex. Secondaries hyaline; the veins and outer margin black ;

a wide orange-yellow band edged with black on the inner side

extends from the apex to the anal angle. Underside very similar

to the upperside, but with the costal margin of both wings near

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETDROCERA. 293

the base greyish white. The head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and

abdomen black ; tegulz yellow ; a line on each side and one on the

underside of the abdomen white ; legs above black, greyish white

on the underside.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Roraima Mountain ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

A pretty species, allied to D. cyma, Hiibn., and D. trailii, Butl.

Diopris PALLENE, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 3.)

Male. Primaries black, hyaline near the base; a wide semi-

hyaline whitish band crosses the wing beyond the middle from the

costal almost to the outer margin, and an oval whitish spot close

to the anal angle. Secondaries hyaline; the veins, costal and

outer margins black; a submarginal orange-yellow narrow line

extends from the apex to the anal angle. Underside very similar

to the upperside, but with the base of costal margin of the second-

aries greyish white. Head, underside of the thorax, and abdomen

white; antenne, upperside of the thorax, and abdomen black ;

legs greyish white ; tegule yellow.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Diopris CHELEDONTS, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 5.)

Male. Primaries hyaline; the apex, outer margin, and a narrow

band crossing the wing from the costal margin to the anal angle

black ; a wide white band crosses the wing near the apex from the

costal margin nearly to the outer margin, but does not reach it; a

square white spot close to the anal angle; a spot at the apex and

the inner margin orange-yellow. Secondaries hyaline; the veins,

costal and outer margins black; a submarginal line extending from

the apex to the anal angle orange-yellow. Underside very similar

to the upperside, but generally paler in colour. Head, antenne,

palpi, thorax, and abdomen above black. Underside of abdomen

and legs greyish brown ; tegule yellow.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hub, Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, quite unlike any other known to me.

Diorris uGLA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 4.)

Male. Primaries hyaline; the costal and inner margins, apex,

and veins dark blackish brown, crossed beyond the middle by a

broad band of orange-yellow ; a brown band at the end of the cell,

a small spot close to the costal margin, and an oval spot near the

anal angle whitish hyaline. Secondaries hyaline; the veins and

outer margin blackish brown ; a submarginal line extending from

the apex to the anal angle orange-yellow. The underside very

similar to the upperside, but slightly paler in colour. Head,

antenne, palpi, thorax, legs, and the upperside of the abdomen

black; underside of the abdomen greyish white. Female almost

294 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

identical with the male, but with the costal margin of the primaries

orange-yellow to the base.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Amazons, Tunantins (Bates, Mus. D.); Ecuador, Sarayacu

(Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, closely resembling Jthomia egla, Hewitson,

also from Ecuador.

Diopris CHARON, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 6.)

Primaries brownish black, hyaline from the base to the end of

the cell and along the inner margin, crossed beyond the middle

by a whitish semihyaline band, curved slightly inward near the

anal angle. Secondaries hyaline; the veins black, the apex and

outer margin bordered with black; a rather wide submarginal

orange-yellow line extends from the apex to the anal angle. The

head, antennz, palpi, thorax, and abdomen eon the upperside

black ; abdomen on the underside and legs greyish white. The

underside of both wings similar to the upperside.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A distinct species, allied to D. ilerdina, Bates, from which it is

at once distinguished by its clear hyaline wings.

DIOPTIS OTANES, sp. n.

Male. Primaries black ; two small streaks from the base hyaline ;

a square spot at the end of the cell, a round spot close to the anal

angle, and two small spots close to the apex whitish hyaline.

Secondaries hyaline ; the costal and outer margins broadly bordered

with black; the veins black ; an oval-shaped spot at the end of the

cell white. The underside the same as above. Front of head

white ; antennz, head, thorax, and upperside of the abdomen black ;

the underside of the abdomen and legs white; the upperside of

the legs black ; tegule orange-yellow.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Rio Napo (Whitely, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to D. noctiluces, Butler, but with the

secondaries quite distinctly marked.

DIOPris PANDATES, sp. n.

Male. Primaries black, partly hyaline near the base ; a small spot

at the end of the cell, a large oval-shaped spot beyond nearest the

apex, and a small elongated spot close to the anal angle white.

Secondaries hyaline; the veins black; the costal margin, apex,

and outer margin broadly bordered with black. The underside

similar to the upperside. The head, antenna, palpi, thorax,

abdomen, and legs black; tegule orange-yellow.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Colombia, interior (Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to D, onega, Bates, and D. phelina,

Felder.

1893. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 295

DiIopris CHLORIS, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries black, crossed beyond the middle by two small

hyaline bands, neither of which reaches the margin of the wing; a

small hyaline streak extends from the base as far as the end ot the

cell. Secondaries whitish hyaline, broadly bordered with black at

the apex, outer and inner margins. Underside very similar to the

upperside, but the inner margin of the secondaries broadly

bordered with greyish white. Head, antenna, thorax, abdomen,

and legs black; the underside of the abdomen white.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

This species is quite unlike any known to me.

MonocreaGra, Feld.

MonocrEAGRA ORTHYADES, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 7.)

Primaries and secondaries dusky hyaline; the veins of both

wings black. The costal margin, apex, and outer margin of the

primaries bordered with black ; the secondaries the same. Under-

side similar to the upperside. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax,

abdomen, and legs black; the underside of the abdomen greyish

brown.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to M. pheloides, Feld., from which it is at once dis-

tinguished by the entire absence of the white band on the

primaries.

MonocrEaGRa (?) CHARES, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 8.)

Primaries and secondaries hyaline; the veins dark brown.

Primaries crossed at the end of the cell by a brown band, beyond

which a wide orange-yellow band crosses the wing from the costal

to the outer margin, almost reaching the anal angle. Second-

aries with the outer margin shaded with orange-yellow; the

fringes brown. Underside very similar to the upperside. Antenne

black; the head, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark brown; the

underside of the abdomen brownish white.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A fine species, exceedingly distinct from any other known to

me.

Monocrnacra (?) cHoraAx, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 9.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries, the veins, and the apex of the

primaries black ; a small white band crosses the wing beyond the

middle. Secondaries with the costal and outer margins bordered

with black. Underside as above; the fringes of both wings black.

The head, antennz, thorax, and abdomen black ; underside of the

abdomen white.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Not closely allied to any described species.

296 MR, H, DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

Astyocuta, Druce.

ASTYOCHIA PALLENE, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries and secondaries white, very slightly hyaline ;

the veins of both wings pale brown; the fringes white. Head,

thorax, abdomen, and legs white ; antenne dark brown.

Expanse 1,5, inch.

Hab. British Guiana ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

ASTYOCHIA PAULINA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries hyaline grey, crossed about the middle by a

wide whitish hyaline band, beyond which on the costal margin

close to the apex a second band partly crosses the wing. Second-

aries whitish hyaline ; the costal, outer and inner margins broadly

bordered with pale grey. Antenne black ; head, thorax, abdomen,

and legs greyish black.

Expanse 17 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj and Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Potyreres, Druce.

POLYP@TES COLANA, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries dark brown; the veins and a large round spot

at the apex yellow. Secondaries white, broadly bordered with

black from the apex to the anal angle; the inner margin grey.

Underside very similar to the upperside, but the base of the

primaries white. The head, antennx, thorax, abdomen, and legs

black.

Expanse 1,), inch.

Hab. East Peru (Whitely, Mus. D.).

Allied to Polypates erymas, Druce.

POLYP@TES CLETOR, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries black. Primaries crossed about

the middle from the costal to the inner margin by a wide white

band ; the veins and a small spot on the outer margin nearest the

apex yellow; the fringes of both wings black. The head, antenne,

thorax, abdomen, and legs black.

Expanse 17 inch.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to P. deldon, Druce.

Gonora, Walker.

GONORA PAPHIA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 14.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries blue-black, both wings with a

wide submarginal whitish hyaline band, crossed by the black veins ;

the fringes black. Underside the same as above. The head,

antenne, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs black. The front of the

thorax, a small spot at the base of the tegule, and the underside

of the abdomen white.

Expanse 2} inches.

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 297

Hab, East Peru (Whitely, Mus. D.). — :

A very distinct species, allied to G. heliconiata, Walk.

Fam. LAPARID&.

Evonontua, Walk.

EVUCHONTHA CIRIS, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 10.)

Male. Primaries dark brown, the basal half white, the veins

dark brown, a small spot close to the apex and one near the anal

angle white. Secondaries white, broadly bordered with black

from the apex to the anal angle. Underside similar to the upper-

side; the fringes of both wings black. Antenne black. Head,

thorax, abdomen, and legs greyish white.

Expanse 1,%, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj and Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A distinct species, allied to Z. sublactigera, Walk.

Ganussa, Walk.

GENUSSA CLUACA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 17.)

Primaries and secondaries white. Primaries crossed beyond

the middle from the costal to the outer margin with a wide black

band, the apex and outer margin broadly bordered with black.

Secondaries: the apex and outer margin bordered with black.

Antennz black; the head, thorax, and abdomen greyish black.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to G. altaba, Druce, but very distinct.

Eroria, Walk.

ELORIA CISSUSA, sp.n. (Plate XX. figs. 13 g, 15 9.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries dark brown, semihyaline near

the base of both wings. Primaries crossed beyond the middle by

a wide cream-coloured band, the veins crossing the band dark

brown. Secondaries with a cream-coloured streak nearest the

costal margin, extending from the base to the outer margin; the

fringes of both wings dark brown. Underside similar to the upper-

side, but with the cream-coloured band much extended over the

wing. Secondaries cream-coloured, with the costal and outer

margins broadly bordered with dark brown. Antenne, palpi, head,

thorax, and abdomen dark brown; the collar, underside of the thorax,

abdomen, and legs yellowish brown.

Female. Primaries cream-colour, the costal margin, apex, outer

and inner margins broadly bordered with dark brown. Secondaries

cream-colour bordered with dark brown, the fringes dark brown;

in other respects similar to the male; the underside the same as

the upperside.

Expanse, ¢ 2 inches, 9 24 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to H. ombrea, Druce.

298 MR, H. DRUCH ON NEW [ Mar. 28,

ELORIA CLODIA, sp. ne

Male. Primaries and secondaries semihyaline black. Primaries -

with a large round cream-coloured spot about the middle of the

wing. Secondaries with a few cream-coloured scales at the end of

the cell; the fringe of both wings black. Underside similar to the

upperside, but paler, and the cream-coloured marks more suffused

over the wings. Antenne and palpi black ; head and collar bright

yellow ; thorax and abdomen black ; the underside of the abdomen

yellow ; legs greyish black.

Female. Similar to the male.

Expanse, ¢ 14 inch, 2 2,4, inches.

Hab. Amazons, Santarem (Leech, Mus. D.).

Fam. LASIOCAMPID&.

APATELODES, Pack.

APATELODES PANDARA, sp. 1.

Male. Allied to Apatelodes firmeana, Cr., and very similar in

colour, but not quite so grey. The narrow lines crossing the

primaries are straight, not curved as in that species ; the second

and third line crossing the wing join at the anal angle and form a

V-shaped mark; the lines on the underside of both wings are also

straight ; the reddish-brown mark on the primaries near the apex

is extended further down the outer margin.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

APATELODES CIRNA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries greyish brown, palest along the costal margin.

An indistinct waved whitish line extends from the apex to the

anal angle ; a large dark brown spot edged with white on the inner

margin, close to the base ; asmall black spot at the end of the cell ;

on the inner margin above the anal angle the wing is pale fawn-

colour, crossed by a short reddish-brown band that does not reach

the cell. Secondaries greyish brown, broadly bordered with darker

brown; thefringesof both wings dark brown. Underside: primaries

greyish fawn-colour, the apex and part of the outer margin dark

brown ; secondaries fawn-colour, a spot at the end of the cell and

two waved lines crossing the wing from the costal to the inner

margin dark brown, the second line edged with white on the outer

side, the outer margin broadly bordered with dark brown. The

head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs brownish fawn-colour.

Expanse 2,1, inches.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species.

Tacora, Walk.

TAGORA CORAX, sp. n.

Female. Primaries and secondaries pale greyish fawn-colour,

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 299

palest near the base of both wings ; a brown spot in thecell ; both

wings crossed beyond the middle from the costal to the inner

“margin by a dark brown line, edged on the inner side with a

narrow fawn-coloured line, and with several indistinct waved brown

lines; the outer portion of both wings thickly irrorated with black

scales, the fringes pale brown. “Underside very similar to the

upperside, but without the straight lines crossing the wings, and

with a white spot at the apex of the primaries. Head, antenna,

front of the thorax, and collar black ; a tuft of hair at the base of

the antenne yellow; thorax and tegule greyish fawn-colour;

abdomen yellowish fawn-colour. Legs, the cox and femora

yellowish fawn-colour ; the tibia and tarsus black.

Expanse 47 inches.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo).

I have placed this insect in the genus Zagora with considerable

doubt, and probably when the male is known it will require a new

genus.

Fam. LIMACODID2.

ScopretopEs, Westw.

ScCOPELODES WHITELYI, sp. n.

Primaries silky fawn-colour, the outer half of the wing the

palest, the costal margin brownish at the base. Secondaries

pinkish fawn-colour, the fringes of both wings yellowish brown,

the underside of both wings yellowish fawn-colour. Antenna,

palpi, and front of head dark brown ; head, thorax, and base of the

abdomen yellowish fawn-colour; the abdomen and legs fawn-

colour.

Expanse 232 inches.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

Allied to S. sericea, Butler, from N. India.

Fam. ZERENID&.

Nrprerta, Guen.

NIPTERIA CHTHONIA, sp. 1.

Male. Primaries and secondaries uniform smoky brown. Second-

aries slightly paler at the base. Underside: primaries pale brown,

the costal margin banded with dark brown, a dark brown streak

at the end of the cell, beyond which a cream-coloured line crosses

the wing from the costal to the inner margin ; a submarginal waved

cream-coloured line extends from the apex to the anal angle.

Secondaries pale brown ; the costal margin, a wide streak from the

base along the inner margin, and a large spot near the anal angle

dark brown; a waved creamy-white line crosses the wing beyond

the middle from the costal to the inner margin; the fringes of

both wings pale brown. The head, antenne, tegule, thorax,

abdomen, and legs dark brown.

Expanse 13 inch.

300 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [ Mar. 28,

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.), Loja (Coll. Dognin).

A small species, allied to NV. discoloraria, Herr.-Schiff.

NIPTERIA CISSOESSA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 11.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries pale grey, irrorated with darker

scales along the costal margin and at the apex of the primaries ;

the fringe of both wings alternately black and grey. Underside:

primaries pale brown, darker on the costal margin near the base

and near the apex, the costal margin and the apex irrorated with

white scales, a dark brown streak at the end of the cell. Second-

aries dark brown, irrorated with white scales ; a dark brown spot

at the end of the cell. Antenne black. Head, thorax, and

abdomen gre¥, each segment of the abdomen edged with dark

«brown. Légs blackish brown.

% Expanse 1,5; inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda, Sarayacu, and Intaj (Buckley, Mus.

D.) ; Loja (Coll. Dognin).

A distinct species, not allied to any species known to me.

NIPTERIA PERILLA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries dark silky brown. Primaries

crossed from the costal to the inner margin by two darker brown

lines, the veins dark brown. Secondaries crossed below the middle

from the apex to the inner margin by a narrow brown line, the

fringes of both wings brown. Underside similar to the upper-

side, but paler in colour, Antenne black ; head, thorax, abdomen,

and legs brown.

Expanse 1$ inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.); E. Peru, Cosnipata

Valley (Whitely, Mus. D.).

Allied to N. tmpunctata, Thierry-Mieg, from which it is at once

distinguished by the dark brown hind wings.

NIPTERIA PHILOMELA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 16.)

Male. Primaries white, the costal margin, the apex, outer and

inner margins bordered with greyish black, very broadly at the apex ;

the costal margin has three white spots, the first and second

nearest the base, the third beyond the middle. Secondaries white,

the outer margins from the apex to the anal angle broadly bordered

with greyish black, the fringe of both wings alternately white and

black. Underside: primaries white, the costal margin, apex, and

outer margin clouded with brown. Secondaries pale brown, the

cell and a spot beyond white. Antenne and palpi black. Head,

thorax, abdomen, and legs brown, the underside of the abdomen

greyish.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.), Loja (Coll. Dognin).

I have four males of this species, which do not show the slightest

variation.

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 301

NIPTERIA CLETAGORA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries pale fawn-colour, slightly hyaline and crossed

from the costal to the inner margin by three very indistinct

brown lines. Secondaries creamy white, the fringe dark fawn-

colour. Underside very similar to the upperside, but the lines

on the primaries are more distinct. Antenne black. Head,

thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fawn-colour.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.), Loja (Coll. Dognin).

A small species allied to VV. diaphanata, Dognin.

NIPTERIA PHOCUSA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries whitish hyaline, the veins

black. Primaries: the costal margin, apex, and outer margin

black ; a black line crosses the wing beyond the middle from the

costal to the anal angle. Secondaries bordered with black from

the apex to the anal angle and crossed beyond the middle by

a narrow black line. Antenne black. Head, thorax, abdomen,

and legs greyish black ; tegule greyish white.

Expanse 13? inch.

Hab. 8. Brazil, Porto Real (Mus. D.).

This species is not closely allied to any known to me.

NIPTERIA CLEONA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries slate-colour, crossed about the middle from the

costal to the inner margin by a wide white band. Secondaries

white, broadly bordered from the apex to the anal angle with slate-

colour, the fringe of both wings slate-colour. Underside: primaries

pale brown, the white band very similar to the upperside, the outer

margin from the apex to the anal angle whitish. Secondaries uni-

formly pale brown. Antenne blackish brown. Head, thorax, and

abdomen slate-colour; legs greyish brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Very distinct from any species known to me.

NIPTERIA PANIA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 12.)

Male. Primaries white, the costal margin and the apical half of

the wing black. Secondaries white, the costal, outer and inner

margins broadly bordered with black, the fringes of both wings

black. Underside almost identical with the upperside, excepting

that the primaries have a large white spot at the apex. Antenne,

head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to NV. cleona, Druce.

NIPTERIA PANTHHA, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries white, the apex broadly bordered with blackish

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XXI. 21

302 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

brown. Secondaries white, bordered with blackish brown, the

fringes alternately white and black. Underside: primaries similar

to the upperside, but with a white spot at the apex. Secondaries

white, clouded with brown; the veins dark brown. Antenn®

black ; front of head yellow ; head, thorax, and abdomen greyish

black. Underside of abdomen and legs white.

Expanse 1,5, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to WV. pania, Druce.

NIPTERIA CLYTIA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.)

Male. Primaries dusky hyaline ; the costal margin, a wide band

crossing the wing beyond the middle, the apex and inner margin

all black. A wide white band crosses the wing near the apex

from the costal to the outer margin above the analangle. Second-

aries dusky hyaline; the apex, outer and inner margin bordered

with black; the fringes of both wings black. Underside: pri-

maries similar to the upperside, but with the costal margin and

apex reddish brown. Secondaries with the costal margin, apex,

outer and inner margins broadly bordered with reddish brown ;

the veins all black ; a reddish-brown streak extends from the base

through the middle of the cell to the outer margin, and a rather

wide submarginal band of white extends from near the apex

almost to the anal angle, but not quite reaching it. Antenne, palpi,

head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; front of head, collar, and

a spot on each of the tegule white ; the underside of the abdomen

white, with a black line down the middle. The female very similar

to the male.

Expanse, ¢ 9, 23 inches.

Hab, Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A fine species, allied to Nipteria (Genusa) albifascia, Mssn.,

specimens of which are in my collection from Bolivia.

FuLguropEs, Guen.

FULGURODES PANOPEA, Sp. 0.

Male. Primaries white, dusky brown along the costal margin,

and crossed by five waved pale brown lines, the first two near

the base, the third and fourth beyond the middle close together,

the fifth submarginal and does not reach the apex. Secondaries

white; a rather wide pale brown submarginal line extends

from the apex to the anal angle, above which are two short

waved brown lines, partly crossing the wing. The marginal

line of both wings brown; the fringe white; underside similar to

the upperside, but with all the lines very indistinct. Antenne

black, tipped with white; palpi black; head, thorax, and tegule

greyish brown; abdomen white, each segment edged with dark

brown ; legs white.

Expanse 27 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA, 303

FULGURODES CLUACINA, sy. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries creamy white ; the veins, costal

margin, apex, and outer margin brown; an indistinct waved brown

line crosses the wing beyond the middle. Secondaries: a submar-

ginal dark brown line extends from the apex to the inner margin ;

the outer margin clouded with brown. The marginal line of both

wings dark brown; the fringes cream-colour. Underside very

similar to the upperside. Antenne and palpi dark brown. Head,

collar, and tegulz pale brown ; thorax and abdomen white, each seg-

ment of the abdomen broadly edged with black; legs dark brown.

Expanse 23 inches.

Hab. Colombia, Frontano, Antioquia (Salmon, Mus. D.).

Nepnopia, Hiibn.

NEPHODIA PIERIA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries greyish white, both wings with

a greyish spot at the end of the cell, and with a submarginal

brownish-grey line extending from the costal to the inner margin,

the line on the secondaries being fainter than on the primaries,

Underside similar to the upperside, but slightly darker and with

the lines more distinct. Antenne pale brown. Head, thorax,

abdomen, and legs greyish white.

Expanse 1); inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Roraima Mountain ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

A small species, quite distinct from any known to me.

NEPHODIA PERIMEDE, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries pale semihyaline brownish

white, darkest along the costal margin of the primaries. Under-

side very similar to the upperside, but slightly darker. Antenns

dark brown; head, thorax, and abdomen pale greyish brown.

Female almost identical with the male.

Expanse, ¢ 1,4, 9 13 inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Roraima Mountain ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

Allied to WV. pieria, Druce.

NEPHODIA CISSA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries whitish hyaline, with a faint

brown shade ; the veins near the outer margin very pale brown.

Primaries crossed from the costal margin near the apex to the

inner margin by a faint greyish-brown line; the marginal line

and the fringe pale brown. Secondaries crossed by two greyish-

brown lines, the first about the middle, the second beyond; the

fringe white. Antenne pale brown; head, thorax, and abdomen

pale brown ; tegul greyish brown ; legs brown.

Expanse 1,1, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

21*

304 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

NEPHODIA CLELIA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline; the costal,

outer and inner margins pale fawn-colour. Primaries crossed

from the costal to the inner margin by two zigzag faint brown

lines, the first nearest the base, the second submarginal. Second-

aries with a small spot at the end of the cell, below which a zigzag

line extends from the costal to the inner margin; a second

submarginal line greyish brown; the fringes of both wings pale

fawn-colour. Underside the same as the upperside. Antenne

pale brown; head, thorax, abdomen, and legs yellowish fawn-

colour.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

NEPHODIA PHILYRA, sp..n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries whitish hyaline ; the veins and

a faint waved line crossing the wings beyond the middle very pale

brown; the fringes silvery white. Antenne pale brown; head

and tegule yellow; thorax and abdomen white.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to WV. cissa, Druce.

NEPHODIA COLADA, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries and secondaries smoky hyaline black, with all

the veins black. Primaries crossed beyond the middle by a very

indistinct narrow black line; the fringes blackish brown. Under-

side as above. Antenne black ; head, thorax, abdomen, and legs

dark grey.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab, S.E. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Mus. D.)

Fam. LARENTID®.

Herervsia, Hiibn.

HETHRUSIA COMATA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.)

Primaries and secondaries dark brown. Primaries with a

yellowish-white, semihyaline, oval-shaped spot edged with yellow

beyond the middle; the fringes of both wings alternately dark

brown and white. Underside: primaries dark brown, thickly

irrorated with yellow scales along the costal margin and at the

apex; the spot is elongated to the costal margin, forming a band

partly crossing the wing. Secondaries dark brown, thickly

irrorated with yellow scales; a grey zigzag submarginal line

extends from the costal to the inner margin above the anal angle ;

the fringe alternately brown and white. The head, antenne,

thorax, tegule, and abdomen dark brown; the segments of the

abdomen banded with yellow; the underside of the abdomen

1893. ] SPECINS OF LEPIDOPTERA. HETEROCERA. 305

yellowish white. The legs above dark brown, on the underside

yellowish white.

Expanse 17 inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Very distinct from any species known to me.

HernrvsiA CONNA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 3.)

Male. Primaries black; the veins at the base yellow, a wide

orange-yellow band crosses the wing beyond the middle from the

costal margin to the anal angle, which it does not quite reach.

Secondaries black, with a large central elongated white spot; the

fringe of both wings black. Underside very similar to the upper-

side, but with more white on the secondaries. Head, antenna,

thorax, abdomen, and legs black.

Female identical with the male.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Chiguinda, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

HUrervsiA PLACIDA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 5, 6.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries dark orange-yellow. Primaries :

the base brown, and crossed from the costal to the immer margin

by three waved black bands, the first two near the base, the third

beyond the middle ; the apex and outer margin broadly bordered

with black. Secondaries: the veins, costal margin, apex, outer

margin, and a submarginal line all black; the fringes of both

wings yellowish brown. Underside: primaries bright yellow; the

costal margin and apex reddish brown, irrorated with grey scales,

' three narrow bands, partly crossing the wing, and the outer margin

black. Secondaries grey, thickly irrorated with small reddish-

brown scales ; a spot on the inner margin and the apical part of the

wing dark brown. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and abdomen

black ; the underside of the abdomen and legs greyish brown.

Expanse 1,5; inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

On the upperside this species slightly resembles S. stoltzman-

naria, Oberth., but on the underside it is very different.

Herervsia COMANA,sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 7.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries dark orange-brown. Primaries

crossed from the costal to the inner margin by four black bands,

the first and second narrow near the base, the third and fourth wide

and joined together near the anal angle, forming a large U-shaped

mark, from which two short bands extend to the inner margin ; the

outer margin from the apex to the anal angle broadly bordered with

black ; the fringe alternately white and black. Secondaries: the

veins, a submarginal waved line, and the outer margin from the

apex to the anal angle black; the fringe yellow and black.

Underside: primaries bright yellow, with the black lines as above;

the costal margin and the apex greyish brown. Secondaries

306 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [ Mar. 28,

brownish grey, thickly irrorated with brown scales; a row of

dark brown spots crosses the wing about the middle, from the

costal margin to the anal angle ; the apex and outer margin dark

brown. The head, antennz, thorax, and abdomen black ; the legs

grey, banded with brown ; underside of the abdomen greyish brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to S. placida, Druce, from which it is at

once distinguished by the different shape of the bands on the

primaries.

HETERUSIA PIRENE, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 8, 9.)

Primaries and secondaries yellow. Primaries thickly irrorated

with black scales at the base and partly along the inner margin ;

the outer margin broadly bordered with black from the apex to the

anal angle; on the costal margin a large V-shaped black mark

extends over the wing to the black outer margin. Secondaries

thickly irrorated with black scales ; the outer margin and the apex

black; the fringe of both wings alternately black and white.

Underside: primaries pale yellow, with the black markings very

similar to those on the upperside, but thickly irrorated with grey

scales. Secondaries cream-colour, thickly irrorated with dark brown

scales; a broken brown band extends partly over the wing from

the costal margin; the outer margin bordered from the apex

nearly to the anal angle with reddish brown. The head, antenne,

thorax, and abdomen black.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, not allied to any known to me.

HErERUSIA COMBANA, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries and secondaries dark orange-yellow. Pri-

maries: the costal margin black at the base; four black bands

crossing the wing from the costal to the inner margin, the first

and second narrow, close to the base of the wing, the third about

the middle, the fourth beyond, bent outward in the middle; the

outer margin broadly bordered with black, deeply dentated on the

inner edge. Secondaries: the veins, a submarginal waved line,

the apex, and outer margin black; the fringe of both wings

alternately black and yellow. Underside: primaries bright yellow ;

the costal margin greyish brown from the base to the apex; the

black lines as above, but only extending halfway across the wing.

Secondaries greyish brown, thickly irrorated with dark brown

scales: the apex and outer margin almost to the anal angle dark

grey. The head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ; the

underside of the abdomen and legs dark greyish brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to S. comana, Druce.

1893. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 307

HETERUSIA PLACILLA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 10, 11.)

Male. Primaries dark orange-red; the base, inner margin, a

band crossing the wing beyond the middle, and the outer margin

from the apex to the anal angle black. Secondaries black, with a

wide submarginal orange-red band extending from the costal

margin near the apex to the anal angle; the fringe of both wings

orange-red. Underside: primaries very similar to the upperside,

but considerably paler in colour, and with the costal margin and

the apex shaded with reddish brown. Secondaries pale yellow,

crossed from the costal to the inner margin by two bands of

reddish brown ; the outer margin reddish brown ; a row of metallic

silver spots extends round the outer margin from the apex to the

anal angle ; two metallic silver straight lines extend from the base

to the outer margin, the first along the inner margin, the second

right across the middle of the wing. The head, palpi, thorax, and

abdomen black, the anal tuft and underside of the abdomen orange-

red ; legs reddish brown. Antenne on the upperside alternately

black and white, on the underside black.

Expanse 2 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful little species, allied to S. chrysopterata, Snellen,

from Colombia.

HETERUSIA PINARA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 12,13 g,14 9.)

Male. Primaries red ; the base, inner margin, a line crossing the

wing beyond the middle from the costal to the inner margin all

black; the outer margin broadly bordered with black from the

apex to the anal angle. Secondaries red; the base, inner and

outer margin black; the fringe of both wings reddish. Underside:

primaries very similar to the upperside, but paler in colour; the

apex brown. Secondaries brown, crossed about the middle by

two reddish-brown bands. Head, antennz, thorax, and abdomen

black ; underside of abdomen and anus reddish brown; legs brown.

Female. Very similar to the male, but without the black band

crossing the primaries; it is also paler on the underside.

Expanse, ¢ @, 1 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to S. placilla, Druce, but very distinct on the underside-

HETERUSIA CONON, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 4.)

Primaries and secondaries black, slightly greyish at the base of

both wings. Primaries crossed from the costal margin almost to

the anal angle by a wide white band; the fringe of both wings

black. Underside very similar to the upperside, but very much

greyer in colour. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ;

legs and the underside of the abdomen dark grey.

Expanse 1,}, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to S. dispilata, Snellen.

308 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

Fam. ERATEINID&.

Eratiyna, Doubl.

ERATINA PISOA, sp. 1.

Male. Primaries black, partly crossed about the middle by a wide

white band, extending from the end of the cell almost to the anal

angle; two small white streaks on the costal margin. Secondaries

white ; the base, inner margin, and anal angle dark grey; the

apex bordered with black; the fringes black and white. Under-

side: primaries similar to the upperside, but all the black replaced

by greenish yellow. Secondaries white, very thickly irrorated with

greenish yellow. Scales, head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen

black ; underside of the abdomen and legs greenish yellow.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Not like any species known to me, but nearest £. masura,

Druce.

ERATINA CORNELIA, sp. n.

Female. Primaries black; the base and inner margin and a

round spot beyond the middle white. Secondaries white, broadly

bordered with black from the apex to the inner margin ; the fringe

of both wings black and white. Underside: primaries, the basal

half of the wing white, the apical half reddish brown, the white spot

as above almost joined from the costal margin by a large V-shaped

white band ; a submarginal fine yellow line extends from the costal

margin near the apex to the anal angle. Secondaries white,

broadly bordered with reddish brown ; a spot on the middle of the

costal margin and two on the inner margin reddish brown; a

submarginal fine yellow line extends from the apex to the anal

angle. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black; palpi white,

with the third joint black; legs greyish brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A yery distinct species, allied to £. tryphosa, Druce.

TrocHtopEs, Guen.

TROCHIODES CERESIA, sp, n.

Male. Primaries black, with a large, semihyaline, white, elongated

spot beyond the middle. Secondaries hyaline white; the base,

apex, outer and inner margins broadly bordered with black.

Underside similar to the upperside. The head, antennz, thorax,

abdomen, and legs black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Antioquia (Salmon, Mus. D.).

TROCHIODES PLAGIA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 15.)

Male. Primaries black, thickly irrorated with white scales near

the base ; a wide white band crosses the wing beyond the middle,

extending from the costal margin almost to the anal angle.

Secondaries white ; the base and inner margin grey ; the apex and

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 309

outer margin bordered with black ; the fringe of both wings black.

Underside very similar to the upperside, but with the base of the

primaries white. The head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and legs

greyish black; underside of the abdomen white.

Female almost identical with the male.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

TROCHIODES CREUSA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 16, 17.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries black; a faint greyish band

extends from the base to the end of the cell, and a narrow yellowish-

white line partly crosses the wing near the apex. Secondaries

slightly greyish near the base; the fringe of both wings black.

Underside : primaries very similar to the upperside, but with the

markings much more distinct. Secondaries white, broadly bor-

dered with black. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and

legs black ; the collar orange.

Expanse 1; inch.

Hab, Colombia, Antioquia (Salmon, Mus. D.).

TROCHIODES POLYMELA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 18.)

Primaries blackish brown, paler at the base; a wide white band

crosses the wing beyond the middle from the costal margin almost

to the anal angle. Secondaries blackish brown, crossed from the

apex to the inner margin by a wide white band. Underside

similar to the upperside, but much whiter; the fringe of both

wings black. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to 7. plagia, Druce, but quite distinct.

TROCHIODES CORMASA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. figs. 19, 20.)

Female. Primaries black, with a large oval-shaped creamy white

mark on the inner margin, extending from the base almost to the

anal angle. Secondaries creamy white, bordered with black from

the apex to the anal angle; the fringe of both wings alternately

white and black. Underside: primaries rich purplish brown,

streaked with yellow at the base ; a rather wide, short, white band

partly crosses the wing from about the middle of the costal

margin ; a submarginal waved yellow line extends from near the

apex to the anal angle. Secondaries creamy white, the apex and

outer margin bordered with purplish brown; two small yellow

spots close to the apex. Head, antenne, palpi, and thorax black ;

collar and tegule white; abdomen and legs creamy white.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, very distinct from any other known to me.

TROCHIODES CONIADES, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 21.)

Male. Primaries brownish black, white from the base to beyond

the middle of the inner margin; the fringe black. Secondaries

310 ON NEW SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. [Mar. 28,

white, with the apex broadly bordered with black. Underside

identical with the upperside. Head, antenne, palpi, and thorax

black; tegule and abdomen white; legs black.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to 7. cormasa, Druce, which it closely

resembles on the upperside, but on the underside it is very

different.

TROCHIODES (?) CORAS, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries brownish black; a rather wide white streak

extends from the base to the middle of the wing, beyond which

and nearer the apex is a round white spot. Secondaries semi-

hyaline white, bordered with brownish black from the apex to the

anal angle; the inner margin greyish; the fringe of both wings

black. Underside almost exactly like the upperside. Head,

antenne, thorax, and abdomen black.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

(Plate XX. fig. 22.)

Male, Primaries black, an angular-shaped large white spot on

the inner margin near the base, an orange-yellow spot on the

outer margin below the apex. Secondaries white, broadly bor-

dered with black; the fringe of both wings black. -Underside

very similar to the upperside, the orange-yellow spot on the outer

margin larger. Antennz, head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ;

TROCHIODES (?) PLATA, sp. n.

the underside of the abdomen white.

Female the same as the male.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XIX,

Fig. 1. Agyrta phylla, p. 282. Fig. 9. Devara pallor, p. 289.

2. Chenaten See p- 283. 10. chepta, oe 290.

3. Metastatia chelidon, p. 285. 11, 12. Nelo toxicrata, p. 290.

4. —— (?) pales, p. 285. 13. Lauron osiba, p. 290.

5. Neozatrephes telesiila, p. 287. 14. (?) chariata, p. 291.

6. Eucereon chalcodon, p. 287. 15. batesi, p. 291.

7. Devara charisia, p. 289. 16. padua, p. 291.

8. Halisidota panduma, p. 288. 17. Neolawrona ovia, p. 292.

Puatn XX,

Fig. 1. Dioptis charila, p. 292. Fig. 10. Luchontha ciris, p. 297.

2. roraima, p. 292. 11. Nipteria cissoessa, p. 300.

3. —— pallene, p. 293. 12. pania, p. 301.

4, egla, p. 293. 13. Eloria cissusa 8, p. 297.

5. cheledonis, p. 293. 14. Gonora paphia, p. 296.

6. charon, p. 294. ~ 15. Eloria cissusa 2, p. 297.

7. Monocreagra orthyades, p.295. | “16. Nipteria philomela, p. 300.

8. (?) chares, p. 295. AZ. Genussa cluaca, p. 297.

9. —— (?)choraa, p. 295, &. .

PZ. oS 169Serl ee

Mintern Bros. imp.

J. Smit del et lith.

BRAIN OF AFRICAN ELEPHANT.

P ZS 1893) Piece

J. Smit del et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

BRAIN OF AFRICAN ELEPHANT.

1893. ] ON THE BRAIN OF THE AFRICAN ELEPHANT, 311

Prata XXI.

Fig. 1. Nipteria clytia, p. 302. Fig. 12,13 g¢, 14 9. Heterusia

2. Heterusia comata, p. 304. pinara, p. 307

3. conna, p. 305. 15. Trockiodes plagia, p. 308.

4. conon, p. 307. SIGS UT. creusa, p. 309.

5, 6. Haenad latabe . 305. 18. polymela, p- a

7. Heterusia comana, p. B05. | 19, 20. cormasa, p. 309

8, 9. Heterusia pirene, p. 306. 21. coniades, p. 309.

10, 11. placilla, p. 807. 22. —— (?) platea, p. 310.

2. On the Brain of the African Elephant. By Frank E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received February 28, 1893.]

(Plates XXII. & XXIII.)

So far as I am aware the only existing figures and description

of the brain of this animal are to be found in a paper upon the

Carnivorous brain by Dr. Krueg’*. Sir W. Turner, in his account

of the Mammalian brain in general, refers* only to this source of

information. Indeed, the opportunities of dissecting the African

Elephant at all have been very few. Mr. W. A. Forbes, in 1879°,

could enumerate only five observers who had published accounts

of the viscera of that animal. Iam glad, therefore, to be able to

offer to the Society a contribution towards a more complete know-

ledge of the anatomy of Llephas africanus in the description of its

brain which I proceed to give. The brain which I propose to

describe is that of a young male which died in the Society’s Gardens

on January 15th of the present year. The size of the brain

unfortunately prevented its being kept entire for the purposes of

a museum specimen; it was soon found necessary to cut the brain

into four pieces ; the hemispheres were separated by a longitudinal

eut, and the cerebellum was also divided longitudinally into two

halves. When this was done the interior of the brain was found

to be in a rather inferior state of preservation. Later on it became

harder. As, however, the superficial part of the brain has kept

well, I am able to deal satisfactorily enough with the convolutions

of the hemispheres and with the cerebellum; that is, of course,

with regard to the distribution and development of the furrows.

Krueg’s figures* of the brain are merely meant to illustrate those

fissures which bear an importance, according to his views, through

the entire series, the remaining fissures being indicated by dotted

lines. Three views are given by Krueg of the brains of both Asiatic

a “Ueber die Furchen auf der Grosshirnrinde der zonoplacentalen Sauge-

thiere,” Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. xxxiii. p. 652.

“ «The Convolutions of the Brain ; a Study in Comparative Anatomy,” Journ,

Anat. & Phys. xxv. p. 105.

3 “On the Anatomy of the African Elephant (Elephas africanus, Blun.),”

P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 420.

4 On pl. xxxviii. of his memoir.

312 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [Mar. 28,

and African Elephants. The internal lateral, superficial, and ex-

ternal lateral aspects are figured.

I shall now proceed to describe the brain examined by myself.

DESCRIPTION OF THE BRAIN.

The outlines of the hemispheres (Plate XXII.) are not by any

means exactly as have been depicted by Krueg; the compara-

tively narrow anterior half is, in my specimen, barely so long as

the broader posterior section; the lengths in my specimen were

(rather roughly) 44 and 3 inches respectively. It seems likely,

therefore, that the general form of the hemispheres in this Elephant

may now be fixed with something like certainty, and that the differ-

ences between the outlines of the brain in the Indian and African

Elephants as portrayed in Krueg’s sketches are not real differences,

so far at any rate as concerns the proportions referred to above. I

did not find that the rhinal fissure had so long a visible course upon

the lateral aspect of the brain as it is depicted by Krueg ; this gives

to the brain an altogether peculiar appearance in these drawings,

which do not seem to be a correct expression of the facts as seen

in the brain examined by myself. In my specimen the temporal

lobe was directed much more forwards (see Plate XXIII.) so as

to largely cover the rhinencephalon and conceal a considerable

extent of the rhinal fissure.

The two hemispheres are unsymmetrical as regards their con-

volutions, as is usually the case in complexly folded brains;

accordingly I describe each separately.

Right Hemisphere.

The large temporal lobe is directed forwards and is separated from

the parietal lobe by the long and deep Sylvian fissure (Plate XXIII.

fig. 1, Sy), which measures from end to end about 4 inches. From

the upper extremity of the Sylvian fissure two or three small

fissures radiate outwards, joining the inner of the longitudinal

fissures which traverse the temporal lobe. Just before the ex-

tremity of the Sylvian fissure an evidently important (because

deep), though short, fissure runs upwards at right angles, or nearly

so, to the Sylvian fissure ; this fissure just stops short of joming

the conspicuous fissure of Rolando. It is, perhaps, to be compared

to the ascending limb of the Sylvian fissure in other Mammalia.

Anteriorly to this there is a deep fissure which I regard as being

possibly comparable to the fissure of Rolando (Plate XXIII. fig. 1,

F.R). It reaches the Sylvian fissure below, and runs obliquely

upwards, reaching to within about ? of an inch of the median

interhemispheral sulcus. When the brain is viewed from above

this fissure of Rolando, if I am right in so identifying it, is seen to

divide the hemisphere into approximately two halves. The im-

portance of this furrow was unluckily illustrated by the hemi-

sphere breaking into two halves at this point, a result largely due

of course to its great depth and extent. Still in front of this is

another important fissure which divides also into two branches, in

the fashion of the letter Y,and in front of this again a second also

1893. ] BRAIN OF THE AFRICAN ELEPHANT. 313

Y-shaped fissure running at right angles to the longitudinal axis

of the brain; one of these, but I am not sure which, is probably

the pre-Sylvian fissure (Plate XXIII. fig. 1, P.s).

The front aspect of the brain is marked by two principal fissures,

of which the innermost (that nearest the interhemispheral sulcus)

appears to me to be the anterior termination of a more or less

strongly marked furrow running on the dorsal aspect of the hemi-

sphere for more than the anterior half at a distance of rather less

than an inch from the interhemispheral sulcus. The second of the

two fissures observable on the frontal lobe of the brain is almost

as far from the last mentioned as from the Y-shaped fissure referred

to above. This fissure seems also to be the anterior end of another

longitudinal furrow, which curves round posteriorly and is con-

tinuous with the first of the two fissures dividing the temporal

lobe of the brain longitudinally.

The temporal lobe is divided by two furrows, of which the

anterior is approximately equidistant from the anterior margin of

the temporal lobe and from the posterior furrow, into three gyri—an

antero-temporal, a medio-temporal, and a postero-temporal. The

posterior temporal fissure (Plate XXIII. fig. 1, P.t) curves over the

hemisphere and divides off an occipital lobe, becoming continuous

with the sulci of the inner face of the hemisphere. The anterior

temporal furrow bends round and forms the posterior of the three

branches of the Sylvian.

Left Hemisphere.

The left hemisphere of the brain (Plate XXIII. fig. 2) shows

many detailed differences from the right; in more complicated

brains there is of course usually such an asymmetry; the existence

of this asymmetry, however, perhaps enables one to abstract from

a consideration of both halves of the brain a list of the more im-

portant furrows.

On the upper surface of the hemispheres the two longitudinal

furrows are not recognizable anteriorly ; they are lost by the more

marked cross furrowing. Posteriorly, however, the outer of the

two is very deep, and, therefore, conspicuous ; it is continuous, as

on the right side, with the middle temporal fissure. Both the tem-

poral sulci are as pronounced on the left side as on the right. The

fissure of Rolando, however, if I am right in so identifying it, is

by no means so extensive on the left side. It seems to be divided

into two tracts, of which that continuous with the Sylvian is the

deepest; the upper half comes to within about the same distance

of the internal margin of the hemisphere. Anteriorly there are

the same two Y-shaped fissures, of which the first (counting from

behind forwards) is, as on the right hemisphere, the deeper. The

temporal fissures are as on the right side.

Cerebellum.

The cerebellum is neither figured nor described by Krueg. As

shown in the accompanying drawing (Plate XXII.), it has a narrow

median lobe, which is visible in the cerebellum only as seen from

314 ON THB BRAIN OF THE AFRICAN ELEPHANT. [ Mar. 28,

above; when viewed from behind the median lobe is concealed by

the lateral lobes, which completely cover it over. Tach of the

lateral lobes is divided by a number of deep cross-running furrows.

These are placed at irregular intervals, though parallel in direction ;

the cerebellum is thus divided up into a series of flat plates of

varying thicknesses. Some of these fissures, which are all very

deep, are not continuous right round the cerebellum ; the majority

of them, hcwever, are. The two halves of the cerebellum are not

symmetrical as regards the furrows.

The plate-like discs, in which the lateral lobes are cleft, are

about 18-20 in number. The small median lobe of the cerebellum

is in marked contrast to what is to be met with in, at any rate, many

Ungulates and Carnivora.

Remarks upon the principal Sulci.

The preceding is, I believe, so far as it goes, an accurate

description of the principal furrows. It now remains for me to

attempt to determine which are the most important of these.

Krueg indicates five furrows of first-rate importance in the

brains of both African and Indian Elephants :—

(1) Sylvian fissure, divided below into processus anterior and

processus posterior, which join above to form processus acuminis.

(2) Pre-Sylvian fissure.

(3) Posterior supra-Sylvian fissure.

(4) Sutural fissure.

(5) Coronal fissure.

The diagrams do not seem to me to bring out close resemblances

between the Elephantide and the other mammals(Carnwora, Hyrax)

with which they are compared. Dr. Krueg, however, considers

that there are no characters peculiar to the Proboscidian brain, but

that they approach the Carnivora more nearly than they do the

Ungulata.

In the brains of the Carnivora the furrows on the surface of the

brain have an arcuate arrangement round the Sylvian fissure. In

the Ungulata, as in the Rodents, the longitudinal fissures seem to

be straighter and not to present, at any rate in so marked a degree,

an arch-like course.

I admit, however, that the great development of the temporal

lobe in the Elephant is a point of resemblance to the Carniwora

(also of course to the Primates, which rather takes away from its

significance), and that the furrows of the African Elephant’s brain,

as L read them, are more decidedly arcuate than they are represented

to be by Krueg. But it is so extremely difficult to compare the

furrows of a complexly convolute brain with those of a smoother

brain that I refrain from venturing upon a definite opinion as to

the affinities indicated by the study of the Elephant’s brain.

I can identify all the fissures drawn by Krueg, with the exception

of the anterior (or posterior, as the case may be) branch ‘of the

Sylvian. I could not see quite so marked a superficial boundary

1893.] ON THE SCIENTIFIC NAME OF A HIMALAYAN CUCKOO. 315

of the Island of Reil. The direction, too, of the fissure was certainly

not so vertical in the brain examined by myself.

My own observations tend to show that the two species of

Elephant do not diverge so greatly in the course of this fissure as

might be inferred from the diagrams of Krueg.

The lateral fissure is represented as not joining the coronal fis-

sure in the African Elephant; but the two appear to be continuous

in the Indian Elephant. This difference is evidently not one of

importance, since, as I have pointed out above, the lateral fissure

is quite different on the two sides of the brain.

I ought to remark, perhaps, as it may give a little more value to

the statements made in the present paper, that I purposely abstained

from consulting Krueg until I had drawn up a description of the

brain from my own study. Hence I have not, I believe, been

prejudiced in favour of any particular furrows.

In a complex brain like that of the Elephant it is a very difficult

matter to settle the order of importance of the furrows. The

plan I have adopted is to lay most weight upon such furrows as

are common to both sides of the brain; their depth I regard as the

next most important character of those open to me to select from.

I believe, therefore, after taking these points into consideration,

that in addition to the “* Hauptfurchen” allowed by Krueg, we

must add (1) the representative (?) of a fissure of Rolando, (2) a

fissure, which I have called post-temporal, lying behind the supra-

Sylvian and curving forwards to run for a considerable distance

along the upper surface of the brain.

The plates contain faithful copies of the actual convolutions, made

by Mr. P. Smit.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puare XXII.

A superficial view of the brain of the African Elephant.

Piate XXIII.

Fig. 1. Lateral view of the brain of the African Elephant; right side. This

figure is rather more tilted than the next, so that the actual dorsal

surface of the brain is not visible.

2. Ditto, left side.

Sy, Sylvian fissure; P.s, pre-Sylvian fissure; FR, fissure of Rolando ; 4, lon-

gitudinal fissure or dorsal aspect of brain; 4.7, anterior temporal fissure ;

P.t, posterior temporal fissure; fh, rbinal fissure.

3. On the Scientific Name of a Himalayan Cuckoo.

By W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S.

[Received March 28, 1893.]

Four species of true Cuckoo, belonging to the genus Cuculus,

are found in the Himalayas and in some other parts of India. In

Jerdon’s ‘ Birds of India’ these four species were described under

the names of C. canorus, C. himalayanus, C. poliocephalus, and

316 MR. W. T, BLANFORD ON THD [ Mar. 28,

C. micropterus.. Of the two other Indian species of Cuculus

admitted by Jerdon, one called by him C. striatus, Drapiez

(C. affinis, Hay), is now generally admitted not to be distinct

from C. micropterus, whilst the other, C. sonnerati, is, I think,

rightly placed in a separate genus, Penthoceryx, by Cabanis.

About the specific names of three of the four Cuckoos above

enumerated, C. canorus, C. poliocephalus, and C. micropterus, there

has never been any question. But the species described by

Jerdon as the Himalayan Cuckoo, or Cuculus himalayanus, has

been singularly unfortunate in this respect; it has received several

specific names of its own, and yet has always, despite various

changes of nomenclature, appeared in systematic works under a

title that, so far as I can ascertain, does not belong to it. Blyth,

who had in 1846 (J. A. S. B. xv. p. 18) rightly distinguished this

species as C. saturatus, Hodgson, and regarded C. himalayanus,

Vigors, as a synonym of C. poliocephalus, in his Catalogue of the

Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society, published in 1849,

entered the name of the Himalayan Cuckoo (to prevent confusion

I employ Jerdon’s English name) thus: “ C. himalayanus, Vigors,

(nec apud Gould, Century, pl. 54); ” and kept only “ C. himalaya-

nus, apud Gould, Cent.,’ as a synonym of C. poliocephalus,

evidently supposing that the bird described by Vigors, P. Z. 8.

1831, p. 172, belonged to a different species from that figured

in Gould’s ‘Century of Birds from the Himalaya Mountains’

(1832). But Mr. Vigors, at the commencement of his de-

scriptions of new species, including C. himalayanus, expressly

stated (1. c. p. 170) that all the birds described by him belonged

to “the sixth and last portion of the species comprising the

‘Century of Birds from the Himalaya Mountains’ drawn

and lithographed by Mr. and Mrs. Gould,” so that it appears

certain that the actual specimen figured in the ‘ Century’ as

C. himalayanus was also described by Vigors under that name.

In all probability Blyth, who always wrote under great dis-

advantages from want of access to books, had not Vigors’s

paper to refer to, and depended on a copy of the description.

Horsfield and Moore, in their ‘Catalogue of the Birds in the

Museum of the East India Company,’ and Jerdon in the ‘ Birds

of India,’ copied Blyth’s mistake.

In ‘The Ibis’ for 1866, p. 359, in his commentary on Jerdon’s

‘ Birds of India,’ Blyth, following Schlegel (Mus. Pays-Bas, Cuculi,

p- 7) adopted the name Cuculus striatus for the Himalayan Cuckoo,

though he expressed his doubts in a footnote whether Drapiez’s

description (Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. iv. p. 570) did not agree

better with C. micropterus. However, from 1866 the name

C. striatus was generally used for the bird by Indian ornitholo-

gists until recently, although Jerdon (Ibis, 1872, p. 12) did not

accept the term.

The various plumages of the three closely allied Cuckoos,

C. canorus, the Himalayan Cuckoo (under the name of C. striatus),

and C. poliocephalus, were first, I think, clearly discriminated by

1893. ] SCIENTIFIC NAME OF A HIMALAYAN CUCKOO. 317

Mr. Oates (Ibis, 1889, p. 355), who carefully guarded himself

by saying that the names used were provisional, as he had

not gone into the question of nomenclature. But in 1890

Mr. Seebohm, in his ‘ Birds of the Japanese Empire,’ p. 170, showed

that neither the name C. himalayanus nor that of C. striatus could

apply to the Himalayan Cuckoo—the first clearly belonging to

the rufous state of C. poliocephalus, whilst the latter, founded

on a Javan specimen 12 French inches (13 English) long, must be

referred to C. canorus. I quite agree in both these determinations,

and I should attach as much weight to the coloration of C. striatus

as to its length, for it is described as having the “ parties supé-

rieures d’un brun cendré, bleuatre,’ which might apply to C. canorus,

but not to the adult Himalayan Cuckoo, in which the upper parts

are not brown at all, but very dark ashy grey. That C. striatus

cannot have been C. micropterus, as was formerly supposed, is,

I think, certain, for there is no mention in Drapiez’s description

of the dark subterminal tail-band characteristic of the latter

species, and the upper parts of C. micropterus could never be

termed ‘ bleuatre.’

Mr. Seebohm, after having disposed of the names by which the

Himalayan Cuckoo had hitherto been known, selected for it

an old term of Vahl’s, C. intermedius, which, if it belonged to the

bird, would certainly be peculiarly appropriate, for the species is

intermediate in size between its two near allies, C. canorus and

C. poliocephalus. The name C. intermedius was adopted by

Captain Shelley in the British Museum Catalogue of Birds

(vol. xix. p. 252), though both Cuculus striatus, Drapiez, and

C. himalayanus, Vigors, are quoted as synonyms, in opposition

to Mr. Seebohm’s opinion.

I very much fear, however, that the name Cuculus intermedius

cannot possibly apply to the middle-sized Himalayan Cuckoo, for

the following reasons. The original description of C. inter-

medius by Vahl (Skriv. af Nat. Selskabet, Kjobenhayn, vol. iv.

p-. 58, 1789) ran thus :— Jntermedius Cuculus cauda rotundata

nigricante albo-maculata, pectore cinereo ferrugineo-tincto, humeris

immuculatis, remigibus fuscis. Hab. Tranquebariz ;” and the species

is said to be distinguished from C. passerinus by being “ dimidio

major,’ and from C. canorus by being “ duplo minor, pennis pecto-

ralibus apice ferrugineis, remigibus in colorem fusewm magis ver-

gentibus, humeris immaculatis, non albis nigro punctatis.” Now the

middle-sized Himalayan Cuckoo cannot be said to be half the size

of OC. canorus, and only half as large again as C. passerinus,

whilst C. poliocephalus exactly fits the description, and the last-

named species occurs in Southern India, whilst to the best of

my belief the Himalayan Cuckoo does not. No notice of its

occurrence in the Indian Peninsula is to be found in Jerdon,

nor has it, so far as I can ascertain, been procured by any

subsequent collector; certainly there is no specimen from any

place west of the Bay of Bengal and south of lat. 26° N. in the

Hume Collection. Nor has it ever been obtained in Ceylon, as it

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XXII. 22

318 THE SCIENTIFIC NAMB OF A HIMALAYAN cucKOo, [Mar. 28,

in all probability would have been had its range extended to

Travancore. There is, however, one mention of its occurrence

in the Wynaad by an excellent and trustworthy observer, the late

Mr. W. Davison (‘ Stray Feathers,’ x. p. 359); but I think this

supposed occurrence may be thus explained. Mr. Davison’s note

is as follows :—‘ Sparingly distributed in the Wynaad. I should

think that it was a permanent resident, as I have heard it calling

late in May.” I infer from this and from the fact that there

is no Wynaad skin in the Hume Collection that Mr. Davison,

who was collecting for Mr. Hume, did not obtain a specimen,

but only heard the call. But a reference to ‘Stray Feathers,’

xi. p. 70, shows that Mr, Hume’s (and consequently, it is reason-

able to conclude, Mr. Davison’s) belief was that the call of the

Himalayan Cuckoo was something like “ Kyphul-pakkha” *, and

the name Kyphil-pakkha is applied by some of the Himalayan

people to a Cuckoo. According to Hutton, however (Blyth,

Cat. B. Mus. As. Soc. p. 71, who is confirmed by Bingham and

Marshall, Ibis, 1584, p. 411), this note is produced by C. miero-

pterus, which doubtless occurs in the Wynaad, and it would be

very difficult to tell the Himalayan Cuckoo from C. micropterus

without shooting the bird. Jerdon (B. I. i. p. 323; Ibis, 1872,

p. 12) has clearly shown that the call of the Himalayan Cuckoo is

quite different, and his account is confirmed by that excellent

observer Col. C. H. T. Marshall.

I came to the above conclusions more than a year ago, but

before publishing them I thought it best to enquire into this ques-

tion thoroughly. I therefore wrote to Mr. Davison, then living

at Singapore, and asked him whether he could remember if he

had ever shot the Himalayan Cuckoo in Southern India or

whether he had only heard the note. He replied to me in a

letter, which is, I regret to say, the last I can ever receive from

one of the very best field-naturalists who have helped in working

out the ornithology of India, and said that he did not procure

a specimen of this Cuckoo when he was collecting for Mr. Hume,

but he thought he obtained one later in a collection he made for

the Madras Museum. I therefore wrote to Dr. Warth, who was

in charge of that Museum, and asked him to ascertain for me

whether the Museum possessed any skin of the Himalayan

Cuckoo. Dr. Warth very kindly took particular pains to ascertain

the facts, and he wrote that not only was there no specimen of

the species in the Museum, but that, to the best of his knowledge

and belief, no specimen had ever been obtained in Southern India.

This was confirmed by Mr. Daly, who has an extensive knowledge

of South Indian birds. I think, after this evidence, it is impossible

to come to any other conclusion than that the Himalayan Cuckoo

does not occur in Southern India, and that Vahl’s C. intermedius

must have been C. poliocephalus.

As none of the names hitherto employed for this Cuckoo apply

to it, the question arises as to the earliest undoubted term. The

1 That is, in Hindastani, the Kyphil (or fruit of the Ky tree) is ripe.

P. Z.5.1893. Plate AKIV,

: .

MP Parker hth West,Newman imp

Genital Glamds of Allolobophora lonéa.

1893. ] ON THE GHNITALIA OF BRITISH BARTHWORMS, 319

first synonym on the list after those already cited is 0. canoroides,

S. Miller (Verhandelingen nat. Gesch. Nederland. overz. Bez.,

Land- en Volk. p. 235). It is far from clear that birds belonging

to more than one species are not included, and as the wing is

said to measure 83 inches in some of the specimens, those skins,

as Seebohm has pointed out, must belong to C. canorus. Under

these circumstances the name, which is barbarous, may be safely

ignored, the more so that it is not clearly antecedent to C. saturatus,

a name of Hodgson’s published by Blyth in 1843 (J. A. S. B.

xii. p. 942) and quite unobjectionable. The description given by

Blyth (J. A. S. B. xi. p. 903), who regarded this form at the time

as an old C. micropterus, though brief, was sufficient for its recog-

nition. I propose, therefore, to use the name C, saturatus for the

Himalayan Cuckoo.

4, Further Observations on Variations in the Genitalia of

British Earthworms. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demon-

strator of Zoology, Royal College of Science, London.

(Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howzs.)

[Received March 15, 1893.]

(Plate XXIV.)

In a former communication on this subject, published in the

Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1892 (p. 184), I described an abnormal

Earthworm (Allolobophora, sp. ine.) possessed of six additional pairs

of ovaries, situated one on the segment immediately in front of the

normal pair and the remaining five pairs on the segments behind it.

I have since examined very carefully a large number of Earth-

worms belonging to the genera Lumbricus and Allolobophora, and

now find that the presence of additional pairs of genital glands,

both ovaries and testes, is of by no means rare occurrence.

In order to form some idea as to the proportion of these abnormal

individuals, I took 50 worms at hazard from three localities near

London and comprising five species ', and found 14 specimens, or

28 per cent., in which additional genital glands were present, or,

practically, one worm in every four abnormal. The proportion is,

however, very variable, as is proved by the fact that whilst most

of the abnormal individuals came from one locality, in worms

from other places abnormalities were much rarer.

These variations all involved a repetition of the genital glands,

but the individuals varied among themselves: thus in four speci-

mens there were present additional glands on the mesenteries

* Allolobophora longa, 23 specimens: 17 normal, 6 abnormal.

A. turgida, 13 specimens: 9 normal, 4 abnormal.

A. chloritica, 2 specimens: both normal.

Lumbricus terrestris, 8 specimens: 6 normal, 2 abnormal,

LL. rubellus, 4 specimens: 2 normal, 2 abnormal. Be

320 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON THE [Mar. 28,

numbering 11/12 and 13/14; in five specimens additional glands

were present on 11/12 only; in four on 13/14 only; while in

one example additional glands were present on 13/14, 14/15,

15/16th?. These accessory genital glands were rendered easily

visible on dissecting the specimens under spirit, but their real

nature could only be made out either by means of sections examined

microscopically or, more roughly, by isolating the gland and

clarifying it entire.

One specimen was of such exceptional interest that a detailed

description is necessary. This was a large sexually adult A. longa,

possessing well-developed testes on mesenteries 9/10, 10/11, and

ovaries on mesentery 12/13. In addition to these glands there

were present, on mesenteries 11/12 and 13/14, accessory organs

having all the microscopic structure and detailed relationships of

true genital glands. The anterior and larger pair of these bodies

corresponded in position to the anterior pair of additional ovaries

described in my former paper’, but they differed very much from

these both in appearance and shape, being a flattened fan-shaped

structure with a slightly branched extremity, resembling the normal

testes rather than ovaries (Plate XXIV. fig. 2).

The additional gland of the right side when removed from the

body, stained and clarified entire (fig. 2 @), was seen to present the

following appearance :—Its main mass was composed of a great

number of closely-packed, small, rounded cells, imbedded in a slight

amount of connective tissue.

The cells situated near the base of the gland were slightly larger

and more uniformly diffused than those nearer the middle and free

end, which latter showed a marked tendency to be aggregated into

masses, roughly resembling the acini of a typical gland. The

nuclei of the cells, when seen under a high magnification, present

a very characteristic appearance, owing to the arrangement of the

chromatin round their periphery. ‘This is a stage in nuclear

division which immediately precedes the formation of the nuclear

spindle. The presence of all (or nearly all) the cells in this stage

of division indicates that nuclear division is here extremely rapid

and takes place in most of the cells at the same time; the resting-

stage appears to be slurred over, the nuclei emerging from one

division and passing straight into the early stages of the next

without any marked pause.

If we compare the structure of this body with that of the testes

(Plate XXLYV. fig. 3), we notice at once the very strong resemblance,

in the aggregation of the cells into masses, in the prevalence of this

particular division stage in the nuclei, and in the larger size of

the cells at the base as compared with those at the free end of

the gland.

The only observable differences between the testis and this

1 Three of the nine specimens possessed of additional genital glands on the

11/12 mesentery had testes developed in this situation, while the remaining six

had ovaries.

2 P.Z.8. 1892, p. 184, pl. xiii., ov’.

1893. ] GENITALIA OF BRITISH BARTHWORMS. 321

accessory gland are the presence, in the latter, of several multi-

nucleate masses of protoplasm, whose nuclei are smaller than those

of the surrounding cells and are arranged around the periphery of

this mass of protoplasm (fig. 36). These masses closely resemble

the mulberry stage in the development of the spermatozoa, as seen

in the seminal vesicles. Moreover, one observed two masses of

darkly staining bodies composed of elongated rods (fig. 3 ¢), some-

what bent on themselves, which had all the appearance of nearly

ripe sperm bundles, although, owing to their being buried up

amongst a mass of cells, it was impossible to make out any flagella

in relation to them.

The general structure of this body and the presence in it of

undoubted spermatozoa prove, I think, that it is to be regarded

as an over-developed testis, which, having no seminal vesicles

(receptacula seminis of Beddard*) into which to discharge its

developing spermatozoa, has retained some of them, at any rate,

Within its substance until they have become fully developed.

The presence of a third testis is interesting as, except for a

description of Perrier’s*, no one has, I believe, ever recorded the

presence of additional testes in the Oligocheta °. With regard to

Perrier’s case, one cannot doubt for a moment, on referring to his

figures, that Vejdovsky * is right in saying that “Perrier’s testes

are in reality the seminal vesicles.” If this be the case, then

Allolobophora is the first Oligochete proved to occasionally possess

three pairs of testes. This is not the only specimen having this

peculiarity, as I have since found two other abnormal] forms of

A. longa in which additional testes were present on the posterior

face of the 11/12 mesentery.

Further, when we remember that this testis is developed in

exactly the same place as that in which I have described an undoubted

ovary in another individual (7. c. plate xiii. fig. 1, ov"), we have

further confirmation for the belief that the male and female genital

glands in the Oligocheta, at any rate, are homologous structures

and may be developed from the same tissue and in the same situa-

tion.

Of the left half of the body, longitudinal sections were made so as

to pass through the testes, the accessorygland, the ovary, and the seg-

ments immediately following (Plate XXIV. fig.1). On examining

the accessory gland in section one immediately noticed, in addition

to the general mass of small cells already described, one or two

colossal cells (not all visible in the same section), and several

moderate-sized ones situated on its dorsal surface (fig. 4). Detailed

1 This term is not altogether a happy one, as the older Helminthologists

applied it with perfect justice to the spermathecsw. Its application to the

seminal vesicles, although expressing their undoubted homology with the

receptacula oyorum, is apt to cause confusion.

2 «Recherches p. serv. 4 hist. d. Lumbriciens terrestres,” Nouy. Archiv. d.

Mus. d’'Hist. Nat. Paris, tom. viii., 1872.

° Bergh, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xliv. 1886, p. 308 (footnote), says ‘ abnor-

mally placed additional testes are never found.”

* Syst. d. Oligochaeten, p. 135.

322 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON THD [ Mar. 28,

examination of these under a high power showed them to consist

of a large amount of lightly staining protoplasm, with an enormous

central nucleus, whose chromatin was aggregated into one immense

nucleolus, staining darkly, while the nucleus itself remained prac-

tically unstained.

The general structure of these cells at once suggested ova, and on

a careful comparison with the normal ovum (Plate XXIV. fig. 5 a, 5),

it will be seen that it is impossible to distinguish the large cells of

this accessory gland from ripe ova and the few moderate-sized

cells from developing ones’.

Thus we have in this specimen situated on the 11/12 mesentery,

just above the coiled portion of the vas deferens, on the right side

a body indistinguishable from a testis, and on the left side one

consisting of a ground-mass of testicular tissue, in which are

imbedded a few undoubted ova. In other words, we have here oa

the left side a true hermaphrodite gland, comparable in all its

essentials to the ova-testis of a hermaphrodite mollusk, and, like

that, budding-off sperm mother-cells into the cclom, the ova

remaining adherent to the wall of the gland until fully formed.

In most hermaphrodite invertebrates Known the male and

female genital glands are quite distinct from one another ; in fact

it is only in some Mollusca and a few Crustacea where we find

genuine hermaphrodite glands. Bernard has described such a

condition in Apus *,where spermatozoa were developed in the ovary ;

and Ishikawa’ has discovered the constant presence of ova in the

posterior part of the testis of Gebia. We have now recorded this

condition in a third group of Invertebrata, viz. the Cheetopoda.

Leaving on one side the question as to a probably hermaphro-

ditism of the ancestral worms, we may safely regard the ova and

sperm mother-cells, the ovaries and the testes as a whole, as being

homologous structures among the Oligocheta, for we have seen

that ovaries or testes may either develop indifferently upon

mesentery 11/12 or be replaced by a true hermaphrodite gland.

I have already pointed out (/. c. p. 187) that ovaries may occasion-

ally be developed on the mesenteries 11-18, and now I have only

to record the fact that the presence of additional ovaries is much

more frequent than has been supposed, especially on mesentery

13/14 (figs. 1 and 6, ov*) and not unfrequently on 11/12.

A very curious condition in the development of an ovary is

seen in the specimen under notice, where a mass of ova, mature and

immature, was found in a special cavity surrounded by a thin epi-

theloid capsule, to which the eggs were attached, immediately under

1 There seeméd just a possibility that these large cells might be encysted

Gregarines, and, in order to settle this question, sections were made of the ovary

of an Earthworm which had a number of these parasites encysted within it.

The difference between these cells and the parasites was at once manifest—the

coarsely granular protoplasm and large nucleus with its curiously vacuolated

nucleolus of the parasite contrasting strongly with the almost homogeneous

protoplasm and compact intensely-staining nucleolus of the ovum.

2 «Nature,’ vol. xlii. p. 848.

3 Zool, Anz. xiv. 1891, p. 70.

1893. | GENITALIA OF BRITISH EARTHWORMS. 323

cover of that ventral oblique septum running back from mesentery

12/13 and situated just below the ovary (Plate XXIV. fig. 7). Save

that this capsule was non-vascular and that no opening into the

coelom could be discovered, it was very suggestive of an additional

receptaculum ovorum, the contents especially resembling the con-

dition figured by Beddard for Pericheta*. At first this structure

suggested to my mind the curious relations between the oviduct and

ovary in Eudrilus’; but most careful examination of a complete

series of sections failed to reveal a trace of any exit from the ova,

the cavity of the capsule being closed on all sides. One was thus

forced to the conclusion that the organ was merely a ventral ex-

tension of the germinal epithelium shut off from the rest of the

ovary by the oblique mesentery. The meaning of the special

cavity and capsule surrounding this body I am unable to explain.

One of the most striking facts arising out of the study of these

various specimens is the very marked potentially reproductive

character of the posterior faces of the mesenteric septa, especially

Nos. 9/10-13/14; for we have seen that it is not at all uncommon

to find genital glands developed on all these, and occasionally even

on the next 3 or 4 septa following. As arule, the germinal epi-

thelium is only developed on the anterior wall of each segment

(i.e. on tke oosterior face of the mesentery); but Beddard * has,

in Acanthodrilus, described the ovaries as developed on the posterior

wall of the segment (anterior face of the mesentery).

These facts further accentuate the belief in the inherent power

of the entire ccelomic epithelium and their derivatives to produce

sex-cells.

These varied positions of the genital glands suggest the con-

dition met with in many Polychexte worms, where the genital cells

are developed from a more or less continuous band of tissue, situated

either on the ventral side of the body-cavity, on either side of the

nerve-cords, or close round the ventral blood-vessels*. And it

seems highly probable that the varying distribution of the genital

glands met with in the Oligocheta 1s the outcome of irregular

abbreviation of some such diffuse and possibly hermaphroditic

condition under perfected segmentation, rather than of a condition

in which the glands were already restricted to definitely metameric-

ally arranged centres as in the Planarians.

The development of the genital glands in the Earthworms has

been worked out by Bergh for Lumbricus and by Beddard * for Acan-

thodrilus: the latter author describes the constant presence of four

pairs of gonads in the embryo, the additional pair being situated

on the 12th segment ; this gland, however, never attains any sexual

differentiation and disappears early, so that only three pairs of

gonads are found in the adult. This rudimentary pair of glands

1 Q. J. M. S. vol. xxx. pp. 448, 471, pl. xxix. fig. 12; see also Bergh, Zeitschr.

f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xliv. 1886, p. 318 (footnote)

2 Q. J. M.S. vol. xxx. and vol. xxxiii. p. 514.

3 Cosmovici, Archiy. Zool. Exp. Gén. tom. viii, 1879-80, p. 557.

4Q.J.M.S. vol. xxxiii. p. 497.

324 ON THE GENITALIA OF BRITISH HARTHWORMS. [Mar. 28,

is evidently the homologue of the additional gonads on the 12th

somite described above in the adult Allolobophora and Lumbricus ;

and I believe that when we know more of the development of

other Earthworms, this additional pair of gonads will be found to

be present in most of them at one stage of their existence.

In three very young worms (Z. terrestris?) I found this pair of

gonads present, and I think that Bergh possibly overlooked it in his

account of the development of the genital glands, as, from the

number of adult specimens of Lumbricus and Allolobophora in

which I have found this pair of gonads, I think that it is in all

probability always developed in the embryo, as in Acanthodrilus,

but generally disappearing in the adult.

The receptacula ovorum were in this specimen, and as I have

frequently observed in other Allolobophora, totally disconnected

from the oviduct; in fact, if the development of the former be

studied (as can easily be donein young worms) they may be found

to arise as outgrowths of that portion of the coelomic epithelium

covering the anterior face of mesentery 13/14, dorsal to and quite

independent of the oviducts, whose ciliated epithelium may sub-

sequently extend up to their openings. To represent these recep-

tacula ovorum as outgrowths of the oviducts is, I think, erroneous

and misleading, as they are the homologues of the seminal vesicles ;

and, like them, they arise as hollow outgrowths of the mesenteric

septa, and their connection with the oviducts (when effected) is a

secondary one.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1. Longitudinal vertical section of an abnormal A//olobophora longa, X 20.

2°, posterior testis; f, seminal funnels; %, hermaphrodite gland ; ov’,

ov2, ovaries ; ovd, oviduct ; m, mesenteric septa ; s.0, segmental organ ;

m, nephrostome; 0.m, oblique mesentery; ¢.v.d, coiled portion of

vas deferens.

2. Right additional genital gland (testis) from segment 12.

a. Entire gland clarified, x 20.

b. Part of free end, X320: m, mulberry-shaped masses of developing

spermatozoa.

ce. Portion showing bundles of ripe spermatozoa (sp).

. Base and apex of normal testis,x320: s, typical sperm mother-cell

enlarged.

. Hermaphrodite gland from segment 12: ov, ova; sp, young sperm

mother-cells, 320.

. (a) Base of normal ovary, 640; (2) single ripe ovum with archo-

plasm, x 320.

. Additional ovary from segment 14, x 320.

. Mass of ova (? ovary) from below the oblique mesentery (0.2m) of seg-

ment 13: ¢.p, epitheloid capsule, x 110.

AID GH FP

1893.] MR, P. L. SCLATER ON THE GIBRALTAR MONKEYS. 325

April 18, 1893.

Sir W. H. Fiowmr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of March:—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of March were 107 in number. Of these 58 were acquired

by presentation, 17 by purchase, 5 by exchange, 21 were born in

the Gardens, and 6 were received on deposit. The total number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals,

was 118.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1, Three White-tailed Gnus (Connochetes gnu), from the Trans-

vaa] (a male and two females), obtained by purchase March 7th.

2. Three Spring-boks (Gazella euchore), from South Africa, de-

posited by H.R.H. the Prince of Wales.

Mr. Sclater exhibited the skin of a singular variety of a (female)

Pig-tailed Monkey, Macacus nemestrinus, from the Baram River,

Sarawak, Borneo, which had been deposited in the Society’s

Gardens by Major I’. Day, on the 13th July, 1892, and had died

on the 9th January of the present year. The specimen was

of a dark fulvous above, darker in the mesial line, much paler on

the lower surface, and growing nearly white on the middle of the

chest. Mr. Charles Hose, who was well acquainted with the

specimen, had informed Mr. Sclater that it had been captured by

the natives of the Baram River about five years ago, and had

not grown since it was in captivity. Major Day had obtained it

from the Rajah of the district. Mr. Hose had no doubt of its

being simply a variety of Macacus nemestrinus, in which opinion

Mr. Sclater fully concurred, but thought the specimen worthy of

notice.

Mr. Sclater read a communication from General Sir Lothian

Nicholson, K.C.B., R.E., Governor of Gibraltar, which he had

received during a recent visit to Gibraltar.

In reply to inquiries about the present condition of the Barbary

Apes (Macacus inuus) on the Rock, Sir Lothian stated that they

were now distinctly increasing in numbers. He had himself counted

as many as thirty in one group, and, according to some reports, there

were altogether as many as double that number on the Rock. In

fact they were so numerous and their depredations had become so

serious that a short time ago an agitation had been got up for

their reduction in numbers, and it would perhaps be necessary to

thin them a little, but their extermination was quite out of the

question and would not be thought of.

326 MR, A. H. SHIPLEY ON THE GENUS sIPuNCULUS. [Apr. 18,

Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S., made some remarks on the Zoological

Gardens of Antwerp and Amsterdam, which he had lately visited.

In the Antwerp Gardens, amongst other interesting animals, was

an example of the Ounce (felis wucia), which appeared to be in

good health. The female Hippopotamus which had produced the

young male now living in the Society’s Gardens was expected to

give birth to another young one very shortly.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Genus Sipunculus. By Arruur E. Surrey,

M.A., Fellow and Lecturer of Christ’s College and

Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in the University

of Cambridge. (Communicated by Frank E. Bepparp,

F.R.S., F.Z.S.)

[Received March 28, 1893.]

(Plates XXV.-XXVILI.)

During his recent expedition to Zanzibar, Mr. F. Finn, F.Z.S.,

collected specimens of two species of Gephyrean worms of the

genus Stpunculus; these were handed to me by my friend Mr.

Beddard, and the following paper contains some notes on the

anatomy and histology of these forms, together with a few obser-

vations on Sipunculids in general. The two species are Sipunculus

indicus and S. cumanensis ; the anatomy of the latter is well known.

SIPUNCULUS INDICUS.

The exterior of this Sipunculid is well shown in Keferstein’s

article in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie’ (1), but.

unfortunately he had only one example at his disposal, and_

could not investigate the internal anatomy of the animal. The

examples which Selenka had to describe for his admirable monograph

on the Sipunculide (2), although externally well preserved, were

so much macerated as to make any investigation of the soft

internal organs impossible; he therefore had to content himself

with adding a couple of lines to Keferstein’s description of the

external appearance of the Gephyrean, which he quotes.

Sipunculus indicus is one of the largest species of the genus.

The length of the four individuals placed in my hands was 18, 173,

17, and 15 inches respectively. Their bodies were very attenuated,

the average diameter being 4 to 2 of an inch, but their posterior

ends were slightly swollen and ended in a truncated cone.

The head of the animal is followed by a short neck (the introvert)

covered with scale-like papilla (Plate XX VI. fig. 4) ; the rest of the

body is very markedly ringed. The rings vary a good deal in

their width, but asa rule they are about the same relative size as

PZ.S.1893. Plate XXV.

West, Newman itp

Structure of Sipunculus.

: MP. Parker hth.

West Newman imp.

Structure of Sipunculis.

MP Parker lith,

7 2 1908 T

Bein leone

PlateXAVIL

MP Parker lith.

Structure of Sipunculus.

West, Newman imp.

1893. ] MR, A. H. SHIPLEY ON THE GENUS SIPUNCULUS, 327

those of the Common Earthworm, and their presence gives the

Sipunculus a remarkable resemblance to that animal. The rings

correspond with elevations of the cutis extending over several

bundles of the circular muscles which lie just under the cutis.

On looking at the skin with a hand-lens it is at once seen that

each ring is composed of a number of rectangular oblong areas

(Plate XX VI. fig. 4) side by side. Each of these oblong areas corre-

sponds in width with one of the bundles of longitudinal muscles

which lie within the circular muscles.

The mouth of Sipunculus indicus is situated in the centre of the

anterior end of the body; it is slightly elongated transversely

(Plate XX VI. fig.4). Around the mouth hes a circular ring of ten-

tacles, and between the mouth and the ring of tentacles a number

(7 or 8) of ridges radiate ; probably these correspond with certain

vascular spaces which supply the tentacles.

Viewed from in front the mouth and tentacles are very much

like those of Stephanostoma (Phascolosoma) hanseni as figured by

Danielssen and Koren (4) in their monograph on the northern

Gephyrea.

Owing to the fact that Sipunculids usually die with their in-

trovert inverted, the arrangement of the parts of their head has

been difficult to make out, and with the exception of the figure

given by H. B. Ward (3) it does not seem to me that this part of

the body has been adequately depicted. The genus Sipunculus

differs from many other unarmed Gephyrea in having a ciliated

web or membrane round the mouth, which web has not been

broken up into discrete and independent tentacles. The arrange-

ment of the web is very various even amongst members of the

same species. The simplest form is that presented by Sipunculus

tessellatus (Plate XX VI. fig.7), in which the web cannot be said to

be broken up into tentacles at all, although its free border is very

irregular ; it forms a complete ring around the mouth and is not

incurved at any point. The inner surface of the web bears

numerous ridges and intervening depressions which are lined by

ciliated cells. In the specimen depicted in Plate XXVI. fig. 7, some

of these ridges were especially marked and continued some way

into the mouth. In Stpunculus indicus the membrane has been

much more broken up into tentacles, which appear more or less

aggregated into tufts, and there seems to be a certain relation be~

tween the tufts and the conspicuous radial ridges which run

toward the mouth. In two of the four specimens which I received

from Zanzibar the head was extended: one of them is depicted in

Plate XX VI. fig. 4, and it will be noticed in this one that the tentacles

are rather thicker on one side, the dorsal, than on the other; in

the second specimen with extended head the tentacles were even

more concentrated in this region, and showed a tendency to be

incurved, so that the outline of their base took the form of a

double horse-shoe.

In Sipunculus nudus the membrane has not broken up into

tentacles, but remains as a web witha ciliated internal surface and

328 MR. A, B, SHIPLEY ON THD GENUS SrPuNCULUS. [Apr. 18,

an irregular edge. The extent to which it is developed, however,

varies remarkably ; it may form but a simple ring (Plate XX VI.

fig. 6) as in S. tessellatus, or it may be bent in, thus forming a

double horse-shoe, open in the middle line dorsally, or finally it

may be again bent out as shown in Plate XXVI. fig. 5. This

is the most extreme case I have as yet met with in the arrange-

ment of the ciliated membrane round the mouths of members of

this genus.

In Sipunculus indicus the head is followed by a short neck, from

4 to 3an inch long, which is covered by a number of flattened

seale-like papille, which are bent back, and lie over one another

like tiles on a roof (Plate XXVI. figs.4 &8). Behind the head the

body is conspicuously ringed.

The skin presents the usual layers of tissue. Within it is

clothed by a layer of peritoneal epithelium ; then come the longi-

tudinal bundles of muscle-fibres, 38 to 40 in number (Plate XXV.

fig. 2, and Plate XXVI. fig. 8), but decreasing posteriorly by the

fusion of neighbouring bundles. At the extreme hindermost end

the bundles fuse into a ring, and in this region the cuticle is

thickened and hardened. The circular muscles which lie outside

the longitudinal are very strongly marked; several of them corre-

spond with each of the rings which are so conspicuous on the body.

Neither in the body nor in the neck do they ever fuse into a con-

tinuous sheet. Outside the circular muscle layer is a layer of

connective tissue, which is limited externally by a columnar tailed

epithelium, the epidermis ; outside this is a more or less thick

coating of cuticle. The connective tissue is a gelatinous-looking

tissue with cells scattered through it: prolongations of the body-

cavity make their way between the bundles of muscles into this

layer and in the region of the neck extend into the scale-like

processes (Plate X XVI. fig. 8); these prolongations are seen in the

sections to be circular in outline, and to be lined with a layer of

peritoneal epithelium ; they contain ccelomic fluid, which doubtless

serves to nourish the various parts of the skin.

The papille which are so characteristic of the skin of Sipunculids

are especially common in the scales of the neck of this species.

They are not indeed real papille, as even their mouths do not

project above the ordinary level of the skin. They consist of two

or three enormously enlarged cells, presumably epidermal in origin,

which are crowded with deeply staining granules ; these are appa-

rently poured out from the apices of the cells which are aggre-

gated together near the mouth of the papilla. The cutis is much

thickened in the region of the neck and forms the substance of

the scale-like projections ; over the rest of the body it is thinner,

and in places corresponding with the grooves between the rings it

disappears almost entirely. It is covered by a uniformly thick

cuticle, and numerous papille are scattered through it, though

they are not so abundant as intheneck. The scale-like projections

on the neck seem to be characteristic of the genus Sipunculus ;

no traces of hooks or of the extensile collar, described in Phymosoma,

1893.] MR. A. E. SHIPLEY ON THH GENUS SIPUNCULUS. 329

are to be found. Lach scale is covered externally by a thin layer

of cuticle, and on the upper exposed surface of the scale is a thin

granular layer, outside the cuticle. This also shows faint and

very fine striations. The papillz all open upon this surface and

never upon the under surface, and it has occurred to me that this

outermost layer, confined to the same region of the surface, may be

formed by the excretion of the granular cells of the papille.

Plate XXYV. fig. 1 represents the appearance of one of the four

specimens of S. indicus laid open by an incision a little to the

right of the median line. The alimentary canal is very slender ;

the mouth and cesophagus are lined by cilia; the anus is situated

about the level of the junction of the anterior fifth with the

posterior four-fifths of the total body length when fully extended.

The descending loop of the intestine is much thicker than the

ascending, anteriorly it is prolonged into several short loops.

The coils of the two limbs of the intestine are very loose, and I

did not detect any spindle muscle; the whole alimentary canal

is, however, supported by numerous muscular strands given off

from the longitudinal muscles.

There are two brown tubes, which open to the exterior near

the posterior end of the introvert. Their internal ciliated frilled

opening is at the same level. The diameter of the nephridia is

very uniform, and ‘each is attached closely to the body-wall

throughout its length by a number of muscle-strands, so that the

great inequality of size and position which is frequently noticed in

these organs in other species is scarcely possible in Sipunculus

indicus.

The heart does not extend very far down the esophagus. It

was difficult to make out its exact limit, as this part of the body

was embedded in a caked coagulum of the ccelomic fluid. I did not

succeed in finding any of the branched diverticula of the dorsal

vessel which are not uncommon in other unarmed Gephyrea.

These diverticula are well shown in Sipunculus cumanensis, and a

section through the cesophagus of this form is drawn in Plate

XXVII. fig. 11.

There are four retractor muscles which arise from about the

same level, almost halfway between the mouth and the anus.

The ventral nerve cord is conspicuous ; it gives off very numerous

paired nerves which pass into the skin. At the posterior end of

the body it is swollen into a small lump. I was not able to detect

any traces of generative ridges.

The Projections in the Brain.

The curious finger-like projections on the dorsal surface of the

brain in the various species of Sipunculus have received but little

attention on the part of zoologists. Andree and Ward mention

them, and the former states that they appear to be hollow; this

is, however, not the case.

They are comparatively conspicuous objects, and are easily seen

when the brain of a Stpunculus is examined through a lens: in

330 MR. A. E. SHIPLEY ON THE GENUS SrpuNCULUS. [Apr. 18,

Sipunculus nudus they are finger-formed ; in Sipunculus tessellatus

they are fused into a membrane at their base and at their free

ends are somewhat branched. In the last-named species they

bear certain pigmented spots, which are shown in Plate XXV.

fig. 3. They project into the body-cavity between the dorsal

retractor muscles on the dorsal aspect of the brain.

Sections throw but little light on the nature of the structures.

They are covered by a layer of cells continuous with those covering

the brain, and they are not ciliated. They are solid and consist

of a number of connective-tissue cells, and they are rather richly

supplied with nerve-fibres. Beyond the fact that they receive a

somewhat more abundant nervous supply than other organs there

is nothing in their structure to suggest that they are sense-organs,

and Iam quite unable to surmise what their function may be.

Plate X XVII. fig. 13, which was drawn with the view of showing

the position of these structures, is a section near the dorsal middle

line of the fringe-like lophophore of S. nudus. It shows the

relation of the brain to the dorsal blood-vessel, the ventral half of

the central nervous system being bathed by the blood in this tube.

The dorsal blood-vessel is continued on into the lophophore and

breaks up into numerous lacune, which when charged with blood

serve to extend these parts. The same figure shows the attach-

ment of the retractor muscle to the base of the brain, the giant

cells in the latter, and the area where the brain is continuous with

the epidermis, and the ciliated pit leading to this. This latter has

been very accurately and fully described by H. B. Ward under the

name of the cerebral organ.

The Rectal Diverticula.

There are in most members of the genus Sipunculus two

feathery structures attached to the rectum in the immediate

neighbourhood of the anus. These, like the papille on the brain,

project into the ccelom and are bathed on all sides by the coelomic

fluid. If a small piece of these bodies be examined under the

microscope it is seen to have a very branching, frayed appearance,

somewhat resembling a minute sea-weed (Plate XX VII. fig. 12).

The terminal branches are somewhat swollen, and show no trace

of any pore or opening, such as are found in the terminal branches

of the anal ceca of Bonellia and some other armed Gephyrea.

The following description applies to these organs in the species

Sipunculus nudus and tessellatus. In stained specimens the nuclei

are very prominent; they are apt to stand out from the surface of

the structures, and in some cases seem to have absolutely separated

off from the body of their cells. Whether this is really the case

or not I cannot say, as I have not been able to examine fresh

material, and that which I had at my disposal was not well enough

preserved to permit the determination of this point.

The branches gradually collect together and end in one main

trunk, and this opens, not, as I expected to find, into the alimentary

1893.] MR, A, E. SHIPLEY ON THE GENUS SIPUNCULTS. 331

canal, but into a well-developed system of lacunar spaces which

lies in the thick walls of the rectum.

Section shows that the whole organ is hollow; the walls of the

finer branches are one cell thick, and these cells seem to be shedding

their nuclei into the surrounding medium. The lumen of the

branches, and more especially of the main trunk, contains a gran-

ular coagulum in which numerous spherical granular corpuscles are

embedded ; these latter have very much the appearance of the

nuclei described above as being given off from the cells of the

branches, and it is quite possible that the latter are not all nuclei,

but some of them may be bodies elaborated in the lumen of the

organ and passing through the walls to the exterior, that is, into

the ccelomic fluid.

The lacunar spaces into which these organs open are well

defined (Plate XX VII. fig. 10); they can be recognized without

the aid of sections, for if the rectum be cut out and examined

under a lens it becomes apparent that it consists of a thick inner

tube surrounded by a thinner, looser tube, which is supported by

four longitudinal mesenteries attached to the body-wall (Plate

XXVI. fig. 9). The space between the outer and inner tubes is

the space into which the rectal diverticula open, and its cavity

contains a coagulum similar to, and continuous with, that in the

cavity of the branching organ. The lacunar spaces do not extend

any great distance along the intestine, but are confined to a short

track about 3 an inch long; they are split up by numerous

strands of connective tissue which run between the outer and inner

walls of the rectum.

Until I came to investigate minutely the structure of the anal

tufts I had always regarded them as homologous with the anal

cxca of Bonellia, &c. Both their appearance and position seemed

to support this view. Closer study, however, shows that the

structures in Sipunculus differ very considerably from those in

Bonellia. In the first place, they do not open into the celom: the

ciliated funnels at the end of the branches in the anal ceca of

armed Gephyrea are well known, nothing of the sort is found in

Sipunculus. Secondly, they do not open into the lumen of the

intestine but into a well-developed system of lacunar spaces in

the wall of the rectum. These differences seem to throw much

doubt on the view that any homology exists between these struc-

tures in the two groups.

if we may make any inference from the structure of the gland

to its function, it appears probable that this branching gland has

somewhat the same functions as the lymphatics and the numerous

glands which in all classes of animals exercise some influence on

the constituents of the circulating medium.

List of Papers referred to.

(1) Kurersrern, W.—* Beitriige zur anatomischen und system-

atischen Kenntniss der Sipunculiden.” Zeitschr. f. wiss.

Zool. Bd. xy.

332

MR. A. EB. SHIPLEY ON THE GENUS sIPuNCULUS. [Apr. 18,

(2 )SnnunxKa, E.—Die Sipunculiden. Eine systematische Mono-

graphie. Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, Bd. iv.

Abth. 1.

(3) Warp, H. B.—“ On some Points in the Anatomy and

Histology of Sipunculus nudus, L.” Bulletin of the Museum

of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, vol. xxi.

No. 3.

(4) DanretssEen and KorEn.—Gephyrea. Den Norske Nordhaus-

SnPY.e. MQ ke os

P~]

Digitate process of Brain.

Ventral nerye-cord.

. Dorsal blood-vessel.

. Longitudinal muscles.

. Circular muscles.

. Tentacular fringe.

Expedition. Part iii.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

List of Reference Letters.

Mouth. . Sinuses in the same.

Anus. Scales on the introvert.

Cisophagus. . Papille on scales.

. Intestine. . Rectum.

Nephridia. . Rectal tufts.

Retractor muscles. Ducts of rectal tufts.

Brain. Mesenteries supporting these ducts.

. Sinuses in wall of rectum.

Spindle muscle.

. Czxeum on intestine.

. Diverticula of dorsal vessel.

. Ciliated pit leading to brain.

rnekScSsereBo

Puate XXYV.

Fig. 1. View of a Sipunculus indicus cut open by an incision a little to the

Fig. 4.

right of the dorsal middle line. The introvert is extended and the

viscera are exposed zm sitw. The drawing is 3 the natural size.

A portion of the same in the region of the cesophagus, magnified two

diameters, to show the numerous bands of longitudinal muscles.

Two views, magnified, of the brain of Sipunculus tessellatus. The fig.

to the right shows its position above the cesophagus and between

the dorsal retractors. The fig. to the left is more highly magnified,

to show the character of the digitate processes.

Puats XXVI.

A view of the head of S. indicus. The mouth is shown in the centre,

and between it and the ring of tentacles run several vascular ridges.

To the right are two sketches, more highly magnified, to show the

characters of the scales on the introvert and the square areas in

the trunk.

A dorsal view of the head of S. nudus with the tentacular fringe very

much folded, x 4. The mouth is away from the spectator and the

depression leading to the brain is near him.

A ventral view of another specimen of S. xudus, in which the fringe is

not at all folded, the wall of the cesophagus is bulged forward and

obliterated the oral orifice.

An anterior view of the mouth of S. Zesse/latus.

A longitudinal section through the skin of the introvert of S. indicus,

showing the structure of the scales, the prolongations of the body-

cavity into them, and the ‘ papillee.’

A view of the rectum of S. ¢essel/atus, showing the anal tufts, the

enlargement of the alimentary canal to form the rectum, the spindle

muscle, the muscular stfands:supporting the intestine, the cecum

opening into the latter, ana ‘thé Jongitudinal and circular muscles of

the skin, oo yes ey

. duit sf sotg utaqgu TAL

“INNVAUZTIOLS

SAWOAH LHOI

P.Z.S5 .1893. Pl. XXIX.

P. Smit del.et hth.

BLGSS ior ICHTHYOMYS STOLZMANNI.

TSOe ARTIBEUS GLAUCUS.

LO. NYCTINOMUS KALINOWSKII.

1893.] MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. 333

Puatzs XXVIL

Fig. 10. A transverse section through the rectum of S. Zesse//atus, to show the

arrangement of the rectal tufts. On the left are scattered portions

of the tufts surrounding and opening into the main duct, which is

supported by two mesenteries. The section is cut: obliquely, and on

the right it passes beyond the tufts but through the duct, and the

communication of the latter with the lacunar : spaces in the wall of

rectum is shown. The outlines of the skin and of the longitudinal

muscles in section are shown above.

11. A transverse section through the esophagus of S. cwmanensis. Above

the cesophagus is seen the dorsal blood-vessel with diverticula

opening into it, other diverticula crowded with blood-corpuscles are

shown in various planes. The retractor muscles are seen at the side.

12. A branch of the rectal tufts of S. nudus, highly magnified.

13. A section taken through the tentacular fold ih brain of S, nudus.

The ciliated coating of the fold and the numerous blood spaces in

its walls are shown. Below, the latter open into the dorsal blood-

vessel which bathes the ventral surface of the brain. The ciliated

pit leading to the anterior surface of the brain, which is continuous

with the epidermis, is shown, and also the digitate processes which

project into the celom. The mouth and esophagus lie to the left.

2. On some Mammals from Central Peru.

By Otpriextp Tomas.

[Received April 7, 1893.]

(Plates XXVIII & XXIX.)

I owe to the kindness of Dr. Jean Stolzmann, the Director of

the Branicki Museum, Warsaw, the opportunity of working out a

small collection of Mammals obtained in Central Peru by Mons. J.

Kalinowski, which contains examples of several species either new

or of such interest as to deserve a record.

The locality at which most of the specimens were obtained is

Chanchamayo, near Tarma, approximately in lat. 11° 20'S., and

long. 75° 40’ E.; in fact in very nearly the same region as the

specimens collected by Mons. C. Jelski and described by me in

1884*. The altitude of Chanchamayo is about 3000 feet.

The most remarkable of the species to be described is the

interesting fish-eating- Rat, Ichthyomys stolzmannt, which I have

named in honour of the distinguished Polish ornithologist and

collector, to whom I owe the pleasure of working out the speci-

mens. There are also two new Bats.

Mons. Kalinowski is much to be congratulated on the excellent

manner in which he has collected the specimens, the care he has

devoted to the preservation of the skulls, and on the interesting

discoveries he has made in a region evidently very far from worked

out.

Thanks to the kindness of Dr. Stolzmann, the British Museum

has been permitted to acquire, by way of exchange, the majority

of the specimens now described.

1 P. Z. S. 1884, p. 447.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. XXIIT. 23

334 MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. [Apr. 18,

1. NYOTIPITHECUS TRIVIRGATUS.

a,b. Ad. sks. ¢ 2. Chanchamayo. 5/9/90.

2. VusPERus Fuscus, P. de Beauv.

a, Ad.al. ¢. Chanchamayo.

3. SACCOPTERYX LEPTURA, Schr.

a. g al. Chanchamayo.

4, SACCOPTERYX BILINEATA, Temm.

a,b. 2 g al. Chanchamayo.

As Dobson has remarked, these two species of Saccopterya seem

to be merely large and small races of a single form, exactly as in

Molossus rufus and M. obscurus. The difference in size, however, is,

in the one case as in the other, so great and so constant as to

make it convenient to treat them all as distinct species so far as

nomenclature is concerned.

5. Monossts opscurus, Geoffr.

a-e. 5inal. Central Peru.

6. NYCTINOMUS KALINOWSEII, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 10.)

Size very small, perhaps the smallest of the genus in the general

bulk of the body. Lips slightly wrinkled. ars not conjoined in

front, but arising from the same point on the muzzle; their

substance very thin and transparent; their inner margin evenly

but faintly convex, without minute horny points ; tip rounded off,

but fairly defined, not lost in the general convexity, as is often the

case; outer margin slightly convex for its upper, concave for its

middle, and convex again for its lower third, but the curves are

very slight and open, and there is practically no antitragus at all,

the notch marking this lobe behind being almost obsolete; as a

general result the line of the conch runs almost evenly from the

tip to the insertion behind the angle of the mouth, a character, I

believe, unique in the genus.

Keel of ear-conch very much reduced, and forming a mere

narrow rim, barely a millimetre broad at its broadest point; its

edge not thickened or bent round in any way. Tragus well

developed, quadrangular, its upper nearly equal to its inner edge.

No trace of a gular sac, at least in the female.

Wing-membrane from the ankle. Fur very short and close,

extending on the upper surface of the wing-membrane only as far

outwards as a line drawn from the middle of the humerus to the

middle of the femur; afew minute scattered hairs behind the

forearm.

Colour pale fawn-grey, rather paler below than above; wing-

membranes black, edged posteriorly with white. Membrane of

ears whitish.

Teeth too much worn down in the type for proper description ;

1893.] - MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. 335

premolars only 3, the anterior one above perhaps lost, and not

really absent normally. Lower incisors 4.

Measurements of the type, an aged female in alcohol :—Forearm

345 mm. (=1°35 in.) ; head and body 46; tail 28; head 18; ear from

notch 14°5; both ears, tip to tip across head, 25°5; tragus 4;

metacarpus of third finger 35, of fifth 22; lower leg 8; hind

foot 7.

Hab. Central Peru.

This interesting little species differs widely from any of the

previously known Neotropical Nyctinomi, and seems to approach

some of the members of the group called Mormopterus by Peters,

notably in the extreme reduction of the keel of the ear-conch, and

in the absence of the upper anterior premolar ; in fact, of all the

known species, the Australian NV. norfolcensis, Gray, appears to

resemble it most nearly, although whether this resemblance really

amounts to relationship, I am not at present prepared to say.

It is with great pleasure that I connect with this new Bat the

name of its discoverer, M. Kalinowski, to whose labours we owe

the valuable collection of small Mammals described in the present

paper.

7. PHYLLOSTOMA HASTATUM, Pall.

a,b. 2ad.al. ¢ 2. Chanchamayo.

8. GLOSSOPHAGA SORICINA, Pall.

a-d. 4in al. Central Peru.

9. ANURA GEOFFROYI, Gray.

Anoura geoffroyi, Gray, Mag. Zool. Bot. ii. p. 490 (1838) (excl.

syn.).

Bi cenaitieris peruana, Tschudi, Faun. Per.. Mamm. p. 71

(1844).

Glossonycteris lasiopyga, Pet. MB. Ak. Berl. 1868, p. 365;

Alston, Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm. p. 45 (1879).

Glossonycteris geoffroyt, Dobs. Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 508 (1878).

a. Imm. al. Central Peru.

As the synonymy shows, Dobson and Alston have each thought

it necessary to use a different name for this species, different

both from each other and from that of the original describer,

Gray. Onreviewing the whole case, it appears to me that Dobson

was right in considering the species named geoffroyt sufficiently

characterized by the diagnosis given by Gray under the generic

heading of * Anoura,” A. geoffroyi being the only species. This

being the case, it is also clear that Anura must be used for the

genus, as the name had not been previously used in a generic sense

in zoology. For both genus and species, therefore, I use the

earliest name, verified as the identification is by the existence of

Gray’s type specimen.

The occurrence of this species in Peru confirms the reported

identity of Tschudi’s “ Cheronycteris peruana” with i

336 MR, 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. [Apr. 18’

10. Artrpnus! GLAUCTS, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. figs. 7-9.)

a. 2 al. Chanchamayo. Type.

Dentition as in the restricted subgenus Artibeus, of which the

only known member is the large “‘ A. perspicillatus,” whether that

is or is not subdivided into four or five local “ species.” Size as in

the little A. (Dermanura) cinereus.

Anterior edge of nose-leaf free, its sides without extra lobes, its

upright portion rather narrow and elongated. ars rather short,

their inner edge and tip broadly rounded, their outer edge with

two slight concavities separated by a convexity. Wings to the

end of the metatarsus. Interfemoral membrane emarginate to a

point rather above the level of the middle of the tibia.

Fur above extending on to the proximal half of the foramen and

base of antebrachial membrane, and there is a patch on the meta-

tarsus of the thumb. The wings are covered as far as a line

extending from the elbow to the knee, the interfemoral is thinly

clothed on its basal half, and the legs are covered with fur right

down to the claws. Below there is a sparse covering on the

membrane near the body and on the base of the forearm, but the

interfemoral membrane is almost naked.

Colour uniform cinereous grey, the lower surface scarcely lighter

than the upper. Two faint whitish supraorbital streaks just dis-

tinguishable.

Skull in its general outline almost as elongated as that of A.

bilobatus, and sharing with that species in the less abrupt rise of

the brain-case above the level of the muzzle; but while in A. bilo-

batus it is the muzzle that is raised, in A. glaucus it is the brain-

case which is depressed, so that there is no really close resemblance

between the two. General palatal outline broader and shorter

than in A. bilobatus, but not so much so as in A. cinereus and

quadrivittatus.

Teeth. Upper inner incisors broad, vertical, spatulate, bicuspid,

the inner cusps slightly longer than the outer. Outer incisors

about half the height of the inner. Upper canines and premolars

rather short and thick. No trace of m’, although m* has a slight

and inconspicuous concavity in its posterior edge. Lower incisors

equal, bicuspid ; lower canine and posterior premolar attaining the

same altitude; m? of about the same horizontal length as m'; m?

rounded, minute, its size in cross section only about equal to that

of one of the lower incisors.

Dimensions of the type, a slightly immature female* in spirit :—

Forearm 43 mm.; head and body 51; ear from notch 15:5 ; nose-

leaf, length 11-7, breadth of horizontal part 6-1, of upright part 4;

length of thumb 9°3; tibia 15:2; foot 10; calcar 4-1; depth of

interfemoral in centre 7.

1 There appears to be no reason why this name should not be retained as

originally formed by Leach, or why Agassiz’s derivation of it from dpi and Baw

should be rejected ; Winge’s proposed amendment of it to Artobius (‘ Bats of

Lagoa Santa—E Mus. Lundii,’ p. 38, 1892) is therefore unnecessary.

2 Teeth all up and in use, but epiphyses of limb-bones not fully united.

1893.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. 337

Skull—basal length 17 ; greatest length 20-8 ; zygomatic breadth

12; intertemporal breadth 5:6 ; palate, length 9-5, breadth outside

m’ 8-6, inside m' 4:4; front of canine to back of m* 6:5; ditto in

lower jaw 6°9; horizontal length of m? 2-0, mm? 1°8, m3 0°4.

There is no necessity for any comparison of this species with

its allies, as its dental formula distinguishes it at once from all

except the A. perspicillatus group, of which the smallest member

is of at least three or four times its bulk.

A. glaucus is perhaps Tschudi’s “ Phyllostoma pusillum, Natt.” *,

but has clearly nothing to do with Natterer’s species, which was

placed by Dobson in the genus Chiroderma,and later on transferred

by myself to Vampyrops’.

11. Scrurvs VARIABILIS, Geoff.

a. Ad. sk. ¢. Chanchamayo.

12. Sciurus cHRYsuRUS, Puch.

a. Ad.sk. g. La Gloria, Chanchamayo.

13. RuirHropon pictus, Thos.

a. Ad. sk. San Blas, Cordilleras, 18000 feet. 30/4/90.

14. IcHTHYoMYs sTOLZMANNI, g.& sp.nn. (Plate XXVIII. and

Plate XXIX. figs. 1-6.)

IcHrHYOMYS, g. n.

Form modified for an aquatic piscivorous life.

Head markedly depressed, so as to give its side view a resemblance

to that of a snake. Eyes and ears small. Whiskers long, stout,

and prominent. Fur short and close. Hind feet (Plate XXIX.

fig. 5) very broad; toes partially webbed, broadly and closely

ciliated on each side ; their soles, naked, with five broad low pads.

Tail long, cylindrical, but increased in height vertically by having

its under surface clothed with short elongated bristles.

Cxcum (fig. 6) much reduced in volume, very short, and only

of the same diameter as the rectum. Small intestine of medium

length ; colon and rectum proportionally short.

Skull (figs. 1-4) curiously like that of Hydromys, its dorsal outline

concave over the orbits, flattened and depressed throughout. Supra-

orbital edges smoothly rounded, without any trace of ridges ; supra-

orbital foramina proportionally large, not within the orbit, but upon

the top of the interorbital space. Infraorbital foramen exactly as

in Hydromys, as broad below as above; anterior zygoma-root

very short horizontally, its anterior edge vertical, not projecting

forwards. Zygomata extraordinarily weak, not properly ossified

at the junction of the malar with the maxillary process. Palatine

foramina of medium length.

Teeth. Incisors with their front surfaces so turned in towards

1 Faun. Peruana, p. 63 (1844).

2 Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) iv. p. 170 (1889).

338 MR, 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CHNTRAL PERU. [Apr. 18,

each other that their faces form a V in horizontal section, and

owing to this and to an apparently greater thickness of the enamel

at their outer as compared to their inner margins, their cutting-

edges also form a vertical reversed A, the outer corners projecting

downwards as sharp divergent points, of obvious use in seizing

fish. Molars somewhat of the Habrothria type, but simpler, with

high crowns, and opposite, not alternating, cusps, of which there

are six in the first and four in the second molar both above and

below, although the two most anterior below tend to fuse into one

another. M® above and below subtriangular, of average propor-

tional size.

Type: I. stolzmanni, described below. ‘“ Habrothrix” hydrobates,

Winge, should also be included in the genus.

This remarkable new genus is one of very great and special

interest, on account of the fact that its members are modified, not

merely for an aquatic life, as are many other rodents, but actually

for a predacious piscivorous one, almost unique within the

order. This fact is fortunately proved without question by the

discovery, in the stomach of the Peruvian specimen now before

me, of both scales and fish-bones, which have been identified by

my colleague, Mr. Boulenger, as those of Yetragonopterus alosa,

Giinth., a fish with an average length of about six inches.

That the habits of Ichthyomys were in some way very peculiar

might have been inferred from the striking modification of the upper

incisors, of which the sharp separated points would apparently be

almost useless for the gnawing phytophagous life of most rodents,

whether aquatic or not, while the extreme degree of specialization

in the swimming characters would result in an activity and speed

under water fully capable of rivalling that of fishes or batrachians,

and very different from that of ordinary water-rats. Fiber, however,

and Hydromys, of Myomorph rodents, are also both about equally

endowed with swimming-powers, and although both are primarily

plant-eaters, yet the former certainly occasionally captures and eats

slow-swimming fishes ', and perhaps the latter also will prove to do

so, especially as it has a tendency towards the peculiar double-

pointed character of the upper incisors present in Ichthyomys, and

also a very decided resemblance to it in the general shape and

structure of the skull. At the same time neither of these forms

has the peculiar physiognomy of Ichthyomys, whose general ex-

pression bears a considerable resemblance to that of such exclu-

sively fish-eating mammals as Lutra, Myogale, and Potamogale.

On the whole the balance of evidence appears to be in favour of

Ichthyomys not being a plant-eater at all, but of its living entirely

on fishes, batrachians, crustaceans, or other water animals.

Dr. Winge, in the description of his Habrothrix hydrobates, has

entered into detailed comparisons of it with many water-mammals,

but owing to his specimen having been a skin only, he was unable

to make any investigation as to the character and contents of the

intestines. But, nevertheless, his placing J. hydrobates in the

1 See Merriam. Tr. L. Soc. New York, ii. p. 187 (1884).

1893.] MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. 339

genus or subgenus Habrothriv appears to me quite unaccountable,

especially as he is one of the authors who consider that the

majority of the different groups of what used to be called

“ Hesperomys” should rank as distinct genera. A short diagnosis

of Habrothrix, based on the typical species, H.longipilis, is given in

P. Z. 8S. 1884, p. 450, and it will be seen that Ichthyomys stolzmanni

and I. hydrobates agree with that diagnosis in scarcely a single

character of importance, even though it was not drawn up with

the idea of any antithesis to such a specialized swimming form as

the present.

The very noticeable resemblance in the structure of the anterior

zygoma-root which Ichthyomys bears to Hydromys is a point well

worthy of remark, for while this resemblance practically amounts

to identity, yet there can be no suspicion that the two have a

common origin, or can be other than a very remarkable case

of parallelism. This case is the more remarkable as the structure

of this region has been used by all the best authorities as a cha-

racter of primary importance in dividing the Myomorph rodents

into smaller groups, so that it will not be readily looked upon as

one of little stability. Nevertheless, in the present instance we

have two Murines, alike in their mode of life but derived from

quite different ancestors, developing independently exactly similar

infraorbital foramina’, The presumed ancestor of each of

the two highly specialized forms under consideration, Xeromys of

Hydromys, and Habrothrix (or seme ally) of Jchthyomys, both

have typically murine infraorbital foramina.

ICHTHYOMYS STOLZMANNI, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII.)

Size and general proportions much as in the common Black Rat

(Mus rattus). Whiskers long, strong, and numerous, silvery white

with the exception of a few of the upper ones, which are brown.

Ears very small and narrow, when laid forward they do not reach

halfway towards the eye. Hands with the fingers quite free and

unwebbed ; pollex with a sort of elongated nail, not long enough

to be called a claw; other digits with sharp curved claws ; third

and fourth fingers subequal, second reaching to the middle of the

second phalanx of the third, fifth to the base of the same phalanx

of the fourth ; palm naked, with the usual five pads. Hind feet

broad, fan-shaped ; unwebbed part of toes broadly ciliated margin-

ally ; soles naked, with five large low rounded pads, the usual

small postero-external pad absent. Tail about as long as the head

and body, thick, cylindrical, its terminal half below with stiff

elongate bristles. Palate-ridges 3—3. Mamme doubtful, owing

to part of the abdominal wall having been cut away, but there is

one pair just behind the axille, and another near the vulva;

1 Dr. Winge (¢. c. p. 22) ingeniously suggests, as the reason of the enlarge-

ment in the lower part of the foramen, the increased size of the nerve which

supplies the prominent whisker-bristles. Although no doubt true so far as it

goes, this explanation does not appear to me quite to cover the case, especially

as Fiber, similar in habits and with nearly equal whisker development, has a

highly typical Murine foramen.

340 MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU, [Apr. 18;

Dr. Winge says of J. hydrobates, that there are ‘“‘at least one pair

on the breast, and two on the belly.”

Fur short, close, and thick, very similar in texture to that of

Holochilus apicalis or squamipes. General colour above mouse-

grey, strongly grizzled with fulvous; upper half of ear-margin

brown, lower white. Chin, chest, and belly dirty white, the hairs

grey basally, dull white terminally. Upper surface of hands and

feet pure white, except that the metacarpals are slightly tinged

with brown; cilia of hind feet also pure white. Tail abruptly .

bicolor, brown above, and pure white below throughout its whole

length.

Skull apparently quite as in J. hydrobates (see figures 1-4,

Plate XXIX.), except that the anterior palatine foramina seem to

es further back, ending exactly opposite the most anterior point

of m,

Dimensions of the type, an adult female in alcohol :—

Head and body 146 mm.; tail 148; hind foot 36; ear, from

notch 9:1, breadth 6-2 ; forearm and hand 33°5.

Skull—basal length 30°5; greatest length 34; greatest breadth

16; nasals, length 11, greatest breadth 4:2 ; intertemporal breadth

5; interparietal length 2°5, breadth 7:1; palate, length 17-3,

breadth outside m’ 6:1, inside m! 3:1; diastema 8°9; palatine

foramina, length 6:5; length of upper molar series 4:4; basi-

facial length 19; basi-cranial length 11:5; lower jaw, condyle to

incisor tips 22.

Hab, Chanchamayo.

This species differs from J. hydrobates in its rather larger size,

its more elongated palatine foramina, and especially in its wholly

bicolor tail, that member in the allied form being brown above and

below, except just at the tip, which is whitish’. J. hydrobates is a

native of the Sierra de Merida, Venezuela, some thirteen or four-

teen hundred miles north of the home of JL. stolzmanni, but,

speaking broadly, upon the same eastern slope of the great Andean

chain.

I have great pleasure in connecting with this handsome animal

the name of Dr. Jean Stolzmann, himself one of the best-known

and most successful Peruvian collectors, the discoverer of many

new Mammals’, through whose kindness I am now enabled to

describe the present interesting set of mammals.

15. Lagipium PALLIPES, Benn.

a. Ad. sk. Q. Incapirca, Zezioro, Junin. 8/5/90.

16. DasyProcra VARInGATA, T'schudi.

a-c. Ad. 2 and 2 yg. sk. Chanchamayo. 5/9/90.

17. CaviIA curLERiI, Benn.

a. Ad.sk. 2. Incapirea, Zezioro, Junin. 20/6/90.

1 This coloration of the tail is again curiously suggestive of Hydromys.

2 See P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 98.

PZS.1893.Plate XXX

HKnight deletlith West Newman chrome.

New Indian Moths of the Farmly Geometride.

7.91893. Plate XXXL.

HKnight del.etlith. West Newman chromo

New Indian Moths of the Family Geometridz.

PZ.S.1893.Plate KX

iva)

Indian Moths of the Family Geometridz.

lith.

New.

HKnight delet li

1893.] ON NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 341

18. Cavia (KERopON) BOLIVIENSIS, Waterh. (?).

a. Ad. sk.

19. DipELPHYs MARSUPIALIS, L.

a. Imm. sk. 2. La Gloria, Chanchamayo. 7/8/90.

20. CHIRONECTES MINIMUS, Zimm.

a, Yg. al. Chanchamayo.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate XXVIII.

Ichthyomys stolzmanni, natural size.

Puate XXIX.

" Figs. 1-4. Ichthyomys stolemanni. Skull—upper, lateral, palatal, and anterior

aspects.

5. —— Sole of hind foot.

6. —— Czxcum, natural size.

9, Artibeus glaucus. Skull—palatal, anterior, and lateral aspects; en-

larged.

10. Nyctinomus kalinowskii, Head, enlarged.

3. On new Genera and Species of Moths of the Family

Geometride from India, in the Collection of H. J. Elwes.

By W. Warren, M.A. With Notes by H. J. Exwes,

F.Z.S.

[Received April 18, 1893.]

(Plates XXX.-XXXIT.)

[The following descriptions have been written by Mr. Warren,

from specimens selected from my Collection, whilst engaged in

working out and arranging the insects of the family Geometride in

the British Museum. They were intended to have been published

as part of a paper on the Lepidoptera of Sikkim, of which two parts

have already appeared; but as the total number of species is very

large, and the whole of the Indian Heterocera are in course of

revision by Mr. Hampson, and as many of these species of which

specimens were collected by me in 1886 have remained so long

undescribed, I have thought it best not to delay any longer descrip-

tions of the new species.

T may add that, as I have examined the whole of the large col-

lection formed by the late Mr. Atkinson now in the possession of

Dr. Staudinger, and as Mr. Warren has studied the whole of the

Geometride in the collection of te British Museum and of Mr. F.

Moore, there is good reason to believe that few or no synonyms

will be now created.

The notes which I have added will give, as far as possible, the

localities where these species have been taken, though of many of

them, for which I am indebted to the late Otto Moller, Mr. Knyvett,

and Mr. Doherty, we know but little at present.

342 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

I would refer those who wish to know more of the physical

features of the localities in question to my Catalogue of the

Butterflies of Sikkim, in the Transactions of the Entomological

Society for 1888, and to my notes on Mr. Doherty’s collections in

the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1892.—H. J. £.]

Subfam. CGEnocHROMIN #.

XENOZANCLA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa gradually curved from base to apex, but

somewhat flattened just before the middle; apex produced, blunt;

hind margin strongly indented below apex, forming a prominent

blunt projection at the end of the 2nd and 3rd median nervules,

thence running very obliquely inwards; anal angle rather promi-

nently defined. Hind wings with a small point at end of 2nd sub-

costal nervule, and a small indentation below it opposite the cell ;

anal angle squared. Antenne simple, closely laminated, rather

flattened ; palpi short, smooth, horizontally porrect, 3rd joint not

distinctly separable ; tongue invisible (? absent); legs short, stout,

hind tibie rather thick ; spurs excessively short. Abdomen with

slight, oblique dorsal tufts. _Neuration :—Fore wings: 1st median

nervule at ?, 2nd and 3rd close together from lower end of cell;

lower radial from a little above the centre of the discocellular ;

upper radial from upper end of cell; 5 subcostals on a common

stem ; the 5th starting halfway between end of cell and apex, and

running into hind margin below apex; the 4th into costa before

apex; Ist, 2nd, and 3rd at equal distances one after the other.

Hind wing: costal approximated to subcostal briefly near base ;

2 subcostals from upper end of cell; 1st median nervule shortly

before end of cell; 2nd just before end; 3rd from lower angle;

radial from a little above the centre of the discocellular.

Type, Xenozancla versicolor, sp. nov.

The radials both in fore and hind wings are situated much asin

the Geometrine proper, rising above the centre of the discocellular,

and not running parallel to the nervules on either side; but the

genus appears to me referable with more propriety to the @no-

chromine, in which subfamily are other instances of similar

position of the radial of the hind wings.

XENOZANCLA VERSICOLOR, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 17.)

g. Fore wings, towards the base and along the costa, olive-

ochreous, thickly dusted with transverse fuscous dots and strigz ;

rest of the wing dull mouse-colour, with few irrorations ; 1st line

black, very indistinct, at 3; basal area inside of it, more yellowish,

less dusted with darker, like the apical costal space ; 2nd line repre-

sented on costa and inner margin by a black line, curved outward,

and between these by 4 black spots on the veins. Hind wings

with the 2nd line exactly similar ; the whole basal } mouse-colour

dappled with fuscous and reddish brown; the outer third less

irrorated, and yellowish olive towards the inner angle; fringes

1893. | SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 343

(damaged) mouse-colour with a pink tinge; face deep red-brown ;

head clear, pale ochreous; thorax and abdomen olive-ochreous

mixed with darker ; abdominal crests tinged with red. Underside

dull mouse-colour, dusted with grey, and without distinct markings.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

Subfam. ORTHOSTIXIN 2.

NAXA ORTHOSTIGIALIS, sp. n.

Fore wings dull whitish, semitransparent, with all the veins

blackish, and the costa smoky grey; basal transverse line marked

by 3 black, lengthened spots lying on the subcostal, median, and

submedian veins; exterior and subterminal lines denoted by

similar spots on all the veins; a larger dark oblong cell-spot, and

dots on the veins below it. Hind wings like fore wings, but

without the basal dots. Underside, with cell-spots and two outer

rows of spots only distinct, but these more so than above.

Expanse of wings, 2 52 millim., ¢ 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim; Bhotan.

[Taken by me at Darjiling in July.—Z. J. £.)

PSILONAXA, gen. nov.

Orthostixis, Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1866, p. 196.

Orthosti«is, 8S. & W. Cat. 2241.

Zerene, de l’Orza, Cat. Lép. Jap. p. 48, no. 113 (1869),

The species of this genus agree with Nava, Wlk., in the shape

of the wings, the scaling, and all points of structure except the

antenne, and herein they agree with Orthostiais, Hiib., which like-

wise has simple antenne in both sexes.

Type, P. taicowmaria, de l’Orza (Zerene).

PSILONAXA OBLITERATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 10.)

@. Like P. taicoumaria, de YOrza, but smaller and feebler; all

the spots reduced to mere dark dots; the two lower ones of the

basal row nearly absent.

Hab. Bhotan; Naga Hills.

Two worn specimens in Mr. Moore’s collection marked Jinteata,

M., may be the same; they are ¢ 9 from Darijiling.

[This was taken at about 7000 feet by Doherty near Mao, Mani-

pur, in August.—H. J. £.}.

CRYPTOLOBA, gen. nov.

Larentia, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 654.

Lygranoa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5. vi. p. 228

(1880).

Fore wings with costa convex, hind margin obliquely curved ;

hind wings rounded ; both wings elongate; hind wing in ¢ with

a peculiar chitinous lobe attached to the base of the abdominal

margin. Antenne rather long, strongly pectinated in the ¢,

344 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

shortly, but decidedly pectinated in the 2 ; palpi long, porrected,

both second and terminal joints ending in a rostriform point ; legs

long.

Type, Cryptoloba erate, Moore (Larentia).

CRYPTOLOBA MINOR, Sp. 0.

3 Q. Resembles C. erata, Moore, in general appearance, but

decidedly smaller ; the pale gilded tints of wrata are much less pro-

minent; the broad blackish external shade is entire, and not

interrupted by any pale subcostal streak, such as in wrata runs into

the apex; the cell-dot, which in @rata is small and punctiform, is

here enlarged and diffuse ; the pale subterminal line consists of

yellowish lunular markings, not confluent towards the anal angle,

nor curved outwards as in wrata.

Hab. Sikkim.

This is altogether a duller and more insignificant-looking species

than ewrata, Moore, though undoubtedly closely allied.

[I hardly think that when a series of C. wrata is examined, this

species can be distinguished. I have taken it at from 7000 to 10,000

feet in Sikkim.—H. J. £.|

CRYPTOLOBA SUBUSTA, sp. 0.

3. Fore wings pale grey with a slight olive tinge, glossy, without

strige ; basal 4 slightly suffused with fulvous, more so externally,

and bounded by the first line, which is represented by small black

dots on the veins; 2nd line similar, and followed by a distinct olive-

tawny fascia; both lines, as well as the fascie which accompany

them, are bluntly angulated below the costa ; a dark blotch with a

paler centre in the middle of the hind margin, between the outer

fascia and the fringes, which are grey; a small dark discal dot.

Hind wings rather paler grey, with a dark discal dot and a faint,

irregular submarginal darker fascia. Face olive-grey ; thorax

darker ; abdomen cimereous.

Underside: fore wings dull cinereous ; hind wings paler.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

Hab. British Bhotan.

[I took this in very dense forest at about 9000 feet on the

Rishilah, on Aug. 8th. It is a very distinct species.—H. J. E.]

CRYPTOLOBA TRINOTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 12.)

3. Fore wing with an ochreous-olive tinge, irregularly dusted

with short black strige ; the 2 cross lines broad, fulvous, indefinite ;

the first at 4, vertically sinuous ; the 2nd at =, curved outwards

below costa, then running parallel to hind margin; each starts

from a black blotch on the costa, the exterior the larger ; beyond

this, a third small costal black blotch ; the inner line is slightly

edged externally, and the outer line internally with black dots ;

basal area more or less suffused with fulvous; on the hind margin

just below the apex is a small blackish spot, and a longer one at

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 345

the anal angle; fringe iron-grey chequered with pale olive.

Hind wings dull whitish, speckled with grey at the base; the

outer half, the inner margin, and a large discal spot dark grey.

Head and thorax olive-ochreous; abdomengrey. Underside pale

straw-colour, which in the fore wing is almost wholly suffused with

iron-grey ; patches along the costa, hind margin, and inner margin

alone remaining pale. ‘he hind wings have a broad dark marginal

band and discal spot.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[The type, which is unique,was taken by Moller’s native collectors

at about 7000 feet.—H. J. E.]

ISOLOBA, gen. nov.

Like Cryptoloba, Warr., but with the 9 antennx not plumose,

but moniliform ; the antennz shorter, with finer and longer lateral

branches ; wings glossy, with two straight brown transverse lines,

and without the silvery metallic spots and streaks that characterize

Cryptoloba.

Type, Isoloba bifasciata, sp. n.

IsOLOBA BIFASCIATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 18.)

3 2. Fore wings glossy straw-colour, finely and irregularly

dusted with black atoms ; Ist and 2nd lines at 4 and 3 respectively,

thick, brown, nearly straight, being slightly recurved only towards

the costa ; the 1st immediately followed, in the centre of the wing,

by athicker cluster of black atoms ; the 2nd by a still larger blackish

blotch ; 3 small oblique black dashes on the costa before apex, and

2 black flecks, in an oblique line, from the apex to the black blotch

beyond the 2nd line; fringes straw-colour, broadly chequered with

black at the ends of all the veins. Hind wings duller straw-colour,

scarcely dusted with darker, with the dark chequering of the

fringes much narrower and less conspicuous. Head, palpi, and

thorax the same colour as the brown transverse lines ; the abdomen

mottled straw-colour and brown. Underside of both wings bright

straw, mottled with dark atoms, and with a diffuse dark grey

shade beyond each of the 2 lines on the front wing; the black

chequering of the fringes visible also beneath.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Not rare from Tonglo to Sundukpho on the Nepal frontier,

10,000-12,000 feet.—H. J. E£.]

LopoGonia, gen. nov.

Closely related to Cryptoloba and Isoloba, with which it agrees

in neuration and scaling, but characterized by the angulation in

the hind margin of both wings.

Type, Lobogonia ambusta, sp. n.

346 MR. W. WARREN ON NBW GENERA AND Apr. 18,

LopoGonIA AMBUSTA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 21.)

d. Fore wings pale yellowish ochreous, with a very few scattered

fuscous strige; 2 transverse, straight, olive-brown lines, at 3

and 2 respectively, each starting from a darker costal blotch ;

costa itself finely speckled with black; subterminal line in-

dicated by a small blackish costal spot, another on the inner

margin, and a third opposite the cell; an oblong brownish blotch

almost touching the 2nd line in the middle, just beyond it ;

fringes more reddish, edged with black from apex to elbow, and

with 2 black spots below it. Hind wings like fore wings, but with

a single dark line just in the centre, and the fringes less touched

with black. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous ; antenne the

same, but much dusted with darker. Underside fulvous-ochreous,

much irrorated with transverse grey strige, which are massed into

a blotch towards the base of the fore wings; both wings with

distinct dark cell-spot, and central broad dark line ; inner margin

of fore wings clear ochreous, quite without markings.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

[Taken at light by me at about 5000 feet in Sept.—H. J. £.]

MyostoMa, gen, nov.

Fore wings with costa nearly straight, slightly curved only at

base and before apex; apex produced, blunt; hind margin

subfalcate below apex, with an elbow in the middle; the anal

angle rather square; hind wings rather narrow, pear-shaped ;

antenne @ simple, ¢ faintly pubescent; forehead rounded,

smooth; palpi very short indeed, hardly perceptible; tongue

weak. Neuration:—Fore wing: Ist median nervule at $; 2nd and

3rd from the end of cell; lower radial from the centre of the

transverse vein; upper from the upper angle of cell; Ist sub-

costal free; 2nd and 3rd out of 4th shortly before apex, 5th

out of 4th at + from cell. Hind wings, 9: costal and subcostal

nervures strongly convex towards each other, approaching, but

not touching, about middle of cell; 1st subcostal nervule rising

just before end of cell; discocellular bluntly angulated, radial

from the angulation; 1st median nervule at $, 2nd and 3rd from

a point at lower end of cell.

Hind wings, ¢: with the costal and subcostal running more or

less parallel to middle of cell; subcostal nervules from end

of cell; discocellular angulated; the lower end of cell produced

and rounded; Ist median nervule at $, 2nd and 38rd near each

other from the rounded extremity of cell; radial at the same dis-

tance just beyond the 3rd.

Type, M. straminea.

This difference in the neuration in the two sexes is repeated

in the next genus, where the abnormality of neuration in the ¢

is still more noticeable. In Myostoma the wings are longer and

narrower in proportion in the g than inthe 2. I have described

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 347

the ¢ separately, as it differs somewhat from the 2, but I think

it is safely referable here.

MyosToMA STRAMINEA, sp. 0.

3. Fore wings very pale straw-colour, shaded with pale olive-

fulvous; the lines darker; 1st line at 4 of the costa, runs

outwards and is angulated below the costa, then runs obliquely

inwards to the inner margin at 4; exterior line at 3, similar to the

inner line; space beyond to hind margin darker than the rest of

the wing; a dark oblique streak from apex to the angulation of

the outer line; a slightly darker shade on the costa before apex ;

both transverse lines more strongly marked at their origin on

costa; an irregular indistinct pale submarginal fascia; base of

fringes brown; fringes themselves pale straw; base of wing and

costal region shaded with fulvous. Hind wings pale straw, with

cell-spot distinct and 2 very indistiuct darker bands towards hind

margin ; underside the same, with the lines more distinct. Head,

thorax, and abdomen straw dusted with fulvous.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

@. Wings dull straw-colour, finely dusted with fuscous ; cross

lines very indistinct, starting from dark brown costal flecks, and only

visible at the veins ; 1st irregularly vertical at 4, 2nd at %, strongly

angulated below the costa and then parallel to the hind margin ;

an indistinct dark costal spot before apex, and a stronger one on

the hind margin below the apex; an indefinite dark discal spot;

hind wings with the discal spot and a narrow submarginal band

darker. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark greyish fulvous;

underside dull ochreous, darker along costa of fore wing; discal

spot of hind wing and subapical spot on fore wing both con-

spicuous.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken at light by me on Aug. 4th at Darjiling.—ZH. J. E.]

DYsETHIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings triangular ; costa straight, convex just before apex,

and faintly concave in the middle; hind margin obliquely curved,

slightly bowed above the anal angle, which is distinctly marked ;

apex of the ¢ somewhat falcate. Hind wings of 2 % as wide as

fore wings, with the hind margin rounded; of ¢ not more than

half as broad as fore wings, with the hind margin straight.

Antenne rather thick, simple in 2, rather strongly ciliated in

the ¢ ; palpi short, horizontally porrect, laxly scaled, the 3rd

joint very minute; tongue present, but weak. Hind tibie of g

not thickened, with two pairs of spurs. Neuration:—Fore wings:

cell half the length of the wing ; discocellular vertical ; 1st median

nervule from 2 of the cell; 2nd and 3rd together from the lower

end, the 3rd straight in the ¢, somewhat arched in the ? ; lower

radial from the middle of the discocellular; upper radial from

348 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

upper angle of cell; 5th subcostal nervule close to the angle,

curved upwards at first, so as nearly to touch the common stem of

the other 4, then running nearly parallel to upper radial into the

hind margin below the apex; common stem of the rest rising at

3 of cell; 1st leaving it just beyond the point where the 5th is

approximated to it; 2nd and 3rd both shortly before apex; 4th

running into apex itself. Hind wings, 2 : with the discocellular

vertical, costal and subcostal approximating at a point not far

from base, the subcostal branches forking as usual from upper

angle of cell, the lower subcostal reaching the hind margin at 4

from interior angle; 1st median nervule only a little before lower

angle of cell, 2nd and 3rd together from the angle; radial from

the centre of the discocellular. ¢: With the cell much broadened,

and somewhat distorted; 2nd subcostal curving strongly down-

wards away from the Ist, and reaching the hind margin well

below the centre; discocellular running obliquely inwards from

the curvature of the 2nd subcostal; 1st median just before, 2nd

and 3rd from the lower end of cell; radial just above the origin of

the last 2; inner margin fringed thickly with long hairs.

Type, Dysethia bicommata, sp. n.

The difference in the neuration of the hind wings of the sexes

is somewhat analogous to that which occurs in the Larentiad

genera Anaitis, &e.

DYSETHIA BICOMMATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1.)

3 Q. Fore wings deep fuscous-brown, sprinkled, especially

towards costa and base, with pale lilac scales ; lines blackish :—1st

at z runs obliquely outwards, and reaches the inner margin not

much before its centre, forming a strongly marked angulation on the

submedian ; 2nd a little before the middle, forms an irregularly

triangular mark on costa only, nearly touching the large oval

blackish discal spot ; 3rd at ? forms a curved, blackish, outwardly

pointed costal spot, then a sinuous, pale-edged line to near the

anal angle; submarginal line denticulate, formed of pale lilac

scales, most distinct towards the costa, where it is preceded by a

dark costal patch; fringe fuscous-brown; basal line of fringes and

all the nervules beyond the middle of the wing yellowish. Hind

wings of 2 as the fore wings, with a dark brown submarginal

curved line; of ¢ dull greyish ochreous, with a diffuse dark shade

in place of the line which is visible in the 9. Head, thorax, and

abdomen concolorous with ground-colour of fore wings. Underside

dull fuscous, with the exterior line and discal spots only darker ;

in the ¢, the underside is rather strongly tinged with tawny,

especially along the costa; the 9, if fresh, would probably show

the same tint; in the ¢, owing to the displacement of the radial,

the dark discal spot, which is very diffuse, is situate almost at the

lower angle of the cell.

Expanse of wings, 9 38 millim., ¢ 34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

It is worthy of observation that the pale lilac scales, which are

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 349

sparsely scattered over the upper wings, soon wear off, so that the

insect assumes a dingy appearance.

[Specimens from the Naga Hills taken by Doherty at 5000-

7000 feet agree with those described.—H. J. £.]

Subfam. PsEUDOTERPNIN 2”.

DINDICA M6LLERI, sp. n.

3 Q. Nearly allied to D. crocina, Butler; of the same size,

but differing in the following respects :—The fore wings are much

darker, being largely suffused with brown; the apical white patch

is absent; the submarginal line is represented by a series of

whitish spots. The hind wings have the abdominal half smoky

green, which tint also extends over the thorax and abdomen;

the hind margin of the hind wings is broadly blackish ; and there

are 3 distinct rounded black blotches besides the central one.

Underside with all the black markings more prominent. Possibly

a local form of D. crocina, Butler.

[I have a long series of this species taken at from 5500 to

8000 feet in Sikkim, where it seems to be much commoner than

D. crocina, of which I have only two specimens taken by natives.

It appears quite distinct.—H. J. £.]

TERPNA OPALINA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 14.)

2. Fore wing pale olive-green, thickly sprinkled with transverse

purple strigz, except in the subcostal region, where the ground-

colour becomes pale greenish white ; the two transverse lines pur-

plish, the first forming two blunt teeth, and broadly edged internally

with greenish white ; the whole basal space nearly filled up with the

same tint, except below the median vein, where there is a patch

of mixed olive and purplish scales; 2nd line strongly dentate,

describing an oblique outward curve below the costa, then a

vertical curve beyond the cell-space, and approaching the Ist line

on the submedian fold, where it is followed by a small, pure, pale

greenish-white spot; a large dull purplish-grey, kidney-shaped

spot at the end of the cell; the costal edge of the space between

the two lines, and the whole width of the band below the median

vein thickly strewn with purple strige ; costa between the 2nd

line and apex with a small patch of purplish and olive scales,

surrounded with pale greenish white; rest of the submarginal

space thickly strewn with the purplish strige, which towards the

edge itself are clustered along the veins; submarginal line faintly

indicated in greenish white. Hind wings entirely dull olive-green,

thickly beset with purplish strigz, with an oval, paler-centred

purplish cell-spot; fringes mottled, greenish white and olive, with

a fine dark-purple basal line. Head, face, and thorax pale greenish

white; abdomen mottled with darker. Underside pale opal,

tinged at the extreme base with yellow and along the disk with

purple; the cell-spots purple and distinct.

Expanse of wings 50 millim.

Proc. Zoor, Soc.—1893, No. XXIV. 24

350 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

[I have four specimens of this distinct species taken by native

collectors on the Nepal frontier at 7000-8000 feet.—H. J. £.]

PERISSOLOPHIA, gen. nov.

Akin to Terpna, H.-S., in having the abdominal segments armed

with erect tufts of hair, and with one dense and extraordinarily

long one behind the thorax; differing from all allied genera in

the shape of the wings; fore wings longer in proportion, not so

triangular, with the hind margin curved and denticulated ; hind

wings not prolonged in the direction of the body, with rounded

and denticulate hind margin; densely clothed with long hairs

towards the base. Antenne strongly pectinated nearly to the tip,

the pectinations being longer than in Zerpna; palpi with 2nd

joint hairy beneath; 3rd joint, bluntly rounded, porrected in

front; abdomen beneath and all femora hairy,

Type, P. subrosea, sp. n.

PHRISSOLOPHIA SUBROSHA, Sp. 0.

3. Fore wings dull olive-green, suffused with pink and speckled

with purplish atoms; lines indistinct, purplish; 1st oblique, irre-

gularly angular; 2nd running obliquely outwards towards the

centre of the hind margin, then irregularly dentate, parallel to it;

submarginal line faintly indicated by three white arrow-heads below

the costa; an oblique blackish dash at the end of the cell. Hind

wing towards the base pinkish ochreous ; costal half wholly pink;

hind margin greenish, both flecked with purple. Head and thorax

dull olive-green, like the fore wing; abdomen more ochreous, like

the hind wing. Underside shining ochreous, strongly suffused

with pinkish, especially along the costa; abdomen beneath and

femora of all the legs beset with thick ochreous hairs,

Expanse of wings 46 millim.

[Several specimens of this very distinct species were taken by

native collectors in May and June in the interior of Sikkim.—

Hf, J. E.|

ACTENOCHROMA, gen. nov.

Distinguished from Hypochroma, Guen., by the simple antennze

of the ¢.

Type, A. muscicoloraria, Wlk. (Hypochroma).

ACTENOCHROMA FARINOSA, Sp. 0. .

3. Resembles A. viridaria, Moore, but a little larger and longer-

winged; dull cinereous green, varied with whitish and pale grey ;

all the markings much as in wiridaria, but without the pink spots

so conspicuous in that species. Underside with only a very faint

indication of a darker submarginal band, but with a distinct, large

blackish central spot on each wing.

[A single ¢ specimerm taken in Lahoul, North-west Himalayas,

at 12,300 feet, on Sept. 9, by Capt. Grahame Young. It seems a

distinct species. —H. J. E.]

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 351

SPHAGNODELA, gen. nov.

Fore wings rather lengthened; the costa gradually curved

throughout ; hind margin evenly rounded. Hind wings with hind

margin rounded, the inner angle rather prominent. Forehead

shelving, slightly prominent ; vertex with erect hairs ; thorax and

patagia hairy; abdomen with segmental crests; palpi not long,

porrect, ascending, the third joint inconspicuous ; tongue present ;

antenne of <¢ pectinated, the pectinations short, curved, and

directed slightly forward; legs and underside of thorax hairy,

Neuration: cell half as long as wings; discocellular angulated ;

lower end of cell wedge-shaped ; 1st submedian at $, 2nd at 2, 3rd

from end of cell; lower radial from above the angulation of disco-

cellular; upper from the upper angle; 3rd, 4th, and 5th subcostals

on a common stem; 1st and 2nd the same. Hind wings: costal

running near subcostal for a short distance ; two subcostals on a

short stem ; the rest as in fore wings.

Type, S. lucida, sp. n.

SPHAGNODELA LUCIDA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 13.)

3. Fore wings bright moss-green, varied with paler yellowish

green and thickly dappled with coarse blackish dots ; lines blackish,

denticulate, first at 7, vertical ; second at 3, sinuous, approaching the

first line by a sinus above the inner margin ; submarginal line com-

posed of a curved series of black spots, each followed by some silvery-

white scales ; some irregularly scattered white scales also follow

the second lime, and are dusted over the disc; cell-spot large, dark ;

fringes olive-green, with black spots at the ends of the veins, and

an indistinct dark festooning containing paler scales. Hind wings

yellowish ochreous, tinged with green, especially towards the hind

margin, and thickly mottled with black transverse strige ; fringes

yellowish green. Palpi dark brownish green; face and vertex pale

yellowish green ; thorax and abdomen olive-green ; antennz pale

yellowish, with a white basal joint. Underside pale ochreous,

dappled with fuscous cinereous, the fore wing almost entirely

suffused with cinereous except along the hind margin.

Expanse of wings 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

This species differs from usneata, Feld., not only in its smaller size

but in the absence of any definite lines and markings on the

hind wings; it is altogether a much brighter, gayer-looking insect.

[Not an uncommon species on the Nepal frontier of Sikkim,

where I have taken it at from 10,000 to 13,000 feet in July.—

H. J. E.)

Subfam. GEOMETRIN &.

CHLORODONTOPERA, gen. nov.

Odontoptera, Moore, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 621.

Fore wings elongate; costa nearly straight ; apex blunt; hind

margin with 2 deep excavations beneath apex, with a prominent

24*

352 MR..W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

tooth at end of the last subcostal and median nervules ; the upper

half vertical ; the lower very oblique: hind wings broad, strongly

crenulate, with a deeper excavation between the last subcostal and

last median nervules opposite the cell : palpi porrect, extending

beyond face; antenne of ¢ pectinated ; hind tibiw of ¢ rather

swollen, with 4 spurs.

Type, C. chalybeata (Odontoptera), Moore.

As the hind wings possess a distinct radial, this genus must be

transferred to the Geometrine.

CHLORODONTOPERA ERUGINATA, Sp. 0.

3. Fore wings olive-green, with very indistinct markings, which

consist of a rusty discal spot and 2 transverse lines, indicated by a

curved series of whitish spots; the first curved at 4, the second

sinuous, from 2 of the costa to = of the inner margin; the first is

edged outwardly and the second internally by a very faint rusty

shade ; fringes dull rusty; hind wings the same; head, thorax,

and abdomen all dull olive-green. Underside much brighter olive-

green, tinged with rusty yellow; the 2 lines and the discal spot

being rust-red, and the costa for + from the base broadly dull

red; fringes brown-black.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

Much smaller than, and different of aspect from, the typical

species, but structurally congeneric.

[Four males, which agree perfectly, were taken by Doherty at

5000 to 7000 feet in the Naga Hills —H. J. E£.]

GELASMA, gen. nov.

Fore wing with the costa curved and short in proportion to the

breadth of the wing ; apex distinct, but not aculeate ; hind margin

curved. Hind wings with blunt and short tooth, the hind margin

on each side of it curved. Antenne of ¢ with short pectinations,

which only extend to 3 of the length of the shaft; hind tibize

thickened, with 4 short spurs.

Type, G. thetydaria (Lodis), Guen.

GELASMA CONCOLOR, sp. 0.

@. Fore wings dull grass-green ; the costa finely dark purple,

minutely spotted with ochreous ; a fine dark line of the same tint

along the base of the fringes, interrupted by a very minute pale

dot at end of each vein; a distinct and rather large black discal

dot; the usual lines paler; the first indistinct, denoted by pale dots

on the veins ; the second, parallel to the hind margin, is represented

by linear dark dots on the veins, tipped externally with white, the

white spot on the inner margin being much larger and more con-

spicuous than the rest. Hind wings like fore wings; fringes of

both wings concolorous. Head and thorax deep grass-green ;

abdomen above olive-green; antenne and fillet distinctly pale

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 353

ochreous. Underside pale bluish white, with the discal dots visible ;

costa and basal fringe-line distinct, as on the upperside.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

GELASMA GRISEOVIRIDIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 6.)

¢. Fore wings dull sea-green, tinged with grey, with two whitish

undulating lines, the first at 1, oblique outwardly ; the second at #,

parallel to the hind margin; costa faintly and minutely speckled

with yellow and purple; hind wings with the exterior line only ;

both wings with a darker green linear cell-spot: head and thorax

green; abdomen ochreous (? faded). Underside pale silvery green.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.,

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Taken by Doherty at 5000-7000 feet.—Z. J. £.]

HEMITHEA RUBRIPICTA, sp. 0.

3. Fore wings pale yellowish green, most probably deeper green

when fresh ; costa brick-red, dotted with black ; discal spot large,

black; 1st line indistinct, partly represented by red spots on the

veins ; 2nd line, parallel to hind margin, represented by linear red

spots on the veins, that on the inner margin swelling out into a

more distinct spot. Hind wings the same; fringes of both wings

concolorous, with no darker basal line. Vertex and thorax con-

colorous with ground-colour of wings ; abdomen brown-red, with

the 2 antepenultimate segments of the wing colour; face, palpi,

and antenne brick-red. Underside pale yellowish, rather glossy,

with the costa reddish ; discal dot of the fore wing alone visible;

legs beneath washed with reddish.

Hab, Sikkim. Also in Mr. Moore’s Collection unnamed.

HEMITHEA NIGROPUNCTATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 4.)

3. Wings pale grass-green, thinly scaled, with two whitish lines,

the exterior the more distinct and edged internally with dark green ;

a small black cell-spot in each wing ; costa of fore wing ochreous,

with dark dustings. Underside pale whitish green, without any

markings.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. East Pegu. [Taken in spring by Doherty.—J. J. E£.]

HEMISTOLA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa weak and gradually curved; apex blunt ;

hind margin slightly oblique, hardly convex; anal angle squared.

Hind wings kite-shaped, with a decided but not acute tooth in the

centre of hind margin. Palpi short, ascending obliquely in front

of forehead, which is slightly prominent; antenne of ¢ distantly

pectinated, the pectinations themselves curved, beginning and

ending short; the apex filiform; hind tibie slightly thickened,

with 4 short spurs; hind tarsi abbreviated ; discocellular strongly

354 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

angulated, especially in fore wings, the radial starting well above

the angulation; in the hind wings the 2 subcostal nervules and

the last 2 median are shortly stalked. Scaling loose and thin, so

that the wings appear semidiaphanous.

Type, Hemistola rubrimargo, sp. nov.

HEMISTOLA RUBRIMARGO, sp.n, (Plate XXXI. fig. 3.)

3. Fore wings pale bluish green, with paler, somewhat ochreous

costa, spotted with reddish, the extreme edge red ; fringes white,

with a distinct red basal line (entirely absent in 1 example), which

is interrupted by a white dot at end of each vein, and with

their apices reddish; transverse lines white, evenly denticulated,

approaching each other on the inner margin. Hind wings like

fore wings, but with the first line hardly expressed. Head, thorax,

antennz, abdomen, and legs dull ochreous (perhaps more bluish

when fresh); middle segments of abdomen reddish above; patagia

pale bluish. Underside pale bluish white, with the base of the

costa reddish.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

A specimen in the Brit. Mus. Collection from Darjiling.

[Several specimens of this very pretty distinct species were taken

by me on Tonglo at 10,000 feet in July. —H. J. £.]

MIcROLOXIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings triangular; costa nearly straight; apex rather pro-

minent, but blunt; hind margin well rounded, not very oblique.

Hind wings with hind margin rounded. Forehead slightly pro-

minent. Palpi short, porrect. Antenne of 2 subdentate; of 3

pectinated for ? of the length. Neuration normal.

Type, M. herbaria, Hiibn.

The genus runs parallel to Nemoria, but is distinguished by the

pectinated antennz of the male.

MIcROLOXIA EFFORMATA. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.)

g. Fore wings pale apple-green, with a broadish white oblique

streak from 2 of the inner margin to + of the costa ; costa and all

the veins picked out with white. Hind wings the same, witha

white curved submarginal fascia. Head, thorax, and abdomen

green. Underside duller paler green, with the veins whitish; the

white streaks of the upperside only showing through ; base of the

costa blackish.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

This species may be distinguished at once by the obtusely

produced inner angle of the hind wings.

CoMOsToLA CEHRULEA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 1.)

¢ . Fore wings very pale azure ; costa yellow speckled with purple;

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 355

fringes and extreme hind margin yellow, preceded by a purple

festoon, which runs in a short distance along the inner margin ; at

3 of the costa a funnel-shaped purple marking obliquely curved

outwards to the radial, and reappearing on the inner margin before

anal angle as a small cone-shaped spot. Hind wings similar; but

without any costal markings. Head and palpi reddish ; antennz

yellowish, touched with red; abdomen ochreous, with red dorsal

markings; thorax azure. Underside paler azure, with costa of

fore wings and fringes yellowish.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

[I have only seen two males of this very distinct species, both

taken by natives.—JH. J. E.]

ULIOCNEMIS, gen. nov.

Fore wings broad, triangular ; costa gradually arched throughout ;

apex blunt; hind margin rounded, hardly oblique ; anal angle well

marked. Hind wings broad, with the interior angle rounded and

the anal angle produced and square ; hind margin variously rounded,

sometimes cut off squarely. Palpi porrect, in ¢ quite short, in

2 much longer. Antenne of ¢ with long pectinations, which

are themselves pubescent; in 2 also pectinated, but much less

strongly than in ¢. Fore tibie of g¢ with a tuft of hair under-

neath. Neuration normal. Scaling delicate, fine, and silky.

Type, Uliocnemis cassidara, Guen.

The tuft of hairs on the fore tibiz of the male is often difficult to

be made out, and is liable to be worn off.

ULI0cNEMIS ALBIMARGINATA, Sp. 0.

@. Wings pale grass-green ; fore wings with two white vertical

transverse lines ; the first slightly c surved outwards at +; the second

at 2, sinuous from costa to the 3rd median nervule, then straight

towards the anal angle, before reaching which it is diverted

rectangularly inwards, including at the angle a small brown patch ;

an indistinct, irregularly sinuous, submarginal whitish line; the

green space between the exterior and the submarginal line is

interrupted below the costa by a suffused white patch; nervules

towards the hind margin whitish ; fringes whitish green, a minute

black-brown dot at their base between the nervules ; 2 larger ones

at the anal angle beyond the brown patch; discal dot small, brown.

Hind wings with the discal marking linear, brown; exterior line

indistinctly white, starts from the costa level with the extremity

of the exterior ee of the fore wing, runs vertically to the lower

subcostal, along which it goes nearly to the hind margin, then

curves along the hind margin, widening in its course to above the

anal angle ; space between this line and the hind margin filled up

with black-brown from the costa to the radial; thence white, more

or less tinged with green in the middle. Head, thorax, and abdo-

men (probably) green; underside of abdomen white. Underside

356 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

of wings whitish green, with the dark discal spots and apical

blotches showing through.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Although the example is a 9, there is no doubt about its being

an Ulioenemis, from the great similarity to others of the genus,

especially to a yet undescribed species from Japan in the B. M.

Collection.

[Taken in June by O. Méller—H. J. £.]

ULIOCNEMIS ALBIRADIATA, sp. 1.

. Wings grass-green, with some very faint, paler, transverse

undulations; costa broadly white, becoming greener at the base ;

a white basal blotch ; first line at 2, obliquely curved, delicate; the

discocellular marked by a similar white curve, convex to the Ist

line; all the veins neatly white; the green ground-colour is

concisely bordered at # by a broad whitish-ochreous patch, which

occupies the rest of the wing except the apical third, where the

green ground-colour reappears, traversed by the white veins, and

transversely by an obliquely curved white line, starting from the

costa before the apex, and disappearing where it joins the pale

patch above the centre of the wing; fringes whitish, with darker

dividing lines ; some very minute dark dots between the veins

below the apex, one larger in the middle of the hind margin, and

a black line at the anal angle, before which there is a slight fuscous

discoloration of the pale ochreous blotch. Hind wings like fore

wings, but with the ground-colour restricted to a rhomboidal basal

area, the ochreous pale patch running up along both the costa and

abdominal margins ; towards the 2 angles the fuscous discoloration

of the fore wings is repeated to a still greater extent; 2 or 3

large dark dots before the fringe at the inner angle. Head, thorax,

and abdomen green, underside of abdomen white. Underside of

wings bluish green towards the base, with a broad white border

containing a brown patch at the inner angle of the hind wings,

and at the anal angle and in the centre of the hind margin of the

fore wings.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[A very lovely and distinct species, taken by Doherty at 5000-

7000 feet.—H. J. E.]

ULIOCNEMIS DELINHATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 14.)

3 2. Fore wings pale yellowish green, covered with fine irre-

gularly undulating yellowish strigz ; the costa broadly pale yellow-

ish to the tip; all the veins yellowish ; 1st line straight, oblique,

whitish ; 2nd line, starting at about + of the costa, runs straight

towards the anal angle, stopping short and turning abruptly base-

wards along the 1st median nervule, and then reaching the inner

margin before the angle as a vertical broader blotch; discal dot

1893, ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 307

minute, dark ; fringe green, with pale yellowish basal line, and one

or two minute dark dots above the anal angle. Hind wings similar,

but the second line runs nearer the margin, as in pictipennis,

Butler, forming a short indentation near the middle, and a deeper,

more acute one near the anal angle, which is filled up with pale

pink ; 2 small black dots at base of fringe above anal angle, and some

black scales below the apex. Collar and thorax ochreous like the

costa ; abdomen discoloured, probably greenish ; underside wholly

ale.

: Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I have only seen specimens from the interior.—H. J. E.]

ULIOCNEMIS ? SIGNIFERA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 15.)

Q. Fore wings pale apple-green, finely dappled with whitish; 1st

line at 4, sinuous, 2nd line at 3, irregularly sinuous; costa, basal

and marginal areas whitish, the latter mixed with green just

beyond the 2nd line; along the submedian fold a white bidentate

projection runs from the outer white area nearly to touch the basal

portion ; cell-spot round, blackish; fringes white. Hind wings

much more largely green; costa and extreme hind margin white,

the former and the apical } of the latter suffused with grey; a

dark blackish straight dash runs from the costal streak obliquely

inwards for 1 the breadth of the wing ; fringes of both wings with

minute dark dots at base between the veins, and with 3 more

distinct just above the anal angle. Face, antenne, head, thorax,

and abdomen all apparently white. Underside of fore wings

wholly green except the inner margin, which is white tinged

irregularly with fuscous; 2nd line white, slender. Hind wings

pure shining white, with a fine sinuous green line at ¥ and a dark

fuscous cell-spot ; inner angle likewise fuscous-tinged. Legs and

underside of abdomen white; fore legs (apparently) tinged with

fuscous.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Momeit, Burmah.

[Taken by Doherty in June 1890.—Z. J. £.]

BERTA ALBIPLAGA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 5.)

Q. Wings dull olive-green ; first line at 1, represented by whitish

dots on the veins, connected by a very fine white line ; second line

at 3, starts from a white costal spot, forms 2 regular bilobed

outward sinuses, and one between them inward, and reaches the

inner margin AG: far from the first line; at each nervule the line

forms a white spot; subterminal line composed of a series of white

spots ; a larger white spot on costa at the middle above the white

and diffuse cell-spot ; fringe green, with white dots along the base.

Hind wings like fore wings, but with the base and a broad central

band white; space between the white band and base wholly green ;

marginal space green, with a repetition of the two outside lines of

358 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

the fore wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with

ground-colour. Underside whitish, without any markings.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Taken at about 2000 feet by Doherty in Sept.—Z. J. £.]

Evcuioris (?) OVIFERA, sp. 0.

@. Wings blue-green ; fore wings with costa distinctly yellow ;

first line represented by 2 oval white spots, one on the median, the

other on the submedian; exterior line represented by 6 similar

oval white spots, on the 2 radials, the 3 median nervules, and the

submedian nervure respectively, the lower 3 running obliquely

outward in a straight line, the upper 3 more vertically ; a round

white cell-spot. Hind wings rather paler than fore wings, with

faint indications of the exterior row of pale spots; fringes of both

wings whitish yellow. Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs green ;

antenne yellowish white; face red. Underside of the fore wings

grey on the disk, streaked with green, green wholly only towards

apex; hind wings wholly green.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Tonglo, Sikkim.

[Of this very delicate and, when fresh, beautiful species I took

several specimens at 10,000 feet in July.—H. J. E.]

DyYsPreris ASTATICA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8.)

3. Fore wings rather dull bluish green, with 3 white oblique

lines—the first at 2, curved, and towards the inner margin irregularly

sinuous; the second, irregularly dentate, runs obliquely from 3 of

the inner margin, where it is approximated to the first line, to the

costa just before the apex; the submarginal line is finer, and more

regularly dentate, close to the hind margin ; a distinct white cell-

spot. Hind wings white over the whole costal and basal areas,

becoming green only towards the anal angle, where can be dis-

cerned the beginnings of 2 white lines corresponding in position

and width to the exterior and submarginal of the fore wings ; the

veins all marked in green; fringe of both wings whitish green.

Head and thorax dark blue-green ; abdomen paler green, Under-

side like upper, but duller.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I took one on Aug. 4th at light at 7000 feet, and have others

from the interior.—H. J. £.]

Subfam. Inwinz,

PROBLEPSIS CONJUNCTIVA, Sp. 1.

3. Fore wings white; ocellus round the outer rim olive-

ochreous, spotted with metallic silver ; the centre whitish, thickly

dusted with reddish grey ; the lower part between the Ist and

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 359

3rd median neryules filled up with black, the nervules themselves

ochreous ; a cloudy ochreous-brown oblique fascia from its lower

end to the inner margin, and a small cloudy space on the costa above

it; a sinuous, somewhat diffuse, ochreous exterior fascia, and a

subterminal one consisting of interrupted dark grey cloudy spots ;

fringe white. Hind wings with a broad ochreous fuscous fascia,

continued from the fore wings and almost obliterating the dark

ocellus; exterior fascia greyer, broader and less sinuons than in

fore wings. Underside with costa, ocelli, and exterior fascia all

strongly marked, fuscous grey. Head, face, palpi, and vertex

blackish ; thorax and abdomen white ; antennz brownish. Differs

from all other species by the dark markings of the underside.

Expanse of wings 44 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Though the general aspect of this species might lead to its

being mistaken for P. deliaria, it seems very distinct. I have one

specimen only, from the interior.—H. J. £.]

SoMATINA LAPIDATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 7.)

Q. Fore wings pale stone-colour, suffused with darker, and irro-

rated with dark grey atoms and strigz ; a dull oblique basal line, and

a thicker exterior line, bluntly angulated beneath the costa, can be

traced ; cell-spot small, dark ; hind margin broadly dark olive-grey,

with an aggregation of dark transverse strige. Hind wings with

the basal third thickly dappled with dark grey atoms, the outer 2

with dark grey transverse strigz, leaving a narrow pale curved

space between the two darker portions, corresponding to a like paler

space on the fore wings between the exterior line and the sub-

marginal shade; fringes of both wings dark grey, with two paler

lines and a black basal line. Face, palpi, vertex, and collar dull

olive-green; patagia and thorax whitish grey; abdomen stone-

colour mottled with dark grey. Underside pale ochreous, the

veins yellower, with all the markings by contrast darker; a

distinct dark cell-spot in both wings.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills (Doherty).

This species is smaller than, and has a slightly dissimilar facies

from, the others of the genus.

LIPoMELIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa straight from the base, and gradually

convex towards apex, which is bluntly rounded; hind margin

obliquely curved. Hind wings ample, with hind margin rounded

and inner angle square. Antenne of ¢ thick, shortly ciliated ;

head broad ; forehead flattened; palpi short, porrect, or slightly

upturned ; tongue present; hind tibie of ¢ flattened and curved ;

hind tarsi reduced to a short, hardly perceptible point. Neuration

normal. Scaling fine and smooth.

Type, Lipomelia subusta, sp. n.

360 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

LIpoMELIA SUBUSTA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 24.)

3. Fore wings olive-drab, much suffused with tawny and brown ;

the olive-drab ground-colour is limited to the base, the costa, the

apex more broadly, and the hind margin; the basal portion is

edged by an oblique tawny line, starting from the inner margin

close to the base, and running parallel to hind margin, ending in

the middle of the cell; second line red-brown, commencing below

the costa, forms first a large conical projection hindwards, then a

double curve, and a second conical projection above the inner

margin; the space between the two lines filled up with tawny,

except along the costa, with some paler vertical wavy streaks on

the inner margin; subterminal line irregularly dentate, almost

touching hind margin below the centre ; space between it and 2nd

line filled up, in the lower 3, with mahogany-brown; fringes olive-

drab, with a fine tawny dot at end of each vein; discal spot

elongated, white, shining, somewhat raised. Hind wings wholly

tawny, mottled with brown, from base to subterminal line, then

olive-drab; fringes as in fore wings; discal spot constricted in

centre, sometimes divided into two spots. Palpi, face, and antenne

dark brown ; vertex and collar red-brown; thorax and patagia olive-

drab ; abdomen tawny olive. Underside dull olive with a pink

tinge; the inner region of the fore wings and the upper of the

hind wings being suffused irregularly with blackish.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim; Naga Hills.

RHODOSTROPHIA SUBFLAVIDA, sp. 0.

3g. Fore wings pale cinereous, dusted with darker, and tinged

with ochreous; basal area diffusely darker, costa and hind margin

more distinctly so; parallel to hind margin, and separated from the

darker streak by a narrow pale space, is another oblique dark fascia

of equal width with the dark portion of the hind margin ; cell-spot

dark. Hind wings pale whitish ochreous, with a faint yellowish

tint, tinged with grey towards the anal angle; fringes of both

wings with a distinct darker basal line. Underside of both wings

whitish grey, strongly suffused with yellowish.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Kashmir.

There are several examples, all males, in the B.M. Coll. from

Afghanistan.

Near P. borealis, Swinhoe.

[The type, in my collection, was taken at Sonamurg in Kashmir

by the late Mr, Atkinson.—H. J. £.]

TANAOTRICHIA, gen. Nov.

Fore wings with costa nearly straight, more curved just before

apex; hind margin curved, more obliquely towards anal angle ;

hind wings with hind margin rounded, anal angle rather marked.

Antenne of ¢ beset with long close ciliations; palpi horizontally

porrect, hardly reaching beyond face ; tongue present. Hind tibie

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 361

of $ beset with long pencil of hairs, concealing spurs, if present.

Neuration :—Fore wing : cell barely half the length of wing ; disco-

cellular obliquely curved; 1st median nervule at 2; 2nd and 3rd

from end of cell; lower radial from centre of discocellular ; upper

from top end of cell; areole double; 4th and 5th subcostals from

end of areole, widely diverging; 2nd and 3rd shortly out of 4th.

Hind wings with the two subcostal nervules very shortly stalked ;

the rest as in fore wing.

Type, Lanaotrichia trilineata, sp. n.

TANAOTRICHIA TRILINEATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 2.)

3. Fore wings reddish ochreous or reddish, dusted with fine

deeper red atoms ; basal half of costa blackish ; 3 red-brown trans-

verse lines ; the first fine, at + bent beneath the costa, then vertical ;

the second thicker, oblique, sughtly wavy, from 3 of the costa to § of

inner margin; the third submarginal, straight at first from the

costa and inclined slightly outwards, forms a sinus outwards

towards the anal angle; fringes concolorous with darker red base.

Hind wings like fore wings, but without the basal line; face and

palpi red-brown; vertex whitish ; collar reddish; thorax, patagia,

and abdomen concolorous with wings. Underside paler, without

irrorations ; all the lines visible except the basal; the cell-spot of

the fore wings also shown.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by Mr. Gammie at about 3000-5000 feet.—H. J. E.]

ANISODES ARGENTISPILA, sp. 0.

Q@. Fore wings dull brick-red, with faintly darker markings ; an

indistinct fascia near base; a similar dark discal ocellus, with a

faintly darker shade beneath it; a curyed, slightly denticulate

fascia at 2; a subterminal one between the last and the hind

margin, which appears as if interrupted below the middle; a

marginal series of minute black dots between the veins; fringes

concolorous. Hind wings like fore wings, but with a large irregular

silvery-white discal spot, surrounded with dark grey; palpi and

face brick-red ; vertex whitish ; thorax and abdomen pale pinkish

ochreous. Underside dull pink, without markings.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

PERIXERA OBSCURATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 20.)

3. Wings sandy ochreous, dusted with greyish ochreous and

with all the markings grey; inner, exterior, and subterminal line

all irregularly dentate-sinuous; beyond the subterminal the wings

are suffused with grey ; costa of fore wings dark grey; discal spot

present in both wings. Thorax, abdomen, and antenne all sandy

ochreous. Underside pale straw-colour, with all the markings

dull rosy and a rosy blotch along the centre of the disk.

. Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

362 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

Ip@A FALCIPENNIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 11.)

Q. Fore wings stone-colour, almost wholly suffused with cine-

reous, with a broadish, slightly sinuate subterminal fascia of the

pale ground-colour, before and beyond which the grey suffusion is

denser ; a denticulate darker exterior line, a sinuous darker central

shade, and a basal transverse line can just be traced; these are

probably more distinct in other specimens ; fringes pale grey, with

the basal line black, interrupted by each nervule. Hind wings like

fore wings, but with a distinct black cell-spot. Face, antennz, and

thorax stone-colour; abdomen the same, but dusted with grey.

Underside paler, unsuffused, with the lines all distinct.

Hab, Sikkim.

This species may be distinguished by the shape of the wings; the

fore wings having the costa strongly curved throughout, the apex

bluntly falcate, and the hind margin obliquely straight. Hind

wings with hind margin fully rounded, and somewhat broadly

elbowed in the middle. The palpi are excessively minute. It is

very probable that when more specimens, including the ¢, come

to be examined, the species may have to form the type of a

distinct genus.

[Two specimens of this distinct species, taken by O. Moller on

Oct. 12, are in my collection.—H. J. £.]

Jp@A BUTYROSA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings rather bright clay-yellow, with all the markings

indistinctly deeper; a basal curved line, a central curved line just

beyond a diffuse cell-blotch ; an exterior, more denticulated line

and a hardly paler subterminal space; fringes concolorous; a

series of very minute dark dots at the base of fringes between the

veins, most conspicuous towards the apex. Hind wings the same,

with a minute dark cell-spot. Head, thorax, and abdomen all

concolorous. Underside dull ochreous, with the lines only faintly

visible, except the 3rd.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A single specimen was sent by Mr. Gammie from Mongpo,

about 4000 feet.—H. J. £.]

Subfam. ASTHENIN 2.

AMATHIA NIGRONOTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 18.)

3g. Fore wings white, crossed by a series of pale grey fascia,

mixed with ochreous, traversed by finely darker sinuous lines,

which towards the inner margin form black dashes on the veins ;

the fascie are 6 in number: two, narrow, near the base; a wider

one before the middle; a still wider one beyond the middle; a

narrow submarginal one, dotted with blackish and with two darker

patches below the costa; and, lastly, a narrow marginal fascia ;

fringe spotted with blackish at the base. Hind wings pure white,

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 363

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous whitish. Underside dull

white, with hardly any trace of markings.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Darjiling. Though taken at the same time and place as

A, rivularis, this can hardly be the same species.

AMATHIA SANGUINIPUNCTATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 17.)

Q. Fore wings dull white; costa ochreous ; basal patch, central

fascia, and hind marginal area crossed by ochreous and fine dark

lines, intermixed with blood-red spots. Hind wings dull white,

without markings; the hind margin before the fringes being slightly

greyer. Head and thorax ochreous. Underside dull greyish white.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim. From Jongri, at 13,000 feet.

AMATHIA RIVULARIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 16.)

@. Fore wings pale yellowish ochreous, crossed by four irregular

dark fasciz, consisting of dark grey lines and streaks :—one basal,

angulated exteriorly ; the second before the middle, thickest in the

costal half; the third beyond the middle; and the fourth sub-

terminal; the first and second are twice bent before the inner

margin; marginal space varied with grey ; the veins blackish before

the fringes. Hind wings ochreous whitish, with ochreous fringes.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous. Underside paler and duller,

with the markings all dull grey.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Darjiling. Taken in May and June at an elevation of

7000 feet.

PHTHONOLOBA OLIVACEHA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 20.)

@. Fore wings dull greyish green with a slight olive tinge, with

the basal patch and 4 fascize darker green, traversed by fine darker

lines; an indistinct dark cell-spot; the grey interspaces between

the fasciz are each traversed by a faint, slightly darker grey line.

Hind wings dull grey, without markings. Head, palpi, thorax, and

abdomen dull olive-green. Underside of both wings cinereous,

with scarcely any markings.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Darjiling.

ASTHENA FLAVILINEA, sp. n.

@. Fore wings sandy ochreous, dusted with darker, and traversed

throughout by a succession of fine, much undulating, rusty

ochreous lines running parallel to the hind margin. Hind wings

similar ; fringes sandy ochreous; both wings with a small black

cell-spot. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside

duller, more whitish, with similar markings.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab, Tonglo.

[A single specimen taken by myself in July at light is the only

one I have seen.—H7. J. E.]}

364 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

ASTHENA (?) RUFIGRISHA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6.)

Q. Fore wings dull ochreous, more or less entirely overrun with

obliquely curved grey fasciz; basal area entirely grey, crossed by

some very faint paler lines; central area ochreous, oblique, twice

as broad on costa as on inner margin, containing a small dark

cell-spot, and margined externally by an ill-defined rust-coloured

line; this is followed by a broad, dark grey fascia which is exter-

nally bluntly lobed; and this again by 2 or 3 grey sinuate lines

which become confused and shadowy towards the anal angle ;

fringes with a black spot at end of all the veins. Hind wings like

fore wings, but the basal grey patch much smaller. Head, face,

and thorax ochreous, tinged with grey; abdomen darker. Under-

side like upper, but much duller.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

ASTHENA OCHRACEA, Warr. P. Z. 8.1888, p. 321. (Plate XXXII.

fig. 10, @.)

[Described as from the Punjab, but taken by me at Shillong on

the Khasia Hills.—H. J. E£.]

HYDRELIA LILACINA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 4.)

@. Fore wings dull pinkish grey, thickly dusted with vinous

atoms, and crossed by indistinctly undulating vinous lines ; 1st line

at 2, brownish purple, running slightly outwards for 7, then inwards

and slightly wavy ; 2nd line at $, brownish purple, thickened to-

wards costa, running parallel to hind margin, except in the middle,

where it forms a bluntly angulated and indented projection out-

wards; fringes paler pink. Hind wings white, with only the

fringes, the extreme hind and inner margin, and the commence-

ment of a line on the latter vinous. Head, face, and abdomen

like ground-colour ; thorax itself brownish purple, like the lines of

the fore wings. Underside of both wings glossy whitish (in the

fore wings suffused with pinkish purple), with the exterior line

distinctly pinkish on both wings.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Tonglo, Sikkim.

[The specimen described is larger, brighter, and has the angu-

lated projection of the outer transverse lines less prominent than

in another specimen also taken by me at about 12,000 feet on the

Nepal frontier.—H. J. £.]

HYDRELIA MARGINEFUNCTATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 5.)

Q. Fore wings sandy yellow, with fine darker irrorations, the

lines not denoted except along the costa, where can be counted 7

purplish-brown spots, the last 3 larger than the others ; obliquely

beyond the first 4 are 4 smaller dots on the subcostal; from the

last 3 costal spots may be traced 3 transverse lines running parallel

to the hind margin, and in places denoted by dots on the veins, the

first 2 forming 2 short contiguous lines on the inner margin ; fringes

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 365

sandy yellow, with no basal line, but with a series of purplish-

black spots between the veins. Hind wings the same, but with no

traces of any lines. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous.

Underside pale straw-colour, with the marginal spots distinct ;

fore wings with the costa brownish, the costal spots prolonged

into streaks, and a diffuse discal blotch; hind wings with a small

discal dot, and a costal one above it, black.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Three specimens were taken by me, along with those of the

last species, at 10,000 feet in July.—H. J. E.]

[I have examples of another species, perfectly distinct from both

the last, which I took abundantly at Tonglo in July, and which

Mr. Warren has also marked lilacina and for which I propose the

name of

HYDRELIA SIKKIMENSIS, sp. n.

Fore wings dull pinkish grey, traversed by 5 distinct inner

transverse lines, and 3 double darker outer ones, the two series

separated by a broad pale band including a discal spot. Hind

wing pale grey with a discal spot andthree marginal and one internal

darker transverse lines. Beneath dull pinkish grey, with discal

spot on both wings, with one distinct transverse band and a

marginal line of spots.—H. J. £.|

AUTALLACTA, gen. nov.

Fore wings broad; costa gradually arched throughout; apex

distinct, minutely subfalcate ; hind margin oblique, with a scarcely

perceptible blunt elbow in the middle. Hind wings broad, with a

distinct elbow in middle of hind margin. Palpi very short, not

reaching beyond face ; face rounded, protuberant; antenne in 2

simple, in ¢ subserrate. Neuration as in Asthena.

Type, A. subobliquaria (LTimandra), Moore.

AUTALLACTA LINEATA, sp. 1.

3. Fore wings pale straw-colour, with rust-coloured lines, 4

curved near the base, one straight oblique in the centre, and 3

slightly wavy and irregular towards the hind margin; fringe straw-

colour, with a rusty basal line. Hind wings with only the central

and 3 submarginal lines. Underside rather darker ; the fore wings

with the basal lines not represented; head, abdomen, and legs all

straw-coloured.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

This can hardly be an aberrant form of subobliquaria. The fore

wings are decidedly concave from apex to middle of hind margin.

[I have seen only one specimen of this insect, which is very

distinct. Mr. Warren has included under the name of A. subobli-

quaria two other species which [ took at much higher elevations and

believe to be distinct, but I will not now describe them.—Zd. J. £.]

Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1893, No. XXV. 25

366 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

CHALYBOCLYDON, gen. nov.

Fore wings broad ; costa nearly straight, convex only just before

apex, which is square; hind margin almost imperceptibly crenu-

lated, bluntly elbowed in the middle; hind wings with hind margin

similar. Neuration: cell of both wings very short, not more than

1; discocellular very obliquely curved inwards ; fore wings with

the Ist median nervule at 3, 2nd close before, the 3rd at, the end ;°

lower radial from 2 of the discocellular ; upper radial from end of

cell, 5 subcostals on a common stem, the 5th rising not far from

its base, the 4th running into the apex, 1st, 2nd, and 3rd close

together, one after the other. Hind wings with the costal ana-

stomosing with subcostal for 2 of cell; the two subcostals on a

short footstalk; radial from % of the discocellular; medians as

in fore wing. Scaling close and smooth, with faintly metallic

lines.

Type, Chalyboclydon marginata, sp. 0.

CHALYBOCLYDON MARGINATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 16.)

Q. Fore wings pinkish drab, with a slight olive tinge ; the base to

beyond the middle chocolate-brown ; across the centre of the wing

a vertical thick angulated chocolate-brown line, diffusely bordered

on either side with duller brown bands, the inner one expanding

on the costa, both thickly sprinkled with fine lustrous lilac scales ;

shortly before apex, a Y-shaped chocolate-brown line runs obliquely

to the hind margin at the elbow, then bends inwards nearly at

right angles to its former course to above the anal angle, then

vertical ; space between hind margin and this line, and lower 4 of

the apical wedge, dull brown speckled with lilac atoms ; apical 3

lilac-grey ; space between central and outer line traversed by a

broad angulated fascia of lustrous lilac scales interspersed with a

few darker ones; fringe-line chocolate-brown; fringes ochreous

and fuscous mixed. Hind wings with the basal half wholly lilac-

grey, containing a small black cell-spot, followed by 5 undulating

fascie of the ground-colour, alternating with 4 lilac-grey fascie of

exactly equal width ; a submarginal line running close to, but not

touching, the fringe-line, chocolate-brown; base of fringes chocolate-

brown, but finer; space between the two lines lustrous lilac-grey.

Head, face, and fore parts of thorax dark chocolate-brown ; rest of

thorax and abdomen ochreous drab. Underside silvery drab, with

darker diffuse mottling and suffusion; fore wings with one, hind

wings with two, distinct angulated brownish lines; cell-spot of

hind wings distinct.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim ; Momeit, Burmah.

[Seems a very scarce species in Sikkim, where it has only been

taken in the interior by Méller’s collectors, There is a smaller

species of the same genus from the Karen Hills of which I haye

only one specimen.—H. J. #.]

—— ee ee ees

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 367

PoMASIA MONILIATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 9.)

@. Fore wings.fawn-coloured, with all the lines fine, white, very

sinuous, and geminated, the first near the base, the second just

before, the third beyond the middle; the fourth, submarginal,

consists of a series of white-edged black-centred beads, followed

by a blackish shade, and preceded above the inner margin by an

oval blackish spot ; fringes with pale basal line. Hind wings like

fore wings, but without the basal line, and with the second and

third not geminated, and approaching each other; between the

bead-like line and the hind margin is an additional irregular

whitish curved band, which can be faintly traced on the fore wing

also. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale fawn-colour. Underside

dull greyish ochreous, with scarcely any markings.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

Hab, Khasia Hills.

[A single specimen taken by myself at about 5500 feet in

September.—JH. J. E.]

POMASIA DENTICLATHRATA, sp. 0.

$. Fore wings pale ochreous yellow, traversed from base to

margin by a series of closely placed, sinuous, denticulated, pale

liver-coloured lines, the yellower interspaces being more manifest

along the costa and inner margin; the darker suffusion running

across the disk; 14 of these dark lines can be counted. Hind

wings the same, but with only 9 lines. Head, thorax, and

abdomen similarly mottled. Underside yellower, with the markings

dim and fuscous.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Taken by Doherty at about 3000 feet.—Z. J. L.]

Subfam. HypRrioMENiInz.

GLAUCOPTERYX STELLATA, sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings fuscous olive, with the markings deeper fuscous,

but indistinct ; the paler interspaces starting as small yellowish

spots on the costa, and being marked in their course across the

wing by bluish-white linear dashes on all the veins, which are

themselves dark fuscous; subterminal line, evenly undulating,

delicate, bluish white; fringes with their basal half dark olive-grey,

the outer half paler, preceded at their base by a thick black line,

which is interrupted at the end of each nervule by a large white

dot. Hind wings glossy grey, with an indistinct discal dot, and

some undefined wavy grey lines towards the hind margin; fringe

ochreous grey, preceded by a black line. Underside—fore wing

almost wholly cinereous, the markings only showing towards the

hind margin ; hind wings showing a succession of alternate pale and

dark undulating lines; veins towards the hind margin standing

out still darker and lighter, where the lines cross them. Head,

palpi, and thorax dark fuscous olive; abdomen pales

368 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

Expanse of wings 42 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Rare along the Nepal frontier at 11,000-13,000 feet, where

it flies in July.—H. J. £.]

GLAUCOPTERYX PUNCTATISSIMA, Sp. n.

36. Fore wings dark ashy grey, with a slight ochreous tinge in

places, with darker, almost blackish markings and suffusions;

central fascia dark grey, its edges denoted by pale dots on the

veins ; a curved basal fascia and another indefinite beyond it;

subterminal line a series of white spots, edged diffusely with

blackish, and preceded by a darker shade; fringes grey, preceded

at base by a broad black line, which is interrupted at end of each

vein by a narrow white streak, and between the veins by a white

squarish spot. Ina second specimen the ground-colour is much

paler, and the markings and suffusion blacker; the veins them-

selves black, picked out with white dots where the paler lines cross

them, which also expand into pale grey blotches along the costa;

discal spot black, distinct ; hind wings dull grey, with dark discal

spot, and dark line at base of fringes. Underside of both wings

dull grey, with the markings indistinct ; fringes pale, with distinct

dark mottlings.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim. :

{Commoner than the last in the same localities from 10,000-

12,000 feet.—Z. J. £.]

GLAUCOPTERYX VIRIDIS, Sp. nl.

6. Fore wings dull green, crossed by darker green and fuscous

wavy lines; basal patch with 3 curved dark fuscous lines and-

darker green lines between them; central fascia with its edges

marked by darker bands of mingled green and fuscous; the centre,

containing a small cell-spot, alone remaining paler; the fascia is

followed by a series of pale dots on each vein; submarginal line

regularly undulated, paler green, almost whitish; space between it

and central fascia dull green, slightly tinged with pinkish, and

with the veins marked with longitudinal black dots; on the costa

are the commencements of 2 or 3 undulating dark lines ; fringes

dark green, preceded by a series of small double black dots. Hind

wings dull fuscous, with faint traces of an undulating pale line

before the margin. Head, thorax,and abdomen greenish. Under-

side greyish white, in fore wings much suffused with grey, with

all the markings shown; hind wings with a central as well as sub-

marginal dark band.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A single specimen only sent by Moller and taken in March,

probably on the Nepal frontier.—Z. J. £.]

1893.) SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 369

PuHoroscorosta, Warr.

Trichopleura, Staud. (nom. przoc.).

Photoscotosia, Warr. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 327.

Lasiogma, Meyr. Tr. E. 8. 1892, p. 70.

Type, P. miniosata, W1k. (Scotosia).

PHOTOSCOTOSIA ATROMARGINATA, Sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 1.)

6. Fore wing with the ground-colour a mixture of dull olive

and bronzy violet ; a dark, curved, broadish, pale-edged line near the

base; central band dull bronzy red, with the two lines that bound

it black; the first, broad at the costa, concave basewards, but

forming a sharp tooth pointing inwards between the two concavities

on the median nervure ; the second is likewise darker at the costa,

beneath which it forms two small projections, between which a small

tooth of the paler exterior ground-colour runs in; it reaches the

inner margin with 5 small rounded waves, and the band itself is

3 times as broad on the costa as on the inner margin; marginal

third a mixture of olive and dull reddish; an indistinct oblique

blackish apical dash; a distinct black line at base of fringes. Hind

wings white, slightly grey along the inner margin, and with the

inner half of the hind margin narrowly sooty black. Head, thorax,

and abdomen dark fuscous, tinged with olive. Underside of wings

glossy greyish white; the fore wings darker along the disk and

with the fringes much darker ; both wings with a central curved

denticulated dark grey line; hind wings with a distinct blackish

cell-spot.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Distinguished at a glance, independently of its smaller size, by

.the white hind wings with their sooty blotch.

[I took a single specimen of this distinct species at about 12,000

feet on Sundukpho in July.—Z. J. £.]

PHOTOSCOTOSIA MULTILINEA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 10.)

3. Fore wings fawn-colour, varied with grey and reddish brown ;

extreme base reddish grey, followed by a reddish-brown fascia,

succeeded by a mottled grey and white fascia, and this by reddish-

brown lines, which deepen externally into a rich red-brown fascia,

the edge of which is slightly sinuous, and distinctly contrasted

with the paler central space; discal spot dark brown, linear, just

beyond the line; exterior line preceded on costa by a red-brown

patch, forms two sharp teeth below the costa, and crosses the

wing as a series of denticulate sinuations ; it 4 .followed on the

costa and inner margin by a pale grey space crossed by numerous

sinuous dark lines; rest of the wing dull reddish brown or reddish

grey; hind wings smoky fuscous, with costal region whitish.

Underside paler, with dark central costal spot; tuft of hairs black,

with base tawny ; hind wings dull grey.

Expanse of wings 54 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by Méller’s collectors in the interior.—Z. J. #.]

370 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

PHOTOSCOTOSIA FULGURITIS, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 11.)

Q. Fore wings dark fuscous, with a tawny undertone ; 1st line at

3, pale grey, forming a large bidentate process outwards on the

median vein; the basal 1 paler than the central, and crossed by

darker lines shaped just like the pale first line, and by a straight

pale line in the centre ; exterior line at 3, white, very slightly in-

dented below the costa, very slightly wavy to below the median

vein, where it forms a single blunt tooth, then turns inwards

with two curves to the inner margin ; an indistinct, interrupted pale

subterminal line, and a white oblique streak from the apex, crossing

it and all but reaching the exterior line ; fringes fuscous, with

darker base. Hind wings with the costal region broadly whitish ;

the rest of the wing smoky fuscous, darker towards the hind

margin, where there are traces of sinuate pale fascie. Head, thorax,

and abdomen all dark fuscous. Underside of fore wings whitish,

with a thick black line from the costa beyond the middle, and a

broad dark cloud beyond it ; costa yellowish ; apex white ; tuft of

hairs black ; cell-spot dark, linear. Hind wings whitish, much

mottled with cinereous, with dark cell-spot and fuscous median

band.

Expanse of wings 48 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

[Several specimens were taken by me at 10,000-12,000 feet on

the Nepal frontier in July.—H. J. F.]

Evstroma, Hiib. Verz. p. 335.

Type, Z. reticulata, Schiff.

Distinguished by the long black tuft of hairs along the underside

of the inner margin of the fore wings of the ¢ from Lygris, Hib.,

in which the tuft is short and pale yellow.

EvustRoMA VENIPICTA, sp. n.

$ 2. Fore wings fuscous, with paler, more reddish markings ;

basal patch and central fascia dark fuscous, the former with a paler

line along its centre ; the latter with a darker, paler-edged centre ;

the basal patch is edged with a double dull tawny line; the central

fascia is edged internally by an angulated, irregular tawny fascia;

the space between this and the edging of the basal patch being

filled in with dark fuscous; the median nervure, the 3 median

nervules, and the submedian all strongly tawny, interrupting the

darker markings)? the central fascia is edged externally with a

fascia formed of 3 pale and 2 dark lines, followed by a series of

fuscous blotches, which are broader and wedge-shaped towards the

costa, but gradually decrease towards the inner margin, and are

bordered by a sinuous fine whitish line, which becomes broad and

white above the inner margin; a similar whitish oblique line from

the apex separates a small costal fuscous blotch from a larger tri-

angular subapical one along the hind margin ; fringes fuscous, with

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 371

darker bases. Hind wings cinereous ochreous, with 2 wavy paler

fascize towards the hind margin, and the costal region pale. Head,

thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous. Underside glossy, ochreous

tinged with cinereous ; basal 2 of fore wings darker ; hind wings

with large black cell-spot, and 3 sinuous fasciz.

_ Expanse of wings 46 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

PARALOPHIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa slightly convex at base and before apex ;

scarcely visibly concave in middle, apex blunt; hind margin ob-

liquely curved ; hind wings rounded. Antenne of ¢ subserrate,

shortly ciliated ; of 2 simple; palpi quite short, pointed, hardly

reaching beyond face; tongue developed; neuration normal;

abdomen of ¢ lengthened, with a strong apical tuft, and 3 curved

large lateral tufts on each side of the 3 preceding segments.

Type, Paralophia pustulata, sp. n.

PARALOPHIA PUSTULATA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 7.)

6 Q. Fore wings greyish fuscous; basal region and central

fascia darker ; basal patch edged with a pale line, which is denticu-

late on the subcostal and median veins ; inner edge of central fascia

also edged with paler, forming 3 acute teeth on the subcostal, in the

middle of the cell, and on the submedian; space between basal

patch and central fascia filled up with fuscous and ochreous ; outer

edge of central fascia forming 4 irregular lobes in its costal third,

3 broader prominent ones in the middle third, and 3 smaller

blunter ones in the lower third; it is followed by a paler band,

whitish ochreous towards the costa, which is itself traversed by

3 fine fuscous lines, which follow the windings of the edge of the

fascia; this pale band and its lines is interrupted between the

upper and middle third of the central fascia by a white blotch

(less conspicuous in the 9); subterminal line consisting of a

series of whitish or ochreous spots edged on either side with black,

preceded on the costa by 2 or 3 dark fuscous blotches, and in-

terrupted below the costa by an oblique fuscous pale-edged streak

from the apex; the veins beyond the central fascia to the hind

margin yellowish; fringes fuscous, mottled with paler. Hind

wings glossy grey, with a darker line at base of fringes. Under-

side—fore wing dull dark cinereous from base to outer edge of

central fascia; beyond as on the upperside, but duller. Hind

wings with all the markings of the fore wings reproduced dis-

tinctly, especially the central dark line. Head, thorax, and abdo-

men fuscous.

Expanse of wings, 9 28 millim., ¢ 32 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by myself at Darjiling and Tonglo, where it seems

uncommon. I have other specimens from Moller and Knyvett

which vary somewhat in the outer band.—JH. J. £.]

372 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

Amesn, Hiib. Verz. p. 333,

Type, A. bidentata, Hufn.

AM@BE(?) NIVEOPICTA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.)

2. Fore wings fulvous-brown ; the markings black, with silvery-

white edgings; basal region fulvous-brown, whitish along the

inner margin, tinged with black on the costa, followed at 3 by a

broadish black bent fascia, which emits a conical spur just below

the middle; this fascia is edged internally by a narrow, and ex-

ternally by a broader, silvery-white line, the internal white line

being itself edged by a narrow black one; central fascia black,

much broader on the costa than on inner margin; edged on both

sides with silvery-white, more broadly towards the costa, each

silvery-white line edged narrowly with black; the inner edge of

the central fascia emits a blunt tooth towards that on the outer

edge of the basal fascia, the 2 white edges uniting, so enclosing an

almost round fulvous-brown subcostal spot, above which is a small

costal spot of the same colour, and on the inner margin a long

vertical oblong one; the outer edge of the central fascia forms an

acute angle below the costa, and a bilobed projection below the

median vein; in its centre, on the costa, are 2 small divergent

silvery-white streaks; subterminal line fine, black, edged externally

with silvery-white, forms first a large curve from the costa to

below the acute angle of the central fascia, then 3 small curves,

and lastly runs vertically to the inner margin just before the anal

angle; an obliquely curved, white apical streak uniting with the

curve of the subterminal line; above this streak the marginal area

is fulvous-brown; below it to the elbow of the wing black; thence

to the anal angle snowy white, with a few darker clouds above the

angle ; space between central fascia and subterminal line unin-

terruptedly fulvous-brown. Hind wings white, with a greyish-

black border, broadest towards the apex, and with a faint denticu-

lated central grey line; fringes of the hind wings white, chequered

with black, of the fore wings white with a black basal line from

the elbow to the anal angle, above the elbow blackish, mottled with

fulvous and white. Palpi, base of patagia, 3 large spots on thorax,

and most of abdomen blackish ; top edge of palpi, face, front of

thorax, terminal half of patagia, and base of abdomen white.

Underside—fore wings much duller, but with the same markings ;

the costa narrowly fulvous, with the white markings showing

yellow there. Hind wings white, thickly sprinkled all over with

coarse blackish atoms, and with 3 somewhat indistinct blackish

parallel lines.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

An exceedingly handsome and striking insect. I have placed it

in Amebe in consequence of its superficial resemblance to the

European A. bidentata, Hufn. The discovery of the larva will

alone prove whether this position is correct.

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 373

[I took one 9 of this beautiful and distinct species at Tonglo,

and have another which agrees.—H. J. E£.]

PoryrHasta, Stph. Ill. iii. p. 230.

Type, P. truncata, Hufn.

POLYPHASIA ALBISHRIATA, sp. 0.

é 2. Fore wings velvety blackish, dusted, especially towards

the hind margin, with very fine golden-yellow scales ; lines irregularly

zigzag, consisting of lilac-grey scales; Ist at 4; 2nd, forming the

inner edge of the central fascia, at +, running in just below the

middle into the fascia; 3rd at ?, limiting the central fascia ex-

ternally, contains 2 more prominent denticulations, one subcostal,

the other at the middle; down the centre of the central fascia,

beginning at the costa, runs a series of contiguous oval white spots,

which does not reach the inner margin; submarginal line slender,

undulating, pale golden; fringes dark fuscous, with a deep black

line at base, interrupted at the end of each vein by a lilac-grey

wedge-shaped spot. Hind wings smooth, fuscous, with the inner

angle including the fringes clear white; rest of the fringes dark

fuscous, preceded by a deep black line; traces of an undulating

submarginal line edged with paler are visible towards the costa.

Head and thorax velvety blackish; abdomen blackish, dusted

with paler scales between the segmental divisions. Underside of

fore wings rather glossy grey, paler towards the costa in the disk,

and with a white apical patch; the line bounding the central

fascia on the outside, and the discal spot, darker. Hind wings

glossy whitish for 3 from base; a distinct dark grey exterior line,

followed by a diffuse, blotched shade, and dark fuscous fringes ;

apex of the wings broadly white.

Expanse of wings 46 millim.

In the 9 the series of white spots in the central fascia is

reduced to 3, and the whole submarginal area of both wings on

the underside is whitish.

Hab. Sikkim.

[This distinct species seems common on the Sundukpho range

at about 11,000-12,000 feet. It varies in the size of the white

spots on the fore wing, which are sometimes almost obsolete.—

H. J. E.)

PoLYPHASIA ALBIANGULATA, sp. n.

¢ 2. Fore wings dark fuscous or blackish, interspersed with deep

tawny, the latter tints forming a more or less distinctly expressed

fascia on either side of the central fascia ; basal patch dark, edged in

its lower half, finely but obscurely, with whitish; central fascia edged

with a very strongly-marked, acutely biangulated thick white line,

which in its upper half is internally irregularly dentate, and which

ends on the inner margin with an outward curve ; from the costa,

in the centre of the central fascia runs a thick white line parallel

to the upper arm, and not quite reaching the lower arm of the

374 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

line which edges the fascia ; hind margin blackish, traversed by a

bluntly denticulate, fine, lilac-grey submarginal and subterminal

line ; fringes chequered tawny and dark fuscous. Hind wings dark

grey, with tawny fringes, interrupted with darker. Underside dark

grey, with the white markings indicated.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

This is a very striking form, and, so far as the white markings

go, does not, in the specimens which have come under my notice,

appear given to variation. Whether it should be treated as a

distinct species, or only as one of the many varieties of the

Indian branch of P. russata, I must leave to further experience to

decide.

[T'wo specimens were taken by me on the Nepal frontier at

11,000 and 13,000 feet in August, and seem to be a very distinct

species.—H. J. E.]

CIDARIA DENTISTRIGATA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 4.)

3. Fore wings dark slate-colour, with a purplish tinge; basal

patch dull rufous, followed by a pale lilac-grey fascia, the outer edge

of which forms a blunt projection below the costa; this fascia is

traversed by 3 fine parallel lines, the first of which is rufous and

the other two purplish-slate colour; central fascia purplish-slate

colour, its inner edge still darker ; its outer half traversed by 3 dark

much denticulated lines, followed by a paler slate-coloured fascia,

down the centre of which runs a fine equally denticulated dark

purple line ; this again is succeeded by a rufous fascia, edged with

darker and spots of lilac-grey ; marginal area uniform rufous slate-

colour, along with the fringes. Hind wings satiny white, smoky

along the inner margin and the hind margin, and with 3 or 4

abbreviated wavy darker lines before the innerangle. Underside:

fore wings wholly cinereous; hind wings whitish, with cinereous

hind margin, both with only a discal spot and central line for

markings. Head, thorax, and abdomen all dark fuscous.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Three males which do not vary were taken by me at 10,000 feet

in July and are the only ones I have seen of this distinct species.—

H. J. £.)

CIDARIA INTERTHXTA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 3.)

3. Fore wings with the darker fasciz dull olive-green, the paler

intervals being pinky drab ; basal patch dull green, with 2 largish

teeth, the upper one near the costa the larger; it is traversed

along its centre by a pale drab line ; the outer edge runs obliquely

outwards for its upper 3, then obliquely inwards for the other § ;

between the basal patch and the central fascia is a similarly in-

dented pale drab fascia, traversed by 3 dull chocolate sinuous lines,

the space between the first 2 of these being filled up with similar

coloured atoms; central fascia olive-green, with 2 pale drab lines,

1893.] SPECTES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 375

and a chocolate mottled central space; its outer edge is marked

by a pale, round lobed, and somewhat dentated line, and it is

partially interrupted below the middle by pale mottlings along the

median nervules ; following the pale line come 3 or 4 dark fuscous

lines separated -by similar paler ones, then a denticulate pale sub-

terminal line ; hind margin wholly olive-green; fringes mottled.

Hind wings dull fuscous, with faint traces of a darker central

fascia. Head, thorax, and abdomen mixed with olive-green and

drab.

Underside of fore wings dull cinereous, with the costa, a large

ocelloid patch beyond the central fascia, and a chain of spots

representing the subterminal line, yellowish. Hind wings yellowish

white, dusted and suffused with fuscous, with traces of 2 dark

lines and a cell-spot.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

CmaRIA EXQUISITA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 2.)

6. Fore wings with the basal third and central fascia rich olive-

brown ; basal patch crossed by a bluish-silvery line and separated

from the central fascia by a narrow rusty-ochreous space, edged

externally by a zigzag bluish silvery line; central fascia edged

externally by a similar line, and with 2 or 3 indistinct silvery lines

down the middle from the costa; a bright fulvous patch beyond

the centre of the central fascia; a costal subapical brown patch;

an oblique bluish line from the apex ; fringes olive-brown, chequered

with bluish. Hind wings wholly dull grey, but with chequered

fringes. Underside dull fuscous ; the hind wings with bluish fascize

and markings ; all the fringes mottled with bluish.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab, Sikkim. Taken at Tonglo in July, at 10,000 feet.

Eprreno£, Hiib. Verz. p. 328.

Type, E. biriviata, Borkh.

Male antenne scarcely pubescent.

EPIRRHOE (?) LATIFASCIATA, sp. n.

Q. Fore wings brownish fuscous, with a reddish tinge in certain

lights ; basal patch edged with 2 curved whitish lines close together,

but separated by a brown line of same width; a similar single white

line across its centre ; central fascia broad, edged externally by an

irregularly dentate white line which forms a rather large sinus

inwards above the inner margin; marginal area fuscous, more mixed

with white, so that the white submarginal line is not particularly

distinct ; the hind margin itself with 3 brown blotches—one apical,

one just above the middle, the third above the anal angle; space

on each side of the central one whitish; fringes brownish, with

pale base and a blackish basal line; a rather large, bent, black cell-

spot. Hind wings whitish grey towards base, fuscous beyond,

376 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

with the exterior and submarginal lines represented. Underside

whitish, suffused and mottled with fuscous, with the cell-spots large

and dark; the outer line in both wings dark, denticulate, and

picked out with white; face, head, patagia, thorax, and extreme

base of wings whitish; abdomen fuscous.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

Very much like Zpirrhoé minuta, Butler, but larger and darker.

The two form a group by themselves, being distinguished by the

irregularly elbowed hind margin of both wings.

EPIRRHOE SUBFALCATA, sp. 0.

3. Fore wings whitish, dusted with fuscous, and with fuscous

markings; basal patch fuscous, traversed by a narrow paler fascia,

edged with a whitish line, which is angulated on the subcostal ;

central fascia edged internally with a similar white line, which forms

a small sharp tooth on the median ; space between the basal patch

and central fascia whitish, thickly dusted with fuscous grey ;

central fascia nearly twice as broad on the costa as on the

inner margin, traversed by two paler sinuous lines which form a

more or less regular series of curves inwardly concave; space

immediately beyond whitish, running in in the form of small, sharp

teeth along each vein; a dark blotch on costa before apex, con-

sisting of 8 superposed blunt wedge-shaped spots; a dark cloud at

the apex, and 3 dark triangular blotches beneath the apex along

the hind margin; fringes fuscous, with blackish marks along the

‘pase. Hind wings white, tinged with grey, and with faint traces of

3 curved fasciz before the hind margin and an indistinct cell-dot.

Head, thorax, and abdomen all fuscous grey. Underside whitish,

tinged with grey; the fore wings from base to outer edge of central

fascia darker grey ; cell-spot on both wings large, diffuse.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Kulu (Grahame Young).

Distinguished by the slightly produced apex and slightly falcate

fore wings.

XantTHorRHO:, Hiib. Verz. p. 327.

Type, X. montanata, Schiff.

Male antenne pectinated.

XANTHORRHOE OBFUSCATA, Sp. 1.

Fore wings pale grey, dusted with ochreous, and variously

suffused with smoky fuscous; this smoky suffusion generally

embraces the basal 3 or 3 along the costa, the apical region, and

the anal angle; the exterior edge of the central fascia forms 2

rounded projections, each having 3 lobes, the first m the costal

third, the second in the middle of the wing, the lower third of the

central fascia running vertically waved; it is followed by a pale

grey wavy fascia traversed by one or two darker lines, and a

succession of wavy dark and lighter lines can be sometimes traced

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 377

through the basal patch ; the middle of the hind margin is generally

paler, thus separating the dark suffusion at the apex from that

at the anal angle; fringes smoky fuscous, somewhat reddish

tinged towards the anal angle. Hind wings entirely dark smoky

fuscous. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous. Underside

dull grey with some indistinctly waved shades.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim; Naga Hills.

This is a very indistinct looking and yet variable insect. Some-

times the suffusion only extends to the costal portion, leaving the

inner margin of the wing pale; in others it embraces the greater

part of the wing.

Purizoma, Hiib. Verz. p. 327.

Emmelesia, Stph. Ill. iii. p. 297.

Type, P. albulata.

PHRIZOMA VARIABILIS, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 17.)

Fore wings greyish fuscous, with very indistinct transverse

markings ; basal patch darker, divided in the middle by a paler

band, which is itself traversed by a thread-like line; and followed

by a similar pale band separating it from the central fascia, which

varies in width, and is also followed by a pale band like the other

two; marginal area irregularly darker, in which can be traced an

indistinct submarginal line formed by a series of more or less

distinct white dots or spots; sometimes 3 or 4 in a line from the

costa, and 2 or 3 above the anal angle, but always one more clearly

marked, in the middle, running in towards the base, and wedge-

shaped ; fringes unicolorous ; the outline of the basal patch and

central fascia varies, being sometimes curved, bluntly angulated,

or acutely angulated ; a distinct black cell-spot. In one varietal

form the pale bands are decidedly greenish and more lustrous;

in a second, the costal space beyond the central fascia is dull

tawny ; in a third, the submarginal spots are all distinct and the

central one forms a large round white space. Hind wings of all

the forms pearly-white, with a small dark cell-spot and a dark

basal fringe line, and sometimes a fuscous or grey suffusion near

the anal angle ; some specimens have only faint traces of a central

curved line, others have the line distinct. Underside of both

wings glossy grey, darker or lighter, with the markings of varying

intensity. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous; face sometimes

paler.

Expanse of wings 22-26 millim.

Eight examples, 4 ¢,4 9, all from Tonglo, Sikkim. This variable

species is slightly smaller on the average than P. affinis, Moore,

and may be at once distinguished by the smooth glossy scaling and

the lustrous paler spaces, especially along the inner margin of the

fore wings.

[A common species on the Nepal frontier from 10,000 to 18,000

feet in July.—Z. J. £.]

378 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

PHRIZOMA APIOISTRIGATA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 19.)

3 Q. Fore wings with the dark spaces velvety, fuscous; the

basal patch divided bya fine yellowish twice-curved line, and followed

by an irregular yellowish, somewhat denticulated, nearly vertical,

fascia traversed by a fine line; central fascia broadest in centre,

where its outer edge forms two blunt lobes ; followed by a pale fascia

traversed by a fine dark line, the inner half being silvery white,

the outer yellowish ; marginal space occupied by a subquadrate

velvety-fuscous patch throughout the costal half, and becoming

more or less yellowish below, with a fuscous anal blotch, and two

smaller ones above it; submarginal line composed of distinct white

spots, 4 in a line from the costa, a larger one wedge-shaped in the

middle, and 4 smaller ones beneath, one on each of the smaller

fuscous blotches, and 2 on the anal blotch; an oblique silvery-

white apical streak ; fringes fuscous tinged with yellowish. Hind

wings pearly white with a greyish tinge; a dark basal fringe-line,

and traces of the beginning of two dark lines at the anal angle. Face

yellow; head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous. Hind wings dark

grey, mottled with paler, with the submarginal white spots repro-

duced.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Although so very distinct in appearance, it is quite possible that

this example may be only a remarkable variety of the variable

- P. variabilis, above described.

{As I have four specimens all agreeing and no intermediate

forms among my long series of P. variabilis, I look on this as a:

perfectly good species. It occurs with the last at 10,000-13,000

teet, but seems much less common.—H. J. £.|

PERIZOMA LACTEIGUTTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 16.)

$ Q. Fore wings bronzy fuscous, with the ordinary lines and

markings represented by a series of snow-white spots, one in the

centre near the base of the wing; a curved series of 5, representing

the pale fascia which usually divides the basal patch; a similarly

curved series of 7, representing the outer edge of the basal patch;

an indistinct series of 7, the two costal ones the largest, forms the

inner edge of the central fascia; a more distinct and curved series

of 9 forming its outer edge, the first, third, and ninth being much

larger than the rest ; an irregular submarginal series of spots; and

lastly a series of distinct roundish dots at base of fringes, the

2nd being pear-shaped, the 5th and 6th connected by a quadrate

blotch ; the 8th enlarged upwards into an irregular blotch ; through

the space representing the central fascia runs a series of white dots

of which the 3 top ones alone are distinct ; in the disk a large

irregularly trilobed white spot, with a still larger one below it ;

the costal and inner marginal spots of all the series are the largest ;

fringes brown, chequered with white between the marginal white

spots. The spots are not symmetrical on the right and left wings ;

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 379

the right having the large trilobed discal spot represented only

by 3 small unconnected white dots, and the lower blotch by 2

semi-detached oblong ones ; in the right wing the 3rd costal spot

from the base is reduced in size and tarther from the base; while

in the left wing a small additional double spot has crept in between

the 4th and 5th, which is scarcely perceptible on the right wing.

Hind wings dull grey, with traces of 4 curved whitish fascia, most

distinct on the inner margin, and a marginal row of white spots.

Head, antennz, and thorax bronzy fuscous; vertex with a snow-

white spot; thorax with a pair of white spots in front, and

probably three more behind ; abdomen grey like the hind wings, with

an indistinct row of pale dots along the back. Underside dull

bronzy fuscous, with every one of the white markings of the upper-

side exactly reproduced.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim. A very distinct looking insect, though the mark-

ings follow the pattern of the other allied species of Perizoma.

{Rare on Tonglo in July. I also have two from Miller dated

October.—H. J. £.]

PERIZOMA BICOLOR, sp. n.

3. Fore wings glossy umber with a reddish tinge ; central fascia,

the edges of which are irregularly dentate, and which occupies just

one third of the wing, blackish fuscous; the whole wing also

with a slight olive tinge; a dark line visible close to the base; a

dark linear cell-spot, and a darker sinuate central shade along the

_middle of the central fascia; hind margin deeper tinged; sub-

marginal line composed of a series of slight whitish spots ; fringe

concolorous with black basal line. Hind wings glossy white,

tinged with grey along the hind margin; fringes rufous. Head,

thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside of fore wings

cinereous, fuscous-tinged, whiter towards hind margin; with the

submarginal series of spots whitish; hind wing whitish, dappled

with grey, with no distinct lines.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A single specimen taken by myself at light at about 12,000

feet.—H. J. H.]

PERIZOMA FASCIATA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 20.)

3 2. Fore wings bronzy fuscous-brown; the central fascia

bounded on either side by a sinuous white fascia, each of which is tra-

versed bya darker line; these two fasciz are most distinct towards

the costa, and the inner is irregularly denticulate outwards in the

middle ; a single sinuate white line across the centre of the basal

patch; submarginal line indicated by a row of varying-shaped

white spots; followed by a similar series of white spots, but

smaller, before the base of the fringes, which is black ; the marginal

area is interrupted in the middle by a roundish white blotch ;

fringes rufous and grey. Hind wings glossy white, darker

380 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

towards the hind margin; fringes yellowish. Head, thorax, and

abdomen concolorous with fore wings. Underside of fore wings

cinereous, with the 2 outermost series of spots and the costal por-

tion of the exterior fascia white; hind wing glossy white, with the

basal area fuscous, and 5 denticulated curved fascize, of which the

2nd and 4th are thickest.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A common species along the Nepal frontier in July, from

10,000 to 12,000 feet.—H. J. E£.]

PHRIZOMA INTERRUPTA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 18.)

©. Fore wings fuscous with slight tawny shades; the central

fascia bounded on either side by a broadish pale fascia, each traversed

by a dark line; the fascia itself traversed by two or three paler lines ;

basal patch traversed by a narrower pale fascia, also divided by a

darker line; marginal area darker fuscous ; submarginal line com-

posed of the usual series of white spots; marginal area interrupted

below the middle by a subquadrate pale whitish blotch; the ex-

terior fascia being likewise interrupted at the same place by a dull

ereyish-fuscous cloud ; fringes fuscous, chequered with paler, with

the basal line broad, black, interrupted by a small pale dot on each

vein. Hind wings whitish grey, with fringe and basal line as in

fore wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous. Underside of

fore wings cinereous, with the submarginal series of spots and

costal end of exterior band whitish; hind wings whitish, with a

dark discal spot, and 5 more or less distinct denticulated curved

bands, of which the 2nd and 4th are thickest.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Near P. seriata, Moore, and of the same size.

PERIZOMA (?) ALBIDIVISA, sp. 0.

3. Fore wings dull brownish ; basal patch bounded by a pair of

very fine, parallel, white thread-like lines, curved alittle below the

costa, the outer of the two emitting a small tooth outwards in the

cell and in the space between the median and submedian ; basal

patch itself subdivided in the centre by a single fine thread-like

line ; central fascia thrice as broad on costa as on inner margin,

its outer edge bluntly elbowed in the middle ; followed by a pair

of fine white lines, the inner of which emits 2 teeth inwardly

towards the corresponding teeth of the line between the basal

patch and central fascia; these two lines are followed immediately

by a single, more irregular, whitish line ; subterminal whitish,

consisting of a series of small curves ; the four whitish lines forming

an indistinctly expressed whitish patch below the centre of hind

margin; space above and below this patch, between the subter-

minal and exterior lines, distinctly brown on costa and inner

margin ; fringe brown, preceded by indistinct series of dark spots.

Hind wings cinereous fuscous, with markings visible only at anal

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 381

angle. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen fuscous. Underside

cinereous, tinged with luteous, with the markings faint.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Several specimens taken by Doherty in July agree with the

type.—H. J. E.]

PHRIZOMA CONJUNCTA, sp. n.

3 2. Fore wings white ; the edge of the basal patch represented

by a curved dark brown-black fascia, the costa itself from the base

being suffused with fuscous; central fascia indicated by very

fine grey lines, each marked by a minute black dot on the veins;

discal dot large, black, touching a brown-black quadrate patch,

which occupies the costal portion of the fascia, and contains a

tawny line along the subcostal; the outer edge of the central

fascia has a small angulation below the costa and a bilobed pro-

jection below the middle, beneath which it is suddenly contracted

in width ; hind marginal space a mixture of fuscous tawny, grey,

and white ; the subterminal line appearing as a series of regular

white undulations, preceded immediately by a narrow tawny

fascia ; fringes mottled grey and white, preceded by an irregular

series of black lozenge-shaped spots; between the basal patch and

central fascia and beyond the latter a broad pale band, each

traversed by a fine thread-like line ; the lower part of the central

fascia is slightly darkened with grey, and contains two grey trans-

verse lines, dotted with black on the veins. Hind wings dull

fuscous, with the margin and discal dot darker. The above

description applies to the 2; in the only og examined, the

whole of the central fascia is filled up with brown-black. Face,

vertex, collar, and patagia snow-white ; thorax itself brown-black,

as are the palpi; abdomen greyish ochreous. Underside glossy

grey, dusted with darker, and with all the dark markings of the

upperside denoted.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

Hab. Hast Pegu.

[Taken at 4500 feet in the Karen Hills by Doherty in April.—

H, J. E.)

GAGITODES, gen. noy.

Anticlea, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 273.

Fore wings elongate triangular, bluntly subfalcate; costa

straight, except at extreme base and apex, where it is curved;

hind margin faintly indented below apex, and showing a slight

elbow at end of third median nervule; hind wing rounded. Palpi

rough, shortly porrect ; antenne simple, somewhat thickened and

flattened in 9. Thorax with a double crest of short erect scales

behind. Scaling smooth and fine. Neuration:—Ilst median

nervule at about half the length of cell; 2nd and 3rd from lower

angle; lower radial from middle of the discocellular; upper

radial from below the upper angle; last 4 subcostal nervules from

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. XXVI. 26

382 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

a common stem from the upper angle of cell, the 5th starting half-

way ; the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th, one after the other, in the order named.

Hind wings with the cell broad and the discocellular angulated ;

the subcostal nervules on a common stem.

Type, G. schistacea, Moore (Anticlea).

GAGITODES OLIVACEA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 6.)

Q. Fore wings olive, suffused with darker; basal patch small,

velvety black, finely edged with white, not reaching the inner

margin; central fascia interrupted in the middle; costal portion

shaped something like an hour-glass, velvety black, edged with

white; lower portion short, of the ground-colour, toad-stool

shaped, edged with whitish; submarginal line sinuous, irregular,

white, twice interrupted ; fringes olive, with darker dots at end of

veins. Hind wings and fringes dull whitish, with black dots at end

of veins. Head, thorax, andabdomen olive. Underside ashy, with

the basal half of both wings darker.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A pair of this distinct species are all I have seen. I collected

them on Sundukpho at about 12,000 feet in July.—JH. J. £.]

EURYPEPLODES, gen. nov.

Fore wings ample, with costa curved throughout, and with an

indistinct bulge about 4+ from the base; apex blunt; hind margin

evenly and strongly curved. Hind wings broad, rounded; hind

margin slightly elbowed below the middle. Antenne, 2, simple,

slender ; forehead decidedly projecting; tongue present; palpi as

in Iramba, long, rostriform, loosely scaled beneath. Neuration :—

Fore wing: cell half the length of the wing ; discocellular curved

and oblique; 1st median nervule at 2; 2nd shortly before end;

3rd from the end; the median nervure between the 2nd and 3rd

inclined upwards ; lower radial from a little above the centre of

the discocellular ; areole simple but large ; upper radial from just

above its lower angle ; 5th subcostal from just below its upper

angle; 1st subcostal also just before the upper end; 4th from

the upper angle; 2nd and 3rd out of 4th at + and 2 respectively.

Hind wings: cell unusually broad, somewhat contorted ; costal

anastomosing with subcostal to near the end of cell; 2 subcostals

on a common stem; discocellular subangulated ; radial from the

angulation ; median nervules as in fore wings.

Type, Zurypeplodes irambata, sp. n.

The genus seems intermediate between Hydrelia and Eupithecia,

having the shape and markings of the former, with the raised cell-

spot of the latter, and the palpi of Jramba. I have not seena ¢.

EURYPEPLODES IRAMBATA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 8.)

3. Fore wings pinkish testaceous, with a succession of darker,

slightly wavy lines, angulated on the subcostal, and darker thence to

the costa ; those forming the edges of the central fascia show as small

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 383

brown streaks on the costa; subterminal line indicated bya series

of whitish dots on the veins ; fringe concolorous ; discal spot small,

black, consisting of raised scales. Hind wings lke fore wings,

but with the base and costal region pale and less marked with

lines; face, thorax, and abdomen concolorous; vertex paler;

palpi dark brownish. Underside duller, almost without markings ;

both wings with cell-spots dark.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[One 2 was taken by myself at about 10,000 feet, and two more

by my collector on the Nepal frontier—H. J. E.]

CALLUGA MODESTA, sp. 0.

¢. Fore wings sandy, more or less suffused with greyish ; more

grey towards the hind margin; margin of basal patch and inner

edge of central fascia indistinctly defined and angulated; external

edge of central fascia denticulated near the costa, where it runs

outwards, then deeply indented, and undulating towards the inner

margin; it is finely margined throughout with whitish, which

forms a wedge-shaped blotch at the indentation ; submarginal line

distinct, finely denticulated, fringes paler at their apices, with a

fine blackish basal line. Hind wings sandy grey, less grey at the

extreme base; basal 2 traversed by 3 or 4 indistinctly expressed,

undulating, darker lines; marginal grey area traversed by a fine

undulating paler line, a pale fascia, with a fine darker central

line, between the grey basal 2 and the marginal area, Head,

thorax, and abdomen sandy ochreous. Underside dull straw-colour,

with the markings grey.

Hab. Darjiling.

[Taken by me at light, the only one I have seen from Sikkim,

but two from East Pegu appear to be the same species.—H. J. E.]

TRAMBA SPISSIDENTATA, sp. 0.

Fore wings fuscous with an olive tint, with very indistinct

markings ; an inner, outer, and subterminal pale fascia, each edged

and traversed by a very much denticulated dark line ; cell-spot

large, dark. Hind wings the same. Head and thorax concolorous.

Underside dull ashy, with the basal 2 rather darker.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

A very obscure-looking species.

EUPITHECIA CosTIPicta, sp. nu. (Plate XXX. fig. 21.)

Q. Fore wings pale whitish grey, with the lines forming on the

costa 4 dark and darker-edged spots, each preceded by a single

small dot; all the lines are angulated below the costa, and then

run parallel to hind margin; marginal space beyond the subter-

minal line slightly darker; fringes concolorous with dark basal

line. Hind wings pale grey, with many wavy indistinct lines,

‘which, as usual, are plainer along the inner margin. Head and

26*

384 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

thorax grey; abdomen darker, tinged with reddish. Underside

pale, with the lines indistinct, but the cell-spots in both wings

expressed.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A single specimen only, in perfect condition, taken by one of my

native collectors at about 8000 feet.—H. J. E.]

EUPITHECIA RUBRINOTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 22.)

Q .-Fore wings dull ochreous green (probably, when fresh, brighter

green), with a basal, angulated second, and curved exterior line,

all blackish and marked more distinctly on the veins ; between the

2nd and 3rd on the costa lies an irregularly triangular brick-red

blotch. Hind wings with a blackish cell-spot and the 2nd and 8rd

lines represented. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous ; the

latter with a broad black band and black dorsal and lateral dots.

Underside paler, with the base of the costa, the cell-spots, and

outer line all broadly black.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

-The specimen above described is not in very good condition.

EUPITHECIA ATROVIRIDIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 19.)

3. Fore wings apple-green, paler at the base and along the costa;

basal line denoted by 3 black spots, one on costa and inner margin,

the central one on the median vein; costa brown-black from base

to the first spot; .2nd line starts as a blackish triangle on the

costa, and, like the basal, is denoted by a small dark spot on the

median, and a longer oblique one on the inner margin ; exterior

line starts as a small triangle on the costa, and is denoted by a curved

series of black dots on the nervules; a blackish, square, apical and

subapical blotch, and a smaller one at the anal angle; subterminal

line pale and sinuous; fringes green. Hind wings green, with

the 2nd and 3rd lines only represented. Head, face, and thorax

pale ochreous flesh-colour; abdomen the same, with a black ring

near the base. Underside glossy, pale, with the markings darker,

the exterior line especially in both wings being broad, blackish,

and elbowed.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Doherty, 7000 feet.—H. J. £.]

EUPITHECIA ALBISPUMATA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 23.)

Q. Fore wings elongated, reddish fawn-colour, crossed by nume-

rous alternate dark and light transverse lines, running parallel to

hind margin, but angulated towards the costa; discal spot large,

black, vertical, preceded by a mixture of grey and whitish scales,

and followed by whitish scales, which stretch along the veins be-

yond the cell towards the hind margin ; submarginal line fine, pale ;

fringes dark grey. Hind wings dull greyish white, much peppered

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 385

with dark grey and blackish along the inner margin. Head and

thorax fawn-colour ; abdomen more mixed with grey. Underside

pale grey, slightly glossy, with alternate light and dark grey

bands ; both wings with black cell-spot.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Subfam. ORTHOLITHIN &.

ORTHOLITHA DUPLICATA, sp. N.

dg. Forewings pale cream-colour; the costa broadly and suffusedly

greyish fuscous; basal patch also greyish fuscous, its outer edge

oblique, darker, not nearly reaching the costa; inner edge of

central fascia represented by a long, curved, dark brown tooth, not

quite reaching the cell-spot, which is linear and dark brown ; outer

edge, by a similar but longer and more curved fascia-form marking,

reaching only to the subcostal; space between them pure cream-

colour ; the narrow pale space between the basal patch and central

fascia traversed by a grey line, thickening upwards; beyond the

central fascia a pale curved fascia of the same width as the dark

exterior margin of the central fascia, traversed by 2 somewhat

geminated brownish lines; hind margin brownish, the inner half

the darker, with a pale line down the middle; fringes fuscous.

Hind wings creamy white, slightly darker towards the fringes.

Head, thorax, and antenne greyish fuscous; abdomen lighter.

Underside ochreous, almost entirely suffused with pinkish grey,

with the upper markings showing through.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Chumbi. ;

[My native collectors brought a few examples of this distinct

species from the Tibet frontier in 1883, and I have since had one

from Moller; I believe it occurs at great elevations.—H. J. E.]

Subfam, URAPTERYGINA.

SIRINOPTERYX RUFILINEATA, sp. 0.

3 2. Larger and brighter than rujivinetata, W1k., and with the

2 transverse lines also reddish like the costa and fringes.

Hab, Khasia and Naga Hills; Sikkim.

[The type specimen of this, which I took in September in the

Khasia Hills, and which agrees with a Naga Hill specimen, is

- distinct enough, but some other Naga and Sikkim specimens show

that the characters on which Mr. Warren has relied are not

very constant, and I am unable at present to confirm his opinion.

—H. J. E.)

SIRINOPTERYX UNDULIFERA, Sp. nl.

¢. Fore wings pale canary-yellow, more or jess thickly strewn

with coarse rusty, or rusty-brown, atoms, which are finer and denser

along the costa, the base of which is brownish; 2 oblique rusty-

brown lines, one from 4 of the inner margin to the costa beyond

386 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

the middle, the other, consisting of a series of small curves, from

2 of inner margin into the apex; cell-spot distinct brown; fringes

rusty, deepest at their base. Hind wings with brown cell-spot,

and one central transverse rusty-brown line. Face, vertex, collar,

thorax, and abdomen yellow; palpi, upper part of face, and front

of thorax rusty-brown. Underside paler.

Expanse of wings 46 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Four examples of this species were taken in March by Mr.

Knyvett’s native collectors, and agree with a fifth sent by Moller.

It seems a distinct species.—H. J. E.}

Subfam. Dermrniin &.

APLOCHLORA, gen. nov.

Jodis?, Wik. xxii. p. 544.

Fore wings with costa evenly arched from base to apex; hind

margin simply and obliquely curved; hind wings rounded, with a

scarcely perceptible elbow in the centre of hind margin. Palpi

extremely short; antenne in ¢ simple; hind tibie with 4 long

spurs. Neuration as in Bapta. Although the green coloration of

the species suggests an affinity with the Geometrinz, this is merely

superficial ; the hind wings are without a radial.

Type, Aplochlora vivilaca, Wlk. (Iodis).

APLOCHLORA VIRIDIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 7.)

3. Fore wings pale green, without markings ; a small black discal

dot ; costa broadly yellowish ochreous ; fringes yellowish ochreous.

Hind wings with dark discal dot and yellowish fringes. Under-

side whitish. Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy whitish.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[The only specimens I have seen were taken by Médller’s col-

lectors in the interior.—H. J. E.]

BAPTA GRISEOLA, sp. D.

g. Fore wings iridescent white, thickly dusted with dark grey

scales, with 2 dark grey transverse lines, one at 4 outwardly curved

and running vertically to the inner margin; the other at #, also

outwardly curved, and slightly indented above the inner margin ;

extreme costa and fringes yellowish; a large black cell-spot.

Hind wings the same, but without the first line. Head, face, and

thorax white; abdomen white, treckled with grey. Underside

dull iridescent white, without suffusion or markings of any kind.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken at Darjiling in August by me and by Mr. Knyvett in

May.—H. J. £.]

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 387

ORTHOCABERA BRUNNEICEPS, sp.u. (Plate XXXI. fig. 23.)

3 9. Resembles O. sericea, Butler, from Japan, but larger, with

all the markings much more strongly expressed ; head, face, and

palpi all brown.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I have this from Messrs. Gammie and Knyvett, taken in spring,

and one from Mr. Dudgeon marked February. Mr. Doherty took

it in the Karen Hillsin March. It seems to occur at about 5000-

7000 feet. It is a very distinct, well-marked species —H. J. E.]

Micronipia (?) suBpuncrata, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 11.)

Q. Fore wings silky white ; costa speckled with brown stria ;

4 transverse pale olive lines ; the second, as usual, the broadest, in

the middle of the wing beyond the cell-spot, which is a distinct

blackish dash ; 4th line olive, parallel to hind margin, broader and

more distinct than in simpliciata; 1st and 3rd very slender, the

olive tints much interrupted, but marked on each vein by a black

dot; the basal line preceded by 2 or 3 transverse dark strie; a

strong black basal line before the fringes, distinctly interrupted on

the veins ; fringes tinged with olive. Hind wings the same, but

without the 1st line; the other 3 meet towards the anal angle,

before which are 2 large black spots ; inner margin also pale olive.

Head and thorax white, tinged with pale olive; abdomen entirely

pale olive. Underside white, with the costal strie and cell-spot

darker, the other markings showing through.

Hab. Sikkim. In these examples the antenneg are subserrate

and ciliated ; it is therefore probable that those of the g will be

found to be pectinated.

[I took one specimen myself at Tonglo and have two others

from the interior, all females.—H. J. £. |

MI0RONIDIA UNIPUNCTA, sp. n.

Q. Fore wings pure creamy white, with 4 straight pale olive-

ochreous streaks. Costa with a few irregularly disposed dark

strie. The first line is nearer the base than in simpliciata, Moore ;

the second, the broadest, is before the middle of the wing, and

includes the cell-spot, which is very faint and lies on the outside

edge of the fascia; the 23rd is straight like the 2nd and not waved

as in simpliciata; all these three run parallel to one another,

slightly inclined outwards; the 4th band is narrower and parallel

to the hind margin, therefore inclined at a slight angle to the

3rd; none of the 4 lines touches the costa; a fine black line at

base of fringes, attenuated at the end of each vein. Hind wings

without 1st line; 2nd and 3rd as in fore wings; 4th, edged

distinctly with brown externally, runs from the extreme apex to

before the anal angle; space beyond it to the hind margin whiter,

containing only 1 black spot above analangle ; fringe-line very fine

and interrupted. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen silky white.

Underside all white, but with the markings of the upperside

showing through.

388 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

1 2 from Darjiling the same size as the ¢ of simpliciata, Moore,

which is smaller than the @.

[The only specimen I have seen was collected by Mr. Knyvett.-—

H. J. E.]

PLULODES TRIANGULARIS, sp. 0.

¢. Very closely allied to P. costatus, Butler, but larger ; the yellow

costal streak decidedly broader, with a much enlarged triangular

central tooth; patch at the anal angle much broader ; basal line

brown at 7, and vanishing in the yellow costal streak before the

first small yellow tooth. (In costatus this line is at 4 and runs up

to the same yellow tooth.) In the hind wing the yellow patch at

the inner angle is separated from the brown ground-colour by a

nearly straight line, while in costatus the same is manifestly

sinuous. Underside of both wings yellow, with a vinous tinge ;

an irregular purplish blotch towards the apex of both wings ; the

fore wings with an oblique purplish bar in the middle. The basal

half of the patagia, as well as the collar, yellow.

Expanse of wings 46 millim.

Hab. Sikkim; Naga Hills.

{Seems rare in Sikkim, where I took one myself at 2300 feet in

May, but is commoner in the Naga Hills.—JZ. J. E.]

ZAMARADA (?) MARGINATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 22.)

3g. Fore wings ochreous, with many fine transverse brown or

greenish strie ; base of fore wing, costa, apex, and hind margin

black-brown, with some chalybeous reflections ; the costal streak

is traversed by pale irregular striz ; a discal, dark-edged, somewhat

sinuous ocellus, darker above, where it touches the costal streak ;

the dark marginal region is bounded by a very indistinct thickish

2nd line, which, starting from the costa at about ?, forms a large

outward curve, nearly touching the hind margin, and an obtuse

projection at anal angle. Hind wings more thickly striated than

fore wings, with a small, dark, discal spot, and the submarginal

line running close to and parallel with the hind margin, the space

between them being black-brown, with the chalybeous reflections

stronger than in fore wings. Head, thorax, and base of abdomen

black-brown, rest of abdomen ochreous. Underside pale greenish

yellow, with a vitreous appearance ; both wings witha broad black-

brown marginal band. ‘The discal spots on both wings distinct ;

the marginal band shows through on the upperside as a brownish

smudge along the inner edge of the narrow dark border.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Doherty sent one specimen only, taken at about 3000 feet in

Sept.—H. J. E.]

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 389

Subfam. ABRAXINA.

OseErpia, W1k. xxiv. p. 1139.

Type, 0. vagipardata, W1k.

OBBIDIA MILLEPUNCTATA, Sp. nl.

g. Fore wings white, yellowish towards the base, with irregular

clusters of small brown-black spots along the first half of the costa,

at the apex, and along the hind margin ; extreme apex and fringes

wholly brown-black ; at the middle of the costa is a large squarish

patch, with 4 oblong smaller blotches below it, one on the median

vein, the other 3 on the 3 median nervyules, just beyond the origin

of each ; below these, on the inner margin, are 2 irregular brown-

black patches. Hind wings white, with the apex and hind margin

irregularly blotched and dotted; an interrupted central fascia,

consisting of a quadrate dark blotch on the costa, and 4 smaller

oval ones, on the submedian and 3 median nervules respectively,

the 2 upper ones being contiguous. Underside the same. Head,

thorax, and abdomen yellow, with the usual black spots.

Expanse of wings 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Males of this species were taken by Méller’s native collectors in

the interior, but I have never seen the insect myself alive.—

OBEIDIA FUMOSA, sp. n.

3 2. Resembles O. libellulalis in size and shape; the costa

varied with yellow for = from the base; a series of irregular

roundish costal spots, an interrupted submarginal row of spots,

the discal spot, and another between it and the base, the hind

margin broadly, and the inner margin more irregularly, smoky grey ;

hind wings the same, but without the basal spot; the spots on the

fore wing often irregularly confluent. Underside the same as

upper; abdomen yellow, with black dots. Distinguished from

O. libellulalis by the absence of the yellow hind margins of the

wings and the duller grey ground-colour of the markings.

Expanse of wings 70 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Seems not uncommon at 5000-6000 feet, where Doherty took

several specimens.—H. J. £.|

PARICTERODES, gen. DOV.

Abraxas?, Moore, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 653.

This new genus is necessary for the reception of Abraxas (?)

tenebraria, Moore, and 3 or 4 other species. It resembles Icterodes,

Butler, superficially, but is distinguished by the structure of the

palpi and the coloration of the abdomen. The latter, instead of

being yellow with black spots, as in the normal Abrazine, is

concolorous with the hind wings. The palpi are porrected

390 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

forwards, slightly decumbent, with the 3rd joint distinct and

pointed, whereas in Jcterodes they are stout, short, and inclined

upwards.

Type, Paricterodes tenebraria, Moore (Abraxas ?).

PARICTHERODES COMMIXTA, sp. nl.

3 9. Fore wings bronzy olive; if carefully examined, however,

the ground-colour will be seen to be dull whitish, so thickly overlaid

with ochreous and dull olive spots and strigz, interspersed with

blackish spots and shades, as to be itself almost obliterated. If

viewed obliquely, the direction of the transverse lines and lighter

spots becomes plainer. The basal § of the wing is more or less

overspread with blackish, especially towards the costa; in the

outer 4 can be seen 3 curved rows of black spots between the

veins, running parallel to the hind margin, and between them,

but fainter, similar rows of pale, slightly shining spots. These

are much plainer in the ¢, especially along the submarginal

line; fringe chequered, light ochreous and dark olive, with a basal

row of black spots between the veins. Hind wings dull glossy

grey, densely irrorated with darker grey, with a dull central spot

and 2 indistinct dark curved lines; fringes dull ochreous, not

chequered. Underside: fore wings blurred cinereous, darker

along the costa, variegated with ochreous towards the hind margin

and along the costa; hind wings of ¢ clear pale ochreous, thickly

dusted with dark grey atoms, with the dark central spot and

central fascia distinct; in the @ dull ochreous white, with the

same markings indistinct. Head, antenne, and thorax dark

bronzy olive, like fore wings; abdomen ochreous, mixed with

cinereous as in the hind wings.

Expanse of wings 56 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[This fine species is not uncommon at high elevations in the

interior. I took it at Sundukpho about 12,000 feet, and my native

plant-collector brought it from Jongri at 13,000-15,000 feet. It

flies in July and August.—H. J. £.]

PARICTERODES LUCIGUTTATA, sp. n.

3 9. Fore wings white, almost entirely suffused with olive-

ochreous, which tint is especially thick along the veins towards the

hind margin; 4 dark brown-black irregular fasciz can be traced

across the wings running parallel to the hind margin ; the space be-

tween is dotted with minute white atoms of the ground-colour, the

submarginal being followed by a more distinct and regular series ;

when viewed obliquely, all these white patches appear silvery

bluish ; costa between the dark lines ochreous, dotted with black ;

fringes chequered, light and dark olive-ochreous. Hind wings

greyish ochreous, minutely dusted with dark atoms, with an

indistinct dark central spot and 2 faint dark curved fasciz ;

fringes chequered, but only darker at end of veins. Underside

dull cinereous ochreous along the costa and hind margin. Hind

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 391

wings clear ochreous or ochreous white, with larger flecks of

darker and with the central spot and middle band plain. Head,

thorax, and abdomen concolorous with fore wings. Underside of

abdomen like hind wings.

Expanse of wings, 2 52 millim., ¢ 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

A smaller and paler species than commivxta, distinguished by

having the fringes of tbe hind wings chequered as in the fore

wings, and by the silvery lustre of the pale spots.

[Not uncommon on the Nepal frontier from 10,000 to 12,000

feet, where I took it in June and July.—Z. J. E.]

PARICTERODES (?) VIOLACEA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 12.)

2. Fore wings olive-tawny, thickly dusted with dark brown atoms,

with 4 transverse black-brown bands, all more or less geminated,

the 1st and 3rd evidently so ; the second includes the dark central

spot; the 4th or submarginal consists of dark wedge-shaped

blotches lying between the veins, each followed by a brighter, pale

spot ; a dark apical and subapical blotch beyond ; fringes chequered

brown or pale tawny, the dark spaces twice as broad as the lighter ;

a row of roundish black spots before the basal line. The transverse

dark fasciz are interrupted across the 3 submedian nervules, along

which a distinetly clearer tawny patch runs from near the base to

the hind margin. When viewed obliquely, the intervals between

the lines and the paler spaces which divide their geminations are

seen to be purplish violet. Hind wings dirty grey, with only a faint

trace of central spot, and still fainter of a curved fascia.

Underside: fore wings blurred cinereous, with only the extreme

costa ochreous, spotted with darker; hind wings clear pale

ochreous, thickly dusted with cinereous, with distinct blackish

central spot and central fascia, this latter decidedly angulated in

the middle. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark, mottled brown and

tawny; the abdomen with less mixture of dark than the head.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Possibly the 2 of Micrabraxas subolivacea described later on.

[Two specimens taken at Sundukpho at about 12,000 feet by me

in July ; others from native collectors.—H. J. E£.]

PERCNIA SUBMISSA, sp. 0.

6. Wings greyish white, with a slight pinkish tinge; spots as

in bellwaria, but reduced in size, and rounder, more dot-like; in the

submarginal row the 3rd and 4th from the costa are nearer each

other than each is to the one above and below ; underside the same ;

abdomen white, with two black spots on each segment.

Expanse of wings 44 millim.

B. M., Dharmsala.

Hab. Sikkim,

[Not uncommon in April and May in the valleys of the interior.—

A. J. BE.)

392 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

PHRCNIA INTERFUSA, Sp. N.

$. Fore wings greyish white, suffused at base, along the costa

and the hind margin, with dark smoky grey; the spots all elon-

gated; the first 3 costal spots enlarged into quadrangular blotches.

Between the discal and submarginal row of spots is a row of

grey wedge-shaped blotches, ending on the inner margin with 2

larger contiguous darker grey blotches ; another and more suffused

series of similar blotches before the hind margin; fringes grey.

Hind wings purer white; the intermediate series of grey blotches

much reduced in intensity ; fringes white. Thorax and abdomen

dark smoky grey, with 2 black spots on each segment ; thorax,

head, and base of fore wings tinged with dull ochreous olive.

Underside like upper, but with less grey suffusion, except along

costa and hiud margin of fore wing, the latter of which is wholly

dark grey.

Expanse of wings 60 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[I have only seen the type of this, which was taken by Doherty

at about 6000 feet in Sept.—H. J. E.]

METABRAXAS REGULARIS, sp. n.

3g. Fore wings dull white, traversed except on the disk by a suc-

cession of series of brown-grey spots and blotches; basal patch

consisting of 3 interrupted lines of grey blotches, tinged with dull

ochreous, followed by a 4th sti!l more interrupted ; cell-spot large,

oval, leaden grey; followed by 6 sinuous series of grey blotches,

more or less parallel to the hind margin; the Ist, 3rd, and 6th

consisting of smaller, more detached spots, lying on the ves; the

2nd, 4th, and 6th of larger, more confluent blotches, lying between

the veins; the 2nd forming a dark double spot on the inner

margin. Hind wings whiter; the spots smaller; the 2nd series

beyond the cell-spot absent. Underside like the upper. Head,

thorax, and abdomen dull yellowish grey, with the usual spots

black.

Expanse of wings 74 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

ABRAXAS METAMORPHA, sp. 0.

3. Wings white; fore wings with basal area yellow, more or

less overrun with cinereous spots, followed at 4 of the wing by a

brownish fascia of irregular width and shape, but generally apo-

copated below the median; a central irregular, brownish fascia,

running nearly parallel to hind margin, composed of confusedly

confluent spots, almost touching on the inner margin the sinuous

submarginal fascia, along the centre of which can be traced for

2 of the distance from the inner margin a pale yellow line;

the submarginal band is recurved backwards just before the costa,

and followed on the costa by an irregular-shaped, somewhat tri-

angular blotch, which at times unites with it a row of round black

spots along the extreme hind margin, the space between these and

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 393

the submarginal band sometimes with only 1 or 2 round spots,

sometimes with several more or less confluent ones. Hind wing

with a central round spot; a row of spots along the abdominal

margin, a fascia-form row of spots beyond the centre, and a series

of spots along the hind margin itself. Head, thorax, and abdomen

yellow, spotted with black.

The distinctness of the markings seems to vary much, more

particularly in the hind wings; it might well be considered a

fixed form of the common A. grossulariata, but the sinuous sub-

marginal fascia with its central yellow streak will well distinguish it.

Hab, Sikkim.

This form, I believe, occurs also in Japan. In Mr. Elwes’s

collection is a single 9, rather larger than the Sikkim specimens,

and with the sinuous submarginal band entirely interrupted for a

short distance just above the centre by the pale ground-colour,

which interruption gives the specimen a decidedly different appear-

ance, but the central yellow line is present as in the Sikkim

insect.

ABRAXAS DIAPHANA, sp. n.

¢$. Fore wings dull pale or dark fuscous, with darker irrorations,

very faintly tinged with yellowish towards the base; an indistinct

dark line near the base, forming in part or wholly the margin of a

basal patch ; a small dark cell-spot and an oblique dark fuscous

line beyond, parallel in the main to the hind margin, but with a

slight bend above the middle. Hind wings the same, but a little

paler. Underside like the upper; abdomen concolorous. Head

and thorax tinged with dull yellowish.

In the Atkinson Collection placed as a variety of irrorata,

Moore.

Hab. Sikkim.

[It is possible that this is only an extreme alpine form of

A, irrorata, Moore, occurring at high elevations. I have 6 speci-

mens, varying considerably in tint, which were taken by my native

plant-collector, Phoolsing, at Jongri, about 13,000 feet, whilst

A, irrorata occurs at about 10,000 feet.—H. J. £.]

ABRAXAS SEMILUGENS, sp. n.

Q. Fore wings white, with a few yellow scales near the base; the

whole wing densely suffused with dark fuscous dots and shading,

which are thickest at the edge of the basal patch and beyond the

2nd line; cell-spot black and distinct. Hind wings rather less

thickly speckled, especially towards the base. Head, thorax, and

abdomen pale yellow, with black markings; the segments of the

abdomen marked with black triangles. Underside like upper, but

still darker in the fore wings; cell-spot of hind wings prominent.

Expanse of wings 35 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I think that this may be a small dark variety of A. picaria,

394 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

Moore, though it certainly looks distinct. The latter species varies

considerably, and some of the forms are intermediate between it

and A. semilugens. The type was taken in September.—Z. J. E.]

ABRAXAS ALPESTRIS, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 15.)

¢. Fore wings straw-yellow, slightly deeper yellow at the ex-

treme base, and paler in the centre ; the whole ground-colour almost

obliterated by the density of the fuscous-brown irrorations, which

form two darker shades, one indicating the outside edge of the

basal patch, the other the ordinary 2nd line; touching the Jatter is

a large round dark cell-spot ; fringe chequered brown and yel-

lowish. Hind wings white, for 3 from the base, sparsely sprinkled

with dark dots, and with a central spot; outer third dusted like

the fore wings, and separated from the whiter basal field by a

thick dark fuscous curved line. Abdomen fuscous mixed with

yellowish. Underside like upper, the dark markings more promi-

nent.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

[Four males of this distinct species were brought from Sunduk-

pho, on the Nepal frontier of Sikkim, by one of my native collec-

tors.—H. J. E.|

ABRAXAS NIGRIVENA, Sp. N.

$. Wings shining white, with all the veins delicately traced in

black; fore wings with the extreme costa from base to middle

black ; extreme base orange, with a single black dot at the base,

and 3 on the outside of the orange patch, situated on the subcostal,

median, and submedian veins respectively; fringes white, short ;

top of head and thorax orange; the latter with a small black dot

on each side near the base of the wing and (probably) 4 black dots

on the top. Abdomen pale yellow, with a dorsal and two lateral

rows of black spots, one on each segment ; the underside with an

elongate black dash on each segment, nearly touching the lateral

spots ; antenne blackish. Underside of wings white; in the fore

wing, with the subcostal and discal areas blackish.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim ; also in Mr. Moore’s collection.

[Taken by me at Tonglo and on the Nepal frontier from 10,000

to 12,000 feet in July.—H. J. £. |

ABRAXAS TRISHRIATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 9.)

$ Q. Wings shining white, but with an ochreous tint; im the

9, towards the costa and base, dull greyish ; all the veins clearly

delineated in black; costa of fore wing narrowly black to beyond

the middle; basal patch pale yellow, with a black spot close to

the base itself, and the outer edge marked with an irregular, dis-

continuous black curved line, preceded by a less distinctly

expressed similar line in the patch; just beyond the middle a

curved blackish shade, and halfway between it and the margin a

fine curved line, both parallel to the hind margin ; the outer of the

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 395

2 lines marked, where it crosses each vein, by a black dot. Hind

wings the same, but without the yellow basal patch ; fringes white,

short. Head and thorax yellow; the latter with black spots.

Abdomen straw-yellow, with dorsal, lateral, and ventral row of

black spots. Amntennz blackish. Underside white, with the cell-

spots conspicuously black, but without the transverse fascie ;

fore wing with costal and subcostal areas blackish. The markings

in the 2 are darker than in the ¢.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken in the interior by Moller’s collectors, probably at a high

elevation.—Z. J. E.|

Subfam. ENnomin 2.

PANISALA OLIVESCENS, sp. 0.

@. Ground-colour pale hoary grey, finely dusted with olive-

brown atoms; a fine oblique straight basal line, parallel to the hind

margin ; median line parallel to it, from before the middle of the

costa to before the middle of the inner margin, followed by a

diffuse, olivescent shade, which fades into the ground-colour

before the 3rd line, which starts from the costa halfway between

the 2nd and the apex, is curved outwards, not inangulated, near

its origin, and then runs back nearly straight, so as almost to

touch the 2nd line on the inner margin; space beyond to the

hind margin olivescent-brown, except below the costa, with a

faintly paler submarginal fascia-form space. Hind wing like fore

wing, but with no basal line, and with the 2nd and 3rd lines not

nearly touching each other on the inner margin. Underside dull

yellowish grey, lighter in the hind wings. Head, thorax, and

abdomen pale whitish grey.

Hab. Sikkim.

Slightly larger than P. truncataria, Moore.

[Though the colour of this species is very different from that of

P. truncataria, the pattern is the same. I have a male taken by

Knyvett in April which matches the type female in colour. All

my specimens of P. truncataria which are dated were taken in July

and August, so this may be the early brood of it.—H. J. £,]

HoLoLoMa, gen. nov.

Distinguished from Panisala, Moore, by the structure of the g

antennz. In Panisala the lateral branches forming the pectination

are simple, thin, long, and projected obliquely forwards; in Holo-

loma they are short and blunt, and stand out nearly at right

angles with the shaft, each having 2 fine short cilia at the apex,

and finely ciliated laterally, these ciliations giving a filmy appear-

ance to the whole pectination. The apex of the hind wing is

either plainly rounded off or very faintly incurved, without the

deep excavation that occurs in Panisala.

396 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

JLOLOLOMA LUCENS, sp. n.

3 2. Ground-colour pale shining grey, sparsely sprinkled with

short transverse brownish strige ; a red-brown, slightly curved, basal

line; a thick, straight, red-brown median line, starting just from

the middle of the costa, and reaching the inner margin before the

middle, running exactly parallel to the hind margin; 3rd line,

starting from costa at ?, is strongly curved outwards opposite the

cell, and then runs straight obliquely inwards, becoming thicker as

it nears the inner margin, where it nearly touches the median

line; marginal region smoky grey, with a dark submarginal line,

consisting of fine lunules between each vein. Hind wing without

basal line, but with the thick red-brown median line, as in the fore

wing, and 2 other red-brown lines beyond the middle, which are

nearer one another at the apex than on the inner margin; a

distinct dark cell-spot on both wings; fringes reddish brown.

Underside bright ochreous, with deeper red-brown strige and

lines; the costa itself pale grey. Head, thorax, and abdomen

above pale grey; underside of abdomen broadly bright reddish

ochreous, as in patularia, Wik. The hind wings are slightly

excised below the apex. Distinguished from patularia, by the

larger size, paler ground-colour, distinct cell-spots, and the pre-

sence of 3 dark lines, instead of 2, in the hind wings.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by Méller’s collectors in June, but I do not know the

exact locality —H. J. E.]

DaIMa INTRICATA, sp. n.

¢. Fore wing pale ochreous, sparsely dusted with very minute

black atoms, the extreme base and base of costa slightly yellowish ;

1st line brown, angulated below the costa, then running obliquely

to the inner margin, rather nearer the base than usual; central

line brown, straight, parallel to hind margin, thickened a little at

its costal end; this line stands just before the middle of the wing ;

beyond it is the small blackish cell-dot; exterior line brown,

thicker on costa, forming an acute angle towards the apex, then

curved inwards to the inner margin at 3, where there are 3 black

spots on its inner side, and 2 smaller beyond it; a black-brown

oblique apical streak nearly touches the angle of the exterior line,

is obsolete for a short distance, and then curves away much more

indistinct to the inner margin before the anal angle ; an indistinct

denticulated subterminal line runs across this ; beneath the oblique

apical streak are 2 or 3 small brown lunules before the base of

the fringes, which are themselves deep brown; the whole hind

margin is slightly discoloured with pale olive. Hind wings

coloured like the fore wings, with a straight brown line before the

middle, followed by the small cell-dot, then a fine line, consisting

of 3 curves convex inwards, and still another indistinct line, which

is straight only before the costa; apex produced in a sort of tail ;

at the base of the fringes above it is one, and below it 2, small

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 397

dark lunules; fringes pale to below the tail, then brownish.

Head, thorax, and abdomen all ochreous. Underside brighter

ochreous, with coarser mottlings, and all the markings rather

plainer, the 3 black spots being merged in one large one.

Expanse of wings 50 millim.

Hab. Bhotan.

[Besides the type, which was taken by Méller’s collectors in

August, I have three specimens from Bernardmyo, Burmah, taken

by Doherty in May at about 6000 feet. They agree perfectly.—

H. J. £.)

LEPTOSsTICHIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa very gradually curved till near apex,

where it becomes strongly convex; apex bluntly produced; hind

margin incurved just below apex, then oblique and straight to

anal angle. Hind wings ample, with very round hind margins.

Antenne, ¢, beset with fascicles of fine cilia. Palpi short, thick,

blunt, the 3rd joint very minute; tongue present. Legs long and

weak ; hind tibize with 2 pairs of spurs. Neuration :—Fore wings :

1st median nervule at 3, 2nd at 3, 3rd from lower end of cell, the

median neryure between the 2nd and 3rd being inclined upwards ;

discocellular curved, starting from the upper radial at a short

distance beyond the point where that nervule leayes the subcostal ;

lower radial from centre of discocellular; 1st subcostal nervule

from the same point as the upper radial; 2nd a little beyond 1st ;

4th and 5th at a similar distance beyond 2nd; 5th running

straight to hind margin below apex; 4th curving into the apex

itself ; 3rd out of 4th shortly before apex. Hind wings: 2 sub-

costal nervules separating just before end of cell, so that the disco-

cellular rises from the 2nd subcostal, as in the fore wings from

the upper radial; median nervules as in fore wings.

Type, Leptostichia latitans, sp. n.

L®ProsticHIA LATITANS, Sp. 0.

3. Fore wings liver-colour, suffused with dull olive, and tinged

in parts with lilac-grey; 1st line indistinct dull olive, slightly

darkened on costa and inner margin, where it is preceded by a few

pale lilac scales ; 2nd line at 4, darker on costa, dull olive, edged

indistinctly with grey, runs first outward, then obliquely inwards,

to a little beyond the centre of the inner margin, where it is

preceded by a round black blotch ; to the inside of this blotch a

central olive shade can be faintly traced from a darker spot in the

middle of the costa; marginal area wholly dull olive, except a

narrow grey space immediately before the fringes; space between

the 2 lines overlaid with slightly paler grey scales. Hind wings

redder, with a curved line at 2, answering to the exterior line of

the fore wings, and between that and the base a broad, straight,

blackish shade. Head, thorax, antenne, and abdomen all con-

colorous. Underside dull tawny-orange, sparsely flecked with

rather coarse fuscous dots, with a larger discal spot in the fore

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XX VII. 27

398 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

wings, and a blackish shade from the inner margin of the hind

wings running $ across the wing. Fringes of both wings, above

and below, chestnut.

Expanse of wings 60 millim.

Hab. Darijiling.

It is more than probable that the black spot on the inner

margin of the fore wings is variable.

[This species, of which I have only the type specimen sent me

by Mr. Knyvett and taken in March, is wonderfully like D. pat-

naria, Moore, in colour, but very different in the shape of the hind

wings.—Z. J. £.]

Gonopontis, Hiib. Verz. p. 287.

Type, G. clelia, Cram.

GoNODONTIS VINOSA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 21.)

@. Fore wings vinous-grey, tinged with fulvous towards the

hind margin, and with many small dark brown transverse striz,

especially along the costa; 1st line dark red-brown, angulated

below the costa, then running obliquely to inner margin ; 2nd line

double, thick, indistinct, parallel to the 1st; subterminal line dark

brown-black, starting from the costa at the origin of the 2nd,

running out towards the hind margin below the apex, and then

obliquely to the inner margin, where it again meets the 2nd line;

costal region generally greyer than the rest of the wing, especially

before the apex ; subapical region diffusely overrun with fulvous.

Hind wings darker, more generally reddish ; central line swollen

in the middle, with a narrow lunular spot at end of cell, without

scales. Hind margin still deeper red, with no fulvous suffusion.

Head and thorax ashy grey ; abdomen mixed with red. Underside

pale ashy grey, with darker flecks; the 2nd line of the fore

wings and the central one of the hind wings very distinct, red-

brown as is the lower half of the inner line on the fore wings; the

marginal area of the hind wings and the lower half of that of the

fore wings clouded with reddish grey or brown; 2 small black

blotches below the apex of the fore wings.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Smaller than the other species of the genus, but with the

characteristic excavation in the costa of the hind wings, and

sinuosity in the inner margin of the fore wings.

[Sent by Méller’s collectors without exact indication of locality.

Evidently a rare species.—H. J. £.]

HYPosIDRA ALBIPUNCTATA, sp. 0.

do 2. Fore wing dull purplish cinereous, with a slight olive

tinge ; 1st and 2nd lines and median shade all slightly curved, darker,

and resembling shades, not lines; subterminal area paler grey,

edged by the irregularly sinuous subterminal line ; hind wings like

fore wings with 2 darker bands ; origin of lines on the costa of fore

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 399

wings and end on the inner margin of hind wings marked by minute

white dots, the latter always conspicuous; hind margin of fore

wing below apex occupied by a diffuse bronzy olive suffusion.

Underside purplish grey, with the middle and 2nd lines, the discal

spots, and a shade following darker.

Expanse of wings, 2 56 millim., ¢ 48 millim.

The largest species of the genus.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by Moller in March and May, in the low valleys, where

it seems a rare species.—H. J. £.]

FAscnLLiIna INORNATA, Sp. 1.

¢ . Fore wings dull olive-brown, shaded with dark brown beyond

the 3rd line, and dusted sparsely with dark brown strie towards

the base and inner margin; 1st line dark brown, obliquely sinu-

ous, with some pearly silvery scales, which are plainest on the inner

margin and on the veins; 2nd line thick, sinuous, running in the

main parallel to the 1st line, and to the hind margin; an indis-

tinct, oblique brown blotch from the costa beyond the origin of

the Ist line runs to meet the 2nd line below the costa; 3rd line

brown, sinuous, apparently double, with a pearly silvery thread up

the centre, consisting of a series of curves, concave basewards

between the veins; the line forms a sinus inwards at the centre,

and outwards below the costa, before which it is recurved again

basewards, and is followed on the costa by a silvery blotch ; the

line is followed on the inner margin by a patch of silvery scales,

and some indistinct teeth of the same colour can be made out in

the dark submarginal space; costal space between 2nd and 3rd

lines dull tawny. Hind wings thickly beset with dark transverse

strie at the base, with a nearly straight double brown silvery-

centred middle line, and a less distinct denticulated submarginal

line. Head, thorax, and abdomen above dark olive-brown.

Underside bright fulyous; the basal half of the costa paler; the

hind margin cinereous ; 2nd line deep fulvous from costa halfway

across the wing; 3rd line marked by a diffuse edging of pearly

scales in the upper half, by a fine silvery line in the lower. Hind

wings with 2 curved red-brown lines, which do not approximate.

Underside of abdomen and thorax fulvous.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Akin to /. chromataria, distinguished by the absence of white

spots, and the presence of the dull tawny patch below the costa

towards the apex. The antenne are much more densely and

lengthily ciliated than they usually are in this genus.

[This type is from the Atkinson Collection. I have another like

it from Moller; it is evidently a rare species.—H. J. H.]

FAscELLINA SUBSIGNATA, sp. 0.

3. Fore wings ashy grey, much suffused with dull olivaceous, and

chequered with a few darker strie ; 1st line, dark ee forms an

400 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GHNERA AND [Apr. 18,

acute angle outwards, then runs sinuously inwards parallel to the

hind margin, a pale grey triangular costal space beyond it; 2nd

line, dark olive with a slightly paler edging externally, leaves the

costa at §, forms a large blunt curve nearly touching the hind

margin in the centre, and then runs inward to the inner margin at

=; the costal space beyond it is paler grey; the whole central

area between the 2nd line and the Ist line (except a narrow

paler space just beyond this last) is dark olivaceous, as is the

hind margin. Hind wings with basal half pale grey, flecked

with short dark-olive striz; central line straight, dark olive,

followed by a pale slightly yellowish one; rest of the wing deep

olive; fringes dark olive. Head, face, and thorax dark olive ;

abdomen and apex of the patagia paler. Underside: fore wings

silvery grey, towards the inner margin yellowish, the dark olive

space between the outer line and the central shade (which latter is

not discernible above) represents very accurately the head and neck

of a bird; the hind margin, a triangular costal blotch before the

apex, and a large irregularly rounded blotch above the anal angle,

are also olive-brown ; the latter contains a yellow triangle at the

anal angle, and the top of the bird’s head is yellowish. Hind wings

dull canary-yellow, freckled with black; a strong, thickly-scaled,

double, brown central line, followed by a very slender curved one.

Underside of abdomen and thorax dull yellow.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Nearest to F. plagiata, Wik. =viridis, Moore.

[This also seems a rare species, of which I have only two speci-

mens without exact indication of locality.—H. J. E.]

GARZUS DISCOLOR, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 19.)

6. Fore wings pale fawn-grey, finely dusted with darker atoms,

and tinged in places with dark fulvous; Ist line scarcely darker,

angulated below the costa, and preceded by a slightly paler space ; a

small black dot on the median and submedian veins ; central shade

diffuse, brownish, angulated below the costa, as in the case of the

1st line; a small blackish cell-spot at the extremity of the angula-

tion; exterior line starting from an oblique brown costal blotch,

followed by a clear white one, angulated like the others, and dusted

below the angulation by a row of black dots on the veins; subter-

minal line very indistinct, starting from a whitish subapical blotch

and followed in the centre by a small dark blotch. Hind wings

paler, with similar markings, the central shade being reproduced as

a thickish black basal line, and the 2nd line appearing denticulate,

followed by a darker shade, which renders the subterminal line

more conspicuous ; on the abdominal margin the 2nd line is broadly

black edged with white. Underside silvery grey with the lines

dark ; with the base, the disk, and the hind margin of the fore

wings and the hind margin only of the hind wings suffused with

olive-fuscous. Head, thorax, and abdomen like the ground-colour ;

face and palpi brownish (? with grease).

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 401

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[The type is unique, and was taken by Doherty at about 8000

feet in July.—Z. J. E.]

Tsonatis, WIk. xxvi. p. 1749.

Type, J. incaria, Guen. (Epione).

IsCHALIS COLORATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 26.)

¢. Fore wings pinkish ochreous, but the ground-colour is almost

wholly overrun by a suffusion of tawny, the pale interspaces being

likewise dappled with spots of the same tint; no 1st line ; exterior

line at 4 pale silvery lilac, nearly parallel on the whole to the hind

margin, forming a small sinus outward below the costa, and a

‘similar one inwards above the inner margin; this line is followed

immediately by a dull olive-green fascia, which is succeeded by a

paler, narrower, somewhat interrupted fascia of the ground-colour,

beyond which the whole marginal area is tawny; the nervules

beyond the exterior line are themselves marked with the same tint

of silvery lilac, dotted in places with dark brown ; the whole basal

3 is dark tawny, divided on the costa by a small paler space; a

narrow tawny blotch lies on the costa in the middle; cell-spot

diffuse, roundish, dark brown. Hind wings like fore wings, but

the basal area only dappled sparsely with tawny spots, with the

commencement on the inner margin of an irregular rust-coloured

line. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with tawny.

Underside like upper, but more brightly coloured—the tints of

ochreous, tawny, and green much more brightly contrasted.

Expanse of wings 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Brought by my native plant-collector from Jongri in the inte-

rior, where he took it at 13,000 feet in September. I have seen

one other specimen only.—JH. J. £.]}

PRIONODONTA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa slightly convex at base and before apex,

slightly concave between ; apex subacute; hind margin subden-

tate, with a decided elbow in the middle, beneath which it is

oblique; anal angle distinctly expressed; inner margin visibly

incurved just before it. Hind wings with costa outlined as in

fore wings, shouldered before apex; hind margin dentate, the

teeth at the end of the 2 subcostals and 3rd median most promi-

nent. Forehead slightly protuberant; palpi horizontally porrect ;

2nd joint broad, loosely scaled, 3rd much shorter, smooth, sub-

conical; tongue present. Antenne of ¢ more than half as long

as fore wings, bipectinate, the pectinations themselves short and

stout, pubescent, becoming gradually smaller, so that the apex is

subdentate only. Fore tibie short, with a tuft of hairs beneath ;

402 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

hind tibiz longer, not thickened, with 2 pairs of short, stout, blunt

spurs. Neuration :—Fore wings with cell half the length of wing ;

discocellular oblique, the lower half more so than the upper; Ist

median nervule at 4, 2nd just before lower angle of cell, 3rd from

the angle ; lower radial from the middle, upper radial from near

the top of the discocellular; 3rd, 4th, and 5th subcostals on a

common stem from upper angle of cell; 5th leaving at 3, 3rd at 3,

4th into apex; Ist and 2nd subcostals free. Hind wings with

upper half of discocellular vertical, lower oblique ; 1st median at 3,

2nd at 4, 3rd from lower end of cell, which is wedge-shaped; 2

subcostals branching just before the discocellular; costal and sub-

costal veins near the base, running for a short distance, closely

approximate.

Type, Prionodonta amethystina, sp. 0.

PRIONODONTA AMETHYSTINA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 13.)

3. Fore wings pale green and dull amethyst, with darker trans-

verse flecks; basal patch dark brownish amethyst, its outer edge

distinctly angulated in middle and edged with darker; the extreme

base of the costa green ; central space pale green, broadening along

the costa and inner margin, constricted in middle opposite the

angle of the basal patch, containing between the veins sundry small,

irregular, semitransparent whitish patches; marginal area dull

amethyst, edged internally by an irregularly dentate darker shade,

which represents the 2nd line and curves outwards towards the

anal angle, and containing a thick blackish oblique line from the

anal angle to the greenish spot which occupies the apical region ;

all the veins, where they traverse the green spaces, deeper green.

Hind wings similar, but with the central green space restricted

and not reaching the inner margin; fringes concolorous with the

green and amethyst sections of the wing. Head, face, and collar

greenish ; thorax and abdomen mixed fuscous and amethyst;

antenne, anal tuft, tibie, and tarsi ochreous, dotted with darker ;

femora and underside of abdomen mottled with fuscous and

amethyst. Underside of wings the counterpart of upper.

Expanse of wings 42 millim.

Hab. Darijiling.

[I took two males of this fine species at Darjiling in July.—

H. J. £.)

SPILOPERA, gen. Nov.

Fore wings ample, costa gradually curved from base to apex;

apex bluntly rounded; hind margin with slight elbow above middle

at end of 3rd submedian, vertically straight above, obliquely below.

Hind wings with rounded hind margins, with a scarcely perceptible

projection at end of 3rd median. Palpi porrect, upcurved, reaching

well in front of face ; tongue present ; antenne laminated, thickened

in ¢; hind tibie of ¢ not thickened, with two pairs of strong

spurs.

— Spilopera debilis, Butler.

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 403

SPILOPERA UMBRATA, sp. n.

3. Ground-colour pale straw, dusted with dark atoms; an irre-

gular, curved, basal line, only distinct towards the costa, and not

reaching the inner margin ; a blackish costal blotch just beyond the

middle; 2nd line starts just before the apex as a red-brown spot,

forms another smaller one just below, and is just discernible as a

faint curved brownish-grey shade, which vanishes before the inner

margin ; it is followed by another similar submarginal shade ; fringe

from apex to the central angle dark brown, preceded by a red-

brown patch ; a minute blackish cell-spot; hind wing with dark

cell-spot, and 2 faint greyish parallel fasciz beyond centre. Under-

side brighter straw-colour, with larger, stronger, reddish-brown

freckles ; distinct black cell-spots and strong submarginal fascie,

the inner of the two broadly bright reddish brown. Abdomen

straw-colour; face darker; collar and base of costa pale brownish.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

[A single male taken at Margarita in Upper Assam by Doherty

in May.—H. J. £.]

OPISTHOGRAPTIS MOLLERI, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 12.)

g. Wings straw-yellow, with a pale brownish line from before

the apex of fore wing to the middle of the inner margin of the hind

wing ; on the costa itself this is dark brown, and is followed by a

small brown spot at the extreme apex itself; a large semicircular

chestnut-brown blotch on the discocellular, dark-edged internally

on the convex edge, and externally emitting a fine brown spike

along the radial; a red-brown quadrate costal blotch above it

touching the top ; 3 small brown dots on the costa near the base ;

a small brown dot at the end of the 2nd and 3rd median and 2nd

subcostal nervules. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fringes all straw-

yellow. Underside rather duller, with the markings reproduced ;

the hind wings with traces of a second dentate line towards the

hind margin.

Expanse of wings 54 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

The palpi in this species and in O. ablunata, Guen., are shorter

than in the rest, and these insects will perhaps have to be removed

to a separate genus.

[I have only seen two males of this fine and very distinct species,

which my collectors brought from the interior.—Z. J. £.]

OPISTHOGRAPTIS LONGIPENNIS, sp. 0.

¢$. Fore wings canary-yellow, faintly suffused with tawny, and

with 2 oblique, parallel, reddish-tawny lines, one from 4 of the inner

margin to 7 of the costa, the other from $ of the inner margin to

the apex; fringes yellow. Hind wings very pale lemon-yellow,

with a small dark cell-spot and faint traces of a curved submar-

ginal fascia. Head and thorax canary-yellow ; face and abdomen

lemon. Underside yellowish straw-colour, mottled with tawny-

brown spots; costal region of fore wings at base and 2nd line

404 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

rusty brown. In the hind wings the fascia is more distinct, and

forms a single larger dark brown spot.

Expanse of wings 42 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

The species is somewhat abnormal in appearance, and comes

nearest to O. ablunata, Guen.

[A single specimen only, taken at a high elevation in the inte-

rior.—H. J. E.]

XENOGRAPHIA, gen. nov.

Fore wing with costa uniformly convex from base to apex ; apex

prominent, but not acute; hind margin curved; anal angle

rounded ; hind wings well rounded. Antenne of 9 filiform, of

3 laminated, laterally flattened; palpi stout, short, upcurved in

front of face; scaling smooth and fine.

Type, X. lignataria, sp. nov.

XBNOGRAPHIA LIGNATARIA, sp.n.

3 2. Fore wings straw-colour, with very fine darker freckles,

the basal and submarginal areas suffused with pale brownish ; 1st

line brown, curved ; a small dark cell-spot; exterior line dark brown,

doubled, the inner running obliquely straight, the outer in a series

of curves, concave outwards; towards the costa the two diverge,

but are both recurved basewards to the costa; a broad oblique

blackish-brown or brown streak from the apex, indistinctly pro-

duced as a finer line to the inner margin just beyond the other 2;

a row of distinct round spots between the veins some distance

before the hind margin. Hind wings straw-colour, with a dark

cell-spot ; 2 parallel, brown, slightly curved central lines; a row

of spots as in fore wings; and a faint submarginal curved line

before them. Underside straw-colour, much peppered with

brownish, with all the lines distinct. Head, thorax, and abdomen

all pale straw-colour.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 28, 2 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by myself at Tonglo and at other places by Méller’s

collectors from June to October.—H. J. E.}

AUZEODES, gen. nov.

Fore wings broad, triangular; costa convex in basal half, and

again before apex, concave between; apex produced, bluntly

falcate; hind margin gibbous, indented just below apex; anal

angle square. Hind wings triangular, with the anal angle square,

the inner angle rounded; hind margin almost straight. Palpi

smooth, subascending ; third joint very small, not reaching vertex;

tongue present ; antennz (¢) setaceous, simple. Neuration :—

Fore wing with cell broad ; median nervules rising at 2, 4, and from

the end of cell respectively ; lower radial from the centre of the

discocellular, upper radial from, the upper angle of cell, whence

also the 5th subcostal, which runs at first upwards close to the

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. - 405

common stem of the other 4 for 3 of its length, then runs parallel

to the upper radial to the hind margin some distance below the

apex; the 4th, from just before the end of the cell, runs into the

apex itself, the other 3 leaving it one after the other shortly before

apex. Hind wings with ordinary neuration.

Type, Auzeodes nigroseriata, sp. n.

The only species of the genus strongly resembles, both in shape

and scaling, the species of Auzea, Wlk.; but the absence of the

radial to the hind wings distinguishes it from the (Enochromine.

AUZEODES NIGROSERIATA, Sp. n.

3. Fore wings shining wood-colour, thickly dusted with dull

rusty scales, more especially along the inner and hind margins ;

costa slightly dotted with blackish; the only visible markings are an

exterior series of 4 black spots, arranged in a slight curve from

the centre to the inner margin at +, having above them (towards

the costa) 2 more, pale grey, with darker centres, very indistinctly

visible ; immediately before the apex an irregular oblique black

dash from the costa, with some pale grey scales on either side.

Hind wings the same. Head, thorax, and abdomen all unicolorous.

Underside without markings, entirely suffused with smoky

brown.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Hab. Pegu.

HETEROMIZA, gen. nov.

Cimicodes, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 616.

Pseudomiza, Butler, Ill. Lep. Het. vii. p. 100.

Fore wings with costa gradually curved ; apex produced shortly

and pointed; hind margin concave just below apex, then broadly

convex. Hind wings rounded, at the anal angle nearly square.

Palpi not upcurved as in Omiza, but with the 2nd joint rising;

the 3rd porrected forward, in a plane with the forehead, which is

produced in front. Antenne simple in both sexes. Hind tibie

of ¢ thickened, and armed with expansible tufts of hairs.

Type, H. castanearia, Moore (Cimicodes).

HETEROMIZA CERVINA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 8.)

3. Fore wings fawn-colour with an olive tinge, with the costa and

the space beyond the acutely-angled 2nd line paler and somewhat

silvery ; the rest rather tinged with brown; the whole wing finely

dusted with dark atoms; Ist line fine, brown, internally pale-

edged, subangulated below the costa, then running straight to the

inner margin ; a large, round, black-brown central spot; 2nd line

fine, brown, starting from 2 of inner margin, running straight

towards the apex and nearly touching the hind margin below

it, thence, at a very acute angle, running back straight to the

costa at 3: this line is externally edged finely with paler; subter-

minal line indicated only by some small blackish dots on the veins ;

fringes dark brown like the central field. Hind wings like fore

406 . MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

wings, but without the basal line. Underside ochreous-grey, with

a reddish tinge, dusted with dark grey, and with the central spots

and lines indistinctly darker. Head, thorax, and abdomen fawn-

coloured.

Expanse of wings 30-34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Very much like H. castanearia, Moore, but smaller and paler.

[One ¢ taken by Mr. Gammie near Mongpo, and a much larger

female by Mr. Knyvett in June; evidently a rare species.—

H. J. E.)

Lupromiza, gen. noy.

Fore wing: costa convex; apex slightly falcate; hind margin

elbowed at the end of the 3rd median nervule, the lower half

straight, oblique ; the upper simply concave or with an intermediate

tooth. Hind wings rounded with an elbow, as in fore wings.

Male antenne simple; palpi porrect, the terminal joint conical,

drooping. Neuration normal. Hind tibie of ¢ not thickened.

Type, Leptomiza calcearia, Wik. (Hyperythra).

LEPTOMIZA (?) ANOMALA, sp. Nn.

Q. Fore wings dark ashy grey, tinged with chocolate and dusted

with irregular dark atoms; basal line indistinct, consisting of several

black dots, forming an angulated line ; 2nd line brown-black, starts

from ? of the inner margin, runs straight towards the apex, before

which it forms a blunt angle, and is recurved on to the costa;

throughout its course it is finely edged with paler; above the inner

margin it is preceded by a roundish and followed by an irregular-

shaped blackish-brown blotch ; a dark-edged, whitish-centred ocellus

at end of the cell, and a dark spot on the costa beyond it; submar-

ginal space, from apex to elbow, chocolate-tinged ; below, ashy ;

above anal angle, an indistinct fulvous patch. Hind wings like

fore wings; the cell-spot smaller, and the pale edging of the 2nd

line paler. Underside of both wings fulvous, towards the inner

margin whitish, coarsely variegated with black strie ; central spots

large ; lines indistinct, but the subterminal line shown by a row of

black dots. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous, the latter

paler beneath.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. East Pegu, 4500 feet, April (Doherty).

LEPTOMIZA STRAMINAA, sp. n.

2. Fore wings pale yellowish, dusted irregularly with tawny and

fuscous atoms ; 1st line very indistinct, brownish, running obliquely

outwards to the subcostal, where it is angulated obliquely, then

inwards to inner margin, forming a small brown dot on each vein;

2nd line from 4 of inner margin, double, runs obliquely to apex ;

the outer edge nearly straight to just before apex, where it is

acutely deflexed to costa; inner edge, more irregular, forms a slight

tooth on the 2nd and 3rd median neryules, opposite which the

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 407

included space is broader ; likewise deflected to the costa before

the outer arm, the inner deflection being twice as long as the

outer ; a brown-edged round ocellus in the disk; the 2 edges of

the 2nd line are dark brown, and the included space deep tawny ;

hind margin shaded with fulvous. Hind wings like fore wings,

with a straight, brown-edged, tawny band, broader, and with its

outer edge angulated towards the costa. Underside more thickly

and coarsely dusted with fuscous dots, and showing on both wings

an irregularly zigzag submarginal row of black dots on the veins,

which towards the costa of the fore wings develop into a sinuous

submarginal line. Head, thorax, and abdomen sandy yellow.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim; Bhotan.

The ¢ being at present unknown, the reference of the species

to Leptomiza is only doubtful.

[A male taken by myself at Cherra Punji in the Khasias in Sep-

tember, and another from the Karen Hills, show that Mr. Warren’s

generic determination is correct. The species, though so wide-

ranging, seems rare in all localities.—H. J. £.]

LpproMiza FUSCOMARGINATA, Sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings rather bright yellowish ochreous, irrorated with

coarse fuscous atoms; basal line dark brown, bent on the sub-

costal, thence vertical; cell-spot round, diffuse, brown, with a

minute pale centre; 2nd line black-brown from close to apex to

before the anal angle, finely edged externally: with lilac-white, and

preceded by a dark-brown shade, the inner edge of which is irre-

gularly scalloped ; 2 small dark brown costal spots before it; mar-

ginal area wholly blackish-brown, with a slightly paler patch below

the elbow; fringes brown-black, with faintly paler interspaces.

Hind wings like fore wings, but with no basal line. Head, thorax,

and abdomen yellowish straw-colour, dusted with darker ; the seg-

ments of the abdomen with pairs of dark dots. Underside duller

throughout, the lilac outer line dotted with blackish on the veins.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Darjiling.

[Taken in July by myself at 7000 feet.—H. J. E.]

OMIZA MUSCICOLOR, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 25.)

Q. Fore wings pale mouse-colour, slightly tinged with ochreous

olive; no actual lines, their places being taken by mere change of

tint; 1st very indistinct at 4, parallel to hind margin to just

before the costa, where it is recurved basewards; 2nd, from # of

inner margin, runs obliquely and slightly wavy towards apex,

before which it appears to be, like the Ist, retracted basewards ;

space between the lines filled up with ochreous olive, and with a

darker, slightly tawny shade beyond the discoidal spot, which is

paler; space beyond 2nd line paler, somewhat pinkish, with an

olive shade down the centre; fringes also olive. Hind wings a

little paler than fore wings, and sparsely sprinkled with black

408 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

atoms; a darker fascia across the middle of the wing, olive-

ochreous, followed by a paler space edged with pinkish and black.

Underside pinky ochreous, speckled with black atoms; the inner

margin of the fore wings, the apex, and the edge of the 2nd line

pinky grey. Hind wings rather richer ochreous, with a yellowish

fascia beyond the centre, which between the Ist and 2nd and

2nd and 8rd median nervules contains a semitransparent oval white

ocellus strongly edged with deep brown. Head, antenne, thorax,

and abdomen all pinky mouse-coloured.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

[A single 2 from the Karen Hills, taken by Doherty in April at

about 4500 feet.—H. J. £.]

AMORPHOZANCLE, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa rather strongly arched throughout ; apex

rounded, blunt ; hind margin below the broadly rounded apex oblique

and slightly concave, anal angle well marked. Hind wings trian-

gular, with both angles bluntly rounded off and hind margin nearly

straight. Palpi minute, slender, not projecting beyond face ;

tongue present; antenne of ¢ broadly pectinated. Neuration :—

Discocellular of fore wing angulated; radial from the angulation ;

last subcostal from upper end of the cell (one of the subcostals

appears to be missing).

Type, A. discata, sp. n.

AMORPHOZANCLE DISCATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 23.)

Fore wing pale liver-colour, darker at base and along costa, with

sparingly scattered black scales, which form a black costal blotch

at about 3; an oblong-oval whitish discal blotch, beyond which

there comes a trace of a faintly darker shade; fringe short, vinous.

Hind wings yellow ochreous, with black dusting. Head, thorax, and

abdomen liver-colour, with darker atoms. Underside with all the

tints brighter and more distinct.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

One male from Naga Hills.

PLAGODIS RETICULATA, sp. n.

Q. Fore wings pale ochreous, traversed from base to hind margin

by fine, interlacing, vertical, brown lines; costa brown from base

to middle ; a linear brown vertical cell-spot; inner margin rather

paler, but dusted sparsely with rather large black shining scales.

Hind wings with the costa pale, unstreaked; the anal angle

darker, otherwise like the fore wings ; no trace of lines or shades.

Head, thorax, and abdomen straw-colour, with browner mottlings.

Underside like upper, with both cell-spots clearer.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab, Sikkim. Also in Mr. Moore’s collection.

[Taken by Moller in October at about 7500 feet,and by Knyvett

in June. It seems, however, a local species in Sikkim, as I have

never seen it myself.—Z. J. £.]

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 409

ACHROSIS QUADRARIA, sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings yellowish ochreous, tinged with fulvous ; towards

the base and apex with traces of 2 blackish transverse lines, which

are each represented by a blackish blotch on the costa, and 2 round

blackish spots on the inner margin placed obliquely one over the

other; below the first costal blotch is a smaller blackish dot.

Hind wings tawny yellow, with a composite blackish blotch at the

anal angle and a blackish spot in the angle of the hind margin.

Head absent; thorax and abdomen concolorous. Underside

fulvous yellow, without markings.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Bhotan.

[A very fresh ¢ from Sikkim, sent by Miller, agrees exactly in

the markings, but has the colour of fore wings brighter.—H. J. E.]

PRIONIA OBLIQUILINEATA, Sp. 0.

d. Fore wings pale liver-colour, tinged with olive. towards the

base and irrorated throughout with reddish-brown atoms ; 1st line at

4 starts from the costa as a reddish-brown, outwardly oblique, short

blotch, then runs obliquely inwards with an irregularly sinuous

course; 2nd line, also red-brown, runs straight from the inner

margin, shortly before anal angle, to the apex, just before reaching

which it is deflected and forms a curved, oblique, costal blotch ;

extreme apex with a small blackish blotch and another shortly

before it on the costa. Hind wings as in squalidaria, Hiib. Head,

thorax, abdomen, and antenne concolorous. Underside wholly

dull orange-tawny, with a small blackish costal dash before the

apex of both wings, and a distinct blackish cell-spot on the fore

wings.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills. Distinguished from its allies by the straight,

distinct, second line.

[Doherty sent only one male of this, which was taken at about

4000 feet.—H. J. £.]

EURYTAPHRIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings ample ; costa curved at base and before apex, which is

distinct ; hind margin entire, obliquely curved. Hind wings ample,

with well-rounded hind margin, faintly indented opposite the cell.

Palpi shortly rostriform ; tongue present. Antenne of @ simple,

of g pectinated; the pectinations fine, distant, and nearly at right

angles with the shaft; legs moderate, hind tibie not thickened,

with two pairs of spurs. Neuration:—Fore wing: first subcostal

nervule anastomosing with the costal; the other 4 subcostal

nervules on a common stem, which starts at ? of the cell, at which

point the subcostal itself is bluntly angulated; the 4th subcostal

nervule runs into the apex, the 2nd and 3rd being given off from

it at 2 and 3 respectively, the 5th at 4; the first median nervule

starts at 3, the second just before the lower end of cell where the

median vein is inclined upwards, the third from the end; lower

410 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

radial from above the middle of the discocellular ; upper radial from

the end of cell; as a result of the ends of the subcostal and median

nervules being inclined towards one another, the cell is very dis-

tinctly wider at # than at its extremity. Hind wings with the

discocellular angulated, the upper half vertical, the lower oblique ;

the two subcostal nervules separating shortly before the end of the

cell.

Type, Lurytaphria undilineata, sp. nu.

EURYTAPHRIA UNDILINEATA, sp. n.

3 2. Wings dark pinky grey, more or less suffused with pale

tawny, and dusted with fuscous and black atoms. No distinct first

line ; the second line starts at 4 of the costa, runs outwardly oblique

to the upper radial, where it forms a minute tooth, then describes a

large sinus parallel to the hind margin, and curves inwards to the

inner margin shortly before the anal angle; the sinus is connected

with the hind margin by 2 wedge-shaped streaks, and the lower

part of the line above the anal angle appears to be geminated ;

a small blackish cell-spot; disk suffused with pale tawny ; costa

and hind margin most thickly sprinkled with fuscous strige.

Hind wings like fore wings, with black discal spot and an indistinct

denticulated black line halfway between it and hind margin;

fringes concolorous, with a blackish basal line.

The above description is taken from a ¢ ; in the 2 there is no

tawny suffusion ; the mottlings are black instead of fuscous, and

the second line only visible towards the anal angle; the basal line

of the fringes is represented by a series of black spots and dashes,

and the cell-spots on both wings are black and therefore more

distinct. Underside of both wings paler grey, mottled with darker,

with the cell-spots and outer line showing through.

Expanse of wings, 2 36, ¢ 34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Subfam. SELIDOSEMIN#.

ANAGOGE (?) ALBIPICTA, sp. n.

@. Fore wings dark fuscous, with a few indistinct, scattered,

ochreous, transverse strige; basal line darker, edged internally

with paler; a dark discal spot; exterior line darker, interrupted

in the centre and edged externally by a rather distinct pale ochreous

line; submarginal line indistinct, except in the centre opposite to

the interrupted portion of the 2nd line, where it is indicated by a

pale blotch ; extreme hind margin with pale vertical strige ; fringes

brown. Hind wings like fore wings, but somewhat duller; the

exterior line without the whitish edges. Underside duller, with

all the markings reproduced. Abdomen cinereous. Head wanting.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

The hind margin of fore wings is regularly curved, not bent

above the anal angle.

[Taken at Jongri, 13,000 feet, by my native collectors —H. J. £.]

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 411

ANAGOGH (?) CONCINNA, sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings whitish ochreous, which ground-colour, however,

is almost wholly hidden by a suffusion of tawny and brown and a

chequering of narrow, transverse, olive-fuscous striz; basal line

darker, curved, broadly blackish on the costa, slightly edged with

paler internally ; exterior line blackish sinuous, followed by a pale

costal spot and paler points on the veins; an elongate black cell-

spot, with a black costal spot above it ; submarginal line indistinct,

sinuous, followed towards the inner margin by an irregular double

blotch of the pale ground-colour ; fringe clearly chequered light

and dark, and preceded by a very clear, pale, basal line; the space

between the cell-dot and the submarginal line is most deeply suf-

fused with tawny fuscous. Hind wings dull straw-colour, very

thickly mottled with cinereous, with a dark grey central dot and an

indistinct dark grey subdenticulate line at 3; fringes as in fore

wings. Head, face, antennsx, and collar brown-black ; thorax and

abdomen mottled with fuscous, as the fore wings. Underside

tawny ochreous-red, mottled with cinereous ; the fore wings

greyer than the hind wings; cell-spots and the transverse lines

distinct, that on the hind wings especially dark, much clearer than

on the upperside.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Darjiling.

This species will probably have to be separated and form the

type of a distinct genus. The ¢ will throw light upon it. In

the @ the palpi are remarkably short; the hind margin of the

fore wing is not scalloped, but distinctly bent in the middle.

ANAGOGE (?) COSTINOTATA, Sp. n.

¢. Fore wings fawn-coloured, darker on the disk, greyer towards

the hind margin; a small, pale, yellowish, triangular blotch on the

costa at 2; costa itself with dark minute strige; fringes darker ;

a small dark cell-spot. Hind wings paler, with dark cell-spot and

indistinct, curved, dark submarginal line. Head, thorax, and

abdomen concolorous. Underside paler, with the cell-spots dark.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab, Bhotan.

[Taken by Méller’s collectors in September only.—Z. J. £.]

ANAGOGE LIGNICOLOR, sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings ochreous, suffused with yellowish and tawny

brown, and thickly strewed with transverse black striz ; 1st line at 3

indistinct, indicated on costa by a dark spot ; 2nd line at $ irregu-

larly dentate, with three prominent teeth, one subcostal, and a

pair in the centre; this line is preceded by a dark tawny suffusion

and followed by a paler tawny one, which reaches to the sub-

marginal shade, which is irregularly sinuous and whitish ; fringe

chequered dark and light tawny, with distinct yellow basal line;

costa with yellowish patches. Hind wings like fore wings, but

duller, and with only a faint repetition of the 2nd line; in both

412 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

wings a blackish discal spot. Head, thorax, and abdomen mottled,

tawny and grey. Underside pale straw-colour, mottled with yellow,

with the discal spots and lines darker and distinct.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by me in August at about 7000 feet.—H. J. E.]

ANAGOGE RUFA, sp. n.

2. Fore wings dull reddish testaceous, with three dark fuscous

transverse lines, all running parallel to the hind margin; 1st at 4,

indistinct, wavy ; 2nd a little before 3, wavy, diffuse, followed in

one example by a broadish, diffuse, fuscous shade; 3rd subterminal,

more sinuous, consisting of a series of subcontiguous dark blotches ;

fringes concolorous, with a series of small, inconspicuous, dark

dots at base; a large fuscous cell-spot. Hind wings whitish

testaceous, with dark cell-spot and 2 faint dark lines towards the

hind margin ; fringes as in fore wings. Head and thorax reddish;

abdomen like hind wings. Underside of fore wings like upperside

of hind wings, except towards the apex where they are like the

upperside ; underside of hind wings like upperside of fore wings,

with all the markings much clearer than above.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

ANONYOHIA, gen. nov.

Nadagara, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 172.

Onychia, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 279.

Cidaria, Warr. P. Z. S. 1888, p. 330.

Type, A. grisea, Butler (Nadagara grisea, Butl.).

Under the generic term Onychia, Hiibner in the ‘ Verzeichniss’,

p- 331, placed together the two species maniata, Scop., and peri-

bolata, Hib., both of which belong to the subfamily Hydriomenine.

Mr. Moore, in his Deser. Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 279, employs Onychia

for his two new species, lativitta and violacea, which are, as he

states, congeneric with Mr. Butler’s so-called Nadagara grisea.

All three belong, not to the subfamily Hydriomenine at all, but to

the very different subfamily Selidosemine, in which there is no true

radial to the hind wing, and are closely allied to the genus Anagoge,

Hiibn.

For this group I propose to slightly alter the name employed

first by Hiibner, and misapplied by Moore.

It is only fair to add that in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ 1888,

I myself wrongly referred one of the species of this genus to

Cidaria, Tr.

ANONYCHIA ROSTRIFERA. (Plate XXXII. fig. 3.)

Cidaria rostrifera, Warr. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 330; Swinh. Cat.

No. 3868 a.

CHIASMIA STRIGATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 22.)

$ 2. Fore wings whitish ochreous, thickly sprinkled with short,

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 413

dark, transverse striz ; discal spot dark fuscous, large, diffuse ; costa

with 3 indistinct dark blotches ; the first near the base, representing

the origin of the first line ; the second above the discal spot; the

third halfway between the second and the submarginal line; from

this a curved series of small blotches can be traced, curving in

beneath the discal spot; these blotches represent the 2nd line;

submarginal line represented by a series of dark fuscous blotches,

more or less wedge-shaped externally, and interrupted between the

2nd and 3rd median nervules; opposite these blotches, except

at the extreme apex, the hind margin itself is likewise blotched

with fuscous; fringes dark fuscous, chequered with paler and

broadly pale opposite to the interruption of the submarginal line ;

a row of shallow, dark fuscous crescents at base of fringes. Hind

wings slightly tinged with yellowish, with same markings as fore

wings, but with a small discal spot; the fringes paler. Underside

like upper, but somewhat duller. Head, thorax, and abdomen

ochreous, dusted with darker. Antenne fuscous.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 26, 2 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim ; Naga Hills.

LoxasSPILATES, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate ; costa gradually arched; apex produced,

pointed, especially in the ¢ ; hind margin obliquely curved. Hind

wings rather short, with rounded hind margin. Antenne simple

in both sexes; palpi short, porrect; tongue present. Neuration as

in Aspilates ; transverse lines parallel to hind margin.

Type, L. obliquaria, Moore (Aspilates).

LOXASPILATES DISPAR, sp. nu. (Plate XXX. fig. 14.)

Q . Fore wings light wood-brown, with the 3 markings dark brown;

Ist line at 3, slightly dentate ; 2nd a little before 2, also slightly

dentate ; both parallel to hind margin ; a dark discal spot between

them ; subterminal line more irregular, forming 2 slight curves ;

fringes concolorous with wings. Hind wings pale dull grey, with

a testaceous tinge; an indistinct dark cell-spot, and traces of

2 darker lines on the inner margin. Underside rusty ochreous ;

the fore wings with the lines indistinct, with a darker brown sub-

apical costal blotch ; hind wings with 2 distinct curved dark fascia :

both wings with the cell-spot distinct. Head and thorax concolorous

with fore wings, abdomen with hind wings.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

PARASYNEGIA, gen. nov.

The insects of this genus have hitherto been confounded with

those of Anisodes, Guen., to which they have a considerable

superficial resemblance. They have, however, no radial in the

hind wings, and are closely related to Syneyia, Guen., and Hudassa,

Butler. From both of these genera Parasynegia is separated by

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. XXVIII. 28

414 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

the male antennw, which are amply pectinated, whereas in Synegia

the pectinations are very fine and short: and in Hadassa, though

longer, yet stiff and straight. The neuration is the same as in

those genera, and equally strongly marked.

Type, P. pluristriaria, W1k. (Anisodes),

PARASYNEGIA COMPLICATA, Sp. Nn.

3d. Fore wings yellow, with rusty specklings; first line dull

brownish, acutely angulated before the discal spot, and more bluntly

above the inner margin ; basal region brownish ; from 3 of the inner

margin a brown line runs obliquely outwards, followed by another

finer and more irregular one, the two curving round to the costa

at +; a fine brown subterminal line runs near the hind margin,

parallel to it from the inner margin to the middle, where it stops

short at a horizontal brown blotch from the exterior line to the

hind margin ; a similar subcostal blotch occurs higher up, which

throws off an oblique darker streak into the apex. Hind wings

similar, but with 5 transverse lines; one thick, red-brown, close to the

base ; a second, finer, just before the small dark discal spot ; a third,

like the second, beyond the spot; the fifth, thick and dark, from

the inner angle to the anal angle, throwing off a dark blotch in the

middle ; these 4 all parallel to one another; the fourth is only a rusty,

irregularly-undulating line, brown only at its origin at the costa,

where it is followed by a brown spot. Face and collar red;

antenne and fillet white ; front of thorax rusty ; thorax and patagia,

as well as abdomen, yellow. Underside pale straw-colour, with

the markings dull brownish.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

PARASYNEGIA SUFFUSA, Sp. 0.

3. Fore wings yellow, thickly irrorated and suffused with rusty

confluent atoms; an indistinct, angulated first line; a double,

thick, grey-brown, oblique line from the middle of the inner

margin to the apex, beyond which is a curved series of paler,

sometimes clear yellow spots: sometimes the oblique lines are

lost, and the discal space is more or less entirely overrun with

leaden grey; a grey horizontal blotch to the hind margin in the

centre, and another below the apex. Hind wings similar, with 4

irregularly-margined, parallel, leaden grey lines, the space immedi-

ately beyond the first line, which is close to the base, paler; in

one case the first 3 lines of the hind wings are wholly obsolete ;

both wings have a distinct black cell-spot. Face, palpi, and

collar deep rust-colour ; antennz and fillet yellowish; thorax and

abdomen yellow, tinged with rusty. Underside pale straw-colour,

with the dark markings reproduced, dull brown.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Seems fairly common at low elevations in the Naga Hills—

H. J. E.)

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 415

ERINNYS, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa straight, hardly convex before apex,

which is slightly subfalcate ; hind margin indistinctly crenulate,

more oblique below the centre than above; hind wings sub-

crenulate, with a slightly more prominent tooth at end of 1st

subcostal and 1st median nervules. Antenne simple in_ both

sexes, slightly thickened in g towards base; palpi obliquely

ascending, 3rd joint shorter than 2nd, horizontally porrect ; tongue

present. Hind tibie of ¢ thickened and flattened laterally, with

2 pairs of short, stout, spurs. Hind wings of ¢ with a small

fovea close to base in the cell, which is visible above as a small

dark raised patch.

Type, Erinnys combusta, sp. n.

ERINNYS COMBUSTA, Sp. 0.

$. Fore wings ochreous, suffused with yellow and tawny and

thickly sprinkled with black atoms; inner line indicated by 2

small black-brown blotches, one below, the other above the median ;

a small black-brown cell-spot ; exterior line sinuous, black-brown

at 4, more or less parallel to hind margin; marginal area dark

fulvous brown, except a slightly paler patch above the anal angle;

fringes yellowish straw, dotted with black at end of all the veins,

and entirely black opposite the cell. Hind wings in the main

similar, but the basal half suffused with fulvous, and bounded,

before the middle, by an irregularly dentate dark line, beyond which

the wing is strikingly whitish. Head, thorax, and abdomen straw-

colour mixed with tawny. Underside like upper, but brighter ;

the light and dark tints more contrasted.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Superficially reminding one of Garcus.

HETEROSTHGANIA, gen. Nov,

Anisodes, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 250.

Stegania, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 260.

Allied to Stegania; but easily distinguished. Fore wings longer ;

costa slightly arched, apex obtuse; hind margin oblique, curved ;

hind wings rounded, slightly protuberant in the middle of the

hind margin, and with the anal angle square. Antenns in 9

simple, filiform; in ¢ thickened, slightly pubescent; palpi short,

horizontally porrect.

Type, H. lunulosa, Moore (Anisodes).

HBTEROSTEGANIA NIGROFUSA, sp. nl.

$. Fore wings wood-colour suffused with tawny, and sparsely

dusted with coarse black atoms, a broad central fascia filled up

with pale tawny, with a still paler patch just below the median ;

the inner edge of this fascia consists of a series of goal curves

416 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

concave basewards, the outer of a similar series of curves concave

outwards, and forming a sharp tooth below the costa, and a

bilobed projection on the 1st and 2nd median nervules, containing

a black blotch; discal spot small, blackish; a sinuous short

blackish streak from the apex, its base connected with the tooth

of the outer edge of the central fascia by a longitudinal tawny

stripe; the costa from the base to the central fascia, a small

blotch near the base on the inner margin, and some irregular

clouds along the hind margin tawny. Hind wings the same, but

with a small dark blotch on the inner edge of the central fascia,

and none at all on the outer; discal dot hardly visible; no apical

streak. Underside like upper, but duller. Head, thorax, and

abdomen concolorous.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

[I have only seen a single male, which was taken in the interior

by Moller’s collectors.—H. J. £.]

Subfam. Evpys1nz.

Fam. Amphidasyde, Guen. Phal. i. p. 191.

EUBYJODONTA, gen. nov.

Allied to Zubyja, Hiibn., but differing in the outline of the wings

and in the structure of the g antenne. These are stoutly

pectinated for 3, then simple; each pectination is stiff and bristly,

nearly at right angles with the shaft and finely ciliated along its

whole length, giving a filmy appearance to the whole antenna.

Tongue weak ; palpi hardly visible. Fore wings elongate, narrow ;

the costa being nearly twice as long as the inner margin; costa

itself nearly straight, curving only just before apex; apex rounded,

broadly blunt; hind margin very oblique, twice concave, with a

slight prominence between the 2 concavities between the ends of

the 2nd and 3rd median nervules. Hind wings with 2 concavities,

the intervening prominence being greater and rounded.

Type, Hubyjodonta falcata, sp. n.

EUBYJODONTA FALCATA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings white with an ochreous tint, thickly sprinkled

with irregular black flecks which in parts become confluent into

blotches; the lines indicated by olive-tawny blotches; basal line

represented by a curved tawny fascia broad on the inner margin,

and not reaching the costa, followed on costa and inner margin by

a black blotch ; 2nd line, at 4, parallel to hind margin, represented

by a thin, irregularly-blotched olive-tawny fascia, preceded on

costa and inner margin by a blackish blotch, and followed by an

interrupted series of irregular black blotches, that extends from

costa to inner margin; hind margin occupied by 5 or 6 irregular-

sized olive blotches, that below the apex being far the largest; a

deep black cell-spot. Hind wings like fore wings but with less

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 417

dense dark freckling; no basal line, and the largest marginal

olive blotch in the central prominence. Face and forehead white ;

thorax white with strong black markings; abdomen the same.

Underside an exact reproduction of upper.

Expanse of wings 60 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I have two males of this very striking species, one of which I

took at light at Darjiling in July, the other from Méller’s col-

lection. It must be very rare.—H. J. E.]

Subfam. Ascorrn z.

Fam. Boarmide, Guen. Phal, i. p. 213, part.

MEDASINA QUADRINOTATA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings light wood-colour, dusted with fine brown trans-

verse striz, and with all the markings black-brown ; costa broadly

and densely shaded and mottled with brown-black; beneath this

costal suffused dark streak, a pale broad streak of the ground-colour,

without any admixture of darker, runs from the base of the inner

margin to the hind margin below the apex ; it is bounded towards

the inner margin by a curved black-brown line running obliquely

outwards, and forming the lower half of the basal line; beyond it

and a little beyond the middle of the inner margin, a black doubly

curved line rises vertically and nearly touches the end of the first

line, where it disappears at the edge of the pale streak; it is

followed by a narrow pale space and then a deep black blotch ;

submarginal line pale ochreous, rather glossy, forming 2 or 3

undulations near the costa where it crosses the pale space, and

then running with one slight indentation, parallel to hind margin ;

space beyond it pale ochreous, with distinct black transverse striz ;

fringes darker, preceded by a row of shallow black lunules ; the

submarginal line below the pale space is broadly edged internally

with blackish brown, and the whole space between the sub-

marginal line and the pale space, forming altogether an obtuse-

angled triangle, is diffusely shaded with blackish brown ; cell-spot

black, somewhat lost in the costal suffusion; some indistinct

traces of the two lines can be detected on the costa. Hind wings

with the extreme base whitish ochreous, the whole basal half

beyond being brown-black, gradually shading off towards the centre

of the wing to the ground-colour and containing a large black

cell-spot ; just beyond the centre is a black line, slightly curved

for $ from the inner margin, then forming 2 largish teeth on the

subcostal veins; this line is followed by a broadish brown-black

shade ; submarginal line pale, distinct, irregularly wavy, bordered

with darker brown on its inner side; submarginal space as

in fore wings; fringes paler. Head, palpi, face, and collar

dark; thorax and base of abdomen lighter; abdomen dark

brown, with a distinct slender black ring at its base. Underside

cinereous brown with a reddish tinge, with a broad dark brown

418 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

marginal fascia, preceded in the hind wings by the distinct brown

central line ; apex of both wings broadly creamy white.

Expanse of wings 62 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Akin to M. strixaria.

[I have a pair only of this species from Moller. It seems quite

distinct and must be very rare. The female differs only in greater

size and the simple antenne.—Z. J. E.]

APOPHYGA, gen. Nov.

Akin to Medasina, but distinguished by the structure of the

6 antenne, which resemble those of Hubyjodonta and Buzura ;

the pectinations being stiff and straight, nearly at right angles to

the shaft, and themselves with long silky pubescence which extends

beyond the apex of each ; the palpi are still more acutely pointed

and drooping; and the hind wings are rounded, without any trace

of a central point. Hind margin of both wings finely scalloped.

Scaling fine and glossy.

Type, Apophyga sericea, sp. n.

APOPHYGA SERIOHA, sp. n.

¢. Fore wings pale wood-colour, very finely dusted with brown

atoms; extreme base of costa brown; in the centre of the inner

margin a brown-black triangular blotch, the outer edge of which

is concave outwards, the apex pointing to the apex of the wing;

the basal side of the triangle runs parallel to the costa, and after

interruption by a pale fascia of the ground-colour is continued

towards the submarginal line; this is situated near the hind

margin, is irregularly sinuous, broadly shaded internally with

brown, and forms 2 contiguous white spots in the centre; sub-

marginal area cinereous brown, paler at apex and anal angle;

fringes brown. Hind wings whitish, somewhat glossy, mottled

towards the base, and inner margin, and suffused along the hind

margin with grey, with 3 brown-grey diffuse lines, running from

the inner margin as far as the centre of the wing; the 3rd, which

is submarginal, really being a brown shade which forms the inner

edging of a pale submarginal line. Head and collar brown-black ;

thorax glossy pale ochreous ; abdomen brown, with a broad blackish

ring at the base. Underside whitish straw-colour; fore wings

with the base towards the costa, the triangle on the inner margin,

and a broad marginal fascia cinereous-brown, all three connected

by a brown streak along the centre of the wing, the two white

spots visible, and the apex and anal angle paler, as on the upper-

side. Hind wings with the 2 lines blackish and the hind margin

brown; a distinct cell-spot on each wing, which is only visible

above on the hind wing.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I have several males sent by Moller dated May, September, and

October, but I do not know at what elevation they were taken, A

1893.] SPHCIDS OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 419

worn specimen, which seems to be a female, has similar markings

ae less pectinated antenne. It is a perfectly distinct species.—

wd. £.)

DEINOTRICHIA, gen. Noy.

Fore wings with costa slightly convex; apex bluntly rounded ;

hind margin obliquely curved; hind wings rounded, slightly

scalloped. Forehead prominent, rounded; palpi short, rough,

horizontal; the terminal joint hardly distinguishable, slightly

pointing downwards. Antenne in the Q filiform; in the g very

strongly plumose, the lateral branches themselves beset with fine

down, and with a tendency to recurve; the extreme tip free.

Head and thorax woolly ; legs rather long and slender. Neuration

normal,

Type, Deinotrichia scotosiaria, sp. n.

DEINOTRICHIA CERVINA, sp. 0.

3. Wings fawn-coloured with a reddish tinge, with numerous

scattered dark transverse strie; the lines distinct and thick only

on the costa; basal line gradually curved ; exterior line irregularly

denticulated and sinuous, somewhat interrupted ; subterminal

line pale, sinuous, darker internally, with a rather deep sinus about

the centre, above and below which the line is darker; space

between the last two lines more reddish; a row of black lunules

before the fringes. Hind wings with a small central spot, a

dentate central line, and traces of an irregular submarginal line as

in the fore wing. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous.

Underside dull ochreous, varied with greyish; the lines and

central spots distinctly darker; the subterminal broadly dark

internally.

Expanse of wings 52 millim.

[The type has lost its label, but I remember that the specimen

was sent me by the late O. Miller, and was certainly taken in

Sikkim or West Bhotan.—H. J. £.]

DnINOTRICHIA LIVIDA, sp. 0.

¢. Wings dark slate tinged with purple, and at the centre of

the inner margin of fore wings with rusty-brown ; fore wings with

4 velvety blackish transverse lines ; the first, at 4 from the base,

forms 3 or 4 strong curves outwards, and is twice as near the base

on the inner margin as on the costa; it is preceded by a fainter

dark line; space included towards base paler slate-colour; 2nd

line distinct only at the costa, runs outwards at first, then at rather

a sharp angle, turns and runs parallel to bind margin as a nearly

straight, ill-defined dark shade; 3rd line strongly denticulated,

blackish, followed by a fine pale slate-coloured lime, equally den-

ticulated, which is itself edged again with dark ; space between basal

and 3rd lines darker than the basal area, and becoming bronzy-

brown on the inner margin ; submarginal line cloudy, consisting of

dark blackish blotches between the veins; a row of dark lunules

420 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

along the base of the fringes; the apex of the wing is paler slate,

like the base; a small dark central dot. Hind wings with a

central spot and the second and third lines reproduced. Under-

side dull cinereous, with the apex whitish; the central dot and

central fascia in both wings showing indistinctly darker. Head,

antenne, thorax, and abdomen all dark slate-colour.

Expanse of wings, 52 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I have never taken this fine species myself, but Moller’s

collectors brought several males and one female from the interior

in June.—H. J. £.)

DEINOTRICHIA SCOTOSIARIA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 9.)

¢ 9. Cinereous-olive, dusted with numerous blackish trans-

verse strige, with 3 blackish transverse lines, all thicker on the

costa ; the first with a paler line inside ; the exterior with the paler

one externally, this line is bent inwards from the costa, then

angulated outwards for a short distance, again running straight in

the original direction along the middle of the wing, and reaching

the inner margin with 3 or 4 short curves; submarginal lines

formed of black blotches between the veins, with a paler line

beyond, which forms a small abrupt sinus in the centre of the

wing; a row of black lunules before the fringe, which is darker

and slightly scalloped; a black central spot, with a black costal

blotch above it. Hind wings with a regularly denticulated, exter-

nally pale-edged central line, and an irregular fainter submarginal

one ; black lunules and fringe, as in the fore wings. Underside

dull ochreous cinereous, paler along the hind margins. Head and

abdomen the same.

Expanse of wings 30-56 millim.

The lines are often very indistinct, and the size is particularly

variable.

Hab. Sikkim.

The species might easily be taken for a Scotosia.

[This was not very rare on Tonglo at 10,000 feetin July. There

was a female in Mr. Moore’s collection unnamed, from Dalhousie.

A much smaller form, which I should have considered distinct on

account of the obscure markings of the fore wing and much paler

hind wing, was taken at the same time and extends up to 13,000

feet on the Nepal frontier. Itis a well-marked variety.—JZ. J. £.]

Dryocatis, Hib. Verz. p. 316.

Astacuda, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 244.

Pseudangerona, Moore, Ceylon, ili. p. 414.

Serraca, Moore, Ceyl. iii. p. 416.

Type, D. roboraria, Schiff.

DRYOC@TIS NIGRESCENS, sp. n.

2. Wings dark smoky brown, slightly tinged with purplish, with

faint indications of two darker denticulated transverse lines running

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 497

parallel to the hind margin, one in the centre, the other halfway

to the hind margin; central spot indistinct, absorbed by the

central line; underside brownish cinereous, with the 2 lines dis-

tinct. Head, thorax, and abdomen smoky brown.

One 9, rather smaller than P. separata.

Hab. Upper Assam.

I was at first inclined to refer this to P. separata as a dark variety,

but the differences, especially on the underside, appear too great.

[A single specimen from Margarita, Upper Assam, was taken

by Doherty in May.—ZH. J. E.]

ALCIS NIGRALBATA, sp. 0.

go Q. Fore wings white, thickly dusted with irregular dark

grey atoms, which become confluent towards the base and hind

margin, and render those parts altogether dark ; a dark blackish

linear cell-spot with a darkish costal blotch above it, sometimes

uniting with it ; subterminal line whitish, denticulated, traversing

the dark field of the hind margin, and edged internally by a blackish

denticulated line; no other line visible. Hind wings the same,

with the base scarcely darker, with the subterminal line similar,

and a trace along the abdominal margin of the commencement of

a geminated dark central band. Underside like upper, but gene-

rally duller. Head, thorax, and abdomen cinereous.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

This species comes near A. granitaria, Moore, but the ground-

colour is whiter and the shading darker; it also approaches admis-

saria, Guen., but is without any of the brownish and ochreous

tints of that species, besides being much paler.

[Taken by myself at Tonglo in July and as high as 12,000 feet

on the Nepal frontier of Sikkim.—H. J. £.]

ALOIS SUBNITIDA, sp. n.

Q. Fore wings glossy, pale grey, dusted with darker grey and

ochreous scales ; transverse lines indistinctly expressed, being more

or less interrupted ; base, costa, inner and hind margins darker,

more diffused with dark grey; disk paler; basal line hardly dis-

tinguishable ; in middle of costa a blackish blotch enclosing the

dark cell-spot, a double dark spot obliquely below it, and a similar

one on the inner margin, the three representing a central shade,

running parallel to the hind margin; a denticulated blackish outer

line, more distinct on the inner margin, where it is edged with

ochreous scales ; space beyond to the hind margin dark grey, with

an irregularly sinuous pale subterminal line; fringes mottled light

and dark grey, with a row of black spots at the base between the

veins. Hind wings like fore wings, with a dark transverse line

near base, distinct only on inner margin; a small black cell-spot

followed by two dark denticulated lines, the latter clearly edged

with pale grey, Head, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous grey,

422 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

Underside pale whitish grey, with darker suffusions; the lines

indistinctly expressed.

Expanse of wings 50 millim.

Hab. Tonglo, Sikkim.

[I also took a male at the same place and have received the

species from my native collectors in the Chumbi valley of Tibet.

—H. J. E.)

ALCIS SUBRUFARIA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings reddish grey, with numerous dark grey transverse

strie, and, except in the central area, suffused with a darker,

fuscous shade; 1st line distinct, blackish, regularly curved ; central

shade black, forming 2 angulations exteriorly, the first of which

encloses the long black cell-spot, so forming a kind of ocellus ;

space beyond paler, traversed by a series of black dots, rising

from a dark costal spot; exterior line black, thick, denticulate,

placed nearer the hind margin than usual; space beyond it more

or less completely filled up with dark reddish fuscous ; a row of

black lunules with pale bases before the fringes, which are blackish

brown. Hind wings similarly marked, with hind margin strongly

scalloped. Head, thorax, and abdomen all reddish grey. Under-

side clearer, more yellow, with a broad dark border on both wings,

and a large dark blotch in the fore wing round the cell-spot; the

whole basal half of the fore wings also dark freckled.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I have only seen the type, which was sent without locality by

O. Moller.—H. J. E.)

ALCIS TENERA, sp. 1.

3 Q. Fore wings pale greyish ochreous, dusted with darker

grey flecks, and suffused beyond the exterior line with yellowish

ochreous in the ¢, and brownish grey in the @ ; Ist line, basal,

blackish brown, simply curved, plainest on the costa; 2nd line of

the same colour, also plainest on the costa, forms 2 slight sinuses,

one below the costa, the other just before the inner margin; central

dot black, in the 2 with a costal black spot above it, with which

it unites; in the ¢ this spot is much fainter and at times absent ;

subterminal line irregularly and indistinctly sinuous, paler. In

the ¢ all the lines and the cell-spot are followed by a diffuse

yellowish band, and the inner margin is more or less tinged with

yellowish; in the @ the basal half of the wing is more thickly

dusted with grey, and beyond the 2nd line suffused irregularly with

brownish black and ochreous, and the subterminal line is edged on

both sides with darker; a row of distinct black spots before the

fringes, which are chequered. Hind wings paler grey, with darker

dusting; with a faint cell-spot, an indistinct central curved line,

and traces of another towards the anal angle. Head, thorax, and

abdomen mottled grey, the latter with the first segment distinctly

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 423

paler, sometimes quite whitish. Underside pale grey clouded with

darker, the @ very much more so than the ¢, especially at the

apex of the fore wings ; with the central spot and 2nd line of both

wings distinct, dark grey, much more strongly marked than on the

upper surface ; the front wings also showing the basal line, but

not so distinct as the other.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 30, 2 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Rather a fragile species, and easily distinguished by the decidedly

different coloration of the sexes.

[I have a long series of this species, which varies a good deal,

and seems common in July and August at elevations of 7000 to

11,000 or 12,000 feet in Sikkim.—Z. J. £.)

ARICHANNA BIQUADRATA, Sp. nl.

3. Fore wings olivaceous grey, mottled with dark-brown trans-

verse strige ; markings brownish black, interrupted throughout by

the veins, which are distinctly paler than the ground-colour ; 1st

line broad, double, forming a small costal blotch, 2 small blotches

near the base of the cell, the inner one rounded, the outer quadrate ;

2 oblong blotches between the median and submedian and 2 small

quadrate blotches between the latter and the inner margin ; cell-

spot large, subquadrate, conspicuous; 2nd line very broad, double,

forming a small dark blotch on the costa; 2, contiguous, immediately

beneath it, and a large subquadrate blotch beyond and almost

touching the cell-spot, becoming broken up and more indistinct

towards the inner margin ; its outer edge is followed by indistinct

and interrupted whitish strigz ; subterminal line interrupted, fine,

whitish, most distinct beneath the costa, where it is preceded by a

somewhat ill-defined blackish blotch ; fringes mottled dark and

light olive, with a pale basal line, preceded by a row of black

flattened spots between the veins. Hind wings whitish grey, with

a dark discal spot, and faint indications of darker bands (one

discal, the other submarginal) and a row of dark spots before the

fringes, which are paler. Head, thorax, and abdomen dull dark

olive. Underside: fore wings dull grey, with scarcely any markings;

hind wings more ochreous, with distinct fuscous mottlings and

dark discal spot and central band.

Resembles plagifera, Moore, but duller in colour ; distinguished

at once by the absence of the pale oblique apical streak in the fore

wings, and the large dark discal blotch.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by myself on Tonglo in July.—H. J. £.]

ARICHANNA MARGINATA, sp. 0.

¢. Fore wings whitish ochreous, shining; dusted with darker

atoms, and largely suffused with olive fasciz; a dark olive trans-

verse streak near the base; basal area bounded by a fine curved

silvery line, followed by a broad curved olive fascia, containing

424 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

2 darker blotches at its outside on the costa and inner margin,

and 2 dark dots on the median vein; exterior line starting from

costa at +, blackish, denticulate, forming a series of curves

concave to the hind margin, and curving in so as to reach the

inner margin about the middle; central area between this line

and the first olive fascia silvery ochreous, with an olive thread-like

line down the centre, starting from a black costal spot; cell-spot

brownish, standing in the middle of a circular olive patch; ex-

terior line followed by a broad olive fascia like the first, containing

a series of oblong darker spots on the veins; subterminal line

whitish, denticulated, and apparently double ; in the space between

the two, opposite the cell, 2 oval dark-brown spots one upon the

other ; a slightly paler oblique subapical patch ; fringes chequered,

their base preceded by a row of black separate lunules; hind wings

dull ochreous white, slightly dusted with darker, with a distinct

dark cell-spot, an undulating dark grey central line, and a broad

dark grey submarginal band, which is narrower towards the anal

angle, and paler towards the fringes, which are straw-colour, un-

chequered, preceded by a row of black lunules. Head, thorax,

and abdomen pale ochreous olive. Underside pale straw-colour,

mottled with dark grey, with the cell-dots large and dark; a dark

blotch on the fore wings representing the two oval spots in the sub-

marginal line on the upperside, and a vertical dark-grey blotch

between this and the cell-spot.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. British Bhotan.

This and subalbida are wonderfully alike, but they may be dis-

tinguished by the distance of the exterior line from the hind

margin. In marginata this is nearly in the centre of the wing;

in subalbida decidedly beyond the centre.

[One male was taken by myself at light at Rikisum at 7000 feet

on August 18. This is a halting-place on the upper road to

Bhotan.

I have seen a female which agrees with it in Knyvett’s col-

lection.—H. J. E.]

ARICHANNA RUBRIVENA, sp. n. (Plate XXX, fig. 13.)

@. Fore wings whitish, almost entirely overlaid with olive-

fuscous and ochreous scales, giving the wing a mossy appearance ;

first line thick, diffuse, dark olive fuscous, at 3, interrupted in the

middle and edged internally with paler; exterior line double, each

half thick, also dark olive fuscous, slightly sinuous, and interrupted

in mid wing, followed by a paler, clearer white space; a diffuse

quadrate fuscous-olive blotch on the costa before apex, indistinctly

edged with paler; hind margin irregularly suffused with fuscous-

olive scaling ; fringes mottled, light and dark, preceded by a series

of rather large black spots between the veins; a large, squarish

dark cell-spot. All the veins well marked in rust-colour. Hind

wings rather glossy, dull grey, with the mottlings of the underside

showing through ; cell-spot small, black. Head, thorax, and abdo-

1893.] SPECIHS OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 425

men mottled fuscous andtawny. Antennzrust-coloured. Under-

side dull cinereous, with darker markings showing through; hind

wings thickly mottled with rather large darker grey speckles.

Expanse of wings 46 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

{I have only seen the type, which was from Moller’s collection.—

Hi. J. £.)

ARICHANNA SUBALBIDA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 15.)

3. Fore wings olive-green, dusted with darker, extreme base

dark; basal line blackish, curved, preceded by a darker fascia, and

starting from a black costal spot ; central shade fine, undulating,

also starting from a black spot on the costa ; cell-spot dark, but in-

distinct, being apparently lost inside the central shade; exterior

line starting at # of the costa, finely denticulate, nearly touching

the central line above the inner margin; submarginal line irregular,

blackish from the costa, beyond the cell followed by a blackish

blotch, and preceded by 2 white spots; above the inner margin

preceded by a large semicircular white blotch, and followed by 3

smaller ones; a pale oblique subapical space; fringes slightly

chequered, preceded by a dark festoon-shaped line. Hind wings

dull whitish ; with 2 indistinctly marked dark lines, one central,

the other submarginal; fringes white, their basal line scalloped,

with a dark dot between each vein. Head, face, thorax, and

abdomen all olive-green; shaft of antenne dotted with black.

Underside: fore wings whitish ochreous, the inner half whitish

and unspotted, towards the costa and apex irregularly dark-speckled ;

hind wings ochreous, freckled sparsely with darker.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Several specimens, which agree, were taken by Méller’s collec-

tors, and I have one from the Naga Hills.—4H. J. £.]

ARICHANNA TRANSFASCIATA, Sp. 0.

36. Fore wings dark olive-green, peppered with darker atoms ; a

dark brown spot at the base; basal line creamy-white, slightly

sinuous, rather oblique, darker edged on both sides ; exterior line

creamy-white, evenly but slightly curved outwards, with dark fus-

cous atoms on its inside edge; a large dark ocelloid cell-spot, and

between it and the exterior white fascia a black bluntly-denticu-

lated transverse line. Submarginal line irregularly sinuous, white,

internally dark-edged; an oblique white streak from the apex,

crossing the submarginal line to the exterior line; from the base

of the wing a fine white longitudinal line rises, becoming broader

beyond the basal white line, and running right through along the

median vein into the fringes, which are preceded by black lozenge-

shaped spots. Hind wings yellowish-ochreous, with a dark grey

cell-spot, a dark central curved line, paler edged externally; hind

margin tinged with dark grey, and traversed by an indistinct paler

submarginal line. Head, palpi, face, and collar pale ochreous

426 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

yellow; thorax and abdomen olive. Underside ochreous, thickly

mottled all over with cinereous olive, with all the markings shown,

but less strikingly than above. ©

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills; Sikkim.

Nearest to A. tramesata, Moore.

[Specimens from Sikkim of both sexes agree exactly with the

type in markings, though they vary considerably in size.—H. J. £.]

ARICHANNA (?) SUBENESCENS, sp. 0.

@. Fore wings fuscous, witha slight bronzy tinge, divided into 3

nearly equal parts by the inner and outer lines, which are narrowly

pale ; the inner, at 3, runs irregularly oblique ; the outer, at 2, is

irregularly protuberant and nearer the inner on the inner

margin than on the costa; the outer third is paler fuscous

with a pinkish tinge, thickly sprinkled with dark transverse

striw, and with some irregular dark blotches, of which one on the

costa beyond the 2nd line, and a suffused blotch obliquely below

it, are most conspicuous; the pale scales of the 2nd line run in

along the 4 lower veins into the darker middle band ; fringes in-

distinctly mottled, darker than the outer third. Hind wings with

the basal 3 dull bronzy fuscous ; the outer 3 dull orange, chequered

with grey striz, most thickly at the anal angle ; fringe more visibly

mottled, dark and light. Head, thorax, and abdomen all dark bronzy

fuscous. Underside like upper, but much duller; both wings with

basal } cinereous ; this space in the hind wings concisely edged with

a darker line, which is denticulated at each vein ; in the fore wings

the dark space is not margined, but the black costal spot beyond it

and 2 or 3 smaller ones below it on the veins are very distinct ;

outer 3 of both wings ochreous yellow, dappled with grey.

Expanse of wings 50 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Two other females taken by me on the Nepal frontier in July ;

the style of coloration and pattern do not agree with other species

of the genus.—ZH. J. E.]

MIcRABRAXAS (?) SUBOLIVACEA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings dull olive-fuscous, with darker fuscous markings,

and patches of lilac-blue scales in places, lines all very indistinctly

expressed; 2 curved dark shades at end of the basal field; a nearly

straight fascia before the discal spot, which is dark but indistinct ;

and another interrupted one beyond it; subterminal line consisting

of a series of interrupted blotches, preceded and followed by lilac-

blue scales ; a series of rather large black spots along base of fringes,

which are olive. Hind wings dull grey, with a slight bluish sheen

without any markings. Underside cinereous; fore wings undotted,

with the discal dot distinct and the markings showing only along

the costa ; hind wings paler, mottled with darker atoms ; a distinct

dark discal dot, and a central dark subangulated line. Head, thorax,

and abdomen dull olive-fuscous.

_1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 427

Expanse of wings 42 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken at Sundukpho, about 12,000 feet, by my native collectors

in July.—Z. J. £.}

MIcRABRAXAS (?) INCOLORATA, Sp. 0.

. Fore wings white, densely dusted with a profusion of dark

grey atoms, which are congregated more thickly in places, so as to

form indistinct transverse fascia-form blotches; one close to the

base, the second curved, representing the first line; the third, also

curved and slightly sinuous, beyond the discal spot, which is large

and black; subterminal line more distinct as a line, forming a

double black blotch at the costa, and opposite the cell; hind margin

crenulate, edged with black, and with a large black drop at each

vein; fringes whitish, Hind wings dull whitish, with faint

cinereous atoms. ace white, thorax and abdomen mottled black

and white; antenne white at base, irregularly white and black

along the shaft. Underside cinereous, mottled with darker ; the

hind wings rather paler than fore wings.

Expanse of wings 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim. In the absence of the dg, the location of this

species must be considered provisional only.

[I only have this from my native collectors, but specimens from

Gnatong on the Thibet frontier, at 12,000 feet, are in Knyvett’s

collection.—H. J. E£.}

PECILALCIS, gen. nov.

Cleora, Guen. Phal. i. p. 232; Moore, P. Z, 8. 1867, p. 629.

Selidosema, Wk. xxiv. p. 1029,

Gnophos, W1k. xxxy. p. 1597.

Scotosia, W1k. xxxv. p. 1687.

Boarmia, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 631.

Arichanna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 658.

Pseucdocoremia, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 241.

Type, P. ngridorsaria, Guen. (Cleora).

The genus Pseudocoremia was formed by Mr. Butler (Cist. Ent.

i. p. 496; P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 394) for a small group of New

Zealand insects, one of the characteristics of which is an excessive

proneness to variation. Misled by a superficial resemblance,

Mr. Moore referred a group of E. Indian forms to the same genus.

But the constituents of this group do not vary inter se, and are

otherwise separable from the New Zealand genus. The margins

of both wings are scalloped, whereas in Psewdocoremia they are

without exception simple.

PQCILALCIS (?) LATIFASCIATA, sp. 0.

@. Fore wings whitish ochreous, tinged with tawny, and thickly

dusted with dark brown short strige; basal half of the wing

almost wholly covered with confluent dark fuscous atoms, which

are densest at the edge, where they include the blackish central

428 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

spot; the curved basal line can just be seen through the

centre of this patch; submarginal line thick, black, wavy,

finely edged with paler, immediately preceded by a tawny shade,

the central area between this shade and the basal patch being

paler, whitish ochreous, only dusted with dark grey along the

costa, at the centre, and slightly along the inner margin;

submarginal area tawny, more or less filled up with dark fuscous,

of which there is one large patch below the apex, and another

above the anal angle; a marginal row of black lunules before the

fringes, which are mottled light and dark. Hind wings dull pale

ochreous, dusted with grey strigw, especially towards the base and

hind margin, with a dark grey cell-spot; a row of narrow dark

lunules before the pale fringes. Head, thorax, and abdomen

mottled fuscous and olive. Underside yellowish ochreous, mottled

with grey, with the basal half and submarginal area of the fore

wings suffused with dull grey; the central fascia showing de-

cidedly paler, and unmottled except along the costa; cell-spots

large and distinct on both wings.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A common species at 7000 to 10,000 feet in the rainy season.—

H. J. £.)

MYRIOBLEPHARA, gen. nov.

Scotosia, W1k. xxxv. p. 1685.

Cleora, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 239.

Arichanna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 659.

Type, M. rubrifusa, sp. n.

Fore wings with costa very slightly convex ; apex blunt; hind

margin obliquely curved, slightly scalloped. Hind wings rounded.

Palpi shortly porrect, the terminal joint pointed, somewhat

drooping; 2 antenna simple, ¢ curling, with dense long cilia,

which also have a tendency to curl.

Allied to Pecilalcis, but distinguished at once by the ¢ antenna,

MyYRI0BLEPHARA ALBIPUNOTATA, Sp. nN.

Fore wings (3) greyish fawn-colour, finely dusted with darker ;

lines dark grey ; first at 7, slightly curved; second at 3, sinuous,

approaching first on inner margin, and nearly touching an indis-

tinct dark central line, which forms an outward bend round the

blackish linear discoidal spot ; subterminal line evenly and bluntly

denticulate, preceded by a broad grey edging, and interrupted in

the middle by a pale white triangular blotch; fringes greyish

ochreous, with a row of black dots at their base between the veins.

Hind wings like fore wings, but with a fulvous suffusion along the

middle; the extreme base white; the first line thick, black, pre-

ceded by blackish scales ; the second distinct, blackish, angulated

in the middle, near the first, and enclosing the discal dot. Head,

thorax, and abdomen whitish, tinged with grey and ochreous.

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 429

Underside dull pearly, with the lines and discal spots distinct.

Wings in 2 whitish, dusted with ochreous grey, with all the lines

and markings subdued and indistinct ; underside asin <¢.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 26, 2 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim ; Naga Hills.

At first sight the @ might be supposed to belong to another

species; owing to the white ground-colour, the white triangle

which so conspicuously interrupts the subterminal line in the middle

is hardly noticeable ; but the similarity of the underside, with its

fine scaling and pearly gloss, is conclusive as to their identity.

[Taken in May and June by Miller in Sikkim and in the Naga

and Karen Hills by Doherty, but seems to be scarce in Sikkim.—

H. J. E.)

MyYrroBLePHARA ENORMIS, sp. n.

3S 9. Fore wings greenish testaceous, with a fulvous tinge,

dusted with fuscous, and with olive-fuscous blotches ; a small one

on the inner margin near base; a curved fuscous !ascia beyond; a

sinuous fuscous fascia representing 2nd line; submarginal line

consisting of blotches, one on the costa, another below, extending

to hind margin; discal spot black, distinct, with a small costal dot

above it ; fringes mottled, pale olive-tawny and fuscous, preceded

by a series of blackish lunules. In the ¢ the whole wing is more

or less entirely suffused with fuscous, only the submarginal line

showing distinct. Hind wings dull whitish grey, in the 2 yellow

tinged, with the spot and a faint line beyond it darker, but

indistinct; some dark fuscous mottling along the hind margin

and the inner margin. Head, thorax, and abdomen olive-tawny.

Underside duller ; fore wings with the outer third darker; hind

wings with central line distinct.

Expanse of wings, 2 30, ¢ 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

(Taken in September by Doherty at about 6000 feet.—Z. J. H. |

MYRIOBLEPHARA RUBRIFUSA, sp. n.

3 Q. Fore wings pinkish grey, suffused with deeper pink; all

the lines darker pink, thicker on the costa, the 1st forming an angle

outwards on the costal vein, the 2nd one beyond the cell ; no cell-

spot, but a red costal spot above; subterminal line bluntly den-

ticulate ; a row of pinkish dots at base of the fringes. Hind wings

with a basal, a geminated central, and a sinuous subterminal line

dark pink. In the ¢ the basal and marginal areas in both wings

are suffused with deeper pink or brick-red, so as more or less to

obscure the lines, and leaving the central fascia on each wing

paler. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside dull

pinky, with only the 2nd line distinct; this is pinky brown and

much straighter than on the upperside.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A rare species, which I took only once on Tonglo at light at

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XXIX. . 29

430 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

10,000 feet. I have seen one or two other specimens from

Méller’s collection.—H. J. E.]

PRORHINIA, gen. nov.

Near to Myrioblephara, from which it may be distinguished by

the shortness of the cell, which is scarcely Jonger than + of the

fore wing, the oblique discocellular of the fore wing, and the

angulated one of the hind wing, but more especially by the quite

differently shaped palpi; in Myrioblephara these are horizontally

porrect, the second joint broad, hairy, the third small, button-

shaped; in Prorhinia they are much longer, rostriform, drooping,

the third joint acute.

Type, Prorhinia pingasoides, sp. n.

PRORHINIA PINGASOIDES, sp. .

3. Fore wings suffused in part, and also slightly dusted, with

mouse-colour ; lines dark fuscous ; first double, curved, with a slight

angulation below the middle; discal spot linear, black, followed

by an indistinct fuscous central line; second line thick, straight

in its costal 1, then slightly wavy and inclined inwards, ending in

a large curve, concave outwards, above the inner margin; sub-

marginal line fuscous, denticulate, followed by 2 darker blotches

on the hind margin at 3 and 3 from the costa ; fringes white, with a

row of contiguous blackish lunules at their base: opposite the 2

dark fuscous blotches of the hind margin the fringes are flecked

themselves with fuscous ; the spaces between the 2 branches of the

first line and between the second and subterminal line are suffused

with mouse-colour, as well as the inner marginal portion of the

central space. Hind wings the same. Head, face, and thorax

whitish; palpi, top of collar, and patagia blackish; abdomen

mouse-colour. Underside of both wings pearly white, with a broad

mouse-colour marginal band, which is interrupted by white spaces

before the fringes and by a larger white spot at anal angle; discal

spots distinct, lying in a short mouse-colour shade.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

At first sight this insect recalls a small Pingasa.

[The type was the only one received, and is very distinct in

coloration ; taken by Doherty at about 3000 feet.—H. J. E.|

PSILALCIs, gen. nov.

Tephrosia, Wik. xxxy. p. 1590.

Narapa, Moore, Ceyl. ii. p. 411, part; Swinhoe, P. Z. 8.

1889, p. 426.

Type, Psilaleis inceptaria, W1k.

The type of Narapa, Moore, has pectinated antenne in the ¢

like Alcis, and will, I think, have to be placed in that genus. A

few species, however, which in markings and general aspect

1893.] SPECIES OF MOLHS FROM INDIA. 431

resemble Alcis, have simple ¢ antenne, and for these I propose

the generic name Psilalevs.

PSILALCIS ATRIFASCIATA, Sp. Nn.

3. Fore wings testaceous grey, with fulvous suffusion and very

finely dusted with dark atoms ; Ist line blackish, very much

curved outwardly, with slight denticulations on the veins; 2nd

line thick, black, denticulate outwardly, and forming a very

decided angulation just above the centre of the wing; space

between the lines filled up with purplish black, with a darker

deuticulate central shade in the middle ; submarginal line more or

less regularly cuneiform, preceded and followed by fulvous, dusted

with greyish silvery; costal space between 2nd and submarginal

lines diffusely fuscous; a diffuse dark fuscous blotch from the

angulation of the 2nd line runs obliquely to the hind margin ;

inner margin, from base to anal angle, pale fulvous; fringes

chequered, preceded by a row of shallow black lunules. Hind

wings much paler, with very indistinct markings, but with distinct

discal spot. Head, antennz, thorax, and abdomen (greasy) fuscous.

Underside as above, but much duller.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Ihave seen only two males of this rare species, taken by Méller’s

collectors.—H. J. L.|

PSILALCIS DENTILINEA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings whitish ochreous, sparsely dusted with irregular

fuscous atoms, with a longitudinal yellowish stripe elong the

median, extending to the fringes ; Ist line fuscous, indistinct,

interrupted, forming 2 curves concave basewards and 38 tecth

pointing to the base on the subcostal, median, and submedian veins ;

this line is edged internally by spaces of pale ground-colour,

entirely without dark atoms, most broadly in the 2 curves; 2nd

line, which is twice as far from the Ist on the costa as on the

inner margin, also denticulate outwards on the veins, and forming

a series of small curves between them and one larger one above

the inner margin, approaching the lower of the two curves of the

1st line; discal spot dark fuscous; space between the 2 lines

much dusted with fuscous, especially towards costa and inner

margin, and sometimes almost suffused with fuscous; the

2nd line is followed by a series of pale spaces similar to those

before the lst line; submarginal line formed of interrupted

fuscous blotches, wedge-shaped externally, and followed by an

interrupted pale denticulate line; hind margin itself fuscous in

places ; fringes chequered, fuscous and ochreous. Hind wings like

fore wings, but with the central band almost obsolete; the discal

spot distinct, with a broad fuscous marginin the g ,and almost white

in the @. Face pale ochreous ; antenne and thorax dark fuscous ;

abdomen ochreous, suffused with fuscous, palerin 2 thanin ¢.

432 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

Underside like upper, but with the darker tints stronger, especially

in the ¢.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab, Sikkim ; Naga Hills.

[One male taken by myself at light at the Rangbi bungalow

near Darjiling, about 5500 feet elevation, on June 7th, and one

3 by Doherty in September at 3000 feet.—J//. J. E.|

Subfam. ScoropreRYGIN &.

Fam. Boarmide, Guen. Phal. i. p. 213, part.

ScOTOPTERIX PERMUSCOSA, sp. n.

3. Fore wing greyish ochreous, with a pinkish tinge, slightly

dusted with darker, and suffused with pale brick-red and olive-

brown ; basal line blackish, thicker on the costa, forming an obtuse

subcostal angulation and a rounded sinus above the inner margin,

preceded by a more indistinct brownish line ; basal area irregularly

suffused with darker; exterior line blackish, fine, forming a

largish curve outwards beyond the cell, then running obliquely to

the inner margin with one or two slight inequalities ; it is followed

immediately by an interrupted reddish-grey shade ; cell-spot dark,

with a dark costal blotch above it; subterminal line indistinctly

paler, forming 2 prominent wedge-shaped markings, filled up with

blackish, below the costa and above the inner margin; base of the

fringes convexly scalloped; the veins before the fringes blackish ;

the whole costa is finely, and the hind margin broadly, darker than

the rest of the wing. Hind wings with the exterior line and hind

margin as in the fore wings ; the basal half paler, without markings.

Underside clear pale ochreous, with distinct dark cell-spots and a

broad submarginal brownish fascia, paler towards the fringes.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Bhotan.

[Specimens from Sikkim are smaller than the type. I have it

also from the Naga Hills and East Pegu— AH. J. £.]

ScoWOPTHRIX ALBISTELLARIA, sp. n.

3 2. Wings dull leaden grey, pleutifully irrorated with reddish

scales; the central fascia is preceded and followed by a narrow

band of the ground-colour; the central fascia is darkened by

blackish scales, and contains a whitish, black-ringed ocellus;

beyond the central fascia are two narrow undulating fascie of

mingled red and blackish scales, followed by a third paler fascia

of the ground-colour, which is itself succeeded by an interrupted

reddish fascia ; fringes leaden grey, with a series of dark spots at

base. Hind wings similar. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark grey,

tinged with reddish. Underside pale glossy grey, with hardly

any markings.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

[Taken by me in September at about 6000 feet.-—H. J. £.)

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 433

ELPHOS PREUMBRATA, sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings straw-colour, with a yellow suffusion, sprinkled

pretty thickly with round dark atoms; Ist and 2nd lines black,

exactly like those of EL. hymenaria; ocelloid cell-spot obsolete

above, with a vertical black costal spot exactly above it, whereas

in EL. hymenaria this spot is obliquely nearer the base; a dark

blackish smoky suffusion occupies the whole apical portion of the

wing, except the extreme apex itself; the edge of the suffusion

running obliquely from the costa at the origin of the 2nd line to

the hind margin shortly above the anal angle. Hind wings like

fore wings, with the apical portion only slightly and diffusely

smoky. ‘The whole of the wing-surface much clearer yellow, and

not dusted and suffused with smoky bluish-grey atoms and shades

as in H. hymenaria. Underside clear white, with dark grey

mottlings, and the smoky apical suffusion of the upperside exactly

reproduced in black. (In hymenaria the disk of both wings is

suffused with cinereous, and the margins have a broad black

fascia.) Head and thorax dark mottled; abdomen yellowish, with

blackish markings above on each segment; clear yellowish below.

Expanse of wings 80 millim.

Hab. Perak.

[A single specimen only of this very fine species was taken by

Doherty.—H. J. E.|

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLate XXX.

. Photoscotosia atromarginata, 3, p. 369.

. Cidaria exquisita, 3, p. 375.

intertexta, GO, p. 374.

dentistrigata, 3, p. 374.

. Amebe niveopicta, 2, p. 372.

. Gagitodes olivacea, 9, p. 332.

. Paralophia pustulata, 2, p. 371.

. Eurypeplodes trambata, 2, p. 382.

9. Deinotrichia scotosiaria, 3, p. 420.

10. Photoscotosia multilinea, 3, p. 36%.

: fulquritis, 3, p. 370.

12. Paricterodes (?) violacca, 9, p. 391.

13. Arichanna rubrivena, 3, p. 424.

14. Loxaspilates dispar, 2, p. 413.

15. Abraxas alpestris, 3, p. 394.

16. Perizoma lacteiguttata, 3, p. 378.

Fig.

OID Ope toe

ye variabilis, 2, p. 377.

18. interrupta, 2, p. 880.

19. apicistrigata, 3, p. 378.

20. fasciata, 2, p. 379.

21. Eupithecia costipicta, 2, p. 383.

22. -—— rubrinotata, 3, p. 384.

albispumata, 2, p. 384.

Prats XXXI.

Fig. 1. Comostola cerulea, 3, p. 304.

2. Microloxia efformata, 3, p. 354.

3. Hemistola rubrimargo. 3, p. dd4.

434

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. [Apr. 18,

Fig.

DAA Sue CN

Hemithea nigropunctata, 3, p. 353.

. Berta albiplaga, 3, p. 357.

Gelasma griseoviridis, 9, p. 353.

Aplochlora viridis, 3, p. 386.

. Dyspteris asiatica, 3, p. 358.

. Abraxas triseriata, 2, p. 894.

. Psilonaxa obliterata, 2, p. 343.

. Micronidia subpunctata, 3, p. 387.

Opisthograptis mélleri, 3, p. 403.

. Prionodonta amethystina, 3, p. 402.

. Ulioenemis delineata, g, p. 356.

. — signifera, Q, p. 357.

. Amathia rivularis, 2, p. 363.

. —— sanguinipunctata, 2, p. 363.

nigronotata, 3, p. 362.

. Eupithecia atroviridis, 3, p. 384.

. Phthonoloba olivacea, 2, p. 363.

. Lobogonia ambusta, 3, p. 346.

. Chiasmia strigata, 3, p. 412.

. Orthocabera brunneiceps, g, p. 387.

Puare XXXII.

. Dysethia bicommata, 3, p. 348.

. Tanaotrichia trilineata, g, p. 361.

Anonychia rostrifera, 2, p. 412.

Hydrelia lilacina, g. p. 364.

marginepunctata, 2, p. 364.

. Asthena rufigrisea, 2, p. 364.

. Somatina lapidata, 2, p. 859.

. Heteromiza cervina, 5, p. 405.

. Pomasia moniliata, 2, p. 367.

. Asthena ochracea, 2, p. 364.

. Idea falcipennis, 2, p. 362.

. Cryptoloba trinotata, 3, p. 344.

. Sphagnodela lucida, 3, p. 351.

. Terpna opalina, 2, p. 349.

. Avichanna subalbida, g, p. 425.

. Chalyboclydon marginata, 3, p. 366.

. Xenozancla versicolor, 6, p. d42.

. Isoloba bifasviata, GS, p. 845.

. Gareus discolor, 2, p. 400.

. Perixera obscurata, 3, p. 361.

. Gonodontis vinosa, 9, p. 398.

. Zamarada (?) marginaia, 3, p. 388.

3. Amorphozancle discata, g. p. 408.

. Lipomelia subusta, 3, p. 360.

. Omiza muscicolor, 2, p. 407.

3. Ischalis colorata, g, p. 401.

1893.] DATES OF DELIVERY OF THE ‘ PROCEEDINGS.’ 435

May 2, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1893 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of April was 130, of which 58 were by

presentation, 18 by birth, 24 by purchase, 18 were received in

exchange, and 12 on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 99.

Amongst these special attention may be called to :—

1. A young male Orang (Simia satyrus) brought home from

Singapore, and presented April 19th by Thomas Workman, Esq.,

of Belfast and Singapore.

2. A White-bellied Hedgehog (Zrinaceus albiventer), from Somali-

land, presented by H. W. Seton-Kerr, Esq., ¥.Z.8., April 24th.

This species is new to the Collection.

3. A female Gibbon, brought home from North Borneo, and

presented by Leicester P. Beaufort, Esq., April 25th. This Gibbon

is generally of a dark ashy colour with a black patch on the crown,

and blackish on the lower surface and inner sides of the limbs. 1

am inclined to refer it to one of the varieties of Hylobates muelleri,

Martin. It has been placed along with the male Hainan Gibbon

(Hylobates hainanus), received Noy. Ist, 1892 (see P. Z. 8. 1892,

p- 541), and they agree well together.

Mr. Sclater called attention to the protrusion of a fleshy mass

from the cloaca occasionally exhibited by the Greater Vasa Parrot

(Coracopsis vasa), as recorded by him, P. Z. 8. 1884, pp. 410, 562 ;

and stated that, owing to the kindness of the Hon. Henry 8.

Littleton, of 22 Rutland Gate, he had himself lately had an

opportunity of observing another case of this curious phenomenon.

A bird of this species, for several years in that gentleman’s

possession, was stated to be in the habit of exhibiting this appear-

ance every spring, and did so for some time in Mr. Sclater’s

presence on the 28th ult. Mr. Sclater was able to make a careful

examination of the bird, and had convinced himself that the

strange appearance was caused by the protrusion of the inner

membrane of the lower portion of the cloaca, which was abnormally

swollen at this time of year, and could be protruded and withdrawn

at the will of the bird. Mr. Sclater was able to effect its partial

protrusion after withdrawal by pressure on the cloaca. He had

no doubt the bird was a female, as in the other cases previously

observed. The extraordinary point was that no exactly similar

phenomenon was known to occur in any other species of bird.

Mr. Sclater laid on the table the following List of the dates of

the receipt from the printers of the sheets of the Society’s ‘ Pro-

ceedings’ from 1831 to 1859 inclusive, which had been drawn up

(ae) as

436 DATES OF DELIVERY OF THE ‘PROCEEDINGS.’ [May 2,

from the records kept by Messrs. Taylor and Francis, the Society’s

printers. Several applications had been made to ascertain these

dates, and it was now proposed to publish the list in the Society’s

‘ Proceedings’ for future reference.

List of the Dates of Delivery of the Sheets of the ‘ Proceedings’ of

the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement m

1830 to 1859 inclusive.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRESPONDENCE

OF THE ZOOLOGICAL Soctery OF LONDON,

7 Date of |... é Date of jy...

No. Pages. Delivery. Year. No. Pages. Delivery: Year.

Part I. (1830-81). Part 1. (1832).

is 1-16 | Jan. 6 | 1831 xv, 1-24 | Mar. 29 | 1832

ii. 17-24 (Reims; xvi. 25-48 Apr: 21 3

iil. 25-36 Mar. 2 xvii. 49-76 | June 5| ,,

iv. 37-44 Apr. 6 + XVili. 77-108 | July 31 33

v. 45-60 May 6 3s xix. | 109-120 perce:

vi. 61-72 June 4] ,, xe 121-132 } ng 4

vil. 73-88 July 8 a Xxi. 133-140 | |

ait 89-108 | Aug. 5 | ,, Soi) I41c1nS ina 2 ,,

ix. 169-112 | Sept. 1 x Xxiil. 149-172

x. 113-128 | Oct 25 = xxiv. | 173-188 | Jan, 14 | 1833

xi. 129-136 | Oct. 31 £ xxv. | 189-215 |- Mar. 13] ,,

xil. 137-148 Dec. 6 ¥;

xiii. 149-164 | Jan. 16 | 1832

xiv. 165-182 Mar. 2

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL Society oF LONDON.

| Date of D |

D: ane 7 ate of |

No | Pages. Delivery. see No. Pages. Delivery. fees

H)_ |

Parr I. (1833). Part IT. (1834).

i-ili. 1-44 | May 17 | 1883 xiii. 1-8 | May 14 | 1834

iv. | 45-56 May 24 ara xiv. 9-16 May 22] ,,

v. | 57-64 Jay a, xv. | 17-24 | Junel7| ,,

vi. | 65-80 Sept. 20} ,, || xvi. | 25-32 June 19, ,,

vii. | 81-96 Sept. 8] ., | xvii. | 33-44 July 29) |: =;

vil. | 97-104] Oct. 10|.,, | xviii. | 45-56 Sept. 26 .,

ix. | 105-112 | Nor 18 xix. | 57-84 Nov. 25 | 4 -

x. | 113-116 ; al xx. | 85-104 | Oct. 25 | _,,

xi. 117-132 | Mar. 12 | 1834 xxi, | 105-112 | Feb. 3 | 1835

xii. | 188-148 | Apr. 161 ,, | xxii, | 113-120 | Feb. 6] ,,

xxiii. |.121-140 | Mar. 20! ,,

xxiy, | 141-158 | Apr. 3/ ,,

ConTENTS (continued).

April 18, 1893.

: > Pago

- The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1893 ........ 325

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of,and remarks upon, a skin of a yariety of the Pig-tailed Monkey,

PULGOROUS TUCRTEROT NUS: 0 dha oa 2.= GoM a fwio se Wor etia ron t POE t's! wiusaete POR ak woh bee att Nea Dk he 82d

. General Sir Lothian Nicholson, K.C.B. Letter from, concerning the present condition of

A the Barbary Apes on the Rock of Gibraltar 325

ie cr err ae)

Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S. Remarks upon the Zoologieal Gardens of Antwerp and Amsterdam. 326

1, Notes on the Genus Sipunculus. By Artnur E. Suiprey, M.A., Fellow and Lecturer of

_* Christ’s College and Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in the University of

_ Cambridge. (Communicated by Frank E. Bepparp, F.R.S., F.Z.8.) (Plates XXV.-

XXVIL) ses... des aie hay facet oe EI PEO Be ayn ee oo oae peice daisy a 4 OO

: 2. On some Mammals from Central Peru. By Oprrerp Tuomas. (Plates XXVIII. & XXIX,) 333

% 3. On new Genera and Species of Moths of the Family Geometride from India, in the

Collection of H. J. Elwes. By W. Warnes, M.A. With Notes by H. J. Exwes,

_ -F.ZS, (Plates XXX.-XXXII) 341

Wi ae

fant

May 2, 1893.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1893......... 435

wo ts

Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the protrusion of a fleshy mass from the Cloaca occasionally

exhibited by the Greater Vasa Parrot

“Mr. Sclater. List of the dates of receipt from the Printers of the sheets of the Society’s

- __* Proceedings’ from 1831 to 1859 inclusive............ PRT py Pa ee 435

LIST OF PLATES.

1893. eae

PART -HT.

- Plate » Page

XVI... Cercopithecus schmidti: sve. ls. cena ie ve eee euuen \ 243°

XVII. Cercopithecus moloneyi ~..4:...0....20. tvs eken eae wea Se

XVIII. Lentungula algivorans ....... Reeee as Wester Airs a ee 262

XIX. 5 = ae

XX, | New South-American Heterocera .:......+ SE eens oF 280-25

a : See eae

aie = Brain of Afeiean , Elephant Pee U oat SineasaS ace SASSO | 311

XXIV.” Genital Glands of Allolobophora longa .. +... ..++.¢++.+.+4+ 319 é

XXY, . sg be oe

XXVI. } Structure of Sipunculus ......s.0e+e. 008 Sieavasteoe awe OO

XXVIL. a gaeas

XXVIII. Ichthyomys stolazmanni...:.,.....+..4: BS nes a eaters teats

: Figs. 1-6, Ichthyomys stolamanni .. ++ .++. 6... +.4sse ete 333

XXIX. + Figs. 7-9. Artibeus glaucus....eseescee spe ece wees cece | 4

‘Fig. 10. Nyctinomus kalinowskii 2... s+ 0... 4eeerene es )

XXXII. | New Indian Moths of the Family Geometride............+, S41.

XXXII. gee Gs

Plates IV. and V. (Belonging to Part I.) are issued with this Part, ¥ Meee oy a

-- NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedin gs’areissued in four parts, as follows:—

Part. I. containing papers read in January and February, on J une Ist.

II. 5 i » March and April, on August Ist, - Re

Til. = % 5» May and June, on October lat.

TV. 3 » November and December, on April Ast.

PROCEEDINGS —

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1893.

PART III.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MAY anp JUNE.

OCTOBER 2nd, 1893.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,

ea ; PATERNOSTER-ROW.

_ FPrice Twelve Shillings.) ae ‘

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART II.—1898.

May 2, 1893.

- Page

1. Additional Notes on the Monkeys of the Genus Cercopithecus, By P. L. Scuarzr, M.A,,

Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plate XXXTIL.) 2.0.2.0... 00... 0005 oes 441

23 On a Stag, Cervus thoroldi, from Tibet, and on the Mammals of the Tibetan Platau.- By

W. T. Branrorp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. (Plate XXXIV.).......... SEA ES ee Se 444

8. Contributions to the. Study of Mammalian Dentition—Part I. On the Development of the

Teeth of the Macropodide. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal

College of Science, London. (Communicated pes Prof. Howszs.) (Plates XXXV.- }

XXXVIL.) 2 eevee ee Betis eee oid ocean Medtehe Bas ate Reicha sek wey ake Maiteaa eee rare 450

May 16, 1893, _

Mr. Rowland Ward, F.Z.S, Exhibition of a skin of Geers Zebra Ce grevyty from

Sonialr lands cncjiscicte seis etsrea tie eheayn’s BS ate F skis Ne e8OS Tepes wt Ce ele Re konto an atels eve 473

Prof. E. ©. Stirling, M.D., 0.M.Z.8. Extract from a letter concerning the discovery of

Diprotodon and other Mammalian Remains in South Australia. .......seereee +0 473

1. On the Atrium and Prostate in the Oligocheta. By Frank EH. Bupparp, MsA,, es ©

Prosector to the Society... 10.006. seeece neces eeceteeesuceseeas Re ares ate af

2. Descriptions of Fifteen new Species of Shells oe the Family Plewrotomide. By G. B.

Sowersy, F.LS. (Plate XXXVIII.) - occ ee ee eee eevee ce ee eres cates

3. A Nominal List of the Mammals inhabiting the Bornean Group of Islands. By A. H.

Pye ney, sO: MeN. cokes) Vekee een owe Ce tach es eaeeta awa Bia Hotes otis ate 492

4, Brief Notes on Flukes. By Prosrnro Sonstno, M.D., Pisa. (Communicated by Prof. F.

JEFFREY BELL.) ..eseees seen ces Ae Pak ye etake oki a WESTIN, are ay eae sreseSasih Se ee eevee 496

5. On a Second Collection of Mammals serit by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C. B, from Nyaealand

By OLDFIELD THOMAS 1.0 ccc ree nett eee cee eee ne te ee eee ge ce eee nn ee a

June 6, 1893.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Se Menagerie in May 1893. Nee oie ;

XXXIX.)

a a er ie ee ee te i see ay

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the egg of the Duck-

bill, the leg-bones of a large species of Apyornis, an enlarged photograph of a colony

of Albatrosses on Laysan Island, a series of Lepidoptera from Jamaica, and another

series from the Bolivian Andes w+. ++ e6..sseecee tee eetreeeeccercs Wiiahae eb iate ,

. 505

Mr, Selater, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some skins of Mammals obtained in the Shiré

Highlands, British Central African Protectorate... 0.5. sss 2+eeceee scenes ees 506

Contents continued on page 3. of Wrapper.

1893.) DATES OF DELLVERY OF THE ‘ PROCEEDINGS.’ 437

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (continued).

Date of |y,..| Date of

No, Pages. Telars. Year./ = No. Pages. Delivery. Year.

Part ITT. (1835). Part VI. (continued).

XXY. 1-12 | Apr. 3 |1835) Ixviii. | 85-110

xxvi.| 13-28 | Apr. 16| ,, | Wir, | 111116 } Feb. ieee

XXVil. 29-48 June 1 3 lxx. | 117-148

xxvili. | 49-60 duly 17.) ,, lxxi. | 149-166 | } May -

xxix. | 61-76 Sept. 2] ,, Ixxii. | 167-170

xxx. | 77-96 Sept. 25 | ,,

xxx. | S/—LIDi rOct..79 |, ,,

xxxii. | 113-124 | Oct. 20] ,, | .

xxxiii, | 125-1481 Oct. 31] | | Parr VII. (1839).

xxxiy. | 149-168 | Feb. 12 | 1836 Ixxiii. 1-20

xxxv. | 169-184 | Feb. 24 oy lxxiy. | 21-48 i 1 1839

xxxvi. | 185-214 Apr. 8| ,, Ixxv. | 49-56 a

| Ixxvi. | 57-62 J

: ‘ Ixxvii. | 63-92 Oct. Fr

Parr IV. (1836). Ixxviii. | 93-110 | Nov.

XXXVIi. 1-8 Apr. 9 { 1836) Ixxix. | 111-118 | Dee. ”

XXxxviii. 9-24 May 24] ,, | Ixxx.

xxxix. | 25-40 June 9] ,, Ixxxi. | 119-138 | Jan. 7 | 1840

xl. | 41-48 July 19} ,, lxxxii. | 139-168 AMardh

xli. | 49-58 | Sept.13| ,, || Ixxxiii. | 169-174 a ”

xlii. | 59-68 Oct. 18 Ixxxiv. | 175-185 | June ns

xliii. | 69-74 ; 2704

xliv. | 75-78

Jan. 16 | 1837

aly. | 77-86 | Parr VIII. (1840).

xlvi, 87-106 FE b 20 |

avai. | WG ff Been 10° p) 5 1840

xlviii. | 127-149 | June 27 | ,, Ixxxvi. | 11-24 :

Ixxxvii. | 25-32 Aug. ss

| Ixxxviil.

Parr V. (1837). a 33-58 | Jan. | 1841

xlix. 1-14 Oct. 3 {1837 | xe. | 59-82 March ys

1. 15-32 xei, | 85-104 | April .

li. | 33-38 | Nov. a xeii. | 105-118 | May -

lii. | 39-48 7) ee xeiii. | 119-130

lili. | 49-50 7 # xciv. | 131-166 | | July i

liv. | 51-66 Dec. 20 | ,, xey. | 167-188

lv. | 67-78 Jan. 22 | 1838

lvi. | 79-84

ee Feb. 13

lvii. | 85-90 } ¥ ;

Iviii. | 91-106 | May 25 | ,, Parr IX. (1841).

lix. | 107-134 | June 14] ,, xevi. 1-8

Ix. | 135-165 | Dee. 5) 3, xevii. | 9-20 } sept. Wee

xeviii. | 21-26 | \

xclx. 27-40 ||

Part VI. (1838). | c. | 41-48 | SOct. .

lxi. | 1-16 | ci. | 49-54 | |

Ixii. | 17-24 ci. | 55-62 |)

lxiii. | 25-46 cili. ie

Ixiv.} 47-56 |$July | 1838 civ. | 69-78

Ixv. | 57-70 eve) 7a Lire arate a (tee

Ixvi. | 71-78 evi. | 89-96

Ixvii. | 79-84 evii. | 97-132 |” May i

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XXX. 30

438

DATES OF DELIVERY OF THE ‘ PROCEEDINGS.’

[May 2,

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (continued).

z Date of - D f

No. Pages. Welivery. Year. No. Pages. Way Year.

Part X. (1842). Parr XIV. (1846).

eviil 1-14 June 1842 clv. 16

cix. | 15-46 clvi. 7-22 May 1846

ex. | 47-50 Nov. elvii. | 23-36

exi. | 51-56 ss bets 37-50 Jul

exill = ec. ” Ixi. | 51-66 Aug. ”

exiv 91-106 clsii, 67-78 Oct o

exy. | 107-116 | } Jan. 1843 elxiii. | 79-84

oe PD elxiv. | 85-98 | f Nov-

exvii. | 131- elxy. | 99-108 |

exviii. | 147-176 | | Feb. det, | 109-127 | | Jam. 26 | 1847

exix. | 177-210 |_ .

Parr XI. (1843). Parr XV. (1847).

xx. 1-14 ‘ elxvii, 14

cai | 1528 }s uly = | 18431. clsviii. | 5-12 } Mar, 20 ABST

exxii. | 29-46 elxix. | 13-26 Apr. 13 | ,,

exxiili. | 47-54 } Oct. ” elxx. | 27-34 Apr. 27] ,,

exxiv. | 55-74 | Nov. = ees ae May i ”

exxy. | 75-96 Chxxil. ee ay ”

CxXVi. | 97-192 Dec. $3 elxxili. | 59-66 June 22] ,,

exxvil. a clxxiv. ef i June 30] ,,

exxviii. | 123-134 clxxy. 3-9: July 20] ,,

Gxxix. | 195-146 | March 1844 elxxvi. | 99-106 | Aug. 5] ,,

exxx. | 147-226 | June es es Noy..10) }25;

P elxxvill. | 123-219 | Noy.

Parr XII. (1844). clxxix. | 220-242 | Mar. 29 | 1848

SSE | ts [fay 1s Pant XVI. (1848).

pase eSNG ame ge clxxx,} 1-16 | Apr, 18 )1848

<a 81-94 elxxxi1. | 17-32 Aug. 2

eee ae \ Oct. : clxxxii. | 33-48 | Nov. 14] ,,

exxxvii, | 109-122 elxxxili. | 49-56 Deo. 25). 5;

oxxxviii. | 123-144 ‘Dee. | , | Cpe: | P0722 |\ gan. 30 |1889

exxxix. | 145-152 pee

exl. | 153-162 ane oe Thee

exli. | 163-166 || Feb. = | 1845) Govvi | 4 Apr. 25| ,,

Ee ie ta ctx. | Tipe |” use!

Part XIII. (1845).

exliti. | 1-412 Part XVII. (1849).

exliv. | 13-16 April 1845 exe. 1-16 Dec. 11 | 1849

exlyv. 17-20 exci. | 17-32 Dec. 14 | ,,

exlvi. 21-42 Aug. 9 excii. | 33-48 Dec. 17 | ,,

exlvii. 43-70 Sept. es excili. | 49-64 ios 20s 55

pec i pet } Oct exciy. | 65-80

exlix. — : : excy. | 81-96

cl. | 85-90 exevi. | 97-112 | :

cli. | 91-92 }dan. (1886) evi ery Lieb ae

elii. | 93-122 excviii. 129-144 |

cliii. 123-136 | + Feb. 93 excix. | 145-160 |

cliv. | 137-150 | ee. | 161-179

_ Terepnone: Cenrrar 5191,

: From

TAYLOR & FRANCIS Mortis 19.03

(R. T. FRANCIS) $s

Printers & Publishers, 40 eed? PO Apo

RED LION Courr, FLEET STREET, E.C.

areca we nnn ag nelly Pecan nsw een na snewanwwnnn act de dk Dee acnecneneeennneeecenseeneeereseeenneneeees

1893.] DATES OF DELIVERY OF THE ‘ PROCEEDINGS.’ 439

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (continued).

Date of = Date of

No, Pages. Delivery. Year. No. Pages. | 5 piivery: Year.

Part XVIII. (1850). ‘Part XXT. (1853).

cci. 1-16 |\ eexlviii. 1-16 June 27 | 1854

ecii. | 17-32 || eexlix. | 17-32 July 13}

cciii. | 33-48 | $ Noy. 12 | 1850 ecl. | 33-48

cciv 49-64 | | ecli. | 49-64

cey.| 65-80 |) eclii. | 65-80 July 25} »

cevi 81-96 | Mar. 14 | 1851 ecliii. | 81-96

eevii. | 97-112 ecliv. | 97-112

ceviii. | 113-128 |} Feb. 24] ,, ecly. | 113-128

ecix. | 129-144 eclvi. | 129-144 |} Nov. 14] ,,

ecex. | 145-160 eclyii. | 145-160

ecxi. | 161-176 Feb. 28 eclviii. | 161-176 | Dec. 15] ,,

eexii. | 177-192 as eclix. | 177-401 | May 16 | 1855

cexili. | 193-208

cexiv. | 209-224

cory. | 225-240 || 5. 94 | 1259 Part XXII. (1854)

cexvi, | 241-256 | (°97 = eclx.| 1-16 | Dec. 30 | 1854

cexvii. | 257-272 | eclxi. | 17-32

cexvili. | 273-295 ? a eclxit. | 33-48 Jan. 10 | 1855

eclxiii. | 49-64 Be tag

eclxiv. | 65-80 eb. ”

Parr XIX. (1851). eclxy. | 81-96 | Apr. 11] ,,

ccxix. 1-16 ceelxvi. | 97-112} Apr. 5] ,,

ecxx. | 17-32 celxvii. | 113-128 | Apr. 7| »

cexxi, | 33-48 Oct. 28 | 1852 eelxviii. | 129-144 \ Mee TU

cexxii. | 49-64 | | eclxix. | 145-160 | f “P "

ecxxili 65-80 |) ceelxx. | 161-176

cexxiv. | 81-96 }p al ® eclxxi. | 177-192 | Mar. 16 | ,,

cexxv. | 97-112 : 2 eelxxii. | 193-208

eexxvi. | 113-128 | Apr. 29 | 1853 ecelxxiii. | 209-224 | Mar. 27] ,,

cexxvii. | 129-144 June 29 . eclxxiv. | 225-240} Mar. 16] ,,

eexxviii. | 145-160 gr ange 4 eclxxy. | 241-256 | Apr. 11] ,,

cexxix. | 161-176 $27 26) + eelxxvi. | 257-272 | Apr. 24] ,,

ecxxx. | 177-192. Jan. 28 | ,, ceelxxvii. | 273-288

ecxxxi. | 193-208 | June 29 | ,, ceelxxviii. | 289-304 |>May 8] ,,

eexxxii. | 209-224 | June 30] ,, celxxix. | 305-320 i

ecxxxiii 25-240 } July 26 eclxxx. | 321-336

cexxxiy. | 241-256 x * || eelsxxi. | 337-352 || yea 16

CCEXXY. nga Dec. 7| » || cclxxxii. 5-368 oY v

eexxxvi. | 273-288 eclxxxiii. | 369-394

conmrit, | 280-308 | } Tune 14 vet

Part XXIII. (1855).

Pant XX. (1852). colxxxiv. | 1-16 | Mar. 27 | 1855

CexXxviil. 1-16 $ ccelxxxv. 17-82 Apr. 11 fe

coxxxix. | 17-32 } Nov. 14 |1853}) Gemvi| 3348 |) >

cexl. | 33-48 Dee. 13 | ,, eclxxxvii. | 49-64 May 16] ,,

eexli. | 49-64 Mar. 22 | 1854 || cclxxxviii. | 65-72

cexlii 65-80 eclxxxix. | 73-88 June 26] ,,

cexliii 81-96 May 23 cexe. | 89-104 | July 23] ,,

eexliv. | 97-112 we lal] a eexci. | 105-120 | Aug. 13] ,,

eexly. | 113-128 eexcii. | 121-186 | Dec. 1] |

eexlvi. | 129-144 eexctii. | 137-152

cexlvii, | 145-165 }s Cae alia ecxeiv. | 158-168 } Dee. |

30*

440

DATES OF DELIVERY OF THE ‘ PROCEEDINGS.’

[May 2,

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (continued).

No.

Pages. Delivery.

Date of iter!

No.

Part XXIII. (continued).

169-184 | Jan. 5 [1856

cexey.

eexcvi.

ceexcvii.

eexeviil.

ecxcix.

cece.

185-200 | Jan. 22

201-216 E

217-232 } Feb. s

233-248 | Feb. 23

249-255 | Feb. 26

Part XXIV. (1856).

ecci.

eccii.

ecciii.

ecciv.

ecev.

eccvi.

eccvii.

eceviii.

eccix.

ecex.

ccexi.

ecexii.

ccexili.

ecexiv.

ecexv.

CCCXVi.

ecexvii.

ecexviil.

eeexix.

CCexXx.

ecexxi.

ecexXli.

cCCXxxill.

ecexxly.

ecexxv.

CCCXXxVi.

1-16

17-82 |

33-48

49-64

65-80 | soy 30

81-96

97-112

113-198 |; 4u8- 18

129-144 |" Aug. 15

145-160

161-176

177-192 Dec. 11

193-208 | Jan. 7

209-224 |)

225-240 | |

241-256 *

957-272 Jan. 26

273-288

289-304

305-320

321-336 }

397-352

353-368

369-384 | (May 8

385-400

401-435 |" July 14

Mar. 10

Part XXV. (1857).

ecexxvii.

ecexxviii.

CCCXXiX.

eCCxxx.

eeCxx3i.

ecexxxii.

ccexxxill.

eCCxxxiv.

CCCXXXV.

ecCxxxvl.

eCCXXXVii.

COCXXXViil.

1-16 May 26

17-82

ggua |}June 6

49-64

65-80 |\July 14

81-96

97-112 || Aug. 15

113-128 | Sept. 28

129-144

145-160

161-176

177-192

Oct. 21

”

cece] xxxi.

ecclxxxii.

- eeelxxxiii.

CCCXXXIX.

ecexl.

ecexli.

ecexlii.

ecexliii.

ecexliv.

ecexlv.

ecexlyi.

ecexlvii.

ecexlviii.

ecexlix.

eecl.

eccli,

ecclii.

eccliii.

eccliv.

ecclv.

ecclvi.

ecelvii.

ecelviii.

ecclix.

ecelx.

ecclxi.

ecelxii.

ecelxiii.

ecelxiv.

ecclxyv.

ecclxvi.

ecelxvii.

ecelxviii.

ecclxix.

ecelxx.

ecelxxi.

ecelxxii.

ecelxxiii.

. ecclxxiv.

ecclxxv.

ecelxxvi.

eccl xxvii.

ecclxxviii.

ecclxxix.

| ecclxxx.

}

Pages.

Date of

Delivery. be

193-208

209-224

225-240

241-256

257-272

273-288

289-304

305-308

1-16

17-82

33-48

49-64

65-80

81-96

97-112

113-128

129-144

145-160

161-176

177-192

193-208

209-224

225-240

241-256

257-272

273-288

289-

305-380

321-336

337-392

353-368

369-384

385-400

401-416

417-482

433-448

449-464

465-480

481-496

497-512

513-528

529-544

545-560

561-576

577-593

Part XXYV. (continued).

Nov. 1] | 1857

Jan. 12 | 1858

Jan. 28 |

}

| Feb. 23

Part XXVI. (1858).

Mar. 9 | 1858

Apr. 13 “

Apr. 26] ,

apr. 27] ,,

rf May 13 3

} July A

a 135|\ Gas

i ve Oa ans

)

| ne ee

Jan to

May 1859

oJ). Smit del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

CEBCOPITHE CUS BRAZ ZA.

. Beau

1893.] ON THE MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS, 441

The following papers were read :—

1. Additional Notes on the Monkeys of the Genus Cercopi-

thecus.. By P._L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D.,, F.B.S.,

Secretary to the Society.

[Received April 26, 1893.]

(Plate X XXIII.)

Since I communicated to the Society my list of the species of

Cercopithecus, at our meeting on March 14th (see above, p. 243), I

have paid a visit to the Zoological Museum at Florence, under the

care of Prof. Giglioli, and have had an opportunity of seeing

specimens of Cercopithecus boutourlinti (see above, p. 256) belonging

to that Institution,—one of the species of which I had not pre-

viously been able to examine examples. Prof. Giglioli has lately

been persuaded by his friends to reunite this species to C. albo-

gularis, Sykes’; but after examining the typical specimen and

another one subsequently received, 1 have come to the conclusion

that C. boutourlinii is quite distinct from C. albogularis.

The original specimen of C. bowtourlinit was a female, received

from Dr. Traversi in 1887, and stated to have been obtained in

Kaffa (a province of Abyssinia to the south of Shoa) in 1885,

It is in very imperfect condition, as will be seen on inspection of

the photographs which I now exhibit.

The second specimen is a male, obtained by Dr. Traversi at

Abugifar in Gimma?’ in 1887 and received at Florence in 1889.

From these specimens I have drawn up the following description

of this species.

CERCOPITHECUS BOUTOURLINII.

Cercopithecus boutourlinii, Gigl. Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 509; Sel.

P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 256.

Cercopithecus albigularis, Gigl. Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genov. ser. 2,

vol. vi. p. 8 (err.).

3. Body-hairs long and rough ; upper surface black, with pale

fulyous annellations, except on a line between the shoulders which

is nearly black; ears nearly nude, with an inner hairy pencil ;

nose, upper lip, chin, and throat white; rest of under surface and

limbs and tail black, except the base of the tail, which has annel-

lated hairs like the back all round. ‘Total length of body about 21

inches, tail 24 inches, together 45 inches.

Q. Smaller, nearly similar, but less annellated on the back and

the head.

Hab. Southern Abyssinia, Province of Kaffa.

This species, no doubt, resembles C. albogularis, and may be

1 See “ Vertebrati dello Scioa,” in Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, vol. yi. p. 8.

2.Gimma is in Central Abyssinia to the south of the Province of Gojan,

between latitudes 9° and 10°.

442 MR. P. L, SOCLATER ON THE [May 2,

referred to the same group, but is easily distinguished from it by

several characters. In the first place the pure white nose and

upper lips, which are very noticeable in the male specimen last

received (see figure), separate it at once from C. albogularis, in

which, as will be seen by the skin now exhibited, there is no

Cercopithecus boutourlinii, trom a photograph of the stuffed specimen

received in 1889.

trace whatever of this colour. This feature is so prominent

that it would almost justify the removal of the species to the

“‘Spot-nosed” group of my arrangement (see above p. 244). But

in most respects C. boutourlinit agrees better with C. albogularis

and the other species of my section D, MnnaNnocurrt.

Another point in which C. boutourlinii differs from C. albogu-

laris is the black belly and much blacker limbs. In C. albogularis

the belly is pale grey, and the external surface of the limbs is of a

dark grey, more or less annellated. Again, C. albogularis is a short-

1893. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS, 445

and smooth-haired species, but C. boutourlinii is long- and rough-

haired, which indicates existence in a much colder climate.

Another Monkey in the Florence Museum which attracted my

attention was a stuffed specimen of Cercopithecus brazze, Milne-

Edwards, labelled “2 Congo, 1888,” the gift of Count G. Brazza-

Savorgnan. Monsieur Milne-Edwards has also kindly forwarded

to me from Paris a flat skin of another individual of the same

species which I now exhibit. As no full description of this

remarkable Monkey has yet been published, the following descrip-

tion taken from these specimens may be useful :—

CERCOPITHECUS BRAZZE. (Plate XXXIII.)

Cercopithecus brazze, Milne-Edwards, Rev. Sc. sér. 3, xii. p. 15

(1886); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 255.

Above pale fulvous, densely annellated with black ; frontal band

of dense erect hairs chestnut, with slight white tips; this is

bordered behind by a broad black band which extends between the

ears ; ears naked or nearly so; upper part of nose and narrow

line above the eyes, in front of the rufous band, black; lower nose

and upper lips white; chin and throat furnished with long whit

hairs, which are much elongated in the middle line and form a

long white beard ; belly like the back, but darker; hands and feet

black ; inner side of thighs, anus, and a line along the middle of the

thighs outside, white ; tail black, except just at the base, where it

is like the back. Length of body 21 inches, tail 22 inches. 3

Hab. French Congo-land.

The erect frontal band, which is very prominent, and the long

white beard, which is not so pointed as in C. diana and extends

some way down the middle of the throat, render this species of

Cercopithecus very remarkable. The white band which extends

from the anus across the haunches on each side and down the

outside of the thighs somewhat resembles that found in C. diana.

There can be no doubt that C. brazze is a close ally of C. neg-

lectus, and-it is even possible that the two species may be the same.

But on comparing the present skin of C. brazze with the flat and

imperfect skin of C. neglectus in the British Museum, I find the

general colour of C. neglectus much more brownish, and the band

on the hind legs across the haunches yellowish instead of white.

The front part of the face-skin of the specimen of C. neglectus

having been cut away, it is impossible to say whether it ever

possessed the erect red fruntal band of C. brazze, but there are some

indications of the band left on the skin. In other respects the two

skins are much alike, and had they been from the same locality I

should have been inclined to refer them to the same species.

I have also to announce that we have lately lost our unique living

specimen of Cercopithecus stairsi (P. Z. 8S. 1892, p. 580). I now

exhibit its skin, which it is proposed to transfer to the Naticnal

Collection. The figure and description already given are sufficient

for the recognition of this remarkable species, which, as previously

444 MR, W. T. BLANFORD ON A [May 2,

stated, is at once recognizable by the bright chestnut bands, which

commence on each side of the forehead and are carried over the

head behind the ears. I may also remark that the lower part of

the back and upper surface of the tail are stained with red, which

is not shown in my original figure of this Monkey (P. Z. 8. 1892,

pl. xl.).

2. On a Stag, Cervus thoroldi, from Tibet, and on the Mam-

mals of the Tibetan Plateau. By W. T. Buanrorp,

F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[Received May 2, 1893.]

(Plate XXXIV.)

In the course of Captain Bower and Dr. W. G. Thorold’s

adventurous journey across the Tibetan plateau from west to east,

two specimens of a Stag were shot by the latter at a spot about

200 miles N.E. of Lhassa’. These animals were killed in the snow

amongst brushwood just above the forest, at an elevation of about

13,500 feet above the sea. Of one individual a complete skin,

skull, and horns have been brought to England, and are now in

the Natural History Museum ; of the other, the head with the skin

and horns has been preserved and has been lett by Dr. Thorold

in London, so that I have been able to examine both.

Last February I received a letter from Dr. Thorold in which he

asked me to look at the specimens and let him know to what

species I thought they belonged. Some time before this I had

heard from Mr. Oldfield Thomas that the complete specimen had

been received by the Museum but had been sent away to be stuffed.

I, however, saw the head, which had been mounted, and although I

did not like to come to any decided conclusion without having an

opportunity of seeing the skin also, J. was disposed to believe that

the Deer was probably the same as that to an immature horn of

which the name of Cervus nariyanus was given by Hodgson in 1851,

and was clearly identical with the species of which the head was

described and figured by Mr. W. L. Sclater in 1889 (J. A. 8. B.

lviii. pt. 2, p. 186, pl. xi.), and which was shown to be allied to the

Mantchurian C. dybowskii.

For the last two months the skin has been in the hands of the

taxidermists, but I have at length, by permission of Dr. Giinther,

been able to examine it; and I have now no hesitation in saying

that I believe the Stag obtained by Dr. Thorold must be regarded

as an additional peculiar species of the extraordinarily specialized

mammalian fauna inhabiting the Tibetan plateau. The following

are the principal characters :—

The animal is about the size of a Red Deer, C. elaphus. The

1 T am indebted to Captain Bower for several of the details. The approxi-

mate position is in lat. 31° 40'N., and long. 95° 30’ E.

aaron alse aiell OOCINy

J. Smit del, et lith.

Mintern Bros. imp,

CERVUS THOROLDI.

1893.] NEW STAG FROM TIBET. 445

height at the shoulder must have been about 4 feet, that measure-

ment on the body over the curves to the withers having been re-

corded by Dr. Thoroldas 4 ft. 5 in., and the length from the insertion

of the tail to the nose 6 ft. 14 in. The tail (with hair probably)

measured only 4inches. The ears are of moderate size and pointed,

and measure outside in the mounted skin 93 inches from the

head.

Head of Cervus thoroldi.

The horns are distinguished at once by the want of the bez tine

characteristic of the Elapnine group and found in the other Tibetan

Stag C. affinis. There are five points on each horn (except one,

which has only 4), and there can be very little doubt that this is

the number characteristic of the adult. The beam is angularly

bent at the insertion of the second tine (corresponding in position

to the tres tine of C. elaphus), and above this is gradually curved

back and presents the peculiarity that the upper four points and

the upper part of the beam are nearly in a flat plane. Another

conspicuous character is that (except in one horn which is slightly

abnormal) the third tine exceeds all the others in length. The

corresponding tine (4th) is generally the longest in the Wapiti,

446 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON A [May 2,

and the upper part of each horn in the present animal much re-

sembles that of C. canadensis in shape.

Each horn measures round the curve outside 38 inches, none of

the four differing more than a quarter of an inch more or less.

The girth above the burr is 5-25. The following are the measure-

ments of the different tines on one horn in inches :—

Lowest or brow tine .... 7°5

rach Ga rae.) | a 10°25

1 este 4 >See ski

AG ener ere on 4

Wey Ae Be 2:5

The coloration of the skin is very uniform brown, minutely

speckled, scarcely paler on the lower parts, but much paler and

ochreous buff on the small pygal disk which completely surrounds

the tail, this latter being also pale rufous throughout. Ear whitish

within. The muzzle, chin, and under surface of lower jaw white.

The hairs of the body are stiff, long, and very coarse, and some-

what resemble those of the Musk-deer, being filled inside with a

cellular pith-like tissue and having very small roots*. The hair of

the body is long, dark brown, except at the base which is whitish,

and at the tips which are buff. The pale tips are wanting around

the caudal disk, so that the latter appears to be surrounded by a

dark band. The hair along the spine is directed forward from

above the hips asfar as the wither, where the anterior direction

ceases abruptly. This character is quite peculiar.

The muffle or rhinarium occupies the whole area between the

nostrils, and a rather narrower portion extends to the upper lip.

The skull presents a few peculiar characters, the most important

of which have been already noticed by Mr. W. L. Sclater. As a

whole the skull is short when compared with other skulls of Ela-

phine Deer ; the muzzle is especially short, but broad. The hinder

part of the skull is distinctly lower and flatter than that of C.

elaphus, the forehead continuing the line formed by the nasals and

not curving upwards into a ridge between the horns. In this

respect the present specimen shows some resemblance to Rusine

and Pseudaxine skulls, but the evidence of affinity is small. The

termination of the bony palate in the middle above the opening

of the posterior nares is between the last molars, whereas in all

other Deer of which I have examined the skull the opening is

farther back.

But by far the most peculiar character, as already noticed by

Mr. Sclater, is the form of the nasals. These, a little way from

the posterior termination, are fully twice as broad as they are in

front, each bearing on the outer side a large rounded lobe-like

expansion, 80 as to cover over the greater part of the lachrymal

vacuity, which is much narrower than in Elaphine or Rusine deer.

? Iam indebted to Mr. E. Gerrard for calling my attention to the very

peculiar structure of the hair.

1893.] NEW STAG FROM TIBET, 447

The following are measurements in inches :—

Basal length of skull, from anterior border of foramen

magnum to anterior end of premaxillaries ........ 13:4

Length from posterior border of occipital condyles

ee UDO Ms eae es CYR ol! ud hetnerd npist hah nor 14:3

Breadth across posterior edges of orbits ............ 6°8

Breadth across premaxillaries just above canines .... 2°9

DONEC OL TAAL DOMES | oe wiih, wha macyniph - saciegsis Clo mim o°85

Greatest breadth of nasals between lachrymal

WS UDO 7 or 8 asia aro a 2 Ba aie le fabolarld Gye hs (seams <ucih « bis 3°0

Breadth of nasals in front at suture between maxil-

TREY: SATA TCIM ake mais ast Sain x orale diry = 1:45

Length of row of upper molars and premolars ...... 43

Length of upper three molars alone

On the whole I can see no very close affinity between this and

any known species of Cervus ; the present species approaches some

forms of the Elaphine group quite as much as any other Cervine

type, perhaps more. I can see no evidence of Pseudaxine affinity,

such as the horns might perhaps suggest. On the whole the

species is probably as near to C. cashmirianus and C. affinis as to

any other, though perfectly distinct from both.

As regards the name of the present species, some little difficulty

arises. As already mentioned, it is most probable that the horn

to which the name Cervus nariyanus was given by Hodgson (J. A.

8. B. xx. 1851, p. 292, pl. viii.) belonged to a younger individual

of the same species. This horn was said to have been brought

from Ladak, it was 34 inches in length, and had four points, the

two lower being more than 4 inches apart, so there was no bez tine.

Judging by the figure’, the horn was more massive than would be

expected in a young specimen of Thorold’s Stag. Mr. Hodgson

remarked that “the Bhotiahs who brought this horn say it be-

longed to a very young animal, and that the species, which is proper

to Gnari or Western Tibet, is larger than the Shou” (C. affinis).

The Stag obtained by Dr. Thorold is considerably smaller than

the Shou; there is, so far as is known, no Stag in Western Tibet,

C. cashmirvanus being limited to the Kashmir valley, at all events

on the north and east of its range, and, as is well known, young

examples of C. elaphus, and I believe of the Wapiti also, frequently

want the bez tine; so that it is by no means impossible that the

Ladak horn may have belonged to a young C. cashmirianus from

Kashmir, to C. yarkandensis from Eastern Turkestan, or even to C,

eustephanus (C. canadensis, var.) from the Thian Shan, Ladak being

connected with all these regions by trade routes. The Bhotiah

story was probably pure fiction.

There is, moreover, one very strong reason for not using the name

1 The original specimen cannot be found in the British Museum, though

Mr. Oldfield Thomas has searched for it. As no mention of it is to be found in

the published catalogue of Mr. Hodgson’s collections, it was perhaps not included

in them.

448 MR, W. T. BLANFORD ON A [May 2,

C. nariyanus for the present animal even if, as is highly probable,

it was the species that furnished the horn described and figured

by Hodgson. The name was taken from Nari, the Western (or

rather perhaps the South-western) province of Tibet, often called

Gnéri or Nari-Khorsum, a tract, as represented on maps, of no

great breadth from north to south, but extending along the north

of the Himalayas from the western extremity of Tibet proper near

Rudok to between long. 80° and 85° E. This region, part of which

is known as Hundes, is on the frontier of our own territory, and has

been visited at several points by British sportsmen. If any Stag

inhabited the region, it is incredible that nothing should have been

heard of it ; moreover, the whole of the upper valleys of the Sutlej

and Yarotsiénpo or Brahmaputra, of which the area consists, is a

barren, treeless, almost bushless waste, differing essentially from

the country inhabited, so far as is known, by any species of Cervus.

I think it extremely improbable that any Stag inhabits Nari; and

under these circumstances it is not desirable to apply the name

nariyanus to a species which does not occur there.

Whilst Mr. Sclater pointed out the similarity of the head which

had been purchased in the Darjiling bazaar, and was described by

him, to that of Cervus dybowskii, he was careful to avoid identi-

fying the two. It is clear that he was perfectly right in sup-

posing that the head, the skin of which was dried on, had come

from Tibet. Now that we have the whole skin and dimensions,

it is evident that the species is distinct from C. dybowskii (P. Z. 8.

1876, p. 123, woodcut of head and horns, p. 124), which is a much

smaller form, spotted at all seasons, although the spots in winter

are described as indistinct and confined to the posterior part of the

body. So far as is known the horns in the adult of C. dybowsku

only bear 4 points each, and the shape of the beam is different,

being more regularly curved.

As therefore the Tibetan species requires a name, I think it

impossible to do better than to call it Cervus thoroldi, after its

discoverer. The following are the principal characters :—

Cervus magnitudine ad ©. elaphum prowime accedens ; fuscus,

immaculatus, ared pygali circum caudam porrectd pallide rufa

ornatus; pilis hirtis crassis longiusculis, in medio dorso ab

uropygio usque ad humeros antice versis, indutus ; cornibus

singulis valde curvatis, ramos ad quinque gerentibus ; ramo

secundo a primo vel basali multo distante, tertio longiusculo.

Plate XXXIV. represents the stuffed specimen in the British

Museum, the type of the species; the cut (p. 445) is taken from

the head of the other specimen, still belonging to Dr. Thorold.

About a year ago, when discussing the geological age of the

Central Asiatic highlands’, I had occasion to call attention to the

remarkable specialization of the mammalian fauna inhabiting the

Tibetan plateau. The Stag now described adds another to the

1 Geological Magazine, April 1892, (iii.) ix. p. 164.

1893.] NEW STAG FROM TIBET. 449

species peculiar to this tract of elevated country, and the list of

these Mammals as amended may be of interest to Zoologists. It

is therefore added here.

MAMMALIA OF THE TIBETAN PLATHAU.

INSECTIVORA.

Crocidura aranea.

tNectogale elegans.

CARNIVORA.

Felis manul.

F. lynx.

F. uncia.

*Paradoxurus laniger.

Canis lupus, var. laniger.

Vulpes alopex, var. flavescens.

*7. ferrilatus.

Cyon deccanensis, var.

Mustela foina, var.

*Putorius larvatus.

*P. canigula.

P. alpinus, var. temon.

P. erminia.

* Meles leucura.

. *M. albogularis?

t+Aluropus melanoleucus.

* Ursus pruinosus.

RopeEnTIA.

+Eupetaurus cinereus.

* Arctomys himalayanus.

*A, robustus.

RopentrA—continued.

* Mus sublimis.

* Microtus (Arvicola) blythi.

*M. strauchi.

*M. (Eremiomys) przevalskit.

Siphneus fontanieri.

xLagomys curzonie.

*L. rutilus.

«L. erythrotis.

+I. melanostomus.

*L. ladacensis.

*Lepus oiostolus.

«#L, hypsibius.

Unautata.

Equus hemionus, var. kiang.

* Bos grunniens.

* Ovis hodgsont.

O. vignet, var.

*0O. nahura.

Capra sibirica.

tPantholops hodgsont.

+Budorcas taxicolor ?

*Gazella picticaudata.

*Cervus affinis.

*C. thoroldi.

Moschus moschiferus.

In this list * signifies a peculiar species, t a peculiar genus; that

is, a species or genus not known to exist out of Tibet.

This is a list of the mammals known to inhabit the plateau

north of the Himalayas and south of the Kuenlun, Altyn Tag, and

Nanshan, at elevations exceeding 12,000 feet. Many of the forms

named only inhabit small portions of the area, and whilst Bos

grunniens, Ovis hodgsoni, Pantholops hodgsoni, and Gazella picti-

caudata, with several rodents, appear to be peculiar to the high

plateaus above 14,000 feet, the two species of Cervus are probably

found in brushwood at a rather lower elevation in the more broken

regions of Eastern Tibet, where the rainfall is heavier and the

vegetation more abundant.

As was pointed out in the paper in the ‘ Geological Magazine,’

there is, so far as I am aware, no equally peculiar mammalian fauna

to be found in any continental area of equal extent, and for a

parallel it is necessary to turn to some island like Celebes, that

has long been isolated from all surrounding lands.

450 MR. M.F, WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

3. Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition.—

Part I. On the Development of the Teeth of the Macro-

podide. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology,

Royal College of Science, London. (Communicated by

Prof. Howss.)

[Received May 2, 1893.]

(Plates XXXV.-XXXVILI.)

CoNTENTS.

I. Historical Review, p. 450.

II. Observations on the Specimens, p. 451.

III. General Considerations, p. 465.

IV. List of References, p. 471.

Y. Explanation of the Plates, p. 472.

Early in 1892 I had placed at my disposal, through the kindness

of Prof. Howes, a number of fetal mammals of various kinds,

which were for the most part derived from the late Prof. W. K.

Parker’s collection. I have been for some time past investigating

these specimens and now submit a few of my results in this

contribution.

I.— Historicat REVIEW.

Since Kiikenthal (4) published his preliminary observations

on the development of the teeth of the Cetacea and of Didelphys,

an entire revision of the science of Odontology has been necessi-

tated. This has been taken up eagerly by many Continental

observers, notably Leche, Rose, and Taecher, so that notwithstand-

ing the newness of the study there is already springing up a rapidly

increasing literature.

Most, however, of these observers have confined their attention

to a few isolated examples, and no systematic examination and

comparison of the tooth relationships in the various orders of

Mammals, such as that commenced by Pouchet and Chabrys (9),

has been attempted.

In dealing with the Marsupials these observers have mainly

studied the tooth relationships of Didelphys, Kiikenthal (5) and

Rose (9) having made most exhaustive investigations of this genus.

Rése has further published some interesting but largely theo-

retical views of the tooth development in Aerobates, Dasyurus,

Phalangista, and Macropus; while Leche (6) has published pre-

liminary accounts of that of Phascolarctos, Perumeles, Myrmecobius,

and Trichosurus.

The only investigation which treats of the facts dealt with in

this paper is that of Rise (9) on Macropus; he, however, only

devotes a few lines to his observations, which were based on

P Z.9:1893. Plate KKKV

ewman trap

West,

P.2.5.1893 .PlateXXXV1.

The Dentition of the Macropodidee.

_ MFWoodward dal

MP Parker Lith.

P.Z.8.1893. Plate XXXVI.

e\Z

The Dentition of the Macropodidas.

‘

a oae

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 451

specimens in which the teeth were already cutting the gum and

far too old, taken alone, to determine the true tooth relationships.

His principal conclusion is that the 3rd incisor, on account of its

lateness in cutting the gum, must belong to the 2nd dentition;

this, as I shall show later, is quite erroneous.

II.— OBSERVATIONS ON THE SPECIMENS.

Having a very fine series of Macropid embryos at my disposal,

some from Prof. Parker’s collection and others received through

the kindness of Mr. Fletcher of Sydney and Dr. Symington of

Edinburgh, I propose to commence my tooth studies with that

group, as being one of which I can give the most complete

account.

The following forms have been investigated :—

Macropus giganteus, 9 specimens,

eS bennettii, 1 specimen.

f eugentt, 2 specimens.

vs brachyurus, 2 specimens.

Petrogale penicillata?, 6 specimens.

a sp. inc., 2 specimens.

Bettongia lesueuri, 1 specimen.

Aipyprymnus rufescens, 2 specimens.

Unfortunately, in the case of the Petrogales I am somewhat

uncertain about the species, as the embryos collected by Mr.

Fletcher of Sydney seem according to his account to be P.

pencillata, while the same name was given me by Dr. Symington

for his specimen ; nevertheless, I have no hesitation in saying that

they are two distinct species, both, however, being Rock- Wallabies.

As a rule, the exact species would not perhaps matter very much,

but in this case it is a very vital matter, as the P. penicillata of

Mr. Fletcher was the most interesting and least specialized of all

Macropids with regard to its tooth arrangement, so much so that

I shall commence my observations on that form.

Before proceeding to the detail observations, I should wish to

enforce the importance of Prof. Huxley’s method of observation

by dissection under cloye-oil, given in my previous paper (P. Z. 8.

1892, p. 40). This method, employed side by side with examination

by means of serial sections, I hold to be very important and assists

one materially in interpreting the latter, although taken alone it may

be very misleading. One may simply clarify and sketch the jaw

before decalcifying and sectioning, and in this way gain a good idea

as to what teeth, especially vestigial ones, are present. Or, better

still, where one can afford to utilize both halves of the head of the

foetus, one can carefully dissect one half in oil of cloves and so

obtain a complete model of the developing teeth (generally con-

sisting at this stage of enamel organs only), both in relation to

the gum and to the maxilla and premaxilla, while one obtains a

complete series of sections of the other half.

452 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

PETROGALE PENICILLATA.

Examined 4 embryos, either by clarification or sections, or both.

Specimens examined measured from snout to tip of tail respectively

8°5, 9°5, 11:5, 14°5 centims.

D. f. of adult according to Thomas (12), I. rm = o» igh es

M. (ria

Fig. 1, Plate XXXYV., represents the entire jaw clarified with the

teeth in situ.

At this stage it will be seen that there are present in the upper

jaw in all 10 teeth, 6 being in the premaxilla and 4 in the

maxilla, while in the lower jaw there are only 6 teeth. In the

upper jaw, only three out of the 10 were calcified, viz., 7’, 2°, ?,

fig. 1, all being situated in the premaxilla; from thejr minute size

and advanced calcification these are obviously vestigial structures,

the three functional incisors of the adult being at present

represented only by their enamel-organs, of which the first two are

very large (t' and 7°).

In the maxilla the germs of 4 teeth are present, the Ist, from its

proximity to the premaxillo-maxillary suture and the large

diastema which separates it from the remaining teeth, evidently

represents the canine, while the others represent the 3rd and 4th

premolars and the 1st molar.

In the mandible we find the large functional incisor (7,) of the

adult slightly calcified, and on either side of this a small rudi-

mentary but well-calcified functionless tooth (¢, and 2,); behind

these we find the 3rd and 4th premolars and the germ of the 1st

molar.

The Incisors.

The most striking feature in this Petrogale is the presence of

three additional vestigial incisors in the upper jaw and two in the

mandible,—a fact not hitherto recorded. The presence of these

teeth naturally enables us to homologize the functional incisors of

the adult with those of the Polyprotodont Marsupials.

Here I would direct attention to a source of error which might

creep in through the examination of clarified preparations of the

jaw only, for it will be seen that the 1st rudimentary upper

incisor is apparently situated in front of the 1st functional one;

and it was only by means of a very carefully prepared series of

sections taken at right angles to the premaxilla, starting parallel

with the premaxillary suture and changing the plane of the

sections as one passed outwardly, so that the plane of the last

section was at right angles to that of the first, that one was

enabled finally to determine which of these teeth was really the

1st incisor.

Fig. 2 is a wax model constructed from a series of sections by

His’s method; this shows that the enamel-organ of the 1st large

and at present undifferentiated tooth is connected with the gum

nearer to the premaxillary suture than that of the small rudi-

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 453

mentary calcified tooth, which, although actually in front of the

former, is nevertheless morphologically and in point of origin

posterior to it. The lst incisor of the adult is therefore the

morphological 1st incisor, and in the younger of the specimens its

enamel-organ only as yet is differentiated and appears as a great

pear-shaped swelling of the dental lamina (enamel-ridge, “ Zahn-

leiste”). In an older one measuring 11:5 cm. there was present

on the inner side of the enamel-organ a slight club-shaped down-

growth, such as that described by Kiikenthal and others in

Didelphys as representing the permanent or replacing tooth

(“« Ersatzzahn ”).

The morphological 2nd incisor is a very minute calcified rudi-

mentary (or rather vestigial) tooth measuring ‘25 mm. by ‘14 mm. ;

its enamel-organ (fig. 2, i*) is only slightly developed and appa-

rently, although possessing an enamel-epithelium, does not secrete

any enamel; it shows a distinct but small downgrowth on its

inner side (<”’) obviously representing the ventral continuation of

the dental lamina and the undeveloped permanent tooth of Kiiken-

thal, Rose, and Leche, and according to the interpretations of these

observers this small calcified tooth must be a vestigial milk-tooth.

The tooth itself consists of dentine and possesses an irregular

contour and a variable pulp-cavity ; the relation of the odontoblasts

suggest that they are concerned more in absorption than in forma-

tion of tooth-substance.

The dental lamina, after giving rise to these two teeth, disappears

for a few sections, but soon reappears and swells out again to form

the 2nd functional tooth, which I at first took to be the 3rd incisor.

However, on investigating carefully the relation of the extremely

reduced 2nd rudimentary tooth (fig. 3, 7”), it was obvious that the

enamel-organ of the latter was connected with the gum slightly

anterior and external to that of the former, although, owing to the

large size and swollen nature of the enamel-organ of the 2nd

functional incisor, part of this tooth appears in sections anterior

to the rudimentary one; but the only important point to be ascer-

tained in determining the morphological relation of teeth is not

which tooth is anterior to the other, but which enamel-organ

arises in front of the other from the dental lamina.

This 2nd rudimentary tooth is then the morphological 3rd

incisor, the 2nd functional one being the 4th.

The 8rd incisor is, like the 2nd, a vestigial structure only present

in the embryo and although possessed of an enamel-organ it has

no enamel ; its body, consisting of dentine, is very irregular and is

obviously being reabsorbed. It is smaller and still more vestigial

even than the 2nd incisor and shows no trace of any downgrowth

from its enamel-organ, but from its resemblance to the 2nd

incisor I conclude that it also belongs to the 1st dentition.

The remaining incisors are very interesting and present such

striking relationships that they call for a very careful examination,

especially in the light of Rése’s statement regarding the 3rd adult

incisor.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XXXI. 31

454 MR. M, F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTINION. [May 2

The enamel-organ of the 2nd functional incisor (morphological

4th) soon loses its connection with the gum, and the dental

lamina from which it is developed does not again obtain any

connection with the gum in the incisor region. The enamel-organ

of this tooth is too young to show any trace of the successional

tooth, although the examination of other forms (J. giganteus and

brachyurus) show that it is undoubtedly to be referred to the 1st

dentition.

The dental lamina, after giving rise to this tooth, is continued

back as a slightly thickened lamina (club-shaped in section) into

that backward prolongation of the premaxilla which is situated

internally to the maxilla (fig. 29) and in which the 3rd incisor of

the adult is developed; in this region it becomes once more

swollen (fig. 4, 7°) to give rise to the latter tooth, which is, however,

developed very late in life and therefore hardly shows at this

early stage. Halfway between these two teeth and attached to the

external (adamantine) face of the dental lamina is situated a very

perfectly formed small, pointed tooth ; this is the 3rd rudimentary

tooth above referred to (fig. 1, 2°). In section this tooth is seen

to be well developed, possessing the most highly differentiated

enamel-organ, which secretes a thick layer of enamel, internal to

which is a well-developed mass of dentine surrounding the pulp-

cavity. The entire tooth measured ‘4 mm. long by ‘25 mm. broad.

Its general structure, however, suggests that it is fully formed,

and its ultimate fate is probably that of the two anterior vestigial

teeth, viz., it is reabsorbed.

A very important question now arises, Do these two teeth belong

to the 1st or the 2nd dentition, and also what is their numerical

position amongst the incisors? In attempting to solve this point

it will be well to bear in mind Rése’s suggestion, viz., that the

3rd functional incisor of the adult (i°) belongs to the second

dentition and is not preceded by a deciduous tooth.

Fig. 4 represents a wax model reconstructed from the sections

by means of a camera lucida. An examination of this shows that

the enamel-organ of this small calcified tooth (*) is situated

external to the 2nd and 3rd functional incisors (¢* and 7°) and

connected with the dental lamina by a long neck; its external

position certainly suggests that of a milk-tooth, but on the other

hand it is no more nearly related to the 3rd than to the 2nd

functional incisor, being situated just about halfway between the

two, so that supposing it were a milk-tooth it would be nearly im-

possible to say to which tooth it is related. Further, if it belonged

to the 1st dentition its enamel-organ should be attached to the

dental lamina nearer to the point of origin of the latter from the

gum; whereas in the specimen under consideration these three

teeth (2’, 7, 2°) all arise from the dental lamina at the same level,

which suggests that they belong to the same series aud not to two

dentitions distinct from one another in point of time, for in that

case the one belonging to the 1st dentition would arise from the

dental lamina superficially to the corresponding tooth in the 2nd

dentition.

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 455

If I am right in concluding that these three teeth belong to the

same dentition, then the 2nd functional incisor of the adult is in

reality the 4th incisor, this small calcified tooth is the 5th, and the

3rd adult incisor must consequently represent a 6th incisor.

Unfortunately, although possessing several specimens of this

interesting form they were all too young to show the further develop-

ment of these three last incisors, and in order to completely settle

the question as to the relation between these teeth I was obliged

to refer to other Macropids of which I possessed older examples.

In both Macropus giganteus and M. brachyurus the second adult

incisor shows a fairly well-marked rudiment of the replacing tooth

in the form of a cellular downgrowth from the inner side of the

neck of its enamel-organ, thus showing that this tooth itself

belongs to the 1st dentition. A similar condition is observable in the

3rd functional incisor of VW. giganteus and of M. eugenii (figs. 5 and

6, 2°’), which must also be referred to the 1st dentition, and not, as

Rose believes, tothe 2nd. In both these forms the small calcified

incisor (7) is present and situated between the two larger ones ;

in M. giganteus' it is extremely vestigial and only to be recognized

with difficulty ; but in MW. eugenii it is, on the contrary, very large

and well developed. In no case, however, did it show any indi-

cation of a replacing tooth as seen in the 1st rudimentary incisor

of Petrogale; so that it is impossible to say for certain to which

dentition it was to be referred, but, judging from its analogy with

the other vestigial teeth, it should belong to the 1st dentition.

We find therefore in the upper jaw of Petrogale penicillata 6

incisurs, three of which are very small and obviously disappearing,

and three which we recognize as the incisors of the adult: these

teeth are all referable to the 1st (or milk) dentition, the 1st, 2nd,

4th, and 6th all possessing at some period in their development,

either in Petrogale or in some other allied Macropid, rudiments of

the 2nd or replacing teeth.

The adult incisors are the 1st, 4th, and 6th, the 2nd, 3rd, and

5th being in a vestigial condition and completely reabsorbed

almost before the former become calcified.

Rése’s suggestion concerning the relation of the 3rd adult incisor

(#®) is not borne out by the study of its development, fig. 5

distinctly showing that in M. giganteus this tooth belongs to

the 1st dentition, and not to the 2nd as he stated for that species.

His conclusions were based solely on the fact that the 3rd incisor

cuts the gum so much later in life than the anterior teeth. The

explanation of this arrangement becomes self-evident when one

compares the young skull (fig. 29) with that of the adult: it will

be seen at once that the premaxilla is very small in the former in

proportion to the teeth, and is consequently far too short to

accommodate the three large incisors of the adult at the same time,

the teeth being extra large for a foetus owing to the fact that they

are the adult teeth and are not replaced by a second set as in most

1 T have since cut a younger W. giganteus, and find this tooth is very large;

so that in the specimen aboye mentioned it must haye been largely eee

456 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

animals. As may be seen (fig. 29) the 3rd incisor (7°) develops in a

backward prolongation of the premaxilla situated on the palatal

side of the maxilla and side by side with the canine, and only attains

its true position in very advanced pouch-specimens.

The overcrowded state of the jaw will further explain the

complete atrophy of the already reduced 2nd, 3rd, and 5th incisors.

And to the same cause we may, I think, ascribe the abnormal

position of these teeth having become displaced by the larger ones

till they have assumed a position with regard to the latter which

suggests the relation between teeth belonging to the 1st dentition

and their successors in the 2nd dentition.

The true reason for the small size of these teeth is probably to

be found in their disuse together with an early enlargement of the

Ist and 4th incisors, This last character would according to

Cope’s mechanical theory (2) be enough to account for their entire

disappearance; he suggests that the enlargement of any organ

causes the abstraction of the growth-energy and material from

some adjacent structure, as in the case of the enlarged canines

of the Wart-hog causing a reduction of the upper incisors. In

trying to account for these reductions in the number of teeth every

feature which can possibly bear on the case should be taken into

consideration, as it is more probable that a number of factors

have acted together to bring about these results, rather than

they can be accounted for by one only. It is interesting to

note in the light of Cope’s suggestion that in this Petrogale, where

we find a greater number of these vestigial teeth than in any other

Macropid which I have examined (except MW. giganteus), the adult

incisors are of a much slighter nature than in the latter forms,

where some of these vestigial teeth have either completely dis-

appeared or if present have become much reduced. 1 think that

the presence of these additional teeth is to be explained rather on

the above grounds, than on the supposition that Petrogale penicillata

is an extremely primitive form.

The presence of the remains of six pairs of upper incisors is

altogether unexpected and rather unfortunate, for one would hardly

expect to find in so specialized a family as the Macropodide more

incisors than are present in the least specialized Polyprotodonts.

In these latter forms with their 5 upper incisors, however, the

premaxilla in the foetus is very much crowded, more so than in

Macropus. As the teeth in the former all develop at the same

time, whereas in the latter, as we have seen, they develop progres-

sively from before (backwardly), this may perhaps account for the

suppression of the 6th incisor. Judging from the condition of the

adult in Perameles, I should imagine that the first incisor to

disappear was number 5, as there is a large diastema in the adult

between the 4th and Sth incisors. This suggestion was further

strengthened by the study of a series of sections through the jaw

of a young Perameles, while the premaxilla was still short and

consequently crowded with teeth: at this stage a slight but definite

thickening of the dental lamina (fig. 28) was observable between

1893.) MR, M. F, WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 457

incisors 4 and 5, in the position of the rudimentary incisor 5 of

Petrogaleand of the large diastema in the adult Perameles, and this

possibly represents a 6th incisor. From this I conclude that the

Marsupials originally possessed 6 pairs of incisors in the upper jaw,

the first of which to disappear being no. 5 in the Polyprotodonts,

while in the Macropodide nos. 2, 3, and 5 are wanting ; here,

however, no. 5 is less reduced than nos. 2 and 3, this being due to

the fact that the large functional incisors nos. 1 and 4 develop

early and consequently cause a corresponding early absorption of

nos. 2 and 3, while owing to the late development of no. 6 the

small no. 5 persists for a considerable period.

The Lower Incisors.

In the adult Petrogale and in all the Macropodide there is but

one incisor in either half of the lower jaw, which tooth according

to Thomas is to be identified either with no. 1 or 2 of the Poly-

protodonts.

In the young Petrogale there are, however, no less than three

teeth situated close on either side of the mandibular symphysis.

Fig. 1 shows one set of these teeth in situ: it will be seen

that two of them (7, and 7,) are very small although fully

calcified, consisting even at this early period of both enamel and

dentine. The remaining one is very large and may be shown to

be the developing single incisor of the adult. The position of the

two minute teeth close the tip of the large incisor (7,) shows the

former to be undoubted incisors.

The examination of a series of sections through the mandible

showed that the most anterior of these three teeth is the minute

tooth 7,, fig. 9, and we may call this tooth provisionally the first

lower incisor. This tooth is so well calcified that, in spite of its

small size, we must conclude that it is fully formed, and from an

examination of a series of stages I have come to the conclusion

that it does not cut the gum but is probably reabsorbed. One of

the most interesting points in connection with this tooth is the fact

that from the posterior or internal side of its enamel-organ there

arises a long cord-like downgrowth with an enlargement on its

deep-seated extremity (figs. 9 and 10, i,), which at a later stage

becomes slightly indented below, and has all the relations of an

undeveloped permanent tooth. This simall vestigial incisor (7,) is

thus proved to belong to the 1st dentition; and this fact further

clears up any doubt which might exist as to its relation to the

functional incisor (7,), to which it is very closely approximated,

but to which it is in no way related.

Judging from the analogy of the other incisors, I should conclude

that the functional incisor also belongs to the 1st dentition, but I

have not been able to trace any very definite downgrowth from

the inner side of its enamel-organ in this species.

The 2nd small tooth (¢,) (? morphological 3rd incisor) is more

vestigial than the first, and shows no trace of a successionalt ooth,

458 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

so that one can only suggest by acomparison with the 1st of these

teeth that it is to be referred to the 1st dentition.

The Canines.

Owen (p. 291) and Flower have already pointed out the

existence, in the mammary foetus and the adults of some

Kangaroos, of vestigial upper canines, so that their presence

here in all the Macropodide (save M. brachyurus) which I have

examined calls for no special comment.

The dental sac of this tooth is of considerable size and situated

close to the premaxillo-maxillary suture, a considerable space

intervening between it and the premolars behind.

In the dried skull (7 em. long) of an advanced mammary foetus

of Petrogale wanthopus the canine was present on either side as an

exceedingly minute pointed tooth in a distinct alveolus (fig. 29, ¢)*.

It seems probable that this tooth is shed, not reabsorbed, being

pushed out of the gum by the development of the enormous 3rd

incisor which is situated immediately internal to it.

There is no trace of a lower canine in any Macropid which I

have examined.

The Premolars.

The dental lamina is more or less continuous between the

canine and the most anterior upper premolar (pm*), but at the

same time it is very irregular, showing several curious swellings

(fig. 12) ; these, however, are so irregular that L hesitate in ascribing

any importance to them, but it is just possible they may represent

the missing 1st and 2nd premolars.

The 3rd premolar (fig. 1, pm*) shows as a fair-sized dental sac

with a well-developed enamel-organ and pulp, but at present there

is no trace of calcification, its enamel-organ remains attached to the

small dental lamina whose free end projects slightly into the

surrounding tissue (fig. 15); this structure, which might possibly

be interpreted as a rudimentary successional tooth, disappears as

we trace this tooth backwards in the sections, and soon also does

the swollen portion of the enamel-organ of the 3rd premolar itself,

but in its place, and directly continuous with it, we find a strongly

developed club-shaped mass of cells which run in form of a lamina

between the 3rd and 4th premolars, connecting their enamel-organs

and bearing a definite swelling in the middle (fig. 19. ppm). A

section through this region shows (fig. 16) that we are dealing

with an incipient enamel-organ, the centre of which is already

differentiated into the typical stellate tissue.

The 4th premolar, which is very large though not calcified, is

still connected by the dental lamina with the gum, but shows no

trace of a successional tooth unless the small process of the enamel-

organ (fig. 18, ») be interpreted as such.

In a slightly older embryo the same condition was observed, but

owing to the development of the 3rd and 4th premolars, especially

‘ In fig. 29 the canine is represented as lying in the suture between the pre-

maxilla and the maxilla, in reality it ig surrounded by a thin layer of the latter,

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 459

of the latter, they somewhat overlap the lamina connecting the two

and it in consequence becomes displaced to the inner side of these

structures. So much does the 4th premolar grow forward with age

that it appears as if this lamina was a downgrowth from the inner

side of the enamel-organ of pm*; this, however, is really not the

case, the lamina is morphologically in front of that tooth and only

attains a secondary connection with it.

A careful examination of the swollen part of this lamina (fig. 16,4)

at this more advanced age shows that we are undoubtedly dealing

with a developing tooth. Now the only tooth which develops in

this situation is the one successional or replacing premolar of the

Marsupials, and this is usually regarded as being the derivative of

the 4th premolar, which latter, as far as I have observed, in Petrogale

never develops a successional tooth at any time. The successional

tooth is here developed from a dental lamina situated between pm*

and pm*, but may afterwards attain a secondary connection with

the latter tooth, but does not represent its true successor. The facts

appear to me to strongly suggest that this tooth represents a

premolar belonging to the same series as pm* and pm* which has

been retarded in its development and in consequence does not cut

the gum until long after the others. The further consideration of

this point I shall leave till I have described the condition in the

other Macropids here dealt with.

The condition in the lower jaw is the same as that in the upper.

The Molars.

While investigating the condition of the developing molars in

the Kangaroos I naturally sought to confirm Kiikenthal’s sugges-

tion that the molars belonged to the first dentition ; this, however,

I have been unable to do. In fact, if any reliance is to be placed

on these downgrowths from the enamel-organs of the developing

teeth or from the dental lamina, then I must assert that the 1st

and 2nd molars of the Macropodide belong to the 2nd dentition,

and that therefore Kiikenthal’s original suggestion does not hold

good for the Marsupials in general.

The great difficulty which we find in connection with the interpre-

tation of the molars arises from the shortness of the jaws, so that

according to the age we find the most posterior molar as yet

formed developing side by side with the penultimate one. This led

Kiikenthal into a mistake, which he has since pointed out to me,

In his paper (no. 5) he figures the 2nd molar of Didelphys

with a rudimentary successional tooth ; this is really, as he now

believes, the rudimentary 3rd molar developing side by side with

the 2nd. He, however, describes what he believes to be a trace

of a successional tooth in connection with the Ist molar, but

unfortunately he does not figure this structure. I have found no

trace of any such structure either in Didelphys or in Macropodide,

and therefore see no reason to believe that the molars are in any

sense referable to the 1st dentition.

On the other hand, sections taken across the jaw of Petrogale,

460 MR. M, F, WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

through the region of the 1st molar at two stages, show (fig. 25)

that there is present on the outer side of the enamel-organ a

conspicuous outgrowth of its cells extending down into the gum at

right angles to the swollen portion of the dental lamina. This mass

takes its origin from the dental lamina nearer to the surface of the

gum than the point of origin of the molar tooth, which condition is

apparently just the reverse to that which we have seen in the incisor

region, where, if there was a rudiment of a second set of teeth, it

was situated internal to, and deeper than, the functional one, and

represented a replacing dentition. Here in the molar region, on

the other hand, we can only interpret these appearances on the

grounds that the functional molars belong to the 2nd or replacing

dentition, and that this downgrowth on their outer sides represents

the rudimentary, or rather vestigial, milk or 1st dentition. I may

perhaps mention here that I have found what appears to be a

similiar condition in Putorivs and Cavia, while in Lepus and Talpa,

where there is a suggestion of the reverse condition, we are in

reality dealing with the dental lamina itself and not a downgrowth

from it, as may be seen when the more posterior sections are

examined.

The second species of Petrogale, which was evidently the more

advanced embryo of a smaller form, showed only two vestigial

upper incisors, these having the relation of 2° and 7°, and one only

; : ESET 3

in the lower jaw, viz. 7,; it may be that were already reabsorbed.

MAcROPUS BRACHYURUS.

Two specimens examined, measuring respectively 100 mm. and

135 mm.

These specimens, although so small, were very much older than

the Petrogales described above, Macropus brachyurus being one

of the smallest Wallabies; the teeth were in consequence much

more highly developed.

Only two vestigial teeth were present in each premaxilla,

corresponding in position with 7? and 7°; the former was of

considerable size and so close to the surface of the gum that it is

just possible that it is shed in this form; the latter was, on the

other hand, very small and already partially absorbed.

The three functional incisors (2’, ¢*, and 2°) all exhibit slight but

distinct downgrowths from the inner side of their enamel-organs

representing rudiments of the successional teeth, according to

Kikenthal’s theory, and are therefore, as in all Macropids, referable

to the 1st dentition.

In the lower jaw there are present 2 pairs of incisors represent-

ing 7, and 2. The first being a vestigial tooth but of fair size and

well calcified; the second is the large incisor of the adult and

shows an epitheloid cord on its inner side representing the

successional tooth.

No trace of a canine was visible in either jaw of this specimen,

the anterior premolar, which is here very large, coming close behind

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 461

the premaxillo-maxillary suture (incisor fissure), The condition of

the premolars is very interesting. In the younger of the two

specimens examined, the rudiment of the successional tooth is

developed very much as in Petrogale, that is in the interspace

between pm? and pm’, but it is much closer to the former, with

which it is connected, and has no connection whatever at this stage

with the latter ; the difference may be, however, due to the fact

that this is a slightly older stage than that described for Petrogale.

In the second stage this rudiment of the successional premolar is

much more differentiated, and owing to the development of pm’,

which is here very large, it comes to be under the posterior end

and on the inner side of this tooth, with which we have seen it is

undoubtedly connected.

One thing we may say for certain, that in MW. brachywrus the

solitary successional tooth is not developed in connection with pm’,

but either represents a tooth in between pm‘ and pm’ or else is

the successor to the penultimate premolar (pm’).

The relation of the premolars in the lower jaw is the same as

that in the upper.

MACROPUS EUGENII.

Two specimens, 125 mm. long.

In this species there are present in the upper jaw 5 pairs of in-

cisors, corresponding with 7’, 2”, 2*, 7°, and «° of Petrogale penicillata ;

and, as in that form, 2’, 74, and 7° are the functional adult teeth,

while 7 and 7 are vestigial structures. No trace of that very

rudimentary tooth 7° could be found. Of the rudimentary teeth 2”

is very small, this being in all probability due to the fact that the

first functional incisor here early attains a large size, and has

consequently further dwarfed the disappearing 7*. On the other

hand, 2’ is a very prominent and well-developed tooth (fig. 5), and

in conformity with this we find that 7° is at present very slightly

developed and quite uncalcified.

A transverse section across the jaw and passing through 2’ and

? is shown in fig. 5, and it will be seen there is a well-developed

downgrowth from the inner side of the enamel-organ of 2,

showing that this latter tooth, like 7’ and 7, belongs to the 1st

dentition, the downgrowth (7) representing the rudimentary per-

manent tooth. The small tooth 7 is therefore quite an inde-

pendent tooth, and probably represents the 5th incisor of the first

dentition.

Of the first lower incisor (7,) no trace was observed in this

species ; the second and functional incisor was large and calcified,

and exhibited a large and definite rudiment of its successional

tooth in the form of a thick cord-like downgrowth from the inner

side of its enamel-organ, this rudiment being more definite here

than in any other form I have examined.

The upper canine is a small tooth situated in the maxilla and

close to the last incisor; it shows no indication of a successional

tooth, nor in any form which I have examined can one say

462 MR. M. F. WOODWARD OF MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

definitely to which dentition this tooth is to be referred. Between

the canine and the premolar the dental lamina branches out in a

most curious way, in some sections exhibiting three or four down-

growths from its adamantine face (fig. 13). Whether these repre-

sent modifications of the missing premolars 1 and 2 I am unable to

say, but it is interesting to note that a somewhat similar condition

of the dental lamina was observed in Petrogale in the same region.

The anterior premolar (3rd) is present in the form of a long

tooth-germ, which does not as yet show the formation of any

dentine or enamel. A careful examination of a complete series

of transverse sections revealed on the inner side of this tooth a

long cord of epithelium whose neck was anteriorly and superficially

connected with the dental lamina at the point of origin of the

3rd premolar (fig. 23, ppm), while posteriorly its deeper-seated

extremity or bulb was swollen and situated rather behind and

deeper in the gum than this tooth. This structure entirely dis-

appears from the sections before the 4th premolar is reached, thus

showing that it is situated anteriorly to the latter, with which it at

no time shows any connection.

The same condition holds for the lower jaw save that the

bulbous portion of this epitheloid cord (ppm) grows backward

from its point of origin into the space between the two premolars

and eventually attains a situation by the side of the 4th premolar,

but it never has any connection with the latter, and its posterior

position as compared with the same structure in the upper jaw

is probably due to the backward extension of the great lower

incisor, which takes up all the room under the 3rd premolar, so that

this developing premolar is backwardly displaced until it attains a

position under the 4th premolar.

The 4th premolar is a very large and well-developed tooth, the

largest in either jaw at the stage, and possessing well-developed

calcified cusps. It shows no signs of a vertical successor at either

of the two stages which I have examined in this species.

The molars were in both specimens too advanced to show the

vestiges of the other dentition, so I was unable to determine to

which set they should be refered.

MACROPUS GIGANTEUS.

Material consisted of 8 pouch-specimens, a very complete series,

youngest about 155 mm. long (this specimen was a little older than

the largest Petrogale examined).

In the youngest specimen there were three rudimentary incisors

present corresponding to those in Petrogale, but in all the older ones

® had disappeared and both 2? and @’, which were very large to begin

with, had now become through absorption very much reduced.

These three teeth have precisely the same relation and origin as in

Petrogale, and so call for no further description. All three func-

tional incisors, viz. 7’, 24, 7°, show at one stage rudiments of their

representatives in the second dentition (figs. 6, 7,8). The first

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 463

lower incisor is present as in Petrogale with a rudimentary suc-

cessor, the functional incisor being 7,, and shows a distinct indica-

tion of its successor in the second dentition (fig. 11, 2°’); no trace

of 7, was observed.

The canine is large and late to calcify, being uncalcified in the

largest specimen examined, of which the head measured 83 mm.

In the diastema between the canine and the 3rd premolar, the

dental lamina presents numerous small enlargements and irregu-

larities, some of which possibly represent the missing premolars.

In the lower jaw, however, there is a very distinct vestige of a

tooth in the form of an irregular enamel-organ with enamel-

epithelium and pulp (fig. 14). This, from its proximity to the 3rd

premolar, must represent pm.

The one functional successional premolar in the youngest speci-

men examined is developed as an enlargement of the dental lamina

between pm’ and pm‘ (fig. 21), being continuous with the slight

downgrowth developed on the inner sides of those teeth (figs. 20

and 22). In this respect it differs slightly in origin from that of

Petrogale, where it was directly continuous with the enamel-organs

themselves, and not with any internal lamina; this may be due to the

specimen under consideration being older than the Petrogale, as even

in that form this tooth subsequently takes on this internal position.

These two slight downgrowths (figs. 20 and 22) may perhaps

represent rudimentary permanent teeth, in which case the two

functional premolars must both be regarded as belonging to the

first dentition.

In the older specimens the successional premolar subsequently

takes on a position internal to the posterior end of pm’, and loses

its connection with pm‘, with which its connection was at the best

very slight.

In the youngest specimen the 1st molar above and below was

just formed, and while the lower one showed no indication of any

accessory tooth rudiment, the upper one (fig. 26) had exactly the

same relationas seen in Petrogale; that is, a downgrowth of epithe-

loid cells from the dental lamina external to and nearer the gum

than the molar itself. This, as I have before pointed out, must be

regarded as a vestige of the 1st dentition, and the molar teeth, at

any rate the 1st, must be regarded as belonging to the 2nd dentition.

MAcROPUS BENNETTII (RUFICOLLIS).

One very badly preserved head. This, when clarified, showed

that there were present in the premaxilla 5 incisors, the three func-

tional being 7, 7', and 7°, and the two vestigial ones being @ and 7,

The dried skull of a very advanced pouch foetus showed that

the canine was very large for a Macropus and calcified, and I

should think in all probability cuts the gum and is shed, not

reabsorbed. The first specimen was too much macerated to make

out any detailed tooth relationships, and I only mention it here to

show how constant is the presence of at least two of these

yestigial incisors (viz. i and @).

464 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

JAEPYPRYMNUS RUFESCENS.

Two specimens, measuring 125 mm. and 195 mm. long respec-

tively.

In this Kangaroo-Rat no trace of the reduced incisors was

observed, the three functional ones being well developed, the first

and the Jast showing traces of an internal downgrowth from the

dental lanima similar to that seen in the true Kangaroos.

The jaw is here very short, so that the last incisor, the canine,

and the anterior end of the first premolar appear in the same

section. The last-mentioned tooth is very large and extends

through a great number of sections ; towards its posterior end,

and just as the 4th premolar is appearing on its external side

" (fig. 24), a mass of cells is noticed lying above it ; this mass of cells

is connected with a long epitheloid cord which is applied to the

inner side of the dental sac of the 3rd premolar’, the two having

very much the same relation as that seen between the dental sac

of a milk-tooth and its so-called permanent successor.

The condition seen in the lower jaw is very similar to that in the

upper, except that the swollen portion of the germ of the so-called

successional tooth is situated rather farther back, as in most other

Macropids, owing to the backward extension of the large incisor.

If one was able to study the development of the functional

successional tooth in this form only, one could not help concluding

that it was developed side by side with the 3rd premolar, and that

it really represented the successor of that tooth and not that of the

4th premolar as has generally been believed hitherto.

BErTONGIA LESUEURI.

One embryo, about 180 mm. long.

The teeth of this foetus were in an advanced stage of calci-

fication and no traces of the supposed rudimentary successional

teeth were to be observed.

There were four pairs of incisors present in the upper jaw,

viz. 7, i, 2, and 7°; of these the first two and the last were very

large, while #° was minute, somewhat irregular, and undergoing

absorption. All traces of 7’ and ¢* had disappeared. No trace of

additional incisors was observed in the lower jaw.

The upper canine in these Kangaroo-Rats persists in the adult

as a large tooth, and in conformity with this we find that in the

embryo this tooth is larger than in the true Kangaroos and well

calcified. The 3rd premolar is very large, and already shows its

characteristic shape, it overlaps the canine in front and nearly

reaches the 4th premolar behind. The one successional tooth is of

considerable size and slightly calcified; its enamel-organ is con-

nected by a long strand of epithelium with the extreme posterior

1 In the figure the cord of epithelium connected with the developing premolar

(ppm) is represented as coming into too intimate connection with the enamel-

organ of the 3rd premolar; it should in reality be only applied to the side of

that structure, and not fused with it as appears from the drawing.

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 465

end of pm’, the tooth itself being situated above the anterior end

of pm’, but is in no way connected with the latter. The specimen

was, however, too old to show the true origin of this tooth.

The molars were too advanced to show any indication of their

lost predecessors or otherwise. Of course the most posterior

molar in the jaw was still very young, but as a matter of fact no

traces either of predecessors or of successors have been observed

to any but the 1st molar, the rest seemingly being too much

modified.

III.—GayeraL ConsIDERATIONS.

We have seen from the above that many of the Macropodide

possess vestiges of the five upper incisors of the Polyprotodonts,

and that in two cases, viz. Petrogale penicillata and Macropus

giganteus, there are traces of no less than six of these teeth, the

full upper incisor formula being, 1.2.3.4.5.6, That the three

adult incisors are the Ist, 4th, and 6th; this conclusion is at

variance with that of Oldfield Thomas (11, pp. 454 and 457), who

shows, in a diagram illustrating the relations between the teeth of

the Polyprotodonts and Diprotodonts, that he believes the

reduction in the number of the incisors in the latter to have

been brought about by a suppression of the two posterior teeth of

the former. This interpretation I have shown, by the discovery

of vestigial teeth, to be erroneous, the teeth which disappear being

incisors nos. 2, 3, and 5.

The discovery of 6 pairs of incisors, although an absolute fact,

is in many respects an unfortunate one, as we know of no adult

Mammal with so many, and even amongst Reptiles many Lizards

and Crocodiles have the number of teeth in each premaxilla

restricted to five. I can only suggest in explanation that in

Petrogale, where the 3 adult incisors are so slight, and where there

is in consequence more room in the premaxilla, the additional

incisor, which is only apparently lost in the Polyprotodonts (see

ante, p. 456), has reappeared as a calcified tooth owing to the

greater amount of room in the jaw and the lesser abstraction of

growth-energy on account both of the smaller size of the adult

teeth and of the very late development of the most posterior

incisor.

In Macropus giganteus only the late calcification of the func-

tional teeth can be supposed to account for the presence of so

many vestiges, and as a fact we notice, directly these adult teeth

begin to calcify, the vestigial ones become reabsorbed.

The incisor which I regard as wanting in the Polyprotodonts is

the 5th incisor of Petrogale, for I have found what appears to be

an undeveloped enamel-organ in Perameles, between incisors 4 and

5 of that form, and corresponding in position with the large

diastema of the adult. On one side of the upper jaw of an adult

Perameles in the Teaching Collection of the Royal College of

Science there is a curiously elongated tooth, occupying a position

intermediate between incisors 4 and 5, both of which are wanting ;

466 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

this tooth (fig. 27, i*, 7°, 7°) shows indications of at least three fangs,

and is obviously a fusion of these teeth. It seems to me probable

that the partial calcification of this missing incisor might cause the

fusion of these two teeth, which are only separated by a slight

interval in the foetus.

The comparatively large size of the vestigial 5th incisor in the

Macropodide is obviously accounted for by the late development of

the 3rd adult incisor, whereas the 2nd and 8rd, which are functional

teeth in the Polyprotodonts, have been dwarfed by the early

development and large size of the Ist and 4th incisors. The

commencing enlargement of the Ist incisor is well shown in

Didelphys. ;

With regard to the lower incisors, evidence is wanting to show

which of the Polyprotodont’s teeth these represent. The close

approximating of the four lower incisors of Didelphys does not prove

necessarily that the missing tooth is the 5th incisor, for we have

seen that in the upper jaw of Macropus no diastemata remain to

show where the suppressed teeth were situated. Nevertheless,

we may provisionally allow that this is the case, and regard the

three lower incisors of Petrogale as representing the 1st, 2nd, and

3rd, the 1st and 3rd being vestigial. The great functional lower

incisors of the Macropodide are therefore the over-developed 2nd

incisors.

Cope (2) has shown that in all probability this is also the

condition in the Rodentia, there being strong evidence to believe

that the single pair of large lower incisors are the 2nd; the 1st and

3rd have first become reduced as in Hsthonywx, then the 3rd have

disappeared, and the Ist is smaller than the second, as in Psitta-

cotherium or in Calamodon, where the 1st has disappeared, which

form Cope regards as the ancestor of the Rodentia.

From the study of the development of the incisors we have seen

that in connection with the Ist, 2nd, 4th, and 6th above, and the

1st and 2nd below, rudimentary successional teeth (“ Ersatzziihne’’)

are to be found at one stage, thus proving that the teeth enu-

merated above are present in some form or other in both

dentitions, and that the three incisors above and the one below in

the adult, belong to the 1st, or milk dentition. This is in perfect

accord with Kiikenthal’s (5) observations on the incisors of

Didelphys, all of which he shows to belong to the 1st dentition.

In no case have I been able to determine as to which dentition

the canine is to be referred. In Didelphys, however, Kiikenthal

saw something which he considered to represent a rudimentary

successional tooth, but it was evidently, from his description, very

slight.

Only in Macropus giganteus have I been able to find any certain

trace of the missing premolars ; in this case the tooth found was

probably pm,. In the other forms the dental lamina was invariably

present in this region, and often presented irregular swellings but

nothing definite. This appears to me to be strange, as in Petrogale

there is a large diastema, even in the young animal, between the

1893.] MB. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 467

canine and the third premolar, so that one might reasonably expect

to find some trace of these teeth ; in M. brachyuwrus and M. eugenii,

however, the anterior premolar (pm,) was much more advanced in

its development and consequently the diastema was much smaller.

I account for the absence of these teeth by the early enlarge-

ment of pm, before the maxilla is elongated, and in consequence

this tooth overshadows the region of the Ist and 2nd premolars

and abstracts the matter and power of growth which would

otherwise fall to their share.

Kiikenthal, in his description of the premolars of Didelphys,

describes what he considers to be a rudiment of the successional

tooth as attached to the enamel-organ of the 1st premolar, but he

found no trace of the missing premolar, nor any rudiment of a

successional tooth to the 3rd premolar, while he describes the

functional successional tooth as being developed from the enamel-

organ of the 4th premolar. Now my investigations among the

Kangaroos show that in them the one functional successional

tooth is never by any chance developed from the 4th premolar,

and although it displaces that tooth along with the third, it is

not the representative of the same (the 4th pm.) in the 2nd

dentition. If this is the case, then the conclusions of Owen, Gervais,

Flower, and Thomas break down as far as the Macropodide are

concerned.

Having shown that this tooth is not the successor to the 4th

premolar, it remains to decide if possible what its real significance

is. Judging from its relation as seen in Zpyprymnus alone,

I should have concluded that it really represented the successor

of the 3rd premolar ; but the embryos of this form and also those

of the various species of Macropus which I have examined were

all too old to show the actual origin of this replacing tooth.

The only form in which I could observe the first origin of this

so-called successional tooth was in Petrogale, and here, as 1 have

described above, this tooth arises independently of the 3rd and 4th

premolars from the dental ridge connecting these two teeth. Its

position there certainly suggested that it represented a tooth

intermediate between the 3rd and 4th premolars, and belonged

to the same series as themselves, owing its subsequent position

internal to and deeper in the gum than these teeth to the more

rapid growth and earlier development of the latter, whereby this

intermediate tooth is displaced and retarded, so that it assumes

all the relations of a tooth of the second dentition. The first

stage in this change is well seen in the youngest embryo of

M. guganteus.

This tooth often takes on a secondary connection with the

adjacent premolars ; thus in Petrogale it becomes connected with

the 4th premolar, while in Macropus and Apyprymnus it is related

to the 3rd.

It is interesting to note that m Perameles the large supposed

successional tooth is quite distinct in origin from the small 4th

premolar which is shed; it is in fact formed from the dental

468 MR, M. F, WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

lamina situated immediately behind pm. 3, and morphologically

in front of the 4th premolar. Further, if a skull be examined

in which the tooth-change is taking place, it will be seen that

the supposed successor of the 4th premolar cuts the gum in front

of that tooth to which it is believed to be its milk predecessor

(fig. 27). This would be quite an anomalous condition, for if we

study the relations of a milk-tooth to its permanent successor in

a typical placental mammal, we find that the latter is invariably

developed behind the former, and either cuts the gum internal

to it, as in the case of the incisors, or else comes up underneath

it, but at the same time slightly internal and posterior. But in

no case (unless the present instance in the Marsupials be one)

does the permanent tooth develop and cut the gum in front of its

milk predecessor.

Kiikenthal, it is true, figures what he regarded as the developing

functional successional tooth as arising from the 4th premolar.

If this structure really has the significance which he ascribes to it,

then I should suggest that he is probably dealing with one of

those modified conditions seen in the later stages of Petrogale,

in which the successional tooth has acquired a secondary con-

nection with the tooth behind it (pm 4), as I think it unlikely

that these two forms should possess such striking differences in

the development of their teeth.

Unfortunately the specimens of Didelphys which I have at

present examined have been too old to show the earliest stage in

the formation of this tooth.

The fact that the successional tooth does actually replace the

4th premolar in these two forms is of course a strong argument

in favour of the older view that these two teeth represent the

milk and permanent stages of the 4th premolar; but still I think

the facts of development as described above, which suggest that the

older view is erroneous, cannot beignored. Until, however, further

proof is forthcoming as to the development of these teeth in the

Polyprotodonts, it will not be wise to express too definite an

opinion on the matter; but I nevertheless think the true explana-

tion of the condition of these teeth in the Macropodide is that

this so-called successional tooth is not a successional tooth at all,

or at any rate to the 3rd and 4th premolar, but a tooth of the same

series intermediate in position between the two.

Assuming the belief in the disappearance of the first two pre-

molars in the Macropodide to be the correct one, then we must be

here dealing with an animal possessing five teeth of the so-called

premolar series, the tooth which is generally regarded as the

successor to the 4th being itself the true 4th premolar, and the

so-called 4th premolar being in reality the 5th, or else the 1st

molar, which seems possible when we cowpare its form with that

of the true molars. ‘The presence of five premolars, considered in

the light of the dentition of the higher Mammalia, may seem to

be open to question. But should we not rather seek for an

explanation of order and succession of the Marsupials’ teeth

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 469

amongst those most lowly animals the Mesozoic Mammalia, rather

than amongst the highly modified Placentalia?

If we turn to the published accounts of these old mammals, we

find that many of them possessed a large number of cheek-teeth,

which were in some cases divisible into two series: thus, in

Amphilestes, where there were 12 or 13, the anterior six can

be separated from the posterior ones by their simplified structure.

In many cases, however, no sharp line can be drawn, as the

anterior teeth become gradually more complicated as we pass

backward. It is important to note that in the reduction in the

number of these teeth which takes place in some (as in Phas-

colotherium), it is obvious that this has not occurred so much at the

posterior end of the series, but rather that certain teeth in the

middle have been either completely suppressed or retarded, thus

reducing the number of teeth, especially in the premolar region.

Supposing the cheek-teeth in the Marsupials all belong to the

same set, either the Ist or 2nd dentition, then the only difference

between the molars and premolars comes to be one of form; and I

see no reason why we should restrict the number of the latter to

four, when in so many of these fossils and even amongst the

living forms, viz. Myrmecobius (where no replacing tooth is

known), we find that there may be 5 or 6 of the anterior cheek-

teeth of simpler character than those behind. The so-called

successor to the 4th premolar I regard as one of these anterior

teeth (possibly the 4th or the 6th) which has been retarded in its

development, and, by the backward growth of the tooth in front

and the forward growth of the tooth behind, has assumed a

position underneath these teeth, and has consequently to displace

one of them in order to reach the surface. Thomas has shown

the presence of this tooth in Zriconodon under the 4th cheek-

tooth, and has on this account restricted the number of the pre-

molars to four in these early Marsupials; but this form possesses

a dentition in which the number of teeth is already greatly

reduced, only possessing 7 or 8 cheek-teeth, and consequently

differing very little from the least modified Marsupials such as

Phascologale. There is, I believe, no evidence to show that this

condition had been acquired by forms like Amphilestes, with

numerous cheek-teeth, unless what appears to be a retardation of

the 5th cheek-tooth in forms like Amphitylus and Dryolestes is

to be interpreted in this light. This tooth, however, is regarded

as the Ist molar in these forms.

As I have already pointed out, the evidence adduced for the

development of the premolars is not decisive enough to settle

definitely to which dentition these teeth are to be referred,

M. giganteus being the only one which shows anything lke rudi-

ments of a second set. If they belong, as Kiikenthal suggests, to

the 1st dentition, then I should be inclined to think that Baume’s

(1) theory as to the formation of the permanent teeth was not so far

wrong after all (of course I leave out of consideration the Cetacea,

for which Kiikenthal has definitely proved the contrary). May

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XXXII. 32

470 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

not this retardation of the 4th premolar as seen in the Macro-

podidz be the first step in the formation of the permanent set’,

which may afterwards take on a secondary connection with the

teeth of the 1st dentition? In Amphilestes there are 12 or 13

cheek-teeth present, and no evidence of the presence of two

sets of teeth. May not the five posterior ones represent the five

molars (Bettongia), while the first 8 might be supposed to give rise

to the 8 premolars (4 milk and 4 permanent), and by the retar-

dation of each alternate one the condition in the Placentalia might

be brought about, the 2nd, 4th, 6th, and 8th being retarded and

displaced to form a second or replacing set, whilst the 1st, 3rd,

5th, and 7th develop early and are replaced by the former? These

teeth, which were originally distinct, may have acquired a secon-

dary connection with the tooth in front, as seems to have been the

case with the 3rd premolar of the Kangaroos and the one replac-

ing tooth, this latter in those forms displacing both the 3rd and

so-called 4th premolar. In others it, however, only displaces the

so-called 4th premolar, owing to the latter having, through its

enlargement, acquired a connection with the replacing tooth, as

in Didelphys; or, owing to the reduction in size of the 4th

premolar, as in Perameles and Thylacinus, the supposed replacing

tooth is able to cut the gum in its more normal position and

displaces the reduced tooth behind.

If these various and often minute cord-like downgrowths of

the dental lamina are to be interpreted as representing rudi-

ments of teeth, as seems probable from comparison with the

known rudiments of the 1st or 2nd dentition in other mammals,

then we find that in the Kangaroos the incisor teeth all belong to

the Ist dentition, that the relations of the canine are uncertain,

that the premolars probably belong to the 1st dentition, whereas

the molars, or at any rate the 1st, belong to the 2nd dentition.

This last statement is a reversion to older ideas as to the

relation of these teeth, held by all odontologists prior to the

appearance of Kiikenthal’s paper, wherein he formulated the theory

that the molars belonged to the 1st dentition. As I have already

pointed out, he has retracted part of his statements on this point,

and I have been unable to confirm his views as to the lst molar

in Didelphys, while in the Macropodide I have apparently found

exactly the reverse condition®.

I should suggest by way of explanation as to the presence of

the permanent molars in a dentition which was otherwise entirely

composed of milk-teeth, that owing to the shortness of the jaws

the molars were formed very late, and owing to the inability to

find room for two sets of what are naturally large teeth, the Ist or

milk dentition, as the least important, became suppressed, and is

only seen as a slight rudiment attached to the least modified molar,

1 Similar to the condition seen in the Monitor amongst Reptiles.

* For the present I leave out of consideration Leche’s (6) account of the con-

dition and homology of the molars of Erinaceus, as I have not yet finished my

observations on the molars of the Placentalia.

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 471

viz.m. 1. One of the most important factors in the modifica-

tions which we meet with in the Mammalian dentition is the

shortening of the jaws, often accompanied by an enlargement of

some of the teeth, thus causing a reduction and finally a suppres-

sion of some of the series. These missing teeth can be sometimes

discovered through the study of Paleontology, sometimes through

the study of Abnormalities, but the surest method when possible

is by the study of their development.

The great variability of the anterior premolar of the living

Placentalia and the insignificance of our knowledge concerning it,

as to which dentition it is to be referred, alone show how futile

are our attempts to homologize the dentitions of the leading

orders of living Mammalia. And, reflecting upon the facts which

I have herein recorded, I believe that our greatest desideratum at

present is the further study of the development of the teeth of

these animals, especially in its bearing upon the probable discovery

and determination of vestigial teeth.

My thanks are due to Prof. Howes for much valuable advice,

and to Mr. Fletcher of Sydney, Dr. Symington, and Mr. Oldfield

Thomas for gifts of much valuable material.

IV.—List or REFERENCES.

1. Baume.—Versuch einer Entwicklungsg. d. Gebisses. Leipzig,

1882.

2. Corn.‘ The Mechanical Cause of the Development of the

hard parts of the Mammalia.” Jour. Morph. vol. iii. 1889.

3. Frowrr, Sir W. H.—* On the Development and Succession

of the Teeth in the Marsupialia.” Phil. Trans. vol. 157.

p- 631 (1867).

4. Kiixenruat, W.—‘<‘Einige Bermerkungen ib. d. Siugetier-

Bezahnung.” Anat. Anz. 1891, p. 364.

5. Koxentuar, W.—* Das Gebiss vy. Didelphys.” Anat. Anz.

1891, p. 658.

These two papers are translated in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, ix. pp. 279, 285 (1892).

6. Lecun.—< Studien iiber d. Entwick. d. Zahnsystems b. d.

Saugethieren.” M. J. xix. 1893, p. 502.

7. Ownn.—Art. “ Teeth” in Todd’s Cyclop.

Owrn.—Mesozoic Mammals. Pal. Soc.

8. Poucunr et Cuapry.— Cont. 4 ’Odontologie d. Mammif.”

J. Anat. et Physiol. 1884.

9. Rése.— Ueber d. Zahnentwicklung d. Beuteltiere.” Anat.

Anz. 1892, p. 693.

10. Tuomas, O.—* On Dr. Kiikenthal’s discoveries in Mammalian

Dentition.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, ix. p. 308 (1892).

11. THomas, O.—‘‘On the Homologies and Succession of the

Teeth in the Dasyvride, with an attempt to trace the

history of the evolution of the Mammalian Teeth m

general.” Phil Trans. vol. 178. pp. 443-462 (1887).

12. Tuomas, O.——Catalogue of Marsupials Brit. Mus. 1888.

32%

472

MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

V.—EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXV.-XXXVII.

In all cases the teeth represented are from the left side, and when shown in

section are looked at from the front, so that the left of the Plate represents the

inner side of the jaw.

Fig. 1.

13.

14.

15.

16.

Jaws of Petrogale (113 mm. long), clarified, and showing the tooth-

germs in situ. 7'-7°, the 6 upper incisors; 7,-7,, the 3 lower incisors ;

ce, canine; pm°, pm*, pm,, pm,, the upper and lower premolars

m, m,, the lst upper and lower molar; pms, the premaxillo-maxil-

lary suture.

. Wax model of the enamel-organs of the Ist and 2nd upper incisors ;

lettering as above. d./, dental lamina ; 2*', rudiment of successional

tooth.

. Transverse section of the enamel-organs of the 38rd and 4th upper

incisors of Petrogale.

. A wax model showing the relation of the 4th upper incisor (74) to the

5th (2°) and 6th (7°). Petrogale.

. Transverse section through the 5th (2”) and 6th (2°) incisors of Macropus

eugenti. 7°’, rudimentary successional tooth.

. Transverse section through the upper 4th and 6th incisors (7 and 7°)

with the rudimentary successor to the latter (7°’). The vestigial 5th

incisor (7°) is dotted in to show its relative position. MM. giganteus.

. Transyerse section through the developing Ist incisor of M. giganteus.

a“, successional tooth.

. Transverse section through the enamel-organ of the 4th incisor and its

rudimentary successor, 74’. MM. giganteus.

. Section taken parallel with the median plane of the head, but transverse

to the dental lamina, passing through the lst and 2nd lower incisors

(i, and 7 Petrogale (95 em.).

. Enlarged drawing of the Ist lower incisor (7,), showing its advanced

calcification and its rudimentary successor 7,'._ Petrogale (11 em.).

. Transverse section through the 2nd lower incisor of MM. giganteus.

z,', rudimentary successor.

. Section through the dental lamina between the canine and 3rd premolar,

showing a slight differentiation, possibly representing one of the

missing premolars. Petrogale.

Ditto. M. eugenii.

Section in front of the 3rd lower premolar, M. giganfeus, showing the

missing 2nd premolar.

Section through the enamel-organ of the 3rd premolar. Petroga/e.

Section showing the earliest indication of the so-called 4th successional

premolar (ppm). Petrogale (9:5 em.).

16. Section through the same region as 16a in an older embryo. 11 cm.

17.

18.

Section showing the character of the dental lamina between figs. 15 and

16 or 16 and 18. Petrogale.

Enamel-organ of the 4th premolar ; p possibly represents the last trace

of a successional tooth. Petrogale.

. A drawing of a wax model showing the relation between pm and pm*

and the permanent premolar (ppm). Petrogale.

. Section through the enamel-organ of the 3rd premolar of M. giganteus.

. The dental lamina between pm’ and pm’, already slightly swollen, the

earliest appearance of the successional tooth (ppm). M. giganteus.

. The enamel-organ of the 4th premolar. MM. giganteus.

. Section through the 3rd premolar and the germ of the so-called 4th

successional tooth (ppm). M. eugenit.

. Ditto, ditto. pyprymnus rufescens. Showing the relation of the

hitherto supposed successor (ppm) to the 4th premolar to pm, and

pm,.

1 1

. a,b. The developing germs of a of Petrogale. a , the milk-rudiments ;

qni! 1

a the germs of the functional and permanent teeth.

1893. ] PROF. E, C. STIRLING ON DIPROTODON-REMAINS. 473

Fig. 26. The germ of the Ist upper molar of M. giganteus. m', germ of 2nd

dentition ; m1, rudiment of Ist.

27. Premolars, canine, and abnormal incisors of Perameles (i, and 7,

fused).

28. Section through the dental lamina of Perameles between incisors 4 and

5 of the upper jaw, showing enlargement supposed to represent the

true 5th incisor, Z

29. Palatal aspect of the premaxilla of a young Petrogale xanthopus,

showing the three adult incisors in relation to the jaw and the

vestigial canine. S, premaxillo-maxillary suture.

May 16, 1893.

OsBErt Savin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary exhibited on behalf of Mr. Rowland Ward, F.Z.S.,

a complete skin of Grévy’s Zebra (Equus grevyi), from a specimen

recently shot by Col. Arthur Paget in Somali-land.

The following extracts from a letter, from Professor E. OC.

Stirling, M.D., C.M.Z.S., to Professor Newton, dated “ Adelaide,

April 10th, 1893”*, were read :—

“. ,..lLam writing now to give you early information of a great

‘ find’ of Diprotodon remains which I have recently been exploiting,

and the results will clear up the remaining points of doubt about

this great beast. Some months ago I received information that

large bones were visible in a watercourse in a large dry salt lagoon

called Lake Mulligan, situated some 20 or 30 miles to the north

of a still larger dry salt lagoon which you will find marked as

Lake Frome on any good map of South Australia. The accounts

were so favourable that I sent upa good man to inspect and report.

His accounts were also favourable, and I induced our Museum

people to institute a systematic search—and we sent up four men

with a complete outfit under the charge of a man who had some

considerable experience of the kind of work. This party has been

at work for nearly three months with very gratifying results from

the reports I got. According to them there are hundreds of skele-

tons available and accessible, and many of them have already been

excavated. Several nearly complete skeletons have been exhumed,

and all the bones of the body have been found... . It appears that

the animal had five well-developed toes, the five terminal phalanges

of which are almost equal in size. The carpal and metacarpal

bones have also been found, though I am not specially informed

whether the digits of the manus are also five in number. This,

however, is implied from the enclosed sketch which Iam able to send

ou.

“There is a tail of 9 vertebrae, which in one instance was 1 foot

1 N.B.—Professor Stirling's telegram to Professor Newton published in ‘The

Times’ of 25th April and ‘ Nature’ of 27th April (vol. xlvii. p. 606) is of later

date.

474 PROF. BE, C. STIRLING ON DIPROTODON-REMAINS. [May 16,

23 inches long, and I am informed that the marsupial bones have

also been found. We have also several distinct impressions of

the skin of the fore foot.

“Several skeletons of a large Wombat about the size of a bullock

have been also unearthed—probably Phascolomys gigas ; aad by the

last advices the discovery has been made of a frail, tenderly-built

animal about the size of a sheep, of which the nature is as yet

unknown.

“The above account will give you some idea of the extent of

this deposit of bones, which I think will undoubtedly prove to be

one of the most important of its kind yet made in Australia. I

am in hope that we shall be able to continue the search for some

two or three months longer, by which time we shall have reaped

a very rich harvest.

**T ought to mention that the locality is about 600 miles north

of Adelaide, in a very inhospitable country, and 180 miles from

the railway. In this season of drought all carting and travelling

has to be done by Camels, and the temperature averages 110° F.

in the shade, occasionally rising to over 120°. Myriads of flies and

frequent sand-storms are other trifling difficulties which have to be

undergone by the party.

“‘So far my engagements have not permitted me to get to the

spot ; but I hope to do so shortly. In any case it will be some

time before we can get the bones down to town, as Camels are

the only means of communication. When we do get the material

to work upon we ought to have something interesting to say, but

in the meantime I think you will be glad to have this preliminary

report, however fragmentary ....I send you herewith a rough

sketch of one of the specimens in situ which will better explain

some of the points I have mentioned, more especially with regard

to the feet. Photographs of others have been taken, but I have

not yet received copies ; and indeed the impurity and scarcity of

the water available has been so far a great hindrance to the

development of the plates. The last advices I have received are

nearly a month old, owing to the difficulties of access to the place,

and I expect a good deal has been done since then.

“Tn writing to Sir W. Flower some weeks ago I was only able

to mention that we had dropped into what seemed to be a good

‘ find,’ but I was unable to give him any details. Perhaps, if you

see him yon will let him know how we are getting on.

**. , . This is avery hurried letter, but I only received to-day my

last advices about the Diprotodon, and the mail which I wish to catch

goes to-morrow. Pray, therefore, excuse my imperfect sketch, which

I only send as it is because I know: you will be interested, and

because I should like you to be the first to receive the information

such as it is.

“ Addendum. Professor Tate informs me that the geological

formation of this salt-lake district of South Central Australia must

be considered Pliocene. Lake Mulligan is, like Lake Eyre, Lake

Frome, and other neighbouring lakes marked in the map, a vast

1893.] ON THE ATRIUM AND PROSTATE IN THE OLIGOCHETA. 475

level expanse of salt-encrusted, black mud, only becoming filled

after very heavy rains, which are not of very frequent occurrence.

Lake Mulligan is relatively small, being only about 8 miles across,

and the Diprotodon remains are somewhere about midway between

the east and westedges. Usually the salt crust is not firm enough

for bullock-traffic, and I may safely say that thousands of bullocks

have at different times been bogged in crossing or attempting to

cross .... The bones, as will be seen, lie close to the surface, that

is two or three feet [beneath]... . It would appear that an im-

mense herd of these and other animals had got bogged, probably in

seeking water in a dry season, justas cattle do now in the North by

hundreds. here is every indication that all this region of South

Central Australia was formerly occupied by freshwater lakes.

We have, for instance, remains of Alligators or Crocodiles from a

district not far off, and other evidence of freshwater-life. Of

course we are on the look-out for Thylacoleo; but, so far, it does

not appear to have been met with; but I am quite hopeful that if

we can manage to prosecute the search, that this and perhaps other

remains will be met with.

“This is about all the information I can give you at present.

Again excuse its unsystematic and fragmentary character, but I

am writing far into the night so as to catch the mail to-morrow.

eH, O82”

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Atrium and Prostate in the Oligocheta. By

Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

Society.

[Received May 2, 1893.]

The structures termed “atrium” and “prostate” in the

Oligochzta have given rise to considerable differences of opinion as

to their nature.

The word ‘atrium ” has been generally used for the dilated

chamber into which the sperm-duct opens in the Tubificide and

Lumbriculide ; “prostate” has been the term usually applied to

the glandular structures in Earthworms which are appended to the

male duct. The latter term was first applied by Vaillant (1, who

first described a worm with the glands in question, viz. Pericheta

posthuma), who remarked concerning the gland : “ faut il y voir une

vésicule séminale accessoire ou une glande annexe comparable a

une prostate?” The word “atrium” appears to have been first

used by Claparéde (2, p. 21) in the case of Tubifew. Vaillant was

of opinion that the glands, which he described for the first time,

in Pericheta were sui generis and not comparable to any structures

in other Oligocheta. Vejdovsky is the first writer who has

attempted any comparison between the structures in question

476 MR. F, BE, BEDDARD ON THE ATRIUM AND [May 16,

throughout the Oligocheta (3, p. 143). The following is a brief

epitome of what he has said upon the subject: he considers that

the glands described by Perrier in Pericheta, Acanthodrilus, and

Digaster are possibly the equivalents of what he (Vejdovsky) terms

the “ Cement-Driise ” in the Tubificide ; that the glandular tube

in Eudrilus which Perrier called “ vesicula seminalis” is to be

looked upon as the homologue of the atrium in the aquatic

Oligocheeta ; so also is the gland in Pontodrilus.

The next contribution to the subject is by myself; I pointed out

(4) that the genus Moniligaster—an earthworm according to the

definition of most naturalists—has a terminal gland connected with

the sperm-ducts which agrees in all essentials with the atrium of

the aquatic genera. In a further contribution (5) I dealt with the

prostates of Earthworms in general, giving reasons for regarding

them as the homologues of the atria of the lower Oligocheta.

Among Earthworms there are two principal forms of “ prostate ”

met with. In <Acanthodrilus, Pontodrilus, and other genera the

glands are represented by long tubular bodies ; in Pericheta &e.

there are a pair of lobulate bodies often occupying the same position

with regard to the ends of the sperm-ducts. One question to be

decided was whether these two kinds of glands were related to each

other; the next question was whether these glands were homologous

with any structure in the lower Oligocheta. As to the first ques-

tion, the tubular gland of Acanthodrilus was shown to differ only

from the branched gland of Pericheta by the fact that the glandular

cells of which it is largely composed are in the latter segregated

into masses instead of forming a continuous coating. The answer

to the second question is rendered easier by a consideration of the

structure of the gland appended to the sperm-duct in Ludrilus.

Perrier’s account of the structure and relations of this gland were

not, as I myself showed (6), quite accurate; the sperm-ducts open

into the interior of the gland at about its middle. In this feature

the gland of Ludrilus differs from that of Acanthodrilus, which is

quite independent of the sperm-duct, or from that of Pontodrilus,

where the sperm-duct only opens into the gland near to its external

aperture. The identity of minute structure, however, appears to

favour a comparison of the glands in Eudrilus and Pontodrilus ;

the only difference concerns the thick muscular coat of the gland

in Ludrilus; but I pointed out that the genus Zrigaster of Benham

seews to be an intermediate form in this respect. ‘The iden-

tity of structure,” I remarked, “between the glandular bodies

appended to the termination of the vas deferens in Ludrilus,

Typhous, &c., leads to the inference that they are homologous ;

while the relations of the vas deferens to this body in Hudrilus

clearly favours the supposition that it corresponds to the atrium

in the ‘ Limicole.’” The comparison of the gland of Perichata

to the prostates of the Tubificide seemed to me to be rendered

impossible by reason of the fact that in the former the cells which

it was sought to compare were covered by the peritoneum, while in

the Limicolw (I did not particularly mention Tubifex) and in the

1893. ] PROSTATE IN. THE OLIGOCH ETA. 477

genus Moniligaster “the prostates are formed by a metamorphosis

of certain peritoneal cells.” The real equivalent therefore of the

“ prostates ” in the Limicole and in Moniligaster are to be found

in the peritoneum of <Acanthodrilus, Pericheta, &e. ‘In Earth-

worms therefore,” I concluded, “ there are two organs which have

been termed prostates—(1) the atrium of Acanthodrilus, Pericheta,

&c.; (2) the atrium + prostate of Moniligaster.”

These opinions were upheld with slight modifications in a subse-

quent paper (5, p. 117 &¢c.). One important difference between

the atria of the higher and those of the lower Oligochzta 1 sought

to explain by the primitive position of the atrial pores. Assuming

that they originally were developed as invaginations of the clitellar

region, it would follow that the lining membrane would consist, as

does the clitellum, of two layers of cells; the resemblance of the

cellular lining of the atrium in <Acanthodrilus &e. to the clitellar

epithelium has been commented upon by others as well as by

myself. In the lower Oligocheta, on the other hand, the clitellar

epithelium is one-layered; hence the lining membrane of the

atrium is one-layered also. My later discovery, made since the

paper to which I am now referring was written, that Monzligaster

has a clitellum like that of the lower Olhigocheta, still further con-

firms this way of looking at the facts. In the lower Oligochzta

the atrial epithelium is ciliated—another difference as I then thought

it ; L have, however, lately found that in Hudriloides brunneus (n. sp.)

the same ciliation at any rate partially occurs. I need not therefore

recapitulate my attempt to explain what is now not a difference

between the lower and higher genera of Oligocheta. Other points

in this paper will be referred to again.

The views expressed in my papers were controverted by Benham

(10). He points out in the first place a confusion of terms of

which I was guilty. Mr. Benham writes :—‘ Beddard takes up a

rather curious position in regard to the prostate of Monaligaster.

For him the peritoneal coat, outside the muscular wall of the

atrium, is the ‘prostate’ and is homologous with the ‘* Cement-

Driise” (or prostate) of Tubifew. Now this prostate in Tubifex

has been shown by Vejdovsky to be formed by a proliferation and

outgrowth of the atrial epithelium at a certain point, which bursts

through the muscular wall of the atrium and projects into the

body -cavity. The atrial epithelium is derived from the epidermis,

so that the ‘ Cement-Driise’ is epiblastic ; whereas the glandular

covering of the ‘ atrium’ of Monilgaster, Stylaria, Rhynchelmis, &e.

is mesoblastic,—it is in reality a modification of the peritoneal

cells. Hence Beddard would regard the epiblastic ‘ prostate’

(Cement-Driise) of Tubifevr as the homologue of the mesoblastic

covering of the atrium in Moniligaster!” I did make this compa-

rison at first; and it seemed to me to be justified by the curious

fact that in Tubifex the Cement-Driise was not covered by peri-

toneum, the rest of the atrium being covered; the disappearance

of the peritoneum at this particular point appeared to me to indicate

that possibly the data of Vejdovsky were not perfectly accurate.

478 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE ATRIUM AND [May 16,

In my fuller paper upon the subject I did not insist upon this

comparison, which, however, I shall here again bring forward,

though for different reasons.

Benham in his paper retains the name prostate for the glandular

appendices of Acanthodrilus, Pericheta, &c., allowing, however,

that the terminal part of these glands, which in Pericheta receive

the sperm-duct, may be compared with the atrium of the lower

Oligocheta. If this view is to be pushed to its logical conclusion,

we are brought face to face with the somewhat puzzling conclusion

that in Hudrilus half of the atrium is atrium and the rest prostate ;

that is to say, two parts of a continuous tube which are perfectly

identical in structure are morphologically different.

A careful comparison of the various structures which have been

called atrium by myself throughout the Oligocheta seems to me to

prove their identity beyond the possibility of a doubt; an attempt

to distinguish between the atria of different families would lead to

the enunciation of somewhat impossible conclusions. Before com-

paring in some detail the atria of different forms, a few preliminary

points may be disposed of. I have urged, as already mentioned, the

similarity in structure between the atrium and the clitellum ; this

resemblance seems now to me to be without the significance which

I have attempted to attach to it. The atrium is, as far as we know,

an involuted region of epidermis; in many regions of the epidermis,

not only in the clitellar region, there are unicellular gland-cells

developed ; the most prominent of these perhaps are the some-

times quite large glands which are associated with the genital

papillz in the genus Pericheta. I regard the glandular layer

of the atrium as simply a thick layer of such unicellular glands ;

and the fact that we find every possible stage between a single mass

of such gland-cells (Zubifex) attached to a portion of the atrium

and a complete layer (Acanthodrilus) seems to justify this couclu-

sion. The resemblance to the clitellum is then simply due to the

fact that in both sections of the epidermis there are glandular cells

present in great quantity.

In comparing the atria of the different families of the Oligocheta

I shall commence with the higher groups. The tubular atria of

the Eudrilidz must be comparable to the somewhat similar atria of

the Acanthodrilide &e. In Pontodrilus the sperm-ducts open into

the atria at the junction of the muscular and glandular parts ; in

the Eudrilide into the glandular part itself. As, however, there

are sO many variations as to the exact place at which the sperm-

duct does communicate with the atrium, this can hardly be regarded

as a difference of more than trifling importance.

It will, I think, be generally allowed that the tubular glands of

Acanthodrilus, Pontodrilus, &c., are homologous with the compli-

cated lobate glands of Pericheta, Cryptodrilus &e. On a priori

grounds only it seems impossible to distinguish glands which occur

in such nearly related forms as Cryptodrilus and Megascolides.

Perhaps if we had only to deal with Acanthodrilus and Pericheta

the a priori grounds would not be so strong. Fortunately, how-

479

CO a

Meer REDEDOS OP UCeRROSSCGOOR CECCDELEEEEORNEEsoZrrsaEctReCSeCe Ute

Bi :

= <= as

PROSTATH IN THE OLIGOCH ATA.

Spermiducal glands of various Oligochezta,

1893.1

Sar

Ee)

roi

a's

Sas)

A pj

v,d, Sperm-duct ; p, peritoneum ; m, muscular layer; a, glandular layer ;

6, lining epithelium ; sp, spermatozoa.

480 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE ATRIUM AND [May 16,

ever, there are stronger arguments than those to be derived from

considerations of this kind. I have pointed out that in Megascolex

newcombei the atria have the compact appearance of the corre-

sponding organs of Acanthodrilus, to which also they show some

slight approximation in outward form ; this is further shown in the

slight branching of the lumen of the gland. A better instance

still has lately come under my observation. In the remarkable

genus Diplocardia* of Garman (11) the atria appear on a dissection

to resemble those of other Acanthodrilide ; they are Jong tubular

structures terminating in a short muscular duct. They have, how-

ever, a curious spotty appearance, small white rounded masses

being imbedded in a darker ground-substance. They are also not

quite so regularly tubular as they are in all other Acanthodrilide

which I have dissected ; towards the junction with the muscular

duct the tubes are wider, and everywhere the margin is slightly

crenate. In transverse sections the reason for these divergences

from the normal Acanthodrilid structure was apparent: the white

spots are aggregations of the pear-shaped glandular cells, which no

longer form a regular investment of the lining epithelium of the

tube; and here and there the lumen has inconspicuous diverticula

into which the pear-shaped cells pour their secretion. The whole

gland in fact shows a commencement of that branching which is

so characteristic a feature of the atrium in the Perichetide. A little

more development of the tendency to the aggregation of the pear-

shaped cells and we should have an atrium exactly like that of the

Perichetide.

If it be reasonable on a@ priori grounds alone to regard the

glandular appendices of the sperm-ducts in the Megascolicide as

homologous throughout, it is at least equally reasonable to seek

for detailed resemblances in the atria in the different genera which

make up the family of the Tubificide. At first sight there seem

to be considerable differences. In Tubifex itself, and Limnodrilus

and some other genera identical with Tubifex in these particu-

lars, the atrium is long and has the well-known “ Cement-Driise ”

attached to it; this gland is limited in extent, though varying

somewhat in different genera, and is superadded to the lining

epithelium of the atrium; Vejdovsky (3) has shown that it is

developed from the lining epithelium. In Telmatodrilus (12)

there is a series of these outgrowths of the atrial epithelium, which

deck the entire atrium, being symmetrically arranged. Finally, in

my genus Branchiura (7) the atrium is closely invested by a thick

layer of pear-shaped cells, which are separated from the lining

epithelium by a muscular coat of circular fibres. I/yodrilus appears

to possess an atrium of the same kind but minus the muscular

fibres. In Tubifew the muscular coat exists but itis less developed

than in Branchiura; it is, moreover, deficient at the point where

the ‘‘Cement-Driise ” is grafted on to the atrium. The only re-

maining genus of Tubificid which shows any differences from these

? I am indebted to the kindness of Dr. Benham for the opportunity of

examining this worm.

1893. ] PROSTATE IN THE OLIGOCHETA. 481

types is Bothrioneuron (13), where the ‘‘ Cement-Driise ” is attached

to the summit of a short diverticulum of the atrium.

It seems to me impossible to resist the conviction that we have

here a series of stages in the production of a limited “ Cement-Driise”

out of a continuous glandular investment of the atrium. In Monili-

gaster, whose atrium as regards the points under discussion is so

like that of Branchiura, the glandular cells which invest it ex-

ternally perforate the muscular layer to reach the inner epithelium ;

I imagine that this will be found to be the case with Branchiura

too. A reduction of this investing layer to a restricted region of

the atrium brings about the Cement-Driise of Tubifew; a greater

separation between the masses of glandular cells would produce

the state of affairs ciaracteristic of Telmatodrilus. It is noticeable

that the absence of peritoneum upon the atrium of Branchiura is

seen in Tubifer in the region of the Cement-Driise; why this

should be I cannot suggest; but that it is so is a further reason

for the justice of my comparisons.

In the family Lumbriculide there are indications of a similar

series of stages in the conversion of a complete glandular covering

of the atrium intoa more partial one; but the stages are fewer

than in the Tubificide, in fact there are only, so far as our present

knowledge of the group goes, two such stages. The more usual

condition is seen in the majority; in Rhynchelmis, for example,

the atrium is lined by a layer of cells, outside which are masses of

pear-shaped cells which are aggregated to some extent into separate

masses; the after all rather slight indications of discontinuity

between the masses of cells which clothe the atrium in Rhyn-

chelmis are still further emphasized in Sutroa. In this Annelid (8)

the atrium is invested by very distinctly separate masses of

glandular pear-shaped cells; the entire atrium is covered by a thin

muscular layer which might be regarded as the peritoneal in-

vestment ; between this supposed peritoneum and the glandular

coat of the atrium lie masses of developing sperm; the structure

therefore, whatever be its morphological nature, is, in function, a

sperm-sac.

It seems to me that the two families Tubificide and Lumbriculide

are nearly allied, in any case no one has disputed the morphological

identity of the organs termed atria in both; it is therefore reason-

able, at least pending further information, to assume that the atria

correspond in detail, and in this case the Lumbriculide, like the

Tubificid genus Branchiura, have an atrium which is frequently

devoid of peritoneum. The intermediate condition between the

atrium in the Lumbriculide and that in the higher Oligocheta is

afforded by the Moniligastride. Moniligaster itself has an atrium

which seems to be identical in all essentials with that of Branchwura

and the Lumbriculide ; it has two layers of cells which are sepa-

rated by a well-developed muscular layer. JI have shown (9) that

the outer layer of cells sends processes through the muscular layer,

which therefore are in a position to void their contents into the

lumen of the atrium. I myself have only seen this arrangement

482 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ATRIUM AND [May 16,

in one specimen of a species recently described by me (9) as Mon-

iligaster bahamensis ; in the other species investigated there was

no trace of any perforation of the muscular layer by the outer

layer of cells of the atrium: I imagine, however, that these pro-

longations of the cells were originally overlooked, owing to their

inconspicuous character; they were especially obvious in the

species Moniligaster bahamensis on account of the ducts being

filled with granules of secretion, which were deeply stained by

borax carmine. I compared this atrium with that of the Lumbri-

culide and various other aquatic Oligocheta, considering that the

outer glandular layer of cells in both was the modified peritoneum.

Benham, in the paper to which I have referred, agreed with me in

this matter, but held that the cells, from the very fact that they were

peritoneal, could not exert a glandular function; he doubted

whether there was any known case of ‘‘ ccelomic epithelium being

converted into a gland which pours its secretion to the exterior.”

This doubt appears to me to be quite justified, but then there is

the undoubted fact that the processes of the cells in question do

pour their secretion on to the exterior through the lumen of the

atrium. The explanation of the difficulty seems to be that I was

wrong in regarding this glandular epithelium as mesoblastic at all ;

I have never seen it myself, but Mr. Benham has shown me

sections through the atrium of Moniligaster in which there was a

distinct, though thin layer of peritoneum outside the glandular

cells. The presence of this does not, however, invalidate my com-

parisons, though it puts them in a different light, for Benham

remarked apropos of Rhynchelmis that he could “ detect in sections

a delicate membrane surrounding the pear-shaped cells which is

no doubt the true ccelomic epithelium.”

The structure of the atrium in Moniligaster has also been

studied by Rosa, who is disinclined to favour any “ limicoline ”

affinities in that genus; he principally uses the characters of a new

Moniligastrid, Desmogaster (14), to strengthen his position. In

Desmogaster the atria have the following structure :—They are

tubular glands slightly coiled in an S-shape; the lumen is much

restricted, and is floored by a layer of cylindrical cells ; outside

this, the walls of the atrium are mainly muscular, the fibres being

disposed centrally in a circular direction and longitudinally outside :

among the external bundles of fibres are groups of gland-cells which

by means of long ducts (formed merely by a prolongation of their

own substance) reach the lumen of the atrium; but these groups

of cells are not exposed at the surface of the atrium on account of

the longitudinal muscular fibres; the entire organ is covered

externally by a delicate layer of peritoneum. As Rosa points out,

this seems to indicate a gradual moving outwards of the pear-

shaped cells from their primitive position as lining the lumen of

the atrium. My own criticism of this paper (as concerns the facts

about the atria), published three years ago, need not here be referred

to, as the data upon which it rested are not sufficient. I am now

quite of opinion that Rosa was perfectly right in looking upon the

— eye

1893.] PROSTATE IN THE OLIGOCHETA. 483

atria of Desmogaster as offering an intermediate stage between

Moniligaster and the higher Oligocheta. In the Oligocheta we

have an atrium consisting of two layers of epithelium, covered

either by a simple thin peritoneum only, or (in the Eudrilide)

consisting of thick muscular layers themselves covered with the

peritoneal epithelium. In a few simplified genera of Megasco-

licide the lining of the atrium is reduced to the inner layer of

epithelium only : these are Ocnerodrilus, Gordiodrilus, Pygmeodri-

lus, and Kerria (an Acanthodrilid). It is, 1 imagine, fairly probable

that these forms are really, so far as concerns the atrium, degenerate

in character; they show no real resemblance to the “ Limicole ”

as I was at first inclined to believe; for as I now show that the

same constituents are present in the atrium of the lower as of the

higher Oligochzta, the single layer of cells is a difference from both.

At one time the family Geoscolicide was defined by having no

atria like other families such as the Megascolicide ; many genera,

however, do possess organs connected with the external pores of

the sperm-ducts which seem to be referable to this category.

Rosa, however, in an account of the minute anatomy of these

organs in Kynotus (15), is disposed to regard them as morphv-

logically different from the atria of the Megascolicide. Unfor-

tunately the description of the structure of the organs in question

in Kynotus is unaccompanied by any illustrations, so that it is a

little difficult to follow. The terminal male apparatus consists of

a muscular bulb (‘ bursa propulsatoria ”) attached to the walls of

the segment, on to which it opens by a retractor muscle; from this

muscular sac arises a glandular tube of some length ; the muscular

sac is divided into two chambers by a transverse septum ; from

the dorsal one of these is given off the glandular appendix; the

appendix is at first lined by a single layer of cells, and it is into

this part of it that the sperm-duct opens; further back the lining

epithelium is composed of two layers, the outer one being a mass

of pyriform glandular cells. Rosa is of opinion that this structure

is not the homologue of the atria of the Megascolicide ; its

resemblances, he thinks, are superficial and, such as they are, are due

to convergence. The main reascns which Rosa gives for this opinion

are three :—(1) The fact that these “ pseudoprostates ” are found

only in a much specialized group of the Geoscolicide; (2) their

difference in structure from the true “ prostates ” of the Megasco-

licide ; (3) the great resemblance which they show to the sacs

accompanying the copulatory sete of the same worms. The

second reason is further expanded into the actual points of

difference ; these are the following :—the presence of a retractor,

the complicated structure of the terminal sac, the mode of con-

nection of the sperm-ducts with the glandular appendix, and the

disposition of the glandular part.

It appears to me that the differences are not so great as Rosa

would have us believe; it is true that if we compare, as he

suggests, Pontodrilus with Kynotus, the differences are more

striking than the resemblances. I, however, decline to regard the

484 MR. F, EB, BEDDARD ON THE ATRIUM AND [May 16,

genera Pontodrilus, Microscolex, &c. as the lowest forms of the

Cryptodrilide except in the sense that they are degenerate forms ;

it seems to me that it is the Eudrilide which present, as regards

the atria, the most obvious likeness to the Geoscolicidez. In them,

as in the Geoscolicide, the atrium opens into a terminal “ bulbus”

which may even, as in Eudrilus, possess a pad developed out of its

lining epithelium apparently not unlike the “scudo ovale” described

by Rosa; the glandular appendix which in the Eudrilide opens into

this is sometimes (as in Heliodrilus) hardly differentiated, as it is in

many others, into a muscular and a glandular portion. In Eudrilids

the position of the pore of the sperm-duct into the “‘ appendix” is

so variable that there is no difficulty in comparing the two families

in respect of the fact that in both the sperm-duct opens into the

glandular appendix. Even among the other subfamilies of the

Megascolicidee (I am here following Rosa’s classification) there

are not wanting indications of a close approximation between the

atria and those of these Geoscolicids : in some species of the genus

Pericheta, for example, the atria open into a sac variable in size,

which itself opens on to the exterior; it appears to me that this

sac is the equivalent of the terminal sac in the Geoscolicide. As

to the presence of a retractor, which Rosa thinks distinguishes the

atrium of the Geoscolicide, many Megascolicide have bands of

muscles which appear to me to be perfectly comparable; for

instance, in my genus Octochetus (9) among the Acanthodrilids

there are bands of muscles which, though perhaps not exactly

inserted on to the atria, are attached to the body-wall in their

immediate neighbourhood. A better example still is furnished by

two species of Hudriloides lately examined by me; in these there

are a series of muscular strands actually inserted on to the

muscular termination of the two atria. To assert that these are

in their nature different from those of the Geoscolicids seems to be

too strong.

It seems therefore that the facts allow of no other view save

that the various structures termed atrium by inyself are homo-

logous. The extremes are united by too complete a series of

intermediade forms to permit of any doubt upon the point. There

are, however, as has been pointed out, differences in detail between

the atria of different groups; these amount to so much in the

entire series that the complex gland of Hudrilus, or Pericheta,

would perhaps unhesitatingly be regarded as different from the

simple atrium of Stylodrilus, were there no intermediate stages.

Though there would appear to be no great difficulty in deriving

the atrium of one family from that of another, it is not so apparent

which are the ancestral and which are the derived forms. To

determine or attempt to determine this, opens up the whole

question of the classification of these Annelids ; and in my opinion

a consideration of the facts relating to the atria confirms for the

most part the scheme of classification adopted by myself. In

order to determine which form of atrium is most primitive, it is

necessary to enquire into the origin of the atrium.

13893. | PROSTATE IN THE OLIGOCHATA. 485

Rosa’s view appears to me the most probable; but this, how-

ever, he restricts to the Geoscolicide. In certain Geoscolicide,

for example in Microcheta benhami, there are a series of paired

glands in the neighbourhood of the male pores ; in some species, for

example in Aynotus michaelsenii, sete are associated with these

glands which are in all respects similar to the penial sete of other

Harthworms. His view is that one pair of the glands have become

converted into the ‘“ pseudoprostates” of other Geoscolicide,

which I regard, as already pointed out, as identical with the atria

of other Oligocheta. These glands are identical in structure with

atria, and theoretical considerations also favour their homology.

There are many instances among segmented animals of the re-

duction or concentration of metamerically repeated organs; we are

more likely to be correct in assuming in such cases a reduction than

a multiplication. It is easy on this assumption to understand the

complete independence in the Acanthodrilidee of the sperm-ducts and

the atria ; and, furthermore, the remains of additional glands such as

occur in Dichogaster damonis; in this worm there are three pairs

of tubular glands of which one only is connected with the sperm-

duct. It is even possible that the glands (which I have called

*‘ capsulogenous”) of the Pericheztide are referable to the same

category ; and it may be pointed out that the papille upon which

they open are sometimes regularly paired and correspond more or

less accurately in position to the male pores. On this hypothesis

of the original development of the atria out of copulatory glands,

it is clear that those of the higher Oligocheta are nearer to the

primitive form of these glands than the lower; and, furthermore,

that the retention of more than one pair and their independence

of the sperm-ducts are so far primitive characters. The Acantho-

drilidee come obviously very near to the base of the series, though

a little further off then certain of the Geoscolicide. The Peri-

chetide and the Cryptodrilide can readily be derived from the

Acanthodrilide, and it must be remembered that some of the

former have tubular atria aud may therefore be nearer to the

ground form. I do not propose in fact to discuss the relative

positions of the different families, as I should have to take other

characters into consideration with which this paper does not deal.

The question of terminology has now to be considered; it

evidently stands in need of reyision. Are we to retain the terms

“atrium ” and “ prostate,” or one or neither? They have been

used in so many senses that it will lead to misunderstanding if

they are again used without careful definition. The use of the

term atrium has the objections that Mr. Benham has urged ; for in

Acanthodrilus, for example, the atrium is not a chamber leading

into any other chamber or duct; on the other hand, to speak of

the “atrium” of Tubifew as a “ prostate” would give a wrong

impression, for the idea of a prostate is a glandular appendix to

the male ducts. To speak of the sac itself as an atrium and of

the coating of pear-shaped cells as the prostate is disadvantageous ;

for, excepting in Tubifex, the two parts of the terminal apparatus

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XXXITI, 33

486 ON THE ATRIUM AND PROSTATE IN THE OLIGOCHATA. [May 16,

of the male ducts are combined into one structure. And in

Tubifex their separation is more apparent than real. It is, in fact,

far easier to object to current terms than to invent suitable new

ones. In considering this question the origin of the so-called

atria must be borne in mind; there are, as has been pointed out,

strong reasons for believing them to have been produced by a

reduction of glandular sacs often furnished with modified sete

found in the neighbourhood of the male pores and of the sperma-

tothece ; primarily, we are to suppose, they have no connection

with the male pores ; it would, however, be inconvenient to speak

of them when limited to a single pair into which the sperm-ducts

open as “copulatory glands,” for by doing so their specialized

condition would be lost sight of ; it would be the same thing as

calling the sperm-ducts nephridia. The various difficulties will

perhaps be obviated if we speak of them in those cases where they

have a clear relation to the sperm-ducts as “ spermiducal glands.”

This term has the advantage that it has not been before used in

the group and hence has no preconceived meaning attached to it ;

it is also to a considerable extent actually descriptive of the

structures in question.

Last oF LITERATURE REFERRED TO.

1. Varrtant, L.—‘ Note sur l’Anatomie de deux Espéces du

genre Pericheta, &e.” Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) x. p. 225.

2. Cuaparzpn, E.—‘ Recherches anatomiques sur les Oligo-

chétes.” Mém. Soc. Phys. Géneve, t. xvi. 2me partie.

3. Vespovsky, I’.—System und Morphologie der Oligochaeten.

Prag, 1884.

4. Bupparp, F. E.—“ Note on the Reproductive Organs of

Moniligaster.” Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 678.

5. Bupparp, I’. E.—*‘ On the Structure of three new Species of

Earthworms, with Remarks on certain Points in the

Morphology of the Oligocheta.” Quart. Journ. Micr.

Sci. vol. xxix. p. 101.

. Bepparp, F. E.—* Contributions to the Anatomy of Earth-

worms: Nos. L, I., III.” P. Z. 8, 1887, p. 372.

. Bepparp, F. E.—‘“ A new Branchiate Oligochete, Branchiwra

sowerbii.” Quart. Journ, Micr. Sci. vol. xxxiii. p. 1.

. Buepparp, F. E.—*“ A Contribution to the Anatomy of Sutroa.”

Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. xxxvii.

. Bepparp, F. E.—* On some new Species of Earthworms

from various parts of the World.” P. Z. 8S. 1892, p. 666.

10. Benuam, W. B.—<‘‘ Atrium” or “ Prostate”? Zool. Anz.

1890, p. 368.

11. Garman, H.—‘‘ On the Anatomy and Histology of a new

Earthworm (Diplocardia communis, gen. et sp. nov.).”

Bull. Illinois State Lab. vol. iii. p. 47.

12. E1tsen, G.—* Oligochetological Researches.” Rep. Comm.

Fisheries for 1883, p. 879 (1885).

o ao ~F OH

P Z.S .1893, Pl. XXXVI.

J. Green. del. et Lith. Mintern Bros. Chromo.

NEW SPECIES OF PLEUROTOMIDA.

1893. ] ON NEW SPECIES OF PLEUROTOMID %. 487

13. Srozc, A.— Monografie Ceskych Tubificidu.” Abh. bohm.

Ges. 1888.

14. Rosa, D.— Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmania e regioni

vicine. XXV. Moniligastridi, Geoscolecidi ed Eudrilidi.”

Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2 a) ix. p. 368.

15. Rosa, D.— Kynotus michaelsenii, n. sp. (Contributo alla

Morfologia dei Geoscolicidi).” Boll. Mus. Torino, vol. vii.

No, 119.

2. Descriptions of Fifteen new Species of Shells of the

Family Pleurotomide. By G. B. Sowersy, F.LS.

[Received April 28, 1893.]

(Plate XXXVIIL.)

PLEUROTOMA WALCOTS, n.sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 7, 8.)

Testa turrita, breviuscula, rugosa, pallida, antice zona pallide

purpurea cincta ; spwra turrita, acuta, gradata, sutura imcon-

spicua ; anfractus 8, ubique spiraliter striati, supra medium

angulati, infra angulum convewt, longitudinaliter costati (costes

in anfr. ult, circ. 12), spiraliter livati (liris in anfr. penult. 4) ;

anfractus ultimus spiram subequans, infra angulum leviter

CONVELUS, basin versus subcontractus, vie rostratus ; apertura

latiuscula, fauce purpureo-grisea ; canali brevissimo, leviter

recurvo ; columella rectiuscula; labrum acutum, erenulatum,

superne sinu profundo latiusculo enargimatum.

Long. 20, maj. diam. 10 mallim.

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf, South Australia.

The shell is of the typical form of the section Driliia, The

purple-grey zone on the lower part of the body-whorl seems

characteristic. The type specimen, belonging to the South Aus-

tralian Museum, has been kindly lent me for description and

figuring by W. T. Bednall, Esq.

PLEUROTOMA HUBERTI, n. sp. (Plate XXX VIII. figs. 11, 12.)

Testa turrita, acuminata, rugosa, fusca, albo-costata, zona albida

cincta ; spira elata, acuta; sutura view impressa ; anfractus 10,

convexr, obtusissime angulati, ubique spiraliter striati, longitu-

dinaliter costati (costis in anfr. ult. circ. 12), infra angulum

spiraliter Uirati; anfractus ultimus spiram paulo brevior, zona

albida cinctus, infra medium contractus, breviter rostratus ;

apertura latiuscula ; canal breviusculo, leviter recurvo ; labrum

incrassatum, superne angulatum, ad angulum late et sub-

profunde sinuatum.

Long. 16, maj. diam. 8 millim.

Hab. Cape Grenville, N.E. Australia.

Of the typical form of the section Drillia, the sinus forming a

488 MR. G. B, SOWERBY ON [May 16,

broad channel in the wing-like expansion of the lip. The longi-

tudinal ribs are nearly white, between which the brown colouring

is partly disposed in transverse linear streaks.

PLEUROTOMA ALBOVARICOSA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIIL. figs. 9, 10.)

Testa elongato-fusiformis, glabra, fusca, albo interruptim strigata ;

spira elongata, turrita, acutissima ; anfractus 8, convexi, longi-

tudinaliter costati, costis rotundatis, albidis, zona fusca trans-

meatis ; sutura callosa, albida; anfractus ultimus elongatus,

costis 6 munitus, fusco bifasciatus, infra medium constrictus,

spiraliter striatus, longirostratus ; wpertura elongata ; columella

Fere recta ; labrum tenue, superne mediocriter sinuatum, canali

longiusculo.

Long. 22, maj. diam. 6 millim.

Hab. East Africa? (ex coll. Keen).

A prettily painted shell, with a smooth shining surface. The

ribs are whitish, crossed on the upper whorls with one and on the

body-whorl with two brown zones; the interstices between the

ribs are entirely brown. The suture is covered with a whitish

callosity.

It may be doubted whether this species is rightly placed in the

section or subgenus Surcula, but to judge only from the shell, and

to propose a new section for it, would be only to add to the already

far too numerous ill-defined subdivisions.

PLEUROTOMA EDITHH, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. figs. 3, 4.)

Testa subfusiformis, sordide albida, fusco zonata ; spira elongata,

acuta ; anfractus 10, levigati, superne leviter concavi, obtuse

angulati, infra angulum costati, costis elevatis, obtusis, latius-

cults ; sutura callosa ; anfractus ultimus zona lata fusca cinctus,

supra medium obtuse angulatus, supra angulum concavus, infra

leviter convewus, basin versus attenuatus, spiraliter obscure

hratus ; apertura oblonga, fauce fusco-tincta ; labrum acutum,

superne angulatum, ad angulum late et profunde sinuatum ;

columella arcuata, supra callosa, canali brevissimo.

Long. 18, maj. diam. 7 millum.

Hab. Hong Kong.

A shell of simple character. I place it provisionally, but with

some doubt, in the section Clavus, which may or may not prove to

be clearly separable from Drillia.

PLEUROTOMA INCLINATA, n. sp. (Plates XX XVIII. figs. 25, 26.)

Testa subfusiformis, solidiuscula, luteo-albida fusco-strigata et

halteata; spira elongata turrita, acuta, leviter inclinata ; an-

Fractus 10, convexiuseuli, costis numerosis acutiusculis leviter

obliquis muniti, spiraliter minutissime striati ; anfractus ultimus

spiram via wquans, superne leviter concavus deinde convexus,

prope marginem costa crassa instructus, ad basim attenuatus

1893.] NEW SPECIES OF PLEUROTOMIDZ, 489

haud rostratus, spiraliter liratus ; apertura oblonga, latwseula ;

columella callosa ; labrum acutum, late et profunde sinuatum.

Long. 20, maj. diam. 8 millim.

Hab. Mauritius.

This species belongs to the Clavus group. It has been placed

in various collections as P. albicostata, Sowerby, with which I find,

however, it has little affinity. It comes rather nearer to P. obli-

quata, Reeve.

PLEUROTOMA KHENI, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. figs. 13, 14.)

Testa turrita, solida, pallide fusca, nigro-fusco strigata, albo

granulata ; spira acuminata (apice?); anfractus obtuse angu-

lati, costis numerosis confertis, longitudinalibus subobliquis

biseriatim granulatis muniti ; interstitiis nigro-fusco strigatis ;

anfractus ultimus supra angulum leviter concavus, infra angu-

lum convexiusculus, infra medium leviter attenuatus, haud

rostratus ; apertura oblonga; columella callosa, alba, polita ;

labrum fere rectum, supra angulum mediocriter sinuatum,

Long. 24, maj. diam. 5 millim.

Hab. ? (ex coll. Keen).

A species of somewhat remarkable character, apparently belong-

ing to the section Crassispira. The ribs are beaded with white

granules and bordered with dark brown streaks. The specimen

has lost several whorls of the spire.

PLEUROTOMA HUNGHRFORDI, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 1, 2.)

Testa anguste turrita, grisea, ad apicem fusca ; spira elongata,

acuta ; anfractus 8, leves, supra medium leviter concavi, infra

costis paucis levigatis muniti ; anfractus ultimus breviusculus,

supra medium obtuse angulatus, inferne levissime attenuatus,

haud rostratus ; apertura oblonga, latiuscula ; labrum acutum,

sinus profundiusculus, mediocriter latus.

Long. 123, maj. diam. 4 millim.

Hab. Hong Kong.

A very simple shell, without sculpture, and with but few smooth

longitudinal ribs. It is hardly possible to say in which section

this species should be placed, whether it is a Drilla or a modifi-

cation of Clavus.

PLEUROTOMA INFRAFUSCA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 5, 6.)

Testa acuminata, albida, antice rufo-fusca ; spira turrita, acu-

tissima; anfractus 10, primi 2-3 leves, sequentes angulati,

supra angulum concavi, infra viw convewi, costis numerosis

rotundatis, ad angulum elevatis muniti, maculis minutis fuscis ad

angulum picti ; anfr. ultimus spiram subequaliter longus, multo

latior, basin versus leviter attenuatus, haud rostratus ; apertura

latiuscula ; labrum acutum, via sinuatum, canali brevissimo.

Long. 19, maj. diam. 7 maillim.

Hab. Mauritius ? (ex coll. Sir D. Barclay).

The most striking character of this species is its bright reddish-

490 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON [May 16,

brown base. It will probably come into the section Clavus. The

specimen is now in the collection of General Tripe.

DaPHNELLA FUSCO-PICTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. figs. 15, 16.)

Testa angusta, fusiformis, albida, nigro-fusco conspicue flammu-

lata ; spira elongata, ad apicem acuta; anfractus 9-10, conveai,

undique eximie cancellati ; sutura angustissime canaliculata ;

anfractus ultimus oblongus, spiram leviter superans, vie infla-

tus, inferne leviter attenuatus, haud rostratus, flammulis longi-

tudinalibus albo bifasciatum interruptis pictus; apertura oblonga,

utringue attenuata; labrum leviter crenulatum, sinu profun-

diusculo emarginato, canali brevissimo.

Long. 17, maj. diam. 53 ; apertura longa 73, lata 2 millim.

Hab. Hong Kong.

A prettily marked and delicately sculptured shell, minutely

cancellated throughout. It somewhat resembles D. flammea

(Hinds), but differs considerably from that species in sculpture

(fine close-set longitudinal strie crossing the spiral ones). In

sculpture it closely resembles D. diluta (Gould), which species is

very different from it inform. Another allied species is P. deli-

catia (Reeve), from which it differs both in form and sculpture.

DAPHNELLA SPENCERE, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 17, 18.)

Testa acuminato-fusiformis, albida, fusco maculata ; spira acumi-

nata, acuta; anfractus 8, convexiusculi, supremr longitu-

dinaliter plicati, undique spiraliter striati; maculis fuscis

conspicuis ornati ; anfractus ultimus spiram superans, leviter

inflatus, maculis fuscis reqularibus rotundatis biseriatim

dispositis pictus ; apertura oblonga ; labrum arcuatum, acutum,

sinu profundiusculo angustiusculo emarginato, canalt brevissimo.

Long. 10, maj. diam. 4 ; apertura longa 4, lata 2 millim.

Hab. Hong Kong.

A beautiful little shell, of which I have only seen a single

specimen. It is finely spirally striated throughout, the upper

whorls being longitudinally plicated. The colouring consists of

conspicuous rounded brown blotches, which upon the body-whorl

are disposed in two rows, one above and one below the middle

of the whorl.

DAPHNELLA ELATA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 19, 20.)

Testa turrita, luteo-albida, maculis pallide fuscis promiscue

conspersa; spira perelongata, acutissima; anfractus 10,

primi 2 fuscr leves, sequentes leviter angulati, liris spiralibus

numerosis acutis cingulati, longitudinaliter minute interplicati ;

anfractus ultimus spiram vie equans, leviter convexus, infra

medium constrictus ; apertura oblonga, parva; labrum extus

crenulatum, sinu breviusculo emarginato, canali brevissimo.

Long. 15, maj. diam. 4; apertura longa 5, lat. 13 millim.

Hab. Mauritius.

This species has a much longer spire than others of the group ;

1893. | NEW SPECIES OF PLEUROTOMID#. 491

in sculpture it resembles D. lactea, but the spiral ridges are closer;

in form it approaches D. flammea and D. subula.

DEFRANCIA INFRACINCTA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 21, 22.)

Testa oblonga, solida, carnea; spira mediocriter elata, ad apicem

acuta; anfractus 8, convear, linea fusca tenuissima ornati,

spiraliter lirati, longitudinaliter costati, costis numerosis,

rotundatis ; anfractus ultimus viv inflatus, fra medium leviter

constrictus, fascia fusca conspicua pictus ; apertura breviuscula ;

labrum extus incrassatum, imtus serratum, superne profunde

stnuatum, canali brevissimo.

Long. 10, maj. diam. 4 millim.

Hab. Mauritius.

A rather rough shell, with numerous rounded ribs, crossed

by close-set raised ridges. The conspicuous band near the base

surmounted by a thin brown line seems characteristic.

DEFRANCIA MAURITIANA, n.sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 23, 24.)

Testa turrita, albida, maculis fuscis promiscuis picta, undique

costis numerosis confertis granulatis sculpta ; spira elata, leviter

convera, ad apicem acuta; anfractus 9, gradati, levissume

convert; sutura impressa; anfractus ultimus spiram vie

equans, haud inflatus, rectiusculus, ad basim constrictus ;

apertura parviuscula, oblonga; labrum crenulatum, imeras-

satum, superne sinu profundo emarginato, inferne abrupte

constrictum, canali brevissimo.

Long. 10, maj. diam. 3 millim.

Hab. Mauritius.

A conspicuously painted species, with a strongly granulated

surface ; the constriction of the base is peculiar.

CYTHARA GUENTHERI, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 27, 28.)

Testa solidiuscula, utrinque acuminata, albida, pallide fusco tincta

et vittata, postice purpureo tincta; spira elato-conica, gradata ;

anfractus 10, angulati, undique spiraliter striati, longitu-

dinaliter costati ; anfractus ultimus spiram superans, convex-

iusculus, basin versus attenuatus ; apertura elongata, angusta ;

columella levissime curvata, albo-callosa ; labrum extus ineras-

satum, ad marginem acutum.

Long. 25, maj. diam. 11; apertura longa 15, lat. 3 millim.

Hab. Holothuria Banks, N.W. Australia, 38 fathoms.

A beautiful delicately sculptured shell, hitherto without name, 1n

the British Museum Collection.

CYTHARA RINGENS, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 29, 30.)

Testa abbreviata, angulata, utringue acuminata, alba; spira

conica, ad apicem acuta ; anfractus 7, angulati, longitudinaliter

costati, spiraliter subtilissime striati ; sutura anguste canali-

culata ; anfractus ultumus spiram superans, angulatus, supra

angulum leviter concavus, deinde vie convexus, basin versus

492 MR. A. H. EVERETT ON THE [May 16,

requlariter attenuatus ; costis longitudinalibus circ. 8 ; apertura

elongata, angusta, columella granulata et plicata; labrum

incrassatum, intus serratum, supra angulum leviter sinuatum.

Long. 7, maj. diam. 3 millim.

Hab. Hong Kong.

Of the typical form of Cythara. The serrated lip and columella

present the appearance of two rows of teeth, almost like those of

the Cypree.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.

Figs. 1, 2. Plewrotoma hungerfordi, p. 489.

3, 4. edithe, p. 48

5, 6. —— infrafusca, p. 489.

7, 8 walcote, p. 487.

9, 10. albovaricosa, p. 488.

11, 12 huberti, p. 487,

13, 14 keeni, p. 489.

15, 16. Daphnella fusco-picta, p. 490.

17, 18 spencere, Ean.

19, 20. elata, p. 490.

21, 22. Defrancia infracineta, p. 491.

mauritiana, p. 491.

25, 26. Plewrotoma inclinata, p. 488.

27, 28. Cythara guentheri, p. 491.

29, 30. ringens, p. 491.

3. A Nominal List of the Mammals inhabiting the

Bornean Group of Islands. By A. H. Everert, C.M.Z.S.

[Received May 2, 1893. ]

As no complete catalogue of the Mammals of Borneo and

Palawan appears to be available for the use of Oriental Zoo-

geographers, whilst a considerable number of new species have

been recorded of recent years, the notices of which are scattered

among various scientific serials, it is hoped that the present list,

although a. merely nominal one, may not be without its use.

I have elsewhere’ detailed the evidence which seems to render

it necessary that Palawan should be treated as forming an integral

part zoologically of the Bornean group of islands. The area of

the Bornean group as a whole may be defined, therefore, for the

purpose otf the present list, by the same limits as those which I

have adopted in a list of the Birds of Borneo and Palawan’, viz.,

by a line which starts from a point immediately to the west of

St. Julian I. in the Tambelan Archipelago, and, being drawn south

of the Great Natuna (Bungoran I.), passes northward of Labuan

and thence follows the 100-fathom line so as to embrace Balabac,

Palawan (Paragua), the Calamianes, and the Cuyo Islands, and,

returning along the same line of soundings on the southern side of

1 P. Z.8. 1889, p. 220.

* Journ, Straits Branch R, As. Society, xx. p. 92 (1889),

1893.] MAMMALS OF THE BORNEAN ISLANDS. 493

Palawan, is drawn immediately to the eastward of the islands of

Cagayan Sulu and Sibutu,—whence it is continued through the

Macassar Straits south of the Paternoster, Lauriot (Laset Ketjil),

and Solombo islets, and in a north-westerly direction through the

Karimata Strait back to the island of St. Julian.

In attempting thus to define the area within which the neigh-

bouring smaller islands may be regarded as being affiliated zoo-

logically to Borneo, there exists no guide in many cases beyond

their greater proximity to the latter island than to the other large

masses of land by which they are more or less closely environed,

supplemented by the evidence (often very imperfect) afforded by the

soundings shown on our Admiralty charts. The limits adopted above

must therefore be looked upon as being in some degree approxi-

mate. Nevertheless, as there are not any islands of considerable

size of which the fauna is wholly unknown bordering upon the line

of delimitation, it is not probable that material extensions or

contractions of the boundary here assumed for the Bornean group

as a whole will be necessitated by the result of future field-work.

Turning to the accompanying list, it may be remarked that no

family of Mammals is peculiar to the group and that only three

genera are so, viz. Nasalis, Trichys, and Rhithrosciurus, which, so

far as we know at present, are all confined exclusively to the

island of Borneo itself. Peculiar species, however, are fairly

numerous, and they are indicated in the lst by the prefix of a

single or double asterisk in accordance with their being confined to

Borneo or to the Palawan Sub-group respectively. Although the

general facies of the mammalian fauna of the Sub-group is clearly

Bornean, it is to be noted that no species appears to be peculiar to

the group as a whole, a fact which suggests the inference that,

closely connected as Borneo has undoubtedly been with Balabac

and Palawan, and isolated as they have been together from the

mainland of Asia, there has also been much isolation of Borneo

and Palawan inter se.

A few of the species enumerated have been no doubt introduced

by man. Such are the Common Mouse and the Black and Brown

Rat, with the Buffalo; and it seems probable that the Javan

Sambur (Cervus hippelaphus) and the Elephant owe their presence

to the sameagency. A few other species which have been credited

to Borneo will be found to have been omitted below. Thus Hylo-

bates concolor, Harlan, is almost certainly identical with H. muelleri,

Martin. Macacus mawrus, F. Cuv., long believed to inhabit Borneo,

has been shown’, to be restricted to the southern peninsula of

Celebes and to the neighbouring island of Bouton. There is a

stuffed specimen of Canis aureus, Linn., in the Leyden Museum

which is labelled as having been collected by Diard in Borneo, but it

is more than doubtful whether the locality is correct?. The Javan

Rhinoceros (2. sondaicus) has been supposed to exist in Borneo, but

my inquiries on the subject have failed to elicit any reliable evidence

> Weber, Zool. Ergebn. Niederl. Ost-Ind., Leiden, 1890, p. 103.

* Blanford, Faun. Brit. India, Mammalia, i. p. 141.

494 MR. A. H, EVERETT ON THE [May 16,

that thisis the case; but the discovery of some subfossil molars in

Sarawak, which have been identified as belonging to this species on

good authority *, render it probable that it may yet be discovered in

the comparatively unexplored interior. It is remarkable, in this

connexion, how extremely rare the remains of Pleistocene or Quater-

nary mammals appear to be in Borneo, and this scarcity must be

real, taking into account the extensive surface-mining which has

long been practised in Western and South-eastern Borneo, and the

value which natives set on such objects as fossil teeth for use as

charms, medicine, &e.

Notwithstanding the numerous additions made in recent years

to the list of the Mammals of Borneo and Palawan by Mr. John

Whitehead and of Borneo by Mr. Charles Hose, many species

doubtless await discovery, especially among the smaller mammals

and the Cetacea, of which latter our knowledge remains at present

practically a blank. Among the Chiroptera particularly, it may

be expected that a number of species already known in the neigh-

bouring countries will be detected as ranging into some part of the

Bornean group, such, for instance, as Afiniopterus schreibersi,

Kerivoula picta, Vespertilio hasselti, Vesperugo abramus, V. noctula,

V. pachypus, Hipposiderus speoris, Xantharpyia ampleaicaudata, &e.

In concluding these brief remarks I wish to express my best

thanks to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, of the British Museum, to whose

courtesy and assistance I have been frequently indebted both in

the identification of species and in various other ways.

PRIMATES. CHIROPTERA.

Fam, Srp. Fam. Preropopip&.

Simia satyrus, Linn. Pteropus edulis, Geoffr.

—— morio, Owen’. hypomelanus, Zemm.

Hylobates leuciscus, Schreb. xCynopterus spadiceus, Thos.

marginatus, Geoffr.

Fam. CrrcoritHEcip2. nari Se oe

Semnopithecus maurus, Schreb. 3 :

* maculatus, Thos.

muelleri, Martin.

ape

: be Pa eee Si Honycteris speleea, Dobson.

i Tite. Carponycteris minimus, Geoffr.

*— everetti, Thos. Fam. RuInoLoPHiIps.

*—— rubicundus, Mii//. Rhinolophus luctus, Temm.

* frontatus, Miii/. — trifoliatus, Tem.

«Nasalis larvatus, Wurmb. aflinis, Horsf.

Macacus arctoides, Geoffr.* — minor, Horsf.

—— nemestrinus, Linn. Hipposiderus diadema, Geoff,

— cynomolgus, Linn. galerita, Cantor,

cervinus, Gould.

Fam. Lemuripz. _ : * doris, Peters.

Nycticebus tardigradus, Linn. bicolor, Temm.

Fam. Tarstip&. Fam. NycrEripz&.

Tarsius spectrum, Pallas. Megaderma spasma, Linn.

1 Busk, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 409.

2 Doubfully distinct from S. satyrus. Said to occur in Northern Sumatra.

8 Both doubtfully distinct from 8, femoralis, Horsf.

+ Gimther, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 425.

1893.]

Fam. VusPuRTILIoNIDz.

*Vesperugo stenopterus, Dodson.

imbricatus, Horsf,

—— tenuis, Temm.

x—— tylopus, Dobson.

* dorize, Peters.

Scotophilus kuhli, Leach.

Harpiocephalus suillus, Temm.

Vespertilio adversus, Horsf.

muricola, Hodgson.

Kerivoula papillosa, Temm.

hardwickei, Horsf.

Fam. EMBALLONURIDA.

Emballonura semicaudata, Peale,

monticola, Temm.

Taphozous melanopogon, Temm.

—— longimauus, Hardw.

affinis, Dobson.

Chiromeles torquatus, Horsf.

Nyctinomus plicatus, Buch. Ham.

INSECTIVORA.

Fam, Soricip2,

Chimarrogale himalayica, Gray.

Crocidura fuliginosa, Blyth.

foetida, Peters.

doris, Peters.

Pachyura indica, Geoffr.

—— hosei, Thos.

Fam, Erinaceip 2,

Gymuura rafilesi, /Zgors.

Hylomys suillus, Mii.

Fam, Tora.

Ptilocercus lowi, Gray.

Dendrogale murina, Mill,

Tupaia javanica, Horsf.

* minor, Giinth,

*—— melanura, Thos,

—— ferruginea, Raffles,

*— splendidula, Gray.

tana, Raffles.

* chrysura, Giinth.

* dorsalis, Schleq.

*—— picta, Thos.

*——— montana, Thos.

Fam. GALEOPITHECID.

Galeopithecus volans, Linn,

CARNIVORA,

Fam, Musreiipa,

Putorius nudipes, F. Cu,

Mustela flavigula, Bodd.

Mydaus meliceps, F’. Cu.

¥%*——— marchei, Huet}.

Lutra sumatrana, Gray.

cinerea, Liliger.

MAMMALS OF THE BORNEAN ISLANDS.

495

Fam. Ursip2.

Ursus malayanus, Raffles.

Fam. OANIp&.

? Cyon rutilans, Mitiil,

Fam. VIVERRIDE.

Herpestes brachyurus, Gray.

*—— semitorquatus, Gray.

Cynogale bennetti, Gray.

Arctictis binturong, Raffles.

Hemigale hardwickei, Gray.

*—— hosei, Thos.

Arctogale leucotis, Blyth.

Paradoxurus leucomystax, Gray.

hermaphroditus, Padlas.

philippinensis, Jowrdan,

Linsang gracilis, Mi/l.

Viverra tangalunga, Gray.

Fam. Fevip2.

Felis planiceps, )ig. & Horsf.

*—— badia, Gray.

—— temmincki, Vig. § Hors/.

—— bengalensis, Kerr,

marmorata, Martin.

nebulosa, Griffith.

RODENTIA.

Fam. Hystricip2£.

*Trichys guentheri, Tos.

xHystrix crassispinis, Giinth.

*t—— pumila, Giinth.

muelleri, Jent,

Fam. Murip2.

Mus rattus, Linn.

decumanus, Pallas.

*—— infraluteus, Thos.

—— muelleri, Jent.

*—— sabanus, Thos.

—— hellwaldi, Jent.

jerdoni, Blyth.

*—— alticola, Thos,

musschenbroecki, Jentz,

—— ephippium, Jent.

—— musculus, Linn.

*—— margarette, Thos.

*xChiropodomys major, Thos.

* pusillus, Zhos,

Fam. Scrurip&.

Sciuropterus pulverulentus,

Gimth.

— horsfieldi, Waterh.,

setosus, Temm.

—— genibarbis, Horsf.

¥*%—— nigripes, Thos,

Pteromys nitidus, Desm.

*—— pheomelas, Gimth.

+Rhithrosciurus macrotis, Gray.

1 Huet, Le Naturaliste, 1887, p. 149.

496 DR. P. SONSINO ON DISTOMES. [May 16,

Sciurus bicolor, Sparrm. | Fam. Tragunrip.

—— ephippium, Mil. Tragulus napu, F. Cu.

prevosti, Desm. *K nigricans,

—— hippurus, Geoffr.

*—— pryeri, Thos.

javanicus, Gel.

Fam, Surp2.

* brooke ee Sus vittatus, Wi/.

ae orsf. verrucosus, Miill.

2 Ue, ki “Tho. *—— barbatus, Miill.

er ee B id. —— longirostris, Nehring.

notatus, Bodd. ¥K aheenobarbus, Huwef '.

—— insignis, Desm.

*—— hosei, Thos.

*x—— eyeretti, Thos.

ek steerei, Giinth. CETACEA.

—— laticaudatus, Wiill. |

— soricinus, Mill. § Sch. Fam. DELPHINIDz.

— exilis, Will. Delphinus sp. inc.

*—— whiteheadi, Thos. Orcella brevirostris, Owen.

| Fam. BALznw2.

Fam. E Poee erro Balznoptera sp. inc.

am, HLEPH ID, M 4 ?

Elephas indicus, Linn. ane

Fam. Ru1nocEROTID.

Rhinoceros sumatrensis, Cu,

Fam. TAPIRIDE. SIRENIA.

Tapirus indicus, Cu. Fam. Haticoripa.

Fam. Bovip2. Halicore dugong, Era.

Bos sondaicus, Miil/.

buffelus, Blwmenb.

Fam. CERVID2. EDENTATA.

Cervus equinus, Cuwv.

hippelaphus, Cuv. Fam, Manip2.

sp. ine. Manis javanica, Desi.

Cervulus muntjac, Linn. —— sp. ine.?

4. Brief Notes on Flukes. By Prosrzro Sonsino, M.D.,

Pisa. (Communicated by Prof. F. Jerrrey Bex.)

[Received May 16, 1893.]

DIsTOMUM TRIGONOCEPHALUM, R.

In the collection of Worms in the British Museum (Natural

History), which, through the kindness of Dr. Giinther and Prof.

Jeffrey Bell, I was enabled to examine in 1891 while attending the

International Hygienic Congress, my attention was attracted to a

bottle containing a worm which was labelled “ Ophistomum mucro-

natum, R.,” but which, some days previous to my visit, my friend

Prof. Blanchard, after a cursory examination, had decided to be

a Distomum. Prof. Blanchard had not sufficient time to examine

the anterior end of the single specimen, which was lying upon

the dorsal side of the body, and so he failed to perceive that this

1 Huet, Le Naturaliste, 1888, p. 5.

2 Marche, Lucon et Palaouan. 1887, p. 302.

1893.] DR. P. SONSINO ON DISTOMES. 497

Distome belongs to the subgenus Echinostomum, Dujardin, the oral

sucker being surrounded by a disk bordered by a circle of spines.

Dr. L. Orley, who some years ago published an account of the

Nematodes from the collection of Prof. Siebold in the Museum *,

has not mentioned there the supposed Ophiostomum, therefore we

may fairly infer that he had not examined it.

In the unique specimen of the worm in question, notwithstanding

its rather bad condition, the following characters may be verified :—

Body flat, elongated, rather narrowed behind; length 7 millim.,

breadth 2 millim., with the greatest diameter corresponding to the

ventral sucker, which is larger than the oral sucker. The latter

surrounded by a triangular disk, bordered by spines. The number

of these latter appeared to me to be 24, comprising the 4 lateral

and inferior larger. A darker spot behind the ventral sucker is

due to the oviduct being full of eggs, which are of large size and

not less than 100 micromillim. in length. Yolk-glands rather

voluminous from the ventral sucker to the posterior end. Two

oval testes at the beginning of the posterior half of the body, one

behind the other. Ovarium anterior to the testes.

With such characters I suspected that the Trematode was D.

trigonocephalum, the ordinary Echinostomum found in mammals ;

but before pronouncing myself definitely, I wished to compare the

characters of the specimen in question with those of D. trigono-

cephalum. My short visit to the British Museum not allowing me

to make this comparison there, I made it when I returned home.

I found in the collection of the Zoological Museum of Pisa no less

than four bottles containing D. trigonocephalum obtained from three

different species of Mammals, viz. Mustela foina, M. putorius,

and Meles europaeus. Thus I had plenty of material to give me a

clear notion of the characters and different appearances of D.

trigonocephalum from various sources. Iam now able to say that

the specimen of the Trematode of Plecotus communis in the collec-

tion of the British Museum is, both as regards size and confor-

mation of the body, as well as the disposition of the spines around

the oral sucker, much like D. trigonocephalum. There is also a

similarity in the eggs. Only the testes of the Echinostomum in

the British Museum appear to be situated rather more behind;

but I do not attach much importance to this. Indeed the number

of the spines round the head given by von Linstow’ and verified

in many specimens by myself is 26 instead of 24. But it is

possible that I mistook the number when examining the specimen.

I think, therefore, that the specimen in the British Museum is

nothing else but D. trigonocephalum. In his ‘Compendium,’

Linstow does not make mention of such a Trematode as parasitic

in any Bat. But D. trigonocephalum has been found in Erinaceus

ewropeus, and it is rather interesting to know that it may also be

parasitic in a Bat. Thus it is found in animals belonging to no

' Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ix. p. 301 (1882).

? Troschel’s Archiv, i. p. 106 (1873).

498 DR. P. SONSINO ON DISTOMES. [May 16,

less than three different orders of Mammals, undoubtedly on

account of the food that they may partake of in common.

DistomuM ovyo-caupAtuM, Vulpian.

Distomum ovo-caudatum, both of Rana esculenta and of R. tempo-

varia, has been described since 1859, by Vulpian, as living in the

mouths of these animals. Vulpian gave an interesting account of

this worm and has not failed to put in evidence the important

character of the presence of a basal filament in the egg,—a character

very rarely to be seen in the digenetic Trematodes, but frequently

observed in monogenetic or ectoparasitic Trematodes. Recently

Creutzburg has published an interesting study of the life-history

of the same worm, which according to him in its larval form is the

famous Cercaria cystophora, Wagener, which was once referred by

Willemoes-Suhm to D. lanceolatum, Mehlis. According to Creutz-

burg, the intermediary host of D. ovo-caudatum, a Planorbis, would

become infested not by active introduction of the embryo into its

body, the embryo being unable to swim in water, but by eating the

eggs with the contained embryo, which eggs are found in the feces

of frogs. In a similar way the final host would be infested by

eating C.cystophora contained in its nurse within the tissues of the

mollusk. But as yet Creutzburg has not succeeded in rearing the

adult worm in the mouth of a frog, by introducing the tissues

of Planorbis contaming C. cystophora.

I am certainly not prepared to criticise Creutzburg’s work, which

is only preliminary ; but I wish to point out some facts observed

by myself, which are not in accordance with those noticed either

by Creutzburg or Vulpian, respecting the worm in question. I

have had good opportunities to observe and study D. ovo-caudatum,

which I have found rather frequent in both Rana esculenta and

R. temporaria in the neighbourhood of Pisa. I may now draw the

following conclusions as to the result of my observations, of

which I gaye a full account in the ‘Monitore Zoologico’ of last

April :—(1) D. ovo-caudatwm takes up its abode not only in the

mouth, but also in the stomach and the upper part of the intes-

tines. It is perhaps more frequent in the stomach than in the

mouth, and it is possible that its occurrence in the mouth is merely

accidental, and the result of an emigration, occasioned by the

distressed condition of the worm on the death of the host. (2) The

basal filament is from 4 to 6 times as long, or even longer, than

the length of the body of the egg. If previous observers have

given a shorter length, it is probably in consequence of their

having seen only a truncated filament, or of not having properly

focussed the microscope so as to see the entire length of the

filament, which gradually thins towards the end. (3) The embryo

is not only armed with a crown of spines (bdtonmets) on its anterior

extremity, but evidently possesses even cilia. Whether these cilia

aid it to swim in water when it issues from the egg, spontaneously

and completely mature, or are simply for locomotion in the intes-

tines of Planorbis, I am not prepared to say, not having seen the

1893. ] DR. P. SONSINO ON DISTOMES. 499

embryo alive and swimming in water, but only the embryo coming

out from the shell by pressure. In this case the embryo has

always died and has often presented the body spoiled and without

the ciliar tegument, so that I was only once able to observe a

specimen with the cilia in motion.

Fiuxns oF Exoric SNAKES.

In a bottle in the collection of parasitic worms in the Museum

of Pisa I found, in 1890, a Distomum obtained from the renal

pelvis of Python molurus. I described it under the name of Dis-

tomum simile’, regarding it as a new species, resembling in size and

structure D. lanceolatum, with the exception that the two testes,

instead of being anterior to the ovary, were situated behind

that organ. Other examples of a similar Distome, obtained from

the liver of an animal of the same species, I thought, but could

not be certain, owing to decomposition of the specimens, might also

be Distomum simile. At the time I could not compare Distomum

simile with the Distomwm horridum of Leidy, because I had not

access to Leidy’s description. But lately, through the kindness of

Dr. Stiles, I have received a specimen of Leidy’s Distomum hor-

ridum (obtained from a Boa Constrictor), and from this I have

been able to satisfy myself of the identity of D. simile and D. hor-

ridum. I have since read Leidy’s paper’ describing the parasite,

and although in some respects his description is somewhat in-

correct, as he speaks of four testes instead of two, and of vitellaria

as ovaria, I can recognize in it the identity of Distomum simile

with Distomum horridum.

Another species which appears very similar to D. horridum is

the D. sawromatis, described as new by M. J. Poirier. The prin-

cipal difference between D. simile and D. horridum on the one hand,

and D. sauromatis on the other, is that in the latter the two testes

are lobate instead of being round as in the former. This variation

is so slight that it may merely depend on the diverse habitats of

the individuals and not on difference of species. I cannot, how-

ever, definitely pronounce on this point, not having at hand a

specimen of Poirier’s Distomum, which lives in the lungs of Elaphis

sauromates. But the identity of Distomum simile with D. horridum

is very interesting, as it shows that the same species of Distomum

lives in two different species of Snakes inhabiting different

countries.

DIsTOMUM BARALDII.

Distomum baraldii is a parasite which I have lately described as

a new species found in Zamenis viridiflavus*, and which I have

1 See ‘ Processi verbali della Societa Toscana di scienze naturali residente in

Pisa,’ Adun, 4 Maggio, 1890.

? Journal Acad. Natur. Sciences, series 2, i. p. 303 (Philadelphia).

° D. baraldii, given by me as a new species, may prove to be identical with

Distomum nigrovenosum, Bellingham, found in Tropidonotus natrix. At least

my lew species much resembles the description and figure given by my friend

Dr. Monticelli of Bellingham’s fluke in an unpublished paper with which I have

made acquaintance by the author’s kindness,

500 MR.O, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND. [May 16,

often obtained in Pisa from the mouth and gullet of the Snake

referred to. The colour of this small Distome is quite characteristic,

being white in the anterior and black in the posterior half. But

the most interesting point in connection with this Distome is that

I often found in Zamenis viridiflavus an imperfectly developed

Distome encysted in the submucosa of the mouth, in the peri-

cardium, and in the mesenteriam; and as I obtained the cysts

sometimes empty, sometimes full, and as the full cysts when placed

in water rupture quickly and allow the young Distome to escape,

and there is some resemblance between this young Distome and

D. baraldii, I suspect that the encysted and the mature Distomes

belong to the same species, and that, contrary to the usual course

in the evolution of the Distomes, the same animal plays the part

both of intermediary and final host to this parasite.

5. On a Second Collection of Mammals sent by Mr. H. H.

Johnston, C.B., from Nyasaland. By OuprieLtp Tuomas.

[Received May 16, 1893. ]

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for last year’ I had the

honour of giving an account of a fine collection of Mammals pre-

sented to the National Museum by Mr. H, H. Johnston, Consul-

General for Mozambique, and H.M. Commissioner for Nyasa-

land. ‘That distinguished explorer has now sent home a second

series, collected, like the first, by Mr. Alexander Whyte, at Zomba

and Milanji. Of these, by the kindness of our Secretary, I am

now permitted to give a list, supplementary to the former one,

and carrying on a little further our knowledge of the Nyasaland

fauna, to the study of which Mr. Johnston and Mr. Whyte have

rendered such material aid.

The present collection contains between 70 and 80 specimens,

belonging to 30 species, of which a large number are additional to

those previously sent. As with the previous set, the great interest

of the collection lies in its having been made so near to the localities

where Dr. Peters obtained the material on which his classical

work on the Mammals of Mozambique was founded. Such a

collection as this, therefore, although containing no novelties, is,

aud will always continue to be, of the greatest service to English

naturalists, as giving them the means of accurately comparing

specimens from other parts of Africa with examples certainly

corresponding with those described by Peters.

With regard to the interesting questions as to the seasonal

changes of fur, which so sorely need investigation, it unfortunately

happens that the present collection was almost entirely formed in

the months of October and November, the very same months when

the previous series were obtained. It would therefore be very

desirable for Mr. Whyte to try and collect specimens of all the

| P.Z.S. 1892, p. 546.

1893.] MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND. 501

species now and previously sent at other times of the year.

Seasonal variation has been but little studied in African mammals,

and specimens obtained by so able a collector all from the same

place and at different seasons would have the utmost value as

enabling us to form a comprehensive idea as to the general influence

that the changes of such a climate as that of Nyasaland have on its

Mammalian inhabitants.

Pending the formation of such a supplementary collection, the

present series, full as it is of rarities from a Museum point of

view, demands for publication little more than a nominal list of

the species sent.

1, OroGaLE KIRKII, Gray.

a. Ad.sk. Nmasi. 9/92.

This skin is not in a good state, and the fur appears to be in

process of change. There seems, however, to be little doubt that

it represents O. kirkii, whether that does or does not prove in the

end to be a valid species,

2. PETRODROMUS THETRADACTYLUS, Pet.

Ad.al. 9. Milanji. 10/92.

. CROCIDURA sp. inc.

. Ad.al. Milanji. 10/92.

. CROCIDURA sp. inc.

. Ad.al. Milanji. 10/92.

5. Hmrprstes GRACILIS, Riipp.

a,b. 2ad. sks. Zomba. 11/92.

These specimens evidently belong to the 8.-African type of the

species, and show that Peters’s H. ornatus should be referred to

that form rather than to the typical variety, to which I assigned it

in 1882.

6. CROSSARCHUS FASCIATUS (Desm.).

a,b. Ad. sks. Tschiromo, junction of Rivers Ruo and Shiré.

9/92.

C. fasciatus is recorded from Mt. Kilimanjaro by Mr. True under

the name of C. mungo, Gmel.’ That name is evidently taken from

the synonymy of the species as given in my monograph of the

African Mungooses*, Mr. True rightly ignoring my plea for the

retention of the name fasciatus merely as being classical, well-

known, and appropriate. He does not, however, seem to be aware

that the name mungo, originally given to a mixture of the common

Indian Mungoose and the S.-African striped one, has been revived

by Mr. Blanford® as the appellation of the former, in spite of my

1 P. U.S. Nat. Mus. xv. p. 453 (1892).

2 P.Z.S. 1882, p. 90.

3 P.Z.S. 1887, p. 631; Mamm. Brit. Ind. p. 123 (1888).

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. XXXIV. 34

sk § WO S

502 MR, 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND, [May 16,

own argument in favour of Herpestes griseus’. ven if, therefore,

this barbarous name has to be used, it clearly cannot be applied to

two species; and since Schreber’s description of “ Die Manguste—

Viverra ichneumon B,” * on which Viverra mungo * was founded, has

much more reference to the Indian than to the African animal,

T am now of opinion, with Mr. Blanford, that the name of mungo

should be used for the former, and, for more valid reasons than in

1882, Crossarchus fasciatus (Desm.) for the latter.

7. CANIS sp. ine,

a. Yg.sk. Upper Shiré. 11/92.

Too young for determination.

8. ScruRUS MUTABILIS, Pet.

a-e. 5 ad. sks. Zomba. 10/92.

Pending the arrival of specimens collected at other times of the

year, I shall not express any opinion as to the cause of the con-

siderable variation in colour existing among the present series of

this Squirrel.

9. GURBILLUS AFER, Gray.

a,b, 2ad:sks. Fort Johnston. 11/92.

10. Oromys IRRORATUS, Bts.

a. Ad. sk. Upper Shiré. 11/92.

11. GoLuNDA FALLAX, Pet.

a-e. 5 sks. Zomba. 10/92.

12. Mus (Dasymys) rncom7vs, Sund.

a,b. Ad. sks. Upper Shiré.

This rare species has been hitherto only obtained in Natal,

although a closely allied and possibly identical form (Mus nudipes,

Peters) has been described from Angola *.

13. Mus RATTUS, var.

a. Ad. sk. Upper Shiré.

b-d. 3 yg. sks. Zomba. 10/92.

14. Mus poticuvrvs, Smuts.

a. Ad. sk. Tschiromo. 9/92.

b. Ad. sk. Zomba. 10/92.

15. Mus natatmnsis, A. Sm.

a. Ad. sk. Tschiromo. 9/92.

b. Ad. sk. Zomba. 10/92.

c-e. 3ad.al. Milanji. 10/92.

1 P. Z.S. 1886, p. 56 (ftnote).

? Schr, Saug. iii. p. 480 (1777).

3 Gmel. Linn. §, N. i. p. 84 (1788).

* See Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) x. p. 180 (1892).

1893.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND. 503

16. Mus muscutts, L.

a,b. Ad. sks. Zomba. 10/92.

c. Ad.al. Milanji. 10/92.

17. Mus (Lzaeapa) mrinutorpgs, A. Sm.

a-c. Ad. sks. Zomba. 10/92.

18. CriceroMys GAMBIANUS, Waterh.

a. Ad.sk. Zomba. 10/92.

19. Saccostomus campestris’, Pet.

a. Ad.sk. Upper Shiré. 11/92.

b-f. Ad. &imm. al. Fort Johnston. 11/92.

20, STEATOMYS PRATENSIS ', Pet.

a-c. Ad.sks. Zomba. 10/92.

d. Ad.al. g. Milanji. 10/92.

These rare and peculiar short-tailed African Muridx, with their

doubtful affinities, are of the greatest interest, and it is probable that

a clue to some of the most difficult problems of Murine phylogeny

will be gained by a study of their teeth. For these reasons

specimens of Saccostomus and Steatomys are most acceptable, and

it is to be hoped that Mr. Whyte will also come across examples

of the still rarer Malacothria and Mystromys, approximately similar

in size and proportions, but with very different teeth.

Although similar to each other superficially, these four last-

named genera appear to belong to three different subfamilies—

Mystromys seeming to be strictly Cricetine ; Steatomys, as Alston

has stated *, being closely allied to Dendromys, as also are Malacothrix

and Dendromys; while Lophuromys, Saccostomus, and Cricetomys

ought, I believe, all to be placed in the restricted subfamily Murine.

Of these last three the first was placed by Alston in the Dendro-

myinz and the other two in the Cricetine.

21. Dmenpromys MrsomMmELAS, Bis.

a. Ad. sk. Zomba. 10/92.

b-f. Sinal. Milanji.

These specimens, although I place them provisionally under the

oldest name, D. mesomelas, certainly seem to differ constantly from

the ordinary form of that species in being entirely without the

black dorsal line and in being considerably smaller. In these

respects they agree with two out of the previous collection,

while two others are of the usual large-striped character. They thus

correspond with Wagner’s D. pumilio, described in 1841’, but after-

wards * considered by him as a synonym of D. mesomelas. Larger

series from different localities are, however, needed before one can

1 For nomenclature see Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) x. p. 264 (1892).

2 PZ, 8. 1876, p. 82.

3 Minch. Gelehrt. Anzeiger, xii. p. 437.

4 Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 464 (1848). aan

504 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND. [May 16,

be certain as to whether the absence of the black stripe is due to

old age (as said by Smith), youth (as said by Wagner), season, or

locality.

22. MyoscaLoPs ARGENTEO-CINEREUS, Pet.

aj. 10 ad. &imm. sks. Zomba. 10/92.

23. PoraMocH@RUS LARVATUS, F. Cuy.

a. Ad. sk. & skull. Zomba.

b,c. 2yg.sks. Zomba. 11/92.

24. BUBALIS LICHTENSTEINI, Pet.

a. Ad. sk. & skull. Zomba.

This specimen, equally with that mentioned in the previous

paper (p. 553), has the whitish rump referred to by Dr. Matschie

as characteristic of his B. lewcoprymnus*, Since both individuals

were obtained, however, at quite a short distance from the typical

localities (Tette and Sena on the Zambesi) of Peters’s species, there

can be no doubt that they represent the true lichtensteini. What-

ever therefore may be the differences in the horns between “ lich-

tensteini” and “ leucoprymnus,” it is clear that the whiteness of the

rump in the northern form cannot be used as a distinguishing

character.

25. OREAS CANNA, H. Sm.

a. Ad. skull. 2. Zomba.

26. Hrpporraeus niger, Harr.

a, b. 2 ad. skulls. Zomba.

27. TRAGELAPHUS SCRIPTUS ROUALEYNI, Gord.-Cumm.

a-f. 6 skins. Zomba.

These specimens belong clearly to the Lower Zambesi form,

their white markings, although very variable, being far less developed

than in the Chobe River Bush-buck, assigned in 1891 to the

true 7. scriptus typicus, Pall.”

28. NaNoTRaGus scoparius, Schr.

a, Ad. sk. g¢. Zomba.

29, CoBUS ELLIPSIPRYMNUS.

a—d. 4 skulls. Zomba.

30. CEPHALOLOPHUS GRIMMIvS, L.

a. Ad. sk. & skull. Zomba.

1 SB. Ges, nat. Fr. 1892, p. 137.

2 P.Z.S, 1891, p. 380.

‘(€68T)‘ONNOA ¥ MONG-UAIVM AIVNAA

‘chat * soag usequyy “UAT 32 "TP

“XIXXX Id “€68I'S'°Z ad

1893.] HON. W. ROTHSCHILD ON EGG OF DUCK-BILL, ETC. 505

June 6, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1893 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of May was 165, of which 61 were by

presentation, 8 by birth, 54 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 40

on deposit. The total number of departures during the same

period, by death and remoyals, was 104.

Amongst the additions I may invite special attention to the

following :—

A young female Water-buck (Cobus ellipsiprymnus), born in the

Menagerie May 4, 1893, being, so far as is known, the first Antelope

of this species that has been bred in captivity.

For our pair of this beautiful species we are indebted to the

liberality of Mr. G. 8. Mackenzie, F.Z.8. The male was received

June 30, 1890 (see P. Z.S. 1890, p. 589), and the female on

May 26, 1891 (see P. Z.S. 1891, p. 326). Both of these animals

were obtained in the territory of the British East African Company,

where the species appears to be abundant (see Willoughby’s ‘ Hast

Africa and its Big Game,’ page 288).

I exhibit a water-colour drawing by Smit (Plate XX XIX.) of

this interesting young animal, which generally resembles the adult,

though perhaps rather more rufous in colour.

The Council have resolved to present to Mr. G. S. Mackenzie

the Silver Medal of the Society in recognition of this successful

addition to the list of acclimatizable Antelopes. ¢

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.8., exhibited and made remarks

upon the following objects :—

1. A specimen of the egg of the Duck-bill (Ornithorhynchus

anatinus), stated to have been taken out of the pouch of the mother

in Queensland.

2. The leg-bones of a large species of M®pyornis from South-

western Madagascar, together with a perfect egg of the same extinct

bird.

3. An enlarged photograph, by Mr. Williams of Honolulu,

representing an enormous colony of Albatrosses on Laysan Island,

in the North Pacific. The Albatross portrayed was the new

species, Diomedeu immutabilis, lately described by Mr. Rothschild,

Bull. B. O. C. no. ix p. xlviii. The breeding-colony of this species

was stated to occupy an area of nearly four square miles in Laysan

Island. Another area of about two square miles in the same island

was occupied by Diomedea brachyura.

4. A series of Lepidoptera from Jamaica, with their accompany-

506 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON SKINS OF MAMMALS. [June 6,

ing larve. They were remarkable for their good preservation and

excellent mounting.

5. A series of Diurnal Lepidoptera obtained by Herr Garlepp

at a height of 17,000 feet on the Bolivian Andes.

Mr. Selater exhibited some skins of Mammals obtained by

Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., F.Z.S., Lieut. B. L. Sclater, R.E.,

Messrs. Buchanan, Bros., and Mr. A. Whyte, F.Z.8., in the

Shiré Highlands, British Central African Protectorate, and made

the following remarks :—

1. CERCOPITHECUS ALBIGULARIS.

Two flat skins of this Monkey obtained by Mr. B. L. Sclater

from the natives near Blantyre, where the species was said to be

common. We have also received several living examples of this

species from Mombasa‘, and Mr. True has recorded its occurrence

in the Kilimanjaro District (see my remarks above, p. 251). It

is therefore certainly an East-African species, and I can hardly

believe that the specimens from the Gold Coast referred to this

species by Schlegel (Mus. des Pays-Bas, vii. p. 79) and Jentink

(op. cit. xi. p. 20) can have been correctly determined.

2, HIpPporRAGUS NIGER.

A flat skin of an adult specimen of the Sable Antelope, which

Mr. Johnston writes to me (Zomba, July 29, 1892) was shot in the

plain between Zomba and Lake Shirwa.

My son also has brought home a fine head of this Antelope, which

was obtained on the Portuguese bank of the Ruo, opposite Zoa.

He also met with it in the plains between Zomba and Milanji, at

an altitude of about 1800 feet.

3. BUBALIS LICHTENSTEINI.

The Hartebeest, my son tells me, is found all over the Shiré

Highlands, and is very abundant in some localities. It frequents

the open grassy plains at all altitudes. It is often to be seen in

company with the Zebra (Equus burchelli). I exhibit the head of

an adult male.

4. CoBUSs ELLIPSIPRYMNUS.

This Antelope, of which I exhibit several heads, is, as my son

tells me, the most numerous of the tribe on all the lower plains.

It is very abundant in the Elephant-Marsh between Chiromo and

Katunga, and often ascends the lower hills. It is also common on

the Upper Shiré, and on the Shirwa and Tochila plains, generally

not far from water, but does not usually penetrate the higher

hills.

‘ One from Mr. T, E. C. Remington, of Mombasa, received May 20, 1893,

and others previously.

P. Z.S.1808, 5. Abe

J. Smit del.et lith.

SYRINGES OF PSITT#EL,

1893.] ON THE ANATOMY OF PARROTS. 507

5, CONNOCHETES TAURINA.

The Gnu is stated by the natives to have been formerly plentiful

on the plains between Milanji and Zomba. It is now very scarce,

but Mr. B. L. Sclater saw it once on the Tochila plains, and ob-

tained a tail of it from the natives in that district.

6. TRAGELAPHUS SCRIPTUS ROUALEYNI.

Three flat skins of this Bush-bok belonging to the subspecies, as

described by Mr. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 389.

My son informs me that this is one of the commonest Antelopes

in the Shiré Highlands, being found in all parts of the country.

It is excellent eating.

7. TRAGELAPHUS ANGASI.

A flat skin of a female of this species obtained on the Moanza

River, Lower Shiré, and presented to Mr. Johnston by Messrs.

Buchanan, Bros.

I have already recorded the occurrence of this Antelope on the

Moanza, from a skin procured by Mr. Sharpe (see P. Z. 8. 1892,

p- 98), but it is interesting to have confirmation of it.

Mr. B. L. Sclater, who was on the Moanza in September 1892,

learned that the females of this Antelope (the “ Bo” of the natives)

congregate in large herds on the hilly country to the south of the

river, while the males go about singly and are not easily met

with.

8. TAUROPRAGUS OREAS LIVINGSTONII.

The Striped Eland, my son tells me, is still common all over

Southern Nyasaland, occurring in small herds of from 4 to 8,

principally in the hills, but descending to the rivers to drink at

early morning and eyening. I exhibit two imperfect skins of it,

which, like all those observed, are distinctly striped on the neck

and withers.

The following papers were read :—

1. On certain Points in the Anatomy of Parrots bearing on

their Classification. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A.,

F.R.S., and F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S.

[Received June 6, 1893.]

(Plate XL.)

In the present paper we desire to direct the attention of the

Society to certain points in the structure of the Parrots to which

either little or no attention was paid by Garrod in his well-known

essay on the systematic arrangement of this group’. Garrod

1 P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 586.

508 MESSRS. BEDDARD AND PARSONS ON [June 6,

studied chiefly the ambiens muscle, the carotids, the gall-bladder,

and the condition of the oil-gland ; with the help of the variations

afforded by the structures he propounded a scheme of classification

of the group differing in many important particulars from the

classifications in use before: he did not discuss, in the paper to

which we now refer, the relations of the Parrots to other groups of

birds ; in this respect we shall follow his example and confine

ourselves to an attempt to indicate affinities between different

members of the group in the light of the facts which we record

here for the first time. We prefer, however, rather to lay stress

upon the new anatomical facts than to insist too much upon the

accuracy of the grouping of the birds to which they appear to lead.

It is very remarkable that Garrod should in this particular case

have ignored the characters afforded by the syrinx, an organ which

he was very fond of studying and using as a help to decide vexed

questions of affinity: thanks chiefly to his interest in this organ

we have been able to examine a very large series of syringes of

many of the principal genera, which he collected together during

his tenure of the Prosectorship of this Society ; to these a few were

doubtless added by Forbes, and we have carefully preserved those

of such birds as happened to die during the course of the present

research ; so that on the whole we can claim to have seen a fair

number of illustrative genera ; the organ, too, in our opinion shows

useful, because easily definable, characters for systematic purposes.

We shall commence by giving some account of the syrinx in a

number of illustrative genera.

§ Syrine.

The syrinx of the Psittaci seems to show two main varieties.

a. In the following species there is a syrinx of the type which

is illustrated in Plate XL. figs. 4, 5 (Cacatua cristata) :—

Cacatua cristata.

triton.

philippinarun.

Microglossa aterrima.

Calyptorhynchus bankst.

Stringops habroptilus.

The syrinx is in these species remarkable for the fact that the

first semirings of the bronchi are weak and cartilaginous and

are usually separated from each other by considerable tracts of

membrane. Cacatua itself represents the most extreme type; im

Cacatua cristata, for example (see Plate XL. fig. 4), when the syrinx

is seen cn a lateral view the membrane occupies a great deal of the

outer lateral region of the commencement of the bronchus.

The figure to which we have just referred exhibits the syrinx

with the intrinsic muscles cleaned away, but the point of attach-

ment of the muscie is indicated by the circle (a in the figure); 1

will be seen from an inspection of that figure that the semirings of

1893. ] THE ANATOMY OF PARROTS. 509

the bronchus are at first very small and do not extend across the

side of the bronchus; they gradually increase in length, until at the

sixth or seventh they come to extend right across the syrinx. In

Microglossa aterrima the syrinx is in certain respects less abnormal ;

the rings are still feeble, but on a lateral view of the organ they

extend completely across, and there is on such a view no bare

tract of membrane such as we have figured in Cacatua.

Calyptorhynchus banksi is intermediate between the two extremes ;

the first semiring only is incomplete, inasmuch as it does not

reach from one side of the syrinx to the other—or rather we

should say from the anterior to the posterior side,

Stringops habroptilus (fig. 3) has the same weak cartilaginous

bronchial semirings ; but on a lateral view of the syrinx they are

seen to extend right across.

6. The second group contains, so far as we can say from first-

hand knowledge, the following genera :

Chrysotis. Tanygnathus.

Pyrrhulopsis. Eos.

Trichoglossus. Polyteles.

Lorius. Platycercus.

Pionus. Peocephalus.

Psittacus.

These genera, of several of which we have examined more than

one species, are differentiated from those of the first division by the

fact that the bronchial semirings are as a rule ossified and are

frequently more or less fused together ; at the same time the first

ring is commonly concave upwards, whereas in the Parrots of the

first mentioned group the bronchial semirings are straight.

The most extreme type is perhaps offered by Chrysotis ; of this

genus we have seen the following species :—

Chrysotis versicolor.

erythrura.

leucocephala.

bodin.

viridigenalis.

levaillanti.

In all these species (Plate XL. fig. 7) the first two rings of the

bronchus are closely fused together and form a bowed piece of bone

forming with the last tracheal ring a semicircular outline ; the space

between the two is of course occupied by membrane. In Chrysotis

levaillanti for instance, and there is no great difference in the

other species, the double character of the apparently single first

bronchial semiring is only to be seen at the two ends. In a

number of other Parrots the first bronchial semiring is larger than

that which follows though not fused with it; this is the case

with J'richoglossus, Pyrrhulopsis, and Chalcopsitta; the genera Kos

(figs. 1, 2), Polyteles, Platycercus, and Tanygnathus have syringes

which are constructed on the same plan. In Conwrus there is a

510 MESSRS, BEDDARD AND PARSONS ON [June 6,

little difference; here the first two rings of the bronchus are

equi-sized; this at any rate applies to the two species Conurus

aureus and Conurus cruentatus, which are the only two that we have

examined from this point of view. The genus Ara (species Ara

leari (fig. 6), Ara militaris) agrees with Conurus, Psittacus (fig. 8)

is like these genera; but Pionus (fig. 9) agrees more closely with

Chrysotis.

It will be obvious from what we have said and from the illus-

trations of the syrinx which accompany this paper that no hard-

and-fast line can really be drawn between the two groups into

which we divide the Parrots ; if it were thought desirable to draw

such a line it would be between the genus Cacatua on the one

hand and all the remaining Parrots on the other. Cacatua alone

has a syrinx in which the first bronchial semirings are incomplete

leaving a bare tract laterally which is easily visible when the syrinx

is viewed from the side: but in this genus there is another

peculiarity which we have not yet referred to—the intrinsic muscle

of the syrinx (fig. 5, m) ends in a very narrow point which passes

into a fine tendon of attachment; in Chrysotis, Eos (fig. 2, m), &e.,

the muscle is comparatively broad down to its actual attachment.

In this particular Microglossa and Stringops agree with Cacatua,

although they do not show the incomplete rings that have been

mentioned as characteristic of the iatter genus. These genera in

fact are to this extent intermediate between Cacatua and the more

normal (at any rate more usual) form of syrinx in the Parrots;

the rings are still, however, soft and cartilaginous, thus different

from Conurus, which is a further step in the direction of Chrysotis;

Chrysotis seems to represent the opposite extreme to Cacatua.

Ara is a genus which is also intermediate in the characters of

its syrinx, it has weakish and straight rings, as in Stringops for

instance ; but the muscles are as in the second group of Parrots,

and the general aspect of the syrinx is more in accord with this

placing of it.

§ Myology.

We find that the Parrots are very much alike in their myology;

there are, however, a few points in which they show differences

and which may be useful for the purposes of classification. In the

first place, the arrangement of the tendons of the tensor patagii

varies considerably. Speaking generally (see Fiirbringer, Morph.

v. Syst. d. Vogel, Taf. xxii. figs. 4,5, 6: Sittace, Psittacus, Cacatua)

this muscle ends in a broad aponeurosis which lies between the

two layers of skin of the patagium, and in this aponeurosis are

three thickened bands which run down to the forearm to join the

tendon of the exteusor longus at right angles; from the lower

margin of this transverse tendon another slip runs down to the

ulna, having the same course as the patagial tendons, but not being

necessarily in the same line with any of them. The anterior

patagial tendon usually curves forwards near its lower attachment

and the posterior slightly backwards; in addition to this the

1893.] THE ANATOMY OF PARROTS, 511

anterior and middle tendons are usually fused in the upper part

of their course.

Another point which we noticed about the tensor patagii was

that in some cases it completely covered the posterior deltoid

muscle and in others left it more or less exposed.

In addition to the amount of exposure of the posterior part of

the deltoid, we found that the two parts of that muscle varied in

their relative sizes to one another.

The last point that we noticed in the myology of the arm was

the presence or absence of the lower head of the anconeus; when

this was found it was attached to the shaft of the humerus either

in front of or very slightly above the insertion of the latissimus

dorsi and altogether below the tubercle for the attachment of the

pectoralis minor.

The lower head of the anconeus is present in the following six

genera—Cacatua, Nestor, Stringops, Pyrrhulopsis, Ara, and Calypto-

rhynchus ; while in the following twenty-one it is absent—Chrysotis,

Deroptyus, Psittacula, Aprosmictus, Pococephalus, Caica, Tanygnathus,

Eos, Eclectus, Lathamus, Paleornis, Loriculus, Psephotus, Lorius,

Conurus, Coracopsis, Cyanorhamphus, Pionopsitta, Bolborhynchus,

Platycercus, and Psittacus.

In all the genera in which we have found a lower head to the

anconeus, the posterior deltoid was only partially covered by the

posterior edge of the tensor patagii; while among those in which

the lower head was not found, the deltoid was completely covered,

with the following exceptions—Eelectus, Coracopsis, Pionopsitta, and

Bolborhynchus. In the latter, however, the muscle only just

appeared behind the edge of the tensor patagii. In the five genera

in which the lower head of the anconeus was found, the posterior

deltoid was larger than the anterior with the exception of Pyrrhu-

lopsis, in which also the lower head of the anconeus was but

slightly marked.

In the genera in which no lower head was found to the anconeus

the rule seems to be that the anterior deltoid is larger than the

posterior; the following are exceptions :—Coracopsis, in which

the posterior is the larger; and Peocephalus, Eclectus, and Bolbo-

rhynchus, in which the two deltoids are of equal size.

The arrangement of the tendons of the tensor patagii is very

much the same in Nestor, Stringops, and Calyptorhynchus ; in all

three the tendons are relatively very long when compared with

the fleshy part of the muscle, and they are all close to one another,

so as to give the appearance in Stringops of one tendon. In

Calyptorhynchus the anterior tendon leaves the others in the lower

partof the patagium andruns forwards after its usual fashion, so that

the main distinctive point of these three genera, as far as the tensor

patagii goes, is that the middle and posterior tendons are close

together. In Coracopsis these tendons are separated by a slight

interval, but closely correspond to the arrangement in the birds

last named.

Eos, Lorius, Poocephalus, and Caica have a characteristic and

512 MESSRS, BEDDARD AND PARSONS ON [June 6,

almost uniform arrangement of the patagial tendons. In them

the three tendons are very difficult to distinguish because the

fibrous membrane between them, of which they are only specialized

parts, is as thick as they are. The result is that in these birds the

patagial muscle seems to be inserted by a broad, short, membra-

nous-looking tendon.

Conurus shows a transitional stage between these last genera

and the typical arrangement; the three tendons are more distinct,

but they are equally short and show the same mode of attachment

to the fleshy part of the muscle.

Lathamus is remarkable for having the anterior tendon separate

in its whole length from the middle one, instead of being fused

with it in the upper part of its course.

Chrysotis and Bolborhynchus have a small extra tendon between

the middle and posterior ones: in C. qguildingi this was only

present on one side, but in C. leucocephala it was found on

both.

Psittacus has three tendons which are completely separate in

the whole of their course, and in this respect it corresponds to

Lathamus. We are, however, inclined to look upon the anterior

tendon as representing the fused anterior and middle tendons of

Lathamus, and to regard the middle tendon as an extra one as in

Chrysotis. Our reasons for this are that there is a considerable

interval between the two tendons, and that they do not diverge as

in all other cases. If this view is correct, the patagial tendons of

Psittacus closely resemble those of Chrysotis, while they also agree

in having the anterior deltoid larger than the posterior, in the

absence of a lower head to the anconeus, and in having the deltoid

completely covered by the tensor patagil.

Tibialis anticus.—The tibialis anticus in almost all the genera

which we examined was inserted by a single tendon except in

Chrysotis (of which two species were examined), where this tendon

was double. The only genus which resembled Chrysotis was

Psittacus,in which the tendon was really double ; but the two parts,

although easily separable, were slightly connected together. In

several other genera we detected a slight line of demarcation in the

tendon, but it was not sufficiently definite for us to regard it as

of any classificatory value.

Peroneals.—The peroneus longus and brevis are, as far as we

have observed, always present in Parrots, but the origin of the

former differs somewhat in different genera.

In Stringops and Nestor the peroneus longus rises from the

front of the bony fbula and its membranous continuation for about

the upper half of the leg. The muscular belly overlaps that of the

peroneus brevis very much near its origin, and the muscle is large

and well marked.

In Chrysotis, on the other hand, the peroneus longus is very

small and only rises from the membranous continuation of the

fibula in the lower part of the leg; it is so small that it does not

overlap the peroneus brevis at all but lies behind it.

1893.] THE ANATOMY OF PARROWS. 513

Gadow’ describes the peroneus longus as apparently absent in

Chrysotis.

In the other genera examined the muscle is intermediate between

Stringops and Chrysotis; it rises from about the middle third of

the leg as high as the tip of the bony fibula, and only slightly

overlaps the peroneus brevis. The insertion of the peroneus

longus is always into a strong fibro-cartilaginous ring which sur-

rounds the deep flexor tendons opposite the ankle-joint and is

attached to the base of the tarso-metatarsus.

The peroneus brevis varies very little; it rises from the outer

surface of the tibio-tarsus. and is inserted into the outer part of

the posterior surface of the base of the tarso-metatarsus. In

Chrysotis, where the peroneus longus is so small, it is larger than

usual.

We do not propose to produce as a result of the above notes a

complete scheme of classification of the Psittact: in the first place

we have been unable to see a good many types which ought to be

studied before a general scheme should be propounded ; and in

the second place we have only called attention to certain points in

the anatomy of the group. It may, however, be pointed out that

the material which we have gathered together in this paper, com-

bined with what we know through the researches of the late

Professor Garrod, bring up our knowledge of the anatomy of the

Parrots to a higher level than that of many other groups of birds ;

the facts accumulated in the papers referred to will at any rate

serve some one who can supplement them by the observation of

other genera with a mass of information upon which a definite

scheme can be made out. In the meantime, however, we may

indicate a few questions of affinity as to which our investigations

appear to throw some light. In the first place, there is the remark-

able genus Stringops: there is no doubt that its purely terrestrial

habits have led to some degeneration; it has, for example, a flat

sternum ; but degeneration of this kind would hardly be expected

to affect such organs as are treated of here with the exception, of

course, of the muscles of the pataginm. Itis perhaps a noteworthy

point that on the whole the musculature of the arm as far as

we have studied it is like that of Nestor, a Parrot which of course

occurs in the same part of the world; the agreement as to these

muscles also extends to Calyptorhynchus, in which genus the syrinx

also is fashioned after the plan characteristic of Stringops: this is

also of importance ; these two genera are, from our point of view,

the nearest allies of Stringops, which does not, in so far as the facts

treated of here have weight, occupy nearly so isolated a position

in the system as has been assigned to it by others’.

To a great extent, therefore, our results bear out Prof. Garrod’s

1 Bronn’s Klassen u. Ordn. d. Thierreichs, Aves, p. 18.

2 #.g.in Mr. Sclater’s classification used in the “ List of Animals.” Fiir-

bringer (J. f. O. (4) xxxvii. p. 241) puts Stringops down as a primitive, if not the

most primitive, Parrot.

514 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A [June 6,

views upon the position of Stringops. He regards it, it is true, as

a member of a subfamily (Stringopine) distinct from the Cacatuine;

but both these subfamilies are within one family, Paleornithide.

We quite agree with Prof. Garrod’s remark about Stringops (P. Z. 8.

1874, p. 596) that “asa Parrot it is not so strikingly peculiar as

many seem to think. Its wings are useless, and the carina sterni

is correspondingly reduced, it is true; but as points of classifica-

tional importance, I regard these as insignificant.”

The association of Cacatua with Microglossa and Calyptorhynchus

is confirmed, though Cacatua is perhaps farther off either of these

two than they are from each other.

Ara, too, we find to be rather nearer than some have thought it

to certain of the Old World genera, such as Nestor, Stringops, and

Calyptorhynchus. Considering the superficial resemblance which

the Macaws bear to the Cockatoos, this result is of not a little

interest.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XL.

Syrinezs or Parrots.

Fig. # Eos reticulata.

3. Stringops habroptilus.

5. Cacatua cristata.

6. Ara leari.

7. Chrysotis erythrura,

8. Psittacus temneh.

9. Pionus violaceus.

In figs. 2 & 3 only the intrinsic muscle (m) is shown.

2. On some Horns belonging, apparently, to a new Form of

African Rhinoceros. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D.,

F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

[Received June 2, 1893.]

My friend Mr. Frederick Holmwood, C.B., C.M.Z.S., H.B.M.

Consul-General at Smyrna, has kindly lent me for examination two

. very remarkable horns of an African Rhinoceros, which he obtained

at Zanzibar, when Consul-General there a few years ago. Mr.

Holmwood gives me the following account of them :—

** From a very careful description of the country I gathered that

they came from the country of ‘ Udulia,’ situated at the N.E.

point of Usukuma, 50 miles S. of Speke Gulf. The native traveller

whom I bought them of thougbt, however, that the district, which

is a jungle interspersed with grassy plains, might form part of

the large pastoral country to the W. of Udulia, called by various

names, but known generally by caravans as ‘ Uturu.’ He said it

was the only district where this Rhinoceros was known. It is only

inhabited by hunters whom he described as dwarfs, but I do not

take this for granted.”

1893.] NEW FORM OF AFRICAN RHINOCEROS. 515

Fig. 1.

Front horns of Holmwood’s Rhinoceros.

516 ON A NEW FORM OF AFRICAN RHINOCEROS. [June 6,

The question is to what species of Rhinoceros these two horns

(which I now exhibit) are to be referred. It will be seen that

they are remarkable for their length, thinness, and especially for

their comparative roundness and their small size at the base.

Since the publication of Mr. F. C. Selous’s excellent paper on

the African Rhinoceroses (P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 725), it has been gene-

rally agreed by naturalists that there are only two known species

of this genus in Africa—the Black Rhinoceros (2. bicornis) and the

White Rhinoceros (2. simus). Of the Black Rhinoceros a fine

series of horns has been figured by Mr. Selous (J. s.c.), showing

the variations that exist in the comparative length of the anterior

and posterior horns. The anterior horn of the Black Rhinoceros,

though, save in very exceptional cases, always longer than the

posterior horn, seldom reaches more than 24 inches in length,

though occasionally longer’. On the other hand, the front horn

of R. simus grows, as is well known, to an extraordinary length,

varying from 18 to 48 inches, and reaching even 57 inches in

abnormal specimens. This horn is, however, of great thickness at

the base and much more compressed laterally than is the case with

the specimens now in question, and in fact of quite a different

character. Moreover &. simus, now almost extinct”, has never been

known to occur north of the Zambesi. It is not possible, therefore,

to refer Mr. Holmwood’s specimens to 2. simus, There remains

the question whether they can belong to abnormal individuals of

R. bicornis, to which form of Rhinoceros they would appear from

general characters to be most nearly related. Before considering

the question I will shortly describe the specimens.

a (fig. 1) is 42 inches in length from the base of the thickened

pedicel along the curve to the top of the horn. The pedicel is

nearly circular, about 5 inches across on its lower surface. It is

rounded, not flattened in front. At about 53 inches from the base

the true horn emerges from the pedicel; here it is ovate in shape,

about 2°5 from front to back and 2:1 from side to side. It is

nearly straight at the base, but curved gently backwards in the

last third of its length. It is very smooth and of a uniform dark

brownish black in colour.

b (fig. 2) is generally similar, but not quite so long (41 inches),

thicker at the base, where the horn emerges from the pedicel, and

much more rapidly curved backwards. It is also much paler in

colour.

On comparing these horns with anterior horns of the Black

Rhinoceros (two pairs of which Mr. Selous has kindly lent me for

the purpose), it will readily be seen that they are at once recog-

1 There are two horns in the British Museum, referred to this species (1520 /

re 15207), 42 and 40 inches in length respectively. See Hand-l. Edent. p. 52

(1873).

2 A recent letter, addressed to the ‘Field’ by Mr. Selous (Field, vol. 80,

p- 803, Nov. 26th, 1892), shows that the White Rhinoceros still exists in Northern

Mashonaland, a herd of six having been met with by Messrs. Eyres and Coryn-

don about 100 miles N.W. of Salisbury.

—

Ajit.

3. Pla

” Z.5.189

rrve -St-Aiban.

—s

from

Bird-pones

1893.] ON BIRD-BONES FROM THE MIOCENE OF ISERE. 517

nizable by their great length, their thinness, and the small size of

the pedicel.

I am told that these peculiar horns are well known as articles

of trade at Zanzibar, where they are brought by the caravans from

the interior. I do not propose to found a new species on them,

because it is possible that they may be abnormal horns of the

female Black Rhinoceros, which we know is found all through

Eastern Africa up to the White Nile and plains of Upper Nubia.

But it is highly probable that they belong to a different animal,

of which we may hope some day to receive perfect specimens.

In the meantime they may be provisionally named Holmwood’s

Rhinoceros, Rhinoceros bicornis holmwoodi.

3. On some Bird-bones from the Miocene of Grive-St.-

Alban, Department of Isére, France. By R. LypexKer.

[Received May 17, 1893.]

(Plate X LI.)

For the second time I am indebted to my friend Dr. C. J.

Forsyth Major for the opportunity of adding something to our

knowledge of the fossil birds of Europe—the small collection

which he has on this occasion confided to my care having been

obtained from the Miocene beds of Grive-St.-Alban, in the Isére.

Those beds belong to the middle division of the Miocene period,

and probably correspond approximately in age to those of Sansan

in the Gers. So far as I am aware, the only bird-remains hitherto

recorded from the Grive-St.-Aiban deposits are a few described by

Dr. C. Depéret®. These remains, which are but few in number,

were regarded as indicating the existence of an undetermined

Accipitrine of the size of the Common Buzzard; of a peculiar

species of Woodpecker (Picus gaudryi) ; of a Pheasant, identified

with a species (Phasianus altus) described by M. A. Milne-

Edwards from the Sansan deposits ; of a smaller representative of

the same genus; of a Gallinaceous bird referred to the Lower

Miocene genus Palwortyw, under the name of P. edwardsi; of a

Crane, provisionally identified with Grus pentelicit of the Pikermi

beds; and of an undetermined Anserine. The collection of

specimens obtained by Dr. Forsyth Major is far more numerous,

and contains several bones in a perfect state. Others, however,

are very fragmentary and difficult of identification; and I have

accordingly thought it well to refer in most cases only to such

specimens as I have been able to identify with a fair amount of

certainty. As I have had occasion to mention previously, our

collections of Avian osteology are at present in such an unsatis-

factory condition that the determination of complete (not to say

1 See Baker, ‘ Nile-Tributaries,’ p. 246 (1872).

2 Arch. Mus. Lyon, vol. iv. pp. 282-288 (1887).

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XXXY. 35

518 MR, R. LYDEKKER ON SOME [June 6,

of imperfect) bones is frequently a matter of extreme difficulty, if

not of actual impossibility.

STRIX SANCTI-ALBANI, n. sp. (Plate XLI. figs. 1-4.)

In the British Museum Catalogue of Fossil Birds I took the

family Strigide to include all the members of the nocturnal birds

of prey, but I have since seen reason to adopt the subdivision of

the group into the families Strigide and Bubonide. And I am

the more confirmed in this latter view from the circumstance that

the specimens under consideration show an osteological distinction

between the members of those two families which I have not

observed recorded in the works with which I am familiar.

Of all the birds represented in the collection the one of which

the remains are most numerous is a species of Owl belonging to

the genus Striv—no less than eleven more or less imperfect

bones being referable to this form. From these specimens I have

selected four for illustration (see Plate XLI.)—those represented

in figures 1 and 2 being the distal portions of the right tibia,

while those in figures 3 and 4 are respectively the proximal and

distal halves of the left tarso-metatarsus. The Strigine affinities

of these specimens are amply demonstrated by the form of the

lower end of the tibia, in which the condyles are remarkably

prominent, while there is no bridge over the extensor groove on

the anterior aspect; and likewise by the highly convex arch

formed by the distal trochlee of the tarso-metatarsus, and the

general form and prominence of the crest on the hinder part of

the hypotarsus. Although I am not aware that any sharply

defined distinction can be drawn between the tibia of the Bubonide

and Strigide, I find that Stria differs from all the members of the

former that I have been able to examine in the absence of the

bony bridge over the extensor depression of the upper part of the

anterior face of the tarso-metatarsus. As this bridge is wanting

in the specimens before us (fig. 3), and as they agree otherwise in

general form and size with the corresponding bones of the Barn-

Owl, I opine that they must be referred to the genus Strw.

Agreeing in size with the corresponding elements in S. flammea,

they are distinguished by the grooves between the distal condyles

of the tibia being somewhat less deep ; while the tarso-metatarsus

has a deeper posterior groove and a smaller crest to the hypotarsus.

The only fossil representative of the genus which, so far as I am

aware, has received a distinct name is S. melitensis’, founded on a

femur from the Pleistocene of Malta, which differs from that of

S. flammea in its more slender proportions. As there are no

indications of a similar slenderness in the bones under considera-

tion, I think I shall be justified in assigning them to a new species,

under the name of S. sancti-albanz. ‘The specimens do not,

however, admit of defining the species more exactly than by the

above-mentioned features in which it differs from S. flammea.

1 Lydekker, Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus. p. 13 (1891).

1893. ] BIRD-BONES FROM THE MIOCENE OF ISERE. 519

PHastanus autus, Milne-Edwards. (Plate XLI. figs. 5-8.)

As already mentioned, Dr. Depéret has referred to this species

certain remains from St. Alban, and four specimens in the present

collection seem to fully justify this determination. The bones

on which this species was originally founded were but very

imperfect, and our knowledgé of its osteology was advanced by

those described by Dr. Depéret, which included the lower end of

the tibia, the upper extremity of the tarso-metatarsus, a part of

the upper end of the femur, and some fragments of the meta-

carpus. The specimens in the present collection comprise the

proximal part of the left tarso-metatarsus (Plate XLI. figs. 5, 5 a),

the distal end of the left humerus (fig. 6), the entire left ulna

(fig. 7), and the complete left metacarpus (fig. 8). From their all

pertaining to the left side it seems not improbable that all the four

are portions of a single bird.

These bones agree with those previously described in indicating

a bird of considerably larger size than the Common Pheasant, being

in fact intermediate in size between that species and the Peacock.

They also decisively confirm the reference of the species to the

genus to which it is assigned’. For instance the intermetacarpal

bar of the metacarpus (which of itself sufficiently indicates the

gallinaceous nature of that bone) is far smaller than in Pavo, and

comes nearest in this respect to Phasianus; while the proximal

part of the tarso-metatarsus has the same narrow shape as in the

latter, with a deeper groove and one more ridge on its posterior

surface than in Pavo. Other characteristic features of Phasianus

are the single and prominent tubercle for the insertion of the

tibialis anticus, the opening of the two superior perforations on

the same horizontal line, the large size of the tibial cups and the

comparatively small tubercle between them, and also the single

tube and two shallow grooves in the hypotarsus. The diameter of

the proximal extremity of this specimen is 0,017 mm., against

0,016 mm. in the one described by Dr. Depéret; while both in his

and the present specimen of the metacarpus the diameter of the

proximal extremity is 0,015. Beyond stating that the length of

the ulna is 0,094 mm., while the transverse diameter of the distal

end of the humerus is 0,0205 mm., the other specimens do not call

for further mention.

PaL#ZorTYx EDWARDSI, Depéret. (Plate XLI. figs. 9, 10.)

The Gallinaceous birds from the Upper Eocene of Paris and the

Lower Miocene of the Allier described by M. Milne-Edwards

under the name of Paleortyx are easily recognized, among other

characteristics, by the large size of the tricipital fossa of the

humerus, which extends for aconsiderable distance under the head.

In this feature these birds resemble to a certain extent the living

1 I may mention that, as is frequently my custom, I determined the genus of

these bones before referring to the description of the birds previously recorded

from the formation whence they were obtained.

35*

520 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON SOME [June 6,

Ammoperdia, Ortyx, and Coturnix, while they are totally different

from COaccabis, Perdiw, Phasianus, and most other members of the

group. Probably the extinct Palwoperdix, of the Sansan beds,

had a similar type of humerus, but the tarso-metatarsus is of a

less flattened type. To the genus Palaortyx, Dr. Depéret has

referred two imperfect humeri trom Grive-St.-Alban, with which a

complete specimen in the present collection agrees; and as the

associated specimens of the tarso-metatarsus appear to present the

characters distinctive of that genus, I am disposed to accept his

determination.

The right humerus (represented in figs. 9,9 of Plate XLI.)agrees

precisely with the distal half of the corresponding bone figured by

Dr. Depéret in pl. xii. fig. 51 of vol. iv. of the Arch. Mus. Lyon,

as one of the types of Palwortyw edwardsi; while its proximal

portion appears to correspond with that portion of another right

humerus depicted in fig. 52 of the above-cited plate. In total

length the humerus here figured measures 0,055 mm., or some-

what more than the corresponding bone of P. blanchardi, Milne-

Edwards, from the Allier Miocene, in which the length is 0,047.

According to Dr. Depéret the humerus of P. edwardsi differs from

that of the last-named species not only in its superior size, but

likewise in the absence of a distinct prominence on the outer side of

the head. Compared with the corresponding bones of Ammoperdia

and Ortya, the present specimen, although much larger, is generally

very similar, although there are certain differences which are

evidently of generic value. The large size of the tricipital fossa

differentiates the specimen from the existing Oriental Cryptonyz,

and the extinct Palwocryptony« from the Pliocene of Roussillon *.

The right tarso-metatarsus (represented in fig. 10), of which the

proximal extremity is imperfect, is evidently that of a partridge-

like gallinaceous bird, and as it agrees approximately in relative

size with the humerus, it may be tentatively assigned to the same

distinctive species. Since it appears to present all the characters

of Paleortyx rather than of Paleoperdia*, it confirms Dr. Depéret’s

reference of the species under consideration to the former rather

than to the latter genus.

PaLHORTYX MAXIMA, n.sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 11.)

The slightly imperfect right coracoid of a gallinaceous bird

(represented in fig. 11), being of too large dimensions to have

belonged to the same species as the humerus above mentioned 3,

while it agrees in all essential characters with the corresponding

bone of Paleortyx, Ammoperdix, and Ortyw, may be taken to

indicate a second species of the first-named genus, distinguished

from all the others by its superior size. The length of this coracoid

1 Depéret, Comptes Rendus, vol. exiv. p. 691 (1892).

2 See Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus. p. 137.

8 In P. gallica, of which the humerus measures 0,042, or 0,005 less than the

corresponding bone of P. blanchardi, the length of the assigned coracoid is

only 0,025.

1893. ] BIRD-BONES FROM THE MIOCENE OF ISERE. 521

is upwards of 0,050 mm.; and this must for the present serve as

the distinctive feature of this species.

PALHORTYX GRIVENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 12.)

The right humerus (represented in fig. 12) indicates a species

of the size of the Common Quail, and somewhat inferior in

this respect to P. brevipes, which is the smallest of the Allier

representatives of the genus. Thus, whereas in the present speci-

men the length is 0,0337 mm., in the corresponding bone of

P. brevipes it is 0,0357 mm. On account of this inferiority of size,

coupled with its much higher geological horizon, I am disposed to

regard the present specimen as indicating a distinct species, which

I assign to Palwortyx, with the name of P. grivensis. Compared

with the nearly equal-sized humerus of Coturnix, this specimen

exhibits very clearly the distinctive features between the two

genera, Thus whereas in the Quail the subtrochanteriec fossa is

much larger than the shallow tricipital fossa, and extends beneath

it, in Palwortyx the latter is much the larger of the two, and is

of such a depth as to prevent the former from extending beneath it

towards the outer side of the bone.

PaLmortyx, sp. inc. (Plate XLI. fig, 13.)

Seeing that in the Common Quail the humerus is of almost

exactly the same length as the corresponding bone of P. grivensis,

while the tarso-metatarsus measures only 0,027 mm. in length, it

would seem impossible that the tarso-metatarsus now exhibited

(see fig. 13), of which the length is 0,032 mm., can belong

to the species last named. I accordingly regard it as probably

indicating yet another species of the genus from La Grive, nearly

of the same size as P. brevipes of Allier, but to which I do

not consider it advisable to assign a distinct name. In its com-

parative flatness, as well as in the straightness of the hypotarsus

and the depth of the external posterior groove, this bone exhibits

all the features characteristic of Palewortyx as distinct from

Paleoperdix.

ToraNUS MAJORI, n. sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 14.)

From the presence of a distinct triangular ectepicondylar process,

the small left humerus (represented in fig. 14) is clearly referable

to the Gavi, Limicole, or Tubinares. From the corresponding

bone of the more typical Laride it is readily distinguished

by the smaller size of the tricipital fossa; while it differs from

that of Sterna in the larger size of the ectepicondylar process.

Compared with a skeleton of the Yellow-footed Sandpiper (otanus

flavipes), it is found to agree so closely with the humerus that

there can be little hesitation in referring it to a member of the

same genus. The total length is 0,037 mm., or about one-fourth less

than that of the corresponding bone of the species above-named.

A small species of Totanus from the Allier Miocene has been named

T. lartetianus by Milne-Edwards; but as the higher geological

522 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON NEW [June 6,

horizon of the present specimen may be taken as an almost certain

indication of its distinctness from that form, I propose to regard

it as representing a new species, under the name of 7. majori. In

the absence of a specimen of the humerus of 7’. lartetianus available

for comparison, I am, however, unable to point out the distinctive

differences of the present bone.

UNDETERMINED SPECIMENS.

Among the undetermined specimens there are several complete

bones undoubtedly referable to small Passerines, although the

materials available to me do not admit of any satisfactory attempts

at their generic discrimination. In figure 15 of Plate XLI. I have,

however, figured a left humerus which may be Picarian, in the

hope that some one better acquainted with the osteology of these

groups of birds may be able to determine its affinities.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.

Fig. 1. Strix sancti-albani. Back view of distal half of the right tibia.

2. Strix sancti-albani. Front view of the distal portion of the right tibia.

8, 3a. Strix sancti-albani. Front and back views of proximal half of the

left tarso-metatarsus.

4, 4a. Strix sancti-albani. Front and lower views of the distal portion

of the left tarso-metatarsus.

5, 5a. Phasianus altus. Anterior and inner aspects of proximal portion

of the left tarso-metatarsus.

6. Phasianus altus. Palmar aspect of distal extremity of the left humerus.

7. Phasianus altus. The lett ulna.

8. Phasianus altus. The left metacarpus.

9,9a. Paleortyx edwardsi. Palmar and posterior aspects of right

humerus. 2, tricipital fossa.

10. Palgortyx edwardsi. Anterior aspect of the imperfect right tarso-

metatarsus.

1l. Palegortyx maxima. Anterior aspect of the slightly imperfect right

eoracoid.

12. Paleortyx grivensis. Posterior aspect of the right humerus.

18. Palgortyx, sp. ine. Front view of the left tarso-metatarsus.

14. Totanus majori. Posterior aspect of the left humerus. 2, tricipital

fossa.

15. Posterior aspect of the left humerus of an undetermined (? Picarian) bird,

All the specimens were obtained from the Middle Miocene of Grive-St.-

Alban, and are drawn of the natural size.

4. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians obtained

in Borneo by Mr. A. Everett and Mr. C. Hose. By

G. A. BouLenceEr.

[Received June 2, 1893.]

(Plates XLII.-XLIV.)

Draco Maximus. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)

Head small; snout as long as the diameter of the orbit; nostril

directed upwards, perfectly vertical; tympanum covered with

Mintern Bros. imp.

2.DRACO MICROLEPIS.

RMintern delet lith.

1.DRACO MAXIMUS.

PZ.) So eeEes 2a Ine

P. Smit del. et Lith. Mmtern Bros. imp.

2,2.RANA CAVITYMPANUM.3.BANA LATOPALMATA.

4 RANA WHITEHEADI.

: re j

é = 4

\ s a oe Tr

1 - e <

— " :

;

- ¢ <= 1%,

_ we oa

P Zin 1893) Eerie

P Smit delet lth. 7 Mintern Bros. imp.

REAACOPRORU Ss OfiwOrnUS-

‘ ~

- M

2 ae

“a .

ive

oa '

oa a

1893. ] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 523

scales ; head-scales very small; ten granular scales across middle

of interorbital region, sixteen or seventeen across supraocular

region; a A-shaped series of enlarged scales on the forehead ;

fourteen upper labials. The male’s gular appendage once and a

half the length of the head, with moderate-sized scales on its

distal portion.. A slight nuchal fold, but no crest. Dorsal scales

equal, keeled, a little smaller than ventrals ; four widely separated,

enlarged, erect, keeled scales on each side of the back. The fore

limb extends beyond the tip of the snout, the hind limb to the

axilla. Greyish above, head speckled with black ; wing-membranes

black above with light longitudinal streaks, colourless beneath ;

throat blackish, with round white spots.

millim

AST Pe 2, Sl 365

(Head ees tan fe A =o rece 25

Width:othend” |. 5: ... 2.0. br

RO es Se asain face ats alah eras 115

Hore tml? oaks oe we sees 58

Mimdvlinb. "eis. spe yale coset 70

SL RRR ee San a SSemee tae DAC RG Se PONS

A single male specimen from Mt. Dulit, 2000 feet (Hose).

Draco microneris. (Plate XLII. fig. 2.)

Head small; snout slightly shorter than the diameter of the

orbit; nostril directed upwards, perfectly vertical; tympanum

naked, smaller than the eye-opening ; head-scales very small ; six

or seven scales across middle of interorbital region, fourteen or

fifteen across supraocular region; scales on upper surface of snout

subequal ; fourteen upper labials. The male’s gular appendage as

long as the head, with moderate-sized scales. No nuchal fold or

erest. Dorsal scales equal, keeled, a little smaller than ventrals ;

a few widely separated, enlarged, keeled scales on each side. The

fore limb reaches with the whole hand beyond the tip of the snout,

the hind limb to the shoulder. Pale grey-brown above, with dark

spots and marblings; wing-membranes above with black marblings

forming five rather ill-defined transverse bands, beneath colourless ;

base of gular appendage and inner surface of lateral wattles

purplish red; a large black spot on each side of the gular ap-

pendage in the male.

millim

Dotad length. 432 we ids Aer Oete 218

Nea elie or WS ot 3 icicysih) ee oad as

Widthiot heads, 0.04 iemaeceies 9

(3 oe re eee eet 63

‘Horeslim cts os era ener hates ease 38

EDIT lI Dies Acad hase cee ak eo < AT

1 eS ron ee eee ee 140

Two specimens, male and female, from Merabah, North Borneo

(Lrerett).

524 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON NEW (June 6, ~

SIMOTES ANNULIFER.

Nasal divided; portion of rostral seen from above slightly

shorter than its distance from the frontal; suture between

the internasals slightly shorter than that between the pre-

frontals ; frontal as broad as long, longer than its distance from

the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; a small loreal ;

one pre- and two postoculars; temporals 142; seven upper

labials, third and fourth entering the eye; four lower labials in

contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are longer than the

posterior. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 153; anal entire; sub-

caudals 49. Brown above, with 26 black annuli on the back,

enclosing large oval yellowish-brown spots; sides black-spotted,

with vertical and oblique yellowish lines; head yellowish brown

above, with a dark brown transverse bar across the forehead,

passing through the eye, a large A-shaped marking from the

frontal shield to the nape, and an oblique bar on the temple ;

labials, chin, and throat black-spotted ; lower parts white, with a

series of small black spots on each side.

Total length 160 millim. ; tail 30.

A single young specimen from North Borneo (£verett).

OLIGODON EVERETTI.

Nasal divided; portion of rostral seen from above slightly

shorter than its distance from the frontal; suture between the

internasals shorter than that between the prefrontals ; frontal

longer than its distance from the end of the snout, slightly shorter

than the parietals ; loreal very small, longer than deep ; one pre-

and two postoculars ; temporals 1+2; seven upper labials, third

and fourth entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with

the anterior chin-shields, which are longer than the posterior.

Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 154; anal entire; subcaudals 46.

Slaty grey above, with three blackish-brown stripes, the middle

one three scales wide and enclosing a series of small yellowish-

brown rhomboidal spots; head brown above, with two chevron-

shaped black bands, the anterior passing through the eyes, the

posterior with the point on the frontal shield; uniform coral-red

beneath, the outer ends of the ventral shields black.

Total length 370 millim. ; tail 70.

A single female specimen from Mt. Kina Balu (Averett).

CALAMARIA BALUENSIS.

Rostral a little broader than deep, visible from above ; frontal

nearly twice as long as broad, not twice as broad as the supra-

ocular, as long as the parietals; eye rather large, its diameter

much greater than its distance from the mouth; one pre-and

one postocular ; five upper labials, third and fourth entering the

eye; symphysial in contact with the anterior chin-shields ; both

pairs of chin-shields in contact with each other, 13 rows of

scaies. Ventrals 175; anal entire; subcaudals 28. Tail ending

~ 1893.) REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 525

in a point. Brown above, with small black spots ; an interrupted

black streak along each side of the head and neck, passing through

the eye; upper lip and lower parts white; belly with three

longitudinal series of small black spots; a black line along the

lower surface of the tail.

Total length 340 millim. ; tail 33.

A single male specimen from Mt. Kina Balu (Hverett).

QOALAMARIA EVERETTI.

Rostral broader than deep, well visible from above; frontal

once and a half as long as broad, not twice as broad as the supra-

ocular, shorter than the parietals; one pre-and one postocular ;

eye rather large, its diameter much greater than its distance from

the mouth ; five upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye ;

two pairs of chin-shields in contact with each other; first lower

labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial. Scales in

13 rows. Ventrals 144; anal entire; subcaudals 23. Tail

ending ina point. Coloration quite similar to that of C. sumatrana,

Edeling. Brown above with longitudinal series of darker spots,

forming two lines along each side ; each scale of the outer row

white in the middle, dark brown on the borders ; nape dark hrown,

followed by a yellow collar; upper surface of head brown, spotted

with darker; lower parts uniform yellowish, with a dark line

along the middle of the tail.

Total length 100 millim. ; tail 10.

A single young specimen from Sarawak (Zverett).

Rana CavirymMpanuM. (Plate XLIII. fig. 1.)

Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique transverse groups

between the choane ; latter of moderate size. Head moderate, as

long as broad ; snout short, rounded, not projecting, with angular

canthus rostralis and deeply concave loreal region ; nostril slightly

nearer the eye than the tip of the snout; interorbital space

narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, deeply sunk,

three-fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, first

extending slightly beyond second ; toes moderate, entirely webbed ;

disks well developed, about half the diameter of the tympanum ;

subarticular tubercles rather small ; a very small, oval inner meta-

tarsal tubercle, not quite one third the length of the inner toe.

Hind limb very long, as in &. whitcheadi; tibia two-thirds length

of head and body. Skin smooth; no glandular lateral fold. Pale

grey-brown above, a broad dorsal area blackish brown, sharply

defined on the sides ; a dark bar between the eyes; a black streak

from the lip to the shoulder, passing through the nostril and eye

and above the tympanum ; lips with black spots; limbs with narrow

dark brown cross-bars ; lower parts white. Male with an external

vocal sac on each side of the throat, below the commissure of the

jaws ; no humeral gland; inner finger thickened at the base.

From snout to vent 45 millim.

A single male specimen from Kina Balu (Zverett).

526 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON NEW [June 6,

I am glad to be able to supplement this description of the adult

with an account of the very remarkable larval characters furnished

by a specimen, undoubtedly of the same species, at the close of the

larval period, obtained by Mr. Everett at Bongon, N. Borneo.

The breast is covered with a large sucking-disk, free on its

borders, truncate in front. The lips are much developed, not

fringed, and armed with numerous series of horny teeth forming

3 uninterrupted and 8 paired rows on the upper lip, and 4 uninter-

rupted and | interrupted rows in the lower lip, disposed as shown

in the figure. The horny beak is formed of an upper anda lower

mandible, both of which are angular, smooth, and very finely

denticulate at the edge. The larva is so far advanced that I am

unable to say anything of the other larval characters. But in the

important points of the structure of the mouth and ventral disk

it shows the greatest resemblance to some hitherto undetermined

larve from Bantam, Java, which I described and figured in 1882

(Cat. Batr. Ecaud. p. 89). At that time the onlv Frog known to

inhabit Java that possessed fully webbed toes dilated into large

disks, as shown by one of the larve, was Rhacophorus reinwardti ;

and I therefore referred them “ provisionally, not without doubt,”

to that species. That this reserve was warranted, is shown by

the discovery in Java soon after of a Frog, Rana masonii, Blgr.

(=jerboa, Gthr.), agreeing in the above points with the larve in

question, which I have now no doubt belong to it. Numerous larve

of an allied species, R. whiteheadi, Blgr., at all stages of deve-

lopment, hence easily determinable, were collected by Mr. Everett

in mountain-streams flowing into the Sarawak and Baram Rivers

and at Bongon. They differ, however, from the larva above described

in having both upper and lower mandible formed of two pieces,

separated in the middle line by a considerable interspace; these

horny pieces differ besides in being ribbed and strongly toothed.

Somewhat similar larve, but with the lower mandible formed of

a single piece, have been recently described and figured by Mocquard

(Nouv. Arch. du Mus. 3, ii. 1890, p. 154, pl. xi. fig. 4) in his paper

on the Reptiles and Batrachians of Kina Balu and referred by

him, rightly I think, to his Jwalus nubilus (= Rana natatria,

Gthr.). Another larva with ventral disk, and agreeing very closely

in the buccal characters with that of R. jerboa and cavitympanum,

- was obtained by M. Fea in the Kakhien hills, Upper Burma, and

referred by me to Rana latopalmata, Blgr. (afghana, Gthr.). I

have since found three specimens of the latter larva, from Dar-

jeeling, in the late Mr. Day’s collection. We are therefore now

acquainted with five species with a ventral disk in the larval stage,

and all five belong to species of the genus Rana in which the

toes are fully webbed and the digits strongly dilated. They may

be distinguished by means of the following synopsis :—

1893.] - _ REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 527

A. Beak formed of two pieces, an upper and a lower, feebly denticulate, not

ribbed ; lower lip not fringed.

a. Series of labial teeth ; : Seances nates 3 R. jerbou.

3 Pa

6. Series of labial teeth : ; A ee eee Once R. latopalmata.

2 -

e. Series of labial teeth : pasendeancetdaiacas meanest R. cavitympanum.

B. Beak formed of three or four pieces, toothed, ribbed on its outer surface ;

lower lip with a fringe of papille.

a, Lower mandible formed of a single piece............... R. natatrix.

4. Lower mandible formed of two pieces, like the

UPPOL, -desiadisedsdcdansareuse cade suaasedge decker ad seteen =e R. whiteheadi.

RaacopHorvs orropuus. (Plate XLIV.)

Vomerine teeth in two small oblique series close to the inner

anterior angle of the choanz, which are exceedingly large. Head

much depressed, large, a little broader than long; supratemporal

region roofed over by rugose dermo-ossitication ; frontoparietals

rugose; a strong, spinose, bony crest above the tympanum; a

spine at the angle of the jaws ; snout pointed, a little longer than

the diameter of the orbit; nostrils close to the tip of the snout ;

canthus rostralis sharp, loreal region deeply concave ; forehead

concave ; interorbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid ;

tympanum nearly as large as the eye. Fingers long, with rudi-

mentary web, the tips dilated into rather large disks; toes two-

thirds webbed, disks smaller than those of fingers. The tibio-tarsal

articulation reaches between the eye and the nostril. Skin of back

finely, of belly and lower surface of thighs coarsely granulate ;

heel with a small triangular dermal appendage. Pale olive above,

with dark grey spots and longitudinal streaks, much as in the

quadrilineatus-vaniety of R. leucomystax ; hind limbs with dark

cross-bars, which are of an intense black and close together on the

concealed surfaces of the hind limb. Male with internal vocal

sacs.

From snout to vent 80 millim.

A single male specimen from Bongon, N. Borneo (Everett).

This is a most remarkable form, allied to R. lewcomystaw but

with the cranial dermo-ossification carried considerably farther,

and reproducing pretty nearly the stage reached in the genus

Bufo by B. typhonius, in the genus Hyla by H. lichenata, in the

genus Nototrema by JN. oviferum.

Iam fortunately again able to supplement the description of a

new Frog with that of its larva, several specimens at all the middle

and later stages of development having been collected by Mr.

Everett in the same Jocality as the adult.

Length of body once and a half to once and two-thirds its width,

528 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE EGGS OF COLIUS CAPENSIS. [June 20,

three-fifths to four-fifths the length of the tail. Nostrils nearer

the end of the snout than to the eyes; latter lateral, visible from

above and from below, equidistant from the spiraculum and the

end of the snout or a little nearer the former; distance between

the eyes twice and a half to three times that between the nostrils,

and twice and one-fourth to twice and one-third the width of the

mouth. Spiraculum on the left side, directed upwards and back-

wards, equidistant from the end of the snout andthe anus. Anus

opening on the right side, close to the body and above the lower

edge of the tail, as in Hyla. Tail twice and one-third to thrice as

long as deep, acutely pointed ; the depth of the muscular portion

about three-fifths the total depth.

Mouth as in a typical Rana. Beak black; sides and lower edge

of the lip fringed with papille; upper lip with a long series of

fine horny teeth, followed on each side by three series ; three un-

interrupted series of teeth on the lower lip.

Total length of largest specimen 80 millim.; body 29; width

of body 21; length of tail 51 ; depth of tail 17.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate XLII.

Fig. 1. Draco maximus, p. 522.

Fig. 2. Draco microlepis, p. 523.

a, Side view of head of male.

Puate XLII.

Fig. 1. Rana cavitympanum, p. 525.

a. Vomerine teeth.

2. Larva of Rana cavitympanum, p. 526.

a. Mouth. x 3.

Fig. 3. Mouth of larva of Rana latopalmata, p. 526. x 4.

Fig. 4. Larva of Rana whiteheadi, p. 526.

a, Mouth. x 5.

Fig.

Puate XLIV.

Rhacophorus otilophus, p. 527.

a. Side view of head; 6. Vomerine teeth ; c. Larva; d. Mouth. x6.

June 20, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited two eggs of the Cape Coly (Colius capensis)

laid in the Society’s Gardens, and made the following remarks :—

For some time past we have had three examples of this Coly in

one of the large cages in the Parrot House. As they showed a

disposition to build, a basket-nest was placed in the cage, to which

the birds made additions from materials supplied to them. The

1893.] HON. W. ROTHSCHILD ON THE GENUS CYANORHAMPHUS. 529

result was that an open shallow nest was constructed, in which

altogether nine eggs have been deposited. We believe that the

birds are all females and have all laid eggs in the same nest. They

have occasionally sat upon them, but not in a regular manner.

The eggs are of a dull white colour, with rather a rough texture,

and without spots of any kind. Referring to Layard and Sharpe’s

‘Birds of South Africa,’ p. 552, I find it stated that the eggs

of this Coly are sometimes streaked, but those laid in the Gardens

are perfectly uniform, as will be seen on inspection.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild exhibited a series of the Parrots of

the genus Cyanorhamphus, and made the following remarks :—

In vol. xx. of the ‘ Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum’

Count Salvadori enumerates fourteen species of this genus and

mentions a fifteenth species, C. hochstettert (Reisch.).

Having avery fair series of most of these birds, and finding them

terribly confused in many of the larger collections, I have thought it

might be interesting to exhibit examples of a rare species alive and

a good series of those others of which I possess skins. I also have

to describe a new form which has hitherto been confounded with

C. auriceps (Kuhl). This form differs, it is true, in most respects

very slightly from the typical C. auriceps of New Zealand ;

but in this genus the birds from the different islands are always

constant forms, and therefore I feel justified in separating the

Chatham Island bird, and I have much pleasure in naming it after

my friend Mr. H. O. Forbes.

CYANORHAMPHUS FORBESI, sp. Nov.

Similar to C. auriceps (Kuhl), but larger and with the crimson

band in front of the yellow crown much narrower. The band of

crimson in C. auriceps also reaches the eye, and in some specimens

there is also a crimson patch behind the eye, while in my new

species there is always a clear space between the crimson band and

the eye.

Hab. Chatham Islands.

Types in Mus. W. Rothschild.

From the large number of specimens I have from the Auckland

Islands, the Chatham Islands, and both the North and South Islands

of New Zealand, I have come to the conclusion that Cyanorhamphus

aucklandicus, Bp., and C. rowleyi (Buller), are only synonyms

of C. nove zealandie (Sparrm.); for the specimens from all parts

vary in size so much that no two can be found entirely identical in

measurements, and no constant differences in colour can be detected.

Of doubtful species there still remain C. hochstettert and C.

erythrotis, which I think Mr. Forbes was quite right in provisionally

uniting under the name of C. erythrotis, for, except the two

in the British Museum, we have as yet no authentic specimens

from the Macquaries. The material from Antipodes Island, I

think, is not sufficient to settle the point finally; and therefore

530 MR. W. BATESON ON AN ABNORMAL FOOT OF A CALF. [June 20,

I consider that for the present the following species only can stand

as distinct :—

. Cyanorhamphus ulietanus (Gm.). Society Islands.

. erythronotus (Kuhl). Society Islands.

. unicolor (Vig.). Antipodes Island.

nove zealandie (Sparrm.). New Zealand, Chathams,

Auckland I.

cooki (G. R. Gray). Norfolk Island.

subflavescens, Salvad. Lord Howe Island.

erythrotis (Wagl.). Macquarie Is. and Antipodes I.

. saisseti (Verr. & Des Murs). New Caledonia.

. cyanurus, Salvad. Kermadec Islands.

. duriceps (Kuhl). New Zealand.

11. C. malherbei, Souancé. South Island, New Zealand.

12. C. forbesi, Rothsch. Chatham Islands.

pe eae

OTD ON

aRgasaaae aaa

Mr. W. Bateson exhibited an abnormal foot of a calf, which

had been forwarded to him for examination by the kindness of

Mr. W. L. Sclater.

The specimen was a right fore foot, bearing three digits disposed

almost symmetrically with regard to the axis of the limb. Of the

carpus only the distal row remained, consisting of the usual two

elements, a trapezoido-magnum and an unciform. External to the

unciform the small rudiment, considered as representing the fifth

digit, was of the usual size and proportions. The upper end of the

metacarpal bone presented no peculiarity. Peripherally, however,

instead of the usual two articular surfaces the metacarpal in this

limb had three articular surfaces, all standing in the same plane as

those of a normal limb. Each articular surface is well formed and

has a large trochlear ridge. The central articular surface differs a

little from the other two, being slightly crowded against the

external one. In it also the trochlear ridge does not exactly divide

the articular surface, but is rather nearer to the external side.

With each of the three surfaces articulates a digit containing three

phalanges of full length. Over each articulation isa pair of normal

sesamoids, three pairs in all, instead of two pairs.

Each digit bears a hoof. The hoof of the middle digit is conver

on both sides, but each of the lateral hoofs is convex on its outer

side and concave on the side turned towards the hoof of the middle

digit. The small avcessory hoofs, the ergots of French writers, are

normal and stand in their usual positions with regard to the limb,

one being above and slightly external to the metacarpo-phalangeal

articulation of each of the outer digits. The limb is almost

exactly symmetrical about a line taken through the centre of the

oa et eee

middle toe. Each of the toes had well-formed flexor and extensor ~

tendons.

In the normal metacarpus of the Ox there is in the peripheral

third a median groove of some depth, indicating the line of

demarcation between the metacarpals III. and IV. It is in this

1893. ] MR. F. E. BLAAUW ON ARAMIDES YPECAHA. 531

groove that the foramen for the nutrient artery is placed on the

posterior surface of the limb. In the abnormal specimen there is

no median groove, but on either side of the middle digit there is

such a groove, indicating the lines of demarcation between the

parts of the metacarpus belonging to each of the three digits. The

groove between the middle and external digit is very slightly the

deeper of the two, and in it is placed the foramen for the nutrient

artery on the posterior surface.

The specimen was an old one and no particulars as to parentage

or to the condition of the other limbs were to be had. It was

mentioned that this case differed from that of the three-toed Cow

described by Neville Goodman, ‘ Journ. Anat. and Phys.’ 1868, in

that there was in the present example an almost perfect symmetry

about the middle axis of the foot.

The following extracts from a letter addressed to the Secretary

by Mr. F. E. Blaauw, C.M.Z.S., of ’sGraveland, Hilversum,

Holland, were read :-—

“ Last autumn I obtained a pair of Aramides ypecaha. I kept the

birds indoors during the winter and turned them out in spring into

an out-of-door aviary, in which is a small rockery that served formerly

for Hyrax capensis. In the first days of May I observed that the

male bird collected straw, hay, and bundles of grass that he uprooted

with his strong bill, and brought it all to the very top of the

rockery, where in a depression between the stones he made a flat

nest of the said materials. As the female did not appear to take

much notice of the exertions of the male, I was a little doubtful

as to the result, but as the birds were extremely noisy at that time

I retained some hopes. On the 16th I observed the female sitting

on the nest, and on the 17th the keeper informed me that there was

an egg in the nest. As the birds were very much excited and the

male bird attacked furiously everybody he could reach, the number

of eggs laid was not then ascertained for fear of disturbing the

birds, but it was afterwards found that the number was four. As

soon as the eggs were laid the birds began to incubate, the female

mostly during the night and the male during the day, and the birds

sat so loosely that the slightest thing would disturb them. Ifa

person approached the nest or the aviary when the male was sitting,

it would come down directly to attack the intruder. Ifthe female

happened to be on the nest she would keep motionless and wait

till you turned your eyes from her, when she would vanish like a

shadow. If you happened to turn your eyes on her before she had

had time to get quite clear away, she would stop in the position she

was in, sometimes with a leg half stretched out, and keep quite

motionless till you again turned your eyes from her, when she

would take care to be quite away before you looked round again.

“As incubation advanced the birds began to sit closer and were

not so easily tempted to abandon their task, and on the 21st day of

incubation the head of a young bird was seen peeping from under

532 = DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A LEMUROID SKULL. [June 20,

the breast of its parent. Early in the morning of the 22nd day

the keeper found the whole family, consisting of the two parents

and four young ones, on the ground basking in the sun.

“The young birds had beautiful glossy chocolate-brown down,

which became almost black on the back and lighter on the head.

The legs and beak were short and jet-black.

“The little birds were wonderfully active and strong, and in the

evening they all managed to get up te the nest on the stones,

where they passed the night under one of the parent birds. The

mother bird was very anxious about the safety of her young, and if

anybody approached the aviary a sharp noise she made would

quickly send them away to hide between the stones. If one kept

motionless at some distance, the same note but a little softer

would call them to the light again. Both parents fed the young

in exactly the same way as Cranes do, bringing them ants’ eggs,

flies, worms, or anything they thought fit, in their bills, which the

young would take from them. The little birds, now twelve days

old, grow very rapidly ; the legs and neck especially have lengthened

considerably, so that they begin to resemble their parents in form

- very much.

“They also have already acquired the habit of jerking their little

tails, which of course are nothing but down. The old birds, which

were very noisy at all times, even while incubating, and could sing

the most wonderful duets, have become perfectly silent since the

young were hatched.

“The eggs were of a greyish yellow, with dark red and brown

spots and lines.”

Mr. Blaauw also stated that one of his female Darwin’s Rheas

(Rhea darwini) had laid ten eggs, and that the male, after sitting

thirty-nine days on seven of them, had hatched three young ones.

Dr. C. J. Forsyth Major exhibited a specimen of a subfossil

Lemuroid skull from Madagascar, and spoke as follows :—

Very recently I have described‘ a strange gigantic Lemuroid

skull (Megaladapis madagascariensis, Maj.), discovered by Mr. Last

in a subfossil condition, together with remains of pyornis,

Testudo grandidieri, Vaill., Hippopotamus, &ec., in a marsh on the

south-west coast of Madagascar.

The skull exhibited on the present occasion, found by the same

collector in a similar condition in the neighbourhood of Nossi- Vey

(S.W. Madagascar), is in several respects not less strange, though

in a very different way. Owing to its incomplete state—the whole

facial portion being wanting, as well as the right occipital region

and basis cranii, and the greater part of the zygomatic arches—it

is not possible to enter into many details.

The Lemuroid nature of the specimen is at once demonstrated

by the great elongation and downward bending of the postorbital

frontal processes, the left one of which has preserved the suture

for the orbital process of the malar, thus showing that the osseous

1 Proc. Roy. Soe. liii. no. 326.

“_

| ao

1893.] DR. 0. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A LEMUROID SKULL. 533

ring of the orbit was complete. By the fact of the orbital and

temporal fossze communicating freely under the postorbital bar, it

is shown that we have not here to do with a member of the

Anthropoidea.

Unusual for a Lemuroid is the very strong postorbital con-

striction of the frontals, and the globose form of the very broad

and elevated cranial portion. As to the first character, however, we

meet with it in the Tertiary Adapis (A. parisiensis, Cuy., and

A. magnus, Filh.), and to a much less degree in the existing

African Otogale and Malagasy Hapalemur *.

Fig. 1.

Skull of fossil Lemuroid. Upper view, two-thirds nat. size.

It is with this last genus of the subfamily Lemurine that there

appear to be the most affinities. And first of all in the voluminous

cranial portion, the fossil being proportionally broader still than

Hapalemur simus. This last has a very short facial portion ; from

the aspect of the side view it appears that in the Malagasy fossil

the anterior portion of the frontals slopes down abruptly, stili

more so than in Hapalemur. This is indicative of a small facial

cranium in the former too; though it may partly be a juvenile

character, as the distinctness of all the sutures and the aspect of

the bones show the fossil to be a somewhat young specimen, in

which part of the milk-dentition may have been present.

The upper profile of Hapal. simus, as seen in the side view, is

more rounded off posteriorly, the sloping down towards the occiput

beginning anteriorly to a line which would unite the anterion

1 #, A. Jentink, “On some rare and interesting Mammals” (‘ Notes from the

Leyden Museum,’ note vii. 1885, pl. i. fig. 1, Hapalemur simus, Gray).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XXXVI. 36

‘ 4 a . hh

534 DR. O. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A LEMUROID SKULL. [June 20,

margins of the right and left external auditory meatus across the

upper surface of the skull. In the fossil this part of the superior

outline of the skull is nearly horizontal, so that the anterior portion

of the interparietal appears almost on the same level with the

highest region of the parietals. The flattened posterior moiety of

the interparietal slopes suddenly down to the occipital crest ; the

occiput proper is almost vertically truncated, much as in the skull of

Mycetes. On the other hand, in Hapalemur, as in existing Lemuroids

Skull of fossil Lemuroid. Side view, two-thirds nat. size.

generally, the occipital crest has a more oblique direction, its

inferior edge being considerably more in advance of the upper one ;

and the whole occiput partakes partly of this same direction.

The inferior margin of the postorbital frontal processes is

cuttingly sharp in the Malagasy fossil; this is also characteristic

of Hapalemur (both H. simus and H. griseus). In the former the

frontals extend laterally somewhat farther backwards than in

the latter; and the postero-superior margins of the postorbital

processes continue backwards in the shape of two sharp crests,

which unite at the coronal suture. No sagittal crest is visible on

the median line of the parietals, which are as yet separated ; but

it appears obvious that this would be the case in a more aged

specimen. In Hapalemur, even in adult specimens, no such

elevated frontal crests are developed, and instead of a sagittal

crest there are two temporal ridges remaining low and separated

anteriorly, although near the interparietal they converge to form

a feeble median crest.

The interorbital region is absolutely broader in Hapal. simus, and

is, besides, vaulted from before backwards and from right to left,

owing to underlying frontal sinuses. These last are not entirely

absent in the fossil, as seen in the inferior broken portion; they

extend even partly into the postorbital processes.

The olfactory fossa appears very large in the fossil, as is the

case in Lemuroids generally. The anterior end of the cribriform

plate is but slightly more elevated than the posterior ; this is the

1893.] DR. 0. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A LEMUROID SKULL, 535

case in Hapal. simus too, and is obviously in relation to the

downward bending of the facial portion.

Owing to the incomplete condition of the fossil, only a few

measurements can be given :—

millim.

Length of the fossil skull, from the occipital crest to

anterior portion of frontals as far as preserved ........ 92-7

Same distance in Hapalenwr simus, Gray (Br. Mus, 1884/10.

A Ree Tae e May's EEN, 6 olan ee halen Vern timgen eee 64:0

Greatest breadth of the brain-capsule between the two

parieto-squamosal sutures, in the fossil .............. 64:8

Ditto in: Hepalomap. sume oso (iid g deb a oak press plone 36°2

Skull of fossil Lemuroid. Lower view, two-thirds nat. size.

a, frontal sinuses ; 0, cribriform plate.

It thus appears that, whilst the fossil skull, in its part preserved,

was about one-third longer than Hapal. simus, the breadth of its

cranial capsule was almost double that of the last’.

The foregoing short description gives all the important cha-

racters of this interesting fossil, which in my opinion clearly

assign its systematic position to be within the suofamily of

Lemurine, and would besides justify the establishment of a new

genus, having closer relation to Hapalemur than to any other

members of the subfamily. LI retrain, however, for the present, from

giving a name to it, as there is some probability that more complete

and more adult specimens may before long come to hand.

! The skull of Hapal. simus figured by Jeutink (/. ¢.) is somewhat broader

than the one at my disposal.

36*

536 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G, T, BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

The following papers were read :-—

1. A Monograph of the Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis.

By Hamitron H. Drvcez, F.Z.S., and G. T. BerHune-

Baker, F.L.S."

[Received June 20, 1893.]

(Plates XLV.-XLVII.).

THYSONOTIS.

Thysonotis, Hiibn.. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 20 (1816); Feld.

Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 244 (1860).

Danis, Fabr. Ll. Mag. vi. p. 286 (1807) (nom. preoc.) ; Westw.

Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 497 (1852).

Damis, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 67 (1832).

Plebeius, Cupido, Lycena, Authors (part.).

Danis, Butl. Cat. Fab. Lep. p. 161 (1869) (part.).

Danis, Miskin, Ann. Queens. Mus. no. 1, p. 49 (1891).

** General characters of Lycena ; but with the wings generally

broadly fasciated with white, not ocellated beneath, but the hind

ones marked beneath with a submarginal row of black spots. Eyes

hirsute. Antenne terminated by a long, gradually formed club.

Labial palpi long, first two joints clothed with scaly hairs. Fore

wings with the post-costal vein three-branched ; the third branch

arising at a considerable distance beyond the discoidal cell ; middle

and lower discocellular veins very slender; upper one short, distinct.

Hind wings entire, or scolloped, and with a short tail at the

extremity of the first branch of the median vein. Fore legs of the

female short. Basal joint of the tarsi much thicker than the rest

and elongate, spined at the tips of the joints.”— Westw. loc. cit.

“‘T am unable to give a satisfactory detailed character of this

genus, having only been able to examine a very imperfect female

in the collection of the Linnean Society, from which the accom-

panying figure was taken. It appears very (perhaps too) close to

Lycena, D, hylas resembling the tailed Indian species of that genus.

The blue colour of the upperside is particularly brilliant, and the

species inhabit the Moluccas, New Guinea and the adjacent

islands.”— Westw. ibid.

On reference to the accompanying plate it will be seen that

the genus Thysonotis can at once be distinguished from Lycena by the

anastomosing of the costal nervure with the first subcostal nervule.

It is also remarkable for the length of the termikal joint of the

palpi of the female.

In 1779” Cramer described a butterfly and figured it under the

name Papilio danis.

In 1804 Herbst referred to and refigured the same insect under

1 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker is responsible for the descriptions and drawings

of the genitalia of the various species, whilst I am responsible for thesynonymy

and notes concerning the species.—H. H. D.

2 1775 according to Mr. Kirby, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 278.

PZ Ss lees evar

W. Purkiss lith . Hanhart imp.

BUI S: OF With CRN Satis ON OiLS

‘PATS. 80a; Plexaile

Hanhart imp.

BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS.

a a

. :

. Cae ae 5

beer me .

il eae a

1893. ] THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 537

the name Papilio damis. Fabricius in 1807 (Llliger’s Mag. vi.

p- 286) described the genus Danis, .but did not mention his type.

Westwood, in 1852, was apparently the first author to associate

the Fabrician genus with Cramer’s insect, but upon what grounds

is not clear. But by the rules of nomenclature a generic name

must not be one which has been used as a specific name, conse-

quently Danis cannot stand. Now, to make matters still more

complicated, Boisduval in 1832 (Voy. Ast., Lep.) uses Dams as a

generic name, but by the same law this is inadmissible.

Westwood in 1852 characterized the genus, at the same: time

expressing his doubts whether it showed sufficient distinctness to

allow of its separation from Lycena. But why he allowed the

Fabrician name to stand for the genus, when Cramer’s insect had

received it as a specific name some 28 years before seems

inexplicable.

So far as Boisduval is concerned, I think there can be no doubt

that he meant Danis when he wrote Damis on p. 67 (Voy. Astr.,

Lép.), as on p. 69 he writes Z. damis, Godt., and P. damis, Cr., both

of which should be spelt danis.

The question now is what generic name should be used, as it is

not right that Cramer’s name should be only a synonym when his

insect was described for so long a time before Boisduval’s.

The next name to deal with is Thysonotis, proposed by Hiibner

in 1816, which has been used by Semper and others for these

insects ; and bad as we think is the practice of doing away with

well-known generic names for others which may be older but

which their authors have employed without characterizing, in

this case we can see no help for it, as it affects the specific name

of the type of the genus.

Dr. Felder at one time (1859) used Danis when describing an

insect of the group, afterwards (in 1860) T'hysonotis, and then

seems to have considered Lyccna sufticient.

Ina note by Mr. W. Doherty published by Mr. de Niceville

(Butt. India, iii. p. 261), he speaks of an Arhopala mimicking the

danis group of Cyaniris, but as the type of that genus has the

costal nervure of the fore wing free, and as after examining a

large number of the group we have not found one which at all

approaches it in that respect, we do not think, in spite of Mr. de

Nicéville’s remarks about C. transpectus, Moore (Butt. India, iti.

p- 92), that they can be placed together under the same generic

name. It is evident such a course would alter the synonymy con-

siderably, and we venture to think uselessly, as we have here a

group of Butterflies which, although they cannot be perhaps struc-

turally defined, present in their markings an easily recognized

division in the family.

We have divided the genus into 5 divisions as follows, a short

account of which is given under their respective headings :—

A. The danis group. D. The taygetus group.

B. The wallacei group. E. The cyanea group.

C. The schaeffera group.

538 MESSRS, H, H. DRUCE AND G.'T. BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

The Butterflies of this genus are entirely,—with the exception

of T. schaeffera, which occurs in the Oriental region,—confined to

the Indo-Australian region, and the genus is apparently most

highly developed in New Guinea and the adjacent islands and the

northern parts of Queensland, and is inclined to diminish both in

size and in brilliancy more towards the Western limits of its range

than towards the Eastern.

The dams and wallacei groups are found only in what may be

called the headquarters, the schacffera group occurring on the

Eastern and Western limits only ; the taygetus group occupies the

whole range of islands and N. Australia; whilst the cyanea group,

again, is best represented at headquarters.

The following Table is intended to show the various localities

from which each species has been recorded :—

Archipelago.

Palawan.

Borneo.

| Celebes.

Gilolo.

Ternate.

Waigiou.

Salwatti.

| Mysol.

Ceram.

ouisiade

| New Treland.

| Solomon Is.

Sula Is.

| New Caledonia.

| New Guinea.

| Queensland.

| Dorey.

| N. Australia.

| Tenimber Is.

| Fiji Is.

| Philippine Is.

| Wetter.

| Amboina.

| L

| Batehian.

THysonotis.

A. serapis ...... aso airs vaie| 0s | as tae [cece Mista Bere Pasa cop olec ct = [tell aah eh | amet igs pasa trmereeadll cell ed] ta

Ganisiztace.<s sae B= eased aie t] cea leeal awa osa bene) site = oli Mell Sele de besalemalienaheealss al lecese tec Iecelame ber

Sp VAT KRU AAs a eeloge ome |oce| sual eee|sclsealaias [ene]

VTS, eee cae see leee| Seopa | eal ee ape lionel eat eset seel coe laeelooe let olo tees leice een tase tnt tee fee ee *

apollonius ...... at atcrel ome oe ul eee been Ieee] ce aloe eee tae ll bc |v cc Ree ake’ Merc eae ine

philostratus ...|...)...J...[...]...] * | | |

B. wallacei ....... Bo ec] bon bool Bers Geel eel esc oe fa he

HeCHT OW aCel SeeSeel BPs ess Prac PB fog Heed eel ose Pee ced tort eel ore eel eel (ee ee

perpheres ...... bad Beel bee bes reel bice\ ise Ms-liseel Pee) ac ||ee el Oba! nel iste) be eee ore

C. schaeffera ...... eae ee ee

caledonica ...... Hl Pee oc Ree Walia satel <atltiee lawtal ose | Ses |ieee|airg loaaleealscelaee cide

cepheis ......... éc-|haslboe He 3a Bel Bec] Hic Sad] boe| kos Al oa bey] Boe del nel Abel bee | amily oie

D. taygetus ......... seston dense. bac bal ac) [od] acy fae) eae bool ioe ceafeceleee[ose[ene[ece] coe [recfeceloee] % | % [#?

macleayi......... Bes Be bag Ae stil declccdlag dl eeleeels« plait] sas] ointe| dealows|sem] see] aren| team) er eeel eee] Ae

bY Mehis eS ee ews| eel ep eee sc leee nee Bea hed ke ~~

brownii ......... sles) ts'| veal aris} epetaccbanclcsalseoleealss alsa] eae) coal sacl eontanel oes kee

Coolie: 9.25.55.

eudocia ......... Bee Bec eee Seas Kt

HEPES {o005s|eeelcnslene|

ae sa chennas elvan le cohs tele) ae See | eid wal eee| sec eneline [ae laa tscl ied laa ae

KE. cyanea ......... cea) nell ees |cea| sea) asl cientaes [eo Cas| eel pial 3

epicoritus ...... socloce|oee|ocelReeleed{eaaleoe] K leosleoeloes|eceleoefoec[occlonn| ¥

smaragdus ...... neal eer lseelapalace hr] 51/95 | Fed 04] pce cea bee eel pee fe

1b DE epee bed piel eel baelletallete ere | OF) call soal| nol aie] vos sie Ine [eset erl AE

chromia ......... coals age

1893. ] THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 539

A. The DANIS group.

In this group the males are more or less metallic blue, and both

sexes have a white band common to both wings. The species are

best distinguished by the presence or otherwise of the metallic

blue on the upperside of the females. In 7’. serapis this character

seems at its best, as the hind wing is suffused all over, and the

base of the fore wing very strongly, with metallic green scales.

T. danis and var. karpaia have the metallic scales along the costal

margin only, whilst 7. philostratus, T. apollonius, and 7’. regina

are absolutely without any metallic scales on the upperside.

T. syrius and 7’, ribbet we have not seen, but from Mr. Miskin’s

note concerning his species the female has apparently some blue on

the upperside.

The females of all the species of this group have the outer

marginal band of the hind wings beneath broader, and the blue

more extensive, than the males.

THYSONOTIS SERAPIS. (Plate XLV. figs. 1, 2.)

Dans serapis, Miskin, Ann. Queensl. Mus. no 1, p. 49 (1891).

Hab. Cardwell, Cairns, Queensland (Miskin); Herbert River,

W. Queensland (Mus. Staud.); N. Queensland (Mus. D.).

This is perhaps the easiest species of the group to distinguish,

as it is the only one in which the hind wings of the female are

suffused with metallic scales. We have in our collection a number

of specimens collected by Mr. Gervas Mathew, R.N., in Queensland,

but the precise locality is not noted. They vary considerably in

size and also somewhat in the width of the metallic fascia on the

underside of the hind wings. The extent of blue and also of

white on the upperside of the male seems to be quite constant.

THYSONOTIS DANIS. (Plate XLVII. figs. 1, 1a, 14.)

Papilio danis, Cr. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 70. ff. E, F (1779).

Papilio damis, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. xi. t. 321. ff. 10, 11

(1804).

Erycina danis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 577 (1819).

Cupido damis, Pagens. Lep. Fauna Amb. (1884); Schmett. Amb.

p- 10 (1888).

Plebeius damis, Ribbe, Iris, ii. p. 249 (1889).

Damis sebe, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 68 (1832); Guér. Voy.

Coquill. p. 275, Atlas, ii. t. 18. f. 12; Blanchard in Hombron et

Jacquinot, Voy. Péle Sud, Lépid. pl. 3. ff. 1, 2 (1853),

Danis sebe, Westw. Gen. D. Lep. p. 497, pl. 77. f. 4 (1852).

Danis danis, Semper, J. Mus. Godeff. xiv. p. 154 (1878).

Danis sebe, Miskin, Ann. Queensl. Mus. no. 1, p. 49 (1891).

Hab. Amboina; Ceram; Cardwell to C. York.

Although Cramer gives “ Indes Occidentales” as the locality of

this well-known species, there can be no doubt from an exam-

ination of his figure that he delineates an Amboinese example.

My authority for giving Ceram is a pair (¢ 2) in Messrs.

" * ae -

— 7

540 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G.'T, BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

Godman and Salvin’s collection labelled ‘‘ Ceram, Wallace,” which

are undoubtedly true danis.

Weare obliged to place the Australian specimens under this name

as the males are identical, but although there are a considerable

number of specimens in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s possession

from Somerset, C. York, and also in the British Museum and in

our own collection, unfortunately there is not a single female

amongst them ; and, so far as we have been able to ascertain, those

writers who have remarked on this species have not stated whether

the female possesses any metallic blue above or not.

From a note of Mr. Miskin’s (loc. cit.) under D. (= 7.) serapis,

“specimens from Cape York and New Guinea of D. sebe I have

found to be tolerably stable in their appearance,” one is inclined

to think there is not, as no New Guinea female specimens have

blue above, but, on the other hand, New Guinea males have con-

siderably larger white disks to the fore wing. This is a point

which requires looking further into when more material is

available.

Dr. Haase has described and figured some of the scales of this

insect in his paper on the “ Scent-apparatus of Indo-Australian

Butterflies ” (Iris, i. pp. 106, 317, pl. iu. f. 12, 1886, 1888).

Herr Semper writes (loc. cit.) :—‘‘ The females from the Aru Is.

and Australia have no blue on the upperside such as the illustra-

tions of Cramer’s and the examples from Ceram show.” If this

is the case, the Australian insect will probably come under the

species named 7’. apollonius by Dr. Felder.

Guérin-Méneville (Voy. Coq.), in describing the male, writes :—

“Le male est plus petit (45 mill. d’enverg.), entiérement noir en

dessus, avec les ailes antérieures arrondies au bout ;” which is °

of course incorrect.

Genitalia. Clasps longish, moderately slender, fork arising from

near base, rather short. Tegumen fairly developed, of Lycena

shape, but with saddle-backed hood reduced into a mere ridge and

thrown back (i. ¢. towards head of insect); hooks very long and

slender.

Penis most unusually stout, but not long; apical joint having a

sort of hinged cover at top apparently capable of closing over the

lower portion ; the apex or tip probably has the power of being

withdrawn into the main tube of organ. (Plate XLVII. figs. 1, 1a.)

The above description is taken from a male obtained from C.

York.

Var. KARPAIA, nov. (Plate XLV. figs. 3, 4.)

3. Upperside allied to 7. danis, but rather lighter blue ; fore

wing with the white disk larger and more distinct ; hind wing with

the white considerably broader and with the blue extending farther

towards the anal angle. Underside as in 7. danis, but with the

outer marginal border of hind wing which contains the blue

lunules much narrower, while the lunules are the same size,

consequently the white area is much enlarged.

1893. ] THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. d41

Q. Upperside asin 7. danis, but the black borders narrower

and more evenly defined. Underside asin ¢.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs as in 7. danis.

Expanse, ¢ 1,4—-2 inches, 2 2 inches.

Hab. Ceram.

This form occurs only in Ceram and does not appear to vary.

The types are in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection, and

specimens are also contained in the British Museum.

The cilia of both sexes are alternately black and white, but not so

markedly as in 7’. danis (typical).

THYSONOTIS SYRIUS.

Danis syrius, Misk. P. L. Soc. N. 8. W. ser. 2, v. p.34 (1890) ';

Ann. Queensl. Mus. no. 1, p. 49 (1891) ”.

Hab. N. Queensland’; C. York’.

We have not seen this species, the male of which is described as

light greyish blue above, with the fringes of both wings alternately

black and white below.

Mr. Miskin notes: “ This is near to sebe and the markings are

similar to that species, but the decidedly different tint of blue, the

absence of metallic sheen, and the somewhat larger size seem to

distinguish it.” He says of the female, ‘‘ As in male, except that

the blue is much less pronounced, the upperside being almost black.”

It is notable as being the only species which has non-metallic

blue.

THYSONOTIS APOLLONIUS. (Plates XLV. figs. 5, 6, XLVII.

figs. 2, 2a.)

Lycena apollonius, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 265, t. 33. f. 3

(1865).

Plebeius danis, Ribbe, Iris, i. p. 84, 1885 (nec Cramer).

Cupido danis, Oberthiir, Mus. Gen. xv. p. 522 (1880) (nec

Cramer); Kirsch, Beitr. Lep.-Faun. von Neu-Guinea, p. 126

(1877) (nec Cramer).

$. Allied to 7. danis, g. Generally larger. Upperside

somewhat lighter blue with less sheen; the white disk of fore

wing larger and more clearly defined and the outer-marginal black

border gradually widening towards the anal angle. Hind wing—

outer half black, covered with greyish-blue scales, thickest towards

the apex. Underside as in 7. danis, but the black borders

considerably wider, more especially in the hind wing, in which the

white band becomes straighter, much narrower, and is placed

before the middle. Cilia alternately black and white on both

surfaces.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs as in 7’. danas.

Expanse, ¢ 14-21 inches, 9 12-21 inches.

Hab. Central New Guinea (D’Albertis) ; Islands in N. Geelvink

Bay (Kirsch); Port Moresby (Goldie) (Mus. G. g¢ S.); New

Guinea (Mus. Staud.); Waigiou, Soron (Oberthir) ; Jobi (Kirsch) ;

Mysol ( Wallace) ; Waigiou (Platen) ; Aru ( Wallace).

542 MESSRS, H. H. DRUCE AND G.'T, BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

Female specimens from Mysol and one in Dr. Staudinger’s

collection from Waigiou agree best with Dr. Felder’s figure, but

a female in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s possession has a rather

less extensive blue band on hind wing beneath. These gentlemen

also possess a female from Aru Islands, which does not differ from

the New Guinea female except in its smaller size (12 inch).

This is a somewhat puzzling species on account of the exceptional

difference in the widths of the blue bands on underside of hind

wings of the two sexes and also the varying width of this band

in the female, no two specimens, even from the same locality,

being identical.

Judging from the arrangement in the British Museum, Mr. Butler

appears to think that Boisduval’s name (sebe) should be used for

the Aru Islands form, but I am unable to distinguish it from

T. apollonius and think it is quite evident from the context of

Boisduval’s description that he was simply redescribing Cramer’s

insect.

Probably the specimen Godart described from Rawak (Encyel.

Meéth. p. 578) was a representative of 7’. apollonius.

Genatalia very closely allied to those of T.danis, but hooks shorter.

Penis with hinged cover longer than lower portion. (Plate XLVII.

figs. 2, 2a.)

The drawing is from a New Guinea example.

Var. supotus, nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 7.)

“ Lycena danis, Cr., var. supous, Ribbe,” Staud. MS.

Hab. Wammo Dobbo, Aru Is. (C. Rible) (Mus. Staud.).

Dr. Staudinger has sent us a female with the above MS. name,

which, in the absence of more material and without seeing the male,

we prefer to treat as a variety. On the upperside it is quite

typical, but beneath it differs from Dr. Felder’s figure in the hind

wing haying a somewhat wider white band and considerably less

blue.

THYSONOTIS REGINA.

Thysonotis regina, Kirby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 163

(1889).

Hab. Normanby I., Louisiade Archipelago.

This species may be distinguished from the preceding principally

by having the disks of the fore wing in the male almost completely

covered with blue. The only specimens we have seen are the types

in the British Museum, which do not vary. They were collected

by Mr. Basil Thomson in 1888, and are the most easterly examples

of this group at present known.

Mr. Kirby (loc. cit. p. 164) writes of this insect: “ Size of 7. sebe,

West., but the male more resembles 7’. danis, Cr. :” but Westwood

in his description clearly only dealt with Cramer’s species, so that

the meaning of this remark is not quite apparent.

1893. | THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 543

THYSONOTIS RIBBEI.

Plebeius ribbei, Rober, lris, i. p. 52, pl. iv. f. 2, ¢ (1886)'.

Hab, N.W. New Guinea, Sekar.

This species seems to differ from all others by having a narrow

metallic line between the usual broad fascia and the margin on the

hind wing below. It is known to us only from the figure.

The female is undescribed.

THYSONOTIS PHILOsTRATUS. (Plates XLV. fig. 8, XLVIL. figs. 3,

3a.)

Lycena philostratus, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 264, t. 33.

ff. 1, 2 (1865).

Cupido philostratus, Kirby, Syst. Cat. p. 346 (1871) ; Oberthiir,

Ann. Mus. Genova, xv. p. 522 (1880).

3. Upperside much like 7. apollonius 3, but of a more vio-

laceous shade of blue.

Underside as 2 , but white central band, as is usual, rather wider.

Hab. Gilolo (Felder) (Platen in Mus. Staud.) (Wallace in Mus.

G. § S.); Batchian (Platen); Waigiou (Mus. G. § S.); Batchian

(Doherty) (Mus. D.) ; Ternate (Oberthiir).

This is an easily distinguished species and does not appear to

vary except in size—a small female from Batchian in Messrs.

Godman and Salvin’s collection measuring only 12 inches, a large

one from Waigiou 2 inches.

Genitalia, Clasps somewhat bottle-shaped, but rounded at the

base, and the neck (continuing the simile) thick, the apices being

bluntly toothed. Tegumen with sides fully developed; hooks of

moderate length and rather slender.

Penis decidedly short, very stout, similar in shape to T. apol-

lonius. (Plate XLVLII. figs. 3, 3a.)

B. The WALLACE! group.

This is a small group which contains insects of somewhat less

robust appearance than the preceding and which have the cilia of

both sexes pure white, not alternately black and white as in danis

and allies.

_ Unfortunately very little is known of them, as very few are con-

tained in collections. They are certainly some of the most beautiful

of the genus.

THYSONOTIS WALLACEI.

Lycena wallacei, Feld. Reise Noy., Lep. ii. p. 265, ff. 8-10

(1865) }.

Cupido wallacei, Kirsch, Beitr. Lep.-Faun. von Neu-Guinea,

p. 126 (1877)?.

Hab. Waigiou’*; Mysol (Wallace) (Mus. G. § S.); N. Guinea,

Ansus, Kordo, Rubi ”.'

The specimens from Mysol are rather smaller than Dr. Felder’s

figures, and the male has rather less white on the disks.

544 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G,'T, BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

Dr. Staudinger possesses a male from Mysol, formerly in the

Atkinson collection, in which the white on the disks has entirely

disappeared.

THYSONOTIS MELIMNOS, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 2.)

Q. Allied to 7. wallacei, Feld. Rather larger. Upperside—

fore wing with the apex of the discal white band not produced

towards the outer margin as in 7’. wallacei. Hind wing with the

basal white area wider and more evenly defined. Cilia of both

wings pure white.

Underside—fore wing with the black outer marginal border and

the metallic blue marginal line extending right down to the inner

margin. Hind wing with the white band broader and the blue

marginal band gradually narrowing towards each extremity.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs as in 7’. wallacet.

Expanse 1;°, inch.

Hab. Dutch New Guinea, Jobi I. (A. B. Meyer) (Mus.

Staudinger).

An interesting species, which will, we think, prove quite distinct

from 7. wallacei. The male is unknown and the type is contained

in Dr. Staudinger’s collection.

THYSONOTIS PERPHERES, sp. n. (Plate XLV. figs. 9, 10.)

g. Allied to 7. wallacet, Feld. Upperside considerably darker

blue, no white band across the hind wing, which has rather more

black at the anal angle. Cilia of fore wing white, of hind wing

white spotted with black. Underside much more metallic than in

T’. wallacet, that on fore wing set farther inwards at the apex;

black outer-marginal border containing metallic lunules for more

than half the wing, consequently the white band is very narrow.

@. Upperside with white band as in 7’. wallacei 2, but much

narrower and very indistinct ; cilia of both wings pure white. ~

Underside as ¢.

Antenne black, apparently tipped with white.

Head, thorax, and abdomen as in 7’. wallacei.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 1,% inch.

Hab. Dorey, N. Guinea (Hew. Coll. B. M.).

The only specimens we have seen of this lovely insect are the

pair from which the figures are taken, and which were placed by

Hewitson under the name apollonius.

C. The SCHAEFFERA group.

This group contains females which have a whitish discal streak

on the fore wing only, the hind wing being black.

There are three easily recognized species: 7’. schaeffera has a

3 with the disk only of the fore wing bluish ; 7. caledonica both

wings rich dark purple-blue, with black borders and dark gold

beneath; TZ. cepheis lighter blue, with narrower borders and

metallic green below.

1893. | THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 545

THYSONOTIS SCHAEFFERA. (Plate XLVII. figs. 4, 4a.)

Lycena schaeffera, Esch. Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 216, t. 5. £. 25,

a, b (1821).

Cupido scheffera, Druce, P. Z.8. 1873, p. 3487.

Cupido schaeffera, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Genova, xv. p. 524

(1880) *.

Thysonotis schaeffera, G. Semper, Reise Phil., Rhop. p. 167,

t. xxxii. ff. 1-3 (1859).

Lycena schaeffera, Staud. Iris, ii. p. 94 (1889) °.

Dans absyrtus, Feld. Wien. ent, Mon. iii. p. 270 (1859).

Hab. Philippine Is.—Luzon, Bohol,Camotes and 8.W. Mindanao’;

Borneo’; Palawan*; Ternate*; Batchian (Doherty) (Mus. D.);

Taganac Is. (Mus. D.).

A well-known species which appears to be very common in the

Philippine Is., and, so far as we are aware, does not show any

appreciable variation.

Genitalia. Somewhat allied to 7. danis and T, apollonius, but front

apex of tegumen more produced and hooks stouter. Penis about

a third as stout and longer, with the hinged cover, which is pro-

duced very much beyond the lower apex and is upturned at the

extremity. Taken from a specimen from the Philippine Islands.

(Plate XLVII. figs. 4, 4 a.)

THYSONOTIS CALEDONICA. (Plate XLVI. fig. 1.)

Lyceena caledonica, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 267, t. 33.f. 7, 2

(1865).

Thysonotis caledonica, H. H. Druce, P. Z.8. 1892, p. 441.

3. Upperside dark purple-blue, with the costal margin of fore

wing very narrowly and the outer margin narrowly black. Hind

wing with the anal and outer margins black, widest at the anal

angle and gradually decreasing towards the apex; costal margin

black near the base, whitish before the apex.

Underside as 9°.

Hab. New Caledonia (Mus. D. & B. M.).

As I have before pointed out (P. Z. 8S. 1891, p. 365), Dr. Felder’s

figure does not give an adequate idea of the brilliancy of this insect.

He described the female only and remarked that it was a local

form of L. scheffera.

M. Kirsch (Beitr. Lep.-Faun. von Neu-Guinea, p. 126) records

this species from Jobi I., but we think he has probably confounded

it with some other.

THYSONOTIS CEPHEIS.

Thysonotis cepheis, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1891, pl. xxxii. ff. 1, 2.

Hab. Guadaleanar I., Solomon Is.

D. The tayveutus group.

The insects included in this group are somewhat more slender,

and have females with a white band common to both wings, with,

546 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G. T, BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

so far as is at present known, one exception, 7’. kruera, which has a

blue female. A slight difference occurs in the venation of the

fore wing, the fourth subcostal nervule terminating just before

the apex, not at the apex as in the danis group.

Tuysonoris TaycEtus. (Plate XLVII. figs. 5, 5a, 55.)

Lycena taygetus, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 266, t. 33. ff. 19-

21 (1865).

Cupido taygetus, Kirby, Cat. Diur. Lep. p. 347 (1871) ; Semper,

Mus. Godef., Lep. xiv. p. 155 (1878).

Danis taygetus, Miskin, Ann. Queensl. Mus. no. 1, p. 50 (1891).

Danis salamandri, Macleay, P. Ent. Soc. N. S. W. p. 54

(1866).

_ Hab. Somerset, C. York ; Rockhampton ; C. Bowen ; Cooktown ;

Port Denison ; Moreton Bay ; Brisbane ; Sydney. Fiji Is. (Felder).

This is a common insect in Queensland and is well known to

vary considerably—some males having the hind wings almost

entirely blue and some females being entirely without the metallic

blue scales near the anal angle of the hind wings.

D. salamandri, Macleay, as has already been pointed out by

Mr. Miskin and others, undoubtedly equals this species. Macleay

writes :— This beautiful little species is scarcely half the size of

D. sebe, and may be readily distinguished from it by its scarcely

having any black on the upper surface, while on the lower there

is a distinct gap between the black anterior and exterior margins

of the upper wings. Cape York. Presented to the Museum by

Mr. Moore of H.M.S. ‘ Salamander.’ ”

Dr. Felder has recorded this species from the Fiji Is., but

amongst the large numbers of Lycanide. we have examined from

those islands we have not seen a single specimen and are inclined

to think it is incorrect.

Genitalia. Clasps unusually broad, reminding somewhat of a

flitch of bacon with the top extremity produced upwards into a

hooked tip, the apex of which is pointed and has three distinct

teeth ; fork short, stout, with the division very short indeed.

Tegumen: arms broadly developed, the saddle-hood reduced into

insignificance, with hooks short and stout and terminating in a sharp

curved point. Penis very large and stout, though not long, some-

what barrel-shaped and flatter on the lower margin, end joint or

tip with the lower portion produced into a long sharp spout (as

of a jug) and without the hinged cover. (Plate XLVII. figs. 5, 5 a.)

THYSONOTIS MACLEAYI.

Danis macleayi, Semper, Mus. Godef., Lep. xiv. p. 155 (1878)* ;

Miskin, Ann. Queensl. Mus. no. 1, p. 51 (1891).

Hab. C. York’ ; Somerset, C. York (D’ Albertis) (Mus. G. & S.).

Herr Semper describes this as differing slightly (from taygetus)

in the spotted fringes, also in the female by a projecting tooth in

the white disk in the fore wing and the very indistinct blue dust

1893.] THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 547

on the bases of the wings; and the male as being of a much less

intense blue.

The only specimen we have seen is a male in Messrs. Godman and

Salvin’s collection, which agrees with this description. The blue

is certainly paler and of a more lavender shade; and the cilia of

both wings pure white, spotted with brown at the extremity of

each nervule.

It is difficult to say whether this species is distinct from 7’. taygetus,

and this is a point which can only be satisfactorily decided by

some entomologist in its native habitat. Mr. Miskin seems to be

unacquainted with it.

THYSONOTIS HYMETUS.

Thysonotis hymetus, Feld. Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat.

Cl. xl. p. 459 (1860).

Lycena hymetus, Feld. Reise Novy., Lep. ii. p. 266, t. 33. ff. 22-

24 (1865).

Cupido hymetus, Kirby, Cat. Diur. Lep. p. 347 (1871).

Plebeius hymetus, Ribbe, Iris, i. p. 205 (1887) ; ii. p. 250 (1889) *.

Cupido hymctus, Pagens. Lep.-Fauna Amboina, p. 44 (1884).

Cupido hymetus, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Genova, xv. p. 523

(1880) *.

Hab. Amboina; Ceram’; Batchian ; Gilolo ( Wallace) (Mus. G.

§ S., 5). Soran, New Guinea’.

The single male in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection is

considerably smaller than Felder’s figure, but the female agrees

exactly.

Dr. Staudinger possesses a male labelled ‘‘ Celebes ” with a MS.

name, ‘‘ Danis ceramica, Bd.,” attached, which is undoubtedly 7’. Ay-

metus and is probably incorrectly localized.

THYSONOTIS KORION, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 3.)

3. Allied to 7. hymetus. Upperside violaceous blue, narrowly

black-bordered ; cilia of both wings distinctly alternately black

and white spotted. Underside with the blue costal streak of fore

wing extending evenly almost to the apex. Hind wing with the

outer marginal black border more regularly defined inwardly and

the blue marginal spots more quadrate. Cilia as on upperside.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs as in 7’. hymetus.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. Kei Is. (Semper) (Mus. Staudinger).

Distinguished by the broad blue costal streak on underside of

fore wing and by the spotted cilia.

THYSONOTIS BROWNII, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 8.)

3. Upperside dull violaceous blue, costal and outer margins of

fore wing very narrowly blackish brown; of hind wing, apex

blackish brown, increasing gradually towards the anal angle, where

it is broadest. Underside most like that of 7. hymetus, but with

much less blue at the bases and with the black border to outer

548 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G.'T. BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

margin of hind wings inwardly more evenly defined and the

marginal blue lunules much less distinct ; a broken metallic blue

line running along the black outer marginal border of fore wing

from apex to outer angle.

Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish brown. Antennx black

above, white-spotted beneath.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. New Ireland (Brown) (Mus. G. & S.).

The type specimen in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection is

the only one we have seen. It is distinguished from all others by

the blue line on underside of fore wing.

THYSONOTIS C@LIUS.

Thysonotis celius, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 245 (1860)".

Lycena celius, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 265, t. 33. ff. 11, 12

(1865).

Cupido celius, Kirby, Cat. Diur. Lep. p. 347 (1571) ; Oberthiir.

Ann. Mus. Genova, xv. p. 523 (1880)*; Kirsch, Beitr. Lep.-Faun.

von Neu-Guinea, p. 127 (1877).

Hab. Aru Is.'; Dorey; Port Moresby, New Guinea; Sula Is.

( Wallace) (Mus. G. & S.); Gilolo*; Mysol (B. M.); Kaiser Wil-

helm’s Land, New Guinea (Hichorn) (Mus. Staud.).

We have not seen the female of this species, but specimens have

been received by M. Oberthiir from Gilolo.

THYSONOTIS EUDOCIA, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 4.)

3. Allied to 7. calius. Upperside duller blue; fore wing with

the outer margin rather more broadly bordered with brown ; hind

wing with the costal margin greyish brown, not white as in 7.

celius. The border to the outer margin and anal angle twice as

broad. Underside with all the borders, especially that on the

costa of fore wing, considerably broader and the blue metallic

streaks and lunules very much decreased. A distinct light yellow

streak stretching along the costal nervure at the base of the fore

wing.

fea thorax, abdomen, and legs as in 7’. celius. Antenne black

above, spotted with white below. Cilia of both surfaces brown,

Expanse 1,,—12 inch.

Hab. Batchian (Wallace, Mus. G. & S.); (Platen, Mus. Staud-

inger) ; (Doherty, Mus. Druce, type).

Although there is before us a good series of this species there is

not a single female amongst them. We have compared it to

T. coelius, but it is perhaps nearer to the next species, 7’. piepersit,

Sn., as possessing the yellow basal streak on underside of fore

wing. Its position is intermediate between the two.

THYSONOTIS PIEPERSII. (Plate XLVI. fig. 9.)

Cupido piepersii, Snellen, Tijds. Entom. xxi. p. 16, pl. 1. f. 3

(1878).

@. Upperside dull blackish brown, with an indistinctly defined

" any

1893. | THE BULTERFLINS OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 549

white band common to both wings. Underside as in male, but with

the yellowish basal streak on the costal margin more prominent.

Cilia of both surfaces brown.

Hab. Celebes : Minahassa (Platen, Mus. Staud.); Tongubu (Mus.

G. §& S.); S. Celebes (W. Doherty, Mus. D.).

The male of this species is well figured by Herr Snellen, and the

figure here given of the female is from a specimenin Dr. Staudinger’s

collection.

Mr. W. Doherty obtained a number of this insect in 8. Celebes

in August and September.

The white disks below are often more or less covered with light

sulphur-yellow.

THYSONOTIS KRUERA,

Thysonotis Ieruera, H. H. Druce, P. Z.S. 1891, p. 364, pl. xxx.

HAG lhe

Hab. Solomon Is.

So far as we know this is the only species of the group which

has a blue female.

The type specimens are the only ones we have seen.

E. The CYANEA group.

The insects I have placed in this group may be recognized by

the short linear tail to the lower median nervule of hind wings.

There are several easily distinguished forms.

Tuysonoris cyanua. (Plate XLVII. fig. 6.)

Papilio cyanea, Cram. Pap. Ex. i. t. 76, C, D (1779).

Papilio cyanus, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 116 (1781); Herbst, Pap.

tab. 297.

Polyomm. cyanus, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 642 (1823).

Danis cyanea, Butl. B. M. Cat. Fabr. Lep. p. 162 (1869).

Cupido cyanea, Semper, Mus. Godeff., Lep. xiv. p. 155 (1878).

Plebeius cyanea, Ribbe, Iris, ii. p. 250 (1889)".

Cupido cyanea, Pagens. Schmett. Amb. p. 10 (1888); Oberthiir,

Ann. Mus. Genova, xv. p. 524 (1880).

Hab. Amboina (Doherty, Mus. D.); Ceram’.

We possess a number of specimens from Amboina which do not

vary and which agree well with Cramer’s figures and whence his

type was probably obtained. The locality he gives is “ Indes Occi-

dentales.” His figure shows two tails to the hind wings, which is

of course incorrect, but it is in other respects a good one.

As has been already pointed out by Herr Semper (Mus. Godef.

xiv. p. 155), this form shows considerable differences from its

Australian representative which has been described under the name

Cupido arinia by M. C. Oberthiir: in the male by the black band

on the hind wing below being very much narrower and consequently

allowing a much greater extent of white, and in the female by the

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. XX XVII. 37

550 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

black borders being much narrower on both surfaces and also by

having less metallic blue at the bases of the wings above.

(Plate XLVI. fig. 6, penis.)

THYSONOTIS EPICORITUS. (Plate XLVI. fig. 10.)

Damis epicoritus, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lep. p. 67 (1832).

Hab. New Guinea; Port Moresby (Goldie), Waigiou ( Wallace,

Mus. G. & S.), (Mus. Staud.).

This insect has apparently never been recognized since it was

described by Boisduval. Messrs. Kirby and Miskin in their Cata-

logues place it as a synonym of 7’. cyanea, Cr., but a reference to the

figure here given, which is taken from a specimen in Messrs.

Godman and Salvin’s collection from Port Moresby, obtained by

Goldie, will at once show that it presents considerable differences

from that species. The female is unknown.

_ THysonoris aRINrA. (Plates XLVI. figs. 6,7; XLVI. figs.7,7a.)

Cupida arinia, Oberth. Ann. Mus. Gen. xii. p. 465 (1878), xv.

p- 523 (1880).

? Damis albastola, Lucas, T. P., P. R. Soc. Queensl. p. 156, ff. 3, 4

(1889).

Hab. Queensland, N. Australia.

Through the kindness of M. C. Oberthiir I have been able to

examine the type of this species, which is from Queensland.

The figure of the male here given is froma specimen in our own

collection from N. Australia, which agrees exactly with the type,

and that of the female is one of several received with it. I place

Mr. Lucas’s species somewhat doubtfully as a synonym, as I have

not been able to examine his description and figures.

Mr. Miskin, to whom 7. arinia was unknown, has placed D. (= 7.)

albastola under Cramer’s name 7’. cyanea (Ann. Queensl. Mus.

no. 1, p. 50, 1891).

Genitalia. Clasp broad, united at each lower extremity from the

apical lower end to the tip; the margin is crescent-shaped and is

strongly serrated, the apex itself being produced upwards and

terminating in a square tip. Fork long, slender, and deeply

divided. Tegumen arms narrow. Penis with inner base bladder-

shaped for 4 length, when it suddenly narrows for another 3 and

at the apical third expands again into a swollen joint, whence it

tapers to tip. (Plate XLVII. figs. 7, 7a.)

The description is taken from a specimen received from N.

Australia.

THYSONOTIS SMARAGDUS, sp.n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 5.)

g. Allied to 7. arinia. Upperside much the same but with a

small white dot at the end of the cell of the fore wing in place of

the whitish patch in 7’. arinia, and an indistinct white blotch in the

cell of hind wing. Underside: borders blacker and more distinctly

defined ; outer marginal border of fore wing narrower than in

1893. | THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 551

T. arinia towards the anal angle; the white submarginal line also

narrower. Hind wing: the black streak rather longer, the black

submarginal band containing the metallic green lunules, which are

considerably smaller than in 7’. arinia, differently situated, the

inner edge commencing at the apex and running in a straighter

though somewhat broken line to the anal margin, which it reaches

decidedly lower down. ‘The shape of the wings is also different

from 7’. arinia, the apices of both being more produced and the

outer margins considerably straighter.

A short, black, linear, white-tipped tail to the lower median

nervule.

Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings ; legs black

and white; antennz black above, spotted with white below.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Wetter I. (W. Doherty, Mus. D.); (Holy, Mus. Staud.).

This species, which is the local representative of 7’. arinia, is

distinguished by the form of the wings and by the difference in the

position of the band on the underside of the hind wings.

Taken by Mr. Doherty in May.

THYSONOTIS SPERCHIUS.

Thysonotis sperchius, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 245, t. 3. f. 4

(1860)'.

Cupido sperchius, Oberthiir, Ann, Mus. Gen. xv. p. 523 (1880) *;

Kirsch, Beitr. Lep.-Faun. von Neu-Guinea, p. 127 (1877) *.

Hab. New Guinea’; Soron, Salwatti*; Mysore Is.’.

We have not seen this species, but the position of the white

band on the underside of the hind wing and the broken border on

the outer margin of fore wing below seem to distinguish it from

the following species, 7’. pindus, to which it is closely allied, although

M. Oberthiir in his Lép. Océan. (Ann. Mus. Gen. xv.) places two

other species between them.

TuHysonoris PinpDuS. (Plate XLVI. fig. 11.)

Lycena pindus, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 267, t.33. ff. 17-18, 2

1865)’.

; Cupido pindus, Oberth. Ann. Mus. Gen. xy. p. 523 (1880) ’.

Hab. Ternate ( Wallace)’; New Guinea, Salwatti, Andai*; Bat-

chian (Platen) (Mus. Staud.), (Wallace) (Mus. G. & S.).

The specimens before us from Batchian agree well with Dr.

Felder’s figure. The male on the upperside is scarcely distinguish-

able from that sex of 7’. arinia.

THYSONOTIS CHROMIA.

Thysonotis chroma, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 365, pl. xxxii.

ier coe

Hab. Solomon Is.

Allied to the two preceding species, but has much narrower black

borders on the upperside, besides differences below.

37*

552 = - ON THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. [June 20,

THYSONOTIS ILLUSTRIS.

Plebeius illustris, Rober, Iris, i. p. 53, t. iv. £. 6 (1885).

Hab. Key Is.

We have not seen a specimen of this species. The male only is

described, and seems to differ from that sex of 7. pindus in the

hind wing possessing a submarginal row of lunules which are

entirely absent in that species. Although Herr Rober’s figure

does not show any tail, we feel sure that it should do so and

consequently place it in this group. His figures are photographs,

and this one appears to show signs of having been repaired near

the anal angle.

THYSONOTIS (?) MIRACULUM, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 12.)

Q. Upperside uniform dull brown; a few whitish scales on

fore wing just above the submedian nervure; hind wing with a

small irregular whitish patch rather before the middle of the costal

margin extending slightly into the cell; basal half of anal margin

whitish. Cilia of fore wing brown, whitish at anal angle, of hind

wing alternately brown and whitish. Underside—both wings

brown as above but rather darker, fore wing with a costal border

of metallic bluish green consisting of streaks of scales between the

nervules from their bases almost to the costal margin, thickest and

most prominent at the base of the wing and terminating gradually

rather before the apex ; outer margin with a border consisting of a

row of distinct metallic bluish-green crescent-shaped lunules placed

between the nervules and extending from the apex to the anal

angle. Inner margin creamy white from base almost to anal angle,

slightly extending into the wing towards the middle. Hind wing

margined with a row of irregular metallic spots from the apex,

where is the largest, to the anal angle, the two spots following the

large one at the apex very small but distinct.

Head, thorax, and abdomen brown above, brownish white below;

front of head black, with a distinct metallic blue streak on the

inner side of each eye. Palpi white, tipped with black. Antenne

brown above, spotted with white towards the base below. Legs

wanting.

Expanse 1,9, inch.

Hab. Waigiou (Platen).

The type specimen of this curious species, which is in Dr. Stau-

dinger’s collection, is the only example we have seen. . Another

genus will have to be erected for it, as the first subcostal nervule of

the fore wing is entirely separate from the costal nervure and the

fourth subcostal is emitted much higher up the third than in

typical Thysonotis, but without seeing the male we do not care to

propose a new generic name and have placed it provisionally in

Thysonotis.

Lycena aleuas, Felder, and its allies, which have been placed in

Danis by various authors, are not included here, as in our opinion

they are not congeneric and are better placed in Lamprdes,

Ad ~~

gall 5

1893.] ON BUPTERFLIES FROM THE ISLAND OF ST, THOMAS. 553

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Piate XLY.

Fig. 1. Thysonotis serapis, 3, p. 539.

2. Php. Boo.

- 3. —— danis, var. karpaia, &, p. 540.

———— ; , 2, p. 540.

5. apollonius, ¢, p. 541.

6. — » 9, p. 541,

7. — , Var. supous, nov., 9, p. 542.

8. —— philostratus, 3, p. 543.

3b perpheres, 3, p. 544.

10, —— , 2, p. O44.

Prats XLVI.

Fig. 1. Thysonotis caledonica, 3, p. 545.

melimnos, 9, p. 544.

3. —— korion, g, p. 547.

4. eudocia, 3, p. 548.

oD: smaragdus, 3, p. 550

6. arinia, 3, p. 550.

7. -— ip. O50:

8. —— brownii, 3, p. 547.

9. —— piepersii, 2, p. 548

10. —— epicoritus, 3, p. 550.

gir, pindus, 3, p. 5d1.

12. (?) miraculum, 2, p. 552.

Pruate XLVII. or

Figs. 1, la, 1b. Thysonotis danis, p, 589.

2, 2a. apollonius, p. 542.

3, 3a. —— philostratus, p. 543,

4, da. schaffera, p. 545.

5, 5a, 50. taygetus, p. 546.

6. cyanea, p. 549.

7, 7a arinia, p. 550.

2. Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies from the

Island of St. Thomas, West Africa. By Emity

Mary Suarpe.

[Received June 2, 1893.]

The Butterflies which I have the pleasure of describing in the

present paper have been submitted to me by Prof. Barboza du

Bocage, the Director of the Lisbon Museum. They were obtained

in the island of St. Thomas by Senhor Francesco Newton.

Fam. NYMPHALID &,

Subfam. Danatna.

DANAIS CHRYSIPPUS.

Danais chrysippus (Linn.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 6.

504 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON NEW [June 20,

Subfam. Saryrin 2,

MEeELANITIS LEDA.

Melanitis leda (Linn.); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 43.

Subfam. ACR#INE.

ACREA ZETES.

Acrea zetes (Linn.); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 131.

ACR#A NIOBE, sp. 0.

General colour brownish black, with large spots on both wings,

being very distinctly pronounced and of a velvety black appear-

ance.

Fore wing. Costa and inner margin brown, apex and hind margin

darker, as also the base of wing ; discoidal cell from base to apical

portion transparent grey, including the discal area and extending

below the first median nervule. Between the latter and the sub-

median neryure are two black spots, one near the base and the

second one near the hind margin; above the first median nervule

is a third spot, close to the discoidal cell, followed by a fourth

one between the second and third median nervules. Immediately

above this third median nervule follow three black spots very close

together, but all situated between the above-mentioned nervule

and the second and first discoidal or radial nervules. There is

a large black spot at the end of the cell, with a second one about

halfway from the base of the wing.

Hind wing. Brownish black with darker border on hind margin,

rather inclined to become transparent across the disk. Base of

wing very thickly spotted with black, the spots becoming more

separated and more distinct towards the disk. As in the fore

wing, there is a large black spot at the end of the cell. From the

costal nervure to below the submedian nervure is a submarginal

row of black spots, but each spot distinctly between each nervule.

Underside. Both wings much lighter brown than on the upper-

side, with the borders and all the spots very distinctly indicated.

Thorax and body black; abdomen deep red, with a little red also

between the head and thorax.

Expanse 23 inches.

My friend Dr. Staudinger has had an example of this species in

his collection for some time under the MS. name of A. niobe. He

has kindly sent me over his type for comparison, and I have had

much pleasure in describing the species under the name which he

had given to it.

ACRHA NEWTONI, sp. n.

Similar to A. peneleos, Ward, but at once distinguished by the

absence of any bright colour on the fore wing.

Fore wing. Entirely black with three transparent grey spaces,

just prevented from representing one large patch by the black

lines of the second and third discoidal neryules. This grey patch

1893.] | BUTTERFLIES FROM THE ISLAND OF ST. THOMAS. 505

occupies the apical portion of the wing; one large transparent

spot is distinctly marked between the first and second median

nervules.

Hind wing black, with a well-defined band of orange-red

crossing the discal portion from the costal margin to the inner

margin ; this is followed by a black border along the hind margin.

Base of wing with a few indistinctly marked black spots.

Underside.—Fore wing. Similar in colour and markings to the

upperside, but lighter.

Hind wing. Similar to the upper surface but much paler, the

black spots at the base of the wing being much more forcibly

indicated. The red band much more subdued in tint.

Hab. St. Nicolau.

Expanse 2 inches.

ACR.EA INSULARIS, sp. 0D.

Allied to A. bonasia, Fabr., but easily distinguished by the

colour of the fore wing.

Fore wing. General colour brownish black, relieved by spots of

orange-red. This species has two small red spots near the apex in

place of the large oval patch of A. bonasia. Near the end of the

discoidal cell is a spot, followed by a larger one between the first

and second median nervules; directly under the latter nervule,

while somewhat nearer to the hind margin, is a small triangular-

shaped spot of red. The middle of the cell has a small ovate spot

of orange somewhat paler in tint.

Hind wing. With a broad brownish-black border on the hind

margin extending along the costa and occupying the base of the

wing. The whole of the central portion of the wing orange-red,

becoming pale yellow below the first median nervule. This

portion of the wing has several small black spots, with a larger

one marking the middle of the discoidal cell; there is one spot

between the submedian nervule and the first median nervule,

followed by two minute spots placed one above the other below

the first-named nervule. At the end of the cell are three spots

varying in size between the third median, radial, and second sub-

costal nervules, and just above the middle spot there is another

situated in the fork of the radial and the first discocellular

nervule.

Underside. Very similar to that of A. newtoni, the markings of

the upper surface being plainly indicated on the underside.

Hab. St. Nicolau.

Expanse 2 inches.

Subfam. NyMPHALIN#.

JUNONIA SINUATA.

Precis sinuvata, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 477 (1880).

wa eS

556 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON NEW [June 20,

HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS.

Hypolimnas misippus (Linn.); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid.

O25.

HYPOLIMNAS DUBIUS.

Hypolimnas dubius (Beauy.); Kirby, Syn. Gat. Diurn. Lepid.

p- 226.

CRENIS NATALENSIS,

Crenis natalensis, Boisd., Trimen, 8. Afr. Butt. i. p. 250 (1887).

Subfam. LisyrH x1 x.

LIBYTHEA LABDACA,

Libythea labdaca, Westw., Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 282.

CHARAXES MONTEIRI.

Charaxes monteiri, Staudinger, Ex. Schm. p. 170, Taf. 59. fig. 1.

Fam. Lyc £#NID&.

HYPOLYCENA RAVA.

Hypolycena rava, Holland, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. x. p. 286

(1892).

TARUCUS PULCHRA.

Tarucus pulchra, Murr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 524, pl. 10.

figs. 7, 8.

HYREUS LINGEUS.

Cupido lingeus (Cram.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 350.

ZIZERA KNYSNA.

Zizera knysna, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 255 (1862-66).

CaTOCHRYSOPS SANCTI-THOM 4, Sp. 0.

Allied to C. ella, Butl., but rather larger. The male is more

brownish violet on the upperside.

The underside differs considerably, being of a uniform brown

with darker markings edged on both sides with pale drab or white.

The hind wing has three ocelli, black encircled by orange and the

lower half of the ocelli edged with metallic green.

The female has a very brilliant patch of metallic blue on the

fore wing, with a very broad border of dark brown on the costa

and hind margin.

Hind wing also witha blue patch at the base, but not so bright in

colour. The border on the costa and hind margin brown, with an

indistinct spot of black just above the tail.

1893.] BUTTERFLIES FROM THE ISLAND OF ST, THOMAS. 587

Underside similar to the male, though somewhat more plainly

marked.

Hab. St. Nicolau.

Exp. of male 1:3 inch ; female 1-2 inch.

Subfam. Prrrinz.

MYLOTHRIS BERNICE.

Tachyris bernice (Hew.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 464.

NYCHITONA NUPDA.

Nychitona nupta, Butl. Cistula Entomologica, i. p. 175 (1878).

TERIAS SENEGALENSIS.

Terias senegalensis, Boisd. Hist. Nat. Spec. Gén. Lépid. p. 672

(1836).

Fam. PAPILIONID&.

Subfam. Paprironin 2.

PAPILIO DEMOLEUS.

Papilio demoleus (Linn.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 548.

PAPILIO BROMIUS.

Papilio bromius (Doubl.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 562.

Fam. HESPERID &.

RHOPALOCAMPTA FORESTAN,

Ismene forestan (Cram.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 581.

RHOPALOCAMPTA BOCAGHI, sp. n.

The under surface is similar to that of R. keithloa, Wallgr.

(2. stella, Trimen), but is at once distinguished by the blue upper-

side.

Fore wing metallic violet-blue with black indentations along

the hind margin, which has a broad black border extending also

along the costa, but not quite to the base of the wing.

Hind wing similar to the fore wing, but the black border is

much broader at the apex and extends also along the inner margin,

though somewhat lighter in tint.

Underside. Fore wing entirely brown, with a slight lustre of

metallic blue, becoming rather greener near the base.

Hind wing brown, but relieved by a somewhat triangular-

shaped spot of bright orange-red, with three large black spots in

the centre of the orange patch between each of the following

nervules. The first spot between the submedian nervure and the

first median nervule, a second between the last-named nervule and

the second nervule, and a third spot between the third median

and second subcostal nervules. There is a small patch of bright

orange colour just below this larger patch, with a narrow band

558 ON A GIGANTIC EXTINCT SPECIES OF MYLIOBATIS. (June 20,

connecting the two. A broad streak of orange colour extends

along the inner margin.

The underside of the body is similar to R. keithloa, but on the

upper surface the head and thorax are a bright blue-green, with the

body dark brown.

Hab. Angolares.

Expanse 23 inches.

PTERYGOSPIDEA FLESUS.

Tagiades flesus (Fabr.); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 635.

PARNARA NISO.

Parnara viso (Linn.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p, 597.

3. On the Dentition of a Gigantic Extinct Species of

Myliobatis from the Lower Tertiary Formation of

Egypt. By A. Smira Woopwarp, F.Z.S8.

[Received June 20, 1893.]

(Plate XLVIIL.)

The Skates of the family of Myliobatide are well known to

attain a great size, but few examples even of the dentition of the

largest specimens are preserved in museums. It is therefore of

much interest to record that the British Museum has lately

received from Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton a good example of

the jaws of one of the most gigantic extinct species of Myliobatis,

discovered in the Lower Tertiary Limestone of the Mokattam

Hills, near Cairo, Egypt. So far as the present writer is aware,

this is the largest specimen of the dentition of Myliobatis that has

hitherto reached any museum.

Each jaw is in a separate piece of limestone, but the two portions

are known to have been found in association ; and, as usual in the

Myliobatide, one dentition (lower) is flat, while the other (upper)

is much bent from front to back. Of the lower jaw, partly shown

in the figure (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2), about 17 series of plates are

preserved, 10 being worn; while of the upper jaw (fig. |) only 6

series remain. The unworn teeth are almost smooth, being marked

only by short feeble longitudinal striz or rugs. In both jaws the

oral surface is arched from side to side, very gently in the lower,

more strongly in the upper jaw, as well shown in the sections

figs. 1a, 2a. The principal teeth are very slightly arcuated and

not strongly reflexed at the extremities; and the narrow lateral

teeth have their long axes directly antero-posterior, not oblique.

As an abnormality, it is also interesting to note in the upper den-

tition that the two. outer lateral series are fused together on one

side, while the two inner lateral series are similarly fused on the

other side.

1D , ~

EZ. S 1693-2 ie

inter Bros. imp.

.M Michael del, et lith.

MYLIOBATIS PENTONE.

ae [Fas ol ga ee eee

ee ‘ s ples CONES

PZ: 18932 AL ee

FH. Michael del. et hth. intern Bros. imp.

MESO ZOLe IGANGLD PIlStie se

P. Zio ees ila

: ‘db. oce.

be.c.

FH Michael del. et, Kth Mintern Bros. wap.

MESOZOIC GANOID FISHES:

1,2, LF PIDOTUS. 3,4, DAPEDIUS.

1893.] ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF LEPIDOTUS AND DAPEDIUS. 559

The following is a table of measurements :—

Upper Dentition. Lower Duntirion.

m. m. Yo. m.

Width of median dental plates. . 0-13 to 0-135 0-12 to 0:13

Length i 0-18 0-014 to 0-016

Maximum width of three lateral

series of plates .........- 0-02 0-02

From these measurements it is evident that the principal teeth

in the lower jaw are about eight times, those of the upper jaw

about seven and a half times as broad as long; while the maximum

thickness of the same teeth in both jaws equals nearly one-quarter

of their breadth. These characters, taken in conjunction with the

form and proportions of the lateral teeth, suffice to distinguish the

Mokattam specimen from the dentition of all known species of

Myliobatis ; and it may therefore be named MJ. pentoni in honour

of its discoverer. In determining such specimens it is, of course,

necessary to tuke into account the mode of growth of the teeth and

their change in proportions with age; but it does not appear

possible, in accordance with the ordinary laws of growth, for any

known type of dentition to develop by increase of size into the

one now described. The form of the lateral teeth and the trans-

verse section of the median teeth seem to be nearly constant at all

stages of growth in any one species.

Materials for comparison are unfortunately insufficient to form

any certain estimate of the size of Myliobatis pentoni; but if the

few small examples of the recent Myliobatis aquila in the British

Museum are at all similar in proportions, the maximum width of

the disk of the extinct species cannot have been much less than

five metres.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVIII.

Fig. 1. Myliobatis pentoni, sp. nov. ; portion of upper dentition, two-thirds nat.

size. Lower Tertiary, Mokattam Hills, Cairo. 1a. Transverse sec-

tion of crown of median tooth.

2. Ditto; portion of lower dentition of same fish, two-thirds nat. size.

2a, Transverse section of crown of median tooth.

The origina] specimen was presented to the British Museum by Surgeon-

Captain R. H. Penton, June 1893.

4. On the Cranial Osteology of the Mesozoic Ganoid Fishes,

Lepidotus and Dapedius. By A. Smira Woopwarp,

F.Z8.

[Received June 20, 1893.]

(Plates XLIX. & L.)

One of the earliest attempts to describe the skeleton of a Lower

Mesozoic fish was based upon Lepidotus', and the same genus

still affords the most satisfactory material for determining the

1 BF. A. Quenstedt, ‘ Ueber Lepidotus im Lias Wiirttembergs.’ 4to, Tubingen,

1847.

560 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON THE [June 20,

essential features in the osteology of the group to which it belongs.

The exoskeleton is so robust that it is usually well preserved,

and the internal bones also exhibit a high degree of ossification.

As found in the Oxford Clay of Northamptonshire and in the

Wealden of Sussex, the remains are in an especially good con-

dition ; and the discoveries of Messrs. Alfred N. Leeds and Samuel

H. Beckles respectively render it possible to obtain information

concerning nearly all the more important characters of the skeleton.

In the case of one Oxfordian specimen from the Leeds collection

in the British Museum (no. P. 6841"), all the bones are isolated as

if carefully macerated; in others the display of the various

elements depends upon accidents in fracture. It is the object of

the present communication to describe these specimens so far as

they add to our knowledge of the cranial osteology of Lepidotus ;

and finally to compare with the skull of this genus that of the

closely related Liassic fish, Dapedius.

J. On THe Cranian, Factan, AnD OprRcuLAR Bonzs OF

Lepidotus.

The basicranial axis in Lepidotus is straight, and the cranium

itself is well ossified. The basioccipital element, known only from a

laterally compressed specimen (Plate XLIX. figs. 1a, 14), is highest

behind and exhibits on its posterior face a very deep conical fossa

for the notochord (n.f.). Towards the postero-inferior angle of each

side there is a small acuminate tubercle or process (x); and the

inferior aspect of the bone exhibits a broad longitudinal groove,

with a flattened rim on each margin, evidently indicating the back-

ward extension of the basicranial canal (for the recti muscles of

the eye) as far as the occiput. There is some appearance also of

one vertebral ring (v.) being fused with the basioccipital on its

hinder face. The exoceipital (fig. 1) forms a considerable part of

the lateral wall of the brain-case, and is perforated as usual by a

large, transversely oval foramen (f.) for the exit of the vagus nerve.

The pro-otie (fig. 2) has a still larger extent than the exoccipital,

and exhibits a deep, oblique notch (f.) at its anterior margin for

the passage of the fifth nerve. In the iterorbital septum there is

as yet no evidence of ossification, and particulars are similarly

wanting as to the nature of the pterotic and opisthotic bones. Of

the rostral region it can only be said that the ethmoids are

arranged in such a manner that the olfactory nerves must have

passed through a pair of long, closed canals, well shown in a

Wealden fossil in the British Museum (Plate XLIX. fig. 4, eth.).

1 This is the type specimen of a new species, Lepidotus latifrons, diagnosed

in the forthcoming Catal. Foss. Fishes, Brit. Mus. pt. iii. Its principal

distinctive characters are:—LExternal head- and opercular bones ornamented

with conspicuous tuberculations; all the teeth with much elevated crowns.

Premaxilla with six teeth. Each frontal bone twice as long as its maximum

breadth ; operculum three times as deep as broad.

UT te on |

| a ee

1893. ] _ OSTEOLOGY OF LEPIDOTUS AND DAPEDIUS. * 561

The membrane-bones of the cranial roof do not extend backwards

quite so far as the occipital border, the narrow space thus left

being covered by the supratemporal plates. There are two prin-

cipal pairs of bones, the short parietals (Plate XLIX. fig. 1, pa.)

behind, and the longer frontals (fr.) forwards, not bilaterally

symmetrical, and uniting in all directions by very irregular an-

gulated sutures. More anteriorly there would be the nasals, but

Head-bones of Lepidotus latifrons; Oxford Clay, Peterborough.

One half nat. size.

1. Exoccipital. 2. Pro-otic. 8. Parasphenoid, inferior aspect. 3a. Para-

sphenoid, superior aspect. 4+. Right quadrate, inner aspect. 5, Left

quadrate, outer aspect. 6. Metapterygoid.

bpt., basipterygoid process; f., foramen; p., process.

these are not satisfactorily known. The long and narrow squa-

mosal element (sq.) on each side reaches as far forwards as the

anterior extremity of the parietals, but not so far backwards as

the hinder margin of these bones. It is considerably overlapped

behind by the supratemporal series of plates, and on the inner

562 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON THE [June 20,

aspect there is an undetermined amount of connection with some

of the ossified otic elements. The surface for articulation with

the upper extremity of the hyomandibular is clear, and a triangular

walled area at the binder end of its inner face denotes the bound-

aries of the small temporal fossa. Postfrontal and prefrontal

membrane-bones are not differentiated from the circumorbital

ring, and the cheek-plates are irregularly subdivided, being often

different even on the two sides of the same head. The general

plan of the cheek-plates, however, is distinct, there being a complete

cireumorbital ring, a semicircle of postorbitals, and a short, deep

series of preorbitals flanking the ethmoid region’. The mazilla

(Plate XLIX. fig. 2) is a very delicate bone, deepest behind,

tapering forwards, and terminating in front in an inwardly-directed

process for articulation with the palatine; its oral margin is

provided with a series of styliform teeth. The premawilla (Plate

XLIX. figs. 1c, 3) is a smailer, stouter bone, also with a single

series of styliform teeth, and bearing at its inner extremity a very

large ascending process which fits in a groove on the inferior

aspect of the frontal bones.

The base of the cranium is sheathed by a great parasphenoid

bone and by the coalesced dentigerous vomers. The parasphenoid

(fig. 3) is narrowest at the origin of the large, fan-shaped basi-

pterygoid processes (bpt.), expanding much behind and exhibiting

a deep cleft in its hinder margin. 1t is pierced mesially by a

foramen (f.) for the passage of the internal carotids, which appears

single on the lower face but double on emerging above; the

superior or attached face (fig. 3 a) also shows the deep excavation

forming the floor of the basicranial canal. The vomer is a stout

thickened bone with crushing teeth, showing cavities in which the

germ-teeth are formed (Plate XLIX. fig. 4); and the dentigerous

bones of the palato-pterygoid arcade, closely connected with the

vomer in front, exhibit a similar thickening.

The hyomandibular (Plate L. fig. 2) is an elongated, laterally

compressed bone, with its long axis slightly bent at the origin of

the process of support for the operculum (p.). It is somewhat

strengthened by longitudinal ridges on the outer face, and the

surface for attachment with the cranium is much extended. The

bone is not pierced by any foramen. The symplectic element

remains unknown, but the hinder border of the quadrate exhibits

an inner surface evidently for union with it. The quadrate (figs.

4 and 5) is slender for a fish with so powerful a dentition, and in

the fine example of Lepidotus latifrons from the Oxford Clay this

element is of much interest as exhibiting a very different degree of

ossification on the two sides. The metapterygoid bone (fig. 6) is

also comparatively delicate, but it shows a broad facette on its

upward and anteriorly directed process, which may have articulated

with some lateral element of the cranium.

The hinder portion of Meckel’s cartilage is ossified as a robust

) See figures by Quenstedt, op. cit.

ell oa : el

1893.] OSTEOLOGY OF LEPIDOTUS AND DAPEDIUS, 563

articular bone, and to its outer face there is apposed a large plate,

probably to be interpreted as angular (Plate XLIX. fig. 1 d, ag.).

The coronoid region of the mandible is very deep, and the summit

of the elevation is completed by a very smal] surangular bone, shown

in a Wealden specimen of ZL. mantelli (Brit. Mus. no. P. 6342).

The dentary bone (d.), very deep in the coronoid region, becomes

much narrower in its tooth-bearing portion ; and its anterior half

curves rapidly inwards to meet its fellow of the opposite side in a

somewhat deepened symphysis. To the inner side of the dentary

bone the robust splenial is articulated by a roughened face, and it

also enters the mandibular symphysis ; whereas the dentary exhibits

only one regular series of teeth, this element has several irregular

series of a more tritoral character.

The ceratohyal (Plate XLIX. fig. le) exhibits its ordinary

hourglass-shaped form, and is deepest behind. The hypohyals

are a pair of very small triangular bones (seen in Brit. Mus.

no. P. 6341); and no evidence of an ossified glossohyal has hitherto

been observed.

The opercular apparatus is complete, and there is a good series

of branchiostegal rays, the uppermost very broad; but no indica-

tions of a gular plate have yet been discovered in Lepidotus. The

last-named fact is all the more remarkable, since in closely allied

genera (e.g., Dapedius) the gular plate is relatively large and

robust. The preoperculum (Plate L. fig. 1, p.op.) is a long narrow

bone, exposed throughout its length and much bent forwards below.

The operculum (op.) exhibits a sharp elevation on its inner face for

articulation with the hyomandibular process; its upper border is

overlapped by the supratemporal plates, and its lower border

deeply overlaps the swhoperculum. The latter element (s.op.) is

almost sickle-shaped, with a very large upwardly-directed process

at its antero-superior angle, and abruptly truncated in front for

union with the large elongate-triangular interoperculum (t.op.)

The supratemporal plates vary much in arrangement in different

species of Lepidotus, but they always overlap both the cranial roof-

bones and the most anterior dorsal scales. In Z. latifrons (Plate

XLIX. fig. 1, st.) there is one not quite symmetrical pair of outer

plates, occupying the space between the operculum, squamosal,

and parietal on each side; and there are three symmetrically

arranged plates no larger than ordinary scales apposed to the

hinder margin of the parietals. In Z. mantelli the supratemporals

are in three pairs, the two outer ones corresponding to the single

outer pair in ZL. latifrons. In L. elvensis, as already described by

Quenstedt, the supratemporal series consists of a single pair of

large plates, as in Amia.

II. On tHE Cranium oF Dapedius.

The Liassic genus Dapedius is so closely related to Lepidotus,

that it is interesting to compare the characters of the skull in these

two fishes. So far as the external bones are concerned, the restora-

564 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON THD [June 20,

tion of Dapedius already published by Dr. Traquair ' suffices for

the purpose ; but the cranium itself is shown only in one specimen

from Lyme Regis (Brit. Mus. no. P. 3541), which seems worthy

of description as an appendix to the foregoing account of Lepidotus.

As seen in side view (Plate L. fig. 3), the basicranial axis of

Dapedius is sharply bent upwards in front of the otic region—an

arrangement perhaps correlated with the deepened form of the

fish. As in Lepidotus, the cranial cartilage is well ossified, and

there seems to have been a complete, or nearly complete, interorbital

septum. The basioccipital element (b.0cc.) is deep, much exca-

vated behind for the notochord (n.f.), and longitudinally grooved

below for the basicranial canal (bc.c.). The divisions between the

elements of the cranium and the situation of the foramina for the

nerves are unfortunately not distinguishable ; but it is clear that

there was an ossified supraoccipital (s.occ.), with a vertical median

ridge behind, and there are robust ossifications in the prefrontal and

postfrontal regions. The ethmoidal region (e.) terminates in front

in a small blunt process, pierced transversely by a large foramen ;

and it expands on each side, in advance of and below the pre-

frontal, into a great mass that would be sheathed by the vomer.

The olfactory nerve evidently passed through a foramen (f.)

between the prefrontal and ethmoid, there being no elongation of

this foramen into a canal. Of the membrane-bones of the cranial

roof, the parietals, frontals, and sqguamosals are fused into a continuous

plate (pfs.); while, as in Lepidotus, a narrow rim of the cranium

projects behind the covering thus formed. Viewed from behind -

(Plate L. fig. 3 a, m.), there is seen to be a small cavity on each

side between the cranium and the squamosal portion of the roof,

this being evidently the reduced temporal fossa.

III. Concxrusion.

From the observations now recorded it would be premature to

make any very general deductions, the characters of the skull

having yet to be discovered in the majority of the Mesozoic fishes.

The new facts, however, are interesting as tending to confirm a

conclusion that must have impressed everyone who has deeply

studied these extinct fishes, namely, that it is impossible in Jurassic

and early Cretaceous formations to recognize any absolute sub-

division of the so-called Ganoids into ‘“ Lepidosteoidei” and

“ Amioidei.” The skulls of Lepidosteus and Dapedius differ from

those of existing ‘‘ ganoids” in exhibiting the backward extension

of the basicranial canal ; and the cartilaginous cranium of Dapedius

is remarkably similar in every respect to that of the modern salmon

(Salmo), except somewhat more ossified. Both ZLepidotus and

Dapedius agree with Lepidosteus and Amica in the fact that the

membrane-bones of the roof do not extend quite to the occipital

. R. H. Traquair, “On the Structure and Affinities of the Platysomide,”

Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxix. (1879) pl. vi. fig. 13.

1§93.] OSTEOLOGY OF LEPIDOTUS AND DAPEDIUS. 565

border of the cranium ; but Dapedius at least is distinguished from

Amia and approximated to Lepidosteus by the course of the

olfactory nerves across the orbital cavity, while Lepidotus is

paralleled only by the last-named genus in the absence of a gular

plate. On the other hand, the superficial bones of the two extinct

genera differ greatly from those of Lepidosteus and closely resemble

those of Amia; the peculiar attachment of the premaxilla in

Lepidotus, for example, being reproduced almost in detail in the

last-named genus.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pruate XLIX.

Fig. 1. Lepidotus latifrons, sp. noy.; cranial roof, upper aspect, one half natural

size. Oxford Clay; Peterborough. [B.M., no. P. 6841.]

¢.0., circumorbital; fr., frontal; pa., parietal; sg., squamosal ;

st., supratemporal.

la, b. Basioccipital, lateral and posterior aspects.

a, surface of attachment for lateral bones of cranium ; 4c.c., basi-

cranial canal; 7.f., notochordal fossa; v., supposed vertebra ;

x, lateral process.

le. Right premaxilla, showing base of ascending process.

1d. Portion of left mandibular ramus, outer aspect.

ag., angular; d., dentary.

le. Ceratohyal.

2. Ditto; right maxilla. Ibid. [B.M., no. P. 6838.]

3. Lepidotus minor, Ag.; right premaxilla. Purbeck Formation; Swanage.

[B.M., no. 48371.]

4. Lepidotus mantelli, Ag.; transverse section of snout. [B.M., no.

P. 6342.

eth., NG through ethmoid bones; p., palato-pterygoid arcade ;

v., vomer.

Puate L.

Fig. 1. Lepidotus latifrons, sp. nov.; opercular apparatus of left side, one half

natural size. Oxford Clay ; Peterborough. [B.M., no. P. 6841]

br., branchiostegal ray; ¢.op., interoperculum ; op., operculum ;

p.op., preoperculum ; s.op., suboperculum.

2. Ditto; hyomandibular, one half natural size. Ibid. [B.M., no.

P. 6840.]

p-, process for operculum.

3. Dapedius, sp.; cranium from the lateral, posterior (3 @), and anterior

(3 5) aspects. Lower Lias; Lyme Regis. [B.M., no. P.3541.]

b.oce., basieceipital ; bc.c., basicranial canal ; ¢., ethmoidal region ;

f., foramen for olfactory nerve; m., temporal fossa; 7.f., noto-

chordal fossa; pfs., parieto-fronto-squamosal shield; s.occ.,

supra-occipital.

4. Dapedius granulatus, Ag.; premaxille (pmz.) and ethmoidal dermal

plate (eth.), anterior aspect. Lower Lias; Lyme Regis. ([B.M.,

no. P. 3538. ]

B.M.=British Museum. Unless otherwise stated the figures are of the

natural size.

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. XX XVIII. 38

566 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON [June 20,

5. A List of the Coleoptera, of the Family Cleride, collected

by Mr. Doherty in Burmah and Northern India, with

Descriptions of new Species ; and of some Species from

Borneo, Perak, &c., from the Collection of Alexander

Fry, Esq. By Rev. H. S. Gornam, F.E.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Received June 17, 1893.]

The present paper is to some extent a sequel to one published

by me in the ‘Annals’ of the Genoa Museum in 1892, on the

Cleride collected by Signor L. Fea.

The great number of new species met with by Mr. Doherty in

the same genera shows how rich the north-east frontier district

must be in the beautiful and interesting family here treated of.

For general remarks on the genera I must refer to the account

of Mr. Fea’s collection, the subject matter being so very similar.

Twenty-eight species are now described as new.

CALLIMERUS DULCIS.

Clerus dulcis, Westw. P. Z. S. 1852, p. 40, t. 24. f. 6.

Callimerus dulcis, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 64; Ann. Mus.

Gen. ser. 2, xii. p. 722. )

Burmah, Momeit.

CALLIMERUS AMABILIS.

Callimerus amabilis, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 66; Ann. Mus.

Gen. 2, xii. p. 723.

Assam, Naga Hills.

CALLIMERUS MIRANDUS.

Callimerus mirandus, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 65.

Perak.

A very beautiful species. Five specimens.

CALLIMERUS SUAVIS.

Callimerus suavis, Gorh. Ann. Mus. Gen. 2, xii, p. 722.

N. India, Manipur.

CALLIMERUS ELEGANS.

Callimerus elegans, Gorh. Ann. Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 720.

Assam, Naga Hills. One specimen, in bad condition.

CALLIMERUS GRACILIS.

Callimerus gracilis, Gorh. Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 724.

Burmah, Momeit. Two examples.

1893. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERID®. 567

CALLIMERUS LATESIGNATUS.

Caullimerus latescqnatus, Gorh. Ann. Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 728.

Assam, Naga Hills. Two examples.

CALLIMERUS RUSTICTUS.

Callimerus rusticus, Gorh. Notes from Leyden Mus. v. p. 252

(1883).

Borneo, Labuan; Perak. Five examples.

CALLIMERUS LATIFRONS.

Callimerus latifrons, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 67.

Borneo, Pengaron; Perak. One example from each locality.

CALLIMERUS INSOLATOUS.

Lemidia insolata, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. i. p. 48.

Callimerus insolatus, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 67.

Assam, Patkai Mountains, Perak.

TILLUS BIRMANICUS.

Tillus birmanicus, Gorh. Ann. Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 729.

Assam, Sudiya.

TILLUS NOTATUS.

Tillus notatus, Klug, Mon. Abhand. Berl. Acad. 1842, p. 276.

Burmah, Ruby Mines; Assam, Sudiya.

Var. Prothorace elytrisque nigris, his fasciis duabus apiceque

albidis.

Burmah, Karen Mountains.

CLADISCUS SANGUINICOLLIS.

Tillus sanguinicollis, Spinola, Mon. Clérites, i. p. 125, tab. xv.

f. 7; nec Cladiscus sanguinicollis, Lac. Gen. des. Col. tab. 45. f. 4.

Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty); Andaman Islands (Roep-

storff); Burmah, Karen Mountains (/%q).

This is the insect referred to by me as C. strangulatus, Chevr.

(Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 2, xii. p. 730); considerable confusion has

occurred from M. Chevrolat having quoted 7. sanguwinicollis as a

synonym of his C. strangulatus, Lacordaire having figured what

is presumably that species under the name of Cladiscus sanguini-

collis. They are obviously quite distinct from the species figured

by Spinola. Although it is but a mutilated specimen that Spinola

had seen, enough is shown to prove that his insect had simply

serrate antenne.

TILLIOHRA JAVANICA.

Tillicera javanica, Spin. Mon. i. p. 160, t.12. f. 2; Gorh. Ann.

Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 731.

Burmah, Ruby Mines ; Assam, Sudiya; India, Manipur.

38*

568 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON [June 20,

HEMITRACHYS BIZONATUS.

Hemitrachys bizonatus, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 92.

Perak (Doherty). One example.

I have not seen any other specimens of this insect, since I

described it from a pair obtained by Wallace.

Stiemarium. (The species of Stigmatium are exceedingly

obscure and will need further revision.)

STIGMATIUM CICINDELOIDES.

Stigmatium cicindeloides, Gray in Griffith’s Anim. Kingd. i.

p- 376, t. 43. f. 2; Spin. Mon. i. p. 176, t. 13. f. 4.

The identification of these insufficiently described species must

necessarily be problematical. There is little doubt, however, that

the insect figured by Spinola is the species of which I have seen

many specimens from Malacca, Java, and the neighbouring islands.

The blue or green tint on the thorax shown by Spinola is not

constant, but is characteristic of the species when it occurs.

Perak.

STIGMATIUM RUFIVENTRE.

Stigmatium rufiventre, White, Cat. of Cleride in Brit. Maus.

p- 54 (1849); Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852, p. 45, t. 26. f. 5

(“ Clerus rufiventris”).

Very close to S. cicindeloides, larger and with the metasternum

and abdomen and base of the legs red: the original description is

White's. Possibly only a large form of a widely distributed

species.

Assam (Doherty).

STIGMATIUM MUTILL COLOR.

Tillicera mutillecolor, White, Cat. of Cleride, p. 51.

Stigmatium dimadiatum, Chev. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1874, p. 63.

Styymatium mutilleeolor, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 72; Ann.

Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 740.

Burmah, Momeit.

STIGMATIUM BASIPENNE.

Stigmatium basipenne, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1874, p. 64.

Stigmatium humerale (ined.), coll. W. W. Saunders.

Perak (Doherty); many specimens.

Singapore ( Wallace).

The general colour of this insect is deep black; the middle of

the body beneath is vaguely brownish red ; the front of the head,

basal half of the antenne, the reflexed margin of the base of the

thorax, the base of the elytra (the shoulders more widely), the

scutellum, the front tarsi, the tips of the middle and posterior

tarsi, and the trochanters are rusty red. The elytra are striated

nearly to the apex, becoming granulose there; and the interstices

1893. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERIDA. 569

are granulose, or rather are broken by the coarse punctures of the

striz in the basal half.

I have possessed this species for many years, under the name

humerale. M. Chevrolat’s description is not very accurate, as in

a very long series of examples I do not find any with two linear

grey fascie. The legs are black, with the exceptions which I have

pointed out; the femora are not more stout than is usual in the

smaller species of this genus. The application of the name

humerale came about by a reprehensible system of so labelling

species which it was intended to describe ; my specimens were pro-

bably so named by White for the late Mr. W. W. Saunders, and it

is well that that name should now drop for that of M. Chevrolat.

It is common apparently at Singapore and Perak.

STIGMATIUM TAPETUM.

Stigmatium tapetum, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 95.

Omadius nebulosus, Klug ?, Spin. Mon. ii. p. 183, t. 15. f. 6.

I have already (J. c. p. 101) suggested that these may be, and

probably are, synonyms, but in such an obscure genus I cannot

affirm that they are so.

Perak.

CLADISCUS DISTORTUS, N. sp.

Niger, prothorace obscure rufo ; capite crebre, thorace parcius, elytris

crebre cribrato-punctatis, apice levi; antennis articulis 3°-10™

ramulis longis a basi exorientibus, apicali subulato ; tebus antices

compressis, medio subincrassatis. Long. 95 millim.

Hab. Camboja.

Black with a slight brown tint, and clothed with long upright

hairs ; only the thorax is rufous, and the mandibles and two basal

joints of the antenne pitchy red. The thorax is not so conically*

contracted as in C. sanguinicollis, Spin. (to which I refer the

species from the Andaman Isles), but the sides are subparallel

till they are rounded in to the strangulation. Its disk is very

smooth and sparsely impressed with a few distinct points ; it is a

little depressed in the middle, but with no constricted line in front.

The antenne are remarkable for the mode in which the rami

spring from the base of each joint; each ramus is as long as three

joints, and the apical joint widens from its base to near the middle,

and from thence is awl-shaped. The basal node of the thorax is

black and has the usual double tumidity; the front tibie are

compressed, widened in the middle, and somewhat distorted.

One specimen in Mr. Fry’s collection.

CLADISCUS ATTENUATUS, N. Sp.

Fere filiformis, niger, antennis quam caput cum prothorace SEsqui=

longioribus, articulis 3°-10” leviter serratis, elytris cribrato-

striatis apice levioribus, callo humeralirufo. Long. 6-63 nullim.

Var. 2? antennis brevioribus, prothorace obscure rufo.

Hab. Burmah, Ruby Mines : Manipur (Doherty).

; a iat “ a)

570 REV. H. 8. GORHAM ON [June 20,

Very narrow, the elytra scarcely wider than the front of the

thorax, the latter and the bead both thickly and obsoletely

punctured, brownish black inclining to rusty red at the constricted

part. The antenne with the joints 3 to 10 nearly three times

as long as wide, the apical joint rather longer than those

preceding it; palpi black. Elytra black, excepting the extreme

humeral angle which is dull red, and a little shining. Legs and

body black.

Allied to the species recently described by Mr. G. Lewis from

Japan as C. obeliscus, but apparently differmg by the longer

antenne, black scutellum and breast, and by the red shoulder-spot.

The specimens which seem to have shorter antenne, and which

may be females, have also often the thorax red excepting the basal

nodule.

CrADISCUS RUFICORNIS, 0. sp.

Elongatus, sanguineo-rufus, elytris et corpore nigris ; nitidus, capite

prothoraceque parcissime minute punctatis, antennis his brevi-

oribus leviter serratis. Long. 8-9 millim.

Hab. Manipur (Doherty).

Very shining and smooth, the head rather large, and with the

base of the thorax of about the width of the elytra, sparingly

punctured; the thorax much narrowed to the strangulate part,

and with a distinct curved impressed line in front.

The antenne are rather wide, entirely clear red; the joints

(after the third) scarcely longer than wide, serrate, their length

is not greater than that of the thorax alone. Elytra with series

of elongate square punctures terminating at quite a third from

the apex ; the apex round, a little dehiscent.

Two specimens.

CALLIMERUS DECORATUS, D. sp.

C. dulci proxime affinis: nigro-ceruleus, nitidus ; prothoracis

maculis quatuor et lateribus, scutello, elytrorum maculis quatuor

in singulis, a sutura eque distantibus, tertia reniforme ;

corporisque lateribus albo-squamosis ; ore, antennis, palpis pedi-

busque pallidis. Long. 11 millim.

Hab. Assam, Naga Hills (Doherty).

This insect is very nearly allied to C. dulcis, Westw., in size,

form, punctuation, and also in marking, so that it will be sufficient

to point out the following points of difference :—In C. dulcis

there are two large, round, white spots (one on each elytron) rather

near their base, in C. decoratus the corresponding spots are rather

further removed ; in C. dulcis two small spots nearer the margin

follow, in C. decoratus these are absent; in C. dulcis the pair of

spots before the apical spots are clearly double, sometimes not

confluent, in C. decératus the same pair are at most reniform.

The hind femora are not dark at their apex in the three specimens

of C. decoratus now before me.:

1893. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERID2. 571

CaLLIMERUS MYSTICUS, 0. sp.

C. amabili, Gorh., proxime affinis: nigro-ceruleus, griseo-

squamosus ; prothorace, linea mediana et lobis lateralibus denu-

datis, levibus ; elytris nigris, griseo-squamosis, macula elongata

suturali communi, lateribus maculis quasi quatuor prebentibus

nigris, prima ad punctum parvulum jucta scutellum producta,

tertia in fasciam integram ad suturam angustam provectam,

quarta retrorsum obliqua. Pedibus flavis, femoribus posticis

apicibus extus nigris. Long. 11 milli.

Hab. Borneo, Pengaron (Doherty).

It will be sufficient to compare this insect with C. amabilis,

Gorh. The prothorax is smooth, not punctured. The scales of

the upperside are more greenish grey ; the pattern is very different,

very difficult to describe. The base of the elytra, a plagia running

obliquely outward from the scutellum, and a fascia-like spot form

by their union an intricate device in the basal half; while an

oblique fascia, triangular in shape, and a sutural line, widening at

the apex, form a sort of 7 on the left elytron, reversed of course,

on the right, somewhat similar to the mark in C. amabilis and

C. fee, but with the head more oblique. The single specimen

appears to be a male, and has the apical dorsal segment formed of

two wide laciniz of fulvous colour.

CALLIMERUS BELLUS, 0. sp.

Nigro-ceruleus ; antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis ; capitis

fronte, prothoracis margine antico et postico, elytrorum basi,

lunula humerum cingente, fascia pone medium cum lunula per

lineam rectam conjuncta, sutura postice in fasciam obliquam

desinente, albo-squamosis. Capite crebre obsolete, prothorace

fortiter parcius, elytris fortiter seriatim punctatis, Long. 8

millim.

Hab. Borneo, Pengaron (Doherty).

The pattern of this Callimerus is difficult to describe, but very

neatly defined. The thorax is widely margined with white scales

before and behind, leaving the middle and the sides denuded and

shining, but the bands of scales nearly meet round the sides ; the

colour of the parts not covered with scales is dark steel-blue ; on

the elytra are eight aree thus denuded, viz. two humeral, then three

oblong arez in a row transversely, two of them being lateral and

one common on the suture, then two lateral, then a small round

apical spot. These are all neatly defined by the white lines of

scales. The elytra in some examples appear nearly black; the

punctures are large, the rows not very distinct, and quite confused

at the sides and near the apex. ‘The underside is clothed in the

manner usual in this section of the genus, densely at the sides,

with white scales.

This is a very beautiful species; it is allied to the following

(C. niveus), and both remind me of C. ornatus, from Sumatra

(Notes from Leyden Mus. iv. 110).

572 RLV. H. 8. GORUAM ON [June 20,

CALLIMERUS NIVEUS, 0. sp.

Nigro-ceruleus ; antennis, palpis pedibusque pallide testaceis ;

capitis fronte, prothorace antice et postice, scutello, elytrisque

albo-squamosis, his areolis quinque fascia subapicali, apiceque

denudatis. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

This species is punctured as C. bellus, but is more densely clothed

with white scales, only the base of the head and the disk and a

narrow transverse band of the thorax are denuded, and the elytra

have a very elegant pattern, the bare parts being a subhumeral

spot on each, a common sutural one, then two lateral spots, a

rather wide and not very regular fascia, it being widest on the

margins, and an apical spot. The elytra have silvery-white hairs

over the whole surface ; they are distinctly obliquely truncate, and

their punctuation is distinctly in rows, almost striate. I cannot

discover any trace of the small tooth on the hind tibiz of this or

the preceding species.

Four specimens.

CALLIMERUS DOHERTYANUS, 0. sp.

Niger ; capite prothoraceque subceruleis, hoc antice et postice, illo

fronte parce albo-squamosis ; elytris singulis lituris duabus, una

humerum cingente, wrregulari, postice interrupta, altera ante

apicem, albis, sutura bast metallico-fulvo; antennis, palpis

pedibusque pallide testaceis. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

CALLIMERUS PICTUS, Nl. Sp.

Niger ; antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis ; capitis fronte, pro-

thoracis margine antico et postico, elytrorum basi, punctis duobus

lateralibus, gutta suturali, cum macula basali plerumque conneva,

fascia subapicali apiceque albo-squamosis. Prothoracis disco

obsolete, haud profunde, lateribus rugose, elytris fortiter irregu-

lariter punctatis. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

The head in both this and the following species (C. albosparsus)

is wider than the thorax, the eyes being large and prominent; it

is very finely punctured at the base, and finely wrinkled longitu-

dinally near the eyes in both. The thorax is rather suddenly widened

below the anterior constriction, and then compressed before the

base, the margin of which is distinctly reflexed. The elytra are

thickly and deeply punctate, but there is no sign of series or

striation; they are very obsoletely costate, and obliquely truncate.

‘The usual lateral parts beneath are covered with white scales.

Two specimens.

CALLIMERUS ALBOSPARSUS, n. sp.

C. picto affinis, statura et elytrorum pictura similis ; nitidior,

niger, antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis, prothoracis elytror-

1893.] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERIDE. 573

umque pictura ut in C. picto, attamen paulo latius disposita, et

fascia subapicali e maculis duabus oblique positis, interiore

majore et basi propiore formata. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. India, Manipur (Doherty).

The points which chiefly distinguish this species from C. pictus

are its rather smaller size, the head and thorax, the latter especially,

more sparsely and more distinctly punctured, and hence more

shining. The punctures of the elytra exhibit a little serial

arrangement in the middle. The apices are very distinctly truncate,

a small mucro being present at the exterior angle. The pattern

of the elytra, though very similar, presents a specific difference, and

gives the appearance of consisting of three sutural rather large

spots,—one basal, the second not united with it, but sometimes

united by a few scales to the third (which is the interior spot of

the oblique subapical fascia),—tnree lateral spots (the first two

corresponding to those in C. pictus, and the third usually but not

always united with the third sutural one), and an apical spot.

Four examples from Manipur agree so closely in possessing

these differences, that I think this is more than a local form of

C. pictus.

In both these species the small tooth near the apex of the

hinder tibiz is present.

CALLIMERUS BENEDICTUS, Nn. sp.

Niger, nitidus ; antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis ; capitis fronte

densissime, prothoracis bast parce, elytrorum basi tenuiter, puncto,

suturali fasciusque duabus subarcuatis, nec suturam nec marginem

attingentibus, apiceque albo-squamosis ; capitis basi parcissime,

prothorace fortiter fere grosse, elytris fortiter profunde seriatim

punetatis, Long. 85 millum.

Hab, Assam (Doherty).

The thorax in this species is longer than in C. pictus and its

allies, and hence does not appear so much widened in front ; it is

much more coarsely punctured, and in the three specimens before

me has only a few white scales in the fossa on the sides formed

by their compression behind the middle. The scales are of course

lable to be worn off ; the head in one of the specimens is so densely

clothed in front that the whole of that part is white and shining

as if painted, while in the other two they are sparser. The elytra

are black and shining, with about five rows of large punctures on

each, the punctures, however, becoming confused towards the

apex and at the sides, they would form in all eight series ; in one

specimen they are inclined to be pitchy brown at the base. The

white markings are very much reduced; besides the usual basal

scales there are three spots on each elytron, two of which are placed

along the suture, the third a little higher than the second sutural

one, so forming (if united) an arcuate fascia, then a curved oblique

fascia, and an apical spot (sometimes wanting). Hind thighs

toothed. Apex subtruncate.

oe Ee’ aie eg es

: oe Ae die wae pall

—

574 REY. H. S. GORHAM ON [June 20,

C ALLIMERUS ARCUATUS, 0. sp.

Niger ; palpis (apicibus exceptis) pedibusque basi obscure testaceis ;

capite, prothorace elytrisque apicibus cinereo-tomentosis ; scutello,

elytrorum basi, linea obliqua cum hoe conjuncta, fascia intus

abbreviata, arcua communi, et fascia subapicali recta albo-

squamosis ; elytris basi fortiter, lateribus et versus apicem crebrius

minus fortiter punctatis. Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Burmah, Karen Mountains (Doherty).

The head and thorax in this species are almost entirely covered

with ashy-grey close hairs, resembling scales, and perhaps in part

really these are scales ; the thorax is very even, scarcely constricted in

front, and with the posterior part very gently rounded to the base,

the margin is there raised and polished in the middle, and there is

a small denuded mark in the centre of the base, before the margin

slightly impressed. It is half as long again as wide. The pattern

of the elytra is very elegant, but hard to express in words. The

basal scales and first oblique mark form an «, with the top straight,

then almost united to this is a mark like —y—, the y being

common to the two elytra; then a straight and entire tascia at

about one third from the apex, slightly thickened on the suture,

and the apex itself ashy, and the ashy scales joining the fascia.

Legs black, except the trochanters and extreme base of the thighs.

Four specimens.

CALLIMERUS HYDNOCEROIDES, N. sp.

Nigro-ceruleus, nitidus ; ore, antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis ;

elytris nigris, dimidio basali intus aureo-testaceo, sutura postice

punetisque nonnullis albo-squamosis ; capite prothoraceque parce

et profunde, elytris cbsoletius crebre punctatis. Long. 85-9

millim.

Hab. Burmab, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

Head blue-black, with white scales in front, very sparingly

punctured and shining; thorax strongly constricted, and widely

lobed at the sides, an impression on each lobe, and one in the

middle of the base which is smooth and polished ; there are a few

white scales on each side in the anterior constriction, the colour is

blue-black, the punctuation strong and distinct. The elytra are

depressed at their base, black or brownish, this colour extending

up the margin to the base, but of a sordid yellow within (the

suture narrowly dark) and almost to their apices. The white

scales border the suture sometimes in the apical half. In the

basal half there are normally six white spots, four in pairs near

the suture and between them, one nearer the margin on each

elytron on the black part, and there is one lateral subapical spot,

sometimes joined with the sutural scales, forming the 7 mark so

common in this genus. But these spots are feebly scaled and

liable to be worn off, and the central pair may be absorbed in the

sutural line. Scutellum white. The hind thighs have the small

tooth near their apices. The underside is blue-black, with the

1893. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERID#. 5790

usual lateral white scales. The wide head, lobed sides of the thorax,

and form of the elytra, depressed at the base and narrowing to

their apex, give this species much the appearance of a large

Hydnocera.

XxEnortTHRIUS, Gorham (Ann. del Mus. Ciy. Gen. xii.

p. 733, 1892).

Xenorthrius is proposed by me, in my descriptions of the Cleridw

collected by L. Fea in Burmah, for a genus of that family of

which I have long had a few exponents obtained by Wallace in the

East. They are allied to Opilo and to my genus Orthrius; from

the former the conical apical joint of the maxillary palpi, from

the latter the eyes distinctly cut out afford sufficient distinction.

X. mouhoti, from Laos and Burmah, the type of the genus, Y. sub-

fasciatus, from Pegu, and X. balteatus, Burmah, described in the

publication quoted, have the elytra entire ; I have now to add two

species of this section, and one in which the elytra are truncate

with a distinct mucro, the genus thus resembling Priocera.

XENORTHRIUS EPHIPPIATUS, 0. sp.

Pallide piceo-brunneus, breviter dense brunneo-pilosus ; palpis,

pedibus, elytrorum fascia communi undata ad suturam latiore

apiceque pallide flavis; prothorace antice et lateraliter vie

punctato, disco postice obsolete, erebre subrugose, elytris basi et

lateribus granulose punctatis, fascia et apice sublevibus. Long.

8-9 millin.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

The general colour of this insect is pitchy brown, the elytral

fascia and the apex being very pale, almost white, and the brown

of the parts margining these is more suffused indeterminately ; the

puncturing is similar to that of X. mouhoti, viz. the head is

nearly smooth, as well as the front part and rather tumid sides of

the thorax ; these parts are separated from the disk by the anterior

constriction and an impressed line on each side, and the disk is

thickly, not deeply or strongly, punctured: as this structure seems

usual in the genus, it will not be referred to again except where

modified in other species. The elytra have also a normal sculpture,

viz. strie with rasp-like puncturing, the interstices being flat-

tened in thé middle and from thence on each side of the suture to

the apex, and the punctures obliterated. The punctures are only

distinct in the basal third; they become obsolete and only leave

small rasp-like edges behind, and in that part the alternate inter-

stices are raised lines, hardly amounting to coste.

Three specimens.

XENORTHRIUS GENICULATUS, D. sp.

Brunneus ; pedibus pallidioribus, geniculis nigris, tarsis brunneis,

capite prothoraceque nitidis, hoc disco crebre obsoletius punctato ;

576 REY. H. 8. GORHAM ON [June 20,

elytris obsolete punctato-striatis, strus dorso obliteratis. Long.

13-16 millim.

Hab. Manipur (Doherty).

The larger size and plain brown colour will distinguish this

species from any other yet described. The antenne are long and

thin, the three last joints hardly wider than those preceding them ;

the head and thorax smooth and shining, with the punctuation

very fine ; the anterior constriction very plain on the sides, and a

fovea on each side below it. The elytra are very plain; though the

usual sculpture is present it is all reduced, the flat sutural smooth

space being but little emphasized. The legs are paler, with the

knees just tipped with black. Although plain this is a fine species,

reminding one of certain Cymatodere.

Five specimens.

XENORTHRIUS WALLACEI, n. sp.

Nigro-piceus ; antennis, palpis, pedibusque basi teslaceis, elytris

pallide variegatis, prothorace inequali, nitidiore vage punctulato,

basi in medio tuberculo parvo, elytris basi et lateraliter subrugose

punctato-striatis. Long. 8°5 millim.

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak ( Wallace).

Nearly allied to X. ephippiatus and differing from it as follows :

the colour is darker, the thorax is more shining and more uneven

and its disk less thickly and more vaguely punctured, on each

side of a basal median tubercle are two sulci, thus making three

raised tumid spaces; the elytra are more coarsely punctured and

the yellow markings not so clearly defined, the apical one being an

undulate fascia, and the apex being dark, like the rest of the ground-

colour.

One specimen.

T have had this insect for many years and have never been able

satisfactorily to classify it. It was unknown to the late M.

Chevrolat, to whom I sent it.

XENORTHRIUS TRUNCATUS, 0. Sp.

Rufo-piceus, nitidus ; pedibus et fascia elytrorum haud bene disereta

pallidioribus, elytris truncatis et mucronatis. Long. 12 millim.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

This species is longer though not much wider than the largest

specimen of X. ephippiatus ; the antenne are much longer, all the

joints, and especially the three terminal ones, being longer; the

thorax is more shining, the posterior part more sparingly and

obsoletely punctured. The elytra have the flattened space not so

wide, the third row of punctures persisting further towards the

apex ; their fascia is not so well marked nor so white, being very

little paler than the ground-colour. The apex is cleanly cut out

in an arcuate way, with a distinct mucro at the outer angle of this

excision. The legs are long, pale, with the knees and tarsi a little

darker.

One example.

1893.] BEETLES OF THY FAMILY CLERID 2%. Oni

Orturivus, Gorham (Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 74).

Orthrius was proposed by me for an Australian species (0.

cylindricus), a smooth cylindrical insect with only the labial palpi

hatchet-shaped at the tip, and the eyes coarse, scarcely cut out. I

have since then recognized that many Eastern species placed in

various genera should be united with it, though not often so

cylindrical. Clerus subfasciatus, Westwood, Thanasimus sellatus,

Westwood, Opilo sinensis, Gorh., and probably some others cannot

be retained in those genera, but will form a homogeneous group

under this name.

ORTHRIUS BRACHTALIS, n. sp.

O. tarsali, Gorh., affinis et summa similitudine, ferrugineus,

nitidus, tibiis geniculisque nigris, elytris substriatis perobsolete

punctatis. Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Assam, Sudiya, Naga Hills, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

Very closely allied to 0. tar salis, described by me in the ‘ Annals’

of the Genoa Museum of Natural History for 1892, a species

from Burmah, and only differing from it in having merely the tips of

the femora and the tibie black, whereas in O. tarsalis the femora

and breast are also black.

The striation and punctuation of the elytra are a little more

distinct. The specimen from the Nagas has the antenne a little

more infuscate, and in both it and the other specimens the tarsi

have their uppersides dark. A single example from Patkai is not

well developed and has the tibie red, being, in fact, ferruginous all

over, but does not, I think, represent another species.

The femora in this species and its allies are subincrassate,

especially the front pair.

THANASIMUS CARBONARIUS, 0. Sp.

Ater ; antennarum articulo ultimo, femorumque basi albo-testaceis,

prothorace tuberculoso-inequali, elytris basi granulatis tuber-

culisque nonnullis seriatim instructis, dimidio apicali sublevi,

versus apicem fascia argenteo-pubescente, ad suturam wmterrupta.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Manipur (Doherty).

Coal-black, a little shining; eyes finely granulated, aoe and

angularly excised ; antenne longer than the head and thorax, dull

and pubescent, compressed, the three basal joints pitchy, the

apical joint acuminate, nearly white, and the one preceding pale,

the second joint very short, the third as long as the two basal

joints, those following gradually i increasing in width, not serrate.

The thorax longer than wide, very rugose and uneven, haying

several tubercles, one of which before the middle of the base is

round and shining. Elytra not much wider than the thorax, their

basal third very rough, with two rows of elongate sharp tubercles

on each, very irregular and often coalescing, the apex smooth, with

an oblique fascia-like band of silvery hairs at about a quarter

from the apex ; a f2w scattered hairs are found all over the elytra,

578 REV. H. 8, GORHAM ON [June 20,

the apex is subpubescent, but smooth and shining. The meso-

sternum is strongly punctured; metasternum and episterna clothed

with short pubescence, but very thinly. Abdomen shining. The

palpi are pitchy, the maxillary ones paler at their tips, which are

sharply acuminate.

I have some doubts as to what genus this insect is best placed in.

Thanasimus, as it now stands, is a complete magazine. Comparing

this insect with 7. formicarius, the antenn are rather long, and

are in the middle wider and flatter, the apical joint rather larger and

less cultriform; the head, trophi, eyes, thorax, form of the elytra,

&c. agree fairly well; the femora and tarsi appear to me also to

agree sufficiently well.

Two specimens were obtained.

Nerouypnvs, Gorham (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, xii. 1892,

p- 742).

NEOHYDNUS BASALIS, 0. sp.

Niger ; elytris basi, pedibus basi, tibiarum apicibus tarsisque, ore,

antennis, palpisque testaceis, prothorace postice fortiter contracto,

antice transversim constricto, elytris creberrime et confluenter

punctatis. Long. 3 millim.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

The head in this little species is wider than the thorax and

thickly clothed with silvery shining hairs; the eyes are large and

oval and finely faceted, with numerous setose hairs; the antennee

are very short, reaching scarcely to the middle of the eyes, almost

white. The thorax is wide in front, with a deeply impressed

transverse line just behind the front margin, the sides strongly

lobed immediately behind this line ; the lobes with a small fossa on

each, then much contracted to the constricted base. The elytra are

about the same width as the head, parallel, almost variolose, the

small callus, and a variable spot nearer the scutellum, often the

whole base, is indeterminately white; the rest dull black, thickly

clothed with short shining hairs. The legs are rather variable;

the tibie except at the apex, the femora except at the bases, are

dark pitchy ; but the hind femora are sometimes quite testaceous,

the tarsi are short. This species differs from WN. despectus in the

form of the thorax and with the following species will probably

ultimately be separated generically ; at present the points of re-

semblance—the structure of the antenne and head—justify its

association with it.

Several specimens.

NEOHYDNUS RELUCENS, 0. sp.

Niger, nitidus ; pedibus basi tibvisque apicibus testaceis ; prothorace

postice valde contracto, brevi; elytris profunde ac distincte

punctatis, pube brevi pruinosa relucente. Long. 4 millim.

Hab. Siam, Renong (Doherty).

Allied to WV. basalis, but larger and broader, the thorax not so

1893. | BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERIDE. 579

suddenly contracted, with a double fossa in each lobe; the elytra

more distinctly punctured, but the punctures often confluent

transversely, no trace of a pale mark, and their tips smooth ; the

legs more widely black and the tarsi brown.

One specimen.

NEOHYDNUS CINBRASCENS, Nl. sp.

Niger, subritidus ; tibiarum apicibus tarsisque testaceis ; antennis

palpisque brunneis ; prothorace postice angustato, antice, haud

profunde, constricto, basi transversim wmpresso, disco perobsolete

punctato ; elytris crebre, distincte, confluenter punctatis, fascia

cinerea ¢ pube formata haud bene discreta. Long. 3-4 millim.

Hab. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Doherty).

The thorax in this species is rather longer than in ‘WV. basalis .

and with the head is more shining; it shows evident but very

obsolete traces of punctuation. The sides are not clearly lobed ;

they have indistinct oblique impressions, but these and the con-

stricted lines are not well defined. The hairs composing the

fascia on the elytra are so small as not easily to be seen separately,

but are very bright and reflect silvery light (reminding one

of the fascia in Clerus mollisfascia and some South-American

Hydnoceras).

A small series of specimens were obtained.

NEOHYDNUS LUGUBRIS, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus; antennarum articulis duobus primis, tibiarum

apwibus intermediis et posticis testaceis ; prothorace postice

contracto, lobis lateralibus impressis, disco nitido ; elytris crebre

distincte punctatis. Long. 4°5 millim.

Hab. Manipur (Doherty).

Very nearly the same size and form as NV. cinerascens ; black, with

the exception of the two basal joints of the antenne and the

other parts of the mouth, which are, however, obscure, and the

tips of the four hinder tibie; the tarsi are obscurely pallid.

In one specimen there is on each elytron near the apex a depressed

flat oval areolet, which seems to be clothed with brown hairs: I am

not able to say whether this may not be an accidental character ;

I do not think it is sexual.

NEOHYDNUS SORDIDUS, Nn. Sp.

Piceo-brunneus vel piceus; ore, palpis, pedibus elytrorumque

plagia communi suturali testacers. Long. 4-5 mallim.

Hab. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Doherty).

This is evidently a variable species in colour ; in all the examples

I have seen the elytra are brownish yellow along the suture, this

colour widening out at the base, and at the apex shading off into

the blacker tint of the margins. The thorax, puncturing, and other

charaeters are generally those of NV. cinerascens.

580 REY. H. 8. GORHAM ON [June 20,

PELONIUM (?) NIGRO-ENEUM, 0. sp.

Nigrum, superne eneo-nitens ; capite prothoraceque crebre subtiliter

punctatis, nitidis; elytris quam prothorax duplo latioribus

creberrime incequaliter punctatis, punctis ubique confluentibus,

pube grisea tenui dense vestitis; abdominis apice pallescente,

antennarum articulo primo subtus testaceo. Long. 7-12 millim.

Hab, Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

Antenne with the basal joint stout, slightly curved ; second joint

short, bead-shaped; third elongate, compressed ; fourth to eighth

gradually shorter, the seventh and eighth being transverse, the

latter especially being very short and smaller than the seventh ;

the ninth and tenth joints large, triangular, subequal, the apical

one more oval; the palpi have their apical joints oblong and

truncate, wider than the preceding joints, in both pairs. The

eyes are reniform, moderately strongly faceted, deeply excised,

with a short ridge, beneath which the antenne take their origin.

The thorax has the sides evenly rounded ; it is a little more

narrowed in front than behind, the constrictions are obsolete ; it,

as well as the head, legs, and sides of the elytra, has a rather long

but fine grey pubescence. The punctuation of the elytra is thick

and irregular ; the punctures are broken, 7. ¢. the larger ones seem

formed of groups of confluent smaller ones; towards the apex the

larger pits gradually disappear. The legs are black, but not deeply

so, the body beneath and the trochanters tending to be pitchy.

Three specimens were obtained by Doherty, one much smaller

than the other two, and having the last three joints of the

antenne much longer and thinner than in those examples.

SISYRNOPHORUS.

Sisyrnophorus, C. Waterhouse, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiii. (1876)

p- 125.

This singular genus was detected by myself among the Cocci-

nellide at the British Museum—the typical species, S. maculatus,

at first sight roughly resembling some species of that family. Two

species were characterized by the author—S. maculatus from the

Philippine Islands and S. bowringi from Penang. I do not at

present see that there was sufficient ground for separating it

from Allochotes, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, p. 241. But

anyhow that name appears too close to Allocotus (Fieber), Puton

(Hemiptera), Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 146 (1874).

Westwood describes (loc. cit.) seven species.

Choresine, Pascoe, to which he compares the genus, belongs to the

Melyride.

SISYRNOPHORUS BIRMANICUS, N. sp.

Lete ferrugineus ; elytris metallico-viridibus, nitidis, crebre sub-

tiliter punctatis. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Burmah, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

Head and thorax rich rusty—aimost blood—red, very finely,

1893. } BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERID&, 581

scarcely visibly punctate, with a very fine and short blackish pile.

Antenne paler than the thorax, but the legs and body beneath

entirely of the same colour as they are; the scutellum also red.

The thorax has the base finely margined, the sides are quite merged

in the same curve as the base. The elytra are brilliant, of a dark

metallic green, evenly punctured, with very fine and very short

blackish pubescence.

This insect appears to be allied to Allochotes bicolor, Westw.; it

seems to differ from it in being larger, in the antenne being

inserted closer to the eyes (in Westwood’s figure, t. ix. f. 1 a, they

are shown as inserted well in front of the excision), in the thorax not

being “ fulvo-setosus,” and in the elytra not being “ nigro-viridia.”

Two specimens.

SIsYRNOPHORUS CHRYSOMELINUS.

Allochotes chrysomelina, Westw. Ent. Mo. Mag. xiii. p. 242.

A single specimen from the Ruby Mines, Burmah, may pertain

to this New-Guinea species, but it seems hardly likely that it

would; but the brief diagnosis, six words, in addition to the size,

24 lines, apply quite well to it, as they might to many other species.

We cannot be always going to Oxford to see types.

SISYRNOPHORUS FRYI.

Niger, densius subpruinoso-pubescens ; capite, antennis, pedibus

(femoribus preetermissis), prothoracis basi, elytrorumque fasciis

duabus, externe abbreviatis, posteriore lato, fulvis; elytris

creberrime et subtilissime punctatis. Long. 6°5 millim.

Hab. Burmah, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

Head entirely pale rasty red, shining; eyes not large; the

antenne as long as the head and thorax, the third and fourth

joints elongate, the fifth to the tenth quadrate but gradually

shortening, the apical joint short.

TENERUS DOHERTYANUS, Nl. Sp.

T. chalybxo proaimus et valde affinis ; cyaneus, nitidus ; palpis ad

basin, epistomate punctoque capitis flavis, antennis ngris, elytris

unicostatis. Long. 7 millim.

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

This species is so very much like 7. chalybeus, Gorb. (Trans.

Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 405), that it will be sufficient to point out the

differences. The elytra appear to be rather longer, and have each

a fine costa nearer to the suture than to the shoulder, terminating

about a third from the apex. The elytra are even more closely

punctured. The presence of a yellow spot on the head recalls a

specimen of 7’. chalybeus mentioned (oc. cit.)

Ihave not hitherto had any reason to doubt that ccstation of

the elytra is a specific character in this genus. It is, however,

so very difficult to ascertain the sex, that this supposition must be

taken with some reserve.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XX XIX. 39

582 MUESSRS. C, D. SHERBORN AND B. B. WOODWARD ON [June 20,

6. On the Dates of the ‘Encyclopédie Méthodique’ (Zoology) .

By C. Davies Suersorn and B. B. Woopwarp.

[Received June 15, 1893.]

The exact dates of publication of the separate parts of this

remarkable Encyclopedia, which first began to appear in 1782, and

was not completed until almost the middle of this century, have

been a constant source of trouble to zoologists. The most diligent

search has failed to bring to light particulars of the original parts

and their contents, and only now and then can any such facts be

established. or instance, the 50th livraison was published on the

23rd July, 1792, but we are by no means certain of its contents.

The following determinations are the results of a search extended

over many months, of a careful consideration of the views of others,

and of a personal page by page observation by Mr. Sherborn while

compiling his ‘ Index Gen. et Spec.’

In arriving at these conclusions we have been indebted to the

writings or communications of the following authors :—Moquin-

Tandon, G. Dollfus, H. E. Dresser, A. Newton, R. Bowdler Sharpe,

Salvadori, F. H. Waterhouse, Edgar Smith, W. F. Kirby, and others.

We have decided to arrange the ‘ Encyclopédie’ according to

the method employed in the General Library of the British Museum

(Natural History), as that has been found most convenient.

Considerable confusion has been caused by writers who have

treated portions of this book as separate publications and have quoted

them as such. We refer to Desmarest’s ‘Mammalogie,’ Bonna-

terre’s ‘ Cctologie,’ ‘ Erpétologie,’ etc., and Bonnaterre and Vieillot’s

‘Ornithologie.’ In order to avoid such confusion in the future,

we would suggest the following as a satisfactory method of

quotation :—

A. G. Desmarest, Enc. Méth. (Mamm.) (1), 1820, p. —.

G. P. Deshayes, Enc. Méth. (Vers) ii. (2), 1831, p. —.

The following is the result of our investigations :—

ZooLoGy.— Text.

Tom. I. Hist. Nat. des Animaux. By Daubenton, edited from

Buffon: pp. i-xcii, 1-230. 1782.

Ornithologie, by Mauduyt: pp. 231-691. 1782.

Tom. II. Ornithologie, by Mauduyt: pp. 1-544. 1784.

Anim. Quad. ovipares, et les Serpens, by Daubenton :

pp- 545-712. 1784.

Tom. III. Poissons, by Daubenton: pp. i-lx, 1-435. 1787.

[ Note.—To the “ Animaux” and ‘‘ Oiseaux” no specific

names are appended; to the “Quad. ovip.,” the

“‘Serpens,” and the “ Poissons” the genera and species

of earlier authors are appended, but no new names are

given and precedence is given to the French version. ]

1893.] THE DATES OF THE ‘ ENCYCLOPEDIN METHODIQUE.’ 583

Tom. IV. Insectes. Five “discourses préliminaires” (pp. i-

eclxxxviii and i-ccclxxiii) by Mauduyt are prefixed:

(Guéneau de Montbeillard, who had been entrusted with

the work, died before he could carry out his mission).

Mauduyt also contributed some of the articles, which he

signed. Olivier took up the systematic portion of the

work from the beginning (pp. 1-322). 1789.

Tom. V. Insectes, by Olivier: pp. 1-794. 1790.

Tom. VI. Insectes, by Olivier: pp. 1-704. 1791.

Tom. VII. Insectes, by Olivier: pp. 1-828. 1792.

[ Wote.—‘“* M. Olivier, obligé de s’absenter pendant

plusieurs années pour remplir dans le Levant une mission

de Gouvernement, reprend ici la rédaction de ce Diction-

naire, qui avoit été confiée 4 d’autres personnes depuis la

lettre L.” That is to say, from vol. vi. p. 601 to vol. viii.

p- 45 (on which page is the note quoted). As B. E.

Manuel signed the last page of vol. vil. and the article

so signed was not completed, it is probable that he was

the chief person to whom the work was entrusted. ]

Tom. VIII. Insectes. By Olivier [and Latreille|: pp. 1-722.

Pt. 1, pp. 1-464. 1811.

Pt. 2, pp. 465-722. [? 1814 *.]

[Wote.—On p. 468 we find the following :— Nous

avons engagé M. Latreille,. . . 4 se charger dorénavant

de quelques articles qui seront souscrits des trois pre-

micres lettres de son nom.” |

Tom. 1X. Insectes, by Latreille and Godart.

Pt. 1, pp. 1-328. 1819.

Pt. 2, pp. 329-828. [? 1823 or 1824.]

[Mr. W. F. Kirby possesses copies of these 2 parts as

issued: the second is undated?. In vol. 2 of ‘‘ Musique” ®

an advertisement states that the 87th livr. by Latreille

was about to appear [1818] and would contain “ Papil-

lons”; this part was, however, written by Godart (see

preface to vol. ix.).]

Tom. X. Insectes, by Latreille, Le Peletier de St.-Fargeau, Serville,

and Guérin [-Ménéville]: pp. 1-832. 1825.

Histoire Naturelle des Vers. By Bruguicre.

Tom. i. pt. 1, pp. 1-344. 1789.

» pt. 2, pp. 345-758. 1792.

Ibid. Tom. ii. By Bruguiére, Lamarck, and Deshayes.

Pt. 1, pp. 1-256. 1830.

Pt. 2, pp. 1-594. 1831.

[ Note.—Bruguicre and Lamarck had nothing whatever

to do with this volume; it was entirely by Deshayes,

except the article Conus, which was written by Hwass. ]

: Thid. Tom. iii. By Deshayes: pp.595-1152. 1832.

1 Quoted by Lamarck in his Anim. s. Vert. vol. iii., which was published in

August 1816. :

2 Quoy & Gaimard in Freycinet, Voyage Uranie, etc., 1824, quote pt. 2.

3 British Museum (Nat. Hist.), General Library. R

584 THE DATES OF THE ‘ ENCYCLOPE£DIE METHODIQUE. [June 20,

Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes. By Lamouroux, pak es de St. Vin-

cent, and Eudes-Deslongchamps :

p. 1-448..° > 1824.

pp. 449-819. 1825.

Zootoey.—Plates (with Explanations and Appendices).

Mammalogie. By Desmarest.

Pt. 1, pp. 1-276. 1820.

Pt. 2 (& Suppl.), pp. 277-556. 1822.

Tableau Eneyclopédique et Méthodique des Trois Régnes de la

Nature.

Cétologie. By Bonnaterre, pp. xli, 28: 12 pls. 1789.

Ophiologie. By Bonnaterre, pp. xliv, 76: 26 pls. 1790.

Erpétologie. By Bonnaterre, pp. xxviii, 70: 43 pls. 1789.

Ornithologie. By Bonnaterre and Vieillot: 247 pls.

pp. 1-152. By Bonnaterre. 1790.

pp- 153-320. 1791.

pp. 321-528. By Vieillot. 1820.

pp. 529-848. A 1822.

pp. 849-1460. 1823.

Ichthyologie. By Bonnaterre, pp. lvi, 215: 102 pls. 1788.

Crustacés, Arachnides et Insectes. By Latreille, pp. 1-142,

1-38 : pls. 1-268, 269-397.

[The plates 1-268 were engraved under the supervision

of Bonnaterre, and may have been issued in 1797; the

explanation io them was furnished by Guérin in 1818.

The author of the last 38 pages of explanation, which

refer to pls. 269-397, was probably Latreille, and this por-

tion is of later date. ]

Vers, Coquilles, Mollusques et Polypiers, pp. viii, 180: 488

Is.

i Vers Infusoires. By Bruguiére, pp. 1-83: 28 pls.

1791.

[Is a translation of F. O. Miiller’s “ Anim. Infus.,”

with 4 new spp. added. |

Vers Intestins. By Bory de St. Vincent, pp. 84-180:

pls. 29-61. 1824.

[Pp. 85-132 we consider to be by Bruguiére, since

the leaf, pp. 83, 84, signed. by Bory, is obviously an

insertion. |

Livr, 1, pls. 1-189. 1791.

Livr. 2, pls. 190-286. 1797.

Livr. 3, pls. 287-390. 1798 (An. vi.).

Livr. 4, pls. 391-488. 1816. [The 3rd and 4th livraisons

were issued under the supervision of Lamarck; and

the fourth part, accompanied by a “ Liste des objets

représentés dans les planches’ de cette livraison,” was by

him. |

1893.] ON THE CORACOID OF THE TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATA. 585

7. On the Coracoid of the Terrestrial Vertebrata. By G. B.

Howss, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology,

Roy. Coll. Sci. Lond.

[Received June 20, 1893.]

I. As to Terminology.

It is now generally conceded that some of the Anomodont

reptiles, which in many respects so closely approximate towards

the Mammalia in their skeletal anatomy, were possessed of an

expanded epicoracoid of the Monotreme type. Professor Seeley,

to whom we are chiefly indebted for the discoveries which have

rendered this conclusion clear, discards the Cuvierian term “ epi-

coracoid” and persistently applies the term precoracoid to the

element in question in both reptiles and mammals '.

In this he is followed by Mr. Hulke*. Mr. Lydekker, however,

in a recent communication to this Society °, has proposed to abolish

the term epicoracoid altogether, in association with a discovery of my

own * that the element to which in the Monotreme the term ‘ epi-

coracoid ’ was first applied is the serial homologue of the coracoid

process of the higher mammals, to which, in the long run, the

term ‘coracoid’ was originally given.

The term precoracoid (procoracoid of Gegenbaur) is well known

to be used in two or more totally distinct senses (sometimes by the

same observer in the same paper’). It is for the most part either

applied to a mere process of the coracoid, most variable in its

relationships when present and in no sense originally distinct,

or restricted to that bar which underlies the clavicle® and (some

? Cf. Phil. Trans. 1888, B. pp. 490-492, 1889, B. pp. 255 and 275, and

P. R. 8. vol. li. p. 119.

2 P. RB. S. vol. li. p. 233.

3 See P. Z. S. 1893, p. 172.

* Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol xxi. p. 192.

5 Cf. Hulke, loc. cit. description of figs. 4,6, 7, and 9.

° Goette, as is well known, confirmed Rathke’s discovery of this “ Anlage” in

the young lizard. The contradictory arguments which have been based upon

its supposed distinctuess or non-distinctness in this or that animal lose their

force to-day in the tendency of recent research to demonstrate, more and more

clearly, that the three great elements of both the pectoral and pelvic girdles

are at first independently differentiated. (Cf. especially the papers of Miss

Lindsay in P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 692, and of Mebnert in Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xiii.

p: 293, & Bd. xv. p. 110),

There can, I think, be little doubt that the Rathke-Parker conclusion that the

dermo-clavicular elements are in the Chelonia represented by the ecto- and ento-

plastra is correct. It appears to me highly probable that in these animals the

claviculo-coracoid apparatus has undergone a kind of analysis into its consti-

tuent elements, and that the precoracoid (in the non-differentiation of a distinct

endosteal centre within its substance, such as Gegenbaur first described for

man himseif) has become ossified by an extension of the acromial tract. Baur

has lately proposed to term this apparent acromion a‘ proscapula’ (cf. Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci, Philad. 1891, p. 424), a by no means inappropriate term, if a

new one be necessary. ,

586 PROF, G. B. HOWES ON THE CORACOID [June 20,

Edentates alone excepted) either abuts against or is confluent

with the scapular element, and its acromion when differentiated’. It

is thus seen that the same term has been applied to a localized

outgrowth of the coracoid element most variable in its differentia-

tion, and to a distinct element of invariable relationships. The

different usages of the term epicoracoid have been productive of a

precisely similar confusion, as I have elsewhere pointed out*. If,

as is most desirable in the progress of anatomical science, distinct

substantive names are to be applied to distinct structures, the

terms precoracoid and coracoid must in the future be used to

distinguish a portion of the ventral half of the shoulder-girdle

which is from one which is not related to the clavicle. Upon

this principle the term epicoracoid can only apply to the Mam-

malia, and those Anomodontia * in which the coracoid is segmented

into two perfectly distinct parts which ossify independently.

In commenting upon my proposal to restrict the term epicoracoid

to the element so named by Cuvier in the Monotremes and its

serial homologue, and the term precoracoid to the cartilaginous

clavicular bar and its representative, Mr. Lydekker remarks that

“this emendation, if properly authenticated,” he would have been

willing to accept. I presume that by “ properly authenticated ”

he means tenable upon the accepted rules of priority in nomencla-

ture? If so, 1 would ask what would be the outcome of the

application of these, with their rigid restrictions, to the terminology

ot, say, the elements of the carpus and tarsus, or the muscles of

the limbs, so variable in both their characters and detailed

relationships? Confusion worse confounded, ‘ progress’ but not

scientific advancement, would, I venture to think, ensue.

Having proposed to reject the term epicoracoid, and to restrict

the term coracoid to the element thus left nameless, Mr. Lydekker

suggests the term ‘metacoracoid’ for the Cuvierian coracoid of

Monotremes, and the ‘ coracoid epiphysis’ of the higher mammals

which I have claimed as its homologue. J would no less gladly

accept his proposals than he would my own, but for the following

very grave consideration. The observations of Goette and others

leave no doubt that the coracoid and epicoracoid of the Mammal

on the one hand, and the single so-called coracoid of the Amphibia,

living Reptilia, and Birds, on the other, are derivatives of that

1 Tt is interesting to note that Bradypus tridactylus, in the adult of which the

clavicle is par excellence attached to the coracoid, is the very mammal in the

young of which Hoffmann has detected the primary continuity between the pre-

coracoid and acromion. (Niederl. Arch. f. Zool. Bd. y. p. 37.)

2 Loe. cit. pp. 196, 197.

3 With the possible exception of the Ichthyosauria and Nothosauria, in

accordance with Seeley’s recent observations. My friends in the Natural History

Museum have accorded me the privilege of examining Prof. Secley’s specimens,

and I entirely agree that an unossified ventro-dorsal continuation of the

Ichthyosaurian coracoid was present in the region in which he believes it to

have been. It seems to me, however, that the notion that a separate (distinctly

segmented) epicoracoid existed must remain in abeyance, until at least its

impress shall have been discovered in the matrix.

1893.] OF THE TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATA. 587

portion of the coracoidal skeleton not involved in the clavicular

apparatus, and to its homologue the term coracoid is applied in all

the lower Vertebrata, whether it be ossified or not. What, then,

are we to term this, if Mr. Lydekker’s system is to endure? The

context of his paper suggests coracoido-metacoracoid as a likely

term ; but before that could be introduced it ought to be shown

that the single ‘ coracoid’ of living Lizards, which is coincident

in area with the conjoint coracoidal elements of Anomodonts and

Mammals, is the product of fusion of these. No one has yet

demonstrated the remotest trace of more than a single centre of

ossification in the Lacertilian coracoid; while, on the other hand,

its double ossification in the Mammalia, in its non-abbreviated

form (Ornithorhynchus), is preceded by its segmentation while still

cartilaginous. Mr. Lydekker’s proposals might perhaps be accepted

were the Mammalia and Anomodontia alone concerned. Anatomical

terminology, however, unlike nomenclature in systematics, must

needs be applicable to all classes of this or that sub-kingdom ; and

it has therefore to cover a very wide range of structural variation.

These considerations, together with those which I have already

raised, appear to me fatal to the acceptation of Mr. Lydekker’s

terms, which seem no more tenable than the application of the

human anatomists’ term ‘scapula’ to the coraco-scapular ‘ blade-

bone,’ into which he lapses in his final footnote on p. 174, and

which, on grounds of sheer priority, should be adhered to. We are

dealing with a common (coracoidal) cartilage, which is in some

animals replaced by a couple of osseous elements, and in others

by but one. Setting aside the precoracoid and clavicle, the

ultimate homologies of which are by no means yet fully worked

out, our present requirements may be met by the retention of the

universal term coracoid for the entire set of structures (i.e. the

cartilaginous ‘coracoid’ bar and its derivatives), with the introduc-

tion of, say, the terms unicoracoidal and bicoracoidal for its diversely

modified types, and the retention of Cuvier’s epicoracoid for its

anterior and Lydekker’s metacoracoid for its posterior segment in

the latter one. Upon this basis, the sum of our knowledge of the

eoracoid of Amphibia and Amniota may be formulated asfollows :—

Coracoid.

i. unicoracoidal. Amphibia, all living Reptilia, Aves.

ii. bicoracoidal. Some Anomodontia, Mammalia, Ich-

thyosauria and Nothosauria (?).

A simple alternative would be the description of the common

coracoid as either uni- or bi-segmented; but this, for obvious

reasons, would be insufficient. The arrangement which I here

propose admits of the retention of the human anatomists’ term

‘coracoid process’ as all-sufficient for the requirements of the

systematic mammalogist, who, except for his concern with the

Monotremes, deals with the vexed element only in its most abbre-

viated and vestigial conditions.

PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE CORACOID [June 20,

IL. As to the Mammalian Coracoid.

A leading feature in Mr. Lydekker’s paper is the presumed

demonstration that in Bradypus the “ so-called epicoracoid enters

to a small extent into the formation of the glenoid cavity.” He

urges this, in forcible opposition to an assertion of my own that

“the exclusion of this element from the glenoid facet is one of its

most characteristic features ;”’ and from the context of his paper the

reader would be prone to conclude that I had laid this down as a

condition characteristic of all Mammals. In my original paper, to

which the assertion he transcribes is but a casual allusion, I

expressly stated’ that in the higher Placentalia the so-called epi-

coracoid ‘‘ comes to enter into the formation of the glenoid facet in

proportion as the coracoid bar is suppressed, ” adding that ‘‘ the

latter structure retires from the scene as the ‘coracoid epiphysis’

of human anatomists.”’

Mr. Lydekker asserts that in both the Dicynodont and the

Bradypodine the ‘so-called epicoracoid enters to a small extent

into the formation of the glenoid cavity;” but while his figure of

the former depicts it as contributing an altogether insiguificant

share in the cavity, that of the latter represents it as contri-

buting wellnigh one linear half of it. There is an incongruity

here; and in proceeding to deal with it I incorporate some

observations upon the Mammalian coracoid which have accrued

since my former paper was written.

My friend Mr. Oldfield Thomas has generously allowed me to

examine the materia] which passed through Mr. Lydekker’s hands.

The latter gentleman infers that the coracoid of Sloths consists of

but one element (his so-called coracoid, Co’, see figs. 1 d, 1 e), therein

implying that that element which I have claimed as the homologue

of the Monotreme’s coracoid (his metacoracoid) is in them absent.

There is in our National Collection a blade-bone of Cholepus

didactylus (fig. 1 e) in which both coracoidal elements are well

represented; and it will be noted that the epicoracoid (Co’) is

completely excluded from any share in the glenoid facet, like that

of both the Monotreme and the Rabbit, on comparison of which I

originally sought to reduce the pectoral girdle of all Mammals toa

uniform plan of structure. I find the metacoracoid (Co''), which

effects this exclusion, represented in a very young Bradypus

cuculliger by 2 feebly constituted fragment of bone (Co", fig. 1 d)

wedged in between the epicoracoid and scapula. The epicoracoid

in this specimen is remote trom the actual glenoid border, there

being present at this period of growth a considerable tract of

cartilage (the dotted area of fig. 1 d), into which the epi- and meta-

coracoidal centres are alike free to extend.

The condition of this specimen is very nearly that of the Rabbit

(fig. 1 a) when first the metacoracoid (Co) appears. The

period of independent duration of this bone is, in the Placentalia,

* Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. xxi. p. 193.

1893. ] OF THE TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATA. 589

exceedingly brief (from two to three weeks in Lepus) ; it arises late,

extends rapidly, and first ankyloses, no less summarily, with either

the scapula or epicoracoid. It is therefore a difficult structure to

detect, unless we examine a large series of specimens of all ages.

In view of these facts, the further study of the Bradypodine girdle

can alone show what is the actual share of the coracoid centres in the

adult glenoid cavity of that animal ; but, be the outcome of this what

The Coracoid Apparatus.

la. Lepus, one month after birth ; 14. Lepus,7 weeks, both x 13. le. Sciurus

vulgaris, juv. ; 1d. Bradypus cuculliger, juv., both x 2. Le. Cholepus

didactylus, half-grown, nat. size. 1/f. Tamandua tetradactyla, front

view, adult, x 14. 1g. Tatusia novemcincta, inner aspect, X13. Lh.

Ateles marginatus, X14. 1%. Cebus sp., X 13. 1%. Homo, 14-15

years, modified from Sabatier, 4 nat. size.

ae. Acromion. Co', Epicoracoid. Co'’. Metacoracoid. Se. Seapula. ep. Seapu-

lar epiphysis. fo. Coraco-scapular foramen.

it may, the condition of the Choleepine girdle (as here figured) shows

that the interpretation of Lydekker cannot hold good for the

Sloths as a series. In justice to myself, I am therefore compelled

to add that, so far as the point immediately at issue is concerned, the

ground traversed by Mr. Lydekker has been already covered in my

earlier communication, and I regret that in my later one, which he

cites, I did not add, after the words ‘‘ most characteristic features,”

at any rate in its non-reduced form.

I have observed the existence of a distinct metacoracoid in the

590 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE CORACOID [June 20,

young of members of six orders of Placental Mammals (see the list

given below). I give figures of some of my specimens, and it

will be noticed that there is evidence of independent parallelism

of reduction of the bone named. The conditions suggest that

the differences between the Cholepus and Bradypus figured may

be akin to those between Cebus and Homo, Lepus and Sctuwrus, and

that the Edentata may be on a variational equality with other

orders in respect to the reduction in question.

To turn finally to the well-known overgrowth of the Edentate

epicoracoid and scapula, for enclosure of the so-called coraco-

scapular foramen. Lydekker merely alludes to the similarity in this

respect between the Edentates and Dicynodonts. So far as I

am aware, this peculiarity is invariable only in certain Edentata

and Cebide’, among living Mammals, and a similar condition is

well known to occasionally occur in Man. Prof. Bland Sutton

has instituted comparisons? between the human blade-bone thus

modified and that of the Sloth, and in so doing he has remarked®

“T am disposed to the view that the transverse ligament in Man

is the fibrous representative of this bony bridge constant in Sloths,

and that the occasional occurrence of a complete osseous foramen in

this situation is not to be regarded as an ossification of the transverse

ligament, but as a reversion to a former condition.” The known

facts of morphology lend no support whatever to this view. Were

it tenable, the embryonic scapula of Man should bear an expanded

if not an actually perforated prescapular lamina, which it does not *.

The entire absence of the prescapular lamina in the Monotremes

and Anomodontia, and the fact of its known increase of expansion

during development in Man and in some few other Placentalia, go

far towards proving that its overgrowth to meet the epicoracoid must

be in all cases secondary ; and they testify to an independent paral-

lelism of modification in the two great classes of animals. The

condition occasionally met with in Man may be closely paralleled

by the Tapir among placental quadrupeds.

The Bradypodines are remarkable for the secondary association

of the clavicle with the coracoid (see above, p. 586). In the Choloe-

pines the apex of the acromion becomes inwardly rotated, and,

together with the clavicle and coracoid, bound up in a dense fibro-

cartilaginous mass*. In Cycloturus the scapula differs from that

of all other Edentata but some Armadillos (ex. Dasypus minutus)

in the inward rotation of its antero-ventral border. As viewed from

the front (see fig. 26, p.591), this is very conspicuous. I find, on

examination, that this peculiarity is associated with the presence of

a very powerful ligament (/g.) which passes between the body of the

adult acromion and the scapula, enclosing a foramen above. In

1 In Ateles marginatus (fig. 1h) (not in A. melanochir), Brachyteles, and

Lagothriz.

» «Ligaments, their Nature and Morphology.’ London, 1887.

3 Op. cit. p. 6.

4 Cf. Parker's Ray Soc. Monogr. pl. xxx. figs. 9 and 12,

5 Cf. Parker, op. cit. pl. xxi. figs. 10 and 22.

1893.] OF THE TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATA. 591

my own specimen this ligament is superficially calcified, and the

acromion is vertically enlarged at its point of origin, in a manner

suggestive of a tendency on the part of this.bar to fulfil the

function of the overgrown epicoracoid of Cholepus, Bradypus, and

other genera. In Cholepus the two conditions coexist. I have

long desired to work out the detailed anatomy of the Edentate

axilla in its bearings on these facts, but the necessary fresh

material has not been obtainable. I cannot help thinking, how-

ever, that they point to the conclusion that the condition of the

coraco-scapular apparatus in Bradypus which Mr. Lydekker has

described is due to one of a series of adaptive changes which that

of the Edentata has undergone in relation to the modification of

their fore limb and pronounced peculiarities of life. Certain it

The blade-bone of Cycloturus didactylus. 2a, from the

side; 20, from the front. x 14.

ac. Acromion. co. Coracoid process. /g. Acromio-scapular ligament.

is, that, except for the joint possession of a bicoracoid, the re-

semblances between the Edentate and Dicynodont blade-bones are

indicative of nothing but a parallelism of adaptive change; and it

is interesting to meet with this in two great groups of animals

the ancestors of which we to-day seek independently among the

lower Anomodontia.

I append a list of those Placentaliain which I have observed the

metacoracoid, and have much pleasure in tendering my thanks to

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, of the Natural History Museum, and to

Prof. ©. Stewart and Mr. R. H. Burne, of the Royal College of

Surgeons, for permission to examine the collections under their

charge.

Epenrata. Bradypus cuculliger, Myrmecophaga, Tamandua

tetradactyla, Tatusia novemcincta—Uneutata. Cervulus reevesi,

Equus.—Ropvuyt1a. Celogenys paca, Lepus cuniculus, L. timidus,

592 LIBUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON NEW [June 20,

Sciurus vulgaris.—SiRENIA. Manatus americanus, Halicore aus-

tralis(?)—CARNIVORA VERA. Arctictis binturong, Cercoleptes:caudivol-

vulus, Felis lynx, Lutra vulgaris, Viverra malaccensis.— PRIMATES.

Ateles melanochir, A. sp., Brachyteles sp., Cebus sp., Chiromus, Cyno-

cephalus babuin, C. maimon, Homo, Lagothrix sp., Lemur macaco,

Macacus cynomolyus, M. silenus, Mycetes auratus, Semnopithecus

maurus, S. schistaceus.

I find that one extreme term in the series of modifications to

which the Mammalian coracoid is susceptible is reached in the

Edentata (Tamandua, fig. 1 f, and Tatusia fig. 1 g, p. 589), viz.

the complete exclusion of the scapula from the fully-formed glenoid

facet, by the fusion and joint extension of the metacoracoid and

scapular epiphyses (Co” and ep., figs. 1 f, g, h). I have only observed

this peculiarity in Ateles marginatus and Lutra vulgaris among the

higher forms which I have examined. Its independent assumption

in them appears, by analogy, to lend additional support to the

belief that the overgrowth of the epicoracoid and scapula to enclose

the so-called coraco-scapular foramen (fo., figs. 1 d, e, A) is a

secondary and independently acquired character.

8. On some new Species of the Land-Molluscan Genus

Alyceus from the Khasi and Naga Hill Country,

Assam, Munipur, and the Ruby Mine District, Upper

Burmah; and on one Species from the Nicobars.

By Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Avsten, F.R.S., F.Z.S8., &e.

[Received June 20, 1893.]

The present paper is to a great extent a continuation of one I

read before the Society last year’ describing the Diplommatine

from the Assam Hill Ranges which Mr. Doherty’s excellent

collecting had accumulated.

The Alycei now described include those which Mr. Doherty

obtained in North Burmah, one species which I discovered myself in

Munipur, and another of which examples have lately been sent to

me by Colonel Beddome, who received them from Mr. Muspratt,

au officer now stationed in the Naga Hill Country. I also take

this opportunity to describe a new species of the same genus of

which an example, found by Mr. Busby at the Nicobars, was in

Dr. Hungerford’s fine collection.

In 1871 (J. A. 8S. B. 1871, pl. iv. fig. 3) I figured an Alyceus

from the Naga Hills as “A. ingrami, var.” A comparison of it

with typical specimens of A. ingrami now shows me that it is quite

distinct, and | therefore name it A. distinctus. I referred to the

same species again in 1874 (J. A. S. B. 1874, p. 150) and gave

the many localities where I had subsequently obtained it. I have

lately received from Col. Beddome, also from the N aga Hills,

1 See P. Z.S. 1892, p. 509.

1893.] SPECIES OF THE LAND-MOLLUSCAN GENUS ALYCEUS. 593

examples of the same shell, which have led me to recompare the

two forms.

1. ALYCEUS BI-RUGOSUS, n. sp.

Locality. Khasi Hills and Munipur (in coll. Godwin-Austen).

Shell globosely turbinate, rather openly umbilicated ; sculpture

smooth on upper whorls, regular close ribbing on the swell of the

last; colour pale ochraceous or ruddy brown; spire conoid,

rounded at apex; suture impressed; whorls 4, the last not

swollen, contracted in front of the rather short sutural tube,

then enlarging again into two parallel ridges, which adjoin the

aperture ; aperture ovate, angular above and below, rounded on

the inner margin.

Operculum pale in colour, smooth in front.

Size: maj. diam. 3:0; alt. axis 1:25 mm.

The specimens were found in the Khasi Hills, but the exact

locality is not recorded. One specimen I obtained south of the

Barak River on the road from the Naga Hills to Munipur.

Although this shell, in size and most of its characters, is like

A. multirugosus, G.-A., of the Naga Hills, it differs materially, more

especially in the form of the aperture and in the ridges on the

expanded portion of the last whorl.

2. ALYCHUS SUBCULMEN, nD. sp.

Locality. Naga Hills (W. Doherty, in coll. Aldrich).

Shell globosely turbinate, solid, closely perforate; sculpture,

smooth on all the upper whorls and polished, close-set ribbing on

the swell of the last whorl ; colour dark ochraceous ; spire conical,

apex rounded, blunt; suture impressed; whorls 4, round, the

last swollen, contracted at base of a short sutural tube, then

rising into a depressed ridge, thence expanding and spreading to

the aperture; aperture circular, subvertical; peristome double,

much thickened, simple, continuous.

Size: maj. diam. 2°75; alt. axis 1°5 mm.

This is a very distinct species; in the solid rounded peristome

it approaches A. conicus from Jaintia and A. vestitis from the

Arakan Hills.

3. ALycxuS (DIORYX) GRANUM, 0. sp.

Locality. Margarita, foot of Eastern Naga Hills (W. Doherty,

in coll. Aldrich).

Shell perforate, globose; sculpture fine regular ribbing, closely

arranged and extending to the peristome; colour ruddy ochre;

spire subconical; suture well impressed; whorls 4, rounded, a

slight constriction in front of the short sutural tube; aperture

suboblique, circular; peristome double, the outer reflected

slightly.

Size: maj. diam. 2°25; alt. axis 2:0 mm.

This species is only half the size of its nearest ally, a variety of

594 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON NEW [June 20,

A, otiphorus from the wooded slopes of the North Jaintia Hills.

This variety was figured and described by me in the J. A. 8. B.

1871 (p. 93, pl. v. fig. 6). From Mr. Aldrich I have received

three specimens of it all fully grown, and as it is so much smaller

than the typical A. otiphorus from Sikkim (which is as much as

4-25 mm. in maj. diam.), I consider it necessary to give it a

distinct title. It is also more depressed and has fewer whorls,

and the umbilical area is more open than in the Darjiling form.

The form of the Jaintia Hill shell is again so very distinct from

that of the type species that I think it will be better to distinguish

it as A. granum, var. major.

4, ALYCEHUS MAGNUS, 0. sp.

Locality. Naga Hills, 150 miles eastward of Kohima (Muspratt,

in coll. Col. Beddome).

Shell globosely turbinate, rather closely umbilicated, thick ;

sculpture fine regular costulation next the sutural tube, becoming

finer and more irregular on the apical whorls ; colour, specimen

bleached ; spire conoid, rounded, apex blunt ; suture moderately

impressed, the sutural tube long and well developed ; whorls 5,

the last much swollen, the constriction near the base of the

sutural tube slightly swelling towards the aperture; aperture

oblique, circular, with a slight angulation above; peristome

double, continuous, strong, slightly expanded and reflected, the

inner with a flange on the umbilical margin.

Size: maj. diam. 11-0, min. diam. 8°8 ; alt. axis. 5°25 mm.

Two specimens of this shell have been submitted to me by

Col. Beddome, neither of them in the best state of preservation.

It is a giant, yet modified, form of A. nagaensis, from Asalu, but it

is more closely umbilicated and the costulation, for its greater

size, is much finer; it is also more globose and more rounded at

the apex.

5. ALYCEHUS RUBINUS, 0. sp.

Locality. Ruby Mines District, Upper Burmah (W. Doherty,

in coll. Aldrich).

Shell globosely turbinate, closely umbilicated, of thin texture,

the last whorl not much swollen ; sculpture very fine close ribbing

adjacent to the sutural tube, rest of shell smooth, with distant

fine strie ; colour olivaceous ochre; spire conic, sides rounded ;

suture impressed ; whorls 4, sides rounded, slightly constricted in

front of the sutural tube, which is fine and moderately long;

aperture oblique, circular ; peristome thin, reflected, the double lips

being scarcely perceptible, a slight nick on the inner upper margin.

Size: maj. diam. 6°0; alt. axis 5°0 mm.

6. ALYCHUS OCHRACEUS, 0. sp.

Locality. Ruby Mines District, Upper Burmah (W. Doherty, in

coll. Aldrich).

Shell sub-depressedly turbinate ; sculpture rather strong ribbing

7 =—7

1893.] SPECIES OF THE LAND-MOLLUSCAN GENUS ALYCXUS. 595

on the swollen part of the last whorl, on the apical whorls it is

close and fine; colour ochre; spire somewhat flattened, apex

blunt ; suture deep; whorls 4, the last moderately swollen ; sharp

constriction in front of sutural tube, followed by a strong ridge

which is contiguous to the crenulate peristome ; aperture circular,

suboblique ; peristome strongly crenulated, double; operculum

horny, a large central excavated circular space, surrounded by a pale

ring, well marked, rising above to the marginal portion.

Size: maj. diam. 45; alt. axis 15 mm.

The nearest known species allied to this is A. crenatus, of the

Khasi Hills, but the ridge behind the aperture in this last lies

further back with a short interval; the peristome is not so

strongly crenulate. A. plectocheilus of Darjiling is a much

smaller form.

7. ALYCEUS DOHERTYI, n. sp.

Locality. Momeit, Burmah (W. Doherty, in coll. Aldrich).

Shell globosely turbinate, solid, not umbilicated; sculpture

regular distant sharp costulation, closer and fine near the sutural

tube; colour stone, with pink apex; spire rather high, conoid,

rounded, apex blunt; suture impressed, the tube fine, rather long ;

whorls 43, the last swollen, constricted with a ronnded ridge

midway between the sutural tube and the peristome; aperture

expanded, ovate; peristome double, fine sharp crenulations on the

outer margin, rounded on the inner.

Size: maj. diam. 3°25; alt. axis 2°8 mm.

This is quite a new form, partaking in the constriction and

peristome of the characters of A. plectocheilus, crenatus, &e. Momeit

lies N.N.E. of Mandalay, about midway between it and Bhamo

and further east than Mogok in the Ruby Mine District.

8. ALYCEUS BUSBYI, n. sp.

Locality. Nicobars (G. Busby, in coll. Dr. Hungerford).

Shell turbinate, of tumid form, widely umbilicated ; sculpture

smooth, fine ribbing near the sutural tube and still finer below;

colour pale ochraceous ; spire moderately high, apex blunt ; suture

deep, the sutural tube short and thick; whorls 43, very rounded,

the last much swollen and compressed within the umbilical cavity,

constriction simple, slight; aperture oblique circular; peristome

double, the outer lip flat and expanding at right-angles to the

whorl.

Size: maj. diam. 7°5; alt. axis 3°0 mm.

This is the largest species as yet known from the Nicobar

Islands. I name it after its discoverer, who gave the specimen to

Dr. Hungerford ; its exact locality has not been recorded.

596 MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON A [June 20,

9. On a little-known European Viper, Vipera ursinii, Bonap.

By G. A. Bourenerr, F.Z.8.

[Received June 16, 1893.]

(Plate LI.)

About a year ago I received from my friend Dr. F. Werner, of

Vienna, a remarkable Viper from Laxenburg, which differed very

considerably from Vipera berus in its smaller eye, the small number

of rows of scales and of ventral and caudal shields, the shape of

the head, and the coloration. I requested my esteemed corre-

spondent to procure further specimens from the same locality, and

he was so kind as to send me five more, which showed clearly that

the differences by which I was struck were not individual. Quite

recently I received from Hr. Henkel, of Vienna, numerous

specimens from Laxenburg, which removed all my doubts as to

the specific distinction of this form from V. berus. Almost at the

same time the number of the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger’ for May 29th

came into my hands, containing the description of it by Prof. von

Méhely as a new variety of V. berus, from Rakos, on the left bank

of the Danube, near Budapest, which he names var. rakosiensis.

This name I therefore at once adopted, regarding the snake, how-

ever, as a distinct species, not as a variety’. In fact Prof. von

Méhely seems to me to singularly underrate the taxonomic value

of its characters in placing it as a variety between the typical form

and the var. prester, which is merely a melanism of the former. It

is true, however, that he appears to have overlooked two of the most

important characters of the new form, viz. the small eye and the

low number of ventral shields, although he draws attention to the

number and shape of the dorsal scales.

I will now proceed to the description of this remarkable Viper,

which should be called

VIPERA URSINII.

Pehas chersea vel ursinti, Bonap. Icon. Faun. Ital. (1835).

Pelias berus, part., Bonap. Amph. Eur., Mem. Acc. Tor. (2) ii.

1839, p. 440.

Pelias berus, var. wrsinii, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1859, p. 342.

1 On searching through the literature I soon after became convinced of the

identity of this V. rakosiensis with the “ Marasso alpino” of Bonaparte, a

species described from young specimens obtained by Signor Orsini in the

Abruzzi, near the province Ascoli. I am confirmed in this conclusion by my

friend Count Peracea, who has very kindly examined at my request the two

specimens from the Gran Sasso preserved in the Museum of the University of

Turin, and mentioned by Camerano under J. berus. These, he informs me,

have the eye very small, 19 rows of scales, 124 and 128 ventrals, 30 and 28

subcaudals. Bonaparte’s specimens, one of which is preserved in the Museum

of the Academy of Philadelphia, are stated to have 18 scales, 124-126 ventrals,

and 28-80 subcaudals.—July 27, 1893.

AWS retey Was lEkonon

UAT 92 ISP UO TUT

“dit 'sorg uzeTurl

at te EGsl, (G2

EE ——————————

1893.] LITTLE-KNOWN EUROPEAN VIPER. 597

Vipera berus, part., Camerano, Mon. Ofid. Vip. Ital., Mem. Acc.

Tor. (2) xxxix. 1888, p. 35, pl. i. figs. 16-18.

Vipera berus, var. rakosiensis, Méhely, Zool. Anz. 1893, p. 190.

Eye very small, its horizontal diameter not exceeding its

distance from the nostril, its vertical diameter not exceeding its

distance from the oral margin.

The shape of the head, which is smaller in proportion than in

V. berus, is remarkable for the somewhat pointed snout with its

very obtuse, although sometimes slightly raised, canthus. The

sincipital shields are constantly well developed, the frontal being

longer than usual in V. berus, its length considerably exceeding its

width, at least equalling its distance from the rostral, and usually

exceeding the length of the parietals; the frontal is usually sepa-

rated from the supraocular by a narrow shield or a series of small

shields ; rostral as broad as deep, or slightly deeper than broad, its

tip in contact with a single small (apical) shield, very rarely with

two; two canthal shields; upper preocular usually in contact with

the nasal; a single series of scales between the eye and the upper

labials; six to nine upper labials, usually seven or eight, third,

fourth, third and fourth, or fourth “and fifth below the eye;

usually only one labial, third or fourth, below the eye; six to ten

scales round the eye, usually eight or nine.

Scales in 19 rows, exceptionally 21 (21, exceptionally 19 or 23,

in V. berus), the dorsals narrower and more strongly keeled than

in V. berus; outer row perfectly smooth.

Ventrals 120 to 135 in males, 125 to 142 in females. On 70

specimens of V. berus I find 187 to 148 yentrals in males, 135

to 155 in females.

Subcandals 30 to 37 in males, 23 to 28 in females. In V. berus

I find 33 to 41 shields in males, 26 to 35 in females.

Length of tail 7 to 8 times in the total length in males, 94 to

11 times in females.

The following are the measurements, in millimetres, and records

of the numbers of scales and shields in 40 specimens from

Laxenburg :—

/ |

| |

Sex. igen! ae of | Seales. | Ventrals. | Caudals. |

3 20 55 19 135° pees

a] 400 50 19 130 | oo

4 370 50 19 ie ipa

i 370 ee ai yogi. facts 32 |

= 350 ie Ble 129 32

is 350 45 19 G20 tau oe

; 330 Fag KC T2120

“ 320 40 197 los 451 30

: 295 43 19; 132 | 34

255 BT) | 1S he a 86

‘ 240 Soe al wats 132 37

rf 220 )] . 30),|, 2 19+ {Se ee 36

| } | Oils

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. XL. 40

598 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A [June 20,

TABLE (continued).

Sex. Tenth. iene mk of } Scales. | Ventrals. | Oaudals.

fe} 500 50 19 134 27

3 455 45 19 134 24

2 450 45 19 136 24

2 450 45 19 142 24

: 440 Atenas 19 136 27

ie 440 APE Sage SY. 18H 25

: 430 45 19) 6+ 2138 23

< 430 45 19 135 24

* 430 40 | mek 133 26

; 420 Ae iy vio 137 23

$ 420 AG | O1 | S185 22

> 410 49 9 134 25

3 400 | 40 9.4 37 2 |

A 400 40 19 133 25 /

. 400 2005 4.) 19 136 25

. 390 40 19 136 28

3 380 40 19° Seo R80 26

375 37 19 137 25

re 365 35 19 136 24 |

m 320 35 19 132 26

a 290 28 19 13, 24 |

f 225 30 19 135 25

5 275 30 19 135 26

; 275 ? 20 125 ?

is 250 27 19 139 25

% 205 23 19 126 25

38 195 20 19 134 24

is 190 20 19 132 24 |

As regards the coloration, which has been very well described

by Prof. v. Méhely, I must observe that Vipers generally vary so

much, both individually and according to localities, that little

reliance is to be placed, for specific distinction, on that character.

V. ursinit resembles more in colour V. renardi, Christoph’, from

the Kirghiz Steppes and Turkestan, than the true JV. berus;

it further agrees with this Russian species in showing no marked

sexual differences of colour. A series of large, dark brown,

black-edged, transverse, oval or rhomboidal spots, which may or

may not be confluent into a zigzag band, extends along the

1 Vipera renardi (Pelias renardi, Christoph, Bull. Mose. xxxiv. 1861, ii. p. 599)

further agrees with V. wrstnit and differs from JV. derus in the pointed

snout, the single apical shield in contact with the rostral, and the upper pre-

ocular usually in contact with the nasal. In J. berws there are normally two

so-called apical shields; in the whole of my material I find only 7 specimens

(or 10°/,) with a single one. The diameter of the eye exceeds its distance from

the nostril ; the canthus rostralis is angular and raised, rendering the upper

surface of the snout concave; the sincipital shields usually well developed, the

frontal narrow and longer than the parietals; 8 or 9 upper labials, fourth or

fourth and fifth below the eye. The scales are in 21 rows, strongly keeled, the

outer row smooth or faintly keeled. Ventrals: ¢, 130-144; 92 187-150.

Subcaudals: ¢ 32-86; 9 27-84.

_— .e

1893.] LITTLE-KNOWN EUROPEAN VIPER. 599

spine and is relieved by the pale olive-grey or yellowish colour of

the dorsal area; the sides are darker, brown, with longitudinal

series of small dark brown spots; head with the usual black

markings; lips uniform yellowish; lower parts black, spotted with

white, or grey, spotted or chequered with black and white; tail

but rarely tipped with yellow; throat yellowish white in both

sexes.

Herr L. von Kirchroth, of Médling, who has collected large

numbers of this Viper, kindly supplies me with the following

information respecting its occurrence near Vienna :—

This Viper is distributed from Laxenburg westwards as far

as the eastern slope of the Anninger Hills, southwards as far

as Traiskirchen and Tribuswinkel. Its chief habitat is in the

immediate vicinity of Laxenburg, where it is found in extraor-

dinary numbers. The intendant of the Imperial Castle pays a

premium for the destruction of Vipers, and in the course of last

year more than 1000 specimens were brought to him. These

snakes are found principally, though not exclusively,in the marshy

meadows around the park ; but few occur in the park itself. They

feed chiefly on Lacerta agilis and also on mice. The largest male

examined by Herr v. Kirchroth measured 410 millim., the largest

female 450.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI,

Vipera ursinii, female, with enlarged upper and side views of head.

wt alee

‘A voters

Pigg

¢ a

Saws be aveote }

ae le

Si or * a

<> Lye he See t&

oe Ve oo) *y e

ContTENTs (continued).

June 6, 1893 (continued).

Page

a o

1. On certain Points in the Anatomy of Parrots bearing on their Classification. By Frank

H, Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., and F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S, (Plate XL.) .......-.... 507

2. On some Horns belonging, apparently, to a new Form of African Rhinoceros. By P. L.

Scratrer, M.A., Ph.D, F.R.S., Secretary to the Society -. 1... 1s. eee e ceca cece en 514

3, On sori Bird-bones from the Miocene of Grive-St.-Alban, Department of Isére, France.

By R. LivpeKger. (Plate XLT.) -... cee cece ee cece e ee deere reece re teen eens 517

4. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians obtained in Borneo by Mr. A. Everett and

Mr. C. Hose. By G. A, Boutencrr. (Plates XLIT-XLIV.) ......-....... 0 eee. §22

June 20, 1893.

Mr, Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two eggs of the Oape Coly (Colius capensis)

laid in the Society’s Gardens ........+-. DPaseisa We’ eleislelsareis eS Selpieaietieesniatees ia: 528

The Hon. Walter Rothschild. Exhibition of a series of the Parrots of the Genus Cyano-

rhamphus and Description of a new Species ...... 6600s. eteeee eee Pomp k.cs cores iets 529

Mr. W. Bateson. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an abnormal foot of a Calf .......... 530

Mr. F. E. Blaauw, C.M.Z.S8. Extracts from a letter addressed to the Secretary, containing

remarks upon the breeding of the Ypecaha Rail and Darwin's Rhea in confinement ..

Dr. C. J. Forsyth Major. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a subfossil Lemuroid skull from

Madagascar... 3s: cesvessccs veces Raia Daa bs gk G Re aTOTR nye Fin pinks ole wipe eta bea 3 58

1A Monogra: h of the Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis. By Hamruron H. Drvcs, F.Z.S.,

and G. T. Buraunz-Baxur, F.L.S. (Plates XLV.-XLVIL.) wseseeee see reece eeee

- 2. Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies from the Island of St. Thomas, West Africa.

By Emmy Mary Suarre...... alsin bias be Baia anes a ecsishd dtbcaiy ai tetea y) vhs gk sre DRA Bi nttel aoe

_ 8. On the Dentition of a Gigantic Extinct Species of Myliobatis from the Lower Tertiary

Formation of Egypt. By A. Suita Woopwarp, F.Z.S. (Plate XLVIIL) ........

4, On the Cranial Osteology of the Mesozoic Ganoid Fishes, Lepidotus and Dapedius. By

A. Smita Woopwarp, F.Z.S, (Plates XLIX. G&L.) 60... 0. cece cece ee ee ees

5. A List of the Coleoptera, of the Family Cleride, collected by Mr. Doherty in Burmah

and Northern India, with Descriptions of new Species; and of some Species from

Borneo, Perak; &c:, from the Collection of Alexander Fry, Esq. By Rev. H. S.

Goruam, F.ES., F.Z.8., &. ....00..- Peete ee beaten ence tenes scebersereneee es

6. On the Dates of the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique’ (Zoology). By C. Davies Suersorn and

Fy EE A OUI RRR se yp cance cde ose oe piel a Non wah wins epiepeaetm Cie vie! aac ee pate a antes

7. On the Coracoid of the Terrestrial Vertebrata. By G.B. Howns, F.Z.S.,F.L.8:, Assistant

Professor of Zoology, Roy. Coll. Sci. Lond..........:++-4+05- Ves te Oke ate nis he ao

8. On some new Species of the Land-Molluscan Genus Alyceus from the Khasi and Naga

Hill Country, Assam, Munipur, and the Ruby Mine District, Upper Burmah ; and on

one Species from the Nicobars, By Lt.-Col. H, H. Gopwin-Ausren, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.

te]

. Ona little-known European Viper, Vipera ursinii, Bonap. By G. A. Bovunnncsr, F.Z.8.

(Plate: EE) Yee sincias crce alse neine ae ene Ree ian Outen hee ere ts

eee beers

531

536

553

558

566

582

585

592

. 596

LIST OF PLATES.

1893.

PART III.

Plate Page

XXXIIT. Cercopithecus brazze ......... CLR NaS Wei pe igre cvie, 441

XXXTV. Cervus thoroldi-:..... ras FLEES SO Se Ee Cee CE TOR 444

XXXYV;

XXXVI. | The Dentition of the Macropodide ........ Sete as whee 450

XXXVII : :

XXXVIII. New Species of Pleurotomide. ..-.....s ess. EAs pes AST

XXXIX. Female Water-buck and Young (1898) ....++-s0+see+0+:+ 505 -

XL. Syringes of Psittaci. ©. ...-........4. picts eit Sa ea | Pinedo Sees

XLI. Bird-bones from Grive-St.-Alban ....00.-.ccceeveeeeeee IT

XLII. Fig. 1. Draco maximus ;. Fig. 2. D. ‘uieh fais Seek Seo bat

XLII: 1,2. Rana cavitympanum; 3. Rana latopalmata. 4. Bane | ;

whitshondit7i wc hap ae Se oe

XEIY.. Rhacophorus otilophus «2.2.6.6 .. ees eee nee Se J

XLY. : ‘

XLVI, | Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis «.....-.++ aa 1 536

XLVII. 2 : : em

XLVIII. Myliobatis pentoni. ......0..:se.00e eee: aia ea ewan 558

eo | Mesozoic Ganoid Fishes’ -.....+-¢22..: ER ave eee 559

LI. Vipera ursinii ....... Lia kien mae te ae oe sy shets cele wits Bi. Seen

NOTICE.

The ‘Proceedings’ are issued in fowr parts, as Bins shtes

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.

i = %; » March and April, on August Ist.

it. = e: ,, May and June, on October Ist...

IV. = > ». November and December, on April Ist,

ry A eg Re TP) "ee

a hi ‘ Rf nie us ‘ = é

Sie $ & Mo pe

ha EY ‘ 1s 3

{ e 4 f

PROCEEDINGS

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1893.

PART IV.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

NOVEMBER anp DECEMBER.

APRIL 2nd, 1894.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,

PATERNOSTER-ROW. |

[Price Twelve Shillings. } mg

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART IV.—1893. :

June 20, 1893 (continued).

Page

10. On the Orthoptera of the Island of Grenada, West Indies. By C. Brunner vy. WaATT-

NW peel lates bil Lehi arcs te GOSS oe See uty Ras dg SS Bina LS he wcen one eT 599

November 7, 1893.

The Secretary. Report on the ey to ai Boniety: 8 Managers 3 in June, J ee AER

and September, 1893". BSS hi gore von

~ OL

Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the Zoological Gardens of Stuttgart, Frankfort, and Cologne... 613

Mr. J. G. Millais, F-Z.S.. Letter from, containing remarks upon his endeavours to obtain a

White Rhinoceros in Mashonaland

Babu Ram Bramha Sinyél, C.M.Z.8. Letter from, containing remarks upon a hybrid Monkey

between Semnopithecus es WT EL AEO2S ACHISLULUS ia vrei ow tiaiagsline'g, MEET OS Ca Ook eevee 615

Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon the breeding of Monkeys, during the last rons years, in the

Society NS AFGrdGMR. «TR oS Pee Re ee FS Ea OS DERE, tas ogee . 615

Mr. Tegetmeier. Exhibition of a mounted specimen of a hybrid Crate ae tee Seat Se3 616

Mr. G. A. Boulenger. Abstract of a Memoir on a Nothosaurian Reptile from the Trias of

Lombardy, apparently referable to Lariosaurus oc. cece ee cece ee asec eens tussnees 616

1. Second Report on the Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes transmitted by Mr, H. H. John—

ston, O.B., from British Central. Africa. By Dr. A. Ginrnor, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8. ¢

(Plates TEVA oS ars sige Satay ee, Sed we GUIS Seen Oeics gee ae. 616

2. Descriptions of the Reptiles and Fishes collected by Mr, E. Coode-Hore on Lake Tan- ;

; ganyika. By Dr. A. Gintner, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. (Plate LVIIL.).......+0.+....... 628

3. On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells transmitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, 0.B.;

from British Central Africa. By Epear A. Suitu. (Plate LIX.) :....... Perey he tS)

4. Descriptions of two new Species of Shells of the Genus Ennea.: By Evear A. ‘Swrru « . 642

5. On two Collections of Lepidoptera sent by H..H. Johnston, Esq., C.B.; from British ae

Central Africa. By Arrnur G. Borzer, PhD. FLS, EZS, &e. (Plate LX) .. 643

6, On the Chilian Hymenoptera of the Family Odyneride. By Epwyn ©. Reep, C.M.Z.S.. 685 ——

7. On anew Species of Drepanis discovered by Mr. R. OC. L. Perkins... By Aurrep Newron, —

F.Z.S8. (Communicated on behalf of the joint Committee, appointed by the Royal —

Society and the British Association, for the Zoological Exploration of the Sandwich

Islands.)

ee ee ek era | er ee

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

PZS.1893.PL. LL

Redtenbacher del ThBannwarth lith.et imp Vienna.

OpDTrR A ATTO,RTATIUA

JIRTHOPTERA OF GRENADA.

\ TPIT

1893.] LITTLE-KNOWN EUROPEAN VIPER. 599

spine and is relieved by the pale olive-grey or yellowish colour of

the dorsal area; the sides are darker, brown, with longitudinal

series of small dark brown spots; head with the usual black

markings; lips uniform yellowish; lower parts black, spotted with

white, or grey, spotted or chequered with black and white; tail

but rarely tipped with yellow; throat yellowish white in both

sexes.

Herr L. von Kirchroth, of Médling, who has collected large

numbers of this Viper, kindly supplies me with the following

information respecting its occurrence near Vienna :—

This Viper is distributed from Laxenburg westwards as far

as the eastern slope of the Anninger Hills, southwards as far

as Traiskirchen and Tribuswinkel. Its chief habitat is in the

immediate vicinity of Laxenburg, where it is found in extraor-

dinary numbers. The intendant of the Imperial Castle pays a

premium for the destruction of Vipers, and in the course of last

year more than 1000 specimens were brought to him. These

snakes are found principally, though not exclusively, in the marshy

meadows around the park ; but few occur in the park itself. They

feed chiefly on Lacerta agilis and also on mice. The largest male

examined by Herr vy. Kirchroth measured 410 millim., the largest

female 450.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.

Vipera ursinii, female, with enlarged upper and side views of head.

10. On the Orthoptera of the Island of Grenada, West Indies.

By C. Brunner v. Wattenwy .!

[Received May 27, 1893.]

(Plate LIL.)

[The Society published last year (P. Z.S. 1892, p. 196) a memoir

by Hofrath C. Brunner v. Wattenwyl and Professor J. Redten-

bacher on the Orthoptera of the island of St. Vincent which those

distinguished entomologists had been so good as to prepare at the

request of the Joint Committee appointed by the Royal Society

and the British Association to investigate the Fauna and Flora

of the West Indian Islands.

I have now, on behalf of the same Committee, the pleasure of

offering to the Society a paper by Herr Brunner v. Wattenwyl

enumerating the Orthoptera of the neighbouring island of Grenada.

Fifty-five species have been obtained there, nineteen of which were

not met with in St. Vincent, eight of the number being described as

new species. Of this order St. Vincent, on the other hand, possesses

62 species, 27 of which have not been found in Grenada.

It would at first sight appear from these facts that there is a

1 [Communicated by D. Snare, F.R.S., F.Z.S., on behalf of the Committee

for investigating the Fauna and Flora of the West Indian Islands. }

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XLI. 4]

~ en ee ee

;

600 HERR C. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF [June 20,

very considerable difference between the Faunas of these two

islands so far as Orthoptera are concerned, but I think the

apparent great diversity may probably be found to be due to

some extent to differences in the collecting that has been carried

on in the two islands. The same collector, Mr. H. H. Smith,

formed the collection from both islands, but it is understood

that the one he procured while in St. Vincent is more complete

than that which he formed in Grenada. If so, on the hypothesis

that other of the St. Vincent species remain to be found in

Grenada, the difference between the two islands may possibly be

found to consist of the fact that Grenada has a richer Orthopterous

fauna than St. Vincent possesses. Whether this really be the

case, and if so, whether it be due to the much greater proximity

of Grenada to the mainland cannot, however, be satisfactorily

discussed until the data shall be much more complete than they

are at present.

List of such of the Orthoptera of Grenada as have not been found in

St. Vincent, with notes on their geographical distribution.

DERMAPTERA.

Psalis americana, Pal. St. Domingo.

. Spongophora, sp. n.

BLaTToODEA.

. Anaplecta lateralis, Burm. 8S. America.

Chorisoneura mysteca, Sauss. Centr. and S. America.

Phyllodromia notata, sp. nu.

. Pseudophyllodromia albinervis, sp. n.

Ischnoptera occidentalis, Sauss. St. Domingo, Centr. and

S. America.

. Pelmatosilpha marginalis, sp. n.

. Periplaneta australasie, Fabr. Wide distribution.

. Latindia castanea, sp. 0.

. Peraspheria rufipes, sp. n.

HOOD NOR o

ACRIDIODEA.

. Osmilia celestis, Burm. Centr. and 8. America.

. Anaulacomera antillarum, sp. n.

et ee

G bo

GRYLLODEA.

. Nemobius cubensis, Sauss. Cuba and Centr. America.

. Paragryllus rex, Sauss. Brazil.

. Pareécanthus sp. (immature).

. Podoscirtus modestus, sp. n.

. Metrypus claudicans, sp. n. :

heros, sp. n. (D.S.)]

fet pad peek fe ed

OOO ST > OV

1893.] THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 601

List of Orthoptera of the Island of Grenada, W. I., by C. BRUNNER

v. WarTEenwyL, March, 1893.

Fam. DERMAPTERA.

(Determinata a Doct. A. DE BoRMANS.)

Genus Psauis, Serv.

1. P. ampricana, Palisot de Beauvois.

Forf. americana, Pal. de Beauy. 1805, Ins. rec. en Afrique et Am.

p- 165, Orth. tab. xix. fig. 1.

Patria: Balthazar, Grand Etang.—Occurrit in. St. Domingo

(Pal. de Beaww., Serv., Se.)

Genus Lapra, Leach.

1. L. arcuata, Scudd.

Patria: Balthazar, Grand Etang, Chantilly.—Occurrit etiam in

ns. St. Vincent et alibi.

2. L. BRUNNEA, Scudd.

Patria: Chantilly, Mount Gay, St. John’s River.—Occurrit

etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.

Genus SponecorHora, Serv.

1. Sp. sp. nov.

Patria: Grand Etang.

Fam. BLATTODBA.

Tribus Eoropiip®.

Genus AnapLzcra, Burm.

1. A. LATERALIS, Burm.

A, lateralis, Burm.; Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 65.

Patria: Chantilly Estate——Occurrit etiam in Colombia, Costa

Rica, Buenos Aires (coll. Br.).

Genus CHorisonnuRA, Br.

1. C. mysruca, Sauss.

Ch. mysteca, Sauss; Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 258.

Patria: Mirabeau Estate (windward side).—Occurrit etiam in

Mexico (Sauss.), Bogota (coll. Br.).

Tribus PHYLLODROMIID &.

Genus PHYLLODROMIA, Serv.

1. P. apspERSIcoLtis, Stal.

Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in insulis St. Vincent et

Cuba (Bol.), in Brasilia et Mexico (Stal, coll. Br.).

41*

602 HERR C. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF [June 20,

2. P. DELICATULA, Guér.

Patria: Balthazar.—Ocecurrit etiam in insulis St. Vincent et

Cuba (@uérin).

3. P. NoraTa, sp. n. (Plate LII. figs. 1 a, 6.)

Caput atrum, fronte pallide testaceo, lineola fusca inter oculos

signato, antennis fuscis. Pronotum marginibus lateralibus sat

deflewis, margine postico leviter rotundato, disco fusco, antice et

latere testaceo-circumdatum, ante marginem posticum vitta trans-

versa testacea ornatum. FElytra fusco-ferruginea, margine antico

toto testaceo-pellucido. Ale infumate, vena spuria valde cur-

vata, vena ulnari antica bi- vel uniramosa, campo apicali

triangulari distincto. Pedes pallide testacei. Abdomen superne

fuscum, pallide marginatum, subtus pallidum, utrinque vitta

lonontudinali fusca, in 3 in puncta soluta, ornatum. Segmentum

abdominale dorsale septimum ¢& sine impressione. Lamina

supraanalis 3 transversa, medio leviter emarginata. Lamina

subgenitalis g ampla, haud compressa, stylo wnico instructa.

Cerci fusci. SO.

do.

Long. corporis ...... 9°5 millim.

a5. prodobi Jee j523 2:5

Lat. daaet-, UGS RRRN eas 3°5

Long. elytrorum .... 10

Patria: St. George’s (lee side), Balthazar (windward side).

Genus PsEUDOPHYLLODROMIA, Br.

1. P. ALBINERVIS, sp. n.

Caput latum, pronotum valde superans, castaneum, fascia pallida

inter oculos signatum. Antenne castanece. Pronotum valde

transversum, marginibus lateralibus hyalino-testaceis, margine

antico albido, disco elliptico castaneo, medio vittis duabus longi-

tudinalibus albidis ornato, margine postico anguste albido.

Elytra castanea, venis albidis, margine antico hyalino-testaceo.

Ale flavo-hyaline, venis ferrugineis, vitta fusca pone marginem

anticum extensa, vena ulnari antica wniramosa, campo apical

triangulari plicato. Pedes pallide testacei, unicolores. Abdo-

men ferrugineum. Cerci ferrugine. Lamina supraanalis Q

transversa. Lamina subgenitalis triangulariter emarginata. 9 .

Long: ‘corporis’... 7 millim.

= proupbiy: {a2 a8

Lat. peven! A RA. 2°8

Long. elytrorum ...... 7:5

Patria: Mount Gay Estate (leeward side).

Species multiplices hujus generis ex America meridionali pro-

venientes facile distinguuntur coloratione et pictura pronoti

elytrorumque.

1893.] THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 603

Genus IscHNoprpra, Burm.

1. I. occrpnyTatis, Sauss.

I. occidentalis, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p- 141.

Patria: Mount Gay Estate, Balthazar (windward side).—Oc-

currit etiam in Mexico, St. Domingo, Peru (coll. Br.).

Hoe genus, abundans speciebus imperfecte descriptis, revidendum

est.

Tribus EPrLAMPRID®,

Genus Epiuampra, Burm.

1, E. Brevis, Br.

, brevis, Brunner, Orth. of the Island of St. Vincent (Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond., March 1892, p. 203, tab. xv. fig. 3).

Patria: Balthazar (windward side).—Occurrit etiam in ins. St.

Vincent.

Nonnulle larve ex eodem loco proyenientes, huic speciei attri-

buende, differunt corpore castaneo, pronoto et metanoto castaneis,

marginibus lateralibus testaceis.

Tribus PeRIPLANETID ©.

Genus PrnMatosinpHa, Dohrn.

1. P. Mar@inaLis, sp.n. (Plate LIL. fig. 2.)

Caput magnum, a pronoto totum absconditum, atrum, nitidum,

fascia ferruginea arcuata inter oculos ornatum. Pronotum

parabolicum, postice truncatum, atrum, nitidum, utrinque fascia

longitudinal, intramarginali ferruginea signatum. Elytra ab-

breviata, rotundata, in o segmentum sextum abdominale vig

superantia, fusco-castanea, cornea, venis viv distinctis. Alc

elytris parum breviores, castaneew. Femora ferruginea, margine

antico necnon apice fusco-picta. Tibie et tarsi atri. Lamina

supraanahs 3 transversa, trapezoidea, margine postico levissime

emarginata. Lamina subgenitalis g transversa, rotundata -et

lenter emarginata, utringue styls instructa. Ceres longi,

atrt. .

Long. corporis.... 18-22 millim.

» pronoti .... 6-7

(LT ihe ane ea 7:8-8'5

Long. elytrorum.. 9°5-10°5

Long. fem. post... 5-6°5

Patria: Balthazar (windward side).

Genera Eurycotis, Stal, et Pelmatosilpha, Dohrn, in “ Révision du

Syst. des Orth.” (Ann. del Museo civico hist. nat. di Genova, s. 2,

vol. xiii. 1893, p. 34), in ordinem redacta, comprehendunt species

Americanas, olim generibus Polyzosterie et Periplanete adjunctas.

Stylopyga antillarwm, Br. (Orth. of the Island of St. Vincent,

p- 204), in genus Zurycotim locanda.

604 HERR ©. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTHRA OF [June 20,

Genus PrrIPLaAnera, Burm.

1. P. AuUsTRALASI®, Fabr.

P. australasie, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 233.

Patria: Balthazar.

Tribus PANCHLORID®.

Genus Pancntora, Burm.

1. P. viripis, Burm. ?

P. viridis, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 273.

Patria: Mount Gay Estate (leeward side).—Occurrit etiam in

ins. St. Vincent, Cuba, et alibi.

Genus LeucopHma, Br.

1. L, surtvamensis, L.

L. surinamensis, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 278.

Patria: Grenada.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.

Genus NavpHoéta, Burm.

1. N. pavieata, Pal.

NV. levigata, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 278.

Patria: Grenada.

Tribus CorypIIp”.

Genus Latinptia, Stal.

1. L. CASTANEA, sp. n.

Unicolor, opaca, castanea, tota holosericea. Pronotum angulis

posticis rotundatis. Llytra angusta, abdomen superantia,

venis parum distinctis. Pedes graciles, testacei. 9°.

Long. corporis...... 4-5 millim.

a: PYOBOUE orion. « 15

Lat. 99 see eae 1:3

Long. elytrorum .... 5

Patria: Balthazar.

Tribus PERIsPHZRILDZ.

Genus PrrasPHm@RiA, Br.

1. P. RUFIPES, sp.n. (Plate LILI. fig. 3.)

Elongata, valde convexa, atra, nitida, impresso-punctata. Caput

atrum, fronte lata, valde depressa ; antennis, labro et palpis rufo-

Serrugineis. Pronotum parabolicum, disco inequali, marginibus

antico et lateralibus anguste limbatis, margine postico truncato.

Elytra lobiformaa, lateralia mesonotum haud superantia, profunde

punctata, latere externo limbato. Pedes breves, rufo-ferruginet.

Cerct minimi, rufi, apice nigri. Q.

ih as A

1893. | THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 605

Long. corporis...... 28 millim.

sy LOR c's a's 8°5

Lat. ey islets tek 9°5

Long. elytra........ 4

o TeM. Poste: oc .4

Patria: Balthazar.

Fam. MANTODBA.

Tribus Manvip 2.

Genus Musonia, Stal.

1. M. surinaMA, Sauss.

Patria: Balthazar, St. George’s Riv., Mount Gay Estate.—Oc-

currit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.

Tribus VAariID&.

Genus PaRAsTAGMATOPTERA, Sauss.

1. P. nopreges, Redt. (Plate LIL. fig. 4.)

P. lobipes, Redt. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 206, tab. xv. fig. 8.

Femina, in loco citato haud descripta, differt a mure pronoto denti-

culis marginalibus fortioribus, necnon disco tuberculis minimis

ornato, elytris opacis viridibus, campo deflexo valde dilatato,

pone medium latissimo, campo dorsali stigmate albido, macula

minima fusca apposita instructo, alis fluvo-tessellatis, femoribus

intermediis et posticis apice magis infuscatis et lobo majore

instructis, tarsis fuscis.

Long. corporis...... 45 millim.

qorpronott ..i 240 165

» elytrorum .... 25

» femor.ant,.... 13

a ae, so DONb- a kee

Patria: Mount Gay Estate, Granville (windward side).—Occurrit

etiam in ins. St. Vincent.

Mares et feminz occurrunt interdum femoribus totis viridibus.

Fam. PHASMODBEA.

Tribus BacuNcULIDZ.

Genus CLoNIsTRia, Stal.

1. C. neyEaRis, Drury (?).

Patria : Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent.

606 HERR C. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF [June 20,

Tribus BAcTERIID.

Genus Bacteria, Latr.

1. B. cypuus, Westw.

Pairia: Caliveny Estate (windward side).—Occurrit etiam in

ins. St. Vincent.

Genus D1apHpropEs, Gay.

1. D. e1e@as, Drury.

Patria: Grenada.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.

Fam. ACRIDIODBA,

Tribus TETriGIp®.

Genus Terrrx, Charp.

1. T. qguapRiunDULATUs, Redt.

T. quadriundulatus, Redt. P. Z.S8. 1892, p. 208, tab. xvi. fig. 10.

Patria: Mount Gay Estate, Caliveny Estate, Balthazar.—Oc-

currit etiam in insula St. Vincent.

Tribus TRYXALID 2.

Genus OrpPHuLA, Stal.

1. O. puncrata, De Geer.

Patria: Balthazar, Mount Gay Estate.—Occurrit etiam in ins.

St. Vincent et alibi.

Tribus ACRIDIID.

Genus ViLErNa, Stal.

1. V. =NxEO-octLATA, De Geer.

Patria: Lake Antoine Estate, Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins.

St. Vincent et alibi.

Genus Caeres, Redt.

1. C. aprerus, Redt,

C. apterus, Redt. P. Z.S8. 1892, p. 210, tab. xvi. fig. 11.

Patria: Balthazar—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent.

Genus Scuistocerca, Stal.

1. 8S. conumerna, Thunb.

Patria: Mount Gay Estate, Caliveny Estate.—Occurrit etiam in

insula St. Vincent et alibi.

Genus Osmitia, Stil.

1. O. canzstis, Burm.

Acridium celestre, Burmeister, 1839, Handb. ii. p. 634.

Patria: Balthazar, Chantilly Estate, Mount Gay Estate— Oc-

currit etiam in Honduras, Peru, Brasilia (coll. Br.).

1893. ] THH ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 607

Fam. LOCUSTODBEA.

Tribus PHANEROPTERID®.

Genus ANAULACOMERA, Stil.

1. A. ANTILLARUM, sp. n.

Vicina A. harpaginis, Br.

Frons rotundata. Fastigium verticis superne tuberculatum, sul-

catum. Fastigvum frontis obtusum. Pronotum lobis defleais

aque altis ac longis, margine inferiore rotundato. Elytra

pallide viridia, ramo radiali medio oriente, ante medium furcato.

Femora antica et intermedia subtus submutica. Femora

postica subtus, margine externo a medio, margine interno

apice spinulosa. Segmentum abdominale ultimum § am-

plum, truncatum. Cerci g longi, fleauosi, apice compressi,

acuminati, im quarta parte basali ramo interno valde

deplanato, apice attenuato et incurvo instructi, necnon medio

denticulati et in quarta parte apicali altero ramulo depresso,

acuminato, apice incurvo ornati. Lamina subgenitahs 3 apice

angustata, emarginata. Ovipositor longiusculus, medio parum

dilatatus. SQ.

d- s

Long. corporis...... 15 18 millim.

3) = pronotie. 65'e. 4 4

» @lytrorum .. 29 31

Lat. » medio 55 6

Long. femorum post. 16 16°5

» OVipositoris .. 9°3

Patria: Balthazar, St. George’s (leeward side), Mount Gay,

Grand Ance.

Genus STinpNocHLoRA, Stal.

1. S. MARGINELLA, Serv.

Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent necnon

in tota America meridionali.

Genus Microcentrum, Scudd.

1. M. patiipum, Br.

Patria: Balthazar, Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St.

Vincent, Cuba, Martinique, necnon in Colombia.

Tribus PSEUDOPHYLLID &.

Genus Brrastas, Stal.

1. B. supmreus, Redt.

Bl. superbus, Redt. P. Z.S8. 1892, p. 211, tab. xvi. fig. 12.

Patria: Balthazar, Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St.

Vincent.

= eS a. Se

=, ~~ ¥

608 HERR C. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF [June 20,

2. B. strionata, Redt.

B. striolata, Redt. P. Z.8. 1892, p. 212, tab. xvi. fig. 13.

Patria: Balthazar.—Oceurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent.

Tribus CoNOCEPHALID 2,

Genus ConocEePHatus, Thunb.

1. C. eurrarus, Serv.

Patria: Chantilly Estate—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent,

necnon in Mexico, et alibi.

2. C. muticus, Redt.

C. muticus, Redt. 1891, Monogr. d. Conocephal. (Verh. d. k. k.

zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, p. 393).

Patria: Mount Gay Estate-—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent

et Cuba (Redz.).

3. C. MAXILLosus, Serv.

Patria: Mount Gay.—Occutrrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, Cuba,

St. Domingo, necnon in Guyana, Brasilia, et alibi (Zedt.).

4, C. myFuscarus, Scudd.

Patria: Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, Cuba,

et in Panama, et alibi (#edt.).

5. C. puncripgs, Redt.

Putria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent.

6. C. suRINAMENSIS, Redt.

Patria: Caliveny Estate-—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et

in Guyana.

Genus XIPHIDIUM, Sery.

1. X. sanrator, Sauss.

Patria: St. George’s, Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St.

Vincent et Cuba, necnon in Panama, Colombia, Venezuela, Guyana,

Brasilia, Uruguay (Redt.).

X. fascuatum De Geer (Redt. 1. c. p. 506), certe cum hac specie

congruit.

2. X. ProprInguuM, Redt.

Patria: Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, nec-

non in Guatemala, Venezuela, et alibi (Redt.).

Tribus SreNoPELMATID ®.

Genus Prurrerts, Br.

1. P. cupensis, De Haan.

Patria : Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, Cuba,

Haiti et in Brasilia (Brunner).

1893. ] THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 609

Fam.GRYLLODBA.

Tribus GRYLLOTALPID 2.

Genus GryLioraLpa, Latr.

1. G. HExaDacTYLA, Perty.

Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.

Genus Tripacryius, Oliv.

1. T. muyutus, Scudd.

Patria: St. John’s River (leeward side), St. George’s, Mount

Gay Estate-—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, necnon in Texas,

Illinois (coll. Br.).

Tribus GRYLLIDZ.

Genus Nemostus, Serv.

1. N. cupnnsts, Sauss.

N. cubensis, Sauss. 1870, Mission sc. au Mexique, p. 384, tab. vi.

fig. 5.

Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in Cuba, Mexico (Sauss.),

Costa Rica, New-Orleans (coll. Br.).

Genus Grryuuus, L.

1. G. assmriis, Fabr.

Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.

Tribus MyRMECOPHILID 2.

Genus Eorapoprrts, Guer.

1. E. anvintarum, Redt.

E. antillarum, Redt. Orth. of St. Vincent, p. 218, tab. xvu.

fig. 16.

Patria: St. George’s, Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St.

Vincent.

Tribus CEcaNnTHID &.

Genus PaRaGRYLLUus, Sauss.

1. P. REx, Sauss.

P. rex, Sauss. 1877, Mél. Orth. fase. vi. p. 553, tab. 16.

fig. xli. 1.

Patria: Black Forest Estate.— Occurrit etiam in Brasilia

(Sauss.).

610 HERR C. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTHRA OF [June 20,

Tribus TRIGONIDIID#.

Genus Cyrroxrpuus, Br.

1. C. virratrus, Bolivar.

C. vittatus, Bolivar, 1888, Orth. de l’Ile de Cuba (Mém. Soe.

ent. de France, i. p. 44).

Patria: Balthazar, St. George’s, Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in

ns. St. Vincent et Cuba.

Tribus ENEOPTERID#.

Genus Paroncantuvs, Sauss.

1. P. sp.inc. Larva.

Patria: Balthazar.

Genus Orocnaris, Uhl.

1. O. eryttopss, Pallas.

Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, in

Texas, Mexico, St. Domingo, et alibi.

Genus Poposcrrros, Serv.

1. P. MODESTUS, sp. n.

Parvus, valde affinis P. cicuri, Sauss., et rufidulo, Sauss., ex

insulis Philippinis et Nova-Caledonia provenientibus. Fulvo-

testaceus. Antenne fulue. Elytra unicoloria, in longitudinem

venosa, quadrato-reticulata, vena mediastina 4-ramosa, Ale

breviter caudate. Pedes unicolores. Metatarsus posticus mar-

gine eaterno 4-spinulato, margine interno 2-spinulato. Ovipositor

valvis apicalibus nigris, obtusis. 2.

Long. corporis ...... 8 millim.

ght PLonOta: Sesh 2

» elytrorum.... 10

», femorum post.. 6°5

» Ovipositoris .. 55

Patria: St. George’s.

Genus Merryprvs, Br.

1. M. cuavproans, sp. n. (Plate LIT. figs. 5a, 6.)

Fulvo-testaceus, holosericeus. Ocellus anticus vie perspicuus.

Palporum articulus ultimus ovatus, infundibuliformis. Elytra

venis fuscis, campo laterali haud reticulato, vena mediastina

7-ramosa, campo dorsali in longitudinem venosa, inter venas

irregulariter reticulato. Femora antica dilatata, marge

supertore arcuato. Femora postica apice parum attenuata.

Tibie postice crasse, superne deplanate, dense spinulose,

1893. ] THD ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 611

spims majoribus raris. Tarsi postici brevissimi, subobliterati,

metatarso tantum apice utrinque unispinato. Ovipositor apice

acuminato, valuula superiore margine externo subtilissime ser-

rulato, valuula inferiore apice truncato, margine externo 5-6

dentato, margine interno levi. 9.

Long. corporis ..... . 20 millim.

ae TPEOMGUE ys Seat ere ae

oy CLYUPORUEE. «(stabs 15

35.) remor., post.’ 25... 125

Pe posts” *, Aaetees 12°5

fae ONEDOSs 6 secre sts 11

Patria: St. George’s.

Hee species distinguitur campo dorsali elytrorum irregulariter

2. M. HEROS, sp. n. (Plate LIL. fig. 6.)

reticulato, et precipue tibiis posticis et tarsis deformibus.

Magnus, fulvus, holosericeus. Ocellus anticus distinctissimus.

Palporum articulus ultimus ovatus, infundibuliformis, Elytra

vers parum fuscioribus, campo laterali quadrato-reticulato,

vena mediastina 9-ramosa, campo dorsali in longitudinem venoso,

inter venas irregulariter reticulato. Femora antica parum

dilatata. Femora postica crassa. Tibie postice utrinque

confertim spinate, spimis majoribus 4-5 wmterpositis. Meta-

tarsus posticus superne margine externo 4-spinato, margine in-

terno unispinato. Ovipositor apice breviter truncato, valvula

superore margine externo subtilissime serrulato, valvula inferiore

margine externo dentato. ©.

Long. corporis ...... 35 millim.

VU EOUMEee ies ctet , OO

49 CLV TEOERIM, chess» 30

49 ALOMOL PGR Hep alas 21.

» tibiarum post... 165

59) ON OS atara) Seiets:< = 16

Species magnitudine insignis.

Patria: Balthazar.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.

Fig. 1a. Phyllodromia notata (p. 602), 3.

1. Ejusdem ala dextra.

2. Pelmatosilpha marginalis (p.603), 3.

3. Perispheria rufipes (p. 604), 2.

4. Parastagmatoptera lobipes (p. 605), 2.

5a. Metrypus claudicans (p. 610), 2

55. Hjusdem tibia postica sinistra.

6. Metrypus heros (p. 611), 2.

612 HH SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THR MENAGERIB. ([Noy. 7,

November 7, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made

to the Societys Menagerie during the months of June, July,

August, and September, 1893 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of June were 146, of which 71 were by presentation, 24 by

purchase, 24 by birth, and 27 were received on deposit. The

total number of departures during the same period by death and

removals was 106.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. Four South Island Robins (Miro albifrons) from New Zealand,

presented by Captain Edgar J. Evans, June 6th, being the first

examples of these interesting Antipodean representatives of the

European Robin that have reached us.

2. An adult male of Stairs’s Monkey, Cercopithecus stairsi, pre-

sented by Mr. F. Hintz on June 7th.

It is of great interest to receive a second specimen of this well-

marked Monkey, which I have lately described from a specimen

living in the Society’s Gardens (see P. Z.S. 1892, p. 580, pl. xl.).

In reply to inquiries, Mr. Hintz informs me that the Monkey

was brought by his brother from Mozambique about eight years

ago. When first obtained it was quite young and only about 20

inches in length; it is now obviously quite adult and agrees

generally with the figure above referred to. It measures in length

of body about 18 inches, tail only 7 inches, the apical portion

of the tail being absent: in colour it nearly resembles the

first specimen, having the same characteristic rufous bands on

each side of the head; but it also shows a patch of rufous on

the rump, just above the tail, which was not noticeable in that

specimen.

The arms outside are black-grey, the hands quite black; the

legs outside are grey ; the feet are not quite so black as the hands ;

the back of the shoulders is dark grey, the back itself, especially

the lower part, of a yellowish grey; the anal region and about 3

inches at the base of the tail are rufous; the scrotum is very dark

blue (indigo): the inner side of the limbs and the belly are milky

white; the face is black. There are two patches of chestnut-

coloured hair on the forehead, next the ears, as in the former

example. The whole of the hair of the upper parts is minutely

grizzled.

Compared with the young female figured P. Z.S. 1892, pl. x1.,

the present animal is more darkly coloured. It has not the

yellowish back such as the young female had.

3. A family of six European Beavers, consisting of a male, a

female, and four young ones, from the Lower Rhone, purchased

(of Mr. Vergnier Cantarel, of Toulouse, and received) June 29.

I am not aware that specimens of the European Beaver (Castor

oe . oe

1893.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL MENAGERIES. 613

jiber) have been previously exhibited in the Society’s Gardens.

In general appearance these animals are certainly easily distinguish-

able from the American form, of which we have several specimens,

being much browner in colour.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of July were 165 in number ; of these 58 were acquired by

presentation, 44 by purchase, 44 by birth, and 19 were received on

deposit. The total number of departures during the same period

by death and removals was 115.

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the

month of August were 208; of these 130 were acquired by presen-

tation, 13 by purchase, 14 by birth, 1 by exchange, and 51 were

received on deposit. The total number of departures during the

same period by death and removals was 137.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of September were 96 ; of these 54 were acquired by presen-

tation, 21 by purchase, 8 were bred in the Gardens, and 13 were

received on deposit. The total number of departures during the

same period by death and removals was 108.

Amongst the additions I may invite special attention to the

following :—

1. A young Corean Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus branickii), obtained

direct from Corea by the authorities of the Zoological Gardens of

Hamburg, and purchased from them Sept. 21st. The example is

very small in size, but is apparently a young male of this species.

(Cf. Bolau, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 173.)

2. A fine specimen of the Great Grebe of Antarctic America

(4chmophorus major) in full plumage, new to the Collection,

obtained by purchase. I exhibit a coloured drawing of this bird,

which is the first specimen of the species that I have seen alive,

Ialso take this opportunity of exhibiting a living example of

the Goliath Beetle (Goliathus druryi), which was presented to the

Society by Mr. Frederic W. Marshall, of Reed Vale, Teignmouth.

Mr. Marshall informs me that he received this insect alive, but

weak, on the 16th May last. It was brought to him from Eastern

Akim, some 4 or 5 days’ journey from Accra.

It seems to do well in our Insect House, and feeds readily on

melon. It has also eaten grapes and very ripe pears, but prefers

melon to any other food. It drinks tea and cocoa.

The Beetle is of course well known, but, so far as | am aware,

no living specimen has previously been brought to England. The

present example has been figured in the ‘ Field,’ Oct. 21, 1893, p. 607.

Mr. Sclater offered a few remarks on the Zoological Gardens

of Stuttgart, Frankfort, and Cologne, which he had visited during

the past summer.

In Herr Nill’s little garden at Stuttgart were observed good

examples of Struthio molybdophanes from Somaliland, and a fine

and very tame pair of the Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata).

In the Zoological Garden of Frankfort, where Dr. Seitz had

614 MR. J. G. MILLAIS ON RHINOCEROS SIMUS. [Nov. 7,

lately become Director, there were a pair of the Black-tailed Gnu

(Connochetes gorgan), a male and two females of Cobus sing-sing,

and examples of Galidia elegans and Bucorax abyssinicus. The

series of German native birds was large and contained a specimen

of Melanocorypha yeltoniensis, and of several other species rarely

seen in captivity.

In the Zoological Garden of Cologne there were many fine

Antelopes—Hippotragus equinus, Cobus sing-sing, Oryx leucoryx

(3,2,et Qjr.), and Bubahs mauritanica (3,2 ,2, 2 jr.),—besides

examples of such scarce mammals as Bassaris astuta (3g et 2),

Ursus ornatus, and Microcebus myoxinus. Amongst the birds

Mr. Sclater had noticed specimens of Geophaps plumifera, Crax

albini, Plectropterus niger, Anas andamanensis, Haliaétus branickia,

and Chunga burmeisteri.

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to Mr.

Sclater by Mr. J. G. Millais, F.Z.S., dated “ Kroonstad, Orange

Free State, September 19, 1893 ” :—

** T have been all this year far in the heart of Eastern Mashona-

land, searching for that much-desired creature the White Rhino-

ceros (Rhinoceros simus), and, though I did not get one, I found

what was most undoubtedly its spoor and droppings. I do not at

present wish to particularize the place too exactly, but it lies in

the most horrible thirst-land on the earth, and it was only with

considerable difficulty that I managed to get back to one of the

big rivers, having nearly died of thirst. I took a small wagon,

which I and our old Dutch hunter had constructed out of

wheels and logs, and this we found the donkeys could hardly pull

through the dense bush, which must be passed through to get to

this unholy country. On arriving at the pan where a biack hunter

had told me the animals drank, we found that it was dry, and

though the spot was still damp we could do nothing but make all

possible haste back to the mountains, to obtain water for ourselves

and our emaciated beasts. To make matters worse, my companion

was seized with dysentery. Moreover, a lion came in the night

into a native village and killed three of my best donkeys. Thus

we got stuck a week without being able to move, having a real

bad time with the natives, who saw our condition and would have

stolen everything of value if they could.

‘“* Tam quite sure the Rhinoceroses could be obtained, from what I

learnt from the natives, but the country would have to be ap-

proached from an entirely different direction and with pack-

donkeys.

‘*« The natives know and describe the two species of Rhinoceros

quite correctly. One, the white, which they call m’combo, they say

feeds only on grass, has a square mouth, and the females drive

their calves in front. The black is much more savage, feeds on

bushes, has a long lip, and the calves follow the mother. This

shows that they know the animal well, although they admit that

it is scarce.”

1893. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERCOPITHECUS LALANDII. 615

The Secretary read the following extract of a letter addressed to

him by Babu Ram Bramha Sanyal, C.M.Z.S., dated Zoological

Garden, Caleutta, July 27, 1893 :—

“T am not aware whether closely allied species of Semnopitheer

have ever interbred anywhere. They are rather exclusive in their

ideas in respect to matrimonial relationship. Anyhow, such an

event has just happened in this Garden. The Phayre’s Leaf Monkey

(Semnopithecus phayrei, Blyth) has given birth to a young one—a

lovely little babe, of a delicate light orange colour. As there has

been no other male in the same cage except the S. cristatus, there is

no doubt of the young one being a hybrid between these two species.

These Monkeys have been living together since 1880, and although

they agreed very well, they were never observed to be over friendly.

Even now the male does not appear to take any interest in the

offspring.”

A drawing of the mother, and young one at two weeks old, was

exhibited.

In the course of some remarks on the preceding communication,

Cercopithecus lalandii (mother and young).

Mr. Sclater stated that during the past ten years five Monkeys of the

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XLII. 42

616 REPTILES ELC. FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [Nov.7,

genera Macacus and Cercopithecus had been born in the Society’s

gardens, namely : —

Macacus sinicus, April 2, 1885.

Macacus rhesus, April 6, 1887.

Cercopithecus callitrichus, Feb. 22, 1890.

Macacus rhesus, March 31, 1890.

Cercopithecus lalandii, June 11, 1893.

Concerning the last birth a curious fact had been observed and

reported by the keepers—that the young monkey, which lived about

two months, had been in the habit of sucking both of the mother’s

teats at once, as shown in the sketch taken by Mr. Holding (see

p- 615), who had himself witnessed the act.

Mr. Tegetmeier exhibited a mounted specimen of a Grouse from

Scotland, supposed to be a hybrid between Tetrao tetriv and

Lagopus scoticus.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, I’.Z.S., read a paper ‘‘ On a Nothosaurian

Reptile from the Trias of Lombardy, apparently referable to

Larwsaurus.” His description was based on a small, nearly perfect

specimen from Perledo, showing the ventral aspect, belonging to

the Senckenberg Museum in Frankfort-on-Main, which had been

intrusted to him by the Directors of that institution and was

exhibited before the Meeting. The author pointed out the presence

of a series of minute teeth on the pterygoid bones, and of an

entepicondylar (ulnar) foramen in the humerus. The number of

phalanges was 2,3,4,4,3 in the manus, and 2, 3, 4,5, 4 in the

pes ; the terminal phalanx was flattened and obtusely pointed, not

claw-sbaped. In discussing the affinities of this reptile the author

stated that the Lariosaurus described by Diecke did not appear to

be generically distinguishable from the Neusticosaurus of Seeley,

which he referred to the Lariosauride, regarding that family as

intermediate between the Mesosauride and the Nothosauride,

though nearer the latter. The Mesosauride, in his opinion,

formed one suborder, the Lariosauride and Nothosauride together

a second suborder, of the order Plesiosauria.

This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Second Report on the Reptiles, Batrachians, and -Fishes

transmitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., from British

Central Africa. By Dr. A. Ginrusr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[Received November 7, 1893.]

(Plates LIII.—LVIL.)

Since the publication of my first Report on this subject (see

P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 555) two more consignments have been received

tS 12 fe gaia eal laegewr i

rogers

Mintern Bros. imp.

R.Mintern. & J.G, del. et hith.

CHROMIS ~SQ@QUAMIPINNIS.

RMintern &J.G del. et lth.

A. CH. JOHNSTONI

PLZ, Sle sere esas

Mintern Bros. imp.

CHROMIS.

iS, Cll SOS OC My MEWS (Cx (Cie WMS Mey S Mlle IAL a

EEN

Pog i lees,

imp .

Mintern Bros.

R. Mintern & J.G. del, et lith.

is) IGieVSVOIMUNSy (NE Msti als OST

ZX CINE UOIMONS) Ia RUS BS IN Ors

P. 2.8 1683 220 ow

CAA ins

OO ae

és Mad

RMintern & J. G del.et hth. cf Mirtern Bros. imp.

AS CEE O@OMiS Khris B. HEMICHROMIS LIVINGSTONII.

C. CHROMIS WILLIAMSI

“Hav SINOUHDINGH A SNLSHAOW SINOYMHOINAH V

% i HT PSP 9 Pe MeTYL

‘dust ' soag w2ze FUT

TAT teh SGeb Seed

PART OF

‘NYASA LAND

Séale 1° 2.000000

ENGLISH MILES

- 19 oO

AUK ioan

Hann”

masa

Sig gga ai OES

FE. S.Weller.

Mar or Soutnern NYASATAND.

618 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, AND [Nov. 7,

from Mr. Johnston through Mr. Sclater. The Reptiles and Batra-

chians, having been collected in nearly the same localities as those

of the first consigument, represent the same species which were

described in the first Report, but with the addition of several

others new to the Nyasa district. They will be enumerated

below.

The most important portion, however, of this consignment

consists of Fishes from Lake Nyasa. Since the year 1864, when

I described the skins collected and prepared by Livingstone’s

companion, Sir J. Kirk (see P. Z. S. 1864, p. 303), nothing has

been done to advance our knowledge of the Fish Fauna of this

Lake. The only specimens which have reached me were collected

in 1891 by the Rev. J. A. Williams, who kindly presented them to

the British Museum; they are noticed in the present report.

The specimens collected by Mr. Whyte, the naturalist attached to

Mr. Johnston’s staft!, are unfortunately of small, many of very small

size ; but they reveal the remarkable fact, which has also been

observed in much smaller freshwater areas, like Lake Tiberias, that

the genera Chromis and Hemichromis are represented in the same

river-basin not by one or two, but by a considerable number of

species closely allied to, but readily distinguishable from, each other.

T’o judge from the manner in which these fishes were distributed

in the collecting-jars, the various species inhabit the same localities.

To the list of species already given in my former report the

following have to be added :—-

CHELONIANS: Cycloderma frenatum (Ptrs.) ; Sternotherus sinu-

atus (Smith).

Lizarps: Lygosoma sundevalli (Smith); Gerrhosaurus flavi-

gularis (Wiegm.); Hemidactylus mabouia (Moreau); Chameleon

dilepis (Gray); Chameleon melleri (Gray).

Snakes: Coronella olivacea, var. dumerilit (Gthr.) ; Dasypeltis

scabra (L.); Psammophis sibilans (L.) ; Psammophis sibilans,

var. intermedia (Fisch.); <Ahetulla neglecta (Ptrs.); Dryiophis

oatestt (Gthr.) ; Naja nigricollis (Rnhdt.) ; Causus rhombeatus (L.) ;

Clotho rhinoceros (Schleg.).

Barracuians: Rana johnstoni, sp. n.; Cassina senegalensis

1 [Mr. Alexander Whyte, F.Z.S., who fills the post of Naturalist and Horti-

eulturist urder Mr. Johnston in the Central African Adininistration, is resident

at Zomba, the seat of the Administration, which is situated on the south-east

slope of Mount Zomba, close to the Mlungusi Stream, and is therefore in the

watershed of Lake Shirwa, not in that of the Zambesi (see the article on

Routes and Districts in Southern Nyasaland by Lieut. B. L. Sclater, R.E., in

the ‘ Geographical Journal, vol. ii. p. 419, Nov. 1893). In November 1892,

Mr. Whyte accompanied H.B.M. Commissioner in a journey to Fort Johnston,

which is situated on the east bank of the Upper Shiré, about two miles below

its exit from Lake Nyasa. It was upon this occasion that the collection of

Fishes described by Dr. Giinther in the present paper was made, as I find by

reference to his letters. Fort Johnston, Zomba, and most of the other localities

from which Mr. Johnston’s various collections have been received are shown in

the map (p. 617), which has been reprinted (with emendations) from that in the

* Geographical Journal’ for 1893, p. 249.—P. L. 8.]

1893. ] FISHES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 619

(Smith) ; Arthroleptis macrodactyla (Blgr.); Rappia cinctiventris

(Cope, = citrina, Gthr.); Rappia nasuta (Gthr.).

Fisuis: Chromis squamipinnis (Gthr.); Chromis subocularis,

sp. n.; Chromis johnstoni, sp. n.; Chromis lethrinus, sp. n.;

Chromis tetrastigma, sp. n.; Chromis callipterus, sp. n.'; Chromis

kirki, sp. n.; Chromis williamsi, sp. n.'; Hemichromis intermedius

(Gthr.); Hemichromis modestus, sp. n.; Hemichromis livingstonu,

sp. n.; Hemichromis afer, sp. n.; Hemichromis longiceps (Gthr.) ;

Bagrus meridionalis, sp. n.; Synodontis zambesensis (Ptrs.)* ;

Alestes imberi (Ptrs.) ; Mormyrus discorhynchus (Ptrs.)*; Mormy-

rops zambanenje (Ptrs.)'; Haplochilus johnstoni, sp. un. ; Laheo

mesops, Gthr.*; Barbus trimaculatus (Ptrs.)°; Engraulicypris

pinguis (g. et sp. n.)*.

This addition raises the number of species of fishes now known

from Lake Nyasa and the Shiré River to thirty-three, but the

number actually inhabiting these waters may be safely estimated

at thrice that figure at the very least.

I subjoin descriptions of the new species, with some notes on

others previously known.

RHAMPHOLEON BRACHYURUS, Gthr. P. Z.8. 1892, p. 557.

This species was described in the first report from a female ;

Mr. Johnston has now sent a male, which does not essentially

differ from the opposite sex.

RHAMPHOLEON PLATYCEPS, Gthr. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 556.

This species was also described in the first report from a female,

which, besides, was mutilated. The male now sent shows that the

tail is really as short as represented (in outline) in the figere given

of this species. The male has a very small skinny lobe at the end

of the snout, and about six distant and inconspicuous tubercular

projections along the median ridge of the back. It was obtained

at Tshiromo.

Rhampholeo boettgeri, Pfeffer, Zool. Ergebn. Reise Stuhlmann,

1893 ; Rept. p. 8, Taf. i. figs. 6 and 7, may prove to be the same

species.

PsAMMOPHYLAX VARIABILIS, Gthr. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 557.

This Snake must be very useful as a destroyer of mice ; two had

examples of Mus dolichurus in their stomachs,

DASYPELTIS SCABRA, L.

Common. The series of scales vary from 23 to 27. I doubt

the specific distinctness of D. palmarum.

1 Obtained by the Rev. J. A. Williams.

2 Caught in the Upper Shiré River.

3 This species hasa distinct, unserrated, osseous spine, much stronger than

the rays and stronger than is figured by Peters, who had one specimen only

from the Lower Zambesi.

620 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, AND [ Nov. 7

b} > 3

AHATULLA NEGLECTA (Ptrs.).

Specimens were collected at Zomba and Milanji. Two of them

showed broad irregular brown cross-bands on the anterior fourth

of the trunk. The ovary contained only five eggs, ready for

exclusion. Feeds on frogs.

Nasa niericoniis, Rnhrdt.

This species would seem to show an extraordinary range in the

number of rows of scales counted somewhat before the middle of

the trunk. Peters mentions the number of 27; I myself have

counted 25, 23 (twice), 21, 19 ; and now a large specimen obtained

by Mr. Crawshay at Lake Mweru, of which he preserved the skin,

has only 17 of these rows. It is black above, but shows the black

cross-band on the hinder part of the throat. The temporal scute

is divided by suture from the adjoining labial, as is characteristic

for NV. nigricollis and NV. tripudians. The posterior pair of inter-

mentalia are entirely separated from each other by intervening

scales. I propose for this remarkable variety (if it be not regarded

as a species) the name of crawshayt.

CLorHo RHINOCEROS, Schleg.

Skin of a young River-jack from Lake Mweru, collected by

Mr. Crawshay.

RANA JOHNSLONI, sp. D.

Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique short series, extending to

behind the level of the posterior margin of the choane. Head

rather broad, with the snout obtusely rounded and rather short ;

canthus rostralis indistinct ; interorbital space rather broader than

the upper eyelid ; tympanum indistinct, one third the size of the

eye. Fingers moderate, the first not extending beyond the second ;

toes moderate, almost entirely webbed; a single very small inner

metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches to between

the eye and the end of the snout. Skin smooth. Upper parts

either uniform blackish, or olive coloured and marbled with black ;

lower parts dusky, throat marbled with brown.

Distance of snout from vent 45 millimetres; distance of the

angles of the mouth 16 millimetres; length of hind limb 80

millimetres ; length of foot, including metatarsus, 35 millimetres ;

length of fourth toe 24 millimetres.

Two specimens, obtained at Tshiromo in the month of No-

vember.

ARTHROLEPTIS MACRODACTYLA, Bler.

The single specimen is not in a good state of preservation, and

its reference to this Gaboon species therefore requires further

confirmation.

Raprra Nasura, Gthr.

The type came from Angola, but there cannot be any doubt

1893. ] FISHES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 621

about its identity with a well-preserved example in the Nyasa

collection.

Curomis squamrprnnis. (Plate LILI. ad. et jr.)

Chromis squamipinnis, Giinth. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 311.

D. ae A. . L. lat. 33. L. transv. ee

Teeth very small, notched, brown at the tip, with the inner cusp

longest ; in young specimens about thirty-four, in old ones about

forty cn each side of the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales

below the eye in two series; those of the body smooth and not

ciliated. Forehead broad, flattish, its width being much more than

the diameter of the eye. In old specimens the horizontal width

of the prworbital equals the diameter of the eye, but is much less

in young ones. The scaly part of the cheek is narrow, much

narrower than the orbit. The two limbs of the praoperculum

meet at aright angle. The height of the body is two fifths of the

total length without caudal, the length of the head one third. The

length of the longest dorsal spine equal to that of the postorbital

portion of the head. Pectoral fin long, sometimes extending

beyond the middle of the anal. Caudal densely covered with

minute scales, which are visible even in young specimens. Greenish,

shining silvery, with six or seven irregular black cross-bands, the

foremost in the middle of the neck, the last on the free portion of

the tail ; the band below the origin of the soft dorsal is frequently

continued into a spot on that fin.

This species seems to be the most common. I first described it

from skins collected by Sir John Kirk, of which the largest was

12 inches long ; Mr. Whyte now sends some specimens from 3 to

4 inches long.

The figure of the adult specimen is reduced to § the natural size.

CHRoMIs suBocuLARIs. (Plate LIV. fig. B.)

DG. A. % Lelat. 80. .L. transy., 7.

Teeth deeply bicuspid, with the inner cusp longest; brown at

the tip in a specimen 42 inches long ; twenty-three on each side of

the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the eye in three

series. The diameter of the eye exceeds the width of the preorbital

and the width of the interorbital space, which is flat, but is nearly

equal to the depth of the scaly portion of the cheek. The two

limbs of the preoperculum meet at nearly a right angle. The

height of the body is nearly equal to the length of the head and

one third of the total without caudal; the longest dorsal spine is

the last, and less than one half of the length of the head. Pectoral

fin extending to the origin of the anal. Scalessmooth. Body with

seven blackish cross-bands, which are rather irregular and do not

descend to the lower half of the body; the first is in front of the

dorsal and the last two on the caudal peduncle; a short black

622 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, AND [Noy.7,

streak from the eye to the angle of the mouth; the soft dorsal and

caudal with alternate darker and lighter spots between the rays ;

anal not coloured.

Very young specimens, from 2 to 33 inches long, have the body

of uniform coloration, but the suborbital band is present.

The largest specimen is 44 inches long.

CHROMIS JOHNSTONI, sp. n. (Plate LIV. fig. A.)

1 Sele ao L. lat. 30. L. transy. =.

Teeth distinctly bicuspid, with the inner cusp longest, brown at

the tip in a specimen 4? inches long; thirty on each side of the

outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the eye in three series.

The diameter of the eye equals the width of the preorbital and the

depth of the scaly portion of the cheek, but exceeds the width of

the interorbital space, which is convex. The angle formed by the

preopercular limbs is very obtuse. The height of the body is

nearly equal to the length of the head and one third of the total.

The longest dorsal spine is the last, and less than one half of the

length of the head. Pectoral fin extending to the origin of the

anal. Scales smooth. Body with six blackish cross-bands, which

descend to the lower half of the body; the first is in front of the

dorsal, the fifth below the end of the dorsal, and the last on the

caudal peduncle; a short black streak from the eye to the angle of

the mouth; dorsal and caudal fins chequered with darker and

lighter spots.

Only one specimen is sent, 42 inches long,

CHROMIS LETHRINUS, sp. n. (Plate LV. fig. A.)

D. % A. 3 L.lat.33. LL. transv. 7.

Teeth very small, each with two short, subequal, brownish

cusps; thirty-seven on each side of the outer series of the upper

jaw. Scales below the eye in three series. The diameter of the

eye is less than the width of the preorbital and equal to the depth

of the scaly portion of the cheek and to the width of the inter-

orbital space, which is flat. The angle formed by the preopercular

limbs is nearly a right one. The height of the body is nearly equal

to the length of the head and rather more than one third of the

total (without caudal). The longest dorsal spine is the last and

less than one half of the length of the head. Pectoral fin ex-

tending a little beyond the origin of the anal. Caudal covered

with minute scales. Scales smooth. Body with a straight blackish

longitudinal band running from the eye above the caudal portion

of the lateral line; back with transverse blackish spots; dorsal

fin with oblique blackish bands ; caudal and anal without orna-

mentation.

Only one specimen is sent, 52 inches long.

1893. | FISHES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 623

CHROMIS TETRASTIGMA, sp. n. (Plate LIV. fig. C.)

D. i A. 5. L. lat..30. L. transyv. .

Teeth distinctly bicuspid, brown at the tip, the inner cusps

being larger than the outer ; from twenty-eight to thirty-two on

each side of the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the

eye in three series. Ina specimen 43 inches long the diameter

of the eye exceeds the width of the przorbital, the depth of the

scaly portion of the cheek, and the width of the interorbital space,

which is flat. The angle formed by the preopercular limbs is

nearly a right one. The height of the body is rather more than

the length of the head, which is one third of the total (without

caudal). The length of the last dorsal spine is two fifths of that of

the head. Pectoral fin extending to the origin of the anal. The

upper and lower caudal rays covered with scales. Scales smooth.

A series of four large black spots on the body—the first on the

operculum, the second on the lateral line opposite to the ninth and

tenth dorsal spines, the third on the beginning of the lower lateral

line, the fourth on the root of the caudal fin. Vertical and ventral

fins blackish, the dorsal with numerous ocelli.

Several specimens, of which the largest is 43 inches long, are

sent from Zomba and from Fort Johnston.

CHROMIS CALLIPTERUS, sp.n. (Plate LV. fig. B.)

Dp: >. AG 2. L. lat. 27-28. L. transy. =

Teeth distinctly bicuspid, the cusps being short, subequal, and

brownish ; from twenty-seven to thirty-two (in very young speci-

mens twenty-two) teeth on each side of the outer series of the

upper jaw. Scales below the eye in three series. In a specimen

53 inches long the diameter of the eye equals the width of the

preorbital and of the interorbital space, but is a little less than

the depth of the scaly portion of the cheek. The angle formed

by the preopercular limbs is a right one. The height of the

body is rather more than the length of the head, which is one

third of the total (without caudal). The longest dorsal spine is

the last and rather less than one half of the length of the head.

Pectoral tin extending to the origin of the anal; caudal more or

less scaleless. Scales roughened, with minute projections on the

margin. Body dark-coloured, with the vertical fins blackish, the

anal being ornamented by a series of large milky-white ocelli from

two to four in number; in our largest specimen also the dorsal

fin is ornamented with round light-coloured spots. A black band

running from the eye to the angle of the mouth seems to be

constant.

The largest specimen is 53 inches long, and was sent by the

Rev. J. A. Williams; smaller specimens from Zomba are in the

Johnston collection.

624 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, AND [Novy. 7,

CHROMIS KIRKII, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. A.)

D. 2. As : L. lat. 29. L. transy. 2.

Teeth distinctly bicuspid, each with two subequal brownish

cusps, from seventeen to nineteen on each side of the outer series

of the upper jaw. Scales below the eye very thin, in three

rather irregular series. In a specimen 43 inches long the diameter

of the eye is rather more than the width of the preorbital or than

the depth of the scaly portion of the cheek, but equal to the width

of the interorbital space, which is flat. The angle formed by the

preopercular limbs is an obtuse cne. The height of the body is

two fifths the length of the head, one third of the total (without

caudal). The longest dorsal spine is not quite one half of the

length of the head. Pectoral fin extending to, or a little beyond,

the origin of the anal fin. Caudal fin covered with minute scales.

Scales rough, with minute projections on the margin. A rather

narrow straight black stripe runs from the opercular spot to the

end of the lateral line ; another similar band, but broken up into

spots, ruus along the side of the back, and is absent in very young

individuals. The soft dorsal with oblique, alternate, lighter and

darker bands. No band across the preorbital.

Several specimens, the largest being 44 inches in length.

CHROMIS WILLIAMSI, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. C.)

‘D. = A. . L. lat. 28. L. transv. a

Teeth deeply bicuspid, brown at the tip, the inner cusps being

much larger than the outer; twenty-six or twenty-seven on each

side of the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the eve in

four series ; the scales on the neck between the anterior dorsal

spines and the beginning of the lateral line are remarkably small.

In a specimen 43 inches long the diameter of the eye exceeds the

width of the preeorbital, is equal to the depth of the scaly portion

of the cheek and less than the width of the interorbital space,

which is rather convex. The angle formed by the preopercular

limbs is a right one. The height of the body is a little more than

the length of the head, which is one third of the total (without

caudal). The length of the last dorsal spine is less than one half

of that of the head. Pectoral fin not quite reaching the vent;

caudal fin covered with scales. Scales rough, without spines on

the margin. Body nearly uniform dark-coloured, with a black

spot on the end of the operculum, and another at the root of the

caudal fin; vertical fins blackish, the dorsal with a broad black

margin and the anal with a small milky-white spot between the

fifth and sixth rays.

A single specimen, 43 inches long, obtained by the Rey. J. A.

Williams.

1893. | FISHES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 625

HEMICHROMIS MODESTUS, sp. n. (Plate LVII. fig. A.)

Di s A..;- L. lat. 29. L. transv. =

All the teeth are conical, only one or two showing traces of an

_ additional cusp, thirty-four on each side of the outer series of the

upper jaw. Scales below the eye in four rather irregular series ;

scales on the neck and below the anterior dorsal spines much

smaller than those of the body. In a specimen 6 inches long the

diameter of the eye equals the width of the prorbital and the depth

of the scaly portion of the cheek, but is less than the width of the

interorbital space, which is convex. . The angle formed by the

preopercular limbs is a right one. Snout considerably produced,

with the lower jaw strongly projecting beyond the upper, rather

longer than the postorbital portion of the head. The height of

the body is less than one third, the length of the head considerably

more than one third of the total length (without caudal). Dorsal

spines rather short, of moderate strength, the longest being one

third of the length of the head. Pectoral fin reaching to the vent.

Body uniform brownish black, fins black.

Some of the gill-rakers are T- or hammer-shaped.

A single specimen, 6 inches long, was obtained by the Rey. J. A.

Wilhams.

HEMICHROMIS LIVINGS'tONII, sp.n. (Plate LVI. fig. B.)

D; ie A. = L. lat. 32. L. transv. ;5-

Teeth conical, but a few show traces of an additional cusp,

twenty-six on each side of the outer series of the upper jaw.

Scales below the eye very thin, in five rather irregular series ;

those on the neck and anterior part of the back much smaller than

those of the body. In a specimen 5 inches long the diameter of

the eye is less than the depth of the scaly portion of the cheek, but

equals the width of the preorbital and of the interorbital space,

which is convex. The angle formed by the preopercular limbs is

aright one. Snout moderately produced, equal to the postorbital

portion of the head, the lower jaw projecting but little beyond the

upper. The height of the body is a little less than the length of

the head, which is nearly one third of the total (without caudal).

Dorsal spines of moderate strength and length, the longest being

two fifths of the length of the head. Pectoral fin reaching to the

anal. Body largely and irregularly marbled with black and silvery ;

head ornamented with several black bands, one from the eye to

the angle of the mouth, merging into the black coloration of the

lower parts, another band from the eye over the operculum, a

third across the forehead, and a fourth across the foremost part

of the neck; dorsal and caudal marbled with lighter and darker,

ventral and anal black.

None of the gill-rakers are hammer-shaped.

A single specimen, 5 inches long, is in the Johnston col-

lection. ’

626 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES, BATRACHTANS, AND [Noy. 7,

HEMICHROMIS AFER, sp.n. (Plate LVII. fig. B.)

D.3- A. 3 L.lat.30. L. tranay. 5,

Teeth conical, eighteen on each side of the outer series of the

upper jaw. Scales below the eye in four rather irregular series;

those on the neck and anterior part of the back much smaller than

those of the body. In a specimen 4 inches long the diameter

of the eye equals the width of the preorbital and the depth of the

scaly portion of the cheek, but is less than the width of the inter-

orbital space, which is convex. The angle formed by the pre-

~ opercular limbs is aright one. Snout short and obtuse, shorter than

the postorbital portion of the head, the lower jaw not projecting

beyond the upper. The height of the body is somewhat more than

the length of the head and equal to one third of the total (without

caudal). Dorsal spines of moderate strength and length, the longest

being about two fifths of the length of the eye. Pectoral fin

reaching to the vent. Body uniform more or less dark brown, a

spot on the end of the opercie and all the fins deep black.

Gill-rakers short, some of them T- or hammer-shaped.

Two specimens, the longer 4 inches long, were collected by

the Rev. J. A. Williams.

Baerus MERIDIONALIS, sp. 0.

This species is closely allied to B. bayad, agreeing with this

Nilotic form in the shape and configuration of the head and the

number of fin-rays, but the dorsal and pectoral spines are much

weaker, scarcely stronger than the rays; the maxillary barbels are

shorter, only about as long as the head; and the adipose fin

occupies a much shorter space of the back, its distance from the

dorsal fin being equal to the length of the latter.

The dry skin of a specimen 223 inches long has been sent by

Mr. Johnston from the Upper Shiré River; of course, it would

occur also in the Lake itself, and it probably reaches to a very

considerable size, like its congeners.

ENGRAULICYPRIS, g. n. Cyprin.

Shape of the head and body elongated, cylindrical like that of an

Anchovy. Scales of moderate size, deciduous. Lateral line?

Dorsal fin short, with less than nine branched rays, opposite to the

commencement of the anal. Anal fin with about fourteen rays.

Snout compressed, with the mouth of moderate width, lateral; the

upper jaw almost entirely hidden below the large przorbital. Sub-

orbitals covering nearly the entire cheek. Gill-rakers very slender.

Pharyngeal teeth in a double series, pointed.

ENGRAULICYPRIS PINGUIS, sp. n.

D. 11. <A.14. L. transv. 9 or 10.

Body very low, subeylindrical, its depth being one seventh or

one eighth of the total length without caudal; the length of the

1893.] FISHES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 627

head is contained four times and one third in it. Eye large,

shorter than the snout, and one fourth of the length of the head,

occupying a position somewhat anterior to the middle of the head,

The snout is pointed, with the mouth resembling that of a Clupeoid,

the jaws having sharp margins, but being toothless ; lower jaw not

symphysial hook ; bones of the suborbital ring, and particularly the

preorbital, dilated. Head flat above; interorbital space rather

Engraulicypris pinguis,

narrower than the orbit. All the fins are short and feeble. The

ventrals inserted somewhat nearer to the root of the caudal fin than

to the end of the snout. ‘he first dorsal ray is somewhat in

advance of the first anal ray and nearer to the root of the caudal

than to the gill-opening. Caudal emarginate.

All the scales are lost, but from the impressions of the skin it

would appear that there are nine or ten scales in a transverse

series below the origin of the dorsal fin.

Back dark bluish green, this colour being sharply defined from

the silvery of the sides and lower parts; sides of the head bright

silvery. The middle of the caudal fin is blackish with whitish

centre.

Two specimens, 4 inches long, in bad condition, are sent by

the Rev. J. A. Williams. I cannot help thinking that this fish,

if it occurs in any great numbers and is easy of capture, might be

preserved in a way similar to Anchovies and would form a useful

addition to the food of the European community.

HAPLOCHILUS JOHNSTONI, sp. 0.

Die, Aes) Ue lat.29. Le transye 7.

The height of the body is one fourth or one fifth of the total

length, without caudal; the length of the head a little less than

one fourth. Head compressed; snout somewhat depressed ;

lower jaw projecting beyond the upper. The width of the inter-

orbital space is less than one half of the length of the head. The

diameter of the eye equals the length of the snout, and is a little

less than one third of the length of the head. The origin of the

dorsal fin is twice as distant from the eye as from the root of the

caudal, and corresponds to the seventeenth scale of the lateral line

or to the ninth anal ray. Pectoral fin extending beyond the root

of the ventral. None of the fins elongate. Coloration of speci-

mens in spirit uniform reddish olive; a fine bluish line runs along

the scales of the lateral line.

628 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND [Nov. 7,

Several specimens are sent from Fort Johnston; they were

collected in November ; their length is from 18 to 20 lines.

Allied to Haplochilus petersi (Sauvage), but differing in various

particulars.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate LITT.

Chromis squamipinnis, p. 621.

Prats LIV.

Fig. A. Chromis johnstoni, p. 622.

B. Chromis subocularis, p. 621.

C. Chromis tetrastigma, p. 623.

Puate LY.

Fig. A. Chromis lethrinus, p. 622.

B. Chromis callipterus, p. 623.

Prats LVI.

. A. Chromis kirki, p. 624.

B. Hemichromis livingstonii, p. 625.

C. Chromis williamsi, p. 624.

Prater LVI.

Fig. A. Hemichromis modestus, p. 625.

B. Hemichromis afer, p. 626.

2. Descriptions of the Reptiles and Fishes collected by

Mr. E. Coode-Hore on Lake Tanganyika. By Dr. A.

Gctnruer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[Received November 7, 1893.]

(Plate LVIII.)

Mr. Coode-Hore, who was resident for several years on the

shores of Lake Tanganyika, brought home in 1889 a small collec-

tion of Snakes and Fishes. The specimens had greatly suffered

during the long voyage to England, but some of them were in a

sufficiently good state of preservation to be acquired for the

British Museum and to be described here. I have deferred an

account of them in the hope of seeing them supplemented by sub-

sequent collections; but as it seems desirable to work them out

in comparison with those from Lake Nyasa and other parts of

Eastern Equatorial Africa, I will not allow the present occasion

to pass without giving an account of them.

The discovery of two species of Mastacembelus, connecting the

Asiatic species with the West African, is only one of the interest-

ing facts which a more extended investigation of the Fish-fauna

of this remarkable lake is sure to reveal.

P.2.S:..1@93. Pip Eas

RMintern & J.G.del.et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

CHROMIS.

A.CH.HOREI. B.CH. DIAGRAMMA. C.CH.BURTONI.

1893. ] FISHES FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA. 629

GiypHotycvs, g. n. Lycodont.

Allied to Boodon, but with the dentition of Lamprophis, the

maxillary teeth (about eighteen in number) being placed in a con-

tinuous series, and the anterior and middle ones being longer and

stronger than the posterior; anterior mandibulary teeth stronger

than the following. Sides of the head with a deep longitudinal

groove or fold which separates the series of upper labials from the

shields above. Head rather small and depressed; eyes small,

with round pupil; body not compressed ; scales smooth, in twenty-

one or twenty-three rows; anal entire; subcaudals in two rows ;

nasal semi-divided ; one loreal ; anterior frontals pointed in front.

GLYPHOLYCUS BICOLOR, sp. n.

Vertical shield rather small, not much larger than the supra-

ocular; occipital as long as the vertical and posterior frontal

together ; eight upper labial shields, of which the fourth enters the

orbit ; rostral shield reaching the upper surface of the head ;

loreal elongate, one anterior ocular not reaching the upper surface

Fig. 1.

Head of Glypholycus bicolor,

of the head; two posterior oculars; temporals 1+2+485,; ventrals

163; subcaudals 56-72. Upper parts uniform brownish lead-

coloured ; lower parts and the two outer series of scales whitish ;

a brownish line along the meeting edges of the subcaudals.

Several specimens, of which one measures 26 inches, the tail

taking 54.

MASTACEMBELUS TANGANICA, Sp. n.

Trunk and tail short and compressed, its greatest depth being

contained twice and a fourth in the length of the head. Rostral

appendage very short. Vertical fins continuous, the length of the

tail being but little more than two fifths of that of the head and

trunk together. ;

Dorsal spines short, the distance of the foremost from the

operculum being scarcely half the length of the head. Length of

630 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND [Nov. 7,

the head one third of that of the trunk. Coloration either uni-

form brownish, or light coloured with numerous narrow brown

cross-bands.

Several specimens, not in a good state of preservation, of which

the largest is 63 inches long.

MASTACEMBELUS OPHIDIUM, sp. n.

D. 31-32/103. C. 7. A. 1/116.

Body exceedingly slender, subcylindrical, its depth being one

third of the length of the head. Rostral appendage very short.

Vertical fins continuous, the vent being much nearer to the

end of the snout than to the caudal fin. Dorsal spines short and

feeble, the distance of the foremost from the operculum being only

half the length of the head. Length of the head one third of that

of the trunk. Scales minute. Coloration apparently uniform

brownish.

Several specimens, not in a good state preservation, of which

the largest 1s 114 inches long.

CHROMIS HOREI, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. fig. A.)

D.¥. A.3. L. lat, 28. L. transv. =

Teeth distinctly bicuspid, the cusps being subequal and slightly

tinged with brown ; from twenty-eight to thirty-one on each side

of the outer series of the upper jaw. Cheeks naked or only with

a few extremely thin scales. In a specimen nearly 5 inches long

the diameter of the eye is nearly equal to the depth of the soft

part of the cheek and a little less than the width of the przorbital

and of the interorbital space, which is flat. The angle formed by

the przopercular limbs is a right one. The height of the body is

somewhat less than the length of the head and one third of the

total (without caudal). The longest dorsal spine is the last and is

two fifths of the length of the head. Pectoral fin extending to,

or nearly to, the origin of the anal. Caudal scaleless. Scales rough,

some with the margins ciliated. Body light greenish, with more

or less conspicuous incomplete brownish cross-bands on the upper

part of the body. The largest specimen has the cheek and snout

ornamented with irregular deep brown spots; the soft dorsal and

the caudal fin with scattered ocelli; a milky-white spot between

the last two anal rays.

Three specimens, the largest 43 inches long.

CHROMIS TANGANICA, sp. n.

D. a A. gay L. Jat. 32. L. transv.

Allied to C. squamipinnis. ;

Teeth small, with an obliquely dilated and notched apex ; thirty

on each side of the outer series of the upper jaw ; scales below the

eye in three series; in a specimen nearly 4 inches long the dia-

meter of the eye exceeds the width of the preorbital and the depth

6& z small ones.

1893. ] FISHES FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA, 631

of the scaly portion of the cheek, but is less than the width of the

- interorbital space, which is nearly flat. The two limbs of the

preoperculum meet at aright angle; the height of the body is

contained twice and a fourth in the total (without caudal), the

length of the head twice and four fifths ; the longest dorsal spine

Chromis tanganice,

is less than one half of the length of the head. Caudal scaleless.

Pectoral fin extending beyond the origin of the anal. Scales

with concentric rough undulating ridges. Coloration uniform

greenish with silvery reflections.

Three specimens.

CHROMIS BURTONT, sp.n. (Plate LVIIL. fig. C.)

D. G- A. @. LL. lat. 27. L. transy.

Teeth small, each with a small outer cusp, twenty-eight on

each side of the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the

eye in four or five series. In a specimen nearly 4 inches long the

diameter of the eye equals the width of the prexorbital and of the

interorbital space, which is slightly convex transversely, but has a

concave longitudinal profile; the depth of the scaly portion of the

cheek is distinctly more than the width of the orbit. The angle

formed by the preopercular limbs is a right one. The height

of the body is rather more than the length of the head, which is

one third of the total (without caudal). The length of the last

dorsal spine is two fifths of that of the head; caudal with convex

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XLIII, 43

632 MR. E. A. SMITH ON LAND AND FRESHWATER _ [ Nov. 7,

posterior margin ; pectoral fin extending to the origin of the anal.

Scales rough, apparently uniform greenish, with a blackish spot on

the end of the operculum; two narrow blackish bars across the

upper surface of the snout; the soft dorsal with a row of rounded

darker spots behind each ray.

One specimen.

CHROMIS DIAGRAMMA, sp.n. (Plate LVIII. fig. B.)

D. a A. . L. lat. 30. LL. transv. peavey a

mall ones.

This species has the upper profile of the head descending in a

curve, reminding one of Diagramma. ‘Teeth bicuspid, the inner

cusp being the longer and brown; twenty-eight on each side of

the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the eye in four

series. In a specimen 37 inches long the diameter of the eye equals

the width of the preorbital and the depth of the scaly portion of

the cheek, but is less than the width of the interorbital space, which

is convex. ‘The angle formed by the preopercular limbs is a right

one. The height of the body is rather more, and the length of the

head less, than one third of the total (without caudal). The length

of the last dorsal spine is two fifths of that of the head; caudal

scaleless, with vertical posterior margin ; pectoral fin extending to

or nearly to the origin of the anal. Scales rough, with minute

spines on the margin. The coloration seems to be uniform

greenish, in the smaller specimens with indistinct narrow darker

cross-bands.

Three specimens, the largest of which is 3? inches long.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LYVIII.

Fig. A. Chromis horei, p. 630.

B. Chromis diagramma, p. 632.

C. Chromis burtoni, p. 631.

3. On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells trans-

mitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., from British

Central Africa. By Epear A. Suira.

[Received August 28, 1893.]

(Plate LIX.)

The specimens coniprised in this collection were obtained partly

by Mr. ht. Crawshay at; Lake Mweru, Lake Tanganyika, and on the

northern part of Lake Nyasa, and partly by Mr. A. Whyte at the

southern end of the last-mentioned lake. They have been pre-

sented to the British Museum by H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B.,

H.M. Commissioner in British Central Africa, to whom that insti-

P. ZYo . 1693) sea

_J. Green del, et Lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

SEP eho PRONE BRITS t CEIN GRAAL APRICA:

1893. ] SHELLS FROM BRITISH CHNTRAL AFRICA, 633

tution has been indebted on previous eeBbion for valuable collec-

tions from the Cameroons and the neig rhood of Mount Kilima-

njaro.

ihe most interesting specimens of the present collection are

those obtained at Lake Mweru, a locality from which no Mollusca

have as yet been recorded. This lake lies to the south-west of

Lake Tanganyika, with which, however, it has no connection, as

would be presumed by the difference of the Molluscan faunas so

far as they are at present known. All the species from Lake

Mweru are undescribed with one exception, and this appears to be

a dead worn example of Lanistes ovum. The other species in-

clude two forms of Viviparus, two Cleopatre, three Melanie, a

very remarkable winged Unio, and examples of two or three other

species of that genus, but represented by specimens too young or

too worn to be determined.

Forms of all these genera occur in Tanganyika, and one of the

species belongs to that group of Viviparus which, characterized

by the aperture being somewhat effuse anteriorly and the outer

lip sinuated, was described by the writer in these ‘ Proceedings’

for 1880 as a new genus from Tanganyika, under the name of

Neothauma.

1. Eynna sonystoni. (Plate LIX. fig. 1.)

Testa elongata, cylindracea, crassiuscula, rimata, flavo-viridis,

parum mtida ; anfractus 6, conveviusculi, oblique fortiter striati,

supertores quatuor requlariter crescentes, ultimus et penultimus

longe majores, ultimus elongatus, supra aperturam levior et sub-

complanatus, primo peroblique descendens, sed ad labrum breviter

ascendens ; spira obtusissima; sutura mediocriter profunda ;

apertura subovata, intus sordide albida, longit. totius 3 paulo

superans, cdenticulo unico parietali munita; peristoma album,

incrassatum, anguste reflecum, marginibus callo crassiusculo

junctis,

Longit. 20 millim., diam. 10; apertura 8 longa, 52 lata.

Hab. Fort Johnston, Upper Shiré River (4A. Whyte).

This interesting shell is quite unlike any other known species,

but recalls the form of some of the Mauritian Gonospira, e.g.

G. modiolus, Férussac, although the relative proportion of the whorls

is quite different. The oblique striz are distinct and thread-like,

but less observable upon the body-whorl above the aperture, where

the surface has a faintly flattened appearance. With this species

I have associated the name of H. H. Johnston, Esq., the spirited

Commissioner of this Country in British Central Africa, and the

donor to the Museum of the specimens.

2. HNNHA KARONGANA. (Plate LIX. fig. 2.)

Testa cylindracea, rimata, alba, nitida 3 anfractus 7, lente aceres-

centes, leves, leviter conveaiusculi, sutura profunda vie obliqua

sejuncti; spira cylindrica, ad apicem obtuse conica; anfr. ul-

timus antice haud descendens vel ascendens, pone dali profunde

634 MR. B. A. SMITH ON LAND AND FRESHWATER _[ Nov. 7,

indentatus ; apertura wregularis, longit. totius 3, subequans,

dentibus quinque albis (uno parietali lamelliformi valde promi-

nente, uno columellart crasso eque prominente, tertio infra colu-

mellarem minimo, quarto et quinto intra labrum sitis, quinto

bidentato) munita ; peristoma album, leviter expansum et incras-

satum.

Longit. 82 millim., diam. 4; apertura 24 longa.

Hab. Karonga, west shore of Lake Nyasa (22. Crawshay).

This species exhibits scarcely any trace of sculpture. The in-

dentation on the body-whorl behind the lip indicates the position

of the labral teeth. The upper one of these is planted somewhat

obliquely and is distinctly bipartite. The parietal lamella is thin,

hollowed out or concave on the right side or towards the labrum,

which it practically touches at the upper extremity.

3. Hurrx (PEuLA) wHyter. (Plate LIX. figs. 3, 4.)

Testa depresse globosa, anguste perforata, tenuis, flavo-virescens,

superne viv nitida, infra polita; anfractus 53, subceleriter

crescentes, convear, lineis incrementi oblique arcuatis sculpti ;

spira brevis, conica, ad apicem subobtusa; anfr. ultimus

magnus, ad peripheriam rotundatus; apertura late lunaris,

parum obliqua ; sutura mediocriter profunda, anguste marginata ;

peristoma undique tenue, supra umbilicum breviter reflewum.

Diam. maj. 20 millim., min. 164; alt. 13.

Hab. Fort Johnston, Upper Shiré River. (Collected by Mr. A.

Whyte.)

Allied to Pella arnotti, Benson, but more globose and without

the minute spiral striation on the upper surface.

All the specimens, about thirty, have been collected without the

living animal, and in this condition most of them have the spire

more or less bleached. In addition to the lines of growth, occa-

sionally a few spiral lineations are observable, and a few small

malleations or indentations make the upper surface more or less

uneven.

4, LivinHacta ninotica, Pfeiffer.

Hab. Angoni-Land, south-west of Lake Nyasa (A. Whyte):

Itawa, west of Lake Tanganyika (2. Orawshay).

This species has a wide range, extending from the White Nile

district along the lake-region as far south as the southern end of

Nyasa, a distance of from fifteen to eighteen hundred miles. It

varies considerably in form.

5. Bunrminus (Racuis) srrorus, Martens.

Hab. Angoni-Land (A. Whyte). Tette, Mozambique (JMJartens).

A single typical example.

6. LIMICOLARIA MARTENSIANA, Smith.

Hab. Sumbu, Itawa, 8.W. of Tanganyika (R. Crawshay).

iat:

1893.] SHELLS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA, 635

7. ACHATINA sp. ine.

Hab. Angoni-Land (A. Whyte).

A number of specimens of two species of Achatina occur in the

collection ; they are all, however, in too bad a condition for identi-

fication. One is very like A. tavaresiana, Morelet, from Angola ;

the other is considerably larger and rather like the form of Reeve’s

figure of A, fulica (Conch. Icon. pl. 2. f. 8).

8. AMPULLARIA ovata, Olivier.

Hab. Sumbu, Itawa, 8.W. side of Lake Tanganyika (2.Crawshay).

This Nilotic species has already been recorded from the lake

(P. Z. S. 1880, p. 348).

9, Lanisres sonipus, Smith.

Hab. Karonga, west shore of Lake Nyasa (2. Crawshay).

One dead specimen.

10. LANISTES AFFINIS, Smith.

Hab. With the preceding (Crawshay); Angoni-Land (Whyte).

In dead condition from Karonga. The large number of speci-

mens from Angoni-Land are all small or only half-grown.

11. Lanistus nyassanus, Dohrn.

Hab, Angoni-Land, south-west end of Lake Nyasa (A. Whyte).

The eight specimens of this fine species are all in a worn con-

dition and were evidently picked up dead upon the shore.

12. Lanyistes ovum (Peters MS., Troschel).

Hab. Kabwiri, Lake Mweru (2. Crawshay).

This species was originally described from Mozambique, and

although quoted from Lake Nyasa I have not yet seen specimens

from there myself.

13, VIVIPARUS TANGANYICENSIS (Smith).

Hab. Sumbu, Itawa, 8.W. end of Lake Tanganyika (2. Craw-

shay).

Some of the specimens from this locality are remarkably tabu-

lated, as in Bourguignat’s figure (Ann. Sci. Nat. 1890, vol. x.

pl. iii. fig. 1), and the body-whorl is even more strongly keeled at

the periphery. The eight so-called species of Meothawma figured

by Bourguignat must be regarded as varieties of this variable

form.

The nomenclature of this genus has been fully discussed of late

by Mr. Dall’, but his conclusions, to my mind, are open to

objection. In the first place, I would point out that Martini was

not a binomial author, excepting in occasional or chance instances,

and therefore that such chance names as he may have given can-

not be accepted.

* Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philad, 1892, vol. iii. pt. 2, pp. 882-335.

636 MR. E. A, SMITH ON LAND AND FRESHWATER — [Noy, 7,

Mr. Dall observes, “ If it were not for Martini’s name it is very

likely that the name Bulimus, Scopoli, would have to be adopted

for this genus.” This appears to me an entirely wrong conclusion,

for Scopoli at the reference cited (Introd. Hist. Nat. p. 392)

neither described ner referred to any species of the genus in ques-

tion, and the figure in Swammerdam’s work (Bib. Nat. tab. ix.

fic. 4) does not represent Vivipara fasciata as stated by Dall (he

cannot have seen the work), but is a fairly characteristic represen-

tation of a Limnea, apparently L. stagnalis.

I do not for a moment believe that Scopoli intended that

Bulimus was to be regarded either as distinct from or an emen-

dation of Adanson’s Bulinus. I regard it as merely an oversight in

’ the spelling, or a printer’s error. If he considered it distinct, surely

he would not have put Adanson’s name after it; moreover he

clearly tells us (Delic. Flor. et Faun. Insub. 1786, p. 67) that,

following Adanson, he calls certain shells “ Bulimos.” I think the

preceding remarks fairly answer Mr. Dall’s question as to “ how

we can avoid retaining Scopoli’s name Bulimus for the species Helia

tentaculata, Linné,’ now classified under Gray’s genus Bythinia,

for, if we take the figure of Swammerdam as his type, Bulimus

would then replace Limnea, and if we select the first species he

quotes (Helix putris) it would take the place of Succinea.

The objection raised by Mr. Dall against using Viviparus on

the grounds that there is an impropriety in making the “ bearer of

living young” a male, is of little importance. Perhaps it would

have been fortunate had Montfort used the feminine termination ;

but as he did not, I, for one, prefer to let the genus remain

Viviparus as originally published.

14, VIvIPARUS MWERUENSIS. (Plate LIX. figs. 5, 6.)

Testa umbilicata, conica, in medio carinata, tenuis, subpellucida,

pallida, epidermide fugact tenui olivacea induta; anfractus 6,

subceleriter accrescentes, oblique tabulati, superne obtuse angulati,

striis spiralibus plus minus punctatis tenuissimis confertis, lineis

incrementi obliquis decussatis sculpti, ultimus ad peripheriam

conspicue et subacute carinatus, inferne concentrice punctato-

striatus; spwa conica, turrita, ad apwem acuta; apertura

angulatim rotundata, longit. totius 3 haud equans, antice

subacuminata, paulo effusa ; peristoma tenue, margine dextro

obliquo, ad carinam angulato, late sinuato, columellart arcuato,

anguste expanso et reflexo.

Longit. 37 millim., diam. 30 ; apertura 17 longa, 16 lata.

Var. PAGopIFoRMIS. (Plate LIX. fig. 7.) Testa sub epidermide

tenui plus minus rosacea, anfractibus planiusculis, inferne ad

suturam forte carinatis, pagodiformibus, et apertura in medio

labri acute angulata.

Hab. Lake Mweru (&. Crawshay).

This is one of the most interesting shells in the collection, and

belongs to that group of the genus Viviparus which I at one time

considered distinet, and described under the name Neothawna,

1893. ] SHELLS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 637

A subsequent examination of the animal has apparently proved

that there is not sufficient reason for separating it. The present

species is remarkabie for its conical spire, the conspicuous . keel

around the middle of the body-whorl, and its somewhat wide

umbilicus. In shells belonging to the variety, the whorls are

almost flat and without the shouldering at the upper part observ-

able in typical examples, and the peripheral keel winds up, the

spire above the suture, producing a decided pagoda-like appearance.

The operculum is thin, concentrically striated as usual, and also

exhibits (especially upon the inner glossy surface) some more or

less distinct radiating strie.

15. VIVIPARUS CRAWSHAYI. (Plate LIX. fig. 8.)

Testa ovata, conica, rimata, carinata, cornea, epidermide tenui,

olivacea, spiraliter et oblique striata, induta, versus apicem rubro

purpurea ; anfractus 6, convexiusculi, ultimus ad peripheriam

forte carinatus ; apertura angulatim rotundata, longit. totius 4

haud equans ; peristoma tenue, margine columellari arcuato,

anguste reflexo, albo-ceruleo. Operculum normale.

. Longit. 183 millim., diam. 13; apertura 9 longa.

Hab, Lake Mweru (2. Crawshay). .

This species resembles V. wnicolor, Olivier, V. robertsoni, Frauen-

feld, and a few others, but may be distinguished by its much more

pronounced keel and conspicuous spiral striz.

16. VivIPaRUS CAPILLAcHUS, Frauenfeld.

Hab. Angoni-Land, south end of Lake Nyasa (A. Whyte).

17. CLEOPATRA JoHNsronr, (Plate LIX. fig. 9.)

Testa ovato-conica, viv rimata, epidermide olivacea induta, carinata ;

spira conica, ad apicem evosa 3; -anfractus 7, plani, inferne ad

suturam carinati, lines incrementi curvatis tenuibus sculpti,

ultimus in medio carinatus, infra carinam convexiusculus, in-

terdum carina secunda minus conspicua prope medium cinctus ;

apertura ovata, superne et infra leviter acuminata, longit. totius

3 fere equans, sordide vel ceruleo-albida ; peristoma continuum,

margine externo tenui, superne haud profunde sinuato, cotu-

mellari arcuato leviter incrassato et reflewo. Operculum primo

paucispirale, exinde concentricum.

Longit. 17 millim., diam. 10; apertura 8 longa, 6 lata.

Hab. Lake Mweru (2. Crawshay).

This is a very interesting species and recalls the general aspect

of some of the North-American Plewroceride. Two of the three

specimens at hand have the second feebler keel upon the body-

whorl, and it is situated just below the peripheral carination.

The operculum agrees precisely with that of C. bulimoides from

the Nile. Named in honour of H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B.

18. CLEOPATRA MWERUENSIS. (Plate LIX. fig. 10.)

Testa ovato-acuminata, anguste perforata, subtenuis, sordide

638 MR. B, A. SMITH ON LAND AND FRESHWATER _[ Nov. 7,

flavida, epidermide tenui induta, liris paucis nigris vel saturate

rufis ornata ; anfractus circiter 7, convewiusculi, superiores liris

spiralibus tribus cineti et zona nigra infra suturam picti,

ultimus liris quinque equalibus duobusque basalibus circa rimam

instructus, inter liris lineis incrementi conspicuis fortiter sculptus,

zona suturali nigra alteraque circa basim ornatus ; apertura

ovalis, superne et infra paulo acuminata, longit. totius 3 vie

equans ; peristoma tenue, marginibus callo tenwi junctis, colu-

mellari subreflexo.

Longit. 15 millim., diam. 8; apertura 63 longa, 4 lata.

Hab. Lake Mweru (2. Crawshay).

This species is of the same character as Cleopatra emini, Smith

(P. Z.S. 1888, p. 54), from the Albert Nyanza, It is somewhat

larger, has less angular whorls, more keels or lire, and a narrower

basal rimation. The longitudinal sculpture or lines of growth are

considerably more conspicuous.

19. Menania TuBercuLATA, Miller.

Hab. Angoni-Land (A. Whyte).

This species occurs in Tanganyika, Oukéréwé, the Albert Nyanza,

and has previously been recorded from Nyasa.

20. MELanta Nopicrncta, Dohrn.

Hab. Angoni-Land (A. Whyte).

The single specimen which I assign to this species is, in some

respects, intermediate between it and M. tuberculata.

21. MELANIA TURRITOSPIRA, Smith.

Hab, Angoni-Land (A. Whyte).

The specimen from this locality is twice as long as those figured

in these ‘ Proceedings’ for 1877, pl. xxv. figs. 14,15. Those figures

represent the surface too nodose. This species belongs to the so-

called genus Micronyassia of Bourguignat.

22. Mpnanta woopwarpi. (Plate LIX. fig. 11.)

Testa brevis, turrita, mgro-fusca, infra suturam pallidior ;

anfractus circiter 8, via convewiusculi, costis obliquis crassis

11-12 sulcisque transversis angustis paucis (in anfr. superioribus

2-3, in ultimo circiter 10) ornati, ultimus costis versus medium

sensim obsoletis; apertura ovata, superne acuminata, longit.

tottus + paulo superans; columella arcuata, alba, incrassata,

reflexa.

Longit. 19 millim., diam. 8; apertura 63 longa.

Hab. Lake Nyasa.

The single specimen here described was presented to the

Museum by Mr. B. B. Woodward, after whom the species has

been named. It is quite distinct from any of the other Nyasa

forms. It is a short stumpy shell, of a very dark colour, with

oblique coarsely nodose ribs, the nodules being produced by the

spiral sulci cutting through the cost.

1893. ] SHELLS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 639

23. MELANIA MWERUENSIS. (Plate LIX. fig. 12.)

Testa elongata, acuminata, albida, punctis rufis, im seriebus

transversis dispositis, ornata, epidermide tenuissima pallide oli-

vacea induta ; spira elongata, acuminata ; anfractus circiter 10,

Sere plant, inferne ad suturam leviter constricti vel canaliculati,

plicis obliquis sulcis spiralibus decussatis instructi, infra suturam

crasse marginati vel balteati, ultimus plicis prope medium

obsoletis, inferne transversim sulcatus ; sutura parum obliqua ;

apertura acuminato-ovalis, superne angustata, longit. totius 3

paulo superans ; labrum tenue, superne late et subprofunde

sinuatum ; columella curvata, alba, incrassata.

Longit. 22 millim., diam. 8; apertura 7 longa, 43 lata.

Hab. Lake Mweru (ft. Crawshay).

This species, although spotted like MW. tuberculata, is sufficiently

distinct from that form. The plice are coarser, the whorls flatter,

and the lip more sinuated. The spiral sulci are four in number on

the upper whorls and about eight on the body-whorl; they cut

through the oblique folds, giving them a more or less nodose

appearance. The red dots, which are sometimes produced into

short transverse lines, fall upon the ridges between the sulci, and

never in the grooves themselves. In some specimens the oblique

coste are almost obsolete, especially upon the last and penultimate

whorl,

24, Menanta imitatrix. (Plate LIX. fig. 13.)

Testa elongata, acuminata, epidermide luteo-olivacea amicta, punctis

rufis paucis sparsis picta; anfractus 8-9, fere planiusculr,

costis oblique arcuatis 16-18, quadriseriatum granosis, imstructi,

ultimus infra medium transversim sulcatus; apertura ovata,

superne acuminata, longit. totius 3 adequans ; labrum supra

late sinuatum, antice prominens ; columella imferne arcuata,

inerassata, alba, reflexa.

Longit. 21 millip., diam. 8; apertura 7 longa.

Hab. Lake M (2. Crawshay).

This specie like M. tuberculata, but has less coarse whorls,

more distinct ribbing and granulation.

25. MELANIA cRAWSHAYI. (Plate LIX. fig. 14.)

Testa angusta, elongata, albida, epidermide pallide olivacea induta ;

anfractus 9, infra sutwram serie conspicua, obliqua, conferta

tuberculorum cincti, infra nodulos constricti, deinde convexius-

culi, lirisque tribus, quarum suprema nodosa, spiraliter instructi,

ultimus liris circiter 9 cinctus; apertura anguste ovata; labrum

tenue ; columella arcuata, alba, incrassata.

Longit. 17 millim., diam. 5% ; apertura 53 longa, 33 lata.

Hab. Lake Mweru (R. Crawshay).

The row of tubercles bordering the suture is prominent and very

remarkable. Beneath comes a broad constriction, below which are

three transverse ridges, of which the uppermost is ornamented

640 MR, B. A. SMITH ON LAND AND FRESHWATER ~—[Nov. 7

with nodules, but much smaller than the sutural series. It is a

remarkable-looking shell, and probably peculiar to the lake.

26. Puysa NYASANA, Smith.

Hab. Karonga, west shore but towards the northern end of

Lake Nyasa (#. Crawshay).

The original specimens (described P. Z.S. 1877, p. 717, pl. Ixxv.

figs. 16, 17) were obtained at the southern part of the lake.

27. PHysa KARONGENSIS. (Plate LIX. fig. 15.)

Testa ovata, angusta, perforata, pallide fuscescens ; anfractus 33,

celeriter crescentes, convexi, infra suturam plus minus distinete

marginati, liners incrementi sculpti, ultimus oblique descendens ;

spira brevis, obtusa; apertura angusta, elongata, longit. totius ¥

paulo superans ; columella contorta, refleca; labrum tenue,

intus leviter mcrassatum.

Longit. 72 millim., diam. 54 ; apertura 53 longa, 25 lata.

Hab. Karonga.

This species is narrower than P. nyasana, has the spire more

elevated, the last whorl obliquely descending and the aperture

consequently shorter. This is the third species now known from

Nyasa.

28. PLANORBIS (PLANORBULA) ALEXANDRINA, var.

Hab. Karonga, Lake Nyasa.

This is the first record of the genus from the lake. The single

specimen is a link between those from Tanganyika (figured by me

P. Z. 8. 1881, pl. xxxiv. figs. 30-306) and the typical form from

Eeypt. M. Bourguignat (Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. vol. x. 1890, p. 23)

has considered this variety a distinct species under the name of

Planorbula tanganikana.

29. Unto NYASSAENSIS, Lea. (Plate LIX. figs. 16, 17.)

Hab, Angoni-Land, south end of lake Nyasa (A. Whyte).

This species is very variable in form and sculpture and offers a

fine field for the manufacture of so-called species. Lea described

three forms of it under as many names, and M. Bourguignat * has

given a name to a variety which was figured by me in the Society’s

Proceedings, 1881, pl. xxxiv. fig. 34.

30. Unto (MEraprera) JOHNSTONI. (Plate LIX. figs. 18-20.)

Testa compressa, transversa, elongata, antice nasuta, postice

acuminata, ad marginem dorsalem sursum acute alata, tenuis,

pallida, epidermide dilute virescente postice obscure radiata

induta, versus umbones margaritacea, inequivalvis, valde

inequilateralis, utrinque angustissime hians; valve striis

incrementi tenuibus sculpte, supra umbones tenuiter corrugate ;

margo dorsi incurvatus, ventralis late excurvatus, posticus inter

alam dorsalem et extremitatem posteriorem valde sinuatus ; pagina

1 Bull. Soe. malacol. France, 1889, vol. vi. p. 38.

1893. ] SHELLS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 641

interna pulcherrime margaritacea, wridescens, interdum pallide

rosacea; dens cardinalis anticus valve sinistre elongatus, leviter

corrugatus, v. deatre duplex, dens posticus unicus v. devtre

elongatus, rectus, tenuis, prominens, v. sinistre duplew.

Longit. 53 millim., alt. 30, diam. 93.

Hab. Lake Mweru (2. Crawshay).

The shells here described are probably only small representatives

of this species. The species is quite unlike any other known form

from Africa. It recalls the Unio delphinus, Gruner, from Malacca,

on account of the dorsal wing, and agrees with it also exactly in the

hinge-dentition and the ligament. In form it even more closely

resembles Hyria elongata, Swainson, from British Guiana (Exotic

Conch. p. 29, pl. xxiv.).

31. Priopon speKknt (Woodward).

Hab. Sumbu, 8.E. Tanganyika (2. Crawshay).

Only one species of this genus from Lake Tanganyika has come

under the writer’s observation, although as many as twenty-six

so-called species are enumerated by Bourguignat ’.

Like many of the “ species” from the Central African lakes

described by that author, they are of little or no value.

32. Morena (SPATHA) NYASSAENSIS, Lea.

Hab. Nyasa (A. Whyte).

The specimens in the present collection are considerably larger

than Lea’s type, being 3? inches long, 2} high, and 17 in diameter.

Besides being more oval than S. rubens, as pointed out by Lea,

this species is more inequilateral, the beaks being situated much

more anteriorly and less prominent. The impression of the

visceral-sac attachment near the anterior adductor scar is smaller

also.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIX.

Fig. 1. Ennea johnstoni, p. 633.

2. —— karongana, p. 633.

3, 4. Helix (Pella) whytei, p. 634.

5, 6. Viviparus mweruensis, p. 636.

ie , var, pagodiformis, p. 636.

8. —— crawshayi, p. 637.

9. Cleopatra johnstoni, p. 637.

10. mweruensis, p. 637.

ll. Melania woodwardi, p. 638.

12. —— mweruensis, p. 639.

13. —— imitatriz, p. 639.

14, crawshayi, p. 639.

15. Physa karongensis, p. 640.

16, 17. Unio nyassaensis, p. 640.

18, 19, 20. Jjohnstoni, p. 640.

1 Nouveautés Malacol., I. Unionide et Iridinide du lac Tanganika, 1886,

pp. 66-93 ; Tconogr, Malacol. Tanganika, 1888, pls. xxxi.—xxxv.

642 MR. B, A, SMITH ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF ENNEA. [Nov. 7,

4, Descriptions of two new Species of Shells of the Genus

Ennea. By Enear A. Suita,

[Received August 28, 1893.]

ENNEA (PryCHOTREMA) BASSAMENSIS. (Woodcut, fig. 1.)

Testa elongata, pupiformis, albida ; anfractus 8-9, convexiusculi,

sutura profunda paulo obliqua sejuncti, costulis confertis fili-

formibus obliquis instructt, ultimus postice ad basin bi-scrobicu-

latus, prope labrum breviter ascendens ; apertura alba, rotunde

quadrata, longit. totius 4 adequans, plicis et denticulis

inequalibus ringens, plica parietal valida lamelliformi intrante,

denticulis tribus columellaribus, unico basali minimo, liris

inceequalibus quatuor, lamella unica et denticulo intra labrum

munita ; peristoma leviter incrassatum, reflecum, album, nitens,

marginibus callo tenwi junctis.

Longit. 15 millim., diam. 5; apertura 4% longa, 34 lata.

Hab. Abidjean, Grand Bassam, West Africa.

The first four whorls are rather more convex than the rest,

almost smooth, and destitute of the fine oblique lire which orna-

Fig. 1.

Ennea (Ptychotrema) bassamensis.

ment the rest of the shell. The upper edge of these whorls has a

narrow pellucid margination and appears crenulated. The denti-

tion of the aperture is best explained by means of a figure (fig. 10).

Ennea cyathostoma, Pfr., from Old Calabar, is closely allied to this

species, but differs in its superior size and the dentition of the

aperture.

Fig. le represents the young state of this species, in which

the armature of the aperture is quite different from that of the

adult form.

P.Z.8.1893.PlateLX

Yest, Newman chramo.

ritish Central Africa

FWFrohawk del.et lith

New Butterflhes from

1893.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 643

ENNEA (EDENTULINA) LONGULA. (Woodcut, fig. 2.)

Testa elongata, pupiformis, rumata, albo-cornea ; anfractus 8, con-

vexiusculi, sutura leviter obliqua et profunda discreti, tenutter,

confertim et oblique lirati, ultimus supra aperturam levior, haud

liratus, antice ad labrum breviter ascendens ; apertura inverse

subauriformis, longit. totius + equans ; peristoma leviter incras-

satum, anguste reflecum, margine columellari dilatato, reflexo,

intus oblique subtorto, dextro arcuato.

Longit. 16 millim., diam. 6; apertura 5 longa, 33 lata.

Hab. Mayotte (ex coll. Emile Eudel).

This species is more elongate than most of the forms of Hdentu-

lina and bears a general resemblance to Elma swinhoei of H. Adams.

Fig. 2.

Ennea (Edentula) longula.

The outer lip, however, is not deeply sinuated as in that section of

the genus Ennea.

The types of this and the preceding species have been presented

to the British Museum by Mr. H. Fulton.

5. On two Collections of Lepidoptera sent by H. H. Johnston,

Esq., C.B., from British Central Africa. By Arrnur

G. Burier, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

[Received September 20, 1893.]

(Plate LX.)

The collections, of which the following is an account, were made

by Mr. R. Crawshay and Mr. A. Whyte respectively; the first

principally at Lake Mweru in 1891 and 1892, the second at Zomba

between July 1892 and January 1893. Of the two series the

former is in by far the better condition, and the latter considerably

more numerous both in species and individuals. So many of the

species in the two series are identical that I have thought it better

to combine them in one paper: together they represent no less

than 216 species, the majority of which belong to the South

African fauna. Thirty-one species are described as new to

science.

644 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

RHOPALOCERA.

1. AMAURIS OCHLBA.

Danais ochlea, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 589 (1847).

Zomba, Jan. 1893.

2. AMAURIS LOBENGULA.

Nebroda lobengula, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. vi. p. 346 (1890).

3d. Near to A. albimaculata of Natal, considerably larger and

with the costal margin of the primaries comparatively longer (even

more so than in A. hanningtonii); the ‘spot in the cell much

larger, the latter and the subquadrate spot at centre of the lower

median interspace of a less pure white; the ochreous belt on the

secondaries brighter and of fully double the width; submarginal

spots nearly as in A. echeria. Expanse of wings 90 millim.

Zomba, July 1892.

Our largest male example of A. albimaculata measures 72

millim. in expanse.

3. AMAURIS WHYTEI, sp. n.

3 Q. Near to A. echeria; larger, the primaries with white

spots very slightly tinted with ochre and formed as in A. hanning-

tonit; the secondaries with the ochreous belt paler and duller,

resembling the under-surface colouring in A. echeria, quite half as

wide again as in that species, and with a less acutely angled outer.

edge: from the preceding species it differs in its inferior size, less

produced primaries with yellower spots, the narrower, duller, and

paler ochreous belt on the secondaries, and consequently broader

black outer border. Expanse of wings 85 millim.

Zomba, December 1892.

I had hoped to find that this was the A. stechkeri of Kheil, the

label of which remained a blank in the collection ; but, on looking

up the description and figure, I find that A. steckeri is typical

A. echeria and has been compared with A. albimaculata under the

impression that the latter represented Stoll’s species. A. whytei

is nearer to A. jacksoni, E. M. Sharpe, but perfectly distinct.

4, LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS.

Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).

3 2, Zomba, July 1892; 9, Lake Mweru.

4a. LIMNAS KLUGII.

Timnas klugii, Butler, P. Z.8. 1885, p. 758, n. 2.

@, Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 11, 1892.

4b, LIMNAS DORIPPUS,.

Euplea dovippus, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. figs. 1-4.

9, Lake Mweru.

I did not find Z. alcippus in the collection ; but as Hypolimnas

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 645

alcippoides was in the Zomba series, it is only reasonable to suppose

that L. alcippus also occurs there.

5. MELANITIS SOLANDRA.

Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500, n. 244 (1775).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

This is one of the forms of M. leda which is not found in India.

As already stated, I think the Indian type is, to all intents and

purposes, a species distinct from the rufescent form named by

Linnzeus: when two variable and allied species exhibit similarity

without identity in one of their many sports, they must still be

considered distinct.

6. MELANITIS LIBYA.

Melanitis libya, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x.

p- 405 (1882).

2, Zomba, January 1893.

The colouring of the under surface evidently differs from that

of the type; but, in a genus in which both the colouring and

pattern of that surface vary indefinitely, this is unimportant.

7. GNOPHODES DIVERSA.

Gnophodes diversa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.

p- 333 (1880).

Zomba, July 1892.

8. Mycanusis (MonorricuTIs) RHACOTTS.

Mycalesis rhacotis, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iii., Wye. pl. 8. fig. 50

(1866).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, July 1892, January 1893.

9. Mycaxesis (MonorricHTls) EUSIRUS.

Mycalesis cusirus, Hopfier, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p- 641,

n. 13.

Lake Mweru ; Zomba, July 1892, January 1893.

I think it doubtful whether this is more than a form of the

preceding species, which, however, it would of course supersede

if not distinct.

10. Mycatzsis (Monorricuris) MIRIAM.

Papilio miriam, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 242, n. 754 (1793),

Zomba, July and December 1892.

This species varies considerably in size and the greater or less

regularity of the outer line of the central belt; examples from the

West Coast of Africa in the Museum Collection show a more

dentate-sinuate character in this line, especially on the primaries,

than those in the present series; but in all other details they

correspond.

646 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

11. SAMANTA PERSPICUA.

Mycalesis perspicua, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1873,

p- 104, pl. 1. fig. 3.

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

This species varies in depth of colour and in the width of the

pale outer border to the central belt on the under surface; some

examples incline to grey and others to ochreous on this surface.

Nxocayyra, Butl.

Mr. Trimen (P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 62) sinks this genus as a synonym of

Pseudonympha, W llgr., stating that all the characters which I have

given to distinguish it from Cenyra are such as occur in Pseudo-

nympha; he fails to notice that the palpi and antenne correspond

(as stated in my diagnosis) with those of Canyra. In Pseudo-

nympha, on the other hand, the palpi are clothed with much longer

hairs, and the antenne have a flattened spatulate club. As regards

the type (V. dupleaw), which Mr. Trimen sinks as a probable

synonym of Ypthima bera, Hewits., it is not only not nearly allied to

the latter, but it has a totally different appearance, all the red

markings being entirely unrepresented in Hewitson’s species. I

quite agree with my friend in disliking imperfectly characterized

genera; but when, after careful comparison with all allied genera,

I find it necessary to found a new one, it somewhat surprises

me to be informed that it is synonymous with one of the very

genera mentioned in the original description as differing in struc-

ture.

12. NEoc@NYRA YPTHIMOIDES, sp. 0.

. Allied to WV. bera, slightly larger and much darker, the deeper

coloration being especially noticeable on the under surface :

primaries above with the paler patch enclosing the ocellus ex-

tended to inner margin and confined throughout its length by a

sinuated dusky postmedian line and a blackish feebly undulated

submarginal line ; a second small ocellus frequently present on the

lower median interspace: in the secondaries the submarginal line

is almost regular, not zigzag towards apex as in JV. bera; the ocelli

vary in number from five to six, that nearest the costa being either

large, small, or absent, that on the lower radial interspace either

small or absent, the two on the median interspaces largest, as in

IV. bera, and the two nearest anal angle small and confluent; the

pale area enclosing the ocelli is bounded internally by a widely

zigzag dusky postmedian line: markings below as above, but some-

times more sharply defined. Expanse of wings 40-48 millim.

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

This appears to be a common species, of which the collection

contained a long series: I have compared eleven of them with

Hewitson’s four examples of WV. bera and find the differences

absolutely constant.

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 647

13. YPTHIMA ITONIA.

Ypthima itonia, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 287,

n. 11, pl. 18. fig. 13 (1865).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

The white areas below vary a little in intensity and the ocelli in

size; but in other respects this species seems to be wonderfully

constant.

14, YPrHIMA SIMPLICIA.

Ypthima simplicia, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol.

Xviii. p. 481 (1876).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

15. PurIPLYsIA JOHNSTONI, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 1.)

Wings above cream-coloured ; the transverse striations of the

under surface showing more or less distinctly through the wings :

primaries with the swollen part of the subcostal vein ochreous ;

costal border to subcostal vein, an apical patch continuous with

it and extending downwards to first median branch, outer border

in the male, and a-broad internal border regularly excised near the

external angle, blackish; four or five more or less distinct blind

black ocelli with orange irides in a straight line across the disk to

second or first median branch, three regular parallel submarginal

and marginal black stripes: secondaries with the costa and external

border in the male broadly blackish, the latter partly enclosing a

submarginal series of black spots; the three black stripes or lines

as in the primaries, but more or less distinctly interlined with white

(as in all the wings of the female); female with the costal area

more or less smoky grey; a blackish diffused submarginal band,

sometimes with excised external sinuations, enclosing a series of

more or less distinct ocelli with dull orange irides. Body above

black, below cream-coloured, with black striz and three lines on

outer border as above; a series of orange ocelli with metallic

leaden pupils, five on the primaries and seven on the secondaries

(the last two confluent); the central area in the male widely

devoid of striation, but in the female the clear space is only repre-

sented by an ill-defined fusiform transverse patch or band bounding

the ocelli internally. Expanse of wings 37-40 millim.

Zomba, January, July, and December 1892.

This pretty little species is evidently not uncommon ; itis a link

between P. leda and. P. panda, the under surface of the female

being very similar to that of the latter species, only with more

sharply defined black striations.

16. CHARAXES SATURNUS.

3. Charawes saturnus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 624, n. 5, pl. 36.

fig. 1; 2.Lep. Exot. i. p. 5, pl. 2. fig. 2 (1869).

Sulim bin Najimb, Konde, Jan. 22, 1893 (2. Crawshay).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XLIV. 44

648 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [ Nov. 7

17. CHARAXES JOCASTR,

3. Charawes jocaste, Butler, P. ZS. 1865, p- 628, n. 21.

2. Charaxes achemenes, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 446,

n. 729, pl. 59. figs. 6, 7 (1867).

Zomba, July 1892.

I do not see why the name C. jocaste should be ignored, since

thousands of descriptions applicable to half a dozen species coming

from the same locality are allowed to stand. My description

characterized four species, of two of which the locality was estab-

lished, one being from India and the other from Senegal; both

species were well known under the names C. fubius, Fabr., and

C. jocaste, Boisd., MS. In the absence of any other known African

species, C’. jocaste from Senegal was perfectly recognizable by my

description ; therefore it seems to me that, as a matter of fact, it

was sufficiently characterized and the name C. jocaste (as a matter

of principle) should supersede that of C. achemenes. The object of

a description is not to glorify the author of it, but to render a

new species recognizable, and it is on this account that good

figures of new species (when named), although unaccompanied by

any description whatever, are recognized as claiming priority over

subsequent descriptions of the same species. It is immaterial

by what name a species is known, provided that the oldest name

by which it was recognized is retained.

18. CHARAXES GUDEPRIANA.

3. Nymphalis guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf.

Halle, 1879, p. 200, pl. 2. fig. 18.

3d, December 1892; g 9, January 1893; 6, Mipa Stream,

Mofwi, August 3, 1892 (BR. C.).

The female approaches that sex of O. kirkii, being crossed above

by a buff band which on the primaries is broken up, above the

first median branch, into two series of spots divergent on the

costal area; the bluish-white discoidal spot of the male is also

represented by a buff spot.

19. CHARAXES ALDADINIS.

2. Charaxes alladinis, Butler, Cist, Ent. i. p. 5, n. 3 (1869) ;

Lep. Exot. i. pl. 10. fig. 2 (1870).

g. Above very near to C. hollandii (the Sierra Leone repre-

sentative of C. ethalion), but in outline of wing even more quadrate

than C. ethalion itself, the primaries having a much less arched

outer margin and the secondaries being shorter. Above blue-

black: primaries with the costa, basal fourth, apex, and outer

margin bronze green; two subapical obliquely placed unequal

greenish-white spots: secondaries with the costal area purplish

brown, the abdominal area, including the greater part of the

discoidal cell, clothed with brown hair; external area and veins

greenish; a shining bronze-green lunulated stripe halfway be-

tween the cell and outer margin, only the last four sinuations

1893. | BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA, 649

or lunules being well defined; a submarginal series of small blue

spots edged internally with white ; an irregular marginal border,

the first three divisions of which are brick-red and the remainder

golden-bronze, shading into white on centre of tails; extreme

margin steel-black with scarcely perceptible white fringe. Below

the usual markings prevail, but the ground-colour has the rufous

character of that of the female. Expanse of wings 73 millim.

Ngama’s, Kakoma, Aug. 5, 1892 (#. C.); Zomba, Jan. 1893.

20. CHARAXES WHYTEI, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 2.)

3. Belongs to the C. ethalion group, but is very distinct, more

nearly approaching C. talaguge, Holland, in pattern than any

other species. Above blue-black, with a submarginal slightly

sinuous series of seven greenish-grey spots, tapering from inner

margin to last subcostal branch near the outer margin: second-

aries with costa greyish ; an opaline bluish-white belt changing in

certain lights to grey or pale green, narrow at costa, gradually

widening to third median branch, nearly of uniform width to just

below first median branch, and then abruptly narrowed to inner

margin; this belt leaves a rather narrow black outer border,

enclosing a submarginal series of small white dashes, touched with

blue near anal angle, and a marginal grey-greenish irregular stripe,

streaked with dull golden buff and brick-red; extreme margin

black. Body as usual; under surface having the usual character,

somewhat reddish and sericeous, with a straight white transverse

central band bounding the outer series of black lines forming the

limit of the almost central belt, and which in this species are

united into one almost unbroken line; the ordinary discal lunules

united into an irregular, internally black-edged band of greenish,

shading into clay-reddish. Expanse of wings 61 millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

21, CHARAXES BOHEMANI,

Charaxes bohemani, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. 1859, p. 321,

pl. 6. fig. 3. Oo

Ngama’s, August 5, 1892 (R. C.).

22. CHARAXES PITHODORIS.

Charaxes pithodoris, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v., Churawes, pl. iv.

figs. 18, 19 (1876).

Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 12, 1892.

23. CHARAXES CITHERON.

Charaxes citheron, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. ii. p. 308,

pl. 8. figs. 2,3 (1859).

9, Zomba, January 1893.

94, CHARAXES TIRIDATES.

Papilio tiridates, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 11, n. 43.

6, Lake Mweru.

44%

650 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

25, CHARAXES NHANTHES.

Nymphalis neanthes, Hewitson, Exot. Butt., Nymphalis, pl. 1.

figs. 2, 3 (1854).

3, Lake Mweru.

26. PALLA VARANES.

Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. clx. D, E (1879).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, January 1893.

27. HyYPoLIMNAS MISIPPUS.

Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).

3, Zomba, January 1893; 92, July 1892.

27a. HYPOLIMNAS ALCIPPOIDES.

Hypolimnas aleippoides, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. p. 102, n. 2 (1883).

3 2, Zomba, July 1892; ¢, Lake Mweru.

27 b. HYPoLIMNAS INARIA.

Papilio inaria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. eexiv. A, B (1782).

2, Lake Mweru.

The form H. alcippoides is generally smaller, and H. inaria

larger, than the type form.

28. PANOPEA BXPANSA.

Panopea expansa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ii.

p- 177 (1878).

Lake Mweru.

The type of this species was received from Masasi.

29. JUNONIA ARTAXIA.

Junonia artaxia, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. 1. fig. 6

(1864).

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893 ; Lake Mweru.

30. JUNONIA NACHTIGALII.

Precis nachtigalii, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle,

1879, p. 194, pl. 1. fig. 16.

Zomba, July 1892.

I can see no sufficient reason for distinguishing Precis from

Junonia ; the length of the palpi is a slightly variable character

and, taken collectively, the difference in length between those

of Precis as compared with Junonia appears to me extremely

doubtful: as to the different form of wing, if strictly adhered

to, that character would necessitate still further subdivision of

the genus.

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 651

31. JUNONIA NATALICA.

Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr iv. p. 106, n. 65

(1860).

Zomba, July 1892, January 1893.

32. JUNONIA CHAPUNGA.

Junonia chapunga, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. 1. figs. 2, 3

(1864).

Zomba, January 1893.

Varieties also occur (taken in July 1892 and January 1893)

which are intermediate in character between J. chapunga and

J. pelasgis, the ocellated spots being united into an ochreous band

and continuous with the short oblique band beyond the cell of

primaries, which is also ochreous; Hewitson has an example

of this variety in his series of J. chapunga.

33. JUNONIA CERYNE.

Salamis ceryne, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 592 (1847).

dg, Lake Mweru; ¢ 2, Zomba, January 1893.

34. JUNONIA GALAMI.

Vanessa galami, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 46 (1833).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

35. JUNONIA AURORINA, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 3.)

Allied to J. sinuata, Plétz (=serena, Weymar), and very similar to

both in pattern and in coloration, but the primaries almost of the

same form as J. galami; the subapical angle is, however, a little

more prominent, the outer margin less inarched, and the posterior

angle less prominent : the secondaries are of the same form as in

J. sinuata ; below the central area is yellower and the outer borders

washed with lilac. Expanse of wings, ¢ 57 millim., 92 60

millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

36. JUNONIA TRIMENTI, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 4.)

Near to J. micromera, which it much resembles on the upper

surface ; it is, however, larger, and has a pinky-whitish diffused

band in front of the series of black spots in the male; the

central and double black band has two very acute angles, the

black spots of the discal series are smaller, and the brown area at

base of secondaries is restricted and followed by one or two black

spots at the end of the cell; on the under surface all the dark

markings on basal area are represented by irregular black spots

qiite clearly defined. Expanse of wings, ¢ 52 millim., 9 56

millim.

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

This appears to be a much commoner species than J. micromera,

and is quite constant in all its characters.

652 DR. A. &. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM Nov. 7,

37. JUNONIA MICROMERA.

Junonia micromera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xviii. p. 482 (1876).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, July and December 1892, J: anuary 1893.

38. JUNONIA CALESCENS, sp. n.

Precis octavia, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. pl. 38. fig. 4.

omba, July 1892.

‘This species is commonly regarded as a variety of ./. octavia,

but there is not a particle of evidence in support of this opinion ;

in the present collection it is common and constant enough to

justify its separation from Cramer's species. It differs as follows :—

It is considerably larger (60-65 millim. in expanse), is of a bright

rosy red colour, paler in the centre of the disk; all the black

markings are less heavy in character, the bar at end of cell in

primaries isolated, whereas in J. pctavia it forms part of a broader

and angular band which crosses the wing, and the marginal lunules

on the under surface are bluish, instead of chalk-white. It isa

constant local representative of C. octavia, which does not occur in

the present collection.

39. JUNONIA ELGIVA.

Junoma elgiva, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iti, Jun. pl. 1. fig. 1

(1864).

Lake Mweru ; Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

40. JUNONIA CUAMA.

Junonia cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. 1. figs. 4, 5

(1864).

Zomba, December 1892.

41. JUNONIA CLOANTHA.

Papilio cloantha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxxviii. A, B

(1782).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, December 1892.

42, JUNONIA ACTIA.

Precis actia, Distant, P. Z,S. 1880, p. 185, pl. 19. fig. 7.

Lake Mweru.

43. JUNONIA SESAMUS.

Precis sesamus, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 231, pl. iv. fig. 3

(1887).

Lake Mweru.

44, JUNONIA BOOPIS.

Junonia boopis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331.

3 2, Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 12, 1892.

1893.1] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 653

45. JUNONIA CLELIA,

Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi. E, F (1779).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, January 1893.

46. JUNONIA CEBRENE.

Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p. 353.

Lake Mweru; Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

47. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 276, n. 1054 (1761).

Lake Mweru.

48, PROTOGONIOMORPHA DEFINITA.

6. Salamis definita, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. iv. p. 230 (1879).

9. Like a white form of P. nebulosa, but with the base of the

wings above grey. Expanse of wings 76 millim.

Zomba, January 1893.

The male was described from Madagascar: we must therefore

conclude either that three wide-ranging allied species exist, or that

they represent one widely distributed and very variable species ;

the latter seems to me the more probable solution of the difficulty.

In this case the present species would stand as P. aglatonice, Godt.

(specimens of which we have received previously from Central

Africa), and as var. definita 2; P. nebulosa would also have to be

ranked as an extreme form of the same species.

AQ, PROTOGONIOMORPHA ANACARDII,

Papilio anacardii, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 236 (1764).

Zomba, July 1892.

50. CyMoTHOE THEOBENE.

Harma theobene, Doubleday, Westwood & Hewitson, Gen.

Diurn. Lep. i. pl. 40. fig. 3 (1850).

Lake Mweru.

51. HAMANUMIDA DEDALUS.

Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482, n. 174 (1775).

Lake Mweru ; Zomba, July 1892.

52, NEPTIS AGATHA.

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccexxvii. A, B (1782).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, July 1892.

53. ATELLA COLUMBINA.

Papilio colwmbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cexxxvili. A, B,

iv. pl. ecexxxvii. D, H (1782).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

654 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

54, CRENIS NATALENSIS.

Crenis natalensis, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 592 (1847).

Zomba, January 1893.

The single example is rather darker than the specimens in the

Museum series, but differs in no other respect.

55. CRENIS ORAWSHAYI, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 5.)

Greyish blue, the whole centre suffused with rosy lavender ; the

base and costa of primaries, and the body above, slightly greenish ;

wings with slightly smuated black outer margins and delicate white

fringes ; veins black externally; disk of wings crossed by three

series of black spots beyond the middle, the innermost series

angulated and very oblique on the primaries, almost obliterated on

the secondaries, the first two spots of the series cuneiform, the

others rounded; second series double towards costa, the first three

spots being preceded by elongate blackish streaks ; a minute white

dash between the first pair, which would otherwise be lost in the

black veins, of which they form a mere thickening ; the spot on

interno-median area divided ; submarginal series formed of more

or less lunate spots; costa of secondaries and hairs on abdominal

area somewhat brownish. Underside most like that of OC. rosa, but

deeper in colour, the primaries with two complete series of black

spots towards outer margin, the first of the inner series and the

first two of the outer series enclosed by a pale silvery blue apical

costal streak, the three following pairs united by longitudinal

streaks of the same colour, the fourth pair by a few blue scales ;

all the spots of the outer series united to pale blue marginal spots ;

extreme margin blackish, with white fringe: secondaries having

details ; costa broadly pale blue, with a black interrupted longi-

tudinal line above the costal vein ; a black spot below it at centre

of costa and a cuneiform orange spot enclosing the precostal

veinlet ; a broad almost triangular blue patch nearly covering the

cell, within which are black irregular characters similar to those of

Argynnis or Euthalia; a blue streak runs down the abdominal

border, and a second, enclosing the submedian vein, unites with it

to form a large anal patch, which encloses a slender black sub-

marginal line and the last two spots of the discal series ; from the

submedian streak a curved series of triangular blue spots, termi-

nating externally in blackish angular markings, runs across to the

cell, with the large patch on which the triangular spots are fused ;

two series of black spots parallel to the outer margin enclosed in

clavate longitudinal pale blue streaks, the outer series submarginal.

Body below bluish white. Expanse of wings 65 millim.

Lake Mweru.

A strikingly distinct new species.

56. EHURYTELA DRYOPE.

Papilio dryope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxviii. E, F (1779).

Zomba, January 1893,

1893.) BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 655

57. HYPANIS ACHBELOIA.

Hypanis acheloia, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 29 (1857).

Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 11, 1892; Zomba, July and

December 1892.

58. ACRMA VINIDIA.

Acrea vinidia, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 130 (1874);

Exot. Butt. v., Acrea, pl. 7. figs. 45, 46 (1875).

Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 12, 1892.

59. ACR#A CABIRA.

Acrea cabira, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Akad. Berlin, 1855, p. 640,

n.7; Peters’s Reise nach Mossambique, p. 378, pl. 23. figs. 14, 15

(1862).

Zomba, July 1892, January 1893.

60. ACRHA BXCELSIOR.

Acrea excelsior, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 192, pl. xvii.

fig. 3.

2, Zomba, January 1893.

61. ACRHA VENTURA.

Acrea ventura, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 51 (1877).

@. Above quite like a large reddish female of A. eponina’;

primaries below with wider and comparatively paler apical area :

the secondaries with three large vermilion spots in the macular

central angulated band; the markings of the external border

somewhat as in A. cabira, but only outlined in black, the zigzag

line having much larger marginal triangular spots. Expanse of

wings 60 millim.

Zomba, July 1892.

62. ACRHA TERPSICHORE.

Papilio terpsichore, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 222 (1764).

Papilio eponina 9, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. celxviii. C, D

(1782).

Zomba, July 1892.

My view (Fabr. Cat. p. 1383) that P. terpsichore was Acrea

1 According to Dr. Holland, who has gone carefully into the synonymy of

the A. serena group (Ann. & Mag. N. H., October 1893), this is the typical

A. bonasia of Fabricius, and Cramer’s female the same as A. serena, Fabr. The

only difficulty is that, in the absence of the Fabrician type of A. serena, his

description is insufficient for the certain identification of the species, the only

clue being ‘“ Parvus, affinis Terpsichori.” In looking up the description of

P. terpsichore, Linn., I find a reference to a figure by Petiver, which is clearly a

bad representation of Acrea viole; the Linnexan description “ Apices fusci

lunula in medio” corresponds much better with Cramer’s female of 4. eponina,

which I believe to be A. erpsichore, Linn. Aurivillius, in his important paper

on the species described by Linnzeus, says: “ fortasse ad Acrea serena, Fabr.,

optime referri posset, nisi alze postics: saturatiores essent.”

656 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

horta is rightly opposed by Aurivillius; his hesitation to regard it

as A. serena, Fabr.,=eponina 2, Cramer, seems to be based solely

on the words “ posticis saturatioribus,” and is, I think, hyper-

critical: the question as to whether A. serena is the insect which

it is generally supposed to be, in the absence of any mention by

Fabricius of the oblique spot on the black at apex, is, I think, far

more doubtful. My remark (Joc. cit.) that the Linnean description

“is applicable to A. rahira 2” appears on more mature reflection

to be untenable.

63. ACRUA PERRUPTA.

Lelchinia perrupta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. p. 102, n. 4 (1883).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, July 1892.

64, ACR#A LYCIA.

Papilio lycia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 464, n. 94 (1775).

Lake Mweru.

A. adrasta, Weymar (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1892, p. 85), is the allied

A. cecilia.

65. ACRHA DOUBLEDAYI.

Acrea doubledayi, Guérin, Lefebvre’s Voy. en Abyss. vi. p. 378

(1847).

Acrea oncea, Hopffer, Peters’s Reise, v. pl. 24. figs. 5-8 (1862).

9, Lake Mweru; ¢ 9, Zomba, July 1892.

I believe A. abadina, Ribbe, to be this species.

66. ACR@A EMPUSA, sp. n. (? local race of A. asema, Hewits.)

Allied to A. doubledayi, with the aspect of A. punctatissima.

Sexes nearly alike, semitransparent, tawny ; the primaries greyer

than the secondaries, with diffused black apical patch ; the spots

nearly as in A, doubledayi, but the primaries with three additional

spots in an oblique series below apex; secondaries with marginal

tawny spots on the black border. Primaries below with three more

or less distinct yellowish-white apical marginal spots on a diffused

grey apical nebula; four spots instead of three in the oblique

series beyond the cell; no white subapical band in the female, the

three additional black spots as above: secondaries with the black

spots wider apart, larger and less numerous ; rose-colour and spots

at base similar, no spot on upper radial interspace, the dot at base

of lower radial interspace wanting, and the large spot placed nearer

to the base; only one spot on abdominal margin. Expanse of

wings, ¢ 46 millim., 9 47 millim.

Zomba, July 1892.

One crippled male example has an expanse of 50 millim.

A similar but distinct species is described by Rogenhofer under

the name of A. marnois.

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 657

67. ACREA PERIPHANES.

Acrea periphanes, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Entom. livr. xvii. p. 20,

pl. 2. fig. 23 (1893).

One example, Lake Mweru.

Our example is better marked than that of M. Oberthiir, all the

spots of the under surface of primaries being strongly defined on

the upper surface; the secondaries below more distinctly marked

with rosy vermilion on abdominal border, where there is one

additional black spot. There can be no question whatever that

these differences are due to simple individual variation.

In the same livraison M. Oberthiir has described a number of

species as new upon which Dr. Holland has recently commented

in his paper in the ‘Annals of Natural History.’ I quite agree

with him in his statement that all the varieties of A. proteina

and A. kilimandjara are sports of A. johnstoni, Godman. I also

consider A. cappadow to be=A. bonasia, A. strattipocles 3 =

sambave, Ward; A. conradti=probably a variety of A. fornax,

Butl.; A. serena-melas a melanism of A. bonasia; A. cheribula=

n. sp. near to A. caldarena; A. masaris 9 =A. monteironis, Butl.

A. regalis is allied to, but distinct from, A. bresia, Godm. We

have the species represented in the Museum collection.

Of other Acreas recently described to which attention should be

drawn are A. albomaculata, Weymar, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1892, p. 82,

which is=A. ligus, Druce, and A. ombria, Weymar, 1. ¢., which

is =A. caldarena, Hew.

68. ACRMA CALDARENA.

Aerea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877).

Acrea nelusca, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. iii. p. 25, pl. 2. figs. 2, 3

1878).

ue amphimalla, Westwood in Oates’s ‘Matabele-Land, pl. E.

figs. 1, 2 (1881).

Acrea ombria, Weymar, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1892, p. 82.

3 2, Zomba, July 1892; 3g, Lake Mweru.

I cannot agree with Trimen in referring A. nelusca to A.

doubledayi: in the first place the male, although with a slightly

smaller black apical patch than usual to the primaries, also lacks

the longitudinal grey streaks on the internervular folds, which are

very characteristic of A. doubledayi 3 ; the female, moreover, is

quite typical, and, as Trimen says, in it “ there is no trace whatever

of the subapical whitish bar of doubledayi 2.” In the present

collection one female corresponds with Oberthiir’s figure, whilst

another is smoky grey, with the central third of the primaries

occupied by a broad oblique snow-white belt.

69. ACRHA ACRITA.

Acrea acrita, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i1., Acr. pl. 3. fig. 18 (1865),

3, Lake Mweru.

658 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPTDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

70. ACRHA GUILLEMEL.

3. Acrea guillemei, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. xvii. p. 19, pl. 1.

fig. 1 (1893).

Q. Smoky grey, with black borders and spots as in the male.

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

This species, with its dusky female, is rather strikingly distinct ;

it does not appear to be rare.

71. AOCRHA NATALICA.

Acrea natalica, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. p. 590, n. 57 (1847).

3 2, Zomba, July 1892; Lake Mweru.

72. AORHA ARCTICINOTA.

Acrea arcticincta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p- 103 (1883).

Acrea anemosa, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. pl. 33. fig. 1.

Zomba, July 1892.

As I pointed out in my description, the black border of the

secondaries in this Acrea is only half the width of that in

A. anemosa; the black oblique streak at the end of the cell of

primaries is also narrower ; it is a well-marked representative form,

between which and the species named by Hewitson I have seen

no links.

73. ACREA ARECA,

Acrea areca, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1888 ; Nov. Lep.

p- 100, pl. xiv. p. 5 (1893).

Acrea khara, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. iii. p. 128 (1889) ; Rhop. Exot., Aer. pl. 2. figs. 1, 2 (1889).

3, Zomba, July 1892; 9, December 1892.

The female has a pale subapical white patch immediately beyond

the black oblique bar after end of cell of primaries.

74. ACRHA ACARA.

Acrea acara, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Aer. pl. 3. figs. 19, 20

(1865).

Q. Var. Acrea pseudolycia, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 213 (1874),

3 2, Zomba, July 1892.

A, pseudolycia is a rare albino form of the female.

75. PLANEMA JOHNSTONI.

3. Acrea johnstoni, Godman, P. Z.8. 1885, p. 537.

2. Acrea (Planema) johnstoni, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 91.

2 2, Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

As already stated, Dr. Holland has given the full synonymy of

this species, which is more variable in colouring than any other

Planema. I have seen examples in various collections corr spond-

ing with most of those figured by M. Oberthiir.

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 659

76, ALZNA NYASSA,

Alena nyassa, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 6 (1877).

Q. Alena major, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. xii. p. 7, pl. 2. fig. 5

(1888),

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

It is a singular thing that, at the time when M. Oberthiir

described and figured his A. hauttecewri and A. major and made

the observation,—“ Jusqu’a présent on ne connaissait d’autre espece

du genre Alena que l’Amazoula, Bdyv., de Natal,”—one of these

species had already been describedeleven years, as A.nyassa, and the

other five years, as A. imterposita: one does not wish to be severe,

but it looks almost as though this author had not gone over his

‘Zoological Records’ with any great care.

76a. ALENA NYASSA, var. OCHRACHA.

Similar in pattern to the type, but the belt across the centre of

the wings buff-coloured in the male and wider than in the typical

form ; that of the female cream-coloured, wider on costa than in

the typical female, and less inarched ; wings below suffused with

buff. Expanse of wings, ¢ 31-36 millim, 2 35-36 millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

It is just possible that this may prove to be distinct from

A. nyassa, but I am rather inclined to believe it to be a dimorphic

form corresponding with the ochreous male of A. interposita,

figured by M. Oberthiir as the male of his A. hautteceeurt.

77. ALUMNA AMAZOULA.

Alena amazoula, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 591 (1849).

Zomba, July 1892.

78. TINGRA AMENAIDA.

Pentila amenaida, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v., Pent. & Lipt. pl. 2.

figs. 4-7 (1873).

- Zomba, July 1892.

Var. Base of primaries dusky; secondaries smoky brown, with

black spots and borders as usual.

Zomba, July and December 1892.

79. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS.

Hesperia bibulus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 307, n. 163

(1793).

Zomba, July and December 1892.

This species varies considerably in size.

80. HyRnus LINGEUS.

Papilio tingeus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccclxxix. F', G (1782),

Zomba, July 1892.

660 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

81. ZizBRA GAIKA,

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 403

(1862).

Zomba, July 1892.

82. LYCENESTHES BUBASTUS.

Papilio bubastus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecelxii. G, H (1782).

Zomba, July 1892.

83. LYCENESTHES ADHERBAL ?

2 . Lycena adherbal, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France 1877, p. 217.

Zomba, July and December 1892.

This species is nearest to L. princeps, Butl.; the description is

imperfect, having been made from a damaged female example ;

there can therefore be no absolute certainty in its identification

excepting by a comparison with the type. The male of the species

before me is less brilliantly coloured than the female: shining

lavender biue above ; the apical area and outer border of primaries

dark brown, as also the costal area and sometimes a marginal border

on the secondaries; the orange-zoned ocelli are slightly smaller

than in the female.

84. CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS.

Lycena osiris, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1885, p. 642,

n. 21; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 409, pl. 26. figs. 11, 12

(1862).

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

85. CATOCHRYSOPS ASOPUS.

Lycena asopus, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642,

n. 22; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 410, pl. 26. figs. 13-15

(1862).

Zomba, July 1892.

86. CasTaLIUs HYPOLEUCUS, sp. 0.

3. Pale smoky grey, with darker veins and undulated sub-

marginal line: primaries with transverse narrow dusky discocellu-

lar bar; an arched or angulated discal series of spots showing

through the wing; a blackish marginal line: secondaries with

discoidal and discal spots visible through the wing; a marginal

series of ocelloid spots, bounded internally by the undulated line;

the last but one distinct, blackish, crossed by a few bluish scales ;

the last or subanal ocellus double, sometimes blackish, but not

invariably ; all the others indistinct ; margin black, preceded near

anal angle by a slender white line; body blackish. Under surface

chalky or creamy white, with greyish veins; a slender marginal

black line, fringe brown, tipped with white: primaries with a short

black bar on the discocellulars, an arched or angulated series of five

brown or black spots across the disk from fourth subcostal to first

1893. } BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 661

median branch; a submarginal series of almost confluent olive-

brown dashes ; secondaries with three rounded black equidistant

spots across the basal area, a black discocellular bar and a double

arched series of eight black spots across the disk; a submarginal

undulated line, the first four divisions of which are olive-brown and

the remainder saffron-yellow ; beyond this line is a series of more

or less defined pale yellow spots, succeeded near anal angle by a

single black spot crossed by a metallic blue crescent, a double black

spot sprinkled with metallic blue scales, anda black dot in the angle

itself ; body below white. Expanse of wings 40-43 millim.

?. Larger than the male, the basal area sometimes to beyond

the middle suffused with lilac; a large black spot at the end of

the discoidal cell of primaries ; primaries below with an additional

black discal spot ; in other respects like the male excepting that

the female from Zomba has the discocellular bar and the spots at

centre of discal series on the secondaries well-defined in black on

the upper surface. Expanse of wings 47-54 millim.

Nyanza and Zomba; the former in the Museum, the latter in the

present series.

I have long hesitated to describe this very distinct species on

account of the more or less dgmaged condition of all the specimens,

and I had hoped Mr. Grose Smith would long since have relieved

me from the necessity of doing so, but this I cannot discover that

he has done. The species appears to me to come nearest to C. azureus

from Madagascar, of which it is possible that C. lewcon, Mab., may

be the female, in spite of the extraordinary difference of pattern

on the under surface of the primaries.

87. AZANUS NATALENSIS.

cena natalensis, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. ii. p. 77, n. 158

(1887) P

Zomba, July 1892.

88. TaRuUcUS PULCHER.

Lycena pulchra, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 524, pl. 10.

figs. 7, 8.

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

89. TATURA PHILIPPUS.

Hesperia philippus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 283, n. 87

(1793).

@ , Zomba, January 1893.

90, TaTURA CHCULUS.

Tolaus ceculus, Hopfier, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642,

n. 17; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 402, pl. 25. figs. 12-14

(1862).

2, Zomba, January 1893.

662 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

91. VrmacHoLA ANTA.

Lycena anta, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 402

(1862).

3, Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

92. SPINDASIS NYASSH.

Aphneus nyasse, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. xx. p. 250 (1884).

2, Zomba, December 1892. :

A much damaged example, but corresponding exactly in under-

surface pattern with the male.

93. SPINDASIS HOMEYERI.

Aphneeus homeyeri, Dewitz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxx. p. 429,

pl. 2. figs. 5 a-c (1886).

Zomba, December 1892.

In the plate the coloration of the upper surface is a little too

florid ; in fact, the upper surface is not unlike that of Spindasis

natalensis ; the pattern of the under surface at once fixes the species.

94. AXIOCERSES AMANGA.

Zeritis amanga, Westwood in Oates’s ‘ Matabele-Land,’ p. 351,

n. 62 (1881).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, July 1892.

95. AXIOCERSES HARPAX.

Papilio harpax, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. App. p. 829, n. 327-8

(1775).

Lake Mweru ; Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

96. AXIOCERSES PERION.

Papilia perion, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecclxxix. B, C (1782).

Zomba, July and December 1892.

It appears to me that Hiibner has as much claim to the genus

Awiocerses as Felder has to the majority .of the genera indicated

by him in the ‘ Reise der Novara.’

97. MYLOTHRIS AGATHINA.

Papilio agathina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cexxxvii. D, E(1782).

3 2, Lake Mweru; 9, Zomba, December 1892 and January

1893.

As I have explained elsewhere, the genus Mylothris is readily

separable from Belenois, not only by its slightly longer wings, but

as having only four branches to the subcostal vein of primaries.

When describing Belenois welwitschii, Herr Rogenhofer recognizes

the fact, mentioning “ die gegabelte Apicalader ” as a distinguish-

ing character of the genus Belenois ; nevertheless, in the same paper

(Ann. Nat. Hofmuseums, Wien, 1889, pl. xxiii.), he has figured

Belenois ianthe under the new name of Mylothris agylla, Rgh., and

Phrissura phaola as also a Mylothris. His B. welwitschii comes

1893.] BRITISH CHNTRAL AFRICA, 663

near to B. calypso and might almost be a hybrid between that

species and B. sabrata=thysa, var. ; the description is based upon

two examples, both of them males.

98. MYLoTHRIS RUPPHLLI.

Pieris riippellix, Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna, p. 88 (1865).

2, Zomba, January 1893.

99. NYOHITONA ALCHSTA.

Papilio alcesta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecclxxix. A (1782).

Lake Mweru.

100. Comtas BDUSA.

Papilio edusa, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 23, n. 240 (1787).

2, Zomba, December 1892.

101. TeRrAs zon.

Terias zoe, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 640,

n. 5; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 369, pl. 23. figs. 10, 11

(1862).

2, Zomba, January 1893.

102, THRIAs REGULARIS.

Terias regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p. 486 (1876).

3 2, Zomba, July and December 1892.

103. TERIAS ORIENTIS.

Terias orientis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 71, n. 87.

Terias butleri, Trimen, Afr. Butt. iii. p. 23, n. 244 (1889).

3, Lake Mweru; 2, Zomba, July 1892.

Ihad suspected the identity of 7’. orientis and T. butleri ever since

reading the description of the latter, and in 1891 Mr. C. Barker

kindly gave us a typical example of 7. butlert from Palapye,

Kama’s country, Mashonaland, enabling me to prove the fact

beyond question.

104, THRACOLUS RHODESINUS, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 6.)

3. Intermediate in character between 7’. vesta and T. catochry-

sops. Upper surface creamy buff, with white basal third and blue-

grey basal scaling: primaries with slender black costal margin ;

discocellular spot large and black as in 7. mutans; the external

border nearly as in 7’. doubledayi, only the veins are not black beyond

the bisinuated inner band of the black-brown external area: second-

aries with the inner band or edging of the external area very

narrow and almost obliterated below the third median branch, the

outer border also narrow asin 7’. doubledayi, but more sharply

defined ; the enclosed spots consequently are longer than usual.

Below like 7’. vesta, but the primaries with the bisinuated 3-band

narrower and the secondaries of a more lively sulphur-yellow tint,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XLV. 45

664 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

with saffron-yellow veins on basal area. Expanse of wings

45 millim.

Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, October 17, 1892.

105, TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS.

Anthocharis phlegyas, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 431, pl. 25.

figs. 3, 3a (1865).

3, Salim bin Najimb, Konde, January 18, 1893 (2. C.).

106. TERACOLUS ANAX.

Callosune anax, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. iii. p. 125 (1889) ; Rhop. Exot. i., Call. pl. 1. figs. 5-8 (1889).

2, Lake Mweru.

107. TERACOLUS THEOGONE.

Anthocharis theogone, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 575, n. 23

(1836).

3 2, Lake Mweru.

108. TERACOLUS SUBVENOSUS.

Teracolus subvenosus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol, xii. p. 105, n. 10 (1883).

3, Zomba, July 1892.

109. TERACOLUS OMPHALE.

Pieris omphale, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 122, n, 12 (1819).

o, Lake Mweru.

110. Caropsimmia FLORELLA.

Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479, n. 159 (1775).

2, Zomba, July 1892.

111. CaroPsiIniA PYRENE.

Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. i. pl. 51 (1820-21),

3 2, Zomba, July and December 1892.

112. BELENOIS SEVERINA.

Papilio severina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccexxxviii. G, H

(1782).

2, Rhodesia, Lake Mwernu, June 13, 1892.

113. BELENOIS AGRIPPINA.

Pieris agrippina, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 173, n. 159

(1865).

3, Lake Mweru; 2, Zomba, July 1892.

Personally I have no doubt that Felder’s Pieris agrippina is

the large African representative of B. mesentina, with blackish-

brown veins on under surface of secondaries. My friend Trimen’s

attempt to convince us that it is a varietal form of B. severina

seems to me to be a work of supererogation: we have an abundant

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 665

African species, which agrees with Felder’s description closely

enough (I should have imagined) to satisfy anyone; but, probably

because the base of the front wings on the under surface is said to

be tinted with sulphur (a character only faintly indicated at the

base of the costal border in the males), it is regarded as a variety

of B. severina. Felder, comparing his Pieris agrippina with the

latter species, rightly observes that it has the costal margius of the

wings longer and the cells longer and narrower; he also notes

that the white spots on the black apical area of the primaries are

tolerably large, the inner edge of the outer border of the second-

aries squamose, and the veins on the under surface of the same

wings violaceous brownish, none of which characters are found in

typical B. severina, nor have I ever met with a variety of that

species possessing them. B. lordaca is, as Trimen observes,

doubtless the same species as B. mesentina ; but as to B. auriginea

being the spring brood, Col. Yerbury’s collection rather tended to

show that it prevailed in the autumn, if I remember rightly.

114. BELENOIS GIpIca.

Pieris gidica, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 131, n. 37 (1819).

2, Lake Mweru.

115. BELENOIS CRAWSHAYI, sp. n.

¢. Allied to B. zochalia. Above greenish white: primaries with

silvery sericeous base; costal margin slenderly edged with black;

the exteraal border formed as in B. calypso,but rather more

decided and without the apical white streak between the first and

second spots; the five spots which remain quite white, the

first, third, and fifth small and sagittate, the second larger and

pyriform, the fourth minute and squamose; a very conspicuous

black spot on the lower discocellular veinlet: secondaries with

weil-defined marginal black spots. Primaries below with the

apical area pale sulphur-yellow, crossed by olive-brown veins

and edged internally from costa to lower radial vein by an

irregular narrow band of the same colour, below this by a grey

lunule which connects it with a triangular black spot on second

median interspace ; black discocellular spot as above: secondaries

creamy sulphur, with basal third of costal margin and a short

iuterno-median basal streak of saffron- or cadmium-yellow ; the

ve*ns, a forked marking in the cell, an oblique bar on the lower

discocellulars, two or three squamose streaks across the base of

the interno-median and first median areas, a partly disconnected

zigzag submarginal stripe, and a series of broadly triangular

marginal spots pale olive-brown ; fringe white, spotted with grey

and tipped with black at the extremities of the median branches :

body below creamy whitish, the palpi pure white. Expanse of wings

63 millim.

Lake Mweru.

We have two males of this species in the Museum from Lake

Tanganyika.

45*

666 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM (Nov. 7,

116. BetEyors prminva, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 7.)

?. Allied to the preceding species; considerably smaller; the

white spots on apical area enlarged, almost confluent, so as to divide

it into an inner irregular oblique black band; a quadrate black spot

on second median interspace and a dentated grey-brown external

border, widest at apex; the black discocellular spot rather smaller

than in B, crawshayi and the silvery basal area of wider extent:

secondaries immaculate, the fringe slightly brownish: apical area

below testaceous, the oblique band and quadrate spot of the upper

surface represented in brownish grey, but the outer border oblite-

rated: secondaries dull creamy stramineous, whiter on the veins; a

faintly indicated testaceous spot on the lower discocellular and two

or three very indistinct testaceous A-shaped markings representing

the submarginal line of the preceding species. Expanse of wings

50 millim.

Lake Mweru.

I should have preferred to regard B. diminutaas the female of

B. crawshayi, but females in this genus are usually as large as or

larger than males and always have better defined markings ; that

there should be a solitary exception to this rule seems in the

highest degree improbable.

117. Hurpania BRIPHIA.

Pieris eriphia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 157, n. 184 (1819).

Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 12, 1892.

118. GLUTOPHRISSA SABA.

Papilio saba, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 46, n. 199 (1781).

3 9, Lake Mweru.

119. NEPHERONIA THALASSINA.

Piers thalassina, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. i. p. 443, n. 8 (1836).

3, Lake Mweru.

120. ERontra LEDA.

Eronia leda, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. i. p. 65 (1847).

3, Lake Mweru.

121. ERoONIA CLEODORA.

Eronia cleodora, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 130

(1816-36).

Lake Mweru.

Herr Weymar (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1892) has redescribed my Z.

dilatata under the name of Z. cleodora, var. marginata.

122, PaPILio LURLINUS.

Papilio lurlinus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p. 106, n. 12 (1883),

Mipa stream, Mofwi, August 3, 1892 (R. C.).

The type of this species was received from the Victoria Nyanza.

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 667

123. PAPILIO LHONIDAS.

Papilio leonidas, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 35, n. 103 (1793).

Zomba, December 1892.

124, Paprnio CORINNEUS.

Papilio corinneus, Bertoloni, Mem. Acc. Bologna, 1849, p. 9,

pl. 1. figs. 1-3.

Zomba, July 1892.

125. PAPILIo NIVINOX, sp. 0.

Black-brown, with semitransparent snow-white markings above ;

general character of markings similar to those of P. corinneus,

excepting that the large spot near the end of the celland the small

one beyond it are so much enlarged that an oblique black line alone

divides them, that the oval spot above the third median branch is

lengthened and widened so as to form an oblique belt with the

above-mentioned discoidal spots, from which it is only separated by

the black median vein; that the large patch in the lower (first)

median interspace is represented by a large or small oval patch

occupying the centre af the interspace ; the two subapical spots

are rounded and well separated, and, as already mentioned, all the

white markings are snow-white, whereas in P. corinneus they are

greenish white : on tha under surface the crimson in the cell is deeper

and only occupies the basal half, the outer half of the cell being jet-

black; the apical area is deep rufous-brown ; the abdominal area

of the secondaries is deep crimson to the first median branch;

the ochreous spot is obliquely truncated internally ; the external

area extends inwards so as to fill the second median interspace,

and within the cell it extends upwards along the base of the second

subcostal branch ; instead of being ochreous with a reddish clay-

coloured band from the ochreous anal spot, it is reddish clay-coloured

with a black band; as above also the markings are snow-white

instead of greenish. Expanse of wings 85 millim.

Two examples, Lake Mweru.

This is a far more beautiful species than P. corinneus, the con-

trasts of colouring on both surfaces being much more defined and

tasteful; in point of form it differs in the slightly less inarched

outer margin of the primaries and more regularly rounded outer

margin of the secondaries.

126. PAPILIO DEMOLEUS.

Papilio demoleus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ul. p. 214 (1764).

Lake Mweru ; Zomba, December 1892.

127. PAPILIO OPHIDICEPHALUS.

Papilio ophidicephalus, Oberthir, Etudes, iii. p. 13 (1878).

Lake Mweru. Pp

668 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

128. PAPILIO CONSTANTINUS.

Papilio constantinus, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag. viii. p. 84 (1871);

Afr. Lep. p. 1, pl. 1. figs. 1, 2 (1873).

Lake Mweru.

129. PAPILIo MEROPE.

Papilio merope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cli. A, B (1779).

3, Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 11, 1892.

130. PAPILIO ERINUS.

Papilio erinus, Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M.i. p. 35, n. 127 (1865).

Lake Mweru ; Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

The Husprrip# in the collection are numerous, and so many

species have been described of late years, especially by Herr Plotz

and Monsieur Mabille, that it has been no light task to work

carefully through the accumulation of literature and decide what

species are new to science. That the descriptions of Plotz are not

easy to follow is a fact, I think, pretty generally admitted, and

those who have attempted to recognize his species have not always

succeeded in making them evident to their successors. For

instance, Herr Ribbe (‘ Isis,’ 1889, p. 261), after quoting the descrip-

tion of Pamphila ahrendti, observes :—“ It is very difficult, from

this short description of Plitz’s, to identify P. ahrendti. I have

therefore had the species figured, by which figure the identifica-

tion can be gained with certainty.” Unbappily, this is far from

being a fact, as the figure is a blotchy photolithograph, and

might stand for any Hesperiid of the same size; in short, it is

utterly useless as an aid to identification. It isa pity that so

little work equal to that of Prof. Aurivillius has been produced

in Germany, and so little as lucid as that of the late Monsieur

Guenée in France. One of the chief difficulties in the identifica-

tion of Mabille’s Hesperiide consists in the fact that his new

species are frequently placed in the wrong genera.

131. TaGIADES FLESUS.

Hesperia flesus, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 135, n. 621 (1781).

Zomba, December 1592 and January 1893.

132. SARANGESA MOTOZI.

Pterygospidea motozi, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, p. 53.

Lake Mweru; Zomba, January 1893.

133. SARANGESA MOTOZOIDES ?

Sarangesa motozoides, Holland, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. x. p. 288, n. 9 (1892).

Lake Mweru.

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 669

134. SARANGESA ASTRIGERA, sp. n.

Black-brown, with a faint cupreous gloss; fringes spotted with

greyish white ; a submarginal series of snow-white dots; indica-

tions of a discal series of smaller dots, best defined on the primaries ;

a minute spot in each discoidal cell; primaries also with two widely

separated white points on interno-median area and three small

spots in the form of a < beyond the cell: abdomen above black ;

antenne black, ringed with white. Wings below more distinctly

shot with cupreous than above, in some lights varying to bronzy

green; the white dots on primaries nearly as above, but those on

secondaries better defined and forming four imperfect series, con-

sisting respectively of two, five, seven, and eight or nine white

dots ; fringes spotted as above: palpi white below ; body greyish.

Expanse of wings 33 millim.

Zomba, January 1893.

135. CAPRONA PILLAANA.

Caprona pillaana, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, p. 51; Trimen, South Afr. Butt. pl. xii. figs. 6, 6 a

(1889).

Zomba, January 1893.

136. CAPRONA JAMESONI.

Antigonus jamesoni, EH. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. vi. p. 348 (1890).

Pterygospidea jamesoni, Trimen, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 106, pl. ix.

fig. 25.

Mipa stream, Mofwi, August 3, 1892 (R. C.).

137. HesPERIA DROMUS.

Pyrgus dromus, Plotz, Mitth. naturw. Vereins, 1884, p. 6, n. 13.

Lake Mweru; Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

138. ACLEROS PHILANDER.

Pamphila philander, Hopffer, Monatsber. Kon. Akad. Wiss.

Berlin, 1855, p. 643; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 416,

pl. 27. figs. 1, 2 (1862).

Zomba, July 1892.

139. ACLEROS PLACIDUS.

Apaustus placidus, Plitz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 360.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

140. OXYPALPUS RUSO.

Pamphila ruso, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. ent. Belge, 1891,

elxxxiil.

Zomba, December 1892.

The description of the upper surface of primaries seems rather

670 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

vague, but I think, from the striking character of the under-

surface markings, there can be little doubt that this is Mabille’s

species ; the upper surface appears to be not much unlike the

Pamphila gisgon of the same author.

141, OsmMopES RANOHA.

Pamphila ranoha, Westwood in Oates’s ‘ Matabele-Land,’ p. 353

(1881).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

The Hewitson collection contains two specimens unnamed,

labelled “ Zanzibar ” and “ Nyassa” respectively.

142. Hermroprervs FoRMOSUS, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 8.)

Black-brown, with an angular ochreous subapical band, con-

stricted or divided at third median branch, and a small spot of the

same colour near external angle; secondaries with six submarginal

ochreous spots, the fringe usually varied with the same colour ; the

head and thorax more or less clothed with dull ochraceous hairs :

primaries below dark cupreous brown, almost black ; costal margin

sprinkled with pale yellowish scales; a subcostal longitudinal

streak, followed below origin of first subcostal branch by a spot ;

a shorter streak in the cell; a minute transverse spot at end of

cell ; the angular band and spot of upper surface bright ochreous ;

internervular folds terminating in a marginal series of more or

less triangular pale yellow spots; outer edge of fringe slightly

varied with yellow at apex: secondaries milk-whitish, the sub-

median interspace pale sordid yellow, traversed towards anal

angle by a looped blackish line from submedian vein; all the

veins black; a large subbasal oblong spot linking the costal and

subcostal veins, an irregular central band from second subcostal

branch to submedian vein, and a submarginal macular band,

consisting of seven divisions, bright ochreous, edged with black ;

fringe black, almost wholly tipped with ochreous: palpi below

black at base, their fringes at first whitish, then reddish ochreous,

faintly tipped with black; pectus and legs clothed with ochreous

hair ; venter black, with ochreous spots at the sides, creamy white

in the centre. Expanse of wings 33-36 millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

Evidently this beautiful species is not rare.

143. CYCLOPIDES QUADRISIGNATUS, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 9.)

Intermediate between C. metis and egipan; purplish brown ;

a sinuous transverse spot at end of cell, two obliquely placed

trifid subapical spots and a larger bifid spot cut by the second

median branch, ochreous ; a few very short ochreous bristles below

the median vein: secondaries with a few fine ochreous hairs in the

cell; a bifid spot at end of cell, a smaller squamous spot below

apex and another in first median interspace ochreous: body

blackish ; antenne ringed with white, club more or less ochreous,

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 671

Wings below cupreous brown; primaries with the ochreous spots

larger and brighter than above, that of end of cell deeply incised

internally ; secondaries immaculate. Expanse of wings 31-35

millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

Two somewhat damaged specimens of this distinct species,

which at the first casual examination I mistook for C. malgacha,

from which, however, they are abundantly distinct.

144, CYCLOPIDES MIDAS, sp. n.

Allied to C. metis, chiefly differing above in the much greater

size and more golden orange colouring of all the spots; there is,

however, a well-defined short orange streak below the costa near

the base, a nearly complete belt of subbasal spots crossing the

wings obliquely ; below all the spots are as well defined as above

but rather paler, whereas in C. metis the under surface of the

secondaries is almost immaculate in the female and quite so in the

male. Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Zomba, July 1892.

In the Hewitson collection a specimen from Nyasa is asso-

ciated with C. metis, and in the Museum collection is a second

specimen, from Victoria Nyanza.

145, PADRAONA WATSONT, sp. n.

Resembles Telicota bambusew of Moore; decidedly larger and

rather brighter in colouring; the oblique black band on the

primaries with its outer edge acutely produced at first median

branch, as in some other species of Padraona, though this band

does not run inwards to the base; the inner branch of the furca

also carried forwards to costa; the outer border, however, has

an irregularly zigzag inner edge; the base is greyish green, with

a black spot, ill-defined in the male, near the base of the cell,

and the male has basal black streaks on costal and internal borders ;

the ground-colouring of the female is much yellower than that of

the male: the pattern of the under surface, but especially on the

secondaries, is very similar to that of Telicota bambuse, but the

costal border of the primaries is bright yellow, with the differences

in the darker markings mentioned as occurring on the upper

surface ; the secondaries are bright yellow, with the greyish areas

of 7. bambuse replaced by greenish ; the blackish anal patch well-

defined inthe male, subquadrate, bounded internally and atanalangle

by golden orange; the blackish submarginal spot well-defined and

continued to costa; the short greyish central band spotted with

blackish, and several smaller spots across the basal area; costa

greyish. Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Zomba, ¢ July 1892, 9 January 1893.

It seems to me that generic distinctions employed for species

bearing so close a resemblance to one another as the present

insect and Telicota bambuse are somewhat arbitrary and not

altogether satisfactory ; but the Hesperiide are such a difficult

672 DR. A, G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 75

family that any characters which will divide the groups of species

are welcome.

146. GuGENES LETTERSTEDTI.

Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, p. 49, n. 3.

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

147. Baoris FATUELLUS.

Pamphila fatuellus, Hopffer, Monatsber. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,

1855, p. 643, n. 25; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. vy. p. 417, pl. 27.

figs. 3, 4 (1862).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

148. Baoris INCONSPICUA.

| Hesperia inconspicua, Bertoloni, Mem. Acc. Bol. 1849, p. 15.

Pamphila inconspicua, ‘Hopffer, Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb.

y. p. 418 (1862).

Zomba, July 1892.

149. Baoris AMADHU ?

Pamphila amadhu, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soe. ent. Belge,

p. xxviii (1891).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

I believe I have correctly identified this species.

150. HAaLPE NIGERRIMA, sp. n.

Black-brown; the primaries with strong bronze reflections ;

eight hyaline white spots as follows—two small, fusiform, super-

posed in the cell, a large quadrate spot below them on first median

interspace, two small “spots on succeeding interspaces placed

obliquely, and two still smaller divided by the fifth subcostal

branch, a minute spot at centre of interno-median interspace; a

streak of yellowish appressed hair-scales on inner margin ; fringe

tipped with white at external angle: secondaries with a transverse

series of four small cream-coloured spots beyond the cell; fringe

tipped with white, most widely at anal angle: abdomen tipped

with white; head bright golden-green. Under surface dark

cupreous brown with bronze-green and purple reflections: pri-

maries with hyaline spots as above, but the small interno-median

spot extended forward and forked ; an additional white subcostal

streak towards the base: secondaries with a white spot, shot with

lavender, at centre of interno-median interspace, and adjoining it,

beyond the cell, a zigzag series of five lavender spots forming a

large W-shaped pattern; fringe as above: body below white,

venter barred with black. Expanse of wings 39 millim.

Zomba, January 1893.

Several of M. Mabille’s species seem allied to this, but I have

been unable to find one of his descriptions which characterizes it.

H, malthina, Hewits., seems to be also allied.

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAT AFRICA. 673

151. Happ LUGENS.

Pamphila lugens, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 648,

n. 26; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. y. p. 418, pl. 27. figs. 5, 6

(1862).

Zomba, July 1892.

152. BaRAOUS FENESTRATUS, sp. n.

Above almost exactly like Jsoteinon lamprospilus, but slightly

smaller and with the hyaline spots a little smaller; the grey-

greenish hairy clothing of the secondaries extending over a much

wider area ; ground-colouring below like B. septentrionum, Wood-

Mason, the primaries black with costal and apical areas broadly

argillaceous, shading into dust-grey; fringe of the latter colour

tipped with white; hyaline spots as above: secondaries golden

argillaceous ; a longitudinal greyish streak immediately below and

bounding the subcostal vein; abdominal area dust-greyish; two

small whitish spots on centre of median interspaces ; fringe white.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 31 millim., 2 35 millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

153. CERATRICHIA STELLATA.

Ceratrichia stellata, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. ent. Belge,

1891; p. xx.

Zomba, December 1892.

154. AEROMACHUS ? JOHNSTONI, sp. n.’

¢. Bronze-brown: primaries with two unequal hyaline white

dots within the end of the cell and a small subquadrate spot below

the lower of them on first median interspace ; a dot at basal third

of second median interspace, and above it, towards costa, two un-

equal white dots placed slightly obliquely ; base of costa and centre

of inner margin slightly dusted with yellowish; posterior two-

fifths of fringe tipped with sordid white : secondaries with yellowish

hair scales in cell and interno-median interspace ; fringe, excepting

at apex, sordid white: head, collar, and patagia golden brownish ;

front of thorax glossed with green; abdomen greyish. Primaries

below grey, the apical area and costa lilacine, clouded with black-

ish ; hyaline spots as above; a white diffused streak at base of cell

and a small spot across centre of interno-median area: secondaries

lilacine-greyish along submedian vein; a dark brown irregular

>-shaped band from apex across the disk: fringe of second joint

_ of palpi and anterior femora long and bright yellow; venter greyish

white. Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Mipa stream, Mofwi, August 3, 1892.

1 T have placed this species at the end of the Hesperiidz because it does not

appear to me quite to agree with any of the genera indicated in Lieut. Watson’s

Revision of the family ; from Acromachus, which it most nearly approaches, it

differs in the longer terminal joint of the palpi.

P.S.—I find that by some inexplicable oversight the slip of Rhopalocampta

forestan, Cram. (which was represented in both collections), has dropped out

of the MS.

674 DR. A, G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

HETEROCHRA.

None of these were obtained by Mr. Crawshay, but Mr. Whyte’s

collection contained a fair series.

155. CEPHONODES HYLAS.

Sphinx hylas, Linneus, Mant. i. p. 539 (1771).

Zomba, January 1893.

156. AELLOPUS HIRUNDO.

Macroglossa hirundo, Gersticker, Arch. Nat. xxxvii. p. 360 (1871).

Zomba, December 1892.

157. CHEROCAMPA OSIRIS,

Deilephila osiris, Dalman, Analecta Entom. p. 48, n. 21 (1828).

Zomba, July 1892.

158. NEPHELE FUNEBRIS.

Sphinw funebris, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 371, n. 47 (1793).

Zomba, January 1893.

159. ALGocnRA MENETA.

Voctua meneta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. lxx. D (1775).

Zomba, July and December 1892 and January 1893.

160. ALGOCERA FERVIDA.

Aigocera fervida, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 57, n. 4 (1854) 5

Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. i. p. 12, pl. 5. fig. 1 (1877).

Zomba, December 1892.

A single worn example, with the outer border of the secondaries

of half the usual width and tapering to anal angle.

161. CHARILINA AMABILIS.

Noctua amabilis, Drury, Il. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. 13. fig. 3 (1778).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

The outer border of the secondaries slightly narrower than

usual.

162. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX SUPERBA.

Eusemia superba, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv.

p. 141, pl. 13. fig. 3 (1875).

Zomba, July 1892.

163. SYNTOMIS CHRES.

Syntomis ceres, Oberthiir, Etudes, iii. p. 38, pl. 3. fig. 5 (1878).

Zomba, July 1892.

Evidently a common species: it differs from S. kuhlweinii in its

larger hyaline spots; this distinction, though apparently un-

important, seems to be quite constant.

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 675

164, DIosPAGE SCINTILLANS, sp. n. (Plate LX. figs. 12, 13.)

Allied to D. rhebus, Cramer, and D. triplaw, Plétz: above black,

the primaries brilliantly shot with emerald-green; a broad streak

occupying the basal fourth of costa, and three spots beyond it,

glittering metallic golden green shaded with golden cupreous; a

large oval patch of glittermg magenta, varying to purple and edged

with fiery copper; five nearly equidistant semihyaline opaline

white spots, arranged as follows—one within the end of the cell,

one beyond the cell, and three submarginal, the central one of

which is largest and crosses the second median branch: secondaries

brilliantly shot with prussian blue; a small opaline white spot

within extremity of discoidal cell and a larger subanal spot ;

abdominal border clothed with black hairs: head steel-blue ;

antenne black; thorax greenish black, the collar, patagia, and two

transverse bands at back of thorax glittering metallic golden green,

varying on the patagia to fiery copper ; abdomen indigo, imperfectly

banded with scattered metallic green scales. Wings below bril-

liantly shot with prussian blue, which shades into green on apical

area of primaries and costa of secondaries; discoidal cell of

primaries shaded with purple; costa spotted with metallic pale

blue-greenish ; all white spots as above: palpi black, legs blue-

black; all the tibie with a conspicuous white patch; the pectus

almost entirely covered with metallic steel-green ; abdomen crossed

by imperfect bands of the same colour. LExpanse of wings 42

millim.

Var. Primaries almost as blue as the secondaries; the three

golden-green costal spots, which in the typical form follow the

basal streak, wanting ; the large metallic patch from median vein

to inner margin subquadrate, with a central projecting tooth from

its outer margin ; in colouring also it differs in being of a fiery

copper colour, edged with golden copper ; the subapical white spot

and the spot near external angle wholly absent ; secondaries with

the costa purplish, no white spot in the cell, and the subanal spot

smaller. Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

After seeing this magnificent species I am quite satisfied that

Cramer’s D. rhebus is African (not East Indian, as Mr. Kirby has

concluded, Syn. Cat. p. 169). Cramer says it was received from

Coromandel and the coast of Africa; his first locality, not his

second, being unquestionably erroneous.

I should undoubtedly have regarded the variety described above

as a distinct species, had there not fortunately been an example

intermediate between the two forms in the collection. It is

probable, I think, that D. triplaw of Plétz, which is described as

having only three hyaline white spots on the primaries, may also

vary in a similar manner ; it evidently does not possess the large

metallic purplish or cupreous patch, or the smaller metallic golden-

green streaks and spots of D. scintillans, in which respect the

latter is more nearly allied to D. rhebus. A fourth species,

676 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [ Nov. 7,

probably referable to Diospage, is Glaucopis iridea, Mabille; but

Sphinx auratus (Stoll), Cramer, does not belong to the genus.

165. NEUROSYMPLOCA PROCRIOIDES, sp. n.

Primaries smoky grey or semitransparent sooty black; second-

aries darker, with bright blue gloss : body black ; patagia ochreous ;

venter ochreous with black anal segment. Expanse of wings 32

millim.

Zomba, January 1893.

166. ANOMOTES NIGRIVENOSUS, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 10.)

Allied to A. tenella, Holland; orange-tawny ; semitransparent

primaries, with the veins black ; the costa, apex, and a narrow

decreasing external border diffused grey ; neuration distorted ; the

second and third subcostal branches on a very short footstalk ;

upper discocellular continued transversely across the upper radial

and uniting close below it with the lower radial, which is thrown

forward from the third median branch at an oblique angle; the

normal lower discocellular thrown backwards as a forked recurrent

vein, its lower furca uniting with the median vein just beyond the

second branch: secondaries wider than in A. tenella, the outer

border narrowly grey ; in the type the right-hand wing has partly

developed an upper radial vein between the second subcostal

branch and the ordinary radial: body tawny ochreous; legs

brownish. Expanse of wings 31 millim.

Zomba, July 1892.

In low types of Lepidoptera like the Phaudine, the neuration

seems to be very variable; so that characters which in some groups

would be of the utmost importance for generic purposes are seen

to be utterly unreliable: in all the most important features of its

neuration A. rigrivenosus agrees with typical Anomeotes.

STAPHYLINOCHROUS, gen. nov.

Nearest to Boradia: primaries elongate triangular; costal vein

throwing off three perpendicular veinlets to the margin before the

regular branches; first and second branches emitted from a foot-

stalk before the end of the cell and united by an oblique veinlet to

the third above its separation from the fifth ; the third, fourth, and

fifth emitted from a footstalk which throws off the fifth branch

halfway between the cell and the furca formed by the third and

fourth branches ; anterior part of the cell projecting prominently

forwards ; lower radial and third median branch emitted together

from a short footstalk: secondaries with neuration as in Anomeotes,

but the anterior part of the cell projecting more prominently

forwards: body as in Boradia, with similar antenne. Type

S. whytei.

167. SraAPHYLINOCHROUS WHYTEI, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 11.)

Orange-tawny ; apical two-sevenths of primaries occupied by a

belt of smoky grey, regularly tapering from costa to external angle ;

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 677

secondaries with a narrow decreasing external border of the same

colour from apex to submedian vein; antenne® dark brown; body

tawny ferruginous, abdomen tipped with blackish, extremity of

tarsi also blackish. Expanse of wings 37 millim.

Zomba, January 1893.

The most Geometriform genus of Phaudine that I have hitherto

seen.

168. Lepista TRIMENTI.

Dyphlebia trimenii, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iv. pl. evi.

fig. 32,

Zomba, July 1892.

169. DEIOPEIA PULCHELDA.

Tinea pulchella, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 534, n. 238 (1758).

Zomba, July 1892.

170, ARGINA LEONINA.

Argina leonina, Walker, Lep. Het. xxxi. p. 262 (1864).

Zomba, July 1892.

171. ARGINA AMANDA,

Euchelia amanda, Boisduval, Deleg. Voy. ii. p. 597, n. 133

(1847).

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

172. RHANIDOPHORA PHEDONIA.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

173. CANOPUS RUBRIPES.

Amerila rubripes, Walker, Lep. Het. xxxi. p. 304 (1864).

Zomba, July 1892.

174, LAacIPA BIZONOIDES, sp. n.

Nearest to L. gracilis, but differing from all its allies in the

absence of black spots from the primaries ; these wings sericeous

pure white; a spot at the base and two rather broad parallel

straight stripes which divide the wing into three equal parts golden

orange; outer half of fringe slightly golden: secondaries and

abdomen cream-coloured: head buff-coloured; collar and patagia

orange, the latter with white fringes; anus blackish; under sur-

face sordid buff-whitish. Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Zomba, January 1893,

175, ARTAXA OCHRACHATA.

2. Aroa ochraceata, Walker, Lep. Het. xxxii. p. 327 (1865).

Zomba, January 1893.

The male of this species seems to be rare, only females having

come to hand.

678 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

176. OLAPA FULVINOTATA, sp. n.

3. Closely allied to O. adspersa, Herr.-Sch. ; larger, the pri-

maries and body yellower; the spots on the primaries bright

orange instead of black and more conspicuous. Expanse of wings

40-47 millim.

3, Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

The genus Olapa is nearly allied to Lelia, but may readily be

distinguished from the fact that the second and third median

branches of the secondaries (veins 3 and 4) are widely separated at

their origins, whereas in Lelia they are emitted close together;

on the other hand, the third median and radial in Olapa are closer

together than in Lelia.

177. AROA DISCALIS,

Aroa discalis, Walker, Lep. Het. iv. p. 792, n. 1 (1855 ).

3, Zomba, January 1893.

178. LuProsoMA LEUCONOE.

Nyctemera leuconoe, Hopffer, Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1857,

p. 422; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 174, pl. 28. fig. 3

(1862).

Zomba, July and December 1892.

179. ANTHEUA SIMPLEX.

Antheua simplex, Walker, Lep. Het. iii. p. 687, n. 1 (1855).

Zomba, July 1892.

180, PHIALA CosTIPUNCTA ?

Heteromorpha costipuncta, Herrich-Schiiffer, Aus. Schmett. i.

fig. 375 (1855).

2?, Zomba, July 1892.

181. PsEUDAPHBLIA APOLLINARIS.

Saturnia apollinaris, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 601 (1847).

Zomba, January 1893.

182. Buns EPITHYRENA.

Buncea epithyrena, Maassen & Werning, Beitr. Schmett. figs. 86,

87 (1886).

Zomba, July 1892.

183. GYNANISA MATA.

Saturma maia, Klug, Neue Schmett. pl. 5. fig. 1 (1836).

Zomba, January 1893.

The single example obtained is somewhat aberrant; but the

differences from the typical form are not of such a nature that

they may not be simply the result of individual variation ; I have,

therefore, not felt justified in regarding it as a distinct species.

1893. | BRITISH CENTRAL AFRIOA, 679

Although the Noctue are tolerably well represented in the present

collection, all the species obtained belong to the ‘“ quadrifid ”

type.

184. AIDIA DULCISTRIGA.

Anophia dulcistriga, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1811 (1858).

Zomba, December 1892.

185. PoLyDESMA UMBRICOLA,

Polydesma umbricola, Boisduyal, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 108,

n. 1, pl. 13. fig. 5.

Zomba, July 1892.

This species seems to be common throughout Africa.

186. CaLLIODES RIVULIGHRA, sp. n.

Umber-brown, suffused, but especially towards external border,

with olivaceous greenish and towards base with slaty greyish ;

crossed by numerous irregular black stripes, some of which are

partly shot with dull blue, but the two following the ocellus on

primaries with shining leaden grey ; the first four stripes on the

primaries irregularly angulated, the fifth falciform, bounding the

outer edge of the ocellus, becoming leaden towards costa; sixth

stripe arched and undulated ; seventh parallel to the sixth, macu-

lar ; the eighth slender, submarginal, undulated, not reaching the

costa; the ninth slender, slightly undulated, marginal; fringe

traversed by an indistinct central pale line ; ocellus with the

~ -shaped part bronze-green shaded with olive-brown, edged with

pale brown, bordered below with black, the lobe of the ~ broadly

black externally and crossed by three equidistant metallic leaden

bars; the tail of the ~ enclosing a perpendicular metallic leaden

streak; the V-shaped portion of the ocellus, enclosed by the

comma, shining leaden grey, interrupted by longitudinal bars of the

ground-colour and bounded on both sides by pure white, more or

less triangular spots: secondaries without basal bands; a short

bar crossing the cell, followed by two parallel irregularly denticu-

lated angulated bands, then three tolerably regular parallel zigzag

stripes, a series of subconfluent diamond-shaped spots, a sub-

marginal zigzag stripe; marginal line and fringe as on primaries :

body normal, but darker than in C. apollina. Under surface pale

prick-red ; primaries greyish at external border, which is bounded

internally by a blackish zigzag line, interrupted by blackish veins,

encloses a series of blackish spots, and is edged externally by a

black marginal line ; fringe as above ; across the disk is a second

indistinct interrupted zigzag or lunulated line, interrupted in the

middle by two conspicuous superposed black spots; a blackish

looped character represents the reniform spot, and on the interno-

median interspace there is a blackish longitudinal streak: second-

aries with a black discocellular spot; a black lunulated discal

stripe, a black dentate-sinuate submarginal ine connected with

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XLVI. 46

680 DR, A. G, BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7

the black outer margin by black veins, between which is a series of

black spots; fringe as above. Expanse of wings 44-53 millim.

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

The minimum measurement is taken from an example in the

Museum from Delagoa Bay. The species, if my memory serves,

is nearly allied to C. pretiosissima, Holland (Ent. Suppl. 1892,

p- 94).

187. CALLIODES GLAUCESCENS, sp. n.

General tint above layender-greyish ; the basal and costal areas

of primaries shot with sericeous lavender; the area below and

beyond the ocellus bronzy greenish, shaded with yellowish and with

golden brown; a belt enclosed by the second to fifth lines pale

brownish glossed with pink; outer border greenish grey, fringe

grey-brownish ; one slender black line, which in certain lights

changes to leaden grey and becomes inconspicuous, across basal

two-sevenths ; all the other lines undulated, beyond the ocellus—

the first, which bounds the ocellus externally, sepia-brown, varying

to steel-bluish towards costa; second line parallel to the first,

glossed throughout with steel-blue; third line abbreviated towards

costa, glossed with steel-blue; fourth brown, straight towards

inner margin, abbreviated towards costa; the submarginal and

marginal lines slender and black ; ocellus somewhat similar to that

of the preceding species; the ~ -shaped portion bounded exter-

nally by a black stripe edged on both sides with yellowish, the

lobe black externally, the inner half of the black patch glossed with

metallic leaden and edged with white ; leaden marking in the tail of

the ~ also white-edged; V-shaped area shot with sericeous lavender

aud edged with white: secondaries rufescent, slaty greyish towards

inner margin and greenish on external border, the fringe of

abdominal border brick-red; a small black spot at end of cell,

followed by a straight black band, immediately beyond which

is a blackish stripe; from this point the veins are shot with

steel-blue ; three regular parallel dentate-sinuate blackish

stripes, glossed with steel-blue, excepting on the internervular

folds; a brown dentate-sinuate stripe parallel to the others ;

submarginal and marginal sinuated black lines: head dark

brown, with a red lime between the antenne; collar dark

brown, red at the sides; body smoky mouse-grey; abdomen

rose-red at the sides, Underside of wings bright opaque reddish

orange; black spots at end of discoidal cells, followed by two

parallel angulated discal series of spots, black and distinct on the

secondaries ; a third series of indistinct grey dots, followed on the

primaries by a series of grey lunules; a submarginal series of spots,

very minute on the primaries, and a marginal series of dots, black:

body below rose-red ; palpi black externally, tibiz and tarsi black.

Expanse of wings 53-57 millim. :

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

This lovely species has very much of the general pattern of the

allied genus Spirama.

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRIOA. 681

188. CYLIGRAMMA RUDILINEA.

Cyligramma rudilinea, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1811, n. 5

(1857).

3, Zomba, July 1892.

189. CYyLIGRAMMA LATONA.

; ee (Noctua) latona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 20, pl. xiii. B

(1779).

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

190. CYLIGRAMMA LIMACINA.

Cyligramma limacina, Guérin, Icon. Régne Anim., Ins, pl. 89.

fig. 2, texte, p. 520.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

191. MAxvLa CAPENSIS.

: Hypopyra capensis, Herrich-Schiffer, Auss. Schmett. figs. 121,

22.

Zomba, 2 July 1892, g January 1893.

192. ENTOMOGRAMMA PARDUS.

Entomogramma pardus, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 205, n. 1606 (1852).

Zomba, January 1893.

193. ENTOMOGRAMMA NIGRICEPS.

Renodes ? nigriceps, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1595, n. 6 (1858).

Zomba, January 1893.

194. DysGoNIA ALGIRA.

Phalena-Noctua algira, Gmelin, ed. Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2547,

n. 98.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

195. DysGonrIa DEROGANS.

Ophiusa derogans, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1832 (1858).

Zomba, January 1893.

196. GRAMMODES GHOMETRICA.

Phalena-Noctua geometrica, Rossi, Faun. Etr. ii. p. 179.

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

197. TRIGONODES HYPPASIA.

Phalena-Noctua hyppasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 99, pl. ecl.

(1782).

Zomba, January 1893.

198. DrasTERIA JUDICANS.

Ophiusa judicans, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1831 (1858).

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

46*

682 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

199. PLECOPTERA, sp. inc.

Allied to P. resistans, but the two examples obtained are not in

good enough condition to describe, though there is little question

as to their representing a species new to science.

Zomba, January 1893.

200. AZAZIA RUBRICANS.

Ophiusa rubricans, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 106,

n. 11;'pl.) 163iee ae

Zomba, January 1893.

201. REMIGIA MUTUARIA.

Remigia mutuaria, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1506, n. 7 (1857).

Zomba, January 1893.

The type was from the Cape of Good Hope.

202. REMIGIA ARCHESIA.

Phalena-Noctua archesia, Oramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 145,

pl. eclxxiii.

Zomba,»December 1892 and January 1893.

203. REMIGIA REPANDA.

Noctua repanda, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ui. 2, p. 49, n. 133

(1798).

Zomba, December 1892.

204, LACERA CAPELLA.

Lacera capella, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 337, n. 1802 (1852).

Zomba, January 1893.

205. OPHIODES CROCEIPENNIS.

Ophisma crocetpennis, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1377, n. 19

(1857).

Zomba, January 1893.

206. Deva comMoDA.

Plusiodonta commoda, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl. ii. p. 844

(1865).

Zomba, January 1893.

207. PLUSIA ERIOSOMA.

He ertosoma, Doubleday in Dieffenbach’s ‘ New Zealand, i.

p. 285.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

__ This is one of the most widely distributed of the species of

Plusia.

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 683

208. HyPENA ABYSSINIALIS.

Hypena abyssinialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 39, n. 44.

Zomba, December 1892.

209. GoNODELA BRONGUSARIA.

Epione ? brongusaria, Walker, Lep. Het. xx. p, 123, n. 14

(1860).

Zomba, January 1893.

210. GoNoDELA KILIMANJARENSIS.

Gonodela kilimanjarensis, Holland, Ent. Suppl. 1892, p. 95.

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

Moeschler’s Semiothisa largificaria (Abhandl. Senck. nat. Ges.

xv. p. 95, fig. 20, 1887) seems nearly allied to this species. One

of our examples also nearly resembles G. maligna from Japan.

211. GoNoDELA ZOMBINA, sp. 0.

Not unlike the preceding species; granite-grey, with black

discocellular spots ; the inner oblique angulated line of primaries

ill-defined; the transverse dark grey mottling better defined; the

external area from the second line considerably darker than the

remainder of the wing-surface, but this difference is less pronounced

in a tapering patch immediately beyond the line and extending

upwards from inner margin of both wings and on the external

border of the secondaries ; the outer line of primaries more oblique

than in G. kilimanjarensis, and continuous with the inner line of

secondaries; the outer line of the latter wings slightly nearer to

outer margin: wings below white, coarsely mottled with dark

grey, the two transverse lines of the upper surface reproduced,

the inner one in grey mottling; external area grey-brown, slightly

reddish towards apex of primaries, with white nebula towards the

middle, the secondaries also with a squamose apical spot ; veins of

all wings ochreous ; costa of primaries buff: body below cream-

coloured, speckled with dark grey ; legs slightly yellower. Expanse

of wings 40 millim.

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

Compared with G. kilimanjarensis, this species has the costal

margin of the primaries longer and the outer margin consequently

more oblique; the angle of the secondaries is also slightly more

defined.

212, TEPHRINA JOHNSTONI, sp. 0.

Greyish white, mottled with fuliginous grey ; discocellular spots

black, almost obliterated by the dark transverse lines ; the primaries

crossed obliquely by four lines, the first three angulated towards

costa, the first near the base, the second crossing the end of the

cell, slightly diverging from the first, but parallel to the third,

which is blackish, undulated, its angle almost filled in by an

irregular perpendicular dark grey spur from lower radial to sub-

684 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [Nov. 7,

costal vein; fourth line submarginal, angulated near the inner

margin, sinuous and running outwards to apex above the angle;

between the third and fourth lines a grey nebulous streak runs

perpendicularly to the costa, leaving a triangular patch of white

at apex; a slightly lunulated black marginal line; fringe traversed

by a fuliginous grey line and spotted at the extremities of the

veins: secondaries crossed by three blackish lines, the first sub-

angulated, crossing the end of the cell, the second arched and

undulated, the third greyer than the others, slightly undulated,

running from apex to anal angle, the area enclosed by the second

and third lines clouded with grey: head and collar brown, vertex

whitish ; abdomen sericeous brownish. Wings below purer white,

with all the markings more sharply defined, the veins rufous-brown,

yellowish towards the base; the costa of primaries testaceous:

pectus white ; legs mottled with fuliginous grey; vertex brassy

yellowish at the sides. Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

We have an example of this species in the Museum from Natal ;

it does not appear to be very closely allied to any known species,

but in some respects approaches 7’. observata.

213. STEMORRHAGES SHRICEA,

Phalena Pyralis sericea, Drury, Il. Ex. Ent. ii. p. 9, pl. 6. fig. 1.

Zomba, December 1892.

214. HARITALODES MULTILINEALIS.

’ Botys multilinealis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 337, n. 380.

Zomba, January 1893.

215. LYGROPIA MUSCERDALIS.

Botys muscerdalis, Zeller, Lep. Caffr. p. 48.

Zomba, January 1893.

216. CADORENA SINUATA.

Phalena sinuata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 208, n. 295 (1798).

Zomba, January 1893.

The four preceding Pyrales are the only representatives in the

collection of the so-called Micro-Lepidoptera.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LX.

Fig. 1. Periplysia johnstoni, 3, p. 647.

2. Charaxes whytei, 3, p. 649.

3. Junonia aurorina, 3, p. 651.

4, Junonia trimenii, 3, p. 651.

5. Crenis crawshayi, 3, p. 654.

6. Teracolus rhodesinus, 3, p. 663.

7. Belenois diminuta, 9, p. 666.

8. Heteropterus formosus, 3, p. 670.

9. Cyclopides quadrisignatus, 3, p. 670.

10. Anomeotes nigrivenosus, 9, p. 676.

11. Staphylinochrous whytet, 3, p. 676.

12, 13. Diospage scintillans, 9 2, p. 675,

1893.] | ON HYMENOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ODYNERIDZ. 685

6. On the Chilian Hymenoptera of the Family Odyneride.

By Epwyn C. Reep, C.M.ZS8.

[Received July 26, 1893.]

A fairly large number of Hymenoptera of the family Odyneridze

exist in Chile, but I have always found a difficulty in determining

them on account of the very careless way in which they have been

described by Spinola and De Saussure, in Gay’s ‘ Historia Fisica y

Politica de Chile.’ Many of the species are described from one

sex only, often from single specimens, and several species are

described twice over.

As I intend shortly to publish a Synopsis of the group, in the

‘ Anales de la Universidad de Chile,’ I have drawn up the following

list of the Chilian species.

GazmELLa, Spin. in Gay, vi. p. 328.

Spinola placed this genus among the Crabronide, probably on

account of its abnormal venation, the second and third cubital

cell each receiving a recurrent vein.

GAZELLA EUMENOIDES, Spin.

This species is very local and far from common. Occurs in the

central provinces.

ZETHUS DICOMBODA.

Epipona dicomboda, Spin. in Gay, vi. p. 250 (1851).

This species isnot common. Occurs near Valparaiso and at the

Canquenes Baths.

LABUS SICHELIANUS.

Labus sichelianus, Sauss. Am. Wasps (Smithsonian Misc. Coll.

xiv.), p. 56, pl. iv. fig. 20 (1875).

This species does not exist in any collection in Chile.

DISCOELIUS MERULA.

Discoelius merula, Curtis, Trans. Linn. Soe. xvii. p. 325 (1834).

Epipona chilensis, Spin. |. ¢. p. 248 (1851).

Discoelius spinole, Sauss. Vesp. i. p. 25 (1852).

The male of this species is unknown. It is very rare; I have

found only two specimens in the 25 years that I have collected in

Chile.

MonoBiA CYANIPENNIS.

Odynerus cyanipennis, Guérin, Voy. Coq., Ins. p. 264, pl. ix. fig. 5,

3 (1830).

T once saw a specimen of this species caught in Peru, and I am

convinced that it does not occur in Chile to the south of Atacama.

It probably occurs, however, in the northern provinces annexed

from Peru.

686 MR. B. C, REED ON CHILIAN [Nov. 7,

ODYNERUS AMBIGUUS.

2. Odynerus ambiguus, Spin. |. ¢. p. 264 (1851).

3. Odynerus bustillosii, Sauss. in Gay, vi. Supp. p. 567 (1852).

This and the two following species belong to Wesmael’s sub-

genus Ancistrocerus. O. ambiguus is probably a common and

variable species, of which I have many specimens and varieties, but

no specimens that I have seen agree fully with the description.

ODYNERUS SCABRIUSCULUS.

Odynerus scabriusculus, Spin. |. c. p. 262 (1851).

The original description of this species in Gay’s work is so

thoroughly bad, like many other descriptions in that work, that in

the Latin diagnosis a male is described as the female, and the

Spanish part is full of absurd errors.

De Saussure afterwards published a fair description from the

type that exists in the Paris Museum.

This species is local, but not uncommon in Colchagua.

ODYNERUS VICINUS, sp. nov.

Allied to 0. scabriusculus, but larger, less coarsely punctured, and

with a yellow band on the scutellum.

@. Slender, head and thorax strongly punctured, 1st and 2nd

segments of the abdomen finely punctured; anterior margin of

prothorax recurved, angles rounded. Suture on 1st abdominal

segment well defined, angular in the middle. Black, shining, head

and thorax densely covered with short reddish hairs; antennz

reddish beneath ; legs pitchy, tarsi and knees reddish. A small

spot behind the eyes, anterior margin of prothorax, tegule, a spot

near root of wing, the posterior margin of the scutellum, posterior

margin of the first two abdominal segments, yellow.

A small but distinct tubercle exists beneath the 1st abdominal

segment ; 2nd segment not tuberculated, but thickened anteriorly,

the elevation forming a ridge. The tooth on posterior margin of

the metathorax is very distinct, but hardly so large as in O. sca-

briusculus.

Length 11 millim., wing 6 millim.

One specimen caught near Valparaiso.

ODYNERUS EXCIPIENDUS.

Eumenes excipiendus, Spin. |. c. p. 266 (1851).

Odynerus arcuatus, Sauss. Vesp. i. p. 160 (1852).

This species, according to the original description by Spinola, has

the terminal joints of the male antenne red, as in my specimens.

But Saussure, in his ‘American Wasps,’ makes his O. colocolo, with

terminal jvints black and a tubercle on the upper side of the 2nd

abdominal segment, to be the true O. excipiendus.

IT have never seen 0. colocolo, so cannot say whether it is a good

species or not, but my specimens of O. eacipiendus, Spin., fully

agree with Spinola’s description and with the description of

O. arcuatus,

1893.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ODYNERIDE. 687

ODYNERUS COLOCOLO.

Odynerus colocolo, Sauss. in Gay, p. 566 (1852).

This must be a notable species if specimens agree with the

description.

ODYNERUS SUBPETIOLATUS.

Odynerus subpetiolatus, Sauss. Vesp. i. p. 162 (1852),

Odynerus coarctatus, Sauss. in Gay, p. 565 (1852).

De Saussure published two descriptions of this species almost

simultaneously, but he states that the name of O. petiolatus was

published first.

This species is common in Central Chile. It is very much like

O. labiatus, but smaller and has no tubercle beneath the second

abdominal segment.

ODYNERUS TUBERCULATUS.

Odynerus tuberculatus, Sauss. in Gay, p. 564 (1852).

Allied to O. humeralis, but smaller, with a small tubercle on the

upper surface of the first abdominal segment; differs also in the

form of the metathorax and in colours.

This species must be very rare, as I have looked for it for many

years and have obtained only one specimen, which I caught near

Valparaiso.

ODYNERUS TUBERCULIVENTRIS.

Eumenes tuberculiventris, Spin. 1. c. p. 267 (1851).

This common little species is easily recognized by its large

tubercle on the underside of the second abdominal segment in

both sexes, and by the yellow cox of the males.

ODYNERUS MOLIN#.

Odynerus moline, Sauss. in Gay, p. 562 (1852).

Odynerus molinius, Sauss. Vesp. ili. p. 251 (1854).

Described from a single specimen, female, said to exist in the

Paris Museum. From the description it would appear to be

allied to O. labiatus, perhaps a variety.

ODYNERUS LABIATUS.

Odynerus labiatus, Haliday, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii. p. 323 (1837).

Odynerus lachesis, St.-Farg. Hym. ii. p. 667 (1841).

Odynerus marginicollis, Spin. 1. c. p. 256 (1851).

One of the most common Chilian species.

ODYNERUS CAUPOLICANDS, sp. nov.

Allied to O. labiatus, but with yellow tegule and yellow markings

on scutellum, postscutellum, and metathorax.

3. Head and thorax coarsely punctured, clothed with short,

reddish hairs, dull black; abdomen finely punctured, velvety.

Antenne and legs ferruginous, tarsi and coxe darker. Post-

scutellum elevated, metathorax rounded at the sides and not

higher at any part than the base of the postscutellum. Pronotum,

except its posterior angles, tegul#, a spot under root of wing, two

spots on the scutellum, two on the postscutellum, two on either

side of metathorax, extremity of the first three abdominal segments,

sulphur-yellow. The 2nd and 3rd abdominal rings are continued

beneath, but interrupted in the middle.

Terminal joint of antenne long, blunt, curved, the apex being

thus rather spiral than hooked.

Length 13 millim., wing 10 millim.

Caught at the Canquenes Baths.

ODYNERUS VESTITUS.

Odynerus vestitus, Sauss. Vesp. ili. p. 252 (1854).

I have never seen this species.

ODYNERUS HUMERALIS.

Odynerus humeralis, Haliday, Trans Linn. Soc. xvii. p. 324

(1837).

Odynerus chilensis, St.-Farg. Hym. ii. p. 643 (1841); Gay, 1. ¢.

p. 235 (1851).

The largest Chilian species. Very common.

ODYNERUS VILLOSUS.

Odynerus villosus, Sauss. in Gay, p. 563 (1852).

Described from a female specimen. Appears to be like O. vespi-

formis. It does not exist in any collection in Chile.

ODYNERUS OBSCURIPENNIS.

Odynerus obscuripennis, Spin. 1. c. p. 259 (1851).

Odynerus coquimbensis, Sauss. in Gay, p. 561 (1852).

I unite these two descriptions on the authority of De Saussure.

Gay’s description was drawn up from an incomplete specimen.

Probably De Saussure’s was taken from the same fragment, which

might have been a var. of O. humeralis.

ODYNERUS ANTUCO.

Odynerus antuco, Sauss. in Gay, vi. p. 562 (1851).

Odynerus antucensis, Sauss. Vesp. iii. p. 228 (1854).

Said to be the only Chilian species with a single abdominal belt.

It is a pity it has nota single name also. I do not know the

species.

ODYNERUS CHILIOTUS.

Odynerus chiliotus, Sauss. in Gay, vi. p. 566 (1852).

Described from a single male specimen. Unknown in Chilian

collections.

1893.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ODYNERIDS. 689

ODYNERUS MAYPINTUS.

Odynerus maypinus, Sauss. in Gay, p. 564 (1852).

Also described from a single male specimen. May possibly be

the male of 0. antuco.

ODYNERUS RUFICOLLIS.

Odynerus ruficollis, Spin. 1. ¢. p. 259 (1851).

Described from a single female specimen.

ODYNERUS VESPIFORMIS.

Odynerus vespiformis, Haliday, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii. p. 323

(1837).

Odynerus hirsutus, Spin. 1. ¢. p. 257 (1851).

A very common and distinct species.

ODYNERUS GAYI.

Odynerus gayi, Spin. 1. ce. p. 260 (1851).

A northern species ; commoner in Copiapo than to the south.

ODYNERUS SOTOI, sp. nov.

Allied to O. gayi, but larger, stouter, and with the last joint of

antenne in male recurved, forming a hook.

. Head finely and closely, thorax thickly and roughly, punc-

tured. Abdomen finely and distantly punctured. Head and

thorax dull, abdomen shining, black. Antenne, legs, and clypeus

rust-red. A spotabove the insertion of the antenna, a line behind

the eyes, anterior $ of pronotum, tegulz, spot at root of wings, two

squarish spots on scutellum, a line on postscutellum, posterior

margins of metathorax, extremity of the first three abdominal

segments, reddish yellow. Coxe black, intermediate pair reddish

anteriorly.

Clypeus hexagonal, very wide above; legs stout; apex of tibie

and tarsi with short spiny hairs.

Length 15 millim., wing 11 millim.

I received specimens of this species, from Copiapo, in alcohol,

which may account for the reddish tint of its markings; these are

probably yellow during life. I have only one male, not in good

condition, so that I cannot describe it at length.

ODYNERUS ARAUCANUS.

Odynerus araucanus, Sauss. Reise Novara, Hym. p. 14, pl. 1.

fig. 8 (1868).

I do not know this species.

ALASTOR ANGULICOLLIS.

Odynerus angulicollis, Spin. 1. c. p. 261 (1851).

Very rare. I have one male specimen.

690 PROF. NEWTON ON A NEW SPECIES OF DREPANIS. [Noyv. 7,

CTENOCHILUS PILIPALPUS.

Epipona pilipalpa, Spin. |. ¢. p. 252 (1851).

This species was based on a single female specimen. I have

never seen it.

7. On a new Species of Drepanis discovered by Mr. R. C. L.

Perkins. By Aurrep Newton, F.Z.S. (Communicated

on behalf of the Joint Committee, appointed by the

Royal Society and the British Association, for the

Zoological Exploration of the Sandwich Islands.)

[Received November 7, 1893.]

The severe labours undergone by Mr. Perkins, who has for some

months past been exploring Molokai, one of the Sandwich Islands,

have met with a suitable reward in the unexpected discovery of a

new species of Drepanis, of which he has sent home several speci-

mens; and, in describing it at his request, I feel bound to express

the satisfaction of the Joint Committee under whose direction he

has been working, coupled with my own regret that his modesty

hinders him from introducing his discovery to the world. Its

sombre plumage and the sad fate that too probably awaits the

species induce me to propose for it the name of

DREPANIS FUNEREA.

Diagn.—Atra, remigibus manualibus externé grisei-limbatis, rostro

valdé decurvato, maxillé mandibulam multo transeunte.

Long. tot. 8; ale 4; caud. 2°75; rostri culminis 25; tarsi 1-25

unee.

Hab. in montibus sylvestribus insule Molokai.

The sexes are outwardly alike. Mr. Perkins states that the nasal

opercula and the base of the bill between the nostrils are yellow,

especially in the young; the irides “ pale yellowish-brown.”

It would be easy to point out characters that in the eyes of

some writers would justify the foundation of a new genus for this

bird. At first sight the configuration of its bill naturally suggests

the genus Hemignathus ; but closer inspection shows that in its

breadth and height at the base it wholly agrees with Drepanis,

as restricted by modern authors, only differing therefrom in its

exaggerated maxilla. Some inequality i in the length of the man-

dibles is, however, exhibited by D. pacifica, and the examples of the

new species sent by Mr. Perkins show no little variability in this

respect. For the rest it is distinct enough, its almost lustreless

black plumage not being relieved by any yellow feathers, though

the patch of that colour at the base of the maxilla must bea

conspicuous feature in life.

1893.] MB. P. L. SCLATER ON CERCOPITHEOCUS ALBIGULARIS. 691

November 21, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frowne, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of October :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of October were 121, of which 57 were by presentation, 27

by purchase, 3 by birth, and 34 were received on deposit. The

number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 106.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. An example of the Goliath Beetle (Goliathus druryi), one of

the largest of known Coleoptera, obtained near Accra, Gold Coast,

and presented Oct. 5th by F. W. Marshall, Esq.

2. An adult female and a young of the Manatee (Manatus

americanus), captured in Manatee Bay, Jamaica, and most kindly

sent home for the Society’s Collection by Sir Henry A. Blake,

K.C.M.G. Unfortunately they reached the Gardens in a very

exhausted condition, and died soon after their arrival.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a mounted specimen of an African Monkey

‘(Cercopithecus albigularis) irom the Leyden Museum, and made

the following remarks :—

Dr. Jentink has kindly sent to me from the Leyden Museum

for comparison a West-African example of Cercopithecus albigularis,

which I now exhibit. It was obtained by Pel on the Gold

Coast, and therefore there can be no doubt as to its locality

In my paper on the Monkeys of this genus, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 251,

I commented upon the strange fact that this Monkey, which

we commonly receive from Mozambique and various ports in

East Africa, should also occur in West Africa, and suggested

that specimens from the two countries should be compared. I

have placed the present specimen side by side with the original

type of Sykes (described P. Z.S. 1831, p. 106), now in the

British Museum, and must admit that I can find no grounds for

specific distinction. Sykes’s specimen was originally living in the

Society’s Gardens, and its locality (given by Sykes as Mada-

gascar) is absolutely uncertain ; but of two East-African specimens

obtained on the Rufiji River opposite Zanzibar, 8° S. lat., by Capt.

Wharton, R.N., F.R.S., and now in the British Museum, one

agrees very well with the present specimen, though, as a general

rule, East-African specimens (of which we have two now living

in the Gardens) have a strong rufous tinge round the anus under

the tail, which is not apparent in the present example. On the

whole, however, I am not at present prepared to say that Hast

and West African specimens of this Monkey can be properly

distinguished.

692 MESSRS. G. W. AND B. G. PEOKHAM ON [Nov. 21,

An extract was read from a letter addressed to the Secretary

by Mr. J. 8S. Mackay, dated Dunbar House, Kullu, Punjaub, 10th

June, 1893, relating to a young Snow-Leopard, then about one

year old, which had been sent to Mrs. Mackay as a present from

Thakur Debi Chand, of Gundla, in Lahaul, when quite small.

Mr. Mackay wrote :—“ The animal is well over six feet now. He

is kept tied to a thin long cord during the day on the tennis-

court in the shade, where he gambols and plays with the dogs.

At night he is let loose inside the house and sleeps on my wife’s

bed. Ihave never known or heard of anyone exercising such a

peculiar fascination over any animal as my wife does over this

Snow-Leopard. He follows her about like a dog, and if he misses

her a moment he simply screams for her.”

Several photographs representing this animal were exhibited.

Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., exhibited some hybrid Pheasants

supposed to be crosses between the Common Pheasant (Phasianus

colchicus) and the Gold Pheasant (Thaumalea picta), and between

the first-named bird and the Silver Pheasant (Wycthemerus

argentatus).

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Spiders of the Family Attide of the Island of

St. Vincent. By G. W. and E. G. PeckHam.’

[Received October 24, 1893.]

(Plates LXI. & LXI1.)

The Spiders of the family Attide described in the following

paper were collected on the Island of St. Vincent by Mr. Herbert

H. Smith, the collector sent out by Mr. F. DuCane Godman to

assist the Committee for the Exploration of the Fauna and Flora

of the West Indian Islands, appointed by the British Association

and by the Royal Society.

The Committee has agreed to place a full series of these Spiders

in the British Museum.

We had expected to have made this collection the basis of a dis-

cussion of the relations of the Spiders of the West Indian Islands

to those of the mainland, but the material in our hands is too

scanty to warrant any important conclusions. We hope, before

long, to receive enough material to make the discussion desirable.

In making the measurements we have used the metric system.

SYNEMOSYNA SMITHI, sp. nov. . (Plate LXI. figs. 1-1 6.)

g and 9. Length 4-2. Length of cephalothorax 1:8; width

of cephalothorax 9. é

1 Communicated by D. Suarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S8., on behalf of the Oommittee for

Investigating the Flora and Fauna of the West Indian Islands.

al yi’

ie | Ny

i “al \,. \

- \ Ri Ny \

aN ee DE W

y i

y le

aii

ye \)

a ye)

ih wy)

Edwin Wilson Cambridge.

SPIDERS OF THE FAMILY ATTIDA FROM ST. VINCENT.

P Z.8. 1894 Pl. LXxll

; AL in|

; (oe 6 an

{ \, sth

10a. Edwin Wilson. Cambridge.

SPIDERS OF THE FAMILY ATTIDA FROM ST. VINCENT.

1893. ] SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 693

‘ Legs, ¢ and 9, 4,3,1, 2. The femur of the fourth leg is

enlarged, especially in the male.

The cephalothorax is narrow and long—twice as long as wide.

The sides are nearly paratlel until the posterior quarter of the

thoracic part, where the cephalothorax grows abruptly narrower.

The cephalic part is on a higher plane than the thoracic and has

its sides inclined inwards. The thoracic part is rounded in its

anterior three-fourths, the posterior end, where it joins the abdo-

men, being flattened. There is a constriction at a little distance

behind the dorsal eyes. The quadrangle of the eyes is nearly

equally wide and long, is wider behind than in front, and occupies

about one-third of the cephalothorax. The first row of eyes is

strongly bent; the eyes are close together, the middle being twice

and a half as large as the lateral. The second row is nearer the

first than the third row. The dorsal eyes are larger than the

lateral and form a row which is as wide as the cephalothorax at

that place. The clypeus is narrow. The labium is wider than

long. The sternum is Jong and narrow. The abdomen is very

long and has a constriction in the middle; it is narrowest in front,

tapering gradually toward the anterior end. The integument of

the anterior part is slightly hardened above, on the sides, and below.

The falces are moderately stout and long and are vertical.

The cephalic plate and the anterior thoracic part are yellow,

with the eyes on black spots; there are some white hairs on the

antezior part; between the dorsal eyes are two fine dark lines ;

the rest of the upper surface is brown, darkening toward the pos-

terior end, with a thin covering of white hairs, and having white

bands around the two constrictions. The spinnerets are light-

coloured. The legs are white or light brown, excepting the femoral

joints of the third and fourth pairs, which are rufous. The falces

are reddish. The palpi, mouth-parts, and coxe are white. The

sternum and venter are yellowish, the venter being blotched with

white.

K2YSERLINGELLA MINUTA, sp. Ov.

@. Length 3. Length of cephalothorax 1:3; width of cephalo-

thorax °8.

Legs 4,3, 1, 2, all slender.

The cephalothorax is rather short, with a slight constriction just

behind the dorsal eyes. The cephalic part is flat, and is on a higher

plane than the thoracic which is rounded, and falls quite steeply

from the ridge behind the constriction. The sides are parallel,

The abdomen is rounded, and is widest behind the middle and

-narrow at both ends. The clypeus is narrow. The quadrangle of

the eyes is one-fourth wider than long, is wider behind than in

front, and occupies about one-half of the’ cephalothorax. The first

row is curved; the eyes are close together, the middle twice as

large as the lateral. The second row is halfway between the first

and the third. The dorsal eyes are larger than the lateral and are

on the sides of the head. The sternum-is-wide and is truncated

694 MESSRS, G. W. AND BH. G. PEOKHAM ON [Noy. 21,

in front. The maxille are twice as long as the labium. The

labium is as wide as long.

The cephalothorax is dark rufous. In alcohol the abdomen

is transversely banded with dark and pale rufous, with a wide dark

band near the posterior end. When dried the anterior half is

rufovs with two transverse curved bands of white hairs; behind

the second of these is a wide blackish band and between this and

the spinnerets the colour is rufous. The palpi are pale. The legs

are light ‘rufous, the first pair unmarked, the second, third, and

fourth with a black line running along the anterior face.

This spider is immature, but seems to belong to the genus Key-

serlingella.

DYNAMIUS METALLIOUS, sp. nov. (Plate LXI. figs. 2-2.)

d. Length 6:8. Length of cephalothorax 3; width of cephalo-

thorax 2-4,

Legs 3, 4, 2, 1, nearly equal in length ; the first three pairs stouter

than the fourth.

The cephalothorax is high and conyex. The cephalic part is

inclined forward and has the sides nearly vertical and parallel.

The thoracic part has a nearly plane semicircular plate behind the

dorsal eyes, from which it rounds downward on the sides and behind ;

it is very mnch narrower on the upper surface than below, the sides

being concave. The quadrangle of the eyes is a little wider in

front than behind, is one-fourth wider than long, and occupies not

quite two-fifths of the cephalothorax. The eyes are all large.

The first row is plainly curved with the eyes a little separated, the

middle being less than twice as large as the lateral. The second

row is halfway between the first and third rows. The dorsal eyes

are a little smaller than the lateral and form a row which is not

quite so wide as the cephalothorax, although it is as wide as the

upper surface. The clypeus is two-thirds as high as the middle

eyes of the first row. ‘The falces are slightly retreating, short and

not very stout. The sternum is wide and is truncated in front

and behind. The maxille are short and are widely separated.

The labium is fully as wide as long.

The whole appearance of this spider is big, black, and burly.

The cephalothorax is ornamented with a pair of snow-white spots

on the cephalic andanother on the thoracic part, while the sides

are encircled by a wide white band. On the black abdomen is a

pattern in yellowish white with a tinge of red, consisting of an

encircling band, a central, longitudinal, dorsal band, which in the

posterior half is broken up into spots, anda curved transverse band

on each side of the dorsum behind tue middle. The palpus has the

femur and the proximal end of the patella covered with white hairs.

The first two pairs of legs have the joints much enlarged and

rounded ; in the third pair they are also enlarged but are lengthened

out; the first, second, and third pairs have fringes of white hairs,

and have all the joints, excepting the tarsi, iridescent, with bril-

liant violet reflections. Some of this iridescence is also seen on

1893. | SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 695

ae eupee surface of the cephalic part. ‘The under surface is

ack.

CYBELE, gen. nov.

The cephalothorax is rounded, convex and rather high, highest

at the dorsal eyes; the cephalic part is plainly inclined. The

quadrangle of the eyes is slightly wider in front than behind, is one-

fourth wider than long, and occupies two-fifths of the cephalothorax.

The middle eyes of the first row project beyond the lateral and

almost touch each other; the lateral are a little separated from the

middle (more widely in vincenti than in obscura); they are un-

usually large, almost two-thirds as large as the middle eyes. The

second row of eyes is nearer the third than the first row.

Cybele bears some resemblance to Amycus, but its general appear-

ance is not so rounded, its sides are more nearly parallel, and the

eyes of the first row are more nearly of a size, the middle ones of

this row in Amycus being twice as large as the lateral. It also

recalls Hasarius, but in this latter genus the eyes of the first row

are much smaller and the thoracic part is flatter.

CYBELE OBSCURA, sp. nov. (Plate LXI. figs. 3-3c.)

¢. Length 7. Length of cephalothorax 3; width of cephalo-

thorax 2.

2. Length 7. Length of cephalothorax 2°8; width of cephalo-

thorax 2.

Legs, ¢ 1,3,4,2, 2 3,4,1,2, allnearly equally long. The first

and second are a little the stoutest.

The cephalothorax has its sides nearly vertical in front, but in

the thoracic part they are rounded out, more plainly than in vin-

centi; its widest point is a little behind the dorsal eyes. The

thoracie part falls a very little in the first third of its length and

then slants steeply. The first row of eyes is straight. The

dorsal eyes are a little smaller than the lateral and are placed on

the sides of the cephalothorax, which, however, is wider than this

row below. The clypeus is half as high as the middle eyes of the

first row. The falces in both sexes are vertical, parallel, and

rather long and stout, with short fangs. The maxille are consider-

ably longer than the labium and are widened at the extremities.

The sternum is not much longer than wide, but is not so nearly

round as in vincenti.

In colour and marking O. obscura is a good deal like vincenti.

The cephalothorax is bright red, with a white band on each side and

a third in the central thoracic region. The abdomen is covered

with white and red hairs, giving it a tawny look; the anterior

end is black and has two pairs of white bars, one above the other,

and a bunch of black hairs projecting toward the cephalothorax. A

line of fine white chevrons formed of hairs is faintly visible down

the central line of the dorsum. ‘The legs are brown, mottled and

barred with red, white, and black. The tarsus and proximal end of

the metatarsus of the first are not pale as in vincenti, and there is

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. XLVII. 47

696 MESSRS. G. W. AND B, G. PECKHAM ON [Nov. 21,

no fringe of hairs on the underside. The spinnerets are long and

pale, the outer ones having a dark line along the external side.

A common species.

The two species of Cybele may be distinguished from each other

by the following points:—In C. vincenti the thoracic part slants

steeply from the dorsal eyes, while in C. obscwra it falls gradually at

first; in C. vincenti the falces of the male are oblique and diverging,

in C. obscura vertical and parallel; and in C. vincenti the palpus of

the male has the tarsus twice as long as the tibia and not much

longer than wide, while in C. obscura it is three times as long as

the tibia and twice as long as wide, projecting for some distance

beyond the bulb.

CYBELE VINCENTI, sp. nov. (Plate LXI. figs, 44d.)

3. Length 6. Length of cephalothorax 28; width of cephalo-

thorax 2.

2. Length 6:5. Length of cephalothorax 2°5; width of cephalo-

thorax 1°8.

Legs, g 1, 4,3,2, 9 4,3,1,2. The first leg is stouter than the

others and, in the male, is longer than the second by the meta-

tarsus and tarsus.

The cephalothorax has its sides nearly vertical in front and

slightly rounded out in the thoracic part; it is widest, as well as

highest, at the dorsal eyes, and from this point it falls quite

steeply, the slope being slightly rounded out. The first row of

eyes is a little curved ; the lateral eyes of this row are relatively

a little smaller than those of obscura, The dorsal eyes are a little

larger than the lateral and are placed on the sides of the cephalo-

thorax, forming a row that is as wide as the cephalothorax at that

place. The clypeus is one-fourth as high as the middle eyes of the

first row. The patella and tibia of the male palpus are of the same

length, and taken together are shorter than the tarsus, which is

twice as long as wide ; the palpal tube is very long. The falces of

the male diverge widely and have long fangs; they are vertical

and rather stout; those of the female are short,’ parallel, vertical,

and rather stout, with short fangs. The maxille are not much

longer than the labium. The sternum is almost round.

The markings vary considerably in different spiders of this

species, and some are much darker coloured than others. The

cephalothorax in the male is covered with brilliant red hair and

has a snowy white band on each side and another in the central

thoracic part. The abdomen is covered with a mixture of grey,

red, and tawny hairs ; around the anterior end is a curved white

band, and from this a central, longitudinal, white band extends

backward to about the middle of the dorsum. Sometimes a central

band of white figures appears on the posterior half, with two dark

rufous spots on each side. The clypeus has a fringe of white hairs

on the lower edge. The falces are brown. The legs are banded

with lighter and darker brown, the first and second being

somewhat darker than the third and fourth. The first leg has

1893. ] SPIDERS FROM ST, VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 697

the tarsus and the proximal end of the metatarsus pale, and has

fringes of black hair under the femur and the tibia. The spines

are black.

In the female the whole spider is lighter coloured, the integu-

ment being brown, and there is less of the bright red than in the

male. The ground-colour of the abdomen is a soft velvety reddish

brown. The markings are like those of the male, and are equally

variable. In both sexes the spinnerets are rather short, the

external ones being covered with brown and the middle ones with

white hairs.

A common species.

4 ea rk OCTO-PUNOTATUS, sp. nov. (Plate LXI. figs.

—5 i.)

3. Length 5:5. Length of cephalothorax 2°5; width of

cephalothorax 2. Some males are considerably smaller, having a

total length of about 3:5.

@. Length 44. Length of cephalothorax 2; width of

cephalothorax 1°8.

Legs, g 1,4, 2,3; the first is stouter than the others and,

especially in the larger variety, is much the longest, exceeding the

second by the tarsus, metatarsus, and nearly all of the tibia; the

others are nearly equal. 9 4,1,2,3; the first is a little the

stoutest.

The cephalothorax is scarcely longer than wide; the sides are

curved, the widest point being behind the dorsal eyes. It is high,

the highest point being at the dorsal eyes, the cephalic part falling

slightly toward the first row of eyes, while the thoracic part

rounds backward and downward quite abruptly in its first third

and then falls still more steeply. The whole of the upper surface is

rounded. The quadrangle of the eyes is one-third wider than long,

is wider behind than in front, and occupies a little more than two-

fifths of the cephalothorax. The first row of eyes is a little

curved; the middle eyes are separated slightly from each other

and more widely from the lateral eyes. The lateral are a very

little more than one-half as large as the middle eyes. The second

row of eyes is nearer the first than the third row. The third row

is plainly not so wide as the cephalothorax at that place. The

clypeus is narrow. The falces of the male are stout, rather long,

with long strong fangs, diverging and somewhat obliquely directed

forward, so that they are sometimes visible from above; those of

the female are rather stout and long, parallel, and vertical. The

sternum is oval. The maxille are fully twice as long as the labium

and are rounded. The labium is longer than wide.

In the male the integument is of a rich dark brown colour.

The upper surface of both cephalothorax and abdomen seems to

have been covered with yellow hairs or scales. There are two

wide snow-white bands on the sides of the cephalothorax, and a

curved white band around the anterior end and the sides of the

abdomen. On the dorsum are eight dark spots on a ie ground,

698 MESSRS. G. W. AND B. G, PECKHAM ON [Nov. 21,

four in a transverse row across the anterior part and two on each

side, farther back. The two middle spots of the transverse band

are frequently joined together. There are some red hairs around

the eyes of the first row, and the front faces of the first legs; the

palpi and the falces are all covered with snow-white rice-like

scales, so that the spider presents a very showy appearance from

in front. The legs are brown with a good many white scales, the

first pair being darker coloured than the others.

The female has the integument of the cephalothorax dark brown,

while that of the abdomen is commonly yellowish. The whole

surface is covered with white scale-like hairs, excepting that on the

abdomen there are eight black spots, four in a transverse row

across the middle of the dorsum and two on each side, farther

back. The legs are yellowish. The clypeus is covered with rather

long white hairs, which hang down a little way over the falces.

The general appearance of this species is much like that of

Dendryphantes cupitatus, Hentz. It seems to be very common in

St. Vincent.

HASARIUS PAYKULLI, Aud. in Say. Deser. de Egypte, 2° édit.

b-0. <a Pat b/p-F

A cosmopolitan species.

CYREND, gen. noy.

The cephalothorax is only moderately high; from its highest

point, at the dorsal eyes, it falls forward to the first row of eyes

and backward for about two-thirds of the length of the thoracic

part, the forward inclination being a little more pronounced than

the backward. The final fall to the posterior border is steep.

The sides are nearly vertical and parallel in the cephalic part, but

are a good deal rounded out in the thoracic, the widest point being

considerably behind the dorsal eyes. The quadrangle of the eyes

is equally wide in front and behind, is barely one-fourth widér

than long, and occupies two-fifths of the cephalothorax. The first

row of eyes is straight, the middle eyes being about twice as large

as the lateral and close together, while the lateral are a little

separated from them. The second row is halfway between the

first and the third row. The dorsal eyes are about as large as the

lateral, and form a row which is nearly as wide as the cephalothorax

at that place.

This genus is close to Mvia, but the cephalothorax has a more

rectangular appearance, the lower edge being almost straight.

CYRENE DECORATA, sp. nov. (Plate LXIL. figs. 6-6 8.)

Q. Length 5:8. Length of cephalothorax 2:2; width of

cephalothorax 1-4, ror

. Legs 4,3, 1,2, nearly equally stout, the femoral joints of the

first and second being a little thickened.

The clypeus is one-fourth as high as the middle eyes of the first

row. The falces are moderately long and stout, vertical and

1893.] SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES, 699

parallel. The sternum is narrowed and truncated in front and

rounded behind. The maxille are twice as long as the labium,

which is short, wide, and squarely truncated. The abdomen is

widest in the middle.

The cephalic part is bright red. There is a wide white band on

each side and a central white band on the thorax ; the rest of the

thoracic part is darker than the cephalic, but is decidedly reddish.

The abdomen has a black curved band around the anterior end,

and above this a snow-white band. The upper surface is bright

red, with two longitudinal black bands from the middle of the

dorsum to the spinnerets, between which the surface is bronzed,

and a number of snow-white spots which form a handsome and

effective pattern (see drawing). Two of these are in the middle

of the abdomen just in front of the bronze region; two more

appear at the edge of the bronze region on each side; and two

larger spots, also snow-white, are found on each side of the

abdomen in the red region.

The middle spinnerets are pale, the external ones black. The

legs are light coloured, irregularly dotted with black. The clypeus

is covered with long white hairs. The falces and mouth-parts are

dark reddish brown. The sternum is light brown. The venter is

covered with white hairs and is dotted with black.

A single specimen.

We have examples of this species in the Smith collection from

Santarem, the Brazilian variety being larger. It has a general

resemblance to Huophrys coronigera of C. Koch.

Evorurys (?) PULCHELLA, sp. nov. (Plate LXII. figs. 7, 7 a.)

3. Length 3. Length of cephalothorax 1:5; width of cephalo-

thorax 1.

Legs 4, 3, 1, 2.

The cephalothorax is high and looks rather long and heavy

compared to the abdomen. The sides are neariy parallel and

vertical, but widen out a little at the posterior end. The highest

point is at the dorsal eyes. The cephalic part is gently inclined,

and the anterior two-thirds of the thoracic part falls a little more

abruptly. The final slope of the thoracic part to the margin is

steep. The four anterior eyes are close together in a curved row ;

the lateral are two-thirds as large as the middle eyes. The second

row is a little nearer the third than the first row. The third row

is as wide as the cephalothorax at that place, the eyes being nearly

as large as the lateral eyes of the firstrow. The clypeus is narrow.

The falces are short, vertical, and parallel. The sternum is wide,

slightly rounded in front and pointed behind. The maxille are

widely separated and are truncated at the extremities. The labium

is very small and is as wide as long.'

Our single specimen of this species is so badly rubbed that the

colour can only be guessed at. The cephalothorax is dark brown

with a black line around the lower margin, and seems to have

been pretty well covered with white hairs. The abdomen is lighter

700 MESSRS. G. W. AND E, G, PECKHAM ON [Nov. 21,

brown, with a pale herring-bone stripe down the middle of the

dorsum and a good many white hairs on the sides, The legs and

palpi are light brown, the legs having some dark rings. The

falces are dark brown. The under surface is light brown.

This spider is immature. It is not a very good Euophrys, but

as it is near that genus we put it there provisionally.

CYDONIA, gen. nov.

The cephalothorax is low and is almost flat above. The

cephalic part is very slightly inclined, and the thoracic part falls

scarcely at all in the anterior half and then slopes abruptly to the

margin. The sides are narrowest in front; they widen a little

just behind the dorsal eyes and then contract gradually as they

pass backward; in the cephalic part they slant inward, but

in the thoracic part they are gently rounded. The quadrangle

of the eyes is wider behind than in front, is one-fifth wider

than long, and occupies one-half of the cephalothorax. The

four anterior eyes are placed close together in a straight row,

the middle being nearly twice as large as the lateral. The second

row is nearer the first than the third row. The dorsal eyes are

fully as large as the lateral eyes of the first row and are placed on

the margin of the cephalothorax. The labium is longer than

wide.

Cydoma is somewhat like Hpiblemum, but differs from that

genus in that the quadrangle of the eyes is wider behind than in

front and occupies one half of the cephalothorax.

CYDONIA LUTEOLA, sp. noy. (Plate LXII. figs. 8-8 ¢.)

3d. Length 38. Length of cephalothorax 1:5 ; width of cephalo-

thorax 1.

2. Length 3°8. Length of cephalothorax 1:5; width of cephalo-

thorax 1.

Legs, ¢ 2, 4,1,3,2. The first pair is much the stoutest in

both sexes, all the joints excepting the metatarsus and tarsus being

thickened.

The clypeus is narrow. The falces are only moderately long

and stout; in the male they diverge and are directed obliquely

forward, the fang being as long as the falx ; in the female they are

vertical and parallel with the fang, short. The sternum is oblong.

The maxille are rounded and are less than twice as long as

the labium. The abdomen is long in proportion to the cephalo-

thorax and is about twice as long as wide.

The cephalothorax is black in the cephalic region, shading into

rufous behind; the upper surface is covered with bright yellow

hairs and there is a band of white hairs on each side. The

abdomen is light brown covered with silvery down, and on each

side is a longitudinal white band. Touching these lateral bands

are two pairs of short white bands or spots, the first pair near the

middle and the second near the spinnerets. The first leg has the

1893.] SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 701

femur, tibia, and a ring at the distal end of the metatarsus rufous,

the remainder being pale ; in the female the rufous is not so dark

as in the male, The other legs are pale. The palpus of the male

is black covered with white hairs, excepting the tarsus, which is

pale. The palpus of the female isall pale. In both sexes the falces

are dark rufous and glossy.

Marprosa MELANOGNATHA, H. Lucas, Webb and Berthelot’s

Hist. Nat. des Iles Canaries, tome ii. p. 29, pl. vii. fig. 4.

A cosmopolitan species.

ANOKA, gen. nov.

The cephalothorax is not high and is not much longer than

wide ; the sides widen out gradually from the lateral eyes to their

widest point, which is behind the dorsal eyes ; they slant outward

more widely in the thoracic than in the cephalic part. The

cephalic part is inclined forward; the thoracic is level for two-

thirds of its length and then falls rather steeply. The quadrangle

of the eyes is one-third wider than long, is a little wider behind

than in front, and occupies two-fifths of the cephalothorax. The

first row of eyes is straight, with the middle eyes subtouching and

less than twice as large as the lateral, which are a little separated

from them. The second row is about halfway between the first

and third rows. The third row is narrower than the cephalothorax

at that place, the eyes being a little farther from each other than

from the lateral borders. Abdomen long and slender.

We have species of Anoka from various parts of the United

States, from Jamaica, St. Vincent, Barbados, and New Granada.

They all resemble each other very strongly, even the patterns and

colours being often reproduced. The relative length of the legs is

1, 4, 2,3 or 1,4, 3,2 in both sexes. The males are more slender

than the females and have the first legs much longer and stouter

than the others and, usually, dark coloured, the other legs being pale.

The males also, in all the species except A. mitrata and an unpub-

lished species from Jamaica, have the falces long and horizontal ;

in the Jamaica species they are oblique, and mitrata has the falces

vertical and the first legs pale. The mouth-parts are always dark

coloured.

Anoka is related to Icius and Menemerus, but in Icius the eyes

of the first row are larger, the cephalothorax has the sides more

nearly parallel and the thoracic part differently shaped (see

drawing), and the abdomen is not so long and slender. In Menemerus

the sides dilate suddenly behind the third row of eyes, the thoracic

part slants more steeply from the dorsal eyes and is wider behind,

although not so wide as in I¢ius, and the cephalic part is more

steeply inclined.

ANOKA VERNALIS, sp. noy. (Plate LXII. figs. 9-9 d.)

g. Length 4:8. Length of cephalothoraxs 1:8; width of

cephalothorax 1:5.

702 MESSRS. G. W. AND E. G. PECKHAM ON [Nov. 21,

2. Length 5. Length of cephalothorax 2:1. Width of

cephalothorax 1°8.

Legs, ¢ 9,1,4,3, 2; first pair much the stoutest and longest,

especially in the male.

The falces of the male are long, longer in some specimens than

in others, and horizontal. Their inner edges are parallel for about

one-half their length and then diverge; at this point is a tooth,

which points forward and crosses the one on the opposite falx.

The fang is. long and slender and is slightly curved at the

extremity. Those of the female are vertical, parallel, and mode-

rately long and stout. The sternum is rather long, and is widest

in the middle. The maxille are nearly twice as long as the

labium. The labium is longer than wide.

The colour of the male is bronze-brown. A snow-white band

on each side extends throughout the whole length of the cephalo-

thorax and abdomen, the cephalothorax having a dark line around

the lower margin. The eyes of the first row are surrounded by

white hairs. The falces are bronze, slightly rugose above, with a

band of white hairs along the outer side of each. The fangs are

black. The first legs are bronze above and blackish below, and

are thinly covered with white hairs. The other legs are light

yellowish brown.

The female has the cephalothorax and abdomen thickly covered

with a mixture of white, red, and yellow hairs. On the anterior

part of the abdomen are two pairs of black dots, and across the

posterior part, halfway between the middle point and the spinnerets,

is a transverse black band. The legs are yellowish brown, the first

pair being the darkest and haying some short white hairs.

PROSTHECLINA PYGMA@A, Sp. nov. (Plate LXII. figs. 10-10.)

3g. Length 3. Length of cephalothorax 1°5; width of cephalo-

thorax 1.

9. Length 3°7. Length of cephalothorax 1°7; width of cephalo-

thorax 1:3.

Legs, ¢ 1, 4,3, 2, 9 3, 4,1,2; almost equally stout in both

sexes.

The cephalothorax is high, the highest point being at the dorsal

eyes ; it is widest in front. The cephalic part is strongly

inclined forward and projects over the lower margin, the sides and

clypeus slanting inward. The thoracic part falls a little in the

anterior two-thirds and then drops abruptly behind; the lateral

slopes of this part are slightly rounded out. The quadrangle of

the eyes is one-fourth wider than long, is plainly wider in front

than behind, and occupies a little less than one-half of the cephalo-

thorax. The four anterior eyes are close together and form a

curved row ; they are not very unequal in size, the lateral being

about two-thirds as large as the middle eyes. The front face of

the cephalothorax is so inclined that the eyes of this row look

downward. The second row is plainly nearer the third than the

first row, and the eyes are placed on the sides of the cephalothorax.

1893.] SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 703

The sternum is large and almost round. The maxille are short and

broad. The labium is very small and about as wide as long. The

clypeus is about one-fourth as high as the middle eyes of the first

row. ‘The falces are moderately long and stout; they are parallel

and are inclined backward.

This spider is black, ornamented with a handsome pattern in

white. The cephalothorax of the male has white bands encircling

the sides, a white band across the cephalothorax above the first

row of eyes, another passing down the middle of the thorax, and

a shorter curved band on each side, which passes ‘up from the

lateral band between the eyes of the second and third rows, and

then divides, joining the band across the cephalic part in front

and the thoracic band behind. The abdomen has also a number of

white bands. There is a central one down the middle; a curved

band on each side which joins the central one before and behind ;

and a transverse bar a little behind the middle, joining the central

to the lateral bands, and thus dividing the dorsal surface of

the abdomen into two posterior and two larger anterior black

spots, surrounded by white. The legs are of rather a bright

rufous. In the male the anterior~taces of the tibial joints of

the third pair are covered with black hairs. In the female

all the femoral joints are blackish. The tibia of the palpus is

covered with snow-white hairs, and there is a fringe of white

hairs on the edge of the clypeus. The white band above the first

row of eyes is also visible from the front, so that the face view is

very striking. In the female the general colouring is like that of

the male, excepting that the white band above the anterior row of

eyes is lacking.

NEON POMPATUS, sp. nov. (Plate LXII. figs. 11-11 ¢.)

3. Length 2:5, Length of cephalothorax 1:2; width of cephalo-

thorax 1.

Q@. Length 3:2. Length of cephalothorax 1-2; width of cephalo-

thorax °8.

Legs, ¢ 1,4,3,2, 9 4,1,3, 2; first pair a little the stoutest.

The cephalothorax is high, with the cephalic part inclined

forward, and the thorax falling but slightly for a very short

distance behind the dorsal eyes, and then more steeply, in a long

slant, to the posterior border. The quadrangle of the eyes is

about equally wide in front and behind, is one-fifth wider than

long, and occupies a little more than one-half of the cephalothorax.

The first row of eyes is straight; the eyes are all close together

and are all small, the middle being less than twice as large as the

lateral. The dorsal eyes are larger than the lateral, and form a

row which is as wide as the cephalothorax at that place. The eyes

of the second row are nearer the dorsal than the lateral eyes.

The clypeus is very narrow. The falces are short, weak, parallel

and vertical. The labinm is as wide as long. The sternum is

nearly round. In the female the abdomen looks wide and heavy

when compared with the cephalothorax.

704 ON SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. [Noy. 21.

The cephalothorax is black in the cephalic and brown in the

thoracic part, sometimes thinly covered with white hairs, and

haying some white and rosy hairs around the eyes of the first row;

around the lower border is a black line and above this is a white

line. The cephalothorax seems to have been entirely covered with

very brilliant iridescent scales of a rosy-golden colour, and has

two white spots on each side and one just in front of the spin-

nerets. The legs are medium brown, the first one, in the male,

being blackish on the under surface.

This is a very small spider. It does not altogether agree with

the genus Neon, the dorsal eyes being not very large, and the

slope from the dorsal eyes being less abrupt.

LyssoMANES, sp. inc.

This is an immature specimen of the subgenus Jelskia. The

species cannot be determined. The relative length of the legs is

1, 2,3,4,; the first lee is long and spined. The colour was

probably grass-green in life, but has faded to pale yellow.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats LXI,

Fig. 1. Synemosyna smithi (p. 692), dorsal view of male; 1a, dorsal view of

female; 1 4, epigynum.

2. Dynamius metallicus (p. 694), dorsal view of male; 2 a, face and falces ;

2, side view of cephalothorax ; 2c, palpus.

3, Cybele obscwra (p. 695), dorsal view of male; 3a, face and falces; 34,

side view of cephalothorax; 3c, palpus.

4. Cybele vincenti (p. 696), dorsal view of male ; 4 a, abdomen of a variety

of the male; 40, dorsal view of young female; 4c, epigynum ;

4d, palpus.

5. Dendryphantes octo-punctatus (p. 697), dorsal view of female ; 5, dorsal

view of variety of female; 5 6, dorsal view of male; 5c, dorsal

view of variety of male; 5d, face and falces ; 5 ¢, side view of cepha-

lothorax; 5/, epigynum; 5g, variety of epigynum; 5h, palpus;

54, variety of palpus.

Puats LXII.

Fig. 6. Cyrene decorata (p. 698), dorsal view of female ; 6a, face and falces ;

6 8, side view of cephalothorax.

7. Euophrys (?) pulchella (p. 699), dorsal view of male; 7 a, palpus.

8. Cydonia luteola (p.'700), dorsal view of female; 8a, dorsal view of

male; 8b, face; 8c, side view of cephalothorax; 8d, epigynum ;

8 e, palpus.

9. Anoka vernalis (p. 701), dorsal view of female; 9 @, abdomen of variety

of female; 9 6, dorsal view of male; 9c, epigynum ; 9d, palpus.

10. Prostheclina pygmea (p. 702), dorsal view of female; 10a, dorsal view

of young male; 106, face and falces; 10, side view of cephalo-

thorax ; 10d, epigynum; 10¢, palpus.

11. Neon pompatus (p. 703), dorsal view of female; 11a, dorsal view of

male; 11, epigynum; 11 ¢, palpus,

1893.]

ON HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA FROM ST, VINCENT.

705

2. A List of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera collected in the

Island of St. Vincent by Mr. Herbert H. Smith; with

Descriptions of New Genera

P. R. User.’

and Species. By

[Received October 23, 1893.]

A. List of Species of which specimens were obtained.

Diolcus boscii, Fab., f 2. (Uncoloured

state.)

Sphyrocoris obliquus, Germ.

Symphylus deplanatus, H.-Schf.

Thyreocoris pulicarius, Germ.

Pangeeus serripes, Hope.

Pangeeus sp.

Amnestus subferrugineus, Hope.

Mormidea ypsilon (Zinn.). Small var.

Euschistus bifibulus, Pal. Beauv.

Proxys victor, Fab.

Arvelius albopunctatus, De Geer.

Piezodorus guildingii, Westw.

Thyanta perditor, Fad.

casta, S7dl,

Nezara viridula, Linn.

Edersa cornuta, Burm.

Spartocera diffusa, Say.

fusea, Thunb.

Anasa bellator, Fab.

scorbutica, Fab.

Acanthocerus tuberculatus, H.-Schf.

Hyalymenus louespictae, Sidi.

Alydus pallescens, S7a/.

Leptocorisa filiformis, Fad.

Leptoglossus balteatus, Linn.

Zicca teniola, Dallas,

Catorhintha mendica, Sai, var.

Darmistidus maculatus, sp. noy.

Harmostes serratus, Fab.

Speer zide, Fab. (var. C. pictipes,

Stal

Ochrimnus collaris, Fad.

Oncopeltus cingulifer, Sta/.

—— fasciatus, Dallas.

varicolor, Fab.

Myodocha unispinosa, Stal.

Pamera serripes, Fad.

Sphezrobius gracilis, sp. nov.

Tomopelta munda, sp. nov.

Clerada apicicornis, Signoret.

large.)

Pachygrontha longiceps, S#é@. (Large

(Very

Gonatas divergens, Dist.

Blissus leucopterus, Say.

dwarf.)

Ptochiomerus dohrnii, Guérin.

Ozophora pallescens (Dist.).

—— sp. ine.

—— burmeisteri, Guérin.

Geocoris lividipennis, S¢@ (var.).

Pamera bilobata, Say.

vineta, Say.

Nysius providus, sp. noy. (vars.).

Cymus virescens, Fab.

Ninus notabilis, Dist.

Ptochiomera oblonga (S¢@/).

sp. ine. (soiled).

Bathydema socia, sp. nov.

Plinthisus sp. ine. (damaged)..

Iscbnorhynchus championi, Dist.

Protacanthus decorus, sp. nov.

Dysdercus annuliger, Uh/er.

Trigonotylus pulcher, Reuter,

Megaccelum rubrinerve, Dist.

Lygus prasinus, Reuter.

— obtusus, sp. nov.

Fulyius albomaculatus, Dist.

Melinna minuta, sp. nov.

sp. inc.

Engytatus geniculatus, Reuter.

Collaria explicata, Uhler.

Phytocoris eximius; Reuter.

Mala decoloris, Dist. (damaged).

Cyrtocapsus caligineus, Std/.

Eccritotarsus atratus, Dist.

Pycnoderes quadrimaculatus, Guérin.

Cylloceps pellicia, Uhler.

Macrolophus separatus, Uhiler.

(One

1 [Communicated by Dr. D. Suarp, F.R.S., on behalf of the W. India Islands

Committee.

N.B.—The specimens dealt with in this memoir were collected by Mr. H. H.

Smith, who was sent to the islands for the assistance of the Committee by

F. D. Godman, Esq., F.R.S. Prof. Uhler is at present engaged in working out

the larger collection formed by Mr. H. H. Smith and Mr. Summers in the

neighbouring island of Grenada, and reserves remarks on the distribution of

the species until the larger work is complete.—D, 8.]

706 PROF, P, R. UHLER ON HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA [Noy. 21,

List of Species (continued).

Fundanius rubens, sp. noy. Emesopsis nubilus, Uh/er, sp. nov.

Pceciloscytus obscurus, sp. nov. Salda humilis, Say.

Agalliastes simplex, Uhler. humilis, var. Large size.

Corythuca sp.? Allied to C. gossypii, | Pelogonus marginatus, Latr. Two

Fab.

varieties.

Typonotus planaris, Uh/er, sp. nov. Limnometra marginata, Guérin.

Teleonemia sacchari, Fad. Brachymetra albinervis, Amyot.

Phymata annulata, Uhler. Microvelia pulchella, Westw. Un-

Coriscus capsiformis, Reuter. winged.

roripes, Reuter. capitata, Guérin. Dark coloured

Saica recurvata, Fad, form.

Stenopoda culiciformis, Fab, marginata, Uhler. New sp.

Narvesus carolinensis, Std. Mesovelia bisignata, Uhler.

Henicocephalus flavicollis, Reuter. Rhagovelia obesa, Uhler.

Emesa angulata, Uh/er, sp. noy. elegans, sp. nov.

Luteva gundlachii, Guérin. Zaitha anura, H.-Schf.

Westermannia tenerrima, Dohrn. Anisops elegans, Feder.

sp. ?, immature. —— pallipes, Falr. Immature.

Cerascopus ? larva. Plea striola, Feber.

There are also in the collection representatives of about 9 species

of the family Anthocoride and of about 8 species of Ceratocombide.

B. Descriptions of New Genera and Species.

Fam. CoREnIp a.

Sect. Alydina.

DARMISTIDUS, gen. nov.

Form shorter than usual, almost flat above, the basal division of

pronotum less sloping than usual. Head large and long, fully as

long and a little wider than [the pronotum, much wider than deep,

gradually narrowing behind the eyes; the ocelli large, placed

behind the line of the eyes and wide apart, but not far from the

eyes; the eyes globular, moderately prominent laterally; the

tylus narrow and gently sloping, enlarged at tip and a little bent

down towards the base of rostrum. Antenne slender, short, the

basal joint thick, short, and not extending much beyond the tip of

tylus ; the second and third joints long, nearly equal, more slender

than the others ; the apical joint much thicker, scarcely as longas the

third, contracted and a little bent at tip. Rostrum slender, reaching

between the posterior coxe ; the bucculz slender, waved in front and

not enclosing the base of the first joint, the first joiat shorter than

the throat. Pronotum trapeziform, almost as long as wide, with the

disk convex each side of the deep longitudinal groove, the apex con-

tracted by a narrow collum, which is followed behind by a transverse

curved series of slender callosities; the lateral margins bluntly cari-

nate, oblique and feebly sinuated; the posterior margin is callous

each side, and has lamellar lobes between the callosities and the

humeral tubercle. Scutellum long and narrow, with the submargin

carinate to near the acute tip. Tip of corium short, a little

blunt, and not protracted backwards as in Alydus and next related

genera; membrane long, charged with numerous, chiefly simple

1893.] FROM 8. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 707

and almost straight veins, the one next the outer apex forked.

Posterior femora bent, stout, projecting about one-fourth of their

length beyond the end of venter, armed beneath with series of

short and longer teeth, which are set closer and arranged in a

double series on the apical half.

DaRMISTIDUS MACULATUS, sp. nov.

Pale testaceous, shaded and flecked with fuscous. Closely

related to Stachyoenemis, but with a longer head and less robust

figure, and destitute of the pilous covering of the head and pro-

notum. Head obsoletely punctate, minutely pubescent, with the

longitudinal middle line slender and faintly defined ; the crown

and the surface at the ocelli marked with fuscous; throat pale

testaceous ; antenne pale fulvous, the basal joint darker; rostrum

piceous at tip and along the middle line. Pronotum either testa-

ceous or- pale fulvous, marked with dark brown dots, minutely,

remotely pubescent, closely punctate and somewhat granulate, with

the central line pale and the callosities dark brown; the humeral

prominences and the posterior submargin usually brown, with

the edge paler; the sternum pale and the pleural pieces darker

and punctate. Legs sprinkled with reddish brown; the tibie pale

testaceous, banded with a few dark brown, slender lines; tarsi

with the last joint, nails, and tip of the long basal joint blackish.

Scutellum remotely punctate, granulate, fuscous at base, and white

on the apex and subapical carinate border. Hemelytra thin,

translucent, greenish white, or pale fulvo-testaceous, with the

veins interruptedly rufo-castaneous, and the thick end of the

medial vein, apex of the clavus, and border at tips of corium

piceous black; membrane whitish, with the veins minutely and

faintly marked with rufous. Tergum with a broad black stripe

along the middle, which grows narrower towards the tip; venter

pale, smooth, minutely, transversely wrinkled, a little punctate on

the middle and at base.

Length to tip of venter 64-7 millim. ; width of base of pronotum

12-2 millim.

Four specimens, one without a head.

Fam. BERYTID&

PROTACANTHUS, gen. nov. )

Form of Metacanthus, Fieb., with the same tumidly convex head

and conically produced clypeus. Eyes subspherical, set laterally

and below the line of the vertex ; ocelli placed far behind the eyes

on a collum-like distinct lobe. Antenne long and slender, the

basal joint longest, not quite so long as the posterior femur, but

longer than the two following joints united, minutely clavate at

tip; the second and third joints subequal, still more slender; the

apical joint shorter than the third, slender, fusiform. Rostrum

slender, reaching to the posterior coxe, with the basal joint not

quite so long as the head. Pronotum short and stout, scarcely

708 PROF. P. RB. UHLER ON HEMIPTHRA-HETHROPTERA [Noy. 21,

wider anteriorly than the base of head, the anterior margin form-

ing a collum, which is armed each side with an obliquely directed

spine; posterior lobe wide and convex, carinate on the middle line,

the posterior border deflexed, with the edge reflexed. Scutellum

armed with a long, erect, curved spine. Corium long, impunctate,

carried far along the border of the membrane, tender and trans-

lucent ; veins of membrane few, long, curved, not connected by

cross-veins. Legs long and slender, the middle and posterior

femora a little thickened towards the tip. Abdomen long, a little

shorter than the wing-covers, subcylindric, contracted at base,

tapering from the middle to the tip.

PROTACANTHUS DECORUS, Sp. NOY.

Pale tawny yellow, with the head black and highly polished,

the collum of the pronotum white, the spines pale testaceous, and

the abdomen greenish testaceous, polished and impunctate.

Antenne yellowish, with the basal joints and tips of the following

ones darker, the apical joint fuscous; rostrum pale yellow, darker

at tip. Pronotum coarsely punctate, with the surface a little tumid

behind on each side of the middle line; pleure also punctate.

Legs pale honey-yellow, a little darker on tips of femora, the tibie

annulated with black. Wing-covers whitish, translucent, the

membrane hyaline.

Length to tip of wing-covers 4 millim.; width of pronotum 2

millim.

Two specimens of this interesting species were collected by

Mr. H. H. Smith on low swampy land, in an open place, near sea

at the south end of the island, September 27.

Fam. Ly¢ ZIDZ.

TOMOPELTA, gen. nov.

Robust, oval, with both ends narrowed, opaque and pubescent

above. Head short, set in as far as to the eyes, small, narrow,

acutely triangular above; antenne stout, about as long as the

head, pronotum, and scutellum united, the basal joint longer than

the head, the second joint a little longer than the third and sub-

equal to the fourth, all conspicuously pubescent; throat flat; the

rostrum reaching between the middle coxe, basal joint as long as

the throat. Pronotum distinctly bilobate, broad, the anterior lobe

much wider than the head, longer than the posterior lobe, collar-

like, one grade narrower and lower than the basal one, both arched,

and with their lateral margin reflexed concurrently with the curve

of each ; prosternum with an uneven longitudinal ridge on each

side of the middle line; the pleural pieces coarsely punctate,

polished. ‘The anterior femora fusiform, compressed. Scutellum

longer than wide, abruptly acute at tip. Hemelytra coarsely punc-

tate, pubescent, dull, the costal margins almost straight and

parallel, a little sinuated on the middle; the costal area wide and

grooved ; membrane with the veins long and curved.

1893.] FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 709

TOMOPELTA MUNDA, sp. Nov.

Reddish chestnut-brown, pubescent, punctate all over the upper

surface and beneath upon the pectus. Head dull blackish ; an-

tennz fuscous, sometimes piceous or fulvous at base, the apical

joint whitish excepting at base, tips of all the joints generally

whitish ; rostrum fulyous, sometimes darker at base and tip.

Pronotum rufo-castaneous on the front lobe, which is also less dis-

tinctly punctate than the other and has the lateral margin almost

straight; the posterior lobe is dark brown, coarsely punctate, and

has four short, yellow, longitudinal stripes; the humeral angles

prominent, a little rounded, the transverse line separating the lobes

deep, indented at the outer ends, and with a minute pit in the

middle. Scutellum reddish brown, marked with a yellowish Y-

shaped figure, which is continued on the apical carina to the tip,

the hollow space each side of tip dark brown. Beneath dark ferru-

ginous, polished, especially on the venter. Legs pale yellow, hairy,

punctate, a little brownish on the coxe, base and tips of femora

and tarsi. Hemelytra pale testaceous, minutely pubescent, remotely

punctate with rufous or brown, middle of the costa with a small

brown point ; the inner apex of the corium has an irregular brown

spot, which connects with the margin and runs out to a smaller

spot on the extreme tip ; membrane clouded with brown, the outer

border thick and pale; venter fulvous, or soiled yellow, feebly

polished, the sutures blackish.

Length to tip of abdomen about 2 millim.; width of base of

pronotum 2 millim.

Several specimens of this bright little insect were captured by

Mr. H. H. Smith while they were flying at sunset, in the forest,

in April, at an altitude of 1000 feet above the sea. This insect

bears some resemblance to the genus Drymus, Fieb., but it is much

narrower than D. silvaticus, Fab., of Europe.

BatTHYDEMA, gen. nov.

Elliptical, body deep, thicker and wider than in Peritrechus,

Fieb., minutely pubescent, dull, polished only on the venter.

Head short, broad, inserted against the eyes, the eyes projecting a

little beyond the side of the front of pronotum. Antenne long,

reaching almost to the tip of scutellum, the basal joint a little

shorter than the head, the second longer, nearly equal to the third,

the fourth much thicker, fusiform, about equal to the second in

length ; rostrum reaching between the anterior coxe, not much

thicker at base, the basal joint a little shorter than the throat.

Pronotum trapeziform, thick, strongly sloping forwards, the lateral

margin carinate through to the callous humeri; callosities pro-

minent, long, placed obliquely ; stricture separating the lobes conspi-

cuous only on the sides ; surface punctate, dull, Underside of head,

propleura and mesopleura coarsely punctate. Anterior femora

moderately thick. Scutellum small, simple, a little longer than

wide, longitudinally callous at tip. Corium dull, wide, minutely

710 PROF. P, R. UHLER ON HEMIPTHRA-HUTHROPTHRA [Noy. 21,

pubescent, with the veins thick and prominent, the costal margin

almost straight, alittle curved at tip; membrane wide, with a large,

closed cell at the inner angle from which two veins run curving

towards the tip.

BATHYDEMA SOCIA, sp. nov.

Robust, blackish piceous, yellowish pubescent. Head tinged

with brown, not polished, punctate above and below; antenne

closely pubescent, pale fulvous or piceo-testaceous, with the basal

joint darker above, and the thick apical joint fuscous, the apex of

the second joint and base of the third sometimes with a narrow

dark band; rostrum fulvyo-testaceous, hairy, piceous at base and

tip. Pronotum dull blackish, coarsely punctate, the anterior lobe

interruptedly margined with yellow, the posterior lobe feebly sinu-

ated behind, with a testaceous are next the humeri and a dot of

the same colour on the middle of the margin, the lateral margin

pale castaneous behind; pleure dull piceous, punctate, pubescent,

bordered with pale castaneous. Coxe pale castaneous ; legs yellow,

tinged with fulvous. Scutellum dull fuscous, transversely convex

at base, obsoletely punctate, pubescent, compressed and testaceous

at tip. Corium and clavus testaceous, crossed in common by a

dark brown broad band at tip, which includes two short yellow

streaks and a dot; membrane brownish, with a pale dot at tip,

Venter dull piceous.

Length to tip of membrane 2 millim. ; width of base of pronotum

? millim.

This interesting little insect approaches nearer to Peritrechus,

Fieb., than to any other genus with which I am acquainted. But

the characters here given will, it seems to me, serve full well to

separate it from that genus.

Four specimens were secured on the Soufriére volcano, in April,

distributed in the moss, at altitudes of 2000 and 3000 feet above

sea-level.

SPHEROBIUS, gen. nov.

Form similar to that of Herwus, Stal, but differs most conspicu-

ously in haying the anterior lobe of pronotum globose and as wide

as the very short posterior lobe. The head is conico-ovoid, acute

at tip, the tylus projecting prominently in front of the clypeus,

with the two adjoining lobes of the cheeks short and feebly pro-

minent ; eyes placed on or below the line of the vertex; basal joint of

rostrum thick and shorter than the throat. Antenne moderately

long, gradually thickening towards the tip, the basal joint much

shorter than the head, the third joint a little shorter than the second,

the apical joint longest and much thicker than the third; the buccule

short and restricted to the tip. Collum of the pronotum wide below,

narrow above; the anterior lobe of the pronotum fully as wide as

the very short, transverse posterior lobe, separated by a deep stric-

ture, coarsely punctate, with the posterior margin sinuated and

the humeral angles callous. Anterior femora very thick, fusiform,

1893.] FROM S8T. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. Fill)

armed beneath with about four long spines, which have shorter

spines between them throughout the greater part of the length.

Scutellum long, compressed and acute at tip. Wing-covers narrow,

the costal margin almost straight, a little curved at tip; veins of

the corium distinctly prominent. Connexivum strongly elevated

along the margin of the abdomen.

SPHEROBIUS GRACILIS, sp. Nov.

Coal-black, polished beneath and on the anterior lobe of the

pronotum, invested with erect hairs on most parts of the surface,

both above and below. Head dull black, set with remote bristly

hairs, remotely punctate, scabrous especially on the clypeus, the

throat coarsely punctate; antennz fulvo-piceous, with the apical

joint and tips of the others fuscous ; rostrum piceous, paler on the

middle, reaching between the anterior cox. Pronotum jet-black,

with the posterior lobe rufo-piceous, coarsely and evenly punctate,

pubescent, the anterior lobe set with bristly hairs, obsoletely

punctate in remote lines, a few series of more distinct punctures

upon the lower part of the sides. Legs piceous black, paler on the

tibiz, the tarsi chiefly testaceous, the anterior tibia of the left side

(possibly of both sides) armed with a long curved spine. Scutellum

pubescent, coarsely, remotely punctate, paler at tip. Corium

whitish testaceous, coarsely punctate with brown in longitudinal

series, the posterior half blackish brown, with a subquadrate pale

spot exteriorly before the tip, the base also brown; membrane

short, incomplete, blackish, pale at base. Abdomen black,

polished.

Length to tip of venter 43 millim.; width of base of pronotum

1 millim.

One specimen only was captured, on the leeward side of the

islaid. As it is closely glued to the slip of card the underside and

femora of the right side cannot be studied.

The presence of the spur on the anterior femur adds a new

element of structure to this remarkable insect. It bears much

resemblance to an ant, and is much narrower than the other species

described as Herceus insignis, Uhler.

Fam. Capsip #.

CYLLOCEPS, gen. nov.

Long elliptical, blunt at both extremities, almost flat above,

polished, with the hemelytra thin, pellucid. Head very short,

vertical, the sides enclosed by the vertical eyes; tylus very short,

projecting a little before the line of the eyes; vertex transverse,

cylindrico-convex on the middle, scarcely higher than the low-placed

upper line of the eyes; buccule wide apart, narrow; rostrum

slender, the basal joint longer than the head; gula constricted;

lobe behind the eye in contact with the pronotum. Pronotum

transverse, trapezoidal, feebly sloping, almost flat, destitute of a

collum, the sides oblique, bordered with a linear callous margin

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XLVIIL. 48

712 PROF, P. R. UHLER ON HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA { Nov. 21,

from the humeri to near the bluntly rounded anterior angle; the

surface polished, with the callosities large, smooth, almost con-

tiguous, the suture behind them faintly defined, the humeri acutely

tubercular, the anterior margin slightly excavated across to the

middle of the eyes, aud the posterior margin feebly sinuated.

Scutellum of medium size, about as wide as long, prominently

convex. Legs of medium size, the posterior femora long, curved,

compressed ; unguiculi long, slender, widely spreading apart.

Hemelytra complete, much longer than the abdomen, bluntly

rounded at tip, almost parallel-sided, the costal margin only a

little curved, abruptly reflexed, the discoidal vein well defined, and

the membrane almost as long as the corium. Abdomen ample, not

contracted at base, blunt at tip in the female, but tapering towards

tip in the male.

CYLLOCEPS PELLICIA, sp. nov.

Pale testaceous, long elliptical, polished, minutely pubescent.

Head yellow, black along the middle line, including the tylus,

sometimes with a black band between the lower line of the eyes;

buccale blackish; rostrum yellowish, piceous at tip, reaching

behind the middle coxe. Antenne long, gradually decreasing

towards the tip, the basal and second joints stout, the second much

the longest, obscure yellowish, the third a little shorter than the

second, and the fourth still shorter, the basal one shortest, a little

longer than the head, black excepting at base and tip. Pronotum

moderately polished, dull yellow, obscured by brown posteriorly

and towards the sides, the surface a little scabrous, transversely

wrinkled, remotely punctate, minutely pubescent, the sides beneath

more or less infuscated and a little scabrous; sternal segments

polished, mostly yellow, those of the mesosternum more or less

dusky. Coxz and legs pale yellow, the femora usually a little

darker at base and with the immediate tip piceous, the nails and

tip of tarsi piceous. Scutellum dark brown, obsoletely carinate on

the middle line, polished, not distinctly punctate. Hemelytra

pellicular, translucent, pale testaceous, obsoletely fuscous on the

inner border of the clavus and corium, the coarse bounding vein at

basal angle of membrane piceous, the vein on middle of corium is

also dusky in some specimens; veins of membrane usually a little

brownish. Venter yellow, more or less dusky on the middle, with

the sides tinged with rufous or orange and the ovipositor piceous.

Length to end of yenter 23 millim., to tip of membrane 3 millim. ;

width of base of pronotum barely 1 millim.

Several specimens of both sexes, collected by Dr. Gundlach in

Cuba, were submitted to me for examination, and others are in the

collection from the island of St. Vincent, which were captured by

Mr. Herbert H. Smith in the month of May. I have also seen a

specimen from Southern Florida and others from the island of San

Domingo.

Not having specimens for dissection, I have been unable to

ascertain a few points necessary to establish the precise relations

1893.] FROM Si. VINCENT, WEST INDIES, 713

of this genus. It seems to be closely related to Agalliastes, but it

is without the saltatorial hind femora, and it differs from that

genus in the details given above. In a few specimens the pro-

notum has simply a narrow black band across the base.

Genus Mutinna, Uhler.

MELINNA MINUTA, sp. nov.

Narrower than usual, with the sides parallel, the surface highly

polished, dull dark horn-brown, relieved with pale yellowish

testaceous. Head particularly convex, very highly polished, with

a few obsolete punctures on the crown, dull pale yellowish, with

the middle broadly piceous and the tylus dusky; the occiput con-

tracted, narrower than the collum of the pronotum, but the space

between the eyes wider than the front of the pronotum ; eyes brown,

large, most prominent laterally, almost spherical. Antenne

moderately stout, horn-brown, the second joint pale at base,

reaching from the front of eye to basal angle of pronotum,

becoming gradually a little thicker towards the outer end, the

third joint abruptly thinner and with the fourth continuing of the

same thickness throughout ; both of these joints pale yellow, hairy ;

rostrum slender, yellowish white, reaching behind the anterior

coxe. Pronotum transverse, moderately convex, obsoletely

punctate, with the lateral margins very oblique, a little sinuated,

with the edge moderately acute, but not carinated, and the humeral

angles prominent, the posterior margin hardly sinuated, the border

a little rolled and turned down. Scutellum minutely, obsoletely

punctate, concolorous with the thorax and hemelytra, and polished

like them, convex, pinched at the tip. Legs, coxe, and ovipositor

ivory-white. Hemelytra polished like the pronotum, minutely

golden pubescent, minutely obsoletely punctate; the costal border

straight, honey-yellow; the incisure of the cuneus and inner edge

of the same pale ; membrane a little dusky, darker at base. Venter

chestnut-brown, polished, a little paler at tip. ~

Length to tip of venter 12-2 millim.; width of pronotum ¢ of a

millim.

Similar to 1M. elongata, Uhl., but with a nick behind the eyes.

Two specimens are present in the collection and a fragment of a

third adheres to the card of another pin. Two specimens were

obtained in the wooded country at an altitude of 1000 teet above

sea-level, and a third was beaten from bushes in the Petit Bordelle

Valley at an altitude of 1600 feet above the sea.

Another small species, coarsely punctate, apparently belonging

to this same genus, was obtained, but the only specimen present is

too imperfect for description.

Genus Lyevs, auctor.

LYGUS OBTUSUS, sp. Noy.

Soiled pale green, polished, minutely pubescent, with the head

short and blunt as seen from above and closely pressed against the

714 PROF, P, R. UHLER ON HEMIPTHRA-HETHROPTERA [Noyv. 21,

pronotum, with the eyes large and prominent outwards; the face

triangular, convex on middle, highly polished, obsoletely punctate,

with a punctate impressed line on the middle of the vertex ; tylus

prominent, a little discoloured, with the cheeks each side callously

prominent ; antennz moderately long, the second joint rod-shaped,

as long as the width of the pronotum, third and fourth more

slender, tinged with fuscous ; rostrum pale greenish, reaching

upon the middle cox. Pronotum short, strongly convex, minutely

pubescent, highly polished, unevenly punctate in wavy transverse

series, the posterior margin feebly sinuated, the lateral part of this

margin widely rounded, with the edge acute and pale, terminating

exteriorly in an acute tubercle ; pleura with a dark stripe extending

to the end of the posterior segment; legs pale green, a little

obscured at end of femora, the posterior femora with the common

oblique pair of brown bands near the tip; tibial spine fuscous.

Beneath whitish. Hemelytra closely pale pubescent, unevenly

punctate, with the disk infuscated, the outer border broadly pale

and the cuneus equally pale, the apical extremity of the inner

border of corium pale piceous, the clavus coarsely punctate like the

convex scutellum ; the membrane brown, especially at base.

Length to tip of venter 3-3; millim.; width of pronotum

13 millim.

Two specimens, a male and a female, were obtained on the

leeward side of the island.

The scutellum may be faintly pale along the middle line and a

little obscured each side near the tip.

Genus Funpantivs, Dist.

FUNDANIUS RUBENS, sp. nov.

Cinnabar-rufous, tinged with orange. Form normal, the upper

surface roughly punctate, excepting the head. The head highly

polished, less distinctly punctate, with the face vertical, deeply

sunken and grooved on the middle; the eyes prominent, dark brown.

Antenne brownish black, stout, stouter in the male; third joint

short, abruptly slender ; the fourth a little shorter and more slender

than the third ; the second joint rod-shaped, not tapering, a little

shorter than the width of the pronotum. Rostrum slender, yellow,

reaching between the middle coxe. Pronotum strongly, broadly

constricted behind the hood of anterior lobe, most coarsely

punctate on the posterior lobe, and the disk occupied behind by a

large trapezoidal black spot which touches the posterior margin,

anterior part of the middle line carinated; propleura and sternum

bright orange, the meso- and metapleure soiled orange or pale

brown, but brighter on the sternum. Legs and coxe pale dull

testaceous, soiled brownish on the apices of femora and tibiz, the

tarsi and nails piceous. Scutellum blackish brown, coarsely

punctate, deeply sunken and grooved on the middle line, the margin

prominently elevated, callous,smooth. Hemelytra black along the

entire length including the membrane, the outer border broadly

1893. ] FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 715

orange, and this colour covers the entire cuneus, the outer border

and cuneus less coarsely punctate than the clavus. Venter

blackish, with the disk basally dull orange.

Length to end of venter 23-3 millim., to tip of membrane

4-41 millim.; width of pronotum 13-1} millim.

Three mature specimens, a male and two females, and two larve

were secured. These were met with on both sides of the island,

and the larve were obtained at the roots of grass on the marsh

500 feet above the level of the sea.

This genus belongs to the division Clivinemaria of Reuter, and

this species, together with the two other hooded species of

Mr. Distant, may eventually be found to belong to the genus

Clivinema, Reuter. In this genus there is lack of uniformity in

the proportions of the antennsw, not only in the two sexes, but also

among individuals of the same species.

Genus Pa@ormosoytus, Fieber.

PECILOSCYTUS OBSCURUS, sp. Nov.

Closely related to P. basalis, Reuter. Dark chestnut-brown,

oblong-ovate, spread with close fine golden pubescence; female

broader than the male. Head long, acutely triangular, dull, not

distinctly punctate, polished when denuded; face convex, surface

around the eyes, a slender streak on the middle, and the cheeks

each side of tylus more or less yellowish ; the tylus, bucculz, and

base, tip, and middle of rostrum dark brown, the rostrum mostly

yellowish and reaching behind the posterior coxe; the transverse

carina at base of head prominent, piceous, polished. Antenne of

medium thickness, as long as from front of eye to tip of cuneus ;

the joints either dark brown or pale with brown ends, excepting

the apical ones which are pale fuscous and nearly setaceous ; the

second joint is about as long as the base of pronotum. ‘The

pronotum is moderately convex, obsoletely punctate, and covered

with the same prostrate golden pubescence as the head, scutellum,

and hemelytra; the collum is generally testaceous or white, and

back of its middle is a short yellow double spot or band, against

each anterior angle there is usually a velvet-black round spot, the

posterior margin is a little sinuated and usually pale ; the sternum,

posterior border of pleural segments, and coxw are usually pale

testaceous. Legs dark brown in full-coloured specimens, but pale

yellowish brown in others, paler on the tibie, and having the

posterior femora marked near the tip by the usual two darker

bands. Scutellum moderately convex, obsoletely wrinkled and

punctate, bordered with testaceous near the tip. Corium, clavus,

and cuneus finely but distinctly punctate, the embolium and costa

with a testaceous spot at base, the fracture and tip of cuneus and

vein of membrane dull testaceous; the membrane dark fuliginous.

Venter black-piceous or sometimes pale chestnut-brown on the

middle, spread with silvery pubescence and with the edge of the

genital valves testaceous.

716 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA [ Noy. 2],

Length to end of venter 23 millim., to tip of membrane 23-3

millim. ; width of base of pronotum 7-1} millim.

Numerous specimens, including some of both sexes, were collected

in various parts of the island. This species is also common in Cuba,

and I have swept specimens of it from weeds in the department of

the Grand Anse, Hayti. Other specimens have also been seen by

me, which were collected in Southern Florida, Mexico, Jamaica, and

Brazil. This form will illustrate the variation which occurs in the

joints of the antenne, some specimens having the antenne tapering,

while in others the apical joints are abruptly setaceous.

Fam. TINGITIDS.

TYPONOTUS, gen. nov.

Form similar to Gargaphia, Stal, but lacking the transverse

carina at the end of the mesosternum. The pronotal hood pro-

tracted long in front of the head, acutely compressed at tip and

curved downwards, opaque, carinate on the middle line, with two

longitudinal series of sunken areoles, followed beneath at base by

a shorter series of smaller ones, with the lower border strongly

reflexed. Carina of the mesonotum high, indistinctly areolate,

arched and sinuated. Wing-covers ‘almost flat, subquadrangular,

narrowing posteriorly, the costal area ampliated about the middle,

with the border strongly reflexed ; the basal division of the area is

occupied by two imperfect series of areoles, which are followed

towards the tip by a single series of much larger ones. Sternal

carine high, set wide apart, and curving on the metasternum.

Throat enclosed by an elevated border of the prostethium. The

antenn# slender, of medium length, with the apical joint short,

clavate. Pronotal lobes subtriangular, widely extended, protracted

in a narrow lobe anteriorly, reflexed, set with curving series of

nearly circular, large areoles. Legs slender.

TYPONOTUS PLANARIS, Sp. NOY.

Oblong, milk-white, opaque, contracted at the base of wing-

covers and narrowing obliquely behind the middle, marked with

brown across the sunken middle of the pronotum and in the

grooves each side of the hood. Hood long and narrow, acutely

compressed at tip. Scutellum with an obscure spot each side.

Veins of the wing-covers a little dusky in patches, sometimes

tinged with yellow, the discoidal area with a dusky spot at base

and tip, the costal area usually with a brown crescent near the

base and one or two spots near the tip; veins of the membrane

marked with fuscous so as to form a broad, double, transverse loop

next the tip : this dark area encloses cells of a larger size and more

transparent colour than those of the corium. Underside black,

with the buccule, margins of the pleural pieces, and sternal carine

whitish. Legs pale fulvous, darker at the ends of femora, tibiz,

and tarsi, Antenne pale, the clavate apical joint dusky.

1893.] FROM Sf. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 717

Length to end of abdomen 1-3 millim., to tip of wing-covers

3 millim.; width across lobes of pronotum 2 millim.

The less mature individuals of this species are paler and almost

translucent in the meshes of the wing-covers, while the fully

mature ones are tinged with yellow and more opaque.

About one dozen specimens were collected by Mr. Herbert

H. Smith.

Genus Corytuuca, Stal.

Examples of a species of this genus, approaching C. gossypii,

Fabr., were taken on the island by Mr. Smith, but the few specimens

are either immature or not in condition for accurate identification.

Fam. EMESID&.

Genus Emesa, Fabr.

EMESA ANGULATA, sp. nov.

Body and members more robust than in L. longipes, De G.,

and the other normal species. Obscure fulvo-testaceous, un-

polished, with the sides of the head and thorax broadly blackish

piceous, Head stout and deep, remotely punctate in patches,

obsoletely scabrous, minutely pubescent, the division behind the

stricture longer than the one before it, base of tylus armed with

a short curved spur. Rostrum reaching the anterior coxe, the

basal joint stout ; the second a little longer and thicker, tapering

towards the tip; the third pale testaceous, tapering at base,

swollen, growing quite slender, longer than the first and second

united. Antenne slender, filiform, of medium length, fuscous, pale

at base, and sometimes with an obscure band on this paler

portion, the basal joint equal to the thorax in length, the second

much shorter. Middle and posterior legs filiform ; the tibiz more

slender than the femora, black at base and banded with black, in

four spots upon the femora and three upon the tibie; anterior

femora thick, subcylindric, compressed, obscurely banded with

fuscous, set with two sizes of teeth from before the middle to the

tip, the inner tooth much longer than the others ; the tibize fuscous

with a pale band, the tarsal nail not quite reaching to the inner

tooth. Pronotum obsoletely scabrous and almost flat above,

faintly marked with a longitudinal impressed line, the anterior

half a little swollen, back of this the lobe is a little con-

tracted, while the posterior lobe is quite small, and elevated into

two transverse toothed callosities, anterior angles tubercular.

Mesonotum taperingly contracted from the middle forwards, so

as to be much narrower than the pronotum, while the basal

pertion swells to nearly the width of the pronotum, the middle

line has a slender carina which runs back through the grooved

metanotum ; the metanotum is much shorter than the mesonotum

and has carinated sides. The underside, including the venter, is

smooth, somewhat glossy on the sternum, with the venter dusky

and dull. The abdomen is thick and gradually widens posteriorly,

the; posterior end being obliquely truncated in the female, but

718 ON HEMIPTERA-HETEROPIPRA FROM st. VINCENT. [ Nov. 21,

rounded and with a curved spur above in the male; the outer

angle of the dorsal sezments is more or less toothed.

Length to end of abdomen 18-19 millim.; width of front of

pronotum 1 millim.; width of last segment of abdomen 13-13

millim.

Several specimens of both sexes were secured at various places

on the island. Only unwinged ones were found, and three or

four of these are in the younger stages. These nymphs are

essentially like the adult and differ more in size than in the

elements of structure. The form of pronotum and abdomen with

the accompanying teeth is nearly the same as in the full-grown

specimens. One specimen was found on the leeward side of the

island, in September, at an altitude of 2000 feet, and others were

captured under logs on the Richmond estate, leeward, in an open

valley near sea-level, on October 31. In my collection there are

specimens from the vicinity of Panama.

EMESOPSIS, gen. nov.

Form similar to that of Ploiaria, Scop., agreeing therewith

especially in the form of the head, but differing in the venation

of the hemelytra. Head wide and short, tumidly convex behind,

the transverse stricture crossing between the eyes; the throat

unarmed. Rostrum reaching between the anterior cox ; the basal

joint stout, extending behind the line of the eyes; the second

shorter, tumid; the third slender throughout, shorter than the

basal one. Antenne almost setaceous, the basal joint a little

stouter, about as long as the head and pronotum united; the

second and third shorter, subequal. The eyes subglobular, placed

below the level of the vertex. Anterior tibiw and tarsi together

scarcely shorter than the femora, the femora apparently armed

with fine spines throughout nearly the entire length. Pronotum

short, the posterior lobe more than twice as long as the anterior

one, tumidly convex behind ; the anterior lobe very short, elevated

into a callosity each side. Scutellum small, distinct, conical at

base, constricted behind, the narrowed portion evenly cylindrical to

the tip. Hemelytra membranous throughout, gradually widening

towards the tip, the costal margin straight to beyond the middle ;

veins of the corium sharply distinct, the transverse ones few,

crossing at nearly right angles, the cells growing larger posteriorly,

the apex with a triangular narrow cell at both the outer and inner

angle ; cells of the membrane large, the basal one longest, ending

in a protracted narrow loop, which sends off a vein to the tip.

Abdomen moderately flat, widened towards the middle.

EMESOPSIS NUBILUS, sp. nov.

Pale fulvo-testaceous, elongate, but not linear, smooth above,

pilose over most of the surface. Head obsoletely, minutely

punctate, the transverse impressed line and a small spot on the

middle brown. Antenne setaceous, the last joint infuscated ;

eyes fuscous. Legs pilose, the intermediate and posterior femora

1893. ] DR. G. L, JOHNSON ON THE SHAL’S EYE. 719

banded with pale fuscous, the anterior legs a little clouded with

fuscous. Pronotum smooth, obsoletely, minutely punctate on the

posterior lobe. Hemelytra longer than the abdomen, the veins

and a series of spots at the apex of the membrane fuscous. Outer

margin of the abdomen piceous.

Length to end of abdomen 4 millim., to tip of membrane 43

millim.; width of base of pronotum ? millim.

One specimen is in the collection from this island.

This species seems to be not rare in Cuba. Several specimens

have been sent to me from that island by Dr. Gundlach, and others

are in his collection.

Fam. VELIID2.

Genus Microveria, Westw.

MICROVELIA MARGINATA, sp. nov.

Dull black, nearly wedge-shaped, minutely pubescent, and

obsoletely punctate, with the breast orange and the pronotum

bordered with orange. Head rather blunt, convex between the

eyes, a little compressed and. produced at the end of the clypeus,

the underside pale testaceous. Antenne stout, closely hairy,

black ; third and fourth joints longer than the others, the fourth

longest, acutely tapering at tip; the basal joint thicker than the

others, much longer than the second, pale beneath. Rostrum

stout and swollen at base, reaching behind the anterior coxe, pale

testaceous, piceous at tip. Pronotum broad, moderately convex,

with the humeral angles bluntly ronnded, and not prominent as

in MW, capitata, Guér. Pectus broadly yellow, dusky on the middle

and posteriorly. Coxz and legs pale testaceous; the posterior

legs dusky above, and fulvous on the middle of the tibie. Scu-

tellum dusky, mostly concealed by the pronotum. Wing-covers

black, bluntly rounded at tip. Abdomen black above, tinged with

lead-colour and a little sericeous beneath, the lateral margins

broadly fulvous; the venter has sometimes a row of fulvous dots

ach side.

Length to tip of abdomen 132-2 millim., to end of wing-coyers

23 millim. ; width of pronotum 2 millim.

Several specimens, both winged and unwinged, were collected

by Mr. Smith in the pools of cool water at various localities on

the island.

3. Observations on the Refraction and Vision of the Seal’s

Eye. By G. Linpsay Jounson, M.D., F.Z.S.

[Received November 21, 1893.]

In the course of my investigations on the vision of the Mam-

malia, I was particularly struck with certain peculiarities in the

eye of Phoca vitulina, the Scotch Seal, so frequently met with off

our northern coasts. The eye, as everyone must haye observed, is

720 DR. G. L, JOHNSON ON THH SHAL’S EYE, [Nov. 21,

particularly large for the size of the animal, being slightly larger

than our own. The sclerotic is chalky white, almost entirely free

from blood-vessels, and the cornea very large, round, and of great

convexity. This latter point is very remarkable for a reason

which I will point to later on.

The iris is of a rich yellow-brown colour and contracts rapidly

to light. The eye is capable of being partly retracted into the

orbit and is protected by a well-developed membrana nictitans. I

have repeatedly amused myself by making experiments to ascertain

how far the m. nictitans can be drawn over the eye of the Seal,

but I could never get it to extend over more than a third of the

distance across the cornea of its own accord, although I have

tried, by pinching the conjunctiva or by placing hairs and other

foreign bodies on the cornea, to stimulate it to further action ; but

this always failed to have any effect, as, contrary to what we find

in most text-books, the membrana nictitans is never used for

brushing away foreign bodies as in birds’. I hope in a future

paper to discuss the action and purpose of the membrana nictitans

in various families of the Mammalia, but space compels me to

confine myself in this paper to the apparatus more immediately

concerned in vision. t

Before going further I will, with your permission, pass a few

remarks on the nature of vision in ourselves. The human eye, as

we are all aware, is a nearly spherical expansion of the optic

nerve and its connective-tissue coverings. The posterior half

is lined with the light-sensitive retina, while the anterior

portion, together with the contents of the globe, form a dioptric

apparatus for the convergence of rays on its surface. This dioptric

system is made up of four distinct media : the cornea, the aqueous

humour, the lens, and the vitreous body. This optical system

consists then of the transparent media and the refracting surfaces

which separate them from the air and from each other. Now if

we examine their refractive indices, we shall find that, excepting

the lens, all the media have the same refractive index, viz. 1:3365.

But this is the refractive index of sea-water, so that if we plunge

our heads under the waves our dioptric apparatus becomes at once

simplified down to a single lens in front of a sensitive surface

(the retina). We shall thus, under water, be quite unable to see

anything around us distinctly, and that for a very simple reason.

We know that in a state of rest parallel rays come to a focus on

the retina of a normal eye. Now in a state of rest the crystalline

lens has in aqueous humour (or, what amounts to the same thing,

in sea-water) a mean focal distance of 50°61 mm.=1:994 inches.

Since the distance between the optical centre of the lens and the

retina amounts to 15-62 mm., it is clear the image for parallel rays

must lie 50°61 mm.—15-6 mm., or 35 mm., behind the retina; in

other words, we need the addition of a convex lens of something

* Exceptions to this rule occur in the Ungulata and certain other grass-

feeding animals,

fod

1893. ] DR. G. L, JOMNSON ON THD SHAL’S BYE, 721

like 13 in. focus in air to see with under water. But this cannot be

made of glass, since the latter has nearly the same refractive index

as water. To meet this difficulty Dr. Dudgeon some years ago

had a pair of spectacles made consisting of portions of two hemi-

spheres of plain glass with parallel surfaces, mounted in a brass ring

with their convex surfaces nearly touching one another. . I have

brought the original pair to show you. In air they produce no

effect, neither magnifying nor reducing; but in water the biconcave

air-lens, for such it is, becomes a biconvex one, the convex sur-

faces of the water in this case forming the lens. Dr. Dudgeon, who

has the credit of entirely solving this problem, made a number

of sketches under water, one of which I have reproduced. Were

it not for the distortion and astigmatism everything could be seen ;

even the date on a coin can be made out.

os le Gay

Fig. 2.

Transverse section of the Seal’s eye; natural size. (Diagrammatic.)

Big. 1 shows the path of light-rays in the eye when uncorrected under water.

Fig. 2 shows the path of rays when the eye is corrected for air.

In the Seal’s case the problem is rather more complicated,

for the Seal has to see under four conditions. He has to see

out of water when out of water, in water when under water, out

of water when under the water, and in water when out of the

water. The first two conditions alone need be considered, as the

two latter follow by necessity.

Now the Seal’s eye is very much the same shape as our own,

excepting that the cornea is larger and more convex and the

anterior chamber very deep. This convexity of the cornea is very

curious, as one would expect to find it nearly flat as in the fish—

since the flatter the cornea and the nearer the lens to it, the less

722 DR. G. I, JOHNSON ON THE SEAL’S EYE, [Nov. 21,

would be the thickness of the media to be neutralized by the water.

In most fishes’ eyes (as we are aware) the lens almost touches the

cornea and is nearly spherical.

On taking the refraction of the living Seal’s eye out of water, I

was surprised to find that he possessed a myopia of 4 diopters or

10 in. in the vertical meridian and 13 diopters or about 3 in. in

the horizontal,—the difference between these two curvatures

producing an astigmatism of 9 D, an amount altogether incom-

patible with even useful sight and rarely if ever met with among

human beings even in disease.

On applying a solution of atropine to the eye, I had an oppor-

tunity of ascertaining how the iris overcame this error. It is

well known to oculists that high grades of astigmatism may be

almost entirely neutralized by an opaque diaphragm in the centre

of which is a narrow stenopaic slit placed at right angles to the

error of curvature.

I noticed the Seal’s pupil contracted up to this shape, varying

from a vertical slit 13 mm. long by 3 mm. broad, to one 33 mm.

The Seal’s iris.

Fig. 3 shows the Seal’s iris with its narrow, vertical. slit-like pupil as seen out of

water.

Fig. 4 shows the pupil in a state of extreme contraction.

Fig. 5 shows the pupil widely dilated by atropine and when under water.

long and barely 1 mm. broad. By careful estimation of the

refraction in the two opposite meridians by the direct method with

the ophthalmoscope and by retinoscopy, I ascertained both eyes to

have the same refraction in the two meridians and the meridian of

greater myopia to be the horizontal, which could be corrected by

a stenopaic slit in the vertical meridian.

How does this extraordinary amount of astigmatism help the

animal to see? The difference between vision in air and in water,

viz. 26 D or 27 D, may be corrected to a large extent by powerful

accommodation, and the 13 D of myopia may correct half the

amount of error in the horizontal meridian. On the other hand,

the vertical meridian will only be corrected to the extent of 4 D,

which is only a sixth or a seventh of the total.

Moreover, I find that the Seal’s iris dilates to the full in water

1893.] ON MAMMALS FROM BRITISH OBNTRAL AFRICA. 723

and closes more or less in air, because the correction for the

astigmatism is evidently made for air and not for water. Now our

iris dilates when the accommodation is relaxed, and contracts when

it is called into play; and if in the Seal the accommodating

mechanism be the same as ours, the above-mentioned changes

would obviously only make matters worse.

But here again the question is beset with difficulties, for this

myopia could only be of service if it were due to the lens, since any

curvatures of the cornea would be neutralized by the water.

At present my observations go to prove that the iris is to some

extent at least under the control of the animal’s will, since in one

Seal, at any rate, I observed the pupil moving out of all proportion

to the accommodation, while, on the other hand, I induced accom-

modation by approaching a piece of fish without any alteration in

the pupil.

I hope in a future paper to be able to give some explanation for

this extraordinary amount of astigmatism, and although I have a

theory I would rather reserve any further attempts at an explanation

until I have verified all the facts which bear on the question and

examined all objections which can be urged against it.

4, On some Specimens of Mammals from Lake Mweru,

British Central Africa, transmitted by Vice-Consul

Alfred Sharpe. By P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

Secretary to the Society.

[Received November 16, 1893.]

Mr. Alfred Sharpe, H.B.M. Vice-Consul in Southern Nyasaland,

has kindly sent me some specimens of the larger Mammals which

he obtained during his recent journey from the north end of Lake

Nyasa to Lake Mweru and the Luapula', together with a number

of flat native skins procured from the natives at Mweru. These

I have now the pleasure of exhibiting.

In a letter written from Blantyre (28th March, 1893) after his

return, Mr. Sharpe gives the following interesting account of the

animals met with on his route :—

*« On the road from Nyasa to Tanganyika almost no game is seen

until the Saisi is reached [this river, rising in the Mambwe

Country, flows N.E. and E. to Lake Hikwa]. There, for the first

time on this route from the sea to Tanganyika, one finds the

Cobus vardont, also the Impala (pyceros melampus), Roan Ante-

lope (Hippotragus equinus), Lichtenstein’s Hartebeest (Bubahs

lichtensteint), Eland, Zebra, &c. After leaving the Saisi flats little

game is seen on the road thence to the south end of Tanganyika.

“T doubt if game can, anywhere in Central Africa, be more

1 See Mr. Sharpe’s paper on this subject, Geogr. Journ. i. p. 524 (1898), and

the accompanying map.

724 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON MAMMALS (Nov. 21,

plentiful than in the Mweru and Luapula Countries, though there

may be districts which have a greater variety. Cobus vardoni and

C. lechee run in enormous herds. Buffaloes and Zebras are also

there in vast quantities. The two first-named Antelopes are

frequently found together, are much alike in appearance, and are

both known by the natives as‘ Nswala.’ (The Impala is also

called ‘ Vswala’ by them.) The horns of the Letchwé have a

much larger spread than those of Vardon’s Antelope, but at a

distance it is difficult to distinguish between the two. The

Letchwé has a little black stripe on the fore legs which is not

found in Vardon’s Antelope. A noticeable feature about the male

Letchwé is that when he runs he puts his head down, laying back

the horns. Vardon’s Antelope does not do this.

‘Near the north-east end of Lake Mweru I met with a

species of Waterbuck quite different from those inhabiting Nyasa-

land. The whole skin is of a darker—“ bluer”—colour. The white

marks on the buttocks are not so distinct, and the beast is some-

what smaller in size than that Antelope. I forward you, through

Mr. H. H. Johnston, a skin of one of these Mweru Waterbucks,

which was shot by Mr. John Kydd (who accompanied me on my

journey). Mr. Crawshay has obtained several of them. I also

forward you skins and horns of the Cobus vardoni and C. lechee;

also the horns of male and female Roan Antelope, and a quantity

of skins of small mammals, monkeys, cats, &c., all from Mweru.

“One skin which I send is of a diminutive little Antelope from

Mweru. I never saw it alive myself, but bought the skin froma

native, who told me that it has very small, short, straight horns.

My ‘ boys’ from Nyasaland do not know it.

«The ‘Situtunga’* frequents the Great Mweru Marsh, and

many of the swamps north, east, and south of Mweru Lake.

Mr. Crawshay saw one, and obtained the horns of two, but neither

he nor I succeeded in shooting a specimen; they live almost in

the water.

“The African Cattle-plague has created terrible havoc among the

wild game on the Lower Luapula (near its entrance into Lake

Mweru); also, to a less degree, in Itawa, Ulungu, and Unyam-

wanga. All the dying beasts that I saw had a more or less copious

discharge from the nose. Buffalo, Vardon’s Antelope, and the

Letchwé seem to have suffered most.

“ Around Lake Mweru, both the ‘ Njiri’ (Wart-hog) and the

‘Guruyi’ (which, if I am not mistaken, is one of the River-hogs),

are very plentiful. I send you heads of each, with the tusks in ;

you will see how different they are.

‘On the southern shores of Lake Mweru Lions are more plentiful

than I have seen them elsewhere in British Central Africa, and I

had some lively times with some of them. Iam able to confirm

the fact that Lions do occasionally climb trees. Isaw one, on one

occasion, high up in a large bushy tree, he was more than fifteen

feet from the ground. On seeing us, he came down to the ground,

1 Tragelaphus spekii, I believe.—P. L. 8.

1893.] FROM BRITISH CHNTRAL AFRICA. 725

crashing through the branches, having (I think) lost his hold and

fallen. I shot him as he bounded off. He was a male, three-

quarters grown. ‘The trunk of the tree was rather sloping and

not difficult to climb.

“‘The extensive marshes through which the Luapula runs imme-

diately before entering the south end of Mweru are the refuge

of many Elephants, and this is one of the few spots in the southern

portion of Equatorial Africa where they are still plentiful. The

cattle-plague has not touched them.

“ Rhinoceroses (of the Black species) are scarce throughout the

Mweru and Luapula Countries. I saw none on my last journey,

and only once came across their spoor. Buffalo and Burchell’s

Zebra are to be seen in vast herds in the country east of Mweru

Lake, on the borders of the Great Mweru Swamp. I have seen

them in herds of many hundreds. Throughout Itawa, Zebras are

constantly met with.

“‘ Buffaloes are numerous on the banks of the Luapula; Roan

Antelopes throughout the country from Tanganyika west and

south. Reedbucks and Bushbucks are found everywhere. Hlands,

Sable Antelopes, and Hartebeests are also seen throughout the

countries that I have mentioned, but are not so plentiful.”

I now proceed to give a list of the species represented in

Mr. Sharpe’s collection, so faras I can distinguish them. ‘To make

the list ot the Mammals of this district as complete as possible I

have added the names of some species represented in a series of

skins and horns from Lake Mweru transmitted home by Mr. R.

Crawshay (who was lately Resident at the Station called Khodesia,

at the N.E. corner of Lake Mweru) along with Mr. Johnston’s

collections.

1, CHRCOPITHECUS OPISTHOSTICTUS, sp. nov.

Two flat skins, which appear to have been used as dresses. So

far as I can tell, they belong to a Cercopithecus allied to C. samango

(see above, p. 251), but distinguished by the blackish under surface,

the black upper back, and the two small rufous patches on each

side of the tail. The species may be diagnosed as follows :—

Supra pallide cinereo et nigro confertim annellatus, capite obscu-

riore ; cervice postica, humeris cum manibus et pedibus eatus et

cauda (nisi ad basin) nigris ; plaga parva ad latus dorsi posticr

utrinque castanea: subtus nigrescens. Long. corp. 24 poll.,

caude 25 poll.

Hab. Africa Centr. Britann. ad Lacum Mweru.

2, Faris servat, Erxl.; Hlliot, Mon. Fel. pl. xxvi.

One flat skin, apparently of this Cat, or of a nearly allied

species.

3. Fuuis CAFFRA, Desm.; Elliot, Mon. pl. xxxi.

One fiat skin of a Cat of this group, which is widely spread over

Africa. ss

726 MR. P. L. SCLATBR ON MAMMALS [ Nov. 21,

4, GENETTA TIGRINA (Schreb.).

Sixteen flat skins of a Genet which may probably be referred

to this species. They vary much in the amount of spotting on

the back, some being thickly spotted with rusty red here, whilst

others are quite without these markings. But there are inter-

mediate specimens.

5. VivurRa civerra, Schreb.

Three flat skins of this widely-spread species.

6. Hurpxstes GALERA(Erxl.); Thomas, P. Z.S. 1882, p. 72.

One flat skin.

7. CoBUS CRAWSHAYI, sp. nov.

Similis C. ellipsiprymno, sed colore, precipue in dorso, saturatiore,

et disco anali albo: fascia uropygiali alba nulla, et statura

paulo minore diversus.

Mr. Sharpe sends a single flat skin of the Mweru Waterbuck,

and Mr. Crawshay’s collection contains 2 heads and 3 flat skins of

the same animal. I think there can be no question of its being

distinct from C. ellipsiprymnus, and I propose to attach to it the

name of Mr. Crawshay, who has done such good work on the

Antelopes of Nyasaland’.

The fur of Crawshay’s Waterbuck, as will be seen from the

skin which I now exhibit, generally resembles that of C. ellipsi-

prymnus, the animal being covered with the same harsh, lengthened,

thinly spread hairs. But the colour is considerably darker, being of

a dark iron-grey on the dorsal surface, which passes into blackish

on the back of the neck, upper portion of the limbs, and tail.

This colour gets gradually lighter and more greyish on the flanks,

and passes on each side into whitish on the belly. There is no

sign of the distinct rump-band which is so clearly marked on

C. ellipsiprymnus, where it is bordered on each side by dark grey ;

but in the present species the whole anal disk is white, separated

on the dorsal line by the dark medial streak which passes into the

short black bushy tail. The whole length of the flat skin in the

present example is about 56 inches, the length of the tail about

15 inches.

The horns of Crawshay’s Waterbuck, of which I exhibit a fine

pair obtained by Mr. Crawshay near Rhodesia, the British Central

African Station on Lake Mweru, can hardly be distinguished from

those of C. ellipsiprymnus. The present pair measure about 24

inches in length along the curve. They are strongly ringed to

near their extremities. The points are about 11-5 inches apart.

Assuming the validity of the species just described, I am ac-

quainted with four species of the peculiar group of the genus

Cobus, commonly called Waterbucks, and distinguished by their

rough and elongated hairs, which are longer and divergent on the

neck, the tufted tail, and the large, heavy, strongly-ringed horns,

1 See his article, P. Z.S. 1890, p. 648,

1893.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA, 727

which are lyrate in shape and bend forward at the apex. These

four species are as follows :—

1. C. ellipsiprymnus*, which extends from South Africa up the

Eastern coast to Somaliland and the While Nile, and may be at

once recognized by the elliptical white ring on the rump near the

base of the tail.

2. C. crawshayi, similar to the preceding, but of a much darker

brown, and without the ring ontherump. At present known only

from Lake Mweru.

3. C. defassa.—This is the Antilope defassa (Ruepp. Neue Wir-

Skull and horns of Cobus crawshayt.

belth. Siug. p. 9, t. ili.), so-called from its Abyssinian vernacular

name “ Defassa,” which must therefore not be altered into defassus

as has been attempted by some authors. Herr Matschie (Sitzungsb.

Ges. naturf. Freund. Berlin, 1892, p. 134) has lately pointed out

the differences between this Abyssinian form and the next, nearly

allied, West-African species. There are fine mounted specimens

of this Antelope in the gallery of the British Museum.

4, C. unctuosus.—The allied West-African form, of which we

frequently have examples living in the Society’s Gardens and at

the present time have a single female specimen, has been generally

1 See P. Z. S. 1893, p. 505, pl. xxxix., for remarks on this species breeding

in our Gardens.

Proc. Zoo. Soo.—1893, No. XLIX, 49

728 ON MAMMALS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [Noy. 21,

known to us as the Sing-Sing (C. sing-sing), from the vernacular

name bestowed upon it by Mr. Bennett in 1832 (see Rep. Comm.

Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 5). This name was adopted and published by

Dr. Gray in 1843 (List Mamm. p. 159), but no description appears

to have been attached to the name till 1850, when it was fully

described in ‘Gleanings from the Knowsley Menagerie,’ p. 15.

In the meantime, however, the name of Antilope wnctuosa had been

given to it by Laurillard (D’Orbigny’s Dict. Univ. d’Hist. Nat. i.

p- 622) in 1847. I think, therefore, that this species will have to

be called Cobus wnctuosus.

The Sing-Sing does well in captivity, and I have seen many

specimeus of it in the Continental gardens, where it has frequently

bred. A certain locality for it is the River Gambia, where the

Knowsley specimens were obtained for the Derby Menagerie by

Whitfield.

8. CoBus LECHER.

One flat skin, very like those of C. vardoni, but at once recog-

nizable by the black stripes on the front legs and the more widely

spread horns.

9. Conus VaRDONI (Livingst.); Sclater, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 98.

Three flat skins and two pairs of horns of this species, con-

cerning which and C. lechee see Mr. Sharpe’s notes.

10, CERVICAPRA ARUNDINUM (Bodd.).

A skull in Mr. Crawshay’s series must be referred to C. arun-

dinum or a nearly allied form.

11. AAPYCHROS MELAMPUS.

In Mr. Crawshay’s series are a skull and askin of this Antelope,

which, according to Mr. Sharpe, is often confounded with the

Lechee and Vardon’s Antelope under the common name “ Mswala.”

12. HiProTRaGuUs EQUINTS.

Five heads and horns (4 male, 1 female) of the Roan Antelope,

which was not included by Mr. Crawshay in his list of the

Antelopes of Nyasaland, but certainly occurs in several localities

within the Protectorate. Mr. Crawshay also sends a skin of a

young male.

In the Shiré Highlands Mr. B. L. Sclater tells me the Roan is

equally common with the Sable Antelope. He saw them both on

the Trochila plains between Blantyre and Milangi (see Geogr.

Journ. i. p. 414), and Mr. Steblecki, a planter on the Chola

plateau, told him both were common there.

13. TRAGELAPHUS SORIPTUS ROUALEYNI.

A flat skin of a foetal specimen, probably of this species. See

P. Z, S. 1893, p. 507.

1893.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 729

14, TRAGELAPHUS ANGASI, Gray.

Mr. Crawshay sends a skull of this species, which extends its

range still further northward. See P. Z.8. 1892, p. 98.

15, TRAGELAPHUS SPEKII, Scl.

A frontlet of this Antelope is in Mr. Crawshay’s series. Mr.

Sharpe (above) speaks of its occurrence in the swamps of Mweru.

16. PoraMocH@RvUs AFRICANUS (Schreb.).

Both Mr. Sharpe and Mr. Crawshay have sent home heads,

apparently of this species, from the Mweru district.

17, PHACOCH@RUS ZTHIOPIOUS (Pall.).

The Wart-hog, Mr. Sharpe tells us, is plentiful round Lake

Mweru. He sends two skulls and Mr. Crawshay also sends one.

December 5, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frowzr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the

Chair,

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1893 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of November was 71, of which 44 were by

presentation, 4 were by birth, 10 by purchase, and 13 received on

deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,

by death and removals, was 99.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. A Cunning Bassaris (Bassaris astuta), purchased November

15th. No example of this interesting carnivorous animal has been

exhibited in the Society’s collection for many years. The only

individual previously received was in the Gardens in 1853, and was

the subject of one of Mr. Wolf’s Zoological Sketches. (See Wolf

and Scl., Zoological Sketches, vol. i. pl. xiv.).

2. Two Jerboas, presented by Capt. R. A. Ogilby, F.ZS.,

November 17th, and believed to be referable to one of the Persian

Jerboas (Alactaga decumana), but the locality of these specimens is

not quite certain.

3. A fine advlt female of the Caucasian Goat (Capra caucasica),

presented by H. H. P. Deasy, Hsq., 16th Queen’s Lancers, Noy.

20th. Mr. Deasy informs me that he obtained a pair of these

animals (the “Tur” of the Caucasus) at a village called Ruzbef

on the river Backsan, lat. 48° 20’ 0" N., long. 20° 43’ 35" E., and

had every reason to believe that they were caught on the neigh-

bouring mountains.

Unfortunately the male died on the passage home.

49*

730 PROF, G. B, HOWES ON THE RESPIRATORY [Dee. 5,

This, so far as I know, is the first example of this most interest-

ing species of Wild Goat that has reached Europe alive’.

Capra caucasica, 2.

Prof. G. B. Howes exhibited the heads of two Lampreys and a

Hag showing some remarkable variations of the respiratory organs,

and made the following statements concerning them :—

Huxley in 1876 demonstrated* the existence in the adult

Lamprey of “a depression behind each of the pharyngeal vela” ...

which he conceived “ to be the remains of the hyoidean cleft which

opens externally in the Ammoceete ;” Scott*®, Dohrn*, Parker °,

and Shipley * have confirmed this, except that they have confessed

themselves unable to detect the presence of its alleged external

orifice. Parker in 1883 recorded, on the authority of Prof.

Weldon’, the observation of “seven pairs of pouches” in indi-

* On this species and its allies, Capra cylindricornis and C. severtzowi, see

Dr. Menzbier’s remarks, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 618.

? Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. x. p. 420.

® Morph. Jahrb. Bd. vii. p. 142.

4 Naples Mittheilungen, Bd. vi. p. 56.

° Phil. Tr. 1883, part ii. p. 446.

* Q. J. M.S. vol. xxvii. p. 349.

7 Loc. cit. p. 384. My friend Prof. Weldon informs me that his specimen

‘had seyen complete gills on the right side and seven plus a ductus on the left.”

It has been lost, but a figure and description of it are to appear in Mr. W.

Bateson’s fortheoming work on Variation.—G. B. H.

1893.] ORGANS OF LAMPREYS AND HAG. 731

viduals of Myzxine glutinosa, and it is well known that Johannes

Miiller’s substitution ' of the generic name Bdellostoma for Duméril’s

«“ Heptatrema” was directly expressive of numerical variation of the

branchiz. In knowledge of these facts he (Prof. Howes) had lost

no opportunity of seeking for additional evidence of variation of

the parts in question, and the condition of the heads now exhibited

appeared to him sufficiently interesting to warrant the publication

of his results.

Petromyzon flwiatilis—He exhibited two specimens (both

“females ”}*. In the larger of them the first branchial aperture of

the left side (fig. 1 @ [which was visible only under a hand-lens])

was but one-third the size of its fellows and longitudinally instead

of vertically disposed. Its free border was uniformly fimbriated and

bounded, not an orifice, but a shallow cutaneous depression (67. iT

Fig. 1a. Petromyzon fluviatilis, 25°5 centim. total length, showing vestigial

first gill on left side. Fig. 1. Thesame, dissected from beneath. Fig. 2a.

P. fluviatilis, 23°5 centim., showing absence externally of first gill on

right side. Fig. 26. The same dissected from beneath. Fig. 3. Myxine

glutinosa, dissection from beneath of a specimen possessed of a super-

numerary gill on the left side.

la, 2a, nat. size. 16,26 X14. 3 X 1}.

Reference letters—br., branchie ; br.s., supernumerary branchia; ce., peri-

branchial blood-lymph sinuses; d.@., cesophago-cutaneous duct; fi,

tegumental furrows; ph., pharynx laid open from beneath; s., inter-

branchial septum.

fig. 16) which was closed internally. On dissection, the ventral

aorta was found to give off six branches on the left side and seven

on the right; and, in accordance with this reduction, the gill

corresponding to the vestigial orifice was entirely absent, its place

being occupied by an extensive blood-lymph sinus (cc.) homologous

with those of the normal peribranchial series. In the second

specimen, the opposite (right) side was somewhat similarly affected

in the corresponding region. Viewed externally (fig. 2a) the

1 (“Myxinoiden”) Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1834, p. 79.

2 Beard has recently discovered the presence of ova in the testis of P. planeri,

Brit. Assoc. Rep., Edinburgh, 1892, p. 790, and Anat, Anz. vol. viii. p. 60,

732 ON RESPIRATORY ORGANS OF LAMPREYS AND HAG. [Dec. 5,

first gill-perforation was seen to be wholly unrepresented ; the

area of its occurrence was crossed by the anterior of a recurrent

series of vertical furrows (f) coincident in position with the

branchial apertures, but these, together with a depression of the

entire branchial region, appeared to be the mere effects of shrinkage

during pveservation. On dissection (fig. 26), the ventral aorta

was found to give off seven symmetrically disposed pairs of afferent

branchial vessels ; but, this notwithstanding, the right anterior gill-

sac (br. 1) was a feebly developed one, ending blindly some little

distance from the integument, and, but for the possessidn of gill-

folios, it recalled the condition of Huxley’s vestigial ‘‘hyoidean cleft”

as observed by subsequent investigators. The suppression of the

parts was thus seen to be of the opposite order in the two examples,

i. €. that possessed of the tegumental pit lacked the true gill and

vice versa; and the gills of the opposite side were in each case

normal in every detail. The facts appeared to him to show that,

although (in view of the well-known existence of more than five

pairs of branchial arches and clefts in the living Sharks Notidanus —

and Chlamydoselachus*, of the partial development of a sixth bran-

cehial cleft in Raja and Torpedo”, and of a sixth branchial arch in

Protopterus, and of the alleged presence in Bdellostoma polytrema of

13 or 14° gill-apertures, and in B. bischoffit of 10*) reduction of the

branchial apparatus in both the Marsipobranchii and the true Pisces

would appear to be the outcome of suppression postero-anteriorly,

there was now before the Society evidence of a tendency on the

part of the living Petromyzontide towards numerical reduction of

the precisely opposite order—i. e. antero-posteriorly. With respect

to this, as to certain salient features in their organization °, the

Marsipobranchii exhibit modification the precise converse of that of

the gnathostomatous Vertebrata.

Myzxine glutinosa.—One specimen exhibited, for the discovery

of which Prof. Howes was indebted to his pupil Mr. H. B. Lacy.

Externally it bore (fig. 3) two respiratory orifices on its left side,

instead of one, viz. a smaller anterior one (4r.s.) which gave exit

to the collective series of branchial passages, and a larger posterior

one (d.@.) alone related to the cesophago-cutaneous duct. This

unique feature of the specimen was accompanied by the presence

of a seventh gill (dr.s.), as indicated in the accompanying figure ;

special interest attaches to this, on account of Parker’s suggestion

that the ductus csophago-cutaneus is “a sort of abortive gill-cleft

. . . the morphology of which is self-evident,” and as it furnishes us

with a variation in the Common Hag closely akin to that of the

Pe i heterotrema” of Joh. Miiller (cf. Myxinoiden, pl. vii.

g. 3).

? Cf. Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Camb. Mass, vol. xii. no. i., and Giinther,

‘Challenger ’ vols. ‘Zoology’, vol. xxii. p. 2.

? Wyman; Beard, cf Q. J. M. §. vol. xxvi. pp. 108, 109 (1886).

° Cf. Giinther, Brit. Mus. Oat. Fishes, vol. viii. p. 512, and Schneider,

Wiegmann’s Archiy f. Naturgesch, Bd. xlvi. p. 115.

* Schneider, Joc. cit.

*° Of. Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soe. vol. vi. p. 141. ° Loe, cit. p. 384.

1893.] THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF BARTHWORMS. 733

On careful dissection the supernumerary gill (47.s.) was seen to

be externally confluent with the prolonged lip of that in front

of it (the normal sixth one), while internally its orifice approxi-

mated most nearly to that of the cesophago-cutaneous duct. Asa

whole, it was disposed transversely, instead of obliquely backwards

as are the normal gills; its presence had slightly disturbed the

symmetry of the fifth and sixth pairs of gills and the cesophago-

cutaneous duct, and its relations were such that it might well

have been derived from either that structure or the sixth gill.

Unfortunately, the ventral aorta had been so far dissected before

the specimen came into Prof. Howes’s hands, that it was impossible

to follow out the clue which the afferent branchial vessels might

perhaps haye given to the origin of this extra gill. On minute

examination, the external prolongation of this was found to

contribute the major share to the adjacent exhalant passage, and

to receive rather than merely unite with the gill-passages in front.

In this it resembled the ductus esophago-cutaneus, There can

now be little doubt that in Giinther’s Bdellostoma cirrhatum we

are dealing with a species in which the gills are individually

variable from 6 to 7 on either side; and in view of the undoubt-

edly less specialized condition of the branchial apparatus of this

genus than that of Myzine, there was reason for suspecting that

the appearance of a seventh gill on the right side in the latter

might be a reversional variation, and if so, that the supernumerary

gill of the left side might be of a similar nature, and the cesophago-

cutaneous duct sui generis distinct from it, if not from the true

gills in general. To this view he himself inclined.

The specimens exhibited were the only ones out of at least a

hundred of both species examined in which the branchie were thus

aberrant.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Geographical Distribution of Earthworms. By

Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

Society.

[Received November 21, 1893.]

In my forthcoming Monograph of the Oligocheta I propose to

attempt a general survey of the distribution of the terrestrial

forms; the present communication is an abstract of the chapter on

that subject.

Tallow 69 genera of Earthworms, which are distributed as

follows :—

PALZARCTIC REGION.

(Fam. LumpBricip#.)

Lumbricus.

Allolobophora.

Allurus.

Tetragonurus.

734 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL

(Fam. Guosconicip2.)

Hormogaster.

Criodrilus.

Sparganophilus.

(Fam. CryproprinipZ.)

Pontodrilus.

Microscolex.

NEARCTIC REGION.

(Fam. Lumpricrp2.)

Inmbricus.

Allolobophora.

Allurus.

Tetragonurus.

(Fam. CRYPTODRILIDZ.)

Ocnerodrilus.

Plutellus (? included in Megascolides).

(Fam. ACANTHODRILID2.)

Diplocardia.

Benhamia.

Kerria.

ORIENTAL REGION.

(Fam. LuMBRIcIDz.)

LInmbricus.

Allolobophora.

(Fam. GEoscoLici&.)

Glyphidrilus.

Annadrilus.

Pontoscolex.

Bilimba.

(Fam. CryProDRILID2.)

Deodrilus.

Typheus.

Microdrilus.

(Fam. Moniic¢astrip2.)

Desmogaster.

Moniligaster.

(Fam. .ACANTHODRILID 2. )

Benhamia.

(Fam. EvpR111p2.)

Eudrilus.

(Fam. Purich £2.)

Pericheta.

Megascolex.

Perionyx.

[Dec. 5,

1893.] DISTRIBUTION OF BARTHWORMS.

AUSTRALIAN REGION.

(Fam. LUMBRICID2.)

LIumbricus.

Allolobophora.

Allurus.

(Fam. GHoscoLicip 2.)

Pontoscolex.

(Fam. CRYProDRILID 2.)

Cryptodrilus.

Megascolides.

Digaster.

Pontodrilus.

Dichogaster.

Trinephrus.

Fletcherodrilus.

Microscolex.

(Fam. ACANTHODRILID 2. )

Acanthodrilus.

Octochetus.

Deinodrilus.

Plagrocheta.

(Fam. EvpRinip2.)

Eudrilus.

(Fam. PuricH #r1p 2.)

Pericheta.

Megascolex.

Diporocheta.

NEOTROPICAL REGION.

(Fam. Lumsricipz.)

Lumbricus,

Allolobophora.

(Fam. Guoscoxicrp a.)

Geoscolex.

Anteus.

Rhinodrilus.

Tykonus.

Urobenus.

Pontoscolex.

Onychocheeta.

Diacheta,

(Fam. CryProDRILID#.)

Ocnerodrilus.

Gordiodrilus.

Ponitodrilus.

Cryptodrilus (2).

Microscolex.

735

736 MR. F. BH. BEDDARD ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL [Dee. 5,

(Fam. AOCANTHODRILID2.)

Trigaster.

Benhamia.

Kerria.

Acanthodrilus.

(Fam. EvpRILID#.)

Eudrilus.

(Fam. PrRicHZTIDZ.)

Pericheta.

ETHIOPIAN REGION.

(Fam. LuMBricin2.)

Allolobophora.

Allurus.

(Fam. GEOscOLICID &. )

Llyogenia.

Kynotus.

Microcheta.

Siphonogaster.

Callidrilus.

(Fam. CrYPToDRILID#.)

Gordiodrilus.

Pygmcodrilus.

Dichogaster (?).

(Fam. ACANTHODRILID Z. )

Benhamia.

Acanthodrilus.

(Fam. EvpriLip2.)

Eudrilus.

Pareudrilus.

Teleudrilus.

Stuhlmannia.

Polytoreutus.

Heliodrilus,

Hyperwdrilus.

Lybiodrilus.

Nemertodrilus.

Preussia.

Eudriloides.

Megacheta.

Notykus.

Platydrilus.

Paradrilus.

Alvania.

Reithrodrilus.

Metadrilus.

(Fam. PrricH £TIDz.)

Megascolex.

Perionyx.

Pericheta.

1893. ] DISTRIBUTION OF HARTHWORMS. 737

Before commenting upon the facts rendered apparent in this

list, it will be necessary to correct it in one or two parti-

culars. In the first place, it will be noticed that the genera

Inmbricus and Allolobophora, and also, though to a less extent,

Allurus, are nearly world-wide in range. I believe that this ex-

tensive range is accidental, and due to the interference of man.

This opinion is based upon the following facts. In such countries

as Australia the presumably indigenous fauna (Cryptodrilus, Mega-

scolides &c.) is met with only at some distance from towns; the

gardens of the latter contain Lumbricids only’. In no ease is a

member of this family from any country outside the territories

covered by the Palearctic and Nearctic regions specifically different

from forms living within those two regions. If the exotic Lwmbri-

cide were indigenous to such countries as New Zealand and South

America, it might be fairly expected that they would show at the

very least varietal differences; but they do not. So, too, with the

few Perichetide found in Europe; they are identical with exotic

forms, and have not been included in the above list.

The same argument cannot perhaps be applied to the North-

American Continent; although the majority of species belonging

to this family that occur there are the same as European forms,

there are a few which are peculiar. It seems to me to be exceed-

ingly possible that the same line of argument can be applied to the

genera Hudrilus and Pontoscolex. ‘The latter genus has three

species; one of these, which was the earliest to be described, viz.

Pontoscolex corethrurus, is fourd in many widely separated parts of

the world. Individuals from Queensland show precisely the same

characters as others from British Guiana. Without stronger

proof than we have at present to the contrary, I should be dis-

posed to consider the genus to be American (Neotropical), and to

have been transferred accidentally to other couniries. I may

mention that in gatherings of Harthworms which have been acci-

dentally brought to the Royal Gardens, Kew, in Wardian cases,

this species is about the commonest form. The same line of argu-

ment applies to Eudrilus eugeniw; but in this case I should look

upon tropical Africa as the real home of the species, common

though it is in tropical America.

The above table, being, I hope, a complete list of the distribution

of the genera of Earthworms, does not bring out into relief the

characteristic features of the several regions; for instance, Pericheta

and Megascolea and also Perionyx are rare in tropical Africa.

Cryptodrilus is only known from the Neotropical region by one

species doubtfully referable to the genus. ‘Taking those genera

which are abundant in species and in individuals and leaving aside

genera which are rare and only known by a single species, the

following list of the Earthworm-faunas of Mr. Sclater’s Regions

may be drawn up :—

PALHARCTIC REGION.—Lumbricus, Allolobophora, Allurus, Crio-

drilus.

Nrarctic Becion.—Lumbricus, Allolobophora.

1 I am indebted for this interesting fact to Prof. Spencer of Melbourne.

_ 738 GHOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF EARTHWORMS. [Dec. 5,

ORIENTAL REGION.—Pericheta, Megascolew, Perionya, Typheus.

AUSTRALIAN RuGION.—Megascolex, Diporocheta, Acanthodrilus,

Digaster, Cryptodrilus, Megascolides.

NEOTROPICAL REGION.—Anteus, Rhinodrilus, Urobenus, Pontosco-

lex, Diacheta, Ocnerodrilus, Kerria, Acanthodrilus, Pericheta.

ErHtorP1an REGION.—Microcheta, Kynotus, Siphonogaster, Gordio-

drilus, Pygmeodrilus, Benhamia, and Eudrilide.

It is clear from this abbreviated list that the Ethiopian and Neo-

tropical regions are the richest in abundant peculiar genera ; that

there is the closest resemblance between the Nearctic and the Pale-

arctic regions ; that there is a less close resemblance between the

Oriental and the Australian regions, in that both are characterized

especially by Perichetide and Cryptodrilide ; but it appears to me

that the Australian region of Mr. Sclater does not express the facts

of the distribution of Earthworms. New Zealand is so different.

There we have Acanthodrilide (belonging to four genera) forming

the characteristic fauna and a very few Cryptodrilide and Periche-

tide; in Australia, on the other hand, we have the two families

Cryptodrilide andPerichetide extremely abundant and varied and

the merest trace of the family Acanthodrilide (three species only).

The Earthworm-fauna of New Zealand in fact is less like that

of the Australian continent than it is like Patagonia and some of

the intervening islands; from Patagonia, the Falkland Islands,

Kerguelen and Marion Islands the only Earthworms that are known

belong to the genus Acanthodrilus. The amount of information on

this subject is not large, but it can hardly be an accidental cireum-

stance that the four or five collections of worms examined from

these different parts of the world should have consisted only of

members of the genus Acanthodrilus; it must at least indicate

that that genus is the prevalent form.

I should therefore propose an Antarctic region to comprehend the

tract of continent and islands just mentioned. With this exception

and possibly with the exception of the Nearctic and Palearctic,

which ought perhaps, from the point of view of Earthworms, to be

fused into one cireumpolar region, I think that the facts in the dis-

tribution of the Earthworms confirm the justice of distinguishing

the rest of Mr. Sclater’s regions, viz. Oriental, Neotropical, and

Ethiopian. North of the Sahara the Earthworms, so far as we

know them, belong to European genera. I should not, however,

in every case make the boundaries of these regions along exactly

the same lines as those usually adopted. Japan, for example,

which possesses a good many Perichetide, ought, I believe, to be

referred to the Oriental region: perhaps the Australian region

should be limited to the continent of Australia ; such worms as I

have seen from Borneo conform to the Oriental rather than to the

Australian type. On various points of this kind information is

greatly wanted ; it is an easy thing to collect these animals, and

they can be readily preserved by killing them in very weak spirit

and then preserving them in strong spirit, which should be changed

once or twice. :

1893.] ON COLEOPTERA FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 739

2. On a Collection of Coleoptera sent by Mr. H. H.

Johnston, C.B., from British Central Africa. By C.J.

Ganan, M.A.

[Received November 16, 1893.]

This collection includes altogether examples of about 90 species

of Coleoptera, some of which, especially amongst the Cetoniide, are

represented by good series. Of many of the species there are

unfortunately only a few specimens, and these are as a rule not in

a very good state of preservation. It has been possible, however,

to identify the great majority of the species; and eight of those

which are believed to be new are here described. Occasion has

also been taken to describe a few new forms which have been

investigated in the course of working out this collection, but

which are not included in it.

These Coleoptera were all collected at Zomba by Mr. Alexander

Whyte, F.Z.8., Mr. Johnston’s Naturalist, so that, when not

otherwise stated in the text, this locality is to be understood as the

habitat of the species. Few of the species call for special remark.

Goliathus albosignatus, Bohem., and Ceratorhina princeps, Oberth.,

not hitherto represented in the British Museum collection, are

amongst the finer species taken. EHpicauta nyassensisand Diacantha

conifera must, judging from the numbers sent over, be very abun-

dant in this region. The Longicorns are poorly represented, though

the number of new forms is proportionally large.

CARABIDA.

1, ANTHIA FORNASINI, Bertol.

STAPHYLINIDS.

2. STAPHYLINUS PROCERUS, sp. 0.

Niger ; capite prothoraceque supra violaceo-cuprascentibus, cre-

berrime reticulatim punctatis, punctis setigeris, linea media

pronoti leviore & nitidiore ; elytris crebre minutiusque punc-

tatis, atro-tomentosis, griseo-plagiatis ; abdomine supra atro-

tomentoso, segmentis 2°, 3°, 6°, 7° utrinque griseo-plagiatis ;

corpore subtus leviter pubescente, nitidiore, segmentis abdominis

utrinque griséo-sericeo maculatis ; tarsis anterioribus et tibiis

apice nonnihil fulvo-setosis ; antennis nigris, basi subtus plus

minusve testacets. Long. 27, lat. 6 mm.

One female was taken at Zomba.

Four examples, including two males and two females, of what

I consider to be this species are amongst the Coleoptera collected

by Emin Pasha at Karagué. These differ from the Zomba speci-

men in that the greyish or somewhat fulvous-grey pubescence

extends over a greater surface on the elytra, and leaves only a few

small patches black. In the Zomba specimen the entire posterior

third of the elytra as well as small patches anteriorly are black.

The somewhat silvery-grey spots on the underside of the abdomen

740 MR. 0. J. GAHAN ON COLEOPTERA [Dec. 5,

seem to form two series on each side in the female, one series on

each side in the male. The latter sex is also characterized by a

rather deep incision in the last ventral segment, and by the

presence of a small tuft of hairs lodged in a slight depression near

the middle of the penultimate ventral segment.

SCARABAID A.

3. TROX MELANOCHOLICUS, Fahr.

4, TROOHALUS, sp.

5. ANOMALA, sp.

6. Poprntia sERDNA, Har.

A number of specimens varying considerably in colour seem to

be referable to this species. The shades of colour occurring in.

different individuals include leaf-green, dark blue, and bluish green ;

while a few even present coppery or slightly brassy tints. No

difference of structure or punctuation accompanies these varia-

tions of colour, so that all the specimens doubtless belong to the

same species.

7. POPILLIA DISTINGUENDA, Fairm.

Two examples of this form were taken at Zomba which with

difficulty only could be distinguished from a variety of the Chinese

species Popillia castanoptera, Hope. They differ from the de-

scribed type of P. distinguenda, Fairm., in having a dark band along

the outer margin of each elytron.

8. GOLIATHUS ALBOSIGNATUS, Bohem.

One example. Recent authorities seem agreed in considering

this species distinct from G. kirkianus, Gray. Its presence as

far north as Zomba shows, however, that it has a wider distribu-

tion than has been previously attributed to it, and that it occurs in

practically the same locality as Gray’s species.

9, RANZANIA PETHRSIANA, Klug.

10. NeprunipEs PorycHRovs, Thoms.

11. CrRATORHINA PRINCEPS, Oberth.

Ceratorhina princeps, Oberth. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1880, p. cxix ;

Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag. xviii. p. 156.

This species is barely more than named by Oberthiir in the

work cited. The characters of the male are described by Bates.

In the majority of the specimens taken at Zomba, forming a

tolerably complete series, two somewhat evanescent greenish spots

are to be seen on the pronotum.

12, H»erprorHina pLonGata, Bates.

Heterorlina elongata, Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag. xviii. p. 157.

One example.

13, GENYODONTA QUADRICORNIS, O. Janson.

1893.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 741

14, Czronia impRrEssa, Goldfuss.

15. Ruapporvs avxica, Oliv.

16. DrPLogNATHA HEBRZA, Oliv.

17. DiptoenatHa siiicna, McLeay.

18. PseupocLinTeria rinFuscata, Gory & Perch.

19. OxyYTHYREA VITTICOLLIS, Bohem., var.

Vitta nigra pronoti medio late interrupta, elytris viridescentibus,

Two examples.

BUPRESTID®.

20. STERNOCERA FUNEBRIS, Bohem.

21. Pstmoprpra PROXIMA, Klug.

22. Pstnoprpra amicra, Fahr.

23. PSILOPTERA, sp.

24, PsILOPTERA, sp.

Lycipaz.

25. Lycus, sp.

One female example.

TENEBRIONIDA.

26. TRACHYNOTUS SORDIDUS, Gerst.

27. ANCHOPHTHALMUS SILPHOIDES, Gerst.

28. CaTAMERUS RUGOSUS, sp. 0.

Oblongo-ovatus, viridi-niger wut niger, prothorace sat dense punctu-

lato, viridescente aut nigro aut coeruleo-nigro ; elytris longitudi-

naliter striatis, interstituis elevatis et rugosis. Long. 19-21, lat.

7-9 mm. 3 Q.

Colour varying from a greenish black or black to a dark blue on

the thorax, and from a very dark green to black on the head and

elytra. Legs and underside bluish black or black, and more glossy

than the upperside. Prothorax finely punctured, convex, with its

lateral margins almost regularly rounded in some examples, in

others presenting a slight irregularity or nearly obsolete crenation.

Elytra longitudinally striate, with the intervals raised and irre-

gularly punctured and wrinkled, so that they have a somewhat

roughly granular appearance throughout almost their whole extent.

Posteriorly the elytra are strongly declivous or subvertical.

In the male the elytra are somewhat narrower relatively to the

prothorax than in the female. The sexes may further be easily

distinguished by the much thicker anterior femora of the male,

which are armed also with a stronger and somewhat curved spine.

Three species of the genus Catamerus have been hitherto de-

scribed, viz. :—

742 MR. C. J, GAHAN ON COLEOPTERA [Dec. 5,

C. revoili, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 290, pl. 2. fig. 12.

Mpwapwa, E. Africa.

C. transvaalensis, Pering. Trans. S. Afric. Phil. Soc. vi. 2, p. 12.

Transvaal.

C. fairmairei, Alluaud, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892, p. ccxxxix.

? Zanzibar.

The last two are possibly identical, the descriptions agreeing

tolerably well. All agree in having the intervals between the

strie of the elytra smooth and convex, and are therefore quite

distinct from the species just described.

A fifth species ', however, is known to me in which this differ-

ence is not so strongly marked, the characters of its elytra giving

it a place intermediate between C. revoili and C. rugosus.

CANTHARIDA.

29. Mytapris Dicrncra, Bertol.

30. MYLABRIS BIHUMEROSA, Mars.

31. MYLABRIS TRISTIGMA, Gerst. ?

32. EPICAUTA NYASSENSIS.

Lytta nyassensis, Haag, Deut. ent. Zeitsch. 1880, p. 62.

Epicauta dichrocera, Gerst. Jahrb. Hamb. Anst. i. p. 58.

From the number of examples taken, this species appears to be

common in the Nyasa region.

33. EPICAUTA, sp.

One example. The species seems to come near F. bilineata,

Haag.

34. CORYNA APICIPUSTULATA, Mars.

CURCULIONIDA.

35. LIxus, sp.

36, SPHADASMUS CAMELUS, Gyll.

37. ATTELABUS (PLEUROLABUS), sp.

CERAMBYCIDA.

38. MECASPIS WHYTEI, sp. n. i

3. Chalybeato-violacea, supra subtiliter atro-velutina ; antennis

pedibusque nigris, tarsis anticis mediisque supra griseis, tarsis

posticis argenteo-sericeis ; scutello elongato, postice valde atten-

uato, supra transverse rugoso ; corpore subtus tenuiter argenteo-

} OATAMERUS INTERMEDIUS, sp. 0.

Niger ; elytris eneo-viridibus, punctato-striatis, intervallis elevatis, remote

punctatis, et in guibusdam locis (precipue versus latera) fortius transverseque

punctatis vel rugosis. Long. 20-21 mm.

Hab. Zambesi (Brit. Mus. collection).

1893.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 743

sericeo, metasterni abdominisque medio subglabro, Long. 28,

lat. 9 mm. ; long. seutelli 3 mm.

Violet-coloured, with the legs and antenne black. Pronotum

and elytra covered with a dark velvety pile, scarcely dense enough

to obscure the dark-blue and violet colour of the derm except

near the base of the elytra and on the middle of the pronotum, with

a narrow glabrous and sparsely punctured band extending for some

distance along the middle of each elytron between the horizontal

sutural region and the more oblique lateral portion. The disk of

the prothorax may be observed in places, where the pile is rubbed

away, to be transversely wrinkled. ‘The scutellum is rather

elongated, much attenuated behind, and transversely rugose above.

The prosternal process is very feebly and obtusely tubercled

behind. The fifth and sixth ventral segments of the abdomen in

the male are somewhat arcuately emarginate behind. The inter-

mediate femora each bear a blunt tooth or rather tubercle on the

underside near the apex ; on the anterior femora the apical tooth

is still more obsolete. The male antenne are a little longer than

the body.

39. PHILEMATIUM NITIDIPENNE, Gahan.

Philematium nitidipenne, Gahan, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1890,

p- 307.

One example in a fragmentary condition.

40, ANUBIS FRONTALIS, sp. 0.

Linearis, chalybeato-cyaneus ; capitis fronte supra dense punctata,

epistomo (a fronte linea transversa diviso) sparsius punctato ;

prothorace sat fortiter denseque punctato; elytris subtilius con-

Jluenter punctatis, utrisque plagis tribus flavis—una humerali,

secunda ante medium, tertia pone medium; pygidio apice sat

late rotundato, medio obsolete emarginato ; antennis versus

apicem modice incrassatis. Long. 15-17 mm. 3g Q.

From A. clavicornis, Fabr., and allied forms the present species

is chiefly to be distinguished by its less incrassated antenne and

by the punctuation of the head and prothorax. The front of

the head bears a tolerably distinct transverse line across the

middle, which divides it into an upper more thickly punctured

portion, and a lower more sparsely punctured epistomal region ;

the vertex also between the eyes is very sparingly punctured. The

punctures of the prothorax are close and somewhat confluent on

the lateral portions of the disk; but those along the middle of the

disk and on the sides of the prothorax are less closely placed and

have distinct intervals between them.

In clavicornis, Fabr., and scalaris, Pasc., the head and prothorax

are more closely and somewhat more strongly punctured. The

lower or epistomal portion of the front of the head is almost or

quite as thickly punctured as the upper portion, and there is as a

rule no distinct impressed line separating the two. The prothorax

is very closely and pretty uniformly punctured.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. L. 50

744 MR. C. J. GAHAN ON COLEOPTERA | Dee. 5

Following his description of Anubis dissitus (Cist. Ent. ii. p. 412)

Bates remarks that “A. clavicornis (= sexmaculatus, White),

dissitus and scalaris, Pasc., are distinguishable from each other by

the form of the pygidium. In clavicornis it is sinuated or notched

at the apex, in scalaris abruptly narrowed and subacute, in dissitus

rounded.” This statement coming from so eminent and careful

an authority is likely to create confusion. In but a single speci-

men of clavicornis out of several that I have examined (including

the Fabrician type) did I find the pygidium to be sinuate, and in

that one it was only slightly so; in all the others it was rounded.

In scalaris, Pasc., also, the pygidium is rounded. Bates probably

mistook for the latter an undescribed species (A. bohemannt,

White MS.) in which the pygidium is rather sharply pointed and

slightly curved outwards at the apex. In this species also the fifth

ventral segment is rather strongly emarginate behind. In markings

it resembles A. scalaris, Pase.

41, LOPHOPTERA ASPHRULA, White.

42, TRAGOCEPHALA VARIEGATA, Bertol.

43. CHROPLESIS CAFFER, Thunb.

44, CYMATURA BIFASCIATA, Gerst., var. NIGRIPENNIs.

Llytris omnino nigris.

This variety is only to be distinguished from the form described

and figured by Gerstaecker by its wanting the two ochreous

transverse bands of the elytra which are present in that form.

The elytra and the pubescence that covers them are entirely black.

45. NITOORIS SIMILIS, sp. n.

Q. N. abdominali (Fahr.) supra sat similis sed paullo major ;

metathorace utringue nigro-plagiato ; abdomine nigro, subtiliter

atro-pubescen.e, segmentis 1°, 2°que utringue triangulariter

fulvo-sericeo-plagiatis, segmento 4° transversim fulvo-sericeo-

Fasciato ; segmenio ultimo medio late subdepresso et dense nigro-

tomentoso ; pedibus flavo-testaceis, tarsis omnibus supra et tibiis

posticis nigris. Long. 23-28 mm.

This species closely enough resembles V. abdominalis when seen

from above, but may be distinguished by the characters of the

underside. There is a black transverse or oblique patch, of

greater or less extent, on each side of the hind part of the meta-

thorax ; the first abdominal segment has a large triangular fulvous

sericeous spot on each side, the anterior and posterior margins of

the segment being also narrowly fulvous; the second has also a

triangular fulvous spot on each side (in some examples a very

small fulvous spot appears at the postero-lateral angle of the third

segment); the fourth has a narrower transverse spot on each side,

the two spots of this segment forming together a transverse

band slightly interrupted in the middle; the last segment is

somewhat broadly depressed in the middle of its ventral surface,

1893. ] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 745

and the depression, which is narrower anteriorly and widens out

in a somewhat arcuate manner posteriorly, is closely covered with

a black tomentum.

Some female examples from Mamboia and from Delagoa Bay

agree with the example from Zomba in presenting the characters

detailed above.

In a male example from Natal, which in all probability belongs

to this species, the following sexual differences may be noted :—

The first abdominal segment is entirely of a pale yellowish-white

colour ; the last ventral segment is flattened or slightly concave from

side to side along the middle, and is only very faintly pubescent.

CHRYSOMELIDA.

46. SaGRA JOHNSTONI, sp. n.

Cyanea, elytris viridibus subnitidis leviter cwpreo-tinctis.

g¢. Femoribus posticis basi intus fulvo-tomentosis, prope apicem

subtus bidentatis, dente postica paullo majore ; femorrhus inter-

mediis subtus obtuse dentatis vel tuberculatis ; segmento basalt

abdominis medio longitudinaliter subdepresso, crebre punctulato,

et fulvo-pubescente. Long. 14, lat. 53 mm.

This species seems to be most nearly allied to S. bicolor, Lac.

(= festiva, Gerst.), of which it has the general form. The oblique

depression at the base of each elytron just above the shoulder is,

however, more strongly marked ; the elytra are more nitid and are

greenish rather than purplish in colour; and the hind femora are

each armed underneath near the apex with two small teeth on the

outer edge, the distal tooth being only slightly larger than the

proximal one.

47. CoRYNODES DEJEANI, Bertol.

One example.

48. CoRYNODES ZOMB4, sp. 0.

Supra obscure viridis, elytris interdum violaceo plus minusve tinctis;

pronoto sat dense punctato, interstitiis minutius punctulatis ;

elytris crebre punctatis, subrugulosis, interstitiis minute punctu-

latis ; corpore subtus cyanco-violaceo, pedibus cyaneis ; articulis

quinque ultimis antennarum sat fortiter dilatatis. Long. 12mm.

Upperside of a rather dark greenish colour, with the elytra in

some examples more or less strongly tinged with violet or purple.

Pronotum with some larger and less thickly distributed punctures,

the intervals between which are thickly and minutely punctulate.

Elytra closely punctured, with many of the punctures drawn out

in a transverse direction so as to give to the elytra a slightly

rugulose appearance, and with the interstices between the punctures

very minutely punctulate.

In general form this species resembles C. compresstcornis, Fabr.,

but differs in having the distal five joints of the antenne a little

more strongly dilated, and the pronotum and elytra more thickly

punctured.

50*

746 MR. C. J. GAHAN ON COLEOPTERA [ Dec. 5,

It is very difficult to decide the limits of a species in this genus,

inasmuch as the colours not only vary to a considerable extent,

but the punctuation also is by no means constant. As, however,

I have not seen examples of the form described above from any

other locality, I have thought it well to give it a name.

49, CoLASPOSOMA CYANEHOCUPREUM, Fairm.

Colasposoma cyaneocwpreum, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vii.

(1887) p. 352.

Two examples.

50. CoLAsPOsoMA, sp.

51, CERALCHS FERRUGINEUS, Gerst.

52. CERALCES NATALENSIS, Baly.

53. ATECHNA CLARKI, Baly.

54, ODES COLLARIS, Baly.

55. DIACANTHA DISTINOTA, sp. n.

Capite prothoraceque fulvescentibus ; elytris crebre punctatis,

cyaners (tuberculis ad basin in mare fulvis, exceptis) ; antennis

(bast eaceptis) pedibusque nigris ; corpore subtus nigro, segmento

ultimo fulvo. Long. 9-10 mm.

Hab. Zomba, Moimba ?, and Zambesi.

The basal tubercles of the male elytra resemble those of D.

conifera, Fairm., but are not quite so strong and prominent. Very

close to the hind margin of the pronotum there are, in the male,

two small lunate pits or depressions—one on each side of the

middle line nearly opposite the elytral tubercles. At the middle

of the hind margin the pronotum does not send back a distinct

process to overlap part of the scutellum, as happens in the

males of some species of this genus. These characters of the male,

together with the close and rather strong punctuation of the

elytra in both sexes, will suffice to distinguish the species.

One male example only was in the collection made by Mr. Whyte

at Mount Zomba; a male and two females ticketed “‘ Moimba ”

and a male from Zambesi are also in the British Museum collection.

56. DIAcANTHA CONIFERA, Fairm.

ri a conifera, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvi. (1882)

p. lvi.

Numerous examples, most of which have arrived in a very bad

condition, are in the collection from Zomba. The species is also

well represented in the British Museum collection by specimens

from “ Moimba” and Mamboia (Baly Coll.) and from Lake

Ngami.

It is doubtful whether it is to this species or to the one which I

1893. ] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 747

characterwze below’ that Gerstaecker’s description and figure of

D. divisa better apply. His species was founded upon one female

specimen taken at Tette.

57. OorHEoA, sp. inc.

This species appears to be new; but the specimens are not ina

sufficiently satisfactory condition to admit of detailed description.

58. Pachyroma GiganTEa, Illig.

This has a very wide distribution in Africa. It appears to be

abundant at Zomba.

59, CassIDA HYBRIDA, Bohem.

60. Casstpa PARUMMAOULATA, Bohem.

CoccrInzELLID A.

61. Cyponia LuNATA, Fabr.

62. EPILacHNA PAYKULLI, Muls.

63. EprnacHNa ateta, Thunb.

64, EpILacHNA DREGEI, Muls.

P.S., December 27th, 1893.—Since this communication was read

examples of the following species, also collected at Zomba and

preserved in alcohol, have come to hand :—

CICINDELID2.

65, CICINDELA CLATHRATA, Dej.

CARABIDA.

66. GRAPHIPTERUS SALIN2, Bertol.

67. ScARITHS SUPERCILIOSUS, Klug.

1 DIACANTHA MUTICA, Sp. 0.

? D. divisa, Gerst. (Galleruca).

D. conifer similis, sed differt antennis crassioribus et paullo brevioribus,

margine postica pronoti in utroque sexu arcuato-rotundata ; scutello nigro ;

elytris densius punctatis, minus nitidis, utrisque in mare juxta scutellum

leviter foveolatis, haud tuberculatis.

Hab. Natal.

Head, prothorax, abdomen, the two basal joints of the antenne, and rather

more than the anterior third of the elytra fulvous; the rest black. Pronotum

with a foveolate depression on each side near the middle of its length, and in

the male with two very small foves not widely separated and placed close to the

hind margin; the latter somewhat rounded in both sexes, but a little less

obtuse in the male. Elytra rather thickly punctured and subnitid; each in

the male with a small pit placed close by the side of the scutellum. The outer

edge of this pit is slightly raised and is all that represents the strong and

prominent tubercle occupying a similar position in D. conifera and other

species of the genus.

All the examples I have seen are from Natal,

748

68.

69.

70.

72.

84.

85,

86.

87.

88.

89.

90,

ON COLEOPTERA FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA.

TEFFLUS VIOLACEUS, Klug.

TEFFLUS DELEGORGUEI, Guér.

CYCLOSOMUS, sp.

RHATHYMUS MELANARIUS, Klug.

GYRINIDA.

ORECTOCHILUS BICOSTATUS, Boh.

ScARABAID A,

ANACHALCOS CONVEXUS, Bohem.

CATHARSIUS PLATYCERUS, Klug ?

. HELrocopris Japetus, Klug.

ONTHOPHAGUS BICALLOSUS, Klug.

Lepipiora LEPIpoTA, Klug.

. ADORETTS, sp.

CYPHONISTES VALLATUS, Wied.

BUPRESTID#.

AGRILUS GRANDIS, L. & G.

TENEBRIONID &.

ZOPHOSIS AGABOTDES, Gerst.

RHYTIDONOTA GRACILIS, Gerst.

PSAMMODES DIMIDIATUS, Haag. ?

CANTHARIDS.

EPICAUTA C@LESTINA, Haag.

CURCULIONID®.

BLosyrvs CaRINATUS, Bohem.

_ CERAMBYCIDA.

PHRISSOMA GIGANTEUM, Guér.

PHRYNETA SPINATOR, Fabr.

APOMECYNA LATEFASCIATA, Qued.

CHRYSOMELID A,

CrRALcEs ornarta, Baly.

CassIDA, sp.

(Dee. 5,

“SAHA GOONWPVLV IMLS to

‘dun soag ruse pay “YUH [2p suwmuemey’ pr

TXT Id S68T SZ d

1893.] ON PETRELS FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 749

3. On a Collection of Petrels from the Kermadec Islands.

By Captain F. W. Horvron, F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Curator

of the Canterbury Museum, New Zealand.

[Received June 22, 1893.]

(Plate LXIII.)

Mr. T. F. Cheeseman, F.L.S., Curator of the Auckland Museum,

very kindly sent me early in this year a collection of Petrels made

in the Kermadec Islands at various times between 1887 and 1891,

which contains examples of a species apparently new to science,

and is of considerable interest in other respects. The information

which I possess is, however, tantulizing, as it suggests several

questions on the variation of species without giving full answers

to them. These questions, which will be mentioned presently,

could probably be answered if we knew with certainty (1) whether

the two parents are always of the same colour; (2) whether the

young bird always resembles its parents in plumage or whether

there is considerable variation between parents and offspring ;

and (3) whether unicolour parents ever produce bicolour young

or vice versd.

In the descriptions which follow the length of the bill is that of

the chord of the culmen, as used by Dr. Coues, and the length of

the middle toe does not include the nail. It seems to me that

these are the most accurate measurements that can be taken of

the bill and toe.

PUFFINUS CHLORORHYNCHUS.

P. chlororhynchus, Lesson ; Salvin, Ibis, 1888, p. 352; Buller,

Birds of N. Z. 2nd ed. vol. ii. p. 235.

P. sphenurus, Gould.

P. carneipes, Cheeseman (fide Buller), Trans. N. Z. Inst.

vol. xxiii. p. 226, not of Gould.

There are five specimens in the collection, all of which are larger

than those from any other locality which I can find recorded, as

the following measurements will show. Length 18°5 inches,

wing 12°75, tail 6-5, bill 1-65, tarsus 1-9, mid toe 2-2.

Called the “‘ Black Burrower” by the settlers. ‘It arrives in

the month of October in ech year, often in very large numbers.

It digs out burrows, often several feet in length, on the edges of

the cliffs, or on the margins of inland terraces” (Cheeseman). I

have seen no specimen of this species from New Zealand.

PUFFINUS TENUIROSTRIS.

P. tenuirostris, Temm.; Buller, Birds of N. Z. 2nd ed. vol. ii. p 230.

Nectris brevicaudus, Bonap.

One specimen. Length 15 inches, wing 10°75, tail 4-25, bill

1:2, tarsus 1-9, mid toe 2:1.

In addition to the slender bill and short tail, this species can be

750 CAPT. F., W. HUTTON ON A COLLECTION OF [ Dee. 5,

readily distinguished by the under wing-coverts, which are greyish

brown and considerably lighter than the upper wing-coverts ;

while in P, chlororhynchus the upper and lower wing-coverts are

of the same tint, and in P. griseus (Gm.) the under wing-coverts

are rather paler grey. In P. tenuirostris the lower mandible is said

to be paler in colour than the upper, but this does not show in the

dried. skin.

This species is not uncommon in the North Island of New

Zealand, but I have never seen a specimen from the South Island.

P. griseus, on the contrary, is extremely abundant at Stewart

Island and Foveaux Straits, and gets rare further north.

PUFFINUS ASSIMILIS.

P. assimilis, Gould; Buller, Birds of N. Z. 2nd ed. vol. ii.

p- 239; Cheeseman, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiii. p. 226.

One specimen. Length 11 inches, wing 7-5, tail 3, bill 1,

tarsus 1:5, mid toe 1°5.

It seems that the Kermadec Island birds are smaller than those

from New Zealand, for Sir W. Buller remarks that the bird in the

British Museum obtained by Mr. John Macgillivray on Raoul

Island (= Sunday Island) is somewhat smaller than the New

Zealand birds, thus agreeing with the present specimen. In New

Zealand this species is common in the Hauraki Gulf, but I have

not seen it south of Auckland. In the south it is replaced by the

larger species P. gavia (Forst.), which is most abundant about

Cook’s Strait and diminishes in numbers both to the north and to

the south. Sir W. Buller, in his ‘ Birds of New Zealand,’ 2nd ed.

vol. ii. p. 236, considers the bird from the Great Barrier Island

which I called P. assimilis (Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. i. p. 161) to be

P. gavia, but this is not correct. The mistake, however, is my fault,

for when in my ‘Catalogue of the Birds of New Zealand’ (Wel-

lington, 1872, p. 79) I showed that P. gavia of Forster—which

had up till then been thought to be an Cstrelata—was a species

of Puffinus, I confused it with P. assimilis, allhough the species

appear to be distinct.

Of this species Mr. Cheeseman says that great numbers were

breeding on Meyer Island in August 1887. They dig out burrows

for their nests, often of considerable length.

(EsTRELATA NIGRIPENNIS, Rothschild, Bull. Orn. Club, i. p. lvii

(1893).

@. cookvi, Cheeseman (fide Buller), Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol.

xxlil. p. 224; not of Gray.

I have to thank Mr. O. Salvin for this determination.

Five specimens, all alike, from Kermadec and Curtis Islands.

Length 12 inches, wing 9°1, tail 4:5, bill 0-9, tarsus 1:1, mid

toe 1:2.

These birds are rather larger than @. defilippiana, Salvad., but

they agree with it very well in colour and proportions. In New

Zealand this species has been confounded with G. cooki, from

1893.] PETRELS FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 751

which it differs much in the stoutness of the bill and in the

colours of the feet, as well as in the plumage. From @. leuco-

ptera it differs in being lighter in colour and in the outer tail-

feathers having the inner web white at the base and speckled with

grey at the tip.

“ Not uncommon during the summer months, arriving about

the beginning of November and leaving again at the end of April.

It breeds on Meyer Island and more sparingly on Sunday Island,

generally in company with P. assimilis. It constructs a burrow

sometimes over a yard in length, depositing a single pure white

egg at the extremity.” (Cheeseman.)

(EsTRELATA CERVICALIS, Salvin, Ibis, 1891, p. 192.

Gstrelata, sp., Cheeseman, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiii. p. 224.

Two specimens from Sunday Island, one adult, the other with

down still remaining. Length 18 inches, wing 12°5, tail 6, bill 1-5,

tarsus 1°6, mid toe 1°7.

Crown of the head, occiput, and below the eyes rusty black, the

feathers of the posterior part of the forehead white with a black

spot in the centre. Front, lores, chin, throat, malar and auricular

regions, neck all round, breast, abdomen, and crissum pure white.

Under wing-coverts white, with a dark patch inside the wrist-

joint. Back sooty black; between the shoulders the feathers are

largely tipped with grey, which gets less and less and disappears

on the uropygium. The anterior part of the back is entirely grey,

and this colour extends slightly on to the breast on each side, but

not below the wings when folded. Some of the feathers of the

flanks are tipped with grey or blackish. Upper tail-coverts

brownish grey. Tail-feathers brownish grey, white at the base;

the outer feathers with the inner webs white. Upper wing-

coverts sooty black, the greater coverts very narrowly margined

with grey. Primaries sooty black, the inner web of the first

white at the base only. The wings when folded reach to about

the end of the tail. Bill strong, black. Tarsi, the first and

greater part of the second joint of the inner toe, the first joint

of the middle toe, and the web between them yellow. Distal

portion of the feet black.

Nestling—The down still on the back of the head, back, flanks,

and crissum. The colours of the plumage resemble those of the

adult but are lighter. The feathers of the back are more broadly

margined with light grey, as also are those of the uropygium.

The upper wing-coverts, both greater and median, are margined

with grey, and the feathers of the wings and tail are lighter than

in the adult. On the other hand the yellow of the feet and tarsi

ismuch darker. The measurements of the two are much the same.

T have to thank Mr. O. Salvin for identifying this bird. Ihave

not seen his description in ‘ The Ibis.’

“Tt arrives about the end of September and remains until the

end of June, being one of the last Petrels to leave the island. It

is solitary in its habits, and very seldom can two nests be found in

752 CAPT. F. W. HUTTON ON A COLLECTION OF [Dec. 5,

the same locality. Its breeding-place is usually near the mountain-

top, in some dark gully filled with palms and fern-trees, and

generally its burrow is made at the roots of the latter. It is

purely nocturnal in its habits, and rarely leaves its burrow during

the daytime. An egg sent to me by Mr. Bell measured 2°5

inches in length by 1:9 in breadth, and is pure white in colour.”

(Cheeseman.)

CESTRELATA LEUCOPHRYS, sp. nov. (Plate LXIII.)

@. mollis, albino, Buller, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiv. p. 85; not

of Gould.

Two specimens from Sunday Island. Length 17 inches, wing

12, tail 5, bill 12, tarsus 1-5, mid toe 1°75.

Specimen no. 1 (type).—Head, neck, and whole of the under

surface pure white, the feathers of the front and crown with very

pale brown centres. Back, uropygium, tail, and all the upper

surface of the wings pale ashy brown. Under surface of the

wings white, the axillary feathers tinged with ash-grey towards

the tips, as also are the outer under tail-coverts. Primaries

brownish ash, the inner web white, which colour extends nearer

to the tip than in @. neglecta. Odater tail-feathers with the inner

web white at the base only. Bill black. Trsus, inner toe, first

and half the second joint of the middle toe, first joint of the

outer toe, and the web between them, pale; the distal portion

of the foot black.

Specimen no. 2 (young ?).—Like the last, but darke~. Back,

uropygium, tail, and upper surface of wings darx< brown; under

wing-coverts and axillary feathers brown. Feet with the first

joint only of all the toes, and the web between them, pale; the

rest black.

In both specimens the wings, when folded, reach to about the

end of the tail. The dark colour of the feet makes me think that

the darker-coloured bird is the younger of the two. Judgirg from

the general colour of the plumage it may possibly be the same as

P. alba of Gmelin, of which I have not the original description ;

but that name has been applied to so many different species as to

lead me to believe that the description is very vague, and if so the

name had better be dropped. It differs from @. lessoni in not

having a black band through the eye. It was thought by Sir W.

Buller to be a variety of the next species; but, in addition to iis

colours, it is easily distinguished by the white on the inner webs

of the primaries, by its larger size, and by the wings not reaching

beyond the tail. The type is in the Auckland Museum.

Mr. Bell, who lived on Sunday Island and collected many of the

birds, told Mr. Cheeseman that he had seen very few individuals

of this species, but that they had the same breeding-habits as ihe

Kermadec Mutton-birds (@, incerta) and consorted with them.

CESTRELATA NUGLECTA,

Procellaria neglecta, Schlegel.

. neglecta, Coues, Proc. Phil. Acad. 1866, p. 170.

1893. ] PETRELS FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS, 753

@. mollis, Cheeseman (fide Buller), Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiii.

p- 225; Buller, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiv. p. 85; not of Gould.

Two adults and one nestling from Sunday Island. Length 15:5

inches, wing 11°75, tail 4°5, bill 1-2, tarsus 1:5, mid toe 1-7.

Forehead, top of the head, neck, and breast pale greyish brown,

the feathers of the forehead with a darker middle spot. A patch

in front of and below the eye, as well as a streak below the man-

dible, darker. Lores, chin, throat, and abdomen white. Back, upper

surface of wings, and tail dark brown. Under surface of wings,

flanks, and under tail-coverts greyish brown. Crissum white

washed with grey. Primaries dark brown, the inner web white,

this colour not reaching so near the tip as in @. leucophrys, and

being narrowly pointed distally, and not reaching the shaft for

some distance down. Bill black. Tarsi, first joint of inner and

middle toes, and the webs between them pale ; the distal portion of

the teet black. The wings when folded extend about an inch

beyond the tail.

Nestling.—Sunday Island, Nov. 1890. The down is still on the

axillary and flank feathers and the primaries are not fully grown,

not reaching within an inch of the end of the tail. The bill and

feet are as large as in the adult. The colours generally are those

of the adult, but the lores are grey, the feathers of the forehead

have no dark central spot, and the tint of the breast is greyer.

The legs and feet are much the same as in the adult. It is pos-

sible that this may be the young of the next species.

In both specimens the line of junction of the feathers with the

base of the bill descends perpendicularly from the base of the

nasal tubes nearly to the commissure and then suddenly turns

backward.

This bird was considered by Sir W. Buller to be @. mollis, but

that species is smaller, has the whole of the inner web of the

primaries dark, and the outer tail-feathers white speckled with

grey. I doubt whether @. mollis has ever been found in the New

Zealand seas. Dr. Finsch certainly identified a bird taken by

the ‘Novara’ Expedition as @. mollis, but as he also considered

G. affinis (Buller) to be the same, it is evident that, at the time, he

did not know the true mollis. Q. affinis has the inner half only

of the inner web of the primaries white, and it has been identified

by Mr. O. Salvin with @. gularis (Peale). It seems to me that

Procellaria inexpectata (Forster) is the same, although it has been

identified with @. mollis by Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe.

Mr. Cheeseman informs me that @. neglecta is certainly the

winter Mutton-bird of the Kermadec settlers, which is said to breed

only on Meyer Island and other outlying rocks during the winter

months, the young being ready to depart when the true Mutton-

birds arrive at the end of August Mr. Cheeseman says that at

the time of his visit (August 1887) the slopes of Meyer Island

were crowded with nearly full-grown fledglings sitting at the roots

of the trees. At his approach they uttered hoarse cries and en-

deavoured to escape by rolling down the hill, the old birds circling

754 CAPT. F, W. HUTION ON A COLLECTION OF [Dec. 5,

about among the trees above his head. The true Mutton-bird had

not yet commenced to lay. Mr. Cheeseman also informs me that

none of the young birds were dark-coloured, but closely resembled

the old ones in plumage. Mr. Bell says that the winter Mutton-

bird breeds from May to September and that its egg is rather

larger and rounder than that of the true Kermadec Mutton-bird.

As all the specimens sent to me were labelled Sunday Island,

the species must occur there too, and some of them may breed later

with the next variety, which is the summer Mutton-bird. Indeed

this must be the case if the nestling just described really belongs

to @. neglecta.

CEsTRELATA NUGLECTA, variety.

One adult from Sunday Island, August 1888. Length 15°5

inches, wing 11-25, tail 4-5, bill 1:2, tarsus 1°5, mid toe 1°8.

The whole of the head, neck, breast, and flanks brownish grey ;

darker on the back, wings, and tail. Abdomen and crissum white.

Under wing-coverts brownish grey. Bill, legs, and feet as in

i. neglecta. The wings when folded extend about an inch beyond

the tail.

This variety is very closely allied to the typical @. neglecta ;

but, in addition to the colours, it may be distinguished from it by

the contour of the line of junction of the feathers with the base of

the bill, which runs from the base of the nasal tubes obliquely

backward to the gape, and does not descend as in the typical

@. neglecta. If this character is constant there can be no hesitation

in admitting it as an incipient species ; but, unfortunately, I have

only one specimen.

This variety appears to be the true Mutton-bird of the settlers,

which is said “ to arrive in immense numbers at the end of August

or early in September, and to breed all over the main island, but

most abundantly towards the tops of the hills. Unlike most of

the other Petrels it makes no burrow, but lays its single egg in a

hollow at the root of a tree or even anywhere on the bare ground”

(Cheeseman). However, it would seem, as already mentioned, that

some individuals of the typical form also breed on the main island

in September with the variety, for Mr. Bell sent skins of both

kinds to Mr. Cheeseman, who understood him to say that both

belonged to the summer Mutton-birds; but as he also sent at the

same time specimens of @. phillipi, there is considerable doubt

as to what he meant. Mr. Cheeseman himself says, “I find but

little difference between the two kinds (winter and summer Mutton-

birds), save that this (winter Mutton-bird) has a more distinct dark

band across the breast.”

It seems probable that we have here a very interesting example

of the evolution of a new species by isolation due to an alteration

in the time of breeding of certain individuals of @. neglecta. This

seems to be a better explanation of the facts, as they are at present

known, than the supposition that we have here merely individual

1893.] PHTRELS FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 755

variations ; for it seems to be certain that no individuals of the

variety occur on Meyer Island when the winter Mutton-bird is

breeding.

CEsTRELATA PHILLIPI, Gray.

Norfolk Island Petrel, Phillip’s Voyage to Botany Bay, p. 161

(London, 1789).

Procellaria phillipii, G. R. Gray, Ibis, 1862, p. 246.

G. mollis, dark variety, Buller, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiv.

p. 85.

Three specimens from Sunday Island. Length 16 inches,

wing 11°5, tail 4°75, bill 1°2, tarsus 1°5, mid toe 1°8.

Upper surface sooty black, the feathers on the forehead and on

the back (in one specimen only) margined with brown. Under

surface grey, washed with brown on the abdomen. Sometimes

some light feathers on the lores and chin, and a dark mark in

front of the eye. Bases of all the contour feathers white.

Primaries white on the inner webs for the greater part of their

length, the white terminating bluntly and reaching the shaft

some distance outside of the tips of the lower wing-coverts.

Outer tail-feathers brown, with white at the inner bases only.

Bill black. Tarsi, first joint of inner and middle toes, and the

web between them, brownish ; the distal parts of the foot black.

The wings when folded exceed the tail by more than an inch.

I have little doubt but that this bird is the same species as the

Norfolk Island Petrel of Governor Phillips. It approaches the

last species, but can be distinguished by the shape of the white

on the inner web of the primaries as well as by its colours.

Having examined three specimens which, although varying slightly

in colour, are constant in this respect, 1 have no hesitation in

admitting it as distinct.

It is this bird, probably, when flying on the New Zealand coast,

that I formerly mistook for Pterodroma atlantica (Gould), of

which there is no authentic record of its having been taken near

New Zealand.

Mr. Cheeseman informs me that he did not see this species at

the Kermadecs and knows nothing about its breeding-habits; but

that Mr. Bell sent him specimens with the summer Mutton-birds,

so that it probably breeds with them from September to November.

The Norfolk Island Petrel is said to form burrows in the sand.

It is a remarkable fact that in the genus G@strelata there are

three bicolour species each closely related toa unicolour species—

viz. G. neglecta to G. solandri, @. armingoniana to G. trin-

tatis, and @. mollis to @. brevirostris—the two forms appearing

in all three cases to breed near together on the same islands. I

am not aware of the same thing occurring in any other genus of

1 This species has been identified with Procellaria fuliginosa, Forster, but it

is not the @strelata fuliginosa of Buller’s ‘ Birds of New Zealand,’ which appears

to be the larger species Pterodroma macroptera (Smith).

756 ON PETRELS FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. _[Dee. 5,

Petrels unless it be the somewhat similar relation in colour between

Diomedea regia and Diomedea exulans; but these two closely

related species are said to breed on different islands and at slightly

different times’, Macgillivray was the first to call attention to

this peculiarity in the birds of the Kermadec Islands (Zoologist,

1860, p. 7133), where he found incubating birds in both phases of

plumage. More recently Mr. Osbert Salvin has discussed the

question in Rowley’s ‘ Ornithological Miscellany,’ vol. i. p. 254.

He says that the colouring is not dependent either on sex or on

age, and that the colouring of the first plumage is retained through

life, both of which statements the present paper tends to confirm.

He considers, however, that ihe two phases of plumage do not

indicaie different species, or even different varieties, but he thinks

they are probably due to a kind of dimorphism. The word

dimorphism has been used in zoology in several different senses,

but it always denotes that the two forms are related to each other

either as twin brothers and sisters, or else that there is an alter-

nation of generations between them. As Petrels lay only one egg

in a season, the first relation cannot hold here, so that—if it is

really a case of dimorphism—eggs laid by bicolour parents should

sometimes hatch out unicolour offspring and vice versd, of which

there is no evidence at present. Also, if it be truly a case of

dimorph’sm, there ought to be no intermediate varieties between

the two torms, whereas these intermediate varieties seem to be

sufficiently common to have led some ornithologists to the opinion

that the two forms are merely adult and young of the same species.

If we reject the idea of dimorphism as improbable, and that of

changes due to age as disproved, we have three different hypotheses

to choose from to explain the facts :—

1. Two distinct species, sometimes producing hybrids.

2. One excessively variable species, one form producing, or

partially producing in an irregular way, the other.

3. Two species developed by ordinary variation going on for a

long time, while the intermediate forms have not become

extinct.

An examination of the breeding-ground would probably enable

us to decide which of these hypotheses is the correct one. If the

first is correct, the young should always either closely resemble the

parents, or be a distinct hybrid two parents of which had different

styles of plumage. If the secoad is correct, then any variety

might produce any other and the offspring should generally be

different from the parents. While if it be the third hypothesis

which is true, then each form should produce young very like

themselves, and the two parents should always resemble each

other. For my part I strongly incline to the last hypothesis,

which is more in accordance with what we know in other cases

* Buller, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol, xxiii. p. 230 and vol. xxiv. p. 68.

BL Zo S16 Soe ave

RMmtern & J. G.del.et lth. b.

Wr ERASE BNA EL Ie) hi -

Mintern Bros. mmp.

1893.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON VIPERA RENARDI. 757

and, as I think, offers the best explanation of the facts as at

present known. For I cannot but think that @. neglecta and

@. phillipi are two closely related species, while @. neglecta,

var., 18 an incipient species which, perhaps, does not always

breed quite true. It seems to me that we have in the Kermadec

Islands a manufactory of species in full swing, but unfortunately

our information is not sufficient to tell us exactly by what process

the species are made.

4, On Vipera renardi, Christoph. By G. A. BouLeNncER.

[Received November 25, 1893.]

(Plate LXIV.)

When recently describing Vipera wrsinii, Bonap.', I briefly

alluded to another European species, V. renardi, described in

1861, but since forgotten or confounded with V. berus. My

friend Dr. F. Miiller, of Basle, having been so good as to send me

specimens from Sarepta, the original locality whence the species

was described by Christoph, and the British Museum having

received further specimens from the St. Petersburg Museum,

through the kindness of Dr. Herzenstein, I have no reason to

further delay the description of this species, of which I have now

17 specimens before me, viz. :—

1,2. ¢ & 2, from Sarepta, received from Dr. F. Miiller, one of

which he has allowed me to retain for the British Museum.

3. ¢&, from Saratov, received from the St. Petersburg Museum.

4. 3, from Ourkatsch, district of Tourgaisk, Kirghiz Steppes,

received from M. Nazarow.

5. ¢, from the River Emba, Kirghiz Steppes, received, as well

as the following, from the St. Petersburg Museum.

6. Young, from the Kirghiz Steppes.

7. &, from Smeinogorsk, Government of Tomsk.

8-12. Five specimens, ¢, 9, and young, from Chinas,

Turkestan.

13. Young, from Kunges, River Ili, Eastern Turkestan.

14,15. g & 2, Wernensky Ujesd, district of Varnoe, Eastern

Turkestan.

16,17. 3, from Kuldja, Eastern Turkestan.

‘In the last part of these ‘Proceedings,’ above, p. 596. Since my note

appeared I have received further information respecting that species. ' First,

Mr. A. Erwin Brown has kindly examined Bonaparte’s type specimen in Phila-

delphia, and the notes he has forwarded me substantiate my conclusions,

Secondly, I have been able to extend the known range of this Viper to France,

having received a specimen from the Basses-Alpes, through M. Honnorat, on

which I have reported in the ‘ Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes,’ xxiv. 1893,

p. 8. And lastly, I am informed by Prof. O. Boettger and Dr. F. Werner that

they have received specimens from the mointains of Bosnia, which agree in

all essential respects with those from Laxenburg.

758 MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON VIPERA RENABDI, | Dec. 5,

VIPERA RENARDI. (Plate LXIV.)

Pelias renardi, Christoph, Bull. Mose. xxxiv. 1861, ii. p. 599.

Vipera berus, part., Strauch, Syn. Viper. p. 32 (1869) ; and Schl.

Russ. R. p. 206 (1873).

Vipera renardi, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 598.

Snout obtusely pointed, as in V. wrsinii; canthus rostralis

angular and raised, the upper surface of the snout thereby

concave. Horizontal diameter of the eye equal to its distance

from the centre or the anierior border of the nostril ; its vertical

diameter equal to or a little less than its distance from the oral

border. Nostril pierced in the lower half of the nasal shield, which

is not larger than the eye. The three sincipital shields usually

well developed; in two specimens (from Chinas and Kunges)

the parietals are broken up into scales, and in a third (from Kuldja)

the frontal is besides small and irregular, being separated from

the right supraocular by two series of scales; it is therefore

probable that, as in V. berus, specimens will be found with

the vertex covered with small scales. But when the shields

are well developed they differ from those of V. berus and

agree better with those of V. ursinii. The frontal is once and

two-thirds to twice and one-third as long as broad, usually longer

than the parietals ; its length at least equals, usually exceeds, its

distance from the end of the snout; it is separated from the

supraocular by an eongate shield or by two or three small

shields. The rostral is as broad as deep or a little deeper than

broad and its tip is in contact with a single apical shield, which,

together with the two canthals on each side, forms the raised upper

border of the snout; two to six prefrontal scales within the

latter; the upper preocular is usually in contact with the nasal ;

either a single series of scales between the eye and the labials, or

two series except under the centre of the eye, which is separated

from the fourth labial by a single scale; nine or ten upper labials,

fourth or fourth and fifth below the eye; nine or ten (in one

specimen eleven) scales round the eye.

The scales on the body form 21 longitudinal series, exceptionally

19, as in V. berus, strongly keeled, the outer smooth or feebly

keeled. According to the numbers given by Strauch (Schl. Russ.

R. p. 279, specs. 1019-1027), the ventrals vary from 138 to 150,

the subcaudals from 27 to 34. Christoph describes the male as

with 141 ventrals and 36 subcaudals, the female with 139 ventrals

and 34 subcaudals. My specimens have 130 to 148 ventrals and

31 to 36 subcaudals in the males, 137 to 142 ventrals and 24 to

30 subcaudals in the females‘, as shown in the following table :—

* (P.S. 23-1-94).—I have now counted the shields in 52 specimens (154,

37 2) of V. ursinii, and 118 (56 g, 62 2) of V. berus. The variation in the

former species is 120-135 v., 80-37 ¢. in ¢, 125-142 y., 20-28 ¢. in 2 ; in the

latter, 134-150 y., 33-46 c. in ¢, 1385-158 v., 26-36 c. in 9.—G. A. B,

1893.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON VIPERA RENARDI. 759

o | Ourkatsch. 585 millim.| 70 millim. 21 144 35's}

» | Chinas. 460 ,, er 21 136 32

» | Sarepta, 450 ,, Seas 21 142 34

» | Saratov. 450s, GOP 21 142 36

», | Himba. EDD» i ies eae aha 21 148 36

», | Smeinogorsk.| 420 ,, De ot 21 142 35

» | Chinas. 400 ,, BO it 21 137 36

» | Kuldja. LO ts DOS) 53 21 133 34

», | Varnoe. o20r- |, 43; \, 21 134 3l

» | Kuldja. s00"* 40 , 21 138 82

» | Kirghiz. JAD + *,, 32) os, 21 145 35

» | Chinas. 180) =, DAL ns 21 130 36

2 | Varnoe. OOH ise 40 , 21 141 27

», | Sarepta. 380 —Si,, oar 4's) 21 142 24

», | Obinas. S00" ts S/he tay 21 137 30

zs “5 iY (iyems sey 20: ;; 21 139 30

» | Kunges. WS Dat) ons 19 130 30

The length of the tail is contained 73 to 83 times in the total

in males, 8 to 10 times in females.

One of the principal characters which induced Christoph to

separate this Snake from V. berus is the absence of sexual

differences of colour, a peculiarity which it shares with V. ursinit.

The same author further observes that the sinuous or zigzag

dorsal band is nearly always broken up into spots, at least on a

considerable portion of the body. The latter statement is verified

on the male from Sarepta before me, but the female, on the other

hand, has an uninterrupted zigzag band. Strauch (Syn. Viper.

p. 37) also observes :—‘ Although it is now well known that the

numerous colour-varieties of this Snake [V. berus| are by no

means restricted to particular localities, and therefore cannot be

regarded as geographical races, I must nevertheless remark that

most of the Transcaspian specimens before me are very light,

almost sand-coloured, and usually have a longitudinal row of

roundish or transverse light chestnut-brown blotches instead of

the dorsal band.”

In coloration the Sarepta specimens are very similar to

V. ursinii, but they differ in having the labial shields markedly

dark-edged. The dorsal band or series of spots is dark brown,

edged with blackish ; the ground-colour of the middle of the back

and of the scales of the two outer rows on each side is yellowish,

of the sides (four rows of scales) greyish-brown with two series of

dark brown spots; the markings on the head as in V. berus and

V. ursinit. The lower parts are whitish or pale greyish, with

blackish dots, of which there is a series of larger ones along each

side of the belly.

The specimens from Chinas and the Kirghiz Steppes agree with

Strauch’s description in being of a pale yellowish sand-colour, with

a brown, darker-edged dorsal zigzag band or series of spots and

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. LI. 51

760 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON VIPERA RENABDI. [Dee. 5.

two series of small spots on the sides; belly whitish, dotted or

spotted with black. Those from Varnoe are intermediate between

the latter and the Sarepta ones ; whilst two specimens, both males,

from Saratov and Smeinogorsk are dark brown above with a

darker zigzag band, the one from the latter locality being further

remarkable in having the underparts uniform blackish, as in

V. berus. In all the specimens examined by me the labials and

the rostral are spotted, speckled, or margined with black or brown ;

a well-marked dark postocular streak, extending or not to the

side of the neck, and one or two A-shaped markings on the back

of the head are present. ‘The tip of the tail is never yellow.

Christoph found V. renardi common in the bare steppe around

Sarepta; only on one occasion did he come across a specimen in

a locality overgrown with willows and small shrubs. ‘The following

sketch of its distribution is taken from Strauch’s ‘Synopsis der

Viperiden,’ p. 53 :—

** The Viper occurs also in the district of Uralsk, apparently in

abundance, as our collection has received, through Count A.

Keyserling, numerous examples from the vicinity of that town;

and it is, according to Becker (Bull. Mosc. 1855, i. p. 473), very

common in the steppe around Sarepta, where Christoph obtained

the variety described by him as Pelias renardi...........0005

The first record of its occurrence in the Kirghiz Steppes we owe

to the elder Gmelin (Reise d. Sibir. iv. p. 318), who met with

great numbers on the T'schebarkul Lake, in the little Kirghiz

Horde; it was afterwards found in the Emba Steppes by the late

Dr. Lehmann, and in the steppes between the Emba and Temir

by Dr. Moritz; more recently a specimen was captured by Dr.

Severzow on the Issembai, an affluent of the Lek. We know

nothing of its occurrence in the Middle Kirghiz, but numerous .

specimens were caught about 1840 by Dr. v. Schrenck in the steppes

near the Alatau, on the borders of the Urdshar, and in Tarbagatai, in

the Semipolatinsk district, whence Pallas (Reise, ii. p. 493)

recorded it from the Semijarskaja Stanija.”

In concluding I beg to express my thanks to Dr. Herzenstein

and Dr. F. Miller for their assistance in procuring the material

on which these notes are based.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIV.

Vipera renardi, from Sarepta. a-c. Male. d-f. Female.

APPENDIX.

LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

Jan.

m ow

12.

14.

16,

17.

DURING THE YEAR

1893.

baer ee Mice (Mus barbarus). Presented by Lord Lilford,

. 4 Bearded Titmice (Panurus biarmicus),23,29. Purchased.

4 Anis (Crotophaga ani). Purchased.

. 6 Hog-nosed Snakes (Heterodon platyrhinos). Purchased.

1 Striped Snake (Zropidonotus sirtalis). Purchased.

1 Pied Snake (Pituophis melanoleucus). Purchased.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 29. Presented by Mr. We

10.

Stutely.

Ll Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Mr. F, Skinner.

11 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus). From Stephen’s

Island, Cook’s Strait, New Zealaud. Presented by Capt. E.

A. Findlay (Lieut. R.N.R.).

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 2. Presented by

G.S. Streeter, Esq.

1 Stanleyan Chevrotain (Tragulus stanleyanus), §. Deposited.

1 Sanderling (Calidris arenaria). Purchased.

1 PuttAdder (Vipera arietans), Presented by the Court of

Directors of the British E. Africa Co.

1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus), §. Born in the Menagerie,

2 Brown Capuchins (Cebus fatuellus), $ 2. Purchased.

1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare). Purchased.

7 White-faced Ibises (Plegadis guarauna). Purchased,

1 Brown Milvago (Milvago chimango). Purchased.

4 Barn-Owls (Strix flammea). Purchased.

1 Ypecaha Rail (Aramides ypecaha). Purchased.

1 Chilian Pintail (Dajila spinicauda). Purchased.

1 Geoffroy’s Terrapin (Platemys geoffroyana). Purchased.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa), g. Deposited.

1 Straw-necked Ibis (Carphibis spinicollis). Purchased.

1 Meadow-Bunting (Emberiza cia), $. Received in Exchange.

2 Shaw’s Gerbilles (Gerbillus shawz), Born in the Menagerie.

2 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Mr. W.

H, Purvis,

51*

762

Jan.

APPENDIX.

19. 1 Triton Cockatoo (Cacatua triton). Presented by Arthur

Harter, Esq.

20. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

A. Sandbach, Esq.

6 Wild Ducks (Anas boschas),3¢,39. Purchased.

1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by F. W. Ward, Esq.

21. 2 Wanderoo Monkeys (Macacus silenus), ¢ 2. Purchased.

4 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis). Purchased.

23. 2 Mouflons (Ovis musimon), 6 2. Received in Exchange.

25. 1 Virginian Hagle-Owl (Bubo virginianus). Deposited.

1 Rough Terrapin (Clemmys punctularia). From Guiana, Pre-

sented by J. J. Quelch, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

26. 7 Azara’s Opossum (Didelphys azare), 2 et jv. From the

Argentine Republic. Presented by Mr. Hill.

28. 1 American Milk-Snake (Coluber eximius). From Tennessee.

Presented by Miss Winifred M. Middleton.

30, 1 Aithiopian Wart-Hog (Phacocherus ethiopicus), g. From

Matabeleland, S. Africa. Presented by B. B. Weil, Esq.,

E.Z.8.

1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by

Lady Fleming.

14 Prairie Marmots ( Cynomys ludovicianus),6 3,82. Purchased.

Feb. 1. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Presented by the Executor

of the late Mrs. Bolaffe.

2 Rufous Tinamous (Rhynchotus rufescens). Purchased.

5 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus). Purchased.

2. 1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Presented by

H. H. Dobree, Esq.

3. 1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata), $. Presented

by Wilberforce Bryant, Esq.

2 Black-striped Wallabies (Halmaturus dorsalis),22. Presented

by Wilberforce Bryant, Esq.

3 Great Cyclodus (Cyclodus gigas). Received in Exchange.

3 Diamond Snakes (Morelia spilotes). Received in Exchange.

1 Short Death-Adder (Hoplocephalus curtus). Received in

Exchange.

1 Purple Death-Adder (Pseudechis porphyriaca). Received in

Exchange.

1 North-Australian Banded Snake (Pseudonaia nuchalis). Re-

ceived in Exchange.

1 Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). Purchased.

* 4, 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Capt. U. Cooke.

1 Maugé’s Dasyure (Dasyurus maugei). Presented by Robert

Hoare, Esq.

2 Chukar Partridges (Caccabis chukar), 62. Presented by

Major Ingoldsby Smythe.

6. 3 European Pond-Tortoises (Emys europea). Deposited.

7. 1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by Adolphus

Brucker, Esq.

1 Egyptian Cobra (Nata haje). From Victoria West, Cape

olony. Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, O.M.ZS.

2 Hoary Snakes (Coronella cana). From Victoria West, Cape

Colony. Presented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.

9. 9 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis). Presented by Mr.

T. E. Gunn.

Feb, 10,

23,

ADDITIONS TO THD MENAGERIE. 763

1 Fallow Deer (Dama vulgaris), §. Presented by B. L. Rose,

Esq.

2 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta), 292. Presented by Miss

Forster.

. 1 King Snake (Coluber getuius). Received in Exchange.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 6. Presented by

Walter Neall, Esq.

2 Red-and-Yellow Macaws (Ara chloroptera). Presented by

Henry Goschen, Esq.

2 Whooper Swans (Cygnus musicus). Purchased.

. 4 Barbary Mice (Mus barbarus). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by W. R. Gal-

braith, Esq,

1 Bar-breasted Finch (Munia nisoria). Presented by S. D.

Birch, Esq,

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 9. Born in the

Menagerie.

. 2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus), Presented by J. 8. Wil-

liams, Esq.

1 Ariel Toucan (Ramphastos ariel). Presented by Ellis Ed-

wards, Esq.

. 1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). From the Lower Danube.

Presented by Commander E. G. Rason, R.N.

2 Spengler’s Terrapins (Wicorta spenglert), 6 2. From Oki-

nawa Shima, Loochoo Islands, Presented by P. Aug.

Holst, Esq. See P.Z.S, 1893, p. 237.

2 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Capt.

Worster.

1 Spiny-tailed Mastigure (Uromastix acanthinurus). From

Biskra, Algeria. Presented by Miss Rigby.

. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. From

Mombasa, E. Africa. Presented by KR. Hughes, Esq.

1 Cuming’s Octodon (Octodon cumingi), ¢. Deposited.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by W.

Yeoman, Esq.

. 1 Eland (Oreas canna), 6. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Black-faced Spider-Monkey (Ateles ater). Preseuted by Miss

Gertrude Farman.

. 1 Naked-footed Owlet (Athene noctua). From Switzerland.

Presented by Albert Stevens, Esq.

1 Four-horned Antelope (Tetraceros quadricornis), g. Pur-

chased.

6 Indian Wild Swine (Sus cristatus). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Badgers (Meles taxus). Born in the Menagerie.

. | Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Mrs. Frank Phillips.

. 1 Grey Plover (Squatarola helvetica). Purchased.

. 8 White-tailed Gnus (Connochetes gnu), 1 3, 22. Purchased.

See P.Z.8. 1893, p. 325.

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes nepalensis). Presented by

Philip Egerton, Esq., Lieut. R.N.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-

sented by Miss Amy M. Dundas.

1 Salvin’s Amazon (Chrysotis salvint). Purchased,

8, 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

G, J. Sheppard, Esq.

764

28.

. 1 Burchell’s

. 1 Long-fronted Gerbille (Gerbillus longifrons), 9. Presented

APPENDIX,

. 1 Black Tanager (Zachyphonus melaleucus). Presented by

Miss Trelawney. ; ’

4 Magellanic Geese (Bernicla magellanica),4 g. Received in

Exchange.

. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus), g. From Kismayu, E. Africa.

Presented by J. Rose Todd, Esq.

6 Vulturine Guinea-Fowls (Nwmida vulturina). Presented by

R. J. D. MacAllister, Esq.

1 Side-striped Squirrel (Tamias lateralis). Presented by Mr.

A. N. Pacey.

4 Coypus (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie.

Gabe (Equus burcheli), 29. Purchased.

by Allen D. Graham, Esq.

. 3 Barbary Mice (Mus barbarus). Born in the Menagerie.

4 Shaw’s Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons), Born in the Men-

erie.

. 1 Magellanic Goose (Bernicla magellanica), 9. Received in

Exchange.

1 Stanley Parrakeet (Platycercus icterotis). Deposited.

. 11 Orbicular Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma orbiculare). From

San Diego, California. Presented by Willson Chamberlain,

sq.

. 1 Wandering Albatross (Diomedea erulans). Captured at sea,

off Cape Horn. Purchased.

. 1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), $. Bred in the Menagerie.

. 8 Common Peafowls (Pavo cristatus),2 ¢,19. Presented by

W. Murphy Grimshaw, Esq.

. 1 Double-banded Sand-Grouse (Pterocles bicinctus), 3 . Presented

by H. H. Sharland, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 6. Presented by

Mr. J. W. Jones.

1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus), . Born in the Menagerie.

1 Hawfinch (Coccothraustes vulgaris), §. Purchased.

4 Bramblings (Fringilla montifringilla). Purchased.

. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. From

Zanzibar. Presented by C. E. Reynolds, jr., Esq.

10 Guppy’s Cyprinodons (Giradinus guppyi). From Trinidad.

Presented by the Marquis of Hamilton.

Bl ae (Myopotamus coypus). Presented by Arthur Hunt,

27.

3 ee ee Snakes (Psammophylax rhombeatus). Pre-

sented by Messrs. H. M. & C. Beddington.

1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana, jr.). Presented by Messrs.

H. M. & C. Beddington.

2 Silver-backed Foxes (Canis chama). Purchased.

1 Cape Bucephalus (Bucephalus capensis). Purchased.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by J.

Pitcher, Esq.

. 3 Common Peafowls (Pavo cristatus),1 $,2 9. Presented by

T. Guy Paget, Esq.

1 Bengalese Cat (Felis bengalensis). From Manila, Philippine

Islands. Presented by D. M. Forbes, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by

Mrs. W. Everett Smith.

. 3 Spring-boks (Gazella euchore). Deposited by H.R.H. The

rince of Wales, Seo P, Z. S. 1893, p. 325.

Mar. 30.

April 1.

10.

12.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 765

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Deposited.

1 Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Deposited.

1 Puma (Felis concolor) §. Purchased.

5 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Presented by the

Rey. E. Mitchell.

1 Common Gull (Larus canus). Presented by the Rev. E.

Mitchell.

1 Short Death-Adder (Hoplocephalus curtus). Received in

Exchange.

4 Great Oyclodus (Cyclodus gigas). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited.

1 Bell’s Cinixys (Cinixys belliana). Purchased.

1 Home’s Cinixys (Cinixys homeana). Purchased.

. 2 Black Rats (Mus rattus). Presented by Sydney Wedlock,

pod 5

Esq.

eopard (Felis pardus). Fyrom India. Presented by Admiral

W. R. Kennedy, R.N., F.Z.S.

3 Coypus (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Giiemanbee Tree-Snake (Chrysopelea ornata). Presented by

Mr. W. Jamrach.

. 1 Yellow-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala). From

British Guiana. Presented by Mrs. Mackey.

1 Mute Swan (Cygnus olor), 2. Received in Exchange.

1 Common Pintail (Dafila acuta). Purchased.

1 European Pond-Tortoise (Emys europea). Presented by

Master J. F. Harden.

. 1 Common Squirrel (Sciurus vulgaris). Presented by Miss

Edith Mackenzie.

2 Red Oven-birds (Furnarius rufus). From the Argentine

Republic. Purchased.

1 Melancholy Tyrant (Tyrannus melancholicus). From the

Argentine Republic. Purchased.

1 Fork-tailed Tyrant (Milvulus tyrannus). From the Argentine

Republic. Purchased.

1 Banded-tailed Tree-Snake (Ahetulla liocerca). From Trini-

dad. Presented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Cenchoa Snake (Dipsas cenchoa). From Trinidad. Presented

by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Banded-tailed Tree-Snake (Ahetulla liocerca). From Trini-

dad. Deposited.

1 Black-bellied Weaver-bird (Euplectes afer). Presented by

Miss Herring.

1 Pin-tailed Whydah-bird (Vidua principalis). Presented by

Miss Herring.

2 Amaduvade Finches (Estrelda amandava), Presented by

Miss Herring.

1 Orange-cheeked Waxbill (Estrelda melpoda). Presented by

Miss Herring.

1 Common Waxbill (Estrelda cinerea). Presented by Miss

Herring.

2 Indian Silver-bills (Munia malabarica). Presented by Miss

*Herring.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-

sented by H. H. Forsayth, Esq.

6 Edible Frogs (Rana esculenta), Purchased.

2 Japanese Teal (Querquedula formosa), 5 2. Purchased.

766

APPENDIX.

Apr. 13. 1 Gayal (Bibos frontalis), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.

6 Green Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by the Rev.

Clifford D. Fothergill. 4

1 Moorish Toad (Bufo mauritanica). Deposited.

14, 2 Red-backed Buzzards (Buteo erythronotus). From the Falk-

15.

25.

land Islands, Presented by Dr. Dale.

2 Red-backed Buzzards (Buteo erythronotus). From the Falk-

land Islands. Presented by Vere Packe, Esq.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Thomas

Owen ae

83 Magellanic Geese (Bernicla magellanica),1 3,2 92. Pre-

sented by Sir Roger T. Goldsworthy.

1 Alexandrine Parrakeet (Palgornis alerandri), 2. Presented by

Mr. S. Hulme.

. 1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by the Old

Hawking Club. . :

1 Panama Amazon (Chrysotis panamensis), Received in

Exchange.

4 Barbary Mice (Mus barbarus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Greek Tortoise (Testudo greca). Presented by Mrs. Alcock.

. 6 Indian Wild Swine (Sus cristatus). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Orang-Outang (Simia satyrus), 3. Presented by Thomas

Workman, Esq. See P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 435.

. 1 Raven (Corvus coraz). Presented by Lady Rose.

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes nepalensis). Presented by

ady Blake.

. 3 Spotted-sided Finches (Amadina lathami). Purchased.

. 1 Martineta Tinamou (Calodromas elegans). Purchased.

. 1 Hedgehog (Erinaceus sp. nov.). From Somaliland. Pre-

sented by H. W. Seton-Karr, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1893,

p. 435.

1 Festive Amazon (Chrysotis festiva). Presented by Mrs.

ill

1 Chinese Lark (Melanocorypha mongolica). Presented by

Mrs, Pollard.

1 Poé Honey-eater (Prosthemadera nove-zealandie). Deposited.

1 Malabar Green Bulbul (Phyllornis aurifrons). Deposited.

1 Red-eared Bulbul (Pyenonotus jocosus). Deposited.

1 Cape Coly (Colius capensis). Deposited.

2 American Blue Birds (Sialia wilsoni). Deposited.

2 Serin Finches (Serinus hortulanus). From Spain. Presented

by J. A. Crawford, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Bornean Gibbon (Hylobates muelleri), 9. From Borneo. Pre-

sented by Leicester P. Beaufort, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1898,

. 435.

2 Midasaeeae Love-birds (Agapornis cana), 6 2. Purchased.

1 Red-sided Eclectus (Eelectus pectoralis). Purchased.

1 Undulated Grass-Parrakeet (Melopsittacus undulatus). Pre-

sented by Master W. D. Savory.

2 Derbian Zonures (Zonurus derbianus). Deposited.

26. 1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 3. Received in Exchange.

1 Boe Wallaroo (Macropus robustus), g. Received in Ex-

change.

6 Satin Bower-birds (Ptilonorhynchus violaceus). Received in

Exchange,

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus), Presented by Briton Riviére,

Ksq., F.Z.8,

Apr. 27.

May 1.

ADDITIONS TO THD MENAGERIE, 767

5 Weasels (Mustela vulgaris). Presented by George Long,

Sq.

2 Hog neuen (Coccothraustes vulgaris). Presented by Mr. H.

sz.

2 Maugé’s Dasyures (Dasyurus mauget), 2 g. Received in

Exchange.

1 Satin Bower-bird (Piilonorhynchus violaceus), §. Received in

Exchange.

1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus scapulatus), 9. Received in

Exchange.

2 Diamond Snakes (Morelia spilotus). Received in Exchange.

1 Lesueur’s Water-Lizard (Physignathus lesueuri), Received

in Exchange.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-

sented by H. P. Ramsay, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. 2 Black-necked Swans (Cygnus nigricollis), § 2. Purchased.

2 Great Eagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Deposited.

1 Magpie Tanager (Cissopis leveriana). Presented by H. A.

Astlett, Esq.

2 Great Cyclodus (Cyclodus gigas). Presented by Capt. Clarke.

. | Bengalese Cat (Felis bengalensis). Presented by Capt. F.

Whistler, H.L.I.

1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti), g. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Angora Goat (Capra hircus, var.),$. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Indian Buffalo (Bubalus buffelus),2. Presented by H.H. The

Maharaja of Bhavnagar.

1 West-African Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria). Presented by

Lady Theodora Guest.

2 Egyptian Mastigures (Uromastix spinipes). Presented by

Edmund Lamb, Esq.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 9. Pre-

sented by Miss Maud Parkinson.

1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

7 Green Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by the Rev. C.

D. Fothergill.

20 Green Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Deposited.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

F, Byfield, Esq.

1 Common Crowned Pigeon (Goura coronata). Received in

Exchange.

3 Cat-fish (Amiurus catus). Purchased.

. 1 Water-Buck (Cobus ellipsiprymnus), 9. Born in the Mena-

gerie. See P. Z.S. 1893, p. 505, pl. xxxix.

1 Common Hedgehog (Erinaceus europeus). Presented by Mrs.

E. Austen-Leigh.

2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by W. H.

Aplin, Esq.

. 1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Deposited.

1 Moorish Tortoise (Testudo mauritanica). Presented by T, W.

Bayley, Esq.

. 1Slender Gibbon (Hylobates agilis). From Malacca. Deposited.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 2. Pre-

sented by Arthur James, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Miss G,

Lloyd.

10.

12,

18.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19;

23.

24,

APPENDIX.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by R.

Hughes, Esq.

2 Amherst Pheasants (Thawmalea amherstia),2 9. Purchased.

1 Swinhoe’s Pheasant (Euplocamus swinhoii), 3. Purchased.

. 1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur vanthomystax), §. Purchased.

1 Changeable Lizard (Calotes versicolor). Presented by H. L.

Gibbs, Esq.

11 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Purchased.

1 Triangular-marked Water-Snake (Hydrops triangularis),

From Demerara. Presented by Samuel Bollers, Esq.

1 Ducorps’s Cockatoo (Cacatua ducorpsi). Presented by R.

Armitage, Esq.

1 Senegal Touracou (Corythaix persa). Received in Exchange.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Red-winged Parrakeets (Aprosmictus erythropterus), 2 9.

Presented by H. Goodchild, Esq.

2 Ravens (Corvus corax). Presented by Philip A. Wilkins,

Esq.

il Werck Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), 2. Deposited.

1 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), g. Deposited.

1 Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Red-crested Finches (Coryphosphingus cristatus), 2. Pur-

chased.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), S. Presented by

Fred. Vaughan Kirby, Esq.

1 Lion (Fels leo), 2. Presented by Fred. Vaughan Kirby, Esq.

1 Orange-winged Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica). Purchased.

12 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandra maculosa). Purchased.

4 Sociable Marsh-Hawks (Rostrhamus sociabilis). Presented

by William Brown, Esq.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by Mrs.

Vaughan Holberton.

2 Mexican Guans (Penelope purpurascens). Deposited.

1 Wattled Guan (Adurria carunculata). Deposited.

2 Madagascar Weaver-birds (Foudia madagascariensis). Pre-

sented by Mr. Ginn.

1 Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata). Presented by B, Smith,

Esq.

4 ae (Dromeus nove-hollandie). Presented by Charles T.

Milburn, Esq.

1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana),?. Presented by Surg.-

Major 8. J. Flood.

1) apanes Deer (Cervus sika), §. Presented by C. J. Lucas,

sq.

1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by W.H.

Brett, Esq.

1 White-lipped Peceary (Dicotyles labiatus), 3. Purchased.

. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), d. Pre-

sented by Lewis Atkinson, Esq.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), ¢. From Mom-

ee E. Africa. Presented by Thomas E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago garnetti). From Mombasa, E. Africa.

Presented by Thomas E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Common Hedgehog (Erinaceus europeus, white variety).

Presented by R. T. Hermon-Hodge, Esq.

1 Jaguar (Felis onca), 9. Purchased.

1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis), g. - Purchased.

May 24,

25.

26,

27.

29.

30.

31.

ADDITIONS TO THH MENAGERIE. 769

1 Guillemot (Lomvia troile), Presented by H. B. Hewetson,

Esq., F.Z.5,

2 Ring-hals Snakes (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by the

Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.

1 Aurora Snake (Lamprophis aurora). Presented by T. H.

Goodall, Esq.

2 Schlagintweit’s Frogs (Rana cyanophlyctis). From Ceylon,

Presented by H. L. Gibbs, Esq.

1 Tigrine Frog (Rana tigrina). From Ceylon. Presented by

i. L. Gibbs, Esq.

1 Ruddy Tchneumon (Herypestes smithi). Presented by Maurice

Walsh, Esq.

1 Leyaillant’s Amazon (Chrysotis levaillanti). Deposited.

1 Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinalis virginianus). Deposited.

1 Rose-breasted Grosbeak (Hedymeles ludovictanus). Deposited,

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.

12 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Purchased.

2 Striped Hyzenas (Hyena striata). Purchased.

1 Barbary Ape (Macacus innus), 2. Presented by A. G. F.

Dashwood, Esq.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), Q. Deposited.

1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Presented by L. V. Har-

court, Esq.

1 Leucoryx (Oryx leucoryx), 2. Deposited.

2 Brazilian Cariamas (Cariama cristata). Purchased.

3 Chinese Quails (Coturnix chinensis),1 3,22. Presented by

W. J. Ingram, Esq.

1 Mexican Deer (Cariacus mexicanus), 3. Deposited.

1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardalis). Deposited.

2 Derbian Zonures ( Zonurus derbianus). Deposited.

1 Harlequin Snake (Elaps fulvius). From Florida. Presented

by C. Ernest Brewerton, Esq.

4 Black-tailed Godwits (Zimosa egocephala). Purchased.

1 Barbary Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), §. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 9. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

2 Kinefishers (Alcedo ispida). Presented by Mr. A. K. Dixon.

. 4 Flamingoes (Phenicopterus antiquorum). Purchased.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Angora Goat (Capra hircus, var.), 2. Born in the Menagerie

. 1 Malayan Tapir (Zapirus indicus), §. Deposited.

2 Common Cassowaries (Casuarius galeatus, jr.). Deposited.

1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by

Harland Coates, Esq.

4 Tuberculated Iguanas (Iguana tuberculata). Deposited.

2 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Deposited.

. 1 Red-handed Tamarin (Midas rufimanus). Deposited.

1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), 3. Presented by Capt.

Michael Hughes, 2nd Life Guards.

4 South Island Robins (Miro albifrons). From New Zealand.

Presented by Capt. Edgar J. Evans. See P. Z. 5. 1893, p. 612.

. 1 Stairs’s Monkey (Cercopithecus stairst), §. From Mozambique.

Presented by Mr, F. Hintze. See P.Z.S. 1893, p. 612.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 3.

Deposited.

770

APPENDIX.

June 8. 12 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Deposited.

9, 2 Malbrouck Monkeys (Cercopithecus cynosurus), Purchased.

4 Bronze-wing Pigeons (Phaps chalcoptera), 23,29. Pur-

chased.

10.

11.

12.

14,

15.

16,

18.

19.

2 Australian Sheldrakes (Zadorna tadornoides), 6 2. Pur-

chased.

2 Carrion-Crows (Corvus corone), Presented by the Hon. Wm.

Edwardes.

4 Green Waxbills (Estrelda formosa), Purchased.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis), Presented by

J. B. Sutherland, Esq.

2 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Mr.

A. E. Jamrach.

4 Barbary Mice (Mus barbarus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Maugé’s Dasyure (Dasywrus maugei), 2. Presented by Mr.

Robert Hoade.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Miss M. A.

Croxford.

1 Long-eared Owl (Asio otus). Presented by Mr. Alan F.

Crossman.

1 Tawny Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by Mr. Alan F,

Crossman.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), Born in the Mena-

erie.

2 eaten (Hydrocherus capybara). Purchased.

1 Derbian Wallaby (Halmaturus derbianus), 2. Born in the

Menagerie.

3 Peba Armadillos (Tatusia peba), 25,1 9. Presented by

Woodbine Parish, Esq.

5 Spotted-billed Ducks (Anas pecilorhyncha), 4 $,1Q. Pre-

sented by Sir E. C. Buck, C.M.Z.S,

1 Guillemot (Zomvia troile). Presented by T. A. Cotton, Esq.,

F.Z.8

2 Chiffchaffs (Phylloscopus rufus). Presented by Miss McGill.

2 Yellow Wagtails (Motacilla flava). Presented by Miss McGill.

1 Small-lobed Chameleon (Chameleon parvilobus). From Bar-

berton, Transvaal. Presented by Dr. Percy Rendall, F.Z.S.

1 Naked-necked Iguana (Iguana delicatissima). From Caicos

Islands, W. Indies. Presented by Lady Blake.

2 Brazilian Cariamas (Cariama cristata). From Paraguay.

Presented by A. E. Macalister-Hadwen, Esq.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

1 English Wild Bull (Bos taurus, var.). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

4 Hybrid Finches (between Carduelis elegans-$ and Chloris

kawarahibi 2). Bred in the Menagerie.

2 Yellow-legged Herring-Gulls (Larus cachinnans). Bred in

the Ba EE (c

1 Mozambique Monke ercopithecus erythrus), 6. Pre-

sented oy J. B. Homa Esq. ee :

2 aR (Lama peruana), 6 2. Presented by Lady Meux,

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatwa moluccensis). Presented by

Mrs. Bason.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita), Pre-

sented by Lewis Bailey, Esq.

ADDITIONS TO THN MBNAGERIN. ti

June 19. 1 Martineta Tinamou (Calodromas elegans). Hatched in the

20.

21.

23.

28.

29,

30.

Menagerie.

2 Brazilian Tortoises (Testudo tabulata). From Trinidad, W. I.

Presented by J. S. Toppin, Esq.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), . From

Zanzibar. Presented by B. J. Travers, Esq.

1 Ocellated Skink (Seps ocellatus). From Malta. Presented by

Col. C. H. Rooke.

1 Cinereous Waxbill (Estrelda cerulescens). Presented by

W. L. Jeffery, Esq.

1 Amaduvade Finch (Estrelda amandava). Presented by W.L.

Jeffery, Esq.

2 Hooded Finches (Spermestes cucullata). Presented by W. L.

Jeffery, Esq.

2Nutmeg Finches (Munia punctularia), Presented by W. L.

Jeffery, se

1 Black-headed Finch (Munia malacca). Presented by W. L.

Jeffery, Esq.

1 Grenadier Weaver-bird (Euplectes oryx). Presented by W. L.

Jeffery, Esq.

2 Emus (Dromeus nove-hollandiz). Deposited.

2 Infernal Snakes (Boodon infernalis, jr.). Presented by the

Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), $. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

2 Greater Spotted Woodpeckers (Dendrocopus major). Pre-

sented by Miss Miriam A. Birch Reynardson.

. 2 Alexandrine Parrakeets (Palzornis alexandri), ¢ Q. Pre-

26.

sented by Wyndham Gibbes, Esq.

2 Wild Swine (Sus scrofa), $2. Presented by Jasper A.

Mathews, Esq.

2 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Bred in the Mena-

gerie.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

. W. Henegan.

1 Purple Heron (Ardea purpurea). Presented by R. Heywood,

2 Rufescent Teguexins (Tupinambis rufescens). Deposited.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus),Q. Presented by J. H.

Brown, Esq.

6 European Beavers (Castor fiber). From the River Rhone,

France. Purchased. See P. Z.S. 1893, p. 612.

1 Even Bear (Ursus arctos), 2. Presented by F. Collier, Esq.,

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by

Mrs. Anna Margaret Hills,

1 Guilding’s Amazon (Chrysotis guildingi). Presented by the

Hon. Sir. Walter Hely-Hutchinson, K.C.M.G.

2 Cooke’s Tree-Boas (Corallus cookii), From Grenada, W.I.

Presented by the Hon. Sir Walter Hely- Hutchinson,

K.C.M.G.

3 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Hope

Gibson, Esq.

1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), 6. Born in the Menagerie. -

772

July 1.

10.

12,

13.

APPENDIX.

1 Brazilian Cariama (Cariama cristata). Presented by Howard

C. Wolfe, Esq.

1 Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Howard C. Wolfe,

Esq.

1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Presented by Howard C.

Wolfe, Esq.

1 Grey Buzzard-Hawk (Asturina plagiata). Presented by

Howard C. Wolfe, Esq.

1 Illiger’s Macaw (dra maracana). Deposited. ‘

2 Yellow-headed Conures (Conurus jendaya). Deposited.

8 Garganey Teal (Querquedula circia), 4 $,4 2. Purchased.

6 Common Teal ( Querquedula crecca), 3 ¢,3 2. Purchased.

. 1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinalis virginianus). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Australian Crows (Corvus australis), § 2. Purchased.

. 1 American Black Bear (Ursus americanus). Presented by

J oseph Politzer, Esq.

1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Presented by C.

Melhado, Esq.

. 2 Common Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Deposited.

1 Triangular-spotted Pigeon (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Hybrid Wagtails (between Motacilla lugubris g and Mota-

cilla melanope 2). Bred in the Menagerie.

4 Prairie Marmots (Cynomys ludovicianus). Presented by G. B.

Coleman, Esq.

4 Orbicular Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma orbiculare). Presented

by G. B. Coleman.

1 Leopard (Felis pardus). Presented by Capt. Currie.

1 Striped Hyena (Hyena striata). Presented by Capt. Currie.

1 Harnessed Antelope (Tragelaphus scriptus), $. Presented by

A. L. Jones, Esq.

2 African Tantalus (Pseudotantalus ibis). Purchased.

2 Common Rheas (Rhea americana), § 9. Purchased.

1 Secretary Vulture (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Purchased.

3 Demoiselle Cranes (Grus virgo), Purchased.

2 Cabot’s Tragopans (Ceriornis caboti), ¢ 2. Purchased.

4 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes), Purchased.

1 Australian Cassowary (Caswarius australis). Deposited.

2 Blyth’s Tragopans (Certornis blythi), § 2. Deposited.

4 Galapagan Doves (Zenaida galapagensis). Presented by Capt.

Hedworth Lambton, R.N,

1 Auriculated Dove (Zenaida auriculata). Presented by Capt.

Hedworth Lambton, R.N.

1 Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis), $. Born in the Menagerie,

1 Martineta Tinamou (Calodromas elegans), Bred in the

Menagerie.

7 Summer Ducks (42x sponsa). Bred in the Menagerie.

7 Mandarin Ducks (42x galericulata). Bred in the Mena-

gerie,

6 Magellanic Geese (Bernicla magellanica). Bred in the

Menagerie.

3 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa), Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented b

Capt. R. D. Arnold. gk t

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 773

July 13. 1 Guilding’s Amazon (Chrysotis guildingi). From St. Vincent,

14,

IVE

18.

19,

20.

24,

26.

27.

W.1I. Presented by the Hon. Sir Walter F. Hely-Hutchin-

son, K.C.M.G,

8 Boddaert’s Snakes (Coluber boddaerti). From Grenada, W. 1.

Presented by the Hon. Sir Walter F, Hely-Hutchinson,

K.C,.M.G.

3 Carinated Snakes (Herpetodryas carinatus). From Grenada,

W.I. Presented by the Hon. Sir Walter F. Hely-Hutch- _

inson, K.C.M.G.

2 Red-tailed Buzzards (Buteo borealis). From Jamaica. Pre-

sented by Charles B. Taylor, Esq.

6 Moorish Tortoises (Testudo mauritanica). Purchased.

1 Malayan Bear (Ursus malayanus). Presented by M. O. N.

Rees- Webbe, Esq.

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Deposited.

3 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinquis). Bred in the

Menagerie.

3 Cheer Pheasants (Phasianus wallichii). Bred in the Mena-

gerie.

6 Gold Pheasants (Thawmalea picta). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Mandarin Duck (4x galericulata), §. Purchased.

2 Dominican Gulls (Larus dominicanus). Bred in the Mena-

gerie.

1 Black Ape (Cynopithecus niger), 2. Purchased.

2 Black-headed Mynahs (Temenuchus pagodarum). Purchased.

2 Manyar Weaver-birds (Ploceus manyar), 6 2. Purchased.

2 Red-headed Buntings (Emberiza luteola), § 2. Purchased. -

1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus). Deposited.

2 Great Eagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Presented by Lord

Hill.

2 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius) (white varieties).

From the Pescadores Islands. Presented by T. A. W. Hance,

Esq., C.M.Z.S. _

3 Giant Toads (Bufo agua). Presented by — Adamson, Esq.

1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur xanthomystax). Deposited.

1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus). From Scotland. Pre-

sented by Hugh Cameron Ross, Esq.

4 Midwife Toads (Alytes obstetricans), From Belgium. Pre-

sented by Prof. Gustave Gilson,

. 1 American Tapir (Zapirus americanus), 9. From British

Guiana. Deposited.

1 American Jabiru (Mycterta americana). Deposited.

2 Common Foxes (Canis vulpes). Presented by Reginald

Chandos Pole, Esq.

1 Red-bellied Tanager (Tanagrella velia). Presented by Sir

Wn. Ingram, Bt., M.P.

1 Crab-eating Opossum (Didelphys cancrivorus). Deposited.

1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Presented by

Mrs. Oswald Walmsley.

2 oe Foxes (Canis azare). Presented by Lord Lilford,

1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus), Presented by

Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

1 Australian Cassowary (Casuarius australis). Deposited.

1 European Pond-Tortoise (Zmys europea). Presented by

Mdlle. Lajeunesse.

. 1 Wild Cat (Felis catus). Deposited.

APPENDIX.

a aes Deer (Cervus elaphus), 9. Presented by C. J. H. Tower,

sq. F.Z.S.

18 otted Eagle (Aquila clanga). Presented by Lord Lilford,

2 Blue-crowned Conures (Conurus hemorrhous). Deposited.

. 1 Yaguarundi Cat (Felis yaguarundi, jy.). From Maceio,

Brazil. Presented by J. E. Wolfe, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Brazilian Hare (Lepus brasiliensis). From Maceio, Brazil.

Presented by J. E. Wolfe, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catia), 3. Deposited.

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by

Capt. W. St. George Ord.

. | Imperial Eagle (Aguila tmperialis), Presented by Charles

Clifton Dicconson, Hsq., F.Z.S.

2 Great Eagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Presented by Charles

Clifton Dicconson, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Common Jay (Garrulus glandarius). Presented by Walter

D. Marks, Esq.

2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by Walter

D. Marks, Esq.

1 Yellow-billed Sheath-bill (Chionis alba). Captured at sea,

50 miles 8.E. of Staten Island, Cape St. John. Presented

by Capt. E. England (s. ‘ Thistle’).

2. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by G.

Lindsay Johnson, Esq., M.D., F.Z.S.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), §. Deposited.

17 Guillemots (Zomvia troile). Presented by Thomas A, Cotton,

Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Puffins (Fratercula arctica), Presented by Thomas A. Cotton,

Esq., F.Z.S.

12 Kittiwakes (Rissa tridactyla). Presented by Thomas A.

Cotton, Esq., F.Z.S. Bs

1 Cape Crowned Crane (Balearica chrysopelargus). Presented

by E. 8. Spooner, Esq.

. 1 Yak (Poephagus grunniens), $. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Peregrine Falcons (Fulco peregrinus). From Rathlin Island,

Co. Antrim. Presented by Capt. R. A. Ogilby, F.Z.S.

10 Slowworms (Anguis fragilis). Presented by F. A. Leach,

Esq.

. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Deposited.

1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Presented by Dr.

Best.

1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista). De-

osited.

1 Black Rat (Mus rattus). Presented by Archd, E. Scott, Esq.,

E.Z8

12 Midwife Toads (Alytes obstetricans). Hatched in the

Gardens.

5. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), ¢. Presented by Mr. T.

Birks.

2 Montagu’s Harriers (Cireus cineraceus). Presented by Lord

Lilford, F.Z.S.

1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by

Lieut. Andrews, R.N.

8. 2 Ruffed Lemurs (Lemur varius), 6 9. Presented by Mrs.

Brightwen.

18.

19.

21,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 775

1 Black-headed Caique (Caica melanocephala). Deposited.

1 Regent-bird (Sericulus melinus), 9. Purchased.

. 3 Long-eared Owls (Aso otus), Presented by Edward Hart,

Ksq., F.Z.8.

1 Tawny Owl (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by Edward Hart,

Esq., F.Z.8.

. 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris), Presented by E.

Palmer, Esq.

. 5 Shags (Phalacrocorax graculus). Presented by Maclaine of

Lochbuie.

» 1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona). Presented by the Misses

Price.

. 1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Liemetis tenutrostris). Deposited.

1 Short-toed Eagle (Circaétus gallicus). From Spain. Pre-

sented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Mrs.

H. 8. Wardrop.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by D. J.

Harris, Esq.

1 ta Kite (Milvus govinda). Presented by A. Savory,

sq.

4 Avocets (Recurvirostra avocetta). Purchased.

1 Common Tern (Sterna hirundo). Purchased.

6 Avocets (Reeurvirostra avocetta). Deposited.

1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur xanthomystax). Deposited.

6 ge Bitterns (Ardetta minuta). Presented by Lord Lilford,

L8.

1 Yellow-margined Terrapin (Cyclemys flavo-marginata). From

Formosa. Presented by P. Aug. Holst, Esq.

5 Bennett’s Terrapins (Qcadia sinensis). From Formosa. Pre-

sented by P. Aug. Holst, Esq.

1 Golden Cat (Felis moormensis). Received in Exchange.

1 Japanese Ape (Macacus speciosus), . Purchased.

1 Spotted Hawk-Hagle (Sprzaétus nipalensis). Purchased.

1 coe es (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Presented by Mrs. H.

eavitt.

1 European Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea). Presented by Mr. Hood.

2 Fire-bellied Toads (Bombinator igneus). Presented by Mr.

Hood.

1 Spotted Salamander (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by

My. Hood. -

. 1 Blaubok (Cephalophus pygmeus), 3. Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

. 1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), §. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Deposited.

. 1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babouin), . From Mombasa,

East Africa. Presented by Thomas HE, C. Remington, Esq.

1 Banded Gymnogene (Polyboroides typicus). From Mombasa,

East Africa, Presented by Thomas E. C, Remington, Esq.

1 White-necked Stork (Diésswra episcopus). From Mombasa,

East Africa, Presented by Thomas E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis). Presented by

Lady Sudeley.

11 Garden Dormice (Myoxus quercinus). From Spain. Pre-

sented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

12 Glossy Ibises (Plegadis falcinellus), FromSpain. Presented

by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. LIT. 52

Sept. 1.

“J

13.

14,

APPENDIX.

4 Marbled Ducks (Anas angustirostris), From Spain. Pre-

sented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

. 2 = aa Rails (Aramides ypecaha). Presented by F. H.

halk, Esq.

1 Feldege’s Falcon (Falco feldeggi). From Morocco. Presented

by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

. 2 White-shafted Francolins (Francolinus Jeucoscepus), 2 2.

Presented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

. 2 Sun-Bitterns (Europyga helias), 6 2. Purchased.

2 Common Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by Mrs. Harry

Goodbun: .

1 Ring-Ouzel (Turdus torquatus), g. Presented by Mr. Samuel

Radcliffe.

5 Chilian Teal (Querguedula creccoides). Purchased.

4 Patagonian Cavies (Dolichotis patachonica),2 6,292. Bred

in France. Purchased.

2 Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus), ¢ Q. Purchased.

1 Elliot’s Pheasant (Phastanus ellioti), g¢. Purchased.

2 Sulphury Tyrants (Pitangus sulphuratus). Presented by H.

H. Sharland, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Chukar Partridge (Caccabis chukar). Presented by H. H.

Sharland, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Bamboo Partridge (Bambusicola thoracica). Presented by H.

H. Sharland, Hsq., F.Z.S.

1 Malayan Bear (Ursus malayanus), 2. Presented by E. Syd-

ney Woodiwiss, Esq.

1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), 2. Deposited.

1 American Tapir (Tapirus americanus, jr.), ¢. From Colom-

bia. Deposited.

1 Land-Rail (Crea pratensis). Presented by Mr. W. Stanley.

. 1 Chilian Teal ( Quergquedula creccoides). Purchased.

1 Little Tern (Sterna minuta). Purchased.

. 1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 2. Presented by

Miss J. Grimston.

1 Axis Deer (Cervus avis), ¢. Purchased.

2 Brazilian Cariamas (Carzama cristata). Presented by Lindsay

C. Scott, Esq.

. 1 Melodious Jay-Thrush (Lewcodioptron canorum). Presented

by B. H. Jones, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 St. Thomas’s Conure (Conurus pertinaxv). Purchased.

. 1 Wall-Lizard (Lacerta muralis, vay. tiliguerta). From Trieste.

Presented by Mr. A. W. Arrowsmith.

. 1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), Q. Presented

by Miss Jane Richards.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 9. Born in the Menagerie,

. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 3. Presented by

Miss Llewellyn.

2 Egyptian Jerboas (Dipus egyptius). Presented by Miss B.

Dell.

1 Azara’s Capuchin (Cebus azare), 2. Presented by Miss

Hairby.

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the

Menagerie,

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), $. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Egyptian Jerboas (Dipus egyptius). Presented by M. W.

Edgley, Esq.

Sept. 14.

15.

16.

Lend

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGHERIB, 1th

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by W. R.

Clark, Esq.

1 African Buzzard (Buteo desertorum). Presented by Mr. Rice.

2 Lions (Felis leo), $2. From Hast Africa. Presented by

H. H. The Sultan of Zanzibar.

1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus). From Scotland. Pre-

sented by Bryan Cookson, Esq.

2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by E.

Lake, Esq.

3 ie (TLinca vulgaris). Presented by Arthur E, Rumsey,

. 2 Hamsters (white varieties)(Cricetus frumentarius). Deposited.

1 Black-headed Caique (Caica melanocephala). Deposited.

1 ars Quail (Cotwrnix communis). Presented by Mrs

azelin.

21, 1 Corean Sea-Hagle (Haliaétus branickii). Purchased. See

P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 613.

2 Black-pointed Teguexins (Tupinambis nigro-punctatus). From

Trinidad, W.I. Presented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Crowned Snake (Scytale coronatum). From Trinidad, W.1.

Presented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). From Trinidad, W.I. Pre-

sented by Messrs. Mole and Urich,

1 Clouded Snake (Leptognathus nebulatus). From Trinidad,

W.I. Presented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Black-pointed Teguexin ( Tupinambis nigro-punctatus). From

Trinidad, W.I. Deposited.

1 Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). From Trinidad, W.I. De-

posited.

1 Boddaert’s Snake (Coluber boddaerti). Fyrom Trinidad, W.I.

Deposited.

. 1 Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by

Miss Mercy Grogan.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Duncan

Mackintosh, Hsq.

4 Long-tronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). From Tunis.

Presented by Mons. Albert de Lautreppe.

2 Long-tailed Field-Mice (Mus sylvaticus). Presented by Mons.

Albert de Lautreppe.

1 Secretary Vulture (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Deposited.

2 White Storks (Ciconia alba). Presented by Walter Winans,

Esq., F.Z.S.

26, 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by H. Rich, Esq.

1 Grey Squirrel (albino) (Sciwrus cinereus). Deposited.

1 Alligator (Alligator mussissippiensis). Presented by Mr. H.

Venn.

. 3 Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus). Purchased.

1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus), g. Purchased.

2 Ypecaha Rails (Aramdes ypecaha). Purchased.

1 Great Grebe (chmophorus major). Purchased. See P.Z.S.

1893, p. 613.

1 Serval (Felis serval). From Beira, H. Africa. Deposited.

1 Cape Crowned Crane (Balearica chrysopelargus). Fyrom Beira,

ii. Africa. Deposited.

1 Black-winged Kite (Elanus ceruleus). Deposited.

28. 4 Indian Wild Swine (Sus cristatus), Born in the Menagerie.

o2*

778

Sept. 28.

Oct.

29.

“1c:

10,

j1,

12.

14,

16,

APPENDIX,

3 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by

Henry Beamish, Esq.

2 Lions (young) (Felis leo),29. From Somaliland. Presented

by The Lord Delamere.

1 Adelaide Parrakeet (Platycercus adelaide). Presented by

Mrs. Waterhouse.

1 Prétre’s Amazon (Chrysotis pretri/). Purchased.

2Common Sheldrakes (Tadorna vulpanser). Presented by

Francis Alexander, Esq.

. 2 Great Eagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Deposited.

1 Yellow-collared Parrakeet (Platycercus semitorquatus). Pre-

sented by Miss A. Fenwick.

. 1 Common Sheldrake (Tadorna vulpanser), 3. Purchased.

. 1 Flocky Lemur (Avahis laniger). Purchased.

1 Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostralegus). Presented by E.

Elliot, Esq.

. 1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), §. Presented by

8. C. Hopkins, Esq.

1 Puffin (Fratercula arctica), Purchased.

1 Goliath Beetle (Goliathus druryi). From Accra, West Africa.

Presented by F. W. Marshall, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1898,

p. 691.

. 1 Sanderling (Calidris arenaria). Purchased.

. 1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3.

Presented by Mrs. Noakes,

1 Raccoon-like Dog (Canis procynides). Purchased.

1 Serval (Felis serval). From Mombasa, E. Africa. Presented

by T. E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Nilotic Monitor (Varanus niloticus). Presented by T. E. C.

Remington, Esq.

. 2 Sykes’s ‘Monkeys (Cercopithecus albigularis). From Mozam-

bique, Presented by W. H. Barber, Esq.

1 Diamond Snake (Morelia spilotes). Presented by A. W.

Darken, Esq.

1 Ruddy-headed Goose (Bernicla rubidiceps), g. Presented by

Henry Phillips, Esq.

2 Common Squirrels (Seiwrus vulgaris) (albinos). Deposited.

1 Thick-furred Capuchin (Cebus vellerosus), g. Presented by

R. Kettle, Esq.

1 Molucca Deer (Cervus moluccensis), Born in the Menagerie.

2 Blue-winged Teal ( Querguedulacyanoptera), § 2. Purchased.

1 Japanese Teal (Querguedula formosa), 2. Purchased.

1 Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus impeyanus), 2. Purchased.

1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by C.

Stonham, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons). Deposited.

1 Senegal Parrot (Pwocephalus senegalus). Presented by Mrs.

Rylands.

1 Turnstone (Strepsilas interpres). Purchased.

1 Curlew (Numenius arquata). Purchased.

3 Tigers (Felis tigris), 2g, 1 9. From Hyderabad. Pre-

sented by H.R.H. Princess Beatrice.

1 Wanderoo Monkey (Macacus silenus), 9. From Cochin,

Presented by Capt. Morgan.

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), 2, Born in the Mena-

gerie,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 719

Oct. 18. 1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), 2. Presented by

19,

20.

23.

Miss Hoare.

1 Kite (Milvus ictinus). From the Canary Islands. Presented

by E. G. Meade-Waldo, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Dunlin (Tringa alpina). Purchased.

2 Manatees (Manatus americanus), 9 et pull. From Manatee

Bay, Jamaica, W.I. Presented by Sir Henry A. Blake,

K.C.M.G. See P.Z.S. 1893, p. 691.

2 Ospreys (Pandion haliaétus). From Hayti, W.1. Pur-

chased.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by

Capt. F. Baker.

2 Common Quails (Coturnix communis), Presented by Capt.

F. Baker.

1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus rufescens). Presented

by Kenneth Crawley, Esq., R.N.

2 Purple Porphyrios (Porphyrio ceruleus). From Sicily. Pre-

sented by Joseph 8. Whitaker, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

John Cook, Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Stanley Sinclair, Esq.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Purchased,

1 King Saitinate (Gypagus papa, jr.). Purchased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Turtle-Doye (Turtur communis). Presented by Miss Alice

L. West.

2 Rufous-necked Weaver-birds (Hyphantornis textor). Pur-

chased.

5 Yellowish Weaver-birds (Sitagra luteola). Purchased.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

2 White-handed Gibbons (Hylobates la), 2 g. Deposited.

1 Yellow-crowned Bulbul ( Trachycomus ochrocephalus). Depo-

sited.

1 Chestnut-eared Finch (Amadina castanotis). Presented by

Mrs. Kemp-Welch.

1 De Filippi’s Meadow-Starling (Stwrnella defilippi), 3. Pre-

sented by Mrs. Kemp-Welch.

5 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Deposited.

2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis, var. schreibert). From Spain.

Deposited.

2 Wall-Lizards (Lacerta muralis). Deposited.

2 Slowworms (Anguis fragilis). Deposited.

1 Common Frog (Rana temporaria). Deposited.

1 Edible Frog (Rana esculenta). Deposited.

4 Schlagintweit’s Frogs (Rana cyanophlyctis). From Ceylon,

Deposited.

3 Black-spotted Toads (Bufo melanostictus). From Ceylon,

Deposited.

2 Common Toads (Bufo vulgaris). Deposited.

3 Fire-bellied Toads (Bombinator igneus). ie san

2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by the

Executors of the late Fred Burgess.

1 Punctured Salamander (Amblystoma punctatum), Presented

by J. H. Thomson, Esq., Ph.D., C.M.Z.S.

26. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Robert Gallon, Esq.

780

APPENDIX.

Oct. 26. 4 Common Toads (Bufo vulgaris). From Jersey. Presented

31.

Noy. 1

10,

by J. Stanton, Esq.

. 2 Dunlins (Tringa alpina). Purchased.

1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Zimosa lapponica). Purchased.

1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Deposited.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), Q. Presented by Miss

G. A. Gollock.

1 Black-handed Spider-Monkey (Ateles geoffroyi). Presented

by T. E. M. Rymer-Jones, Esq.

7 Common Quails (Coturnix communis). Presented by Mrs.

Rickards.

1 Grey-headed Porphyrio (Porphyrio poliocephala). Presented

by Mrs. Rickards.

2Common Terns (Sterna hirundo). Presented by Mrs.

Rickards.

2 Common Toads (Bufo vulgaris). Presented by Mrs. Rickards,

2 Bull Frogs (Rana castesbiana). Presented by Mrs. Rickards,

. 1 Philippine Deer (Cervus philippinus), 2. Presented by Capt.

T, C. Saunders.

. 1 Bay Wood-Owl (Phodilus badius). Deposited.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

W. Wylde, Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

the Hon. Mrs. EK. Yorke.

. 2 Rose Hill-Parrakeets (Platycercus eximius). From Tasmania.

Purchased.

1 Purple Sandpiper (TZringa striata). Purchased.

1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by Mr. A.

Green.

. 1 White-handed Gibbon (Hylobates lar), 2. Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by

Mrs. B. E. F. Stevens.

1 Blossom-headed Parrakeet (Paleornis cyanocephalus), 3. Pre-

sented by Mrs. Osmond Barnes.

2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by B. Tremble,

. 2 Lapwings (Vanellus vulgaris). Purchased.

1 Common Curlew (Numenius arquata). Purchased.

2 Dingoes (Canis dingo). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Hairy-nosed Wombat (Phascolomys latifrons), 3. Presented

by E. W. Marshall, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Marabou Storks (Leptoptilus crumeniferus). Presented by

KE. W. Marshall, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Javan Adjutant (Leptoptilus javanicus). Presented by E. W.

Marshall, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 White-necked Stork (Dissuwra episcopus). Presented by E. W.

Marshall, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 3. Purchased.

2 Hedgehogs (Erinaceus europeus). Presented by Mr. W.

Chatterton.

3 ae (Erinaceus europeus). Presented by Mr. A. H.

ird.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by James

Kendal, Esq.

» 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), . Pre-

sented by Mr. Bayes,

Nov. 14.

165.

ey)

24,

29,

30.

Coe

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGHRIE, 781

1 Ebest Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Mr. C. E.

orres.

1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Charles

Smith, Esq. %

1 Lion (Felis leo), 9. From West Africa. Deposited by H.M.

The Queen.

1 Cunning Bassaris (Bassaris astuta). Purchased. See P.Z.S.

1893, p. 729.

. 1 American Bison (Bison americanus), 9. Deposited.

. 2 Persian Jerboas (Alactaga decumana). Presented by Capt.

R. A. Ogilby, F.Z.S. See P. Z. S. 1893, p. 729.

. 1 Caucasian Wild Goat (Capra caucasica), 9. From the

Central Caucasus. Presented by H. H. P. Deasy, Esq. See

P. Z. S. 1893, p. 729.

. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 3. Deposited.

2 Ce Tarmosets (Hapale jacchus), Presented by Dr. 8,

tegeall.

1 Duyker Bok (Cephalophus mergens), 3. Presented by Miss

Gertrude A. Winby.

6 Meyer’s Parrots (Paocephalus meyert). From the Transvaal.

Deposited.

1 Alario Sparrow (Passer alario). From the Transvaal.

Deposited.

1 Meyer’s Parrot (Peocephalus meyeri), From the Transvaal,

Presented by Mrs. B. Searelle.

. 1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 6. Presented by

W. P. Cox, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Deposited.

2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by Major

Boyd Bredon.

3 Palm-Squirrels (Sczwus palmarum). Presented by Mrs. 8S.

W. Maclver.

. 2 Puffins (Fratercula arctica). Presented by E, Hammond,

Esq.

2 Redshanks ( Totanus calidris). Purchased.

. 1 Northern Mocking-bird (Mimus polyglottus). Presented by

Miss Dorothy Williams.

1 Viperine Snake (Tropidonotus viperinus). Presented by Miss

Ffennell.

1 Common Otter (Zutra vulgaris). Presented by C. B.C. de

Vit, Esq.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by J. G. Good-

child, Esq., F.Z.S. :

1 Red Tiger-Cat (Felis chrysothrix). From Accra, West

Africa. Presented by Wm. Adams, Esq.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), $. From

Mombasa, East Africa. Presented by T. E. C, Remington,

Esq.

1 Sykes Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), §. From Mom-

basa, East Africa. Presented by T. E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Bell’s Cynixys (Cynivys belliana). From Mombasa, Hast

Africa, Presented by T. E. C. Remington, Esq.

5 Barbary Partridges (Caccabis petrosa). Deposited.

1 Collection of Marine Fishes. Purchased.

782

Dec,

10.

11,

18.

19.

APPENDIX.

13 Rufous Tinamus (Jthynchotus rufescens). Purchased.

2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by Austen

E. Harris, Esq.

1 Pale-headed Parrakeet (Platycercus pallidiceps), Presented

by C. B, Lawes, Esq.

. 2 Leopards (Felis pardus). Deposited.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by

Mrs. Rowland Tomson.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Common Crossbills (Zoxia curvirostra). Presented by Mr.

H. C. Martin.

1 era irae (Turdus musicus). Presented by Mr. H. C.

artin,

2 Arctic Foxes (Canis lagopus), Presented by the Duke of

Hamilton, K.T., F.Z.S.

1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 2. Deposited.

. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Kenelm

Chandler, Esq.

1 Moloch Lizard (Moloch horridus). Presented by Mr. John

Carter.

2 Short-toed Eagles (Circaétus gallicus). Deposited.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Sir F. D. Dixon-Hartland, Bt., M.P.

2 Adorned Ceratophrys (Ceratophrys ornata). Presented by

Miss Mildred FitzHugh.

1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 2. Presented by Mrs.

Francis Bell.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus). Deposited.

4 Bernicle Geese (Bernicla leucopsis),2 $,2 9. Presented by

Sir Henry Peek, Bt., F.Z.S.

1 Variegated Sheldrake (Zadorna variegata). Presented by

Sir Henry Peek, Bt., F.Z.8,

. 6 Smooth-clawed Frogs (Xenopus levis), Hatched in the

Gardens.

21. 1 Little Auk (Mergulus alle). Presented by J. W. C. Stares,

Esq.

2. 3 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas). Presented by J.

Matcham, Esq.

. | Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus). Presented by Henry

Vine, Esq.

. 1 Diamond Snake (Morelia spilotes). Presented by Commander

A. Burgess, R.N.R.

1 Diamond Snake (Morelia spilotes). Purchased.

. 1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by C. Knox

Shaw, Esq., F.Z.8,

. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus) (black variety), ¢. From Malacca.

Presented by the Duke of Newcastle, F.Z.S.

dl. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mr, John

- Stanton,

Abantis

bicolor, 63.

paradisea, 63.

tettensis, ‘7, 16, 44, 63, |

64, 131

Abaratha

ransonneti2, 62.

Ablepsis, gen. noy., 19,

vulpinus, 19, 36.

Abraxas

alpestris, 394.

diaphana, 393.

grossulariata, 393.

irrorata, 393.

metamorpha, 392.

nigrivena, 394.

picaria, 393.

semilugens, 393, 394.

tenebraria, 389.

triseriata, 394, 484.

Acanthocerus

tuberculatus, '705.

Achalarus

bifasciata, 34.

casyapa, 34.

lilianha, 34,

lycidas, 19, 33, 34.

Achatina, sp., 635.

Sulica, 635.

tavaresiana, 635.

Achlyodes

* fredericus, 43, 52.

nyctineme, 5d.

Achrosis

quadraria, 409.

Acleros ri g6

leuc a, 71, 76.

pias er, 669.

plactdus, 669.

Acolastus

amyntas, 25.

lividus, 25.

savignyt, 17, 25,

INDEX.

Acrsea

abadina, 656.

acara, 658.

acrita, 657.

adrasta, 656.

albomaculata, 657.

amphimalla, 657.

anemosa, 658.

arcticincta, 658.

areca, 658.

asema, 656.

bonasia, 555, 655, 657.

bresia, 657.

cabira, 655.

cecilia, 656.

caldarena, 657.

cappadox, 637.

cheribula, 657.

conradti, 657.

doubledayi, 656, 657.

empusa, 656.

eponina, 65d.

excelsior, 655.

Sornax, 657.

guillemei, 658.

horta, 656.

insularis, 555.

johnstoni, 657, 658.

kahra, 658.

kilimandjara, 657.

ligus, 657.

lycia, 656.

marnots, 656.

masaris, 657.

monteironis, 657.

natalica, 658.

nelusca, 657.

newtont, 554.

miobe, 554.

ombria, 657.

oncea, 656.

peneleos, 554.

periphanes, 657.

perrupta, 656,

Acrza

proteina, 657.

pseudolycia, 658.

punctatissima, 656.

rahira, 656.

regalis, 657.

sambave, 657.

serena, 655, 656.

serena-melas, 657.

strattipocles, 657.

terpsichore, 655.

ventura, 655.

vinidia, 655.

viole, 655.

zetes, 554.

(Planema) johnstoni,

658.

Acridium

celestre, 606.

Actenochroma, gen. nov.,

350.

farinosa, 350.

viridaria, 350.

Actias

luna, 279.

mimose, 280.

selene, 278.

Actinor, gen.nov., 92, 108.

radians, 92, 108.

Adapis

magnus, 533.

parisiensis, 533.

Adopza

actgon, 98.

boeta, 98.

hylax, 98, 99.

hyrax, 98.

linea, 98.

lineola, 98.

thawmas, 91, 98, 132.

venula, 98

virgula, 98.

wrightii, 98.

Adoretus, sp., 748.

784

Aichmophorus

major, 613.

J&dia

dulcistriga, 679.

Jigeria

ceraca, 280.

A®gocera

JServida, 674.

meneta, 674.

Aellopus

hirundo, 674.

/®luropus

melanoleucus, 449.

/Epyceros

melampus, 723, '728.

/€pyprymnuus

ch Se a 451, 464,

472.

Aeromachus

indistineta, 80.

ghora, 80.

johnstoni, 673.

kali, 80.

stigmata, 71, 80.

Jatheius

archytas, 130.

AMthilla

coracind, 38.

echina, 38.

eleusinia, 19, 37, 38,

16 ie

epicra, 38.

igas, 37, 38.

Tcohra: 38.

Agalliastes

simplex, 706.

Agrilus

grandis, 748.

Agyrta

chena, 281.

micilia, 282.

pandemia, 282.

phylla, 282, 310.

Ahesetulla

neglecta, 618, 620.

Aides

epitus, 180.

Alactaga

decumana, 729.

Alena

amazoula, 6959.

hautteceuri, 659.

interposita, 659.

major, 659.

nyassa, 609.

—, var. ochracea, 659.

Alastor

angulicollis, 689.

Alcis

granitaria, 421.

nigralbata, 421.

INDEX,

Alcis

subnitida, 421.

subrufaria, 422.

tenera, 422.

Alera

Furcata, 130.

Alestes

imberi, 619.

Allochotes

bicolor, 581.

chrysomelina, 581.

Allolobophora

chloritica, 319.

longa, 319, 320, 321,

324

turgida, 319.

Allomys

nitens, 192.

Alyczus

bi-rugosus, 593,

busbyi, 595.

conicus, 593.

crenatus, 595.

distinctus, 592.

dohertyi, 595.

granum, var. major,

594,

ingramt, 592.

magnus, 594,

multirugosus, 593.

nagaensis, 594.

ochraceus, 594.

otiphorus, 594.

plectocheilus, 595.

rubinus, 594,

subculmen, 593.

vestitis, 593.

(Dioryx) granum, 593.

Alydus

pallescens, 705.

Amathia

nigronotata, 362, 434.

rivularis, 363, 484,

sanguinipunctata, 868,

434.

Amauris

albimaculata, 644.

echeria, 644.

hanningtonit, 644.

jacksoni, 644.

lobengula, 644,

ochlea, 644.

steckeri, 644.

whyter, 644.

Amblyomma

venustum, 177.

Amblyscirtes

comus, 80.

eos, 80.

textor, 80.

vialis, 71, 80,

Amenis, gen. nov,, 11, 12,

pionia, 11, 12

ponina, 12.

Amerila

rubripes, 677.

Amnestus

subferrugineus, 705.

Ameebe

bidentata, 372.

niveopicta, 872, 433.

Amorphozancle, gen.noy.,

408.

discata, 408, 484,

Amphiuma

means, 2'78.

tridactyla, 278.

Ampittia

bernieri, 96.

camertes, 96,

cariate, 96.

dispar, 96.

dioscorides, 96.

inornatus, 96.

maro, 90, 95.

mirza, 96.

pardalina, 96.

rhadama, 96.

Ampullaria

ovata, 685,

Anachalcos

converus, 748,

Anagoge

albipicta, 410.

concinna, 411.

costinotata, 411.

lignicolor, 411.

rufa, 412.

Anaplecta

lateralis, 600, 601.

Anas

andamanensis, 614.

Anasa

bellator, 705.

scorbutica, 705.

Anastrus

obscurus, 43, 54, 55.

petius, 5A,

simplicia, 54.

Anaulacomera

antillarum, 600, 607.

Anchophthalmus

silphoides, 741,

Ancistrocampta

hiarbas, 19, 38,

suthina, 38.

Ancistroides

longicornis, 93, 116.

othonias, 116.

Ancyloxypha

numitor, 91, 97.

puer, 97,

Androcharta

leechi, 2838.

Anisochoria

albiplaga, 59, 181

lemur, 59.

palpalis, 59,

pedaliodina, 59.

polysticta, 44, 59.

sublimbata, 59,

Anisodes

argentispila, 361.

Anisops

elegans, 706.

pallipes, 706.

Anisota

rubicunda, 279.

Anoka, gen. noy., 701.

mitrata, 701.

vernalis, 701, 704.

Anommotes

nigrivenosus, 676, 684.

tenella, 676.

Anomala

sp., 740,

Anomalurus

beecrofti, 214, 215.

Sraseri, 214, 215.

Anonychia, gen. noy.,

412.

grisea, 412.

rostrifera, 412, 484.

Anophia

dulcistriga, 679.

Anoura

geoffroyi, 335.

Antherza

mylitta, 278.

Antheua

simplex, 678.

Anthia

fornasini, 739.

Anthocharis

phleqyas, 664.

theogone, 664,

Anthomaster

leonardus, 91, 99.

Antigonus

erosus, 58.

hippalus, 58.

jamesoni, 669.

nearchus, 44, 57, 58.

ustus, 58.

westermanmi, 58.

Antilope

defassa, 7277.

unctuosa, 728.

Anubis

bohemanni, '744.

clavicornis, 743, 744.

dissitus, 744,

Srontalis, 743, -

INDEX.

Anubis

scalaris, 748, 744.

seamaculatus, 744.

Anura

geoffroyi, 335.

Apatelodes

cirna, 298.

Jirmeana, 298.

pandara, 298.

Apaustus

gracilis, 97.

menes, 90, 96, 97, 182.

placidus, 669.

Aphnzeus

homeyeri, 662.

nyasse, 662.

Aplochlora, gen. noyv.,

viridis, 386, 434.

vivilaca, 386.

Apomecyna

latefasciata, 748.

Apophyga, gen. nov.,

sericea, 418.

Ara

leari, 510, 514.

militaris, 510.

Aramides

ypecaha, 531.

Arctictis

binturong, 495, 592.

Arctogale

leucotis, 495.

Arctomys

himalayanus, 449.

robustus, 449.

Ardaris, gen. nov., 11,13.

eximia, 11, 18, 131.

Argina

amanda, 677.

leonina, 677.

Argopteron, gen. nov., 72,

aureipennis, 72, 88, 89.

puelme, 88.

Argynnis

ae 279.

Argyroeides

ortona, 282.

Arichanna

biquadrata, 423.

marginata, 423.

rubrivena, 424, 433.

sub@nescens, 336, 337,

841, 426.

subalbida, 425, 434.

tramesata, 426.

transfasciata, 425.

Arnetta, gen. nov., 72, 81.

atkinsoni,s72, 81, 82.

785

Arnetta

nilgiriana, 82. -

subtestaceus, 82,

vindhiana, 82.

Aroa

discalis, 678.

ochraceata, 677.

Artaxa

ochraceata, 677.

Arteurotia

tractipennis, 42, 45.

Arthroleptis

macrodactyla, 619,

620.

Artibeus

bilobatus, 336.

cinereus, 336.

glaucus, 336.

perspicillatus, 336, 337.

quadrivittatus, 336.

(Dermanura) cinereus,

336.

Arvelius

albopunctatus, '705.

Ascia

striata, 159.

Asterodon

granulosus, 261.

grayi, 261.

pedicellaris, 261, 262.

singularis, 262.

Asthena

flavilinea, 363.

ochracea, 364, 434.

rufigrisea, 364, 434,

Astictopterus

gama, 93, 114, 115.

nubilus, 115.

olivascens, 115.

xanites, 77.

Astraptes

aulestes, 26.

Astrogonium

meridionale, 261.

miliare, 262.

paxillosum, 262.

Astycus

augias, 102.

Astyochia

pallene, 296.

paulina, 296.

Atalopedes

cunaxa, 100.

huron, 91, 100.

mesogramma, 100.

Atechna

clarki, 746.

Ateles

Ca 589, 590,

592

melanochir, 590, 592,

Atella

columbina, 658.

Atrytone

delaware, 111.

hobomok, 111.

iowa, 93, 111.

logan, 111.

pocahontas, 111.

quadaquina, 111.

zabulon, 111,

Attacus

atlas, 278.

cynthia, 278.

pernyi, 278.

roylei, 278.

Attelabus

(Pleurolabus), sp., 742.

Augiades

herculea, 108.

sylvanus, 92, 103, 131.

venata, 103.

Autallacta, gen. nov., 365. |

lineata, 365.

subobliquaria, 365.

Autochloris

oratha, 281.

varipes, 281.

Auzeodes, gen. noyv., 404.

nigroseriata, 405,

Axiocerses

amanga, 662.

harpax, 662.

perion, 662.

Azanus

natalensis, 661.

Azazia -

rubricans, 682.

Baccha

adspersa, 146.

amphithoe, 132, 185,

142, 163.

apicalis, 141.

babista, 159.

basalis, 159.

bicolor, 132, 137, 168.

bigoti, 185, 147, 148.

brevipennis, 147.

cerulea, 134

clavata, 159.

conjuncta, 135, 136.

crocata, 133, 185, 155,

164

erocea,133,135,157,164.

cultrata, 183, 185, 151,

164.

dispar, 141, 159.

elongata, 135, 136.

fallax, 132, 142, 163.

fervida, 133, 135, 158,

164,

INDEX,

Baccha

Alaven, 138, 135, 153, |

giloa, 188, 185, 154, |

164.

gratiosa, 143.

incompta, 133, 1385,

147, 163.

levissima, 188, 185,

146, 1638.

lineata, 150.

livida, 135, 150.

luctuosa, 135.

moluccana, 138, 144.

notata, 150.

nubilipennis, 132, 136,

, 164,

pedicellata, 139.

pamela Be 139,

141, 1

pumila, 133, 135, 148,

164,

purpuricola, 138, 159.

refulgens, 132, 138,

163.

rubricosa, 186.

rugosifrons, 147.

sagittifera, 183, 135,

144, 163.

signifera, 133, 135,

145, 163.

silacea, 133, 135, 149,

164.

stenogaster, 147.

sulica, 132, 144, 163.

triangulifera, 132, 138,

163.

tripartita, 159.

varia, 159.

vespeformis, 143.

(Syrphus) flavipennis,

150

ou.

Bacteria

cyphus, 606.

Badamia

exclamationis, 124, 128.

Bagrus

bayad, 626.

meridionalis, 619, 626.

Balxnoptera

sp. ine., 496.

Baoris

amadhu, 672.

assamensis, 106.

austeni, 106.

bevani, 106.

cingalensis, 106.

colaca, 106.

contigua, 106.

cormassa, 106.

eltola, 106.

Baoris

Ffarri, 106.

Fatuellus, 106, 672.

inconspicua, 106, 672.

jansonensis, 106.

kumara, 106.

marsena, 106.

moolata, 106.

narood, 106.

oceia, 91, 106, 182.

pagana, 106.

pellucida, 106.

penicillata, 106.

scopulifera, 106.

seriata, 106.

sikkima, 106.

toona, 106.

uma, 106.

wmbrata, 106.

unicolor, 106.

zellert, 106.

Bapta

griseola, 386.

Baracus

Senestratus, 673.

inornatus, 114.

lepeletiert, 114.

septentrionwm, 114,673,

subditus, 114.

tsita, 114.

vittatus, 93, 114,

Barbus

trimaculatus, 619.

Bassaris

astuta, 614, 729.

Bathydema, gen. noy.,

709.

socia, 705, 710.

Bdellostoma

bischoffi, 732.

cirrhatum, 732, 733.

heterotrema, 782.

polytrema, 732.

Belenois

agrippina, 664.

auriginea, 665.

calypso, 663, 665.

crawshayt, 665, 666.

diminuta, 666, 684.

gidica, 665.

zanthe, 662.

lordaca, 665.

mesentina, 664, 665.

sabrata, 663.

severina, 664, 665.

thysa, 663.

welwitschii, 662.

zochalia, 665.

Berardius

arnuxti, 219, 220, 223,

224, 227.

Berardius

hectori, 227.

Berta

albiplaga, 357, 434.

Bettongia

lesuewri, 451, 464.

Bibasis

sena, 124, 128.

Bliastes

striolata, 608.

superbus, 607.

Blissus

leucopterus, 705.

Blosyrus

carinatus, 748.

Bombyx

phedonia, 677.

Bos

bonasus, 175.

buffelus, 496.

grunniens, 449,

sondaicus, 496.

Botys

multilinealis, 684.

muscerddalis, 684.

Brachymetra

albinervis, 706.

Brachyopa

rufo-cyaned, 163.

Bradypus

588, 589,

cuculliger,

tridactylus, 586.

Branchiura

sowerbit, 486.

Brontiades

procas, 41.

Bubalis

caama, 1, 2.

lewcoprymnus, 504.

lichtensteini, 504, 506,

723.

lunata, 1, 2.

mauritanica, 614.

Bucorax

abyssinicus, 614.

Budorcas

taxicolor, 449.

Bufo

typhonius, 527.

Buliminus

(Rachis) stictus, 634.

Bunea

epithyrena, 678.

Bungalotis, gen. nov., 18,

astrapeus, 28.

astylos, 28.

erythus, 28.

gonatus, 28.

heras, 28.

INDEX,

Bungalotis

midas, 18, 28, 131.

nicephorus, 28.

pelignus, 28.

phaselis, 28.

poligius, 28.

ramusis, 28.

sebrus, 28.

Butleria

agathocles, 79.

arsines, 79.

bisseaguttatus, '79.

caicus, '79

caracates, 79.

cenides,'79.

conquenensis, 79.

cypselus, 79.

imidiatus, 79, 131.

diraspes, 79.

eburones, 79.

epiphaneus, 79.

eryonas, 79.

evages, 79.

exornatus, 71, 79.

flavomaculatus, 79.

Sructicolens, 79.

—, var. pulcher, 79.

oe quadrinotatus,

— ee tractipennis,

hesperioides, 79.

hilina, 79.

ibhara, 79.

jelskyi, 79.

oxaites, 79.

paniscoides, 79.

philippii, 79.

polycrates, 79.

polyspilus, 79.

sotot, 79.

valdivianus, 79.

vicina, 79.

Cabirus

julettus, 19, 41.

procas, 4.

Cacatua

cristata, 508, 514.

philippinarum, 508.

triton, 508.

Cadorena

sinuata, 684.

Cecina

calathana, 19, 36.

compusa, 36.

Calamaria

baluensis, 524.

everetti, 525.

sumatrana, 525,

787

Oaletes

apterus, 606.

Caligula

eucalypti, 279.

Japonica, 279.

Calliana

pieridoides, 18, 31.

Oalliderma

grayt, 261.

Callimerus

albosparsus, 572.

amabilis, 566, 571.

arcuatus, 574.

bellus, 571, 572.

benedictus, 573.

dohertyanus, 572.

dulcis, 566, 570.

elegans, 566.

fea, 571.

gracilis, 566.

hydnoceroides, 574.

insolatus, 567.

latesignatus, 567,

latifrons, 567.

mirandus, 566.

mysticus, 571.

niveus, 571, 572.

ornatus, 571.

pictus, 572, 573.

rusticus, 567.

suavis, 566.

Callimormus

Juvenatus, 130.

Calliodes

apollina, 679.

glaucescens, 680.

pretiosissima, 680.

rivuligera, 679.

Callosune

anaxz, 664.

Calluga

modesta, 383.

Calpodes

egita, 105.

ares, 105.

brino, 105.

epitus, 105.

ethlius, 91, 104, 105,

evadnes, 105.

lutetia, 105.

nero, 105.

nyctelius, 105.

ochramus, 105.

ocola, 105.

Calyptocephalus

grayt, 271.

Calyptorhynchus

banksi, 508, 509.

Camptopleura

ebenus, 55.

aphicrates, 55.

788

Oamptopleura

theramenes, 43, 50,

131.

thrasybulus, 55,

Canis

sp. inc., 502.

aureus, 493.

lupus, yar. laniger,

49,

Oanopus

rubripes, 677.

Canthocamptus

Jinni, 164, 166.

northumbricus, 165.

trispinosus, 165.

Capila

jayadeva, 18, 30.

Capra

caucasica, 175,

729, 730.

cylindricornis, 730.

severtzowi, 730.

sibirica, 449.

Caprona

canopus, 62.

erosula, 62.

Jamesoni, 669.

pillaana, 44, 62, 131,

669.

potiphera, 62.

ransonnetit, 62,

saraya, 62.

syrichthus, 62.

taylorit, 62.

Carcharodus

alcee, 67, 68.

—, var. australis, 67.

—, var. nostras, 67.

althee, 68.

—, var. beticus, 68.

—, var. marrubii, 68.

dravira, 68.

gemina, 68.

lavatere, 44, 67.

male, 67.

malvarum, 67.

swinhoei, 67, 68.

Carponycteris

minimus, 494.

Carterocephalus

palemon, 89.

Carystus

bursa, 121.

claudianus, 121.

Jolus, 93, 121.

marpesia, 121.

phorcus, 121.

Cassida

sp., 748.

hybrida, 747.

purummaculata, 747.

INDEX.

Cassina

senegalensis, 618.

Castalius

azureus, 661.

hypoleucus, 660.

leucon, 661.

Castnia

endelechia, 280.

eudesmia, 281,

Oastor

Jiber, 180, 612.

Casyapa

caristus, 29.

corvus, 18, 29.

critomedia, 29.

odix, 29

Catamerus

Sairmairei, 742.

intermedius, 742.

revoili, 741, '742.

rugosus, 741, 742.

transvaalensis, 742.

Oatharsius

platycerus, 748.

Catochrysops

asopus, 660.

ella, 556.

osiris, 660.

sancti-thome, 5d6.

Catopsilia

Jlorella, 664.

pyrene, 664,

Oatorhintha

mendica, 705.

Causus

rhombeatus, 618.

Oavia

cutleri, 340.

(Kerodon) doliviensis,

341.

Cecropterus

aunus, 32.

bipunctatus, 32.

cincta, 32.

itylus, 32.

neis, 32,

phrynicus, 32.

zarex, 18, 81, 82.

Celeenorrhinus

ambareesa, 49,

area, 50.

asmara, 49,

astrigera, 49.

aurivittata, 50, 115.

badia, 49.

biseriata, 49.

boadicea, 49.

cacus, 49,

chamunda, 49.

consertus, 49.

cynapes, 49.

Celzenorrhinus

dhanada, 50, 115.

eligius, 43, 49.

Susca, 49.

galenus, 49.

ladana, 115.

lewcocera, 49.

lugens, 49.

maculata, 49.

maculosa, 49.

meditrina, 49.

mokeezi, 50.

munda, 49.

pero, 49.

proxima, 49.

pulomaya, 49.

putra, 49.

pyrrha, 49.

shema, 49.

simula, 49.

sptlothyrus, 49.

sumitra, 49.

Cephalolophus

grimmius, 504.

Cephonodes

hylas, 674.

Ceralces

JSerrugineus, 746.

natalensis, '746.

ornata, 748.

Oeratorhina

princeps, 739, 740.

Ceratrichia

aretina, 117.

argyrosticta, 117.

flava, 117.

nothus, 93, 11'7.

phocion, 117, 132.

stellata, 673.

Cercaria

cystophora, 498.

Cercocebus

albigena, 256.

Cercoleptes

caudivolvulus, 592.

Cercopithecus

albigularis, 250, 251,

256, 257, 441, 442,

441, 506, 691.

ascanius, 244, 245, 246,

aterrimus, 256.

boutourlinit, 256, 441,

442, 443.

brazze, 254, 255, 443.

buettikoferi, 244,

burnetti, 251.

callitrichus, 247, 248,

616.

campbelli, 250, 251.

cephus, 244, 246.

eynosurus, 247,

Cercopithecus

diadematus, 253.

diana, 258, 254, 257,

443.

— ignitus, 255.

— typicus, 255.

eravlebeni, 253, 254.

erythrarchus, 247, 249,

258.

erythrogaster, 250, 252.

erythrotis, 244, 246.

flavidus, 256.

grayt, 256.

grisco-viridis, AT,

248.

griseus, 248.

labiatus, 251, 256.

lalandii, 247, 248, 615,

616.

leucampyx, 250, 258.

ludiv, 244, 245.

martini, 244, 245.

melanogenys, 244, 245,

246, 257.

moloneyt, 250, 252.

mona, 250, 256, 257.

monoides, 256.

neglectus, 250, 253, 443.

mictitans, 244, 246, 257.

nigripes, 253, 254.

achraceus, 257.

opisthostictus, 725.

palatinus, 257.

patas, 249.

petaurista, 244, 245,

257.

picturatus, 257.

pluto, 258.

pogonias, 253, 254.

pygerythrus, 247, 248,

249, 258.

pyrrhonotus, 249, 250,

257.

roloway, 257.

ruber, 249, 250, 257.

pufo-viridis, 249, 256,

258.

sabeus, 247, 248, 258.

samango, 250, 251, 252,

256, 720.

schmidti, 244, 245, 246.

signatus, 257.

stairsi, 250, 252, 443,

612. ae

stampflii, ,

ee 258.

temmincki, 258.

wernert, 258.

wolfi, 258.

Oeroplesis

cai, 744

INDEX.

Cervicapra

iain 728.

Cervulus

muntjac, 496.

reevest, 591.

Cervus

sp. inc., 496.

affinis, 445, 447,

449

canadensis, 446, 447.

cashmirianus, 447.

dybowskii, 444, 448.

elaphus, 444, 445, 446,

equinus, 496.

eustephanus, 447.

hippelaphus, 4938,

496

nariyanus, 444, 447,

448.

thoroldi, 444, 445, 448,

449.

yarkandensis, 447.

Cetonia

impressa, 740.

Chzrocampa

elpenor, 279.

osiris, 674.

Chetoneura

nearchus, 57.

Chalyboclydon, gen. nov.,

366

366.

marginata, 366, 434.

Chameleon

dilepis, 618.

melleri, 618.

Chapra

mathias, 105.

Charaxes

achemenes, 648.

alladinis, 648.

bohemani, 649.

citheron, 649.

ethalion, 648, 649.

Fabius, 648.

guderiana, 648.

hollandii, 648.

jocaste, 648.

kirkii, 648.

monteiri, 556.

neanthes, 650.

pithodoris, 649.

saturnus, 647.

talaguge, 649.

tiridates, 649.

whytei, 649, 684.

Charidea_ -

Jync, 283.

orbona, 283, 310.

Charilina

amabilis, 674.

789

Chiasmia

strigata, 412, 484.

Chimarrogale

himalayica, 495.

Chionis

alba, 178.

Chiromeles

torquatus, 495.

Chiromys

madagascariensis, 185.

Chironectes

minimus, 341.

Chiropodomys

major, 495.

pusillus, 495.

Chiruromys

forbesi, 213.

Chlorocebus

cynosurus, 247.

engythithia, 247. °

ruber, 250.

rufo-viridis, 258.

sabeus, 248.

Chlorodontopera, gen.

nov., 351.

eruginata, 352.

chalybeata, 352.

Choaspes

bergamini, 129.

Cheronycteris

peruana, 330.

Cholcepus

didactylus, 588,

591.

Choneziphius

packardi, 224.

planirostrés, 219.

planus, 219.

Choranthus

radians, 130.

Chorisoneura

mysteca, 600, 601.

Choristoneura

apicalis, 130.

Chromis

burtont, 631, 632.

callipterus, 619,

628.

589,

628,

diagramma, 632.

horei, 630, 632.

Johnston, 619, 622,628.

kirki, 619, 624, 628.

lethrinus, 619, 622,

628.

squamipinnis, 619,

621, 630.

subocularis, 619, 621,

628

tanganice, 630.

tetrastigma, 619, 628,

628.

790

Chromis

williamsi, 619, 624,

528.

Chrysoplectrum, gen.

nov., 17, 24.

otriades, 17, 24, 25,

131.

Chrysotis

bodin, 509.

erythrura, 509, 514.

guildingi, 512.

leucocephala, 509, 512.

levaillanti, 509.

versicolor, 509.

viridigenalis, 509.

Chunga

burmeisteri, 614.

Cicindela

clathrata, 747.

Cidaria

dentistrigata, 374, 433.

exquisita, 375, 433.

intertexta, 874, 433.

rostrifera, 412.

Cladiscus

attenuatus, 569.

decoratus, 570.

distortus, 569.

obeliscus, 570.

ruficornis, 570.

sanguinicollis, 567,

569.

strangulatus, 567.

Cladophora

fracta, 262, 267.

Cleopatra

bulimoides, 637.

emini, 638.

johnstoni, 637, 641.

muweruensis, 637, 641.

Olerada

apicicornis, 705.

Clerus

dulcis, 566.

mollisfascia, 579.

rufiventris, 568.

subfasciatus, 577.

Clonistria

linearis, 605.

Clostera

anachoreta, 279.

Clotho

rhinoceros, 618, 620.

Cobalus

physcelia, 120.

virbius, 93, 120.

Cobus

crawshayi, 726, 727.

defassa, 727.

ellipsiprymnus, 504,

505, 506, 726, 727.

INDEX,

Oobus

lechee, '724, 728.

sing-sing, 614, 728.

wnetuosus, 727, '728.

vardont, "23, 724,

728

Cceliades

dubius, 180.

Ccelogenys

paca, 591,

Cogia

calchas, 32.

hassan, 18, 32.

terranea, 32.

Coladenia

dan, 49.

fatih, 49.

indrani, 43, 49.

kehelatha, 49.

tissa, 49.

Colasposoma

sp., 746.

cyaneocupreum, 746.

Colias

edusa, 279, 663.

pyrene, 664.

Colius

capensis, 528.

Collaria

explicata, 705.

Comostola

cerulea, 354, 433.

Connocheetes

gmt, 325.

gorgon, 614.

taurina, 507.

Conocephalus

guttatus, 608.

infuscatus, 608.

maxillosus, 608.

muticus, 608.

punctipes, 608.

surinamensis, 608.

Conoryctes

ditrigonus, 199,

Conurus

aureus, 510.

cruentatus, 510.

Copzeodes

aurantiaca, 98,

nanus, 98.

procris, 91, 97, 98.

Coracopsis

vasa, 435,

Coriscus

capsiformis, 706.

roripes, 706.

Corizus

cide, var. pictipes, 705.

Corone

tsmenotdes, 130,

Ooronella

olivacea, 618.

—, var. dumerilit,

618

Coryna

apicipustulata, 742.

Corynodes

compressicornis, 745.

dejeani, 745.

zombe, "745.

Corythuca

sp. ine., 706.

gossypii, 706, 717.

rax

albini, 614.

Crenis

crawshayi, 654, 684.

natalensis, 556, 654.

rosa, 654,

Cressonia

Juglandis, 279.

Oricetomys

gambianus, 503.

Cricula

trifenestrata, 278.

Crocidura

sp. ine., 501.

aranea, 449.

dorie, 495.

fetida, 495.

Suliginosa, 495.

Orossarchus

Jasciatus, 501, 502.

mungo, 501.

Cry ptoloba,gen.nov.,343.

e@rata, 344,

minor, 344,

subusta, 344,

tréinotata, 344, 434,

Ctenochilus

pilipalpus, 690,

Ctenoptilum

agnt, 44.

multiguitata, 60.

vasava, 44, 60.

Cuculus

affinis, 316.

canoroides, 319,

canorus, 315, 316, 817,

319

himalayanus, 315, 316,

317.

intermedius, 317, 318,

micropterus, 316, 317,

319.

passerinus, 317.

poliocephalus, 315, 316

317, 318.

saturatus, 316, 319,

sonnerati, 316.

striatus, 316, 317.

Cupido

arinia, 549, 550.

celius, 548.

cyanea, 549,

mis, 539.

danis, 541.

hymetus, 547.

lingeus, 556.

philostratus, 543.

piepersit, 548.

pindus, 551.

schaeffera, 545,

sperchius, 551.

taygetus, 546.

wallacet, 543.

Cupitha

purreed, 112.

Lo ae ee MAN

Cyaniris

transpectus, 537.

Cyanorhamphus

aucklandicus, 529.

auriceps, 529, 530.

cooki, 580.

cyanurus, 530,

erythronotus, 530.

erythrotis, 529, 530.

Forbesi, 529, 530.

hochstetteri, 529.

matherbei, 530.

nove zealandie, 529,

530.

rowleyt, 529.

saisseti, 530.

subflavescens, 530.

ulietanus, 530.

unicolor, 530.

Cybele, gen. nov., 698.

obscura, 695, 696, 704,

vincent, 695, 696, 704.

Cycloderma

Frenatum, 618.

Cyclopides

egipan, 90, 670.

argenteostriatus, 90.

cheles, 90.

limpopona, 90.

malgacha, 90, 671.

menine, 90.

metis, 7 2, 90, 131, 670,

671.

midas, 671.

quadrisignatus, 670,

684

subvittatus, 97.

willemi, 90.

Cyclops

africanus, 165, 166.

orientalis, 164, 165,

166.

INDEX,

Cycloszemia

albata, 52.

anastomosis, 52.

earina, 52.

elelea, 52.

Falisca, 52.

Jissimacula, 52,

herennius, 48, 52.

lathea, 52.

lyrcea, 52.

Cyclosomus

sp., 748.

Oydonia, gen. nov., 700.

lunata, 747.

luteola, 700, 704.

Oyligramma

latona, 681.

limacina, 681.

rudilinea, 681.

Cylloceps, gen. noy., 711.

' pellicia, '705, '712.

Cymeenes

tripuncta, 130.

Cymatura

bifasciata, var.

pennis, 744.

Oymothoe

theobene, 653.

mus

virescens, 705.

Cynocephalus

babuin, 592.

maimon, 592.

Oynogale

bennetti, 495."

Cynopterus

ecaudatus, 494.

lucasti, 494.

maculatus, 494.

marginatus, 494,

spadiceus, 494,

Cyon

deccanensis, 449,

rutilans, 495.

Cyphipelta

conifrons, 163.

Cyphonistes

vallatus, '748.

Cyrene, gen. nov., 698.

decorata, 698, 704.

Cyrtocapsus

caligineus, 705.

Cyrtoxiphus

vittatus, 610.

Cythara

lpientheri 491, 492.

ringens, 491, 492,

nigri-

Daimio

bhagava, 47.

celebica, 47.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1893, No. LIII.

791

Daimio

felderi, 47.

moorei, 47,

narada, 47.

permena, 47.

phisara, 47.

sinica, 47.

tithys, 43, 47.

Dalima

intricata, 396.

patnaria, 398.

Danis

albastola, 550.

epicoritus, 550,

sebe, 539.

Danais

chrysippus, 558.

ochlea, 644.

Danis

absyrtus, 545,

ceramica, 547.

cyanea, 549,

danis, 539.

macleayt, 546.

salamandri, 546.

sebe, 539, 540, 546.

serapis, 539.

syrius, 541,

taygetus, 546.

Dapedius

sp., 565.

granulatus, 565.

Daphnella

diluta, 490.

elata, 490, 492,

flammea, 490, 491.

Susco-picta, 490, 492.

lactea, 491.

spencere, 490, 492.

subula, 491.

Darmistidus, gen. nov.,

maculatus, 705, 707.

Darpa

hanria, 44, 58.

Dasypeltis

palmarun, 619.

scabra, 618, 619.

Dasyprocta

variegata, 340.

Dasypus

minutus, 590.

Defrancia

infracincta, 491, 492.

mauritiana, 491, 492,

Deidamia

inscripta, 279.

Deilephila

euphorbie, 279,

galt, 279.

osiris, 674.

792

Deinotrichia, gen. nov.,

419.

cervina, 419,

livida, 419.

scotosiaria, 419, 420,

33.

Deiopeia

ensirostris, 229.

Dendrogale

murina, 495.

Dendromys

mesomelas, 503.

pumilio, 503.

Dendryphantes

capitatus, 698.

octo-punctatus,697,704.

Deva

commoda, 682.

Devara

charisia, 289, 290, 310.

chepta, 290, 310.

pallor, 289, 310.

subsericea, 289, 290.

Diacantha

conifera, 739, 746, 747.

distincta, '746.

divisa, 747.

mutica, 747.

Diapherodes

gigas, 606.

Dichogaster

damonis, 485.

Dicranaspis

idas, 24.

Didelphys

marsupialis, 341.

Dindica

erocina, 349.

mélleri, 349.

Diolcus

boscii, 705.

Diomedea

brachyura, 505.

exulans, 756.

immutabilis, 505.

regia, 756.

Dioptis

charila, 292, 310.

charon, 294, 310,

cheledonis, 298, 310.

chloris, 295.

cyma, 293.

egla, 293, 310.

ilerdina, 294.

noctiluces, 294.

onega, 292, 294.

otanes, 294.

pallene, 293, 310.

INDEX,

| Dioptis

pandates, 294.

phelina, 294.

roraima, 292, 310.

trailii, 293.

Diospage

rhebus, 675.

scintillans, 675, 684.

triplax, 675.

Diphthera

orion, 279.

Diplocardia

communis, 486.

Diplodon

densirostris, 229.

Diplognatha

hebrea, 740.

silicea, 740.

Dipriodon

robustus, 211, 212.

annulatus, 14, 15.

Discoelius

merula, 685.

spinole, 685.

Distomum

baraldii, 499, 500.

horridwm, 499.

lanceolatum, 498, 499.

migrovenosum, 499.

ovo-caudatum, 498.

simile, 499.

trigonocephalum, 496,

497.

Dolichodon

layardi, 227.

traversit, 227.

Draco

maximus, 522, 528.

microlepis, 528, 528.

Drasteria

Judicans, 681.

Drepanis

Funerea, 690.

pacifica, 670,

Drephalys, gen. noy., 18,

heliaus, 18, 34.

Dryiophis

oatesii, 618.

Drymus

silvaticus, 709.

Dryoccetis

nigrescens, 420,

roboraria, 420,

Dynamius

metallicus, 694, 704.

Dyphlebia

trimenii, 677.

Dyscophus

cecutiens, 27.

Dyscophus

crameri, 27.

doriscus, 27.

sebaldus,.18, 27, 131.

Dysdercus

annuliger, 705.

Dysenius

albicilla, 21.

Dysethia, gen. nov., 347.

bicommata, 348, 434.

Dysgonia

algira, 681.

* derogans, 681.

Dyspteris

asiatica, 358, 434.

Eacles

imperialis, 279.

regalis, 279.

Eagris

nottoana, 54.

sabadius, 43, 54.

Eantis

busiris, 44, 57, 181.

mexicana, 57.

mithridates, 57.

ozotes, 57.

pallida, 57.

papinianus, 57.

rossine, 57.

sebaldus, 57.

thraso, 57.

Eecritotarsus

atratus, 705.

Ectadoderus

antillarum, 609.

Edersa

cornuta, 705.

Elephas

africanus, 311.

indicus, 496.

Elettaria

coccinea, 186.

mollis, 186.

speciosa, 186.

Elma

swinhoei, 643.

Eloria

cissusa, 297, 310.

clodia, 297.

ombrea, 297.

Elphos

hymenaria, 433.

preumbrata, 433.

Emballonura

monticola, 495.

semicaudata, 495.

mesa

angulata, 706, 717.

Emesopsis, gen. nov., 718.

nubilus, 706, 718.

Engraulicypris, gen.

noy., 626.

pinguis, 619, 626.

Engytatus

geniculatus, 705.

nea

cyathostoma, 642.

johnstoni, 633, 641.

karongana, 633, 641.

(Edentulina) longula,

642.

(Ptychotrema) bassa-

mensis, 642.

Enosis

dognini, 130.

Entheus

berytus, 41.

gentius, 41.

lemna, 41.

peleus, 19, 40, 41.

talaus, 41, 131.

Entomogramma

nigriceps, 681.

pardus, 681.

Eonycteris

spelea, 494.

Hos

reticulata, 514.

Epargyreus

anteus, 24.

asander, 24.

barisses, 24.

clarus, 24.

enispe, 24.

exadeus, 24.

pseudexadius, 24.

socus, 24,

talus, 24.

tityrus, 17, 23, 24,

131.

zestos, 24.

Ephyriades

nies, 39.

otreus, 18, 32, 33.

pekahia, 33.

zephodes, 33.

Epicauta

sp., 742.

Dlinedie, 742.

celestina, 748.

dichrocera, 742.

nyassensis, 739, 742.

Epilachna

dreget, 'T47.

hirta, 747.

payloulli, 747.

Hpilampra

brevis, 603.

Epiodon

chathamensts, 219, 222,

228.

INDEX.

Epione

brongusaria, 683.

Epipona

chilensis, 685.

dicomboda, 685.

Epirrhoé

biriviata, 375.

latifasciata, 375.

minuta, 376.

subfalcata, 376.

Equus

burchelli, 506.

grevyi, 473.

hemionus, var. kiang,

Eratina

cornelia, 308.

masura, 308.

pisca, 308.

tryphosa, 308.

Erinaceus

albiventer, 435.

europeus, 497.

Hrinnys, gen. noy., 415.

combusta, 415.

Erionota

acroleuca, 86.

hiraco, 86.

lara, 86. ~

thrax, 72, 86.

Eristalis

vesicularis, 163.

Erites

dejelele, 48.

melania, 43, 48.

motozi, 48.

Eronia

cleodora, 666.

—, var. marginata, 666.

dilatata, 666.

lega, 666.

Erycides

pigmalion, 21.

Erycina

danis, 587.

Erynnis

colarado, 99.

comma, 91, 99.

jlorinda, 99.

manitoba, 99.

metea, 99.

Huagra

angelica, 284.

cerymica, 284.

Eubyjodonta, gen. nov.,

461

falcata, 416.

Hucereon

chalcodon, 287, 310.

Euchelia

amanda, 677.

793

Euchloris

ovifera, 358.

Euchontha

ciris, 297, 310.

sublactigera, 297.

Eucyane

chislon, 286.

ortropea, 286.

philomela, 286.

poliana, 285.

Eudamus

albofasciatus, 20.

alceus, 20.

aminias, 20.

amisus, 20.

asine, 20.

auginus, 20.

brachius, 20.

calenus, 20.

carmelita, 20.

catillus, 20.

chaico, 20.

corydon, 20

dorantes, 20.

esmeraldus, 20.

eurycles, 20.

evenus, 20.

ganna, 20.

hirtius, 20.

jethira, 20.

larius, 20.

latipennis, 20.

metophis, 20.

nicasius, 20,

octomaculata, 20.

orton, 20.

proteus, 16, 20, 131.

santiago,

simplicius, 20;

trebia, 20.

undulatus, 20.

virescens, 20.

zilpa, 20.

Eudrilus

eugeme, 737.

Humenes

excipiendus, 686.

tuberculiventris, 687.

Humesia

semiargentea, 72, 88.

Kuophrys

coronigera, 699.

pulchella, 699, 704.

Eupetaurus

cinereus, 449.

Euphyes

metacomet, 92, 107.

Eupithecia

albispumata, 384, 433.

atroviridis, 384, 434.

costipicta, 383, 483.

53*

794

Eupithecia

rubrinotata, 384, 438.

Euplea

dorippus, 644.

Hurypeplodes, gen. nov.,

382.

trambata, 382, 433.

Eurypterus

gigas, 37.

Eurytaphria, gen. nov.,

"undilineata, 410.

Eurytela

dryope, 654.

Euschistus

bifibulus, 705.

Eusemia

superba, 674.

Eustroma

reticulata, 370.

venipicta, 370.

Euthymus

phyleus, 101.

Exometzxca

nycteris, 130.

Fascellina

chromataria, 399.

inornata, 399.

plagiata, 400.

subsignata, 399.

viridis, 400.

Felis

badia, 495.

bengalensis, 495.

caffra, 725.

lynx, 449, 592.

manul, 449..

marmofata, 495.

nebulosa, 495.

planiceps, 495.

serval, "725.

temmincki, 495,

uncia, 826, 449,

Ficulnea

signata, 113,

tola, 113.

Flavinia

choana, 289.

Fulgurodes

cluacina, 303.

panopea, 302.

Fulvius

albomaculatus, 705.

Fundanius

rubens, 705, 714.

Gagitodes, gen. nov., 381.

olivacea, 382, 433.

schistacea, 382.

INDEX.

Galeopithecus

volans, 495.

Galidia

elegans, 614.

Gangara

pandia, 87.

thyrsis, 72, 86, 87.

Garzeus

discolor, 400, 434.

Garga

olena, 45, 130.

Gazella (Mamm.)

euchore, 325.

picticaudata, 449.

Gazella (Ins.)

ewmenoides, 685.

Gegenes

hottentota, 104.

karsana, 104.

lefebrii, 104.

letterstedti, 104, 672.

nostrodamus, 104, 132.

pumilio, 104.

pygmeus, 91, 104.

Gehenna, gen. noy., 92,

108.

abima, 92, 108.

Gehlota

swmitra, 49.

Gelasma, gen. nov., 352.

concolor, 352.

griseoviridis, 353, 434.

thetydaria, 352.

Genetta

tigrina, 726.

Genussa

altaba, 297.

cluaca, 297, 310.

Genyodonta

quadricornis, 740.

Geocoris

lividipennis, 705.

Geophaps

plumifera, 614.

Gerbillus

afer, 502.

Gerrhosaurus

flavigularis, 618.

Glaucopis

iridea, 676.

Glaucopteryx

punctatissima, 368.

stellata, 367.

viridis, 368.

Glossonycteris

geofroyi, 335.

lasiopyga, 335.

Glossophaga

soricina, 335.

Glutophrissa

saba, 666.

Glypholycus, gen. nov.,

629

bicolor, 629,

Gnathaster

dilatatus, 260.

elongatus, 261.

grayt, 261.

meridionalis, 262.

miliaris, 262.

paxillosus, 262.

pilulatus, 262.

singularis, 262.

Gnophodes

diversa, 645.

Goliathus

albosignatus, 739,

740.

druryi, 613, 691.

kirkianus, 740.

Golunda

fallax, 502.

Gomalia

albofasciata, 44, 67.

elma, 67.

litoralis, 67.

Gonatas

divergens, 705.

Goniloba

xanthaphes, 119.

Goniodiscus

singularis, 262.

verrucosus, 262.

Goniurus

aurunce, 20.

celus, 17, 20.

Gonodela

brongusaria, 683.

kilimanjarensis, 683.

maligna, 683.

Sone 683.

Gonodontis

clelia, 398.

vinosa, 398, 434.

Gonora

heliconiata, 297.

paphia, 296, 310.

Gonospiras

modiolus, 633.

Grammodes

geometrica, 681.

Graphipterus

saline, 747,

Grus

pentelict, 517.

Gryllotalpa,

hexadactyla, 609.

Gryllus

assimilis, 609.

Grynopsis, gen. nov., 19,

celeste, 19, 42.

Gymnuura

rafflesi, 495.

Gynanisa

maia, 678.

Habrothrix

hydrobates, 388.

longipilis, 339.

Haliaétus

branichii, 618, 614.

Halicore

australis, 592,

dugong, 496,

Halisidota

larotipa, 288.

pandama, 288, 310.

sesia, 288,

Halpe

astigmata, 109.

beturia, 93, 108, 109.

brunnea, 109.

cerata, 109.

ceylonica, 109.

decorata, 109.

gupta, 109.

homolea, 109.

honorei, 109.

jacchus, 168, 169.

lugens, 673.

malthina, 672.

masoni, 109,

mooret, 109, 110, 131,

nigerrima, 672.

radians, 6.

sikkima, 109.

sitala, 109.

varia, 109.

zema, 109.

Hamanumida

dedalus, 653.

Hantana

infernus, 19, 37.

Hapale

jacchus, 168, 169.

Hapalemur

griseus, 584.

simus, 5d,

585.

Haplochilus

joknstoni, 619, 627

petersi, 628,

Haritalodes

multilinealis, 684.

Harma

theobene, 653.

Harmostes

serratus, 705.

Harpiocephalus

suillus, 495.

Hasarius

paykulli, 698.

534,

INDEX.

| Hasora

alexis, 128.

anura, 127.

atrox, 127, 128.

badra, 124, 127, 128,

131.

bilunata, 127, 128.

celenus, 127, 128.

chromus, 128,

chuza, 128.

coulteri, 128.

discolor, 128.

doleschallia, 128.

gentiana, 128.

hadria, 127.

hurana, 128.

lugubris, 127, 128.

malayana, 128.

myra, 128,

saida, 128.

schenherri, 128.

thridas, 128.

vitta, 128,

Hedone

brettus, 100.

Heliocopris

japetus, 748.

Heliopetes

alama, 64.

arsalte, 44, 64.

domicella, 64.

ericetorum, 64.

Jigara, 64.

laginia, 64.

laviana, 64.

leucola, 64.

locutia, 64.

niveus, 64.

omrina, 64.

petrus, 64.

Helix

tentaculata, 636.

(Pella) whytei, 634,

641,

Hemichromis

afer, 619, 626, 628.

antermedius, 619.

livingstonit, 619, 625,

628.

longiceps, 619.

modestus, 619, 62h,

628.

Hemidactylus

mabouia, 618.

Hemigale

hardwickei, 495.

hoset, 495.

Heumipteris

Sumida, 130.

Hemistola, gen. nov., 353.

rubrimargo, 354, 433.

795

Hemiihea

nigropunctata, 353,434,

rubripicta, 353.

Hemitrachys

bizonatus, 568.

Henicocephalus

flavicollis, 706.

Herzeus

insignis, 711.

Hericia

robini, 268,

Herpenia

eriphia, 666.

Herpestes

brachyurus, 495.

galera, 726.

gracilis, 501.

griseus, 502.

ornatus, 501.

semitorquatus, 495.

Hesperia

alveus, 65.

—, var. car ne, 65.

—, var. cirsii, 65,

—, var. onopordi, 65.

americanus, 65.

andromeda, 69.

antonia, 65.

asterodia, 65.

asychis, 65.

bibulus, 659.

boechoris, 65,

cacalie, 65.

carthami, 65.

—, var. meschleri, 65,

cashmirensis, 65.

centauree, 65.

cephaloides, 84.

communis, 65.

cribrellum, 65.

cynare, 65.

diomus, 65.

dromus, 65, 669.

evanidus, 65.

—, var. adenensis, 65,

jlesus, 668.

Sulvovittatus, 65.

galba, 65.

geron, 65, 66, 67.

agas, 65.

Fea 65.

hypoleucos, 65.

inconspicua, 672.

letterstedti, 672.

maculatus, 65.

malve, 44, 64, 65, 131,

—, var. taras, 65.

montivagus, 65.

nomas, 65,

orbifer, 65.

orcus, 65.

796

Hesperia

philippus, 661.

phlomides, 65, 66.

poggei, 65,

proto, 65.

sao, 65.

—, vay. therapne, 65,

sataspes, 65.

serratule, 65.

—, var. c@cus, 65.

side, 65.

sinicus, 65.

spio, 65.

superna, 65.

syrichtus, 65.

tessellata, 65.

tessellum, 65.

transvaalia, 65.

trisignatus, 65.

vindex, 65.

wyandot, 65.

zebra, 65.

Hesperilla

argenteo-ornatus, 115.

croites, 115. 3

cynone, 115.

donnysa, "74.

halyzia, 74.

ornata, 71, ‘74.

picta, 74,

Heteromiza,gen.noy.,405.

castanearia, 405, 406.

cervina, 405, 434.

Heteromorpha

costipuncta, 678.

Heteropia

bryaxis, 23.

imalena, 23.

wmitatrix, 17, 22, 23.

Heteropterus

aracinthus, 89.

Jormosa, 670, 684.

morpheus, 72, 89.

ornatus, 89.

. speculifer, 89.

speculum, 89.

steropus, 89.

unicolor, 115.

Heterorhina

elongata, 740.

Heterostegania, gen. noy.,

415.

lunulosa, 415.

nigrofusa, 415.

Heterusia

chrysopterata, 307.

comand, 305, 806, 311,

comata, 304, 311.

combana, 306.

conna, 305, 311.

conon, 307, 811.

INDEX.

Heterusia

dispilata, 307.

pinara, 307, 311.

pirene, 306, 311.

placida, 305, 306, 311.

placilla, 807, 311.

stoltzmannaria, 305.

Hidari

hypepa, 124.

trava, 94, 123, 124.

Hipposiderus

bicolor, 494.

cervinus, 494.

diadema, 494.

dorie, 494,

galerita, 494,

speoris, 494,

Hippotragus

equinus, 614, '723, 728.

niger, 504, 506,

Holochilus

apicalis, 340.

squamipes, 340.

Hololoma, gen. noy., 395.

lucens, 396.

Hyalomma

venustum, 177.

Hyalothyrus

infernalis, 40.

neleus, 40.

nitocris, 19, 40.

priscus, 40.

Hyalymenus

longispinus, 705.

Hyarotis

adrastus, 72, 82.

phenicis, 82.

praba, 82.

Hyda

micacea, 48.

Hydrznomia

orcinus, 19, 38, 89.

Hydrelia

lilacina, 364, 434.

marginepunctata, 364,

434,

sikkimensis, 365.

Hyla

lichenata, 527,

Hylephila

Fasciolata, 101.

Sulva, 101.

phyleus, 91, 101.

Hylobates

concolor, 493.

hainanus, 435.

leuciscus, 494.

muelleri, 435, 498,

Hylomys

swillus, 495,

Hypanis

yO aba 655.

Hypena

abyssinialis, 683.

Hypochera

io, 279.

Hypocryptothrix,

nov., 17, 22.

teutas, 17, 22.

Hypoleucis

ophiusa, 83.

tripuncta, "72, 82.

Hypolimnas

aleippoides, 645, 650.

dubius, 556.

inaria, 650.

misippus, 556, 650.

Hypolycena

rava, 556.

gen.

Hypopyra

capensis, 681.

Hyposidra

albipunctata, 398.

Hyrax

capensis, 531.

Hyreus

lingeus, 556, 659.

yria

elongata, 641.

Hystrix

crassispinis, 495,

muelleri, 495.

pumila, 495.

Tambrix, gen. nov., 71, 76.

salsala, 71, 76, 132.

sindu, 76.

stellifer, 76.

Ichoria

chalcomedusa, 282.

tricincta, 282.

Ichthyomys,gen.nov.,337.

hydrobates,338,339,340.

stolzmanni, 333, 837,

338, 339, 340, 341.

Ichthyophis

glutinosa, 278.

dea

butyrosa, 362.

faleipennis, 362, 484.

Tolaus

ceculus, 661.

Iramba

spissidentata, 383.

Tschalis

colorata, 401, 434.

incaria, 401.

Ischnoptera

occidentalis, 600, 603.

Ischnorhynchus

championi, 705.

Isma

bononia, 84.

cephala, 84.

obscura, 72, 83, 84.

Ismene

amara, 126.

anadi, 126.

aquilina, 126.

ataphus, 125, 126, 181.

chryseglia, 126.

etelha, 126.

fergusonii, 126.

‘forestan, 557.

gomata, 126.

harisa, 125, 126.

iluska, 126.

juina, 126.

Jankowskii, 126.

mahintha, 125, 126,

31.

aedipodea, 124, 125, 126,

131.

striata, 126.

vasutana, 126.

Tsoloba, gen. noy., 345,

bifasciata, 345, 434.

Tsoteinon

atkinsoni, 6.

khasianus, 82.

lamprospilus, 72, 83,

673.

microstictum, 82.

modesta, 82.

nilgiriana, 6.

subtestaceus, 6.

vindhiana, 6.

witred, 83.

Ithomia

corena, 291.

egla, 294.

Txalus

nubilus, 526.

Jemadia, gen. nov., 11,14,

ahira, 14

azeta, 14.

hewitsonit, 14,

hospita 14.

gnetus, 14.

qamina, 14,

paseas, 14.

patrobas, 11, 14.

vulcanus, 14.

zimra, 14.

zonara, 14,

Junonia

actia, 652.

artawia, 650.

aurorina, 651, 684.

bodpis, 652.

calescens, 652,

INDEX,

Junonia

cebrene, 653.

ceryne, 651.

chapunga, 651.

clelia, 653.

cloantha, 652.

cuama, 652.

elgiva, 652.

guami, 651.

micromera, 651, 652.

nachtigalii, 650.

natalica, 651.

octavia, 652.

pelasgis, 651.

serena, 651.

sesamus, 652.

stnuata, 555, 651.

trimenii, 651, 684.

Katreus, gen. noy., 93,

115,

Johnstonii, 93, 115, 116.

pier gen. noy., 90,

callicles, 96.

capenas, 96.

chaca, 96.

chersias, 96.

derbice, 96.

lepenula, 90, 96.

macomo, 96.

mohozutza, 96.

tucusa, 96.

Kerana

armatus, 93, 115.

diocles, 115.

gemmifer, 115.

Kerivoula

hardwicket, 495.

papillosa, 495.

picta, 494.

Keyserlingella

minuta, 693.

Koruthaialos, gen. nov.,

butleri, 77.

gemmifer, 77.

hector, 71, 76, 77, 131.

avanites, 7.

Kynotus

Ree 485, 487.

arcuata, 601.

brunnea, 601.

Labus

sichelianus, 685.

Lacera

capella, 682.

797

Lacerta

agilis, 599.

Lachnocnema

bibulus, 659.

Lacipa

bizonoides, 677.

gracilis, 677.

Lagidium

pallipes, 340.

Lagomys

. curzonie, 449,

erythrotis, 449.

ladacensis, 449,

melanostomus, 449,

rutilus, 449,

Lagopus

scoticus, 616.

Lanistes

affinis, 635.

nyassanus, 635.

ovwm, 633, 635.

solidus, 635.

Latindia

castanea, 600, 604.

Lauron

batesi, 291, 310,

chariata, 291, 310.

choma, 290.

osiba, 290, 310.

padua, 291, 310.

Lemidia

insolatus, 567.

Lemur

leucomystax, 178.

macaco, 592.

nigerrimus, 177, 178.

rufipes, 178.

Lentungula,gen. nov.,264.

algivorans, 264, 265,

267.

Lepidiota

lepidota, '748.

Lepidotus

elvensis, 563.

latifrons, 560, 561,

562, 563, 565.

mantelli, 563, 565.

minor, 565.

Lepista

crimenti, 677.

Leptocorisa

liformis, 'T05.

Leptodactylus

pentadactylus, 271.

Leptoglossus

alteatus, 705.

Leptomiza, gen. nov., 406.

anomala, 406.

calcearia, 406.

Suscomarginata, 407.

straminea,{406.

798

Leptosoma

leuconoe, 678.

Leptostichia, gen. nov.,

397

latitans, 397.

Lepus

cuniculus, 591.

hypsibius, 449.

ovostolus, 449.

timidus, 591.

Lerema r

accius, 93, 118, 119.

hianna, 119.

Lerodea

eufala, 91, 106.

Fusca, 1

Leucochitonea

levubu, 44, 63.

Leucophza

surinamensis, 604.

Leucoscirtes

ericetorum, 64.

Libythea

labdaca, 556.

Lignyostola

rea 39.

despecta, 39.

formosus, 39.

lacydus, 39.

pemphigargyra, 19, 39.

Limenitis

disippus, 279,

Limicolaria

martensiana, 634,

Limnza

stagnalis, 636.

Limnas

alcippus, 644, 645,

chrysippus, 644.

dorippus, 644,

klugit, 644.

Limnometra

marginata, 706.

Limochores

acanootus, 107.

arpa, 107.

bimacula, 107.

cernes, 107.

manataagua, 92, 107.

orono, 107.

Linsang

gracilis, 495,

Lintneria

daunus, 33.

Lipomelia, gen, noy., 359.

subusta 359, 360, 434.

Livinhacia

nilotica, 634.

Lixus

sp., 742.

Lobocla

liliana, 33.

INDEX.

Lobogonia, gen. noy.,345. | Lyssomanes

ambusta, 345, 346, 484. |

Lophiodon

parisiense, 209.

Lophoides, gen. noy., 72,

tapis, 72, 84.

Lophoptera

asperula, 744,

Lotongus

calathus, 93, 121.

Loxaspilates, gen. noyv.,

413,

dispar, 413, 433.

obliquaria, 418.

Lumbricus

rubellus, 319.

terrestris, 319, 324.

Luteva

gundlachii, 706.

Lutra

cinerea, 495.

sumatrana, 495.

vulgaris, 592.

Lycena

adherbal, 660.

aleuas, 552.

anta, 662.

apollonius, 541.

asopus, 660.

caledonica, 545,

celius, 548.

corydon, 279.

danis, var. supous, 542.

gaika, 660.

hymetus, 547.

natalensis, 661.

osiris, 660.

philostratus, 548.

pindus, 551.

pulchra, 661.

schaeffera, 545.

taygetus, 546,

wallace, 543.

Lyczenesthes

adherbal, 660.

bubastus, 660.

princeps, 660.

Lycastrirhyncha

nitens, 163, 164.

Lychnuchus

celsus, 121.

olenus, 93, 120, 121.

ozias, 121.

Lycus, sp., 741.

Lygosoma

sundevalli, 618.

Lygropia

muscerdalis, 684.

Lygus

obtusus, 705, 713.

prasinus, 705.

sp. ine., 704.

Lytta

nyassensis, 742.

Macacus

arctoides, 494.

cynomolgus, 494, 592.

maurus, 493:

nemestrinus, 325, 494.

inuus, 325.

rhesus, 616.

silenus, 592.

sinicus, 616.

Macroglossa

Susiformis, 279.

hirundo, 674.

Macrolophus

separatus, 705.

Macropus

bennetti, 451, 463.

brachyurus, 451, 454,

455, 460, 461.

eugenii, 451, 455, 461,

472.

giganteus, 451, 454,455,

456, 462, 465, 466,

472.

ruficollis, 463.

Mahotis, gen. noyv., 11,15,

erida, 13.

nurscia, 11, 18.

Mala

decolorts, 705.

Manatus

americanus, 592, 691.

Manis

sp. inc., 496.

javanica, 496.

Marptusa

melanognatha, 701.

Mastacembelus

ophidium, 630.

tanganice, 629.

Matapa

aria, 72, 85.

druna, 85.

sasivarna, 85.

shalgrama, 85.

Maxula

capensis, 681.

Mecaspis

whytei, 742.

Medasina

quadrinotata, 417.

strivaria, 418.

Megaccelum

rubriner ve, 705.

Megaderma

spasma, 494,

| Megaladapis

madagascariensis, 532.”

Megalobatrachus

(Cryptobranchus) 7a-

ponicus, 271.

Melanargia

galathea, 279.

Melania

crawshayi, 639, 641.

imitatriz, 639, 641.

mweruensis, 639, 641.

nodicincta, 638.

tuberculata, 638, 639.

turritospira, 638.

woodwardi, 638, 641.

Melanitis

leda, 554, 645.

libya, 645.

solandra, 645.

Melanocorypha

yeltoniensis, 614.

Meles

albogularis, 449.

europeus, 497.

leucura, 449.

Melinna

sp. noy., 705.

elongata, 713.

minuta, 705, 713.

Meniscomys

cavatus, 192.

Mesodiodon

densirostris, 229.

Mesoplodon

angulatus, 223, 225.

angustus, 219.

australis, 218, 219, 225,

229, .230, 232,

234, 235, 236.

bidens, 226.

densirostris, 229.

europeus, 226.

flowert, 218, 227.

gibbus, 219.

grayi, 216, 217,

219, 220, 221, 2

224, 225, 227,

230, 231, 232,

235, 236.

guentheri, 227.

haasti, 216, 218,

225, 230, 282,

236.

hectori, 218, 219, 227,

229, 235.

knoxi, 218, 227, 229.

layardi, 218, 219, 220, |

225, 227, 228, 229, |

234.

longirostris, 227.

medilineatus, 225, 226.

sowerbyi, 220.

(Oulodon) grayt, 216,

217, 218, 234.

INDEX.

Mesovelia

bisignata, 706.

Metabraxas

regularis, 392.

Metastatia

chelidon, 285, 310.

ossa, 285,

pales, 285, 310.

panpa, 284, 285.

saphira, 284.

Metrypus

claudicans, 600, 610,

611

heros, 600, 611.

Micrabraxas

incolorata, 427.

subolivacea, 391, 426.

Microcebus

myoxinus, 614,

Microcentrum

pallidum, 607.

| Microceris, gen. noyv., 11,

15.

varticolor, 11, 15,

131.

Microcheta

benhami, 485.

Microglossa

aterrima, 508, 509.

Microloxia, gen. nov.,

354.

efformata, 354, 433.

erbaria, 354.

Micronidia

subpunctata, 887,

434

unipuncta, 887.

Microtus

strauchi, 449,

(Arvicola) blythi, 449.

(Eremiomys) przeval-

skii, 449.

| Microvelia

capitata, "706.

marginata, 706, 719.

pulchella, 706.

Mimoniades

eupheme, 14.

iphinous, 10, 14.

machaon, 14.

minthe, 14.

muleifer, 14.

ocyalus, 14.

periphema, 14.

pieria, 14.

pityusa, 14.

sela, 14.

versicolor, 14,

Miniopterus

schreibersi, 494,

Miro

albifrons, 612,

799

Molossus

obseurus, 334.

rufus, 334.

Moniligaster

bahamensis, 482.

Monobia

cyanipennis, 685.

Monocreagra

chares, 295, 310.

chorax, 295, 310.

orthyades, 295, 310.

pheloides, 295.

Mormidea

ypsilon, '705.

Mormyrops

zambanenje, 619,

Mormyrus

discorhynchus, 619.

Moschus

moschiferus, 449.

Mousa gen. nov., 71,

dirphia, 71, 73, 182.

quadrimaculata, 73.

trimaculata, 73.

Murgaria, gen. noy., 19,

albociliatus, 19, 37.

alticola, 495.

decumanus, 495.

dolichurus, 502, 619.

ephippium, 495.

hellwaldi, 495.

infraluteus, 495.

jerdoni, 495.

margarette, 495.

meridionalis, 213.

muelleri, 495.

musculus, 495, 508.

musschenbroecki, 495.

natalensis, 502.

nudipes, 502.

orthodon, 212, 2138.

rattus, 339, 495, 502.

subanus, 495.

sublimis, 449.

(Dasymys) incomtus,

502

(Leggada) minutoides,

503.

Musonia

surinama, 605.

Mustela

Alavigula, 495.

Soina, 449, 497.

putorius, 497.

Mutela

(Spatha) nyassaensis,

641.

Mycalesis

perspicua, 646.

800

Myealesis

(Monotrichtis) eusirus,

645

(—) miriam, 645.

“(—) rhacotis, 645.

Mycetes

auratus, 592.

Mycteris

cerula, 44, 56, 181.

cambyses, 56.

Mydaus

marchei, 495.

meliceps, 495.

Mylabris

bihwmerosa, 742.

dicincta, 742.

tristigma, TA2.

Myliobatis

aquila, 559.

pentoni, 559.

Mylothris

agathina, 662.

agylla, 662

bernice, 557.

riippelli, 663.

Myodocha

unispinosa, 705.

Myoscalops

argenteo-cinereus, 504.

Myostoma, gen. noyv., 346.

straminea, 346, 347.

Myrioblephara, gen. nov.,

428.

olbipeabata, 428.

enormis, 429.

rubrifusa, 428, 429.

Myrmecophaga

Jubata, 615.

Myscelus

amystis, 15.

assaricus, 15.

epimachia, 15.

nobilis, 11, 15.

ethrus, 15.

pardalina, 15.

phoronis, 15.

santhilarius, 15.

Mysoria, gen. nov., 10, 12.

acastus, 10, 12.

barcastus, 12.

thasus, 12.

venezuele, 12.

verbena, 12.

Myxine

glutinosa, 731, 782.

Nadagaria

grisea, 412.

Naja

crawshayi, 620.

INDEX.

Naja

nigricollis, 618, 620.

tripudians, 620.

Nannosciurus

concinnus, 189, 215.

exilis, 189.

melanotis, 189.

minutus, 189, 215.

whiteheadi, 189.

Nanotragus

scoparius, 504.

livingstonianus,

238, 239.

moschatus, 237.

Narga

chiriquensis, 130.

Narvesus

carolinensis, 706.

Nasalis

larvatus, 494.

Nascus, .gen. noy.,

broteas, 28.

euribates, 28.

hesus, 28.

nictas, 28,

pherenice, 28.

phocus, 18, 28.

orthostigialis, 343.

Nebroda

lobengula, 644,

Nectogale

elegans, 449,

Nectris

brevicaudus, 749.

Nelo

philodamea, 290.

toxicrata, 290, 310.

Nemobius

cubensis, 600, 609.

Neoccenyra

duplex, 646.

ypthimoides, 646.

Neohydnus

basalis, 578.

cinerascens, 579.

despectus, 578.

lugubris, 579.

relucens, 578.

sordidus, 579.

Neolaurona,gen.noy.,292.

ovia, 292, 310.

Neon

pompatus, 703, 704.

237,

18,

Neonoma, gen. noy., 42,

44.

platon, 42, 44, 45.

Neozatrephes, gen. nov.,

286.

telesilla, 287, 310.

| Nephele

Sunebris, 674.

| Nepheronia

thalassina, 666.

Nephodia

cissa, 303, 304.

clelia, 304.

colada, 304.

perimede, 303.

philyra, 304.

pieria, 303.

Neptis

agatha, 653.

Neptunides

polychrous, 740.

Nerula

nautes, 180.

Netrocoryne

repanda, 44, 61.

Neurosymploca

procrioides, 676.

Nezara

viridula, 705.

Niconiades

ceydia, 120.

zanthaphes,93,119,120.

Nicoria

spengleri, 237,

Ninus

notabilis, 705.

Nipteria

chthonia, 299.

cissoessa, 300, 310.

cleona, 301.

cletagora, 301.

elytia, 302, 311.

diaphanata, 301.

discoloraria, 300.

impunctata, 300.

pania, 301, 302, 310.

panthea, 301.

perilla, 300.

philomela, 300, 310.

phocusa, 301.

(Genusa)albifascia,302.

Nisoniades

bromius, 48, 51, 52.

| Ni itocris

amabilis, 674.

meneta, 674.

repanda, 682.

Notoerypta

albifascia, 113.

Notocrypta

alysos, 118.

basiflava, 113.

curvifascia, 92, 112,

Feisthamelit, 113.

insulata, 113.

proserpina, 115.

restricta, 113.

Nototrema

oviferum, 527.

Nychitona

alcesta, 663.

mupta, 557.

Nyctemera

leuconoe, 678.

Nycthemerus

argentatus, 692.

Nycticebus

tardigradus, 494.

Nyctinomus

kalinowskii, 334, 541.

norfoleensis, 335.

plicatus, 495.

Nyctipithecus

trivirgatus, 334,

Nyctus

crinitus, 130.

Nym halis

guderiana, 648.

neathes, 650.

Nysius

providus, 705,

Oarisma

poweshiek, 130.

Obeidia

Jumosa, 389.

libellulalis, 389.

millepunctata, 389.

vagipardata, 389.

Ochlodes

agricola, 99.

nemorum, 91, 99.

sonora, 99.

Ochrimnus

collaris, 705,

Ocyptamus

ceruleus, 134.

dimidiatus, 134.

Ffunebris, 134.

Suscipennis, 134.

iris, 188, 163

(Baecha) ceruleus, 133.

(Pipiza) costalis, 134.

(Syrphus) ¢rzgonus.

134.

Ocytes

metea, 99.

Odina

chrysomelena, 48, 50.

INDEX.

Odina

decoratus, 50.

hieroglyphica, 50.

Odontaster

belli, 260.

dilatatus, 260.

elongatus, 261.

granulosus, 261.

grayi, 2601.

hispidus, 261.

meridionalis, 261.

miliaris, 262.

paxillosus, 262.

pedicellaris, 262.

singularis, 260, 262.

Odontoptilum

angulata, 62.

helias, 62.

leptogramma, 62.

pygela, 62.

sura, 44, 61, 62.

| Odynerus

ambiguus, 686.

angulicollis, 689.

antucensis, 688.

antuco, 688, 689.

araucanus, 689.

arcuatus, 686.

bustillosii, 686.

caupolicanus, 687.

chilensis, 688.

chiliotus, 688.

coarctatus, 687.

colocolo, 686, 687.

coquimbensis, 688.

cyanipennis, 685.

excipiendus, 686.

gayt, 689.

hirsutus, 689.

humeralis, 687, 688.

labiatus, 687.

lachesis, 687.

marginicollis, 687.

maypinus, 689.

moline, 687.

molinius, 687.

obscuripennis, 688.

petiolatus, 687.

ruficolhs, 689.

scabriusculus, 686.

sotoz, 689.

subpetiolatus, 687.

tuberculatus, 687.

tuberculiventris, 687.

ane, 688,

vestitus, 688.

vicinus, 686.

villosus, 688.

wrvipaeee gen. noy., 18,

35.

801

Gchydrus

aziris, 85.

chersis, 18, 35.

evelina, 35.

| (istrelata

sp., 751.

affinis, '7538.

arningoniana, 755.

brevirostris, 755.

cervicalis, 'T51.

cookii, 750.

fuliginosa, 755,

gularis, 753.

incerta, 752.

lessonii, 752.

leucophrys, 752, 753.

leucoptera, 751.

mollis, 752, 753, 755.

neglecta, 752, 758, '754,

755, 757.

nigripennis, 750.

et 754, 759,

Sue 755.

trinitatis, aD,

Oides °

collaris, 746.

Oileides

zephodes, 32.

Olapa

adspersa, 678,

Sulvinotata, 678.

Oligodon

everetti, 524,

Oligoria

maculata, 92, 107,

108.

Omadius

nebulosa, 569,

Omiza

muscicolor, 407, 434,

Oncopeltus

eingulifer, 705.

JSasciatus, 705.

varicolor, 705.

Oe gen. noy., 92,

meiktila, 92, 112,

131.

Onthophagus

bicallosus, 748.

Ootheca

sp., 747.

Ophiodes

crocetpenmis, 682.

Ophiusa

derogans, 681.

Judicans, 681.

rubricans, 682.

Opilo

sinensis, 577.

802

Opisthograptis

Ls aed 403, 404.

longipennis, 403.

mélleri, 403, 434.

Opisthomum

mucronatum, 496,

Orcella

brevirostris, 496.

Oreas

canna, 504.

Orectochilus

bicostatus, 748.

Ornithorbynchus

anatinus, 505.

Orocharis

gryllodes, 610.

Orphula

punctata, 606.

Orthocabera

brunneiceps, 387, 434.

sericea, 387.

Ortholitha

duplicata, 385.

Orthrius

brachialis, 577.

cylindricus, 577.

tarsalis, 577.

Orycteropus

gaudryi, 239.

ryx

leucoryx, 614.

Osmilia

celestis, 600, 606.

Osmodes, gen. nov., 71,

laronia, 71, 78, 79.

ranoha, 670.

thora, 79.

Otogale

kirki, 501.

Otomys

érroratus, 502.

Oulodon

grayi, 217, 229, 230.

Ovis

hodgsoni, 449.

nahura, 449.

vignei, 449.

Oxynetra

annulatus, 14.

Felderi, 15.

semthyalina, 11, 14.

Oxypalpus, gen. nov., 71,

78.

isgon, 78.

aca 71, 78.

ruso, 669.

Oxythyrea

vitticollis, 741,

Ozophora

sp. ine., 705.

INDEX.

Ozophora

burmeisteri, 705.

pallescens, 705.

Pachygrontha

Dee 705.

Pachyneuria |

obscura, 130.

Pachynolophus

maldani, 209.

Pachyrhamphus

albinucha, 166, 167,

168.

Pachyrhopala

phidias, 11.

Pachytoma

gigantea, 747.

Pachyura

hosei, 495.

indica, 495.

Padraona

angustula, 102.

coroller, 102.

dara, 102.

epictetus, 102.

flava, 102.

gola, 102.

goloides, 102,

lascivia, 102.

marnas, 102.

mesa, 92, 101, 102.

mesoides, 102.

palmarum, 102.

prusias, 102, 103.

pseudomesa, 102.

sunias, 102.

watsoni, 671.

Paduka

glandulosa, 85, 86.

lebadia, 72, 85, 86.

subfasciata, 86.

Palzortyx

sp. ine., 521, 522.

blanchardi, 520.

brevipes, 521.

edwardst, 517, 519, 520,

22.

gallica, 520.

grivensis, 521, 522.

maxima, 520, 522.

Palzeosyops

levidens, 209.

| Palla

varanes, 650.

Paloplotherium

magnum, 209.

Pamera

bilobata, 705. |

serripes, 705.

vincta, 705,

Pamphila

ahrendti, 668.

amadhu, 672,

argyrostigma, 90.

brontes, 90.

Fatuellus, 672.

gisgon, 670.

inconspicua, 672.

lugens, 673.

mandan, 90.

mesapano, YO,

palemon, 72, 89, 90.

paniscus, 90.

philander, 669,

ranohna, 670.

ruso, 669.

sylvicola, 90.

sylvius, 90,

Panchlora

viridis, 604.

Pangeets

Sp., ,

serripes, 705.

Panisala

olivescens, 395.

truncataria, 395.

Panopea

expansa, 650.

Pantholops

hodgsoni, 449.

Pansydia

canaxa, 100.

Paonias

excecatus, 279.

Papilio

agatha, 653.

agathina, 662.

ajax, 279.

alcesta, 663.

alexanor, 279.

anacardii, 653.

asterias, 279.

bromius, 557.

bubastus, 660.

cardui, 658.

chrysippus, 644.

clelia, 658.

cloantha, 652.

columbina, 6538.

constantinus, 668.

corinneus, 667.

cyanea, 549.

dedalus, 653.

damis, 537, 539,

danis, 536, 539.

demoleus, 557, 667.

dryope, 654.

edusa, 663,

eponina, 655, 656.

erinus, 668

florella, 664,

Papilio

harpaz, 662.

tnaria, 650.

leonidas, 667.

lingeus, 659.

lurlinus, 666.

lycia, 656.

machaon, 279,

merope, 668.

miriam, 645.

misippus, 650.

nivinox, 667.

ophidicephalus, 667.

perion, 662.

philenor, 279.

podalirius, 279.

saba, 666.

severina, 664.

solandra, 645.

terpsichore, 655.

tiridates, 649.

varanes, 650.

Paradoxurus

hermaphroditus, 495.

laniger, 449.

leucomystax, 495.

philippinensis, 495.

Paradros, gen. nov., 19, 39,

alemon, 39.

cous, 39.

phenice, 19, 39.

Parzecanthus

sp., 600, 610.

Paragryllus

rex, 600, 609.

Paragus

scutellaris, 159.

Paralophia, gen.noyv.,371,

pustulata, 371, 433.

Paramimus

empoleus, 50.

hemes, 50.

lucaria, 50.

scurra, 43, 50.

stigma, 50.

Parastagmatoptera

lobipes, 605, 611.

Parasynegia, gen. noyv.,

413.

complicata, 414.

pluristriaria, 414.

suffusa, 414.

Parata

chromus, 127.

Pardaleodes

coanza, 117.

edipus, 93, 117.

festus, 117.

sator, 117.

Paricterodes, gen. nov.,

389.

commixta, 390.

INDEX.

| Paricterodes

luciguttata, 390.

tenebraria, 390.

violacea, 391, 433.

Parnara

agna, 105.

bada, 105.

borbonica, 105.

chaya, 105.

flevilis, 105.

guttatus, 91, 105.

mangala, 105.

marchalii, 105.

mathias, 105, 152.

mencia, 105.

mohopaani, 105.

miso, D8.

poutieri, 105.

prominens, 105.

Parnassius

apollo, 279.

Patlasingha, gen. noy.,71,

74.

compacta, 75.

tacchus, 75.

lutea, 75.

maheta, 75.

petalia, 75.

phigalia, 71, 74,75. —

scepticalis, 75.

Pedestes, gen. nov., 71,

masuriensis, 71, 81.

pandita, 81.

Pelias

berus, 596.

—, var. ursinti, 596.

chersea vel wrsinii, 596.

renardi, 598, 758, 760.

Pelion

thawmas, 98.

Pella

arnotti, 634.

Pellicia

castolus, 56.

dimidiana, 44, 56.

ithrana, 56.

nyctineme, 56, 57.

Pelmatosilpha

marginalis, 600, 603,

611.

Pelobates

fuscus, 275,

Pelogonus

marginatus, 706.

Pelonium

nigro-eneum, 580.

Pelycodus

helveticus, 209.

Pentagonaster

belli, 260.

dilatatus, 260.

803

Pentagonaster

meridionalis, 261, 262.

paxillosus, 261.

singularis, 262.

Pentilia

amenaida, 659.

Perasphzria

rufipes, 600, 604, 611.

Perecnia

interfusa, 392,

submissa, 391.

Perichares

corydon, 94, 122, 128.

fulvimargo, 123.

Pericopis

hazara, 292.

Periplaneta

australasie, 600, 604.

Periplysia

Johnstont, 647, 684.

leda, 647.

panda, 647.

Periptichus

carinidens, 209.

ditrigonus, 209.

rhabdodon, 199, 209.

Perissolophia, gen. nov.,

350.

subrosea, 350.

Perixera

obscurata, 361, 434.

Perizoma

affinis, 377.

albidivisa, 380.

albulata, 377.

apicistrigata, 378, 433.

bicolor, 379.

conjuncta, 381.

Fasciata, 379, 433.

interrupta, 380, 433.

lacteiquttata, 378, 433.

seriata, 380.

variabilis, 377, 378,

433.

Petrodromus

tetradactylus, 501.

Petrogale

penicillata, 451, 452,

455, 456, 461, 465.

avanthopus, 458, 473.

Petromyzon

fluviatilis, 731.

planert, 731.

Phacochcerus

ethiopicus, 729.

Phalena

sinuata, 684.

(Noctua) algira, 681.

(—) archesia, 682.

(—) geometrica, 681.

(—) Zatona, 681.

(—) Ayppasia,681.

804

Phalena

(Pyralis) sericea, 684.

Phanoptis

cyanomelas, 286.

hanus

marshalli, 40,

momus, 40.

vitreus, 19, 40, 131.

hareus

gentius, 40.

peleus, 40.

Phascolomys

Gigas, 474,

Phasianus

altus, 517, 519, 522,

colchicus, 692.

Phemiades

phineus, 92, 103, 104.

utha, 104,

Pherterus

cubensis, 608.

hiala

costipuncta, 678.

Philematium

nitidipenne, 748.

Philoodus

nostrodamus, 104,

Phlebodes

pertinax, 92, 110,

hoca

vitulina, 719.

hocides

albicilla, 22.

batabano, 22.

charonotis, 22.

cruentus, 22.

lilia, 22.

oreades, 22.

palemon, 17, 21, 22.

pialia, 22.

pigmalion, 22, 131.

socius, 22.

urania, 22,

yokhara, 22.

Pheegoptera

almopia, 289.

chimera, 288.

wmber, 288.

Pheenicops, gen. noy., 18,

30.

beata, 18, 80, 131.

denitza, 30.

Pholisora

catullus, 44, 68.

chlorocephala, 68.

hayhurstii, 68.

velasquez, 68.

Photoscotosia

atromarginata, 369,

433.

Sulguritis, 370, 433.

INDEX, -

Photoscotosia

miniosata, 369.

multilinea, 369, 433.

Phrissoma

giganteum, 748.

issura

phaola, 662.

Phryneta

spinator, 748.

Phthonoloba

olivacea, 368, 434.

Phycanassa

viator, 93, 111.

Phyllodromia

adspersicollis, 601.

delicatula, 602.

notata, 600, 602, 611.

Phyllostoma

hastatum, 335,

pusillum, 337.

Phymata

angulata, 706.

hysa

karongensis, 640. 641.

nyasana, 640,

Phytocoris

eximius, 705.

Picus

geudryi, 517.

Pieris

agrippina, 664, 665.

eriphia, 666,

gidica, 665.

omphale, 664.

rippellii, 663.

thalassina, 666.

Piezodorus

guildingii, 705.

Pionus

violaceus, 514.

Pipiza

costalis, 134,

divisa, 134.

dolosa, 184.

pica, 184.

Pirdana

hyela, 93, 116, 117.

ismene, 117.

Pisola

cerinthus, 31.

zennara, 18, 31.

Pithauria

aitchisoni, 119.

murdava, 93, 119.

straminetpennits, 119.,,

Pithauriopsis

aitchisoni, 119.

Plagodis

reticulata, 408.

Planema

Johnstoni, 658.

Planorbis

(Planorbula) alexan

drina, 640.

Planorbula

tanganikana, 640,

Plastingia

callineura, 118,

Slavescens, 93, 118.

helena, 118.

latoia, 118.

litrunia, 118.

margherita, 118.

naga, 118.

noemt, 118,

tessellata, 118.

vermiculata, 118.

Plea

striola, 706.

Plebeius

cyanea, 549,

damis, 539.

danis, 541.

hymetus, 547.

illustris, 552.

ribbei, 543,

Plecoptera,

sp., 682.

* resistans, 682.

Plecotus

communis, 497,

Plectropterus

niger, 614,

Plesiadapis

gervaisit, 193.

Plesiarctomys

sciuroides, 202, 208.

Plesiocera

’ filipalpis, 180.

Plesioneura

curvifascia, 112.

Plestia

dorus, 21, 131.

staudingert, 17, 21.

Pleurotoma

albicostata,'489,

albovaricosa, 488, 492,

delicata, 490.

edithe, 488, 492.

huberti, 487, 492.

hungerfordi, 489, 492,

tinclinata, 488, 492.

infrafusca, 489, 492,

keent, 489, 492,

obliquata, 489,

walcote, 487, 492.

Pliodon

spekei, 641.

Plinthisus

sp. ine., 705.

Ploetzia

amygdalis, 130,

Plusia

eriosoma, 682.

Plusiodonta

commoda, 682.

Plutodes

costatus, 388.

triangularis, 388.

Poanes

massasoit, 92,110, 111.

Podoscirtus

modestus, 600, 610.

Peecilalcis, gen. nov., 427.

latifasciata, 427.

migridorsaria, 427.

Peeciloscytus

basalis, 715.

obscurus, 706, 715.

Polites

coras, 101.

peckius, 91, 101.

wamsutta, 101,

Polydesma

wmbricola, 679.

Polygonus

amyntas, 25.

Polyommatus

cyanus, 549.

olyphasia

albiangulata, 373.

albiseriata, 373.

russata, 374.

truncata, 373.

Polypcetes

cletor, 296.

colana, 296.

deldon, 296.

erymas, 296.

Polythrix,gen.nov.,16, 19.

metallescens, 16, 19.

Pomasia

denticlathrata, 367.

moniliata, 367, 434.

Pontoscolex

corethrurus, 737.

Popillia

castanoptera, 740.

distinguenda, 740.

serena, 740.

Porphyrogenes, gen. noy.,

, oD.

omphale, 18, 35, 36.

pausias, 36.

Potamanax, gen. noy., 43,

flavofasciata, 43, 55.

latrea, 5b.

thestia, 55.

thoria, 5d.

unifasciata, 5d.

Potamocheerus

africanus, 729.

INDEX.

Potamochcerus

larvatus, 504.

Potanthus

omaha, 130.

Praxis

quadrata, 180.

Precis

actia, 652.

nachtigalii, 6

natalica, 651.

octavia, 652.

sesamus, 652.

sinwata, 55d.

Prenes

panoquin, 130.

Prionia

obliquilineata, 409.

Prionodonta, gen. nov.,

401

amethystina, 402, 434.

Problepsis

conjunctiva, 358.

deliaria, 859.

Procampta

rara, 44, 59.

Procellaria

fuliginosa, 755.

inexpectata, 753.

neglecta, 752.

ohillipti, 755.

Prorhinia, gen. nov., 430.

pingasoides, 430.

Prosimia

rufipes, 178.

Prospoietus

albinuchus, 168.

Prostheclina

pygmea, 702, 704.

Protacanthus, gen. noy.,

707.

decorus, 705, 708.

Proteides

idas, 17, 24.

Protodichobune

owenit, 209.

Protogoniomorpha

aglatonice, 653.

anacardii, 658.

definita, 653.

nebulosa, 659.

Proxys

victor, 705.

Psalis

americana, 600, 601.

Psammodes

dimidiatus, 748.

Psammophis

sibilans, 618.

—,var. intermedia, 618.

Psammophylax

variabilis, 619.

805

Pseudanyerona

separata, 421.

Pseudaphelia

apollinaris, 678.

Pseudoclinteria

infuscata, 741.

Pseudophyllodromia

albinervis, 600, 602.

Psilalcis, gen. nov., 430.

atrifasciata, 431.

dentilinea, 431.

inceptaria, 430,

Psilonaxa, gen. noy., 349.

obliterata, 343, 434.

taicoumaria, 343.

Psiloptera

sp., 741.

amicta, 741.

proxima, 741.

Psittacus

temneh, 514.

Psolos

pulligo, 87.

Pterodroma

atlantica, 755.

macroptera, 755.

Pteromys

leucogenys, 215.

nitidus, 495.

pheomelas, 180, 191,

193, 495.

tephromelas, 180, 191,

193.

Pteropus

edulis, 494.

hypomelanus, 494.

scapulatus, 185.

Pteroteinon, gen. noy.,

94, 124.

laufella, 94, 124.

Pteroxys, gen. nov., 18, 29.

lidderdahi, 29.

phaneus, 18, 29.

Pterygospidea

flesus, 53, 558.

jamesoni, 669.

motozi, 668.

Ptilocercus

lowi, 495.

Ptochiomera

sp. ine., 705.

oblonga, 705.

Ptochiomerus

dohrwii, 705.

Puffinus

alba, '752.

assimilis, '750, 751.

carneipes, 749.

chlororhynchus, 749,

750.

gavia, 750.

806

Puffinus

griseus, 750.

sphenurus, 749.

tenuirostris, 749, 750.

Putorias

alpinus,vay. temon, 449.

canigula, 449.

erminia, 449.

larvatus, 449.

nudipes, 495.

Pycnoderes

quadrimaculatus, 705.

Pyrameis

cardui, 653.

Pyrgus

cea 669.

syrichtus, 64.

Pyrrhopyge

esculapius, 12.

amra, 12.

amyclas, 12.

arethyrea, 11.

araxes, 12.

aziza, 11.

chalybea, 12.

charybdis, 11, 181.

creona, 12.

cydonia, 12.

Sluminis, 12.

galgala, 12.

gazera, 11.

gorata, 11.

gortyna, 12.

hadassa, 12.

hygieia, 12.

hyperict, 10, 11.

jonas, 12.

josepha, 12.

kelita, 12.

latifascia, 12.

maculosa, 12.

menas, 12.

martena, 12.

menecrates, 11.

papius, 11.

passova, 12.

phidias, 12.

phylleia, 12.

scylla, 11.

sergius, 11.

telassa, 12.

variegaticeps, 12.

zeleucus, 12.

zereda, 12.

Pyrrhosidia

mystic, 100.

Python

molurus, 499.

Pythonides

cerialis, 43, 51.

cronion, 51.

INDEX.

Pythonides

Teiviats 51.

JSestivus, 51.

geometrina, 51.

gladiatus, 51.

hadina, 51.

herennius, 51.

Jovianus, 51,

lagia, 51.

lancea, 51.

lerina, 51,

loxus, 51.

lucullea, 51.

orcus, 51.

pluvius, 51.

pseudojovianus, 51.

pyralina, 51.

satyrina, 51.

satyrus, 51.

scintillans, 51.

Rana

afghana, 526.

cateshiana, 270, 271,

272, 273

eavsitympanum, 52 25,526,

527; 528:

esculenta, 268,269 , 270,

271, 272, 273, 498.

guppyi, 271.

gerboa, 26, 527.

johnstoni, 618, 620.

latopalmata, 526, 527

528.

macrodon, 270, 271, 272,

273.

masonit, 526.

natatrix, 526, 527.

temporaria, 498.

whiteheadi, 525, 527,

528.

Ranzania

petersiana, 740.

Rappia

cinctiventris, 619.

citrina, 619.

nasuta, 619, 620.

Remigia

archesia, 682.

mutuaria, 682.

repanda, 682.

Renodes

nigriceps, 681.

Bhabdoides

cellus, 19, 34.

Rhabdotus

aulica, 740.

Rhacophorus

leucomystax, 527.

—, var. guadrilineatus,

; Rhacophorus

otilophus, 527, 528.

reinwardti, 526.

Rhagovelia

elegans, T06

obesa, 706.

Rhampholeo

boetigeri, 619.

Rhampholeon

brachyurus, 619.

platyceps, 619.

Rhanidophora

phedonia, 677.

Rhathymus

melanarius, 748.

Rhea

darwini, 532.

hingia

cerulescens, 162.

levigata, 163.

nasica, 163.

nigra, 163.

semi-cerulea, 132, 162,

164,

Rhinoceros

bicornis, 516.

— holmwoodi, 517.

stmus, 516, 614.

sondaicus, 493.

sumatrensis, 496.

Rhinolophus

affinis, 494,

luctus, 494,

minor, 494.

trifoliatus, 494.

Rhithrodon

pictus, 337.

Rhithrosciurus

macrotis, 189, 214, 495.

Rhodostrophia

subflavida, 360.

Rhopalocampta

anchises, 129,

arbagastes, 129.

benjamini, 129.

bire, 129.

bocagii, 557.

chalybe, 129.

JServida, 129.

Teenie 124, 129, 181,

iphis, 129.

Jonenion, 129.

jucunda, 129.

juno, 129,

Jupiter, 129.

keithloa, 129, 557, 558.

libeon, 129.

margarita, 129.

pansa, 129

Rhopalocampta

pisistratus, 129.

ramanatek, 129.

ratek, 129.

INDEX.

Sarangesa

sati, 48.

Sarbia, gen. noy., 11, 13.

antias, 13.

stella, 129, 557. oneka, 13.

subcaudata, 129. spiai, 13.

taranis, 129. xranthippe, 11, 15.

valmaran, 129. Satarupa

Rb ytidonota

gracilis, 748.

affinis, 46, 47.

dohertyi, 46.

gopala, 42, 46.

sambara, 46, 47.

Saturnia

apollinaris, 678.

carpini, 279.

Saccopteryx

bilineata, 334.

leptura, 334.

Saccostomus

campestris, 503. maida, 678.

Sagra pyri, 279.

bicolor, 745. Scxva

Jestiva, 745. hyalinata, 136.

johnstoni, 745. Scarites

Saica superciliosus, 747.

recurvata, 706. Scelothrix

Salamandra carthami, 64.

maculosa, 276, 277. Schistocerca

Salamis columbina, 606.

ceryne, 651. Sciuropterus

defnita, 653. albanensis, 191, 215.

Salda Jimbriatus, 194, 195.

humilis, 706. genibarbis, 495.

Salpingogaster horsfieldi, 193, 194, 196,

minor, 133, 161, 164. 214, 215, 495.

nigra, 161. hudsonius, 194, 195.

nigripes, 495.

pygophora, 161.

pearson, es fi 194,

virgata, 133, 159, 161,

164. 196, 214, 2

Samanta pulverulentus, "496.

perspicua, 646. setosus, 495.

Samia tephromeias, 192, 215.

cecropia, 279. volans, 192, 193.

Sancus volucella, 194, 195.

celunda, 87. Sciurus

fuscula, 87, 88. aberti, 189.

pulligo, 87, 88, 131. estuans, 189.

subfasciatus, 72, 87. albiceps, 189.

ulunda, 87. annulatus, 181, 188,

Sapena 189.

lector: 63. atrodorsalis, 189, 191.

Sape aubinnii, 181, 186, 188.

lucidella, 48. berdmoret, 180, 181,

motozi, 48. 185.

Sarangesa bicolor, 181, 189, 496.

albicilia, 48. bohmii, 181, 185.

brookei, 189, 191, 496.

astrigera, 669.

caniceps, 189, 191.

dasahara, 48.

grisea, 48. carolinensis, 189.

kobela, 48. cepapi, 180, 181, 185.

micacea, 48. chrysurus, 337.

motozi, 48, 668. concinnus, 181, 187.

motozoides, 668.

phyllophyla, 48.

purendra, 43, 48. iaunee 189.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. LIV.

congicus, 180, 181, 184,

185

807

Sciurus

ebiz, 181, 186, 187, 188.

ephippium, 496.

erythreus, 189.

everetti, 183, 189, 214,

215, 496.

exilis, 181, 187, 496.

ferrugineus, 189.

griscoflavus, 189.

griseogenys, 189.

hippurus, 496.

hosei, 185, 186, 496.

indicus, 181, 189.

insignis, 185, 186, 496.

isabella, 181, 185.

Jentinki, 189, 496.

laticaudatus, 496.

lemniscatus, 181, 185.

leucostigma, 184.

lokroides, 181, 182, 189,

214, 215.

lowi, 496.

macrurus, 181, 189.

melanotis, 181, 187.

minutus, 181, 187.

mutabilis, 502.

notatus, 189, 496.

palliatus, 180, 181, 185.

palmarum, 182, 185,

188.

prevosti, 181, 182, 189,

194, 195, 214, 496.

pryeri, 496

punctatus, 181, 188,189.

pyrrhopus, 180, 181,

184, 185.

rosenbergi, 189, 191.

rufobrachiatus, 181,

188, 189.

sansaniensis, 192.

shirensis, 181, 188, 189.

soricinus, 496.

spectabilis, 181, 202.

spermophilinus, 190,

191, 215.

stanger?, 181, 186, 187.

steerei, 189, 496.

syriacus, 181, 189.

tenuis, 189, 496.

tristriatus, 185, 188.

variabilis, 337.

vulgaris, 180, 181, 182,

183, 184, 185, 186,

188, 189, 190, 191,

589, 592.

whiteheadi,

496.

(Eosciurus)

189, 214.

Scopelodes

sericea, 299.

181, 187,

indicus,

808

Scopelodes

. whitelyi, 299.

Scotophilus

kuhli, 495.

Scotopterix

albistellaria, 432.

permuscosa, 432.

Sebastonyma, gen. nov.,

71, 81.

dolopia, 71, 81.

Semiothisa

largificaria, 683.

Semnopithecus

albogularts, 250.

chrysomelas, 3, 494.

cristatus, 615.

cruciger, 3, 494,

everetti, 494.

femoralis, 494.

Frontatus, 494.

hosei, 3, 494.

maurus, 494, 592.

phayrei, 615.

rubicundus, 494.

schistaceus, 592.

Simia

cephus, 246.

cynosuros, 247.

diana, 254.

leucampyx, 253.

mona, 250.

morio, 494.

nictitans, 246.

patas, 249.

pelaunista, rie

ygerythra, 249.

eo Be 250.

sabea, 247.

satyrus, 435, 494.

Simotes

annulifer, 524.

Siphneus

Jfontanieri, 449.

Sipunculus

cumanensis, 326, 329,

333.

indicus, 326, 327, 328,

329, 332,

nudus, 327, 380, 332,

333.

tessellatus, 327, 328,

330, 332, 333.

Siredon

pisciformis, 270, 273.

Sirinopteryx

rufilineata, 385.

undulifera, 385.

Sisyrnophorus

birmanicus, 580.

bowringii, 580.

chrysomelinus, 581.

INDEX.

| Sisyrnophorus

ryt, 581.

maculatus, 580.

Smerinthus

' ocellatus, 279.

populi, 279.

Somatina

lapidata, 359, 454.

Sophista

aristoteles, 42, 45, 46.

calendris, 46.

Spartocera

diffusa, 705.

Fusea, 705.

Spatha

rubens, 641.

Spathilepia

clonius, 17, 23.

Sphadasmus

camelus, 742.

Spheerobius, gen.nov.,710.

gracilis, 705, 711.

Sphagnodela, gen. nov.,

ool.

lucida, 351, 434.

usneata, 351.

Sphinx

auratus, 676.

eremita, 279.

Sunebris, 674.

hylas, 674.

hgustri, 279.

Sphyrocoris

obliquus, 705.

Spilopera, gen. nov., 402.

debilis, 402.

umbrata, 403.

Spilothyrus

alcee, 67.

Spindasis

homeyeri, 662.

natalensis, 662.

nyasse, 662.

Spionades

artemides, 44, 58, 59.

Spongophora

sp. n., 600.

Staphylinochrous, gen.

nov., 676.

whytei, 676, 684.

Staphylinus

procerus, 739.

Steatomys

pratensis, 503.

Stemorrhages

sericea, 684.

Stenopoda

culiciformis, 706.

Stephanostoma

(Phascolosoma) han-

sent, 327.

Sternocera

Ffunebris, '741.

Sternothzrus

sinuatus, 618.

Steropes

tripunctatus, 89.

Stethotrix

heterogyna, 130.

Stigmatium

basipenne, 568.

cicindeloides, 568.

dimidiatum, 568.

humerale, 568.

mutillecolor, 568.

rufiventre, 568.

tapetum, 569.

Stilpnochlora

marginella, 607.

Stomyles

textor, 80.

Stringops

habroptilus, 508, 509,

514,

Strix

flammea, 518.

melitensis, 518.

sancti-albani, 518,

522.

Struthio

molybdophanes, 613.

Struthiolithus

chersonensis, 240.

Stylopyga

antillarum, 603.

Suastus

aditus, 76.

bipunctus, 76.

divodasa, 76.

gremius, 71, 75, 76.

minuta, 76

molleri, 76.

sala, 76.

subgrisea, 76.

swerga, 76

Sus

ahenobarbus, 496.

barbatus, 496.

longirostris, 496.

verrucosus, 496,

vittatus, 496.

Symphylus

deplanatus, 705.

Synemosyna

smithii, 692, 704.

Synodontis

zambesensis, 619.

Syntomis

ceres, 674.

kuhlweinii, 674.

Syntrichura

ceres, 283.

Syrphus

amissas, 184.

antiphates, 134.

tridipennis, 184.

peas, 134.

radaca, 134.

ribesit, 136.

stolo, 184.

subchalybeus, 159.

tarsalis, 134.

Systole

amygdalis, 130,

Tachyris

bernice, 557.

Tagiades

alica, 54.

atticus, 54.

caligana, 54.

clericus, 54.

distans, 54.

flesus, 54, 131, 558, 668.

gana, 54.

insularis, 54.

Japetus, 43, 53, 54.

khasiana, 54.

lavata, 54.

meetana, 54.

menaka, 54.

obscurus, 54.

ophion, 54.

pinwilli, 54.

pralaya, 5A.

presbyter, 54.

ravi, d4.

tabrica, 54.

trichoneura, 54.

Tagora

corax, 298.

Talides

cerymica, 122.

chiomara, 122.

eudega, 122.

sergestus, 94, 122.

sinon, 122.

Tamandua

tetradactyla, 589, 591.

Tamyris

zeleucus, 11.

Tanaotrichia, gen. nov.,

360.

trilineata, 361, 434.

Tapena

agni, 44, 60.

thwaitest, 44, 60.

Taphozous

affinis, 495.

longimanus, 495.

melanopogon, 495.

Tapirus

indicus, 496.

INDEX.

| Taractrocera

ardonia, 94.

celeno, 94.

ceramas, 94, 95.

coras, YD.

danna, 94.

flaccus, 94.

flavovittata, 94.

mevius, 90, 94, 131. .

nicevillei, 94, 95.

nigrolimbatus, 94.

papyria, 94,

sagara, 94.

Tarsius

spectrum, 494.

Tarsoctenus, gen. noyv.,

17, 21.

corytas, 21, 131.

gaudialis, 21.

papias, 21, 131.

plutia, 17, 21.

precia, 21,

pyramus, 21,

Tarucus

pulchra, 556.

Tatura

ceculus, 661.

Taurotragus

oreas livingstonit, 507.

Tefilus

delegorgquei, 748.

violaceus, 748.

Teinorhinus, gen. nov.,

71, 78.

watsont, 71, 78.

Telchinia

perrupta, 656.

Telea

angulifera, 279.

| polyphemus, 279.

promethea, 279.

Telegonus

alardus, 26.

anaphus, 17, 25, 26.

apastus, 26.

centrites, 26.

creteus, 26,

elorus, 26,

habana, 26,

meretrix, 26.

parmenides, 26.

Telemiades

amphion, 27.

avitus, 18, 27.

azines, 27.

penidas, 27.

phasias, 27.

Teleonemia

sacchari, 706.

Telesto

argenteo-ornatus, 74.

809

Telesto

atromacula, 74.

compacta, 74.

doclea, 73.

donnysa, 74.

doubledayti, 74,

ecclipsis, T4.

flammeata, 74.

asmene, 74.

kochii, 73.

perronit, 71, 73, 131,

132,

Telicota

augiades, 108.

augias, 92, 102, 103.

bambuse, 103, 671.

eurotas, 108.

moseleyi, 103.

phineus, 103.

Tephrina

johnstont, 683.

observata, 684.

Teracolus

anax, 664.

catochrysops, 663.

doubledayi, 663.

mutans, 663.

omphale, 664.

hlegyas, 664.

Fe, 663, 684.

subvenosus, 664.

theogone, 664.

vesta, 663.

Terias

butlert, 663.

orientis, 663.

regularis, 663.

senegalensis, 557.

zoe, 663.

Terpna

opalina, 849, 434.

Testudo

grandidieri, 532.

Tetragonopterus

alosa, 338.

Tetrao

tetriz, 616.

Tettix

guadriundulatus, 606.

Thais

polyxena, 279.

Thanaos

brizo, 69.

Suneralis, 69.

icelus, 69.

indistincta, 6.

Juvenalis, 69.

lucilius, 69.

martialis, 69.

montana, 69.

nevius, 69.

810

Thanaos

persius, 69.

propertius, 69.

rusticanus, 69.

stigmata, 6.

tages, 44, 69.

—, var. cervantes, 69.

tristis, 69.

Thanasimus

carbonarius, 577.

Sormicarius, 578.

sellatus, 577.

Thaumalea

Tiemaiibas, 6, 18, 33.

daunus, 33.

pylades, 6, 33.

Thracides

bresia, 122.

cilissa, 122,

cincia, 122.

cloanthus, 122.

nanea, 122.

phidon, 94, 122.

ntl 122.

Thyanta

casta, 705.

perditor, 705.

Thymele

aulestes, 26.

colossus, oe

egregius, 2

ta: 26.

fulgerator, 26.

halesius, 26.

mercatus, 17, 26.

nazxos, 26.

Thymelicus

brettus, 100.

mystic, 100.

vibex, 91, 100.

wingina, 100.

Thyreocoris

pulicarius, 705.

Thysanoprymna

ane 287.

purrhopyga, 288.

Thysonotis

albastola, 550.

apollonius, 538, 539,

540, 541, 542, 548,

544, 545, 553.

Ve:

542, 553.

arinia, 538, 550, 551,

553.

brownii, 538, 547, 553.

caledonica, 538, 544,

545, 553.

cepheis, 538, 544, 545.

supous, 538,

INDEX.

Thysonotis

chromia, 538, 551.

celius, 538, 548.

cyanea, 537, 538, 549,

550, 553.

danis, 588, 539, 540,

541, 542, 54d, 553.

—, var. karpaia, 538,

5389, 540, 553.

epicoritus, 538, 550,

553.

eudocia, 538, 548, 553.

hymetus, 538, 547.

illustris, 538, 552.

korion, 538, 547, 553.

kruera, 538, 546, 549.

macleay?t, 538, 546.

melimnos, 538, 544, 5538.

miraculum, 538, 552,

553.

perpheres, 538, 544, 553.

philostratus, 588, 539,

548, 553.

piepersti, 538, 548, 553.

pindus, 538, 551, 552,

553.

regina, 538, 539, 542.

ribbei, 538, 539, 5438.

schaeffera, 5837, 588,

544, 545, 553.

sebe, 541, 542.

serapts, 538, 539, 553.

smaragdus, 538, 550,

553.

sperchius, 538, 551.

syrius, 588, 539, 541.

taygetus, 537, 538, 546,

547, 553.

wallace 537, 588, 543,

Tillicera

javanica, 567.

mutillecolor, 568.

Tillus

birmanicus, 567.

notatus, 567.

sanguinicollis, 567.

Tinea

pulchella, 677.

Tinerus

chalybeus, 581.

dohertyanus, 581.

Tingra

amenaida, 659.

Tomopelta, gen. noy.,

708

708.

munda, 705, 709.

Totanus

flavipes, 521.

lartetianus, 521, 522.

majori, 521, 522.

Toxidia

thyrrhus, 130.

Trachynotus

sordidus, 741.

Tragelaphus

angasi, 507, 729.

scriptus roualeyni, 504,

507, 728.

— typicus, 504.

spekii, 724, 729.

Tragocephala

variegata, 744.

Tragulus

javanicus, 496.

napu, 496.

nigricans, 496.

Trapezites

eliena, 75.

tacchus, 75.

symmonus, 71, 75.

ieiihosawietn

pulvina, 53.

subolivescens, 43, 53.

Trichys

guentheri, 495.

Tridactylus

minutus, 609.

Trigonodes

hyppasia, 681.

Trigonotylus

pulcher, 705.

Tringa

minutilla, 178.

Tripriodon

caperatus, 212.

celatus, 211, 212.

Triptogon

modesta, 279.

Trochalus

sp., 739.

Trochiodes

ceresia, 308.

coniades, 309, 311.

coras, 310.

cormasa, 309, 310, 311.

creusa, 309, 311.

plagia, 308, 309, 311,

platea, 310.

polymela, 309, 311.

Tropidonotus

natrix, 499.

Trox

melancholicus, 739.

Tupaia

chrysura, 495.

dorsalis, 495.

ferruginea, 495.

javanica, 495.

melanura, 495.

minor, 495.

montana, 495.

Tupaia

picta, 495.

splendidula, 495.

tana, 495.

Turucus

pulcher, 661.

Typhedanus

zephus, 18, 34, 35.

Typonotus, gen. noyv.,

716. :

planaris, 706, 716.

Udaspes

cicero, 114.

Folus, 92, 118, 114.

Ulioenemis, gen. nov.,395.

albimarginata, 355,

albiradiata, 356.

cassidara, 355.

delineata, 556, 434.

signifera, 357, 434.

Unio

delphinus, 641.

nyassaensis, 640, 641.

(Metaptera) johnstoni, —

640, 641,

Unkana

attina, 123.

batara, 94, 123.

cruda, 123.

elia, 123.

semamora, 123.

watsonit, 123.

Urbanus

alcee, 67.

Ursus

malayanus, 495,

ornatus, 614.

pruinosus, 449.

Vanessa

atalanta, 279.

cardui, 279.

galami, 651.

10, 279.

levana, 279.

Vespertilio

adversus, 495.

hasselti, 494.

muricola, 495.

Vesperugo

abramus, 494.

dorie, 495.

imbricatus, 495.

noctula, 494.

pachypus, 494.

stenopterus, 495.

tenuis, 495.

tylopus, 495.

Vesperus

fuscus, 334.

INDEX,

Vilerna

e@neo-oculata, 606.

Vipera

berus, 595, 597, 598,

757, 758, 759, 760.

—, var. prester, 596.

—, var. rakosiensis,

596, 597.

renardi, 598, 75

760.

ursinii, 596, 598, 599,

757, 758, 759.

Virachola

anta, 662.

Viverra

civetta, 726.

ichneumon, 502.

malaccensis, 592.

mungo, d02.

tangalunga, 495.

Viviparus

capillaceus, 637

crawshayi, 637, 641.

fasciata, 636.

mweruensis, 636, 641.

—, var. pagodiformis,

636, 641.

robertsoni, 637.

tanganyicensis, 635.

wnicolor, 637.

7, 758,

| Vulpes

alopex, var. flavescens,

449,

ferrilatus, 449.

Westermannia

sp., 706.

tenerrima, 706.

Xantharpyia

amplexicaudata, 494.

| Xanthorrhoé

montanata, 376.

obfuscata, 376.

Xanthospilopteryx

superba, 674.

| Xenographia, gen. noy.,

404.

lignataria, 404.

Xenopsaris

albinucha, 166, 168.

Xenorthrius

balteatus, 575.

ephippiatus, 575, 576.

geniculatus, 575.

mouhoti, 575.

subfasciatus, 575.

truncatus, 576.

wallacei, 576.

Xenozancela, g. nov., 542.

versicolor, 342, 434.

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. LV.

811

Xerus -

capensis, 189.

erythopus, 189, 214,215.

getulus, 180, 181, 185,

189.

grivensis, 190.

rutilus, 189.

(Atlantoxerus) getulus,

189, 214, 215.

(Eoxerus) berdmorei,

189, 214, 215.

(—) grivensis, 215.

a —) hosei, 189, 214,

215.

(— Bh keg 189, 214,

15.

(— 5) le aticaudatus, 214,

215.

(— E; palmarum, \89.

(—) tristriatus, 189.

(Paraxerus) bochmi,

189.

(—) cepapi, 189, 214,

215. ;

(—) congicus, 189.

(—) tsabella, 189, 214,

215.

(—) lemniscatus, 189.

(—) palliatus, 189.

(—) pyrropus, 189,

214, 215.

(— ) pyrropus bag

thrus, 214, 215

(Protoxer us) aubinnii,

189, 214, 215.

(—) ebii, 189.

(—) stangeri, 189, 214,

215.

(Rhinosciurus) laticau-

datus, 189.

Xipbidium

Jfasciatum, 608.

propinguum, 608.

saltator, 608.

Yanguna, gen. nov., 10,

12.

arinas, 13.

cometes, 13.

hadora, 13.

pedaia, 13.

rubricollis, 13.

spatiosa, 10, 12.

thelersa, 13.

Ypthima

bera, 646.

ttonia, 647.

simplicia, 647.

Zaitha

anura, 706.

812

Zamarada

marginata, 388, 434.

Zamenis

viridiflavus, 499, 500.

Zea

mytheca, 130.

Zeritis

amanga, 662.

Zethus

dicomboda, 685.

Zicea

teniola, 705.

Ziphius

INDEX.

Zizera

cavirostris, 219, 220, | gaika, 660.

222, 223, 224, 226, | knysna, 556,

234, 236. | Zographetus, gen. nov.,

layardi, 227. | 72, 84.

sechellensis, 229. | flavipennis, 85.

(Dolichodon) layardi, | — ogygia, 835.

297 | satwa, 72, 84, 85.

_ Zophosis

agaboides, 748.

(Epiodon) chatham-

ensis, 219.

THE END,

a MAY 1894-

Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tux scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo

form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of

the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,

on the first of the months of June, August, October, and

April, the part published in April completing the volume for

the preceding year.

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise

entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 29 per

cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A

further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of

Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of

five pounds.

The following is a complete list of the publications of

the Society already issued. They may be obtained at

the Society’s Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.

Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),

or through any bookseller.

[April, 1894.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

4to. 12 vols. and 8 Parts.

Price to

Price to the

Fellows. Public.

Se 32 Sia hae Cs

Vol I., containing 59 Plates.... (1883-85) .... 3138 6. 418 O*

es ine 53 Fi as iat EBON) wins 4. 108 Ol 5 6 G*

ee) SULT = oe. by ov e(lS42=40) ss Oo 78 3. 411 O*

ee Vi. 3 Vil ees we ClSpl=62)) a... 6 2 OF, 8 2 6

ss Vi; is Gio 5) ace LGO2=6b) h.. 6 4°35 2a sOelOmO

: VL, . Oo; v2 (l866-69) 27... 115.0 .2,,. 5 O00

OVE ; Wo! Ho . (1869-72) ...- 10 4 0%... 18 12 0

oy LS a 82), Nee CLOTAE()) ase 0 OO yee Lo

a) LX. As SE a UL87b=10)) 3. 12-1 6). 2. Grae

Xs, 95 ,, (8i7-19y .. 10.018. % 18 4 0

Index, Vols. | Sete e Sra ath seta soi 833-79)! 2... 07° 6...) OOO

Vol. XL, containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0.... 1216 0

z xi. + » +» (1886-90) . Dia un doe

», XIII, Pt. 1 a Gee (dantool)e.,. Odo vo 1 10

rit \opyuai ea ie s Ot cee(Apr. 1891)... Ohler 9b, ; teal ae 0)

pee Pt. 55 Goss ee (Oct 1891) sa OMS" Oi .,, 1440

pie ar pe UAE 5 ee en aleA ph lcoo \ecss.- 0. 4 6e.. 0) (Gao

ioe Raine Fs a3) 5 Oe cen: 1803). fe nem 4)" Pats age 015 0

Pe ss | Et. + Beast Mir et (June Soe ures Org Ole 012 0

ee ete ie 6° 5 .. (Aue: a 090. 012 0

a 3s PRS 45 6. 63h (Apr.894), . O T5;4Os,% eae

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. §8vo. 2 vols.

Part I. 1830-31.

5 lige nl Go% mi

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. and Index.

Part

» 11. 1834. of

» LIL. 1835. Rs

» LV. 1836. 4.

i eR eYE is

» VI. 1838.

» VII. 1839. -

» VIII. 1840. 5

8vo. 13 vols. and Index.

Letterpress only.

I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s

1 vol. 8vo.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

TOO OTL AT 4s. 6d. 6s.F

Be ore ieleuehexesbe ote 4s. 6d, 6s.

Price to Price to the

(First Series.)

Price to Price tothe

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

4s. 6d. .. Gsf | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. = +

4s. 6d. .. 68. ris wea ada Eas s. 6d. ..

4s. 6d. .. 6s. 5) XI. 1848. 5 4s. 6d. .. ee

4s, 6d. .. Gs. » IL. 1844. ss 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

4s, 6d. .. 6s. S45, gg Aa, Ga. ee

4s. 6d. .. 6s. , XIV.1846. 5, 4s.6d. .. Gat

4s. 6d. .. 68.+ XV. 1847. 5 4s, 6d. .. 68.

4s. 6d. .. 68.7 Index 1830-1847. 0 4s, Gd. .. 6s.

Price to

Fellows.

Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d.

oo) XVIT. 1849, 4, aa Od

Se NVI. 1860, i ea tae 6d:

y XIX, 1851. » ds. 6d.

5 XX, 1852. * 4s. 6d.

Me KX IGS. a, 6a,

es XXII. 1854. a3 As. 6d.

“6 XXITI. 1855. oF 4s, Gd.

ee RAT. 18GG! ogy). 4a Bd.

eK XV. 1857, 4, --. >, 45. Odi

a XXVI. 1858. 9 4s, 6d.

“3 XXVII. 1859. es 4s. 6d.

XXVIII. 1860. a 4s. 6d.

Index 1848-1860. » 48. Gd.

* No perfect copies in stock.

(Second Series.)

With Plates coloured.

Price to the Price to Price to the

Public. Fellow 8. Public.

s. a. SS 9 ee

ORE) arate wreteie.e yer '§ 1 -7:—6F

OR) nee RR Jose Obes ts) 1 7 (6F

Gea) 4 ietat Sas 18 6 118 20%

GL kee 015 9 1 1 OF

GR ovo ust, = 015 9 l. la0p

Gere Bh 018 0 1 4 OF

er Be, 019 6 1 6 OF

at eh ousik 18 6 118 O+¢

Gaip sehieae fic Lares Le 7 Ge

Taye thes 108 17 6&

Gv meae 111 6 2 2 OF

Pe es 111 6 2 2 OF

oe 1ll 6 2 2 OF

t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public,

Motte Aer OC? svc OSes ka is 9s. Sear dee ats .eoes OG. io. 45a:

Sit, Be Os gneiss OS). deme sie OS) Re 2) 1) ie ae oa Sass hone Ans

MSGS! 64 74s. Gade i eaOme sais 9s, chelate WEBS) y beelen) TOs; HOM, | sakes 45s.

W864. 5) 4s. Ged iens CEFF. 2.698, sje wae doeeh hatraas 33s. Od. .... 46s.

SOO: ts a AAO oe OSenc «sss 9s. Srey oli Destrarcndn ems: On aa tae ASS

SCG 5 43. Gde 055 5 (GBF. oe sos 9s, Puleseh Leathe reo Sos. 90.) 1 ie AOS:

ESOT! 2, ai on Bite pe eareiTe ein tees 6 Qs. eee, UAB Bec reress oe ODS AGO cote POSS

PUGS 2/58 houc atiiteterepmie ete eraveycts.e ace 9s. Nee lee tete lOuae Ode) eA

rete sy Ape ER ian. dechsiaha ie aces 9s. Ser nary aan 30s, 9d. .... 45s.

lok aki eieielth atemietasds BR Meréa 9s. Wate MLDS Maden ats OOS MO ums cea Oss

Intex, USGI=VS7O ie chet ww kis 4s, 6d. .... 6s

Natale ant WlebiayetYeleteta le sifracate.« 9s DORE aig veh SOS AO diab se. AOg

ae Pees N dahl « ch-psesciogase al oe tpevar dE 9s OR cars 306. Od. .... 458.7

UBS Gah (E53 See ae Ser eae 9s Rs. ate O08 OG. .... 408,

ESA Met ataraye a 4S siciernnaysiere srefet cre rec 9s IPE De 363 48s.+

NSRP ere tre aie on siftict =. Shay her dicta 6 9s Lost 36s 48s

LSAT OSS aman AS 9s Oe ace 36s 48s.

WET nice a's's eye.siets diska cveaaeeleee 9s a ae 36s 48s

Seyi ce rarata\ nica yur aie a Mawaradero mien ees 9s Ze 368 48s

arse tare ate Bye nuetabcie, « clemrat ones 9s, Ber feel 1 ease 36s. PAIN tells

LS) SOI Rin CRORE RE eC eS re C 95. Shite, DBL sees cot ORT APR ekety.

Index, 1871=1680 Sin .c st 4s. Gd. .... 63.

PUES Sena to ok owbleto ehatc-evoreave- the 9s. Res WR. ote. 2ae 36s. ie 24a:

SOS tdi slaygiats ich bcehtelc « giekis 9s. ston ad. 5, d hie ues Bas chee

TSB Suc ab nOheA See ata ocr Stet mens Pees Leo antenna ADORS Bnioka teh

SSA ci ataisiaw eserebratanhe lene eiernatais 9s, SRE ICTS ere 36s. swith AOss

WES Swe so cio e. skevarentta Sia.« Woke cietatne 9s. Sac pai ABs ae escgetanen ener Suis (408s

SESS ei s,s ars aisiety eia¥e ie Ricreieciatetens 9s, spotetepy Safa eho teas He ae kor)

LISTEN, mG OR RO OREO cr en ehen.c 9s. Stincie OBS Shee OUR wae) 1488)

SSOaee res. kc white Chee e Ne hia 9s. weet RY Xe ied WoO be ASaE

MSS OMS ia rahate ech ofie 0 tat tenets 9s. ek Mel Peet ty 36s. Aan Giske

SUD 3 Nataiete fe sla brestatets, «rocohedsels 9s. siete Mes Marseaad 86s. toon Zee

Index, 1881-1890 ............ Asi Gi tOss

* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tue GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or tuz ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

SOD, ciecesea cites co ce: ckesteliowds ds «secechars cP Get eit creh dyatePiats poe ONCke nee cree Be SOB ache eae 48s,

MSD tea ais) a etctomsne tet e toial srclahel pi icrefeveleachere Pomel eee Ale retried SUSE torcty 48s,

SOB) 2k es Le ay ae etal slaved aah eionptae mera monene te mneseretente SOB chereree 488

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London, (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)

8vo. 1872. Price 2s.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,

containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vyo.

1875. Price 1s.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.

8yo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-

taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) Cloth,

8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.

Tuer ZootocicaL Recorp.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two

volumes. Price £5 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. Price10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of Loudon. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-sixth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

BepparbD, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-seventh

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1891 ; being Volume the Twenty-eighth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Smarr,

Esq., M.D., F.B.S., F.Z.S. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1892; being Volume the T'wenty-ninth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Suarp,

Esq., M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Cloth, 8vo. 1893. Price 30s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London,

(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orricr

(3 Hanover Square, W.), ut Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Low,

E.C.), or through any bookseller.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD

ee object of the Zvonocican Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications

relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during

the year preceding the date of the Volume; together with full

information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a

manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all

parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory which will retain

its value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.

Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all

Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege

of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United

Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub-

scription is due on the 1st of July in every year, but the privilege

of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the

1st of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of

the ‘Zoological Record,’ are able to supply complete sets of the

first twenty-two volumes at the price of £5 10s. Volumes of any

single year (exclusive of the last two volumes and vol. vi.) can

likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’

are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned

when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate

the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also

furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,

when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for

registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former

Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the

‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of

the Zoological Society.

P. L. SCLATER,

Secretary.

April \st, 1894.

Zoouocican Society or Lonpon,

3 Hanover Squars, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES

OF THE

‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.’

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864. Volume First.

Edited by Atzert C. L. G. Ginter, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.S8., &e.

London, 1865. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1865. Volume Second.

Edited by Atzert C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.S., &e.

London, 1866. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1866. Volume Third.

Edited by Atzert C. L. G. Ginruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1867. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth.

Edited by Arzrrt C. L. G. GUyrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

F.Z.8., &e. London, 1868. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1868. Volume Fifth.

Edited by Arserr C. L. G. Giinrurr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1869. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth.

Edited by Atserr C. L. G. Giyruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870; being Volume Seventh of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Arrrep Newron, M.A.,

F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., &c. London, 1871. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1871; being Volume Eighth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newton, M.A.,

F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., &e. London, 1873. Price 10s.

——

The Zoological Record for 1872; being Volume Ninth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newron, M.A.,

F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., &. London,1874. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1873; being Volume Tenth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwELt

Rye, F.Z.S., Librarian to the Royal Geographical Society. London,

1875. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1874; being Volume Eleventh of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweEL1

Ryg, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1876. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1875; being Volume Twelfth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Carpwett Ryg,

F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal Geo-

graphical Society. London, 1877. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1876; being Volume Thirteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpwEt

Ryz, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1878. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1877; being Volume Fourteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CanpweEtt

Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1879. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1878; being Volume Fifteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Carpwrtt

Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1880. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1879; being Volume Sixteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwELL

Ryz, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1880 ; being Volume Seventeenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweEz

Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1881; being Volume Eighteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwet.

Ryz, F.Z.S., M.ES., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1882. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1882; being Volume Nineteenth of

_ the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweELt

Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1883. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1883; being Volume Twentieth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpwELi

Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1884. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1884; being Volume the Twenty-

first of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jerrrey

Bett, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and

Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1885. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1885; being Volume the ‘l'wenty-

second of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jerrrey

Bett, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and

Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1886. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-

third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1887. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-

fourth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1888. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-

fifth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-

sixth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franrx

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-

seventh of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1891; being Volume the Twenty-

eighth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin

Suarp, Esq., M.D.; F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1892. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1892; being Volume the Twenty-

ninth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin

Saarp, Esq., M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1893, Price 30s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orrice

(3 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. Gurney anv Jackson (Pater-

noster tow, E.C.), or through any bookseller,

Contents (continued).

November 21, 1893.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in October 1893 ....-. Gol

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted specimen of Cercopithecus

albigularis from the Leyden Museum .... 5... ese cece cease ee cents eee eens 691

Mr. J. S. Maekay. Letter from, containing remarks upon a young Snow-Leopard living in

captivity -..-. Wiccan Ree aE Me etek le MeCN ee cate ce Ra Walins SMEC. pes eupe eae 692

‘Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some hybrid Pheasants .. 692

1. On the Spiders of the Family A?tide of the Island of St. Vincent. By G. W. and &. G.

Proxnau.. (Plates DXL& UNIT.) ee ce cc ves te unde vecesheces seumenns 692

2. A List of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera. collected in the Island of St. Vincent by

, Mr. Herbert H. Smith; with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. By P. R

STUUR ha Lotsa eae aie twsel ae Aceon Baty eters ban alga oD acvig hie BOSS « BBE EP ale wins warel oe hin 705

3. Observations on the Refraction and Vision of the Seal’s Eye. By G. Linpsay Jonnson,

PPD) cp PA Ca sence ee eps LN eip oe ial peta Codie wun 8 grea bet Hea N ae Oeice eS ey 719

4, On some’Specimens of Mammals from Lake Mweru, British Central Africa, transmitted

by Vice-Gonsul Alfred Sharpe. By P. L. ScuArer, M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.» oes ..+- 0's riety Su Path > obscene Poa Gone O PONTE twas ete eete ews

1s)

December 5, 1893.

The Secretary, Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1893 .... 729

Prof. G. B. Howes. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of abnormal

Marsipobranch Fishes .. +... 0.4. e sce se cet tee eee eee te ence eet et te cnree soersae POU

1, On the Geographical Distribution of Earthworms. By Frank E. Bupparp, M.A., E-R.S.,

Prosector to the Socweby -<'5 <i + oie ocpielate dearvc a oie oS Wig weg ofetagel ping. ie'els aus VR)tie an evelee 733

2, On a Colleetion of Coleoptera sent by Mr. H. H. Sn ee C.B., from British Central

Africa. By C.J. Gamay, MoA....... aie a ae eres pags dita MaRS eras) Soe 739

3: On. a Collection of Peeks from the Kermadee Islands. . By Captain F. W. Peaks,

F.B.S., C.M.Z.S8., Curator of the Canterbury Museum, New Zealand. (Plate LXIIE.) 749

4. On Vipera renardi, Christoph, By G. A. Bouupnarr. (Plate LXIV.) ......000.00 757

Asieutix: List. of pamers to. the Society’s ip ea during the Year 1893 .... 2.40... 761

_ Index Fao es aR NON a he SRSA Mente pt eee eae fy aeRO Oe ie 733.

~Titlepage ners Si Saat cia see Bisel a Aiea fe cette EP Rete Ler eGR pie Ee i

List of Contributors ........ ep Pe Ea ics gre her coeacter pte egduglaneh asks iii

List-of Plates ..0...6-.56.-% PS De abe ee ee ee ere n ence ress tenets nea aS epee RY:

- List of Woodeuts- ........ Bean ge wee eyes SA A BRAS area wa aero atin. xvil

List.of New Generic Terms ...... Pp PO ae nc i ae aes La AGE ie ORE Oe SC Soe Pee oe ER

LIST OF PLATES,

1893.

PART AN:

Plate Page

LIT: Orthoptérs: of, Grenada 3 ose sa cay vee s Re eescd hen eee 599 |

GIT. <Chromig squamipinnis. 3) ss9 6s. se vag hes ak vase cee oe

LIV. Fig. A. Chromis johnstoni ; Fig. B. C. subocularis; Fig. C-

C. tetrastigma.......... WG aaa nin da owe aretae. a Woe ey

LY. Fig. A. Chromis lethrinus; Fig. B. C. callipterus ....., +616

LVL. Fig, A. Chromis kirkii; Fig. B. Hemichromis liyingstonii ;

9 ee Fig. C. Chromis williamsi ...... tect ee tees eect ey

FY 7 _ LVII. Fig. A. Hemichromis modestus; Fig. B. H. afer .....+.+

* LVIM. ‘Fig. A. Chromis horei; Fig. B. C. diagramma; Fig. C.

Gy burton, Seis Sede Sus aye when tease gn cee ie ee weasel 628

LIX, Shells from British Central Africa ....6+...- 0022050008 ++ 632.

LX. New Butterflies from British Central Africa ............45 643

- LX: :

LXII } Spiders of the Family Attide, from St. Vincent ........ -. 692

LXIII, Mstrelata leucophrys .......+. ered aoe Geeg Pace. cea 749

LXIV. Vipera renardi ..... Bie RG on igie odin ck CRIT ES Sores Ue Sysaeedir€

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows:—

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.

II. > Ms 5, March and April, on August Ist.

May and June, on October Ist.

vember and December, on April Ist. ~